plan – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Fri, 01 Aug 2025 14:58:46 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png plan – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 UK’s Starmer and Lammy Prepare Ground for Dubious “Peace Plan” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/uks-starmer-and-lammy-prepare-ground-for-dubious-peace-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/uks-starmer-and-lammy-prepare-ground-for-dubious-peace-plan/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 14:58:46 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=160408 Public opinion and party pressure have forced Sir Keir Starmer and David Lammy to speak warm words about Palestinian statehood. But these guys are a Zionist double-act and will do the Palestinians no favours if they can help it. UK Foreign Secretary David Lammy, addressing the UN Conference on The Peaceful Settlement of the Question […]

The post UK’s Starmer and Lammy Prepare Ground for Dubious “Peace Plan” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Public opinion and party pressure have forced Sir Keir Starmer and David Lammy to speak warm words about Palestinian statehood. But these guys are a Zionist double-act and will do the Palestinians no favours if they can help it.

UK Foreign Secretary David Lammy, addressing the UN Conference on The Peaceful Settlement of the Question of Palestine and the Implementation of the Two-State Solution, said it was “660 days since the Israeli hostages were first cruelly taken by Hamas terrorists. There is no possible justification for this suffering.” Lammy had spent most of that time deliberately misinterpreting the Genocide Convention and insisting that no genocide was being committed.

“Our support for Israel, its right to exist and the security of its people is steadfast,” he said. Considering Israel’s massacres and other crimes against humanity since the first day of its statehood in 1948 this frequently repeated statement has never convinced anyone.

“However, the Balfour declaration came with the solemn promise ‘that nothing shall be done, nothing which may prejudice the civil and religious rights’ of the Palestinian people’…. This has not been upheld and it is a historical injustice which continues to unfold.” True, but he misquotes Balfour even here. That part of the declaration actually reads: “… it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine….”

The Balfour declaration also came with dire warnings. Lord Edwin Montagu, the only Jew in the Cabinet at the time, called Zionism “a mischievous political creed, untenable by any patriotic citizen of the United Kingdom”. Lord Sydenham remarked: “What we have done, by concessions not to the Jewish people but to a Zionist extreme section, is to start a running sore in the East, and no-one can tell how far that sore will extend.”

Well, we know now. And it will stain Britain’s reputation forever.

Lammy continued: “Hamas must never be rewarded for its monstrous attack on October 7.” Of course, he said nothing about Israel having been continuously rewarded for its monstrous attacks on Palestinians over the last 77 years and will likely be rewarded again for its genocide.

“It [Hamas] must immediately release the hostages, agree to an immediate ceasefire, accept it will have no role in governing Gaza and commit to disarmament.” Coincidentally Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Egypt have also called on Hamas to disband. Along with a number of other countries they’ve just signed a statement saying, “Hamas must end its rule in Gaza and hand over its weapons to the Palestinian Authority, with international engagement and support, in line with the objective of a sovereign and independent Palestinian State.” Quite how this squares with international law isn’t clear, and no-one explains. It is for the Palestinian people to decide who governs their sovereign state.

Lammy: “His Majesty’s Government therefore intends to recognise the State of Palestine when the UN General Assembly gathers in September…. unless the Israeli government acts to end the appalling situation in Gaza, ends its military campaign and commits to a long-term sustainable peace based on a two-state solution. Our demands on Hamas also remain absolute and unwavering.” So what happens if Israel actually complies, or appears to comply? Does HMG then see no reason to recognise statehood? That would suit Israel very well. Note that there’s no requirement in all this for Israel to immediately end its illegal occupation of Palestinian territories, which is central to the whole problem. So the Starmer-Lammy proposal purposely misses the point.

Lammy maintains “there is no better vision for the future of the region than two states. Israelis living within secure borders, recognised and at peace with their neighbours, free from the threat of terrorism. And Palestinians living in their own state, in dignity and security, free of occupation.” Just a minute: how about Palestinians, whose land this is, “living within secure borders, free from the threat of Israeli terrorism and occupation”, the terrorists being (as if he didn’t know) the Israelis and their backers the US? Furthermore, UK leaders have banged the drum about a two-state solution for decades without ever describing what it would look like – especially now that Israel has been allowed to establish irreversible ‘facts on the ground’ that make a proper, workable Palestinian state almost impossible.

“The decades-long conflict between Israelis and Palestinians cannot be managed or contained,” he says. True, and that’s been obvious for decades.

“It must now be resolved.” True, and that too has been obvious for decades.

That same day, 29 July, Prime Minister Starmer was delivering “words on Gaza” from Downing Street.

“On the 7th of October 2023 Hamas perpetrated the worst massacre in Israel’s history. Every day since then, the horror has continued.” He makes it sound like the 660 days of horror have been Hamas’s doing.

“Ceasefire must be sustainable and it must lead to a wider peace plan, which we are developing with our international partners. This plan will deliver security and proper governance in Gaza and pave the way for negotiations on a Two State Solution”. Yes, but under international law Palestinians should not have to ‘negotiate’ their freedom and independence, it’s theirs by right regardless of what other nations think or say.

“Our goal remains a safe and secure Israel, alongside a viable and sovereign Palestinian state.” Oh dear, the same old lopsided spiel. Parity isn’t on the West’s agenda.

“Now, in Gaza because of a catastrophic failure of aid, we see starving babies, children too weak to stand: Images that will stay with us for a lifetime.” The horror is not due to “a catastrophic failure of aid” but failure over the years to end Israel’s illegal occupation and, in particular, its cruel 18-year siege and blockade of Gaza and the sickening practice of ‘mowing the grass’. The UK especially has been complicit in enabling Israel to maintain its stranglehold.

Starmer: “I’ve always said we will recognise a Palestinian state as a contribution to a proper peace process, at the moment of maximum impact for the Two State Solution.” UK governments have been saying that for years. Britain was supposed to grant Palestinians provisional statehood under its Mandate responsibilities back in 1923 and failed to do so. We’ve been ducking the issue ever since while eagerly recognising Israeli statehood with their terrorist militia and Ben-Gurion’s plan to take over the entire Holy Land by force.

“This is the moment to act,” Starmer continued. “So today – as part of this process towards peace I can confirm the UK will recognise the state of Palestine by the United Nations General Assembly in September unless the Israeli government takes substantive steps to end the appalling situation in Gaza, agree to a ceasefire and commit to a long-term, sustainable peace, reviving the prospect of a Two State Solution. And this includes allowing the UN to restart the supply of aid, and making clear there will be no annexations in the West Bank.” This is unbelievable vague and gives Israel endless wriggle-room. Much of the West Bank, of course, is already annexed. To give peace any kind of chance conditions must include Israel withdrawing its squatters, quitting all annexed lands and ending its illegal military occupation forthwith.

Starmer ends with the familiar mantra: “Our message to the terrorists of Hamas is unchanged and unequivocal. They must immediately release all the hostages, sign up to a ceasefire, disarm and accept that they will play no part in the government of Gaza.” No mention of the Israeli terrorists disarming and no ban on Likud (Netanyahu’s demented party) from any future government of Israel.

Starmer and Lammy never use the terms ‘international law’ or ‘justice’. Don’t they understand that there can be no peace without justice? Perhaps they do but won’t admit it because their friends and allies Israel and the US, for selfish strategic reasons, don’t want peace and never have.

Starmer and Lammy compromised and untrustworthy

Starmer told The Times of Israel, “I support Zionism without qualification”. Lammy has made similar declarations. The Ministerial Code and Principles of Public Life state very clearly (seer ‘Integrity’): “Holders of public office should not place themselves under any financial or other obligation to outside individuals or organisations that might seek to influence them in the performance of their official duties.” How do they get away with it?

So it’s hardly surprising that Lammy and Starmer show no concern for the 7,200 Palestinian hostages, including 88 women and 250 children, held in Israeli jails on 7 October under appalling conditions. Over 1,200 were under ‘administrative detention’ without charge or trial and denied ‘due process’. Or the fact that in the 23 years up to October 7 Israel had been slaughtering Palestinians at the rate of 8:1 and children at the rate of 16:1. Actual figures: Palestinians killed by Israelis 10,651 including 2,270 children and 6,656 women. Israelis killed by Palestinians 1,330 including 145 children and 261 women (source: Israel’s B’Tselem). Were they and their friends in Israel expecting Palestinians to take all that lying down?

Our dynamic duo were not so appalled by the sight of “starving babies and children too weak to stand” that they provided protection for the British-flagged aid vessel Madleen and the Handala bringing much-needed supplies to Gaza. They allowed these vessels to be hijacked in international waters, their cargo stolen and crews abducted by Israel’s thugs, just as the Mavi Marmara, the Al-Awda and other mercy ships had been similarly assaulted. Israeli piracy is the new normal in the eastern Mediterranean and Western nations don’t give a damn. The British government are more than happy, though, to instruct the RAF to fly surveillance missions over Gaza in support of Israel’s genocide programme and to continue sharing intelligence with the apartheid regime.

And if their concerns about the suffering and devastation were ever genuine, why didn’t they proposed forming a UN multi-nation intervention force to take over the Gaza crossings to ensure aid gets through as it should? They have now been shamed and their ‘no genocide’ stance utterly discredited by two of Israel’s own human rights organisations – B’Tselem and Physicians for Human Rights – who declare that Israel is indeed committing genocide in Gaza and its Western allies have a legal and moral duty to put a stop to it. B’Tselem’s summing-up of the situation is worth sharing:

Since October 2023, Israel has shifted its policy toward the Palestinians. Its military onslaught on Gaza, underway for more than 21 months, has included mass killing, both directly and through creating unlivable conditions, serious bodily or mental harm to an entire population, decimation of basic infrastructure throughout the Strip, and forcible displacement on a huge scale, with ethnic cleansing added to the list of official war objectives.

This is compounded by mass arrests and abuse of Palestinians in Israeli prisons, which have effectively become torture camps, and tearing apart the social fabric of Gaza, including the destruction of Palestinian educational and cultural institutions. The campaign is also an assault on Palestinian identity itself, through the deliberate destruction of refugee camps and attempts to undermine the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA).

An examination of Israel’s policy in the Gaza Strip and its horrific outcomes, together with statements by senior Israeli politicians and military commanders about the goals of the attack, leads to the unequivocal conclusion that Israel is taking coordinated, deliberate action to destroy Palestinian society in the Gaza Strip. In other words: Israel is committing genocide against the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip.

The term genocide refers to a socio-historical and political phenomenon involving acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group. Both morally and legally, genocide cannot be justified under any circumstance, including as an act of self-defense.

Genocide always occurs within a context: there are conditions that enable it, triggering events, and a guiding ideology. The current onslaught on the Palestinian people, including in the Gaza Strip, must be understood in the context of more than seventy years in which Israel has imposed a violent and discriminatory regime on the Palestinians, taking its most extreme form against those living in the Gaza Strip. Since the State of Israel was established, the apartheid and occupation regime has institutionalized and systematically employed mechanisms of violent control, demographic engineering, discrimination, and fragmentation of the Palestinian collective. These foundations laid by the regime are what made it possible to launch a genocidal attack on the Palestinians immediately after the Hamas-led attack on 7 October 2023.

The assault on Palestinians in Gaza cannot be separated from the escalating violence being inflicted, at varying levels and in different forms, on Palestinians living under Israeli rule in the West Bank and within Israel. The violence and destruction in these areas is intensifying over time, with no effective domestic or international mechanism acting to halt them. We warn of the clear and present danger that the genocide will not remain confined to the Gaza Strip, and that the actions and underlying mindset driving it may be extended to other areas as well.

The recognition that the Israeli regime is committing genocide in the Gaza Strip, and the deep concern that it may expand to other areas where Palestinians live under Israeli rule, demand urgent and unequivocal action from both Israeli society and the international community, and use of every means available under international law to stop Israel’s genocide against the Palestinian people.

The post UK’s Starmer and Lammy Prepare Ground for Dubious “Peace Plan” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stuart Littlewood.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/uks-starmer-and-lammy-prepare-ground-for-dubious-peace-plan/feed/ 0 547312
“Plan to Rig the 2026 Midterms”: Ari Berman on Trump’s Push to Redraw Texas Congressional Map https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/plan-to-rig-the-2026-midterms-ari-berman-on-trumps-push-to-redraw-texas-congressional-map/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/plan-to-rig-the-2026-midterms-ari-berman-on-trumps-push-to-redraw-texas-congressional-map/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 12:45:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6c816482af51329ffb7be85ae8727063 Seg3 berman map split

President Trump is pushing for a major redrawing of Texas’s congressional districts to favor Republicans and shape the outcome of future elections, including next year’s midterms. Voting rights expert Ari Berman says this “unprecedented” Republican gerrymandering scheme manipulates an already-gerrymandered map that “limits democratic representation. It already limits representation for communities of color, and now that would be much worse.” The map was released this week, and a hearing is underway today as Republicans try to ram it through.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/plan-to-rig-the-2026-midterms-ari-berman-on-trumps-push-to-redraw-texas-congressional-map/feed/ 0 547292
Do Advocates for ‘School Choice’ Have a Plan B? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/do-advocates-for-school-choice-have-a-plan-b/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/do-advocates-for-school-choice-have-a-plan-b/#respond Wed, 30 Jul 2025 17:54:17 +0000 https://progressive.org/public-schools-advocate/do-advocates-for-school-choice-have-a-plan-b-greene-20250730/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Peter Greene.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/do-advocates-for-school-choice-have-a-plan-b/feed/ 0 546902
How the Lucas Plan came to be #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/how-the-lucas-plan-came-to-be-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/how-the-lucas-plan-came-to-be-shorts/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 13:03:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=369f7137b2a4f96567584c9aadce7a96
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/how-the-lucas-plan-came-to-be-shorts/feed/ 0 546681
Iran’s plan to abandon GPS is more about a looming new ‘tech cold war’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 11:36:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117924 COMMENTARY: By Jasim Al-Azzawi

For the past few years, governments across the world have paid close attention to conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. There, it is said, we see the first glimpses of what warfare of the future will look like, not just in terms of weaponry, but also in terms of new technologies and tactics.

Most recently, the United States-Israeli attacks on Iran demonstrated not just new strategies of drone deployment and infiltration but also new vulnerabilities. During the 12-day conflict, Iran and vessels in the waters of the Gulf experienced repeated disruptions of GPS signal.

This clearly worried the Iranian authorities who, after the end of the war, began to look for alternatives.

“At times, disruptions are created on this [GPS] system by internal systems, and this very issue has pushed us toward alternative options like BeiDou,” Ehsan Chitsaz, deputy communications minister, told Iranian media in mid-July. He added that the government was developing a plan to switch transportation, agriculture and the internet from GPS to BeiDou.

Iran’s decision to explore adopting China’s navigation satellite system may appear at first glance to be merely a tactical manoeuvre. Yet, its implications are far more profound. This move is yet another indication of a major global realignment.

For decades, the West, and the US in particular, have dominated the world’s technological infrastructure from computer operating systems and the internet to telecommunications and satellite networks.

This has left much of the world dependent on an infrastructure it cannot match or challenge. This dependency can easily become vulnerability. Since 2013, whistleblowers and media investigations have revealed how various Western technologies and schemes have enabled illicit surveillance and data gathering on a global scale — something that has worried governments around the world.

Clear message
Iran’s possible shift to BeiDou sends a clear message to other nations grappling with the delicate balance between technological convenience and strategic self-defence: The era of blind, naive dependence on US-controlled infrastructure is rapidly coming to an end. Nations can no longer afford to have their military capabilities and vital digital sovereignty tied to the satellite grid of a superpower they cannot trust.

This sentiment is one of the driving forces behind the creation of national or regional satellite navigation systems, from Europe’s Galileo to Russia’s GLONASS, each vying for a share of the global positioning market and offering a perceived guarantee of sovereign control.

GPS was not the only vulnerability Iran encountered during the US-Israeli attacks. The Israeli army was able to assassinate a number of nuclear scientists and senior commanders in the Iranian security and military forces. The fact that Israel was able to obtain their exact locations raised fears that it was able to infiltrate telecommunications and trace people via their phones.

On June 17 as the conflict was still raging, the Iranian authorities urged the Iranian people to stop using the messaging app WhatsApp and delete it from their phones, saying it was gathering user information to send to Israel.

Whether this appeal was linked to the assassinations of the senior officials is unclear, but Iranian mistrust of the app run by US-based corporation Meta is not without merit.

Cybersecurity experts have long been sceptical about the security of the app. Recently, media reports have revealed that the artificial intelligence software Israel uses to target Palestinians in Gaza is reportedly fed data from social media.

Furthermore, shortly after the end of the attacks on Iran, the US House of Representatives moved to ban WhatsApp from official devices.

Western platforms not trusted
For Iran and other countries around the world, the implications are clear: Western platforms can no longer be trusted as mere conduits for communication; they are now seen as tools in a broader digital intelligence war.

Tehran has already been developing its own intranet system, the National Information Network, which gives more control over internet use to state authorities. Moving forward, Iran will likely expand this process and possibly try to emulate China’s Great Firewall.

By seeking to break with Western-dominated infrastructure, Tehran is definitively aligning itself with a growing sphere of influence that fundamentally challenges Western dominance. This partnership transcends simple transactional exchanges as China offers Iran tools essential for genuine digital and strategic independence.

The broader context for this is China’s colossal Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). While often framed as an infrastructure and trade project, BRI has always been about much more than roads and ports. It is an ambitious blueprint for building an alternative global order.

Iran — strategically positioned and a key energy supplier — is becoming an increasingly important partner in this expansive vision.

What we are witnessing is the emergence of a new powerful tech bloc — one that inextricably unites digital infrastructure with a shared sense of political defiance. Countries weary of the West’s double standards, unilateral sanctions and overwhelming digital hegemony will increasingly find both comfort and significant leverage in Beijing’s expanding clout.

This accelerating shift heralds the dawn of a new “tech cold war”, a low-temperature confrontation in which nations will increasingly choose their critical infrastructure, from navigation and communications to data flows and financial payment systems, not primarily based on technological superiority or comprehensive global coverage but increasingly on political allegiance and perceived security.

As more and more countries follow suit, the Western technological advantage will begin to shrink in real time, resulting in redesigned international power dynamics.

Jasim Al-Azzawi is an analyst, news anchor, programme presenter and media instructor. He has presented a weekly show called Inside Iraq.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/feed/ 0 546463
Trump’s AI Plan Threatens Water, Energy and Economic Security in America https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-ai-plan-threatens-water-energy-and-economic-security-in-america/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-ai-plan-threatens-water-energy-and-economic-security-in-america/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 21:06:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/trump-s-ai-plan-threatens-water-energy-and-economic-security-in-america Today the Trump administration released an “AI Action Plan,” which outlines its priorities related to the advancement of so-called “artificial intelligence” and the industries supporting it – including massive energy- and water-intensive data centers. Among other things, Trump’s plan seeks to dismantle existing environmental and land use rules that it views as a hindrance to the unfettered growth of these industries.

Yet recent research from Food & Water Watch details the immense and potentially catastrophic impact on water and energy resources an unfettered AI industry could have on communities across the country – especially those in the West that are already suffering through a decade or more of extreme drought. Energy demand from AI servers and data centers in the U.S. is expected to increase up to threefold between 2023 and 2028. Among the report’s findings, by 2028 AI in the United States could consume:

  • 720 billion gallons of water annually just to cool AI servers — equal to more than 1 million Olympic-size swimming pools, or enough water to meet the indoor needs of 18.5 million American households.
  • 300 terawatt-hours (TWh) of energy annually — enough electricity to power over 28 million American households.

Meanwhile:

  • As of 2024, ChatGPT used over half a million kilowatts of electricity each day, equivalent to the daily power use of 180,000 U.S. households.
  • One Meta-owned data center consumes as much power as 7 million laptops running for eight hours each day.
  • In Santa Clara Ca., 50 data centers account for 60 percent of the city’s electricity use, while receiving discounted rates on electricity compared to residential rates.

In response, Food & Water Watch’s managing director of policy and litigation, Mitch Jones, made the following statement:

“At its core, President Trump’s AI agenda is nothing more than a thinly-veiled invitation for the fossil fuel and corporate water industries to ramp up their exploitation of our environment and natural resources – all at the expense of everyday people. In communities across the country we are already seeing precious water and energy supplies being diverted to massive data centers, while homes and small businesses are paying ballooning costs for their regular utility needs.

“The expanding data center industry is being leveraged as an excuse to prolong the life of filthy, climate-killing fossil fuel power and dangerous nuclear plants, and even build new ones.

“America’s technological advancements must not come at the expense of everyday families’ water, energy and economic security – plain and simple.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-ai-plan-threatens-water-energy-and-economic-security-in-america/feed/ 0 545858
The Lucas Plan, explained #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/the-lucas-plan-explained-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/the-lucas-plan-explained-shorts/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 13:05:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bc59f23a796da24137620bb264ac5034
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/the-lucas-plan-explained-shorts/feed/ 0 545582
CPJ, other groups urge Greece to create national plan to fight press attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/cpj-other-groups-urge-greece-to-create-national-plan-to-fight-press-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/cpj-other-groups-urge-greece-to-create-national-plan-to-fight-press-attacks/#respond Thu, 17 Jul 2025 08:30:03 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=498092 On July 16, CPJ and nine other organizations wrote to the Greek Prime Minister Kyriakos Mitsotakis about reforms needed to address ongoing media freedom concerns in the country. 

The letter notes the persistence of serious issues in Greece, including surveillance, threats, harassment, physical attacks, and murders of journalists. It also cites government pressure on editorial and media independence, including Greece’s public broadcaster, as well as legal threats, such as Strategic Lawsuits Against Public Participation (SLAPPs) and criminal defamation.

The organizations asked national authorities to provide, in writing, an overview of the steps being considered to address the concerns, and to establish a national action plan.

Read the full letter here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/cpj-other-groups-urge-greece-to-create-national-plan-to-fight-press-attacks/feed/ 0 544809
"War on Children": Doctor in Gaza on Massacres, Starvation and Israel’s Plan for Concentration Camps https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps-2/#respond Mon, 14 Jul 2025 15:20:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e8c5aea543064aefaf37e9de3c59ede3
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps-2/feed/ 0 544287
“War on Children”: Doctor in Gaza on Massacres, Starvation and Israel’s Plan for Concentration Camps https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps/#respond Mon, 14 Jul 2025 12:15:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1c61fc03d90c4426a41bc62a66e39d12 Seg1 tarek gaza 5

The official death toll in Gaza has topped 58,000, with Israeli forces continuing to shoot at Palestinians seeking aid and talks over a ceasefire agreement stalled in Doha. This morning’s injured were taken to Nasser Hospital, the largest functioning hospital in Gaza, facing fuel shortages and a widening Israeli offensive in the area. Democracy Now! spoke with Dr. Tarek Loubani, an emergency room medical doctor who has been volunteering in Nasser Hospital in Gaza since June, live from Gaza.

“Every day seems to be a new exercise in the depths of human depravity in terms of targeting men, boys, women and children, especially in terms of the youngest children,” says Loubani. “I think every doctor who operates and works in Palestine will tell you that that’s the most jarring, the most terrible part of our job, is just the war on children on every level.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/war-on-children-doctor-in-gaza-on-massacres-starvation-and-israels-plan-for-concentration-camps/feed/ 0 544277
The Lucas Plan at 50: A Radical Investment in Society, Not the War Machine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine-2/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 23:12:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c9b6edb8de86d4dadd2ebe6e8e76c10d
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine-2/feed/ 0 544062
The Lucas Plan at 50: A Radical Investment in Society, Not the War Machine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 21:00:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=da140c5863ebbb2444081f88b38447a5
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/the-lucas-plan-at-50-a-radical-investment-in-society-not-the-war-machine/feed/ 0 544054
Inside New Orleans’ plan to fix its energy-hogging buildings https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/ https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 20:38:59 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670138 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist and Verite News, a nonprofit news organization with a mission to produce in-depth journalism in underserved communities in the New Orleans area.

As thousands of architects and planners flocked to New Orleans in 2014 for the world’s largest sustainable design conference, the city saw a chance to prove it belonged in the green building big leagues.

City leaders announced at the Greenbuild International Conference and Expo that New Orleans would join Minneapolis, Seattle and a vanguard of other cities in developing a program requiring large building owners to track and disclose their energy use.

New Orleans’ embrace of “energy benchmarking” drew praise at the conference, with one green building expert declaring that the city was “paving the way” for the rest of the country to follow. 

But New Orleans lost momentum, waiting more than a decade before finally approving its benchmarking ordinance on Thursday. In the meantime, New Orleans fell behind about 50 other cities that have approved energy tracking and disclosure requirements for most large buildings.

“The benchmarking ordinance — finally!” New Orleans City Council member Helena Moreno said. “After many, many years, we’re finally getting there.” 

Benchmarking can both shame the power hogs and extol the virtues of the frugal. The data spurs investment in older, inefficient buildings and encourages more climate-conscious design in new ones, advocates say. 

“It’s well understood that one cannot change what one does not measure,” said Christopher Johnson, a board member with the New Orleans chapter of the American Institute of Architects. By passing the ordinance, the city is “empowering owners to take matters into their own hands to improve their buildings.”  

Buildings are responsible for 40 percent of total energy use in the U.S., and about 35 percent of the country’s carbon emissions, according to the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. Compared to much of the country, buildings in New Orleans tend to be older and less energy-efficient, with high air conditioning use and little insulation. 

Under the city’s plan, owners of buildings 50,000 square feet and larger would need to report annual energy use starting in 2026. In 2027, the requirement would expand to buildings more than 20,000 square feet. Noncompliance could result in fines between $1,000 and $3,000. 

The fines aren’t for inefficiency, Council President JP Morrell said. “They’re for failing to report the data.”

Energy use will be tracked on an interactive map and published in an annual report. 

The ordinance covers about 1,500 properties. While buildings over 20,000 square feet make up just 1 percent of all structures, they account for nearly 40 percent of the city’s total building area, said Greg Nichols, the city’s deputy chief resilience officer. 

Nearly 80 percent of the buildings covered under the ordinance are categorized as commercial, and about 20 percent are residential. Of the commercial buildings, a quarter are warehouses, 16 percent are hotels and 12 percent are offices.  

Funding for implementing the ordinance is covered with $1.5 million from a $50 million greenhouse gas reduction grant awarded to the city by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency last year. Much of the money for the program would support a full-time employee tasked with promoting it and helping property owners with compliance. 

While President Donald Trump has been canceling or reclaiming many climate-related grants awarded by former President Joe Biden’s administration, the EPA grant appears secure, Nichols said. 

“Climate action is under threat right now from the Trump administration,” he said. “But this is an action that the City Council can take right now to show leadership at a time when other efforts are being imperiled.” 

Benchmarking is a key component of the city’s climate action plan. Updated in 2022, the plan aims to cut the city’s greenhouse gas emissions in half before 2035 and achieve net-zero emissions by 2050. The benchmarking ordinance was supposed to be passed by the end of last year, according to the plan. 

“We are a city that’s committed to significant climate goals,” Morrell said. “It is nigh impossible to do that without benchmarking.” 

Cities with similar ordinances have seen building energy use drop by an average of 2.4 percent annually, according to the EPA. At that rate, the agency calculates that a 500,000-square-foot office building can save about $120,000 per year. 

Utility bill envy can be a potent motivator for property owners, Morrell said.

“It encourages a person to say, ‘Wait a second, we have similarly situated buildings, and I’m paying triple the cost in utility fees,’” he said. “‘It might be worth seeing how we can reduce those costs.’”  

New Orleans can look to its city-owned buildings for further proof of benchmarking’s effectiveness. The city began tracking each building’s energy use more than a decade ago. Between 2018 and 2021, energy use fell by about 23 percent, Nichols said. 

Most cities that require energy consumption tracking are concentrated in the Northeast, Midwest and West Coast. Austin, Atlanta, Orlando and Miami are the only other Southern cities with benchmarking ordinances, according to the Institute for Market Transformation

“I’d love (New Orleans) to be one of the leading cities in the South in this area,” Nichols said. 

Concerns about privacy and fines hindered the ordinance’s progress, city leaders said. To ease those worries, the city will now require property owners to disclose a building’s total energy use, not that of its tenants or other occupants. The ordinance would also waive penalties during the first year and cap fines at $3,000. 

Councilmember Oliver Thomas expressed doubts about the ordinance, saying it may do little more than burnish New Orleans’ image. He cited the city’s recycling program, which diverts only about 2 percent of household waste from landfills — a rate that’s less than a tenth of the national average. 

“We have to be more cautious because we keep producing investments and more money that comes from the public to create a lot of trendy things,” he said. “I don’t want to make the same mistakes we made with recycling and some other initiatives.” 

Morrell called the comparison to recycling “inappropriate.” While recycling may be a costly solution for conserving some materials, benchmarking is a low-cost means of conserving both money and energy, he said. 

 “We’re showing that if you’re more energy efficient, you’ll see a direct reduction in costs,” said. 

Tracking the energy consumption of buildings can also spur economic growth, Nichols said. As property owners recognize the savings from energy upgrades, demand for the skilled workers who implement them will grow, he said.

Energy efficiency is projected to be Louisiana’s top clean energy job creator, with about 9,300 new roles for architects and heating, air conditioning and related tradespeople expected by 2030, according to a recent NREL report. The solar industry was expected to create up to 8,300 jobs, and wind energy would add nearly 600 positions during the same period. 

“While solar and wind have huge potential, it’s actually energy efficiency that has the most job potential,” Nichols said. “And that’s because it includes a wide range of jobs, such as HVAC (technicians), electricians and insulation contractors.” 

Benchmarking could also ease demand on the city’s outage-prone power grid, said Jesse George, the New Orleans policy director for the Alliance for Affordable Energy. A spike in power use during the sweltering Memorial Day weekend overwhelmed transmission lines and triggered rolling blackouts that cut the lights and AC for more than 100,000 households. 

“That showed we need every possible tool in our toolbox to reduce our energy load and demand,” George said. “This ordinance, in terms of the cost to implement versus the potential benefit, is a no-brainer.” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Inside New Orleans’ plan to fix its energy-hogging buildings on Jul 11, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tristan Baurick.

]]>
https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/feed/ 0 544046
"Freedom to Choose"?: Peter Beinart Slams Trump-Netanyahu Plan for Ethnic Cleansing of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza-2/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 14:46:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cab75f3f3a096f1ab9ca5d196eba34e7
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza-2/feed/ 0 543413
“Freedom to Choose”?: Peter Beinart Slams Trump-Netanyahu Plan for Ethnic Cleansing of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 12:30:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cf0e8da632d49a6718104821713df495 Seg2 netanyahu3

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is meeting with U.S. President Donald Trump this week in Washington, D.C. Trump and Netanyahu are discussing Israel’s war in Gaza, with Netanyahu suggesting that new plans for the forced relocation of refugees to other countries would give Palestinians the “freedom” to choose. But what Palestinians actually want is “the freedom to return to the places from which their families were expelled,” says Peter Beinart, editor-at-large at Jewish Currents and the author of Being Jewish After the Destruction of Gaza. “What kind of freedom is it when you have an area where most of the buildings and the hospitals and the schools and the bakeries and the agriculture have all been destroyed, where you have more child amputees than any other place on Earth?”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/freedom-to-choose-peter-beinart-slams-trump-netanyahu-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing-of-gaza/feed/ 0 543395
A deadline looms for a new Colorado River plan. What happens if there isn’t one? https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/ https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/#respond Sat, 05 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669612 The clock is ticking on the Colorado River. The seven states that use its water are nearing a 2026 deadline to come up with new rules for sharing its shrinking supplies. After more than a year of deadlock, there are rumblings of a new plan, but it’s far from final.

So what happens if the states can’t agree before that deadline?

There’s no roadmap for exactly what would happen next, but policy experts and former officials can give us some ideas. It would likely be complicated, messy and involve big lawsuits.

“I think people are looking for a concise answer here,” said Brenda Burman, former commissioner of the Bureau of Reclamation. “But there isn’t a concise answer.”

While the details of that hypothetical future are fuzzy, experts generally agree on one thing: the states should do everything they can to avoid missing that deadline and heading into uncharted territory.

“It’s our job to make sure that we are setting the path for the next 20 or 30 years of stability,” said Burman, who now manages the Central Arizona Project. “And if we fail in that job, shame on us.”

An aerial view of train tracks running through red rocks next to water
Rail tracks, emerge above the surface of Lake Powell on November 2, 2022. They are were part of a system to cart away rock during the construction of Glen Canyon Dam in the 1950s and 60s, and were dry again thanks to rapidly-dropping levels in Lake Powell. Alex Hager / KUNC

Former federal officials can give some of the best insight into what might happen without a state deal, because federal agencies would likely step in to make sure reservoirs and dams stay functional. The Bureau of Reclamation, which manages water infrastructure across the West, and its parent agency, the Department of the Interior, would become major power players.

Falling back to a ‘nightmare scenario’

For more than a century, the Colorado River has been governed by a legal agreement called the Colorado River Compact. It was signed in 1922, when the river — and the West — looked a lot different. Over the years, policymakers have added a patchwork of temporary rules to adapt to modern times.

In this century, climate change has driven the need to adapt. The river has been in a megadrought that goes back to 2000. With less water in the river, states have had to cut back on demand, even though the compact promises more water to users than the river itself could ever provide naturally. Drought conditions have become the new normal over the past two decades, and temporary rules that were implemented to rein in water demand aren’t keeping up with the pace of drying.

The current rules for managing water were first implemented in 2007. They were slightly modified in 2012 and then expanded in 2019. All of those rules are set to expire in 2026. That expiration is the reason states are in a pinch to draw up new rules right now.

The absolute last-chance deadline to implement new guidelines is October 1, 2026. If the states fail to submit a plan for managing water by then, the Colorado River would fall back to management rules from the 1970s.

Brenda Burman, then commissioner of the Bureau of Reclamation, speaks at a conference in Las Vegas in December 2019. Alex Hager / KUNC

Experts say those rules, known as the Long Range Operating Criteria, or LROC, are “woefully insufficient” to deal with today’s drier, smaller river.

“That’s a nightmare scenario,” said Anne Castle. “And I don’t think that the states or the federal government would allow that to happen.”

Castle, a longtime water lawyer who served as assistant secretary for water and science at the Interior Department, said releasing water in accordance with those 1970s rules would quickly drain the nation’s largest reservoirs, Lake Mead and Lake Powell. That would jeopardize hydropower generation at major dams and could make it impossible to pass water from one side of those dams to the people and businesses downstream.

Interior, which would presumably prefer to avoid failure at the dams it runs — Hoover Dam and Glen Canyon Dam — would likely get involved to stop reservoirs from losing their water. In the absence of guidance from the states, the Secretary of Interior could use his authority as the river’s “water master,” a role that gives him some legal power to make decisions about who gets how much water.

And this administration has already made it clear that the current chief — Doug Burgum — would take advantage of that position. Scott Cameron, one of the highest ranking Colorado River officials in the Trump Administration, said as much to a conference of water experts gathered in Colorado in early June.

“Secretary Burgum is prepared to exercise his responsibility as water master,” Cameron said. “He’s not looking forward to that, but in the absence of a seven state agreement, he will do it.”

Federal action and likely lawsuits

Say the Interior Secretary becomes water master and has to pull some levers on the Colorado River. The next big question is, which levers would he pull?

His first option is the path of least resistance — sticking with those 1970s rules. They would send a lot of water from the top half of the river to the bottom. So the Upper Basin states of Colorado, Utah, Wyoming and New Mexico might want to take Interior to court.

“No one could possibly come up with a set of rules that pleases everyone,” Castle said. “And [Interior will] do what they think they have the authority to do. But we all know that lawyers may disagree.”

His second option is a little more involved, but would also likely result in a lawsuit. There’s a catch with Interior’s power on the Colorado River. It is mostly able to make changes in the Lower Basin states of California, Arizona and Nevada.

If Interior wanted to act boldly and force cutbacks to water use, cuts would likely hit those states disproportionately.

A carving on the Hoover Dam shows one of the Bureau of Reclamation’s responsibilities, along with irrigation, power, and others. Alex Hager / KUNC

“In either situation,” said Mike Connor, another former Reclamation commissioner. “Somebody is going to object and say, ‘You’re not acting consistent with the law’ and sue the Secretary to say ‘You made a bad decision.’”

Connor, who served from 2009 to 2014, said Interior’s authority has never been specifically defined, but it mostly comes from the 1928 Boulder Canyon Project Act. That legislation created Hoover Dam, which creates Lake Mead, and the All-American Canal, which supplies water to California’s Imperial Valley. That gives the federal government some control of the nation’s largest reservoir and the water supply for the Imperial Irrigation District, the river’s single largest water user.

There are a few other options besides Interior’s two paths, but they’re much harder to predict.

While states hold most of the planning power on the Colorado River, other big entities could try to go around them. For example, the water department in a major city, or a large farm group could use their big budgets and legal teams to influence lawmakers and get a form of Colorado River rules passed by the U.S. Congress.

States could also ask for an extension, kicking the can down the road by another year or two. The extended deadline could give them more time to coalesce around new rules, but policy experts say states should try to avoid that and agree on rules that are urgently needed to manage the shrinking river.

“That sort of takes the foot off the accelerator and we haven’t really done anything,” Castle said.

Will the states agree before the deadline?

There is at least some reason to believe the states will steer the Colorado River away from collapse or court. For all of their disagreements, state water negotiators do seem to be on the same page about one thing: keeping their situation out of the Supreme Court.

Amy Haas, executive director of the Colorado River Authority of Utah, told KUNC in February that it would be “folly” to take their negotiations to court.

“We are the ones who should really shape the outcome here,” she said. “We’re the experts. We’re the water managers. We understand the system. Why would we want to relinquish that control and that responsibility?”

States appear to be moving closer to implementing new Colorado River rules without any messy court battles. Early details of a proposal to distribute water cutbacks are emerging, and it appears that it could push states long mired in disagreement toward consensus.

Three men and a woman sit at a table in front of a series of flags
Water policymakers from (left to right) Utah, New Mexico, Colorado and Wyoming speak on a panel at the Colorado River Water Users Association conference in Las Vegas on December 5, 2024. Alex Hager / KUNC

Instead of those states leaning on old rules that don’t account for climate change, they’re proposing a new system that divides the river based on how much water is in it today.

State leaders were quick to emphasize that the plan is in its early stages, but cast it as a way to agree before the 2026 deadline.

“I was very pessimistic that we were on a path towards litigation,” said Tom Buschatzke, Arizona’s top water negotiator. “I’m more optimistic now that we can avoid that path if we can make this work.”

This story is part of ongoing coverage of the Colorado River, produced by KUNC and supported by the Walton Family Foundation.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A deadline looms for a new Colorado River plan. What happens if there isn’t one? on Jul 5, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Alex Hager, KUNC.

]]>
https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/feed/ 0 542987
Sierra Club Statement as Congress Prepares to Pass Trump Plan to Raise Electricity Costs, Endanger Health, and Kill Jobs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/sierra-club-statement-as-congress-prepares-to-pass-trump-plan-to-raise-electricity-costs-endanger-health-and-kill-jobs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/sierra-club-statement-as-congress-prepares-to-pass-trump-plan-to-raise-electricity-costs-endanger-health-and-kill-jobs/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 21:13:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sierra-club-statement-as-congress-prepares-to-pass-trump-plan-to-raise-electricity-costs-endanger-health-and-kill-jobs This morning, despite widespread public opposition to the many clear dangers of the bill, House Republicans are expected to cast the final vote to pass Donald Trump’s reckless budget reconciliation package that will endanger public health, kill clean energy jobs and their economic benefits, and raise costs for working families and small businesses—all to hand big tax breaks to billionaires and corporate polluters.

The final text—the product of a legislative process coordinated by Republicans that seemed designed to do the most harm possible to working families—would expand on- and off-shore drilling, end nearly all clean energy tax credits from the Inflation Reduction Act, gut fuel efficiency standards for cars, stifle industrial innovation, and give massive handouts to fossil fuel companies and polluters.

Several studies of the legislation found that termination of the clean energy tax credits repealed in this bill could raise the average American family’s energy bills by as much as $400 per year by 2035. Additional analyses released earlier this week by the non-partisan CBO estimates that the bill will add $3.4 trillion in debt and result in more than 12 million Americans losing their health care coverage.

In response, Sierra Club Executive Director Ben Jealous released the following statement:

“This is a sad and scary day for all who work to build up our communities, care for our friends and neighbors, and wish to leave this planet in a better place for future generations. Instead of working to make life better for American families and communities, what Donald Trump and his loyalists in Congress have delivered today will mean higher energy costs for working families and small businesses, the end of life-saving health care that millions rely on, and ceding the race to build the clean energy economy of tomorrow to China. Trump and Congressional Republicans have advanced the most anti-environment, anti-job, and anti-American bill in history. The Sierra Club will not forget it. America will not forget it.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/sierra-club-statement-as-congress-prepares-to-pass-trump-plan-to-raise-electricity-costs-endanger-health-and-kill-jobs/feed/ 0 542775
Senate Republicans just voted to dismantle America’s only climate plan https://grist.org/politics/senate-republicans-just-voted-to-dismantle-americas-only-climate-plan/ https://grist.org/politics/senate-republicans-just-voted-to-dismantle-americas-only-climate-plan/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 21:42:23 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669269 After three days of nonstop negotiations on Capitol Hill, the Senate voted 51-50 on Tuesday to pass a domestic policy bill that accomplishes much of President Donald Trump’s first-year agenda. Vice President J.D. Vance cast the tie-breaking vote. Three Republicans — Rand Paul from Kentucky, Thom Tillis from North Carolina, and Susan Collins from Maine — voted against the package, while Democrats were united in opposition.

If approved by the House of Representatives and signed by Trump, the legislation will make the deepest cuts to America’s social safety net in decades and unravel the country’s only existing federal plan to diminish the greenhouse gas emissions driving climate change. 

“This sweeping legislation is the most anti-environmental bill of all time and will do extreme harm to our communities, our families, our climate, and our public lands,” the League of Conservation Voters, an environmental advocacy group, said in a statement. 

The estimated cost of the GOP’s top policy priority — extending tax cuts from 2017 — is more than $4 trillion over 10 years. In order to offset those tax cuts, Senate Republicans sought to slash spending on green energy approved by Democrats during former president Joe Biden’s term, among other programs such as food stamps and Medicaid. The clean energy subsidies formed the heart of the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, the largest climate spending bill in American history.

The legislation now goes back to the House of Representatives, which passed a less expensive version of the megabill in May, before it goes to Trump’s desk for his signature. The House legislation would have sunsetted the IRA’s investment and production tax credits for wind and solar power within 60 days of the bill’s enactment, an aggressive timeline that renewable energy groups said would weaken their their industry and disincentivize new renewable projects. Fears over regulatory changes have already led to the cancellation of $15.5 billion in clean energy investments this year. 

The Senate legislation is only marginally less punitive to the clean energy industry. Wind and solar projects that either start construction before July 2026 or are placed in service by 2027 would be able to take full advantage of existing tax credits. Under the IRA, those credits were set to continue in some form until the country achieved substantial emissions reductions.

An earlier version of the Senate bill also included an extra “excise” tax on wind and solar, which an analysis by the American Clean Power Association showed would increase consumer energy prices up to 10 percent and cost clean energy businesses as much as $7 billion by 2036. That tax was removed from the legislation before the final vote on Tuesday. Conservative lawmakers disclaimed responsibility for the tax’s initial inclusion in the text. “I don’t know where it came from,” Senator Lindsey Graham, Republican from South Carolina, told NBC

The earlier House bill placed strict limits on using Chinese components in renewable energy projects. The Senate version eased that proposal to include fewer penalties for moderate use of China-linked hardware. But Senate Republicans sped up the House’s proposed phaseout for consumer tax credits for new and previously owned electric vehicles by two months, from the end of this year to September 30. Consumers previously had until 2032 to take advantage of them. 

The bill does not include the massive and controversial sell-off of public lands championed by Senator Mike Lee, from Utah, who withdrew that amendment after facing backlash in his state and across the country. 

The Senate-approved phaseout of tax credits for wind and solar comes at a time when demand for industrial power is skyrocketing in the U.S. as energy-hungry data centers and clean technology factories crop up across the country. “The intentional effort to undermine the fastest-growing sources of electric power will lead to increased energy bills, decreased grid reliability, and the loss of hundreds of thousands of jobs,” the American Clean Power Association, a clean energy lobbying group, said in a statement. “We can’t afford to pick winners and losers when it comes to reliable, American-made energy.” 

The changes made by the Senate during a 24-hour period of intense debate could set up many more hours of debate in the lower congressional chamber. The House squeaked through its version of the bill by striking a balance between moderate Republicans from blue states like California and New York who wanted higher caps on state and local income tax deductions and fiscal hawks from deep-red states who wanted deeper spending cuts. The Senate’s version is about $800 billion more expensive, an increase that could tee up a fight over clean energy tax credit timelines and more. Chip Roy, Republican lawmaker from Texas who wants deeper cuts to green spending, already called it “a deal-killer of an already bad deal.”

Some Republican senators think that’s a good thing. 

Senator Lisa Murkowski, a Republican from Alaska who sent a letter to Senate Majority Leader John Thune this April asking him to preserve the clean energy tax credits, was the last holdout in the Senate after Paul, Tillis, and Collins made it clear they were going to vote against the Senate bill. Despite the bill’s consequences for clean energy, Murkowski agreed to support the bill after obtaining a set of carveouts for her state on food stamp work requirements and healthcare cuts. 

After voting for the bill, Murkowski expressed misgivings about its contents. “My hope is that the House is going to look at this and recognize that we’re not there yet,” she told reporters.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Senate Republicans just voted to dismantle America’s only climate plan on Jul 1, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

]]>
https://grist.org/politics/senate-republicans-just-voted-to-dismantle-americas-only-climate-plan/feed/ 0 542300
A New Trump Plan Gives DHS and the White House Greater Influence in the Fight Against Organized Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/stephen-miller-trump-dhs-fbi-doj-war-on-drugs by Tim Golden

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The Trump administration has launched a major reorganization of the U.S. fight against drug traffickers and other transnational criminal groups, setting out a strategy that would give new authority to the Department of Homeland Security and deepen the influence of the White House.

The administration’s plans, described in internal documents and by government officials, would reduce federal prosecutors’ control over investigations, shifting key decisions to a network of task forces jointly led by the FBI and Homeland Security Investigations, the primary investigative arm of DHS.

Officials said the plan to bring law enforcement agencies together in the new Homeland Security Task Forces has been driven primarily by President Donald Trump’s homeland security adviser, Stephen Miller, who is closely overseeing the project’s implementation.

Current and former officials said the proposed reorganization would make it easier for senior officials like Miller to disregard norms that have long walled off the White House from active criminal investigations.

“To the administration’s credit, they are trying to break down barriers that are hard to break down,” said Adam W. Cohen, a career Justice Department attorney who was fired in March as head of the office that coordinates organized crime investigations involving often-competing federal agencies. “But you won’t have neutral prosecutors weighing the facts and making decisions about who to investigate,” he added of the task force plan. “The White House will be able to decide.”

The proposed reorganization would elevate the stature and influence of Homeland Security Investigations and Immigration and Customs Enforcement among law enforcement agencies, while continuing to push other agencies to pursue immigration-related crimes.

The task forces would at least formally subordinate the Drug Enforcement Administration to HSI and the FBI after half a century in which the DEA has been the government’s lead agency for narcotics enforcement.

Trump’s directive to establish the new task forces was included in an Inauguration Day executive order, “Protecting the American People Against Invasion,” which focused on immigration.

The new task forces will seek “to end the presence of criminal cartels, foreign gangs and transnational criminal organizations throughout the United States,” the order states. They will also aim to “end the scourge of human smuggling and trafficking, with a particular focus on such offenses involving children.”

Since that order was issued, the administration has proceeded with considerable secrecy. Some Justice Department officials who work on organized crime have been excluded from planning meetings, as have leaders of the DEA, people familiar with the process said.

A White House spokesperson, Abigail Jackson, did not comment on Miller’s role in directing the task force project or the secrecy of the process. “While the Biden Administration opened the border and looked the other way while Americans were put at risk,” she said, “the Trump Administration is taking action to dismantle cross-border human smuggling and trafficking and ensure the use of all available law enforcement tools to faithfully execute immigration laws and to Make America Safe Again.”

The task force project was described in interviews with current and former officials who have been briefed on it. ProPublica also reviewed documents about the implementation of the task forces, including a briefing paper prepared for Cabinet-level officials on the president’s Homeland Security Council.

The Homeland Security Task Forces will take a “coordinated, whole-of-government approach” to combatting transnational criminal groups, the paper states. They will also draw support from state and local police forces and U.S. intelligence agencies.

Until now, the government has coordinated that same work through a Justice Department program established by President Ronald Reagan, the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces — which the Trump administration is shutting down.

Known by the ungainly acronym OCDETF (pronounced “oh-suh-def”), the $550-million program is above all an incentive system: To receive funding, different agencies (including the DEA, the FBI and HSI) must come together to propose investigations, which are then vetted and approved by prosecutor-led OCDETF teams.

The agents are required to include a financial investigation of the criminal activity, typically with help from the Treasury Department, and they often recruit support from state and local police. The OCDETF intelligence center, located in the northern Virginia suburbs, manages the only federal database in which different law-enforcement agencies share their raw investigative files.

While officials describe OCDETF as an imperfect structure, they also say it has become a crucial means of law enforcement cooperation. Its mandate was expanded under the Biden and first Trump administrations to encompass all types of organized crime, not just drug trafficking.

As recently as a few months ago, the deputy attorney general, Todd Blanche, declared that OCDETF would play a central role in stopping illegal immigration, drug trafficking and street gangs. He even suggested that it investigate the governments of so-called sanctuary cities for obstructing immigration enforcement.

But just weeks after Blanche’s announcement, the administration informed OCDETF officials their operations would be shut down by the end of the fiscal year in September. In a letter to Democratic senators on June 23, the Justice Department confirmed that the Homeland Security Task Forces would absorb OCDETF’s “mission and resources” but did not explain how the new structure would take charge of the roughly 5,000 investigations OCDETF now oversees.

“These were not broken programs,” said a former Homeland Security official who, like others, would only discuss the administration’s plans on condition of anonymity. “If you wanted to build them out and make sure that the immigration side of things got more importance, you could have done that. You did not have to build a new wheel.”

Officials also cited other concerns about the administration’s plan, including whether the new task force system will incorporate some version of the elaborate safeguards OCDETF has used to persuade law enforcement agencies to share their case files in its intelligence database. Under those rules, OCDETF analysts must obtain permission from the agency that provided the records before sharing them with others.

Many officials said they worried that the new task forces seem to be abandoning OCDETF’s incentive structure. OCDETF funds are conditioned on multiple agencies working together on important cases; officials said the monies will now be distributed to law enforcement agencies directly and without the requirement that they collaborate.

“They are taking away a lot of the organization that the government uses to attack organized crime,” a Justice Department official said. “If you want to improve something, great, but they don’t even seem to have a vision for how this is going to work. There are no specifics.”

The Homeland Security Task Forces will try to enforce interagency cooperation by a “supremacy clause,” that gives task force leaders the right to pursue the cases they want and shut down others that might overlap.

An excerpt from a planning document drafted for the president’s Homeland Security Council describes how the new Homeland Security Task Forces would take charge of major organized crime investigations. (Text reproduced from a document obtained by ProPublica.)

The clause will require “that any new or existing investigative and/or intelligence initiatives” targeting transnational criminal organizations “must be presented to the HSTF with a right of first refusal,” according to the briefing paper reviewed by ProPublica.

“Further,” it adds, “the supremacy clause prohibits parallel or competitive activities by member agencies, effectively eliminating duplicative structures such as stand-alone task forces or specialized units, to include narcotics, financial, or others.”

Several senior law enforcement officials said that approach would curtail the independence that investigators need to follow good leads when they see them; newer and less-visible criminal organizations would be more likely to escape scrutiny.

In recent years, those officials noted, both Democratic and Republican administrations have tried at times to short-circuit competition for big cases among law enforcement agencies and judicial districts. But that has often led to as many problems as it has solved, they said.

One notable example, several officials said, was a move by the Biden administration’s DEA administrator, Anne Milgram, to limit her agency’s cooperation with FBI and HSI investigations into fentanyl smuggling by Los Chapitos, the mafia led by sons of the Mexican drug boss Joaquín Guzmán Loera, known as “El Chapo.”

Although the DEA eventually indicted the Chapitos’ leaders in New York, officials from other agencies complained that Milgram’s approach wasted months of work and delayed the indictments of some traffickers. Later, when the FBI secretly arranged the surrender of one of the sons, Joaquín Guzmán López, DEA officials were not told about the operation until it was underway, officials said. (Guzmán López initially pleaded not guilty but is believed to be negotiating with the government. Milgram did not respond to messages asking for comment.)

As to the benefits of competition, prosecutors and agents cite the case of El Chapo himself. Before he was extradited to the United States in January 2017, Guzmán Loera had been indicted by seven U.S. attorneys’ offices, reflecting yearslong investigations by the DEA, the FBI and HSI, among others. In the agreement that the Obama Justice Department brokered, three offices led the prosecution, which used the best evidence gathered by the others.

Under the new structure of the Homeland Security Task Forces, several officials said, federal prosecutors will still generally decide whether to bring charges against criminal groups, but they will have less of a role in determining which criminals to investigate.

Regional and national task forces will be overseen by “executive committees” that are expected to include political appointees, officials said. The committees will guide broader decisions about which criminal groups to target, they said.

“The HSTF model unleashes the full might of our federal law enforcement agencies and federal prosecutors to deliver justice for the American people, whose plight Biden and Garland ignored for four years,” a Justice Department spokesperson said, referring to former Attorney General Merrick Garland. “Any suggestion that the Department is abandoning its mission of cracking down on violent organized crime is unequivocally false.”

During Trump’s first term, veteran officials of the FBI, DEA and HSI all complained that the administration’s overarching focus on immigration diverted agents from more urgent national security threats, including the fentanyl epidemic. Now, as hundreds more agents have been dispatched to immigration enforcement, those officials worry that the new task forces will focus on rounding up undocumented immigrants who have any sort of criminal record at the cost of more significant organized crime investigations.

The first task forces to begin operating under the new model have not assuaged such concerns. In late May, Attorney General Pam Bondi and Virginia Gov. Glenn Youngkin announced that the Virginia Homeland Security Task Force had arrested more than 1,000 “criminal illegal aliens” in just two months, but the authorities have provided almost no details connecting those suspects to transnational criminal organizations.

Agents of Homeland Security Investigations and the FBI, part of the new Gulf of America Homeland Security Task Force, arrested dozens of undocumented immigrants in connection with a cockfighting ring in northern Alabama in mid-June. (Via HSI Atlanta’s X profile)

On June 16, the Gulf of America Homeland Security Task Force, a new unit based in Alabama and Georgia, announced the arrests of 60 people, nearly all of them undocumented immigrants, at a cockfighting event in northern Alabama. Although cockfighting is typically subject to a maximum fine of $50 in the state, a senior HSI official claimed the suspects were “tied to a broader network of serious crimes, including illegal gambling, drug trafficking and violent offenses.” Once again, however, no details were provided.

It is unclear how widely the new task force rules might be applied. While OCDETF funds the salaries of more than a thousand federal agents and hundreds of prosecutors, thousands more DEA, FBI and HSI agents work on other narcotics and organized crime cases.

In early June, five Democratic senators wrote to Bondi questioning the decision to dismantle OCDETF. That decision was first reported by Bloomberg News.

“As the Department’s website notes, OCDETF ‘is the centerpiece of the Attorney General’s strategy to combat transnational-organized crime and to reduce the availability of illicit narcotics in the nation,’” the senators wrote.

In a June 23 response, a Justice Department official, Daniel Boatright, wrote that OCDETF’s operations would be taken over by the new task forces and managed by the office of the Deputy Attorney General. But Boatright did not clarify what role federal prosecutors would play in the new system.

“A lot of good, smart people are trying to make this work,” said one former senior official. “But without having prosecutors drive the process, it is going to completely fracture how we do things.”

Veteran officials at the DEA — who appear to have had almost no say in the creation of the new task forces— are said to be even more concerned. Already the DEA has been fighting pressure to provide access to investigative files without assurances that the safeguards of the OCDETF intelligence center will remain in place, officials said.

“DEA has not even been invited to any of the task force meetings,” one former senior official said. “It is mind-boggling. They’re just getting orders saying, ‘This is what Stephen Miller wants and you’ve got to give it to us.’”


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Tim Golden.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/feed/ 0 540994
Another Iraq? Military expert warns US has no real plan if it joins Israel’s war on Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-us-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-us-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/#respond Sat, 21 Jun 2025 13:35:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116485 Democracy Now!

Iran’s Foreign Minister, Abbas Araghchi, held talks with France, Germany, and the United Kingdom yesterday in Geneva as Israel’s attacks on Iran entered a second week.

A US-based Iranian human rights group reports the Israeli attacks have killed at least 639 people. Israeli war planes have repeatedly pummeled Tehran and other parts of Iran. Iran is responded by continuing to launch missile strikes into Israel.

Hundreds of thousands of Iranians have protested in Iran against Israel. Meanwhile, President Trump continues to give mixed messages on whether the US will join Israel’s attack on Iran.

On Wednesday, Trump told reporters, “I may do it, I may not do it”. On Thursday, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt delivered a new statement from the President.

KAROLINE LEAVITT: “Regarding the ongoing situation in Iran, I know there has been a lot of speculation among all of you in the media regarding the president’s decision-making and whether or not the United States will be directly involved.

“In light of that news, I have a message directly from the president. And I quote, ‘Based on the fact that there’s a substantial chance of negotiations that may or may not take place with Iran in the near future, I will make my decision whether or not to go within the next two weeks.’”

AMY GOODMAN, The War and Peace Report: President Trump has repeatedly used that term, “two weeks,” when being questioned about decisions in this term and his first term as president. Leavitt delivered the message shortly after President Trump met with his former adviser, Steve Bannon, who has publicly warned against war with Iran.

Bannon recently said, “We can’t do this again. We’ll tear the country apart. We can’t have another Iraq,” Bannon said.

This comes as Trump’s reportedly sidelined National Intelligence Director Tulsi Gabbard from key discussions on Iran. In March, Gabbard told lawmakers the intelligence community, “Continues to assess that Iran is not building a nuclear weapon.”

But on Tuesday, Trump dismissed her statement, saying, “I don’t care what she said.”

Earlier Thursday, an Iranian missile hit the main hospital in Southern Israel in Beersheba. After the strike, Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz threatened to assassinate Ayatollah Khamenei, saying Iran’s supreme leader, “Cannot continue to exist.”

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu visited the hospital and likened Iran’s attack to the London Blitz. Netanyahu stunned many in Israel by saying, “Each of us bears a personal cost. My family has not been exempt. This is the second time my son Avner has cancelled a wedding due to missile threats.”

We’re joined now by William Hartung, senior research fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft. His new article for The National Interest is headlined, “Don’t Get Dragged Into a War with Iran.”

Can you talk about what’s going on right now, Bill, the whole question of whether the U.S. is going to use a bunker-buster bomb that has to be delivered by a B-2 bomber, which only the US has?


Another Iraq: Military expert warns US has no real plan    Video: Democracy Now!

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Yeah. This is a case of undue trust in technology. The US is always getting in trouble when they think there’s this miracle solution. A lot of experts aren’t sure this would even work, or if it did, it would take multiple bombings.

And of course, Iran’s not going to sit on its hands. They’ll respond possibly by killing US troops in the region, then we’ll have escalation from there. It’s reminiscent of the beginning of the Iraq War, when they said, “It’s going to be a cakewalk. It’s not going to cost anything.”

Couple of trillion dollars, hundreds of thousands of casualties, many US veterans coming home with PTSD, a regime that was sectarian that paved the way for ISIS, it couldn’t have gone worse.

And so, this is a different beginning, but the end is uncertain, and I don’t think we want to go there.

AMY GOODMAN: So, can you talk about the GBU-57, the bunker-buster bomb, and how is it that this discussion going on within the White House about the use of the bomb — and of course, the US has gone back and forth — I should say President Trump has gone back and forth whether he’s fully involved with this war.

At first he was saying they knew about it, but Israel was doing it, then saying, “We have total control of the skies over Tehran,” saying we, not Israel, and what exactly it would mean if the US dropped this bomb and the fleet that the US is moving in?

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Yes, well, the notion is, it’s heavy steel, it’s more explosive power than any conventional bomb. But it only goes so deep, and they don’t actually know how deep this facility is buried. And if it’s going in a straight line, and it’s to one side, it’s just not clear that it’s going to work.

And of course, if it does, Iran is going to rebuild, they’re going to go straight for a nuclear weapon. They’re not going to trust negotiations anymore.

So, apparently, the two weeks is partly because Trump’s getting conflicting reports from his own people about this. Now, if he had actual independent military folks, like Mark Milley in the first term, I think we’d be less likely to go in.

But they made sure to have loyalists. Pete Hegseth is not a profile in courage. He’s not going to stand up to Trump on this. He might not even know the consequences. So, a lot of the press coverage is about this bomb, not about the consequences of an active war.

AMY GOODMAN: Right, about using it. In your recent piece, you wrote, “Israeli officials suggested their attacks may result in regime change in Iran, despite the devastating destabilising impact such efforts in the region would have.”

Can you talk about the significance of Israel putting forward and then Trump going back and forth on whether or not Ali Khamenei will be targeted?

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Yeah, I think my colleague Trita Parsi put it well. There’s been no example of regime change in the region that has come out with a better result. They don’t know what kind of regime would come in.

Could be to the right of the current one. Could just be chaos that would fuel terrorism, who knows what else.

So, they’re just talking — they’re winging it. They have no idea what they’re getting into. And I think Trump, he doesn’t want to seem like Netanyahu’s pulling him by the nose, so when he gets out in front of Trump, Trump says, “Oh, that was my idea.”

But it’s almost as if Benjamin Netanyahu is running US foreign policy, and Trump is kind of following along.

AMY GOODMAN: You have Netanyahu back in 2002 saying, “Iran is imminently going to have a nuclear bomb.” That was more than two decades ago.

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Exactly. That’s just a cover for wanting to take out the regime. And he spoke to the US Congress, he’s made presentations all over the world, and his intelligence has been proven wrong over, and over, and over.

And when we had the Iran deal, he had European allies, he had China, he had Russia. There hadn’t been a deal like that where all these countries were on the same page in living memory, and it was working.

And Trump trashed it and now has to start over.

AMY GOODMAN: So, talk about the War Powers Act. The Virginia Senator Kaine has said that — has just put forward a bill around saying it must be — Congress that must vote on this. Where is [Senator] Chuck Schumer [Senate minority leader]? Where is [Hakeem] Jeffries [Congress minoroity leader] on this, the Democratic House and Senate leaders?

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Well, a lot of the so-called leaders are not leading. When is the moment that you should step forward if we’re possibly going to get into another disastrous war? But I think they’re concerned about being viewed as critical of Israel.

They don’t want to go out on a limb. So, you’ve got a progressive group that’s saying, “This has to be authorised by Congress.” You’ve got Republicans who are doubtful, but they don’t want to stand up to Trump because they don’t want to lose their jobs.

“Risk your job. This is a huge thing. Don’t just sort of be a time-server.

AMY GOODMAN: So, according to a report from IAEA, the International Atomic Energy Agency, released in May, Iran has accumulated roughly 120 kilograms of uranium enriched to 60 percent, which is 30 percent away from weapons-grade level of 90 percent. You have Rafael Grossi, the head of the IAEA, saying this week that they do not have evidence that Iran has the system for a nuclear bomb.

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Yes, well, a lot of the discussion points out — they don’t talk about, when you’ve got the uranium, you have to build the weapon, you have to make it work on a missile.

It’s not you get the uranium, you have a weapon overnight, so there’s time to deal with that should they go forward through negotiations. And we had a deal that was working, which Trump threw aside in his first term.

AMY GOODMAN: Talk about the foreign minister of Iran, Araghchi, in Geneva now speaking with his counterparts from Britain, France, the EU.

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Well, I don’t think US allies in Europe want to go along with this, and I think he’s looking for some leverage over Trump. And of course, Trump is very hard to read, but even his own base, the majority of Trump supporters, don’t want to go to war.

You’ve got people like Tucker Carlson, Steve Bannon saying it would be a disaster. But ultimately, it comes down to Trump. He’s unpredictable, he’s transactional, he’ll calculate what he thinks it’ll mean for him.

AMY GOODMAN: And what impact does protests have around the country, as we wrap up?

WILLIAM HARTUNG: Well, I think taking the stand is infectious. So many institutions were caving in to Trump. And the more people stand up, 2000 demonstrations around the country, the more the folks sitting on the fence, the millions of people who, they’re against Trump, but they don’t know what to do, the more of us that get involved, the better chance we have of turning this thing around.

So, we should not let them discourage us. We need to build power to push back against all these horrible things.

AMY GOODMAN: Finally, if the US were to bomb the nuclear site that it would require the bunker-buster bomb to hit below ground, underground. Are we talking about nuclear fallout here?

WILLIAM HARTUNG: I think there would certainly be radiation that would of course affect the Iranian people. They’ve already had many civilian deaths. It’s not this kind of precise thing that’s only hitting military targets.

And that, too, has to affect Iran’s view of this. They were shortly away from another negotiation, and now their country’s being devastated, so can they trust us?

AMY GOODMAN: Bill Hartung is senior research fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft. His new piece for The National Interest is headlined, “Don’t Get Dragged Into a War with Iran.”

Republished from Democracy Now! under Creative Commons.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-us-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/feed/ 0 540362
Another Iraq? Military Expert Warns U.S. Has No Real Plan If It joins Israel’s War on Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran-2/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 14:57:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2840380fb765aaa5d92da8c1a4f98a3b
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran-2/feed/ 0 540110
Another Iraq? Military Expert Warns U.S. Has No Real Plan If It joins Israel’s War on Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 12:13:43 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=72187861064d029cfa4a86361bd59aa9 Seg1 iran

As Israeli warplanes continue to pummel Tehran and other parts of the country, President Trump has given mixed messages on whether the U.S. will join Israel’s war on Iran. Trump’s press secretary Karoline Leavitt delivered a message on Thursday that Trump will decide on direct U.S. involvement in the next two weeks. Leavitt delivered the message shortly after Trump met with his former advisor Steve Bannon who has publicly warned against war with Iran. The U.S. is reportedly considering dropping “bunker buster” bombs on underground Iranian nuclear facilities. “It’s reminiscent of the beginning of the Iraq War, when they said it’s going to be a cakewalk,” says William Hartung, senior research fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

A U.S.-based Iranian human rights group reports that the Israeli attacks have killed at least 639 people in Iran, while Iran’s retaliatory strikes in Israel have killed an estimated two dozen.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/another-iraq-military-expert-warns-u-s-has-no-real-plan-if-it-joins-israels-war-on-iran/feed/ 0 540085
CPJ and civil society partners call on Congress to reject proposed State Department reorganization plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 21:14:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=489155 The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) joined human rights partners in a June 13 statement calling on the U.S. Congress to reject Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s proposed reorganization of the State Department.

Secretary Rubio’s proposed plan, announced in May, would drastically downsize the Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor (DRL), which is responsible for documenting and responding to press freedom violations and providing assistance to journalists at risk around the world. In addition, the reorganization plan would significantly cut staff working on human rights policy, including those supporting journalists and press freedom. These changes would significantly degrade the U.S. government’s capacity to address press freedom violations of press freedom and support journalists at risk globally.

“The U.S. government’s diplomatic capacity, built over decades of bipartisan collaboration and sustained by dedicated expert staff, is instrumental in defending fundamental freedoms and democratic values worldwide, including press freedom. Its strength is critical for America’s national security and global standing, and provides a consequential lifeline for journalists and media outlets who find themselves in the crosshairs for their reporting,” said CPJ’s U.S. Advocacy Representative Loghman Fattahi in a joint press release.

CPJ therefore urges Congress to reject this proposed reorganization and ensure the continued strength of U.S. efforts to protect fundamental freedoms, including press freedom and journalists globally.

Read the letter here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan/feed/ 0 538722
CPJ and civil society partners call on Congress to reject proposed State Department reorganization plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan-2/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 21:14:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=489155 The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) joined human rights partners in a June 13 statement calling on the U.S. Congress to reject Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s proposed reorganization of the State Department.

Secretary Rubio’s proposed plan, announced in May, would drastically downsize the Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor (DRL), which is responsible for documenting and responding to press freedom violations and providing assistance to journalists at risk around the world. In addition, the reorganization plan would significantly cut staff working on human rights policy, including those supporting journalists and press freedom. These changes would significantly degrade the U.S. government’s capacity to address press freedom violations of press freedom and support journalists at risk globally.

“The U.S. government’s diplomatic capacity, built over decades of bipartisan collaboration and sustained by dedicated expert staff, is instrumental in defending fundamental freedoms and democratic values worldwide, including press freedom. Its strength is critical for America’s national security and global standing, and provides a consequential lifeline for journalists and media outlets who find themselves in the crosshairs for their reporting,” said CPJ’s U.S. Advocacy Representative Loghman Fattahi in a joint press release.

CPJ therefore urges Congress to reject this proposed reorganization and ensure the continued strength of U.S. efforts to protect fundamental freedoms, including press freedom and journalists globally.

Read the letter here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/cpj-and-civil-society-partners-call-on-congress-to-reject-proposed-state-department-reorganization-plan-2/feed/ 0 538723
Trump plan to end Ukraine war backfires https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/trump-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-backfires/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/trump-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-backfires/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 05:34:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=df1a8d0148ea0a50ce144bd827ace595
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/trump-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-backfires/feed/ 0 537399
The Hidden Story: Israeli ‘Aid’ Is Part of Genocide Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/the-hidden-story-israeli-aid-is-part-of-genocide-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/the-hidden-story-israeli-aid-is-part-of-genocide-plan/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 21:25:25 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045906  

Israeli tanks opened fire last Sunday on a crowd of thousands of starving Palestinians at an aid distribution center in the city of Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip. The victims had gathered in hopes of finding food for themselves and their families, following a nearly three-month total Israeli blockade of the territory. At least 31 people were killed; one Palestinian was also killed by Israeli fire the same day at another distribution site in central Gaza.

On Monday, June 2, three more Palestinians lost their lives to Israeli projectiles while trying to procure food, and on Tuesday there were 27 fatalities at the aid hub in Rafah. This brought the total number of Palestinian deaths at the newly implemented hubs to more than 100 in just a week.

‘Not possible to implement’

Al Jazeera: Israeli gunfire kills at least 27 aid seekers in Gaza: Health Ministry

Al Jazeera‘s Hind Khoudary (6/3/25): ““The Israeli forces just opened fire randomly, shooting Palestinians…using quadcopters and live ammunition.”

Mass killing in the guise of food distribution is occurring under the supervision of the so-called Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a sketchy-as-hell organization registered in Switzerland and Delaware. It boasts the participation of former US military and intelligence officers, as well as solid Israeli endorsement and armed US security contractors escorting food deliveries.

Jake Wood—the ex-US Marine sniper who had taken up the post of GHF executive director—recently resigned after reasoning that “it is not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality and independence.”

Indeed, the GHF, which has temporarily suspended operations to conduct damage control, has managed to align its activities entirely with the genocidal vision of the state of Israel, whose military has killed more than 54,600 Palestinians in Gaza since October 2023. In May, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu determined that “minimal” aid should be let into Gaza, lest mass starvation force the US to scale back its support for genocide (which is somehow less problematic than enforced famine).

By entrusting the delivery of this “minimal” aid to the brand-new GHF, rather than the United Nations and other groups that have decades of experience doing such things, the Israelis have in fact been able to call the shots in terms of strategic placement of the aid hubs. Only four are currently in place for a starving population of 2 million, requiring many Palestinians to walk long distances—those that are able to walk, that is—across Israeli military lines.

The hubs are mainly in southern Gaza, which is conveniently where Israel has schemed to concentrate the surviving Palestinian population, in order to then expel them in accordance with US President Donald Trump’s dream of a brand-new Palestinian-free “Riviera of the Middle East” in the Gaza Strip. Even as he authorized the resumption of aid, Netanyahu reiterated his vow to “take control” of all of Gaza. As UNRWA Commissioner-General Philippe Lazzarini has observed, “Aid distribution has become a death trap.”

Leading with denials

WaPo: Israel says it fired ‘warning shots’ near aid site; health officials say 27 dead

The Washington Post headline (6/2/25) puts Israel’s rebuttal ahead of the charge it’s responding to.

And yet despite all of this, Western corporate media have somehow found it difficult to report in straightforward fashion that the food-distribution massacres have left Palestinians with a rather bleak choice: either die of starvation or die trying to obtain food aid.

So it is that we end up with, for example, the Washington Post’s Tuesday dispatch (6/2/25) from Jerusalem, headlined “Israel Says It Fired ‘Warning Shots’ Near Aid Site; Health Officials Say 27 Dead,” which charitably gave Israel the privilege of refuting what the health officials have said before they even say it. The article quoted the Israeli army as claiming that its soldiers had fired at suspects “who advanced toward the troops in such a way that posed a threat.” It also quoted the following statement from the GHF:

While the aid distribution was conducted safely and without incident at our site today, we understand that [Israeli army] is investigating whether a number of civilians were injured after moving beyond the designated safe corridor and into a closed military zone.

Anyway, that’s what happens when you put your aid distribution site in the middle of an Israeli military zone.

Then there was the BBC report (5/31/25) on Sunday’s massacre, headlined “Israel Denies Firing at Civilians After Hamas-Run Ministry Says 31 Killed in Gaza Aid Center Attack,” which went on to underscore that the ministry in question was the “Hamas-run health ministry.” Given Hamas’s role as the governing authority in the Gaza Strip, this is sort of like specifying that the US Department of Health & Human Services is “run by the US government”—except that, in Gaza’s case, the “Hamas-run” qualifier is meant to cast doubt on the ministry’s claims. Never mind that said ministry’s death counts have over time consistently “held up to UN scrutiny, independent investigations and even Israel’s tallies,” as the Associated Press (11/6/23) has previously acknowledged.

BBC: Israel denies firing at civilians after Hamas-run ministry says 31 killed in Gaza aid centre attack

The BBC headline (5/31/25) likewise presents Israel’s defense before revealing the charge made by the “Hamas-run ministry.”

On Tuesday, though, the AP (6/3/25) chimed in with its own headline, “Gaza Officials Say Israeli Forces Killed 27 Heading to Aid Site. Israel Says It Fired Near Suspects.” The text of the article details how Gaza’s Health Ministry, which is “led by medical professionals but reports to the Hamas-run government,” has calculated that the majority of the more than 54,000 Palestinian fatalities in Israel’s current war on Gaza are women and children, but hasn’t said “how many of the dead were civilians or combatants.”

Meanwhile, Reuters (6/1/25) reported that an Israeli attack near a GHF-run aid distribution point had “killed at least 30 people in Rafah, Palestinian news agency WAFA and Hamas-affiliated media said on Sunday.” In a separate article on Sunday’s massacre, the news wire (6/1/25) wrote that

the Hamas-controlled Gaza health ministry said 31 people were killed with a single gunshot wound to the head or chest from Israeli fire as they were gathered in the Al-Alam district aid distribution area in Rafah.

The latter dispatch was headlined “Gaza Ministry Says Israel Kills More Than 30 Aid Seekers, Israel Denies.”

‘No shortage’

Le Monde: Israel says no aid 'shortage' in Gaza after UN chief's criticism

Israel’s most absurd denials can turn into headlines (Le Monde, 4/8/25).

There is pretty much no end to the crafty sidelining by Western corporate media of truthful assertions by “Hamas-run” entities—and the simultaneous provision of ample space to the Israeli military to continue its established tradition of propagating outright lies. Recall that time not so long ago that Israeli officials insisted that there was “no shortage” of aid in the Gaza Strip, despite a full-blown blockade, and the glee directly expressed by various Israeli ministers about not letting an iota of food, or anything else necessary for survival, into the besieged enclave (FAIR.org, 4/25/25).

It is furthermore perplexing why there is even a perceived need to cast doubt on massacres of 31 or 27 or three individuals, in the context of a genocide that has killed more than 54,600 people in 20 months—a war in which Israel has exhibited no qualms in slaughtering starving people, as in the February 2024 incident when at least 112 Palestinians were massacred while queuing for flour southwest of Gaza City (FAIR.org, 3/22/24). Against a backdrop of such wanton slaughter, what are 100 more Palestinian deaths to Israel? Indiscriminate mass killing is, after all, the objective here.

Just as GHF is now engaged in micro-level damage control operations vis-à-vis their militarized distribution of food in Gaza, Israel, too, appears to be in a similar mode, since it’s a whole lot simpler—and helpfully distracting—to bicker over dozens of casualties rather than, you know, a whole genocide.

And the Western establishment media are, as ever, standing by to lend a helping hand. Perhaps we should start calling them the “Israel-affiliated media.” 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Belén Fernández.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/the-hidden-story-israeli-aid-is-part-of-genocide-plan/feed/ 0 537088
Trump’s Plan to Land SpaceX Rockets in Pacific Wildlife Refuge Spurs Lawsuit https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/trumps-plan-to-land-spacex-rockets-in-pacific-wildlife-refuge-spurs-lawsuit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/trumps-plan-to-land-spacex-rockets-in-pacific-wildlife-refuge-spurs-lawsuit/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 16:42:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/trumps-plan-to-land-spacex-rockets-in-pacific-wildlife-refuge-spurs-lawsuit The Center for Biological Diversity has sued the U.S. Air Force and Fish and Wildlife Service for failing to release public records detailing the Trump administration’s plans to build landing pads for SpaceX rockets in sensitive marine habitat in the Pacific Ocean.

In March the Air Force announced plans to begin reviewing the potential environmental harms of landing dozens of commercial rockets in the Johnston Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, which lies within the protected Pacific Islands Heritage Marine National Monument. This project is part of an Air Force program called Rocket Cargo Vanguard intended to experiment with the use of commercial rockets for military logistics and materiel transport.

“Landing massive rockets in one of the most isolated and valuable habitats for seabirds would be as destructive and irresponsible as it sounds. That’s exactly why the military and SpaceX are trying to keep this project’s details hidden from the public,” said Maxx Philips, Hawai‘i and Pacific Islands director at the Center. “This project threatens to destroy a site that millions of seabirds need for nesting and overwintering, all in the name of military logistics and Elon Musk’s profit.”

The Johnston Atoll National Wildlife Refuge and the surrounding Pacific Islands Heritage Marine National Monument protect vital nesting habitat for seabirds, shallow coral reefs and marine habitat for endangered species like green sea turtles and Hawaiian monk seals.

This plan would allow SpaceX and the U.S. Space Force to land up to 10 rockets per year over the next four years on Johnston Atoll.

The military is preparing a shortened version of an environmental analysis required by the National Environmental Policy Act to assess potential harms from the project, including the harms that rocket landings could have on fish habitat and migratory birds. However, there is a history of inadequate environmental review and recurring harm to sensitive and ecologically critical habitat on national wildlife refuge lands from SpaceX’s activities, including several explosions.

On April 20, 2023, a SpaceX rocket exploded next to the Boca Chica Wildlife Refuge in south Texas. The accident ignited a 3.5 acre brush fire and hurled concrete and metal into tidal flats. All shorebird nests surveyed after the accident showed damage or missing eggs, consistent with being hit with debris.

The Center responded by suing the Federal Aviation Administration for allowing the expansion of such operations without more detailed environmental study.

In April the Center submitted a Freedom of Information Act request for public records documenting the Trump administration’s plans to construct and operate the two Johnston Atoll landing pads. The requested records would help the public understand the project’s scope and whether the government’s environmental study adequately examines the project’s risks.

Since the start of Trump’s second term, the Center has pursued numerous strategic Freedom of Information Act lawsuits seeking public records about the administration’s destructive anti-environment agenda. The records sought include emails and other documents detailing plans to accelerate logging in national forests, carry out mass firings and dismantle protections for the nation’s wetlands.

The lawsuit was filed late Wednesday in the U.S. District Court for the District of Hawaii. The Center expects to receive records from the suit in the next two to three months.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/trumps-plan-to-land-spacex-rockets-in-pacific-wildlife-refuge-spurs-lawsuit/feed/ 0 535521
Jeremy Scahill: Shadowy Israeli-U.S. Aid Plan Is Weapon in "Netanyahu’s War of Annihilation" in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-3/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 14:52:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7d11e09523d6314ecdf891a78b83ae66
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-3/feed/ 0 535467
Jeremy Scahill: Shadowy Israeli-U.S. Aid Plan Is Weapon in “Netanyahu’s War of Annihilation” in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 12:48:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=955ac957ba5d13a1d6527ad2b2ded867 Seg3 aid3

“The point of this is to lure Palestinians as though they’re animals going into a cage, lure them with the bait of promise of aid, and then entrap them in the south of Gaza.” As starving Palestinians in Gaza compete for the limited trickle of supplies admitted into the enclave by a new U.S.- and Israeli-backed humanitarian aid scheme, journalist Jeremy Scahill of Drop Site News says the sparse aid is actually another Israeli military tactic “meant to serve as part of Netanyahu’s war of annihilation. … They’re using food as a weapon of war in an effort to further dehumanize Palestinians.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza/feed/ 0 535455
Jeremy Scahill: Shadowy Israeli-U.S. Aid Plan Is Weapon in “Netanyahu’s War of Annihilation” in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-2/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 12:48:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=955ac957ba5d13a1d6527ad2b2ded867 Seg3 aid3

“The point of this is to lure Palestinians as though they’re animals going into a cage, lure them with the bait of promise of aid, and then entrap them in the south of Gaza.” As starving Palestinians in Gaza compete for the limited trickle of supplies admitted into the enclave by a new U.S.- and Israeli-backed humanitarian aid scheme, journalist Jeremy Scahill of Drop Site News says the sparse aid is actually another Israeli military tactic “meant to serve as part of Netanyahu’s war of annihilation. … They’re using food as a weapon of war in an effort to further dehumanize Palestinians.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/jeremy-scahill-shadowy-israeli-u-s-aid-plan-is-weapon-in-netanyahus-war-of-annihilation-in-gaza-2/feed/ 0 535456
Shady Gaza aid org is linchpin of Israel’s ethnic cleansing plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/shady-gaza-aid-org-is-linchpin-of-israels-ethnic-cleansing-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/shady-gaza-aid-org-is-linchpin-of-israels-ethnic-cleansing-plan/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 04:32:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a9f1259abdd9e08f7c0d50184d4a32ac
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/shady-gaza-aid-org-is-linchpin-of-israels-ethnic-cleansing-plan/feed/ 0 535368
Fiji can’t compete with Australia and NZ on teacher salaries, says deputy PM https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/26/fiji-cant-compete-with-australia-and-nz-on-teacher-salaries-says-deputy-pm/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/26/fiji-cant-compete-with-australia-and-nz-on-teacher-salaries-says-deputy-pm/#respond Mon, 26 May 2025 09:21:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115303 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific presenter/bulletin editor

Fiji cannot compete with Australia and New Zealand to retain its teachers, the man in charge of the country’s finances says.

The Fijian education system is facing major challenges as the Sitiveni Rabuka-led coalition struggles to address a teacher shortage.

While the education sector receives a significant chunk of the budget (about NZ$587 million), it has not been sufficient, as global demand for skilled teachers is pulling qualified Fijian educators toward greener pastures.

Deputy Prime Minister and Finance Minister Biman Prasad said that the government was training more teachers.

“The government has put in measures, we are training enough teachers, but we are also losing teachers to Australia and New Zealand,” he told RNZ Pacific Waves on the sidelines of the University of the South Pacific Council meeting in Auckland last week.

“We are happy that Australia and New Zealand gain those skills, particularly in the area of maths and science, where you have a shortage. And obviously, Fiji cannot match the salaries that teachers get in Australia and New Zealand.

Pal Ahluwalia, Biman Prasad and Aseri Radrodro at the opening of the 99th USP Council Meeting at Auckland University. 20 May 2025
USP vice-chancellor Professor Pal Ahluwalia, Fiji’s Finance Minister Professor Biman Prasad and Education Minister Aseri Radrodro at the opening of the 99th USP Council Meeting at Auckland University last week. Image: RNZ Pacific/Lydia Lewis

According to the Education Ministry’s Strategic Development Plan (2023-2026), the shortage of teachers is one of the key challenges, alongside limited resources and inadequate infrastructure, particularly for primary schools.

Hundreds of vacancies
Reports in local media in August last year said there were hundreds of teacher vacancies that needed to be filled.

However, Professor Prasad said there were a lot of teachers who were staying in Fiji as the government was taking steps to keep teachers in the country.

“We are training more teachers. We are putting additional funding, in terms of making sure that we provide the right environment, right support to our teachers,” he said.

“In the last two years, we have increased the salaries of the civil service right across the board, and those salaries and wages range from between 10 to 20 percent.

“We are again going to look at how we can rationalise some of the positions within the Education Ministry, right from preschool up to high school.”

Meanwhile, the Fiji government is currently undertaking a review of the Education Act 1966.

Education Minister Aseri Radrodro said in Parliament last month that a draft bill was expected to be submitted to Cabinet in July.

“The Education Act 1966, the foundational law for pre-tertiary education in Fiji, has only been amended a few times since its promulgation, and has not undergone a comprehensive review,” he said.

“It is imperative that this legislation be updated to reflect modern standards and address current issues within the education system.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/26/fiji-cant-compete-with-australia-and-nz-on-teacher-salaries-says-deputy-pm/feed/ 0 534862
Musician, actor, and visual artist Tunde Adebimpe on having a master plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/musician-actor-and-visual-artist-tunde-adebimpe-on-having-a-master-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/musician-actor-and-visual-artist-tunde-adebimpe-on-having-a-master-plan/#respond Wed, 21 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/musician-actor-and-visual-artist-tunde-adebimpe-on-having-a-master-plan The Black Bolts served as a guiding theme as this record came together. How did that theme make itself known?

The Black Bolts came out of some free writing I was doing. It was a pretty heavy time while I was making it as far as grief and subsequent depression kicked in. Working on art or music is a good way to organize the messier or abstract feelings, it’s a place you can put those so you’re not just a person in the world swimming in all these thoughts.

The Black Bolts is a metaphor viewing that depression or grief as storm clouds, when they coalesce, whatever positive or negative electrons or neutrons that smash together can yield lightning, which can illuminate a path forward that also shows you the beauty in all of that darkness, which to me is the other side of grief. You only feel so bad when you lose something because you loved them so much, or you may lose someone because it’s directly proportional to the amount of love and unspoken love that you had for this person.

Maybe the black bolts are these songs, or the impetus for these songs is just jotting down or documenting those flashes of inspiration that helped me go forward. This record is a way to honor those people that I’ve lost who really helped me along the way. It is strange when it’s the people who directly inspired me to want to make art or music, many of those people are the ones who passed. This was a good way to keep them in the world for myself. And also the songs are multi-purpose, whoever needs to use them, that’s the way I hope it lands in the world.

You’ve said the importance of making art is that when you walk away, you’ve altered, gotten rid of, or imported something. I’m assuming that was the case with this one.

Absolutely. If you live long enough you’re going to lose someone, you’re going to experience, I hope it’s not clinical depression, but you’ll experience extreme periods of sadness or things not going your way. Even just looking at the world and wondering, is this it? All we got is just being fucking hateful, murderous people, that’s it? It’s just life, but I feel as someone who’s making art or has this mechanism to process, and when I say process, it can be therapeutic. The act of someone throwing a bunch of dust at you and you’re just like, “Okay, I’m going to turn this into little mud balls and place them over here so they make some kind of sense and I’m not swimming in this mist.”

How does seeing your ideas through as a solo artist differ from operating with a band?

I have no problem telling people what to do now. I also want to make it as easy for them as possible. I want to help them out by saying, “Here’s the storyboards, here’s the map that we can all collaborate on.” Much in the same way as it goes with a band. You find people who are better than you at what they do and say, “I would love for you to have fun with this because I know that you’re great at what you do, and I want to see what that yields.”

In terms of demo writing and going from 80 to 100 percent, it was good, because it was the way I started making music on a four-track, just beatboxing, a cappella and a little bit of keyboard. Back then I would make demos and burn a CD of them and give it to a friend or make copies. We’d trade stuff, without having the idea they would be more realized. I didn’t have any idea I would be in a band.

It was going back to that, making a strong enough demo for people to get ideas and springboard off of instead of, as I would with the band, knowing that I’m going to get to here, but I know for sure that Jaleel’s going to have a great idea here, Dave’s going to have a great idea, or Kyp will do something awesome here. That part was exciting, the uncertainty, not knowing who I was going to collaborate with and how.

You used a “dry paint/wet paint” framework for deciding which ideas needed elaboration and which to leave as is. How did that play out?

The wet paint, dry paint shorthand developed between Wilder Zoby and I. l have a tendency, if something doesn’t feel exactly right, I can go back to the point of obsessing. Lyrically or with harmony. Since that’s my department on the song, I’ll just be like, “That’s not right. I don’t know what’s not right about it.” It’s almost like a painting, sometimes you get to a point and you think that area over there, something’s not sitting right with me so I’m going to keep working on it. Then you realize you’ve completely fucked it up and it’s a mess. Maybe if you’d just gone for a walk or something, you would’ve come back and not even noticed it. So we had a shorthand with the songs where we’d get them to a certain point and just feel like, okay, that’s done. We’ve taken that to a point where we both looked at each other and gone, “This feels right, this feels good in the moment.” When we were doing a final review of all of the songs there were some things that were obvious, where it was just like, “I’m going to go in and fix that because this sounds weird,” or there was a technical thing wrong with it. There were other things that were more feelings-based or lyrics I was unsure about. You get in your head about lyrics more than anybody who hears the final will, because they have no idea what the 20 versions of this thing were before they hear it.

I forget that every time I’m making a record.

We do forget it. There’s songs in the past with TV on the Radio, where as soon as it’s out in the world, I hear it and I’m just like, “Why didn’t I change that?” No one cares or knows. So the wet paint, dry paint thing showed up. It’s great to have a collaborator or somebody who’s aware of what you’re doing that you can use as a sounding board. Even while we were mastering it, I was like, “I think I want to add that thing that I’ve been thinking of.” And Wilder would go, “I’m going to say it’s dry paint.”

Then we’d take a little survey with whoever else was in the room, and they’re like, “I don’t know what the fuck you’re talking about, I think that’s fine.” Even if I felt uncomfortable about it, on this record more than anything else I shrugged and said, “You know what? I feel weird about that.” But also I love things that are kind of awkward, I like the handmade nature of things. Increasingly I like to see a human hand in something, imperfections.

How long have you had your journaling practice?

I am not as disciplined about it as I would like to be every day. I don’t remember when the first edition came out, but The Artist’s Way, the Julia Cameron book. Someone gave it to me, and the first thing I thought was, come on, this is a workbook. It was like, no, I get up and I’m bummed out. I go to my job at The Angelika and I’m sad, I come home and I do what I’m going to do. You just fuck around wonder where the time is going.

So they gave it to me and I was like, “I’ll try it out for a week.” I ended up going through the whole thing and doing the morning pages where she encourages you to write three notebook pages a day, to free-write and not look back at it. You don’t look at it for maybe a month as a way to clear everything out of your head in the morning and put it in a place, put all your messy and serious thoughts in one place and then don’t look at it.

It’s almost like going for a run in the morning. You’re like, I’m going into the world and getting ready to go and be a person without having all of these little knots tied up. I’ve tried to do that since I got that book, which was probably in the late 90s. I have gone back to some of those journals, I’ve got a box of them over there for ideas. I also draw in the margins of some of those. Some of those little dumb sketches can end up as drawings or a painting. I took that idea and did a lot of free writing and drawing in this book, specifically for this record. This started May 16th, 2021 as a way to reorganize my thoughts and have a master plan to go into this record.

About a week after I signed to Sub Pop, there was another part of this whole, what do I like about making music? I had gone to all these labels and no one cared. Then I thought, what about Sub Pop? Maybe they’d be interested. They’re definitely in that pantheon of labels that put out music that made me realize I could probably make music, and influenced the way I thought about music, scenes ,and who I wanted to be around. I brought the demos to them and they were super on board immediately, which was a big lift for me. A week after that, my sister passed away suddenly.

I’m the only immediate family in the country. My mom’s in Nigeria, it was just me. I had to go and deal with all of that, doing a ceremony, everything. I came back and just essentially was like, “I don’t want to do anything ever again. This is the closest person in my life.” It was mid-pandemic, so it was all of that stuff you have to do when somebody passes, in masks, you set up a Zoom funeral. It was a pretty heavy time. That was in March, and this says, May 16th, 2021.

Three months after, I was like, “You know what, not only do I owe someone a record.” Sub Pop was just like, “Take as much time as you want.” And I was like, “I don’t want to hear that because I’d like to get it done, and I feel like it’s the best use of my time in the middle of this grief and everything surrounding it.” It’s good to have a place to land. I had the record title already, and here in my journal it says, “Bolts Master Plan, May 16th.” Then it said, “May 17th to June 4th, demo and organize. June, July, August, work. Turn the record in in September.

I wrote, “cohesion, a strict schedule, unplug everything to work, make a sonic bed. The sonic bed is where you rest now until the years end, all other projects get turned off.” That starts, then I have a page here that essentially says, “Focus on demos first, new batches every week. I want violins, some digital, mostly organic sounds. Look it up, make a mixtape of how you’d like things to go.”

This record has the feeling of a mixtape that a friend would’ve given to me in high school, and of a mixtape that friends did give to me in high school. There are all these inspirations, and this was just on one day. The first tier of inspiration–Fever Ray, Little Dragon, Bjork, Homogenic. Gary Newman, Stooges, Raw Power, Rain Dogs, Odelay, Mellow Gold, Nation of Ulysses, Nick Drake. Second layer, Tinariwen, Howlin’ Wolf, Choirs, bones in a stone room, which is not a band, it’s just a feeling and sound.

Organic, Super Onze, which is a Malian Griot band. Listen to Bahia, Manu Chao, Congotronics. Then the third layer, words, sound, spoken word, glitch. There are sketches for what the album art might look like. Then it says for dance tracks, listen to some house, footwork, techno. Apply that to Conga and Calypso, mix and match. Eight songs, three interludes. That was the first deal of this is what I want to fucking do.

What are some creative throughlines that allow you to stay engaged in your work?

When I started out, I thought I would be a comic artist, specifically an underground cartoonist. Then I wanted to make films, short films and music videos, and acting came out of that. Then making stop motion was also sort of a, “I can do this,” just make the thing that I want to see.

Which by the way, it never turns out exactly the way I want to see it. But also accepting that. It’s going to be something close to the idea or completely different, which is also totally fine. It’s in collaboration, finding people who are in a lot of ways better than you at what they’re doing. Bringing them in and getting to a place of play. Everybody tries to be their best selves creatively when you bring people in who are very good at what they do, and you encourage them to go in a direction that makes the most sense for them. And push it to be like, “If we all get down on this one mural,” whatever, the technical mural, whether it’s a record or a video or something, and we’re all excited to see it, then that’s the best place we can possibly be.

It’s also trusting this mechanism of processing the world. As long as I’m still in the world and as long as I’m moving forward. A friend of min, a sculptor named Jenny Beck, we’re thinking about life in terms of you get born then you’re shoved along by this invisible hand, all of these things come at you and you have to figure out a way to reconfigure them so they get out of your way. Or reconfigure them so that they become a part of you, or so that you can use them to help other people.

Mostly it’s realizing that you’re going to be pushed forward, and that time is here and we’ve got to spend it. We don’t have anything, there’s nothing we can do but spend that time. The throughline is that it all feels like a doable collage. All of these separate elements of your outside life and your inner life and the events of the wordl. It’s all stuff to pull from and turn into something else. Sometimes that’s a job and you get paid for it, and sometimes it’s just what you do.

TCI founder Brandon Stosuy’s essential Tunde Adebimpe:

In no particular order, mostly

TV On The Radio performing “Wolf Like Me” on David Letterman in 2006. Tunde’s singing here is mind-blowing. The band meets him at that level.

As they always did…TV On The Radio is maybe one of the best live bands I’ve seen. I’ve seen them dozens of times, in the same era as the Letterman performance (and earlier and later) at places like Black Betty, Northsix, at the Siren Festival (RIP), etc. There was nobody like them (still isn’t). I think the first time I saw them was at the Mercury Lounge and my eyes teared up from pure excitement.

I liked all their albums, but I come back to these most often: Young Liars EP (2003), Desperate Youth, Blood Thirsty Babes (2004), Return to Cookie Mountain (2006), and Dear Science (2008). I don’t say many things are perfect, but Young Liars is, for sure. I still remember hearing it for the first time and being so excited about it. If you don’t know the band, start with these early records, in order of when they came out—it’s so cool to see what shifts and expands and what essential parts stay the same.

Tunde’s voice work on shows like Celebrity Deathmatch, Lazer Wulf, Tuca & Bertie, Pantheon, etc. Those… and his acting work as well, where you do get to see him—like his “scene stealing” performance in Twisters.

I think it’s worth following Tunde’s smart, thoughtful Instagram. He keeps updating it, as one does with social media, and its worth keeping up with his takes. For instance, his thoughts on comfortable silence and eye contact on the subway.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Jeffrey.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/musician-actor-and-visual-artist-tunde-adebimpe-on-having-a-master-plan/feed/ 0 534098
Starvation of Gaza – a distressing continuation of a decades-old plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/starvation-of-gaza-a-distressing-continuation-of-a-decades-old-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/starvation-of-gaza-a-distressing-continuation-of-a-decades-old-plan/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 22:02:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115011 SPECIAL REPORT: By Jeremy Rose

Reading an NBC News report a couple of days ago about a Trump administration plan to relocate 1 million Gazans to Libya reminded me of a conversation between the legendary Warsaw Ghetto leader Marek Edelman and fellow fighter and survivor Simcha Rotem that took place more than quarter of a century ago.

In the conversation, first reported in Haaretz in 2023, Rotem said the Jews who walked into the gas chambers without a fight did so only because they were hungry.

Edelman disagreed, but Rotem insisted. “Listen, man. Marek, I’m surprised by your attitude. They only went because they were hungry. Even if they’d known what awaited them they would have walked into the gas chambers. You and I would have done the same.”

Edelman cut him off. “You would never have gone” [to the gas chamber.] Rotem replied, “I’m not so sure. I was never that hungry.”

Edelman agreed, saying: “I also wasn’t that hungry,” to which Rotem said, “That’s why you didn’t go.”

The NBC report claims that Israeli officials are aware of the plan and talks have been held with the Libyan leadership about taking in 1 million ethnically cleansed Palestinians.. The carrot being offered is the unfreezing of billions of dollars of Libya’s own money seized by the US more than a decade ago.

The Arabic word Sumud — or steadfastness — is synonymous with the Palestinian people. The idea that 1 million Gazans would agree to walk off the 1.4 percent of historic Palestine that is Gaza is inconceivable.

Equally incomprehensible
But then the idea that my great grandmother and other relatives walked into the gas chambers is equally incomprehensible. But we’ve never been that hungry.

The people of Gaza are. No food has entered Gaza for 76 days. Half a million Gazans are facing starvation and the rest of the population (more than 1.5 million people) are suffering from high levels of acute food insecurity, according to the UN.

Last year, Israel’s Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich was widely condemned when he suggested starving Gaza might be “justified and moral”.

The lack of outrage and urgency being expressed by world leaders — particularly Western leaders — after nearly 11 weeks of Israel actually starving the inhabitants of what retired IDF general Giora Eiland has called a giant concentration camp — is an outrage.

As far as I’m aware there’s been no talk of cutting off diplomatic relations, trade embargos or even cultural boycotts.

Israel — which last time I looked wasn’t in Europe — just placed second in Eurovision. “I’m happy,” an Israeli friend messaged me, “that my old genocidal homeland (Austria) won and not my current genocidal nation.”

A third generation Israeli, she’s one of a tiny minority protesting the war crimes being committed less than 100km from her apartment.

Honourable exceptions
Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sanchez and Irish President Michael Higgins are honourable exceptions to the muted criticism being expressed by Western leaders, although this criticism has finally been stepped up with the threatened “concrete actions” by the UK, France and Canada, and the condemnation of Israel by 22 other countries — including New Zealand.

Sanchez had declared Israel a genocidal state and said Spain won’t do business with such a nation.

And peaking at a national famine commemoration held over the weekend Higgens said the UN Security Council had failed again and again by not dealing with famines and the current “forced starvation of the people of Gaza”.

He cited UN Secretary-General António Guterres saying “as aid dries up, the floodgates of horror have re-opened. Gaza is a killing field — and civilians are in an endless death loop.”

Nobel Prize winning economist Amartya Sen argued in his 1981 book Poverty and Famines that famines are man-made and not natural disasters.

Unlike Gaza, the famines he wrote about were caused by either callous disregard by the ruling elites for the populations left to starve or the disastrous results of following the whims of an all-powerful leader like Chairman Mao.

He argued that a famine had never occurred in a functioning democracy.

A horrifying fact
It’s a horrifying fact that a self-described democracy, funded and abetted by the world’s most powerful democracy, has been allowed by the international community to starve two million people with no let-up in its bombing of barely functioning hospitals and killing of more than 2000 Gazans since the ban on food entering the strip was put in place. (Many more will have died due to a lack of medicine, food, and access to clean water.)

After more than two months of denying any food or medicine to enter Gaza Israel is now saying it will allow limited amounts of food in to avoid a full-scale famine.

“Due to the need to expand the fighting, we will introduce a basic amount of food to the residents of Gaza to ensure no famine occurs,” Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu explained.

“A famine might jeopardise the continuation of Operation Gideon’s Chariots aimed at eliminating Hamas.”

If 19-months of indiscriminate bombardment, the razing to the ground of whole cities, the displacement of virtually the entire population, and more than 50,000 recorded deaths (the Lancet estimated the true figure is likely to be four times that) hasn’t destroyed Hamas to Israel’s satisfaction it’s hard to conceive of what will.

But accepting that that is the real aim of the ongoing genocide would be naïve.

Shamefully indifferent Western world
In the first cabinet meeting following the Six Day War, long before Hamas came into existence, ridding Gaza of its Palestinian inhabitants was top of the agenda.

“If we can evict 300,000 refugees from Gaza to other places . . .  we can annex Gaza without a problem,” Defence Minister Moshe Dayan said.

The population of Gaza was 400,000 at the time.

“We should take them to the East Bank [Jordan] by the scruff of their necks and throw them there,” Minister Yosef Sapir said.

Fifty-eight years later the possible destinations may have changed but the aim remains the same. And a shamefully indifferent Western world combined with a malnourished and desperate population may be paving the way to a mass expulsion.

If the US, Europe and their allies demanded that Israel stop, the killing would end tomorrow.

Jeremy Rose is a Wellington-based journalist and his Towards Democracy blog is at Substack.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/starvation-of-gaza-a-distressing-continuation-of-a-decades-old-plan/feed/ 0 534022
Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy Sold Stocks Two Days Before Trump Announced a Plan for Reciprocal Tariffs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/transportation-secretary-sean-duffy-sold-stocks-two-days-before-trump-announced-a-plan-for-reciprocal-tariffs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/transportation-secretary-sean-duffy-sold-stocks-two-days-before-trump-announced-a-plan-for-reciprocal-tariffs/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 17:15:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/sean-duffy-stock-sales-trump-tariffs by Robert Faturechi and Brandon Roberts

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Two days before President Donald Trump announced dramatic plans for “reciprocal” tariffs on foreign imports, Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy sold stock in almost three dozen companies, according to records reviewed by ProPublica.

The Feb. 11 sales occurred near the stock market’s historic peak, just before it began to slide amid concerns about Trump’s tariff plans and ultimately plummeted after the president unveiled the details of the new tariffs on April 2.

Disclosure records filed by Duffy with the U.S. Office of Government Ethics show he sold between $75,000 and $600,000 of stock two days before Trump’s Feb. 13 announcement, and up to $50,000 more that day.

Transportation secretaries normally have little to do with tariff policy, but Duffy has presented himself as one of the intellectual forefathers of Trump’s current trade agenda. As a congressman in 2019, his last government position before Trump elevated him to his cabinet post, Duffy introduced a bill he named the “United States Reciprocal Trade Act.” The proposed legislation, which did not pass, in many ways mirrors Trump’s reciprocal tariff plan. Duffy worked on that bill with Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro. Trump’s tariffs were “the culmination of that work,” Duffy posted online, referring to his own bill in the House.

Trades by government officials informed by nonpublic information learned in the course of their official duties could violate the law. However, it’s unclear whether Duffy had any information about the timing or scale of Trump’s reciprocal tariff plans before the public did.

Trump had repeatedly promised to institute significant tariffs throughout the campaign. But during the first weeks of his term, investors were not panic selling, seeming to assume Trump wouldn’t adopt the far-reaching levies that led to the market crash following his “Liberation Day” announcement.

In response to questions from ProPublica, a Transportation Department spokesperson said an outside manager made the trades and Duffy “had no input on the timing of the sales” — a defense that ethics experts generally consider one of the strongest against questions of trading on nonpublic information.

His stock transactions “are part of a retirement account and not managed directly by the Secretary. The account managers must follow the guidance of the ethics agreement and they have done so.”

“The Secretary strongly supports the President’s tariff policy, but he isn’t part of the administration’s decisions on tariff levels,” the spokesperson said.

The spokesperson dismissed the notion that knowledge of Trump’s coming tariffs could constitute insider knowledge because “President Trump has been discussing tariffs since the 1980s.”

Duffy is the second cabinet secretary to have sold stock at an opportune time.

Last week, ProPublica reported that Attorney General Pam Bondi sold between $1 million and $5 million worth of shares of Trump Media, the president’s social media company, on April 2. A government ethics agreement required Bondi to sell the shares within 90 days of her confirmation, a deadline that would have given her until early May, but why she sold on that date is unclear. After the market closed that day, Trump presented his tariffs, sending the market reeling.

Following ProPublica’s story, at least two Democratic members of Congress called for investigations. Bondi has yet to answer questions about whether she knew anything about Trump’s tariff plans before the public did. The Justice Department has not responded to questions about the trades.

Disclosure forms for securities trading by government officials do not require them to state the exact amount bought or sold but instead to provide a broad range for the totals of each transaction.

Duffy's disclosure records show he sold 34 stocks worth between $90,000 and $650,000 on Feb. 11 and Feb. 13. Per the ethics agreement he signed to avoid conflicts of interest as head of the Transportation Department, he was required to sell off stock in seven of those companies during his first three months in office. Cabinet members are typically required to divest themselves of financial interests that intersect with their department’s oversight role, which in Duffy’s case involve U.S. roadways, aviation and the rest of the nation’s transportation network. The ethics agreement was dated Jan. 13, and Duffy was confirmed by the senate on Jan. 28, meaning he had until late April to sell. His spokesperson said he provided his account manager with the ethics agreement on Feb. 7.

The stocks he sold in the other 27 companies were not subject to the ethics agreement. Those shares were valued somewhere between $27,000 and $405,000, according to the records. Among them were Shopify, whose merchants are impacted by the tariffs, and John Deere, the agricultural machinery manufacturer that has projected hundreds of millions of dollars in new costs because of Trump’s tariffs.

Other companies Duffy sold, like gambling firm DraftKings and food delivery service DoorDash, are less directly vulnerable to tariff disruptions. But even those companies will be impacted if Americans have less disposable cash to spend. Few stocks were not hit hard by Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariff announcements. The S&P 500, a broadbased index, fell almost 19% in the weeks that followed Duffy’s sales and 13% specifically after Trump unveiled the details of his reciprocal tariff plan. Since Trump unexpectedly walked back much of those initial tariffs, the market has rebounded.

There’s no indication that the cash from Duffy’s sales was immediately reinvested. He appears to have held on to parts of his portfolio, including a Bitcoin fund, treasuries, S&P 500 funds and stock in Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, an American biopharma company. (Duffy also purchased some Microsoft shares, one of the stocks he’s prohibited from holding, days earlier on Feb. 7, only to sell them on Feb. 11 with the rest of his sales.)

Trades by government officials informed by nonpublic information learned through their jobs could violate the Stop Trading on Congressional Knowledge, or STOCK, Act. The 2012 law clarified that executive and legislative branch employees cannot use nonpublic government information to trade stock and requires them to promptly disclose their trades.

But no cases have ever been brought under the law, and some legal experts have doubts it would hold up to scrutiny from the courts, which in recent years have generally narrowed what constitutes illegal insider trading. Current and former officials have also raised concerns that Trump’s Justice Department and Securities and Exchange Commission would not aggressively investigate activities by Trump or his allies.

The president’s selection of Duffy to lead the Department of Transportation was somewhat unexpected. Duffy, who came to fame when he starred in the reality show “The Real World” in the late 1990s, had last held public office in 2019 during Trump’s first term when he served as a Wisconsin congressman.

As a lawmaker, Duffy introduced the bill that would have made it easier for Trump, or any president, to levy new tariffs, a role that had long been largely reserved for Congress. The bill would have allowed the president to impose additional tariffs on imported goods if he determined that another country was applying a higher duty rate on the same goods when they were coming from America.

The bill did not pass, but Trump has essentially assumed that power by justifying new tariffs as essential to national security or in response to a national emergency. His Feb. 13 announcement called on his advisers to come up with new tariff rates on goods coming from countries around the world based on a number of restrictions he said those countries were placing on American products — not just through tariffs, but also with their exchange rates and industry subsidies.

Even the public rollout of Duffy’s bill and Trump’s tariffs were similar. Duffy released a spreadsheet showing how other countries tariffed particular goods at a higher rate than the U.S. Trump also used a spreadsheet during his rollout to show that his new tariffs were the same or lower than the trade restrictions other countries had placed on American goods.

More recently, Duffy has been a booster of Trump’s trade policies.

“LIBERATION DAY!!🇺🇸🇺🇸We’re not gonna take it anymore!💪🏻💪🏻💪🏻,” he tweeted two days after Trump unveiled his reciprocal tariffs on April 2. “This week, @POTUS took a historic step towards stopping other countries from ripping off the American worker and restoring Fair Trade. In Congress, I helped lead the US Reciprocal Trade Act with @RealPNavarro and the @WhiteHouse to expand the President’s tariff powers in his first term. I am so proud to have been able to share the culmination of that work, Liberation Day, with my family this week. Thank you at POTUS!”


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Robert Faturechi and Brandon Roberts.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/transportation-secretary-sean-duffy-sold-stocks-two-days-before-trump-announced-a-plan-for-reciprocal-tariffs/feed/ 0 533822
Project Esther: NYT Details Right-Wing Plan to "Rebrand All Critics of Israel" as Hamas Supporters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 14:37:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2cc218bca022c06b6c4943fbe4e9ef44
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters/feed/ 0 533755
Project Esther: NYT Details Right-Wing Plan to “Rebrand All Critics of Israel” as Hamas Supporters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters-2/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 12:29:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a32ebb7b47f07d97017f6baf2f2f80c5 Seg2 esther2

A new report in The New York Times takes a deep dive into Project Esther, a policy blueprint to crush the pro-Palestinian movement in the United States from the Heritage Foundation, the right-wing think tank best known for spearheading Project 2025. Project Esther was formed during the Biden administration and lays out plans for surveilling, silencing and punishing pro-Palestinian activists, including deporting non-U.S. citizens and withholding funds from universities. Many of the Heritage Foundation’s proposals appear to have been taken up by the Trump administration.

“Project Esther aims to rebrand all critics of Israel and pro-Palestinian protesters as providing material support for terrorism,” says investigative reporter Katie Baker. “They’re very explicit that this is what they’re doing. … This is all laid out online, and it has been for months.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/project-esther-nyt-details-right-wing-plan-to-rebrand-all-critics-of-israel-as-hamas-supporters-2/feed/ 0 533772
New U.S.-Israeli aid plan in Gaza may use facial recognition software https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 23:00:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=98f6f5dcbf4be17bb7a8510a0099180a
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/feed/ 0 533268
“Surveillance Humanitarianism”: As Gaza Starves, U.S.-Israeli Plan Would Further Weaponize Food https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food-2/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 15:10:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5662951f79c14ccc74a1731ec6027297
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food-2/feed/ 0 533174
“Surveillance Humanitarianism”: As Gaza Starves, U.S.-Israeli Plan Would Further Weaponize Food https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 12:46:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=497601857e5ccd2daa54c1fd7b8f454f H1 gaza famine

Israel has imposed a complete block on humanitarian aid into Gaza since March 2, with hundreds of trucks with lifesaving aid waiting at the border. Now many of Gaza’s kitchens have closed, and Palestinians face mass starvation as rations run low. We speak with Alex de Waal, executive director of the World Peace Foundation at Tufts University, author of Mass Starvation: The History and Future of Famine. “The majority of people in Gaza are facing emergency or catastrophic levels of food insecurity,” says de Waal. “Rations are getting low, and the poorest and most vulnerable are beginning to starve and die.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/surveillance-humanitarianism-as-gaza-starves-u-s-israeli-plan-would-further-weaponize-food/feed/ 0 533152
Newsom budget plan would cap health program for undocumented Californians; Deadly Israeli air strikes continue in Gaza amid ceasefire talks in Doha – May 14, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/newsom-budget-plan-would-cap-health-program-for-undocumented-californians-deadly-israeli-air-strikes-continue-in-gaza-amid-ceasefire-talks-in-doha-may-14-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/newsom-budget-plan-would-cap-health-program-for-undocumented-californians-deadly-israeli-air-strikes-continue-in-gaza-amid-ceasefire-talks-in-doha-may-14-2025/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=604c09893c8cb137942a7f154e1cd603 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

The post Newsom budget plan would cap health program for undocumented Californians; Deadly Israeli air strikes continue in Gaza amid ceasefire talks in Doha – May 14, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/newsom-budget-plan-would-cap-health-program-for-undocumented-californians-deadly-israeli-air-strikes-continue-in-gaza-amid-ceasefire-talks-in-doha-may-14-2025/feed/ 0 533076
US deep sea mining plan would likely violate international law https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/ https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 06:37:54 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/ BANGKOK – The Trump administration plan to allow mining of deep sea metals in the Pacific Ocean would unequivocally violate international law, experts said, making any attempt to sell the minerals – used in batteries, weapons and smartphones – open to challenge by other nations.

President Donald Trump last month signed an executive order to speed development of the contentious deep sea mining industry, including in off-limits international waters governed by a treaty most nations are signatory to. The order said action is needed to “counter China’s growing influence over seabed mineral resources.”

Unilateral action on deep sea mining by the U.S., legal experts said, also has the potential to weaken its legitimacy in attempting to enforce international law generally, including freedom of navigation in flashpoint waters such as the South China Sea or in combating illegal fishing.

“It is hazardous for the U.S. to throw out the rule book,” said Duncan Currie, an international lawyer, who advises conservation groups and testified to Congress last month on the risks of deep sea mining.

Foreshadowing the executive order, Nasdaq-traded The Metals Company, or TMC, which has been at the forefront of ambitions to exploit the seabed, in March applied for exploration and mining permits under the U.S. umbrella for areas in the Pacific Ocean.

It is attempting to bypass the International Seabed Authority, or ISA, a U.N. organization mandated to set rules by consensus for deep sea mining in international waters. Under ISA jurisdiction, TMC has worked with Tonga and Nauru to explore their allocated areas in a vast swath of the Pacific, but now says the ISA has failed by not agreeing rules after several decades of effort.

The Metals Company CEO Gerard Barron (right) congratulates Leticia Carvalho on her election as International Seabed Authority secretary-general in Kingston, Jamaica, Aug. 2, 2024.
The Metals Company CEO Gerard Barron (right) congratulates Leticia Carvalho on her election as International Seabed Authority secretary-general in Kingston, Jamaica, Aug. 2, 2024.
(Stephen Wright/RFA)

Critics of the nascent industry say the copper, cobalt, manganese and nickel found in the potato-sized nodules that carpet parts of the seafloor is already abundant on land. They warn that hoovering the nodules up from depths of several kilometers will cause irreparable damage to an ocean environment still poorly understood by science.

Amid a general retreat by large corporations from commitments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, deep sea mining companies have recently emphasized defense uses and security of mineral supply. Previously the nodules were touted as a source of metals needed for green technologies, such as electric vehicles, that would reduce reliance on fossil fuels.

According to Currie’s congressional testimony, the arguments for deep sea mining rest on fallacies. China’s dominance in the cobalt and nickel markets is due to it processing those minerals imported from Congo and Indonesia and deep sea mining would not significantly change that equation. Also a growing proportion of batteries in electric vehicles no longer rely on cobalt and nickel

“TMC promised the people of Nauru jobs and prosperity,” said Shiva Gounden, head of Greenpeace’s Pacific chapter. “But it has taken the first chance it got to turn its back on Nauru and it will do the same to any other Pacific country,” Gounden said in a statement.

Gerard Barron, TMC‘s chief executive, said the company’s partnerships with Tonga and Nauru remain “rock solid.”

“They too have been let down by the lack of performance at the ISA,” he told Radio Free Asia.

The case made by Barron and the Trump administration is that deep sea mining is a legitimate freedom in waters beyond national jurisdiction – an idea that has become antiquated as international law evolved over decades.

The U.S. has not ratified the 1982 U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea, which governs international waters and also established the seabed authority, but in practice recognizes and attempts to enforce its principles.

The U.S. in 1970 also formally recognized that a law of the sea treaty accepted by most countries would establish the rules even for states not a party to it.

“For the last thirty years, the United States has engaged in acts that uphold the object and purpose” of the law of the sea treaty, said Coalter G. Lathrop, director of international law firm Sovereign Geographic, in a blog post this month for the European Journal of International Law.

Even so, the Trump executive order appears to be a new lease on life for The Metals Company.

At the end of March, it had only US$2.3 million cash in the bank and short-term debt of US$10 million. This week it announced a sale of shares in the company that will raise about US$37 million, according to a regulatory filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. TMC said the money would keep it afloat until it gets a U.S. license for commercial mining.

Its U.S. application has been criticized by France, China and other countries. A coalition of Pacific island civil society organizations called for TMC to be blacklisted by the seabed authority and for Nauru and Tonga to end their agreements with the company.

Deep sea mining is depicted in a mural at the International Seabed Authority office in Kingston, Jamaica, July 30, 2024.
Deep sea mining is depicted in a mural at the International Seabed Authority office in Kingston, Jamaica, July 30, 2024.
(Stephen Wright/RFA)

Currie said the U.N. treaty presents numerous obstacles to TMC realizing its ambitions.

“This casts doubt on whether any metals brought up by TMC under a unilateral permit could be sold,” he told Radio Free Asia.

TMC is a Canadian company while Allseas, the company that owns the ship and mining equipment used by TMC, is Swiss. Both countries, Currie told RFA, have obligations under the U.N. treaty to ensure their nationals don’t participate in breaches of it.

TMC also has an agreement for metals processing with a company based in another treaty signatory nation – Japan.

TMC‘s prospectus for its share sale acknowledges the possibility of legal consequences if it gets a U.S.-issued mining permit.

The ISA and many nations that are signatories to the law of the sea treaty “are likely to regard such a permit as a violation of international law,” it said.

This could “affect international perceptions of the project and could have implications for logistics, processing and market access” including legal challenges in the court systems of treaty member nations.

Attempting a unilateral route to mine the international seabed risks severe geopolitical repercussions “and it could be U.S. interests that get burnt,” said Greenpeace deep sea mining campaigner Louisa Casson.

“Going against the Law of the Sea could trigger impacts far beyond deep sea mining - for maritime boundaries, freedom of navigation and other security interests,” she told RFA.

Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/feed/ 0 532843
Gift or Grift? Trump Under Fire over Qatar’s Plan to Give Him $400M "Flying Palace" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace-2/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 15:07:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=35433c1b1a18a35f7e876c45c600e22c
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace-2/feed/ 0 532740
Gift or Grift? Trump Under Fire over Qatar’s Plan to Give Him $400M “Flying Palace” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 12:12:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=679bb8322e0c3fca7f618ec38b078bf0 Seg1 rob trump

We speak with Robert Weissman, co-president of the advocacy group Public Citizen, about President Donald Trump’s “corrupt deal” to accept a $400 million jumbo luxury jet from the royal family of Qatar — possibly the most valuable such gift a foreign government has ever given. Under the plan, the Boeing 747 known as the “flying palace” would be retrofitted for use as Air Force One, then donated to Trump’s presidential library at the end of his term in order to allow him continued use of the jet even after he leaves office. “The first Trump administration was the most corrupt in American history by far. What’s going on now is literally orders of magnitude worse,” says Weissman.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/gift-or-grift-trump-under-fire-over-qatars-plan-to-give-him-400m-flying-palace/feed/ 0 532720
House GOP Confirms Plan to Cut Medicaid and SNAP Funding to Finance Tax Cuts for Billionaires https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/house-gop-confirms-plan-to-cut-medicaid-and-snap-funding-to-finance-tax-cuts-for-billionaires/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/house-gop-confirms-plan-to-cut-medicaid-and-snap-funding-to-finance-tax-cuts-for-billionaires/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 21:45:41 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/house-gop-confirms-plan-to-cut-medicaid-and-snap-funding-to-finance-tax-cuts-for-billionaires Today, House Republicans on the Ways and Means Committee released the text of their tax bill, which would provide massive tax giveaways to billionaires and big corporations. The Republicans’ bill would be paid for by making massive cuts to Medicaid, nutrition for children, and other vital programs. In response, Americans for Tax Fairness, released a new analysis unpacking the committee’s plans for the Trump tax bill and sent a letter to Congressional leaders urging them to repeal this deeply harmful bill.

“The House GOP has revealed in broad daylight that their tax bill is a clear scam—one that hands out massive giveaways to their billionaire and corporate donors off the backs of their constituents with a price tag of over $5 trillion,” said David Kass, ATF Executive Director. “The plan’s massive cuts to vital programs like Medicaid and SNAP will drive up healthcare and food prices for millions of workers and families, while billionaires pocket the money and the national debt soars. Working and middle-class families—and future generations—shouldn’t have to pay higher prices simply to enrich billionaire elites and the politicians in their pocket.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/house-gop-confirms-plan-to-cut-medicaid-and-snap-funding-to-finance-tax-cuts-for-billionaires/feed/ 0 532577
Otago academics plan declaration on Palestine to ‘face daily horrors’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/otago-academics-plan-declaration-on-palestine-to-face-daily-horrors/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/otago-academics-plan-declaration-on-palestine-to-face-daily-horrors/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 10:30:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114578 Asia Pacific Report

A group of New Zealand academics at Otago University have drawn up a “Declaration on Palestine” against genocide, apartheid and scholasticide of Palestinians by Israel that has illegally occupied their indigenous lands for more than seven decades.

The document, which had already drawn more than 300 signatures from staff, students and alumni by the weekend, will be formally adopted at a congress of the Otago Staff for Justice in Palestine (OSJP) group on Thursday.

“At a time when our universities, our public institutions and our political leaders are silent in the face of the daily horrors we are shown from illegally-occupied Palestine, this declaration is an act of solidarity with our Palestinian whānau,” declared Professor Richard Jackson from Te Ao O Rongomaraeroa — The National Centre for Peace and Conflict Studies.

“It expresses the brutal truth of what is currently taking place in Palestine, as well as our commitment to international law and human rights, and our social responsibilities as academics.

“We hope the declaration will be an inspiration to others and a call to action at a moment when the genocide and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians is accelerating at an alarming rate.”

Scholars and students at the university had expressed concern that they did not want to be teaching or learning about the Palestinian genocide in future courses on the history of the Palestinian people, Professor Jackson said.

Nor did they want to feel ashamed when they were asked what they did while the genocide was taking place.

‘Collective moral courage’
“Signing up to the declaration represents an act of individual and collective moral courage, and a public commitment to working to end the genocide.”

In an interview with the Otago Daily Times published at the weekend, Professor Jackson said boycotting academic ties with Israel was among the measures included in a declaration.

The declaration commits its signatories to an academic boycott as part of the wider Boycott, Disinvestment and Sanction (BDS) campaign “until such time as Palestinians enjoy freedom from genocide, apartheid and scholasticide”, they had national self-determination and full and complete enjoyment of human rights, as codified in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

The declaration says that given the International Court of Justice (ICJ) has ruled there is a “plausible” case that Israel has been committing genocide, and that all states that are signatory to the Genocide Convention must take all necessary measures to prevent acts of genocide, the signatories commit themselves to an academic boycott.

BDS is a campaign, begun in 2005, to promote economic, social and cultural boycotts of the Israeli government, Israeli companies and companies that support Israel, in an effort to end the occupation of Palestinian territories and win equal rights for Palestinian citizens within Israel.

It draws inspiration from South African anti-apartheid campaigns and the United States civil rights movement.

The full text of the declaration:

The Otago Declaration on the Situation in Palestine

We, the staff, students and graduates, being members of the University of Otago, make the following declaration.

We fully and completely recognise that:
– The Palestinian people have a right under international law to national self-determination;
– The Palestinians have the right to security and the full enjoyment of all human and social rights as laid out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights;

And furthermore that:
– Israel is committing a genocide against the Palestinian nation, according to experts, official bodies, international lawyers and human rights organisations;
– Israel operates a system of apartheid in the territories it controls, and denies the full expression and enjoyment of human rights to Palestinians, according to international courts, human rights organisations, legal and academic experts;
– Israel is committing scholasticide, thereby denying Palestinians their right to education;

We recognise that:
– Given the International Court of Justice has ruled that there is a plausible case that Israel has been committing genocide against the Palestinian people in Gaza, that all states that are signatory to the Genocide Convention, which includes Aotearoa New Zealand, have a responsibility to take all necessary measures to prevent acts of genocide;

We also acknowledge that as members of a public institution with educational responsibilities:
– We hold a legal and ethical responsibility to act as critic and conscience of society, both individually as members of the University and collectively as a social institution;
– We have a responsibility to follow international law and norms and to act in an ethical manner in our personal and professional endeavours;
– We hold an ethical responsibility to act in solidarity with oppressed and disadvantaged people, including those who struggle against settler colonial regimes or discriminatory apartheid systems and the harmful long-term effects of colonisation;
– We owe a responsibility to fellow educators who are victimised by apartheid and scholasticide;

Therefore, we, the under-signed, do solemnly commit ourselves to:
– Uphold the practices, standards and ethics of the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) campaign in terms of investment and procurement as called for by Palestinian civil society and international legal bodies; until such time as Palestinians enjoy freedom from genocide, apartheid and scholasticide, national self-determination and full and complete enjoyment of human rights, as codified in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
– Adopt as part of the BDS campaign an Academic Boycott, as called for by Palestinian civil society and international legal bodies; until such time as Palestinians enjoy freedom from genocide, apartheid and scholasticide, national self-determination and full and complete enjoyment of human rights, as codified in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

  • The Otago Declaration congress meeting will be held on Thursday, May 15, 2025, at 12 noon at the Museum Lawn, Dunedin.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/otago-academics-plan-declaration-on-palestine-to-face-daily-horrors/feed/ 0 532441
Experts split on Australia’s Papua New Guinea military recruitment plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 23:20:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114349 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist

Australia’s plan to recruit from Papua New Guinea for its Defence Force raises “major ethical concerns”, according to the Australia Defence Association, while another expert thinks it is broadly a good idea.

The two nations are set to begin negotiating a new defence treaty that is expected to see Papua New Guineans join the Australian Defence Force (ADF).

Australia Defence Association executive director Neil James believes “it’s an idiot idea” if there is no pathway to citizenship for Papua New Guineans who serve in the ADF

“You can’t expect other people to defend your country if you’re not willing to do it and until this scheme actually addresses this in any detail, we’re not going to know whether it’s an idiot idea or it’s something that might be workable in the long run.”

However, an expert associate at the Australian National University’s National Security College, Jennifer Parker, believes it is a good idea.

“Australia having a closer relationship with Papua New Guinea through that cross pollination of people going and working in each other’s defence forces, that’s incredibly positive.”

Parker said recruiting from the Pacific has been an ongoing conversation, but the exact nature of what the recruitment might look like is unknown, including whether there is a pathway to citizenship or if there would be a separate PNG unit within the ADF.

Extreme scenario
When asked whether it was ethical for people from PNG to fight Australia’s wars, Parker said that would be an extreme scenario.

“We’re not talking about conscripting people from other countries or anything like that. We’re talking about offering the opportunity for people, if they choose to join,” she said.

“There are many defence forces around the world where people choose, people who are born in other countries, choose to join.”

However, James disagrees.

“Whether they’re volunteers or whether they’re conscripted, you’re still expecting foreigners to defend your society and with no link to that society.”

Both Parker and James brought up concerns surrounding brain drain.

James said in Timor-Leste, in the early 2000s, many New Zealanders in the army infantry who were serving alongside Australia joined the Australian Army, attracted by the higher pay, which was not in the interest of New Zealand or Australia in the long run.

Care needed
“You’ve got to be real careful that you don’t ruin the Papua New Guinea Defence Force by making it too easy for Papua New Guineans to serve in the Australian Defence Force.”

Parker said the policy needed to be crafted very clearly in conjunction with Papua New Guinea to make sure it strengthened the two nations relationship, not undermined it.

Australia aims to grow the number of ADF uniformed personnel to 80,000 by 2040. However, it is not on track to meet that target.

Parker said she did not think Australia was trying to fill the shortfall.

“There are a couple of challenges in the recruitment issues for the Australian Defence Force.

“But I don’t think the scoping of recruiting people from Papua New Guinea and the Pacific Islands, if it indeed goes ahead, is about addressing recruitment for the Australian Defence Force.

“I think it’s about increasing closer security ties between Papua New Guinea, the Pacific Islands, and Australia.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/feed/ 0 531952
Trump’s Announced “Concept of Plan” With UK Must Be Made Public https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/trumps-announced-concept-of-plan-with-uk-must-be-made-public/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/trumps-announced-concept-of-plan-with-uk-must-be-made-public/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 17:38:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/trumps-announced-concept-of-plan-with-uk-must-be-made-public Following Trump’s much-hyped announcement of a trade deal with the United Kingdom, Melinda St. Louis, Global Trade Watch Director at Public Citizen, issued the following statement:

“Trump may have enjoyed having his ego stroked by Starmer and Lutnick fawning over him for ‘closing’ a deal – one that is obviously not actually done – but his con on American workers continues.

“The American and British people need to see whatever text there is or is developed in ongoing talks – and no deal should be approved or go into effect without going through proper on-the-record public comment processes and congressional oversight.

“We need to know, for instance, when they claim to address “non tariff barriers,” just what giveaways for Big Tech may be inserted on behalf of Elon Musk and Trump’s other tech-bro billionaire buddies, given that he waved around Big Tech’s wish list when he announced the tariffs.

“With claims of dozens more ‘deals’ in progress, Congress must act swiftly to demand transparency and accountability in any trade deal before Trump and his team sell off our country for parts behind closed doors.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/trumps-announced-concept-of-plan-with-uk-must-be-made-public/feed/ 0 531870
The Extermination of the Palestinian People and Theft of Their Homeland https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/the-extermination-of-the-palestinian-people-and-theft-of-their-homeland/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/the-extermination-of-the-palestinian-people-and-theft-of-their-homeland/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 14:30:06 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158035 Thought I’d share with you an attempt to hold my MP to account for Westminster’s shameful complicity in Israel’s genocide of the Palestinian people. The talking-points may help if you’re about to do the same with your MP or senator. Israel: after 19 months of non-stop genocide where do you stand Mr Cooper? ku.tnemailrapnull@pm.repooc.nhoj Dear […]

The post The Extermination of the Palestinian People and Theft of Their Homeland first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Thought I’d share with you an attempt to hold my MP to account for Westminster’s shameful complicity in Israel’s genocide of the Palestinian people. The talking-points may help if you’re about to do the same with your MP or senator.

Israel: after 19 months of non-stop genocide where do you stand Mr Cooper?

ku.tnemailrapnull@pm.repooc.nhoj

Dear Mr Cooper,

In your communications to me in February and October last year some remarks were misleading and sounded as if penned by Israel’s propaganda scribblers in Tel Aviv. Given your journalistic background it was hoped you would sniff out and reject such disinformation. With the situation in Gaza now so horrific a more considered reply would be welcome, please, from our representative at Westminster.

  • You said: “Israel has suffered the worst terror attack in its history at the hands of Hamas.”

But you omitted the context. In the 23 years prior to October 7 Israel had been slaughtering Palestinians at the rate of 8:1 and children at the rate of 16:1. Why overlook this? 7,200 Palestinian hostages, including 88 women and 250 children, were held in Israeli jails on that fateful day. Over 1,200 were under ‘administrative detention’ without charge or trial and denied ‘due process’ (B’Tselem figures). October 7 was therefore a retaliation against extreme provocation. Or were we expecting the Palestinians to take all that lying down?

Evidence is now emerging that the IDF inflicted many of the casualties on their own people that day in order to provide a pretext for their long-planned genocidal assault.

Early in the genocide JVP (Jewish Voice for Peace), the largest progressive Jewish anti-Zionist organization in the world, described the situation leading up to October 7 rather well:

The Israeli government may have just declared war, but its war on Palestinians started over 75 years ago. Israeli apartheid and occupation — and United States complicity in that oppression — are the source of all this violence…. For the past year, the most racist, fundamentalist, far-right government in Israeli history has ruthlessly escalated its military occupation over Palestinians in the name of Jewish supremacy with violent expulsions and home demolitions, mass killings, military raids on refugee camps, unrelenting siege and daily humiliation….

For 16 years, the Israeli government has suffocated Palestinians in Gaza under a draconian air, sea and land military blockade, imprisoning and starving two million people and denying them medical aid. The Israeli government routinely massacres Palestinians in Gaza; ten-year-olds who live in Gaza have already been traumatized by seven major bombing campaigns in their short lives.

For 75 years, the Israeli government has maintained a military occupation over Palestinians, operating an apartheid regime. Palestinian children are dragged from their beds in pre-dawn raids by Israeli soldiers and held without charge in Israeli military prisons. Palestinians’ homes are torched by mobs of Israeli settlers, or destroyed by the Israeli army. Entire Palestinian villages are forced to flee, abandoning the homes orchards, and land that were in their family for generations.

The bloodshed of today and the past 75 years traces back directly to US complicity in the oppression and horror caused by Israel’s military occupation. The US government consistently enables Israeli violence and bears blame for this moment. The unchecked military funding, diplomatic cover, and billions of dollars of private money flowing from the US enables and empowers Israel’s apartheid regime.

  • You said: “I support Israel’s right to defend itself, in line with international humanitarian law.”

The UN itself has made it clear that “Israel cannot claim self-defence against a threat that emanates from the territory it occupies”, and many law experts have said the same.

On the other hand the Palestinians’ right to resist is confirmed in UN Resolution 3246 which calls for all States to recognize the right to self-determination and independence for all peoples subject to colonial and foreign domination and alien subjugation, and to assist them in their struggle, and reaffirms the Palestinians’ right to use “all available means, including armed struggle” in their fight for freedom.

Furthermore UN Resolution 37/43 gives them an unquestionable right, in their struggle for liberation, to “eliminate the threat posed by Israel by all available means including armed struggle”. And as China reminded everyone at the ICJ, “armed resistance against occupation is enshrined in international law and is not terrorism”.

  • You said “There is no moral equivalence between Hamas and the democratically elected Government of Israel.”

How right you are! Under international law Palestinians have an inalienable right to self-determination. They properly elected Hamas under international scrutiny in 2006, at the last permitted election. Hamas are the lawful and legitimate rulers in Gaza.

Israel is not the Western-style democracy it pretends to be. It is a deeply unpleasant ethnocracy with recently enacted discriminatory nation-state laws to emphasise its apartheid ‘bottom line’. The Association for Civil Rights in Israel, an Israeli human rights organization, has documented entrenched discrimination and socioeconomic differences in “land, urban planning, housing, infrastructure, economic development, and education.”

  • You said: “Leaving Hamas in power in Gaza would be a permanent roadblock to a two-state solution…..A sustainable ceasefire must mean that Hamas is no longer there, able to threaten Israel.”

The US and UK have no right to attempt coercive regime change. Besides, Israel has been a fatal threat to Gaza and the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) since well before Hamas was even founded.

Sections 16 and 20 of Hamas’s 2017 Charter are in tune with international law while the Israeli government pursues policies that definitely are not.

(s.16) “Hamas does not wage a struggle against the Jews because they are Jewish but wages a struggle against the Zionists who occupy Palestine.

(s.20) “Hamas considers the establishment of a fully sovereign and independent Palestinian state, with Jerusalem as its capital along the lines of the 4th of June 1967, with the return of the refugees and the displaced to their homes from which they were expelled, to be a formula of national consensus.”

The correct and lawful way to deal with the threat posed by Hamas is (and always has been) by requiring Israel to immediately end its illegal occupation of Palestinian territory, theft of Palestinian resources, and destruction of Palestinian heritage.

  • You said: “I support all steps to bring about a negotiated settlement leading to a safe and secure Israel living alongside a viable and sovereign Palestinian state, based on 1967 borders.”

Palestinians should not have to negotiate their freedom and self-determination. Under international law it’s their basic right and doesn’t depend on anyone else, such as Israel or the US, agreeing to it. The UK disrespects that, otherwise we would long ago have recognised Palestinian statehood along with the vast majority of nations that have already done so. And why is only Israel allowed to be “safe and secure”?

Britain’s refusal to recognise Palestine is disgraceful. We promised the Palestinian Arabs independence in 1915 in return for their help in defeating the Turks but reneged in 1917 (in favour of the shameful Balfour Declaration). We should have granted Palestine provisional independence in 1923 in accordance with our responsibilities under the League of Nations Mandate Agreement, but didn’t. In 1947 the UN Partition Plan allocated the Palestinians a measly portion of their own homeland and, without consulting them, handed the lion’s share to incomer Jews with no ancestral connection to it… thanks in large part to the Balfour betrayal.

The following year Britain walked away from its mandate responsibilities leaving Palestinians at the mercy of Israel’s vicious plan for annexing the Holy Land by military force – “from the river to the sea” – which they’ve pursued relentlessly ever since in defiance of international and humanitarian law, bringing terror, misery, wholesale destruction and ruination to the Palestinians. And now genocide.

Today Britain still refuses to recognise Palestinian independence although 138 other UN member states do.

  • You said: “Settler violence and the demolition of Palestinian homes is intolerable, and I expect to see Ministers firmly raising these issues with the Israeli Government, and taking robust action where necessary.”

The Israeli regime has long ignored representations on such issues, so where is the “robust action” you speak of?

According to B’Tselem, the Israeli Information Center for Human Rights, “The apartheid regime is based on organized, systemic violence against Palestinians, which is carried out by numerous agents: the government, the military, the Civil Administration, the Supreme Court, the Israel Police, the Israel Security Agency, the Israel Prison Service, the Israel Nature and Parks Authority, and others. Settlers are another item on this list, and the state incorporates their violence into its own official acts of violence…. Like state violence, settler violence is organized, institutionalized, well-equipped and implemented in order to achieve a defined strategic goal.”

Law expert Ralph Wilde provides this opinion:

There is no right under international law to maintain the occupation pending a peace agreement, or for creating ‘facts on the ground’ that might give Israel advantages in relation to such an agreement, or as a means of coercing the Palestinian people into agreeing on a situation they would not accept otherwise.

Implanting settlers in the hope of eventually acquiring territory is a violation of occupation law by Israel and a war crime on the part of the individuals involved. And it is a violation of Israel’s legal obligation to respect the sovereignty of another state and a violation of Israel’s legal obligation to respect the right of self-determination of the Palestinian people; also a violation of Israel’s obligations in the international law on the use of force. Ending these violations involves immediate removal of the settlers and the settlements from occupied land and an immediate end to Israel’s exercise of control, including its use of military force….

  • You said: “The UK is doing everything it can to get more aid in and open more crossings, and we played a leading role in securing the passage of UN Security Council resolution 2720, which made clear the urgent demand for expanded humanitarian access.”

That went well, didn’t it? It’s sickening how Westminster still won’t accept the truth – that Israel is a depraved and repulsive regime, devoid of humanity, and we should not be supporting it in any way, shape or form.

For decades before October 7 Israel’s illegal control over the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) and Gaza and military aggression, ethnic cleansing, restrictions on movement of goods and people, dispossession of prime lands, theft of Palestine’s key resources and destruction of its economy have bordered on slow-motion genocide.

And now the International Court of Justice has clarified that “a State’s obligation to prevent, and the corresponding duty to act, arise at the instant that the State learns of, or should normally have learned of, the existence of a serious risk that genocide will be committed. From that moment onwards, if the State has available means likely to have a deterrent effect on those suspected of preparing genocide, or reasonably suspected of harbouring specific intent, it is under a duty to make such use of these means as the circumstances permit”.

The many means available to the British Government include sanctions – which it readily applies to other delinquent nations – and withdrawal of favoured-nation privileges, trade deals, scientific/security collaboration, and cessation of arms supplies. In Israel’s case the British Government, far from using its available deterrent means, has militarily assisted Israel in its genocide.

So let’s remind ourselves of the UK Lawyers’ Open Letter Concerning Gaza of 26 October 2023 which arrived at the UK Government with important warnings regarding breaches of international law — for example:

⦁ The UK is duty-bound to “respect and ensure respect” for international humanitarian law as set out in the Four Geneva Conventions in all circumstances (1949 Geneva Conventions, Common Art 1). That means the UK must not itself assist violations by others.

⦁ The UK Government must immediately halt the export of weapons from the UK to Israel, given the clear risk that they might be used in serious violations of international humanitarian law and in breach of the UK’s domestic Strategic Export Licensing Criteria, including its obligations under the Arms Trade Treaty.

The Department for Business and Trade (whose committee I believe you now sit on) dismissed a petition calling for all licences for arms to Israel to be revoked. Their excuse was that “we rigorously assess every application on a case-by-case basis against strict assessment criteria, the Strategic Export Licensing Criteria (or SELC)…. The SELC provide a thorough risk assessment framework for export licence applications and require us to think hard about the impact of providing equipment and its capabilities. We will not license the export of equipment where to do so would be inconsistent with the SELC.”

But they didn’t explain how Israel managed to satisfy those “strict assessment criteria” and survive such a “rigorous” process. Were we supposed to take it all on trust? There are 8 criteria and, on reading them, any reasonably informed person might conclude that Israel fails to satisfy at least 5.

  • You said: “In the longer term, I will continue to support the UK’s long held-position, that there should be a credible and irreversible pathway towards a two-state solution of Israel and Palestine, living side-by-side in peace and security for both nations and the wider region.”

Why the longer term? Why not now? If Palestinian statehood had been recognised at the proper time (in 1923, or at least by 1948 when Israeli statehood was ‘accepted’) these unspeakable atrocities would never have happened.

QME and Plan Dalet

These are the never-mentioned driving forces behind the evil that poisons the Holy Land.

In 2008 Congress enacted legislation requiring that US arms sales to any country in the Middle East other than Israel must not adversely affect Israel’s “qualitative military edge” (QME). It ensures the apartheid regime always has the upper hand over it neighbours. This is central to US Middle East policy and guarantees the region is kept at or near boiling point and ripe for exploitation.

Sadly the UK has superglued itself to America’s cynical partnership with Israel for ‘security’ and other dubious reasons.

Plan D, or Plan Dalet, is the Zionist terror blueprint for their brutal takeover of the Palestinian homeland written 77 years ago. It was drawn up by the Jewish underground militia, the Haganah, at the behest of David Ben-Gurion, then boss of the Jewish Agency and later to become the first president of ‘New Israel’. .

Plan D was a carefully thought-out, step-by-step plot choreographed ahead of the British mandate government’s withdrawal and the Zionists’ declaration of Israeli statehood. It correctly assumed that the British authorities would no longer be there to prevent it. As Plan D shows, “expulsion and transfer” (i.e. ethnic cleansing) has always been a key part of the Zionists’ scheme, and Ben-Gurion reminded his military commanders that the prime aim of Plan D was the ethnic cleansing of Palestine.

The Deir Yassin massacre signalled the beginning of a deliberate programme to depopulate Arab towns and villages – destroying churches and mosques – in order to make room for incoming Holocaust survivors and other Jews. In July 1948 Israeli terrorist troops seized Lydda, shot up the town and drove out the population. They massacred 426 men, women, and children. 176 of them were slaughtered in the town’s main mosque. The remainder were forced to walk into exile in the scalding July heat leaving a trail of bodies – men, women and children – along the way. Of all the blood-baths they say this was the biggest. Israel’s great hero Moshe Dayan was responsible.

By 1949 the Zionists had seized nearly 80 percent of Palestine, provoking the resistance backlash we still see today. The knock-on effects have created around 6 million Palestinian refugees registered with the UN plus an estimated 1 million others worldwide.

Israel Lobby

Considering Britain’s obligations towards the Holy Land since WW1, would you please let me know what you and your colleagues are now doing to stop this appalling extermination of the Palestinian people? And I do mean action not empty words. And would you please explain why Conservative Friends of Israel, which works to promote and support Israel in Parliament and at every level of the Party and claims 80% of Conservative MPs as signed-up members, are allowed to flourish at Westminster?.

MPs who put themselves under the influence of an aggressive foreign military power are surely in flagrant breach of the principles of public life (aka the Nolan Principles) which are written into MPs’ code of conduct and the ministerial code.

Being a Friend of Israel, of course, means embracing the terror on which the state of Israel was built, approving the dispossession of the innocent and the oppression of the powerless, and applauding the discriminatory laws against non-Jews who resisted being ejected and inconveniently remain in their homeland.

It means aligning oneself with the vile mindset that abducts civilians — including children — and imprisons and tortures them without trial, imposes hundreds of military checkpoints, severely restricts the movement of people and goods, and interferes with Palestinian life at every level.

And it means giving the thumbs-up to Israeli gunboats shooting up Palestinian fishermen in their own territorial waters, the strangulation of the West Bank’s economy, the cruel 19-year blockade on Gaza and the bloodbaths inflicted on the tiny enclave’s packed population. Also the religious war that humiliates the Holy Land’s Muslims and Christians and prevents them visiting their holy places.

I prefer to think that you know all this but must be mindful that the Israel lobby have Conservative Central Office in their pocket.

Stuart Littlewood

8 May 2025

The post The Extermination of the Palestinian People and Theft of Their Homeland first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stuart Littlewood.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/the-extermination-of-the-palestinian-people-and-theft-of-their-homeland/feed/ 0 531893
Expulsion and Occupation: Israel’s Proposed Gaza Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/expulsion-and-occupation-israels-proposed-gaza-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/expulsion-and-occupation-israels-proposed-gaza-plan/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 13:19:51 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158023 Killing civilians wholesale, starving them to convince those unaffected to change course, and shepherding whole populations like livestock into conditions of further misery would all qualify as heinous crimes in international law.  When it comes to Israel’s war in Gaza, this approach is seen as necessary politics, unalloyed by the restraints of humanitarianism.  When confronted […]

The post Expulsion and Occupation: Israel’s Proposed Gaza Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Killing civilians wholesale, starving them to convince those unaffected to change course, and shepherding whole populations like livestock into conditions of further misery would all qualify as heinous crimes in international law.  When it comes to Israel’s war in Gaza, this approach is seen as necessary politics, unalloyed by the restraints of humanitarianism.  When confronted with these harsh realities on the ground, unequivocal denials follow: This is not happening in Gaza; no one is starving. And if that were the case, blame those misguided savages in Hamas.

As the conflict chugs along in pools of blood and bountiful gore, the confused shape of Israel’s intentions continues in all its glorious nebulousness.  Pretend moderation clouds murderous desire.  There is no sense that those unfortunate Israeli hostages captured by Hamas in its assault on October 7, 2023, matter anymore, being merely decorative for the imminent slaughter.  There is even less sense that Hamas will be cleansed and removed from the strip, however attractive this idea continues to be.

Such evident limits have not discouraged Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his cabinet, who have decided that more force, that old province of the unimaginative, is the answer.  According to the PM, the cabinet had agreed on a “forceful operation” to eliminate Hamas and salvage what is left of the hostage situation.

A spokesperson for the Israel Defense Forces, Brigadier-General Effie Defrin, has explained on Israeli radio that the offensive will apparently ensure the return of the hostages.  What follows will be “the collapse of the Hamas regime, its defeat, its submission”.  Anywhere up to two million Palestinian civilians in Gaza will be herded into the ruins of the south.  Humanitarian aid will be arranged by the Israeli forces to be possibly distributed through approved contractors.

The IDF chief of staff, Lt. General Eyal Zamir, confirmed that the approved plan will involve “the capture of the Strip and holding the territories, moving the Gazan population south for its defence, denying Hamas the ability to distribute humanitarian supplies, and powerful attacks against Hamas.”

Within the Israeli cabinet, ethnocentric and religious fires burn with bright fanaticism.  The Israeli Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich remains a figure who ignores floral subtlety in favour of the blood-stained sledgehammer.  He remains that coherent link between cruel lawmaking and baffling violence.  “Within a few months,” he boasts, “we will be able to declare that we have won.  Gaza will be totally destroyed.”  With pompous certitude, he also claimed that the next six months would see Hamas cease to exist.

Such opinions, expressed at the “Settlements Conference” organised by the Makor Rishon newspaper in Ofra, a West Bank settlement, give a sense of the flavour.  Palestinians are to be “concentrated” on land located between the Egyptian border and the arbitrarily designated Morag Corridor.  As with any potential abuser keen to violate his vulnerable charges while justifying it, Smotrich tried to impress with the idea that this was a “humanitarian” zone that would be free of “Hamas and terrorism”.

The program here is clear in its chilling crudeness.  Expulsion, relocation, transfer.  These are the words famously used to move on populations of a sizeable number in history, often at enormous cost.  That this should involve lawmakers of the Jewish state adds a stunning, if perverse, poignancy to this.  They, the moved on in history, the expelled and the condemned wanderers, shall expel others and condemn them in turn.  Smotrich also points the finger at desperation and hopelessness, the biting incentives that propel migration.  The Palestinians will feel blessed in their banishment.  “They will be totally despairing, understanding that there is no hope and nothing to look for in Gaza, and will be looking for relocation to begin a new life in other places.”

Impossible to ignore in Smotrich’s steaming bile against the Palestinians is the broader view that no Palestinian state can arise, necessitating urgent, preventative poisoning.  In addition to the eventual depopulation of Gaza, plans to reconstitute the contours of the West Bank, ensuring that Israeli and Palestinian traffic are separated to enable building and construction for settlements as a prelude to annexation, are to be implemented.

The issue of twisting and mangling humanitarian aid in favour of Israel’s territorial lust has raised some tart commentary.  A statement from the Humanitarian Country Team of the Occupied Palestinian Territory, a forum led by the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA), does not shy away from the realities on the ground.  All supplies, including those vital to survival, have been blocked for nine weeks.  Bakeries and community kitchens have closed, while warehouses are empty.  Hunger, notably among children, is rampant.  Israel’s plan, as presented, “will mean that large parts of Gaza, including the less mobile and most vulnerable people, will continue to go without supplies.”

The UN Secretary General and the Emergency Relief Coordinator have confirmed that they will not cooperate in the scheme, as it “does not adhere to the global humanitarian principles of humanity, impartiality, independence, and neutrality.”

The foreign ministers of the United Kingdom, France, and Germany have made the same point.  Despite all being solid allies of Israel, they have warned that violations of international law are taking place.  “Humanitarian aid must never be used as a political tool and a Palestinian territory must not be reduced nor subjected to any demographic change”.

To date, a promise lingers that the offensive will only commence once US President Donald Trump’s visit to Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Qatar takes place.  But no ongoing savaging of Gaza with some crude effort at occupation will solve the historical vortex that continues to drag the Jewish state to risk and oblivion.

The post Expulsion and Occupation: Israel’s Proposed Gaza Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/expulsion-and-occupation-israels-proposed-gaza-plan/feed/ 0 531541
Financial Times: The West’s shameful silence on Gaza – do more to restrain Benjamin Netanyahu https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/financial-times-the-wests-shameful-silence-on-gaza-do-more-to-restrain-benjamin-netanyahu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/financial-times-the-wests-shameful-silence-on-gaza-do-more-to-restrain-benjamin-netanyahu/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 11:17:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114266 EDITORIAL: The Financial Times editorial board

After 19 months of conflict that has killed tens of thousands of Palestinians and drawn accusations of war crimes against Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu is once more preparing to escalate Israel’s offensive in Gaza.

The latest plan puts Israel on course for full occupation of the Palestinian territory and would drive Gazans into ever-narrowing pockets of the shattered strip.

It would lead to more intensive bombing and Israeli forces clearing and holding territory, while destroying what few structures remain in Gaza.

This would be a disaster for 2.2 million Gazans who have already endured unfathomable suffering.

Each new offensive makes it harder not to suspect that the ultimate goal of Netanyahu’s far-right coalition is to ensure Gaza is uninhabitable and drive Palestinians from their land. For two months, Israel has blocked delivery of all aid into the strip.

Child malnutrition rates are rising, the few functioning hospitals are running out of medicine, and warnings of starvation and disease are growing louder. Yet the US and European countries that tout Israel as an ally that shares their values have issued barely a word of condemnation.

They should be ashamed of their silence, and stop enabling Netanyahu to act with impunity.

In brief remarks on Sunday, US President Donald Trump acknowledged Gazans were “starving”, and suggested Washington would help get food into the strip.

But, so far, the US president has only emboldened Netanyahu. Trump returned to the White House promising to end the war in Gaza after his team helped broker a January ceasefire between Israel and Hamas.

Under the deal, Hamas agreed to free hostages in phases, while Israel was to withdraw from Gaza and the foes were to reach a permanent ceasefire.

But within weeks of the truce taking hold, Trump announced an outlandish plan for Gaza to be emptied of Palestinians and taken over by the US.

In March, Israel collapsed the ceasefire as it sought to change the terms of the deal, with Washington’s backing. Senior Israeli officials have since said they are implementing Trump’s plan to transfer Palestinians out of Gaza.

On Monday, far-right Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich said: “We are finally going to occupy the Gaza Strip.”

Netanyahu insists an expanded offensive is necessary to destroy Hamas and free the 59 remaining hostages. The reality is that the prime minister has never articulated a clear plan since Hamas’s October 7, 2023, attack killed 1200 people and triggered the war.

Instead, he repeats his maximalist mantra of “total victory” while seeking to placate his extremist allies to ensure the survival of his governing coalition.

But Israel is also paying a price for his actions. The expanded offensive would imperil the lives of the hostages, further undermine Israel’s tarnished standing and deepen domestic divisions.

Israel has briefed that the expanded operation would not begin until after Trump’s visit to the Gulf next week, saying there is a “window” for Hamas to release hostages in return for a temporary truce.

Arab leaders are infuriated by Netanyahu’s relentless pursuit of conflict in Gaza yet they will fete Trump at lavish ceremonies with promises of multibillion-dollar investments and arms deals.

Trump will put the onus on Hamas when speaking to his Gulf hosts. The group’s murderous October 7 attack is what triggered the Israeli offensive.

Gulf states agree that its continued stranglehold on Gaza is a factor prolonging the war. But they must stand up to Trump and convince him to pressure Netanyahu to end the killing, lift the siege and return to talks.

The global tumult triggered by Trump has already distracted attention from the catastrophe in Gaza. Yet the longer it goes on, the more those who remain silent or cowed from speaking out will be complicit.

This editorial was published by the London Financial Times under the original title “The west’s shameful silence on Gaza: The US and European allies should do more to restrain Benjamin Netanyahu” on May 6, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/financial-times-the-wests-shameful-silence-on-gaza-do-more-to-restrain-benjamin-netanyahu/feed/ 0 531502
House GOP Plan to Pay for Billionaire Tax Cuts Will Destroy Public Lands, Speed Climate Change https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/house-gop-plan-to-pay-for-billionaire-tax-cuts-will-destroy-public-lands-speed-climate-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/house-gop-plan-to-pay-for-billionaire-tax-cuts-will-destroy-public-lands-speed-climate-change/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 18:58:40 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/house-gop-plan-to-pay-for-billionaire-tax-cuts-will-destroy-public-lands-speed-climate-change The House Natural Resources Committee released its portion of the Republican House reconciliation bill late Thursday. It’s part of a Republican proposal to help fund President Trump’s tax cuts for billionaires.

The Republican plan calls for ramping up oil and gas lease sales on public lands and waters, opening at least 4 million acres of public lands for new coal leasing, reinstating multiple highly contested mining leases, authorizing a massive road to aid mining in some of the most pristine wilderness areas in the country, and legislating increased timber production on public forests.

“This extreme proposal shows that House Republicans are hellbent on following Trump’s plan to sell out America’s public lands and offshore waters to the world’s worst polluters,” says Ashley C. Nunes, public lands policy specialist at the Center for Biological Diversity. “Republicans are treating our most precious wild places as nothing more than opportunities for industry to plunder, profit and pollute.”

The bill would overturn several landmark decisions made by the Biden administration to prevent irreparable harm to sensitive resources. The bill mandates the following:

  • Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, Alaska: Four more oil leases that would disrupt polar bear habitat, caribou calving grounds, and the migration patterns of other wildlife.
  • Cook Inlet, Alaska: Six oil lease sales, putting fragile endangered Cook Inlet beluga whales at risk from seismic testing and oil spills.
  • Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness, Minnesota: Reverses a mining ban on 225,000 acres of federal land and opening it to Twin Metal’s sulfide mining, which threatens to pollute the adjacent Boundary Water wilderness.
  • Brooks Range Wilderness, Alaska: Reverses a ban on the 211-mile Ambler mining road that would stretch across the vast unspoiled wilderness of the Brooks Range, to facilitate an industrial mining complex on behalf of a foreign mining company. Caribou migrations may also be affected as the road intersects their migration paths.

The bill includes other provisions that expand extractive industries and undermine environmental protections. For example, it reduces royalties for oil producers, establishes rental fees for renewables on public lands, and directs agencies to increase timber harvests by 25%. It also allow project sponsors to pay a fee to cover environmental review and receive expedited completion.

“From oil drilling in the Arctic and Gulf, to coal mining in the Boundary Waters, to chopping down majestic old-growth trees across the country, a slew of ruinous projects are fast-tracked by this pay-to-play reconciliation package,” Nunes said. “This is nothing short of a plan to let Trump’s friends get rich by destroying our landscapes, coastal waters and wildlife habitat.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/house-gop-plan-to-pay-for-billionaire-tax-cuts-will-destroy-public-lands-speed-climate-change/feed/ 0 530865
“Taking Our Power Back”: Immigrants & Workers Plan for May Day Protests as Trump Marks 100 Days https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days-2/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 15:09:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=969d942270178443e16bcac4eeb7a037
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days-2/feed/ 0 530135
“Taking Our Power Back”: Immigrants & Workers Plan for May Day Protests as Trump Marks 100 Days https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 12:16:32 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e45d7036bdfe04a0c3d0fbb3da8daf1b Seg1 all guests split

Organizers across the United States are planning a massive day of May Day protests against the Trump administration. Organizers say that they have broad support from groups targeted by the administration, including immigrants, federal workers and more. “Instead of attacking only one community … they are attacking everybody at the same time, and that enabled us to gather a really broad coalition,” says Jorge Mújica, strategic organizer for Arise Chicago.

In New York, organizers are calling on people to march alongside them in Foley Square. “We need to fight this corporate takeover,” says Nisha Tabassum, lead organizer for worker issues at Make the Road New York. “We are the many; they are the few.”

Los Angeles organizers are expecting hundreds of thousands of protesters to join them in opposition to Trump’s policies. “We are taking our power back,” says Georgia Flowers Lee, National Education Association vice president for United Teachers Los Angeles.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/taking-our-power-back-immigrants-workers-plan-for-may-day-protests-as-trump-marks-100-days/feed/ 0 530114
How Fair Was it to Label Hamas “Terrorists”? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/how-fair-was-it-to-label-hamas-terrorists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/how-fair-was-it-to-label-hamas-terrorists/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 16:24:00 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157788 So Hamas have finally got around to appealing against the UK Government branding their political wing a terrorist organisation. In their legal submission, they say “the proscription has hindered the group’s ability to broker a political solution to the conflict, stifled conversations in securing a long-term political settlement, criminalised ordinary Palestinians residing in Gaza, and […]

The post How Fair Was it to Label Hamas “Terrorists”? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
So Hamas have finally got around to appealing against the UK Government branding their political wing a terrorist organisation.

In their legal submission, they say “the proscription has hindered the group’s ability to broker a political solution to the conflict, stifled conversations in securing a long-term political settlement, criminalised ordinary Palestinians residing in Gaza, and undermined the possibility of a peaceful settlement”.

They also argue that being branded terrorists infringes fundamental rights and has a disproportionate impact on freedom of speech, freedom of assembly, and open debate and political expression, which makes sensible journalism and public discourse on Israel’s actions in Palestine impossible.

Hamas’s submission also points out that Britain’s Terrorism Act “covers all groups and organisations around the world that use violence to achieve political objectives, including the Israeli armed forces, the Ukrainian Army and, indeed, the British armed forces”.

And it claims proscription obstructs humanitarian aid into the Gaza Strip because any form of assistance can be labelled “terrorism” if it is “seen as supporting a group that has been labelled a terrorist organisation”.

On the other hand, proscribing Hamas was a clever move because it makes it so much easier for Israel’s stooges at Westminster to avoid having to explain that regime’s far worse war crimes and crimes against humanity. We have to thank Priti Patel who, while International Development Secretary, was so taken-in by Zionist claptrap and so adoring of Israel that, in 2017, she reportedly had around a dozen meetings with Israeli politicians and organisations during a family holiday in Israel without telling the Foreign Office, her civil servants or her boss Theresa May, and without government officials present. This was not only a middle finger to the Ministerial Code of Conduct but a gross breach of security.

She was also said to have tried persuading colleagues to send British taxpayers’ money as aid for an Israeli forces project in the Golan Heights…. and she actually visited the Golan. As everyone and his dog knows, the Golan Heights is Syrian territory stolen in 1967 by the Israelis who have illegally occupied it ever since. Touring it with the thieving occupation army was another serious diplomatic blunder.

Patel’s meetings are said to have been arranged by Lord Polak, an official of the Board of Deputies of British Jews in the 1980s who joined the Conservative Friends of Israel in 1989, and served as its director for 26 years until appointed Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for political service and made a life peer. It’s difficult to see what political service Polak performed for anyone other than the Israeli regime.

Patel was forced to resign but later restored to favour and promoted to Home Secretary. She proscribed Hamas’s political wing in 2021 with hardly a murmur of opposition. There seemed no legitimate reason for doing so unless it was part of the UK/US/Israel axis aim to bring about coercive regime change. But would that be legal? Are the Palestinians to be denied self-determination and the right to choose their own government? Well, yes, so it seems.

What’s to fear from Hamas?

No-one in the UK Government has properly explained, probably because no-one has bothered to sit down and shoot the breeze with them. Instead they eagerly welcome Netanyahu and his thugs with red-carpet hugs, handshakes and vows of affection and endless co-operation, and soak up the nonsense they talk.

And has anyone at Westminster bothered to read Hamas’s 2017 Charter? If so, did they notice Sections 16 and 20? They are reasonably in tune with international law while the Israeli government pursues policies that definitely are not.

  1. Hamas affirms that its conflict is with the Zionist project not with the Jews because of their religion. Hamas does not wage a struggle against the Jews because they are Jewish but wages a struggle against the Zionists who occupy Palestine. Yet, it is the Zionists who constantly identify Judaism and the Jews with their own colonial project and illegal entity.
  2. Hamas believes that no part of the land of Palestine shall be compromised or conceded, irrespective of the causes, the circumstances and the pressures and no matter how long the occupation lasts. Hamas rejects any alternative to the full and complete liberation of Palestine, from the river to the sea. However, without compromising its rejection of the Zionist entity and without relinquishing any Palestinian rights, Hamas considers the establishment of a fully sovereign and independent Palestinian state, with Jerusalem as its capital along the lines of the 4th of June 1967, with the return of the refugees and the displaced to their homes from which they were expelled, to be a formula of national consensus.

Under international law the correct way to deal with the threat posed by Hamas is (and always has been) by requiring Israel to immediately end its illegal occupation of Palestinian territory and theft of Palestinian resources.

JVP (Jewish Voice for Peace), who claim to be the largest progressive Jewish anti-Zionist organization in the world, said of the genocide in Gaza: “We’re organizing a grassroots, multiracial, cross-class, intergenerational movement of US Jews into solidarity with Palestinian freedom struggle.” Here’s an extract from their no-nonsense statement on the hostilities in Palestine.

“The Israeli government may have just declared war, but its war on Palestinians started over 75 years ago. Israeli apartheid and occupation — and United States complicity in that oppression — are the source of all this violence. Reality is shaped by when you start the clock.

For the past year, the most racist, fundamentalist, far-right government in Israeli history has ruthlessly escalated its military occupation over Palestinians in the name of Jewish supremacy with violent expulsions and home demolitions, mass killings, military raids on refugee camps, unrelenting siege and daily humiliation. In recent weeks, Israeli forces repeatedly stormed the holiest Muslim sites in Jerusalem.

For 16 years, the Israeli government has suffocated Palestinians in Gaza under a draconian air, sea and land military blockade, imprisoning and starving two million people and denying them medical aid. The Israeli government routinely massacres Palestinians in Gaza; ten-year-olds who live in Gaza have already been traumatized by seven major bombing campaigns in their short lives.

For 75 years, the Israeli government has maintained a military occupation over Palestinians, operating an apartheid regime. Palestinian children are dragged from their beds in pre-dawn raids by Israeli soldiers and held without charge in Israeli military prisons. Palestinians’ homes are torched by mobs of Israeli settlers, or destroyed by the Israeli army. Entire Palestinian villages are forced to flee, abandoning the homes orchards, and land that were in their family for generations.

The bloodshed of today and the past 75 years traces back directly to US complicity in the oppression and horror caused by Israel’s military occupation. The US government consistently enables Israeli violence and bears blame for this moment. The unchecked military funding, diplomatic cover, and billions of dollars of private money flowing from the US enables and empowers Israel’s apartheid regime.”

The Zionists’ Dalet Plan, or Plan D

It’s not just America’s complicity and Britain’s 110-years of betrayal that have brought us to this appalling situation. Plan D was the Zionists’ terror blueprint for their brutal takeover of the Palestinian homeland drawn up 77 years ago by the Jewish underground militia, the Haganah, at the behest of David Ben-Gurion, then boss of the Jewish Agency, and relentless pursued by the Israeli regime to this day.

Plan D was a carefully thought-out, step-by-step plot choreographed ahead of the British mandate government’s withdrawal and the Zionists’ declaration of Israeli statehood. It correctly assumed that the British authorities would no longer be there.

It’s a sign of the shoddy times we live in that the lawyers involved in the appeal case felt obliged to state that Hamas did not pay them or the experts who provided evidence for their submission, as it is illegal to receive funds from a group designated as a terrorist organisation.

Hopefully their appeal will skewer the Government’s utter hypocrisy and undying support for the real terrorists in the Holy Land. Priti Patel will have to reckon with the consequences of her actions in terms of the huge numbers of innocent lives lost or reduced to unimaginable misery.

I hasten to add that I am no supporter of Hamas. I support truth and justice, simple as that. And of course the Laws of Cricket.

The post How Fair Was it to Label Hamas “Terrorists”? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stuart Littlewood.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/how-fair-was-it-to-label-hamas-terrorists/feed/ 0 529928
Why Trump’s Ukraine War ‘Kellogg Plan’ Collapsed https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/why-trumps-ukraine-war-kellogg-plan-collapsed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/why-trumps-ukraine-war-kellogg-plan-collapsed/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 05:55:26 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=362006 When President Trump ran for office in 2024 he promised to negotiate an end to the war in Ukraine within 100 days of taking office.  The unofficial centerpiece of his plan was the proposals raised publicly by US General Kellogg earlier in 2024. While Trump in 2024 did not officially adopt the Kellogg proposals as More

The post Why Trump’s Ukraine War ‘Kellogg Plan’ Collapsed appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: The White House – Public Domain

When President Trump ran for office in 2024 he promised to negotiate an end to the war in Ukraine within 100 days of taking office.  The unofficial centerpiece of his plan was the proposals raised publicly by US General Kellogg earlier in 2024. While Trump in 2024 did not officially adopt the Kellogg proposals as his plan to end the war, it is clear in retrospect he unofficially embraced the Kellogg plan. One of his first unofficially appointments before even taking office in January was to task Kellogg to explore responses to his—Kellogg’s— proposals among the interested parties.

It is important to note that the Trump plan to negotiate an end to the war during his first 100 days in office has been the Kellogg Plan, revised somewhat to represent a US political compromise within the Trump administration between the Trump neocons—Rubio, Walz, etc.—and those in the administration who advocate a faster US extrication from the costly and unwinnable war—i.e. Vance, Witkoff, et. al. Thus a ‘Kellogg Plus’ US plan.

At this past week’s EU/UK meeting in London, however, ‘Kellogg Plus’ died and was buried. Put on the table for discussion by the USA as a possible unified west/NATO solution to end the Ukraine war by a  compromise with Russian positions, the Kellogg plan was never even discussed by the Europeans or the Ukrainian delegation sent to London. It was rejected and ‘killed off’ by a unified Europe & Ukraine opposition.

As others have reported, the Europeans and Ukraine had developed their own set of proposals over the past few weeks in the flurry of their meetings in Europe, the most recent occurring in Paris. London was the meeting in which the Europeans expected the US delegation to discuss the Euro-Ukraine plan which differed substantially from the US ‘Kellogg Plus’ proposals. The US reportedly caught the Europeans by surprise, presented their plan for discussion in lieu of the Europeans’.  The latter then refused to discuss the Kellogg plan and, in return, the US delegation left the meeting..

Having had a copy of the US plan just before the London meeting, Zelensky publicly, and in somewhat insulting language, rejected the US plan outright. He followed up after the meeting with another public statement to the media declaring “There is nothing to talk about”.  His European supporters, notably Macron of France and Starmer of UK, quickly joined him and publicly declared the same. It is now clear the US proposals are rejected in their entirety, both by Ukraine and the Europeans

The US had announced its plan was its ‘best and final offer’ to all the parties as the basis for starting negotiations, including Russia, and threatened to exit the negotiations process altogether if not accepted by all.  Whether it does has yet to be determined.

Today, April 25, 2025, Trump special envoy meets with Putin in Moscow to discuss the same Kellogg proposals. It is highly likely Putin will not accept the offer in its entirety either, but may accept some elements and declare it a basis to continue discussions—unlike Zelensky or the Europeans who have rejected it outright and completely.

Given that total rejection—and regardless of the outcome of the Witkoff-Putin meeting in Moscow, it is clear the first phase of the Trump administration’s attempt to negotiate an end to the Ukraine conflict has come to an abrupt end.

So what was the Kellogg Plan proposed by the USA that was so abruptly shot down by Zelensky and the Europeans? And what was their alternative proposal that they thought the US would accept as the starting point of negotiations with the Russians—a move by the Europeans to put them back in the negotiations game alongside the Americans as equals, a role so far denied them to their great consternation?

Here are the main elements of the Kellogg Plus American plan:

+ No NATO membership offered to Ukraine nor Ukraine to seek membership, although Ukraine could join the European Union

+ Recognition de jure of Crimea as part of Russia and Lughansk province now fully occupied by Russia

+ Ceasefire implementation details to be worked out by Russia & Ukraine, without Europe or US participation

+ Recognition de facto the other three east Ukraine regions (Donetsk, Zaporozhie, Kherson) now occupied by Russian forces along the current combat line

+ Lifting of US sanctions since 2014 on Russia, leaving Europe sanctions to Europe to decide

+ Europe could offer Ukraine security guarantees if it wanted but the USA would not

+ US and Russia would continue to explore joint deals on energy and industry

+ The US would operate the Zaporozhie nuclear power plant and distribute its resources to both Ukraine and Russia

+ Russia also gives up its control of the dam on the Dnipr, its territory in Kherson where the nuclear power plant is located, its occupation of far western ‘spit’ of Kherson on the river, and the area in the Kharkov province Russia also now occupies

+ US & Ukraine conclude a minerals deal, with participation by Europe as well

+ The Plan said nothing about the size of Ukraine’s army after the war’s end

In negotiations of agreements, sometimes what’s left out intentionally is as important as what’s included. Here’s some key omissions in the US plan:

+ No reference to the size of the Ukrainian military as part of a peace deal, or whether Ukraine could build up its forces while ceasefire and negotiations continued

+ No reference to whether NATO troops were to participate in any peacekeeping operations in Ukraine after the war

+ No mention of whether or how Ukraine might be compensated and rebuilt, by whom, or whether Russia’s $260 billion assets in European banks would be used

The Europeans were shocked, reportedly, by the provisions of the Kellogg Plus plan. They had expected the US to attend London to discuss the plan they had alternatively hammered out in the preceding weeks with the assumed approval of Ukraine.  That alternative plan was fundamentally different from the USA’s. In fact, it is better described not as a plan to reach some kind of a compromise settlement to the conflict, but a plan that amounted to a capitulation of Russia in the conflict.

The Europeans proposed something historically similar to the France-Britain 1918 armistice agreement on Germany that ended world war I.  That armistice was a ceasefire after which the victors—France and Britain—imposed impossible terms on Germany, which were eventually forced on Germany and which, in the end historically, led to the continuation of the world war in 1939. The 1918 negotiations was an agreement forced by victors on the defeated. The problem in Ukraine today, is that the Russians are clearing winning militarily and it is the Ukrainians and Europeans who are likely the defeated before this year’s end on the battlefield.

Here’s the elements of the Europeans-Ukraine 2025 ‘Armistice Plan’, which they had hoped, were the USA to accept as basis for negotiations, would put them—the Europeans—back on an equal footing in negotiations with the USA that the latter has thus far denied them since discussions between the US and Russia were opened in Riyadh and Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, in March.

The Main Elements of the European Armistice Plan:

+ Russia & Ukraine accept an unconditional ceasefire. Details of the implementation of the ceasefire subsequently negotiate by all four parties together: Russia, Ukraine, Europe and USA

+ Russia required to return all prisoners, troops and children allegedly kidnapped but no mention of Ukraine similar release of prisoners, etc.

+ Security Guarantees to Ukraine provided by US and Europe, along lines of NATO article 5 language; Ukraine may join NATO at a later date

+ No limits or restrictions on Ukraine’s size of military. Ukraine allowed to rebuild army and weapons during ceasefire negotiations

+ Europe and other States may send troops to Ukraine as part of peacekeeping force

+ No reference made to Russia right to Crimea or other occupied territories

+ Ukraine to control the Zaporozhie nuclear power plant, with US only assisting. Also Ukraine control Dnipr river and Kharkov dam

+ Russian assets in European banks remain frozen until Ukraine compensation for damages is determined by negotiations

+ Sanctions on Russia remain in place. Any relief of sanctions reinstated if Russia breaches agreement in any way

It should be noted this European proposal is not the plan Ukraine has been proposing the last two and a half years. Ukraine/Zelensky’s position to end the war hasn’t changed since late 2022.

Ukraine’s Terms for Ending the War:

Almost three years to the day this April, following Russia’s initial invasion in February 2022 and territorial gains across Ukraine, Russia and Ukraine representatives met in Istanbul, Turkey and worked out details of terms tentatively to end the conflict. The terms of Istanbul I, as it is called, included Ukraine agreeing not to join NATO, Crimea remaining in Russia but the other four provinces of east Ukraine remaining in Ukraine providing assurances were given its almost total Russian population be allowed to practice its Russian Orthodox religion, speak Russian, and continue other cultural practices—all of which were being denied by the Kiev regime at the time in the hands of ultra-nationalist, proto fascist forces intent on denying the same to its eastern Russian population. The shelling of cities in the east by Ukraine forces also had to stop.

Ukraine tentatively agreed to Istanbul I, took the terms back to Zelensky in Kiev, who reportedly was considering signing them—until then UK prime minister, Boris Johnson, flew into Kiev and convinced Zelensky that unlimited NATO funds and weaponry would be forthcoming, that Russia would collapse politically and economically if Ukraine resisted militarily and the war with Russia should therefore continue.  Zelensky ultimately agreed. Istanbul was abandoned and, after the initial Ukrainian tactical victories in the summer of 2022, Zelensky and Ukraine adopted the following hard line positions for negotiations that Ukraine formally retains to this day:

+ Russia should immediately exit all Ukraine territories, including Crimea

+ After exit, Ukraine will commence negotiations with Russia

+ Negotiation topics to focus on reparations paid to Ukraine by Russia

+ War crime tribunals of Russia leaders in Europe to follow

+ Ukraine never to cede control of the Zaporozhie nuclear plant to anyone

+ It will never agree to any limits or reductions of its military forces

+ Europe must agree to let Ukraine into NATO or else provide it Article 5 NATO equivalent security guarantees

Russia’s Terms for Ending the War

As Ukraine’s position evolved in the course of the first year of the war, so too did Russia’s.  After its initial offer in Istanbul in April 2022, and its retreat from areas around Kiev and in the south in Kherson Russian demands stiffened as well. That fall 2022, as Ukraine demands total capitulation by Russian forces, Putin established a new Russian position:

At the center of that was that now after referenda were conducted in the four regions of East Ukraine showing over-whelming voting to join Russia, the four provinces were now legally part of Russia and were non-negotiable.

Other Russian demands were Ukraine must not join NATO, must become neutral between Europe and Russia, and its government must be purged of fascist elements to ensure the same.

In early 2024 Putin gave an interview with US journalist, Tucker Carlson. In it he made an interesting remark which has largely been ignored by western media and which may yet be raised as part of any ultimate negotiations.  In it he described the far west Ukraine as not really part of the Slavic homeland of Russia, Ukraine and Belarus.  He noted that territory was formerly Poland and Romania and was given by Stalin to Ukraine at the end of World War II. It was an historic hotbed of fascism and the region had strongly supported the Nazis in the world war, often doing their dirty work on the local resistance and the jews.  Putin then suggested if the west wanted this region, he didn’t have any great opposition to it, if they were that foolish to accept its inherent pro fascist elements.

Later in June 2024 Putin established Russia’s most recent position for a negotiated end of the conflict which has remained to this day. These terms include:

+ No NATO membership for Ukraine

+ Political neutrality by Ukraine

+ Ukraine government remove neo-nazi politicians from its government

+ Recognize that Crimea and the four provinces are now legally part of Russia

+ To ensure Ukraine is no threat to Russia, it must reduce its military force to around 80,000

Why European Obstinacy Toward Continuing the War?

Many observers in America and elsewhere in the world have been perplexed about why the European leadership—especially those of the larger countries Britain, France and now Germany—have been so consistently in favor of continuing the war?  They ask questions like: don’t they (European leaders) see that the war cannot be won? That Ukraine is losing? That it may mean an irrevocable split between the USA and Europe and break up of NATO itself? Can Europe actually go it alone, providing the massive funding to Ukraine and weapons it clearly does not have the economic base to produce by itself?

Here’s some possible explanations for the European obstinate support for Zelensky, Ukraine and for continuing the war:

1) European leaders are politically committed in terms of their personal careers to the war, both at national and Euro-wide institutional (EU Commission, EU Council, etc.) levels. Should the war end on Russian terms, it will be perceived as a personal defeat for them with repercussions for their personal careers

2) War is often a convenient diversion by politicians from problems at home in their own constituencies. It’s not the first time in history politicians start and continue wars to stay in office

3) Some European/NATO have a visceral bias against and hate for anything Russian. This is especially true of the Baltics states’ leaders and also to some extent for Poland, Finland, and even for Britain

4) The War continuance serves to keep NATO from falling apart (while it also has the opposite effect). So long as the war continues, perhaps US and Trump can not leave NATO so quickly or completely

5) The War is clearly pushing Europe toward building its own defense industry and independent military force. For decades it’s been overly dependent on the US for weapons provision and massive funding of NATO operations in Europe which has meant significant US dollars inflow to Europe. Europe leaders now talk of spending trillions of Euros on defense, important for boosting an otherwise slowing stagnating real economy for almost two decades now. Without the war—and media manufactured threat of an eventual Russia invasion of Europe should it win in Ukraine—it is impossible for Europe to spend trillions Euros planned for a new defense industry.

6) One must assume some European leaders—especially those less competent in the umbrella EU Commission, EU Council, etc—actually believe Russia will invade Europe after Ukraine with a Russian army barely a million when it took 15 million Russians to take east Europe and Germany during world war II at the cost of 20 million killed.

7) Some European generals and no doubt politicians have stated and believe that Russia will lose the war if NATO just stays committed and fights for another year. This is the original argument that dominated NATO thinking back in 2022: that Russia’s economy can sustain a war for long and opposition to Putin will quickly result in his overthrow. How that view succeeds today after three years of evidence to the contrary is difficult to understand.

Ukraine’s and Zelensky’s obstinacy and existential commitment to continue the war is more understandable and rational, notwithstanding its inevitable failure.

Zelensky must continue to war in order to continue martial law and, in turn, remain in office given that his authority as president expired in May 2024 and he’s no longer actually the president.  Should the war end elections in Ukraine will be held and he will almost certainly be forced out of his current role.

Without the protection of his office he then becomes personally vulnerable from several directions. He’ll be blamed by the radical nationalists for losing Ukraine territory and the death of hundreds of thousands Ukrainians will have been in vain. They’ll come after him. The Russian secret services may do the same indirectly. Or perhaps some everyday Russian, or Ukrainian, citizen who’ll blame him for their family losses. He won’t have the level of personal protection he enjoyed from the Americans, and now the British, while in office.

The War keeps the radical nationalists on his side so long as the fighting continues and he remains obstinate about any negotiations with the prospect of even the slightest compromise.

There’s also the question of wide spectrum of Ukraine society and political-social forces that have grown dependent on the flow of money from the west. Many politicians and political interests have been sharing in that western funds injection. Per Zelensky himself, Ukraine must spend $8 billion a month just as government workers wages and pensions. Ukraine’s broken economy cannot generate that. Then there are the hordes of shadowy arms traders making money off the flow of funds and weapons. And Ukraine companies and their western investors as well.

Trump’s Next Moves?

There’s been much conjecture in the US media, and talk by Trump administration team assigned to the war, that should the parties not accept the Trump Kellogg Plus plan then the US will simply walk away from the negotiations.  That’s not likely. There’s many ways to continue negotiations. In the case of Russia and US that’s simple as part of the future meetings planned to discuss restoring diplomatic relations and defining economic deals and cooperation.

Some clarity where Trump’s going next may emerge from the WItkoff-Putin meeting now underway.  Trump needs Putin to agree to something to keep the ball rolling and keep at bay US critics who’ll say it’s futile to negotiate with Putin and Russia. On the other hand, Putin cannot embrace too much a plan that clearly is designed to get Russia to de facto freeze the war in place or even slow Russian offensives.

The war cannot be concluded by negotiations designed to end the fighting; it can only be concluded on the battlefield that leads to negotiations that then conclude the conflict.

The most likely outcome of the war is a military one.  Russia will have to take more territory in order to convince Ukraine and Europe allies that if it doesn’t agree to Russia’s fundamental demands Ukraine may lose even more territory. Russia will need to succeed in major new offensives in the north and south to create that realization and scenario.

The question is whether Russia’s Special Military Operation, SMO, is sufficiently large enough to do so. 800,000 men and voluntary recruits may not prove sufficient. It should not be forgotten that Ukraine was ‘conquered’ in 1944-45 by a force of more than three million in arms. Modern technology perhaps does not require that many but nonetheless requires more than 800,000 given the scope of the front lines and the fact Russia, while it has an advantage of 2 to 1 in combat manpower, that ratio is probably not enough for a complete military victory.

However, one more proviso is relevant. It’s not impossible that Ukraine’s army collapses later this summer, especially if the USA and Trump pull out of weapons deliveries and discontinue surveillance and targeting support for Ukraine forces. But that depends on Trump’s next after next move.

Returning with a token concession from the Witkoff-Putin meeting is not sufficient. To end the war, as Trump says he wants to do, will require a hard break of US involvement militarily, logistically and financially—and soon.  He will have to ‘bite the bullet’ no later than June and cut Ukraine loose. And perhaps ‘stick a stake’ in the political heart of those Europeans who have been playing the USA to provide them their military toys and games for almost eighty years now.

The post Why Trump’s Ukraine War ‘Kellogg Plan’ Collapsed appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jack Rasmus.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/why-trumps-ukraine-war-kellogg-plan-collapsed/feed/ 0 529806
Oak Flat is sacred to Western Apache. The Trump administration intends to approve a plan to destroy it https://grist.org/indigenous/oak-flat-is-sacred-to-western-apache-the-trump-administration-intends-to-approve-a-plan-to-destroy-it/ https://grist.org/indigenous/oak-flat-is-sacred-to-western-apache-the-trump-administration-intends-to-approve-a-plan-to-destroy-it/#respond Wed, 23 Apr 2025 16:37:28 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=663784 The Trump administration signaled last week it intends to approve a land transfer that will allow a foreign company to mine a sacred Indigenous site in Arizona, where local tribes and environmentalists have fought the project for decades and before federal courts rule on lawsuits over the project. 

Western Apache have gathered at Oak Flat, or Chi’chil Biłdagoteel in Apache, since time immemorial for sacred ceremonies that cannot be held anywhere else, as tribal beliefs are inextricably tied to the land. The tribe believes the landscape located outside present-day Superior, Arizona, is a direct corridor to the Creator, where Gaan—called spirit dancers in English, and akin to angels—reside. The site allows the Western Apache to connect to their religion, history, culture and environment, tribal members told Inside Climate News.

But beneath the ground at the site of Oak Flat lies one of the world’s largest untapped copper deposits. Resolution Copper, a subsidiary of two of the biggest mining companies in the world, Rio Tinto and BHP, has worked for decades to gain access to the location to utilize what’s called “block cave mining.” 

The method, used to access low-grade ore, requires undermining the surface of the land so it collapses under its own weight to reveal the copper. At some point, the proposed mine would create an open pit 1.8 miles wide and 1,000 feet deep, big enough to fit the Eiffel Tower and nearly as large as the local town, according to environmental review documents for the project.

Three lawsuits against the project are still working their way through the courts. Apache Stronghold v. United States, decided by a federal appeals court in favor of the mine, was appealed by plaintiffs more than a year ago to the Supreme Court, which has not yet decided whether to take it up. That case argues the destruction of Oak Flat violates the Apache’s religious freedom, and is a threat to other religions.

Henry Muñoz, a former miner and resident of Superior, Arizona, overlooks a portion of Oak Flat—part of Tonto National Forest and a sacred site for the San Carlos Apache. Wyatt Myskow/Inside Climate News

The other two cases are awaiting the Supreme Court decision before they advance through the federal court system.

Environmentalists, local opponents and members of the San Carlos Apache Tribe lambasted the administration’s decision to move forward without a ruling from the court.

“The U.S. government is rushing to give away our spiritual home before the courts can even rule—just like it’s rushed to erase Native people for generations,” Wendsler Nosie Sr. of Apache Stronghold, the religious group leading the fight against the mine, and former chairman of the San Carlos Apache Tribe, said in a statement. “This is the same violent pattern we have seen for centuries. We urge the Supreme Court to protect our spiritual lifeblood and give our sacred site the same protection given to the holiest churches, mosques, and synagogues throughout this country.”

The Trump administration did not respond to a request for comment.

Last week’s decision to move forward with the Resolution Copper mine is the latest in the Trump administration’s efforts to boost the U.S. domestic mining industry as part of its “energy dominance” agenda. 

Already this year, President Donald Trump has signed an executive order to streamline the permitting of mines across the country and make mineral extraction the top use of public lands that hold needed minerals. All mining projects for copper, uranium, potash, gold and any critical mineral, element, compound or material identified by the chair of the new National Energy Dominance Council are included under the order. One public comment period regarding an exploration plan for a lithium mine was already drastically reduced, but a fierce pushback from the public prompted an extension.

Mine will bring “devastation and pollution,” opponents say

The news about the mine came in legal filings for the three court cases and on the U.S. Forest Service’s website for the project, which states that it intends to publish the final environmental impact statement and a draft decision for the land transfer and mine within 60 days.

The filing said that if the Supreme Court declines to hear the religious freedom case, federal authorities will move forward with approval of the project. If the court hears the case and rules against the federal approval, the government will reevaluate how to proceed, it says.

“The feds are barreling ahead to give Oak Flat to Resolution Copper, even as the Supreme Court considers whether to hear the case,” Luke Goodrich, vice president and senior counsel at the Becket Fund for Religious Liberty, which is representing Apache Stronghold in its case, said in a statement. “This makes the stakes crystal clear: if the Court doesn’t act now, Oak Flat could be transferred and destroyed before justice can be served.”  

A private property sign on a fence with trees behind it
Outside the town of Mammoth, Arizona, is the site of a mesquite forest owned by the mining company Resolution Copper. Wyatt Myskow/Inside Climate News

Minerals like copper are critical to everything from transmission lines to batteries for electric vehicles. And mines for such minerals can bring coveted jobs to rural regions. But they often destroy local lands and waters

The federal government’s initial environmental impact statement for Resolution Copper’s mine concludes that the project will destroy sacred oak groves, sacred springs and burial sites, resulting in what “would be an indescribable hardship to those peoples.” It would also use as much water each year as the city of Tempe, home to Arizona State University and 185,000 people. It would pull water from the same tapped-out aquifer the Phoenix metro area relies on, where Arizona has prohibited any more extraction except for exempted uses like mines. 

The proposed mine would also leave behind a 500-foot-tall pile of mine tailings filled with 1.5 billion tons of toxic waste that would have to be constantly maintained to prevent the contamination from spreading.

Though Superior town leaders have backed the mine, not every local is supportive of it. Henry Muñoz, a lifelong miner who worked at the town’s previous copper mine until it shut down and is now the chairman of the Concerned Citizens and Retired Miners Coalition, said the administration’s decision is premature but that “money talks in Washington.”

One of the National Mining Association’s top priorities has been moving the stalled project forward.

“Rio Tinto and BHP, they have billions and billions of dollars,” Muñoz said. “They couldn’t care less about the environment, about the health and safety of people. Money is the motivator.”

In a statement, Vicky Peacey, general manager at Resolution Copper, said the company was “encouraged to hear” the Forest Service was proceeding with the project. 

“This world-class mining project has the potential to become one of the largest copper mines in America, adding up to $1 billion a year to Arizona’s economy and creating thousands of local jobs in a region of rural Arizona where mining has played an important role for more than a century,” she said. “A decade of feedback from local communities and Native American Tribes has shaped this project every step of the way, and we remain committed to maintaining an open dialogue to ensure the Resolution Copper project moves forward responsibly and sustainably as we transition into the next phase of the permitting process.”

All of the project’s impacts, Muñoz said, are out in the open, available for the public to read in the hundreds of pages of permitting documents. He likened Resolution Copper’s public messaging of the project to the Devil telling someone not to read the Bible, as it would change how they felt about him. In this case, he said, the public would realize the project is not in the best interest of Americans.

“They’re talking a 40-year mine life,” Muñoz said, questioning what will happen to Superior after that time. “We’re going to be like all the other former mining towns. We’re going to have that big old toxic toilet on the hill. We’re going to have that big waste dump, and then we’re going to end up wasting 250 billion gallons of water that was meant for the American taxpayer, for the benefit of two foreign mining companies. There’s nothing good for us in this project that I can see. Nothing but temporary jobs. But at the end, devastation and pollution.”

A decades-long fight

Since the 1950s, Oak Flat has been under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Forest Service and listed in the National Register of Historic Places. Legislators for years pushed to have the land made available for mining via a land transfer, where a company typically offers up environmentally important land it owns in exchange for lands better suited for extraction but unavailable for development. 

Each attempt failed until 2014, when the late Arizona Sen. John McCain and former Arizona Sen. Jeff Flake attached a last-minute rider to that year’s defense bill that required Oak Flat to be transferred to Resolution Copper. The transfer launched one of the country’s most controversial and high-profile environmental fights, with the San Carlos Apache and environmentalists fighting to stop the transfer and save the sacred land.

Skinny bent trees stand against a stark sky
Outside the town of Mammoth, Arizona, is the site of a mesquite forest owned by the mining company Resolution Copper. The forest is the centerpiece of the company’s land exchange with the federal government to acquire land outside the town of Superior for a controversial mine that would destroy a sacred site for the Western Apache. Wyatt Myskow/Inside Climate News

The land Resolution Copper would exchange for Oak Flat includes an old-growth mesquite forest located in southern Arizona’s San Pedro Valley, near the town of Mammoth. Although that 3,000-acre site is treasured by birders, critics of the transfer say the site is not enough to compensate for the loss of Oak Flat, which is also habitat for multiple species listed under the Endangered Species Act.

The two other lawsuits over the mine that will go through the court system after the Apache Stronghold case reaches its final resolution include one from the San Carlos Apache tribe itself that argues, under a treaty between the tribe and the U.S. government, the land still belongs to the Apache tribe. 

The other lawsuit, filed by the Arizona Mining Reform Coalition, the Center for Biological Diversity, Earthworks, the Grand Canyon chapter of the Sierra Club and the Inter Tribal Association of Arizona, alleged the Forest Service failed to analyze and mitigate the proposed mine’s potential damage to the environment and failed to comply with multiple laws and regulations. 

“Once we destroy this,” Muñoz asked of Oak Flat, “what do we have left?” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Oak Flat is sacred to Western Apache. The Trump administration intends to approve a plan to destroy it on Apr 23, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Wyatt Myskow, Inside Climate News.

]]>
https://grist.org/indigenous/oak-flat-is-sacred-to-western-apache-the-trump-administration-intends-to-approve-a-plan-to-destroy-it/feed/ 0 528972
Trump’s latest USDA cuts undermine his plan to “Make America Healthy Again” https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trumps-latest-usda-cuts-undermine-his-plan-to-make-america-healthy-again/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trumps-latest-usda-cuts-undermine-his-plan-to-make-america-healthy-again/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=663453 Early in the morning last Monday, a group of third graders huddled in the garden of Mendota Elementary School in Madison, Wisconsin. Of the dozen students present, a handful were busy filling up buckets of compost, others were readying soil beds for spring planting, while a number carefully watered freshly planted radishes and peas. The students were all busy with their assorted tasks until a gleeful shout rang across the space. Everything ground to a halt when a beaming boy triumphantly raised his gloved hand, displaying a gaggle of worms. The group of riveted eight- and nine-year-olds dropped everything to cluster around him and the writhing mass of invertebrates. 

“They’re mending the soil one week, and then the next week they’re going to start to see these little seedlings pop through the soil, because they’re healthy and they’re happy and they have sunshine, and they’ve watered them,” said Erica Krug, farm-to-school director at Rooted, a Wisconsin nonprofit community agricultural organization that helps oversee the garden. 

Krug stopped by the school that day to join the class, which her team runs together with AmeriCorps. Outdoor programming like this, said Krug, positions students to learn how to grow food — and take care of the planet that bears it. 

First established some 25 years ago, in a historically underserved area that has long struggled with access to healthy food, the small but thriving garden is now a mainstay in the Mendota curriculum. The produce grown there is routinely collected and taken to local food pantries. Later this spring, the third grade class plans to plant watermelon and pumpkin seeds. Come summer, the garden will open to the surrounding community to harvest crops like garlic, tomatoes, zucchini, collards, and squash, and take home what they need.

Farm-to-school work, said Krug, isn’t limited to partnering with farmers to get locally grown foods into school meals, but also includes supporting schools in lower-income neighborhoods with working gardens, and providing students with agricultural and health education they won’t get otherwise. That can take the shape of after-school gardening clubs, field trips to local farms, and cooking classes. “We want kids to understand where their food comes from. We want them to be able to have that experience of growing their own food,” she said. “It’s really, really powerful.” 

Back in January, the Rooted team applied for a $100,000 two-year grant through the Department of Agriculture’s Patrick Leahy Farm to School program, intended to provide public schools with locally produced fresh vegetables as well as food and agricultural education. Rooted had plans to “use a huge chunk of those funds” to continue supporting school garden activities and food programming at three local schools, including Mendota. 

Then, late last month, the United States Department of Agriculture, or USDA, sent them an email announcing the cancellation of funding for grants through the program. The email, shared with Grist, noted that the cancellation is “in alignment with President Donald Trump’s executive order ‘Ending Radical and Wasteful Government and DEI Programs and Preferencing.’” 

The loss of the funds is “so upsetting,” said Krug, and the reasoning provided, she continued, is “ridiculous.” 

“When they talk about ‘Make America Healthy Again,’” Krug argued, “they don’t mean everybody. Because if they’re saying that they’re canceling this program because it’s ‘radical’ and ‘wasteful’ and ‘DEI,’ then that means that they don’t want non-white kids having access to fruits and vegetables.” 

A group of kids tend to soil in a school garden
A group of third grade students tend to the garden outside of Mendota Elementary School on April 14, 2025 in Madison, Wisconsin. Erica Krug / Rooted

Scenarios like these are playing out across the nation as the USDA, working with the initiative known as the Department of Government Efficiency, continues to cancel funding for multiple food and farm programs. Five USDA programs have had their funding pulled since President Trump’s inauguration, while at least 21 others remain frozen

Last month, the agency terminated some $1.13 billion slated to be distributed through the Local Food Purchase Assistance Program and Local Food for Schools Cooperative Agreement Program. The move has had a resounding impact on the livelihoods of thousands of people, as charitable organizations have shuttered food donations, regional food hubs cut staff, and small farmers have gone bankrupt. The cancellation of this year’s farm-to-school funding was announced roughly two weeks after the USDA ended the billion-dollar funding stream. 

In prior years, Krug said, “we were being asked ‘What are you doing to address equity? To address diversity? How are you making sure your project is for everyone?’ And now we’re going to be penalized for talking about that.”

The team at Rooted is now working overtime to find other funding sources to continue the work, including hosting a fundraising drive and benefit concert next month at their urban farm site. Krug hopes the proceeds will help offset some of the loss. “We’re not ready to say, without this funding, that we’re going to abandon this program, because we believe so strongly in it,” she said. 

First established by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act, passed in 2010, the Patrick Leahy Farm to School program was created by the Obama administration to address rising hunger and nutritional needs in public schools. The program has since awarded over $100 million in grants to schools that support millions of students in tribal, rural, and urban communities nationwide. 

Nutrition advocates and legislators are calling the USDA’s decision to cancel the farm-to-school funding contradictory to the stated goals of the Trump administration’s Make America Healthy Again commission. Many see it as a sign that the government is dismantling local food systems — hurting people and the planet. The fallout, experts say, will be gradual, but no less devastating. 

Advocates are also questioning whether it’s legal.  

“This program is authorized. It’s a direction from Congress for USDA to carry it out. So carrying it out is not optional,” said Karen Spangler, policy director of the nonprofit National Farm to School Network, which advocated for the program. 

From its inception, the program has had a $5 million baseline allocation every year that the legislation mandates, and lawmakers have the ability to add discretionary funds. A total of $10 million was allocated to it for this fiscal year. 

To some policymakers, watching as the USDA revoked the funding came as a shock. A letter penned by federal lawmakers on April 4 urged Agriculture Secretary Brooke Rollins to clarify why the administration “abruptly” cancelled the grants. The letter, spearheaded by longtime anti-hunger advocate Representative James McGovern of Massachusetts, and signed by 37 other House Democrats, also asked Rollins to explain the scope of the cancellation and to clarify “the authority” the agency is using to terminate funding, “given that Congress directed USDA to carry out this program.” 

Though an April 11 deadline for response was given, McGovern told Grist that, as of the time of this story’s publication, they have not received an answer. 

“The Trump Administration is slashing programs that help support our farmers and provide people in communities across the country with better access to local food. It’s pathetic,” said McGovern, who is also a senior member of the House Agriculture Committee. “Termination of these programs has caused tremendous uncertainty for schools, food banks and pantries, farmers, and hardworking families.” 

Grist reviewed the official notice shared with grantees and applicants from the USDA’s Food and Nutrition Service, which stated that the agency will not review applications, nor will it award grants this year. The agency did, however, note that it was “making plans for an improved competition funding opportunity.”

In an email, a USDA spokesperson told Grist that, in alignment with Trump’s executive order, the agency had “paused” this year’s Patrick Leahy Farm to School Program competition, and is now “revising the application” for the next fiscal year. 

“Secretary Rollins and the Food and Nutrition Service are committed to creating new and greater opportunities to connect America’s farmers to nutrition assistance programs and Farm to School is a critical component of this work,” the spokesperson added. They also noted that the “updated” application will provide “opportunities to support bold innovations in farm to school that encourage more applicants and better impacts, which reflect the realities of the intent and tremendous progress in farm to school made by states and communities over the past 15 years.” 

The USDA did not address Grist’s requests for clarification about the authority the agency is using to withhold the money, and did not clarify when or how it plans to award it. 

Sophia Kruszewski, a lawyer and deputy policy director at the National Sustainable Agriculture Coalition, explained that the USDA may technically have the legal authority to cancel this year’s grants through the program. In both the underlying statute and the appropriations text, there is language indicating that the funding for this program is to be “available until expended,” which, in most cases, gives the agency the ability to roll over unobligated funding from year to year. 

But Kruszewski isn’t convinced the move is in line with the spirit of the law. “It seems highly doubtful that Congress intended to give the agency carte blanche to simply choose not to spend any of the money directed toward the program,” said Kruszewski, “particularly when the call for proposals has already happened and applicants have spent significant time developing and submitting proposals.”

All the while, Rollins has publicly championed the president’s national nutrition overhaul. Earlier this month, the agriculture secretary joined Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. at an elementary school in Alexandria, Virginia. The two spoke to students, staff, and onlookers about the importance of advancing nutrition in public schools. The event took place a little more than a week after the cancellation of the farm-to-school funding. 

“Secretary Kennedy and I have a unique once-in-a-generation opportunity to better align our vision on nutrition-related programs to ensure we are working together to advance President Trump’s vision to make our kids, our families, and our communities healthy again,” said Secretary Rollins in a press release. “Our farmers, ranchers, and producers dedicate their lives to growing the safest most abundant food supply in the world and we need to make sure our kids and families are consuming the healthiest food we produce. There is a chronic health problem in our country, and American agriculture is at the core of the solution.” 

Kennedy, for his part, championed the end of ultra-processed foods in public schools and tightening nutrition program restrictions. During the visit, Rollins underscored how the USDA should be supporting “moving farm-fresh produce, as much as is possible, into the schools.”

Katie Wilson, former Obama administration USDA Deputy Under Secretary of Food, Nutrition, and Consumer Services, and executive director of the Urban School Food Alliance, argues that the event, and the USDA’s bigger MAHA campaign, are nothing more than a “facade” to distract from the agency’s subtler efforts to do the opposite. “Having these little kids around you — it’s a camera opp. So that’s the distraction, while I’m over here slicing and dicing the program, right?” Wilson said. “Just remember this funding was for unprocessed, local, fresh food, and so it’s about as healthy and as wonderful as it can get.” 

As for Rollins’ stated goal to bring more local food into schools, Wilson only sees more contradictions. “We’ve been doing that, but you just took the rug completely out from under us,” she said. For larger school districts, planning for budgets, programs, and things like meals runs typically a year out. The loss of the farm-to-school grant and uncertainty about the future of the program means that schools across the country are now scrambling to find money, said Wilson. “Contracts don’t go away just because your funding got cut. Where does that money come from? Do you raise the price of school meals for kids? I mean, what do you do? Do you cut staff?”

For decades, advocates and policymakers have looked to strengthen local food systems as a plausible solution to rising hunger rates. Localized food systems have also been championed as a climate solution.

The climate footprint of transportation in the food supply chain, or the movement of crops, livestock, and machinery, contributes considerably to global agricultural emissions. Long-distance shipping of perishable fruit and vegetables in particular ramps up the amount of CO2 emissions generated. The same goes for emissions-intensive food waste: The longer the supply chain, the larger the proportion of food typically lost or thrown away. 

According to Jenique Jones, executive director at global nonprofit WhyHunger, small and regional producers are not only much less of a strain on the planet, but they also address systemic issues caused by the “monopoly” that a handful of national producers have on America’s food supply. Localized food systems allow for small farmers to be paid fair wages, she said, and healthier, better quality food to be made accessible to their communities. 

The gutting of grants through this program, along with other recent funding decisions by the USDA, signals to Jones that the administration is intentionally dismantling local food systems — which she believes will bring in big costs. The legislation that underwrote the Leahy program, for one, mandated that the agency prioritize geographic diversity and equitable distribution among tribal, rural, and urban communities. Between 2013 and 2024, roughly one in every 20 farm-to-school projects supported Native communities. 

These cuts show the administration’s priority, she said, which is “definitely not local food systems, and more importantly than that, it’s not people.” 

Among those that may feel some of the harshest burdens from the loss of farm-to-school funding are communities in lower-income, rural swaths of America. One such place is just outside of Bolivar County, in the heart of the Mississippi River Delta, where Sydney Bush has to travel 20 or so miles just to buy fresh vegetables. The closest grocery store is a 40-minute drive from her house. 

Bush works in food justice with the nonprofit Mississippi Farm to School network. Early this year, in partnership with the Cleveland School District, the organization submitted an application for almost $50,000 in a farm-to-school grant. That money would have been used to launch a pilot project to establish procurement plans between regional farmers growing fresh food and the district’s 10 local schools. It would have supported more than 2,800 students. 

The cancellation of the funding pot, a crucial lever in achieving truly local food sovereignty and remedying nutrition inequity across America’s resource-strapped rural communities, said Bush “isn’t just about this pilot not happening, it’s about what comes after.” Without it, groups like hers will have to work twice as hard to fill in the gaps. “Food is power,” she said. “There are folks in this country that don’t have the same access to nutrition as everyone else. It’s a systemic problem.”

Now, because of the rescinded grant, that dream of a localized food chain, the culmination of work that started in 2020, appears to be over before it even began. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Trump’s latest USDA cuts undermine his plan to “Make America Healthy Again” on Apr 22, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

]]>
https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trumps-latest-usda-cuts-undermine-his-plan-to-make-america-healthy-again/feed/ 0 528251
Blowing Smoke: Trump’s Energy Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/blowing-smoke-trumps-energy-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/blowing-smoke-trumps-energy-plan/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 05:23:32 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=361227 The administration of Donald Trump is making an unbridled push to block renewable energy projects—including last week halting the placement of 54 wind turbines in the ocean south of Long Island, New York—and is pushing fossil fuels, among them coal. The burning of fossil fuels is the leading cause of climate change. Trump has repeatedly More

The post Blowing Smoke: Trump’s Energy Plan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Image by 열음 최.

The administration of Donald Trump is making an unbridled push to block renewable energy projects—including last week halting the placement of 54 wind turbines in the ocean south of Long Island, New York—and is pushing fossil fuels, among them coal. The burning of fossil fuels is the leading cause of climate change. Trump has repeatedly called climate change a “hoax.”

Meanwhile, a Long Island resident, Lee Zeldin of Shirley, who Trump named administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, is cancelling on a sweeping basis environmental regulations, discharging EPA employees and, last week, stopping the collection of greenhouse gas emission data.

Further, on April 8th Trump issued an executive order directing the U.S. attorney general to identify “illegal” state and local climate, energy and environmental justice laws that “impede” domestic energy production and use and “take all appropriate action to stop” their enforcement. The order is titled: “Protecting American Energy From State Overreach.” It opens: “My Administration is committed to unleashing American energy.”

Reacting, “New York State leaders say environmental protects and policies will remain on track” despite Trump’s order “attempting to undo state climate laws,” began a piece in the Long Island newspaper Newsday headlined: “NY Won’t Alter Renewable Energy Policy.” It said: “State Attorney General Letitia James, Gov. Kathy Hochul and other state leaders pushed back, saying efforts will continue including…and building out renewable energy sources, as the state aims to get all electricity from emission-free sources by 2040 and reduce economywide emissions by 85% from 1990 levels by 2050.”

Also, Hochul and the governor of New Mexico, Michelle Lujan Grisham, the co-chairs of the U.S. Climate Alliance, a bipartisan coalition of 24 governors, issued a statement saying: “The federal government cannot unilaterally strip states’ independent constitutional authority. We are a nation of states—and laws—and we will not be deterred. We will keep advancing solutions to the climate crisis that safeguard Americans’ fundamental right to clean air and water, create good-paying jobs, grow the clean energy economy, and make our future healthier and safer.”

New York Attorney General James declared: “The Trump administration cannot punish states that protect their residents” and “we’re not going to back down.”

Also on April 8th, Trump issued an order “to allow some older coal-fired power plants set for retirement to keep producing electricity” and to “lift barriers to coal mining and prioritize coal leasing on U.S. lands,” the Associated Press reported. It quoted Trump at the signing ceremony saying: “I call it beautiful, clean coal. I told my people, never use the word coal unless you put beautiful, clean before it.” Zeldin was present as Trump signed the order at the White House.

The Trump administration last week halted the building of the Empire Wind project 15 to 30 miles in the Atlantic south of the line between the Long Island counties of Nassau and Suffolk counties, and 14 miles southeast of Manhattan. Its builder, Norway-based Equinor, says on its website that is devoted to the project, that “the Empire Wind Project will be the first offshore wind project to deliver power directly to New York City” and “potentially” provide electricity to 500,000 New York City homes.

“Just as construction was starting on a massive wind farm off the coast of Long Island, the Trump administration ordered an immediate halt,” said The New York Times. It noted that the Empire Wind project had “received all of the permits it needed to get underway.”

Hochul said she would “fight this decision every step of the way.”

On his first day in office Trump issued an executive order removing the U.S. from the Paris Climate Agreement, the principal international treaty on climate change. As for wind turbines, he has insisted that noise from them causes cancer, despite the American Cancer Society saying this is untrue.

Zeldin on April 11th speaking at a Long Island Association event in Woodbury, Long Island said: “The president has made it crystal clear…he is not approving new wind permits.”

Zeldin at the event boosted instead new gas pipelines including for New York State one carrying fracked natural gas from Pennsylvania to a hub in Albany. He noted that there is “a ban in New York” on fracking, but pointed to Pennsylvania where “all parties work together and they tap into the extraction of natural gas.”

Zeldin is a former Republican member of the U.S. House of Representatives with a district that included much of eastern and central Long Island. He left the post to run unsuccessfully against Democrat Hochul for New York governor.

There long was a major push to allow fracking in New York State drawing from the same Marcellus Shale formation that extends from Pennsylvania. Adding to the challenge to fracking—a term for hydraulic fracturing which uses fluids under high pressure and 600 chemicals to extract oil and gas from deep underground rock formations—were journalistic investigations, most prominently two HBO TV documentaries, “Gasland,” by Josh Fox.

They found how fracking regularly leads to gas and oil migrating into water. In “Gasland,” there are many scenes of people turning on water faucets, holding a lighter to what’s coming out, and flames erupting because of fracking. In New York State, fracking was banned in 2014.

The burning of coal emits carbon the worst, followed by combustion of oil and gas—including fracked gas, extreme in methane.

ProPublica, the nonprofit news platform, last week disclosed that the EPA “is planning to eliminate long-standing requirements for polluters to collect and report their emissions of the heat-trapping gases that cause climate change. The move, ordered by a Trump appointee [Zeldin], would affect thousands of industrial facilities across the country, including oil refineries, power plants and coal mines as well as those that make petrochemicals, cement, glass, iron and steel, according to documents reviewed by ProPublica.”

“The Greenhouse Gas Reporting program documents the amount of carbon dioxide, methane and other climate-warming gases emitted by individual facilities. The data…guides policy decisions….Losing the data will make it harder to know how much climate-warming gas an economic sector or factory is emitting and to track those emissions over time,” said ProPublica.

It quoted Professor Edward Maibach of George Mason University in Virginia saying it was “like unplugging the equipment that monitors the vital signs of a patient that is critically ill. How in the world can we possibly manage this incredible threat to America’s well-being and humanity’s well-being if we’re not actually monitoring what we’re doing to exacerbate the problem.”

The Guardian newspaper in January cited an analysis by the group Climate Power as key to Trump pro-fossil fuel policies. The Guardian reported: “Big oil spent a stunning $445 million through the last election cycle to influence Donald Trump and Congress, a new analysis has found” and which projected that the “investments” are “likely to pay dividends.”

The post Blowing Smoke: Trump’s Energy Plan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Karl Grossman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/blowing-smoke-trumps-energy-plan/feed/ 0 528205
Public lands, private profits: Inside the Trump plan to offload federal land https://grist.org/accountability/public-lands-private-profits-inside-the-trump-plan-to-offload-federal-land/ https://grist.org/accountability/public-lands-private-profits-inside-the-trump-plan-to-offload-federal-land/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662682 The Trump administration is poised to begin offloading public land, achieving a long-held conservative goal of reducing the government’s footprint in the West. Federal agencies manage around 640 million acres, or about 28 percent of the nation’s land, an invaluable resource Interior Secretary Doug Burgum has called “America’s balance sheet.” His membership in a luxury real estate club in Montana provides an apt example of how private interests stand to profit from federal lands.

Last month, the Interior Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development announced a plan to make large tracts of government land available to developers. “As we enter the Golden Age promised by President Trump,” Burgum wrote on March 17, “this partnership will change how we use public resources.”

Little has been shared so far about the process for identifying parcels or how they might be sold or transferred. Burgum told CNBC the Interior Department would consider selling hundreds of thousands of federally-managed acres within 3 miles of urban areas. Jon Raby, the acting director of the Bureau of Land Management, told Bloomberg News the initiative would consider land within 10 miles of towns of 5,000 people. “Either they are making this up as they go along, or the right hand doesn’t know what the left hand is doing,” said Aaron Weiss, deputy director of the Center for Western Priorities, a nonpartisan conservation group. 

The task force said it will deliver a report to the National Economic Council by today, identifying parcels and outlining how much housing would be built. It also will offer recommendations to “reduce the red tape behind land transfers or leases” by “[s]treamlining the regulatory process.” The Interior Department declined an interview but said in a statement to Grist that “all options are being explored.”

Burgum’s connection to the Yellowstone Club demonstrates the potential conflicts of interest that can arise with federal land transfers. According to documents filed with the U.S. Office of Government Ethics, which declined to comment, Burgum has not divested his financial interest in the Yellowstone Club. The luxury real estate investment firm owns an exclusive community that covers about 14,000 acres and includes a members-only ski resort. Burgum owns two homes and additional financial interests in the development, which is about an hour south of Bozeman, Montana.

Over the last 30 years, the Yellowstone Club has used public land transfers and sales to amass holdings that include a private mountain, trophy trout waters, and an exclusive resort that caters to the wealthy and powerful. Its most recent deal saw the company, which declared bankruptcy in 2009 and was acquired by private equity firm CrossHarbor Capital for a fraction of its value, embark on a controversial land swap in southwestern Montana.

That deal was finalized January 17, during the last days of the Biden administration and two months after President Trump nominated Burgum to lead the Interior Department. The Yellowstone Club received 3,855 acres from the U.S. Forest Service in the readily accessible foothills of the Crazy Mountains. In exchange, it gave the Forest Service, which is part of the Department of Agriculture, 6,110 acres of land with fewer recreational opportunities and less valuable wildlife habitat high in the Crazies and the Madison Range. The value of the exchange, which critics argued dramatically reduced access to the mountains by eliminating access to established trails, was never disclosed. 

“The version they approved was purposely meant to make it harder for the public to access what remains,” said Nick Gevock, a campaign organizer for the Sierra Club. “By strategically trading lands you can restrict access to thousands of acres of public land, and effectively make them private.”

The Yellowstone River runs through Sweet Grass County, Montana with the Crazy Mountains in the background
The Yellowstone River runs through Sweet Grass County, Montana with the Crazy Mountains in the background. William Campbell / Corbis via Getty Images

A representative of the Yellowstone Club said in a statement that Burgum “has nothing to do with Yellowstone Club development nor does he have anything to do with the land exchange.” The statement also said that “the Yellowstone Club is one of numerous private landowners involved in the exchange in two mountain ranges,” and noted the Club saw a net reduction in its land holdings with the deal. It also said the swap included conservation easements to protect land on Crazy Peak and in the Madison Range, and that the Forest Service received several tracts it had long sought. The Forest Service declined to comment.

Opponents, including conservative hunting and angling groups, claimed the process violated environmental regulations and misled the public about the Yellowstone Club’s involvement as a neutral party when it paid the bulk of the transaction costs. Gevock, who started following the Club’s business dealings 24 years ago as a reporter for the Bozeman Chronicle, said more than 80 percent of public comments submitted to the Forest Service opposed the deal. That land, which was popular with skiers, hunters, anglers, and hikers, is now beyond the public’s grasp. 

“Once the title is transferred, you never get it back,” he said.

The Yellowstone Club — which, through its subsidiary development manager Lone Mountain Land Company, is the de-facto governing structure for the town of Big Sky, Montana — sits close to a great deal of prime federal real estate, including parcels managed by the National Park Service, the Bureau of Land Management, and the Forest Service. Critics fear that land may now become available to industry and developers. 

Richard Painter, who served as the chief ethics lawyer to President George W. Bush from 2005 to 2007, told Grist there are several ways that any acquisition of federal land by the Yellowstone Club could affect Burgum’s financial interests, including changing the value of his properties or potentially lowering fees that the club’s homeowners pay. If the joint task force sets legal precedent to streamline or reduce regulations around federal land swaps, that could impact the Yellowstone Club’s future dealings. If Burgum helps facilitate or speed up future land swaps between the Department of Interior and the club, it would be a direct ethics violation. As a result, “I would strongly urge that he recuse himself from any land swap regulations,” Painter said.

Painter told Grist the Interior Department has been a “problem child in ethics” for years, and he testified to Congress about it last April. He warned about the longstanding close ties between senior Interior Department officials and private industry, and the growing influence of corporations. Congress and the Interior, he said, have a “fiduciary obligation to oversee the administration of federal land for the American people, not just for whoever wants to go and get preferential access to land.”

Burgum has used the Yellowstone Club in his political role, hosting a fundraiser with Trump last August there that donors paid $100,000 to attend. He also is not the only politician with ties to the club. Energy Secretary Chris Wright is a member, as are Montana Governor Greg Gianforte, U.S. Representative Troy Downing, and U.S. Senator Tim Sheehy. “This is the billionaire class wanting to run the country,” Gevock said, “and their vision for the Rocky Mountain West is privatization.” 

In its March announcement, the Interior Department positioned its joint task force on selling public land as a chance “to build affordable housing stock.” But experts question whether anything that comes of this plan would be accessible to low-income families or actually lower housing prices.

Supply constraints are not the primary factor for the country’s housing crisis. Housing stock has risen steadily since 1980, according to a 2023 Congressional Research Service report, although not always where it’s most needed or at the right prices. “On a national level, it is not necessarily obvious that there is a shortage of housing units,” the report found. 

“We actually have more of a supply mismatch than a supply problem,” said Karen Chapple, director of the School of Cities at the University of Toronto. A generation of empty nesters is deciding to stay put rather than move into smaller homes, reducing the national supply of single-family homes in urban areas, she said, even as rural communities see vacancies created by people moving in search of opportunities. And high mortgage rates have recently led people to stay put, reducing the overall supply of homes for sale. 

Much of the acreage the government manages is in the West and Alaska, often far from jobs and essential infrastructure like roads, water, sewer, and schools. “Everyone who can’t afford housing in Massachusetts is not just going to move to the middle of nowhere in Idaho,” said Brett Hartl, government affairs director for the Center for Biological Diversity. 

Instead, the proposal reflects a history of Republican attempts to dismantle public lands that dates to the Sagebrush Rebellion of the 1970s, when conservatives opposed to federal regulations argued states could better manage Western land. (President Reagan named one of the movement’s allies, James Watt, as Secretary of the Interior in 1981.) The idea still enjoys support among developers, ranchers, and others interested in profiting from the land.

The general public largely opposes the idea. A recent Colorado College poll of Western voters found 82 percent disapproved of selling federal land to address the region’s housing problems. “The land seizure movement is wildly unpopular across party lines,” Weiss said. “You’re getting to the point where the polling is as obvious as asking if people like apple pie.”

On top of widespread opposition, basic math has gotten in the way. The federal government often operates public lands at a loss: The Bureau of Land Management, for instance, regularly spends 10 times as much managing grazing lands as it collects in fees. If states took over, they would bear the cost of essential services like wildfire management. That is noteworthy, Weiss said, because the areas under consideration lie in “the wildland-urban interface, the most dangerous place to build.” 

That hasn’t kept the idea from resurfacing. During Trump’s first term, Interior Secretary Ryan Zinke held a closed-door meeting to discuss transfers with the American Legislative Exchange Council, a conservative think tank that favors giving states control of federal land. Zinke opposed the notion, but still oversaw the largest giveaway of the modern era. (One of the scandals that eventually led to his resignation involved a real estate deal with the chairman of oil services company Halliburton while it benefited from unprecedented federal leases.) 

Utah Republican Senator Mike Lee has emerged as a leading advocate for reducing federal land ownership. In 2022 and again in 2023, he introduced legislation authorizing the sale of government land to developers. He also supported a lawsuit seeking state control of 18.5 million acres held by the Bureau of Land Management; the Supreme Court declined to hear the case in January. 

Meanwhile, Project 2025, the conservative blueprint for Trump’s second term, laid the groundwork for the latest push. The chapter on the Interior Department was written by William Pendley, who led the Bureau of Land Management during Trump’s first term and once argued that the “Founding Fathers intended all lands owned by the federal government to be sold.” It calls the government “a bad manager of the public trust” and proposes sweeping changes, including weakening environmental protections and increasing drilling, mining, and logging on public land. 

Kathleen Sgamma, who was Trump’s pick to lead the bureau until she withdrew from consideration last week, also contributed to the chapter. The oil and gas lobbyist previously signaled her support to offload the country’s land. When a dispute over federal grazing fees prompted a standoff between ranchers and the bureau in Oregon, she said the incident “arises from too much federal ownership of land in the West.”  

In the meantime, Katharine MacGregor, vice president of fossil fuel-focused NextEra Energy, was confirmed as a deputy interior secretary in April. During her nomination hearing, MacGregor promised support for over a decade of oil and gas leases. (Watchdog group Fieldnotes found she had systematically concealed public records during her previous time at the Interior, concealing information about her extensive interactions with oil and gas executives.) Burgum also told oil and gas executives in March that selling public land could eliminate the $35 trillion (and growing) national debt. 

Even as Burgum positions such deals as a solution to the nation’s woes, critics warn that the lack of safeguards could lead to unintended consequences. There is nothing to suggest the joint task force or the Trump administration will take steps to “prevent those [housing developments] from just turning into vacation homes for billionaires,” Weiss said. And many of the federal employees who would oversee the venture have recently been fired. The Trump administration intends to cut Housing and Urban Development by 84 percent, and has frozen $60 million in funding for other affordable housing developments, stalling hundreds of projects.

“At every level, it’s a scam and a con,” Hartl said, “and the only people that will benefit from it are the people that already benefit from the housing crisis.” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Public lands, private profits: Inside the Trump plan to offload federal land on Apr 15, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Lois Parshley.

]]>
https://grist.org/accountability/public-lands-private-profits-inside-the-trump-plan-to-offload-federal-land/feed/ 0 525774
Senate plans Saturday vote on Republican budget plan; Thousands expected at Saturday rallies against Trump agenda – April 4, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/senate-plans-saturday-vote-on-republican-budget-plan-thousands-expected-at-saturday-rallies-against-trump-agenda-april-4-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/senate-plans-saturday-vote-on-republican-budget-plan-thousands-expected-at-saturday-rallies-against-trump-agenda-april-4-2025/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 18:00:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6dc215c7bc16b0fbc42bd87ce022cd59 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

 

The post Senate plans Saturday vote on Republican budget plan; Thousands expected at Saturday rallies against Trump agenda – April 4, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/senate-plans-saturday-vote-on-republican-budget-plan-thousands-expected-at-saturday-rallies-against-trump-agenda-april-4-2025/feed/ 0 523914
A federal judge just hit the brakes on Trump’s plan to fast track industrial fish farming in the Gulf https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/judge-hits-brakes-trump-fast-track-fish-farms-gulf/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/judge-hits-brakes-trump-fast-track-fish-farms-gulf/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 07:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662261 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist and Verite News, a nonprofit news organization with a mission to produce in-depth journalism in underserved communities in the New Orleans area.

President Donald Trump’s first-term push to open the Gulf of Mexico and other federal waters to fish farming has come to a halt in the early days of his second term. 

A federal judge in Washington state ruled against a nationwide aquaculture permit the Trump administration sought in 2020. The wide-ranging permit would have allowed the first offshore farms in the Gulf and the likely expansion of the aquaculture industry into federally managed waters on the East and West coasts. 

The ruling, issued by U.S. District Court Judge Kymberly K. Evanson on March 17, was applauded by several environmental groups.

“A nationwide permit isn’t at all appropriate because our federal waters are so different,” said Marianne Cufone, executive director of the New Orleans-based Recirculating Farms Coalition, a group opposed to offshore aquaculture. “Florida is not Maine. California is not Texas. And in just the Gulf of Mexico, there are significantly different habitats [and] different fish species that could be affected.”

Offshore aquaculture, which involves raising large quantities of fish in floating net pens, has been blamed for increased marine pollution and escapes that can harm wild fish populations. In the Gulf, there’s particular concern about the “dead zone,” a New Jersey-size area of low oxygen fueled by rising temperatures and nutrient-rich pollution from fertilizers, urban runoff and sewer plants. Adding millions of caged fish would generate even more waste and worsen the dead zone, Cufone said. 

Fish farming is an “existential threat” to the Gulf’s fishing industry, said Ryan Bradley, executive director of the Mississippi Commercial Fisheries United. Besides the “cascading negative impacts” on the environment, offshore aquaculture often undercuts the prices of wild-caught fish and shrimp, he said. The Gulf’s fishers are already facing intense competition from foreign fish farms. 

“Offshore aquaculture poses too much risk and not enough reward,” Bradley said. 

The aquaculture industry says fish farming is the only way to meet surging demand for seafood, particularly high-value species like salmon and tuna. As wild fish stocks struggle under climate change, offshore farming could help the U.S. adapt, producing food in a managed environment less affected by ecological conditions, aquaculture advocates say.

Late last year, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration identified five areas in the Gulf that the agency said are best suited for offshore aquaculture. The development of these “aquaculture opportunity areas” near the coasts of Texas and Louisiana received a strong push during Trump’s first term but slowed under President Joe Biden. Evanson’s decision blocks what might have been a speedy approval process for fish farms in opportunity areas.

A cumbersome permitting process and opposition from environmentalists and catchers of wild seafood had long stymied plans for fish farms in the Gulf, which Trump recently renamed the Gulf of America. In 2020, the aquaculture industry got a big boost when Trump signed an executive order that directed federal agencies to “identify and remove unnecessary regulatory barriers” restricting farming in federal waters. 

Trump’s order led the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers to issue the sweeping national permit to open nearly all federal ocean waters to aquaculture. The Center for Food Safety and other environmental groups sued, arguing that the permit failed to analyze fish farming’s threats to water quality and marine life, including several species protected under the Endangered Species Act. 

In October, an initial decision by Evanson, who was appointed by Biden, faulted the Corps for failing to acknowledge aquaculture’s adverse environmental impacts. Evanson’s latest decision vacates, or sets aside as unlawful, the nationwide permit. 

The Corps declined to comment on the decision.

Federal courts have also struck down efforts to establish offshore aquaculture in the Gulf in 2018 and 2020

The repeated legal setbacks should send a clear signal to the industry, said George Kimbrell, the Center for Food Safety’s legal director. 

“It has no place in U.S. ocean waters,” he said.

The aquaculture industry isn’t giving up. Paul Zajicek, executive director of the National Aquaculture Association, said expanding U.S. fish farming is critical for meeting the growing American appetite for seafood. He noted that the U.S. consumed nearly 7 billion pounds of seafood in 2022, the most recent year data was available. About 83 percent of the seafood was imported, contributing to a trade deficit of about $24 billion, Zajicek said. 

“The heavy reliance on imports for a foodstuff critical to people’s health not only creates a massive trade imbalance, it also creates food security and food safety issues for our country,” he wrote in an email. 

Tilting the balance of international trade is a keen interest for Trump, who on Wednesday announced far-reaching and expensive tariffs that the president says will help U.S. producers and boost the country’s economy.

The U.S. has a robust land-based aquaculture industry, producing pond-raised catfish, trout and other fish. No fish are raised commercially in federal waters, and fish farming operations are increasingly rare in state-managed marine waters. Washington state once had a large salmon farming industry, but large-scale escapes of non-native Atlantic salmon and concerns about pollution and the spread of disease led to a halt on fish farm leases in 2022 and a full ban in January. Hawaii’s state waters host the only offshore fish farm in the U.S.

Other countries have embraced offshore aquaculture on a large scale. China accounts for more than half of global aquaculture production, according to NOAA. Asian countries and Ecuador supply most of the shrimp consumed in the U.S., while farms in Canada, Norway and Chile produce two-thirds of the salmon Americans eat. 

Companies have tried to open the Gulf to aquaculture for more than a decade, yet none of the proposals for floating pens filled with redfish, amberjack and other high-value species have managed to take hold. In 2017, the federal government helped fund a pilot project that would have placed a floating farm about 45 miles from Sarasota, Fla. The project was derailed after regulators received nearly 45,000 public comments opposing it, according to Zajicek. 

Proposed farms face “a permitting system that is too lengthy, too costly, and too subject to legal challenges from groups opposed to commercial aquaculture,” he said. 

Last month’s court decision means companies may now narrow their focus and seek permits for individual projects, Zajicek said. 

That approach also won’t be easy, Cufone warned. The process for permitting each project will likely be slower and more deliberative, giving more consideration to a proposed farm’s impacts on the surrounding environment and nearby communities. 

“Claiming one size fits all doesn’t seem realistic, and the court agreed,” she said. “Now they can’t use one big permit to speed these things through.” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A federal judge just hit the brakes on Trump’s plan to fast track industrial fish farming in the Gulf on Apr 4, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tristan Baurick.

]]>
https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/judge-hits-brakes-trump-fast-track-fish-farms-gulf/feed/ 0 523699
Serbia’s Political Deadlock: Do Students Have a Plan? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/serbias-political-deadlock-do-students-have-a-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/serbias-political-deadlock-do-students-have-a-plan/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 05:31:28 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=359104 For nearly five months, Serbia has lived in a state of limbo – one that cannot be described as either political paralysis or transformation. Since the tragic railway station accident in Novi Sad, where the collapse of an awning claimed 16 lives (including children), time seems to have stretched endlessly, yet nothing substantial has been More

The post Serbia’s Political Deadlock: Do Students Have a Plan? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: Karadan1804 – CC0

For nearly five months, Serbia has lived in a state of limbo – one that cannot be described as either political paralysis or transformation. Since the tragic railway station accident in Novi Sad, where the collapse of an awning claimed 16 lives (including children), time seems to have stretched endlessly, yet nothing substantial has been done. The mayor of Novi Sad and the prime minister have resigned, triggering deadlines for forming a new parliamentary majority or calling early elections. However, the protest wave continues.

After countless creative performances, marches, and rallies, they now appear to be entering a new phase – the formation of so-called zborovi (citizen assemblies). This is presented as a legal and legitimate form of civic participation, even guaranteed by the Law on Local Self-Government. Some enthusiasts claim this marks a unique model of direct democracy, a radical awakening of citizens from apathy, from the ground up and in all places. Leftists see it as a step toward communal organisation, drawing parallels with the 1871 Paris Commune or the wartime people’s liberation councils that laid the foundations for the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia. At the same time, the term zbor also carries a strong right-wing connotation. Thus, the situation remains unclear to observers and the people of Serbia: What’s the next step?

The students’ initial demands seemed modest – though difficult to achieve in deeply corrupt societies like those in the Balkans (and much of Europe as well): the consistent rule of law and institutions that function competently within their legal mandates. This leaderless movement, with no explicit calls for regime change and no Euro-enthusiasm, has successfully distanced itself from political parties. This is precisely what makes it appealing to the broader public: its innocence, youth, and detachment from the repulsive and deeply distrusted world of party politics. Ordinary people no longer believe in fairy tales – neither about the European Union nor about multiparty democracy, which, as an old proverb suggests, is merely about switching ‘Kurto’ for ‘Murto’, while everything stays the same. Some voices call for systemic change, but no one knows what kind of system they want – if the liberal parliamentary model is seen as so repulsive, does this lead to a politics of anti-politics?

After years of President Aleksandar Vučić’s rule, his party has not only established capillary governance (boring into and controlling society from the ground up, a metastasis of power, one might say) but has also disarmed the opposition – leaving it amorphous, uninspired, compromised, and weak. It is no surprise that some intellectuals dream of a Serbian Zaev, referring to the leader of Macedonia’s Social Democrats, who came to power after the 2016–2017 ‘colorful revolution’. But no such figure has emerged – at least not yet. Zaev himself was neither exceptional, nor intelligent, nor charismatic. He was simply a businessman who owned the (essentially financially bankrupt) party he led. But he had massive international backing: PR advisors, media funded by foreign money, an entire network of NGOs, and students rallying to ‘save’ the country from the alleged regime.

Croatian leftist activist Srećko Horvat recently called the Serbian student movement ‘geopolitical orphans’. And that is the key difference from Macedonia, which was adopted by the West when it needed a cooperative government in Skopje to push the country into NATO – at any cost, even at the price of changing the country’s name and selling off its identity. Vučić now resembles Milošević, who was tacitly supported by the West when they needed a signatory and guarantor for the Dayton Agreement. As the old saying goes: ‘He may be a son of a bitch, but he’s our son of a bitch’. The fear was that if Milošević fell, someone even worse and less cooperative might take power. The same logic applies to Vučić, whether the issue is Kosovo or lithium mining.

The geopolitical landscape has changed. The political West is fracturing (as Richard Sakwa elaborates), leaving Serbia’s protest movement truly orphaned. They have no leader, and none of the existing political figures seem trustworthy enough to sustain the Balkan model of stabilitocracy. More significantly, these orphans are not only without overt foreign patrons but also without an ideology. They form a mixed bag, perhaps united in their desire to take centre stage and be the ‘darlings of the public’ (a status that can quickly backfire), but they lack the experience and knowledge to build a new system.

Historically, leftist movements have been more visionary. Yet, even plenums(student assemblies) are little more than a passing trend, copied from the same cookbook and past initiatives in Croatia, Bosnia, and Macedonia. The cycle repeats itself. (In Macedonia, after the disaster in Kočani, there was an unsuccessful attempt to revive the plenums of the Faculty of Philosophy. Today, another loosely organised movement protests under the slogan ‘Who’s Next?’). In theory, plenums resemble direct democracy, an agora, but in practice, when it comes to systemic solutions, it becomes painfully clear that these ‘orphans’ lack even a rudimentary understanding of alternative systems. They are children of transition – a period when unfinished liberal systems seemed to be ‘Europeanising’ and heading toward democracy (which, ironically, is now in decline across Europe, where fascism and militarisation are on the rise). They know nothing about leftist (Marxist, socialist) thought and practice.

For some intellectual circles, these events are fascinating – a light in the darkness of transition to nowhere (as Boris Buden puts it) – but they remain focused on the political and media spectacle. What about economic democracy in countries that have become mere colonies of Western capital? How do you build a new political home when the very foundations are imperialist?

The most telling sign of this dynamic is the (allegedly independent) media, which desperately seek to awaken Western interest in Serbia’s ‘orphans’. They seem almost ready to shed tears over the fact that neither European Commission President Ursula van der Leyen (Frau Genocide), nor French President Emmanuel Macron, nor any other Western leader shows the slightest concern for the protests. Few would deny that a call for ‘more Europe’ today de facto means more warfare, less welfare.

As someone not far from the epicenter, I can only assume that Serbia’s ‘spring’ will soon lead to a dead end. It will fizzle out soon, not just due to fatigue but also because of existential pressures. Recently, a young, enthusiastic protester expressed on a leftist YouTube channel her excitement about spending all her free time at plenums and citizen assemblies (since the universities are under blockade). These students likely have parents who provide for them. What about those who don’t have the luxury to strike and debate – those in precarious jobs, the working class, or rural farmers? How long can the poor citizens offer them homemade bread and meals?

Any leftist desires systemic change – a complete overhaul. Multiparty democracy is merely a facade for corporate power and neocolonialism. But with the world at a dangerous crossroads, there is no time for experiments doomed to fail. A student’s post is not a profession – it’s a temporary status. Once they graduate (whenever that may be), they will return to reality, to practical concerns. The revolution will remain a fond memory.

The real question is: Who will fight for those who don’t have the luxury of indefinite protest? Without a concrete vision for systemic (political and economic) transformation or even a lesser evil of elections, the movement’s impact may remain superficial – another cycle of resistance that leads nowhere. Or, if Branko Milanović is right, it may end up in chaos or overt dictatorship.

The post Serbia’s Political Deadlock: Do Students Have a Plan? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Biljana Vankovska.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/serbias-political-deadlock-do-students-have-a-plan/feed/ 0 523344
10 Years of War on Yemen: Leaked War Plan Chats Overshadow U.S. Deadly History Targeting Yemen https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen-2/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 14:28:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=deb84a587e5ddca0352d07be95a9196b
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen-2/feed/ 0 521649
10 Years of War on Yemen: Leaked War Plan Chats Overshadow U.S. Deadly History Targeting Yemen https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 12:32:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=98a62a1aefbd5b8e364919d284e375e5 Seg2 yemen

Democratic lawmakers are calling for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and national security adviser Michael Waltz to resign, after they discussed bombing Yemen in a group chat that also included journalist Jeffrey Goldberg, the editor-in-chief of The Atlantic. Waltz had set up the chat on the messaging app Signal and appeared to accidentally add Goldberg, who then got a front-row seat as top officials, including Vice President JD Vance, discussed classified information. The attacks ultimately killed dozens of people in Yemen, including children. Journalist Safa Al Ahmad, who has been reporting on Yemen since 2010, says that while Washington is obsessing over the U.S. national security implications of the group chat, there is almost no criticism of the bombing campaign at the heart of the scandal. “They are killing Yemenis with no recourse for Yemenis themselves,” says Al Ahmad, who notes that U.S. involvement in attacks on Yemen started almost exactly 10 years ago, when a Saudi-led coalition began bombing the country with support from the Obama administration.

“There was actually no legal rationale under the Constitution for doing these strikes,” adds Branko Marcetic, staff writer for Jacobin. “Only Congress is actually able to declare war.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/10-years-of-war-on-yemen-leaked-war-plan-chats-overshadow-u-s-deadly-history-targeting-yemen/feed/ 0 521638
Students launch “Study-in” at Dept of Education, protesting Trump’s plan to abolish the Department https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/students-launch-study-in-at-dept-of-education-protesting-trumps-plan-to-abolish-the-department/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/students-launch-study-in-at-dept-of-education-protesting-trumps-plan-to-abolish-the-department/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 16:06:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/students-launch-study-in-at-dept-of-education-protesting-trumps-plan-to-abolish-the-department At 10am, Students and allies kicked off a “study-in” at the Department of Education to protest Trump and order yesterday calling for the abolition of the Department. Students sat at desks with homework and books to draw attention to how ending the Department of Education will hurt students. They urged Members of Congress in both parties to block Trump’s attempts to cut the Department.

“Trump and Musk want to defund public schools so they can give their fellow billionaires a bigger tax break. We won’t let them rob us of a good education,” said 19 year old Adah Crandall of DC. “I’ll be at my desk all day. If Musk and his goons want to destroy the futures of millions of students across the country, they’ll have to come through us.”

Abolishing the Department of Education would have severe impacts on students, teachers, and parents. Schools will face larger class sizes, fewer teachers, and severe underfunding, making it even harder for students to get the education they deserve. Pell Grants would be eliminated, putting higher education out of reach for millions. Programs that support students with disabilities, English learners, and low-income families—as well as funding for school safety, mental health services, and building repairs —will be slashed.

“The department of education is a human right. We are responsible as the youth to take the torch from our ancestors to continue the fight.” said Wanya Allen, a college student from Philadelphia.The Pell Grant that allowed me to attend college is only made possible by the Department of Education. Trump and his billionaire cabinet are stealing from everyday people like me and our opportunities to access education.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/students-launch-study-in-at-dept-of-education-protesting-trumps-plan-to-abolish-the-department/feed/ 0 520733
Trump & Musk move ahead with plan to cut Social Security staff & critical services https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-social-security-staff-critical-services/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-social-security-staff-critical-services/#respond Thu, 20 Mar 2025 00:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=890d9833b0e9063272df8db18768041d
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-social-security-staff-critical-services/feed/ 0 520212
Hochul Must Stand Firm Against Trump’s Ludicrous NY Pipeline Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hochul-must-stand-firm-against-trumps-ludicrous-ny-pipeline-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hochul-must-stand-firm-against-trumps-ludicrous-ny-pipeline-plan/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 17:07:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/hochul-must-stand-firm-against-trumps-ludicrous-ny-pipeline-plan The Constitution Pipeline, a proposal to bring fracked gas from Pennsylvania to New York, would be devastating to New York’s environment and climate goals while keeping the state hooked on unreliable, polluting fossil fuels that keep energy costs sky-high for consumers. Despite being soundly rejected by New Yorkers and Governor Hochul five years ago, the Trump administration is reportedly attempting to revive the project.

In response, Laura Shindell, New York State Director at Food & Water Watch, issued the following statement:

“For years now, New Yorkers have demanded an end to new fossil fuel infrastructure throughout our state. Yet Governor Hochul has caved to fossil fuel interests in recent months by approving the Iroquois pipeline expansion, failing to back the NY HEAT clean energy bill and dragging her feet on state climate goals. Now, with Trump trying to force this long-dead fracked gas pipeline down New Yorkers’ throats, Hochul has a ripe opportunity to demonstrate a renewed commitment to clean energy by reaffirming her unequivocal opposition to this foolish, antiquated pipeline plan.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hochul-must-stand-firm-against-trumps-ludicrous-ny-pipeline-plan/feed/ 0 520158
Sabotaging Social Security: Trump & Musk Move Ahead with Plan to Gut Agency https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-gut-agency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-gut-agency/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 15:21:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5f26ded0c05d19803e6774afc922861b
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-gut-agency/feed/ 0 520112
Sabotaging Social Security: Trump & Musk Move Ahead with Plan to Cut Agency Staff & Critical Services https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-agency-staff-critical-services/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-agency-staff-critical-services/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 12:48:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c05d9962f1122d9dd57ddc9a7ef347ee Seg4 juddlegum box

The Social Security Administration is considering drastic new anti-fraud measures that could disrupt benefit payments to millions of Americans, according to an internal memo first obtained by the political newsletter Popular Information. The changes would force millions of customers to file claims in person at a field office rather than over the phone. An estimated 75,000 to 85,000 elderly and disabled adults per week would be diverted to field offices. This comes even as the Trump administration slashes jobs and closes offices at the agency. Officials in the Social Security Administration who spoke with reporter Judd Legum, founder of Popular Information, have told him that there is an “effort to break the organization.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/sabotaging-social-security-trump-musk-move-ahead-with-plan-to-cut-agency-staff-critical-services/feed/ 0 520089
European Leaders Plan Massive Increase in Defense Spending https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/european-leaders-plan-massive-increase-in-defense-spending/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/european-leaders-plan-massive-increase-in-defense-spending/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 14:20:12 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156516 > European leaders meeting in an “Emergency War Summit” in Brussels have agreed on huge increases in arms spending. On entering the meeting, Denmark’s Prime Minister, Mette Frederiksen, declared “Spend, spend, spend on defense and deterrence.” And in response to an interviewer’s question, French Prime Minster Francois Bayrou dismissed the idea that the French public […]

The post European Leaders Plan Massive Increase in Defense Spending first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
>

European leaders meeting in an “Emergency War Summit” in Brussels have agreed on huge increases in arms spending. On entering the meeting, Denmark’s Prime Minister, Mette Frederiksen, declared “Spend, spend, spend on defense and deterrence.” And in response to an interviewer’s question, French Prime Minster Francois Bayrou dismissed the idea that the French public should have any say in this decision, adding “We can’t let the country be disarmed.” (CNews and Europe 1). French President Macron asserts that peace will come only when Russia is “pacified” and Zelensky, Macron and Starmer will try to meet with Trump once again to hear him reiterate, “No, Non, Hi (Ukrainian) and Nyet.

European leaders have been junior partners, via NATO, with US imperialism (think Libya and Iraq) but now the section of the US ruling class that’s behind Trump is openly severing the partnership. These leaders are bobbing and scrambling to hang on to their old role or find a new one for themselves. Reputations and institutions are at stake and it’s not clear that they can finesse their way out because they’ve always counted on an official narrative about Russia that will be put to the test.

As Alexander Mercouris has noted, the real fear among European leaders is if the US and Russia achieve peaceful relations and a Great Power reset, the fictional “Russia threat” that’s been perpetrated on ordinary Europeans will gradually diminish and people will realize they’ve been lied to all along. For now, we can hope that ordinary Europeans will resist how Europe’s ruling elite try to create hysteria, double down on stupidity (“going batshit crazy” in Mark Sleboba’s words) and eviscerate social programs.

Europeans, as well as their US counterparts, who are unwilling to swallow the official propaganda are subjected to unrelenting Putin-baiting — including from liberals and even self-identified leftists — but we refuse to be silenced. We need to do a better job of using our access to social media to show people that the “Ukraine project” was a proxy war as a prelude to attacking Russia. Finally, we can hope that this will lead to an actual left rising in Europe and the United States.

The post European Leaders Plan Massive Increase in Defense Spending first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Gary Olson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/european-leaders-plan-massive-increase-in-defense-spending/feed/ 0 518049
Observers dismiss latest junta plan for Myanmar elections https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/03/10/myanmar-election-announcement-reax/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/03/10/myanmar-election-announcement-reax/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 20:25:05 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/03/10/myanmar-election-announcement-reax/ Read RFA coverage of this topic in Burmese.

Observers on Monday dismissed plans announced by Myanmar’s junta to hold elections in the war-torn country by January, saying the military won’t be able to hold the vote in territory it doesn’t control — about half the country — and that the public will view the results as a sham.

On March 7, while on a visit to Russia and Belarus, junta chief Senior Gen. Min Aung Hlaing announced that the elections are “slated for December 2025, with the possibility of ... January 2026,” according to a report by the official Global New Light of Myanmar newspaper.

On Sunday, a day after Min Aung Hlaing returned to Myanmar from his March 3-9 trip, junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Htun confirmed the timing of the ballot in a briefing to military-controlled media outlets.

The generals who seized power in a February 2021 coup d’etat hope that elections will end widespread opposition to their grip on power politics.

But opponents say any vote under the military while the most popular politicians are locked up and their parties are banned will be illegitimate.

Additionally, the junta is in control of only about half the country after significant losses to pro-democracy and ethnic minority insurgents fighting to end military rule, and observers on Monday questioned how the results of such a limited vote could be seen as legitimate.

Sai Leik, the general secretary of the ethnic Shan Nationalities League for Democracy, which has not yet filed its party registration, told RFA Burmese it is “uncertain whether the election will take place at all.”

Even if it happens, it will likely be limited to cities such as Yangon, Naypyidaw, and Mandalay, he said. “This will create significant tensions between areas where the election is held and those where it is not.”

Sai Leik said that a limited election that fails to reflect the will of the people “will only worsen the conflict between opposing sides.”

He noted that the junta has repeatedly vowed to hold an election since August 2022, but has been unable to implement one.

Less than half of townships under junta control

Voting is expected to be held in fewer than half of Myanmar’s 330 townships in the first phase of a staggered vote, a political party official said late last year after discussion with election organizers.

In Myanmar’s last election in 2020, voting was held in 315 out of the 330 townships.

Nobel laureate Aung San Suu Kyi’s National League for Democracy, or NLD, party swept the vote, as it did in a 2015 election, but the army complained of cheating and overthrew her government. The junta jailed her in the aftermath of its coup and has since sentenced her to 27 years in prison.

Political commentator Than Soe Naing said that the people of Myanmar won’t trust a junta-run election.

“Even if the junta attempts it, it will never happen,” he said.

Myanmar Junta chief Senior Gen. Min Aung Hlaing inspects the electronic voting system and its machines on Feb.9, 2023.
Myanmar Junta chief Senior Gen. Min Aung Hlaing inspects the electronic voting system and its machines on Feb.9, 2023.
(Myanmar Military)

Than Soe Naing said that past attempts by the junta had been stymied by its lack of territorial control, the ongoing conflict across Myanmar, the lack of security for representatives and campaigns, and the restrictions of the junta-backed election commission.

Rather than taking those concerns into account, Hla Thein, a spokesperson for the pro-junta Union Solidarity and Development Party told RFA that Min Aung Hlaing likely chose the end of the year for elections so that political parties and the election commission “will have more time to prepare.”

Independent observers?

Meanwhile, Min Aung Hlaing said on Sunday that Russia and Belarus had committed to sending officials to observe the elections in Myanmar.

But a vote monitored by those two countries cannot be considered “free and fair,” an election observer who requested anonymity for security reasons said.

“Russia and Belarus are not really countries with a good reputation for democratic, free and fair elections,” the observer said. “And since they have stood with and supported the junta in various ways, their observers won’t be fair. They are meant only for political support.”

So far, more than 50 parties have registered with and been approved by Myanmar’s election commission. Nearly all of them are military-aligned, while the country’s most popular party — the NLD — was banned in the aftermath of the coup and cannot be added to the ballot.

Tun Myint, an NLD Central Working Committee member, warned that the junta’s elections would be nothing more than a “sham.”

“No one ... who wants justice will accept the junta’s elections,” he said.

Translated by Aung Naing. Edited by Joshua Lipes and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/03/10/myanmar-election-announcement-reax/feed/ 0 517877
Israel resumes its war crimes in Gaza – AJ’s Listening Post on ‘hell plan’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan/#respond Sun, 09 Mar 2025 23:39:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111942 Pacific Media Watch

Seven weeks into the Gaza ceasefire deal, Israel has openly resumed its war crimes in Gaza — blocking humanitarian aid — with the tacit support of the international mainstream media, reports Al Jazeera’s media watchdog programme The Listening Post.

“Seventeen months into the Israeli genocide in Gaza we have reached another critical stage — Israel has resumed its blockade of humanitarian aid and has threatened to cut of the supply of water and power to desperate Palestinians,” says presenter and programme founder Richard Gizbert.

“All because Hamas has refused to change the deal the two sides signed seven weeks ago and free more Israeli captives.

“The headlines now coming out of the international media would have you believe that Hamas and not the Netanyahu government had demanded these changes to the ceasefire agreement.

“Israeli officials somehow insist there is enough food in Gaza and you will not see many Israeli news outlets reporting on the undeniable evidence of malnutrition.”

Presented by Richard Gizbert

Lead contributors:
Daniel Levy – President, US/Middle East Project
Saree Makdisi – Professor of English and comparative literature, UCLA
Samira Mohyeddin – Founder, On the Line Media
Mouin Rabbani – Co-editor, Jadaliyya

On our radar:

The LA Times’ new AI “bias meter” — which offers a counterpoint to the paper’s opinion pieces, has stirred controversy. Tariq Nafi explores its role in a changing media landscape that’s cosying up to Donald Trump.

Are the ADL’s anti-Semitism stats credible?
The Anti-Defamation League is one of the most influential and well-funded NGOs in the US — and it’s getting more media attention than ever.

The Listening Post’s Meenakshi Ravi reports on the organisation, its high-profile CEO, and its troubling stance: Conflating anti-Zionism with anti-Semitism.

Featuring:
Omar Baddar – Political and media analyst
Eva Borgwardt – National spokesperson, If Not Now
Emmaia Gelman – Director, The Institute for the Critical Study of Zionism

This programme was first broadcast on 8 March 2025 and can be watched on YouTube


‘Hell plan’ – Israel’s scheme for Gaza.   Video: AJ The Listening Post


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan/feed/ 0 517753
Israel resumes its war crimes in Gaza – AJ’s Listening Post on ‘hell plan’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan-2/#respond Sun, 09 Mar 2025 23:39:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111942 Pacific Media Watch

Seven weeks into the Gaza ceasefire deal, Israel has openly resumed its war crimes in Gaza — blocking humanitarian aid — with the tacit support of the international mainstream media, reports Al Jazeera’s media watchdog programme The Listening Post.

“Seventeen months into the Israeli genocide in Gaza we have reached another critical stage — Israel has resumed its blockade of humanitarian aid and has threatened to cut of the supply of water and power to desperate Palestinians,” says presenter and programme founder Richard Gizbert.

“All because Hamas has refused to change the deal the two sides signed seven weeks ago and free more Israeli captives.

“The headlines now coming out of the international media would have you believe that Hamas and not the Netanyahu government had demanded these changes to the ceasefire agreement.

“Israeli officials somehow insist there is enough food in Gaza and you will not see many Israeli news outlets reporting on the undeniable evidence of malnutrition.”

Presented by Richard Gizbert

Lead contributors:
Daniel Levy – President, US/Middle East Project
Saree Makdisi – Professor of English and comparative literature, UCLA
Samira Mohyeddin – Founder, On the Line Media
Mouin Rabbani – Co-editor, Jadaliyya

On our radar:

The LA Times’ new AI “bias meter” — which offers a counterpoint to the paper’s opinion pieces, has stirred controversy. Tariq Nafi explores its role in a changing media landscape that’s cosying up to Donald Trump.

Are the ADL’s anti-Semitism stats credible?
The Anti-Defamation League is one of the most influential and well-funded NGOs in the US — and it’s getting more media attention than ever.

The Listening Post’s Meenakshi Ravi reports on the organisation, its high-profile CEO, and its troubling stance: Conflating anti-Zionism with anti-Semitism.

Featuring:
Omar Baddar – Political and media analyst
Eva Borgwardt – National spokesperson, If Not Now
Emmaia Gelman – Director, The Institute for the Critical Study of Zionism

This programme was first broadcast on 8 March 2025 and can be watched on YouTube


‘Hell plan’ – Israel’s scheme for Gaza.   Video: AJ The Listening Post


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/israel-resumes-its-war-crimes-in-gaza-ajs-listening-post-on-hell-plan-2/feed/ 0 517754
Biden had a plan to keep America’s EV chargers in good working order. Trump pulled the plug. https://grist.org/transportation/broken-ev-charger-electric-vehicles-nevi-repair-biden-trump/ https://grist.org/transportation/broken-ev-charger-electric-vehicles-nevi-repair-biden-trump/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659939 Public electric vehicle chargers break down for a variety of reasons. Pins on the connector that attaches the charger cable to the vehicle can bend or break, preventing a complete connection. The screen customers interact with to make payments can go dark or suffer glitches. In some cases, an internal component like the power converter might break. And vandalism is increasingly common, with people cutting charging cables to extract and sell the copper wiring inside them.

These are just a few of the reasons that about 12,000 of the 212,000-odd public electric vehicle chargers scattered around the United States are inoperable right now. Some are down for scheduled maintenance, but many more are simply broken, with nobody coming to fix them.

The Biden administration wanted to remediate this epidemic of broken chargers, which is why it implemented the first-ever federal reliability standards for EV chargers. These standards meant that owners who received government subsidies were obligated to repair broken chargers — or risk losing their funding.  

A close-up of a cross section of a thick cable, with black rubber coating the outside and colorful wires inside
The cut charging cable of a public electric vehicle charger in Los Angeles, California. Patrick T. Fallon / AFP via Getty Images

On February 6, the Trump administration suspended the Department of Transportation program behind those standards, freezing billions of dollars of unawarded funds intended to strengthen the country’s EV charging network. The future of the program is now uncertain, and some experts believe the funding suspension is illegal. But if the Trump administration winds up permanently shrinking or scrapping the program, it will not only mean fewer chargers getting built along highways, but more chargers failing to get fixed.

There’s “a measurable difference in reliability” between chargers that have been built according to the federal government’s standards and those installed outside of the program, Bill Ferro, co-founder of the EV charging analytics company Paren, told Grist in an interview.


The transportation sector is responsible for roughly a quarter of global greenhouse gas emissions, and electrifying most or all of it is considered essential for avoiding the worst impacts of climate change. But for Americans to swap the hundreds of millions of gas-powered cars they own for electric replacements, many experts believe that charging a battery needs to be as convenient as filling a gas tank. The first step is building lots more public chargers, which is what then-president Joe Biden and Congress tried to do when they enacted the 2021 bipartisan infrastructure law. The legislation included $5 billion for the National Electric Vehicle Infrastructure, or NEVI, program, a U.S. Department of Transportation-led effort to build a network of public chargers around the country. 

NEVI is focused on building DC fast chargers — which can fill a battery in as little as 30 minutes — along key highway corridors to enable long-distance EV travel. The program requires states to develop and submit EV infrastructure deployment plans to the federal government. Once those plans are approved, the Department of Transportation allocates funds to the states, which then award contracts to private companies or other entities to build EV chargers. 

The program was considered integral to the Biden administration’s goal of developing a national network of half a million public EV chargers by 2030, as well as to the larger objective of getting Americans off gas-powered cars. “This program is really trying to build that fundamental backbone of longer-distance fast charging,” Beth Hammon, a senior advocate for EV infrastructure at the Natural Resources Defense Council, told Grist.

A white-haired man in a suit sits at a desk signing a paper with the part of the U.S. presidential seal visible in front of the desk
Then-president Joe Biden signs the bipartisan infrastructure law in November 2021. Kyle Mazza / Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

But installing enough chargers to support tens of millions of EV drivers doesn’t mean much if they aren’t kept in good working order. That’s something the EV charging industry has a rocky track record with so far, but that NEVI sought to address with its charger reliability standards. 

NEVI stipulates that chargers funded through the program meet a 97 percent “uptime” requirement. Put another way, a charger built with NEVI funds can only be offline 11 days out of the year (with exceptions for situations like natural disasters and vandalism). If a company fails to meet this requirement, then depending on the terms of its contract, the state distributing funds might withhold future maintenance revenue.

Early data shows that NEVI-funded charging stations — of which there are only 60 open so far — score about 10 points higher than non-NEVI-funded ones on Paren’s in-house reliability metric, which gives charge point operators a grade out of 100 based primarily on whether a customer can successfully charge their car on the first attempt.

The program’s 97 percent uptime requirement is “very important” for ensuring EV chargers are fit for purpose, Oregon Department of Transportation spokesperson Matt Noble told Grist in an email. “Many Oregon EV drivers have told us that they no longer have ‘range anxiety’ about their EV but rather ‘will-the-public-charger-be-working anxiety.’” Noble added that Oregon’s Department of Transportation is continuing to advance its NEVI program with the $26.1 million in funding that the state has already awarded, which is enough to cover a first round of NEVI-funded EV chargers slated to be built along three separate highways.

Outside of NEVI’s relatively tiny existing network, the reliability of EV chargers varies from location to location and company to company. Tesla, which owns and operates about half of all DC fast chargers in the country and is the second-largest recipient of NEVI funds to date, is widely considered to have the most reliable charging network out there. Ferro said that Tesla consistently achieves top marks on Paren’s reliability metric.

“Love or hate Tesla, the charging experience is very successful,” Dan Bowermaster, the senior program area manager of electric transportation at the clean energy research firm EPRI, told Grist. Tesla’s streamlined charging experience is one reason it has dominated the U.S. EV market to date, although public opinion of the firm is falling rapidly due to the actions of CEO Elon Musk, who has spent the last several weeks leading Trump’s efforts to cut government staffing and expenditures in ways that many law professors and policymakers say are illegal.

A broken electric vehicle charger sits unused in Los Angeles, California. Patrick T. Fallon / AFP via Getty Images

Bowermaster and Ferro cited several reasons for Tesla’s success, including its pattern of routinely maintaining its chargers and the vertically integrated nature of the company. As both a carmaker and power supplier, Tesla collects reams of data on the status of its chargers and Tesla drivers’ habits, which can help inform charger maintenance and repair plans.

The dozens of non-Tesla charging networks put differing resources into maintaining and repairing their equipment. Some, like Electrify America and EVgo, have repair and renew programs and are on a “continued mission to replace older equipment,” according to Ferro. Others contract out maintenance to a third party that specializes in repair, like ChargerHelp. (Grist reached out to over half a dozen leading charge point operators and EV charger maintenance companies, including Tesla, Electrify America, EVgo, and ChargerHelp for comment for this article. None of them responded.)

Outside of dedicated charging networks, a wide variety of other entities install and maintain public chargers, including utilities, municipalities, and commercial businesses. When a hotel, restaurant, or mall owner decides to put a handful of EV chargers in the parking lot, it’s typically “up to that site owner to have a maintenance contract,” Ferro said. 

“They can choose to have a maintenance contract with the [manufacturer] that put them in, or they can choose another company,” he added. “Or they can do nothing.”

When station operators neglect to plan for maintenance and repair, chargers start to break down. Ferro said that sometimes, private business owners will fail to renew their maintenance contract after a few years. Some early EV charger manufacturers have gone out of business, while others have switched to newer equipment and stopped making the components needed to service older chargers. “That’s the reality,” Ferro said.


The NEVI program, which kicked off in 2022 and runs through 2026, has already allocated about $3.3 billion to states. But because of delays getting the program up and running, so far only $616 million has been awarded to companies to build just over 1,000 charging sites that will contain over 4,500 individual charge ports. 

On Trump’s first day in office, he signed an executive order that sought to “terminate” Biden-era climate programs, which he referred to as the “Green New Deal.” Since then, his administration has frozen “obligated” spending related to all manner of projects funded by the bipartisan infrastructure law and the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. “Obligated” means that a government agency has signed a contract with a business, tribe, nonprofit group, or other entity promising to pay a certain amount of money to support, say, bridge repairs or a climate resilience hub. The funding freeze, which legal experts (including judges) say is a violation of contract law and the Constitution, has thrown climate and infrastructure projects into chaos around the country.

The portion of the $616 million that NEVI has promised to companies but not yet paid out appears to be unaffected by Trump’s abrupt suspension of contractually obligated funding. Oregon’s Department of Transportation told Grist that it has had no issues accessing its already-obligated federal funds. A spokesperson for Pennsylvania’s Department of Transportation told Grist they anticipate that 91 projects currently under federal contract “will continue to move forward.” New York State is also continuing to make progress on NEVI projects for which funding has already been obligated, a spokesperson told Grist.

A white man in a suit stands at a podium behind a large black car, with three people wearing masks standing behind him
Then-secretary of transportation Pete Buttigieg announces $5 billion for electric vehicle chargers in February 2022. Drew Angerer / Getty Images

But the more than $2.6 billion that states have not awarded in contracts now appears frozen. On February 6, the Federal Highway Administration — the Department of Transportation subagency administering the program — wrote a letter informing states that their plans for how to spend NEVI funds are being scrapped and that no new funds can be obligated at this time.

The letter states that the federal government is developing new NEVI program guidance for the states that is aligned with “current U.S. [Department of Transportation] policies and priorities.” A public comment period on the new draft guidance will be held later this spring, according to the letter. No information is available on when the guidance will be finalized, and the Federal Highway Administration didn’t respond to Grist’s request for comment. 

Although the Federal Highway Administration appears to be honoring its legal obligation to reimburse states that have NEVI contracts with charger companies, many legal experts believe the freeze on NEVI’s unspent funds is also illegal, since the president doesn’t have the constitutional authority to interfere with spending authorized by Congress. Furthermore, Hammon said that the funding freeze comes at a moment when the NEVI program was finally “hitting its stride.” An overhaul of the rules underpinning the program, or a lengthy court battle over its fate, will at the very least delay the rollout of many projects that were nearing installation, she said.

And it could permanently tamp down on EV charger deployment in states that were less enthusiastic about the program to begin with. As Inside Climate News reported in February, some states are spending all the federal funds they have obligated and remain committed to building more chargers with or without federal support. But others pressed pause on their charger deployment plans even before the Federal Highway Administration issued its letter. 

Hammon is concerned that the Trump administration’s letter — on top of the earlier executive order — signals an intent to do more than merely review and revise the program. 

“To me, it feels a little bit like this is an indefinite pause,” she said. “I can’t say that with certainty, but that’s the fear that I have.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Biden had a plan to keep America’s EV chargers in good working order. Trump pulled the plug. on Mar 7, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Maddie Stone.

]]>
https://grist.org/transportation/broken-ev-charger-electric-vehicles-nevi-repair-biden-trump/feed/ 0 517173
Democrats say Republican budget-cutting plan would devastate Medicaid; AG Bonta sues Trump admin for 6th time in 6 weeks – March 6, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/democrats-say-republican-budget-cutting-plan-would-devastate-medicaid-ag-bonta-sues-trump-admin-for-6th-time-in-6-weeks-march-6-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/democrats-say-republican-budget-cutting-plan-would-devastate-medicaid-ag-bonta-sues-trump-admin-for-6th-time-in-6-weeks-march-6-2025/#respond Thu, 06 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1026a7312288595268a56ad4a075e353 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

The post Democrats say Republican budget-cutting plan would devastate Medicaid; AG Bonta sues Trump admin for 6th time in 6 weeks – March 6, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/democrats-say-republican-budget-cutting-plan-would-devastate-medicaid-ag-bonta-sues-trump-admin-for-6th-time-in-6-weeks-march-6-2025/feed/ 0 517046
AFGE President Everett Kelley Outraged Over Veterans Affairs Plan to Fire 83,000 Additional Employees https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/afge-president-everett-kelley-outraged-over-veterans-affairs-plan-to-fire-83000-additional-employees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/afge-president-everett-kelley-outraged-over-veterans-affairs-plan-to-fire-83000-additional-employees/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 22:12:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/afge-president-everett-kelley-outraged-over-veterans-affairs-plan-to-fire-83000-additional-employees Today, in response to a Department of Veterans Affairs memorandum outlining plans to slash 83,000 additional positions, American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE) National President Everett Kelley issued the following statement:

“These soon-to-be fired workers are patriotic Americans who chose to work at the VA because they genuinely care for the welfare of veterans and their families. They take to heart the department’s mission 'to care for him who shall have borne the battle…’

“Firing more than 80,000 workers, a third of whom are veteran themselves, will destroy the VA’s ability fulfill the PACT Act’s promises to veterans who either died or became ill as a result of exposure to burn pits, Agent Orange, and other toxic substances. Most of these employees were hired explicitly to provide the benefits provided for in the PACT Act.

“The VA has been severely understaffed for many years, resulting in longer wait times for veterans in need. The DOGE plunder of career VA employees, adding to the illegal mass firings of thousands of probationary employees, can only make matter worse. Veterans and their families will suffer unnecessarily, and the will of Congress will be ignored.

“Until Elon Musk and Donald Trump came on the scene, America never turned its back on our veterans and their families. Their reckless plan to wipe out the VA’s ability to deliver on America’s promise to veterans will backfire on millions of veterans and their families who risked their lives in service for our country.

“On behalf of the 311,000 VA employees AFGE represents, I call on Congress to intervene in these un-American tactics and put a stop to Elon Musk’s DOGE rampage through America’s most cherished agencies in a blatant attempt to justify privatizing government services.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/afge-president-everett-kelley-outraged-over-veterans-affairs-plan-to-fire-83000-additional-employees/feed/ 0 516711
Hamas accuses Israel of ‘blackmail’ over aid, demands end of US support for Netanyahu https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/hamas-accuses-israel-of-blackmail-over-aid-demands-end-of-us-support-for-netanyahu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/hamas-accuses-israel-of-blackmail-over-aid-demands-end-of-us-support-for-netanyahu/#respond Sun, 02 Mar 2025 13:06:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111454 Asia Pacific Report

The Palestinian resistance group Hamas has accused Israel of “blackmail” over aid and urged the US government to act more like a neutral mediator in the ceasefire process.

“We call on the US administration to stop its bias and alignment with the fascist plans of the war criminal Netanyahu, which target our people and their existence on their land,” Hamas said in a statement.

“We affirm that all projects and plans that bypass our people and their established rights on their land, self-determination, and liberation from occupation are destined for failure and defeat.

“We reaffirm our commitment to implementing the signed agreement in its three stages, and we have repeatedly announced our readiness to start negotiations on the second stage of the agreement,” it said.

Al Jazeera Arabic reports that Israel sought a dramatic change to the terms of the ceasefire agreement with a demand that Hamas release five living captives and 10 bodies of dead captives in exchange for Palestinian prisoners and increased aid to the Gaza Strip.

It also sought to extend the first phase of the ceasefire by a week.

Hamas informed the mediators that it rejected the Israeli proposal and considered it a violation of what was agreed upon in the ceasefire.

Israel suspends humanitarian aid
In response, Israel suspended the entry of humanitarian aid until further notice and Hamas claimed Tel Aviv “bears responsibility” for the fate of the 59 Israelis still held in the Gaza Strip.

Reports said Israeli attacks in Gaza on Sunday have killed at least four people and injured five people, according to medical sources.

“The occupation [Israel] bears responsibility for the consequences of its decision on the population of the Strip and for the fate of its prisoners,” Hamas spokesman Hazem Qassem said in a statement.

Hamas denounces blackmail headline on Al Jazeera news
Hamas denounces blackmail headline on Al Jazeera news. Image: AJ screenshot APR

Under the agreed ceasefire, the second phase of the truce was intended to see the release of the remaining captives, the full withdrawal of Israeli troops from Gaza and a final end to the war.

However, the talks on how to carry out the second phase never began, and Israel said all its captives must be returned for fighting to stop.

In an interview with Al Jazeera, an analyst said that although the fragile ceasefire seemed on the brink of collapse, it was unlikely that US President Donald Trump would allow it to fail.

“I think the larger picture here is Trump is not interested in the resumption of war,” said Sami al-Arian, professor of public affairs at Istanbul Zaim University.

“He has a very long agenda domestically and internationally and if it is going to be dragged by Netanyahu and his fascist partners into another war of genocide with no strategic end, he knows this is going to be a no-win for him.

“And for one thing, Trump hates to lose.”

No game plan
In another interview, Israeli political commentator Ori Goldberg told Al Jazeera that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was caught between seeing the Gaza ceasefire through and resorting to a costly all-out war that may prove unpopular at home.

“I’m not sure Netanyahu has a game plan,” Goldberg said.

“The reason he hasn’t made a decision is because . . . Israel is not equipped to go to war right now. Resilience is at an all-time low. Resources are at an all-time low.”

War crimes . . . a poster at a New Zealand pro-Palestinian rally in Auckland
War crimes . . . a poster at a New Zealand pro-Palestinian rally in Auckland on Saturday. Image: Asia Pacific Report

In December, the UN agency for Palestinian refugees reported that more than 19,000 children had been hospitalised for acute malnutrition in four months.

In the first full year of the war — ending in October 2024 — 37 children died from malnutrition or dehydration.

Last September 21, The International Criminal Court (ICC) said there was reason to believe Israel was using “starvation as a method of warfare” when it issued arrest warrants for Netanyahu and former Defence Minister Yoav Gallant.

United Nations Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said all efforts must be made to prevent a return to hostilities, which would be catastrophic.

He urged all parties to exercise maximum restraint and find a way forward on the next phase.

Guterres also called for an urgent de-escalation of the violence in the occupied West Bank.

Almost 50,000 Palestinians have been killed in the Israeli war on Gaza since 7 October 2023.

New Zealand protesters warn against a "nuclear winter"
New Zealand protesters warn against a “nuclear winter” in a pro-Palestinian rally in Auckland on Saturday. Image: Asia Pacific Report


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/hamas-accuses-israel-of-blackmail-over-aid-demands-end-of-us-support-for-netanyahu/feed/ 0 515852
Plan to build a road with radioactive waste in Florida prompts legal challenge against the EPA https://grist.org/transportation/plan-to-build-a-road-with-radioactive-waste-in-florida-prompts-legal-challenge-against-the-epa/ https://grist.org/transportation/plan-to-build-a-road-with-radioactive-waste-in-florida-prompts-legal-challenge-against-the-epa/#respond Sat, 01 Mar 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659553 The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency faces a legal challenge after approving a controversial plan to include radioactive waste in a road project late last year.

The Center for Biological Diversity filed the challenge on February 19 in the 11th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals under the Clean Air Act. The advocacy group says the federal agency has prohibited the use of phosphogypsum, a radioactive, carcinogenic, and toxic waste generated by the fertilizer industry, in road construction since 1992, citing an “unacceptable level of risk to public health.”

The legal challenge is centered on a road project proposed at the New Wales facility of Mosaic Fertilizer, a subsidiary of The Mosaic Company, some 40 miles east of Tampa. The EPA approved the project in December 2024, noting the authorization applied only to the single project and included conditions meant to ensure the project would remain within the scope of the application. But Ragan Whitlock, Florida staff attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity, feared the project could lead to more roadways built with the toxic waste.

“Part of what makes this process so alarming, it’s not just a one-off science experiment,” he said. “It’s being billed as the intermediate step between laboratory testing and full-scale implementation of the idea. So our concern is that whatever methodology is used for this project will be used for national approval down the road.”

Phosphogypsum contains radium, which as it decays forms radon gas. Both radium and radon are radioactive and can cause cancer. Normally, phosphogypsum is disposed of in engineered piles called stacks to limit public exposure to emissions of radon. The stacks can be expanded as they reach capacity or closed, which involves draining and capping. More than 1 billion tons of the waste is stored in stacks in Florida, with the fertilizer industry adding some 40 million tons every year, according to the Center for Biological Diversity.

Mosaic aims to construct a test road near its Florida stack with four sections, each made with varying mixtures of phosphogypsum. The waste would be used in the road base, which would be paved over with asphalt. University of Florida researchers would be involved in the study.

Most of the comments the EPA received in response to the proposal opposed the use of phosphogypsum in road construction in general and criticized the current methods for managing the waste, but the federal agency said these comments were outside the scope of its review. The agency declined to comment on pending litigation.

“The review found that Mosaic’s risk assessment is technically acceptable, and that the potential radiological risks from the proposed project meet the regulatory requirements,” the EPA stated in the Federal Register dated December 23, 2024. “The project is at least as protective of public health as maintaining the phosphogypsum in a stack.”

Mosaic has faced scrutiny in the past after a pond at its Piney Point site leaked and threatened to collapse in 2021, forcing the release of 215 million gallons of contaminated water into Tampa Bay. Mosaic did not respond to a request for comment on the new litigation.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Plan to build a road with radioactive waste in Florida prompts legal challenge against the EPA on Mar 1, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Amy Green, Inside Climate News.

]]>
https://grist.org/transportation/plan-to-build-a-road-with-radioactive-waste-in-florida-prompts-legal-challenge-against-the-epa/feed/ 0 515769
Russia’s Invasion Plan Vs. Reality: A Map Of Miscalculations https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/26/russias-invasion-plan-vs-reality-a-map-of-miscalculations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/26/russias-invasion-plan-vs-reality-a-map-of-miscalculations/#respond Wed, 26 Feb 2025 18:00:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=aabce22c5ab0346d39a299db44e7a10d
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/26/russias-invasion-plan-vs-reality-a-map-of-miscalculations/feed/ 0 515303
PNG govt’s latest ID plan unlikely to be achieved, says academic https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/png-govts-latest-id-plan-unlikely-to-be-achieved-says-academic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/png-govts-latest-id-plan-unlikely-to-be-achieved-says-academic/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 23:10:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111287 RNZ Pacific

The Papua New Guinea government wants to have everyone on their National Identity (NID) card system by the country’s 50th anniversary on 16 September 2025.

While the government has been struggling to set up the NID programme for more than 10 years, in January the Prime Minister, James Marape, announced they aimed to have 100 percent of Papua New Guineans signed up by September 16.

However, an academic with the University of PNG, working in conjunction with the Australian National University, Andrew Anton Mako, said there was no chance the government could achieve this goal.

Anton Mako spoke with RNZ Pacific senior journalist Don Wiseman:

ANDREW ANTON MAKO: The NID programme was established in November 2014, so it’s 10 years now. I wouldn’t know the mechanics of the delay, why it has taken this long for the project to not deliver on the outcomes, but I can say a lot of money has been invested into the programme.

By the end of this year, the national government would have spent about 500 million kina (over NZ$211 million). That’s a lot of money to be spent on a particular project, and then it would have only registered about 30 to 40 percent of the total population. So there’s a serious issue there. The project has failed to deliver.

DON WISEMAN: Come back to that in a moment. But why does the government think that a national ID card is so important?

AAM: It’s got some usefulness to achieve. If it was well established and well implemented, it would address a number of issues. For example, on doing business and a form of identity that will help people to do business, to apply for jobs in Papua New Guinea or elsewhere, and all that. I believe it has got merit towards it, but I think just that it has not been implemented properly.

DW: Does the population like the idea?

AAM: I think generally when it started, people were on board. But when it got delayed, you see a lot of people venting frustration on the NID Facebook page. I think [it’s] popularity has actually fallen over the years.

DW: It’s money that could go into a whole lot of other, perhaps, more important things?

AAM: Exactly, there’s pressing issues for the country, in terms of law and order, health and education. Those important sectors have actually fallen over the years. So that 500 million kina would have been better spent.

DW: So now the government wants the entire country within this system by September 16, and they’re not going to get anywhere near it. They must have realised they wouldn’t get anywhere near it when the Prime Minister made that statement. Surely?

AAM: It’s not possible. The numbers do not add up. They’ve spent more than 460 million kina over the last 10 years or so, and they’ve only registered 36 percent of the total — 3.3 million people. And then of the 3.3 million people, they’ve only issued an ID card to about 30 to 40 perCent of them . . .

DW: 30 to 40 percent of those who have already signed up. So it’s what, 10 percent of the country?

AAM: That’s right, about 1.2 million people have been issued an ID card, including a duplicate card. It is not possible to register the entire country, the rest of the country, in just six, seven or eight months.

DW: It’s not the first time that the government has come out with what is effectively like a wish list without fully backing it, financially?

AAM: That’s right. The ambitions that the government and the Prime Minister, their intentions are good, but there is no effective strategy how to get there.

The resources that are needed to be allocated. It’s just not possible to realise the the end results. For example, the Prime Minister and his government promised that by this year, we would stop importing rice. That was a promise that was made in 2019, so the thing is that the government has not clearly laid out a plan as to how the country will realise that outcome by this year.

If you are going to promise something, then you have to deliver on it. You have to deliver on the ambitions. Then you have to set up a proper game plan and proper indicators and things like this.

I think that’s the issue, that you have promised something [and] you must deliver. But you must chart out a proper pathway to deliver that.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/png-govts-latest-id-plan-unlikely-to-be-achieved-says-academic/feed/ 0 515194
‘We Have a Widespread Failure to Properly Name This Plan for Ethnic CleansingCounterSpin interview with Gregory Shupak on Palestine ethnic cleansing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/we-have-a-widespread-failure-to-properly-name-this-plan-for-ethnic-cleansingcounterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/we-have-a-widespread-failure-to-properly-name-this-plan-for-ethnic-cleansingcounterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 20:50:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044397  

Janine Jackson interviewed the University of Guelph-Humber’s Gregory Shupak about the ethnic cleansing of Palestine for the February 21, 2025, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

NYT: Stray Police Bullet Kills Girl as Officers Fire at Suspect in Los Angeles Store

New York Times (12/23/21)

Janine Jackson: When a Los Angeles police officer killed a child in a department store, the New York Times ran the story with the headline “Stray Bullet Kills Girl as Officers Fire at Suspect in Los Angeles Store.” A later headline from the Times referred to the ”Officer Whose Bullet Killed a 14-Year-Old Girl.”

That used to be thought of as just newspaper speak, but we can now recognize how that distorted, passive-voice language is a choice that obscures agency and undermines accountability. It’s not just words.

We see that obscuring of agency, and undermining of accountability, writ larger when crimes are committed by governments corporate media favor, against populations they don’t care much about. Here, journalistic language takes on another level of import, because calling those crimes by their name brings on particular legal and political responses. New research from our guest explores that question in Gaza and the West Bank.

Gregory Shupak is a media critic and activist. He teaches English and media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and he’s author of the book The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media, from OR Books. He joins us now by phone from Toronto. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Gregory Shupak.

Gregory Shupak: Hi, how are you?

JJ: Well, I’m OK. When Trump declared his plans for Gaza: “You’re talking about a million and a half people, and we just clean out that whole thing,” and then later he declared that the US would “take over the Gaza Strip” and “own it,” if you still have an outrage bone in your body, you may have thought, surely this will be seen as the wildly illegal, immoral move that it is.

How can it be resisted? Who can counter it? What bodies do we have to protect Palestinians in the face of this? All of those would be questions for journalists to pursue, but you can’t challenge something that you won’t name. Which brings us to the research that you’ve just been working on. Tell us about that.

Politico: UN chief warns against ‘ethnic cleansing’ after Trump’s Gaza proposal

Politico.eu (2/9/25)

GS: Sure. So this plan that Trump has put forth and stuck to for quite some time—I thought perhaps it would just be one of his many deranged statements that would be later walked back by, if not him, then others in administration, but he keeps pressing on this—it was widely described as ethnic cleansing by people who are positioned to make that assessment. So people like António Guterres of the United Nations, their secretary general, or Navi Pillay, who is another UN official focusing on Palestine. This plan that Trump brought forth was denounced by them and by others, like Human Rights Watch, as ethnic cleansing.

And yet that term has seldom found its way into the coverage. I looked at coverage of the first, just over a week, since Trump’s racist fever dream, and I found that 87% of the articles in the New York Times, Wall Street Journal and Washington Post did not include the term “ethnic cleansing.” And, in fact, only 26% of the coverage included a term like “ethnic cleansing,” or something similar that captures the violence of what he is proposing. So terms like “forced displacement” or “expel” or “expulsion” or “forced transfer.”

Just automatically, you have a whitewashing of what he’s proposing to do, even in coverage that is critical of it. And that’s really leaving audiences, who’re maybe not terribly well-versed in international law, not in a very strong position to understand just how egregious of a crime it is that Trump is advocating.

JJ: And ethnic cleansing is almost like just a pejorative, as though it had no actual meaning. In fact, I think it was the Wall Street Journal, you found, put it in scare quotes, like it’s an accusation and not a phenomenon.

NYT: The Horror Show of Hamas Must End Now

New York Times (2/11/25)

GS: Exactly. And I talk in my piece about Bret Stephens and a couple of Wall Street Journal pieces that endorsed Trump’s plan. However, I didn’t mention that Stephens had a second piece that addressed Trump’s plan in passing, and he blatantly lied and said that Trump’s plan does not involve forcing Palestinians to leave Gaza. But Trump has been quite clear that that’s exactly what he has in mind. So not only do we have a widespread failure to properly name this plan for ethnic cleansing, we also have quite a few cases of endorsements of what Trump is calling for.

JJ: We know that for many US media—and you illustrated it—US exceptionalism, just the idea that, “Oh, sure, we can do this anywhere in the world,” extends to the point where they don’t even really acknowledge international law. And this is a longstanding problem, where the UN is just kind of meddling in US power, and that sort of thing. But it really comes to the point where they don’t even invoke the idea that there is something called international law.

GS: Yeah, that’s quite important. Only 19% of the coverage of Trump’s proposal for Gaza, if you can even call it that, only 19% include the term “international law,” which is really a key paradigm through which this, and any kind of international armed conflict, needs to be understood. But it’s just not even being presented to the audience as something that they need to think about.

Al Jazeera: Settler violence: Israel’s ethnic cleansing plan for the West Bank

Al Jazeera (2/26/24)

And it put me in mind of Richard Falk and Howard Friel, [who] wrote a book 20 years ago or so, called The Record of the Paper, and it talked about how in coverage of the run-up to the invasion of Iraq, international law was totally absent from New York Times editorials that were in various ways endorsing or at least giving credibility to the concept of the attack. And we still see the same pattern with regard to Gaza, as well as the West Bank, where patterns of ethnic cleansing are also unfolding.

JJ: And yet we know they will invoke international law when it suits, when it seems like something that bolsters the US case.

You found, finally, similar issues with coverage of the West Bank, and I think it’s important for folks to understand this is not just a story of Gaza anymore, obviously; this is an expansive story. And when we talk about the West Bank here, as is often the case, you can find an example of an outlet or a journalist who is doing straightforward, informative witnessing, and you can actually use that to contrast with what many powerful, better resourced outlets are doing. And that’s the case in coverage of the West Bank, right? It’s not that everyone is refusing to witness or acknowledge.

GS: No, I think that one of the main problems I see in the way that the events unfolding in the West Bank are being portrayed is that there’s a refusal, you might call it, to connect how each “individual” event or incident connects to others.

So you’ll have reports that’ll say, Israel’s invasion of Jenin refugee camp that has unfolded in recent weeks has largely emptied out the entire area. But the coverage of that fails to situate that in relation to the fact that we are seeing similar types of violence unfolding in other parts of the West Bank that Israel is attacking, particularly the lower West Bank, and that these are part of a longer-term trend towards, as several observers that I cite in the article have pointed out, of ethnic cleansing the territory.

So, for example, I talk about how in October of last year, the UN Special Rapporteur Francesca Albanese put forth a report in which she describes escalated patterns of ethnic cleansing in the West Bank, including East Jerusalem. And she talks about how, since October 7, 2023, at least 18 West Bank communities have been depopulated under the threat of force.

So what she and others have observed is that this is not a matter of, OK, there’s a couple days of fighting, and people go back to their homes when it’s safe. It’s part of a longer-term trajectory whereby it’s becoming difficult, and often impossible, for people in West Bank towns to go back to their homes once Israel drives them out. So not at all unlike what we have seen in Gaza.

Gregory Shupak

Gregory Shupak: “What we’re talking about is driving out the indigenous population so that settlers can take over their land.”

JJ: But the refusal to connect those dots, and to make it seem as though, oh, a skirmish happened over here today, and oh, a skirmish happened over there yesterday, and not telling the bigger story, is the failure.

GS: Exactly. And as is so often the case with coverage of Palestine, and other issues as well, we get a muddying of the agency of the perpetrators of the violence, right? Everything’s reduced to just “clashes” and “conflict,” rather than efforts to enforce colonial subjugation, and resistance to that. So that kind of power dynamic is completely glossed over, when you get this anodyne language about just conflicts and clashes. There’s no space within that language for communicating that what we’re talking about is driving out the indigenous population so that settlers can take over their land.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Gregory Shupak. He’s a media critic, activist and teacher; his book The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media is available from OR Books. And his research on “Media Afraid to Call Ethnic Cleansing by Its Name” can be found on FAIR.org. Gregory Shupak, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

GS: Thanks for having me.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/we-have-a-widespread-failure-to-properly-name-this-plan-for-ethnic-cleansingcounterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing/feed/ 0 515172
Palestine and Gaza’s Hamas resistance condemn Fiji over embassy plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/palestine-and-gazas-hamas-resistance-condemn-fiji-over-embassy-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/palestine-and-gazas-hamas-resistance-condemn-fiji-over-embassy-plan/#respond Thu, 20 Feb 2025 00:33:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111081 By Anish Chand in Suva

Palestine has strongly condemned Fiji’s decision to open a Fiji embassy in Jerusalem, calling it a violation of international law and relevant United Nations resolutions.

The Palestinian Foreign Ministry and the Hamas resistance group that governs the besieged enclave of Gaza issued separate statements, urging the Fiji government to reverse its decision.

According to the Palestinian Foreign Ministry, the Fijian decision is “an act of aggression against the Palestinian people and their inalienable rights”.

The Palestinian group Hamas said in a statement that the decision was “a blatant assault on the rights of our Palestinian people to their land and a clear violation of international law and UN resolutions, which recognise Jerusalem as occupied Palestinian territory”.

Fiji will become the seventh country to have an embassy in Jerusalem after the US, Guatemala, Honduras, Kosovo, Papua New Guinea, and Paraguay.

Republished from The Fiji Times with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/palestine-and-gazas-hamas-resistance-condemn-fiji-over-embassy-plan/feed/ 0 514402
Trump’s nuclear drawdown plan wrecked by Russiagate? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/trumps-nuclear-drawdown-plan-wrecked-by-russiagate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/trumps-nuclear-drawdown-plan-wrecked-by-russiagate/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2025 00:58:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ac9520c865f01378592b096661df06fd
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/trumps-nuclear-drawdown-plan-wrecked-by-russiagate/feed/ 0 514209
Trump Didn’t Invent the Gaza Ethnic Cleansing Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/trump-didnt-invent-the-gaza-ethnic-cleansing-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/trump-didnt-invent-the-gaza-ethnic-cleansing-plan/#respond Sat, 15 Feb 2025 13:38:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=155978 Trump’s innovation is not the threat to ‘clean out’ Gaza. It is dropping a long-standing aim to dress up Palestinian expulsion as a peace plan Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s intention from day one of his “revenge” attack on Gaza, launched 16 months ago, was either ethnic cleansing or genocide in Gaza. His ally in […]

The post Trump Didn’t Invent the Gaza Ethnic Cleansing Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Trump’s innovation is not the threat to ‘clean out’ Gaza. It is dropping a long-standing aim to dress up Palestinian expulsion as a peace plan

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s intention from day one of his “revenge” attack on Gaza, launched 16 months ago, was either ethnic cleansing or genocide in Gaza.

His ally in genocide for the next 15 months was former US President Joe Biden. His ally in ethnic cleansing is current US President Donald Trump.

Biden provided the 2,000lb bombs for the genocide. Trump is reportedly providing an even larger munition – the 11-ton MOAB, or massive ordnance air blast bomb, with a mile-wide radius – to further incentivise the population’s exodus.

Biden claimed that Israel was helping the people of Gaza by “carpet bombing” the enclave – in his words – to “eradicate” Hamas. Trump claims he is helping the people of Gaza by “cleaning them out” – in his words – from the resulting “demolition site”.

Biden called the destruction of 70 percent of Gaza’s buildings “self defence”. Trump calls the imminent destruction of the remaining 30 percent “all hell breaking loose”.

Biden claimed to be “working tirelessly for a ceasefire” while encouraging Israel to continue the murder of children month after month.

Trump claims to have negotiated a ceasefire, even as he has turned a blind eye to Israel violating the terms of that ceasefire: by continuing to fire on Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank; by refusing entry into Gaza of vital aid trucks; by allowing in almost none of the promised tents or mobile homes; by denying many hundreds of maimed Palestinians treatment abroad; by blocking the return of Palestinians to their homes in northern Gaza; and by failing to engage with the second phase of the ceasefire negotiations.

Those Israeli violations, although widely reported by the media as Hamas “claims”, were confirmed to the New York Times by three Israeli officials and two mediators.

In other words, Israel has broken the agreement on every count – and Trump has stood foursquare behind this most favoured client state every bit as much as Biden did before him.

‘Hell breaking loose’

As Israel knew only too well in breaching the ceasefire, Hamas only ever had one point of leverage to try to enforce the agreement: to refuse to release more hostages. Which is precisely what the Palestinian group announced last Monday it would do until Israel began honouring the agreement.

In a familiar double act, Israel and Washington then put on a show of mock outrage.

Trump lost no time escalating the stakes dramatically. He gave Israel – or maybe the US, he was unclear – the green light to “let hell break out”, presumably meaning the resumption of the genocide.

This will happen not only if Hamas refuses to free the three scheduled hostages by the deadline of noon this Saturday. Trump has insisted that Hamas is now expected to release all of the hostages.

The US president said he would no longer accept “dribs and drabs” being released over the course of the six-week, first phase of the ceasefire. In other words, Trump is violating the very terms of the initial ceasefire his own team negotiated.

Clearly, neither Netanyahu nor Trump have been trying to save the agreement. They are working tirelessly to blow it up.

Israel’s Haaretz newspaper reported as much last weekend. Israeli sources revealed that Netanyahu’s goal was to “derail” the ceasefire before it could reach the second stage when Israeli troops are supposed to fully withdraw from the enclave and reconstruction begin.

“Once Hamas realizes there won’t be a second stage, they may not complete the first,” a source told the paper.

Hamas insisted on a gradual release of hostages precisely to buy time, knowing that Israel would be keen to restart the slaughter as soon as it got the hostages home.

The Palestinians of Gaza are back to square one.

Either accept that they will be ethnically cleansed so that Trump and his billionaire friends can cash in on reinventing the enclave as the “Riviera of the Middle East”, paid for by stealing the revenues from Gaza’s gas fields, or face a return to the genocide.

Quiet part out loud

As should have been clear, Netanyahu only agreed to Washington’s “ceasefire” because it was never real. It was a pause so the US could recalibrate from a Biden genocide narrative rooted in the language of “humanitarianism” and “security” to Trump’s far more straightforward tough-guy act.

Now it’s all about the “art of the deal” and real-estate development opportunities.

But of course Trump’s plan to “own” Gaza and then “clean it out” has left his allies in Europe – in truth, his satraps – squirming in their seats.

As ever, Trump has a disturbing habit of saying the quiet part out loud. Of tearing away the already-battered veneer of western respectability. Of making everyone look bad.

The truth is that over 15 months Israel failed to achieve either of its stated objectives in Gaza – eradicating Hamas and securing the return of the hostages – because neither was ever really the goal.

Even Biden’s secretary of state, Antony Blinken, had to concede that Israel’s mass slaughter had served only to recruit as many fighters to Hamas as it had killed.

And Israeli military whistleblowers revealed to the website +972 last week that Israel had killed many of its hostages by using indiscriminate US-supplied bunker-buster bombs.

These bombs had not only generated huge blast areas but also served effectively as chemical weapons, flooding Hamas’ tunnels with carbon monoxide, asphyxiating the hostages.

The indifference of the Israeli leadership to the hostages’ fate was confirmed by Israel’s former defence minister, Yoav Gallant, in an interview with Israeli TV Channel 12.

He admitted that the army had invoked the so-called Hannibal directive during Hamas’ breakout of Gaza on 7 October 2023, allowing soldiers to kill Israelis rather than risk letting them be taken hostage by the Palestinian group.

These matters, which throw a different light on Israel’s actions in Gaza, have, of course, been almost completely blanked out by the western establishment media.

Damage limitation

Israel’s plan from the outset was the ethnic cleansing of Gaza. And now Trump is making that explicit.

So explicit, in fact, that the media have been forced to go into frenzied damage-limitation mode, employing one of the most intense psy-ops against their own publics on record.

Every euphemism under the sun has been resorted to to avoid making clear that Trump and Israel are preparing to ethnically cleanse whoever’s left of the 2.3 million Palestinians living in Gaza.

The BBC speaks of “resettling“, “relocating” and “moving away” the population of Gaza.

In other reports, Palestinians are inexplicably on the brink of “leaving”.

The New York Times refers to ethnic cleansing positively as Trump’s “development plan”, while Reuters indifferently calls it “moving out” Gaza’s population.

Western capitals and their compliant media have been put in this uncomfortable position because Washington’s client states in the Middle East have refused to play ball with Israel and Trump’s ethnic cleansing plan.

Despite the ever-mounting slaughter, Egypt has refused to open its short border with Gaza to let the bombed, starved population pour into neighbouring Sinai.

There was, of course, never any question of Israel being expected to allow Gaza’s families to return to the lands from which they were originally expelled, at gunpoint, in 1948 in order to create a self-declared Jewish state.

Then, as now, the western powers colluded in Israel’s ethnic cleansing operations. This is the historical context western media prefer to gloss over – even on the rare occasions when they concede that there is any relevant background other than a presumed Palestinian barbarism. Instead the media resort to evasive terminology about “cycles of violence” and “historic enmities”.

Backed into a corner by Trump’s outbursts of the past few days, western politicians and the media have preferred to suggest that his administration’s “development plan” for Gaza is actually an innovation.

In truth, however, the president isn’t advancing anything new in demanding that Gaza’s Palestinians be ethnically cleansed. What’s different is that he is being unusually – and inadvisably – open about a long-standing policy.

Israel has always harboured plans to expel Palestinians from Gaza to Egypt and from the West Bank to Jordan.

But more to the point, as was noted by Middle East Eye a decade ago, Washington has been fully on board with the Gaza half of the expulsion project since the latter stages of George W Bush’s second presidency, in 2007. For anyone struggling with maths, that was 18 years ago.

Every US president, including Barack Obama, has leant on Egypt’s leader of the time to allow Israel to drive Gaza’s population into Sinai – and each one has been rebuffed.

Open secret

This open secret is not widely known for exactly the same reason that every western pundit and politician is now pretending to be appalled that Trump is actually advancing it.

Why? Because it looks bad – all the more so couched in Trump’s vulgar real-estate sales pitch in the middle of a supposed ceasefire.

Western leaders had hoped to bring about the ethnic cleansing of Gaza with more decorum – in a “humanitarian” way that would have been more effective in duping western publics and maintaining the West’s claim to be upholding civilised values against a supposed Palestinian barbarity.

Since 2007 Washington and Israel’s joint ethnic cleansing project has been known as the “Greater Gaza Plan.”

Israel’s siege of the tiny enclave, which began in late 2006, was designed to create so much misery and poverty that the people there would clamour to be allowed out.

This was when Israel began formulating a so-called “starvation diet” for the people of Gaza, counting the calories to keep them alive but only barely.

Israel’s conception of Gaza was that it was like a tube of toothpaste that could be squeezed. As soon as Egypt relented and opened the border, the population would flood into Sinai out of desperation.

Every Egyptian president was bullied and bribed to give in: Hosni Mubarak, Mohamed Morsi, and General Abdel Fattah el-Sisi. They all refused.

Egypt was under no illusions about what was at stake after 7 October 2023. It fully understood that Israel’s levelling of Gaza was designed to squeeze the tube so hard the top would be forced off.

Pressure on Egypt

From the outset, officials like mage limitation Israel’s former national security adviser, stated publicly that the goal was to make Gaza “a place where no human being can exist”.

Just a week into Israel’s slaughter, in October 2023, military spokesperson Amir Avivi told the BBC that Israel could not ensure the safety of civilians in Gaza. He added: “They need to move south, out to the Sinai Peninsula.”

The next day, Danny Ayalon, a Netanyahu confidant and former Israeli ambassador to the US, amplified the point: “There is almost endless space in the Sinai Desert… We and the international community will prepare the infrastructure for tent cities.”

He concluded: “Egypt will have to play ball.”

Israel’s thinking was divulged in a leaked policy draft from its intelligence ministry. It proposed that, after their expulsion, Gaza’s population would initially be housed in tent cities, before permanent communities could be built in the north of Sinai.

At the same time, the Financial Times reported that Netanyahu was lobbying the European Union on the idea of driving the enclave’s Palestinians into Sinai under cover of war.

Some EU members, including the Czech Republic and Austria, were said to have been receptive and floated the idea at a meeting of member states. An unnamed European diplomat told the FT: “Now is the time to put increased pressure on the Egyptians to agree.”

Meanwhile, the Biden administration supplied the bombs to maintain the pressure.

Sisi was only too aware of what Egypt was up against: a concerted western plan to ethnically cleanse Gaza. None of it had anything to do with Trump, who was more than a year away from being elected president.

In mid-October 2023, days into the slaughter, Sisi responded in a press conference with German Chancellor Olaf Scholz: “What is happening now in Gaza is an attempt to force civilian residents to take refuge and migrate to Egypt, which should not be accepted.”

That was precisely why he dedicated so much effort to shoring up the short border shared between Gaza and Sinai both before and after Israel’s genocide began.

Peace sales pitch

Part of what makes Trump’s sales pitch so surreal is that he is half-heartedly sticking to the original script: trying to make the plan sound vaguely humanitarian.

At the same time as re-arming Israel and warning of “all hell breaking loose”, he has spoken of finding “parcels of land” in Egypt and Jordan where the people of Gaza “can live very happily and very safely”.

He has contrasted that with their current plight: “They are being killed there at levels that nobody’s ever seen. No place in the world is as dangerous as the Gaza Strip… They are living in hell.”

That seems to be Trump’s all-too-revealing way of describing the genocide Israel denies it is carrying out and the one the US denies it is arming.

But the talk of helping Gaza’s population is just the rhetorical leftovers from the old sales pitch when previous US administrations were preparing to sell ethnic cleansing as integral to a new stage of the fabled “peace process”.

As Middle East Eye noted back in 2015, Washington had been recruited to the Greater Gaza Plan in 2007. Then the proposal was that Egypt would give 1,600 sq km area in Sinai – five times the size of Gaza – to the Palestinian leadership in the West Bank, headed by Mahmoud Abbas.

Palestinians from Gaza would be “encouraged” – that is, pressured through the siege and aid blockade, as well as intermittent episodes of carpet bombing known as “mowing the lawn”– to flee there.

In return, Abbas would have to forgo a Palestinian state in historic Palestine, undermine the right of return of Palestinian refugees enshrined in international law, and pass the burden of responsibility for repressing the Palestinians on to Egypt and the wider Arab world.

Israel advanced the Sinai plan between 2007 and 2018 in the hope of sabotaging Abbas’ campaign at the United Nations seeking recognition of Palestinian statehood.

Notably, Israel’s large-scale military assaults on Gaza – in the winter of 2008, 2012 and again in 2014 – coincided with reported Israeli and US efforts to turn the screws on successive Egyptian leaders to concede parts of Sinai.

‘Waterfront property’

Trump is already deeply familiar with the Greater Gaza Plan from his first presidency. Reports from 2018 suggest he hoped to include it in his “deal of the century” plan to bring about normalisation between Israel and the Arab world.

In March that year the White House hosted 19 countries in a conference to consider new ideas for dealing with Gaza’s mounting, entirely Israeli-made crisis.

As well as Israel, the participants included representatives from Egypt, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman and the United Arab Emirates. The Palestinians boycotted the meeting.

A few months later, in the summer of 2018, Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law and architect of his Middle East plan, visited Egypt. A short time later Hamas sent a delegation to Cairo to learn about what was being proposed.

Then, as seemingly now, Trump was offering a purpose-built zone in Sinai with solar-power grid, desalination plant, seaport and airport, as well as a free trade zone with five industrial areas, financed by the oil-rich Gulf states.

Revealingly, a veteran Israeli journalist, Ron Ben-Yishai, reported at the time that Israel was threatening to invade and bisect Gaza into separate northern and southern sectors to force Hamas’ compliance. That is exactly the strategy Israel prioritised last year during its invasion and then set about emptying north Gaza of its residents.

Trump also sought to deepen the crisis in Gaza by withholding payments to the United Nations agency for Palestinian refugees (UNRWA). That same policy was actively pursued by Israel and the Biden administration during the current genocide.

Since Trump took office, Israel has banned UNRWA activities anywhere in the occupied Palestinian territories.

Trump’s team revived their own interest in the ethnic cleansing plan the moment Israel launched its genocide – long before Trump knew whether he would win the November 2024 election.

In March last year, nearly a year ago, Kushner used exactly the same language Trump does now. He observed that “there’s not much of Gaza left at this point”, that the priority was to “clean it up”, and that it was a “valuable waterfront property”. He insisted the people of Gaza would have to be “moved out”.

Rabbit in the headlights

If Trump refuses to relent, the direction things head next for the people of Gaza hangs chiefly on neighbouring Egypt and Jordan: they must either accept the ethnic cleansing plan, or Israel will resume the extermination of Gaza’s population.

Should they demur, Trump has threatened to cut US aid – effectively decades-old bribes to each not to come to the Palestinians’ aid while Israel brutalises them.

King Abdullah of Jordan, during a visit to the White House this week, looked like a rabbit caught in the headlights.

He dared not anger Trump by rejecting the plan to his face. Instead he suggested waiting to see how Egypt – a larger, more powerful Arab state – responded.

But privately, as MEE has reported, Abdullah is so fearful of the destabilising effects of Jordan colluding in Gaza’s ethnic cleansing – which he regards as an “existential issue” for his regime – that he is threatening war on Israel to stop it.

Similarly, Egypt has shown its displeasure. In the wake of Abdullah’s humiliating visit, Sisi has reportedly postponed his own meeting next week with Trump – in a clear rebuff – until the ethnic cleansing plan is off the table.

Cairo is said to be preparing its own proposal for how Gaza can be reconstructed. Even Washington’s oil-rich ally Saudi Arabia is in revolt.

It is rare to see Arab states show so much backbone to any US president, let alone one as vain and strategically unhinged as Trump.

Which may explain why the US president’s resolve appears to be weakening. On Wednesday his press secretary Karoline Leavitt suggested that Trump was now seeking from “our Arab partners in the region” a counter-proposal, a “peace plan to present to the president”.

And in another sign that Trump may be hesitating, Netanyahu walked back his threat to resume the genocide unless all the hostages were freed on Saturday. He is now demanding only the three that were originally scheduled.

Reports from Gaza are that Israel has also significantly stepped up its aid deliveries.

All of which is welcome news. It may buy the people of Gaza a little more time.

But we should not lose sight of the bigger picture. Israel and the US are still committed to “cleaning out” Gaza, one way or another, as they have been for the past 18 years. They are simply looking for a more propitious moment to resume.

That could be this weekend, or it could be in a month or two. But at least Biden and Trump have achieved one thing. They have made sure no one can ever again mistake the crushing of Gaza for a peace plan.

The post Trump Didn’t Invent the Gaza Ethnic Cleansing Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/trump-didnt-invent-the-gaza-ethnic-cleansing-plan/feed/ 0 513970
Fiji and Israel strengthen bilateral relations, plan embassy opening https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/fiji-and-israel-strengthen-bilateral-relations-plan-embassy-opening/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/fiji-and-israel-strengthen-bilateral-relations-plan-embassy-opening/#respond Sat, 15 Feb 2025 08:57:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110910 Pacific Media Watch

Fiji has reaffirmed its commitment to establishing an embassy in Israel, with plans to open the embassy in Jerusalem, despite global condemnation of Tel Aviv over the war in Gaza.

This announcement came as the Coalition Cabinet prepared to discuss the matter in Suva next week, reports Fiji One News.

Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka made these remarks during a bilateral meeting with Israeli Foreign Affairs Minister Sa’ar Gideon Moshe on the sidelines of the 61st session of the Munich Security Conference, which opened yesterday in Germany.

The discussions between the two leaders focused on deepening the partnership in various areas of mutual interest, including agriculture, security and peacekeeping, and climate action initiatives.

Prime Minister Rabuka expressed gratitude to the Israeli government for their continued support over the years.

Fiji and Israel have maintained diplomatic relations since 1970, and their cooperation has spanned areas such as security, peacekeeping, and climate change.

In recent years, Israeli technology has played a crucial role in Fiji’s efforts to combat climate change.

Invitation to Rabuka to visit Israel
During the meeting, Minister Moshe extended an invitation to Prime Minister Rabuka to visit Israel as part of ongoing efforts to strengthen diplomatic ties.

The Israeli government also expressed readiness to assist Fiji in its plans to establish an embassy in Jerusalem.

Additionally, in response to a request from Prime Minister Rabuka, Minister Moshe offered support for providing patrol boats to enhance Fiji’s fight against illicit drugs.

The last time Israel provided patrol boats to Fiji was in 1987, when four Dabur-class boats were supplied to the Fiji Navy.

Both leaders acknowledged significant opportunities for collaboration and expressed optimism about further strengthening bilateral relations in the future.

Fiji defies UN, global condemnation of Israel
Asia Pacific Report comments:
Fiji has been consistently the leading Pacific country supporting Israel, in defiance of United Nations resolutions and global condemnation of Tel Aviv in the 15-month war on Gaza that has killed at least 47,000 Palestinians — mostly women and children.

Israel currently faces allegations of genocide in the International Court of Justice (ICJ) by South Africa and a growing number of other countries, and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Defence Minster Yoav Gallant are wanted by the International Criminal Court (ICC) on charges of war crimes and crimes against humanity.

Last September, the UN General Assembly voted overwhelmingly in a resolution (124-43) that Israel end its “unlawful presence” in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and demanded that it withdraw without delay.

Vanuatu was the only Pacific island country to vote for this resolution.

East Jerusalem is planned to become the capital of an independent Palestinian state.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/15/fiji-and-israel-strengthen-bilateral-relations-plan-embassy-opening/feed/ 0 513892
How would Israel respond if Trump called for death camps in Gaza? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/how-would-israel-respond-if-trump-called-for-death-camps-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/how-would-israel-respond-if-trump-called-for-death-camps-in-gaza/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 06:33:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110862 The issue is no longer a hypothetical one. US President Donald Trump will not explicitly suggest death camps, but he has already consented to Israel’s continuing a war that is not a war but rather a barbaric assault on a desolate stretch of land. From there, the road to annihilation is short, and Israel will not bat an eye. Trump approved it.

COMMENTARY: By Gideon Levy

And what if US President Donald Trump suggested setting up death camps for the inhabitants of the Gaza Strip? What would happen then?

Israel would respond exactly as it did to his transfer ideas, with ecstasy on the right and indifference in the centrist camp.

Opposition leader Yair Lapid would announce that he would go to Washington to present a “complementary plan”, like he offered to do with regard to the transfer plan.

Benny Gantz would say that the plan shows “creative thinking, is original and interesting.” Bezalel Smotrich, with his messianic frame of mind, would say, “God has done wonders for us and we rejoice.” Benjamin Netanyahu would rise in public opinion polls.

The issue is no longer a hypothetical one. Trump will not explicitly suggest death camps, but he has already consented to Israel’s continuing a war that is not a war but rather a barbaric assault on a desolate stretch of land. From there, the road to annihilation is short, and Israel will not bat an eye. Trump approved it.

After all, no one In Israel rose up to tell the president of the United States “thank you for your ideas, but Israel will never support the expulsion of the Gaza Strip’s Palestinians.”

Hence, why be confident that if Trump suggested annihilating anyone refusing to evacuate Gaza, Israel would not cooperate with him? Just as Trump exposed the transfer sentiment beating in the heart of almost every Israeli, aimed at solving the problem “once and for all,” he may yet expose a darker element, the sentiment of “it’s us or them.”

A whitewasher of crimes
It’s no coincidence that a shady character like Trump has become a guide for Israel. He is exactly what we wanted and dreamed about: a whitewasher of crimes. He may well turn out to be the American president who caused the most damage ever inflicted on Israel.

There were presidents who were tight-fisted with aid, others who were sour on Israel, who even threatened it. There has never been a president who has set out to destroy the last vestiges of Israel’s morality.

From here on, anything Trump approves will become Israel’s gold standard.

Trump is now pushing Israel into resuming its attacks on the Gaza Strip, setting impossible terms for Hamas: All the hostages must be returned before Saturday noon, not a minute later, like the mafia does. And if only three hostages are returned, as was agreed upon? The gates of hell will open.

They won’t open only in Gaza, which has already been transformed into hell. They will open in Israel too. Israel will lose its last restraints. Trump gave his permission.

But Trump will be gone one day. He may lose interest before that, and Israel will be left with the damage he wrought, damage inflicted by a criminal, leper state.

No public diplomacy or friends will be able to save it if it follows the path of its new ethical oracle. No accusations of antisemitism will silence the world’s shock if Israel embarks on another round of combat in the enclave.

A new campaign must begin
One cannot overstate the intensity of the damage. The renewal of attacks on Gaza, with the permission and under the authority of the American administration, must be blocked in Israel. Along with the desperate campaign for returning the hostages, a new campaign must begin, against Trump and his outlandish ideas.

However, not only is there no one who can lead such a campaign, there is also no one who could initiate it. The only battles being waged here now, for the hostages and for the removal of Netanyahu, are important, but they cannot remain the only ones.

The resumption of the “war” is the greatest disaster now facing us, heralding genocide, with no more argument about definitions.

After all, what would a “war” look like now, other than an assault on tens of thousands of refugees who have nothing left? What will the halting of humanitarian aid, fuel and medicine and water mean if not genocide?

We may discover that the first 16 months of the war were only a starter, the first 50,000 deaths only a prelude.

Ask almost any Israeli and he will say that Trump is a friend of Israel, but Trump is actually Israel’s most dangerous enemy now. Hamas and Hezbollah will never destroy it like he will.

Gideon Levy is a Ha’aretz columnist and a member of the newspaper’s editorial board. He joined Ha’aretz in 1982, and spent four years as the newspaper’s deputy editor. He is the author of the weekly Twilight Zone feature, which covers the Israeli occupation in the West Bank and Gaza over the last 25 years, as well as the writer of political editorials for the newspaper. Levy visited New Zealand in 2017.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/how-would-israel-respond-if-trump-called-for-death-camps-in-gaza/feed/ 0 513685
Groundwork’s Jacquez on the January CPI Report: “Prices are rising and yet the Trump Administration has ‘no timeline’ and no plan” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 16:59:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan Today, the January Consumer Price Index showed that inflation rose to 3.0% year-over-year, with prices rising by 0.5% in January – the highest month-over-month increase since August 2023. Groundwork’s Chief of Policy and Advocacy Alex Jacquez released the following statement reacting to the latest inflation data:

“Prices are rising and yet the Trump Administration has ‘no timeline’ and no plan to lower costs for families. Americans are taking notice, with consumer sentiment at its lowest since July, and consumers expect inflation to go even higher.

“Instead of bringing down prices, Trump and his billionaire buddy Elon Musk are laser-focused on shutting down consumer protection enforcers like CFPB, which has returned more than $20 billion to defrauded Americans, and trying to defund Social Security and Medicare. Targeting people’s health care and exposing them to financial scams does nothing to lower the cost of living.”

Email press@groundworkcollaborative.org to speak with one of Groundwork’s experts about today’s CPI report and the high cost of living.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/feed/ 0 513550
Groundwork’s Jacquez on the January CPI Report: “Prices are rising and yet the Trump Administration has ‘no timeline’ and no plan” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 16:59:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan Today, the January Consumer Price Index showed that inflation rose to 3.0% year-over-year, with prices rising by 0.5% in January – the highest month-over-month increase since August 2023. Groundwork’s Chief of Policy and Advocacy Alex Jacquez released the following statement reacting to the latest inflation data:

“Prices are rising and yet the Trump Administration has ‘no timeline’ and no plan to lower costs for families. Americans are taking notice, with consumer sentiment at its lowest since July, and consumers expect inflation to go even higher.

“Instead of bringing down prices, Trump and his billionaire buddy Elon Musk are laser-focused on shutting down consumer protection enforcers like CFPB, which has returned more than $20 billion to defrauded Americans, and trying to defund Social Security and Medicare. Targeting people’s health care and exposing them to financial scams does nothing to lower the cost of living.”

Email press@groundworkcollaborative.org to speak with one of Groundwork’s experts about today’s CPI report and the high cost of living.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/groundworks-jacquez-on-the-january-cpi-report-prices-are-rising-and-yet-the-trump-administration-has-no-timeline-and-no-plan/feed/ 0 513551
Trump’s Plan for Gaza Expulsion Is Rooted in Decades of U.S. Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-plan-for-gaza-expulsion-is-rooted-in-decades-of-u-s-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-plan-for-gaza-expulsion-is-rooted-in-decades-of-u-s-policy/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 16:11:32 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/trumps-plan-for-gaza-expulsion-rooted-in-decades-of-us-policy-zunes-20250211/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Stephen Zunes.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-plan-for-gaza-expulsion-is-rooted-in-decades-of-u-s-policy/feed/ 0 513255
Trump’s ‘Riviera’ plan for Gaza heralds an age of naked fascism https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-riviera-plan-for-gaza-heralds-an-age-of-naked-fascism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-riviera-plan-for-gaza-heralds-an-age-of-naked-fascism/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 09:58:15 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110718 COMMENTARY: By Sawsan Madina

I watched US President Donald Trump’s joint press conference with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu last week in utter disbelief. Not that the idea, or indeed the practice, of ethnic cleansing of Palestine is new.

But at that press conference the mask has fallen. Recently, fascism has been on the march everywhere, but that press conference seemed to herald an age of naked fascism.

So the Palestinians have just been “unlucky” for decades.

“Their lives have been made hell.” Thank God for grammar’s indirect speech. Their lives have been made hell. We do not know who made their lives hell. Nothing to see here.

Trump says of Gaza: “We’ll own it and be responsible for dismantling all of the dangerous unexploded bombs and other weapons on the site, level the site, and get rid of the destroyed buildings — level it out and create an economic development that will supply unlimited numbers of jobs and housing for the people of the area . . . ”

I wonder who are those lucky “people of the area” he has in mind, once those “unlucky” Palestinians have been “transferred” out of their homeland.

Trump speaks of transforming Gaza into a magnificent “Riviera of the Middle East”. Obviously, the starved amputees of Gaza do not fit his image of the classy people he wants to see in the Riviera he wants to build, on stolen Palestinian land.

No ethnic cleansing questions
After the press conference, I did not hear a single question about ethnic cleansing, genocide, occupation or international law.

Under the new fascist leaders, just like under the old ones, those words have become old-fashioned and are to be expunged from the lexicon.

The difference has never been more striking between the meek who officially hold the title “journalist” and the brave who actually work to hold the powerful to account.

Now, more than ever, independent journalists are a threatened species. We should treasure them, support them and protest every attempt to silence them.

Gaza is now the prototype. We can forget international laws and international organisations. We have the bombs. You do as we wish or you will be obliterated.

Who now dares say that the forced transfer of a population by an occupying power is a war crime under the Geneva Convention? But then again, Trump and Netanyahu are not really talking about “forced transfer”. They are talking about “voluntary transfer”.

Once the remaining Israeli hostages have been freed, and water and food have been cut off again, those unlucky Palestinians will climb voluntarily onto the buses waiting to transport them to happiness and prosperity in Egypt and Jordan.

Or to whatever other client state Trump manages to threaten or bribe.

Can the International Criminal Court (ICC) command a shred of respect when Netanyahu is sharing the podium with Trump? Or indeed when Trump is at the podium?

Dismantling the international order
Recently, fascist leaders have been dismantling the international order by accusing its organisations and officials of being “antisemitic” or “working with terrorists”. Tomorrow they will defund and delegitimise these organisations without the need for an excuse.

I listen to Trump speak of combatting antisemitism and deporting Hamas sympathisers and I hear, “We will combat anti-Israel views and we will deport those who protest Israel’s crimes.

“And we will continue to conflate antisemitism and anti-Israel’s views in order to silence pro-Palestinian voices.”

I watch Trump and Netanyahu, the former reading the thoughts of a real estate developer turned into a president’s speech and the latter grinning like a Cheshire cat — and I am gripped by fear. Not just for the Palestinians, but for all humanity.

If we think fascism is only coming for people on a distant shore, we ought to think again.

I watch Netanyahu repeating lies that investigative journalists have spent months debunking. Why would he care? The truth about his lies will not make it to mainstream media and the consciousness of the majority of people.

Lies taking hold, enduring
And the more he repeats those lies, the more they take hold and endure.

I wonder how our political leaders will spin our allies’ new, illegal and immoral plans. For years, they have clung to the mantra of the two-state solution while Israel continued to make every effort to render this solution unfeasible.

What will they say now? With what weasel words will they stay on the same page as our friends in the US and Israel?

Netanyhu praises Trump for thinking outside the box. Here is an idea that Israel has spent billions on arms and propaganda to persuade people that it is dangerously outside the box.

Instead of asking Egypt and Jordan to take the Palestinians, why not make Israel end the occupation and give Palestinians equal rights in their own homeland?

Sawsan Madina is former head of Australia’s SBS Television. This article was first published by John Menadue’s public policy journal Pearls and Irritations and is republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/trumps-riviera-plan-for-gaza-heralds-an-age-of-naked-fascism/feed/ 0 513223
International Community Expresses Outrage at Donald Trump’s Latest Real Estate Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/international-community-expresses-outrage-kelly-20250207/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kathy Kelly.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/feed/ 0 512914
International Community Expresses Outrage at Donald Trump’s Latest Real Estate Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-kelly-20250207/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kathy Kelly.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/feed/ 0 513102
“Trump Does Not See Palestinians as Human Beings”: Plan for U.S. to “Take Over” Gaza Faces Outcry https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/trump-does-not-see-palestinians-as-human-beings-plan-for-u-s-to-take-over-gaza-faces-outcry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/trump-does-not-see-palestinians-as-human-beings-plan-for-u-s-to-take-over-gaza-faces-outcry/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 13:15:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=38788967e764ce649ae441a73b53d546 Seg1 omar gaza 2

World leaders are rebuking Donald Trump’s proposal for the United States to take over the Gaza Strip, ethnically cleansing the region of Palestinians. “There’s no question that even though the entire region would reject it … the fundamental reality is that we are heading to the complete destruction of Palestinian society in Gaza as a matter of status quo,” says our guest Omar Baddar. Baddar, a Palestinian American political analyst and member of the National Policy Council of the Arab American Institute, also discusses Trump’s recent statements signaling a potential breakdown of the official ceasefire in Gaza.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/trump-does-not-see-palestinians-as-human-beings-plan-for-u-s-to-take-over-gaza-faces-outcry/feed/ 0 512702
Trump’s Mass Detention Plan for Guantánamo Harkens Back to U.S. Detention of Haitian Asylum Seekers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/trumps-mass-detention-plan-for-guantanamo-harkens-back-to-u-s-detention-of-haitian-asylum-seekers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/trumps-mass-detention-plan-for-guantanamo-harkens-back-to-u-s-detention-of-haitian-asylum-seekers/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 13:37:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4ffdd331602b8b93c9b79de036e9b40f Seg3 haitian refugees gitmo 1990s

Before Guantánamo became what it’s known for — the “forever prison in the war on terror” — its “ambiguous sovereignty” as a U.S. military base was long utilized to incarcerate Caribbean asylum seekers to the U.S. We speak to scholar Miriam Pensack, who researches the history of Guantánamo, in light of President Trump’s recent proposal to once again imprison asylum seekers at the base’s prison complex. Pensack says that existing racist anti-migration policies in the Caribbean, including the Dominican Republic’s detention and deportations of people with Haitian ancestry, suggest a likely collaboration with Trump’s anti-immigrant agenda.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/trumps-mass-detention-plan-for-guantanamo-harkens-back-to-u-s-detention-of-haitian-asylum-seekers/feed/ 0 512331
Palestine prisoners’ release ‘symbolic win’ showing unity in face of occupation, says academic https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/palestine-prisoners-release-symbolic-win-showing-unity-in-face-of-occupation-says-academic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/palestine-prisoners-release-symbolic-win-showing-unity-in-face-of-occupation-says-academic/#respond Sun, 02 Feb 2025 09:35:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110492 Asia Pacific Report

Sultan Barakat, a professor at Qatar’s Hamad Bin Khalifa University, says the release of Palestinian prisoners is a “symbolic win” rather than a victory for the Palestinians, primarily showing the inhumane conditions they live under.

“Israel can capture people in the West Bank and Gaza because they all live in a confinement area under the control of Israel,” he told Al Jazeera.

Dr Barakat discussed the way Palestinians were “arbitrarily rounded up, taken to prison and treated badly” by Israel.

A total of 183 Palestinian prisoners were released today from Israeli jails as part of the exchange for three Israeli hostages under the ceasefire deal between Hamas and Israel.

They included 18 serving life sentences and 54 serving lengthy sentences, as well as 111 detained in Gaza since 7 October 2023.

Dozens of Palestinians released from Israeli jails showed signs of torture and starvation, said the Palestinian Prisoner’s Society.

Barakat stressed that the release of prisoners also “shows the unity of the Palestinians in the face of occupation”.

“The prisoners are not all necessarily Hamas sympathisers — some were at odds with Hamas for a long time,” the academic said.

“But they are united in their refusal of occupation and standing up to Israel,” he added.

Hamas ‘needs to stay in power’
Another academic, Dr Luciano Zaccara, an associate professor at Qatar University’s Gulf Studies Center, told Al Jazeera that Hamas needed to stay in power for the ceasefire agreement to be implemented in full.

“How are you going to reconstruct Gaza without Hamas? How are you going to make this deal complied [with] if Hamas is not there?” he questioned.

Dr Zaccara also said Israel seemed to have no plan on what to do in Gaza after the war.

“There was never a plan,” he said, adding that Israel did not want Hamas or the Palestinian Authority in the enclave running the administration.

The Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz, quoting a security source, reported that the Red Cross had expressed “outrage” at how the Israel Prison Service handled the Palestinian prisoners being released from Ketziot Prison.

Ha’aretz said the Red Cross alleged that the prisoners were led handcuffed with their hands above their heads and bracelets with the inscription “Eternity does not forget”.

The newspaper quoted the Israel Prison Service spokesman as saying that “the prison warders are dealing with the worst of Israel’s enemies, and until the last moment on Israeli soil, they will be treated under prison-like rule.

“We will not compromise on the security of our people.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/palestine-prisoners-release-symbolic-win-showing-unity-in-face-of-occupation-says-academic/feed/ 0 512048
Indonesia’s amnesty plan for West Papua independence fighters greeted with scepticism https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/indonesias-amnesty-plan-for-west-papua-independence-fighters-greeted-with-scepticism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/indonesias-amnesty-plan-for-west-papua-independence-fighters-greeted-with-scepticism/#respond Sun, 02 Feb 2025 00:13:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110463 By Victor Mambor and Tria Dianti

The Indonesian government’s proposal to grant amnesty to pro-independence rebels in West Papua has stirred scepticism as the administration of new President Prabowo Subianto seeks to deal with the country’s most protracted armed conflict.

Without broader dialogue and accountability, critics argue, the initiative could fail to resolve the decades-long unrest in the resource-rich region.

Yusril Ihza Mahendra, coordinating Minister for Law, Human Rights, Immigration and Corrections, announced the amnesty proposal last week.

On January 21, he met with a British government delegation and discussed human rights issues and the West Papua conflict.

“Essentially, President Prabowo has agreed to grant amnesty . . .  to those involved in the Papua conflict,” Yusril told reporters last week.

On Thursday, he told BenarNews that the proposal was being studied and reviewed.

“It should be viewed within a broader perspective as part of efforts to resolve the conflict in Papua by prioritising law and human rights,” Yusril said.

‘Willing to die for this cause’
Sebby Sambom, a spokesman for the West Papua National Liberation Army (TPNPB) rebels, dismissed the proposal as insufficient.

“The issue isn’t about granting amnesty and expecting the conflict to end,” Sambom told BenarNews. “Those fighting in the forests have chosen to abandon normal lives to fight for Papua’s independence.

“They are willing to die for this cause.”

Despite the government offer, those still engaged in guerrilla warfare would not stop, Sambon said.

Papua, Indonesia’s easternmost region that makes up the western half of New Guinea island, has been a flashpoint of tension since its controversial incorporation into the archipelago nation in 1969.

Papua, referred to as “West Papua” by Pacific academics and advocates, is home to a distinct Melanesian culture and vast natural resources and has seen a low-level indpendence insurgency in the years since.

The Indonesian government has consistently rejected calls for Papua’s independence. The region is home to the Grasberg mine, one of the world’s largest gold and copper reserves, and its forests are a critical part of Indonesia’s climate commitments.

Papua among poorest regions
Even with its abundant resources, Papua remains one of Indonesia’s poorest regions with high rates of poverty, illiteracy and infant mortality.

Critics argue that Jakarta’s heavy-handed approach, including the deployment of thousands of troops, has only deepened resentment.

Defence Minister Prabowo Subianto
President Prabowo Subianto . . . “agreed to grant amnesty . . .  to those involved in the Papua conflict.” Image: Kompas

Yusril, the minister, said the new proposal was separate from a plan announced in November 2024 to grant amnesty to 44,000 convicts, and noted that the amnesty would be granted only to those who pledged loyalty to the Indonesian state.

He added that the government was finalising the details of the amnesty scheme, which would require approval from the House of Representatives (DPR).

Prabowo’s amnesty proposal follows a similar, albeit smaller, move by his predecessor, Joko “Jokowi” Widodo, who granted clemency to several Papuan political prisoners in 2015.

While Jokowi’s gesture was initially seen as a step toward reconciliation, it did little to quell violence. Armed clashes between Indonesian security forces and pro-independence fighters have intensified in recent years, with civilians often caught in the crossfire.

Cahyo Pamungkas, a Papua researcher at the National Research and Innovation Agency (BRIN), argued that amnesty, without prior dialogue and mutual agreements, would be ineffective.

“In almost every country, amnesty is given to resistance groups or government opposition groups only after a peace agreement is reached to end armed conflict,” he told BenarNews.

No unilateral declaration
Yan Warinussy, a human rights lawyer in Papua, agreed.

“Amnesty, abolition or clemency should not be declared unilaterally by one side without a multi-party understanding from the start,” he told BenarNews.

Warinussy warned that without such an approach, the prospect of a Papua peace dialogue could remain an unfulfilled promise and the conflict could escalate.

Usman Hamid, director of Amnesty International Indonesia, said that while amnesty was a constitutional legal instrument, it should not apply to those who have committed serious human rights violations.

“The government must ensure that perpetrators of gross human rights violations in Papua and elsewhere are prosecuted through fair and transparent legal mechanisms,” he said.

Papuans Behind Bars, a website tracking political prisoners in Papua, reported 531 political arrests in 2023, with 96 political prisoners still detained by the end of the year.

Only 11 linked to armed struggle
Most were affiliated with non-armed groups such as the West Papua National Committee (KNPB) and the Papua People’s Petition (PRP), while only 11 were linked to the armed West Papua National Liberation Army (TPNPB).

The website did not list 2024 figures.

Anum Siregar, a lawyer who has represented Papuan political prisoners, said that the amnesty proposal has sparked interest.

“Some of those detained outside Papua are requesting to be transferred to prisons in Papua,” she said.

Meanwhile, Agus Kossay, leader of the National Committee for West Papua, which campaigns for a referendum on self-determination, said Papuans would not compromise on “their God-given right to determine their own destiny”.

In September 2019, Kossay was arrested for orchestrating a riot and was sentenced to 11 months in jail. More recently, in 2023, he was arrested in connection with an internal dispute within the KNPB and was released in September 2024 after serving a sentence for incitement.

“The right to self-determination is non-negotiable and cannot be challenged by anyone. As long as it remains unfulfilled, we will continue to speak out,” Kossay told BenarNews.

Victor Mambor and Tria Dianti are BenarNews correspondents. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/02/indonesias-amnesty-plan-for-west-papua-independence-fighters-greeted-with-scepticism/feed/ 0 512005
To Pay for Trump Tax Cuts, House GOP Floats Plan to Slash Benefits for the Poor and Working Class https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/to-pay-for-trump-tax-cuts-house-gop-floats-plan-to-slash-benefits-for-the-poor-and-working-class/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/to-pay-for-trump-tax-cuts-house-gop-floats-plan-to-slash-benefits-for-the-poor-and-working-class/#respond Thu, 30 Jan 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-tax-cuts-congress-republicans-plan-slash-benefits by Robert Faturechi and Justin Elliott

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

One of the hallmarks of Donald Trump’s presidential campaign was a promise of sweeping tax cuts, for the rich, for working people and for companies alike.

Now congressional Republicans have the job of figuring out which of those cuts to propose into law. In order to pay for the cuts, they have started to eye some targets to raise money. Among them: cutting benefits for single mothers and poor people who rely on government health care.

The proposals are included in a menu of tax and spending cut options circulated this month by House Republicans. Whether or not Republicans enact any of the ideas remains to be seen. Some of the potential targets are popular tax breaks and cuts could be politically treacherous. And cutting taxes for the wealthy could risk damaging the populist image that Trump has cultivated.

For the ultrawealthy, the document floats eliminating the federal estate tax, at an estimated cost of $370 billion in revenue for the government over a decade. The tax, which charges a percentage of the value of a person’s fortune after they die, kicks in only for estates worth more than around $14 million.

Among those very few Americans who do get hit with the tax, nearly 30% of the tax is paid by the top 0.1% by income, according to estimates by the Tax Policy Center think tank. (Many ultra-wealthy people already largely avoid the tax. Over the years, lawyers and accountants have devised ways to pass fortunes to heirs tax free, often by using complex trust structures, as ProPublica has previously reported.)

Another proposal aims to slash the top tax rate paid by corporations by almost a third.

Trump promised such a cut during the campaign. But Vice President JD Vance came out against it before Trump picked him as his running mate. “We’re sort of in line with the OECD right now,” he said in an interview last year, referring to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, a group of 38 wealthy developed nations. “I don’t think we need to be cutting the corporate tax rate further.”

In Trump’s first term, he brought the top corporate rate down from 35% to 21%, where it’s at now, taking the U.S. from a high rate compared to other OECD nations to about average. The proposed cut to 15% would make the United States’ rate among the lowest of such countries.

To pay for new tax cuts, the House Republicans’ proposal floats a series of potential overhauls of government programs. One major focus is possible cuts to Medicaid, the health care program for people with low incomes that is administered by the states. Medicaid expansion was a key tenet of the Affordable Care Act, passed under President Barack Obama. Many Republican governors initially chose not to take advantage of the new federal subsidies to expand the program. In the intervening years, several states reversed course, and the program has expanded the number of people enrolled in Medicaid by more than 20 million, as of last year.

The deep cuts to the program floated in the document include slashing reimbursements to the states. States would need to “raise new revenues or reduce Medicaid spending by eliminating coverage for some people, covering fewer services, and (or) cutting rates paid to physicians, hospitals, and nursing homes,” according to an analysis by KFF, a health policy organization.

Trump has been inconsistent in his position on Medicaid over the years. He sought to slash the program in his first term. But he has also made statements about protecting it over the years.

As recently as a 2023 campaign event, Trump promised that “we’re not going to play around with Medicare, Medicaid.” But it’s not clear whether the comment was a throwaway: While preserving Medicare, the program that covers health care for the elderly, has been a focus for Trump, maintaining Medicaid has not. The official GOP platform rolled out by Trump last year, for example, promised not to cut “one penny” from Medicare but was silent on Medicaid. In separate remarks during the campaign last year, Trump appeared to endorse cuts to "entitlements," after an interviewer asked about Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security.

Other proposals would eliminate tax breaks for families with children.

Currently, parents can get a tax credit of up to $2,100 for child care expenses. The House Republican plan floats the elimination of that break. The cut is estimated to save $55 billion over a decade.

Vance, in particular, had promised economic policies that would lessen the load on parents. “It is the task of our government to make it easier for young moms and dads to afford to have kids,” he said last week. (He campaigned on a proposal to more than double the child tax credit.)

Another proposal in the list of options takes aim squarely at parents raising children on their own. The provision would eliminate the “head of household” filing status to collect almost $200 billion more in taxes over a decade from single parents and other adults caring for dependents on their own.

The “head of household” status was created in the 1950s under the rationale that single parents should have a lighter tax burden. Eliminating it would affect millions of Americans, largely women. (The after-tax pay of people with incomes between the 20th and 80th percentiles, those making between about $14,000 and $100,000, would fall by the highest percentage, according to an analysis by the Tax Foundation.)

Democrats have criticized the proposals as a gift to the wealthy at the expense of the working class. “Republicans are gearing up for a class war against everyday families in America,” Sen. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., said in a statement.

A White House spokesperson did not respond to questions about the specifics in the House GOP document but said in an email that “This is an active negotiation and process one that the President and his team are working productively with congress. His visit to the House Retreat [Monday] was a sign that he wants to prioritize unity and a good deal for American that achieves his campaign promises.”

A spokesperson for the House Budget Committee declined to answer specific questions but said “this is a menu of policy options for authorizing committees to consider as members navigate the reconciliation process.”

Some of the proposals would fulfill Trump’s campaign promises geared toward the working class.

The document includes a plan to eliminate income taxes (but maintain payroll taxes) on tips, at a cost of $106 billion over a decade. The proposal is one Trump touted while campaigning in Las Vegas to win support from the city’s huge contingent of service workers. Trump’s Democratic opponent, former Vice President Kamala Harris, later pledged to do the same. Economists have criticized the idea as one that unfairly benefits one group of working-class employees over others who get paid the same but work in other industries that don’t deal in tips.

Another Trump campaign promise included in the document is ending taxes on overtime pay, at a price of $750 billion over a decade. That proposal has also been criticized by tax experts as an inefficient way to provide relief for lower-paid workers who are eligible for overtime because they’re paid hourly and perform repetitive tasks. The provision, critics say, would invite gaming and further complicate tax reporting by creating new reporting requirements about the hours a taxpayer worked.

One of the biggest-ticket proposals to raise new revenue in the House Republicans’ document would hit a tax break cherished by upper-income Americans: eliminating the mortgage interest deduction. The document estimates $1 trillion in savings over 10 years by eliminating the break. Because of a complex interplay of different features of the tax code, an estimated 60% of the value of this deduction flows to Americans making over $200,000 per year, according to the Tax Foundation.

Eliminating the mortgage interest deduction would have an uneven geographic impact: analyses have found the tax break is more valuable to Americans in Democratic-dominated states such as California, Massachusetts and New Jersey.

Pratheek Rebala contributed research.

Do you have any information about the tax proposals that we should know? Robert Faturechi can be reached by email at robert.faturechi@propublica.org and by Signal or WhatsApp at 213-271-7217. Justin Elliott can be reached by email at justin@propublica.org or by Signal or WhatsApp at 774-826-6240.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Robert Faturechi and Justin Elliott.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/to-pay-for-trump-tax-cuts-house-gop-floats-plan-to-slash-benefits-for-the-poor-and-working-class/feed/ 0 511601
Jewish Voice for Peace Opposes Trump’s Plan to Silence and Deport Anti-War Students https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/jewish-voice-for-peace-opposes-trumps-plan-to-silence-and-deport-anti-war-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/jewish-voice-for-peace-opposes-trumps-plan-to-silence-and-deport-anti-war-students/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2025 22:58:44 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/jewish-voice-for-peace-opposes-trumps-plan-to-silence-and-deport-anti-war-students Donald Trump is reportedly planning to continue his violent crusade aimed at gutting freedom and democracy with an Executive Order today calling for the deportation of non-citizen anti-war activists, with a particular focus on students. This is a vile attempt to sow fear and crush political dissent to the U.S.-backed Israeli genocide of Palestinians in Gaza, as well as to further the far-Right’s broader anti-immigrant agenda. Should there be any attempt to enforce this authoritarian, unconstitutional, and violent executive order, we call on elected officials, university administrators, and all people of conscience to boldly reject these orders.
This Executive Order is pulled directly from the pages of the far-Right Heritage Foundation’s “Project Esther” report, which is a blueprint for using the federal government and private institutions to dismantle the Palestine solidarity movement and broader U.S. civil society, under the guise of “fighting antisemitism.” These tactics are built to disrupt the historic movement for Palestinian liberation across the U.S. — including on college campuses — before then using those same tactics to attack a wide range of progressive social justice movements.

The Heritage Foundation, Trump administration, and far-Right forces in this country are the greatest purveyors of antisemitism and violence against Jewish Americans. This Executive Order should be taken as the sham that it is. Trump, the far-Right, and ultra-conservative groups like the Heritage Foundation have never protected Jewish people; they are not concerned with Jewish safety, nor do their actions protect Jewish communities. Presidential actions like this Executive Order instrumentalize real concern for Jewish safety as a cudgel to attack fundamental rights and freedom, to shut down Palestinian rights organizing, and to advance the MAGA agenda.

Stefanie Fox, Executive Director Jewish Voice for Peace: “We stand with the student protestors who so bravely put their bodies and academic careers on the line to save lives and demand an end to the Israeli military’s destruction of Gaza. As Jews we refuse to be pawns in the far-Right’s authoritarian takeover. Trump and his cronies do not care about Jewish safety — in fact, they and the White Nationalists who support them are themselves the greatest threat to American Jews. They are waging a campaign against all those who are brave enough to challenge their power.”

Benjamin Kersten, a Jewish student at UCLA who joined the student encampment against the Israeli military’s genocide last spring:
“This Executive Order has the potential to rip apart our communities, destroy my fellow classmates' lives, and set a precedent that allows for authoritarian attacks on any group that opposes the MAGA agenda. As a Jewish student I refuse to allow my identity to be fuel for fascist crackdown on my fellow students.”

Jonah Rubin, JVP’s Manager of Campus Organizing:
“This moment in history requires all of us to stand with young people who cry out for freedom and justice. Every single university president should publicly refuse any and all cooperation with the federal authorities trying to harm their students. This is a historic moment when university administrators must pick a side: Will you collaborate in the federal government's authoritarian assault on students or will you stand up for the fundamental right to free speech?”

Over the last year and a half tens of thousands of students across the country, including many Jewish students, led historic protests calling for an end to the Israeli military’s destruction of Gaza. The students bravely endured police violence and draconian punishments from campus administrators, yet were resolute in their calls for safety and freedom for Palestinians. These nonviolent protests represent the preference of a majority of Americans who continue to demand a permanent ceasefire and an end of US-tax payer funding of weapons to the Israeli military. History has shown time and time again to follow the lead of young people. Students were right in demanding an end to the brutal war on Vietnam and were right to pressure their universities to divest from South African apartheid. And history will show that these young people were right to fight against the Israeli government’s genocide of Palestinians.

Stefanie Fox, Jonah Rubin, Jewish college students and Professors of Jewish history and antisemitism are available for comment


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/jewish-voice-for-peace-opposes-trumps-plan-to-silence-and-deport-anti-war-students/feed/ 0 512128
Egypt, Jordan Reject Trump Plan to "Clean Out" Gaza; Palestinians Return to N. Gaza in Historic Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day-2/#respond Mon, 27 Jan 2025 15:40:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8ffca6ebf412fc35eb96e8cd8495b178
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day-2/feed/ 0 511328
Egypt, Jordan Reject Trump Plan to “Clean Out” Gaza; Palestinians Return to N. Gaza in Historic Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day/#respond Mon, 27 Jan 2025 13:15:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7fafa2e5925fe061e40d34146977ec0a Seg1 sharif gaza return home

As survivors in Gaza begin to return to their homes during the first ceasefire in over a year, we speak to Sharif Abdel Kouddous of Drop Site News about the future of those who have been displaced. As Palestinians are “returning to a devastated landscape … determined not to leave their land” in defiance of “plans of ethnic cleansing that have dated back to the 1950s for Israel,” President Trump told reporters that he wants to “clean out” Gaza, suggesting that Palestinian Arabs should be ethnically cleansed into Egypt and Jordan. Both countries have “rejected this, and they’ve done so since the beginning of this genocidal assault,” says Kouddous.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/egypt-jordan-reject-trump-plan-to-clean-out-gaza-palestinians-return-to-n-gaza-in-historic-day/feed/ 0 511289
Gaza ceasefire: After 15 months of brutality, Israel has failed on every front https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/gaza-ceasefire-after-15-months-of-brutality-israel-has-failed-on-every-front/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/gaza-ceasefire-after-15-months-of-brutality-israel-has-failed-on-every-front/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 14:01:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109480 A ceasefire in Gaza is not the end of Palestine’s nightmare, but the start of Israel’s. Legal moves will only gather momentum as the truth of what happened in Gaza is uncovered and documented after the war has ended.

ANALYSIS: By David Hearst

When push came to shove, it was Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu who blinked first.

For months, Netanyahu had become the main obstacle to a Gaza ceasefire, to the considerable frustration of his own negotiators.

That much was made explicit more than two months ago by the departure of his Defence Minister, Yoav Gallant. The chief architect of the 15-month war, Gallant said plainly that there was nothing left for the army to do in Gaza.

Still Netanyahu persisted. Last May, he rejected a deal signed by Hamas in the presence of CIA director William Burns, in favour of an offensive on Rafah.

In October, Netanyahu turned for salvation to the Generals’ Plan, aiming to empty northern Gaza in preparation for resettlement by Israelis. The plan was to starve and bomb the population out of northern Gaza by declaring that anyone who did not leave voluntarily would be treated as a “terrorist”.

It was so extreme, and so contrary to the international rules of war, that it was condemned by former Defence Minister Moshe Yaalon as a war crime and ethnic cleansing.

Key to this plan was a corridor forged by a military road and a string of outposts cutting through the centre of the Gaza Strip, from the Israeli border to the sea.

The Netzarim Corridor would have effectively reduced the territory’s land mass by almost one third and become its new northern border. No Palestinian pushed out of northern Gaza would have been allowed to return.

Red lines erased
No-one from the Biden administration forced Netanyahu to rethink this plan. Not US President Joe Biden himself, an instinctive Zionist who, for all his speeches, kept on supplying Israel with the means to commit genocide in Gaza; nor Antony Blinken, his Secretary of State, who earned the dubious distinction of being the least-trusted diplomat in the region.

Even as the final touches were being put on the ceasefire agreement, Blinken gave a departing news conference in which he blamed Hamas for rejecting previous offers. As is par for the course, the opposite is the truth.

Every Israeli journalist who covered the negotiations has reported that Netanyahu rejected all previous deals and was responsible for the delay in coming to this one.

It fell to one short meeting with US President-elect Donald Trump’s special Middle East envoy, Steve Witkoff, to call time on Netanyahu’s 15-month war.

In a war of liberation, the weak and vastly outgunned can succeed against overwhelming military odds. These wars are battles of will

After one meeting, the red lines that Netanyahu had so vigorously painted and repainted in the course of 15 months were erased.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in military gear
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in military gear – now a wanted man by the ICC . . . “After one meeting, the red lines that he had so vigorously painted and repainted in the course of 15 months were erased.” Image: AJ screenshot APR

As Israeli pundit Erel Segal said: “We’re the first to pay a price for Trump’s election. [The deal] is being forced upon us . . . We thought we’d take control of northern Gaza, that they’d let us impede humanitarian aid.”

This is emerging as a consensus. The mood in Israel is sceptical of claims of victory.

“There’s no need to sugarcoat the reality: the emerging ceasefire and hostage release deal is bad for Israel, but it has no choice but to accept it,” columnist Yossi Yehoshua wrote in Ynet.

The circulating draft of the ceasefire agreement is clear in stating that Israel will pull back from both the Philadelphi Corridor and the Netzarim Corridor by the end of the process, stipulations Netanyahu had previously rejected.

Even without this, the draft agreement clearly notes that Palestinians can return to their homes, including in northern Gaza. The attempt to clear it of its inhabitants has failed.

This is the biggest single failure of Israel’s ground invasion.

Fighting back
There is a long list of others. But before we list them, the Witkoff debacle underscores how dependent Israel has been on Washington for every day of the horrendous slaughter in Gaza.

A senior Israeli Air Force official has admitted that planes would have run out of bombs within a few months had they not been resupplied by the US.

It is sinking into Israeli public opinion that the war is ending without any of Israel’s major aims being achieved.

Netanyahu and the Israeli army set out to “collapse” Hamas after the humiliation and shock of its surprise attack on southern Israel in October 2023. They demonstrably haven’t achieved this goal.

The ceasefire agreement after Israel's 15-month genocidal war on Gaza is set to begin on Sunday
“But after wave upon wave of military operations, each of which was supposed to have ‘cleansed’ the city of Hamas fighters, Beit Hanoun turned out to have inflicted one of the heaviest concentrations of Israeli military casualties.” Image: AJ screenshot APR

Take Beit Hanoun in northern Gaza as a microcosm of the battle Hamas waged against invading forces. Fifteen months ago, it was the first city in Gaza to be occupied by Israeli forces, who judged it to have the weakest Hamas battalion.

But after wave upon wave of military operations, each of which was supposed to have “cleansed” the city of Hamas fighters, Beit Hanoun turned out to have inflicted one of the heaviest concentrations of Israeli military casualties.

Hamas kept on emerging from the rubble to fight back, turning Beit Hanoun into a minefield for Israeli soldiers. Since the launch of the most recent military operation in northern Gaza, 55 Israeli officers and soldiers have perished in this sector, 15 of them in Beit Hanoun in the past week alone.

If any army is bleeding and exhausted today, it is Israel’s. The plain military fact of life in Gaza is that, 15 months on, Hamas can recruit and regenerate faster than Israel can kill its leaders or its fighters.

“We are in a situation where the pace at which Hamas is rebuilding itself is higher than the pace that the [Israeli army] is eradicating them,” Amir Avivi, a retired Israeli brigadier general, told the Wall Street Journal. He added that Mohammed Sinwar, the younger brother of slain Hamas leader Yahya Sinwar, “is managing everything”.

If anything demonstrates the futility of measuring military success solely by the number of leaders killed, or missiles destroyed, it is this.

Against the odds
In a war of liberation, the weak and vastly outgunned can succeed against overwhelming military odds. These wars are battles of will. It is not the battle that matters, but the ability to keep on fighting.

In Algeria and Vietnam, the French and US armies had overwhelming military advantage.

Both forces withdrew in ignominy and failure many years later. In Vietnam, it was more than six years after the Tet Offensive, which like the Hamas attack on 7 October 2023 was perceived at the time to be a military failure. But the symbol of a fightback after so many years of siege proved decisive in the war.

In France, the scars of Algeria last to this day. In each war of liberation, the determination of the weak to resist has proved more decisive than the firepower of the strong.

In Gaza, it was the determination of the Palestinian people to stay on their land — even as it was being reduced to rubble — that proved to be the decisive factor in this war. And this is an astonishing feat, considering that the 360 sq km territory was entirely cut off from the world, with no allies to break the siege and no natural terrain for cover.

Hezbollah fought in the north, but little of this was any succour to Palestinians in Gaza on the ground, subjected to nightly bombing raids and drone attacks shredding their tents.

Neither enforced starvation, nor hypothermia, nor disease, nor brutalisation and mass rape at the hands of their invaders, could break their will to stay on their land.

Never before have Palestinian fighters and civilians shown this level of resistance in the history of the conflict — and it could prove to be transformative.

Because what Israel has lost in its campaign to crush Gaza is incalculable. It has squandered decades of sustained economic, military and diplomatic efforts to establish the country as a liberal democratic Western nation in the eyes of global opinion.

Generational memory
Israel has not only lost the Global South, in which it invested such efforts in Africa and South America. It has also lost the support of a generation in the West, whose memories do not go back as far as Biden’s.

The point is not mine. It is well made by Jack Lew, the man Biden nominated as his ambassador to Israel a month before the Hamas attack.

In his departing interview, Lew, an Orthodox Jew, told the Times of Israel that public opinion in the US was still largely pro-Israel, but that was changing.

With the enormous cost in lives, every family has been touched by loss. But what Gaza has achieved in the last 15 months could well transform the conflict

“What I’ve told people here that they have to worry about when this war is over is that the generational memory doesn’t go back to the founding of the state, or the Six Day War, or the Yom Kippur War, or to the intifada even.

“It starts with this war, and you can’t ignore the impact of this war on future policymakers — not the people making the decisions today, but the people who are 25, 35, 45 today and who will be the leaders for the next 30 years, 40 years.”

Biden, Lew said, was the last president of his generation whose memories and knowledge go back to Israel’s “founding story”.

Lew’s parting shot at Netanyahu is amply documented in recent polls. More than one-third of American Jewish teenagers sympathise with Hamas, 42 percent believe Israel is committing genocide in Gaza, and 66 percent sympathise with the Palestinian people as a whole.

This is not a new phenomenon. Polling two years before the war showed that a quarter of American Jews agreed that “Israel is an apartheid state”, and a plurality of respondents did not find that statement to be antisemitic.

"You don't have to be a Muslim"
“The antiwar protests, condemned by Western governments first as antisemitism and then legislated against as terrorism, have created a global front for the liberation of Palestine. The movement to boycott Israel is stronger than ever before.” Image: David Robie/Asia Pacific Report

Deep damage
The war in Gaza has become the prism through which a new generation of future world leaders sees the Israel-Palestine conflict. This is a major strategic loss for a country that on 6 October 2023 thought that it had closed down the issue of Palestine, and that world opinion was in its pocket.

But the damage goes further and deeper than this.

The antiwar protests, condemned by Western governments first as antisemitism and then legislated against as terrorism, have created a global front for the liberation of Palestine. The movement to boycott Israel is stronger than ever before.

Israel is in the dock of international justice as never before. Not only are there arrest warrants out for Netanyahu and Gallant on war crimes, and a continuing genocide case at the International Court of Justice (ICJ), but a myriad of other cases are about to flood the courts in every major western democracy.

A court action has been launched in the UK against BP for supplying crude oil to Israel, which is then allegedly used by the Israeli army, from its pipeline from Azerbaijan to Turkiye.

In addition, the Israeli army recently decided to conceal the identities of all troops who have participated in the campaign in Gaza, for fear that they could be pursued when travelling abroad.

This major move was sparked by a tiny activist group named after Hind Rajab, a six-year-old killed by Israeli troops in Gaza in January 2024. The Belgium-based group has filed evidence of war crimes with the UCJ against 1000 Israelis, including video, audio, forensic reports and other documents.

A ceasefire in Gaza is thus not the end of Palestine’s nightmare, but the start of Israel’s. These legal moves will only gather momentum as the truth of what happened in Gaza is uncovered and documented after the war has ended.

Internal divisions
At home, Netanyahu will return from war to a country more divided internally than ever before. There is a battle between the army and the Haredim who refuse to serve.

There is a battle between secular and national religious Zionists. With Netanyahu’s retreat on Gaza, the settler far right are sensing that the opportunity to establish Greater Israel has been snatched from the jaws of military victory.

All the while, there has been an unprecedented exodus of Jews from Israel.

Regionally, Israel is left with troops still in Lebanon and Syria. It would be foolish to think of these ongoing operations as restoring the deterrence Israel lost when Hamas struck on 7 October 2023.

Iran’s axis of resistance might have received some sustained blows after the leadership of Hezbollah was wiped out, and after finding itself vastly overextended in Syria. But like Hamas, Hezbollah has not been knocked out as a fighting force.

And the Sunni Arab world has been riled by the Gaza genoicide and the ongoing crackdown in the occupied West Bank as rarely before.

Israel’s undisguised bid to divide Syria into cantons is as provocative to Syrians of all denominations and ethnicities, as its plans to annex Areas B and C of the West Bank are an existential threat to Jordan.

Annexation would be treated in Amman as an act of war.

Deconfliction will be the patient work of decades of reconstruction, and Trump is not a patient man.

Hamas and Gaza will now take a backseat. With the enormous cost in lives, every family has been touched by loss. But what Gaza has achieved in the last 15 months could well transform the conflict.

Gaza has shown all Palestinians — and the world — that it can withstand total war, and not budge from the ground upon which it stands. It tells the world, with justifiable pride, that the occupiers threw everything they had at it, and there was not another Nakba.

Gaza tells Israel that Palestinians exist, and that they will not be pacified until and unless Israelis talk to them on equal terms about equal rights.

It may take many more years for that realisation to sink in, but for some it already has: “Even if we conquer the entire Middle East, and even if everyone surrenders to us, we won’t win this war,” columnist Yair Assulin wrote in Haaretz.

But what everyone in Gaza who stayed put has achieved is of historic significance.

David Hearst is co-founder and editor-in-chief of Middle East Eye. He is a commentator and speaker on the region and analyst on Saudi Arabia. This article has been republished from the Middle East Eye under Creative Commons.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/gaza-ceasefire-after-15-months-of-brutality-israel-has-failed-on-every-front/feed/ 0 509898
Vietnam shuts TV channels in govt cost-cutting plan https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/16/vtc-broadcasters-shut-down/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/16/vtc-broadcasters-shut-down/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 01:26:45 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/16/vtc-broadcasters-shut-down/ Read more on this topic in Vietnamese

More than 1,000 reporters, editors and administrative staff from state-controlled Vietnamese broadcasters, including Voice of Vietnam’s VTC Digital Television, lost their jobs on Wednesday as the channels were taken off the air, state media reported.

VTC’s 13 channels, along with others unconnected to Voice of Vietnam such as People’s Television and Vietnam News Agency Television, stopped broadcasting on the morning of Jan. 15. National Assembly Television had already shut down on Jan. 1. While regional broadcasters are still on air, the goal is to make Vietnam Television the country’s only channel.

The closures are part of a plan by the Communist Party’s top decision making body the Politburo to streamline the political system and cut costs as outlined in Resolution 18, which aims to eliminate overlap in government enterprises and reduce the number of civil servants by a fifth.

VTC Digital Television was established in 2004 and became a non-business unit under the Ministry of Information and Communications in 2014. The following year, it was merged into the state Voice of Vietnam news agency.

VTC, Vietnam’s second most-watched station behind Vietnam Television, broadcast nationwide, disseminating party propaganda.

One staff member, who worked for VTC for 20 years, told Radio Free Asia she and her colleagues were shocked and confused by its abrupt closure.

“They don’t know where to go and what to do,” said the woman, who didn’t want to be named due to the sensitivity of the matter. “Employees haven’t been informed about any [compensation] policies. Any decision should consider workers’ interests.”

“ We have dedicated many years to the job, are financially independent, and are not paid by the state budget. Why do they shut down our channels so abruptly without a proper roadmap?”

A man transports equipment being removed from the VTC Digital Television office building in Hanoi on Jan. 15, 2025.
A man transports equipment being removed from the VTC Digital Television office building in Hanoi on Jan. 15, 2025.
(Nhac Nguyen/AFP)

Administrative staff described the closure of VTC as “destructive,” wasting millions of dollars of machinery and equipment – state assets now idle.

RELATED STORIES

Vietnam tightens controls on social media users

Vietnam jails journalist for 7 years for ‘propaganda’

To Lam shakes up Vietnam with a government restructuring plan

Ho Chi Minh City-based independent journalist Nam Viet said he wouldn’t miss the propaganda channels, often considered the “lifeblood of the government.”

“Quite a few reporters have taken to social media to lament and regret that they have dedicated many years [to the state]. Now they’re being forced out but their sharing is more ironic than pity-inducing, because they have been the henchmen of a propaganda system that is nothing to be proud of … not journalists who dared to speak up for people’s suffering and fight for justice.”

Academic Nguyen Hoang Anh, who has worked on programs for VTC and other broadcasters, said relying on a single channel would likely lead to many important issues being overlooked.

“Shutting down VTC will scale down the dissemination of information and leave viewers with fewer choices,” she said, adding that Vietnam Television mainly focuses on politics, whereas VTC covered social issues such as women’s rights and education.

Translated by Anna Vu. Edited by Mike Firn.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/16/vtc-broadcasters-shut-down/feed/ 0 509854
The climate benefits of NYC’s hard-won congestion pricing plan https://grist.org/article/the-climate-benefits-of-nycs-hard-won-congestion-pricing-plan/ https://grist.org/article/the-climate-benefits-of-nycs-hard-won-congestion-pricing-plan/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=656393 After months — and, for some, years — of anticipation, congestion pricing is live in New York City. 

The controversial policy, which essentially makes it more expensive to drive into the busiest part of Manhattan, has been floated as a way to reduce traffic and raise money for the city’s Metropolitan Transportation Authority, which runs the city’s subways and buses, since the 1970s. But it wasn’t until 2017 that it seemed like it might finally catch on

Still, getting it implemented has been an uphill battle. Last summer, New York Governor Kathy Hochul abruptly paused a carefully crafted plan that would have implemented $15 tolls on drivers heading into Manhattan below 60th Street, a mere 25 days before the plan would have gone into effect. Months later, in November, she said she would unpause the plan with lower tolls: $9 for passenger vehicles during peak hours and $2.25 during off-peak. After all the hubbub, New York City made history just after midnight on Sunday, January 5, when the cameras used to enforce the tolls turned on. 

With this move, New York City becomes the first U.S. city to experiment with congestion pricing tolls, and joins a small cohort of other major cities — London, Stockholm, and Singapore — trying to disincentivize driving in order to unlock safer streets and a host of other environmental benefits.

Environmental and public transit advocates praise congestion pricing because it pushes drivers to reconsider whether getting behind the wheel is really the easiest way to get around the city. With fewer cars on the road, congestion pricing promises shorter commute times for those who do drive — and better public transit options, since the money raised by congestion pricing will fund capital improvements by the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, or MTA. 

But the policy has not been without its naysayers. One New York City councilmember — Republican Vickie Paladino — appeared to encourage her followers on X (formerly Twitter) to damage the tolling cameras with lasers. Congestion pricing detractors say that tolls are burdensome. Of course, in some way, this is the point: to make driving slightly less appealing and incentivize alternative modes of transportation. 

Proponents say these are worthwhile costs to fund meaningful improvements to New Yorkers’ lives — like safer streets and cleaner air. 

“At this point, across much of the country, cars are so ingrained into American culture that we don’t always think of them as environmental hazards, but of course they are,” said Alexa Sledge, director of communications for Transportation Alternatives, an advocacy group focused on street safety in New York City. “So a major goal of our climate policy has to be getting people out of cars and on public transit, onto buses, onto bikes, onto trips on foot.” These less carbon-intensive modes of transit, she says, are “always going to be substantially more environmentally friendly.”

A yellow New York City taxicab goes by in front of a hotel
Cars pass under E-ZPass readers and license plate-scanning cameras on 5th Avenue in Manhattan as congestion pricing takes effect in New York City.
Kena Betancur / AFP via Getty Images

One of the main selling points of congestion pricing, besides reducing traffic, is improving air quality. Fewer cars on the road means fewer cars emitting exhaust in the nation’s most densely populated city — and less traffic also means that less time spent idling. 

An environmental assessment of congestion pricing published in 2023 estimated the impact tolls would have on a number of air pollutants, including carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, particulate matter, and benzene. These chemicals have been linked to health problems including heart disease, respiratory issues, cognitive impairment, and increased risk of cancer. The assessment also looked at the impact tolls would have on greenhouse gases. It analyzed these impacts at a regional level, looking at 12 different counties across New York and New Jersey, and projected how big or small the change in pollutants would be by 2045. 

The report found that, with congestion pricing, Manhattan would see a 4.36 percent reduction in daily vehicle-miles traveled by 2045. This would lead to sizable reductions in air pollutants in Manhattan, especially in the central business district (the area drivers must pay a toll to enter). For example, per the environmental assessment’s modeling, the central business district would see a 10.72 percent drop in carbon dioxide equivalents by 2045, as well as a similar drop in fine particular matter, and slightly lower drops in nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide (5.89 percent and 6.55 percent, respectively). 

When you zoom out, the benefits become sparser, but are still meaningful: The assessment found that, across the 12 New York and New Jersey counties included in its analysis, carbon dioxide equivalents would fall by 0.8 percent by 2045. Those 12 counties have a collective population of roughly 14 million.

It’s worth noting that real-life impacts will likely differ from these estimates — and it will take robust data collection to see exactly how. The environmental assessment based these projections off a congestion pricing scenario that’s actually slightly more ambitious than the one in place today, with peak tolls for passenger vehicles priced at $9 and off-peak tolls at $7. But the tolls for drivers that Hochul signed off on will ramp up over time. By 2028, peak tolls will be $12, and by 2031, they’ll reach $15.

“The most important thing is to start,” said Andy Darrell, regional director of New York at the Environmental Defense Fund, who was optimistic that real-life benefits may surpass these projections over time. “And it’s important to monitor the effects going forward and then be able to adjust the program as we go. And I think that’s exactly what’s happening now.”

A man walks in front of a sign announcing the start of congestion pricing in New York City, his face blurred.
A congestion pricing warning sign on 5th Avenue in Manhattan.
Kena Betancur / AFP via Getty Images

Eric Goldstein, the New York City environmental director at the National Resources Defense Council, was similarly confident about congestion pricing’s benefits. Over email, he said, “Even if the reduction in traditional air pollutants and global warming emissions are modest from implementation of congestion pricing, the indirect air quality benefits will be substantial over the long term,” adding that congestion pricing will “provide a jolt of adrenaline to the region’s subway, bus, and commuter rail system that moves the overwhelming majority of people into and out of Manhattan.”

The environmental assessment also found that, as a result of congestion pricing, traffic may increase in other parts of the city, like the Bronx, where neighborhoods like the South Bronx already suffer from disproportionately high rates of asthma. To offset this, the MTA has promised to fund several mitigation efforts, such as replacing diesel-fueled trucks around Hunts Point, a bustling food distribution facility, with cleaner models. It will also install air filtration systems at schools located near highways, plant more trees near roads, and establish a Bronx asthma center. 

These efforts, however, have done little to reassure local community members. In November, South Bronx Unite, a coalition centered on social and environmental justice, called New York City’s revived congestion pricing plan a “death blow” for the South Bronx and said the mitigation efforts do not go far enough to address the root causes of pollution in the area. “We welcome all pollution mitigation measures for the South Bronx and for any pollution-burdened community, but they should not be dangled in front of us as a bargaining chip for adding more pollution to the area,” Arif Ullah, the group’s executive director, told reporters.    

Beyond cleaner air for most of the region, congestion pricing is likely to have other environmental and climate benefits. For example, the money raised by congestion pricing tolls will allow the MTA to access $15 billion in financing for capital improvements, such as making subway stations more accessible. These sorts of upgrades, while not technically designed with climate change in mind, make the subway safer and more efficient to use — and that matters when extreme weather strikes. Sledge, from Transportation Alternatives, said: “People really do rely on our subway system to get them where they need to go, and if there is a mass weather event, then that’s really scary and really difficult.”

In September 2023, rainstorms caused flash flooding in New York City, overwhelming the subway system in many places. After Hochul declared a state of emergency due to the extreme rainfall, the MTA warned of disruptions “across our network” and advised people to stay home if they could. Climate change makes extreme rainfall more likely because rising ocean temperatures lead to more water evaporating into the air. As Sledge notes, these weather events are “obviously only getting more and more common” as global temperatures keep rising. “So anything we can do to mitigate this is going to be extremely important as we move forward.”

Technically speaking, the funds raised by congestion pricing will only be spent on capital improvements included in the MTA’s 2020-2024 capital plan; the agency will likely need to raise another $6 billion to fund its climate resilience roadmap, which includes things like elevating subway vents to prevent storm surges from flooding subway stations. 

But experts agreed that improving the public transit system is critical to achieving New York City’s climate goals. “For a very densely populated region like the New York metropolitan region, that investment in transit is fundamental to achieving our climate goals and our air quality goals,” said Darrell from the Environmental Defense Fund. 

The National Resources Defense Council’s Goldstein agreed: “Ultimately, if we can’t adequately fund this public transit system so that it provides safe, reliable and efficient service, the region’s environment, as well as its economy, is certain to decline.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The climate benefits of NYC’s hard-won congestion pricing plan on Jan 10, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Frida Garza.

]]>
https://grist.org/article/the-climate-benefits-of-nycs-hard-won-congestion-pricing-plan/feed/ 0 509080
Biden administration axes controversial climate plan for old growth forests https://grist.org/regulation/biden-administration-axes-controversial-climate-plan-for-old-growth-forests/ https://grist.org/regulation/biden-administration-axes-controversial-climate-plan-for-old-growth-forests/#respond Thu, 09 Jan 2025 17:32:26 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=656327

This coverage is made possible through a partnership between BPR and Grist, a nonprofit environmental media organization.

After spending more than two years drafting a plan to manage and protect the nation’s old-growth forests as they endure the ravages of climate change, the Biden administration has abruptly abandoned the effort.

That decision by the U.S. Forest Service to shelve the National Old Growth Amendment ends, for now, any goal of creating a cohesive federal approach to managing the oldest trees on the 193 million acres of land it manages nationwide. Such steps will instead be taken at the local level, agency chief Randy Moore said.

“There is strong support for, and an expectation of us, to continue to conserve these forests based on the best available scientific information,” he wrote in a letter sent Tuesday to regional foresters and forest directors announcing the move. “There was also feedback that there are important place-based differences that we will need to understand in order to conserve old growth forests so they are resilient and can persist into the future, using key place-based best available scientific information based on ecological conditions on the ground.”

President Biden launched a wide-ranging effort to bolster climate resilience in the nation’s forests in an executive order he issued on Earth Day in April, 2022. In complying with the order, the Forest Service sought to bring consistency to the protection of mature and old-growth trees in the 154 forests, 20 grasslands, and other lands it manages. Such a change was warranted because the agency defines “old growth” differently in each region of the country depending on the characteristics of the local forest, but generally speaking they are at least 100 years old. 

Much of the nation’s remaining ancient forests are found in places like Alaska, where some of the trees in the Tongass National Forest are more than 800 years old, and California. In the East, much old-growth is concentrated in the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virginia and North Carolina. All told, old-growth forests cover about 24 million acres of the land the Forest Service manages, while mature forests cover about 67 million.

The plan would have limited logging in old-growth forests with some exceptions allowed to reduce fire risk. The Forest Service spent months gathering public comment for the proposal, which the Associated Press said was to be finalized any day now. Many scientists and advocates worried the amendment would have codified loopholes that allow logging in old-growth forests. On the other side, Republican legislators, who according to the AP introduced legislation to block any rule, and timber industry representatives argued that logging is critical to many state economies and they deserved more input into, and control over, forest management. Such criticism contributed to the decision to scuttle the plan, the AP reported.

Ron Daines, the Republican senator from Montana, issued a statement calling the Forest Service decision “a victory for commonsense local management of our forests” and said “Montana’s old growth forests are already protected by each individual forest plan, so this proposal would have simply delayed work to protect them from wildfire, which is the number one threat facing our old growth forests.”

Political disagreements over old growth conservation are not new. Jim Furnish, a former deputy director of the Forest Service who retired in 2002, said that the Forest Service has become more responsive to calls for old growth protection over the years. In the 1950s and ’60s, “they typically looked at old growth for us as the place to get the maximum quantity of wood for the highest value,” Furnish said. The debate over conservation of the spotted owl, and the 2001 Roadless Rule, helped paved the way for more dedicated protection of virgin forest, and the creation of “new” old growth through the conservation of mature second-growth forests. 

Ultimately, Furnish said, the Forest Service’s failure to move quickly after Biden issued his executive order doomed the amendment. Under the Congressional Review Act, which allows lawmakers to review and potentially overturn regulations issued by federal agencies, the new Republican-controlled Congress could have killed any new regulation within 60 days, precluding any future efforts to adopt such an amendment.

Will Harlan, the Southeast director of the Center for Biological Diversity, said the plan’s death may be for the best, as old-growth protection can continue at the local level under current regulations while leaving room for future protections. 

“Probably for the next few years it’s going to be a project-by-project fight, wherever the Forest Service chooses a logging project,” he said. “Advocates and conservation groups are going to be looking closely at any old growth that might be in those projects and fighting to protect them.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Biden administration axes controversial climate plan for old growth forests on Jan 9, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/regulation/biden-administration-axes-controversial-climate-plan-for-old-growth-forests/feed/ 0 508999
‘Block’ resignation over riots recovery plan topples New Caledonia’s government https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/#respond Thu, 26 Dec 2024 22:21:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108714 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent, French Pacific desk

New Caledonia’s territorial government has been toppled on Christmas Eve, due to a mass resignation within its ranks.

Environment and Sustainable Development Minister Jérémie Katidjo-Monnier said he was resigning from the cabinet, with immediate effect.

Katidjo-Monnier was the sole representative from Calédonie Ensemble (a moderately pro-France party), one of the parties represented at the Congress.

He also said in a letter that all other people from his party’s list who could have replaced him, had also resigned as a block.

The letter was sent to government President Louis Mapou and copied to the French Pacific territory’s Congress President Veylma Falaeo.

The government of New Caledonia is made up of the parties represented at the Congress, under a proportional principle of “collegiality” — implying that all of its members and the parties they represent are supposed to work together.

In his letter, Katidjo-Monnier elaborated on growing tensions between Mapou’s government and the Congress MPs.

The tensions came to a head over the past few months, following the deadly pro-independence riots that started on May 13.

One particular point of contention was Mapou’s efforts to secure a loan of up to €1 billion (NZ$1.9 billion) from France, under a “PS2R” (reconstruction, refoundation and salvage) plan to rebuild New Caledonia after the riots damage estimated at some €2.2 billion (NZ$4 billion) and the subsequent thousands of job losses.

New Caledonia government President Louis Mapou (centre) holding a press conference with some of his ministers late November 2024 – PHOTO Gouvernement de la Nouvelle-Calédonie
New Caledonia President Louis Mapou (centre) holding a press conference with some of his ministers in late November 2024. Image: New Caledonia govt/RNZ Pacific

Congress vs government: two opposing recovery plans
At the same time, the Congress has been advocating for a different approach: a five-year reconstruction plan to secure funds from France.

A bipartisan delegation was last month sent to Paris to advocate for the plan — not in the form of reimbursable loans, but non-refundable grants.

The bipartisan delegation’s “grant” approach was said to be supported not only by Congress, but also by provincial assemblies and New Caledonia’s elected MPs in both houses of the French Parliament

The delegation was concerned that the loan would bring New Caledonia’s debt to unprecedented and unsustainable levels; and that at the same time, funds for the “PS2R” would be tied to a number of pre-conditioned reforms deemed necessary by France.

Katidjo-Monnier said neither the “obligation” for Congress and the government to act in “solidarity”, nor the “spirit of the Nouméa Accord”, had been respected.

Approached by local media on Tuesday, Mapou declined to comment.

‘Lack of solidarity’
The block resignation from Calédonie Ensemble entails that the whole government of New Caledonia is deemed to have resigned and should now act in a caretaker mode until a new government is installed.

The election of a new government must take place within 15 days.

One of the initial stages of the process is for the Congress to convene a special sitting to choose how many members should make up this new government (between five and 11) and then to proceed with their election.

The cabinet then elects a president.

Several governments have fallen under similar mass resignation circumstances and this “mass block resignation” ploy.

It has now been used 11 times since 1999, each time causing the downfall of the government.

Louis Mapou’s government was the 17th since New Caledonia’s autonomous government system was introduced in 1999.

He came to office in July 2021, months after the list of government members was chosen on 17 February 2021.

This was the first time a local territorial government’s leader belonged to the pro-independence camp.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/feed/ 0 507591
Rights group urges govts to reconsider funding Vietnam energy plan https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/23/energy-funding/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/23/energy-funding/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2024 03:53:24 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/23/energy-funding/ Read more on this topic in Vietnamese.

An international pressure group is calling on governments and financial institutions to reconsider funding a plan to help Vietnam transition from fossil fuels to clean energy while it jails climate activists.

The Just Energy Transition Partnership, or JETP, was unveiled two years ago by Vietnam and the International Partners Group, comprising the United States, European Union, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Italy, Norway, Denmark, Japan and Canada.

The partners committed to provide US$15.5 billion in loans, along with technical assistance to support the elimination of fossil fuels. Under the plan, Vietnam has obtained $2.75 billion so far in concessional loans from international financial institutions, according to the Coalition for Human Rights in Development, a grouping of more than 100 non-governmental organizations from over 50 countries.

But Vietnam has also cracked down on environmental activists, as it does on almost anyone who questions the authority of the ruling Communist Party, invariably for spurious reasons, government critics say.

“The Vietnamese government has been criminalizing environmental and climate leaders on false charges,” the rights coalition said in a report released last month and posted on social media platform X on Dec. 16.

“Although the resulting Just Energy Transition Partnership agreement includes references to the importance of holding consultations and ensuring broad social consensus, the authorities have targeted climate and environmental leaders who were conducting legitimate policy and advocacy work around the just transition, and the need to phase out coal and scale-up renewable energy alternatives,” the group said.

It cited environmentalists Dang Dinh Bach, Nguy Thi Khanh, Hoang Thi Minh Hong, Mai Phan Loi and Bach Hung Duong who were convicted of “tax evasion” and sentenced to terms of as much as five years in prison.

It also mentioned Ngo Thi To Nhien, who was sentenced to three years and six months in prison for “appropriating documents.” Nhien was executive director of the Vietnam Initiative for Energy Transition Social Enterprise, which worked with Vietnamese authorities, foreign governments and corporations to try to reform the energy sector and accelerate its transition to carbon neutrality.

The JETP says that in order for a transition to clean energy to be just and equitable “regular consultation is required, including with media, NGOs and other stakeholders to ensure broad social consensus.”

The Coalition for Human Rights in Development argues that Hanoi’s imprisonment of activists sends a different message.

“The criminalization of these six environmental and climate leaders, along with broader civic space restrictions, indicate that it is not safe for local human rights defenders and community members to meaningfully participate, seek information, or raise concerns about just energy transition plans,” it said.

Radio Free Asia emailed Vietnam’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs asking for comment on the statement but did not receive a response by time of publication.

RELATED STORIES

Vietnam sentences environmental activist to 3.5 years in prison: rights group

Vietnamese political prisoner Dang Dinh Bach ‘assaulted by jailers’

Vietnam releases 2 political prisoners ahead of leader To Lam’s US trip

The 2023 Goldman Environmental Prize laureate Diane Wilson said she agreed that international financiers needed to think again about providing funds to Vietnam.

“As a grassroots environmental activist in the United States and a fourth-generation fisherman in the Gulf of Texas, I support the coalition in urging international partners and donors to reconsider their plans to support the communist regime in its clean energy transition,” Wilson said.

Thuc Quyen, a German-Vietnamese activist, said the Vietnamese government should improve its human rights record, protect the environment, and fight corruption in order to receive international attention and assistance.

“Vietnam needs to release Dang Dinh Bach and other environmental activists, and establish minimum standards that protect civil space, protect fundamental human rights and transparency, and respect independent oversight,” she told RFA.

Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/23/energy-funding/feed/ 0 507167
The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 19, 2024 House votes down Trump-backed government funding plan as deadline to avoid shutdown approaches https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-19-2024-house-votes-down-trump-backed-government-funding-plan-as-deadline-to-avoid-shutdown-approaches/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-19-2024-house-votes-down-trump-backed-government-funding-plan-as-deadline-to-avoid-shutdown-approaches/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=eadd17a7f4aa8c07afeb821eaa69492d Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

 

The post The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 19, 2024 House votes down Trump-backed government funding plan as deadline to avoid shutdown approaches appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-19-2024-house-votes-down-trump-backed-government-funding-plan-as-deadline-to-avoid-shutdown-approaches/feed/ 0 506776
To Lam shakes up Vietnam with a government restructuring plan https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/12/14/opinion-vietnam-to-lam-communist-party/ https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/12/14/opinion-vietnam-to-lam-communist-party/#respond Sat, 14 Dec 2024 15:28:09 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/12/14/opinion-vietnam-to-lam-communist-party/ Closing out the plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Vietnam’s on Dec. 1, General Secretary To Lam and allies announced a sweeping set of proposals to streamline the Vietnamese government, legislature, ruling party apparatus.

If enacted, it would be the most sweeping changes that the Vietnamese government system has seen in decades, involving ministerial restructuring, the elimination of parliamentary committees, the shuttering of government offices and party committees, and some consolidation within the state-owned media, educational and research sectors.

At the government level, five of 21 ministries will be eliminated through mergers and closures.

The Ministry of Finance will absorb the Ministry of Planning and Investment, while the Ministry of Transport and the Ministry of Construction will merge, and the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment will merge with the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.

The Ministry of Information and Communications will merge with the Ministry of Science and Technology, while the Ministry of Labor, Invalids, and Social Affairs will be dissolved with individual components parceled out to other ministries.

Three central-level government agencies will be dissolved. The Ministry of Finance and the State Bank will assume the responsibilities of the State Capital Management Committee and the National Financial Supervisory Commission.

Lam is making his mark

The Religious Affairs Committee and Ethnic Minority Affairs Committees will merge.

Other consolidation will occur within the state education and research sectors and broadcast media. Even ministries that are not affected by the restructuring will be required to streamline their own activities.

The National Assembly will eliminate four committees and one agency that reside beneath the legislature’s Standing Committee.

The proposal calls for the merger of the Economic and Finance Committees, the Social and Culture Committees, and the Judicial and Legal Committees, with the complete dissolution of the Foreign Affairs Committee.

A matter of concern is that the Legislative Research Institute, which was modeled on the U.S. Congressional Research Service to provide technical expertise on legislation, will be eliminated altogether.

Within the CPV, the Central Propaganda and Education Committee will merge with the Central Mass Mobilization Committee, while the External Relations Committee will be dissolved, with its functions transferred to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

Vietnam's  President Luong Cuong, left, and General Secretary of the Communist Party To Lam, walk to the National Assembly in Hanoi, Vietnam, Oct. 21, 2024.
Vietnam's President Luong Cuong, left, and General Secretary of the Communist Party To Lam, walk to the National Assembly in Hanoi, Vietnam, Oct. 21, 2024.

The Health Care Committee will likewise be dissolved with its authorities split between the Ministry of Health and the Organization Commission.

The new central-level committee will be established to oversee other central agencies, the judiciary, including the Supreme People’s Procuracy and the Supreme People’s Court.

Lam is clearly trying to make his mark just five months after being elected CPV general secretary.

Cumbersome bureaucracy

While his predecessor Nguyen Phu Trong sought to legitimize the party in the eyes of an increasingly disgusted and apathetic public through his “Blazing Furnace” anti-corruption campaign, Lam seeks to legitimize the party through rapid economic growth.

An impediment to performance-based legitimacy is Vietnam’s cumbersome bureaucracy.

In his speech to the Central Committee, Lam reiterated that “In parallel, administrative reforms must be accelerated to create the most favorable conditions for citizens and businesses, which will contribute to improving the living standards of the people.”

RELATED STORIES

To Lam moves to secure full term at pinnacle of Vietnamese power

Meet To Lam, Vietnam’s Communist Party chief and successor to Nguyen Phu Trong

How far can Vietnam’s To Lam push his ‘palace coup’ before meeting resistance?

Trong was a career ideologue, who spent much of his 13 years rebuilding the party apparatus in order to serve as a check on technocrats.

Lam is charting a completely different path, seeking to do away with some key communist party offices, and trying to streamline the “dual-hatted” system whereby every government and military organization has both a civil executive and a parallel party leadership structure.

The one place where this dual hat system will not be touched is the military: The party always controls the gun.

Lam knows that the country is entering into a “new revolutionary era” with significant challenges.

Labor productivity is slipping and while Vietnam attracted $36 billion in pledged foreign investment in 2024, it remains an assembler. There is an insufficient production ecosystem in the country.

There is a reason that Vietnam’s trade deficit with China is almost the same as its surplus with the United States: Vietnamese exports are made from imported components. Lam is acutely aware of the dangers of being caught in the middle income trap.

Rising star Hung

The man behind all of this is Le Minh Hung, a rising star within the Communist Party and a key ally of Lam, who oversaw his recent promotion to the Politburo.

Hung was the governor of the state bank of Vietnam, the youngest man to hold that position.

Vietnam's State Bank Governor Le Minh Hung is seen in Hanoi, Vietnam May 31, 2017.
Vietnam's State Bank Governor Le Minh Hung is seen in Hanoi, Vietnam May 31, 2017.

He is currently in charge of the CPV’s Organization Commission, which is in charge of all personnel issues, a key assignment ahead of the 14th Congress.

Hung’s father was the former Minister of Public Security and in that role a mentor to Lam during his rise through the security bureaucracy.

And this shakeup was orchestrated by the CPV Secretariat, which Lam has stacked with his allies.

Lam’s big plan appears to have the backing of the majority of the Central Committee. Editorials in state-owned media have endorsed the proposal, striking notes of urgency. But clearly not everyone in the party is on board.

Normally, we see very little change or policy implementation in the year preceding a CPV Congress.

That Lam is willing to push this is a strong indication that he is confident of the Central Committee’s faith in his leadership. He is much less of an ideologue, and more of a state-led capitalist authoritarian.

The ambitious move also speaks to Lam’s personal confidence that he will be elected to a full term at the 14th Congress in early 2026.

Empowering technocrats

Lam has called on all party organizations to complete their internal review and draft guidelines for reform by the end of the year.

The reports will be studied in mid February, and submitted by the steering committee to the Politburo in early March ahead of the next Central Committee Plenum scheduled for mid March.

But that also means no government body will be working until at least March 2025.

There is not just efficiency at play with the government and party reorganization. This is clearly a way to get rid of some dead wood and neutralize some rivals.

But more importantly, the reorganization can be seen as a way for Lam to empower close allies and true technocrats.

It is believed that the head of the Central Committee’s External Relations Committee, Le Hoai Trung, who sits on the CPV Secretariat and is a close advisor to Lam, will become the next foreign minister.

Hung is clearly being set up for a key economic position. While many had seen him being groomed for the prime ministership, the consolidation will turn the Ministry of Finance into a super-ministry, which he would be well poised to lead.

After Trong’s war against technocrats, Lam is empowering them, aware that they are needed to take Vietnam to its next stage of development.

A clear winner in this is the Ministry of Public Security, which not only came out unscathed, but with some additional autonomy.

But while this reorganization may look good to foreign investors, Vietnamese citizens don’t see how the reforms will impact or improve their day-to-day interactions with the government. Shouldn’t they be the primary beneficiaries?

Zachary Abuza is a professor at the National War College in Washington and an adjunct at Georgetown University. The views expressed here are his own and do not reflect the position of the U.S. Department of Defense, the National War College, Georgetown University or Radio Free Asia.

RELATED STORIES

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Zachary Abuza.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/12/14/opinion-vietnam-to-lam-communist-party/feed/ 0 506080
Trump’s Ludicrous Billionaire Polluter Exemption Plan Deserves Ridicule, But His Probable Abuse of National Security Exemptions Deserves Attention https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/trumps-ludicrous-billionaire-polluter-exemption-plan-deserves-ridicule-but-his-probable-abuse-of-national-security-exemptions-deserves-attention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/trumps-ludicrous-billionaire-polluter-exemption-plan-deserves-ridicule-but-his-probable-abuse-of-national-security-exemptions-deserves-attention/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 22:17:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/trumps-ludicrous-billionaire-polluter-exemption-plan-deserves-ridicule-but-his-probable-abuse-of-national-security-exemptions-deserves-attention Today, President-elect Donald J. Trump declared on his social media platform that, “Any person or company investing ONE BILLION DOLLARS, OR MORE, in the United States of America, will receive fully expedited approvals and permits, including, but in no way limited to, all Environmental approvals.”

Tyson Slocum, Energy Program Director at Public Citizen, issued the following statement in response:

“The President has no authority whatsoever to waive statutory public health and safety protections based upon a dollar value of capital investment. Trump’s claim deserves ridicule for being so outlandishly illegal and wrong, and it will not come to pass, no matter what Trump fantasizes.

“However, the statement does highlight Trump’s utter disregard for protecting the environment or human health and the imminent peril that he and his cronies will push policies that jeopardize health, safety and planetary well-being.

“Of special importance, Public Citizen has noted Trump’s efforts to use national security designations to force bailouts of coal power plants during his firm term — which Trump may seek to expand to all domestic oil and gas production, transportation, and export, especially with Trump’s declaration that his Interior Secretary nominee Doug Burgum would have a seat on the National Security Council.

“This, along with other moves the administration is likely to take starting January 20, offers a more realistic and insidious Trump scheme to allow Big Oil to sidestep an array of environmental laws by designating domestic fossil fuel production and export as essential for national security.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/trumps-ludicrous-billionaire-polluter-exemption-plan-deserves-ridicule-but-his-probable-abuse-of-national-security-exemptions-deserves-attention/feed/ 0 505693
Healthcare Is a Right: CEO’s Killing Ignites Calls for Reform Amid Trump’s Plan to Privatize Medicare https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/healthcare-is-a-right-ceos-killing-ignites-calls-for-reform-amid-trumps-plan-to-privatize-medicare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/healthcare-is-a-right-ceos-killing-ignites-calls-for-reform-amid-trumps-plan-to-privatize-medicare/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=52263bdad62bc25a639d9ca2ae345a44
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/healthcare-is-a-right-ceos-killing-ignites-calls-for-reform-amid-trumps-plan-to-privatize-medicare/feed/ 0 505478
Tjibaou’s party unveils plan for New Caledonia’s future ‘independence’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/tjibaous-party-unveils-plan-for-new-caledonias-future-independence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/tjibaous-party-unveils-plan-for-new-caledonias-future-independence/#respond Sat, 30 Nov 2024 21:53:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107587 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

New Caledonia’s largest pro-independence party, the Union Calédonienne (UC), has unveiled the main outcome of its congress last weekend, including its plans for the French Pacific territory’s political future.

Speaking at a news conference on Thursday in Nouméa, the party’s newly-elected executive bureau, now headed by Emmanuel Tjibaou, debriefed the media about the main resolutions made during its congress.

One of the motions was specifically concerning a timeframe for New Caledonia’s road to independence.

Tjibaou said UC now envisaged that one of the milestones on this road to sovereignty would be the signing of a “Kanaky Agreement”, at the latest on 24 September 2025 — a highly symbolic date as this was the day of France’s annexation of New Caledonia in 1853.

‘Kanaky Agreement’ by 24 September 2025?
This, he said, would mark the beginning of a five-year “transition period” from “2025 to 2030” that would be concluded by New Caledonia becoming fully sovereign under a status yet to be defined.

Several wordings have recently been advanced by stakeholders from around the political spectrum.

Depending on the pro-independence and pro-France sympathies, these have varied from “shared sovereignty”, “independence in partnership”, “independence-association” and, more recently, from the also divided pro-France loyalists camp, an “internal federalism” (Le Rassemblement-LR party) or a “territorial federation” (Les Loyalistes).

Charismatic pro-independence leader Jean-Marie Tjibaou, Emmanuel’s father who was assassinated in 1989, was known for being an advocate of a relativist approach to the term “independence”, to which he usually preferred to adjunct the pragmatic term “inter-dependence”.

Jean Marie Tjibaou
Founding FLNKS leader Jean Marie Tjibaou in Kanaky New Caledonia in 1985 . . . assassinated four years later. Image: David Robie/Café Pacific

Negotiations between all political parties and the French State are expected to begin in the next few weeks.

The talks (between pro-independence, anti-independence parties and the French State) are scheduled in such a way that all parties manage to reach a comprehensive and inclusive political agreement no later than March 2025.

The talks had completely stalled after the pro-indeoendence riots broke out on 13 May 2024.

Over the past three years, following three referendums (2018, 2020, 2021, the latter being strongly challenged by the pro-independence side) on the question of independence (all yielding a majority in favour of New Caledonia remaining part of France), there had been several attempts to hold inclusive talks in order to discuss New Caledonia’s political future.

But UC and other parties (including pro-France and pro-independence) did not manage to sit at the same table.

Speaking to journalists, Emmanuel Tjibaou confirmed that under its new leadership, UC was now willing to return to the negotiating table.

He said “May 13 has stopped our advances in those exchanges” but “now is the time to build the road to full sovereignty”.

Back to the negotiating table
In the footsteps of those expected negotiations, heavy campaigning will follow to prepare for crucial provincial elections to be held no later than November 2025.

The five years of “transition” (2025-2030), would be used to transfer the remaining “regal” powers from France as well as putting in place “a political, financial and international” framework, accompanied by the French State, Tjibaou elaborated.

And after the transitional period, UC’s president said a new phase of talks could start to put in place what he terms “interdependence conventions on some of the ‘regal’ — main — powers” (defence, law and order, foreign affairs, currency).

Tjibaou said this project could resemble a sort of independence in partnership, a “shared sovereignty”, a concept that was strongly suggested early November 2024 by visiting French Senate President Gérard Larcher.

But Tjibaou said there was a difference in the sense that those discussions on sharing would only take place once all the powers have been transferred from France.

“You can only share sovereignty if you have obtained it first”, he told local media.

One of the other resolutions from its congress held last weekend in the small village of Mia (Canala) was to reiterate its call to liberate Christian Téin, appointed president of the FLNKS (Kanak Socialist National Liberation Front) in absentia late August, even though he is currently imprisoned in Mulhouse (north-east of France) pending his trial.

Allegations over May riots
He is alleged to have been involved in the organisation of the demonstrations that degenerated into the May 13 riots, arson, looting and a deadly toll of 13 people, several hundred injured and material damage estimated at some 2.2 billion euros (NZ$3.9 billion).

Tjibaou also said that within a currently divided pro-independence movement, he hoped that a reunification process and “clarification” would be possible with other components of FLNKS, namely the Progressist Union in Melanesia (UPM) and the Kanak Liberation Party (PALIKA).

Since August 2024, both UPM and PALIKA have de facto withdrawn with FLNKS’s political bureau, saying they no longer recognised themselves in the way the movement had radicalised.

In 1988, after half a decade of a quasi civil war, Jean-Marie Tjibaou signed the Matignon-Oudinot agreements with New Caledonia’s pro-France and anti-independence leader Jacques Lafleur.

The third signatory was the French State.

One year later, in 1989, Tjibaou was shot dead by a hard-line pro-independence militant.

His son Emmanuel was aged 13 at the time.

‘Common destiny’
In 1998, a new agreement, the Nouméa Accord, was signed, with a focus on increased autonomy, the notions of “common destiny” and a local “citizenship” and a gradual transfer of powers from France.

After the three referendums held between 2018 and 2021, the Nouméa Accord prescribed that if there had been three referendums rejecting independence, then political stakeholders should “meet to examine the situation thus generated”.

On Thursday, Union Calédonienne also stressed that the Nouméa Accord remained the founding document of all future political discussions.

“We are sticking to the Nouméa Accord because it is this document that brings us to the elements of accession to sovereignty”.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/tjibaous-party-unveils-plan-for-new-caledonias-future-independence/feed/ 0 504173
‘Nonprofit killer’ bill: Congress’ plan to KILL Palestine activism w/Chip Gibbons & Noah Hurowitz https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/nonprofit-killer-bill-congress-plan-to-kill-palestine-activism-w-chip-gibbons-noah-hurowitz/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/nonprofit-killer-bill-congress-plan-to-kill-palestine-activism-w-chip-gibbons-noah-hurowitz/#respond Wed, 27 Nov 2024 20:30:32 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=47e72cb7f3d2c2050b22cb3cbe61e717
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/nonprofit-killer-bill-congress-plan-to-kill-palestine-activism-w-chip-gibbons-noah-hurowitz/feed/ 0 503819
U.N. Climate Summit Ends with a "Bad Deal" as Rich, Polluting Nations Nix $1 Trillion Finance Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-nix-1-trillion-finance-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-nix-1-trillion-finance-plan/#respond Mon, 25 Nov 2024 15:41:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d931fa7ad8f1230475bc447e658d2318
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-nix-1-trillion-finance-plan/feed/ 0 503518
U.N. Climate Summit Ends with a “Bad Deal” as Rich, Polluting Nations Refuse $1 Trillion Finance Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-refuse-1-trillion-finance-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-refuse-1-trillion-finance-plan/#respond Mon, 25 Nov 2024 13:14:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d16239d27ec9d38f67e9d49a98d45436 Seg alt climate

After wealthy countries refused to agree to a $1 trillion proposal from developing countries facing the brunt of climate change’s impacts, the COP29 U.N. climate summit concluded with a $300 billion climate finance deal that is “a drop in the ocean compared to what is needed.” For more, we hear from two climate activists who attended the conference and were among those calling for wealthier countries to contribute more to a global green energy transition. Brandon Wu, the director of policy and campaigns at ActionAid USA, says the U.S. in particular owes “a climate debt to the rest of the world,” yet has spent years performing a “great escape from [its] obligations” by avoiding and reneging on promises to commit its vast financial resources to fighting the climate crisis. We’re then joined by Asad Rehman of War on Want and the Climate Justice Coalition, who further discusses the deal’s shortcomings and what to expect from next year’s conference in Brazil.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/25/u-n-climate-summit-ends-with-a-bad-deal-as-rich-polluting-nations-refuse-1-trillion-finance-plan/feed/ 0 503488
Islamabad Locked Down As Imran Khan’s Supporters Plan To Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/24/islamabad-locked-down-as-imran-khans-supporters-plan-to-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/24/islamabad-locked-down-as-imran-khans-supporters-plan-to-protest/#respond Sun, 24 Nov 2024 13:31:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5a0d6141264eff732b97b0b6b3dffc4f
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/24/islamabad-locked-down-as-imran-khans-supporters-plan-to-protest/feed/ 0 503339
"A Great Swindle": Activists Slam Draft Climate Plan Reducing How Much Rich Polluting Countries Owe https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe-2/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 15:21:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8c00dd1fdecb215118fc1d824c7588b5
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe-2/feed/ 0 503253
“A Great Swindle”: Activists Slam Draft Climate Plan Reducing How Much Rich Polluting Countries Owe https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 13:17:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=75ae35fe9dd1689dd38eabb800e85ab3 Seg2 state of talks wide

Broadcasting from Baku, Azerbaijan, on the final official day of this year’s finance-themed United Nations climate summit, we look at how climate justice activists are outraged at how little money is being offered by the most polluting nations to countries most severely affected by climate change. We speak with Mohamed Adow, founding director of Power Shift Africa, and Claudio Angelo, head of international policy at the Brazilian Observatório do Clima (Climate Observatory), who describe the latest text as “a great swindle” and “totally unacceptable.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/a-great-swindle-activists-slam-draft-climate-plan-reducing-how-much-rich-polluting-countries-owe/feed/ 0 503190
As Private Prison Stocks Soar, Immigrant Rights Activists Vow to Fight Trump’s Mass Deportation Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/12/as-private-prison-stocks-soar-immigrant-rights-activists-vow-to-fight-trumps-mass-deportation-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/12/as-private-prison-stocks-soar-immigrant-rights-activists-vow-to-fight-trumps-mass-deportation-plan/#respond Tue, 12 Nov 2024 15:42:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e60eaf4474693f51fccc605b536f61ff
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/12/as-private-prison-stocks-soar-immigrant-rights-activists-vow-to-fight-trumps-mass-deportation-plan/feed/ 0 501568
"Communities Were Destroyed": Mass U.S. Deportations of 1930s & ’50s Show Harm of Trump Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-u-s-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-u-s-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan/#respond Thu, 07 Nov 2024 15:34:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=28be44b4a2846e1d174965e39f251417
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-u-s-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan/feed/ 0 500909
“Communities Were Destroyed”: Mass Deportations of 1930s & ’50s Show Harm of Trump Plan, If Implemented https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan-if-implemented/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan-if-implemented/#respond Thu, 07 Nov 2024 13:47:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b8f16ef95b6a8509994196d9f6f4bc93 Seg3 button racism

Donald Trump has made the mass deportation of immigrants a centerpiece of his plans for a second term, vowing to forcibly remove as many as 20 million people from the country. Historian Ana Raquel Minian, who studies the history of immigration, says earlier mass deportation programs in the 1930s and '50s led to widespread abuse, tearing many families apart through violent means that also resulted in the expulsion of many U.S. citizens. “These deportations that Trump is claiming that he will do will have mass implications to our civil rights, to our communities and to our economy, and of course to the people who are being deported themselves,” says Minian. She also says that while Trump's extremist rhetoric encourages hate and violence against vulnerable communities, in terms of policy there is great continuity with the Biden administration, which kept many of the same policies in place.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/communities-were-destroyed-mass-deportations-of-1930s-50s-show-harm-of-trump-plan-if-implemented/feed/ 0 500884
West Papuan outcry over Prabowo’s plan to revive transmigration https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/04/west-papuan-outcry-over-prabowos-plan-to-revive-transmigration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/04/west-papuan-outcry-over-prabowos-plan-to-revive-transmigration/#respond Mon, 04 Nov 2024 22:58:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=106413 By Victor Mambor in Jayapura

Just one day after President Prabowo Subianto’s inauguration, a minister announced plans to resume the transmigration programme in eastern Indonesia, particularly in Papua, saying it was needed for enhancing unity and providing locals with welfare.

Transmigration is the process of moving people from densely populated regions to less densely populated ones in Indonesia, Southeast Asia’s most populous country with 285 million people.

The ministry intends to revitalise 10 zones in Papua, potentially using local relocation rather than bringing in outsiders.

The programme will resume after it was officially paused in Papua 23 years ago.

“We want Papua to be fully united as part of Indonesia in terms of welfare, national unity and beyond,” Muhammad Iftitah Sulaiman Suryanagara, the Minister of Transmigration, said during a handover ceremony on October 21.

Iftitah promised strict evaluations focusing on community welfare rather than on relocation numbers. Despite the minister’s promises, the plan drew an outcry from indigenous Papuans who cited social and economic concerns.

Papua, a remote and resource-rich region, has long been a flashpoint for conflict, with its people enduring decades of military abuse and human rights violations under Indonesian rule.

Human rights abuses
Prabowo, a former army general, was accused of human rights abuses in his military career, including in East Timor (Timor-Leste) during a pro-independence insurgency against Jakarta rule.

Simon Balagaize, a young Papuan leader from Merauke, highlighted the negative impacts of transmigration efforts in Papua under dictator Suharto’s New Order during the 1960s.

“Customary land was taken, forests were cut down, and the indigenous Malind people now speak Javanese better than their native language,” he told BenarNews.

The Papuan Church Council stressed that locals desperately needed services, but could do without more transmigration.

“Papuans need education, health services and welfare – not transmigration that only further marginalises landowners,” Reverend Dorman Wandikbo, a member of the council, told BenarNews.

Transmigration into Papua has sparked protests over concerns about reduced job opportunities for indigenous people, along with broader political and economic impacts.

Apei Tarami, who joined a recent demonstration in South Sorong, Southwest Papua province, warned of consequences, stating that “this policy affects both political and economic aspects of Papua.”

Human rights ignored
Meanwhile, human rights advocate Theo Hasegem criticised the government’s plans, arguing that human rights issues are ignored and non-Papuans could be endangered because pro-independence groups often target newcomers.

“Do the president and vice-president guarantee the safety of those relocated from Java,” Hasegem told BenarNews.

The programme, which dates to 1905, has continued through various administrations under the guise of promoting development and unity.

Indonesia’s policy resumed post-independence on December 12, 1950, under President Sukarno, who sought to foster prosperity and equitable development.

It also aimed to promote social unity by relocating citizens across regions.

Transmigration involving 78,000 families occurred in Papua from 1964 to 1999, according to statistics from the Papua provincial government. That would equal between 312,000 and 390,000 people settling in Papua from other parts of the country, assuming the average Indonesian family has 4 to 5 people.

The programme paused in 2001 after a Special Autonomy Law required regional regulations to be followed.

20241104-ID-PHOTO-TRANSMIGRATION FIVE.jpg
Students hold a rally at Abepura Circle in Jayapura, the capital of Indonesia’s Papua Province, yesterday to protest against Indonesia’s plan to resume a transmigration programme, Image: Victor Mambor/BenarNews

Legality questioned
Papuan legislator John N.R. Gobay questioned the role of Papua’s six new autonomous regional governments in the transmigration process. He cited Article 61 of the law, which mandates that transmigration proceed only with gubernatorial consent and regulatory backing.

Without these clear regional regulations, he warned, transmigration lacks a strong legal foundation and could conflict with special autonomy rules.

He also pointed to a 2008 Papuan regulation stating that transmigration should proceed only after the Indigenous Papuan population reaches 20 million. In 2023, the population across six provinces of Papua was about 6.25 million, according to Indonesia’s Central Bureau of Statistics (BPS).

Gobay suggested prioritising local transmigration to better support indigenous development in their own region.

‘Entrenched inequality’
British MP Alex Sobel, chair of the International Parliamentarians for West Papua, expressed concern over the programme, noting its role in drastic demographic shifts and structural discrimination in education, land rights and employment.

“Transmigration has entrenched inequality rather than promoting prosperity,” Sobel told BenarNews, adding that it had contributed to Papua remaining Indonesia’s poorest regions.

20241104-ID-PAPUA-PHOTO TWO.jpeg
Pramono Suharjono, who transmigrated to Papua, Indonesia, in 1986, harvests oranges on his land in Arso II in Keerom regency last week. Image: Victor Mambor/BenarNews]

Pramono Suharjono, a resident of Arso II in Keerom, Papua, welcomed the idea of restarting the programme, viewing it as positive for the region’s growth.

“This supports national development, not colonisation,” he told BenarNews.

A former transmigrant who has served as a local representative, Pramono said transmigration had increased local knowledge in agriculture, craftsmanship and trade.

However, research has shown that longstanding social issues, including tensions from cultural differences, have marginalised indigenous Papuans and fostered resentment toward non-locals, said La Pona, a lecturer at Cenderawasih University.

Papua also faces a humanitarian crisis because of conflicts between Indonesian forces and pro-independence groups. United Nations data shows between 60,000 and 100,000 Papuans were displaced between and 2022.

As of September 2024, human rights advocates estimate 79,000 Papuans remain displaced even as Indonesia denies UN officials access to the region.

Pizaro Gozali Idrus in Jakarta contributed to this report. Republished with the permission of BenarNews.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/04/west-papuan-outcry-over-prabowos-plan-to-revive-transmigration/feed/ 0 500428
Israel kills the journalists. Western media kills the truth of genocide in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/03/israel-kills-the-journalists-western-media-kills-the-truth-of-genocide-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/03/israel-kills-the-journalists-western-media-kills-the-truth-of-genocide-in-gaza/#respond Sun, 03 Nov 2024 22:55:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=106360 Western publics are being subjected to a campaign of psychological warfare, where genocide is classed as ‘self-defence’ and opposition to it ‘terrorism’. Jonathan Cook reports as the world marked the International Day to End Impunity for Crimes against Journalists at the weekend.

ANALYSIS: By Jonathan Cook

Israel knew that, if it could stop foreign correspondents from reporting directly from Gaza, those journalists would end up covering events in ways far more to its liking.

They would hedge every report of a new Israeli atrocity – if they covered them at all – with a “Hamas claims” or “Gaza family members allege”. Everything would be presented in terms of conflicting narratives rather than witnessed facts. Audiences would feel uncertain, hesitant, detached.

Israel could shroud its slaughter in a fog of confusion and disputation. The natural revulsion evoked by a genocide would be tempered and attenuated.

For a year, the networks’ most experienced war reporters have stayed put in their hotels in Israel, watching Gaza from afar. Their human-interest stories, always at the heart of war reporting, have focused on the far more limited suffering of Israelis than the vast catastrophe unfolding for Palestinians.

That is why Western audiences have been forced to relive a single day of horror for Israel, on October 7, 2023, as intensely as they have a year of greater horrors in Gaza — in what the World Court has judged to be a “plausible” genocide by Israel.

That is why the media have immersed their audiences in the agonies of the families of some 250 Israelis — civilians taken hostage and soldiers taken captive — as much as they have the agonies of 2.3 million Palestinians bombed and starved to death week after week, month after month.

That is why audiences have been subjected to gaslighting narratives that frame Gaza’s destruction as a “humanitarian crisis” rather than the canvas on which Israel is erasing all the known rules of war.

Vast catastrophe unfolding for Palestinians
Western media’s human-interest stories, always at the heart of war reporting, have focused on the far more limited suffering of Israelis than the vast catastrophe unfolding for Palestinians. Image: www.jonathan-cook.net

While foreign correspondents sit obediently in their hotel rooms, Palestinian journalists have been picked off one by one — in the greatest massacre of journalists in history.

Israel is now repeating that process in Lebanon. On the night of October 24, it struck a residence in south Lebanon where three journalists were staying. All were killed.

In an indication of how deliberate and cynical Israel’s actions are, it put its military’s crosshairs on six Al Jazeera reporters last month, smearing them as “terrorists” working for Hamas and Islamic Jihad. They are reportedly the last surviving Palestinian journalists in northern Gaza, which Israel has sealed off while it carries out the so-called “General’s Plan”.

Israel wants no one reporting its final push to ethnically cleanse northern Gaza by starving out the 400,000 Palestinians still there and executing anyone who remains as a “terrorist”.

These six join a long list of professionals defamed by Israel in the interests of advancing its genocide — from doctors and aid workers to UN peacekeepers.

Sympathy for Israel
Perhaps the nadir of Israel’s domestication of foreign journalists was reached last month in a report by CNN. Back in February whistleblowing staff there revealed that the network’s executives have been actively obscuring Israeli atrocities to portray Israel in a more sympathetic light.

In a story whose framing should have been unthinkable — but sadly was all too predictable — CNN reported on the psychological trauma some Israeli soldiers are suffering from time spent in Gaza, in some cases leading to suicide.

Committing a genocide can be bad for your mental health, it seems. Or as CNN explained, its interviews “provide a window into the psychological burden that the war is casting on Israeli society”.

In its lengthy piece, titled “He got out of Gaza, but Gaza did not get out of him”, the atrocities the soldiers admit committing are little more than the backdrop as CNN finds yet another angle on Israeli suffering. Israeli soldiers are the real victims — even as they perpetrate a genocide on the Palestinian people.

One bulldozer driver, Guy Zaken, told CNN he could not sleep and had become vegetarian because of the “very, very difficult things” he had seen and had to do in Gaza.

What things? Zaken had earlier told a hearing of the Israeli Parliament that his unit’s job was to drive over many hundreds of Palestinians, some of them alive.

CNN reported: “Zaken says he can no longer eat meat, as it reminds him of the gruesome scenes he witnessed from his bulldozer in Gaza.”

Doubtless some Nazi concentration camp guards committed suicide in the 1940s after witnessing the horrors there — because they were responsible for them. Only in some weird parallel news universe, would their “psychological burden” be the story.

After a huge online backlash, CNN amended an editor’s note at the start of the article that originally read: “This story includes details about suicide that some readers may find upsetting.”

Readers, it was assumed, would find the suicide of Israeli soldiers upsetting, but apparently not the revelation that those soldiers were routinely driving over Palestinians so that, as Zaken explained, “everything squirts out”.

Banned from Gaza
Finally, a year into Israel’s genocidal war, now rapidly spreading into Lebanon, some voices are being raised very belatedly to demand the entry of foreign journalists into Gaza.

This week — in a move presumably designed, as November’s elections loom, to ingratiate themselves with voters angry at the party’s complicity in genocide — dozens of Democratic members of the US Congress wrote to President Joe Biden asking him to pressure Israel to give journalists “unimpeded access” to the enclave.

Don’t hold your breath.

Western media have done very little themselves to protest their exclusion from Gaza over the past year — for a number of reasons.

Given the utterly indiscriminate nature of Israel’s bombardment, major outlets have not wanted their journalists getting hit by a 2000lb bomb for being in the wrong place.

That may in part be out of concern for their welfare. But there are likely to be more cynical concerns.

Having foreign journalists in Gaza blown up or executed by snipers would drag media organisations into direct confrontation with Israel and its well-oiled lobby machine.

The response would be entirely predictable, insinuating that the journalists died because they were colluding with “the terrorists” or that they were being used as “human shields” — the excuse Israel has rolled out time and again to justify its targeting of doctors in Gaza and UN peacekeepers in Lebanon.

But there’s a bigger problem. The establishment media have not wanted to be in a position where their journalists are so close to the “action” that they are in danger of providing a clearer picture of Israel’s war crimes and its genocide.

The media’s current distance from the crime scene offers them plausible deniability as they both-sides every Israeli atrocity.

In previous conflicts, western reporters have served as witnesses, assisting in the prosecution of foreign leaders for war crimes. That happened in the wars that attended the break-up of Yugoslavia, and will doubtless happen once again if Russian President Valdimir Putin is ever delivered to The Hague.

But those journalistic testimonies were harnessed to put the West’s enemies behind bars, not its closest ally.

The media do not want their reporters to become chief witnesses for the prosecution in the future trials of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his Defence Minister, Yoav Gallant, at the International Criminal Court. The ICC’s Prosecutor, Karim Khan, is seeking arrest warrants for them both.

After all, any such testimony from journalists would not stop at Israel’s door. They would implicate Western capitals too, and put establishment media organisations on a collision course with their own governments.

The Western media does not see its job as holding power to account when the West is the one committing the crimes.

Censoring Palestinians
Journalist whistleblowers have gradually been coming forward to explain how establishment news organisations — including the BBC and the supposedly liberal Guardian — are sidelining Palestinian voices and minimising the genocide.

An investigation by Novara Media recently revealed mounting unhappiness in parts of The Guardian newsroom at its double standards on Israel and Palestine.

Its editors recently censored a commentary by preeminent Palestinian author Susan Abulhawa after she insisted on being allowed to refer to the slaughter in Gaza as “the holocaust of our times”.

Senior Guardian columnists such as Jonathan Freedland made much during Jeremy Corbyn’s tenure as leader of the Labour party that Jews, and Jews alone, had the right to define and name their own oppression.

That right, however, does not appear to extend to Palestinians.

As staff who spoke to Novara noted, The Guardian’s Sunday sister paper, The Observer, had no problem opening its pages to British Jewish writer Howard Jacobson to smear as a “blood libel” any reporting of the provable fact that Israel has killed many, many thousands of Palestinian children in Gaza.

One veteran journalist there said: “Is The Guardian more worried about the reaction to what is said about Israel than Palestine? Absolutely.”

Another staff member admitted it would be inconceivable for the paper to be seen censoring a Jewish writer. But censoring a Palestinian one is fine, it seems.

Other journalists report being under “suffocating control” from senior editors, and say this pressure exists “only if you’re publishing something critical of Israel”.

According to staff there, the word “genocide” is all but banned in the paper except in coverage of the International Court of Justice, whose judges ruled nine months ago that a “plausible” case had been made that Israel was committing genocide. Things have got far worse since.

Whistleblowing journalists
Similarly, “Sara”, a whistleblower who recently resigned from the BBC newsroom and spoke of her experiences to Al Jazeera’s Listening Post, said Palestinians and their supporters were routinely kept off air or subjected to humiliating and insensitive lines of questioning.

Some producers have reportedly grown increasingly reluctant to bring on air vulnerable Palestinians, some of whom have lost family members in Gaza, because of concerns about the effect on their mental health from the aggressive interrogations they were being subjected to from anchors.

According to Sara, BBC vetting of potential guests overwhelmingly targets Palestinians, as well as those sympathetic to their cause and human rights organisations. Background checks are rarely done of Israelis or Jewish guests.

She added that a search showing that a guest had used the word “Zionism” — Israel’s state ideology — in a social media post could be enough to get them disqualified from a programme.

Even officials from one of the biggest rights group in the world, the New York-based Human Rights Watch, became persona non grata at the BBC for their criticisms of Israel, even though the corporation had previously relied on their reports in covering Ukraine and other global conflicts.

Israeli guests, by contrast, “were given free rein to say whatever they wanted with very little pushback”, including lies about Hamas burning or beheading babies and committing mass rape.

An email cited by Al Jazeera from more than 20 BBC journalists sent last February to Tim Davie, the BBC’s director-general, warned that the corporation’s coverage risked “aiding and abetting genocide through story suppression”.

Upside-down values
These biases have been only too evident in the BBC’s coverage, first of Gaza and now, as media interest wanes in the genocide, of Lebanon.

Headlines — the mood music of journalism, and the only part of a story many of the audience read — have been uniformly dire.

For example, Netanyahu’s threats of a Gaza-style genocide against the Lebanese people last month if they did not overthrow their leaders were soft-soaped by the BBC headline: “Netanyahu’s appeal to Lebanese people falls on deaf ears in Beirut.”

Reasonable readers would have wrongly inferred both that Netanyahu was trying to do the Lebanese people a favour (by preparing to murder them), and that they were being ungrateful in not taking up his offer.

It has been the same story everywhere in the establishment media. In another extraordinary, revealing moment, Kay Burley of Sky News announced last month the deaths of four Israeli soldiers from a Hezbollah drone strike on a military base inside Israel.

With a solemnity usually reserved for the passing of a member of the British royal family, she slowly named the four soldiers, with a photo of each shown on screen. She stressed twice that all four were only 19 years old.

Sky News seemed not to understand that these were not British soldiers, and that there was no reason for a British audience to be especially disturbed by their deaths. Soldiers are killed in wars all the time — it is an occupational hazard.

And further, if Israel considered them old enough to fight in Gaza and Lebanon, then they were old enough to die too without their age being treated as particularly noteworthy.

But more significantly still, Israel’s Golani Brigade to which these soldiers belonged has been centrally involved in the slaughter of Palestinians over the past year. Its troops have been responsible for many of the tens of thousands of children killed and maimed in Gaza.

Each of the four soldiers was far, far less deserving of Burley’s sympathy and concern than the thousands of children who have been slaughtered at the hands of their brigade. Those children are almost never named and their pictures are rarely shown, not least because their injuries are usually too horrifying to be seen.

It was yet more evidence of the upside-down world the establishment media has been trying to normalise for its audiences.

It is why statistics from the United States, where the coverage of Gaza and Lebanon may be even more unhinged, show faith in the media is at rock bottom. Fewer than one in three respondents — 31 percent — said they still had a “great deal or fair amount of trust in mass media”.

Crushing dissent
Israel is the one dictating the coverage of its genocide. First by murdering the Palestinian journalists reporting it on the ground, and then by making sure house-trained foreign correspondents stay well clear of the slaughter, out of harm’s way in Tel Aviv and Jerusalem.

And as ever, Israel has been able to rely on the complicity of its Western patrons in crushing dissent at home.

Last week, a British investigative journalist, Asa Winstanley, an outspoken critic of Israel and its lobbyists in the UK, had his home in London raided at dawn by counter-terrorism police.

Though the police have not arrested or charged him — at least not yet — they snatched his electronic devices. He was warned that he is being investigated for “encouragement of terrorism” in his social media posts.

Police told Middle East Eye that his devices had been seized as part of an investigation into suspected terrorism offences of “support for a proscribed organisation” and “dissemination of terrorist documents”.

The police can act only because of Britain’s draconian, anti-speech Terrorism Act.

Section 12, for example, makes the expression of an opinion that could be interpreted as sympathetic to armed Palestinian resistance to Israel’s illegal occupation — a right enshrined in international law but sweepingly dismissed as “terrorism” in the West — itself a terrorism offence.

Those journalists who haven’t been house-trained in the establishment media, as well as solidarity activists, must now chart a treacherous path across intentionally ill-defined legal terrain when talking about Israel’s genocide in Gaza.

Winstanley is not the first journalist to be accused of falling foul of the Terrorism Act. In recent weeks, Richard Medhurst, a freelance journalist, was arrested at Heathrow airport on his return from a trip abroad. Another journalist-activist, Sarah Wilkinson, was briefly arrested after her home was ransacked by police.

Their electronic devices were seized too.

Meanwhile, Richard Barnard, co-founder of Palestine Action, which seeks to disrupt the UK’s supply of weapons to Israel’s genocide, has been charged over speeches he has made against the genocide.

It now appears that all these actions are part of a specific police campaign targeting journalists and Palestinian solidarity activists: “Operation Incessantness”.

The message this clumsy title is presumably supposed to convey is that the British state is coming after anyone who speaks out too loudly against the British government’s continuing arming and complicity in Israel’s genocide.

Notably, the establishment media have failed to cover this latest assault on journalism and the role of a free press — supposedly the very things they are there to protect.

The raid on Winstanley’s home and the arrests are intended to intimidate others, including independent journalists, into silence for fear of the consequences of speaking up.

This has nothing to do with terrorism. Rather, it is terrorism by the British state.

Once again the world is being turned upside down.

Echoes from history
The West is waging a campaign of psychological warfare on its populations: it is gaslighting and disorientating them, classing genocide as “self-defence” and opposition to it a form of “terrorism”.

This is an expansion of the persecution suffered by Julian Assange, the Wikileaks founder who spent years locked up in London’s Belmarsh high-security prison.

His unprecedented journalism — revealing the darkest secrets of Western states — was redefined as espionage. His “offence” was revealing that Britain and the US had committed systematic war crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Now, on the back of that precedent, the British state is coming after journalists simply for embarrassing it.

Late last month I attended a meeting in Bristol against the genocide in Gaza at which the main speaker was physically absent after the British state failed to issue him an entry visa.

The missing guest — he had to join us by zoom — was Mandla Mandela, the grandson of Nelson Mandela, who was locked up for decades as a terrorist before becoming the first leader of post-apartheid South Africa and a feted, international statesman.

Mandla Mandela was until recently a member of the South African Parliament.

A Home Office spokesperson told Middle East Eye that the UK only issued visas “to those who we want to welcome to our country”.

Media reports suggest Britain was determined to exclude Mandela because, like his grandfather, he views the Palestinian struggle against Israeli apartheid as intimately linked to the earlier struggle against South Africa’s apartheid.

The echoes from history are apparently entirely lost on officials: the UK is once again associating the Mandela family with terrorism. Before it was to protect South Africa’s apartheid regime. Now it is to protect Israel’s even worse apartheid and genocidal regime.

The world is indeed turned on its head. And the West’s supposedly “free media” is playing a critical role in trying to make our upside-down world seem normal.

That can only be achieved by failing to report the Gaza genocide as a genocide. Instead, Western journalists are serving as little more than stenographers. Their job: to take dictation from Israel.

Jonathan Cook is an award-winning British journalist. He was based in Nazareth, Israel, for 20 years and returned to the UK in 2021. He is the author of three books on the Israel-Palestine conflict, including Disappearing Palestine: Israel’s Experiments in Human Despair (2008). In 2011, Cook was awarded the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism for his work on Palestine and Israel. This article was first published in Middle East Eye and is republished with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/03/israel-kills-the-journalists-western-media-kills-the-truth-of-genocide-in-gaza/feed/ 0 500262
MAGA’s plan for America. Will Trump kill democracy? | The Marc Steiner Show https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/magas-plan-for-america-will-trump-kill-democracy-the-marc-steiner-show/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/magas-plan-for-america-will-trump-kill-democracy-the-marc-steiner-show/#respond Fri, 01 Nov 2024 14:13:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c15bbca8c2e8af5178129d71672786b0
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/magas-plan-for-america-will-trump-kill-democracy-the-marc-steiner-show/feed/ 0 499975
"Little Secret"? Elie Mystal on Trump’s Likely Plan to Steal Election with GOP House Speaker Johnson https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson-2/#respond Fri, 01 Nov 2024 14:01:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=89deb8d750c57fb56f7e16c0cf258589
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson-2/feed/ 0 499988
“Little Secret”? Elie Mystal on Trump’s Likely Plan to Steal Election with GOP House Speaker Johnson https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson/#respond Fri, 01 Nov 2024 12:46:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3cc7d87d63bd8b5b16ecc6bbd3a0c1de Seg3 ellie johnson trump

With just days to go before the November 5 presidential election, fears are growing that Republicans intend to interfere with the official results in order to install Donald Trump as president. At Sunday’s Madison Square Garden rally, Trump said he had a “little secret” with House Speaker Mike Johnson that would have a “big impact” on the outcome, though neither he nor Johnson elaborated on what that entailed. Elie Mystal, the justice correspondent for The Nation, says the secret is almost certainly a plan to force a contingent election, whereby no candidate wins a majority of the Electoral College and the president is instead chosen by the House of Representatives, where Republicans hold a slim majority. Mystal notes that even if Democrats challenge such an outcome, the case would still end up before a Supreme Court with a conservative supermajority that is likely to side with Trump.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/little-secret-elie-mystal-on-trumps-likely-plan-to-steal-election-with-gop-house-speaker-johnson/feed/ 0 499972
What Trump’s Plan to Deport Millions of Immigrants Will Mean for Central America https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/what-trumps-plan-to-deport-millions-of-immigrants-will-mean-for-central-america/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/what-trumps-plan-to-deport-millions-of-immigrants-will-mean-for-central-america/#respond Thu, 31 Oct 2024 21:01:04 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/what-trumps-plan-to-deport-millions-of-immigrants-will-mean-for-central-america-abbott-20241031/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Jeff Abbott.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/what-trumps-plan-to-deport-millions-of-immigrants-will-mean-for-central-america/feed/ 0 499932
The U.S.-Israel Plan for the Gazans https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/the-u-s-israel-plan-for-the-gazans/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/the-u-s-israel-plan-for-the-gazans/#respond Mon, 28 Oct 2024 13:16:00 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=154527 Dan Cohen, an American Jew whose family in Lithuania had been wiped out by Hitler’s forces, is one of the great investigative journalists on Israel-Palestinian affairs, and he headlined on October 21, “US authorizes CIA mercenaries to run biometric concentration camps in Gaza Strip.” He opened: The Biden administration has approved the deployment of 1,000 […]

The post The U.S.-Israel Plan for the Gazans first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Dan Cohen, an American Jew whose family in Lithuania had been wiped out by Hitler’s forces, is one of the great investigative journalists on Israel-Palestinian affairs, and he headlined on October 21, “US authorizes CIA mercenaries to run biometric concentration camps in Gaza Strip.” He opened:

The Biden administration has approved the deployment of 1,000 CIA-trained private mercenaries as part of a joint U.S.-Israeli plan to turn Gaza’s apocalyptic rubblescape into a high-tech dystopia.

Starting with Al-Atatra, a village in the northwestern Gaza Strip, the plan calls to build what the Israeli daily Ynet calls “humanitarian bubbles” – turning the remains of villages and neighborhoods into tiny concentration camps cut off from their environs and surrounded and controlled by mercenaries.

These mercenaries will be hired by the CIA. “The plan, approved by White House National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, calls for the Israeli military to clear out pockets of Palestinian resistance. … 48 hours after stamping out resistance, they plan to erect separation walls around the neighborhood, forcing its residents, and no one else, to enter and exit using biometric identification under the CIA contractors’ control. Those who do not accept the biometric regime would be refused humanitarian aid.” In other words: they will starve to death. The Gazans who do accept “the biometric regime” won’t be starved to death. Biometrics includes fingerprinting but also other physical — and also behavioral — measurements of an individual who is being kept under surveillance.

The company at the forefront of this plan is called Global Development Company, described in its promotional materials as an “Uber for war zones.” Israeli-American businessman Moti Kahana owns it and employs several top Israeli and American military intelligence officials, including retired U.S. Navy Captain Michael Durnan, retired U.S. Special Forces captain Justin Sapp, former Israeli military intelligence division head Yossi Kuperwasser, and former Israeli military chief intelligence officer David Tzur.

[That is GDC’s promotional video, “GDC- Global Delivery Company.”]

Kahana has played a key role in the dirty war against Syria in the 2010s and worked with the CIA-backed Free Syrian Army [the “FSA,” which the U.S. Government under Obama hired to help overthrow and replace the Russia-and-Iran-supported President of Syria, Bashar al-Assad; and Dan Cohen’s FSA link is to an article in Britain’s Independent heroizing Kahana, headlining him as “Israeli man starts ‘Good Samaritan’ charity to get injured Syrian women and children to Israel for medical help.” That article opens with a video in which he speaks as a “philanthropist.”]

… GDC has also been involved in Ukraine, where it collaborated with the Zionist organization, the American Joint Distribution Committee, to operate a refugee camp in Romania near its border with Ukraine. …

Kahana’s Gaza plan has been in the works since at least February 2024. He presented the plan to establish these electronic cantons – what Jewish News referred to as “gated communities” – to the White House, State Department, and Defense Department, as well as Netanyahu. U.S. officials did not respond. While the Israeli military had agreed, the Israeli prime minister shot it down. “What’s the rush?” he quipped. …

However, as Hamas has maintained its civil control throughout Gaza and Israel has failed to defeat armed resistance groups, the Netanyahu government is relying on the U.S. to do its bidding. …

While the [original version of the] proposal called for the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, or Saudi Arabia to assume civilian control over the Gaza Strip, that has failed to materialize, prompting the United States to approve deployment of CIA contractors.

In other words: finally, Netanyahu, too, approved the plan.

The Jewish News article that Cohen refers to was dated 4 April 2024, and praises Kahana’s plan for Gaza, calls it “humanitarian,” and says:

The meticulous plan, seen by Jewish News, envisages the creation of “gated communities” in a safe space in the Strip and biometric recognition put in place for civilian recipients of aid. Those who did not pass the biometric tests would not have received aid. The gated communities are described as a Secure Humanitarian Logistics Corridor which, the plan states, “once established, can process and securely deliver humanitarian assistance from other sources across Gaza”.

In other words: the plan is as Cohen describes it, but employs euphemistic phrasings to deceive fools into believing that Kahana, his GDC, and his concentration camps for cooperative Gazan survivors, are “humanitarian,” and “gated communities,” such as that phrase is used in America to refer to protected oases of peace amidst a surrounding environment of war — like saying, “We’ll protect you Gazans.”

Cohen’s article didn’t mention the U.S. ‘Defense’ Department’s Defense Forensics & Biometrics Agency (DFBA), but this federal Agency (which he does link to without mentioning it) was, in fact, established by President Obama in 2012, and is crucially involved in what Kahana’s GDC is doing in Gaza. In 2016, DFBA’s “Overview” stated: “Biometrics and forensics are critical to identifying known and unknown individuals by matching them with automated records (such as for access control) or with anonymous samples (such as crime scene investigations).” In other words: the surviving Gazans will be tracked not by a number that is tattoed onto their arms like was done at Auschwitz to prisoners who weren’t immediately sent to their deaths, but instead tracked by the person’s “biometrics.” So: Israel’s Jews use Hitler’s — the original form of  — nazism, but against different people, and with modern technology.

Furthermore: their propaganda is far more sophisticated than Joseph Goebbels’s was.

The link that Cohen provides to DFBA is to its current promotional video, their latest “Overview.”

It makes clear that DFBA is being used by the federal Government not ONLY in order to control the surviving Gazans, but ALSO in order to control the American people, as well as to extend the American empire throughout the world.

In other words: Yesterday it was the Jews who were the target; today it is the surviving Gazans who are, and also an increasing percentage of Americans are (targeted by our own Government); and, in the future, this system is to become expanded to everyone.

Cohen’s article also (at the word “worked”) linked to (but unfortunately out of context) a self-promotional youtube by and for Kahana himself, that appears to have been intended by him to promote himself to both Russians and Syrians, as being a magnanimous israeli philanthropist who rescues victims of his hated Assad, because he cares so much about the Syrian people.

We are already well beyond George Orwell’s prophetic novel 1984. This is the reality of today’s U.S. empire.

On October 24 was posted to X an exposé by James Li, of the top people at the U.S. magazine the Atlantic, which opens, “Jeffrey Goldberg, Atlantic‘s Editor-in-Chief who compared Trump to Hitler, was an IDF prison guard at a facility known for torture and sex abuse. He also pushed the false Saddam-Al-Qaeda link that led to the Iraq War and keeps pushing for war in the Middle East.” And the magazine’s owner is Steve Jobs’s deeply neoconservative widow, and she pitches her propaganda to Democratic Party voters, to keep them backing her candidates.

On October 15, ZeroHedge headlined “US Threatens Israel With Arms Embargo As Evidence Of War Crimes Becomes Impossible to Deny.” This is how successful U.S. politicians win votes from their suckers. Biden publicly threatens Israel at the same time as he privately authorizes — and arms to the teeth — what it is doing that he publicly condemns. Both of America’s political Parties are fully complicit in this deceit — this genocide.

The post The U.S.-Israel Plan for the Gazans first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Eric Zuesse.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/the-u-s-israel-plan-for-the-gazans/feed/ 0 499357
Lebanon rejects US envoy’s surrender plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/27/lebanon-rejects-us-envoys-surrender-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/27/lebanon-rejects-us-envoys-surrender-plan/#respond Sun, 27 Oct 2024 04:55:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=aa130f2a73919a349c2ec0c249fafdad
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/27/lebanon-rejects-us-envoys-surrender-plan/feed/ 0 499275
Trump’s Tariff Plan Would Be a Disaster https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/trumps-tariff-plan-would-be-a-disaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/trumps-tariff-plan-would-be-a-disaster/#respond Mon, 21 Oct 2024 21:58:25 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/trumps-tariff-plan-would-be-a-disaster-kellogg-20241021/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Anita R Kellogg.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/trumps-tariff-plan-would-be-a-disaster/feed/ 0 498480
The Right-Wing Plan to Recruit Poll Workers in Swing States https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states/#respond Mon, 21 Oct 2024 17:26:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fe11fb3cd3d4c0bc05da1d1f72bf4c8d
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states/feed/ 0 498442
The Right-Wing Plan to Recruit Poll Workers in Swing States https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states-2/#respond Mon, 21 Oct 2024 17:06:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1025b9bd9bc239762b4b8a1f22c321cd
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/the-right-wing-plan-to-recruit-poll-workers-in-swing-states-2/feed/ 0 498464
Ukrainians React To Zelenskiy’s Peace Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/ukrainians-split-on-zelenskiys-peace-plan-potential/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/ukrainians-split-on-zelenskiys-peace-plan-potential/#respond Wed, 16 Oct 2024 19:42:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8d5a56e8ac5481686242d4ca6155a44f
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/ukrainians-split-on-zelenskiys-peace-plan-potential/feed/ 0 497891
"Surrender or Starve": Israel Weighs Plan to Liquidate Northern Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza/#respond Mon, 14 Oct 2024 14:25:43 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=aa9e9887afb6b758ebfc4f6994af31ce
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza/feed/ 0 497576
“Surrender or Starve”: Israel Weighs Plan to Liquidate Northern Gaza as Siege on Jabaliya Intensifies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza-as-siege-on-jabaliya-intensifies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza-as-siege-on-jabaliya-intensifies/#respond Mon, 14 Oct 2024 12:37:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a954595fcfb60fa76b60c3d619cf6261 Seg3 ngazaaftertentmassacre

We speak with the reporter who revealed the Israeli plan to displace or kill the entire Palestinian population of north Gaza. Israeli Major General Giora Eiland has proposed ordering everyone in northern Gaza to evacuate within one week, after which Israel will conduct a total siege on the area and deem anyone who remains an eligible target for military attack. “Are we talking about Israel committing an extermination of hundreds of tens of thousands of people if they will choose to stay?” asks Meron Rapoport, editor and writer at Local Call and columnist at +972 Magazine, who says many areas in Gaza have already been ordered to evacuate and are not receiving new aid deliveries. “We have the sense here that this plan is being actually implemented without being officially adopted.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/14/surrender-or-starve-israel-weighs-plan-to-liquidate-northern-gaza-as-siege-on-jabaliya-intensifies/feed/ 0 497572
Gambian journalists charged with false news over president’s exit plan report  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/02/gambian-journalists-charged-with-false-news-over-presidents-exit-plan-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/02/gambian-journalists-charged-with-false-news-over-presidents-exit-plan-report/#respond Wed, 02 Oct 2024 16:00:49 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=421257 Abuja, October 2, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Gambian authorities to drop all charges against The Voice newspaper editors, Musa Sekou Sheriff and Momodou Justice Darboe, and to repeal Section 181A of the country’s Criminal Code in line with the regional Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) Court’s landmark judgment and recommendations from the country’s Truth, Reconciliation and Reparations Commission.

“It is outrageous that President Adama Barrow praised his country’s press freedom record at the UN General Assembly on the day journalists Musa Sekou Sheriff and Momodou Justice Darboe were detained and later charged with ‘false news’ over their reporting on his chosen successor and exit plan ahead of the 2026 presidential election,” said Angela Quintal, head of CPJ’s Africa Program, in New York. “The charges must be dropped immediately, and the Gambia’s false news law must be repealed to ensure that journalism is not criminalized as it was under former dictator Yahya Jammeh.”

Authorities arrested Sheriff and Darboe at police headquarters on September 26 in the capital city of Banjul when they arrived for questioning a day after they received a letter from the president’s lawyer threatening a civil defamation lawsuit  . The letter, reviewed by CPJ, demanded that the newspaper apologize and retract an article alleging the president was working on an exit plan and had chosen a successor for the 2026 presidential election. 

Darboe was detained and charged with false publication and broadcasting, released September 28 on 25,000 dalasi (US$357) bail. Sheriff was released then detained again on September 30, charged with false publication and broadcasting before being released on bail with a bond of 50,000 dalasi (US$714).  

If convicted, the journalists face up to a year in prison and a fine of not less than 50,000 Dalasi (US$714) and not exceeding 250,000 Dalasi (US$3,597).

Barrow’s lawyer, Ida Drameh, national police spokesperson Modou Musa Sisawo, and Justice Minister and Attorney-General Dawda A. Jallow did not return requests for comment sent via WhatsApp.

Barrow’s press director Amie Bojang-Sissoho acknowledged CPJ’s request for comment but had yet to reply at the time of publication.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/02/gambian-journalists-charged-with-false-news-over-presidents-exit-plan-report/feed/ 0 496017
Netanyahu unveils Greater Israel plan at UN https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/29/netanyahu-unveils-greater-israel-plan-at-un/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/29/netanyahu-unveils-greater-israel-plan-at-un/#respond Sun, 29 Sep 2024 21:13:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d4697175aeab6336c231162ee062314b
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/29/netanyahu-unveils-greater-israel-plan-at-un/feed/ 0 495618
At UN, Zelensky rejects China-Brazil peace plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zelensky-lula-ukraine-brazil-six-point-peace-plan-09252024110726.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zelensky-lula-ukraine-brazil-six-point-peace-plan-09252024110726.html#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2024 15:28:27 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zelensky-lula-ukraine-brazil-six-point-peace-plan-09252024110726.html Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky used a speech before the U.N. General Assembly on Wednesday to forcefully reject China and Brazil’s renewed push for a peace plan for Russia and Ukraine, questioning their “true” motivations in making the proposal.

In his speech at the opening of the assembly on Tuesday, Brazilian President Luiz Inacio “Lula” da Silva said Brazil and China wished to revive their six-point proposal to end the conflict, which was originally released in May. The two countries are reportedly set to host an event on the plan in New York on Friday with at least 20 other countries.

But Zelensky said the only acceptable peace plan was for Russia to withdraw its forces from his country and end the invasion, in line with the U.N. Charter’s principles of independence and territorial integrity.

“If someone in the world seeks alternatives to any of these points or tries to ignore any of them, it likely means they themselves want to do a part of what [Russian President Vladimir] Putin is doing,” Zelensky said, slamming China and Brazil for suggesting a brokered peace.

“When the Chinese-Brazilian duo tries to grow into a choir of voices – with someone in Europe, with someone in Africa – saying something alternative to a full and just peace, the question arises: What is the true interest?” he said. “You will not boost your power at Ukraine's expense.”

Zelensky previously rejected the Chinese-Brazilian plan as “destructive” given that it would require Ukraine to cede territory to Russia, which the Ukrainian president said would be tantamount to defeat.

Questionable source

It’s not the first time questions have been raised about China and Brazil’s motivations in pushing for a negotiated peace.

China has been repeatedly accused by the United States of materially aiding Putin’s war effort, with officials in Washington going as far as to say the invasion would not be sustainable without Beijing’s help.

Outside commentators have suggested that China is closely watching the situation between Russia and Ukraine given its own aspirations to invade Taiwan, which it similarly regards as a renegade province.

Chinese officials have rejected the claims, defended China’s right to continue trading with Russia and said Washington is the only power sending munitions into the conflict through its support for Ukraine.

000_362L9KQ.jpg
In this pool photograph distributed by the Russian state agency Sputnik, Russia's President Vladimir Putin meets with China's President Xi Jinping on the sidelines of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) member states leaders' summit in Astana on July 3, 2024. (Sergei GUNEYEV / POOL / AFP)

Brazil’s president, meanwhile, has also been accused of being too close with Putin, with whom he regularly speaks by telephone.

During his campaign to return to the Brazilian presidency, Lula called Zelensky “a bit weird.” He also accused him of not wanting to negotiate with Putin so the conflict could be prolonged and the former television star could spend more time in the global media speaking about it.

Further irking Zelensky, in April Lula also said that there was “no use” in talking about “who is right” or “who is wrong” in Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and that all that mattered was finding a peaceful outcome.

In his speech Wednesday, Zelensky said Putin was trying to use Russia’s power to return to a period of colonialism, and that previous victims of the practice should be the most outspoken critics.

“The world has already been through colonial wars and conspiracies of great powers at the expense of those who are smaller,” he said. “Every country – including China, Brazil, European nations, African nations, the Middle East – all understand why this must remain in the past.”

“Ukrainians will never accept – will never accept – why anyone in the world believes that such a brutal colonial past, which suits no one today can be imposed on Ukraine now instead of a normal, peaceful life.”

Edited by Joshua Lipes.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Alex Willemyns for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/zelensky-lula-ukraine-brazil-six-point-peace-plan-09252024110726.html/feed/ 0 495056
Musk’s plan to axe X’s block button is a real win for stalkers and abusers https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/musks-plan-to-axe-xs-block-button-is-a-real-win-for-stalkers-and-abusers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/musks-plan-to-axe-xs-block-button-is-a-real-win-for-stalkers-and-abusers/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 16:05:24 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/musk-block-function-twitter-online-abuse/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Sian Norris.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/musks-plan-to-axe-xs-block-button-is-a-real-win-for-stalkers-and-abusers/feed/ 0 494893
Ukrainians React To Zelenskiy’s ‘Victory Plan’ To Be Presented To Biden In U.S. Visit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/ukrainians-react-to-zelenskiys-victory-plan-to-be-presented-to-biden-in-u-s-visit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/ukrainians-react-to-zelenskiys-victory-plan-to-be-presented-to-biden-in-u-s-visit/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 13:05:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d1d2adc9b2569ff0ad61a39a26549b8f
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/ukrainians-react-to-zelenskiys-victory-plan-to-be-presented-to-biden-in-u-s-visit/feed/ 0 494852
Was Trump’s Presidency Part of Putin’s Plan? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/was-trumps-presidency-part-of-putins-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/was-trumps-presidency-part-of-putins-plan/#respond Thu, 19 Sep 2024 16:00:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=617590156f28a516a7745f1d06ee7d14
This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/was-trumps-presidency-part-of-putins-plan/feed/ 0 494179
Zelensky lays out delusional plan to trigger Russian revolt https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/zelensky-lays-out-delusional-plan-to-trigger-russian-revolt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/zelensky-lays-out-delusional-plan-to-trigger-russian-revolt/#respond Thu, 19 Sep 2024 03:55:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f7cd78cddcf8fd9fe1ee1c0c105a5f27
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/zelensky-lays-out-delusional-plan-to-trigger-russian-revolt/feed/ 0 494062
#Project2025 Co-author Caught Admitting Secret Conservative Plan To Ban P*rn #politics #trump https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/16/project2025-co-author-caught-admitting-secret-conservative-plan-to-ban-prn-politics-trump/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/16/project2025-co-author-caught-admitting-secret-conservative-plan-to-ban-prn-politics-trump/#respond Mon, 16 Sep 2024 14:51:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e2dde64c99216050f792cd0265b29f97
This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/16/project2025-co-author-caught-admitting-secret-conservative-plan-to-ban-prn-politics-trump/feed/ 0 493600
Rafael Correa habla sobre el plan Estadounidense de guerra jurídica https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/rafael-correa-habla-sobre-el-plan-estadounidense-de-guerra-juridica/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/rafael-correa-habla-sobre-el-plan-estadounidense-de-guerra-juridica/#respond Thu, 12 Sep 2024 13:35:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=03a3461bf73d91baec0b21ce9547f3ba
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/rafael-correa-habla-sobre-el-plan-estadounidense-de-guerra-juridica/feed/ 0 493105
Starmer’s new immigration bill is just as racist as the Rwanda plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/starmers-new-immigration-bill-is-just-as-racist-as-the-rwanda-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/starmers-new-immigration-bill-is-just-as-racist-as-the-rwanda-plan/#respond Mon, 02 Sep 2024 14:39:14 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/border-security-asylum-immigration-bill-starmer-new-labour-government/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Julia Tinsley-Kent, Fizza Qureshi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/starmers-new-immigration-bill-is-just-as-racist-as-the-rwanda-plan/feed/ 0 491581
"Master Plan": New Lever Podcast Series Traces How Oligarchs "Legalized Corruption" in U.S. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s/#respond Fri, 30 Aug 2024 15:08:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=24ed62bc09d67435f7d6aa5efa920513
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s/feed/ 0 491166
“Master Plan”: New Lever Podcast Series Traces How Oligarchs “Legalized Corruption” in U.S. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s-2/#respond Fri, 30 Aug 2024 12:50:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f073765b154d6ec2aaf0995e61c9070e Seg5 master plan

Investigative journalist David Sirota, founder and editor-in-chief of The Lever, is the host of a new podcast series exploring how extremist ideologues and wealthy oligarchs have developed a system of legalized corruption in the U.S. Master Plan traces the decadeslong conservative-led plan to increase the role of money in politics. “This was a plan, a specific plan, to deregulate the campaign finance laws,” says Sirota.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/master-plan-new-lever-podcast-series-traces-how-oligarchs-legalized-corruption-in-u-s-2/feed/ 0 491173
Supreme Court keeps Biden administration’s multibillion-dollar payment relief plan on hold as lawsuits proceed – August 28, 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/supreme-court-keeps-biden-administrations-multibillion-dollar-payment-relief-plan-on-hold-as-lawsuits-proceed-august-28-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/supreme-court-keeps-biden-administrations-multibillion-dollar-payment-relief-plan-on-hold-as-lawsuits-proceed-august-28-2024/#respond Wed, 28 Aug 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7e980b1aa02ea29e12e6189146f52bda Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

  • The Supreme Court today kept on hold the Biden administration’s latest multibillion-dollar plan to lower payments for millions of borrowers while lawsuits proceed in lower courts.
  • Typhoon Shenshen dumped rain on Japan, leaving one dead and several injured before landfall; highest-level warnings issued for the country’s south.
  • The FBI shared new details of its investigation into the man who tried to assassinate Donald Trump in July, stating that a motive for the shooting remains unclear.
  • Santa Clara County supervisors voted to advance a new plan to buy Regional Medical Center Hospital, restoring health access to vulnerable south bay residents.
  • The state agency responsible for health care affordability and accessibility in California met outside Sacramento for the first time today in Monterey County to discuss high prices at the area’s three major hospitals that patients cannot afford.

The post Supreme Court keeps Biden administration’s multibillion-dollar payment relief plan on hold as lawsuits proceed – August 28, 2024 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/supreme-court-keeps-biden-administrations-multibillion-dollar-payment-relief-plan-on-hold-as-lawsuits-proceed-august-28-2024/feed/ 0 490888
Sunrise Launches General Election Plan: “Young climate voters could decide this election” https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/sunrise-launches-general-election-plan-young-climate-voters-could-decide-this-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/sunrise-launches-general-election-plan-young-climate-voters-could-decide-this-election/#respond Tue, 27 Aug 2024 12:44:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sunrise-launches-general-election-plan-young-climate-voters-could-decide-this-election Today, the Sunrise Movement unveiled a massive youth voter engagement program, aiming to connect with over 1.5 million young voters about the stakes of this election for climate change. The group will use a combination of face-to-face, phone, and digital methods to urge young voters to vote for Harris and stop a 2nd Trump Presidency. In addition to traditional voter contact, Sunrise will employ protest and viral social media content to reach young voters.

Sunrise is kicking off voter engagement tomorrow with a mass phonebank featuring climate movement leaders including, DNC Climate Council Chair Michelle Deatrick and Green New Deal Network Executive Director Kaniela Ing.

“Young climate voters could decide this election,” said Sunrise Communications Director, Stevie O’Hanlon. “The Harris-Walz ticket means millions more young voters are tuning in and considering voting. We’re going all-out to reach those voters and mobilize our generation to defeat Trump this November. And — it’s why we will continue to urge the Harris campaign to put forward a bold vision that will energize young voters.”

Polls indicate that support from young voters and climate voters is a significant factor in Harris's improved standing over Biden. A recent poll by Hart Research showed that climate change is the area where voters trust Harris the most compared to Trump. Sunrise’s voter contact strategy focuses on this, with an emphasis on young, climate-minded voters in Arizona, Pennsylvania, and Michigan.

“We have 6 years to stop the climate crisis and save our generation. That means fighting to defeat Donald Trump this November and taking to task any politician doing Big Oil’s bidding,” said Sunrise Campaign Director Kidus Girma. “Kamala Harris is our best path to defeating Big Oil’s favorite henchman. Harris must put out a climate plan that meets the scale of the crisis and the timeline our planet is on. Young people are ready to put in the work. Harris, put out a plan that electrifies us—we’re fighting to make it happen.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/sunrise-launches-general-election-plan-young-climate-voters-could-decide-this-election/feed/ 0 490645
Facing a National Shortage of Baby Formula, Trade Officials Opposed a Plan to Boost Imports https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/facing-a-national-shortage-of-baby-formula-trade-officials-opposed-a-plan-to-boost-imports/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/facing-a-national-shortage-of-baby-formula-trade-officials-opposed-a-plan-to-boost-imports/#respond Wed, 21 Aug 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/facing-a-national-shortage-of-baby-formula-trade-officials-opposed-a-plan-to-boost-imports by Heather Vogell

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

As U.S. parents struggled to find baby formula during a nationwide shortage in May of 2022, the Biden administration frantically sought ways to restock empty store shelves. Among the options was lifting steep tariffs on formula imported from other countries.

But as White House lawyers drafted a proclamation to remove the import tax, one federal agency resisted: the Office of the United States Trade Representative.

With supplies of baby formula falling precipitously across the country after a major production plant shut down, staffers from the USTR repeatedly argued against lifting the tariff on imports, citing, in part, a concern that it would raise “lots of questions from domestic dairy producers,” according to documents obtained by ProPublica. Cow’s milk is a primary ingredient for most baby formula, and the dairy industry has long supported protections for U.S. manufacturers.

“Situation at retail appears to be a combination of transportation/shipping and panic buying by consumers, not an issue of inadequate domestic production,” wrote Julie Callahan, an official with the USTR, in a May 11 email to an official with the National Security Council, which was helping coordinate the administration’s response.

The next day, she told colleagues, “I tried to convey to NSC in very strong terms yesterday that removing tariffs from infant formula will not result in increased access to infant formula for U.S. consumers.”

The White House never released the proclamation, and the tariffs stayed in place for 10 more weeks, until Congress suspended them temporarily on July 21.

That delay was too long, according to a new report from the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine.

“Such action should have happened more quickly,” the report said, a finding that raises questions about the assessment from the president’s chief trade advisers. A panel of experts found “suspending tariffs was helpful for bringing product into the United States during the shortage.”

In fact, the report recommended Congress create a “trigger rule” to automatically suspend import taxes again if the market is substantially disrupted. “Quick removal may be important to providing rapid response in the future,” said Katheryn Russ, a member of the expert panel that produced the report and an economics professor at the University of California, Davis.

It’s unclear why the White House did not issue its proclamation; it did not answer our written questions about the subject.

A spokesperson for the USTR, however, defended the administration’s response, saying in a statement that it “was committed to using all tools, including trade tools, to address the formula shortage and ensure American families were able to access infant formula.” Officials were in close contact with Congress, which ultimately voted to remove tariffs with the administration’s support, it said.

“To be clear, any implication that USTR stood in the way of addressing the crisis is completely false,” the statement said.

This year, ProPublica detailed how the U.S. government has repeatedly used its diplomatic and political power to advance the interests of formula manufacturers overseas, thwarting public health measures around the globe that posed financial threats to the companies’ business. But the documents from the height of the U.S. formula shortage show some of the same trade officials — at the USTR in particular — flexed that muscle to protect the formula industry and its allies at home, even during a national emergency that put children at risk.

The crisis escalated quickly in early 2022, after Abbott stopped formula production at its Sturgis, Michigan, plant, which had been making 20% of the formula sold in the U.S. Four infants had fallen ill or died after drinking formula made there, and federal inspectors later found bacterial contamination and lax safety protocols at the plant. By April, nearly a third of the normally available formula products were out of stock. By late May, that number was 70%.

The shortage caused widespread panic. Many infants who had to switch formula brands because of it developed symptoms such as fussiness, spitting up or diarrhea, and nearly half of parents in one survey said they’d resorted to at least one unsafe feeding practice, such as watering down formula.

Jennifer Smilowitz, a researcher at the University of California who studied the impact of the shortage, called those findings “alarming.”

“Parents were not offered many safe alternatives,” she said.

The U.S. struggled to replace the lost production with foreign imports in part because of strict regulations on nutrition and safety as well as high tariffs that rise at greater volumes.

The new report said those “extremely high trade barriers” leave the U.S. formula market “almost completely closed to imports” — a condition that endangers supply when a major domestic producer encounters trouble. The U.S. normally produces 98% of the baby formula that consumers here use.

To encourage more imports in 2022, the Biden administration — which was also flying in formula from Europe — readied a plan for tariff relief, records show.

“My understanding is that there is a trade proclamation that would temporarily suspend tariffs on baby formula imports,” an administration lawyer wrote in a May 15 email thread. The White House Counsel at the time, Stuart Delery, wrote five minutes later: “We were instructed to prepare a proclamation to be ready for tomorrow, which we have done.”

When Callahan, the USTR official, responded, her concern focused on the companies that would be affected by the measure. The biggest dairy industry groups, she said, should be given “a heads-up right before any press release goes out, so that they don’t feel blindsided.”

Trade officials were also unhappy with the Department of Health and Human Services, which, according to the records, appeared to be criticizing the formula tariffs in conversations with congressional leaders.

“We are hearing from the Speaker’s office that HHS is blaming a 17 percent tariff on formula as the reason for the shortage,” wrote USTR official Allison Smith to colleagues on May 16. “Obviously, that’s a problem.”

She added: “Definitely want to push back on messaging coming from HHS and generally fill the information void.”

Later that day, USTR staff circulated draft talking points saying the administration was “pursuing all avenues” to increase the availability of formula and that domestic companies had ramped up production. The document did not mention cutting tariffs as an option and suggested officials dodge questions on the topic.

“If asked on tariff reductions,” it instructed, say: “We are hoping that this additional action taken by the Biden Administration will result in easing of the current supply shortages.”

Callahan, Delery and Smith did not respond to requests for comment. Neither did the Department of Health and Human Services.

As Congress began to consider acting, dairy and formula trade groups weighed in.

The National Milk Producers Federation signaled a willingness to embrace “time limited flexibility for imports during this specific crisis,” according to a USTR email, which quoted a message the dairy group had sent Capitol Hill. But the group warned: “We wouldn’t support a permanent or long term” lowering of tariffs.

That position appeared to align with the Infant Nutrition Council of America, a formula trade group, which dramatically ramped up its lobbying at the time, records show. “INCA members did not oppose the temporary lifting of tariffs during the 2022 shortage,” the group said in a statement.

Abbott said it also supported suspending import taxes “during times of shortage, so long as those products are held to the same stringent quality and testing standards as products manufactured in U.S. facilities.” In a statement, the company said that “no sealed, distributed product from our facilities have tested positive for the presence of Cronobacter sakazakii,” referring to the type of bacteria that made the four infants ill.

The bill to lift tariffs for imported baby formula was enacted in July 2022. Under the legislation, the exemptions would expire at the end of the year.

“The legislation’s time-limited nature was to make sure that the United States doesn’t create a permanent dependence on formula produced in foreign facilities,” Shawna Morris, an executive vice president for the National Milk Producers Federation, said in a statement.

The new report from the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine found that formula’s availability remains at risk. Among the reasons: concentrated production among a handful of companies and a lack of understanding by federal officials and formula makers of both the risks the U.S. formula supply faces and the investment needed to prevent such disruptions.

The analysis urged federal officials to cut red tape during emergencies, develop risk management plans to address supply threats better and encourage the modernization of U.S. formula plants.

The report also advised studying removing formula tariffs or lowering them for U.S. manufacturers with plants in other countries. Russ, the panel member, said policymakers need more information on what would happen if trade barriers such as tariffs were removed long term. The U.S. industry might relocate overseas as a result, for instance, which she said might make it harder to address supply chain disruptions.

The panel said it intended its recommendations to help “ensure that the United States is better positioned to respond to any future shortage.”

The Infant Nutrition Council said its members are reviewing the report and will work with federal officials to ensure there’s an adequate supply of safe formula.

A bipartisan group of senators introduced legislation to eliminate the taxes on some foreign formula permanently last year, but it has not progressed. The National Milk Producers Federation opposed the bill, saying, “Congress should focus its efforts instead on better supporting the American companies, workers, and farmers who supply nearly all of this country’s formula and formula ingredient needs.”

The dairy group told ProPublica that it would also fight a proposal to create a “trigger rule,” as the report recommended, that automatically lifts tariffs in a crisis, saying, “Congress has shown it can act swiftly when needed.”


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Heather Vogell.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/facing-a-national-shortage-of-baby-formula-trade-officials-opposed-a-plan-to-boost-imports/feed/ 0 489722
Harris unveils economic plan in first policy speech, proposes measures to tackle high prices and medical debt – August 16, 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/harris-unveils-economic-plan-in-first-policy-speech-proposes-measures-to-tackle-high-prices-and-medical-debt-august-16-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/harris-unveils-economic-plan-in-first-policy-speech-proposes-measures-to-tackle-high-prices-and-medical-debt-august-16-2024/#respond Fri, 16 Aug 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ca407bd8a583e531870eb202a7214221 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

The post Harris unveils economic plan in first policy speech, proposes measures to tackle high prices and medical debt – August 16, 2024 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/harris-unveils-economic-plan-in-first-policy-speech-proposes-measures-to-tackle-high-prices-and-medical-debt-august-16-2024/feed/ 0 489127
COMMENT: They Have a Plan for That https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/08/comment-they-have-a-plan-for-that/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/08/comment-they-have-a-plan-for-that/#respond Thu, 08 Aug 2024 12:59:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/comment-they-have-a-plan-nelson-20240808/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Anne Nelson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/08/comment-they-have-a-plan-for-that/feed/ 0 487710
Leaked plan reveals bid to get Chinese officials to have more kids https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/children-population-three-child-policy-07232024102223.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/children-population-three-child-policy-07232024102223.html#respond Tue, 23 Jul 2024 18:02:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/children-population-three-child-policy-07232024102223.html A leaked internal draft document from the municipal health authority in the southeastern Chinese city of Quanzhou floating measures to encourage officials and government employees to have three children to boost flagging birth rates has sparked heated debate on social media.

The document, which circulated online in the form of a screenshot before being identified as a leaked draft by the Quanzhou Municipal Health Commission, lists a number of ways being considered by city officials to "organize and implement the three-child policy."

China scrapped its policy limiting most couples to just one child in 2015, following decades of human rights abuses, including forced late-term abortions and sterilizations, as well as widespread monitoring of women's fertility by officials.

Couples were then limited to two children, but by 2020, the fertility rate stood at around 1.3 children per woman in 2020, compared with the 2.1 children per woman needed for the population to replace itself, and the limit was raised to three in May 2021.

Yet the people who do most of the mental, physical and emotional work of child-bearing and childcare -- China's women -- have been reluctant to step up to solve the government's population problems despite claims from Communist Party leader Xi Jinping that they have an "irreplaceable" role to play in the "rejuvenation of the Chinese nation."

Principal Li Xiuling washes her hands in a wash room once used by children at a kindergarten-turned-elderly centre in Taiyuan, in China's northern Shanxi province, July 1, 2024. Senior citizens sway to old-time tunes in the classroom of a former kindergarten in northern China, as educators turn their sights away from children in the face of a rapidly aging population and a baby bust. (Adek Berry/AFP)
Principal Li Xiuling washes her hands in a wash room once used by children at a kindergarten-turned-elderly centre in Taiyuan, in China's northern Shanxi province, July 1, 2024. Senior citizens sway to old-time tunes in the classroom of a former kindergarten in northern China, as educators turn their sights away from children in the face of a rapidly aging population and a baby bust. (Adek Berry/AFP)

The leaked Quanzhou document, which was confirmed by health officials as a genuine leak by "negligent" staff in comments reported by Jiemian News, goes a little further than sloganeering, calling on officials lead by example and have more children themselves, while proposing an array of support services to help them.

"Party members and cadres at all levels and cadres of state-owned enterprises benefiting from [connections to government] business units should take the lead in implementing the three-child policy," the document says in a section titled "key tasks and measures."

That would include the families of officials and employees working throughout the municipal government and party committee system, as well as state-owned enterprises with connections to Quanzhou or the counties under its jurisdiction, according to a screenshot from the document circulating widely on social media this week.

It also calls for "eugenics" and post-natal care. While eugenics originated as a socialist, progressive movement, it has become closely linked in some countries to discrimination against minority groups, often based on ethnicity or disability, using "scientific" rationales, according to a 2020 article by Leo Lucassen in the International Review of Social History.

Heated online discussion

In Nazi Germany, women deemed "fit" to have children by the authorities were banned from having abortions, according to Lisa Pine's 1997 book Nazi Family Policy, 1933–1945.

While no overt plan to force people to have children has yet been tabled in China, the screenshot sparked heated online discussion, according to Jiemian News, because "some people feared it was a veiled reference to forcing people to have three children."

Blogger Tuzao Ershan commented that if the policy is implemented, officials who don't have three kids "can forget about getting promoted or getting rich," while blogger Xiao Lu Jie said there are two main ways for Chinese people to demonstrate their patriotism: spend money and have kids.

"Nothing wrong with party members and officials taking the lead by having kids, because it's an important way to demonstrate patriotism," the blogger wrote. "They should just set up a birth-promotion bureau."

Another blog post seen by RFA Mandarin said that the families of officials who responded to the call to have a second child in 2015 are already struggling.

"It reminds me of what happened to a lot of my classmates ... who are now couples with four elderly parents and two kids who have to make loan payments, raise their kids and also take care of medical treatment and health issues for their elders," blogger Chuanfu Buhuo wrote. "It really doesn't bear thinking about."

Xi Jinping told the All-China Women's Federation in 2023 that Chinese women should be mobilized "to contribute to China's modernization."

"The role of women in the ... great cause of national rejuvenation ... is irreplaceable," he said.

Children are seen inside a Xiaomi SU7 electric vehicle on display during the World Intelligence Expo in Tianjin, June 23, 2024. (Pedro Padro/AFP)
Children are seen inside a Xiaomi SU7 electric vehicle on display during the World Intelligence Expo in Tianjin, June 23, 2024. (Pedro Padro/AFP)

The pressure to boost births comes as young people in China are increasingly avoiding marriage, having children and buying a home amid a tanking economy and rampant youth unemployment.

The number of Chinese couples getting married for the first time tumbled 8.3% in the first quarter of 2024, while first marriages have plummeted by nearly 56% over the past nine years, according to the 2023 China Statistical Yearbook.

That’s contributing to a sharp decline in birthrates and a shrinking, aging population – a trend that the United Nations projects will lead China’s population to contract from 1.4 billion to 800 million by 2100.


RELATED STORIES

Culture, conflict and cost weigh on childbearing choices

Analysis: For women in Asia, motherhood is a complicated investment

Chinese women unimpressed by government's plan to make more babies

Wuhan sculpture spawns two more kids, sparking ridicule

China deletes leaked stats showing plunging birth rate for 2023


Passive resistance

Current affairs commentator Fang Yuan said the official pressure to have more children is part of the planned economy and social control system being implemented by Xi.

But he said it wouldn't bear fruit for at least another couple of decades.

"You need at least 20 years to raise a generation," Fang said. "Their expectation that the population structure will be optimized immediately, and that major long-term problems like low productivity and an aging population will be solved immediately ... is wishful thinking and unrealistic."

He said such a scheme is unlikely to succeed in the absence of huge subsidies from the government, because of the sheer cost of raising children in today's China.

Without substantial financial help, it'll be a case of passive resistance to top-down policy from further down the ranks, Fang said.

A woman shares ice-cream with a man as children play at a commercial complex in Beijing, July 15, 2024. (Ng Han Guan/AP)
A woman shares ice-cream with a man as children play at a commercial complex in Beijing, July 15, 2024. (Ng Han Guan/AP)

Economist Si Ling said party members and government officials make up around 7% of China's population, which is likely not enough to solve China's population problem, even if all of them complied.

"Short of financial resources, the Chinese government has discovered that it still needs to rely on foreign investment to drive economic growth," Si said. "But it no longer has the ability to make concessions in terms of administrative fees and taxation rates."

He said that any attempt to put pressure on officials to have more children will fail if the cost of subsidizing those children isn't fully worked out in advance.

"All it can offer is cheap labor ... so the Chinese government needs people to have more children to attract foreign investment, but this is a false proposition, as it’s almost impossible to achieve in the short term," he said.

Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Chen Zifei for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/children-population-three-child-policy-07232024102223.html/feed/ 0 485303
A palm reading: Japan’s navigation plan for Pacific waters https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-military-presence-07192024234114.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-military-presence-07192024234114.html#respond Sat, 20 Jul 2024 03:50:28 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-military-presence-07192024234114.html The triennial meeting of the Japanese Prime Minister with the leaders of the Pacific Islands Forum  – referred to as PALM – is normally not much of an attention grabber. But this year’s meeting, which has just concluded in Tokyo, makes it clear that Japan is looking to significantly ramp up its presence in the region.

This comes on the back of increased bilateral engagement – think new embassies in Kiribati and Vanuatu – and a reinvigorated QUAD with a focus on resource and burden sharing among the membership of the strategic security partnership (Australia, India, Japan, USA).

The joint declaration from this their tenth meeting, known as PALM10, with its associated action plan sets out what we can expect from Japanese engagement with the Pacific over the next three years. The use of the seven pillars of the 2050 Strategy for the Blue Pacific Continent as a structure for future engagement is notable.

The Blue Pacific concept was developed by Pacific nations as a home-grown framing to address their challenges.

Other partners have inserted the term Blue Pacific into announcements and documents. However, this takes the recognition of the Pacific’s own framework to another level. It is particularly significant given that Japan’s former Prime Minister Shinzo Abe coined the term Indo-Pacific, which many in the Pacific islands region have resisted. 

PHOTO TWO 000_364F6WV.jpg
Secretary General of the Pacific Islands Forum Baron Waqa (L) and Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida shake hands during the opening session of the 10th Pacific Islands Leaders Meeting (PALM10) in Tokyo on July 18, 2024. (AFP)

PALM10 sees a move to an “All Japan” approach to working with Pacific partners. Whilst several Japanese agencies are referenced in the outcome documents, the most notable is the prominence of the Japanese Self-Defense Force in future engagement.

Japan’s military impacts in the Pacific islands region are well known and loom large in the regional memory. While the PALM10 action plan references the continuation of activities related to World War II, such as retrieval of remains and clearance of unexploded ordnance, new activities will see the Japanese presence in the region take on a markedly military aspect.

This will add to what is an already crowded environment in which defense diplomacy has been increasing in recent years. However, Japan’s use of this strategy has been relatively limited until now.

The PALM10 action plan refers to increased defense “exchanges” to consist of port calls by Japanese Defense Force aircraft and vessels. This may not be as easy to achieve as Tokyo officials might like. 

At the same time as PALM10 was in session in Tokyo, Vanuatu’s National Security Advisory Board refused a request for a Japanese Maritime Self Defense Force vessel to dock in Port Vila. The reasons for the refusal remain unclear.

PHOTO THREE 000_364F7CU.jpg
Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida (C) speaks during the opening session of the 10th Pacific Islands Leaders Meeting (PALM10) in Tokyo on July 18, 2024. (AFP)

Other examples of increased use of the JSDF are the provision of capacity building to Pacific personnel for participation in peace-keeping operations and inclusion of a Self-Defense Unit in disaster relief teams to be deployed to Pacific island countries at their governments’ request.

At the end of the Action Plan are items for “clarification.” Included in the list (of three) for Japan to clarify are two that continue this push for increased defense diplomacy. 

They are: a proposal to accept Pacific cadets into the National Defense Academy of Japan and to use the Japan Pacific Islands Defence Dialogue to foster “mutual understanding and confidence building.” The JPIDD has met twice, most recently earlier this year.

We are now into the Pacific meeting season and in six weeks the 53rd Pacific Islands Forum Leaders Meeting will convene in Nuku’alofa, Tonga. Japan is a longstanding dialogue partner of the forum. 

The ongoing review of regional architecture includes revisions to how dialogue partners are selected and accommodated. What was discussed and agreed at PALM10 will play a role in determining where at the Blue Pacific table Japan will sit. 

Tess Newton Cain has worked as an independent consultant and researcher in the Pacific islands region for more than 25 years. She is a former Lecturer in Law at the University of the South Pacific and an adjunct associate professor at Griffith University, Australia. The views expressed here are her own and do not reflect the position of BenarNews.

BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Commentary by Tess Newton Cain.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-military-presence-07192024234114.html/feed/ 0 484827
NATO’s Plan for Permanent War in Ukraine and on the Fareast Front https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/09/natos-plan-for-permanent-war-in-ukraine-and-on-the-fareast-front/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/09/natos-plan-for-permanent-war-in-ukraine-and-on-the-fareast-front/#respond Tue, 09 Jul 2024 00:18:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=151756 MOSCOW — American, British and Canadian troops in NATO’s forward bases in Poland, Latvia, and Lithuania are being told to prepare for deployment to the Ukraine next year. They are also being warned to expect to fight under heavy Russian artillery, missile, guided bomb, and drone strikes. This message is also intended to slip into […]

The post NATO’s Plan for Permanent War in Ukraine and on the Fareast Front first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

MOSCOW — American, British and Canadian troops in NATO’s forward bases in Poland, Latvia, and Lithuania are being told to prepare for deployment to the Ukraine next year. They are also being warned to expect to fight under heavy Russian artillery, missile, guided bomb, and drone strikes.

This message is also intended to slip into the hands of Russian military intelligence and find its way to the Kremlin. There, Moscow sources believe, the intelligence is interpreted as provocation — part of the US and NATO scheme to escalate NATO attacks in the Black Sea and deep into Russian territory, in order to encourage Russian counter-attacks against NATO targets, triggering thereby Article Five of the NATO Treaty and collective NATO force intervention to follow.

Additionally, Russian sources interpret the intelligence as confirming that the US will not allow capitulation and replacement of Vladimir Zelensky and his regime in Kiev — so no denazification, which is one of the two main objectives of the Special Military Operation.  Also, no peace terms will be countenanced short of Russian withdrawal from Crimea and the four regions of Novorossiya, and the military defeat of the Russian Army. So, no demilitarization, the second of Russia’s long-term security objectives.

The immediate General Staff response has been to devise “soft” measures to combat the US, UK and other NATO airborne electronic warfare units which are providing guidance, targeting, launch timing and flight manoeuvre of Storm Shadow and ATACMS missiles, as well as coordination of Ukrainian aerial and naval drone strikes. The Russian command has also unleashed a new round of missile attacks against Ukrainian airfields – Voznesensk and Mirgorod – where the bombers launching long-range Storm Shadow cruise missiles are based, and where the NATO-supplied F-16s are planned for deployment in a few weeks’ time.

Under growing domestic pressure to counter attacks as damaging to civilians as the Sevastopol beach strike of June 23, President Vladimir Putin has been making a sequence of statements of calculated ambiguity, if not of strategic deception. One interpretation of this by security analysts in Moscow is that the president is avoiding the provocation trap, creating instead a record of peace terms he is offering, confident they will be dismissed in Kiev, Brussels, London, and Washington. This is to reserve Russian freedom of action for now, reverse the blame later on.

On Friday, in Putin’s remarks to the press after meeting at the Kremlin with Hungary’s Prime Minister Victor Orban – currently the rotational president of the European Union Council – Putin repeated his peace terms offer and his expectation of their rejection: “We remain open for a discussion on a political and diplomatic settlement. However, the opposite side only makes clear its reluctance to resolve this issue in this manner. Ukraine’s sponsors continue using this country and its people as a ram, making it a victim in the confrontation with Russia.”

“We outlined our peace initiative quite recently at my meeting with the senior officials of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation.  We believe that its implementation would make it possible to end hostilities and begin negotiations. Moreover, this should not just be a truce or a temporary ceasefire, nor should it be a pause that the Kiev regime could use to recover its losses, regroup and rearm. Russia advocates a full and final end to the conflict. The conditions for that, as I have already said, are set out in my speech at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. We are talking about the complete withdrawal of all Ukrainian troops from the Donetsk and Lugansk People’s Republics and from the Zaporozhye and Kherson regions. There are other conditions as well.”

Putin is not alone in the war staff – the Stavka – in suspecting provocation by the Americans and British while they prepare for escalation to direct war. Also, the Stavka recognizes this was Stalin’s problem interpreting intelligence from Tokyo and Berlin, especially Richard Sorge’s cables from December 1940 through the early days of June 1941, warning of Hitler’s preparations to invade across the Soviet border.

Moscow sources are sure that avoiding Stalin’s catastrophic misjudgement of Hitler’s timing is a priority of Putin’s and of the General Staff. Misjudging the timing of the US coup in Kiev of February 21, 2014, almost cost the loss of Sevastopol and Crimea; misjudging the readiness of Ukrainian forces at Hostemel on February 24, 2022, cost the lives of at least 300 Russian paratroopers, failed at triggering regime change in Kiev, and doomed the peace negotiations in Istanbul of March 30.

“We told you so” is not a refrain the Kremlin is hearing now from the General Staff for the first time.

Putin’s reluctance to act is criticized in Moscow as the pace of the Ukrainian missile and drone raids increases. “I know for a fact that General Staff fully anticipated NATO’s involvement from the start and contingency planning has been done accordingly,” reported the US-based military analyst Andrei Martyanov on July 3. “It was clear from the first day of SMO [Special Military Operation] not now. The only issue was how Russia will approach escalation and the gradual involvement of NATO until it becomes clear that it is between combined West and Russia.”

“What happened to no NATO, and de-Nazification?” a military source asks. “The Americans, Ukrainians, British have been escalating and the president has been temporizing in response,” he answers. “I don’t believe Orban is just making overtures in Hungary’s interests either. He’s an emissary for Trump’s end-the-war plan”.

The source is referring to Orban’s boostering for Trump’s election in November. “You can criticize [Trump] for many reasons,” Orban has said, “but the best foreign policy of the recent several decades belongs to him. He did not initiate any new war, he treated nicely the North Koreans, and Russia and even the Chinese … and if he would have been the president at the moment of the Russian invasion [of Ukraine], it would be not possible to do that by the Russians. Trump is the man who can save the Western world.”

No other NATO member but Orban, the US ambassador said in Budapest last week, “not a single one — that similarly, overtly and tirelessly, campaigns for a specific candidate in an election in the United States of America, seemingly convinced that, no matter what, it only helps Hungary, or at least helps him personally.”

Moscow sources suspect Orban told Putin he is Trump’s go-between on terms for ending the war in the Ukraine. Orban openly hinted at this himself, telling the press after their meeting “we will not achieve peace without diplomacy, without channels of communication.” As Trump’s channel, Orban then repeated Trump’s recent claims that he will end the war the day after he wins the election on November 5. “I wanted to know what the shortest road to end the war is. I wanted to hear Mr President’s opinion on three important questions, and I heard his opinion. What does he think about the current peace initiatives? What does he think about a ceasefire and peace talks, and in what succession can they be carried out? And the third thing that interested me was Mr President’s vision of Europe after the war.”

For analysis of Trump’s claims and the staff plan he authorized for release in April, click to read this.

For Orban’s repeat version of what he claims to be doing, and his omission of everything which has transpired before he arrived on the scene by “secret message”, “under the carpet”, and “surprise”, watch this interview with the owner of a Swiss German magazine.

“Next surprise on Monday morning”, Orban told his Weltwoche interviewer. “You will see – follow the path”. This was no surprise in Moscow because Orban had told Putin he was planning to fly to Beijing to meet President Xi Jinping, and the Russian milbloggers were briefed hours before the western propaganda agencies, Reuters, Deutsche Welle, and the Voice of America picked up the story. The first Moscow report on Sunday evening commented that Orban is performing “cynical antics”. “Orban is advertising his trip to Moscow. Tomorrow morning [Monday July 8] Orban is waiting in Beijing, where negotiations are expected with Comrade Xi Jinping.”


Original source: https://weltwoche.ch/
Subtitled version: https://x.com/

There is no Russian military confidence in Trump’s proposals, or in Orban’s version of them, or in the Russian oligarchs also presenting themselves to the Kremlin as go-betweens. Instead, there is suspicion that Trump and his intermediaries are attempting to hoodwink the Kremlin with a repeat of the “October surprise” with Iran of Ronald Reagan’s first election campaign in 1980.

To support their case for reciprocal measures, the General Staff are making sure the military bloggers in Moscow report each day on the escalation of frequency, range, and damage of Ukrainian raids, directed by manned aircraft and drones directed from the Black Sea by the US and the UK.


Source: Mikhail Zvinchuk’s Rybar Telegram channel. Republished by Boris Rozhin’s Colonel Cassad on July 6 at 14:49.

The map shows Ukrainian (AFU) strikes by air-fired missile, aerial and naval drones over July 5 and 6, as well their launch points west of the current line of contact, and Russian air defence interceptions. “At night, Ukrainian formations again attacked the oil infrastructure with drones in the Krasnodar Krai [Territory] off the coast of the Sea of Azov. Several settlements were hit. The work of the air defence was noted in Yeysk, Pavlovskaya, Leningradskaya. The drones were shot down by 51 air defence divisions, but some of the debris from the warheads fell on to the territory of power facilities, but did not cause serious damage.”

However, this is the second day in a row when the enemy is attacking the coastal zones of the Sea of Azov. Yesterday, Primorsko-Akhtarsk became the target of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, in the direction of which 20 drones were launched. Almost all of them were shot down by air defence calculations and units of the 4th Army. However, one UAV hit a local [power] substation, which caused problems with electric lighting. After that, the Ukrainian Armed Forces struck again: this time three Neptune anti-ship missiles were launched from the territory of the Zaporozhye region, which are increasingly being observed along the entire line of contact, starting from Belgorod and ending with Crimea. Two missiles were shot down by air defence units; one went off course and hit a residential building, which injured civilians. A little later, seven Ukrainian drones were shot down between Rostov-on-Don and Bataisk. The ultimate objective remains unclear: this could be oil depots, or maybe the drones were flying further in the direction of the Morozovsk airfield. And there was trouble in Crimea yesterday [July 5]. During the day, missile and unmanned drones were introduced at least 5-6 times, and in most cases due to deception missile launches and false targets. However, at one point, a Ukrainian Su-24M bomber launched two Storm Shadow cruise missiles, which were shot down near Tarkhankut and south of Yevpatoria by MiG-31 fighters of the Russian Aerospace Forces.”

The milbloggers leave no doubt that the USAF Global Hawk (RQ-4B) electronic war drone has returned to Black Sea airspace from its new base in Romania  to direct the new Ukrainian raids.

Zvinchuk’s Rybar has also reposted a report on NATO preparations for basing NATO ground forces, manned aircraft, and drones on Romanian territory, as well as for repairing HIMARS and other artillery units salvaged from the Ukrainian battlefield,  in order to return them to action.

For a list of the eight forward battlegroups NATO is preparing for direct NATO war against Russia, click to read.

On the fareastern front which Russia shares with China, Vzglyad has just published a warning that “NATO is approaching Russia’s borders from the other side.” The author, Gevorg Mirzoyan, is a regular writer for the semi-official security medium Vzglyad and an academic at the state Finance University in Moscow.


Source: https://vz.ru/
Days after the publication, a Ukrainian military publication reported the first ever Chinese Army deployment in Belarus for exercises described as “anti-terrorist training”.

NATO is approaching Russia’s borders from the other side
By Gevorg Mirzayan
July 4, 2024

The NATO bloc will become a global one in the medium term, the experts say. They are referring to the possible advance of the alliance in the Pacific region – directly at the borders of China and the Far Eastern borders of Russia. How will this happen and how can it affect relations between Russia and China?

The leadership of the North Atlantic Alliance has announced its readiness to participate more actively in East Asian affairs. This is ostensibly a response to China’s actions.

Firstly, because of its cooperation with Russia. “The growing rapprochement between Russia and its authoritarian friends in Asia makes our work with friends in the Indo-Pacific region even more important,” says NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg. Western states are looking for the culprits in this – and find them in the person of the Chinese comrades, who, they say, have provided Russia with everything necessary to confront the “civilized world.”

Secondly, because China’s actions allegedly threaten the security of Europe. “Publicly, President Xi pretends that he avoids the conflict in Ukraine in order to avoid sanctions and maintain trade relations. However, in fact, China supports the largest military conflict in Europe since World War II, while wishing to maintain good relations with the West,” continues Stoltenberg.

In China, of course, they deny all the accusations. “NATO is a product of the Cold War and the largest military force in the world. Instead of denigrating China and attacking it with all sorts of statements, NATO should realize the role that the alliance has played in the Ukrainian crisis,” said the Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman, Lin Jian (right). According to him, China is neither the initiator nor a party to the Ukrainian crisis. “I advise the parties concerned to stop shifting responsibility and sowing discord, to refrain from adding fuel to the fire and provoking an inter-bloc confrontation. And instead do something useful for a political solution to the crisis,” the diplomat explained.

Moreover, the Chinese claim NATO has no place in East Asia, if only because the organization will bring with it only conflicts and wars. “All countries of the Asia-Pacific region are committed to promoting peace and development. Americans need to respect this commitment and also work for peace and development, and not bring block confrontation and conflict with them to the region,” the Chinese Embassy in Washington has said in a statement.

However, the Americans seem to ignore these accusations. The arrival of NATO in East Asia has already been resolved for them — it will be implemented under whatever administration comes next. And the statement about China’s partisan involvement in the Ukrainian crisis is just an excuse, as well as a rhetorical device in order to put pressure on the European countries and convince/force them to support the expansion of NATO to the Far East.

“The fact is that Europe is trying to avoid genuine participation in the military confrontation with China. And it motivates this by the fact that the confrontation with Russia is already difficult enough. Europe is ready to support the United States verbally, but at the same time it is not even ready to allocate money for the fareast confrontation, not to mention sending the military to the shores of China,” Vadim Trukhachev, associate professor at the Russian State University, explains to  Vzglyad.

“The Americans are really creating a global planetary player or a police organization out of NATO. And they’re not shy about talking about it – to argue that not only American bases, but also European and other bases should restrain China. All this has already been implemented in the form of small missions, and now the Americans are pushing the topic of creating NATO rapid reaction forces. Now these troops consist of 30,000 people, but they want to increase them to 300,000,” Andrei Klintsevich, head of the Center for the Study of Military and Political Conflicts, explains to Vzglyad.


Left to right: Gevorg Mirzayan of the Finance University; Vadim Trukhachev of the Russian State University for the Humanities; and Andrei Klintsevich, Trukhachev’s assesment of Orban’s “peacemaking” mission can be read here.

Such international forces, Polish, German, French and Italian, would operate outside national command and control.  “That is, at any moment, the NATO general picks up the phone and, on instructions from Washington, issues a directive to certain units without the approval of their national parliaments. And the troops are flying away to carry out the multinational task,” Klintsevich continues.

Europe’s sluggish resistance to the prospects of such a deployment is the last problem on the way to the Far Eastern expansion of the alliance. Moreover, there are already enough countries in the Far East which are ready to support the arrival of NATO in the region.

Australia, Japan, New Zealand and South Korea are seen as the key partners of the alliance here. Countries that are very much afraid of China’s growth. Which are much more dependent on the United States than India, and will attend the NATO summit in Washington. According to US Deputy Secretary of State Kurt Campbell, the Indo-Pacific region is “now more connected to Europe than ever before.”

Finally, the United States has already made certain preparations – for example, the AUKUS bloc (consisting of Australia, United Kingdom, and the United States), which was conceived precisely as a weapon to deter the PRC. “The AUKUS bloc is likely to expand  – additional countries will be included, most likely Japan and South Korea. And then this bloc will sign some kind of unification agreement with NATO, after which the alliance will become a global one,” Klintsevich explains.


Australian Prime Minister Albanese meeting NATO Secretary-General Stoltenberg at the NATO summit of July 2023. For the Australian version of joining NATO’s war in the Uklraine, click to read: https://www.afr.com/  NATO’s version of the Australian role in NATO: https://www.nato.int/

China understands the high probability of NATO’s arrival, as well as the fact that they will have to change their policy somewhat. Militarily, Beijing is, of course, ready. “The Chinese have already turned on their full military-industrial machine. They are laying down aircraft carriers in series, creating hypersonic weapons, building bases on landfill artificial islands in areas that they would like to control. The Chinese have imposed an arms race on the Americans – and this process will continue even without NATO moving there,” says Klintsevich.

But Chinese foreign policy will have to be modified. More recently, Beijing used the Ukrainian crisis to score international points. And not only through their peace initiatives.

For example, the Chinese accuse NATO of “nuclear blackmail” (based on Stoltenberg’s statements about the possible deployment of nuclear weapons in Europe). Thus, Beijing not only plays the role of a peacemaker, but also appears to be a kind of spokesman for the opinions of the Global South – non-nuclear countries which look with fear at the games of their nuclear colleagues. Such a position will also help the Chinese to divert the world’s attention somewhat from their own build-up of the nuclear arsenal (to which Beijing, not being a signatory to any START, has every right).

We are now talking about a confrontation already in the traditionally Chinese sphere of influence. Not on other people’s shores, but on their own. Which can be defended only with the support of Moscow – resource,  infrastructure, political,  and all other forms of support.

“This reduces the Chinese room for manoeuvre – it will be more difficult for them to push us into discounts on hydrocarbons and other aspects of Sino-Russian economic cooperation. The realization of a real confrontation with America will force them to build relations with us in a slightly different way. Just because, one by one, we are all just being pushed around,” Klintsevich sums up.

As a result, NATO’s expansion into the Far East could lead to what expansion in Europe has led to already. To bring together and unite the opponents of the United States.

The original of the lead image was this cartoon of August 1939, showing Hitler wrestling with the Russian bear. This was a comment on the non-aggression pact agreed between Hitler and Stalin and signed on August 25, 1939, by foreign ministers Joachim von Ribbentrop and Vyacheslav Molotov. It was known officially as the Treaty of Non-Aggression between Germany and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. On December 17, 2021, Putin authorized the Russian Foreign Ministry to present to Biden the Treaty between the United States of America and the Russian Federation on Security Guarantees. Biden dismissed it without negotiations.

The post NATO’s Plan for Permanent War in Ukraine and on the Fareast Front first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Helmer.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/09/natos-plan-for-permanent-war-in-ukraine-and-on-the-fareast-front/feed/ 0 482954
Supreme Court blocks an EPA plan to curb ozone air pollution https://grist.org/equity/supreme-court-blocks-an-epa-plan-to-curb-ozone-air-pollution/ https://grist.org/equity/supreme-court-blocks-an-epa-plan-to-curb-ozone-air-pollution/#respond Thu, 27 Jun 2024 22:38:54 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=641849 In a ruling that court observers said was “really extraordinary” and achieved through “a procedural strangeness,” the Supreme Court on Thursday blocked a federal plan to reduce air pollution that blows across state lines. 

The 5-4 decision from the court’s conservative justices halts, for now, the Environmental Protection Agency’s “Good Neighbor” rule and its stringent smokestack emissions requirements on power plants and other industrial sources. The court ruled that the EPA failed to “reasonably explain” its policy and placed it on hold pending the outcome of more than a dozen lawsuits.

Environmental advocates said the decision will leave millions of people breathing dirtier air this summer. They also worry that future challenges to federal policies could similarly “short-circuit the normal process of judicial review” by appealing directly to the Supreme Court. 

“What this shows me is that this court is no longer neutral in cases involving environmental regulations,” Sam Sankar, senior vice president for programs at Earthjustice, told reporters on Thursday. “It’s actively skeptical of EPA and new environmental regulations.”

The Good Neighbor plan was adopted to ensure compliance with a 2015 update to the Clean Air Act that tightened federal limits on ozone, a harmful pollutant and the primary component of smog. That update triggered a requirement for each state to submit a plan within three years detailing how it would reduce ozone-forming emissions from coal-fired power plants and heavy industry to protect downwind states. The law also required the EPA to craft a plan for states that failed to provide an adequate proposal.

Twenty-one states submitted plans indicating that they would do nothing, while Pennsylvania and Virginia didn’t offer one at all. In March 2023, the EPA issued its own proposal for the 23 states, prompting dozens of lawsuits in federal courts around the country.

Ohio, Indiana, and Virginia, joined by pipeline company Kinder Morgan, U.S. Steel, and others, in challenging the plan, argued that the EPA’s approach failed to consider the impact of a federal plan on each state. They also alleged that the steps needed to implement it could create economic and operational harm even as lower courts decide other lawsuits.

The justices, in a majority opinion written by Justice Neil Gorsuch, agreed. Gorsuch noted that the EPA’s plan to implement pollution reduction requirements regardless of how many states are involved was not “reasonably explained.” 

“The government refused to say with certainty that EPA would have reached the same conclusions regardless of which states were included,” he wrote.

But Justice Amy Coney Barrett argued in a strongly worded dissent that the agency “thoroughly explained” its methodology for calculating emissions reduction requirements, which depends not on the number of states included in the plan, but on cost-effective measures that can be achieved at each source of pollution. Barrett also noted that the plaintiffs and the court failed to identify how exactly the rule would differ if the number of states changed.

Sankar, who has for 25 years closely watched the Supreme Court’s decisions on environmental matters, called the ruling “really extraordinary” for two reasons. First, the EPA did in fact explain its reasoning in numerous documents. Second, the case landed on the court’s emergency docket, a lineup that until recently largely was reserved for minor procedural issues typically decided without the justices hearing oral arguments.

Zachary Fabish, senior attorney at the Sierra Club, told Grist that by hearing oral arguments and issuing so consequential an opinion on its emergency docket, the Supreme Court has created a kind of “procedural strangeness” in its decision making. He pointed out that the case had yet to be decided by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, which will likely rule on the legitimacy of the Good Neighbor plan sometime next year. That means that even before the lower court’s decision, the Supreme Court has already weighed in — but without the benefit of extensive briefings, arguments, and opinions from a lower court, he said. 

Today’s ruling suggests future environmental policies could face similar challenges on the emergency docket, said Sankar. “It’s really hard to say that there are any rules that aren’t subject to this kind of attack.”

Clean air advocates highlighted another glaring omission from the court’s opinion: It made no mention of the public health toll of the pollution on downwind states. Ozone forms in high temperatures and sunlight, making summer months particularly conducive to its formation. As Fabish puts it, “The hotter the summer, the worse the ozone season” — a foreboding sign as much of the country broils under relentless heat. Research has shown that ozone increases the risk of life-threatening conditions like asthma attacks, especially among children, older adults, people who work outside, and people with respiratory and other illnesses.

Last summer, data collected by the EPA showed that from May to September, the Good Neighbor rule — which at the time was in effect in 10 states, including Illinois, New York, and Ohio — successfully drove down ozone-forming emissions by 18 percent. “Staying this rule threatens the progress that happened last ozone season when the rule was partially in effect,” Fabish said.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Supreme Court blocks an EPA plan to curb ozone air pollution on Jun 27, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Akielly Hu.

]]>
https://grist.org/equity/supreme-court-blocks-an-epa-plan-to-curb-ozone-air-pollution/feed/ 0 481527
CNN’s Debate Plan Makes Democracy the Likely Loser https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/cnns-debate-plan-makes-democracy-the-likely-loser/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/cnns-debate-plan-makes-democracy-the-likely-loser/#respond Wed, 26 Jun 2024 17:33:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040473  

Election Focus 2024On Thursday, President Joe Biden and former President Donald Trump will face each other on CNN for the first scheduled debate of the 2024 presidential election. This year, things will be run differently; CNN will be entirely in charge. If history is any guide, things will not go well for democracy.

‘A fraud on the American voter’

Once upon a time, presidential debates were hosted by the nonpartisan League of Women Voters, which set the terms and chose the moderators. But the national chairs of the two dominant parties formed the bipartisan Commission on Presidential Debates (CPD) and wrested control from the League in 1988. The LWV responded by accusing the parties of

perpetrat[ing] a fraud on the American voter. It has become clear to us that the candidates’ organizations aim to add debates to their list of campaign-trail charades devoid of substance, spontaneity and answers to tough questions. The League has no intention of becoming an accessory to the hoodwinking of the American public.

FAIR: CNN’s Industry Spin Shows Need for Independent Debates

FAIR (8/2/19) on a 2019 Democratic presidential primary debate: “CNN took an approach to the debates more befitting a football game than an exercise in democracy.”

The result was, as FAIR repeatedly documented (e.g., 10/26/12, 8/26/16, 8/2/19, 2/29/20), largely what the League predicted: few tough questions, most with a right-wing corporate framing, rarely reflecting the issues of most concern to voters. But even the CPD has lost its grip on the debates now, starting in 2022, when the RNC announced its distancing from the organization. Earlier this year, Biden signaled his own interest in working out a debate outside the normal CPD process.

Which brings us to the current situation, featuring two scheduled debates—on June 27 on CNN, and on September 10 on ABC—following rules agreed upon by the host network and the two candidates. CNN anchors Jake Tapper and Dana Bash will moderate the first contest.

As we’ve said before (7/19/23), the public needs to fully understand the stakes of the 2024 election, and that can’t mean a blackout on Trump. But it does require incisive questions that speak to people’s real needs and concerns, and some way of offering real-time factchecking to viewers. CNN viewers are unlikely to get the former, and CNN has already promised not to supply the latter.

Unfit to host

FAIR: CNN Town Halls Do Democracy No Favors

FAIR (7/19/23) on CNN‘s 2023 “town hall” for Trump: “The entire affair read as a giant campaign rally sponsored by CNN.”

Of the major nonpartisan news networks (i.e., excluding Fox), CNN is perhaps the least fit to host a presidential debate. In recent elections and primaries, it has repeatedly proved that it’s not an enlightened public the network is after, but ratings (e.g., FAIR.org, 8/2/19, 8/25/22, 7/19/23).

In the most recent example, the network infamously hosted a town hall with Trump during the 2023 Republican primaries. That choice appeared to be entirely self-serving. After working to move the network rightward, then–chair Chris Licht had led CNN to what the Atlantic (6/2/23) described as “its historic nadir,” in terms of ratings as well as newsroom morale. The Trump town hall was the big plan to turn the ship around.

Instead, it quickly proved to be an embarrassment that ultimately cost Licht his job (FAIR.org, 6/8/23). Trump turned the event into what came across as a campaign rally sponsored by CNN, spouting falsehood after falsehood and running roughshod over CNN host Kaitlan Collins in front of cheering fans. (The CNN floor manager instructed the audience that while applause was permitted, booing was not.)

Even in its town halls with Trump’s slightly less truth-challenged primary challengers, the network’s own post-event factchecks showed that CNN hosts—including Tapper and Bash—failed to counter major falsehoods in real time (FAIR.org, 7/19/23).

Reliance on right-wing talking points

CNN's Dana Bash: Clashes at Campuses Nationwide as Protest Intensify

CNN‘s Dana Bash (Inside Politics, 5/1/24) claimed that student protests against genocide in Gaza were spreading “destruction, violence and hate on college campuses,” and said they were  “hearkening back to the 1930s in Europe.”

Though Trump (who agreed to the ground rules and choice of host) has been pre-emptively complaining he won’t get a fair shake from such a “biased” outlet—biased to the left, he means—Tapper and Bash hardly have a record of asking left-leaning questions.

CNN didn’t host a presidential debate in 2020, but it did host Democratic primary debates. Beyond its ESPN-like introductions to the candidates and questioning style that seemed designed to foment conflict more than to inform, the network relied heavily on right-wing talking points and assumptions to frame its questions (FAIR.org, 8/2/19).

In just one example, Tapper started off a 2019 Democratic primary debate night by asking Bernie Sanders whether “tak[ing] private health insurance away from more than 150 million Americans, in exchange for government-sponsored healthcare for everyone,” was “political suicide” (FAIR.org, 8/2/19).

In a 2016 Democratic debate, Bash questioned Hillary Clinton on her proposal for paid maternity leave—something every other industrialized nation in the world provides—with a decidedly antagonistic framing (FAIR.org, 7/16/19): “There are so many people who say, ‘Really? Another government program?’ Is that what you’re proposing? And at the expense of taxpayer money?”

After CNN‘s 2023 Trump town hall, Tapper (On With Kara Swisher, 7/10/23) argued that the event was “in the public’s interest.” But there’s no world in which offering a serial liar a town hall stuffed full of people instructed to cheer but not boo serves the public interest. Tapper’s take on the “public interest” doesn’t bode well for his performance this week.

On the central foreign policy issue of the year—Israel’s months-long assault on Gaza—Tapper and Bash both have exhibited a strong pro-Israel bias (FAIR.org, 5/3/24). It’s not a promising setup for a debate between a strongly pro-Israel candidate occasionally critical of the country’s right-wing government (Biden) and a strongly pro-Israel candidate aligned with that right wing (Trump).

And CNN, like its fellow corporate media outlets, is allergic to questions about many issues of critical importance to large numbers of viewers. In its first 2019 Democratic primary debate (FAIR.org, 8/2/19), CNN asked more non-policy questions—primarily about whether some candidates were “moving too far to the left to win the White House”—than questions about the climate crisis. Across two nights of debates, the network’s 31 non-policy questions overwhelmed those on key issues like gun control (11) and women’s rights (7).

Factcheck abdication

FAIR: When Did Checking the Facts Become Taking a Candidate ‘at His Word’?

CNN declines to do real-time factchecking, but its after-the-fact factchecking is no great shakes either (FAIR.org, 10/5/12).

The debate and its terms have been agreed to by both Biden and Trump. There will be no audience on Thursday. The candidates’ microphones will be muted when it’s not their turn to speak. In a first for a presidential debate, there will be two commercial breaks during the debate. (It remains to be seen which giant corporations will be sponsoring this supposed exercise in democracy.)

What will this format offer viewers—and, more broadly, democracy? The microphone rule should help avoid the 2020 debate debacle, in which Trump’s incessant interruptions rendered the event virtually unwatchable (FAIR.org, 10/2/20). But Trump doesn’t just interrupt incessantly; he lies incessantly as well. Will Tapper and Bash factcheck every lie, even if it means doing so more often to Trump than to Biden?

Shockingly, CNN isn’t even going to pretend to try. Political director David Chalian  (New York Times, 6/24/24) said that a live debate “is not the ideal arena for live factchecking,” so instead the moderators would be “facilitating the debate between these candidates, not being a participant in that debate.” Factchecking will be reserved for post-show analysis. Meanwhile, moderators “will use all tools at their disposal to enforce timing and ensure a civilized discussion” (CNN, 6/15/24).

On the one hand, Trump has made real-time factchecking essentially impossible, because the rate at which he puts forth falsehoods would require constant interruption. Of the 74 Trump debate claims checked by Politifact (2/2/24), only two were judged “true,” and seven “mostly true.” Across time and setting, 58% of Biden’s claims were judged at least “half true,” compared to 24% for Trump.

On the other hand, it’s hard to imagine how the public will be served by a “debate” featuring a notorious fabulist in which the moderators don’t even try to point out blatant lies. Saving factchecking for after the debate won’t help the millions who tune out when the debate ends. And you can hardly expect an opponent to be responsible for countering every lie Trump tells.

CNN has never been particularly good at factchecking (e.g., FAIR.org, 10/4/11, 10/5/12). Now with a candidate and party that aggressively disdain facts and honesty, the network is virtually guaranteed to fail the public even more miserably—and with potentially graver consequences.


ACTION ALERT: Messages to CNN can be sent here. Please remember that respectful communication is the most effective. Feel free to leave a copy of your message in the comments thread of this post.


Featured Image: CNN images of its debate moderators, Jake Tapper and Dana Bash.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/cnns-debate-plan-makes-democracy-the-likely-loser/feed/ 0 481262
NYC Congestion Pricing: Advocates Slam Hochul for Halting Plan to Reduce Emissions, Fund Transit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-hochul-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-transit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-hochul-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-transit/#respond Tue, 25 Jun 2024 14:32:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1d321ebf0839c277381b694b1890aa90
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-hochul-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-transit/feed/ 0 481036
NYC Congestion Pricing: Advocates Slam NY Gov for Halting Plan to Reduce Emissions, Fund Mass Transit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-ny-gov-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-mass-transit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-ny-gov-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-mass-transit/#respond Tue, 25 Jun 2024 12:48:32 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=20b7a13cfcc73783660332f4433fb52b 1920 1080 max

Democratic New York Governor Kathy Hochul has shocked constituents this month with a surprise decision to cancel New York City’s congestion program plan just weeks before it was set to start. Hochul had previously supported the plan, which would have charged drivers $15 to enter parts of Manhattan in order to fund the city’s public transportation budget. New York City’s public transportation system, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA), is used daily by millions of city residents but has long been plagued by underfunding for necessary expansions and repairs. Congestion pricing has been championed by a wide coalition that includes disability rights advocates, low-income residents and climate activists. The program was expected to dramatically reduce air pollution and fossil fuel emissions in the third-highest emitting city in the world. We hear from two New Yorkers: David Jones, an MTA board member and the president and CEO of the Community Service Society of New York, and Keanu Arpels-Josiah, a young climate activist with Fridays for Future NYC who has just graduated high school. “We’re at a dire point in the climate crisis,” and Governor Hochul is “failing on this issue,” says Arpels-Josiah.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/nyc-congestion-pricing-advocates-slam-ny-gov-for-halting-plan-to-reduce-emissions-fund-mass-transit/feed/ 0 481028
The Samson Option: Israel’s Plan to Nuke Its Opponents https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/24/the-samson-option-israels-plan-to-nuke-its-opponents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/24/the-samson-option-israels-plan-to-nuke-its-opponents/#respond Mon, 24 Jun 2024 21:00:21 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-samson-option-israels-plan-to-nuke-its-opponents-dilawar-20240624/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Arvind Dilawar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/24/the-samson-option-israels-plan-to-nuke-its-opponents/feed/ 0 480944
Sierra Club Statement on National Old Growth Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/20/sierra-club-statement-on-national-old-growth-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/20/sierra-club-statement-on-national-old-growth-plan/#respond Thu, 20 Jun 2024 21:29:22 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sierra-club-statement-on-national-old-growth-plan Today, the United States Forest Service announced a draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) on a plan to protect the country’s remaining old-growth trees.

The proposed amendment to all national forest plans would be a significant advance towards fulfilling Executive Order 14072, which President Biden issued in March 2022, committing the United States to “identify, inventory, and protect” mature and old-growth forests on federal lands.

Only a small fraction of old-growth forests in the U.S. remain standing. In the Pacific Northwest, barely one-quarter of old-growth conifers remain, and in parts of the East that number is even less. Recent studies have confirmed the unparalleled ability of mature and old-growth trees to absorb and store carbon pollution, which generally increases as they age, making these forests one of our best nature-based climate solutions.

The release of the DEIS kicks off a 90-day comment period, during which the public is encouraged to provide input on the draft plan.

In response, Sierra Club Forest Campaign Manager Alex Craven released the following statement:

“President Biden made a commitment to protect mature and old-growth forests in the United States, and today’s announcement gets us one step closer to achieving that. Conserving what remains of our oldest forests is undoubtedly a positive step towards climate action. We look forward to engaging in this process to ensure the amendment not only retains, but increases, the amount of old-growth forests across the country. Shifting our approach to national forests from resources meant for extraction to natural wonders worth preserving is long overdue.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/20/sierra-club-statement-on-national-old-growth-plan/feed/ 0 480498
Project 2025: The US far-right plan to undermine democracy and rights globally https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/19/project-2025-the-us-far-right-plan-to-undermine-democracy-and-rights-globally/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/19/project-2025-the-us-far-right-plan-to-undermine-democracy-and-rights-globally/#respond Wed, 19 Jun 2024 09:15:17 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/heritage-foundation-project-2025-far-right-us-abortion-rights-democracy-trump/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Diana Cariboni.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/19/project-2025-the-us-far-right-plan-to-undermine-democracy-and-rights-globally/feed/ 0 480236
Ukraine Seeks Support For Peace Plan At International Summit In Russia’s Absence https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/15/international-summit-debates-ukrainian-peace-deal-in-russias-absence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/15/international-summit-debates-ukrainian-peace-deal-in-russias-absence/#respond Sat, 15 Jun 2024 15:35:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=12e322bb85fc7940e20d8b62ebe6d54f
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/15/international-summit-debates-ukrainian-peace-deal-in-russias-absence/feed/ 0 479764
45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians/#respond Mon, 10 Jun 2024 14:14:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150990 Justin Trudeau’s Liberals now say they oppose Israel’s onslaught on Rafah, want a ceasefire in Gaza and that they are no longer offering permits for new arms shipments to Israel. But this rhetorical shift doesn’t reflect a commitment to peace and justice for Palestinians. If the Trudeau government truly believed in international law and fair […]

The post 45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Justin Trudeau’s Liberals now say they oppose Israel’s onslaught on Rafah, want a ceasefire in Gaza and that they are no longer offering permits for new arms shipments to Israel. But this rhetorical shift doesn’t reflect a commitment to peace and justice for Palestinians. If the Trudeau government truly believed in international law and fair treatment of Palestinians, here’s 45 easy moves Ottawa could make to stop enabling Israel’s holocaust in Gaza:

  1. Use the word “slaughter”, “crime”, “massacre”, “butchery”, “carnage”, “ecocide”, “genocide” or “holocaust” to describe Israel’s operations in Gaza.
  2. Announce that Ottawa will enforce its obligations as party to the International Criminal Court by arresting Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and defence minister Yaov Gallant if a warrant is issued.
  3. Task the Department of Justice and RCMP Crimes Against Humanity and War Crimes Program to investigate Canadians currently fighting in the Israeli military. Considering the wanton destruction in Gaza, it’s hard to imagine that someone fighting there hasn’t committed war crimes.
  4. Issue a notice to exporters declarating that arm permits for Israel are paused.
  5. Follow the recent recommendation of UN experts and over 140 countries — including Spain, Ireland, Slovenia and Norway recently — recognizing Palestine.
  6. Mention the 9,000 Palestinians Israel’s taken hostages since October 7.
  7. Add Israel to the list of countries investigated in the ongoing Public Inquiry into Foreign Interference in Federal Electoral Processes and Democratic Institutions.
  8. Stop providing millions of dollars in grants to Canada’s Jewish federations, which have formal ties to the para-statal Jewish Agency for Israel and sponsor the Centre for Israel and Jewish Affairs.
  9. Direct the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) to investigate registered Canadian charities that may be contravening CRA regulations by supporting illegal West Bank settlements.
  10. Announce that Canada won’t buy any arms “field tested” on Palestinians.
  11. Pause all direct arm sales to Israel irrespective if the permits were requested before January.
  12. Denounce Israel’s killing of 140 journalists over the past eight months.
  13. Restrict Canadian firms that sell components or full weapons systems to the US from subsequently being sent on to the Israeli military.
  14. Pause any CSIS spying on Palestinians for Israel.
  15. End government grants for bilateral industrial-military research
  16. Announce that the Israeli military is no longer welcome to train in Cold Lake Alberta or elsewhere in Canada.
  17. Criticize any US vetoing of UN Security Council resolutions defending Palestians.
  18. Denounce Israel’s poisoning of the air and water in Gaza.
  19. End the Department of National Defence’s Defence Research and Development Canada financing and collaboration with Israeli partners and initiatives.
  20. Direct the CRA to investigate registered charities contravening the CRA rule against “supporting the armed forces of another country” by assisting Israel’s military.
  21. Join Spain, Ireland, Mexico, Chile, Egypt, Turkey and other countries that have announced that they will participate in South Africa’s International Court of Justice case against Israel’s genocide.
  22. End the military’s Operation Proteus training and assistance initiative of the Palestinian force overseeing Israel’s occupation of the West Bank.
  23. Pause Canadian military intelligence sharing with Israel.
  24. Ask the CRA to conduct enhanced reviews of all foreign income for property or businesses owned in Israel and its occupied territories.
  25. End any border security arrangement Ottawa has with Israel.
  26. Announce a finance committee hearing into taxpayers subsidizing over a quarter billion dollars a year in donations to Israel. Is it right for all Canadians to pay a share of some individuals’ donations to a country with a GDP equal to Canada’s?
  27. Bar Israeli military suppliers from Canadian military testing exercises.
  28. Pause any Communications Security Establishment spying on Palestinians for Israel.
  29. Impose sanctions on Israel’s settlement economy through Canada’s Special Economic Measures Act, particularly on individuals and entities involved in Israel’s illegal occupation of East Jerusalem, Gaza and the West Bank.
  30. Instruct the Canadian Border Services Agency to deny entry to any foreign national owning property in an illegal Israeli settlement or outpost.
  31. Direct the CRA to investigate registered Canadian charities that may be contravening existing CRA regulations by supporting explicitly racist Israeli organizations.
  32. Mention Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch and B’tselem conclusion that Israel has long committed the crime of apartheid.
  33. Remove the leftist Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine from Canada’s list of terrorist entities.
  34. Denounce Israel’s destruction of nearly half of Gaza’s agricultural land and tree crops.
  35. Remove from the terrorist list the Canadian-based International Relief Fund for the Afflicted and Needy, which was listed because it supported orphans and a hospital in Gaza through official (Hamas controlled) channels.
  36. Launch a review of Canada’s criminalization of Palestinian political life, particularly why over 10 percent of Canada’s terrorism list is made up of organizations headquartered in a long-occupied land representing one-tenth of one percent of the world’s population.
  37. Denounce Israel’s killing of 190 UN workers over the past eight months.
  38. Apologize to Palestinians for Canada’s sizeable contribution to the unjust UN Partition Plan, which called for the division of Palestine into ethnically segregated states and gave most of the land to the newly arrived minority. As Global Affairs officials warned privately in 1947, the Canadian-shaped roadmap would lead to decades of conflict.
  39. Cancel the Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement or, at minimum, exclude products from the occupied West Bank.
  40. Rescind adoption of the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance’s (IHRA) definition of antisemitism, which is designed to undermine free speech and legitimate expressions of opposition to Israeli colonial violence.
  41. Apologize for supporting the colonial Balfour Declaration and sending Canadians to help the British conquer Palestine.
  42. Allow the Canadian Food Inspection Agency to accurately label wines produced in the occupied West Bank.
  43. Eliminate the Special Envoy on Preserving Holocaust Remembrance and Combatting Antisemitism, which was created to deflect criticism from Israeli apartheid and is acting as a tool to promote genocide.
  44. State publicly that any inducement or recruitment for the Israeli military in Canada contravenes the Foreign Enlistment Act and must be investigated.
  45. Support all UN resolutions backed by most nations that uphold Palestinian rights.

Most of the above demands are not radical. They aren’t, for instance, as bold as Türkiye’s recent ban on trade with Israel, Colombia cutting off coal exports or the Maldives blocking Israeli passport holders from entering their country. In many cases it’s simply a matter of upholding Canadian and international law.

The post 45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Yves Engler.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians/feed/ 0 478972
45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians-2/#respond Mon, 10 Jun 2024 14:14:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150990 Justin Trudeau’s Liberals now say they oppose Israel’s onslaught on Rafah, want a ceasefire in Gaza and that they are no longer offering permits for new arms shipments to Israel. But this rhetorical shift doesn’t reflect a commitment to peace and justice for Palestinians. If the Trudeau government truly believed in international law and fair […]

The post 45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Justin Trudeau’s Liberals now say they oppose Israel’s onslaught on Rafah, want a ceasefire in Gaza and that they are no longer offering permits for new arms shipments to Israel. But this rhetorical shift doesn’t reflect a commitment to peace and justice for Palestinians. If the Trudeau government truly believed in international law and fair treatment of Palestinians, here’s 45 easy moves Ottawa could make to stop enabling Israel’s holocaust in Gaza:

  1. Use the word “slaughter”, “crime”, “massacre”, “butchery”, “carnage”, “ecocide”, “genocide” or “holocaust” to describe Israel’s operations in Gaza.
  2. Announce that Ottawa will enforce its obligations as party to the International Criminal Court by arresting Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and defence minister Yaov Gallant if a warrant is issued.
  3. Task the Department of Justice and RCMP Crimes Against Humanity and War Crimes Program to investigate Canadians currently fighting in the Israeli military. Considering the wanton destruction in Gaza, it’s hard to imagine that someone fighting there hasn’t committed war crimes.
  4. Issue a notice to exporters declarating that arm permits for Israel are paused.
  5. Follow the recent recommendation of UN experts and over 140 countries — including Spain, Ireland, Slovenia and Norway recently — recognizing Palestine.
  6. Mention the 9,000 Palestinians Israel’s taken hostages since October 7.
  7. Add Israel to the list of countries investigated in the ongoing Public Inquiry into Foreign Interference in Federal Electoral Processes and Democratic Institutions.
  8. Stop providing millions of dollars in grants to Canada’s Jewish federations, which have formal ties to the para-statal Jewish Agency for Israel and sponsor the Centre for Israel and Jewish Affairs.
  9. Direct the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) to investigate registered Canadian charities that may be contravening CRA regulations by supporting illegal West Bank settlements.
  10. Announce that Canada won’t buy any arms “field tested” on Palestinians.
  11. Pause all direct arm sales to Israel irrespective if the permits were requested before January.
  12. Denounce Israel’s killing of 140 journalists over the past eight months.
  13. Restrict Canadian firms that sell components or full weapons systems to the US from subsequently being sent on to the Israeli military.
  14. Pause any CSIS spying on Palestinians for Israel.
  15. End government grants for bilateral industrial-military research
  16. Announce that the Israeli military is no longer welcome to train in Cold Lake Alberta or elsewhere in Canada.
  17. Criticize any US vetoing of UN Security Council resolutions defending Palestians.
  18. Denounce Israel’s poisoning of the air and water in Gaza.
  19. End the Department of National Defence’s Defence Research and Development Canada financing and collaboration with Israeli partners and initiatives.
  20. Direct the CRA to investigate registered charities contravening the CRA rule against “supporting the armed forces of another country” by assisting Israel’s military.
  21. Join Spain, Ireland, Mexico, Chile, Egypt, Turkey and other countries that have announced that they will participate in South Africa’s International Court of Justice case against Israel’s genocide.
  22. End the military’s Operation Proteus training and assistance initiative of the Palestinian force overseeing Israel’s occupation of the West Bank.
  23. Pause Canadian military intelligence sharing with Israel.
  24. Ask the CRA to conduct enhanced reviews of all foreign income for property or businesses owned in Israel and its occupied territories.
  25. End any border security arrangement Ottawa has with Israel.
  26. Announce a finance committee hearing into taxpayers subsidizing over a quarter billion dollars a year in donations to Israel. Is it right for all Canadians to pay a share of some individuals’ donations to a country with a GDP equal to Canada’s?
  27. Bar Israeli military suppliers from Canadian military testing exercises.
  28. Pause any Communications Security Establishment spying on Palestinians for Israel.
  29. Impose sanctions on Israel’s settlement economy through Canada’s Special Economic Measures Act, particularly on individuals and entities involved in Israel’s illegal occupation of East Jerusalem, Gaza and the West Bank.
  30. Instruct the Canadian Border Services Agency to deny entry to any foreign national owning property in an illegal Israeli settlement or outpost.
  31. Direct the CRA to investigate registered Canadian charities that may be contravening existing CRA regulations by supporting explicitly racist Israeli organizations.
  32. Mention Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch and B’tselem conclusion that Israel has long committed the crime of apartheid.
  33. Remove the leftist Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine from Canada’s list of terrorist entities.
  34. Denounce Israel’s destruction of nearly half of Gaza’s agricultural land and tree crops.
  35. Remove from the terrorist list the Canadian-based International Relief Fund for the Afflicted and Needy, which was listed because it supported orphans and a hospital in Gaza through official (Hamas controlled) channels.
  36. Launch a review of Canada’s criminalization of Palestinian political life, particularly why over 10 percent of Canada’s terrorism list is made up of organizations headquartered in a long-occupied land representing one-tenth of one percent of the world’s population.
  37. Denounce Israel’s killing of 190 UN workers over the past eight months.
  38. Apologize to Palestinians for Canada’s sizeable contribution to the unjust UN Partition Plan, which called for the division of Palestine into ethnically segregated states and gave most of the land to the newly arrived minority. As Global Affairs officials warned privately in 1947, the Canadian-shaped roadmap would lead to decades of conflict.
  39. Cancel the Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement or, at minimum, exclude products from the occupied West Bank.
  40. Rescind adoption of the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance’s (IHRA) definition of antisemitism, which is designed to undermine free speech and legitimate expressions of opposition to Israeli colonial violence.
  41. Apologize for supporting the colonial Balfour Declaration and sending Canadians to help the British conquer Palestine.
  42. Allow the Canadian Food Inspection Agency to accurately label wines produced in the occupied West Bank.
  43. Eliminate the Special Envoy on Preserving Holocaust Remembrance and Combatting Antisemitism, which was created to deflect criticism from Israeli apartheid and is acting as a tool to promote genocide.
  44. State publicly that any inducement or recruitment for the Israeli military in Canada contravenes the Foreign Enlistment Act and must be investigated.
  45. Support all UN resolutions backed by most nations that uphold Palestinian rights.

Most of the above demands are not radical. They aren’t, for instance, as bold as Türkiye’s recent ban on trade with Israel, Colombia cutting off coal exports or the Maldives blocking Israeli passport holders from entering their country. In many cases it’s simply a matter of upholding Canadian and international law.

The post 45 Ways Ottawa Could Push Peace, Justice for Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Yves Engler.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/45-ways-ottawa-could-push-peace-justice-for-palestinians-2/feed/ 0 478973
Understanding the Fate of the Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/understanding-the-fate-of-the-palestinians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/understanding-the-fate-of-the-palestinians/#respond Fri, 07 Jun 2024 16:00:00 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150901 Since day one of their entrance, the Zionists seized opportunities to enhance their strength and further their agenda, extending a single settlement in Ottoman Palestine to complete control of Palestine. Ten pioneers from Russia acquired 835 acres of land southeast of present day Tel Aviv and established Rishon Le-Zion (“First in Zion”). Founded in 1882, […]

The post Understanding the Fate of the Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Since day one of their entrance, the Zionists seized opportunities to enhance their strength and further their agenda, extending a single settlement in Ottoman Palestine to complete control of Palestine. Ten pioneers from Russia acquired 835 acres of land southeast of present day Tel Aviv and established Rishon Le-Zion (“First in Zion”). Founded in 1882, the settlement has grown to a city of approximately 260,000.

The “First in Zion” symbolizes the Zionist thrust — pretend innocence, harden hearts, brutalize innocent inhabitants, and turn oppression of others into security needs for yourself. After the Zionists gained overwhelming power, they used power for severe oppression, to steal more lands, manufacture huge bombs to overcome fists and rocks, and to terrorize a population. Those who contended the oppression were called terrorists. The smiles on Zionists’ faces come from convincing a complacent, unknowing, and confused world to accept ethnic cleansing, apartheid, and genocide as daily happenings that only Zionists are permitted to perpetrate.

The questions often asked and never answered are, “How did the Zionist Jews get away with this open air and available for all to see genocide, and why has there been no valid response to stop it? Millions of valiant people struggle each day to change the situation and bring peace and justice to the Middle East, and these efforts have not succeeded in halting the onslaught, not even reducing it by one Band-Aid.

Shocking is the cowardice of prominent and respected persons, such as Barack Obama, who do not speak out forcibly about the genocide in Gaza. Puzzling is that the United States entered World War II to defeat a state claiming ethnic superiority, exhibiting ultra-nationalism, engaging in irredentism, practicing militarism, and perpetrating genocide. For decades the United States has supported another state that claims ethnic superiority, exhibits ultra-nationalism, engages in irredentism, practices militarism, and perpetrates genocide. The US has seen its World War II battle that defeated Nazi Germany give rise to an extremist Zionism, with innocent European Jews and now innocent Palestinians the victims of the battle. Defeat of a despised international opponent has resurrected a lookalike and despised international opponent.

Building an effective strategy against an opponent requires understanding the opponent’s strategy. The Zionist Jews have major strategies — never compromise, continually pursue the agenda, pay no attention to those who cannot or will not militarily intercede (how many armed divisions does the Vatican have?), turn arguments against them into arguments against the accuser (using debts as collateral), and use to advantage the conditioning of minds that the Holocaust and false charges of anti-Semitism have provided. These strategies are apparent in the war on the Gazans and the reactions to the genocide.

PM Netanyahu stated that Israel did not start this war and did not want this war. Although the genocide of the Palestinians started in 1948, when Zionist militias were already cleansing the land and telling the world they were being attacked, Netanyahu made it seem that a past did not exist and a new war had started. PM Netanyahu tells us that a relatively small contingent of lightly armed Hamas militias want to kill all Jews, conquer all Israel, and expel all Jewish inhabitants. This invisible army is prepared to overcome a heavily armed and formidable army that, without much resistance, does to the Palestinians what Netanyahu claims little Hamas wants to do to the Jews —  daily massacres,  seizing lands, ethnic cleansing, and constant oppression. Israel took advantage of the October 7 attack to hasten the genocide of the Palestinians and disguise the massacre as a legitimate defense.

The Zionist strategy demonstrated its effectiveness when the international Zionist organization persuaded the US Congress to inform the world that the campus protests against US assistance to the genocide of the Palestinians were anti-Semitic conspiracies. Periodic television ads that attempt to validate the anti-Semitic conspiracy and plead not to make Jews victims of the protests followed the diabolical plot. The TV ads indirectly tell us not to give overwhelming importance to the genocide of the Palestinians; more important is that the protests make Jews feel uncomfortable because a few protestors accuse Jews, who support a state that calls itself the “Jewish state,” of complicity in genocide that a “Jewish state” they support is committing. The Zionist strategy works well in a dumbed American republic ─ converts action to stop the genocide into sympathy for those approving the genocide

Focus on the genocide seems a sufficient exercise but lack of success in halting it indicates other severe problems must be addressed. Witnessing the genocide, which is as apparent as the sun rising every 24 hours, having leading and recognized authorities on human rights vigorously exclaim, “This is a genocide,” noting the number of nations voicing their horror and taking action to stop the genocide, regarding the worldwide protests against the genocide, and observing government officials leaving government in protest to the US government’s bizarre assistance in hastening the genocide, and then hearing President Joe Biden say, “What’s happening is not genocide, we reject that,” raises doubts of the sanity of US government officials and operation of a pluralistic democracy where the public’s loud voice is not heard. These genocide deniers can start learning by consulting the Law for Palestine Releases Database, especially the legislative database.

Rhetoric has not clarified that the moral corruption in allowing Zionist Jews to commit genocide has turned religion, democracy, justice, truth, and human rights into meaningless words. Life has lost reality and values have no substance. The mainstream public remains unaware of the seriousness of the damaging relationship the US has with Israel and the genocide and that these affect all aspects of their lives —political, moral, social, cultural, and economic. A strategic objective is to let them know.

Throw it at them.
Huge protests in front of the embassies and media headquarters that support Israel.
Huge protests that align the main roads and city streets and bring the protests into neighborhoods.
Full-page ads in the New York Times and Washington Post calling out the genocide.
Turning anti-Semitism into a vile expression so that its use is uncomfortable. Signs that say “The truth becomes a shit charge of anti-Semitism, and “If truth is anti-Semitism, we are we are all anti-Semites now.”

Assist Jewish organizations that have joined the battle

Jewish organizations, such as Jewish Voice for Peace (JVP) and If not Now (IFN) have courageously championed Palestinian rights. They deserve praise for their efforts and funding to expand their efforts. These efforts serve a dual purpose — liberate the Palestinians from Israeli oppression and liberate the Jewish people from Zionist oppression.

The biblical “Exodus” story did not free the Jews. Just the opposite, it has been used to keep Jews in perpetual bondage to a spurious history and to promote constant victimhood, while distracting them from roles they may play in the injustices done to others. JVP and IFN are awakening other Jews to the destructive impulses generated from Israel that prevent worldwide Jewry from recognizing the roots of modern Judaism and revert them to atavistic and reactionary relics of an ancient Hebrew and fictitious past.

Israel is not a true democracy, and evidence certifies it is a militarist, nationalist, racist, nation that practices apartheid, engages in severe human rights violations, and spies on its citizens. By blindly accepting Zionist behavior, the Jewish people lost the initiative to change Israel’s policies, misdirected the path to a peaceful solution to the Middle East crisis, exacerbated the crisis, and harmed the security of Jews throughout the world. The exemplary work by JVP and IFN members is the best rescue plan for a subdued Jewish community. The best Hanukah gift is a check to both these organizations.

Lawsuits

Pernicious lawsuits that had no legal value and demonstrated bias of US courts in favor of the Zionists have pulverized the Palestine Authority and organizations supporting Palestinian liberation. Time to have the lawsuits work the other way.

Lawsuits against false charges of anti-Semitism by the ADL and other organizations can be made. The ADL has lost several cases against its illegal expressions.

Lawsuits by Jewish groups against those who signify Israel as a Jewish state, a slander to Jewish people that unfairly binds them to the genocide of the Palestinian people..

Lawsuit to finally have AIPAC declared a lobby for a foreign state. New evidence and a new approach will be needed.

Lawsuits to close Holocaust Memorial museums as improper use of the deaths of the Holocaust victims. The US government and people are guilty of genocide of the Native Americans, enslaving Blacks from Africa, and extreme violence against peoples throughout the world — Latin America, the Caribbean, Vietnam, the Philippines, Iraq, Libya, and others. The Holocaust occurred in a foreign nation and neither the US government nor its people had responsibility for the tragedy. The Holocaust Memorial museums indicate otherwise, are unfair to the American people, have not halted other genocides, have been divisive, and have been accused of promoting hatred. These museums distract Americans from their responsibility for the violence they have committed against other cultures. The Native Americans and African Americans did not use the destruction of their peoples to create museums in which they play victim; they took a positive approach and used them to encourage respect for their cultures. Their inviting museums ridicule the lugubrious Holocaust museums and reveal the latter museums as an insult to the European Jews who died in the Holocaust. Included in the lawsuit can be those who suffered during the Holocaust or had close relatives who died during the Holocaust. Having had aunts, uncles, and cousins from Paris, France, and Warsaw, Poland, some who died in the Holocaust and others who struggled for survival during World War II, I identify with the latter. When writing my book on the struggles for survival of my European family during the 2nd World War, Not Until They Were Gone, I made sure it was not written as a Holocaust story and appeared as a book of heroism and survival.

Illegal activities by Israelis residing in the United States

A previous article detailed how Israel sends its citizens to other nations, has them integrate, and steer the country to favor Israel. Exposing, combatting, and bringing law to halt this maneuver and manipulation of American hospitality is a high priority.

Defeating pro-Israel legislators

Highest priority is to do in reverse what AIPAC does. Defeating two or three congress politicos who have had marginal victories is possible. If pro-Israelis suffer more defeats, other politicians will rapidly question their allegiances. An organization for accomplishing this vital task requires the highest skill —  demographers who know voting patterns, public relations who understand the constituency and how to approach it, statisticians who can translate voting patterns into probability of victory, fundraisers who can target donors, psychologists who interpret behavior, sociologists who recognize social patterns, political consultants who recognize strengths and faults of candidates, and luck.

Defeat media co-opting

This includes responding to social media. Failure to change media co-opting by the Zionists makes other tasks more difficult. Establishing an alternative media has been tried and never permanently succeeded. Why? One insulting obvious reason is that the American public prefers simplicity, excitement, and trash, regardless of the truth. Insulting, but true. It is difficult for moral, dedicated, and honest people to operate at the low level of the Fox network and use the Zionist duplicity that infiltrates and inserts fallacies into conventional media networks. Even if the Fox News types are defeated, their audience will find another Fox News type. Intense brainstorming by smart people who do smart things and understand the devious mind can devise a strategy that limits Zionist influence. Subtlety, invisible conditioning, and making people feel cheated by subscribing to cheaters are my recommendations to the brainstorming operation.

Getting Things Straight

It’s troublesome to hear those who struggle to prevent the genocide exhibit lapses in knowledge that affect the solution. As an example, I have heard many people refer to UN Proclamation 188, the Partition Plan, as the UN awarding the Jews a state. Two corrections: (1) The UN General Assembly cannot award. It can only recommend; it is not an enforcing agency. The Palestinians had every right to refuse the plan. (2) I have written several times that the partition plan did not create two states; it divided one Palestinian state into two states ─ a Palestinian state composed of almost 100 percent Palestinians, and a Palestinian state called Jewish for differentiation. In the document that recognized the ‘new state,’ President Truman crossed out the words ‘Jewish state’ and inserted the words ‘state of Israel.’ This state was composed of about 67 percent Palestinians who were native to the area (400,000 Palestinians), a smaller contingent of 200,000 foreign Jews that had been born or came as Zionists to live permanently in Palestine, and another larger contingent of 400,000 foreign Jews who arrived for expediency and not with original intentions of remaining in the British Mandate. They should not have been counted in the census. From that perspective, David Ben-Gurion and a small clique of opportunists took advantage of an ill-advised UN, an ill-led and ill-equipped Palestinian community, and a confused world to declare their state, and, with seasoned militia forces — Haganah, Irgun, Lehi, and Palmach — cleanse the area of Palestinians and establish Israel. Disconcerting that significant information is not properly distributed, which leads to the recommendation that an organization be formed to provide accurate material, answer questions, and correct inaccuracies.

Conclusion

Requests for obtaining viable recommendations that will prevent the genocide of the Palestinians have not been forthcoming. Demonstrations have highlighted the massacres and brought those who recognize the genocide to work together, but have not succeeded in changing government policy. Gathering signatures for petitions to congressional representatives has slightly moved some Democratic politicos to change their pro-Israel position but has not prevented committees from assisting Israel and has not prevented legislation that favors Israel.

Masses of dedicated and well-meaning people are involved in the push to prevent genocide; unfortunately, the present efforts do not appear they will achieve the wanted results. Much more is needed and the lack of inquiries, recommendations, discussions, and feedback to suggestions indicate that the urgent message has fallen on deaf ears.

When the hurricane swirled and spread its deluge of dark evil
onto the good green land ‘they’ gloated.
The western skies
reverberated with joyous accounts:
“The Tree has fallen !
The great trunk is smashed! The hurricane leaves no life in the Tree!”
Had the Tree really fallen?
Never! Not with our red streams flowing forever, not while the wine of our thorn limbs fed the thirsty roots,
Arab roots alive, tunneling deep, deep, into the land!
When the Tree rises up, the branches
shall flourish green and fresh in the sun
the laughter of the Tree shall leaf
beneath the sun
and birds shall return
Undoubtedly, the birds shall return.
The birds shall return.

Fadwa Touqan, “The Deluge and the Tree”

The post Understanding the Fate of the Palestinians first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dan Lieberman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/understanding-the-fate-of-the-palestinians/feed/ 0 478444
Will Israel Agree to "Israeli" Ceasefire Proposal? Confusion Reigns After Biden Presents New Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/#respond Mon, 03 Jun 2024 15:28:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=833fb49439befaa7e759b70d88f24fd8
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/feed/ 0 477885
Will Israel Agree to the “Israeli” Ceasefire Proposal? Confusion Reigns After Biden Presents New Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-the-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-the-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/#respond Mon, 03 Jun 2024 12:13:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=46bc586812c60fd6a3db7798262bf86a Seg1 bidennetan

U.S. President Joe Biden on Friday outlined what he described as an Israeli ceasefire proposal to end the war in Gaza, nearly eight months after Israel began its invasion in response to the October 7 attack by Hamas. Biden described three phases to release captives held by both sides, allow residents to return to the north of the Gaza Strip and begin reconstruction of the devastated territory after the full withdrawal of Israeli troops. Hamas said it looked positively on the proposal and previously accepted similar terms, but Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has yet to agree to it publicly amid pressure from far-right members of his governing coalition to continue the war indefinitely. Former Israeli peace negotiator Daniel Levy says Biden may have employed “constructive ambiguity” about Israel’s position in order to bring the two sides closer to a deal, but that the most important goal is to end the “horrors” in Gaza with a permanent ceasefire. “What are the maximal guarantees that can be given that this is not just a 42-day hiatus followed by yet further death, killing, destruction that we still now see every day?” asks Levy, who is now president of the U.S./Middle East Project.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/will-israel-agree-to-the-israeli-ceasefire-proposal-confusion-reigns-after-biden-presents-new-plan/feed/ 0 477817
South Korea condemns North’s plan to launch a satellite https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nkorea-satellite-launch-plan-05272024001351.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nkorea-satellite-launch-plan-05272024001351.html#respond Mon, 27 May 2024 04:14:53 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nkorea-satellite-launch-plan-05272024001351.html South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol on Monday called for the international community to “respond decisively” if North Korea launches a satellite.

“Any launch using ballistic missile technology is a direct violation of U.N. Security Council resolutions and undermines regional and global peace and stability,” Yoon said.

Yoon’s warning came after media reports that North Korea notified the Japanese government of its plans on the eve of a trilateral summit between South Korea, Japan and China on Monday.

According to Kyodo News Agency and Japanese public broadcaster NHK, Japan’s Cabinet Secretariat said on Sunday that North Korea had informed it of plans to launch a rocket carrying a satellite before June 4.

The North designated three areas where debris will fall -- two west of the Korean Peninsula and the other east of the Philippine island of Luzon, according to the reports.

Last week, the South Korean military said it had detected signs of Pyongyang preparing for a military spy satellite launch at a site on its west coast.

North Korea launched its first military reconnaissance satellite in November and has made public a plan to launch three more this year.

Yoon, Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida and Chinese Premier Li Qiang will sit down for a trilateral summit on Monday, the ninth such meeting and the first since December 2019, following a hiatus due to COVID-19 and historical disputes among the Asian neighbors.

Although security issues like North Korea’s nuclear program are not among the official agenda items, South Korean officials told reporters that final negotiations were underway to decide whether and how much they would address the North Korean issue in a joint statement.

Edited by Mike Firn.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Taejun Kang for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nkorea-satellite-launch-plan-05272024001351.html/feed/ 0 476559
Inside a California oil town’s divisive plan to survive the energy transition https://grist.org/energy/taft-california-kern-county-carbon-capture/ https://grist.org/energy/taft-california-kern-county-carbon-capture/#respond Wed, 15 May 2024 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=637831 Les Clark III took charge of the West Side Recreation and Park District in 2018, just as the bottom was falling out in Taft, California. The oil pumps that surrounded the town of 9,000 had been nodding up and down for decades, but all at once they froze in place, beams hovering in the air like hammers about to fall. The drilling rigs and service trucks vanished from the winding roads around the town, blanketing it with an unfamiliar silence.

For as long as Clark could remember, the oil fields around Taft had swarmed with motion. At the time that he took over the rec center, Kern County drilled over 140 million barrels every year, more oil than almost any other county in the U.S. That oil flowed out of the ground and through a network of pipelines to nearby refineries for conversion into diesel. Above the pipelines, workers in hard hats and jumpsuits circled the fields in pickup trucks to monitor production; others manned towering drill rigs that rattled as they bored into the ground.

Trucks drive along a road near Taft, California. The town’s economy has declined over the last decade as oil production has fallen. Brian L. Frank / Grist

All this motion made money, and the companies that ran the oil fields shared some of that money with Taft, showering the town with millions of dollars in tax revenue and making philanthropic donations to fund schools, scholarships, and community events. While Taft is home to just 1 percent of Kern County’s population, the town’s plight is emblematic of that facing the entire county, a sprawling metropolitan area of nearly a million people whose middle class and tax base are firmly anchored by oil.

As the heart of Kern County’s oil industry, Taft enjoyed a prosperity that neighboring areas did not; the town sits at the southern end of California’s Central Valley, an agricultural region that struggles by almost every metric of health and social welfare. Many Central Valley towns don’t have grocery stores or parks, let alone an athletic complex like the one run by Clark.

Indeed, Clark’s recreation center campus, which stretches across four buildings, encapsulates the town’s unique prosperity. It boasts a virtual empire of sports and leisure activities — not just the usual youth football and softball but also bingo, jazz dance, bunco, jiujitsu, and bowling, plus a weekly potluck dinner. More than half its budget comes from oil industry contributions, and individual companies have endowed some of the biggest expansions: the Aera Energy gymnasium, the Berry Petroleum movie theater, the Chevron science room for kids. Clark, who just turned 49, proudly dons a black ball cap adorned with the park district’s logo, an oil rig rising up from green fields on a sunny day.

A man sits in an office decorated with many pictures
Les Clark III manages the West Side Recreation and Park District in Taft. Most of the district’s funding comes from the oil industry. Brian L. Frank / Grist

But starting about a decade ago, Taft began to lose its grip on middle-class prosperity. The world oil market took a nosedive in 2014, leading local companies to lay off workers and idle wells in the fields around Taft. Even after oil prices bounced back, a new wave of environmental lawsuits and an oil permitting pause instituted by Governor Gavin Newsom stopped local oil companies from drilling new wells. Meanwhile, the rise of fracking diverted industry investment to untapped shale deposits in states like North Dakota and Texas.

As drilling slowed in Kern County, oil company contributions to the parks district disappeared as well, forcing Clark to lay off 10 of his 14 employees and scale back sports when he couldn’t find volunteers. Then the families of laid-off oil workers started telling him they couldn’t afford to enroll in youth sports — except for the baseball and softball leagues, where Chevron continued to cover all the costs.

A baseball field
The baseball and softball fields at the parks district in Taft are sponsored in part by Chevron. The home and away teams are “roustabouts” and “roughnecks,” both of which are terms for oil field workers. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Clark’s father and grandfather both worked in the oil fields, but he had never wanted to follow them there. His passion was for sports, and when pro football didn’t work out he figured that coaching at the town’s rec center was the next best thing. But the oil crash hit him just as hard as it hit his neighbors who worked for Chevron; when the industry sank, it took the rec center and the rest of the town with it. Clark is a large man, with a voice that travels even without the aid of the basketball gym’s acoustics, but his speech gets clipped when he talks about the impact of the oil crash on the kids who played on his softball teams, and the adults who took his fitness classes.

“It’s a tough deal,” he said. “We’re at a point where we can’t afford to spend in the red anymore.” 

In recent years, as governments around the world have begun to shift away from fossil fuels and commit to stemming climate change, scholars and activists have promoted the idea of a “just transition” for communities that rely on carbon-intensive industries. The promise of a just transition is that the government will step in to support displaced workers and abandoned communities, offering subsidies and direct financial support to help build new industries and stave off economic collapse.

So far, this has not happened. The collapse of coal in Appalachia has helped slow climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, but it has also eliminated tens of thousands of jobs and emptied out towns across Kentucky and West Virginia. Efforts to stoke new growth with corporate tax breaks, relocation stipends, and broadband investment have so far borne little fruit — though a recent wave of industrial policy legislation from Congress hopes to change that. The growth of renewable energy and the rise of electric vehicles now threaten to condemn oil communities to the same fate. Multiple large California refineries have closed in recent years, pushing hundreds of workers into lower-paying jobs or long-term unemployment. 

General Petroleum Road in Taft. Many of the town’s residents work in the oil fields or in related industries. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Kern County hopes to take a very different path, transforming its fossil fuel industry into an industry that will help reduce carbon emissions. In 2021, the oil company California Resources Corporation, or CRC, unveiled a first-of-its-kind plan to capture millions of tons of carbon dioxide and stash it in depleted wells near town, preventing the greenhouse gases from wreaking havoc on the atmosphere.

Both CRC and Kern County officials promise that the project will deliver thousands of new manufacturing jobs, many of them perfect for former oil workers. They also say it will refill local tax coffers and restore institutions like Clark’s rec center. In theory, a carbon storage boom would help Kern County leap over the abyss created by the decline of oil, allowing the county to fashion its own “just transition” without a government bailout. To Clark, it all sounds like a godsend.

A pumpjack silhouetted against the sun
A pump jack at the Elk Hills oil field near Taft, California. The oil company California Resources Corporation is seeking to repurpose a section of Elk Hills for carbon capture. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The plan’s ambitious promise has created a curious spectacle: an oil town rallying around a pivot to climate action by the state’s largest oil company. Leaders from the high school, the community college, and its chamber of commerce have all joined Clark in endorsing the project. It even landed an endorsement from Taft’s mayor, an ardent critic of renewable energy

“There’s some kind of window of opportunity, because the industry is trying to evolve,” said Clark.

The consensus view of the “just transition” is that governments will have to make big investments in places like Taft to fill the void left by fossil fuel companies. Kern County is attempting something altogether different by trying to build a new boom industry out of the ashes of an old one, allowing oil companies like CRC to pass the torch to themselves as the county’s economic leaders. If the scheme pans out, the carbon management industry will act as a pacemaker for an ailing economy, replacing a carbon-spewing business with a carbon-saving one, all while protecting the fragile middle class created by oil. 

Les Clark III points to the “Chevron S.T.E.A.M.” room at the West Side Recreation and Park District. The new facility offers video games, computers, and science activities for local kids. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The audacious initiative is not without its critics. Many residents of the Latino communities near Elk Hills, the massive oil field where the carbon will be stored, are concerned about the safety of stashing such huge volumes of the greenhouse gas underground a few miles from their homes. Some California climate activists are skeptical that the potential benefits of carbon capture are worth extending a lifeline to the oil fields near Taft, and they question if an effort designed to revive the oil industry can help the Kern County communities that never benefited from it in the first place. (Taft is about 60 percent white, but Kern County overall is about 60 percent Hispanic.)

From Clark’s vantage point at the rec center, there isn’t much of an alternative. As he sees it, Taft’s relationship with companies like CRC is the reason his hometown has so much more to offer residents than the towns around it. In fact, CRC representatives reached out to Clark directly to talk about how the company’s carbon capture plan could benefit the parks district. Next week, the rec center will unveil a new sports complex with a soccer field, volleyball court, and bonfire area — all thanks to CRC. If carbon capture can renew Taft’s prosperity, Clark is all for it.

“They made a point to come to us, because they know we’re hurting,” said Clark. “They wanted to make sure that we’re OK.”

A woman crosses the street near a stop sign
A woman walks down the street in Taft. Many residents of Taft and surrounding towns work in agriculture and have seen little benefit from the oil industry. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Most booms begin with the sudden discovery of a new resource: Think of the gold strike at Sutter’s Mill that drew hundreds of thousands of people to California’s mountain mines, or the Spindletop oil gusher in Texas that gave birth to an American petroleum boom almost overnight. The carbon boom in Kern County, if it comes to pass, will be very different. It will have been reverse engineered, built not around a new resource but around the loss of an existing one.

Oil production in Kern County has been falling for decades, but the industry’s rapid decline over the last 10 years has thrust the county of almost a million people into a crisis. In 2014, when crude prices started to slump, oil and gas facilities accounted for almost a third of all assessed property tax value in the county. Within two years, the value of the county’s wells had fallen by half, dealing a $61 million hit to the county’s budget and wiping out more than 4,000 of the county’s approximately 12,400 oil jobs. Those jobs were some of the highest-paying in the area, with many salaries more than triple the average county salary of around $50,000.

A flag for the rotary club of Taft with an oil tower on it
The petroleum industry has long been the bulwark of Taft’s economy. Here, the local rotary club commemorates the famous Lakeview oil gusher. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The crisis fell into the hands of Lorelei Oviatt, the county’s director of planning and natural resources, a powerful and divisive public official with an astonishingly intricate grasp of economics and environmental law. When Oviatt attended college in Ohio in the 1970s, she watched the Rust Belt economies around her collapse as manufacturing jobs fled overseas. She was determined not to let the same thing happen in Kern County, where she took over the planning department in 2010.

Oviatt’s strategy for economic revival could be summarized as “all of the above.” While she has tried to speed up permits for new oil drilling, she also hedged her bets by simultaneously permitting several large solar and wind farms in the county. In doing so, she helped make Kern County a national leader in renewable energy and filled the landscape around her home in the county’s eastern mountains with thousands of rotating wind turbines. But neither solar farms, which require very little labor after construction and are exempt from local property taxes in California, nor wind, whose footprint is limited by the county’s geography and transmission constraints, could match the economic windfall of oil.

“It’s death by a thousand cuts,” said Oviatt. “The state of California’s energy policies are pushing us at an accelerated rate, because climate change is an urgent issue, but they are not providing us any assurances that we can keep our libraries open, or that we can keep Meals on Wheels. So we’re kind of under the perspective here that Kern County needs to design our own future.”

A woman stands near wind turbines
Lorelei Oviatt, Kern county’s director of planning and natural resources, is a proponent of developing both carbon capture and green technologies in the county. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Lorelei Oviatt, Kern County’s director of planning and natural resources, has promoted both oil and renewable energy in the county. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Kern County, California is undergoing one of the nation’s fastest and most turbulent energy transitions as its famous oil industry shuts down amid declining reserves and aggressive state climate action. The county is putting its faith in a new and untested industry—carbon capture as well as expanding green-energy alternatives such as wind and solar. It’s far from clear that the benefits of these new industries will alter the county’s longstanding political and social inequalities. Wind and solar have been greatly expanded in recent years in Kern County. Local officials and oil companies have touted the benefits of combining green technology with carbon capture to offset the carbon footprint of the petroleum industry and provide needed energy to California. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Oviatt has permitted almost 20,000 megawatts of solar and wind energy in Kern County, making the county one of the nation’s leading producers of renewable power. Brian L. Frank / Grist

solar panels on the ground
Wind and solar have been greatly expanded in recent years in Kern County. Local officials and oil companies have touted the benefits of combining green technology with carbon capture to offset the carbon footprint of the petroleum industry and provide needed energy to California. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The oil companies themselves approached Oviatt in 2021 with a potential solution. If Newsom and the courts wouldn’t let them drill more in Kern’s oil fields, maybe they could use those same fields to store carbon dioxide. Studies suggested that depleted oil wells and the underground formations that stretch out beneath them were an ideal place to store captured gas: The wells stretched more than a mile into the earth, they sat in remote fields that were miles away from any residential area, and the companies already had the expertise to move gas around underground. California was betting on carbon sequestration to help it achieve its climate goals, and a provision in the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act nearly doubled the tax credits available to companies capturing carbon. Even conservative estimates suggest that the Central Valley could store at least 17 billion metric tons of carbon in perpetuity, which theoretically is far more than enough to get California to net-zero emissions.

There are two types of carbon capture: “point-source” capture, which involves sucking up carbon-filled air directly from pipes and smokestacks before they release it into the atmosphere, and “direct air capture,” a newer process that uses high-energy fans to extract carbon dioxide from ambient air. Kern County’s oil industry has thrown its weight behind both. CRC, Chevron, and Aera have all announced plans to pursue point-source capture at pipelines and power plants on their existing oil fields, and they also all won federal grants to build direct air capture facilities near Taft. 

Barbed wire stretches across the view of a power plant and pumjack
A power plant at the Elk Hills oil field near Taft, California. The oil field’s owner, California Resources Corporation, is seeking to capture and store carbon dioxide in the field. Brian L. Frank / Grist

No company was more devoted to this idea than California Resources Corporation. After exiting a debt-driven bankruptcy in 2020, the company began an aggressive pivot toward carbon capture, planning a slew of carbon storage projects in the Central Valley and pitching itself as a “different kind of energy company” to new investors. CRC later bought Aera in a transaction that the company said would double its “premium CO2 pore space.” 

“In our efforts to mitigate climate change, we are … laser-focused on investing in and growing our carbon management business,” said Francisco Leon, the company’s CEO, in an open letter to investors last year.

It was easy to see the business case: CRC’s inaugural project at Elk Hills, which it calls “Carbon TerraVault I,” will capture gas from the oil field’s infrastructure and its onsite power plant, reducing the carbon emissions tied to the company’s traditional oil production and streamlining its compliance with California climate regulators.

Even more important, though, is the revenue CRC hopes to generate by selling space in its carbon wells. If other factories or companies want to reduce their emissions, they can pay CRC to bury captured gas underground. The company has already signed deals to store carbon for a hydrogen plant, a dimethyl ether plant, and a “renewable gasoline” plant, all in the works near Elk Hills. All told, Carbon TerraVault could store more than 46 million metric tons of the greenhouse gas, enough to theoretically negate the annual emissions of a million passenger cars.

pipes come from an oil and gas facility
Pipelines at the Elk Hills oil field. CRC plans to capture carbon dioxide from pipelines and power plants as well as other nearby factories and industrial facilities. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Oviatt saw something even bigger in CRC’s strategy, something that she thought could reverse the county’s economic tailspin. She drafted a proposal for what she called a “carbon management business park,” an interlinked complex of new factories that would produce hydrogen or steel — and store the carbon they emitted doing so in nearby oil fields. CRC, Chevron, and Aera had all expressed their interest in such projects, and Oviatt wanted them to know the county was open for business. She also invented what she termed a “cumulative impact oil and gas reservoir pore space charge” — basically a county tax on the space used for carbon capture.

When the county commissioned a third-party study to estimate the economic benefits of all this new industry, the results told Oviatt all she needed to know: A full-size carbon park would generate up to $56 million in tax revenue, about three-quarters of what the oil industry contributed in 2019. Even more importantly, it promised to provide a destination for former oil workers. The report was light on precise details, but it claimed that “at full buildout, the [business park] and related off-site activities would directly and indirectly support 13,500 to 22,000 permanent jobs.”

A man sits at a diner counter with oil and gas paraphernalia on the wall
Oil industry signs adorn the walls of Jo’s Restaurant in Taft. The diner has long been a popular haunt for local oil field workers. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Despite the rosy projections, the scope of the challenge was not lost on Oviatt. CRC and the county were proposing to engineer the kind of industrial boom that typically happens by accident, and to do so in the span of a single decade. Success would require buy-in from almost every civic pillar of the county — not just its elected officials, industry advocacy groups, and three chambers of commerce, but also the institutions that support its residents from cradle to grave.

Kern County’s colleges and workforce development programs have already begun to pivot. After California Resources Corporation donated $2 million to the Kern Community College District in 2022, the district established the “CRC Carbon Management Institute” to create “customized workforce development opportunities” in the new industry. Bakersfield College debuted a new course on the subject, “ENER B52NC, Carbon Capture and Storage,” which included “discussion about the upcoming career opportunities in this field.” Even high schools are buying in; a handful of area teachers have been trained to teach carbon capture by experts from the world-famous Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in Berkeley. At a recent high school career day in Taft, CRC passed out handheld signs that allowed students to announce they were “future leaders in carbon management.”

A row of chairs in front of a wall with many oil and gas company logos on it
Oil companies like Chevron and Berry Petroleum provide most of the West Side Recreation and Park District’s funding and also contribute to schools and colleges in Taft. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Labor unions also endorsed the plan. Most oil field jobs in the county are nonunion, but construction trade unions like the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers could benefit from hundreds of temporary construction jobs that such a buildout would create. Plus, the business park promises to bring thousands of new manufacturing jobs to a county that has historically had very few, given that any new factory would theoretically have instant access to a system that could neutralize its carbon emissions. It helped that CRC already had a cozy relationship with the trade unions; the company agreed in 2016 to hire union contractors for all its maintenance work, and the unions are now negotiating a new agreement with CRC that would cover the company’s carbon projects.

It’s easy to understand the reasoning behind these endorsements: Carbon capture promises to solve one of the most vexing problems of the just transition, the question of how to replace a high-paying and labor-intensive industry. A high school graduate in Kern County can make six figures working for Chevron or CRC without attending a day of college, and thousands of families in the area have attained middle-class prosperity thanks to oil field work. Many workers who’ve lost jobs with these companies have left Taft for states like Texas and North Dakota rather than transition to a new industry. They have taken their sales taxes and property taxes with them, exacerbating the area’s economic pain. 

A house with a blue flag that says 'trump train'
A flag supporting former president Donald Trump flies outside a home in Taft. Kern County is far more conservative than California as a whole; a majority of voters backed Trump in the 2020 election. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Still, Kern County is better off than many other coal- and oil-producing regions, because it is still growing: The county has recently secured new investments in hydrogen, biodiesel, and warehousing, and its solar and wind farms have created hundreds of temporary construction jobs. The county has done its best to help laid-off oil workers transition into these new fields. Its workforce development department holds “rapid response” orientations at oil fields where companies are about to announce layoffs and pays for laid-off workers to take construction or electrician training courses. Kern Community College District also runs a “21st Century Energy Center” that designs certificate programs for energy workers, allowing them to train in electric vehicle charger maintenance and solar panel installation. 

But none of these industries has reached anything like the scale of the oil industry, and many of them are either too temporary or too low-paying to be more attractive than oil field work, which requires far more operational and safety expertise than working in an Amazon warehouse or building a solar panel — and thus tends to pay much better. Until a few years ago, the Kern Community College District’s renewable energy center still offered a rudimentary oil safety training called the “oil field passport.” 

“To be honest, if our people get jobs out working in the oil field, that’s not a negative, because the ultimate measure is that they got a family-sustaining job,” said Dave Teasdale, the director of the 21st Century Energy Center. “But we do have the concern about, how much longer are they going to be working there?” 

A fence teeters over a golden field near a pumpjack
A pump jack in the Elk Hills oil field. Petroleum production in Kern County has been falling for decades, eliminating thousands of jobs in Elk Hills and other nearby fields. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The manufacturing complex at Oviatt’s new carbon business park promises to marry the best of both worlds: the labor intensity and remuneration of oil field work with the sustainability and growth potential of renewable energy. Plus, the skills needed to put carbon dioxide into an oil well are not that different from those required to take oil out of it, so many oil workers could transition to the new work with minimal retraining. 

But the avalanche of jobs is hardly guaranteed. The state permit for CRC’s first cluster of carbon wells says that they will create 80 temporary construction jobs but only five permanent positions. The county won’t see the full benefit of carbon capture unless steel manufacturers and hydrogen startups flock to the county for CRC’s carbon storage space, and that depends on factors that are outside the county’s control. If companies find other ways to cut their emissions — or if the EPA halts the process of carbon storage out of safety concerns — the market for the carbon business park might vanish.

A dog stands outside of a brick building with pumpjack decorations
A sign in Taft promotes “Oildorado,” a celebration of the oil industry that takes place every five years. Brian L. Frank / Grist

That hasn’t stopped most of the county’s civic leaders from pinning their hopes on the project. Earlier this year, when the EPA hosted a public hearing to discuss the carbon storage project’s potential impact on underground aquifers, representatives from almost every major county institution attended to praise carbon capture as an economic boon. The EPA had already given provisional approval to CRC’s carbon storage effort, but everyone from union leaders to community college administrators showed up to stress their support for it. 

The hearing was held in the farmworker community of Buttonwillow, which is almost 90 percent Hispanic, and a number of residents and environmental justice advocates showed up to voice their fears that the stored carbon dioxide would leak into the surrounding air. This has happened at least once before when a pipeline in Mississippi ruptured and hospitalized 49 people, but the EPA views such a calamity as unlikely in Kern.

A landscape with golden hills sand a pumpjack
California Resources Corporation argues that capturing and storing carbon dioxide in the Elk Hills oil field could be an economic boon for the county, offsetting the decline of traditional oil production. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Meanwhile, the boosters kept beating the drum of economic development. One oil company owner declared that the project would help “hundreds or thousands of young men and women to launch their careers,” while another former oil worker who taught at Taft High School said the project would help “those people who are being transitioned out of the petroleum industry” to keep working in the county. Les Clark and his rec center employees were there, too, and Clark took a turn at the microphone to celebrate the economic revival CRC promised to bring to Taft.

The EPA officials at the hearing only had the legal authority to consider the project’s effects on water quality, and many of them were only present because of their geological expertise. As dozens of locals stood up one by one to thank CRC for saving Kern from economic ruin, the regulators could only smile and nod.

birds fly over a swath of water with land
The California Aqueduct runs through Kern County, delivering water to farm fields in the area. Many county residents work on almond and pistachio farms for very little pay. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Danny Gracia, 45, grew up in Buttonwillow, near the Elk Hills oil field and about 20 miles from Taft. At that time Buttonwillow was a hub for the American cotton industry, and the work was grueling. Gracia’s mother and father worked long shifts at the town’s massive cotton gin to provide for him and his three older brothers. As soon as Danny’s brothers reached adolescence they joined their parents at the gin to help support the family, making only $8 an hour each.

This was the status quo for tens of thousands of people in Kern County in the 1990s — and it still is today — but Gracia managed to escape it. He was still in high school when one of his brothers heard about a job opportunity on a drilling rig; soon he was making far more money than the rest of his family. When Gracia graduated high school, he joined his brother in the field for a summer job, then quickly took a permanent position expanding old wells. His company paid for him to rack up trainings and certificates, and within a few years he got a promotion to rig supervisor, which allowed him to buy a house at the age of 21. His mother was able to quit working at the gin and stay at home cooking for Danny and his brothers, who paid her for feeding them between shifts.

“My intention coming into the oil fields was to provide a good life for my families like my brothers and friends,” he told me. “I did more than that. I made a career out of it. I gave my family more than I ever thought possible.”

A man looks out at a window
Danny Gracia has worked in the oil industry for more than 20 years. He grew up in a family of farmworkers and credits the oil industry with helping him achieve a middle-class existence. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Gracia’s story shows why so many of Kern’s institutions have rallied around carbon capture as a successor to the oil industry. But it also shows why many environmental and economic justice organizations are critical of the county’s plans: Carbon capture might help oil workers like Gracia, but it doesn’t do much for other people in towns like Buttonwillow who have never benefited from the oil industry — and who may have suffered harmful health effects from living near oil infrastructure. Agriculture employs around 30,000 people in Kern County, more than twice as many as the oil industry, but most of those workers make around $20,000 a year, and there are nowhere enough training programs or job openings in the oil industry for these workers to ascend the economic ladder. As some activists see it, the county is missing out on the opportunity for broader economic reform with its focus on mitigating the decline of oil.

“We talk a lot about oil workers, and I respect that, but at the same time, there are a lot of agricultural workers that are sustaining a lot of the economic health of the region,” said Daniel Rodela, a community organizer who grew up in an agricultural community near Taft and now works at a nonprofit called Faith in the Valley. “But obviously, in our community, there’s going to be folks that are going to be advocating for things remaining the way that they are.”

A large white cross on a field with pumpjacks
Oil companies like California Resources Corporation own much of the land around towns like Buttonwillow, but many low-income residents in these towns say they’ve never benefited from the oil industry. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The Biden administration has sought to alter this dynamic as it plows money into clean energy projects in fossil fuel communities. The federal grant that CRC received for its direct air capture facility requires the company to create a “community benefits agreement” for its carbon projects, including commitments to disadvantaged areas around Taft. As it applied for permits to store carbon underground, the company also had to build social consensus across the county, including in agricultural communities like Buttonwillow. 

CRC did not shrink from this task. As the company pushed Carbon TerraVault, it erected billboards near highways and oil fields in Bakersfield, announcing that the company was “committed to our net-zero future.” It held dozens of meetings with city leaders, environmental organizations, unions, and the family members of the activist Cesar Chavez, who co-founded the National Farm Workers Association in Kern County in 1962. CRC employees knocked on doors in Buttonwillow and the other communities around Elk Hills, taking selfies to document the effort, and sent out mailers in English and Spanish. They held a meeting at a movie theater in Taft that Clark’s rec center runs, playing a teaser video for carbon capture before screening the action movie Expendables 4. The company even dreamed up a partnership with Grandma Whoople Enterprises, an “anti-bullying entertainer” in nearby Bakersfield who agreed to conduct “elementary field trips for frontline community children.”

Three kids play with slingshots near rolling dirt hills
Children play with a slingshot in Taft. Social justice organizations have criticized the county’s proposed carbon capture plan for not doing enough to address the county’s economic disparities. Brian L. Frank / Grist

But these efforts don’t seem to have succeeded in building popular support for carbon capture, despite the wave of institutional endorsements for Carbon TerraVault. When the social justice nonprofit Dolores Huerta Foundation partnered with the University of California, Merced, to survey hundreds of disadvantaged Kern residents last year, asking them where they wanted to see more jobs, the top answers included solar, wind, and oil well abandonment. Carbon capture placed a distant seventh, with only 1 in 3 respondents endorsing it.

California Resources Corporation declined interview and comment requests for this story. A spokesperson for the company said it was in a “media quiet period” as it sought carbon capture permits. A representative for Chevron did not respond to questions about the company’s projects in Kern County. 

A window that say STEAM with a Chevron logo inside a conference-style room
The “Chevron S.T.E.A.M.” room at the West Side Recreation and Park District in Taft. Companies such as Chevron have pushed carbon capture as an economic lifeline for Kern County. Brian L. Frank / Grist

There are alternative visions for Kern County’s revival, ones that don’t involve a project sponsored by oil. Many environmental organizations have given particular attention to proposals that would employ workers to seal defunct oil wells and clean up the land and water around abandoned oil fields. A report published by the Sierra Club last year found that there are more than 40,000 idle or orphaned wells in the state, and CRC and Chevron own more than two-thirds of them. Plugging all these wells could create at least 13,000 jobs in Kern County alone, the report found — almost as many as the carbon business park, though the former would by nature be short-term. Hundreds of millions of dollars in subsidies from the 2021 Bipartisan Infrastructure Law could help kickstart the effort. These jobs wouldn’t last forever, but they could allow much of Kern’s aging oil workforce to reach retirement without retraining. Temporary solar construction jobs could help fill the gap.

This remediation industry is at the center of a recent economic development proposal by the Center on Race, Poverty, and the Environment, or CRPE, a decades-old environmental justice organization based in Kern County. Drawing a contrast with the county government’s embrace of carbon capture, the proposal lays out a vision for a new workforce that would seal old wells, remediate oil land, and build public infrastructure, supplemented by a state program that would replace the wages of laid-off workers as they seek new employment. It’s a vision where government rather than industrial initiative is the driving force.

Juan Flores, a lead organizer at CRPE and one of the authors of this plan, said that many people in disadvantaged parts of the county are wary of the oil industry because they’ve suffered the health impacts of oil production, like cancer and preterm births.

“I think on that rubric of [a] ‘just transition,’ the county has failed,” he said. “They continue to think, ‘how can we keep the oil industry alive?’” 

A man stands with hands clasped near a bush
Juan Flores, a community organizer at the Center on Race, Poverty and the Environment, rejects the county’s plan for a transition focused on carbon capture. He argues the county should focus on remediating abandoned oil wells instead. Brian L. Frank / Grist

Others argue that carbon storage in Kern County could function as a public good rather than a private business. The Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory is proposing a “community-centered direct air capture hub” that would run like a public utility. Whereas CRC’s carbon complex could pitch in a share of its revenue to the county through property taxes, the Berkeley proposal could see locals elect a governing board that would manage the carbon facility directly and route its revenue toward impoverished areas.

These alternatives might not be that much more ambitious than Oviatt’s carbon business park, but realizing them would require a herculean amount of coordination between local governments, employers, schools, labor unions, and advocacy groups. 

Kern County has shown that this coordination is possible, but only in service of certain ends. As the region’s largest taxpayers and most sought-after employers, oil companies have had an outsize influence over how the county navigates the energy transition. These companies have plowed millions of dollars into education and capital projects in the region even as oil itself declines, a stark contrast with the fate of Appalachian communities that saw their biggest employers cut and run during the collapse of coal. But the condition of this investment is that the county has to pursue economic development on the industry’s terms, and its transition to a low-carbon future will happen in a manner that benefits the industry rather than dismantling it.

The Oil Worker Monument in downtown Taft. The government of Kern County is seeking both to attract new industries and to preserve legacy industries like oil. Brian L. Frank / Grist

The risks of this dynamic became apparent in the weeks after the carbon capture hearing, when a state appellate court dealt Kern County’s oil industry another defeat. A panel of judges voted to throw out Oviatt’s attempt to permit thousands of new oil wells, ordering the county to draw up a third environmental review for the drilling plan. This effort could take the county as long as a year to complete, and even then it would be subject to new legal challenges. But Oviatt was undeterred, and she got right back to work revising the permits.

“There’s no oil drilling, there’s no more money — those companies can roll up and leave and decimate our community,” she said. “These companies have to have money in order to evolve.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Inside a California oil town’s divisive plan to survive the energy transition on May 15, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/taft-california-kern-county-carbon-capture/feed/ 0 474641
Curfew in New Caledonia after Kanak riots over French voting change plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/14/curfew-in-new-caledonia-after-kanak-riots-over-french-voting-change-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/14/curfew-in-new-caledonia-after-kanak-riots-over-french-voting-change-plan/#respond Tue, 14 May 2024 08:45:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=101134 By Stephen Wright and Stefan Armbruster of BenarNews

French authorities have imposed a curfew on New Caledonia’s capital Nouméa and banned public gatherings after supporters of the Pacific territory’s independence movement blocked roads, set fire to buildings and clashed with security forces.

Tensions in New Caledonia have been inflamed by French government’s plans to give the vote to tens of thousands of French immigrants to the Melanesian island chain.

The enfranchisement would create a significant obstacle to the self-determination aspirations of the indigenous Kanak people.

“Very intense public order disturbances took place last night in Noumea and in neighboring towns, and are still ongoing at this time,” French High Commissioner to New Caledonia Louis Le Franc said in a statement today.

About 36 people were arrested and numerous police were injured, the statement said.

French control of New Caledonia and its surrounding islands gives the European nation a security and diplomatic role in the Pacific at a time when the US, Australia and other Western countries are pushing back against China’s inroads in the region.

Kanaks make up about 40 percent of New Caledonia’s 270,000 people but are marginalised in their own land — they have lower incomes and poorer health than Europeans who make up a third of the population and predominate positions of power in the territory.

Buildings, cars set ablaze
Video and photos posted online showed buildings set ablaze, burned out vehicles at luxury car dealerships and security forces using tear gas to confront groups of protestors waving Kanaky flags and throwing petrol bombs at city intersections in the worst rioting in decades.

Kanak protesters in Nouméa demanding independence and a halt to France's proposed constitutional changes
Kanak protesters in Nouméa demanding independence and a halt to France’s proposed constitutional changes that change voting rights. Image: @CMannevy

A dusk-to-dawn curfew was imposed today and could be renewed as long as necessary, the high commissioner’s statement said.

Public gatherings in greater Noumea are banned and the sale of alcohol and carrying or transport of weapons is prohibited throughout New Caledonia.

The violence erupted as the National Assembly, the lower house of France’s Parliament, debated a constitutional amendment to “unfreeze” the electoral roll, which would enfranchise relative newcomers to New Caledonia.

It is scheduled to vote on the measure this afternoon in Paris. The French Senate approved the amendment in April.

Local Congress opposes amendment
New Caledonia’s territorial Congress, where pro-independence groups have a majority, on Monday passed a resolution that called for France to withdraw the amendment.

It said political consensus has “historically served as a bulwark against intercommunity tensions and violence” in New Caledonia.

“Any unilateral decision taken without prior consultation of New Caledonian political leaders could compromise the stability of New Caledonia,” the resolution said.

French Interior Minister Gérald Darmanin told his country’s legislature that about 42,000 people — about one in five possible voters in New Caledonia — are denied the right to vote under the 1998 Noumea Accord between France and the independence movement that froze the electoral roll.

“Democracy means voting,” he said.

New Caledonia’s pro-independence government — the first in its history — could lose power in elections due in December if the electoral roll is enlarged.

New Caledonia voted by small majorities to remain part of France in referendums held in 2018 and 2020 under a UN-mandated decolonisation process. Three ballots were organised as part of the Noumea Accord to increase Kanaks’ political power following deadly violence in the 1980s.

Referendum legitimacy rejected
A contentious final referendum in 2022 was overwhelmingly in favour of continuing with the status quo. However, supporters of independence have rejected its legitimacy due to very low turnout — it was boycotted by the independence movement — and because it was held during a serious phase of the covid-19 pandemic, which restricted campaigning.

Representatives of the FLNKS (Front de Libération Nationale Kanak et Socialist) independence movement did not respond to interview requests.

“When there’s no hope in front of us, we will fight, we will struggle. We’ll make sure you understand what we are talking about,” Patricia Goa, a New Caledonian politician said in an interview last month with Australian public broadcaster ABC.

“Things can go wrong and our past shows that,” she said.

Confrontations between protesters and security forces are continuing in Noumea.

Darmanin has ordered reinforcements be sent to New Caledonia, including hundreds of police, urban violence special forces and elite tactical units.

Copyright ©2015-2024, BenarNews. Used with the permission of BenarNews.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/14/curfew-in-new-caledonia-after-kanak-riots-over-french-voting-change-plan/feed/ 0 474468
"The plan is genocide": Palestinian ambassador on Israel’s assault #Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestinian-ambassador-on-israels-assault-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestinian-ambassador-on-israels-assault-gaza/#respond Mon, 13 May 2024 17:00:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0e034d70dc28dbb72fabc7600e87c17e
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestinian-ambassador-on-israels-assault-gaza/feed/ 0 474356
“The Plan Is Genocide”: Palestine’s U.K. Ambassador Decries Israel’s Attack on Gaza & U.S. Complicity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestines-u-k-ambassador-decries-israels-attack-on-gaza-u-s-complicity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestines-u-k-ambassador-decries-israels-attack-on-gaza-u-s-complicity/#respond Mon, 13 May 2024 12:17:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=54c0dce48477754574ffd8b1091572e0 Seg1 guest zomlot

Israel is intensifying its war across the Gaza Strip, with the official death toll now over 35,000, including more than 14,500 children. More than 360,000 Palestinians have now been displaced from Rafah as Israeli forces ramp up their attacks there despite warnings from the United States and others against an escalation in the southern city, where more than a million Palestinians had sought shelter. This comes as the United Nations General Assembly voted 143-9 on Friday in support of full membership for Palestine, with 25 countries abstaining. The measure grants new rights to privileges to Palestine, though it can’t become a full U.N. member without support from the Security Council, where the U.S. vetoed a Palestine statehood resolution last month. “The last seven months have unmasked, beyond doubt, many things, including the hypocrisy, selectivity, double standards of certain international actors, and I believe the U.S. administration is right at the top of that list​,” says senior Palestinian diplomat Husam Zomlot, currently serving as ambassador to the United Kingdom. Zomlot also casts doubt on the claim Israel lacks clear goals in its assault on Gaza. “Israel does have a plan, and Israel is executing the plan with almost perfection. And the plan is genocide.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/13/the-plan-is-genocide-palestines-u-k-ambassador-decries-israels-attack-on-gaza-u-s-complicity/feed/ 0 474403
Vote Uncommitted’s plan to push Biden on Gaza ceasefire | The Marc Steiner Show https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/vote-uncommitteds-plan-to-push-biden-on-gaza-ceasefire-the-marc-steiner-show/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/vote-uncommitteds-plan-to-push-biden-on-gaza-ceasefire-the-marc-steiner-show/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 18:40:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=698de23e848a2adff53455bffcb67c40
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/vote-uncommitteds-plan-to-push-biden-on-gaza-ceasefire-the-marc-steiner-show/feed/ 0 473794
‘Completely stupid’ – ex-Tuvalu PM plea to NZ to rethink fossil fuel plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/completely-stupid-ex-tuvalu-pm-plea-to-nz-to-rethink-fossil-fuel-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/completely-stupid-ex-tuvalu-pm-plea-to-nz-to-rethink-fossil-fuel-plan/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 01:40:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=100887 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

A former Tuvalu prime minister says while the New Zealand government’s oil and gas plans show it is concerned about its economy, he is more concerned about the livelihoods and survival of the Tuvalu people.

Enele Sopoaga — who still serves as an MP in Tuvalu — says the climate crisis is the “main enemy”.

“There is nothing more serious and more important than that.”

His comments come after New Zealand’s Resources Minister Shane Jones said it was “left wing catastrophisation” to suggest that waters would be lapping at towns in Pacific countries as a result of the New Zealand government’s decision on gas and coal.

Shane Jones
NZ’s Resources Minister Shane Jones . . . “[New Zealand] keeping the lights on and the hospitals functioning, you can’t hold that type of thinking responsible for the tide lapping around Tuvalu.” Photo: RNZ/Samuel Rillstone

Vanuatu Climate Change Minister Ralph Regenvanu called on the New Zealand government not to reverse the ban at last year’s Pacific Islands Forum Leaders Meeting in Rarotonga.

“We call on them not to do it to be in line with Paris, in line with the 1.5 degree target. The science says you cannot [make] new fossil fuels,” he told RNZ Pacific in 2023.

Despite this, the current New Zealand government has backed its plans, which Tuvalu is not happy about.

‘It’s going to sink Tuvalu’
“Go ahead and drill and open up new coal mining or get new gas stations,” said Sopoaga, “but don’t forget that whatever you are going to do, it’s going to increase greenhouse gas emissions, which are going to sink the islands of Tuvalu and kill the people.

“It’s just as a matter of fact, as simple as that.”

Jones was asked by RNZ’s Morning Report how New Zealand’s Pacific neighbours would feel about restarting exploration of oil and gas, and the associated environmental impact.

Jones said the Pacific understood Aotearoa needed reliable energy to generate an economic dividend to then be able to contribute to the Pacific region.

“[New Zealand] keeping the lights on and the hospitals functioning, you can’t hold that type of thinking responsible for the tide lapping around Tuvalu. Come on, give us a break,” Jones said.

Sopoaga called the comments “daft” and “naive”.

“I think it’s a completely stupid idea,” he said.

‘Early demise, rising sea levels’
“It’s just logical — the more you open up new gases and the more release of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere will simply cause the early demise and rising of sea levels that will affect the islands of Tuvalu.

“I would appeal to New Zealand to rethink about doing that.”

Sopoaga was prime minister from 2013 to 2019. He was re-elected as an MP in this year’s election and is part of Tuvalu’s 16-member parliament.

He now wants Aotearoa to stick with its ban on fossil fuel exploration, and to also contribute to the cost of adaptation.

Sopoaga said he wanted to remind Jones that “we are working as a global team in the world”.

“Countries cannot just take up their own initiatives, and then go the wrong way.

“[We can not] go with the national interests of countries, we have to discipline ourselves so that we don’t break up and claim that we are doing what the Paris Agreement and Kyoto Protocol are telling us.

“In fact, the Paris Agreement is a legally binding framework, and you cannot just simply say we open up new oil fields in New Zealand and these will not affect the Pacific Island countries.

“This is a stupid idea,” Sopoaga said.

NZ urged to pacify US/China
New Zealand is sending a political delegation on a five-stop Pacific tour next week.

Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters has recently spoken about New Zealand’s relationship with China.

“We strongly believe that in a mature relationship like ours it is possible to discuss differences openly, respectfully, and predictably. We will continue to share our concerns with China, where we have them.

“China has a long-standing presence in the Pacific, but we are seriously concerned by increased engagement in Pacific security sectors. We do not want to see developments that destabilise the institutions and arrangements that have long underpinned our region’s security.”

Peters has said he is continuing work started by the previous government to consider partipation in AUKUS Pillar 2, but that New Zealand was a long way from making a decision.

“I think the role of New Zealand is to de-escalate and pacify the situation, talk to China, talk to Australia, talk to the US,” Sopoaga said.

“There is no enemy, their biggest enemy is climate change.

“They are only using this [AUKUS] as a camouflage to move away from responsibility and cause global warming. And they want to ignore their accountability, their responsibility to deal with it,” Sopoaga said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/completely-stupid-ex-tuvalu-pm-plea-to-nz-to-rethink-fossil-fuel-plan/feed/ 0 473716
Crime & Migration: An Abolitionist Plan for Immigration Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/04/crime-migration-an-abolitionist-plan-for-immigration-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/04/crime-migration-an-abolitionist-plan-for-immigration-justice/#respond Sat, 04 May 2024 02:16:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=22e582c7294aefced0423ee3eb58f3e4
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/04/crime-migration-an-abolitionist-plan-for-immigration-justice/feed/ 0 473024
Jeremiah Manele is new Solomon Islands PM with ‘100 day plan’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/02/jeremiah-manele-is-new-solomon-islands-pm-with-100-day-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/02/jeremiah-manele-is-new-solomon-islands-pm-with-100-day-plan/#respond Thu, 02 May 2024 05:25:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=100508 By Koroi Hawkins, RNZ Pacific editor

Jeremiah Manele has been elected Prime Minister of Solomon Islands, polling 31 votes to 18 over rival candidate and former opposition leader Mathew Wale with one abstention.

The final result of the election by secret ballot was announced by the Governor-General, Sir David Vunagi, on the steps of Parliament in Honiara today.

Going into the vote, Manele’s camp had claimed the support of 28 MPs while Wale’s camp said they had 20.

Manele’s victory signals a return of the incumbent government formerly headed by Manasseh Sogavare.

Manele’s administration, which calls itself the Government for National Unity and Transformation (GNUT), is made up of three parties — his own Our Party is the largest followed by Manasseh Maelanga’s People’s First Party and Jamie Vokia’s Kandere Party.

Collectively, the parties came out of the election with 19 MPs but have added nine more to their ranks. We will know which MPs have joined what parties once the registrar of political parties updates its political party membership lists.

In the lead up to the election, Manele and his coalition partners were working on merging their policy priorities into a 100 day plan which they are expected to announce to the public in the coming days.

Once Manele has sorted the compostion of his cabinet, he will notify the Governor-General to set a date for the first sitting of Parliament during which all 50 members of Parliament will be sworn in and Sir David Vunagi will deliver the speech from the throne, the traditional opening address to Parliament.


‘I will discharge my duties diligently and with integrity’ – Manele
In his first national address on the steps of Parliament, Manele congratulated the people of Solomon Islands on a successful election and called for peace.

“Past prime ministers’ elections have been met with the act of violence and destruction,” he said.

“Our economy and livelihoods have suffered because of this violence. However, today we show the world that we are better than that.

“We must uphold and respect the democratic process of electing our prime minister and set an example for our children and their children.”

Manele paid tribute to the traditional landowners of the island of Guadalcanal on which the capital Honiara is situated.

He also outlined next steps starting with the formation of his cabinet which he said he would announce in the coming days and the first sitting of parliament when all MPs will be sworn in.

He said members of his coalition government were finalising their 100 day plan which they hoped to unveil soon.

Manele said there were also a number of laws that were ready to come before Parliament.

“These bills include the value added tax bill, special economics zone bill, the mineral resources bill, the forestry bill and others.

“Cabinet will meet to decide on the priority legislative and policy programmes for 2024. Which includes whether we need to revise the 2024 budget or not,” he said.

Finally, he said he was very humbled by the trust that his fellow MPs had bestowed upon him.

“This is indeed a historic moment for my people of Isabel Province to have one of their sons as the prime minister of Solomon Islands.

“I will discharge my duties diligently and with integrity. I will at all times put the interests of our people and country above all other interests.

“Leading a nation is never an easy task. I ask that you remember me and your government in your daily prayers so we may serve as our lord commands.”

He pledged his loyalty and allegiance to the country’s national anthem, national flag, and the constitution.

“We are one people, we are one nation, we are Solomon Islands. To God be the glory great things He has done. May God bless you all may God bless the 12th parliament and may God bless Solomon Islands from shore to shore.”

Who is Jeremiah Manele?
Jeremiah Manele, who turns 56 this year, is the member of Parliament for Hograno Kia Havulei in Isabel Province.

He is the country’s first ever prime minister from Isabel where his home village is Samasodu.

Manele served as minister of foreign affairs in the last government and ran in this election under the Our Party Banner. However, he has previously been affiliated with the Democratic Alliance Party.

He was first elected to Parliament in 2014 and was the leader of the opposition in the country’s 10th Parliament. He has also previously served as the minister for development planning and aid coordination in the 11th Parliament.

Prior to entering Parliament, Manele was a longserving public servant and diplomat representing the country as Chargé d’Affaires, of the Solomon Islands Permanent Mission to the United Nations in New York.

He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Papua New Guinea and a Certificate in Foreign Service and International Relations from Oxford University.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/02/jeremiah-manele-is-new-solomon-islands-pm-with-100-day-plan/feed/ 0 472613
Biden walks back plan to sanction criminal Israel army unit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/biden-walks-back-plan-to-sanction-criminal-israel-army-unit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/biden-walks-back-plan-to-sanction-criminal-israel-army-unit/#respond Wed, 01 May 2024 05:47:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a8c3fe4335c1cc632646abad9b41f642
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/biden-walks-back-plan-to-sanction-criminal-israel-army-unit/feed/ 0 472436
The Israel-US game plan for Gaza is staring us in the face https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/30/the-israel-us-game-plan-for-gaza-is-staring-us-in-the-face/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/30/the-israel-us-game-plan-for-gaza-is-staring-us-in-the-face/#respond Tue, 30 Apr 2024 15:08:19 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=150101 One does not need to be a fortune-teller to understand that the Israel-US game plan for Gaza runs something like this: 1. In public, Biden appears “tough” on Netanyahu, urging him not to “invade” Rafah and pressuring him to allow more “humanitarian aid” into Gaza. 2. But already the White House is preparing the ground […]

The post The Israel-US game plan for Gaza is staring us in the face first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

One does not need to be a fortune-teller to understand that the Israel-US game plan for Gaza runs something like this:

1. In public, Biden appears “tough” on Netanyahu, urging him not to “invade” Rafah and pressuring him to allow more “humanitarian aid” into Gaza.

2. But already the White House is preparing the ground to subvert its own messaging. It insists that Israel has offered an “extraordinarily generous” deal to Hamas – one that, Washington suggests, amounts to a ceasefire. It doesn’t. According to reports, the best Israel has offered is an undefined “period of sustained calm”. Even that promise can’t be trusted.’

3. If Hamas accepts the “deal” and agrees to return some of the hostages, the bombing eases for a short while but the famine intensifies, justified by Israel’s determination for “total victory” against Hamas – something that is impossible to achieve. This will simply delay, for a matter of days or weeks, Israel’s move to step 5 below.

4. If, as seems more likely, Hamas rejects the “deal”, it will be painted as the intransigent party and blamed for seeking to continue the “war”. (Note: This was never a war. Only the West pretends either that you can be at war with a territory you’ve been occupying for decades, or that Hamas “started the war” with its October 7 attack when Israel has been blockading the enclave, creating despair and incremental malnutrition there, for 17 years.)Last night US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken moved this script on by stating Hamas was “the only thing standing between the people of Gaza and a ceasefire… They have to decide and they have to decide quickly”.

5. The US will announce that Israel has devised a humanitarian plan that satisfies the conditions Biden laid down for an attack on Rafah to begin.

6. This will give the US, Europe and the region the pretext to stand back as Israel launches the long-awaited assault – an attack Biden has previously asserted would be a “red line”, leading to mass civilian casualties. All that will be forgotten.

7. As Middle East Eye reports, Israel is building a ring of checkpoints around Rafah. Netanyahu will suggest, falsely, that these guarantee its attack meets the conditions laid down in international humanitarian law. Women and children will be allowed out – if they can reach a checkpoint before Israel’s carpet bombing kills them along the way.

8. All men in Rafah, and any women and children who remain, will be treated as armed combatants. If they are not killed by the bombing or falling rubble, they will be either summarily executed or dragged off to Israel’s torture chambers. No one will mention that any Hamas fighters who were in Rafah were able to leave through the tunnels.

9. Rafah will be destroyed, leaving the entire strip in ruins, and the Israeli-induced famine will worsen. The West will throw up its hands, say Hamas brought this on Gaza, agonise over what to do, and press third countries – especially Arab countries – for a “humanitarian plan” that relocates the survivors out of Gaza.

10. The western media will continue describing Israel’s genocide in Gaza in purely humanitarian terms, as though this “disaster” was an act of God.

11. Under US pressure, the International Court of Justice, or World Court, will be in no hurry to issue a definitive ruling on whether South Africa’s case that Israel is committing a genocide – which it has already found “plausible” – is proved.

12. Whatever the World Court eventually decides, and it is almost impossible to imagine it won’t determine that Israel carried out a genocide, it will be too late. The western political and media class will have moved on, leaving it to the historians to decide what it all meant.

13. Meanwhile, Israel is already using the precedents it has created in Gaza, and its erosion of the long-established principles of international law, as the blueprint for the West Bank. Saying Hamas has not been completely routed in Gaza but is using this other Palestinian enclave as its base, Israel will gradually intensify the pressures on the West Bank with another blockade. Rinse and repeat.

That’s the likely plan. Our job is to do everything in our power to stop them making it a reality.

The post The Israel-US game plan for Gaza is staring us in the face first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/30/the-israel-us-game-plan-for-gaza-is-staring-us-in-the-face/feed/ 0 472323
US military bases teem with PFAS. There’s still no firm plan to clean them up. https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/ https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/#respond Mon, 29 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=636350 In 2016, Tony Spaniola received a notice informing him that his family shouldn’t drink water drawn from the well at his lake home in Oscoda, Michigan. Over the course of several decades, the Air Force had showered thousands of gallons of firefighting foam onto the ground at Wurtsmith Air Force Base, which closed in 1993. Those chemicals eventually leached into the soil and began contaminating the groundwater.

Alarmed, Spaniola began looking into the problem. “The more I looked, the worse it got,” he said. Two years ago,  his concern prompted him to co-found the Great Lakes PFAS Action network. The coalition of residents and activists is committed to making polluters, like the military and a factory making waterproof shoes, clean up the “forever chemicals” they’ve left behind.

PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, are a class of nearly 15,000 fluorinated chemicals used since the 1950s to make clothing and food containers, among other things, oil- and water-repellent. They’re also used in firefighting foam. These chemicals do not break down over time, and have contaminated everything from drinking water to food. Research has linked them to cancer, heart and liver problems, developmental issues, and other ailments.

The U.S. Department of Defense, or DOD, is among the nation’s biggest users of firefighting foam and says 80 percent of active and decommissioned bases require clean up. Some locations, like Wurtsmith, recorded concentrations over 3,000 times higher than what the agency previously considered safe.

Today, the EPA considers it unsafe to be exposed to virtually any amount of PFOA and PFOS, two of the most harmful substances under the PFAS umbrella. Earlier this month, it implemented the nation’s first PFAS drinking water regulations, which included capping exposure to them at the lowest detectable limit. As of April 19, the agency also designated these two compounds “hazardous substances” under the federal Superfund law, making it easier to force polluters to shoulder the costs of cleaning them up. 

Meeting these regulations means that almost all of the 715 military sites and surrounding communities under Defense Department investigation for contamination will likely require remediation. Long-standing cleanup efforts at more than 100 PFAS contaminated bases that are already designated Superfund sites, like Wurtsmith, reveal some of the challenges to come.

“The heart of the issue is, how quickly are you going to clean it up, and what actions are you going to take in the interim to make sure people aren’t exposed?” said Spaniola. 

a health advisory sign says "do not eat deer from the advisory area. high amounts of pfas may be found in deer and could be harmful to your health" while showing a map of the surrounding are.
A sign warning hunters not to eat deer because of high amounts of toxic PFAS chemicals in their meat, in Oscoda, Michigan. Drew YoungeDyke, National Wildlife Federation via AP

In a statement to Grist, the DOD says its plan is to follow a federal clean up law called the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, to investigate contamination and determine near- and long-term clean up actions based on risk. But many advocates, including Spaniola, say the process is too slow and that short-term fixes have been insufficient. 

The problem started decades ago. In the 1960s, the Defense Department worked with 3M, one of the largest manufacturers of PFAS chemicals, to develop a foam called AFFF that can extinguish high-temperature fires. The PFAS acts as a surfactant, helping the material spread more quickly. By the 1970s, every military base, Navy ship, civilian airport, and fire station regularly used AFFF. 

In the decades that followed, millions of gallons flowed into the environment. According to the nonprofit Environmental Working Group, or EWG, 710 military sites throughout the country and its territories have known or suspected PFAS contamination. Internal studies and memos show that not long after 3M and the US Navy patented the foam in 1966, 3M learned that its PFAS products could harm animal test subjects and accumulated in the body. 

In a 2022 Senate committee hearing, residents from Oscoda testified about the health impacts, such as tumors and miscarriages, from the PFAS contamination at Wurtsmith. In 2023, Michigan reached a settlement after suing numerous manufacturers, including 3M and Dupont. Today, thousands of victims across the country are suing the chemical’s manufacturers. While some organizations and communities have tried to hold the military financially responsible for this pollution — farmers in several states recently filed suits in the U.S. District Court in South Carolina to do just that — the DOD says it’s not legally liable.

Congressional pressure on the Pentagon to clean these sites has been growing. In 2020, National Defense Authorization Acts required it to phase out PFAS-laden firefighting foam by October, 2023. Since passing that law, Congress has also ordered the department to publish the findings of drinking and groundwater tests on and around bases.

Results showed nearly 50 sites with extremely high levels of contamination, and hundreds more with levels above what was then the EPA’s health advisory. Following further congressional pressure, the military announced plans to implement interim clean-up measures at three dozen locations, including a water filtering system in Oscoda.

According to a report by the Environmental Working Group, it took an average of nearly three years for the Department of Defense to complete testing at these high-contamination sites. It took just as long to draft stopgap cleanup plans. Today, 14 years after PFAS contamination was discovered at Wurtsmith, the first site to be tested, no site has left the “investigation” phase, and there has yet to be a comprehensive plan to begin permanent remediation on any base.

The Department of Defense says any site found to have PFAS contamination exceeding the Environmental Protection Agency’s previous guideline of 70 parts per trillion will receive immediate remediation, such as bottled waters and filters on faucets. When a site is found to be contaminated, the EPA says, the department has 72 hours to provide residents with alternate sources of water.

Water tower near the former Naval Air Station Joint Reserve Base Willow Grove, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, which is in the DOD’s list of the 39 most contaminated bases. Bastiaan Slabbers/NurPhoto via Getty Images

After six years spent working with various clean up initiatives, Spaniola says waiting for the military to take action has taken a toll on the people of Oscoda. “The community had a really good relationship with the military,” he said. “I’ve watched that change from a very trusting relationship to a terrible one.” 

Dozens of states have mandated additional requirements to treat PFAS in municipal water systems, but such efforts often overlook private well owners. That’s leaving thousands of people at risk, given that in Michigan, where some 1.5 million people drink water from contaminated sources, 25 percent of residents rely on private wells.  

Nationwide, the Environmental Working Group found unsafe water in wells near 63 military bases in 29 states. While the DOD has tested private wells, it has not published the total number of wells tested or identified which of them need to be cleaned up. 

“For those who are on well water, it’s a real problem until there’s a bit of recognition for some sort of responsibility for the contamination,” said Daniel Jones, associate director of the Michigan State University Center for PFAS Research. He is advising cleanup efforts near Grayling, Michigan. “It sort of comes down to who has pockets deep enough to pay for the things that need to be done.”

The EPA’s recent decision to designate PFOA and PFOS “hazardous substances” under the federal Superfund law is unlikely to provide quick financial assistance to communities, even though the agency has made $9 billion available for private well owners and small public water systems to address contamination. Whether that support reaches private well owners is up to individual states, which can work with regional EPA offices to draft project plans under the  before applying for grants to secure funding.

The agency has established a five-year window for water systems to test for PFAS and install filtering equipment before compliance with the newly tightened levels will be enforced. While EPA says the new PFOA and PFOS regulations do not immediately trigger an investigation or qualify them as Superfund sites on the National Priorities List, decisions for each site will be on a case-by-case basis.

“It is a tremendous win for public health, it is tremendously important and cannot cannot come soon enough, particularly for military communities who have been exposed for decades,” said Melanie Benesh, vice president of governmental affairs at the Environmental Working Group. Benesh hopes that the new rules help push the Defense Department to move more quickly.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline US military bases teem with PFAS. There’s still no firm plan to clean them up. on Apr 29, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sachi Kitajima Mulkey.

]]>
https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/feed/ 0 472065
US military bases teem with PFAS. There’s still no firm plan to clean them up. https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/ https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/#respond Mon, 29 Apr 2024 08:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=636350 In 2016, Tony Spaniola received a notice informing him that his family shouldn’t drink water drawn from the well at his lake home in Oscoda, Michigan. Over the course of several decades, the Air Force had showered thousands of gallons of firefighting foam onto the ground at Wurtsmith Air Force Base, which closed in 1993. Those chemicals eventually leached into the soil and began contaminating the groundwater.

Alarmed, Spaniola began looking into the problem. “The more I looked, the worse it got,” he said. Two years ago,  his concern prompted him to co-found the Great Lakes PFAS Action network. The coalition of residents and activists is committed to making polluters, like the military and a factory making waterproof shoes, clean up the “forever chemicals” they’ve left behind.

PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, are a class of nearly 15,000 fluorinated chemicals used since the 1950s to make clothing and food containers, among other things, oil- and water-repellent. They’re also used in firefighting foam. These chemicals do not break down over time, and have contaminated everything from drinking water to food. Research has linked them to cancer, heart and liver problems, developmental issues, and other ailments.

The U.S. Department of Defense, or DOD, is among the nation’s biggest users of firefighting foam and says 80 percent of active and decommissioned bases require clean up. Some locations, like Wurtsmith, recorded concentrations over 3,000 times higher than what the agency previously considered safe.

Today, the EPA considers it unsafe to be exposed to virtually any amount of PFOA and PFOS, two of the most harmful substances under the PFAS umbrella. Earlier this month, it implemented the nation’s first PFAS drinking water regulations, which included capping exposure to them at the lowest detectable limit. As of April 19, the agency also designated these two compounds “hazardous substances” under the federal Superfund law, making it easier to force polluters to shoulder the costs of cleaning them up. 

Meeting these regulations means that almost all of the 715 military sites and surrounding communities under Defense Department investigation for contamination will likely require remediation. Long-standing cleanup efforts at more than 100 PFAS contaminated bases that are already designated Superfund sites, like Wurtsmith, reveal some of the challenges to come.

“The heart of the issue is, how quickly are you going to clean it up, and what actions are you going to take in the interim to make sure people aren’t exposed?” said Spaniola. 

a health advisory sign says "do not eat deer from the advisory area. high amounts of pfas may be found in deer and could be harmful to your health" while showing a map of the surrounding are.
A sign warning hunters not to eat deer because of high amounts of toxic PFAS chemicals in their meat, in Oscoda, Michigan. Drew YoungeDyke, National Wildlife Federation via AP

In a statement to Grist, the DOD says its plan is to follow a federal clean up law called the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, to investigate contamination and determine near- and long-term clean up actions based on risk. But many advocates, including Spaniola, say the process is too slow and that short-term fixes have been insufficient. 

The problem started decades ago. In the 1960s, the Defense Department worked with 3M, one of the largest manufacturers of PFAS chemicals, to develop a foam called AFFF that can extinguish high-temperature fires. The PFAS acts as a surfactant, helping the material spread more quickly. By the 1970s, every military base, Navy ship, civilian airport, and fire station regularly used AFFF. 

In the decades that followed, millions of gallons flowed into the environment. According to the nonprofit Environmental Working Group, or EWG, 710 military sites throughout the country and its territories have known or suspected PFAS contamination. Internal studies and memos show that not long after 3M and the US Navy patented the foam in 1966, 3M learned that its PFAS products could harm animal test subjects and accumulated in the body. 

In a 2022 Senate committee hearing, residents from Oscoda testified about the health impacts, such as tumors and miscarriages, from the PFAS contamination at Wurtsmith. In 2023, Michigan reached a settlement after suing numerous manufacturers, including 3M and Dupont. Today, thousands of victims across the country are suing the chemical’s manufacturers. While some organizations and communities have tried to hold the military financially responsible for this pollution — farmers in several states recently filed suits in the U.S. District Court in South Carolina to do just that — the DOD says it’s not legally liable.

Congressional pressure on the Pentagon to clean these sites has been growing. In 2020, National Defense Authorization Acts required it to phase out PFAS-laden firefighting foam by October, 2023. Since passing that law, Congress has also ordered the department to publish the findings of drinking and groundwater tests on and around bases.

Results showed nearly 50 sites with extremely high levels of contamination, and hundreds more with levels above what was then the EPA’s health advisory. Following further congressional pressure, the military announced plans to implement interim clean-up measures at three dozen locations, including a water filtering system in Oscoda.

According to a report by the Environmental Working Group, it took an average of nearly three years for the Department of Defense to complete testing at these high-contamination sites. It took just as long to draft stopgap cleanup plans. Today, 14 years after PFAS contamination was discovered at Wurtsmith, the first site to be tested, no site has left the “investigation” phase, and there has yet to be a comprehensive plan to begin permanent remediation on any base.

The Department of Defense says any site found to have PFAS contamination exceeding the Environmental Protection Agency’s previous guideline of 70 parts per trillion will receive immediate remediation, such as bottled waters and filters on faucets. When a site is found to be contaminated, the EPA says, the department has 72 hours to provide residents with alternate sources of water.

Water tower near the former Naval Air Station Joint Reserve Base Willow Grove, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, which is in the DOD’s list of the 39 most contaminated bases. Bastiaan Slabbers/NurPhoto via Getty Images

After six years spent working with various clean up initiatives, Spaniola says waiting for the military to take action has taken a toll on the people of Oscoda. “The community had a really good relationship with the military,” he said. “I’ve watched that change from a very trusting relationship to a terrible one.” 

Dozens of states have mandated additional requirements to treat PFAS in municipal water systems, but such efforts often overlook private well owners. That’s leaving thousands of people at risk, given that in Michigan, where some 1.5 million people drink water from contaminated sources, 25 percent of residents rely on private wells.  

Nationwide, the Environmental Working Group found unsafe water in wells near 63 military bases in 29 states. While the DOD has tested private wells, it has not published the total number of wells tested or identified which of them need to be cleaned up. 

“For those who are on well water, it’s a real problem until there’s a bit of recognition for some sort of responsibility for the contamination,” said Daniel Jones, associate director of the Michigan State University Center for PFAS Research. He is advising cleanup efforts near Grayling, Michigan. “It sort of comes down to who has pockets deep enough to pay for the things that need to be done.”

The EPA’s recent decision to designate PFOA and PFOS “hazardous substances” under the federal Superfund law is unlikely to provide quick financial assistance to communities, even though the agency has made $9 billion available for private well owners and small public water systems to address contamination. Whether that support reaches private well owners is up to individual states, which can work with regional EPA offices to draft project plans under the  before applying for grants to secure funding.

The agency has established a five-year window for water systems to test for PFAS and install filtering equipment before compliance with the newly tightened levels will be enforced. While EPA says the new PFOA and PFOS regulations do not immediately trigger an investigation or qualify them as Superfund sites on the National Priorities List, decisions for each site will be on a case-by-case basis.

“It is a tremendous win for public health, it is tremendously important and cannot cannot come soon enough, particularly for military communities who have been exposed for decades,” said Melanie Benesh, vice president of governmental affairs at the Environmental Working Group. Benesh hopes that the new rules help push the Defense Department to move more quickly.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline US military bases teem with PFAS. There’s still no firm plan to clean them up. on Apr 29, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sachi Kitajima Mulkey.

]]>
https://grist.org/accountability/us-military-bases-teem-with-pfas-theres-still-no-firm-plan-to-clean-them-up/feed/ 0 472066
Netanyahu Resists U.S. Plan to Cut Off Aid to Israeli Military Unit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/21/netanyahu-resists-u-s-plan-to-cut-off-aid-to-israeli-military-unit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/21/netanyahu-resists-u-s-plan-to-cut-off-aid-to-israeli-military-unit/#respond Sun, 21 Apr 2024 19:55:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/netanyahu-resists-blinken-plan-sanction-against-israeli-military-unit by Brett Murphy

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Israel’s leaders are fiercely pushing back against U.S. plans to withhold American assistance from an Israeli unit accused of human rights abuses.

Axios and Israeli news outlets reported over the weekend that Secretary of State Antony Blinken intends to ban U.S. support to Israel’s Netzah Yehuda unit, the country’s all-male, ultra-Orthodox battalion at the center of several controversies in the West Bank that go back years. Netzah Yehuda has been repeatedly accused of shooting and assaulting civilians, including in a 2022 case in which several commanders handcuffed, gagged and left for dead an elderly Palestinian-American man in Israel’s West Bank.

“Sanctions must not be imposed on the Israel Defense Forces!” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu posted on X, formerly known as Twitter. “The intention to impose a sanction on a unit in the IDF is the height of absurdity and a moral low.” Blinken told reporters traveling with him in Europe on Saturday that he’ll make an official announcement about his decision in the coming days.

The public dispute between Israel and the United States follows a ProPublica article Wednesday that revealed Blinken has failed to act for months after a special State Department panel recommended that he disqualify multiple Israeli military and police units from receiving U.S. assistance after reviewing allegations that they had committed flagrant violations, including extrajudicial killings and rape.

Until now, the State Department has never disqualified an Israeli military unit from receiving aid, which would make Blinken’s decision a significant shift in U.S. foreign policy. “This is a very important law,” he told reporters over the weekend, “and it’s one that we apply across the board.”

Neither Blinken nor department spokespersons have addressed the reason for the delay since the forum’s first recommendation that he take action, which was sent to Blinken in December, according to someone familiar with the memo. “This process is one that demands a careful and full review,” a State Department spokesperson told ProPublica last week.

Israeli opposition leader Yair Lapid and war cabinet member Benny Gantz are pressing the U.S. to reverse course, as well. Gantz reportedly spoke with Blinken personally on Sunday and asked him to reconsider.

On Saturday, the House voted 366-58 to approve an additional $26 billion in aid to Israel after months of delay. The Senate will likely review the legislation, a package that includes aid to Ukraine as well, early next week before sending it to President Joe Biden for his signature.

After the disclosure last week that Blinken had been urged by his own agency to impose penalties, human rights and Arab groups pushed for results. On Thursday, Sen. Chris Van Hollen, D-Md., told ProPublica he was also seeking answers from the State Department. “This report that the administration is sitting on its hands in the face of known violations is deeply troubling and, if true, would undermine the credibility of America’s commitment to applying our human rights laws in a uniform and unbiased manner,” Van Hollen said in a statement.

The State Department panel that originally made the recommendations is known as the Israel Leahy Vetting Forum. The panel, made up of Middle East and human rights experts, is named for former Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., the chief author of a 1997 law that requires the U.S. to cut off American-financed arms and training to any foreign military or law enforcement units that are credibly accused of flagrant human rights violations. Unlike individual sanctions that are up to the president’s discretion, implementing the Leahy Laws is supposed to be a requirement.

A State Department spokesperson declined to comment on the status of the other cases involving possible wrongdoing by Israeli units or confirm the substance of Blinken’s upcoming announcement. The Israeli outlet Haaretz also reported on Saturday that Netzah Yehuda is the unit he intends to ban from assistance.

The Israeli military said it has not yet been informed of Blinken’s decision about Netzah Yehuda, which is currently operating in Gaza amid the government’s campaign to eradicate Hamas following the terrorist attacks on Oct. 7. “The IDF is not aware of the issue,” a military spokesperson said, according to Reuters. “If a decision is made on the matter it will be reviewed.” The Israeli government has repeatedly argued that it has its own independent justice system in place to hold accountable those responsible for human rights abuses.

“This is a welcome first step, albeit very, very late,” said Charles Blaha, the former director of the State Department’s Office of Security and Human Rights and a former participant in the Israeli vetting forum. “There are dozens more Israeli security force units that have committed gross violations of human rights and should not be receiving US security assistance.”

It’s not clear if Netzah Yehudah is currently receiving security assistance from the U.S., other Middle East experts noted. Some said Blinken’s determination, while important symbolically, should have been made previously and without having to clear so many of the bureaucratic hurdles that do not apply to other countries. Critics have long assailed what they view as a double standard for Israel, which receives billions more in U.S. military financing than any other country.

“We are sending the IDF weapons on a daily basis for what are clear [human rights violations] in Gaza,” said Josh Paul, a former director in the State Department’s Bureau of Political-Military Affairs and a member of the vetting forum. “It’s the impression of action without any actual impact.”

Do you have any information about American assistance to countries accused of human rights violations? Contact Brett Murphy at brett.murphy@propublica.org or by Signal at 508-523-5195.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Brett Murphy.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/21/netanyahu-resists-u-s-plan-to-cut-off-aid-to-israeli-military-unit/feed/ 0 470912
The Myth of the Marshall Plan and US Imperialism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/20/the-myth-of-the-marshall-plan-and-us-imperialism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/20/the-myth-of-the-marshall-plan-and-us-imperialism/#respond Sat, 20 Apr 2024 18:24:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149886 One of the signal events of the post-World War II era– an event that helped shape the subsequent course of US imperialism– was the implementation of the European Recovery Act of 1948, the so-called Marshall Plan. Not only was the Marshall Plan a maneuver to tie Western Europe economically to the US– though Europe would […]

The post The Myth of the Marshall Plan and US Imperialism first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
One of the signal events of the post-World War II era– an event that helped shape the subsequent course of US imperialism– was the implementation of the European Recovery Act of 1948, the so-called Marshall Plan. Not only was the Marshall Plan a maneuver to tie Western Europe economically to the US– though Europe would play a subordinate role– but it also served in the early days of the Cold War as a massive propaganda triumph for the US ruling class. Every US school girl and school boy marveled at the generosity and selflessness of the US government’s assistance to the impoverished people of Europe. The fact that the Eastern European people’s democracies refused US magnanimity only underscored the stubbornness of the Cold War antagonists.

Of course, there have been alternative accounts of the intent and efficacy of the Marshall Plan from its very beginning– skeptical accounts that challenged US motives, questioned attached terms and conditions, and offered alternative schemes for European recovery. As early as 1947, Henry Wallace, former US Vice-President, for example, sought to remove aid to Europe from Cold War politics by creating a UN-administered reconstruction fund, prioritizing financial aid according to the recipient countries’ war-related needs regardless of ideology before or after the war, guaranteeing that no political or ideological strings were attached, and ensuring that aid not be used for military or aggressive intent. His proposals were met hostilely in the escalating confrontational climate pursued by the Truman administration.

Genuflecting to ‘victory’ in the Cold War, Western commentators have largely accepted the Marshall Plan as the profound act of sacrifice and generosity portrayed by its creators.

Thus, an alternative perspective on the Marshall Plan is both essential and welcome. A new book by French Communist historian Annie Lacroix-Riz, Les Origines du Plan Marshall: Le Mythe de “l’Aide” Américaine promises to address that shortcoming.

Thanks to a thorough and well-argued appreciation of Lacroix-Riz’s book by Jacques R. Pauwels in Counterpunch, those of us with rusty French reading skills do not have to sit with our copy of Collins Robert French Dictionary in our lap and struggle through a translation.

Pauwels is a discerning critic of the many myths that abound in the history of the US, including the Marshall Plan. He describes the myth thusly:

… after defeating the nasty Nazis, presumably more or less singlehandedly, and preparing to return home to mind his own business, Uncle Sam suddenly realized that the hapless Europeans, exhausted by six years of war, needed his help to get back on their feet. And so, unselfishly and generously, he decided to shower them with huge amounts of money, which Britain, France, and the other countries of Western Europe eagerly accepted and used to return not only to prosperity but also to democracy.

Simplistic as it reads, this is certainly the prevailing understanding of the 1948 European Recovery Act and its motivation. But as Pauwels acknowledges, the Marshall Plan was actually a door opener for US capital, US products, and US political influence.

Pauwels credits Lacroix-Riz with explaining US imperialist outreach as a long process, rooted in the late-nineteenth-century scramble for colonies by the great powers, as described by Lenin in his pamphlet, Imperialism. He writes: “The imperialist powers thus became increasingly competitors, rivals, and either antagonists or allies in a ruthless race for imperialist supremacy, fueled ideologically by the prevailing social-Darwinist ideas of ‘struggle for survival.’” (It should be noted the US was the first economic power to attempt to acquire colonies in an already divided world, according to prominent Soviet economist, Eugen Varga).

Thanks to war-time loans to belligerents, exploding military production, and immunity to invasion, the US economy leap-frogged ahead of its European counterparts after World War I. As a result, US economic ascendency was rewarded with new markets, new targets for investment, and a strong commitment to open doors and free markets: “…American industrialists were henceforth able to outperform any competitors in a free market. It is for this reason that the US government… morphed into a most eager apostle of free trade, energetically and systematically seeking ‘open doors’ for its exports all over the world.”

With all its industrial might, the late-to-the-colonial-game US pioneered a new form of imperialism: neo-colonialism. The former first president of independent Ghana, Kwame Nkrumah — himself a victim of imperialist intrigue — conceived of neo-colonialism this way:

Faced with the militant peoples of the ex-colonial territories in Asia, Africa, the Caribbean and Latin America, imperialism simply switches tactics. Without a qualm it dispenses with its flags, and even with certain of its more hated expatriate officials. This means, so it claims, that it is ‘giving’ independence to its former subjects, to be followed by ‘aid’ for their development. Under cover of such phrases, however, it devises innumerable ways to accomplish objectives formerly achieved by naked colonialism. It is this sum total of these modern attempts to perpetuate colonialism while at the same time talking about ‘freedom,’ which has come to be known as neo-colonialism.

With the world already divided among great powers, it was natural for the US to fight to loosen the stranglehold of its rivals by advocating national self-determination (Woodrow Wilson), decolonization, and free trade after World War I (I have written about this “new” imperialism here). This was the US answer to a world divided into colonial empires and it became the template for the future of imperialism.

This US neo-colonial offensive in the interwar period gives the lie to the popular impression of an indifferent, isolationism fostered by many historians. As Calvin Coolidge boasted at his 1928 Memorial Day address at Gettysburg: “Our investments and trade relations are such that it is almost impossible to conceive of any conflict anywhere on earth which would not affect us injuriously.”

Pauwels confirms this offensive:

In the 1920s, the unprecedented profits generated by the Great War had allowed numerous US banks and corporations such as Ford to start up major investments in [Germany]. The “investment offensive” is rarely mentioned in history books but is of great historical importance in two ways: it marked the beginning of transatlantic expansion of US capitalism and it determined that Germany was to serve as the European ‘bridgehead’ of US imperialism.

This “new” imperialism allowed the US to dominate other economies without the immense costs of stationing troops, administrators, and overseers in restive colonies or bearing the responsibility for infrastructure in dependencies. Also, without formal colonies, the US could continue to laud its commitment to Wilsonian self-determination. This proved to be an enormous propaganda asset during the Cold War. Quoting historian William Appleman Williams referencing our ruling elites, “These men were not imperialist in the traditional sense.…” But they were imperialist nonetheless.

The “new” imperialism engaged the historical great powers. Pauwels notes the interwar US investment in Nazi Germany: “The United States had no desire to go to war against Hitler, who proved to be so ‘good for business.’”

Likewise, Britain was as much an investment target as an ally:

The first country to be turned into a vassal of Uncle Sam was Britain. After the fall of France in the summer of 1940, when left alone to face the terrifying might of Hitler’s Reich, the former Number One of industrial powers had to go cap in hand to the US to loan huge sums of money from American banks and use that money to buy equipment and fuel from America’s great corporations. Washington consented to extend such “aid” to Britain in a scheme that became known as “Lend-Lease”. However, the loans had to be paid back with interest and were subject to conditions such as the promised abolition of “imperial preference”, which ensured that Britain and its empire would cease to be a “closed economy” and instead open their doors to US export products and investment capital. As a result of Lend-Lease, Britain was to morph into a “junior partner”, not only economically but also politically and militarily, of the US. Or, as Annie Lacroix-Riz puts it in her new book, Lend-Lease loans to Britain spelled the beginning of the end of the British Empire.

Eugen Varga, in his 1960 Twentieth Century Capitalism, makes the same point, but in the context of inter-imperialist rivalries:

The struggle between the imperialists of each of the belligerent blocs did not cease during the war. Italy, Hitler’s chief European ally, practically did not take part in the war before the defeat of France, she carried on “her own” war with Greece for the conquest of Albania. Japan had “her own” war in East Asia and against the U.S.A.; although Japan had been a party to the “anti-Comintern pact”, she concluded a non-aggression treaty with the Soviet Union. The chief U.S. aim in the anti-fascist alliance was to defeat Japan and, parallel, to defeating Hitler, to weaken Britain and abolish the British colonial empire. With this aim in view the U.S.A. at first supplied Britain with war materials for cash (i.e., for gold), thus taking away from Britain her gold reserve and her American securities. The U.S.A. went over to the lend-lease system only when Britain’s reserves were exhausted and then stopped the lend-lease at the end of the war without any warning. During the war Roosevelt took advantage of every opportunity to demand the abolition of the British system of preferential tariffs, one of the main economic supports of the British Empire, the granting of political independence to India, and so on. (p. 49-50)

So, by the end of World War II, the US had an established policy and practice of using its economic strength and free-trade advocacy to impose its dominance over weaker, vulnerable countries– a form of streamlined, but opaque neo-colonialism suited for the post-colonial era to come. Would it come as a surprise that the US continued, refined, and expanded its imperial designs?

*****
Pauwels spells out the architecture for the US postwar neocolonial advance: the Bretton Woods agreement, the International Monetary Fund, and the World Bank– all supportive of US economic interests and designed to create subordination to US political and economic goals.

For a detailed look at how these policies were implemented, we have Lacroix-Riz’s account of their French application. We learn that the US threw its support behind corrupted, thoroughly anti-Communist Vichy officials, rather than the London-based exiles around Charles de Gaulle, a strongly nationalist, independent figure untarnished by collaboration. Pauwels writes: “[T]he Americans understood only too well that these former Pétainists [Vichyites] would be agreeable partners, ignored or forgave the sins the latter had committed as collaborators, labelled them with the respectable epithet of ‘conservative’ or ‘liberal,’ and arranged for them, rather than Gaullists or other leaders of the Resistance, to be placed in positions of power.”

Establishing Vichy Admiral Darlan, a born-again anti-fascist, as the leader of a provisional French government served US purposes. As Pauwels retells:

The American “appointment” of Darlan paid off virtually immediately, namely on September 25, 1943, when the French provisional government signed a Lend-Lease deal with the US. The conditions of this arrangement were similar to those attached to Lend-Lease with Britain and those that were to be enshrined one year later at Bretton-Woods, namely, an “open door” for US corporations and banks to the markets and resources of France and its colonial empire. That arrangement was euphemistically described as “reciprocal aid” but was in reality the first step in a series of arrangements that were to culminate in France’s subscription to the Marshall Plan and impose on France what Lacroix-Riz describes as a “dependency of the colonial type.”

As matters developed, the Vichyite-heavy government was too much for anti-fascist French and the active Resistance to stomach, and the sufficiently anti-Communist de Gaulle became acceptable to US elites. The problem with de Gaulle, however, was that he agreed with the Soviets that reparations should be extracted from Germany, contrary to the wishes of the US. US industrial and financial interests were too deeply embedded in Germany to force them to pay for their aggression. Quoting Pauwels:

Thus we can understand the stepmotherly treatment Washington meted out in 1944-1945 to a France that was economically in dire straits after years of war and occupation. Already in the fall of 1944, Paris was informed that there were to be no reparations from Germany, and it was in vain that de Gaulle responded by briefly flirting with the Soviet Union, even concluding a “pact” with Moscow that would prove to be “stillborn”, as Lacroix-Riz puts it… As for France’s urgent request for American credits as well as urgently needed food and industrial and agricultural supplies, they did not yield “free gifts” of any kind, as is commonly believed, …but only deliveries of products of which there was a glut in the US itself and loans, all of it to be paid in dollars and at inflated prices. Lacroix-Riz emphasizes that “free deliveries of merchandise to France by the American army or any civil organization, even of the humanitarian type, never existed….”

Foretelling the future of US-France relations, the Blum-Byrnes Agreement of 1946 “was widely perceived as a wonderful deal for France… and was proclaimed by Blum himself as ‘an immense concession’ from the Americans.”

Instead, it was a surrender to US demands, involving agreement to purchase left-over military equipment and other products that US capitalists were anxious to get off their books. Payment for these goods were to be in dollars, hard to acquire without bargain-basement prices for French goods exported to the US. The French were made to compensate US corporations for their losses on French soil (ironically, losses most often the result of US bombing). Lacroix-Riz maintains that, in fact, lend-lease loans were not forgiven and that the Agreement “produced no credits whatsoever.”

When de Gaulle left the government in early 1946, his successors followed the US lead in attacking the French Communist Party, the most popular political group in the immediate aftermath of the war. With their expulsion from the French government in 1947, the road ahead was cleared of a powerful obstacle to the further penetration of US capital, exports, and culture.

The conclusion to be drawn, according to Pauwels and Lacroix-Riz:

That France’s postwar economic recovery was not due to US “aid” is only logical because, from the American perspective, the aim of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements or, later, the Marshall Plan, was not at all to forgive debts or help France in any other way to recover from the trauma of war, but to open up the country’s markets (as well as those of her colonies) and to integrate it into a postwar Europe — for the time being admittedly only Western Europe — that was to be capitalist, like the US, and controlled by the US from its German bridgehead. With the signing of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements, which also included a French acceptance of the fact that there would be no German reparations, that aim was virtually achieved. The conditions attached to the agreements did indeed include a guarantee by the French negotiators that France would henceforth practice free-trade policy and that there would be no more nationalizations like the ones that, almost immediately after the country’s liberation, befell car manufacturer Renault as well as privately owned coal mines and producers of gas and electricity…

The Marshall Plan repeats the template established with the Blum-Byrnes Agreement, which itself was a consistent development of the US neo-colonial program created in the aftermath of the First World War. Thus, we see the continuous development of a US imperialist strategy. What was unique at each step was the growing scale of the project. Later elaborations of this initiative, like the Point Four Program, the Alliance for Progress, USAID, and a host of other agencies and plans spread US corporate tentacles throughout the rest of the world.

As I wrote in 2015: “In the post-World War II era, the Marshall Plan and The Point Four program were early examples of neo-colonial Trojan Horses, programs aimed at cementing exploitative capitalist relations while posturing as generosity and assistance. They, and other programs, were successful efforts to weave consent, seduction, and extortion into a robust foreign policy securing the goals of imperialism without the moral revulsion of colonial repression and the cost of vast colonies.”

Pauwels and Lacroix-Riz add to our understanding of this critical juncture in the elaboration of US neo-colonial policies. Puncturing the Marshall Plan myth, Pauwels concludes:

The integration of France into a postwar (Western) Europe dominated by Uncle Sam would be completed by the country’s acceptance of Marshall Plan “aid” in 1948 and its adherence to NATO in 1949. However, it is wrong to believe that these two highly publicized events occurred in response to the outbreak of the Cold War, conventionally blamed on the Soviet Union, after the end of World War II. In reality, the Americans had been keen to extend their economic and political reach across the Atlantic and France had been in their crosshairs at least since their troops had landed in North Africa in the fall of 1942. They took advantage of the weakness of postwar France to offer “aid” with conditions that, like those of Lend-Lease to Britain, were certain to turn the recipient country into a junior partner of the US. This became a reality, as Lacroix-Riz demonstrates in her book, not when France subscribed to the Marshall Plan, but when her representatives signed the agreements that resulted from the unheralded Blum-Byrnes Negotiations. It was then, in the spring of 1946, that France, unbeknownst to the majority of its citizens, waved adieu to her status of great power and joined the ranks of the European vassals of Uncle Sam.

One can hope that Lacroix-Riz’s important book will find an English translator and publisher.

The post The Myth of the Marshall Plan and US Imperialism first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Greg Godels.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/20/the-myth-of-the-marshall-plan-and-us-imperialism/feed/ 0 470836
America’s Now Evident Plan to Use AUKUS to Spark War With China https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/17/americas-now-evident-plan-to-use-aukus-to-spark-war-with-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/17/americas-now-evident-plan-to-use-aukus-to-spark-war-with-china/#respond Wed, 17 Apr 2024 17:38:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149821 There was much concern, in international circles, about the the U.S. Government’s recent efforts to open a NATO office in Tokyo so as to extend its military alliance against Russia to become also a military alliance against China. When that initiative scared some other NATO members, it was stopped, and the fear temporarily subsided. But […]

The post America’s Now Evident Plan to Use AUKUS to Spark War With China first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
There was much concern, in international circles, about the the U.S. Government’s recent efforts to open a NATO office in Tokyo so as to extend its military alliance against Russia to become also a military alliance against China. When that initiative scared some other NATO members, it was stopped, and the fear temporarily subsided. But then suddenly, on April 8, it was announced that (despite some hurdles that would first need to be overcome) America’s new (2021) anti-China military alliance, AUKUS, is “considering” (meaning here intending) to, in effect, bring into that alliance Japan (which has 79 U.S. military bases). On April 10, U.S. President Joe Biden and Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida met at the White House to plan how this would be done. The next day, Defense News bannered “AUKUS allies float path for Japan to join tech sharing pact”. So, the U.S., which has 900 foreign military bases and actually spends around half of the entire planet’s military expenses, and therefore has no actual need for any military ‘allies’, but instead brings them in to serve as proxies for itself and to be able to say (for propaganda-purposes) “we” when referring to itself, so as to ‘justify’ its numerous invasions and to prevent any of its ‘allied’ (or colonial) countries from criticizing it, is now effectively displaying the reality to anyone who worries about such matters. This reality is: Yes, the U.S. Government is demanding to, and will, control China, too. The U.S. already has military bases against China in Australia, Guam, Japan, South Korea, Marshall Islands, Mariana Islands, Palau, Philippines, Samoa, Singapore, and Thailand; so, it can invade China almost instantly from plenty of bases to China’s south and east.

Even some Australians (though hardly yet any Brits to my knowledge) are raising alarms at this accession of Japan into AUKUS. For example, the Australian commentator John Menadue, a former Cabinet Minister, published at his blog on April 16th, “Lest We Forget: Japan joining AUKUS a stark reminder of China’s Century of Humiliation”, by  Robert Macklin, which opened:

With the addition of Japan, AUKUS ceases to be a device to supply nuclear powered submarines to Australia several decades in the future but a stark reminder of the oppressive powers that abused Chinese sovereignty in the 19th and 20th centuries.

It was Deputy Prime Minister Richard Marles who first suggested that the inclusion of Japan in the AUKUS group was a natural ‘evolution’ of the pact. As such it was risible, if understandable; Marles is not the sharpest knife in the Cabinet drawer.

But when it was adopted by Prime Minister Anthony Albanese – and then the American president Joe Biden – there is cause for concern. With the addition of Japan, AUKUS ceases to be a device to supply nuclear powered submarines to Australia several decades in the future but a stark reminder of the oppressive powers that abused Chinese sovereignty in the 19th and 20th centuries.

Japan’s membership could hardly be more provocative to a country that suffered the indignity of Japanese control of its Taiwan province for 50 years from 1895 and its invasion of the mainland throughout the second world war.

The notorious Massacre of Nanking – where the atrocities included 200,000 murders and 20,000 rapes of the civilian population – was but one of hundreds of outrages visited upon the Chinese people. …

When he referred there to America’s having created AUKUS as “a device to supply nuclear powered submarines to Australia several decades in the future,” he was referring to the shady excuses that it gave at the time for creating AUKUS, and which entailed an open affront to France — including coercion forcing France to cancel a lucrative contract France had with Australia’s Government, which affront France promised to (but never did) retaliate against the U.S. for. But, now, this bringing of the first non-Anglo member into America’s (initially pure-Anglo) military alliance against China, proves that its real target, and the real aim of AUKUS, is to conquer China — nothing less than that (just as NATO demands to win its war against Russia in the battlefield of Ukraine on Russia’s border).

On April 15, Lin Congyi, of China’s Defense Ministry, headlined “AUKUS makes more mistakes by roping in Japan”, and he commented:

Recently, the US, the UK, and Australia announced that Japan would join AUKUS, causing great concern among the international community. This is the first time that the three countries have announced a partner since the organization was established in September 2021. Japanese officials responded by saying that Japan “recognizes” the importance of AUKUS. Many Japanese citizens criticized AUKUS for promoting membership expansion regardless of concerns from all walks of life, which will intensify camp confrontation and the risks of nuclear proliferation, and undermine peace and stability in the Asia-Pacific region.

AUKUS is short for the Trilateral Security Partnership between Australia, the UK and the US, which has two main pillars. Pillar I focuses on the deployment of nuclear submarines in Australia and the joint research, development and construction of the next-generation nuclear submarines by the three countries. Cooperation in this area is “limited to the US, UK and Australia”. Pillar II focuses on the joint development and deployment of new technologies to enhance advanced combat capabilities.

Why did they choose Japan in the first place? Analysts believe that there are two reasons. From a technical perspective, the US, the UK and Australia have their respective shortcomings in the field of high technology, while Japan, with advantages in the fields of hypersonic weapons, quantum technology, electronic warfare and artificial intelligence, can play a greater role in defense technology. On the part of Japan, it hopes to improve its defense capabilities and increase its military influence in the Asia-Pacific region by sharing sensitive military technologies with the US, the UK, Australia, and other countries.

Strategically, these countries also have their own calculations. The US sees AUKUS as a key part of the implementation of the so-called “Indo-Pacific Strategy” and wants to attract more allies to join in order to achieve the goal of containing China. The UK is pushing ahead with the “Global Britain” strategy, and its security cooperation with Japan is becoming deeper. It hopes, in a bid to become more involved in Asia-Pacific affairs with the aid of Japan and expand its influence in the Asia-Pacific region.

Australia, on the other hand, put high expectations on Pillar II due to the sluggish progress of Pillar I and thus supported the inclusion of Japan. As for Japan, it wants to use AUKUS as a new tool to carry out its military agenda in the Asia-Pacific region and contain China. …

The U.S. Government, and its UK partner, are going for broke, in order to win an all-inclusive U.S.-UK empire — a U.S./UK global dictatorship that includes all of the world’s nations as its colonies (INCLUDING Russia and China). The idea here is nothing less than to terminate national sovereignty and replace it with an international global dictatorship by the U.S./UK partnership: all sovereignty being based in Washington and London, no longer under the internal control of any other individual nation. This is the contemporary U.S./UK vision for their Brave New World. Never has that vision been more clear than it now is: indisputable. (The links here document it.) If this effort to bring Japan into AUKUS succeeds, it will be a virtual declaration of war against China.

As regards China’s alleged imperial ambitions, an April 16 article in Hong Kong’s South China Morning Post headlined “China was never an imperialist state” and pointed out that “it could be highly problematic to map directly the Western experience of empire, such as when we talk about the Spanish, Portuguese, British, or even the American empires” because “The Chinese empire, through different dynasties, often functioned more like the opposite of an empire, and the oft-cited tribute system frequently worked in reverse,” meaning that what some Westerners have alleged to be or to have been ‘imperialism’ by China was actually dynastic feuds within China. China’s invasions were internal — as contrasted to the Western experience, which explored, exploited, and invaded, far away from the homeland, in order to conquer, control, and extract from, a distant culture. What America is now trying to do to China (make it become yet another U.S. colony), has no parallel to anything that China has ever done. It is pure foreign aggression — which since 1945 has been the U.S. specialty.

The post America’s Now Evident Plan to Use AUKUS to Spark War With China first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Eric Zuesse.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/17/americas-now-evident-plan-to-use-aukus-to-spark-war-with-china/feed/ 0 470264
Ahead of Earth Day, Youth Climate Groups Plan Hundreds of Demonstrations to Demand President Biden Declare A Climate Emergency, End The Era Of Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/ahead-of-earth-day-youth-climate-groups-plan-hundreds-of-demonstrations-to-demand-president-biden-declare-a-climate-emergency-end-the-era-of-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/ahead-of-earth-day-youth-climate-groups-plan-hundreds-of-demonstrations-to-demand-president-biden-declare-a-climate-emergency-end-the-era-of-fossil-fuels/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 12:44:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/ahead-of-earth-day-youth-climate-groups-plan-hundreds-of-demonstrations-to-demand-president-biden-declare-a-climate-emergency-end-the-era-of-fossil-fuels Thousands of youth activists, led by groups including the Sunrise Movement, Fridays For Future USA, and the Campus Climate Network, will hold protests in hundreds of cities nationwide around Earth Day to demand President Biden and other decision-makers take action to end fossil fuels and respond to the climate emergency.

The groups are demanding President Biden declare a climate emergency and use his executive powers to create green union jobs, phase out fossil fuels, and prepare for climate disasters. This can and must include: reinstating the 2015 crude oil export ban, stopping approvals of new fossil fuel projects, and building resilient and distributed renewable energy systems in climate-vulnerable communities.

Thousands of young people will participate in the actions, which include:

● Friday, April 19: Fridays For Future USA leads a Day of Climate Action, in solidarity with actions being organized in hundreds of cities around the world, to demand action from President Biden to end the era of fossil fuels. In New York City alone, thousands of students will walk out of their classes and march from Foley Square in Manhattan across the Brooklyn Bridge to Brooklyn Borough Hall.

● Monday, April 22nd: The Sunrise Movement is leading dozens of Earth Day Teach-Ins at congressional offices and other locations to urge Members of Congress to publicly call on President Biden to declare a national climate emergency.

● Monday, April 22: Student organizers with the Campus Climate Network will lead Reclaim Earth Day actions on more than 100 college campuses, demanding that universities become true environmental justice leaders and cut ties with the fossil fuel industry.

Background:

President Biden promised to be a climate president. Ahead of the 2024 election, young people are mobilizing to hold him accountable to that promise. Despite critically pausing the authorizations for some new LNG export infrastructure in the Gulf, under the Biden administration, U.S. oil and gas production has surged to record highs.

Hundreds of thousands of young people took action to demand the administration reject fossil fuel projects like the Willow drilling project in Alaska, and tens of thousands joined the March to End Fossil Fuels last September calling on Biden to phase out fossil fuels and declare a climate emergency. In February, over 21 young people were arrested at Biden’s campaign offices calling for a climate emergency.

As the election approaches, young people are mobilizing to demand President Biden take bold action to protect young peoples’ futures. That begins with declaring a climate emergency that meaningfully addresses fossil fuels, creates millions of good-paying union jobs, and helps us prepare for incessant climate disasters.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/ahead-of-earth-day-youth-climate-groups-plan-hundreds-of-demonstrations-to-demand-president-biden-declare-a-climate-emergency-end-the-era-of-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 469397
Israel’s killing of aid workers is no accident. It’s part of the plan to destroy Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/09/israels-killing-of-aid-workers-is-no-accident-its-part-of-the-plan-to-destroy-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/09/israels-killing-of-aid-workers-is-no-accident-its-part-of-the-plan-to-destroy-gaza/#respond Tue, 09 Apr 2024 21:11:54 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149637 After six months – and many tens of thousands of dead and maimed Palestinian women and children later – western commentators are finally wondering whether something may be amiss with Israel’s actions in Gaza. Israel apparently crossed a red line when it killed a handful of foreign aid workers on 1 April, including three British […]

The post Israel’s killing of aid workers is no accident. It’s part of the plan to destroy Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
After six months – and many tens of thousands of dead and maimed Palestinian women and children later – western commentators are finally wondering whether something may be amiss with Israel’s actions in Gaza.

Israel apparently crossed a red line when it killed a handful of foreign aid workers on 1 April, including three British security contractors.

Three missiles, fired over several minutes, struck vehicles in a World Central Kitchen (WCK) aid convoy heading up Gaza’s coast on one of the few roads still passable after Israel turned the enclave’s homes and streets into rubble. All the vehicles were clearly marked. All were on an approved, safe passage. And the Israeli military had been given the coordinates to track the convoy’s location.

With precise missile holes through the vehicle roofs making it impossible to blame Hamas for the strike, Israel was forced to admit responsibility. Its spokespeople claimed an armed figure had been seen entering the storage area from which the aid convoy had departed.

But even that feeble, formulaic response could not explain why the Israeli military hit cars in which it was known there were aid workers. So Israel hurriedly promised to investigate what Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu described as a “tragic incident”.

Presumably, it was a “tragic incident” just like the 15,000-plus other “tragic incidents” – the ones we know about – that Israel has committed against Palestinian children day after day for six months.

In those cases, of course, western commentators always managed to produce some rationalisation for the slaughter.

Not this time.

“This has to stop”

Half a year too late, with Gaza’s entire medical infrastructure wrecked by Israel and a population on the brink of starvation, Britain’s Independent newspaper suddenly found its voice to declare decisively on its front page: “Enough.”

Richard Madeley, host of Good Morning Britain, finally felt compelled to opine that Israel had carried out an “execution” of the foreign aid workers. Presumably, 15,000 Palestinian children were not executed, they simply “died”.

When it came to the killing of WCK staff, popular LBC talk-show host Nick Ferrari concluded that Israel’s actions were“indefensible”. Did he think it defensible for Israel to bomb and starve Gaza’s children month after month?

Like the Independent, he too proclaimed: “This has to stop.”

The attack on the WCK convoy briefly changed the equation for the western media. Seven dead aid workers were a wake-up call when many tens of thousands of dead, maimed and orphaned Palestinian children had not been.

A salutary equation indeed.

British politicians reassured the public that Israel would carry out an “independent investigation” into the killings. That is, the same Israel that never punishes its soldiers even when their atrocities are televised. The same Israel whose military courts find almost every Palestinian guilty of whatever crime Israel chooses to accuse them of, if it allows them a trial.

But at least the foreign aid workers merited an investigation, however much of a foregone conclusion the verdict. That is more than the dead children of Gaza will ever get.

Israel’s playbook

British commentators appeared startled by the thought that Israel had chosen to kill the foreigners working for World Central Kitchen – even if those same journalists still treat tens of thousands of dead Palestinians as unfortunate “collateral damage” in a “war” to “eradicate Hamas”.

But had they been paying closer attention, these pundits would understand that the murder of foreigners is not exceptional. It has been central to Israel’s occupation playbook for decades – and helps explain what Israel hopes to achieve with its current slaughter of Palestinians in Gaza.

Back in the early 2000s, Israel was on another of its rampages, wrecking Gaza and the West Bank supposedly in “retaliation” for Palestinians having had the temerity to rise up against decades of military occupation.

Shocked by the brutality, a group of foreign volunteers, a significant number of them Jewish, ventured into these areas to witness and document the Israeli military’s crimes and act as human shields to protect Palestinians from the violence.

They arrived under the mantle of the International Solidarity Movement (ISM), a Palestinian-led initiative. They were keen to use what were then new technologies such as digital cameras, email and blogs to focus attention on the Israeli military’s atrocities.

Some became a new breed of activist journalist, embedded in Palestinian communities to report the story western establishment journalists, embedded in Israel, never managed to cover.

Israel presented the ISM as a terrorist group and dismissed its filmed documentation as “Pallywood” – a supposedly fiction-producing industry equated to a Palestinian Hollywood.

Gaza isolated

But the ISM’s evidence increasingly exposed the “most moral army in the world” for what it really was: a criminal enterprise there to enforce land thefts and the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians.

Israel needed to take firmer action.

The evidence suggests soldiers received authorisation to execute foreigners in the occupied territories. That included young activists such as Rachel Corrie and Tom Hurndall; James Miller, an independent filmmaker who ventured into Gaza; and even a United Nations official, Iain Hook, based in the West Bank.

This rapid spate of killings – and the maiming of many other activists – had the intended effect. The ISM largely withdrew from the region to protect its volunteers, while Israel formally banned the group from accessing the occupied territories.

Meanwhile, Israel denied press credentials to any journalist not sponsored by a state or a billionaire-owned outlet, kicking them out of the region.

Al Jazeera, the one critical Arab channel whose coverage reached western audiences, found its journalists regularly banned or killed, and its offices bombed.

The battle to isolate the Palestinians, freeing Israel to commit atrocities unmonitored, culminated in Israel’s now 17-year blockade of Gaza. It was sealed off.

With the enclave completely besieged by land, human rights activists focused their efforts on breaking the blockade via the high seas. A series of “freedom flotillas” tried to reach Gaza’s coast from 2008 onwards. Israel soon managed to stop most of them.

The largest was led by the Mavi Marmara, a Turkish vessel laden with aid and medicine. Israeli naval commandos stormed the ship illegally in international waters in 2010, killing 10 foreign aid workers and human rights activists on board and injuring another 30.

The western media soft-pedalled Israel’s preposterous characterisation of the flotillas as a terrorist enterprise. The initiative gradually petered out.

Western complicity

That is the proper context for understanding the latest attack on the WCK aid convoy.

Israel has always had four prongs to its strategy towards the Palestinians. Taken together, they have allowed Israel to refine its apartheid-style rule, and are now allowing it to implement its genocidal policies undisturbed.

The first is to incrementally isolate the Palestinians from the international community.

The second is to make the Palestinians entirely dependent on the Israeli military’s goodwill, and create conditions that are so precarious and unpredictable that most Palestinians try to vacate their historic homeland, leaving it free to be “Judaised”.

Third, Israel has crushed any attempt by outsiders – especially the media and human rights monitors – to scrutinise its activities in real-time or hold it to account.

And fourth, to achieve all this, Israel has needed to erode piece by piece the humanitarian protections that were enshrined in international law to stop a repeat of the common-place atrocities against civilians during the Second World War.

This process, which had been taking place over years and decades, was rapidly accelerated after Hamas’ attack on 7 October. Israel had the pretext to transform apartheid into genocide.

Unrwa, the main United Nations refugee agency, which is mandated to supply aid to the Palestinians, had long been in Israel’s sights, especially in Gaza. It has allowed the international community to keep its foot in the door of the enclave, maintaining a lifeline to the population there independent of Israel, and creating an authoritative framework for judging Israel’s human rights abuses. Worse, for Israel, Unrwa has kept alive the right of return – enshrined in international law – of Palestinian refugees expelled from their original lands so a self-declared Jewish state could be built in their place.

Israel leapt at the chance to accuse Unrwa of being implicated in the 7 October attack, even though it produced zero evidence for the claim. Almost as enthusiastically, western states turned off the funding tap to the UN agency.

The Biden administration appears keen to end UN oversight of Gaza by hiving off its main aid role to private firms. It has been one of the key sponsors of WCK, led by a celebrity Spanish chef with ties to the US State Department.

WCK, which has also been building a pier off Gaza’s coast, was expected to be an adjunct to Washington’s plan to eventually ship in aid from Cyprus – to help those Palestinians who, over the next few weeks, do not starve to death.

Until, that is, Israel struck the aid convoy, killing its staff. WCK has pulled out of Gaza for the time being, and other private aid contractors are backing off, fearful for their workers’ safety.

Goal one has been achieved. The people of Gaza are on their own. The West, rather than their saviour, is now fully complicit not only in Israel’s blockade of Gaza but in its starvation too.

Life and death lottery

Next, Israel has demonstrated beyond doubt that it regards every Palestinian in Gaza, even its children, as an enemy.

The fact that most of the enclave’s homes are now rubble should serve as proof enough, as should the fact that many tens of thousands there have been violently killed. Only a fraction of the death toll is likely to have been recorded, given Israel’s destruction of the enclave’s health sector.

Israel’s levelling of hospitals, including al-Shifa – as well as the kidnapping and torture of medical staff – has left Palestinians in Gaza completely exposed. The eradication of meaningful healthcare means births, serious injuries and chronic and acute illnesses are quickly becoming a death sentence.

Israel has intentionally been turning life in Gaza into a lottery, with nowhere safe.

According to a new investigation, Israel’s bombing campaign has relied heavily on experimental AI systems that largely automate the killing of Palestinians. That means there is no need for human oversight – and the potential limitations imposed by a human conscience.

Israeli website 972 found that tens of thousands of Palestinians had been put on “kill lists” generated by a program called Lavender, using loose definitions of “terrorist” and with an error rate estimated even by the Israeli military at one in 10.

Another programme called “Where’s Daddy?” tracked many of these “targets” to their family homes, where they – and potentially dozens of other Palestinians unlucky enough to be inside – were killed by air strikes.

An Israeli intelligence official told 972: “The IDF bombed them in homes without hesitation, as a first option. It’s much easier to bomb a family’s home. The system is built to look for them in these situations.”

As so many of these targets were considered to be “junior” operatives, of little military value, Israel preferred to use unguided, imprecise munitions – “dumb bombs” – increasing dramatically the likelihood of large numbers of other Palestinians being killed too.

Or, as another Israeli intelligence official observed: “You don’t want to waste expensive bombs on unimportant people – it’s very expensive for the country and there’s a shortage [of smart bombs].”

That explains how entire extended families, comprising dozens of members, have been so regularly slaughtered.

Separately, Israel’s Haaretz newspaper reported on 31 March that the Israeli military has been operating unmarked “kill zones” in which anyone moving – man, woman or child – is in danger of being shot dead.

Or, as a reserve officer who has been serving in Gaza told the paper: “In practice, a terrorist is anyone the IDF has killed in the areas in which its forces operate.”

This, Haaretz reports, is the likely reason why soldiers gunned down three escaped Israeli hostages who were trying to surrender to them.

Palestinians, of course, rarely know where these kill zones are as they desperately scour ever larger areas in the hope of finding food.

If they are fortunate enough to avoid death from the skies or expiring from starvation, they risk being seized by Israeli soldiers and taken off to one of Israel’s black sites. There, as a whistleblowing Israeli doctor admitted last week, unspeakable, Abu Ghraib-style horrors are being inflicted on the inmates.

Goal two has been achieved, leaving Palestinians terrified of the Israeli military’s largely random violence and desperate to find an escape from the Russian roulette Israel is playing with their lives.

Reporting stifled

Long ago, Israel barred UN human rights monitors from accessing the occupied territories. That has left scrutiny of its crimes largely in the hands of the media.

Independent foreign reporters have been barred from the region for some 15 years, leaving the field to establishment journalists serving state and corporate media, where there are strong pressures to present Israel’s actions in the best possible light.

That is why the most important stories about 7 October and the Israeli military’s actions in Gaza and treatment of Palestinian prisoners in Israel have been broken by Israeli-based media – as well as small, independent western outlets that have highlighted its coverage.

Since 7 October, Israel has barred all foreign journalists from Gaza, and western reporters have meekly complied. None have been alerting their audience to this major assault on their supposed role as watchdogs.

Israeli spokespeople, well-practised in the dark arts of deception and misdirection, have been allowed to fill the void in London studios.

What on-the-ground information from Gaza has been reaching western publics – when it is not suppressed by media outlets either because it would be too distressing or because its inclusion would enrage Israel – comes via Palestinian journalists. They have been showing the genocide unfolding in real-time.

But for that reason, Israel has been picking them off one by one – just as it did earlier with Rachel Corrie and Tom Hurndall – as well as murdering their extended families as a warning to others.

The one international channel that has many journalists on the ground in Gaza and is in a position to present its reporting in high-quality English is Al Jazeera.

The list of its journalists killed by Israel has grown steadily longer since 7 October. Gaza bureau chief Wael al-Dahdouh has had most of his family executed, as well as being injured himself.

His counterpart in the West Bank, Shireen Abu Akhleh, was shot dead by an Israeli army sniper two years ago.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, Israel rushed a law through its parliament last week to ban Al Jazeera from broadcasting from the region. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called it a “terror channel”, claiming it participated in Hamas’ 7 October attack.

Al Jazeera had just aired a documentary revisiting the events of 7 October. It showed that Hamas did not commit the most barbaric crimes Israel accuses it of, and that, in fact, in some cases Israel was responsible for the most horrifying atrocities against its own citizens that it had attributed to Hamas.

Al Jazeera and human rights groups are understandably worried about what further actions Israel is likely to take against the channel’s journalists to snuff out its reporting.

Palestinians in Gaza, meanwhile, fear that they are about to lose the only channel that connects them to the outside world, both telling their stories and keeping them informed about what the watching world knows of their plight.

Goal three has been achieved. The lights are being turned off. Israel can carry out in the dark the potentially ugliest phase of its genocide, as Palestinian children emaciate and starve to death.

Rulebook torn up

And finally, Israel has torn up the rulebook on international humanitarian law intended to protect civilians from atrocities, as well as the infrastructure they rely on.

Israel has destroyed universities, government buildings, mosques, churches and bakeries, as well as, most critically, medical facilities.

Over the past six months, hospitals, once sacrosanct, have slowly become legitimate targets, as have the patients inside.

Collective punishment, absolutely prohibited as a war crime, has become the norm in Gaza since 2007, when the West stood mutely by as Israel besieged the enclave for 17 years.

Now, as Palestinians are starved to death, as children turn to skin and bones, and as aid convoys are bombed and aid seekers are shot dead, there is still apparently room for debate among the western media-political class about whether this all constitutes a violation of international law.

Even after six months of Israel bombing Gaza, treating its people as “human animals” and denying them food, water and power – the very definition of collective punishment – Britain’s deputy prime minister, Oliver Dowden, apparently believes Israel is, unfairly, being held to “incredibly high standards”. David Lammy, shadow foreign secretary for the supposedly opposition Labour party, still has no more than “serious concerns” that international law may have been breached.

Neither party yet proposes banning the sale of British arms to Israel, arms that are being used to commit precisely these violations of international law. Neither is referencing the International Court of Justice’s ruling that Israel is “plausibly” committing genocide.

Meanwhile, the main political conversation in the West is still mired in delusional talk about how to revive the fabled “two-state solution”, rather than how to stop an accelerating genocide.

The reality is that Israel has ripped up the most fundamental of the principles in international law: “distinction” – differentiating between combatants and civilians – and “proportionality” – using only the minimum amount of force needed to achieve legitimate military goals.

The rules of war are in tatters. The system of international humanitarian law is not under threat, it has collapsed.

Every Palestinian in Gaza now faces a death sentence. And with good reason, Israel assumes it is untouchable.

Despite the background noise of endlessly expressed “concerns” from the White House, and of rumours of growing “tensions” between allies, the US and Europe have indicated that the genocide can continue – but must be carried out more discreetly, more unobtrusively.

The killing of the World Central Kitchen staff is a setback. But the destruction of Gaza – Israel’s plan of nearly two decades’ duration – is far from over.

• First published in Middle East Eye

The post Israel’s killing of aid workers is no accident. It’s part of the plan to destroy Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/09/israels-killing-of-aid-workers-is-no-accident-its-part-of-the-plan-to-destroy-gaza/feed/ 0 469055
Why and How the UK and US Shaped Israel to Create Endless Conflict https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/why-and-how-the-uk-and-us-shaped-israel-to-create-endless-conflict/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/why-and-how-the-uk-and-us-shaped-israel-to-create-endless-conflict/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2024 15:05:46 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149428 Even though the land could not yet absorb sixteen million, nor even eight, enough could return… to prove that the enterprise was one that blessed him that gave as well as him that took by forming for England a little loyal Jewish Ulster in a sea of potentially hostile Arabism.” — Ronald Storrs, Military Governor […]

The post Why and How the UK and US Shaped Israel to Create Endless Conflict first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Even though the land could not yet absorb sixteen million, nor even eight, enough could return… to prove that the enterprise was one that blessed him that gave as well as him that took by forming for England a little loyal Jewish Ulster in a sea of potentially hostile Arabism.”

— Ronald Storrs, Military Governor of Jerusalem 1917-20, commenting in 1937 on the rationale of the 1917 Balfour Declaration

Zionism is the continual attempt to fit a square into a circle.

— Lowkey, interviewed by Danny Haiphong 25 March 2024

But the state of Israel was not created for the salvation of the Jews; it was created for the salvation of Western interests. This is what is becoming clear (I must say it was always clear to me). The Palestinians have been paying for the British colonial policy of ‘divide and rule’ and for Europe’s guilty Christian conscience for more than thirty years.

— James Baldwin, 1979

Israel was always meant to be a bleeding sore, an unending source of conflict and hence an unending source of suffering. In creating Israel the British were following a policy of divide-and-rule to create an outpost as a way of projecting power into the Arab world and its oilfields. In practical terms British power could only be projected through the maintenance of immanent or actual armed hostility. The success of this strategy, as the baton was passed to the US empire, has caused the region to suffer 100 years of instability and strife while the Palestinians have suffered a long slow genocide of everyday brutality punctuated by massacres and outbreaks of resistance.

The British Empire did not create Israel in gratitude for Chaim Weizmann’s invention and development of synthetic acetone (a component of cordite) during World War I. The British Empire did not create Israel in gratitude for the financial assistance provided by the British branch of the Rothschild clan. I could go into detail on each case but it is unnecessary. We only need to remember one thing: the British Empire would never do anything out of gratitude. Nor, as I will illustrate in the course of this article, did it deign to honour promises it made in order to achieve its own gains. There are romantic notions of a British sense of honour in the official sphere but these are false – products of a robust cultural hegemony and propaganda system. The historical record instead shows that British foreign policy, and before that English foreign policy, has been unusually ruthless, callous, and dishonest.

In respectable discourse it is only possible to refer to British perfidy and US aggression when talking in the abstract or about matters of the distant past, but when talking of current events one must always assume a foundation of benevolence and criticise these countries for straying or being diverted from their true nature. As a rule, all aspects of British and US imperialism are treated as if they exist in an historical vacuum. Comparing British and US interventions with empires of the past is not the done thing. Comparing British and US interventions to their own past interventions is not the done thing. In the case of Palestine, even comparing British actions to their own simultaneous actions in other parts of the Middle East is not the done thing. This is exponential exceptionalism. Just because we are doing this thing it doesn’t mean that we do this sort of thing, and please don’t look at all the other times we have done this thing because it is just not who we are. Luckily it is acceptable at all times to claim that the tail wags the dog of empire, whatever that tail might be. In the case of Israel, existing anti-Semitic tropes about the influence of The Jews makes this all the easier.

Normally, instead of entertaining the possibility that the British and US empires have deliberately created and sustained a situation of endless conflict because it serves an obvious purpose, people are more inclined to blame the Israel Lobby in ways that seem to reflect an intellectual descent from The Protocols of the Elders of Zion. The power of the Israel lobby is real, but it exists at the sufferance of the Empire Complex. It is a tool for imperial elites to exert control over political representatives and civil society in order to constrain “democratic distemper”, that is why it came to exist (not because of the mysterious control Jews are imagined to exert over the noble but hapless Anglo-Saxons who have traditionally run the world). 

Even when people seek to avoid this anti-Semitism they find other ways to avoid suggesting that any Western wrongdoing is intentional. An interesting example is “Balfour: The Seeds of Discord” (the latest in the seemingly infinite series of Al Jazeera English documentaries about the Balfour Declaration). Avoiding the traditional discourse which suggests that Jews exert a seemingly mystical power that allows them to dictate to Great Powers, the documentary employs a more fashionable way of preserving exactly the same explanation of motive. Instead of Magical Jew Power being at fault, it all happened because people like Balfour and British PM David Lloyd George believed in Magical Jew Power (MJP) due to their yucky anti-Semitism. This is very convenient because you can keep the exact same explanation for the creation of Israel while not having to rely directly on anti-Semitic tropes.

Lloyd George, Balfour and others are said to have thought that the promise of a homeland would unite all Jews to unleash their MJP in aid of the Entente in the Great War. How do we know? Because they said so, and people like that don’t lie, do they? There is a bit of a problem though in that World War I was over before the British could do anything towards creating a Jewish homeland in Palestine. According to this reasoning, then, the British incorporated the Balfour Declaration into the Mandate for Palestine because they had an irrational belief in monolithic Jewish power and conveniently ignored the fact that most Jews were not Zionists and many found the idea abhorrent and dangerous. At the same time it seems to have slipped their minds that they had already won the War that this was meant to help them win. 

I will have more to say about the Mandate later, but it is worth noting that a prominent expert on “Balfour: The Seeds of Discord” claims that the British were committed to Zionism because it was central to the legitimacy of the Palestine Mandate. This is wrong because the Mandate does not and cannot dispense with the rights of the Palestinian people, even though it is written tendentiously in order to give that impression. Moreover, it seems a little strange to choose a specific exceptional legitimating purpose for the Palestine Mandate when the British operated Mandates in Jordan and Iraq with no need for any such rationale. Yemenis might also raise an eyebrow at the suggestion that the British cared about such niceties given that South Yemen did not gain independence until 1967. 

Balfour: The Seeds of Discord” mostly suggests that the British do not act, but only react. As is so often true, the British Empire, like the US Empire, is portrayed as unwitting. The moral failures are always those of ignorance and arrogance but never those of immoral intent. In 1883 John Seeley wrote, “we seem, as it were, to have conquered half the world in a fit of absence of mind.” Outside interests are used as pretexts by the imperialist parts of the establishment, led by the intelligence and military inside government in close intermingled accord with the arms, finance, and extractive industries. In this sense Zionists like Chaim Weizmann and the Rothschilds served the same purpose as US puppets during the Cold War who somehow caused the US to act in ways it did not want to. People such as Syngman Rhee, Ngo Dinh Diem, Jose Napoleon Duarte, Shah Reza Pahlavi, Ferdinand Marcos, Suharto, and many more have been cited as forcing or constraining US DoD or State Department actions, notwithstanding that they were dependent on the US and in many cases owed their power entirely to US intervention. The utility of the tactic is self-evident, even when it becomes ridiculous. Ahmed Chalabi, whose power and legitimacy were never more than a US fiction, had his supposed desires used as justifications for US policy. This was an effective distraction because it provided a focus of contention. Journalists and academics lap that stuff up and seem somehow incapable of looking beyond it at possible real causes for an empire’s behaviour, such as… I don’t know, say, the desire to control the most important strategic asset in human history (oil).

In a sane world it would be considered ridiculous to discuss 20th Century Middle Eastern history without reference to petroleum. In our world the near inverse is true. Right-wing people can make pithy aphorisms about oil to show their tough realism, but to actually connect that to an analysis of decision-making is considered heretical. Thus, for example, Paul Wolfowitz can explain the need for the Iraq invasion using the phrase “the country swims on a sea of oil”, but one cannot suggest that decisions were made on that basis. Almost everything else is on the table: humanitarianism, greed, stupidity, security concerns, racism, anti-racism, and, of course, the MJP of the Israel Lobby. One can say that things occurred because George W. Bush was a venal idiot, but it is unacceptable to base a detailed analysis on the notion that this lifelong oil man invaded and occupied Iraq to maintain US control of the global oil trade. Dubya Bush was the 4th generation product of a politically engaged dynasty of energy and finance aristocrats, his cabinet was also full of oil executives, and his own father had begun a genocidal assault and siege on Iraq. Despite these facts in orthodox analysis he cannot be said to have been rationally and intelligently motivated in his actions. This would lead one to conclude that he successfully carried out an intentionally genocidal strategy that increased US power in the world, and that is not allowed.   

Petroleum is equally central in relation to the birth of Israel – and equally unspeakable. To understand why the British wanted to create a permanent open wound of violence in the midst of the Arab world it is necessary to go back to 1895. John Fisher (who would go on to become an admiral, a peer of the realm, and the first person on record to use the abbreviation OMG) became convinced that the Royal Navy must transition its fleet away from coal and into petroleum as a fuel. This was a very hard sell as Britain had ready sources of coal but no oil. It took Fisher 10 years to make his case, but once he did the British were uniquely well positioned to lay claim to the oil they knew rightfully belonged to them (but which non-British people had the temerity to live on top of). At the time, you see, there were no known sources of oil on the extensive soil of the Empire. No problem, though – the British “sphere of influence” was as large as its acknowledged empire, and it turned its baleful eye upon Persia.

The British knew a thing or two about exerting extra-territorial control over other people’s countries. They also knew a thing or two about strategic resources. Their naval power had been built on spreading coaling stations that facilitated its own movement and gave it a way of controlling or denying the same ease of movement for others. The art of strategic denial, which would become crucial to the bloody history of the Middle East, was also honed on its dominance of major sources of gold in South Africa.

(Always bear in mind that these territories, these resources and even this “influence” were acquired with mass violence and retained with mass violence. The British Empire killed people for this. They tortured for this. They beat and robbed for this. All of it.)

Desiring the oil of Persia they set about acquiring it in a quintessentially imperialist style. They did not seek to create stable access to the oil by creating a sustainable transaction of mutual benefit. In zero sum imperialist thinking that would be disastrous. If, for example, they wanted to send gunboats to shell the ports and workers of another country that was not being obedient they would have to ensure that Persia did not object enough to break the deal. That would be an intolerable imposition on the sovereign right of the British to protect its own “interests”. Instead they cut the sort of deal that you would expect from a violent crew of mobsters. Their method of ensuring stability relies on ensuring that the lesser, weaker party does not profit enough that they become less weak and might therefore be in a position to ask for a better deal.

For an empire the ideal relations of informal imperialism separate the interests of a small ruling group from the masses and from the national entity itself. As a good imperialist, you structure deals so that any profit tends to accrue to that small group, creating a beneficial enmity between these rulers and their own subjects who remain impoverished and are displaced, poisoned and often worked to death in the production or extraction of the desired resource. You ensure that much of the money that you do pay is returned immediately to buy arms from your own arms industry for use against the unhappy people. You make the rulers as hated as possible in their own countries, apart from a narrow client base and/or a minority ethnic or religious group. This is highly unstable and a source of continual violence and oppression, but the rulers become dependent on you and they are forced to keep the desired outpouring of national riches flowing. Should the local oppression fail for any reason, such as a popular revolution, you can declare a “national interest” and send in the marines, the gunboats, the spooks, or any combination thereof. The nature of the deal itself is such that it has created military dependency and underdevelopment that ensures that the people of the country have the minimum possible ability to resist your own use of force.

That model is sustained on blood and oppression, and we charmingly name it the “resource curse”. The received wisdom in Western boardrooms, lecture halls, and think-tanks is that somehow the possession of natural wealth creates bad governance. In most cases, this is simply a poor cover for foetid racism. For believers in Western values it is considered common sense that the peoples of the developing world are morally and intellectually inferior to Westerners and this known fact is only suppressed due to wokeness. The agency of Western imperialist power is effaced: deleted from history and deleted from current affairs. 

The massive military expenditures of the US and its constant covert and overt interventions; its bombings; its wars; its threats; its overt and covert control, co-optation and subversion of international institutions is well documented and indisputable. What you are not allowed to say is that they are doing all of this for any cogent purpose. The continual flow of wealth and resources from the developing world to the developed world is meant to be viewed as a simple product of the natural order of things that is totally unrelated to massive arms expenditures, invasions, coups, espionage, economic warfare and so forth. To suggest otherwise is a conspiracy theory or some form of cultish dogmatic Marxism.

I am using contemporary US examples a little ahead of time here, but the British Empire provided the precursors to these structures of power and extraction. The British never had the level of military hegemony that the US possesses; therefore, they became extremely expert at exercising asymmetric power over vast populations using any and every tool available.

Once the British establishment had come to accept the inevitability of the need for the Royal Navy to make the change from coal to petroleum, they sought to intervene in a deal cut between mineral prospector William D’Arcy and the Shah of Persia (now Iran). By some accounts they even sent Sidney Reilly the “Ace of Spies” to deal with what was known as the “D’Arcy Affair” in 1905. This led to the establishment in 1909 of the Anglo-Persian Oil Company, which would later become the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company and later British Petroleum, or BP. In 1913 the APOC negotiated a sale of shares to the British Government. The Crown wanted a government-controlled source of oil. The man in charge of the negotiations was one Winston Churchill. Churchill was First Lord of the Admiralty and was engaged in continuing the modernising work of John Fisher by switching the fleet wholly from coal to oil as fuel. 

It would be in a letter to Churchill that Fisher first used the fateful letters OMG. More consequentially, though, Fisher would resign as First Sea Lord in 1915 in disgust over Churchill’s disastrous Dardanelles (Gallipoli) campaign, famous for its horrific and pointless loss of life. This precipitated Churchill’s own resignation. He was replaced by Arthur Balfour – yes that Arthur Balfour.

Balfour and Churchill had five things in common: They believed in the superiority of the Anglo-Saxon race, they were ardent imperialists, they were scions of families elevated to elite status through imperialist exploitation, they were enthusiastic Zionists, and they were anti-Semitic. I have to acknowledge that it is “controversial” to call Churchill an anti-Semite despite the fact that he often wrote and said anti-Semitic things that he never retracted. To be fair Churchill was by no means outstandingly anti-Semitic by the standards of the time and would in later life express an opposition to anti-Semitism, but that does not change the bald facts. His official biographer Martin Gilbert, a Jewish Zionist, counters claims of his anti-Semitism in part by saying that he was an ardent Zionist. This is a laughable claim because non-Jewish Zionists – from Balfour through to today’s Christian Zionists – are frequently explicitly anti-Semitic. Moreover, the link between their anti-Semitism and their Zionism is not hard to explain – whether through racial animus or through religious zeal they want all the Jews to migrate to Palestine. To put it mildly, being a Zionist is by no means proof that one is not an anti-Semite.

Arthur Balfour was the Prime Minister of Britain who supported and approved Fisher’s naval modernisation programme. He was also politically associated with Winston Churchill and Churchill’s father before him. Both were also linked to imperialists like Cecil Rhodes, Lord Rothschild, Lord Esher and Lord Milner. This group were racists who believed in Anglo-Saxon superiority. It is common to suggest that they were “cultural racists” rather than outright racists, but I have seen no compelling reason to believe that this is a lesser form of racism. To illustrate: in Aotearoa some British “cultural racists” told 19th century Māori that they could become British, but those Māori that chose to do so soon discovered that a racial hierarchy based on skin colour was part of being British. This proves rather neatly that Anglo-Saxon “cultural racism” is the embrace of a culture of biological racism. Moreover this “cultural racism” leads to the same horrific conclusions as direct biological racism. Churchill, for example, said, “I do not admit…  that a great wrong has been done to the Red Indians of America or the black people of Australia. I do not admit that a wrong has been done to these people by the fact that a stronger race, a higher-grade race, a more worldly wise race to put it that way, has come in and taken their place.”  These people believed in an Anglo-Saxon racial empire and believed in using violence and subjugation to create that empire. 

The Anglo-Saxon empire envisioned was to be a transatlantic one. Fittingly it would later be the alignment of British, US and Dutch oil interests between 1928 and 1954 that would provide the strategic underpinnings of such an empire, but Britain would be a decidedly junior partner by 1954. 

There is some controversy over whether the British may have deliberately pushed the Ottoman Empire into joining World War I on the side of the Central Powers. On one hand, Germany was clearly the best European friend that the Ottomans had, probably because they wanted to secure access to oil. Germany was constructing the Berlin to Baghdad railway, aiming at further establishing a port in the Persian Gulf and they had invested much into modernising the Ottoman military. On the other hand, the Ottomans could see a greater potential for security in aligning with the Triple Entente (Britain, France, Russia) so their choice of sides in WWI was by no means set in stone. Supposedly, the British were meant to be courting the Ottomans, but they made the interesting decision to confiscate a newly constructed dreadnought battleship along with an unfinished dreadnought, two cruisers, and four destroyers. This made the Ottoman choice to go to war inevitable. It was Winston Churchill who ordered British crews to take the dreadnoughts, an unambiguously illegal act. Given subsequent events, it is hard to believe that Churchill was not either intentionally pushing the Ottomans into the arms of the Central Powers or had convinced himself that the matter was already decided.

Churchill then launched the first oil war in the Middle East. This war was enormous by any standards other than that of the slaughter occurring simultaneously in Europe. It started with the Dardanelles campaign. This was ostensibly to draw Ottoman forces away from the distant Caucasus where they were fighting the Russians. It is unlikely to have achieved much towards that end. Instead after the first couple of weeks it was quite evident that British, French and ANZAC forces were trapped on the rugged shoreline. Despite this they stayed for eight months of futile slaughter. The campaign cost the Ottomans in blood and materiel, but it was more of a setback for the British, and more still of a human tragedy where lives were spent for no real gain.

Having failed to penetrate the Dardanelles, the British kept fighting a war in the Middle East, notably in Iraq and Palestine. They committed over 1.4 million troops to this theatre when the situation in Europe was clearly desperate. The French made their alarm about this known. Given that the later German effort to “bleed France white” led to serious mutinies and came close to forcing France out of the war, it can be said that the British were truly risking a defeat in the Great War itself by pouring so much into their sideshow oil war. 

Along the way the British displayed the perfidy for which they have such renown. First they betrayed their Arab allies by signing the Sykes-Picot Agreement under which Britain and France would carve up the Middle East. Then they signed an armistice with Turkey (formerly Ottomans) which they immediately broke in order to invade and conquer Mosul. In doing so they also betrayed the French who had been given the area under Sykes-Picot. At the end of the war the British had occupied everywhere in the Middle East known to have oil apart from the Persian oil fields that it already controlled. After the war nearly a million imperial military personnel remained to occupy and pacify the region.

Given the cavalier approach that the British had to the agreements it made to induce others to serve its ends, it is striking that the vague Balfour Declaration is still talked about at all, let alone held up as some form of legitimation of the Zionist project. In contrast to promising to “look with favour upon the creation of a Jewish state” the British had explicitly promised the Sharif of Mecca, Hussain bin Ali, an independent Arab state that stretched from the Mediterranean and Red Sea to the Persian Gulf, from the Indian Ocean to the border of Turkey. (The only exception was a small strip roughly corresponding to Syria’s current coastal area.) 

I won’t dwell long on the partition and distribution of Arab lands that occurred. The British attempted to install puppet monarchies, but this provoked resistance. In particular Iraq was combative. Formed from the “3 Provinces” of “al-Iraq” in the Ottoman Empire, Iraq had been the greatest source of fighters in the Arab Revolt against Ottoman rule. Though divided ethnically and by sect, the population of Iraq soon found themselves united by the common hatred of the British presence, British exactions and British violence. Intended puppet leaders have been hard to control in Iraq because of its natural wealth and because its surface divisions are outweighed by a long sense of shared identity and history. It is the Cradle of Civilisation and its peoples have a far longer record of working together as one polity than do, for example, the peoples of Wales, England, Scotland and the northern bit of Ireland.

Winston Churchill directed the repression of the Iraqi Revolt in 1920, going so far as to advocate using mustard gas against villages. Aeroplanes dropped bombs on villages many years before the German bombing of Guernica would spark international outrage. Arthur “Bomber” Harris (who would later work closely with Churchill to conduct the deadly and controversial British “strategic bombing” during WWII) said that Arabs and Kurd “now know what real bombing means in casualties and damage. Within forty-five minutes a full-size village can be practically wiped out and a third of its inhabitants killed or injured.” After Iraq was granted “independence” British forces stayed and some sense of how independent Iraq truly was could be measured by the fact that the ostensible monarch of the country, King Ghazi, installed a radio station in his palace to broadcast anti-British political material. He soon died in a car crash that is often attributed to the British or to the pro-British politician Nuri al-Said.

It was in this context that the decisions over the fate of Palestine were taking place: the British needing Middle Eastern oil and finding it difficult to ensure that the Arabs, Kurds, Persians and others living atop the oil would remain compliant. The process of deciding the fate of mandatory Palestine was clearly contested within the British establishment. It may seem like a “conspiracy theory” to state that a clique of oil-loving imperialist Zionists fought for and achieved the establishment of the state of Israel, but that is what the evidence lends itself to. Further, to suggest otherwise is to state that the British state is a monolith where foreign policy is not open to such contestation. The record of disagreements is clear and we can choose to believe that those promoting the establishment of a Jewish homeland were irrational weirdos who had no cogent reason for clinging on to their stance in the face of clear irresolvable difficulties, or we can believe that they kept their own counsel about their motives. They chose to present a face of a sentimental but unreasonable attachment to Zionism because they knew the world at large would not agree that their aims served the greater good. What they intended was unethical and immoral, and its execution would be necessarily criminal, but it was anything but irrational.

The period from 1919 to 1947 was absolutely crucial. The institutional processes show a struggle between different forces pulling in what amounted to opposite directions. Through multiple commissions, enquiries, and three white papers the British foreign affairs establishment repeatedly returned to the conclusion that no Jewish state could be established without clear violations of the rights of Palestinians and a violation of the League of Nations Mandate for Palestine. There was simply no legitimate way to honour the vague promise of the Balfour declaration which, after all, included the phrase “…nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine.” Rashid Khalidi thinks that there is a trick in the Balfour Declaration in that it mentions a national identity for Jewish people but not for Palestinians. I think that is according too much credence to the document. Similarly one of the experts on “Balfour: Seeds of Discord” states that the declaration accorded “civil” but not “political” rights but this is not a real division. It is a convention to divide political from civil rights, but the principle of equality before the law inevitably leads to equal political rights. In normal usage the term “civil” refers to political participation. Voting rights, for example, were intrinsic to civil rights struggles in the USA and Northern Ireland. 

Even in discussing semantics we are missing the point. The fact that such microscopic focus is given to the 67 words of the Balfour Declaration is a testament to the pressure to find non-realist explanations for British behaviour. In reality the Balfour Declaration is a meaningless piece of paper and, as I will discuss, Israel could never have been established as a Jewish state in anything like the form that exists today if it did not ethnically cleanse the non-Jewish community and steal their property. To say that this prejudiced “the civil rights of the non-Jewish communities in Palestine” is a massive understatement.

Ignoring the pointless Balfour Declaration (as we all should) the recognised power that the British had over the land of Palestine came from a League of Nations Mandate. The League’s charter provides for Mandates for League members to exercise power over nations that were no longer under the sovereignty of the defeated empires of Germany, Turkey and Austria-Hungary but were deemed unready for self-rule. The pertinent section for Palestine states: “Certain communities formerly belonging to the Turkish Empire have reached a stage of development where their existence as independent nations can be provisionally recognised subject to the rendering of administrative advice and assistance by a Mandatory until such time as they are able to stand alone.” Note the use of the term “independent nations”.

The Balfour Declaration was incorporated in the Mandate, but I must restate here that Zionists were never intending to create a “Jewish Homeland” that could be created without massively violating the civil rights of non-Jewish Palestinians. The Balfour Declaration was not just a dead letter, it was a stillborn letter that never drew a single metaphorical breath. 

The Mandate mentions Jews many times but doggedly refuses to accord any character to any other inhabitant of Palestine. This is quite striking given that nearly 90% of the population were non-Jewish Palestinians and that the League charter states that the Mandate is based on there being a provisionally recognised independent nation. Striking or not, though, it is an exercise in propaganda rather than legally significant. As absent as the Muslims, Christians, Druze and other non-Jewish people’s may be from the text in specificity, they are still there in every legal sense. Universal and general terms (such as the oft-appearing word “communities”) clearly cannot exclude non-Jewish peoples. The imperialists might have wished to create an openly discriminatory Mandate but were forced to affirm that no “discrimination of any kind shall be made between the inhabitants of Palestine on the ground of race, religion or language.”

An honest process would have recognised the intractability of the problem as soon as it was identified. An honest process would have acknowledged that the rights accorded to the Palestinian people in the League of Nations Charter, which is where the Mandate derives its claims to legitimacy, and in the Mandate itself make the creation of a Jewish state as such impossible. The conclusions reached by the 1939 White Paper should have been reached far earlier and should have been accepted and implemented. The 1939 White Paper rejected partition and proposed limiting Jewish immigration while transitioning to a sovereign state of Palestine that would be binational in nature. The problem was that, over the years, the abrogation of the rights of Palestinians in order to establish a Jewish state had been rejected many times and no case had been made, nor could be, that provided a path that would in any way satisfy Zionist desires while honouring the rights of the “non-Jewish communities”. With each such finding, though, the British would pointedly revert to the promise of a Jewish homeland in the mandate in order to reject these findings. These are repeated arguments from consequence, which is to say that they are fallacious. They do not deal with presented evidence and reasoning but instead attack the conclusions. It is a legalistic rhetorical trick undertaken in bad faith, and it happened repeatedly.

And what, we might ask, was the pressing need to keep perverting the course of the bureaucracy like that? Once again the conventional historiography would have us believe that it is the work of MJP. Worse still, given that most Jews were not Zionists it seems that the Magic Jew Power was controlled by a Zionist conspiracy. That would be industrial-grade anti-Semitism, and while it is tempting to believe Balfour et al. capable of such twisted thinking, it is not believable. One of their own colleagues, Edwin Montagu who was Secretary of State for India at the time, was an anti-Zionist Jew who made it amply clear that he thought the project anti-Semitic and a source of danger for Jewish people.

We are left with no declared motive on the part of British imperialists that holds up to scrutiny. Therefore we must search for an undeclared motive among at least some of the decision-makers. We might not be able to draw the straight line of an overt declaration that shows a concern for oil directly. As far as I know there is no document to that effect that would satisfy the vulgar empiricists that shamble through the history departments of the world seeking archival proof in the manner of zombies seeking brains. The straight line does not exist, but there are three dots labelled “1”, “2”, and “3” that just happen to lie in a straight line for anyone to join with minimal effort.

The final acts leading to the Nakba also fit the picture of a divided British establishment with some doing everything possible to establish a Jewish state and refusing to accept defeat simply because it could not be done in a legally or morally acceptable manner. The horrors of the Shoah had created a sense of urgency and exception in sentiment, but when the details were taken into account it is very clear that establishing a Jewish state would require a large scale genocide by historical standards. I will explain why this was necessary shortly, but I do want to acknowledge that this large-scale genocide was dwarfed in people’s minds by the scale of death during the recent War and that this will have blunted sensibilities. That said, more sensitive and engaged individuals like Folke Bernadotte, were not inclined to ignore some people’s rights because others had suffered such extremities. Bernadotte, famous for having rescued many Jews and others from Nazi camps, was supportive of “the aspirations of the Jews” but was even-handed enough that members of Lehi, a Zionist paramilitary group often known as the Stern Gang, assassinated him. (One of the three planners of the murder, Yitzhak Shamir, would become the Prime Minister of Israel in 1983). It is reasonable to think that Bernadotte was genuinely sympathetic to Zionism in the abstract but Lehi, like Ze’ev Jabotinski before them, knew that an Israeli state could not be created without genocidal violence. Bernadotte’s condemnation of violence against Palestinians, given his stature, could have harmed the Zionist cause greatly.

I won’t repeat here what I have already written elsewhere on the subject of the genocidal nature of the occupation of Palestine, but a recounting of events with a focus on the practical needs of a “Jewish state” will show anew that genocide was always a pre-requisite even if the word itself was unspeakable.

The British were never able to square the circle of allowing the creation of a Jewish state without clearly violating the rights of the indigenous inhabitants, moreover the gap was far greater than we might suspect now that the establishment of Israel is a fait accompli. Having first rejected its own 1937 partition plan and then rejected its own rejection, the British took to playing the victim. They fobbed the problem off on the UN. Eventually this led in late 1947 to UNGA Resolution 181 laying out a partition plan. The UK abstained from the vote, but we now know that they lobbied vigorously for others to vote in favour of partition.

Two things are worth noting about UNGAR 181. The first is that General Assembly resolutions are not legally binding. Israel, a country that is second only to the USA in violating General Assembly resolutions, should be the first to admit that. The second is that if everyone had agreed to abide by the provisions of UNGAR 181 and there had been a peaceful implementation of the partition plan it would have simply resulted in a temporary and unsustainable partition of a single Palestinian state. Without genocidal violence and ethnic cleansing there could never have been a “Jewish state”. Perhaps even more crucially a Jewish state could not exist without mass theft of Palestinian property.

As things stood the Jewish partition designated in UNGAR 181 would not even have had a Jewish majority without ethnic cleansing. Moreover, Jews owned only about 20% of the land in the partition and something like 10% of the commercial property and small enterprises. Even if they had not instituted a democracy in which they were outnumbered from the outset, respect of the civil rights of Palestinians would have left them totally economically dependent on Palestinians and without the resources they needed to allow the mass Jewish migration that later occurred. The property of refugees was taken and nationalised under the rationale that the owners had chosen to abandon it and were designated “absentees” while being denied the right to return. This created a massive national estate. Much of this was administered by the Jewish National Fund which by its own constitution served only Jews.

After the Nakba Israel established itself on 72% of the land of Mandatory Palestine which in 1945 was only 30% Jewish by population. Despite this the ethnic cleansing they had carried out created a territory with a clear Jewish majority. Israel passed a law of “Return” which referred not to the expelled indigenous inhabitants but to all Jews who were given the right to “return” to Israel from wherever in the world they happened to be. When they got there it was absolutely necessary that they be leased residential, horticultural, agricultural and commercial property or land on which to develop these things. Due to the role of the Jewish National Fund these instant citizens immediately had greater access to these resources than the remnant Palestinians who had gained Israeli citizenship.

It is not hard to imagine what would have happened if the Partition Plan had been implemented. The “Jewish State” could not have survived. There could be no “democratic” elections. Palestinian property ownership and tenure would have needed to be violated or property owning Palestinians would have become increasingly wealthy and empowered by the influx of Jewish immigrants which would have made it difficult to suppress their political participation. The Jewish state needed the violent dispossession of Palestinians in order to be born, but without the credible excuse of conflict it could not have done so and then claimed to be lawful and democratic. The 1947-48 War was crucial to them.

Let me be clear here, I am not saying that Palestinians and the Arab countries should have embraced the Partition Plan. They had no reason to and it would not have stopped the war anyway. UNGAR 181, like the Balfour Declaration, did not show a path towards the legitimate establishment of a Jewish state. It was a piece of theatre. It was an act of public diplomacy designed to give a pretext of legitimacy to an enterprise that simply could not be justified on closer examination.

Genocide is almost invariably carried out under the cover of military conflict. It was true in 1947 and it is true today. Revisionist Zionists knew from the outset that acts of mass violence against the Palestinian people were necessary in order to establish a state of Israel. The first violence that occurred after the Partition Plan was an attack on a Jewish bus, but the perpetrators of these murders were retaliating for murders carried out 10 days before by Lehi. After UNGAR 181 violence escalated and the British largely allowed it to happen. Bearing in mind that UNGAR 181 was not legally binding it did not absolve the British of any responsibilities at all.

The British Government rejected the Partition Plan (even though their officials had lobbied other countries to pass it) which shouldn’t surprise anyone because it would have violated their Mandate and if they could have justified it they would have done it themselves much earlier. They decided to end their mandate in May 1948, but instead of doing what they were clearly obliged to do – create an orderly transition to a sovereign state for the people of Palestine – they allowed violence to spiral out of control. They refused to cooperate with the UN, the non-Jewish Palestinians, or the Jews to work towards a transition. Then in February of 1948, once facts on the ground had made their responsibilities seem impossible to fulfil, they switched to supporting partition and the annexation of non-Jewish parts of Palestine to Transjordan (today’s Jordan). In March Zionist forces began executing the infamous Plan Dalet.

Some Zionist historians claim that Plan Dalet was defensive. It sought to clear threats from around pockets of Jewish population including those that lay outside of the area designated for Jews in the Partition Plan. According to this reasoning the ethnic cleansing was a by-product of a legitimate military exercise. The context to that claim was that, as I have already stated, there could never have been a Jewish state if they had not ethnically cleansed that part of Palestine. Furthermore, they did not give back the land beyond that delineated in the UN Partition Plan. Also, they did not allow these supposedly accidental refugees to return, instead they passed a law to prevent their re-entry, confiscate their property and to strip citizenship from any Palestinian citizen of Israel who married one of them. Moreover, they systematically lied for 40 years about why Palestinians fled and if anyone challenged these lies that accused them of being anti-Semitic.

Given the foregoing, my contention is that British imperialists knew that establishing a Jewish state as such was never going to be possible without the violent dispossession of the existing Palestinian people. They could have insisted to Zionists from the outset that a Jewish state was not on the table and worked towards the peaceful establishment of a “Jewish homeland” in a sovereign Palestine that would accord guarantees of freedom from persecution underwritten by the international community. The Palestinian government would control immigration but would be encouraged to accept Jewish immigrants who would bring funding raised overseas into the country to help development. The British had 30 years to do this yet they chose to keep the dream of a Jewish state alive for their own purposes.

The British wanted a “loyal little Ulster” but they needed it to be in actual or immanent conflict with the Arab world for it to be of use. When the US replaced the UK in the patron role they referred to Israel as one of their “cops on the beat”. This was the term used by Nixon’s Defense Secretary Melvin Laird to refer to Iran, Turkey and Israel. These three non-Arab countries form a triangle around the richest oil fields in the world and it is pretty striking that they would be considered as policing the region when most of the Arab regimes in the area were also US clients at the time. The threat of Arab and pan-Arab nationalism to the ability to control global energy supplies was intense and it is still significant today. This is only aggravated by Islamic solidarity.

Of course the British had no crystal ball to see the future, but it is worth thinking about the nature of the state of Israel now. Both in actions during the mandate period and actions afterwards the US and UK have created a state that can never know peace. The US in particular has exercised its international power, most notably in UN Security Council vetoes, to create an impunity that fuels Israeli delusions of peace through total victory. Israel is still seeking to square the circle that the British could never square.

George Orwell wrote that those who control the present control the past, and those who control the past control the future. He meant that those who shape our understanding of history also shape our beliefs about the present and our reactions to events. The proof of his insight is all around us, but as with all such concepts there are limitations, and those can be very important. There are gross facts that cannot be twisted or suppressed by shared indoctrination. The Nazis, for example, despite having a very strong grip on the communications and ideology of the German people, could not have declared that they had achieved victory in the siege of Stalingrad (though I suspect in early 1943 they would have loved to do so). Some things are resistant to distortion. Words are not simply arbitrary signifiers, they exist within webs of meaning. Israel has laboured tirelessly in arguing that Palestinians have no human rights on the grounds that they are stateless and that there is no such thing as a Palestinian. Rhetorical racism aside, though, they cannot claim that Palestinians are not human beings. 

Zionists cannot simply declare Palestinians to be non-humans, though many can be brainwashed into an emotional state in which Palestinians are inhuman or far less human than Israelis. The Orwellianism succeeds in that many people in the world have accepted Israel’s right to defend itself by killing Palestinians without thinking for a second that the Palestinians have the same right only more so because they are by far the greater victims of violence. The problem for Israel is that in formal and juridical contexts it is impossible to dehumanise people in that way.

If the Nakba had happened in 1910 Israel might have been able to establish a Jewish-state-accompli, but after World War II people were writing a new rulebook of international law and human rights. Obviously we have not reached a point where those rules stop powerful state actors from committing crimes, but they do create an historical record in which those crimes are illegitimate. As long as they still stand and hold sway over officialdom, they limit the rewriting of history.

The key problem that Israel has is that it cannot undo the right of Palestinian refugees and their descendents to return. Due to timing Palestinian refugees come under the mandate of UNRWA instead of the UN High Commission for Refugees, and UNRWA doesn’t have the same mandate to seek durable resolution through voluntary repatriation, but that does not mean that Palestinians don’t have the right to return. Rather like the League of Nations Mandate for Palestine, the failure to name a specific right for Palestinians does not mean that it does not exist. The right of displaced persons to return to their homeland is a human right derived from Articles 13-15 of the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Palestinians are humans, ergo they have that right.

Israel’s admittance to the United Nations was conditioned on its compliance with UNGAR 194 which, among other things, “Resolves that the refugees wishing to return to their homes and live at peace with their neighbours should be permitted to do so at the earliest practicable date, and that compensation should be paid for the property of those choosing not to return and for loss of or damage to property which, under principles of international law or equity, should be made good by the Governments or authorities responsible.” Most Palestinians are refugees, including half of those in the occupied territories. Clearly Israel did not comply with that resolution. Clearly UN members did not expect it to, but they could not simply pretend that Palestinian refugees did not exist. Their humanity was, and is, a gross fact that cannot simply be ignored for political expediency.

Though under immense pressure Yasser Arafat and the PLO did not renounce the Palestinian right of return in 2000, but if they had it would not have extinguished that right. It is typical of the delusory thinking that Israel is falling into that the leadership thought that Arafat had some magic power to abrogate the rights of Palestinians on the basis that he is a Leader. The whole point of human rights is that political leaders cannot arbitrarily cancel them. They wouldn’t be much use otherwise would they?

I am sure that there have been times in its history when Israel might have found a way to resolve issues peacefully in a way that had enough legitimacy to be lasting. It would have been painful and imperfect and it would have left some injustices unredeemed, but it could have ended the violence and unremitting oppression and crushing injustice that Palestinians have endured for generations. Instead the US gave Israel unconditional aid and assistance that was a poison. They have controlled the occupied territories for 67 years, meaning that they have made subjects of half of the world’s Palestinians without granting them rights while grotesquely claiming to be the “only democracy in the Middle East”. Drunk on the impunity gifted by the Western world and Israel’s own immense military power, they refuse to even say where their borders are, sponsoring a colonisation and ethnic cleansing programme in the West Bank and Jerusalem. Our political leaders, in obedience to Orwellian principles of power, act as if this is not happening. It is happening, though, and the gross fact is that its victims are human beings.

Palestinians are not transitory phenomena. They are not simply a colour on a demographic map that can be changed with a paintbrush. They are human and their lives, their existences, their very breaths are gross facts that doom the state of Israel to fall. In its mania for a “final status” and in its awareness of the “demographic threat” Israel becomes ever more overtly genocidal. They act as if they can win by inflicting enough pain that the enemy will bend to their will, but they can only get what they seek by the non-existence of all Palestinians. It will not happen and the further they go down that path the worse it will be for both peoples. They cannot kill all Palestinians and the more they do kill the more they are repudiated internationally. The death they have unleashed on Gaza, which sadly will continue to rise even after the direct violence has ended, will never be forgotten, and what can they achieve from it? Seizing the northern third of the strip? It gets them no closer to their goal. Their goal recedes with every step they take towards it.

In the end, whose purposes does this serve? It serves an Empire Complex with military, intelligence, arms, financial, and energy interests at the core, but Israelis only have a fool’s paradise. Zionists could only ever have achieved their desires by making immense compromises in order that they could have a place of Jewish belonging and safety. Perhaps that was never possible, but if it was it could never be made as an exclusive Jewish ethno-state. Fed on the narcotic of impunity and the hallucinogen of exceptionalism they have for generations made it seem natural that the plucky Jewish state should continue – an oasis of [insert Western value here] in a desert of barbarism: 

Enlightenment? Of course.

Modernism? Naturally. 

Socialism? Absolutely. 

Not too much socialism? Heaven forfend! 

Secularism? Well we are a Jewish state, so… just kidding of course we are secular. 

Whatever you want, that is what we are. We are the Athenian Sparta. We shoot. We cry. We write the history and law textbooks to teach everyone that we had no choice.

It all seemed so real, but it was never real because Palestinians exist. Palestine exists.

The loyal little Ulster has served its purpose well, but its time is coming to an end. The UK and US will jettison Israel when it suits them. Israel has been a tool of empire but it never suited the empire to create a stable peaceful Jewish state or homeland. Israelis will someday have to choose to live in a democratic state of Palestine, or to emigrate. There is no point in continuing to kill to chase a dream that can never be.

The post Why and How the UK and US Shaped Israel to Create Endless Conflict first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Kieran Kelly.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/why-and-how-the-uk-and-us-shaped-israel-to-create-endless-conflict/feed/ 0 467611
“Everyone Will Die in Prison”: How Louisiana’s Plan to Lock People Up Longer Imperils Its Sickest Inmates https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/28/everyone-will-die-in-prison-how-louisianas-plan-to-lock-people-up-longer-imperils-its-sickest-inmates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/28/everyone-will-die-in-prison-how-louisianas-plan-to-lock-people-up-longer-imperils-its-sickest-inmates/#respond Thu, 28 Mar 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/louisiana-plan-to-imprison-people-longer-imperils-sickest-inmates by Richard A. Webster, Verite News

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with Verite News. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

Janice Parker walked into the medical ward at the Louisiana State Penitentiary at Angola several years back, looking for her son, Kentrell Parker.

He should have been easy to find. The 45-year-old New Orleans native had been bedridden since an injury in a prison football game left him paralyzed from the neck down more than a decade earlier. His bed was usually positioned near a window by the nurses’ station.

When she didn’t see him there, Janice Parker feared the worst. Her son is completely dependent on staff to keep him alive: to feed him, clean him after bowel movements, change his catheter and prevent him from choking. Because he struggles to clear his throat, even a little mucus can be life-threatening.

A nurse pointed toward a door that was ajar. Janice Parker’s son was alive, but she was disturbed by what she saw: He was alone in a dark, grimy room slightly larger than a bathroom, with no medical staff or orderlies nearby. He was there, he told his mother in a raspy voice, because a nurse had written him up for complaining about his care. This was his punishment — the medical ward’s version of solitary confinement. He told her he had been in the room for days, Janice Parker said during a recent interview. “There was no one at his bedside. And he can’t holler for help if needed,” she said.

For years, Janice Parker said, she has complained to nurses and prison officials — in person, over the phone and through an attorney — about the neglect that she has witnessed on her frequent visits and that her son has described. He has told her that he’s gone days without food. He has developed urinary tract infections because his catheter hasn’t been changed. At one point, Janice Parker said, he developed bedsores on his back because nurses hadn’t shifted his body every few hours.

Her complaints have gone nowhere, she said. “I don’t know what to do anymore,” she said.

Parker has spoken to nurses and prison officials about the neglect that she has witnessed and that her son has described, but her complaints have gone nowhere. (Kathleen Flynn, special to ProPublica)

Kentrell Parker is among the most frail inmates in Louisiana’s prison system, requiring constant care from a medical system that has largely failed to meet the needs of people like him. The deficiencies of Angola’s medical system are well documented: Department of Justice reports in the 1990s, a court-monitored lawsuit settlement in 1998 and a federal judge’s opinions in another lawsuit filed in 2015.

Case Study: “Patient 22” Choked on Sausage After Brain Injury

– U.S. District Judge Shelly Dick

In a November 2023 opinion, U.S. District Judge Shelly Dick wrote that Angola’s medical care had not significantly improved since she ruled in 2021 that it amounted to cruel and unusual punishment.

Among the cases she cited to illustrate her conclusion was “Patient 22.” What happened to this inmate, she wrote, was “the most egregious example” of the prison’s substandard care and its practice of relying on inmate orderlies rather than trained professionals to provide medical care.

The 60-year-old patient, who had previously suffered a traumatic brain injury, was transferred to Angola’s emergency medical unit and then to an outside hospital after he was kicked in the face by another inmate, according to a medical expert for the plaintiffs.

The inmate returned to the prison, where he was sent to the medical ward for two and a half months, suffering repeated falls while there. Medical staff placed him in a “locked room with nothing but a mattress on the floor,” the judge wrote. A doctor who testified on behalf of the prison said putting a mattress on the floor was appropriate because of the inmate’s risk of falling.

Although a speech therapist had recommended a diet of soft food because the inmate had trouble swallowing, the prison failed to provide one, the judge wrote. In January 2021, the patient choked on a piece of sausage and died. An inmate orderly administered CPR until emergency medical services arrived.

In court filings and testimony, the state pointed to an apparent conflict in medical records regarding the patient’s recommended diet. A doctor who testified on behalf of the prison said the death was accidental, and he didn’t believe that it showed a violation of the standard of care.

In 1994, the Justice Department reported that Angola inmates were punished for seeking medical care, with seriously ill patients placed in “isolation rooms.” Prison staff failed to “recognize, diagnose, treat, or monitor” inmates’ medical needs, including “serious chronic illnesses and dangerous infections and contagious diseases.” Two decades later, a federal judge wrote that Angola’s medical care has caused “unspeakable” harm and amounts to “abhorrent cruel and unusual punishment.”

For years, Jeff Landry, Louisiana’s new governor, defended the quality of Angola’s medical care. When he was attorney general, a post he held from 2016 until January, he argued that inmates are entitled only to “adequate” medical care, which is what they got. During the pandemic, Landry opposed releasing elderly and medically vulnerable prisoners, warning that it could result in a “crime wave” more dangerous than the “potential public-health issue” in the state’s prisons.

And now that Landry has moved to the governor’s mansion, the number of inmates who rely on the medical care in Louisiana’s prisons is likely to grow. Soon after Landry was sworn in, he called for a special legislative session on crime. Over nine days in February, lawmakers worked at a dizzying pace to overhaul the state’s criminal justice system. They passed a law that requires prisoners to serve at least 85% of their sentences before they can reduce their incarceration through good behavior. Another law ends parole for everyone but those who were sentenced to life for crimes they committed as juveniles.

The “truth in sentencing” law will nearly double the number of people behind bars in Louisiana in six years, from about 28,000 to about 55,800, according to an estimate by James Austin of the JFA Institute. The Denver-based criminal justice nonprofit studies public policy regarding prison and jail populations, including the jail in New Orleans.

Austin projects that the law will add an average of five years to each new prisoner’s incarceration, resulting in a growing number of older inmates who will further burden prisons’ medical systems. The share of inmates 50 and older already has risen substantially in the past decade, from about 18% in 2012 to about 25% in 2023, according to figures from the Department of Public Safety and Corrections.

Although these laws aren’t retroactive and won’t affect Parker’s chance of release, they could be devastating for future inmates in his condition. Louisiana has three programs that allow for its sickest inmates to be released; two of them will be eliminated and inmates will be eligible for the third only after serving the vast majority of their sentences, according to state Rep. Debbie Villio, R-Kenner, who spearheaded the legislation.

Absent additional resources, Austin said, a medical system that for decades has struggled to care for its most vulnerable will “only worsen.” He called what is happening in Louisiana “one of the most dramatic plans to increase prison population I’ve ever seen.”

Jeff Landry, Louisiana’s new governor and formerly the state attorney general, has defended the quality of Angola’s medical care. (Matthew Hinton/AP)

Villio said in an email that she disagreed with Austin’s projections. (The Landry administration didn’t respond to questions from Verite News and ProPublica.) The nonpartisan Legislative Fiscal Office, however, estimated that the state’s expenses are likely to rise because inmates will be held longer.

All told, the bills Landry signed seem designed to ensure that “everyone will die in prison,” said Bruce Reilly, deputy director of Voice of the Experienced, a New Orleans nonprofit that advocates for the rights of the incarcerated.

“More and more sentences of 30 to 60 years, which are not uncommon, will be death sentences,” he said. “And we do not all age gracefully or go quietly in our sleep.”

“They Don’t Even Try to Pretend to Show Compassion”

After a jury found Parker guilty in the 1999 murder of his girlfriend, Kawana Bernard, he was sentenced to life without parole and sent to Angola. The sprawling maximum security prison, which holds about 3,800 inmates on the site of a former slave plantation, was once known as “the bloodiest prison in America” because of rampant violence. That reputation remains.

The Louisiana State Penitentiary at Angola (Kathleen Flynn)

Still, it wasn’t until her paralyzed son was sent to the prison’s medical unit that Janice Parker truly feared for his life.

In the years that he has been held there, at least 17 prisoners have died after receiving substandard health care, according to U.S. District Judge Shelly Dick, who ruled in 2021 that Angola’s medical care was unconstitutional and in November 2023 that the state had failed to significantly improve it.

“If he stays there,” Janice Parker said, “he’s gonna die.”

Though Parker’s movements are now limited to facial expressions and slight shifts of his head, he was once known as “Coyote” for his relentless style of play as a cornerback for the East Yard Raiders in the prison’s full-pads football league. After the team won the prison championship in 2009, he was chosen for Angola’s all-star team.

They traveled to Elayn Hunt Correctional Center to compete against its best players. After Angola dominated most of the game, its coaches pulled their starters to prevent injury, Derrick Magee, a former teammate, said in an interview. Parker insisted on playing.

Kentrell Parker, second from left, poses in 2010 with teammates from the East Yard Raiders in a photograph held by his mother. The players are holding championship belts from Angola’s Crunch Bowl in 2009, according to former teammate Derrick Magee. Parker was paralyzed in a game soon after. (Kathleen Flynn, special to ProPublica)

Magee said the memory of what happened during that game continues to haunt him nearly 14 years later. The opposing team ran a short run play. As their fullback drove a few yards forward, Parker drilled him, driving his neck into the player’s torso. Nearly a dozen others piled on.

The whistle blew. One by one, the players stood up. Parker, however, lay on the grass. “What’s going on, Coyote?” Magee asked.

“Man, I can’t move,” Parker replied.

He had suffered a traumatic spinal cord injury in his neck. Dr. Raman Singh, the medical director for the Department of Corrections at the time, summarized Parker’s condition in a letter a month after his injury: “He requires total assistance with all activities of daily living.”

After about 19 months of treatment outside the prison, Parker was taken back to Angola and admitted to its hospital, which includes a 34-bed ward for prisoners who need long-term or hospice care, according to the Department of Corrections.

Janice Parker has observed the conditions in the medical ward on her frequent visits, nearly every month for more than a decade. The smell of urine and feces permeates the infirmary. Tables and medical equipment are covered in dust and grime, she said. Patients, suffering from open wounds and sores, scream in pain throughout the day.

On one visit, she said, clumps of her son’s hair had fallen out and the bare patches of his scalp were covered in scabs. He told her he hadn’t been bathed in weeks. Another time, she found him lying in his own feces, suffering from an infection after bacteria had “entered his blood from his stool,” according to the 2015 lawsuit filed by her son and other inmates, in which Angola’s medical care was ruled unconstitutional.

Kentrell Parker’s sister, Keoka, said that during the many visits she has made to Angola, not once has she seen a nurse check on her brother or any other inmate. Instead, it’s the inmate orderlies — untrained men who in many cases have been convicted of violent crimes — who care for the patients.

“The certified people — the people with degrees, the nurses — they don’t turn my brother over, they don’t feed him, they don’t wash his face, they don’t give him therapy or exercise him,” Keoka Parker said. “They don’t even try to pretend to show compassion.”

The Department of Corrections didn’t respond to questions from Verite News and ProPublica about the complaints by Parker’s family; in documents filed in response to his lawsuit, it denied all allegations related to him.

Like her mother, Keoka Parker said she lives in terror of a phone call from the prison informing her that her brother has died because of medical complications or neglect.

Keoka Parker (Kathleen Flynn, special to ProPublica)

For Lois Ratcliff, whose son spent several years in Angola’s hospital after an infection paralyzed him from the waist down, that fear was realized.

Ratcliff said she visited her son, Farrell Sampier, at least every other weekend in the prison hospital between 2013 and 2019. She often sat and talked with Parker. Seeing them suffer needlessly left her so depressed, she said, that she contemplated suicide. Ratcliff often wondered whether the cruelty was the point.

“I’ll never be able to get that out my head, the things I seen, and how they treat the people,” she said.

During a 2018 visit, Ratcliff said, she found Parker lying in his bed, his face surrounded by flies. The nurses did nothing and refused to let her help him, she said. Unable to swat the flies as they buzzed about, Parker did the only thing he could to bring himself some relief: He ate them.

Case Study: “Patient 38” Locked in an Isolation Room With a Serious Infection

– U.S. District Judge Shelly Dick

Dick, the federal judge, cited a medical expert’s conclusion that “Patient 38” had died because of delayed medical care as one example of Angola’s substandard care.

This inmate, who had an artificial heart valve and suffered from diabetes, hypertension and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, developed symptoms of a potentially life-threatening infection, Dick wrote. In response, Angola’s medical staff treated him for the flu, giving him Tylenol and an antiviral drug, and locked him in a room, a medical expert for the plaintiffs testified.

The inmate’s condition worsened over the next three days, when his lab results showed signs of sepsis, a bacterial infection and kidney failure, Dick wrote. On the third morning, his vital signs indicated he had gone into shock, but there’s no record that a doctor provided care, according to medical experts for the plaintiffs. Based on his vital signs, the plaintiffs’ experts wrote, the patient “should have been sent to a hospital. Instead, he received no care.”

About an hour later, the patient was found on the floor of his isolation room, the judge wrote. Staff tried to revive him, but he was pronounced dead at a local hospital after cardiorespiratory arrest stemming from pneumonia, the judge wrote.

A medical expert hired by the state said the patient’s care met constitutional standards and that it was appropriate to treat him for flu rather than pneumonia. “The Court is dumbfounded to understand how treating these symptoms as flu can be justified without so much as a physical examination,” Dick wrote.

In 2015, Parker and Sampier were among a dozen named plaintiffs in a class-action lawsuit against the Department of Corrections; the agency’s secretary, James LeBlanc; Angola’s warden; and the assistant warden in charge of medical care. The suit alleged that the prison’s medical care caused inmates to suffer serious harm, including the “exacerbation of existing conditions, permanent disability, disfigurement, and even death.”

Dick ruled in favor of the plaintiffs in 2021. In a November 2023 opinion supporting that ruling, she concluded that the prison knew inmates were sick but failed to provide them with adequate treatment, worsening their conditions and in several cases leading to their deaths. That 100-page opinion confirms many of the allegations made by Parker’s family: untrained inmates doing the work of nurses, patients locked in isolation rooms, unsanitary conditions and a medical staff that routinely ignored patients’ needs.

The judge’s ruling came too late for Ratcliff. In 2019, her 51-year-old son died at an outside hospital while in Angola’s custody. His autopsy indicated that he had suffered a stroke.

The state has appealed Dick’s ruling; it went before the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals this month. Newly elected Louisiana Attorney General Liz Murrill, who was Landry’s top lawyer when he held that office, argued that prison administrators have made significant improvements, including the addition of air conditioning to several dorms, telemedicine and specialty clinics.

“I believe that the judges should give us credit for what we have done to improve conditions,” Murrill said in court.

She also pushed back against the very premise of the lawsuit, denying that medical care at the prison was ever lacking or unconstitutional. The state has argued that Dick’s ruling was based largely on a review by plaintiffs’ medical experts of the most difficult cases and that the judge didn’t consider whether problems stemmed from medical error or differences in medical judgment.

“We never conceded there was a violation in the first place,” Murrill told judges.

The Cost of Being Tough on Crime

The legal fight over Angola’s health care system was part of a broader battle to improve conditions within Louisiana’s prisons and unseat the state as the per-capita incarceration capital of the country, if not the world. In 2017, two years after inmates filed suit, a bipartisan coalition of inmate advocates, law enforcement officials and politicians pushed through a package of bills to revamp the state’s criminal justice system and help inmates like Parker.

That effort was hailed nationally and placed Louisiana at the forefront of a movement to combat mass incarceration. But it would be relatively short-lived. Landry would soon promise to roll back most of these changes as he campaigned for governor on a platform of fighting a post-pandemic spike in crime.

Case Study: “Patient 29” Had 108-Degree Temperature, but Prison Staff Didn’t Try to Cool Him

– U.S. District Judge Shelly Dick

This 28-year-old inmate had requested help repeatedly but was never assessed by a medical provider, the judge wrote. In March 2020, the inmate called for help again, complaining of stomach and back pain. He was evaluated by an EMT, but there was no indication that he received any treatment.

That afternoon, the man was found on the floor, foaming at the mouth with a temperature of 108.2 degrees — “obviously a heat stroke,” according to a medical expert who testified for the plaintiffs. Medical staff did not try to cool the inmate with ice, Dick wrote. Instead, they inserted a catheter in an apparent effort to test his urine for illicit drugs.

An expert for the defense testified that there was no reason to administer ice. “You can only do so much when someone isn’t breathing and doesn’t have a heartbeat,” he said. “This was essentially a dead man.”

That, Dick wrote, was the least of the failures. The larger problem, she wrote, is that the inmate’s calls for help were dismissed. The way this patient was treated, she wrote, showed “an attitude of general indifference.”

In a January filing in federal appeals court, lawyers for the state wrote that prison medical staff use ice in heat stroke cases “when appropriate.” Even if the state were to concede that the patient should have been cooled with ice, lawyers argued, “This case would be at most a case of medical negligence.”

In 2017, Department of Corrections officials went to the state Capitol to warn lawmakers that medical costs were taking up an exorbitant portion of their budget. LeBlanc, the corrections secretary, cited one chronically ill inmate who cost the agency more than $1 million a year. He told lawmakers that one of the best ways to tackle the problem was to reduce the prison population, in part by releasing terminally ill or bed-bound inmates.

“I have inmates in Angola that are in fetal positions, who are paralyzed from the neck down, are in hospice,” LeBlanc said in a 2017 interview. “Their life is over, it’s done, they’re finished. Why do we need to keep them in prison? There’s no reason for that. They can spend their last few days with their family.”

Lawmakers responded by dialing back some of the state’s more draconian penalties. They softened a “three strikes” sentencing law that put people in prison for life even for nonviolent offenses and created a medical furlough program that allowed bed-bound inmates and those unable to perform basic self-care to be released to a health care facility. All told, legislation enacted in 2017 resulted in a 26% decrease in the state’s prison population by the end of 2021 and nearly $153 million in savings by June 2022.

While those changes saved money and freed up space in prisons, the programs to release infirm patients were flawed, said Dr. Anjali Niyogi, founder of the Formerly Incarcerated Transitions Clinic and co-author of a legislative task force report about those programs. The process was complicated, it was unclear how decisions were made and prison officials often overruled the opinion of medical professionals, she said.

Case in point: Although Parker was initially sent to a medical facility after he was injured, the Department of Corrections brought him back to Angola. (Janice Parker has a copy of a letter from LeBlanc to Angola’s warden saying it was because Parker’s condition had changed, but her attorney was told years later that it had been because of an unspecified behavioral issue.) Since then, Parker has been repeatedly denied any kind of medical release, even though Angola’s medical director, unit warden and a mental health team have recommended it.

In 2019, prison officials recommended that Kentrell Parker be approved for a medical furlough, which would allow him to serve the remainder of his sentence in a health care facility. Department of Public Safety and Corrections Secretary James LeBlanc declined to move Parker’s case forward to the state Committee on Parole, which has the final say. Parker’s family said LeBlanc has never explained his decision. (Obtained by Verite News and ProPublica. Highlighting by ProPublica.)

The Department of Corrections declined to comment on Parker’s attempts to be released, saying any information would be contained in department documents provided by his family to Verite News and ProPublica.

In 2022, state Sen. Royce Duplessis, D-New Orleans, tried to address shortcomings in the medical release programs. But by then, the political dynamics had shifted. Gov. John Bel Edwards, a moderate Democrat, was on his way out; Landry was taking high-profile stands against crime as he laid the groundwork for his gubernatorial campaign.

Villio, a Landry ally, led the charge against Duplessis’ bill. When advocates contended that even prisoners convicted of violent crimes should be allowed to die with dignity, she responded: “Did the victims of murder have an opportunity to die with dignity? Were the victims of rape dignified in that act?”

She took a similar message into last month’s legislative session as the new chair of the powerful House Committee on the Administration of Criminal Justice. Her bill requiring inmates to serve at least 85% of their sentences represents a dramatic change; today, inmates serve an average of 40%, largely because of credit earned for good behavior, said Austin, the consultant who projected how Villio’s bill would affect the state’s prison population.

But Villio told fellow lawmakers that her bills raising the minimum time served and ending parole wouldn’t increase the prison population or spending. She reasoned that because the bills would create certainty in sentencing, they would spur judges to issue shorter sentences. “There is no intent to ramp up the prison population,” she said in a February legislative committee hearing.

The Legislative Fiscal Office, however, concluded otherwise. The bill ending parole could add between $5.7 million and $14.2 million to the Department of Corrections’ costs, legislative staffers wrote. The truth in sentencing bill would “likely result in a significant increase” in spending, they wrote — at least $5 million in the first full fiscal year, based on Department of Corrections figures. The department estimated those costs would increase every month.

Landry’s current budget proposal would increase funding for the Corrections Department by about $53 million, or 7.4%, but it does not project a significant expansion in the incarcerated population, nor would it increase health care funding.

Tennessee attorney David Louis Raybin, who helped draft a truth in sentencing law there in 1979, said he knows what Louisiana is in for. Tennessee’s law was repealed six years later, after a string of riots in the state’s overcrowded prisons. But in 2022, Tennessee lawmakers adopted yet another truth in sentencing law over Raybin’s objections.

“It takes about three years for this to have its effect. But once it does, it hits with a vengeance,” said Raybin, a self-described conservative Democrat who previously worked as a prosecutor and helped draft the state’s death penalty statute. “You guys are going to get whacked down there. Your population is going to go through the ceiling.”

Three days after the legislative session ended, Janice Parker visited her son. He was in severe pain from a distended stomach and a blockage in his catheter. She said the prison’s medical staff didn’t answer her questions about what was wrong and refused to send him to a hospital.

As she sat by her son’s bedside and held his limp hand, she didn’t have the heart to tell him that their fears of what would happen if Landry became governor had come true: Louisiana was returning to its punitive roots.

Though her son still is technically eligible for some sort of medical release, she worried that after 14 years of suffering and disappointment, news of the changes would sever his last thread of hope.

Janice Parker holds a photo of herself with her son that was taken as she visited him at Angola. (Kathleen Flynn, special to ProPublica)

Case study document illustrations by ProPublica.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Richard A. Webster, Verite News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/28/everyone-will-die-in-prison-how-louisianas-plan-to-lock-people-up-longer-imperils-its-sickest-inmates/feed/ 0 466702
Meet Eva Burch, Arizona State Senator Fighting Abortion Bans by Sharing Her Plan to Have an Abortion https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion-2/#respond Wed, 27 Mar 2024 14:50:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65cc614c6cd7a2a48e0a4f2657c23eb6
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion-2/feed/ 0 466639
Meet Eva Burch, Arizona State Senator Fighting Abortion Bans by Sharing Her Plan to Have an Abortion https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion/#respond Wed, 27 Mar 2024 12:29:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7ca41b4a5d466dfbcf7c2249abb31384 Seg2 burchtestimony

Democratic Arizona state Senator Eva Burch made headlines last week after speaking on the floor of the state Senate about her plans to obtain an abortion after receiving news that her pregnancy was nonviable. Arizona has banned all abortions after 15 weeks of pregnancy. “I felt like it was really important for me to bring people along, so that people could really see what this looks like,” says Burch, a former nurse practitioner who worked at a women’s health clinic before running for office, about why she decided to publicly tell her story. “I wanted to pull people into the conversation so we can be more honest about what abortion care looks like” and “hopefully move the needle in the right direction,” she adds.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/meet-eva-burch-arizona-state-senator-fighting-abortion-bans-by-sharing-her-plan-to-have-an-abortion/feed/ 0 466625
How Biden’s infrastructure plan created a ‘climate time bomb’ in Black neighborhoods https://grist.org/cities/how-bidens-infrastructure-plan-created-a-climate-time-bomb-in-black-neighborhoods/ https://grist.org/cities/how-bidens-infrastructure-plan-created-a-climate-time-bomb-in-black-neighborhoods/#respond Sat, 23 Mar 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=633484 This story was originally published by Capital B.

Nearly 45 years ago, the Acres Homes area north of Houston was the largest unincorporated Black community in the South, a thriving 9-square mile area where homeownership was the norm. That was until the city of Houston annexed it, and the Interstate 45 highway was built through its heart. 

In the aftermath, the community’s poverty rate has jumped to almost double the city’s average, and health ailments from pollution have increased. 

President Joe Biden’s bipartisan infrastructure law, one of the nation’s most significant investments in curbing climate change, was supposed to consider the history of areas like Acres Homes in an attempt to make communities whole again. 

By creating a pathway to building the clean energy economy, from expanding electric school bus fleets to subways and mass transit options, it would also serve as a way to reverse the well-documented history of how the country’s highways ripped apart Black communities. As residents were displaced, homeownership chances were stunted, and Black people were left overexposed to pollution from cars and trucks and became most likely to die in car crashes.

Instead, the law is actually increasing pollution and contributing to the continued disruption and displacement of Black communities, according to a new report by the climate policy group Transportation for America.

According to the new report, what has primarily happened is a repeat of that history: freeways, highways, and more roads. Out of the more than 55,000 projects totaling roughly $130 billion implemented through the $1.2 trillion spending package, nearly half of the spending has been allocated to highway expansion.

An aerial view of a knot of highways next to a city, with an area next to the highways highlighted red.
The widening of Houston’s Interstate 45 highway expands a decades-long displacement of the region’s Black middle class, transit advocates said. Adam Paul Susaneck and Segregation by Design

However, less than three weeks following the report’s release, the Biden administration announced a $3.3 billion spending plan to “reconnect and rebuild communities” in more than 40 states disconnected by highways throughout the 20th century. Some of the spending’s most prominent focuses include Milwaukee, Atlanta, and Los Angeles, where public transit options will increase and some highways will be capped.  

Still, the spending pales in comparison to recent allocations to expand freeways.

Last year, the Biden administration supported a nearly $10 billion expansion of that same highway that tore through Acres Homes. The expansion led to the demolition of almost 1,000 homes in a majority Black and Latino community. 

It’s a mistake we’ve seen time and time again in this country, said Cherrelle J. Duncan, director of community engagement at LINK Houston, a policy organization focused on improving transit options in Houston’s Black and brown communities. 

“Highways and expanding them don’t make your communities easier or lessen traffic. It doesn’t make your cars move faster,” she explained. “All it does is increase our air pollution, our noise pollution, and it also just terribly affects Black communities and brown communities by pulling resources, and also making them quite literally bypass and drive right past our communities.”

A study by Air Alliance Houston, a nonprofit environmental justice group, found that levels of benzene, a carcinogen, will more than double at some schools along the expanded highway.

Nationwide, the highway investment will practically wipe out any positive climate benefits from other spending priorities. The simple result, the report found, is that the U.S. will generate more emissions from transportation, already its largest source of planet-heating gases, than if the bill hadn’t ever passed. By 2040, the pollution created from these projects will be equivalent to running 48 coal-fired power plants a year. 

The spending so far has created a “climate time bomb” that will also perpetuate the displacement of Black communities, the report concluded. 

It is even known to exacerbate climate concerns, like in Elba, Alabama, where Capital B reported on how a new highway expansion intensified a flooding crisis in a rural Black community, leading to fears that residents would be flooded out of their homes and displaced. 

Last month, a coalition of 200 climate organizations called for a national moratorium on highway expansions, particularly due to the harm they’ve caused in Black and brown communities. 

“We’re seeing how infrastructure literally tears us apart,” Duncan said. “We’ve created a division between communities so that we’re no longer able to interact with each other while making it harder to build climate resilience, to stop floods, or flee in times of disaster.” 

Why does this keep happening?

While the Department of Transportation under the Biden administration recommended that states prioritize repairing roads over expanding them and urged states to consider the impact on communities of color reeling from decades of division by highways, the spending bill granted states considerable discretion in allocating funds. 

As with many of Biden’s policies, it prompted a backlash from Republicans in Congress and was mostly overlooked by states such as Texas and even California, which received the most funds through the spending bill. At the same time, there has been little interest in improving access to public transit, which has taken a hit nationwide after the pandemic lowered commuter revenue. 

A bar chart showing fatality rates for walking, biking, and in vehicles by race.

In Houston, Duncan has seen firsthand how the country’s renewed investment in highways over other transit options is disrupting a new generation of Black children. 

“If you have car-centric infrastructure,” Duncan said, “you’re simply going to have significantly worse air pollution, going to have more car crashes, and it’s all going to be centered in Black communities.” 

As Capital B reported last year, Black people are almost twice as likely as white people to die in car crashes.

The struggle to reconnect communities

There have been attempts nationwide to reconnect Black communities disrupted by freeways. In Detroit, for example, where a vibrant Black community was destroyed for a highway in the 1950s, there is a plan to eliminate the highway. The Biden administration has allocated $105 million to the project.

However, the plan is to replace the highway with a street that is six lanes wide and divided by a median for most of its length. Transit advocates say the current design is still too focused on the concerns of drivers. 

This pathway of “boulevardization” in communities disturbed by highways has been the main tactic implemented by cities across the country. This approach involves removing highway structures entirely and replacing them with urban boulevards, but as in the case of Detroit, it can still prioritize cars rather than city residents. In some cases, it has even led to gentrifying and displacing the very communities it aims to support.

Two aerial images of a city in black and white from above in 1946 and 1980.
Oakland lost dozens of Black households to the Cypress Freeway. By the time the city attempted to address the issue in the 1990s, it was too late. ourtesy of Adam Paul Susaneck and Segregation by Design

One of the earliest examples of boulevardization, which took place in Oakland, California, in the early 1990s and has been used as a prime example of the process’s success, actually led to the neighborhood’s Black population dropping by a third as the median household income increased by 55 percent between 1990 and 2010

It’s a perfect example of intention never being actualized because Black communities aren’t being listened to, Duncan said. 

“It’s critically important for every agency and city organization to involve diverse voices when it comes to planning transportation,” Duncan said. “If you are going to actively rip apart our communities and actively separate them by highways, the least that you can do is truly listen and engage them to ensure that these project fixes and policies don’t overlook us again.” 

Over the past year, Duncan’s organization has worked to collect community input for similar highway removal attempts and calls for investment in walkability and public transit; she hopes leaders will listen.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How Biden’s infrastructure plan created a ‘climate time bomb’ in Black neighborhoods on Mar 23, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Adam Mahoney, Capital B.

]]>
https://grist.org/cities/how-bidens-infrastructure-plan-created-a-climate-time-bomb-in-black-neighborhoods/feed/ 0 465801
Plan to Study Impacts of Offshore Wind Farm on East Coast Ecosystems https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/plan-to-study-impacts-of-offshore-wind-farm-on-east-coast-ecosystems/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/plan-to-study-impacts-of-offshore-wind-farm-on-east-coast-ecosystems/#respond Fri, 15 Mar 2024 13:34:11 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=39008 In a January 2024 article for the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Alison Chase reported that the Regional Wildlife Science Collaborative for Offshore Wind (RWSC) announced their plans to research offshore wind farms’ effects on ecosystems of marine wildlife off the East Coast. To reach their clean energy goals, cities…

The post Plan to Study Impacts of Offshore Wind Farm on East Coast Ecosystems appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Shealeigh.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/plan-to-study-impacts-of-offshore-wind-farm-on-east-coast-ecosystems/feed/ 0 464195
Rami Khouri: U.S. Airdrops & Floating Pier Plan Are “Not Serious Responses” to Gaza Suffering https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/rami-khouri-u-s-airdrops-floating-pier-plan-are-not-serious-responses-to-gaza-suffering/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/rami-khouri-u-s-airdrops-floating-pier-plan-are-not-serious-responses-to-gaza-suffering/#respond Wed, 13 Mar 2024 12:22:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9bcf6623e61f719126aca26a75e50d24 Seg2 aid

The European Union’s foreign policy chief has accused Israel of using starvation as a weapon of war by blocking aid from entering Gaza. The World Food Programme managed to deliver aid to Gaza City for the first time Tuesday in three weeks, but the agency said famine is imminent in northern Gaza unless aid deliveries increase exponentially. Meanwhile, as the United States proposes building a seaport off Gaza and airdrops for food aid, Palestinian American journalist Rami Khouri calls the proposals “sheer entertainment” that is “designed primarily to make Americans feel better about themselves.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/rami-khouri-u-s-airdrops-floating-pier-plan-are-not-serious-responses-to-gaza-suffering/feed/ 0 463871
Biometrics Giant Accenture Quietly Took Over LA Residents’ Jail Reform Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/biometrics-giant-accenture-quietly-took-over-la-residents-jail-reform-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/biometrics-giant-accenture-quietly-took-over-la-residents-jail-reform-plan/#respond Tue, 12 Mar 2024 20:50:56 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=463297

In November 2020, Los Angeles voters moved to radically transform the way the county handled incarceration. That year, Angelenos filled the streets, joining worldwide protests after the police murder of George Floyd in Minneapolis. The mood was ripe for change, and a ballot initiative known as Measure J passed with 57 percent support, amending the LA County charter so that jailing people before trial would be treated as a last resort. Ten percent of the county’s general fund would be allocated to community-led alternatives to incarceration that prioritized diversion, job training, and health programs. 

But years later, as Measure J finally, slowly, gets implemented, advocates say that changes meant to divert money from law enforcement might instead just funnel it back to them. 

Case in point: In June, LA County signed over the handling of changes to pretrial detention under Measure J to the consulting firm Accenture, a behemoth in the world of biometric databases and predictive policing. Accenture has led the development of “intelligent public safety” platforms and tech-enabled risk assessment tools for national security and law enforcement agencies in the United States and around the world, including in Israel and India. An Accenture advisory panel working on the Measure J implementation includes former federal and local law enforcement agents.

Accenture’s role was further publicized Monday after Civil Rights Corps, a nonprofit focused on injustice in the legal system, sent a letter to the LA County Board of Supervisors calling on them to immediately cancel the company’s contract. The contract takes the county away from its stated vision for a “care first, jails last” approach and toward carceral policies, CRC wrote in the letter. “Already, Accenture has concluded that electronic monitoring is a ‘favorable alternative’ to incarceration, ignoring the reality that electronic monitoring is expensive, unsupported by social science, and demonstrably racially biased as applied in Los Angeles,” the letter adds. “This is unsurprising: the consultants working on the Contract have deep ties to police departments and prisons.”

Measure J was one of at least 20 local criminal justice reform efforts that passed nationwide in the six months after Floyd’s murder. It was also part of a string of major wins by advocates in Los Angeles, who had been pushing alternatives to incarceration and investment in social services long before 2020. 

Measure J ran into predictable opposition: A group including the union for Los Angeles sheriff’s deputies sued to block the measure and delayed it from going into effect in 2021, but it was put back on track after a judge upheld it on appeal last year. Nationally, despite widespread support, the criminal justice reform wave was met by a well-funded and bipartisan opposition led by police, sheriffs, and conservative Republicans and Democrats who fearmongered about rising crime. In the years since the 2020 uprisings, efforts to reallocate police funding, implement federal and local police reforms, and invest in social services have been undone or derailed. Many of those who cheered the reform movement are frustrated that they haven’t seen the impact of so many policy wins. Accenture’s contract for Measure J shows another reason why. 

Criminal justice reforms are “being cannibalized,” said Matyos Kidane, an organizer with the Stop LAPD Spying Coalition, an abolitionist community group based in Skid Row. Kidane said the group organizes against reforms because of the way corporations and law enforcement groups exploit and defang such initiatives. He pointed to Axon, which has profited massively from the push to get police equipped with body cameras

“It’s a golden opportunity for them,” Kidane said. When Measure J passed, “Accenture was ready to go once this opportunity presented itself.” 

Accenture has not publicly announced the contract with Los Angeles County, which was signed in June 2023 without a competitive bidding process for a total of $8.6 million over two and a half years. The contract exceeded the $200,000 limit in state law and county charter for a sole-source contract, and the board of supervisors created a motion to allow the requirement to be skirted in order to implement Measure J. But that motion allowed for a contract of up to $3 million, far less than the final signing price. The county told The Intercept it had paid $2 million to Accenture so far. (The supervisors who signed the motion did not immediately respond to a request for comment.)

“Even if it were entered into legally — which it was not — the Contract is duplicative, wasteful, and harmful to Los Angeles and should be canceled on policy grounds alone,” the Civil Rights Corp letter states. 

In presentations made in August to the Los Angeles Justice, Care, and Opportunities Department, which is administering the contract (published in September by the accountability group Expose Accenture) the firm gave an overview of its project timeline and plans to engage stakeholders in focus groups, interviews, workshops, and site visits. The firm highlighted targets for “quick wins” by October 1, 2023, such as creating a county website and launching marketing and communications for “Justice Involved Individuals” (i.e., people who have been arrested) and summarized top lines of conversations with 50 such people, including the observation that there was wide support for electronic monitoring as an alternative to custody. 

A spokesperson for the county CEO, which controls county budget decisions, directed questions about the CRC letter to JCOD, as did Accenture. Department spokesperson Avi Bernard did not answer specific questions about how the county raised the limit for the contract but told The Intercept that JCOD had used approved county procedures and consulted with county counsel throughout the contract process. Bernard said CRC had previously raised similar concerns. “County Counsel and Board reviewed these concerns and found no issues with continuing the contract,” Bernard said. He added that there had been “no conversations with Accenture” and JCOD related to the use of electronic monitoring. 

Bernard said that so far, Accenture had designed an independent pretrial services agency for the county, incorporated input from stakeholders, and supported a hotline, website, and marketing campaign. Bernard said the firm has now deployed a three-person implementation team to launch the independent pretrial services agency and is helping JCOD develop a case management IT system.

“It’s talking left while running off with the profiteers of mass surveillance and detention.”

The fact that Accenture was even an option for implementing Measure J came as a shock to many of its supporters, who had watched the county meet with community partners interested in helping carry out its implementation. The contract was also news to some county supervisors, according to advocates with knowledge of the contract process.

“It’s worse than talk left, walk right politics,” said Nika Soon-Shiong, founder and executive director at the Fund for Guaranteed Income and a Ph.D. researcher on digital identification systems. “It’s talking left while running off with the profiteers of mass surveillance and detention.”

Accenture has pushed counterterror and policing strategies around the globe: The company built the world’s biggest biometric identification system in India, which has used similar technologies to surveil protesters and conduct crowd control as part of efforts by Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Bharatiya Janata Party to investigate the citizenship of Muslim residents. And in Israel, Accenture acquired the cybersecurity firm Maglan in 2016 and has worked to facilitate collaboration between India and Israel aimed at “fostering inclusive economic growth and maximizing human potential.” 

Accenture ballooned into a giant in federal consulting over the course of the “war on terror,” winning hundreds of millions of dollars in lucrative contracts from federal agencies like the Department of Homeland Security for projects from a “virtual border” to recruiting and hiring Customs and Border Protection and Border Patrol agents. In 2006, Accenture won a $10 million contract for a DHS biometric ID program, the world’s second biggest, to collect and share biometric data on foreign nationals entering or leaving the U.S. The company has also worked with police departments in Seattle and in the United Kingdom. Jimmy Etheredge, Accenture’s former CEO for North America, sits on the board of the Atlanta Police Foundation. 

Asked about Accenture’s international work on biometric identification, predictive policing, and national security, Bernard, the JCOD spokesperson, said the firm was involved in many different kinds of work. “Accenture is a large, international consulting firm with many lines of business. The specific consultants assigned to this project are part of a team in Accenture dedicated to the public sector. Their team comes from a variety of backgrounds, primarily in the health and human services industry.” 

But several LA-based advocates told The Intercept that the contract is yet another development that calls into question the county’s commitment to real criminal justice reform. The county has missed all of its deadlines for a plan to close the notoriously inhumane Men’s Central Jail, even as deaths in custody continue apace. In August, the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department issued a Request for Information for a biometric identification system.

“I’m genuinely confused about how we ended up with this Accenture contract, especially as someone who participated in the development of the Care First, Jails Last (ATI) report,” said Danielle Dupuy-Watson, CEO of CRC, referring to an “Alternatives to Incarceration” working group commissioned by the county. “We hoped for transparency and accountability but instead we were gaslit.” 

Behind-the-scenes deals like the one with Accenture are one reason that popular reforms haven’t come to fruition, said Lex Steppling, an organizer with Los Angeles Community Action Network. 

“There’s the performance of democracy on the front end where a policy gets pressured into place, and on the back end there’s no governance.”

“People vote in that direction, and then it doesn’t happen. And they chalk it up to, ‘Well, politicians ain’t shit,’” Steppling said. People assume, he added, that when policy is passed, bureaucrats work out its implementation. “What we’re learning is there’s the performance of democracy on the front end where a policy gets pressured into place, and on the back end there’s no governance. It just simply gets procured and contracted away to these consulting firms.” 

That the county took a historic progressive reform and contracted it out to a firm that put the community’s plans back into the hands of law enforcement is a perfect expression of the problem, Steppling said. “There’s no democracy there. There’s no transparency there. Nobody even knows it’s happening.”

Join The Conversation


This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Akela Lacy.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/biometrics-giant-accenture-quietly-took-over-la-residents-jail-reform-plan/feed/ 0 463750
Hungary’s Orban Says Trump’s Plan To End Ukraine War Is To Cut Funding https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/11/hungarys-orban-says-trumps-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-is-to-cut-funding/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/11/hungarys-orban-says-trumps-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-is-to-cut-funding/#respond Mon, 11 Mar 2024 11:01:57 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/orban-hungary-trump-ukraine-war-funding-cut/32856909.html Ukraine and its regional allies on March 10 assailed reported comments by Pope Francis in which the pontiff suggested opening negotiations with Moscow and used the term "white flag," while the Vatican later appeared to back off some of the remarks, saying Francis was not speaking about "capitulation."

Francis was quoted on March 9 in a partially released interview suggesting Ukraine, facing possible defeat, should have the "courage" to sit down with Russia for peace negotiations, saying there is no shame in waving the "white flag."

Live Briefing: Russia's Invasion Of Ukraine

RFE/RL's Live Briefing gives you all of the latest developments on Russia's full-scale invasion, Kyiv's counteroffensive, Western military aid, global reaction, and the plight of civilians. For all of RFE/RL's coverage of the war in Ukraine, click here.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy hit out in a Telegram post and in his nightly video address, saying -- without mentioning the pope -- that "the church should be among the people. And not 2,500 kilometers away, somewhere, to mediate virtually between someone who wants to live and someone who wants to destroy you."

Earlier, Ukrainian Foreign Minister Dmytro Kuleba reacted more directly on social media, saying, “When it comes to the 'white flag,' we know this Vatican strategy from the first half of the 20th century."

Many historians have been critical of the Vatican during World War II, saying Pope Pius XII remained silent as the Holocaust raged. The Vatican has long argued that, at the time, it couldn't verify diplomatic reports of Nazi atrocities and therefore could not denounce them.

Kuleba, in his social media post, wrote: "I urge the avoidance of repeating the mistakes of the past and to support Ukraine and its people in their just struggle for their lives.

"The strongest is the one who, in the battle between good and evil, stands on the side of good rather than attempting to put them on the same footing and call it 'negotiations,'" Kuleba said.

"Our flag is a yellow-and-blue one. This is the flag by which we live, die, and prevail. We shall never raise any other flags," added Kuleba, who also thanked Francis for his "constant prayers for peace" and said he hoped the pontiff will visit Ukraine, home of some 1 million Catholics.

Zelenskiy has remained firm in not speaking directly to Russia unless terms of his "peace formula" are reached.

Ukraine's terms call for the withdrawal of all Russian troops from Ukraine, restoring the country's 1991 post-Soviet borders, and holding Russia accountable for its actions. The Kremlin has rejected such conditions.

Following criticism of the pope’s reported comments, the head of the Vatican press service, Matteo Bruni, explained that with his words regarding Ukraine, Francis intended to "call for a cease-fire and restore the courage of negotiations," but did not mean capitulation.

"The pope uses the image of the white flag proposed by the interviewer to imply an end to hostilities, a truce that is achieved through the courage to begin negotiations," Bruni said.

"Elsewhere in the interview…referring to any situation of war, the pope clearly stated: 'Negotiations are never capitulations,'" Bruni added.

The head of the Ukrainian Greek Catholic Church, Major Archbishop Svyatoslav Shevchuk, said Ukraine was "wounded but unconquered."

"Believe me, no one would think of giving up. Even where hostilities are taking place today; listen to our people in Kherson, Zaporizhzhya, Odesa, Kharkiv, Sumy! Because we know that if Ukraine, God forbid, was at least partially conquered, the line of death would spread," Shevchuk said at St. George's Church in New York.

Andriy Yurash, Ukraine's ambassador to the Vatican, told RAI News that "you don't negotiate with terrorists, with those who are recognized as criminals," referring to the Russian leadership and President Vladimir Putin. "No one tried to put Hitler at ease."

Ukraine's regional allies also expressed anger about the pope's remarks.

"How about, for balance, encouraging Putin to have the courage to withdraw his army from Ukraine? Peace would immediately ensue without the need for negotiations," Polish Foreign Minister Radoslaw Sikorski wrote on social media.

Lithuanian President Edgars Rinkevichs wrote on social media: "My Sunday morning conclusion: You can't capitulate to evil, you have to fight it and defeat it, so that evil raises the white flag and surrenders."

Alexandra Valkenburg, ambassador and head of the EU Delegation to the Holy See, wrote "Russia...can end this war immediately by respecting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Ukraine. EU supports Ukraine and its peace plan."

With reporting by RFE/RL's Ukrainian Service


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/11/hungarys-orban-says-trumps-plan-to-end-ukraine-war-is-to-cut-funding/feed/ 0 463645
Chinese women unimpressed by government’s plan to make more babies https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/population-policies-03072024120426.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/population-policies-03072024120426.html#respond Thu, 07 Mar 2024 17:11:27 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/population-policies-03072024120426.html As International Women's Day coincides with the annual meeting of China's National People's Congress, moves are afoot to look at ways to boost flagging birth rates and kick-start the shrinking population.

But young women in today's China are increasingly choosing not to marry or have kids, citing huge inequalities and patriarchal attitudes that still run through family life, not to mention the sheer economic cost of raising a family.

Since ruling Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping called on women to focus on raising families last October, delegates to the National People's Congress have been working a slew of possible policy measures to encourage them to have more babies, including making it easier for women to freeze their eggs and delay motherhood, flexible working policies, insurance coverage for fertility treatment and extended maternity leave.

But for many Chinese women, who grew up influenced by a feminist movement that has changed the character of social media debate despite ongoing censorship and persecution, the government's attempts at "encouragement" are having little effect, according to leading feminists who spoke to RFA Mandarin recently.

A woman pushing a baby carriage waits to cross a street in Beijing, July 10, 2023. (Wang Zhao/AFP)
A woman pushing a baby carriage waits to cross a street in Beijing, July 10, 2023. (Wang Zhao/AFP)

Feng Yuan, a veteran women's rights activist who took part in the 1995 United Nations Fourth World Conference on Women in Beijing, said the state has always sought to control women's bodies, citing the forced sterilizations and late-term abortions of the decades-long "one-child policy," which ended in 2016 amid concerns over a rapidly aging and shrinking population.

"The one child policy was also about being under the control of the state," she said. "Prior to the one-child policy, the state was encouraging child-bearing, and even praised women as heroic mothers if they had five or six kids."

Fertility is 'a battlefield'

Since the Communist Party took power in 1949, Chinese women have rarely had a sense of their bodily autonomy -- their fertility "has always been a battlefield," Feng said.

Now, the government wants more babies again, but this time around, women are far more aware of their bodily autonomy.

"We definitely have more autonomy than we used to, and we can see a lot of people choosing not to marry," Feng said. "Voluntary infertility is also on the rise, which is another result of growing bodily autonomy."

Sociologist Xu Fang, who lectures at the University of California, Berkeley, said women are also much more highly focused on achieving their personal goals than they once were.

"A lot of young women who have just graduated from college and who have gotten all kinds of recognition along the way must be thinking more about getting a good career ... because this is what they know how to do," Xu said.

"[For them], marriage and children are too complicated."

The figures seem to support this analysis.

The number of Chinese couples tying the knot for the first time has plummeted by nearly 56% over the past nine years, with such marriages numbering less than 11 million in 2022.

A November 2023 poll on the social media platform Weibo found that while most of the 44,000 respondents said 25 to 28 are the best ages to marry, nearly 60% said they were delaying marriage due to work pressures, education or the need to buy property.

And attitudes are strongly skewed by gender, too. A survey of 18-26 year-olds in October 2021 found that more than 40% of women were either choosing not to marry or unsure whether to marry, compared with just over 19% of men in the same age group.

Out of touch

The women surveyed cited lack of time, high financial costs and discrimination against working mothers, amid a broader background of rampant ageism in the workplace.

Xu said China's exclusively male senior leadership is also out of touch with the things that matter to women.

"You can imagine that these men aren't doing much housework, have no childcare experience, so their mentality doesn't take the actual needs of women into account," she said. "That's why I don't think the fertility rate will go up."

A family walks with Chinese flags as the country marks its 74th National Day in Hangzhou, China, Oct. 1, 2023. (Aaron Favila/AP)
A family walks with Chinese flags as the country marks its 74th National Day in Hangzhou, China, Oct. 1, 2023. (Aaron Favila/AP)

But even if women do exercise their bodily autonomy and resist the state's attempts to turn them into "baby machines," as some online comments have complained, that doesn't mean they won't face growing social pressure to conform, especially if the government is stepping up propaganda to force them into "traditional" roles, Feng said.

"Pressure from family members, their husbands and their family, their own parents will all be supported by government policy and encouragement measures, which will increase the pressure on women," Feng said.

Currently, the government is paying out childcare subsidies worth between 300-1,200 yuan (US$42-167) a month to families with two or three kids. Yet birth rates fell from 13.57% in 2016, the year that the one-child policy ended, to just 6.39% in 2023.

According to Feng, such measures aren't enough to change the minds of young women concerned about getting trapped with an overwhelming workload -- both inside and outside the home -- that isn't shared evenly with their husband.

Many women are citing gender inequality within families as a key reason not to get involved, she said, adding that flexible working hours and egg-freezing are unlikely to do much to change that.

Xu Fang said that Chinese families used to be much bigger, allowing people to share the burden of childcare across more family members. 

Now, everyone of child-bearing age today was likely an only child, leaving two parents alone in caring for two or three kids, she said.

She said the only way to encourage women to have more children would be to reduce the unequal burden that motherhood places on them.

'Government policy was wrong'

Veteran feminist and New York-based writer Lu Pin said the flip-flop from a hugely repressive one-child policy in 2016 to today's demand for more babies has damaged the ruling Chinese Communist Party's credibility.

"This is tantamount to admitting that this flagship government policy was wrong," she said. "The government ... have had to pay a price in terms of their credibility for this."

She said a eugenicist policy allowing widespread abortions of any fetus not conceived in a heterosexual marriage, or with birth defects, has also contributed to the widespread use of abortion, which also runs counter to the government's attempts to boost births.

Figures on abortion are hard to find, but were estimated by a health and family planning researcher in 2015 at around 13 million a year, more than half of which were repeat abortions. The abortion rate was estimated at 62%, compared with around 11% in Western Europe.

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Roseanne Gerin.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Stacy Hsu for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/population-policies-03072024120426.html/feed/ 0 462671
Americanizing France: the Marshall Plan, Reconsidered https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/04/americanizing-france-the-marshall-plan-reconsidered/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/04/americanizing-france-the-marshall-plan-reconsidered/#respond Mon, 04 Mar 2024 07:00:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=314963 Reflections inspired by a new book by Annie Lacroix-Riz, Les origines du plan Marshall: Le mythe de “l’aide” américaine, Armand Colin, Malakoff, 2023. Last summer, motoring from Paris to Nice through what Parisians call “la France profonde”, I could not help but notice how thoroughly France has been Americanized.  The scenery in Burgundy and Provence More

The post Americanizing France: the Marshall Plan, Reconsidered appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: Chief Petty Officer Michael McNabb – Public Domain

Reflections inspired by a new book by Annie Lacroix-Riz, Les origines du plan Marshall: Le mythe de “l’aide” américaine, Armand Colin, Malakoff, 2023.

Last summer, motoring from Paris to Nice through what Parisians call “la France profonde”, I could not help but notice how thoroughly France has been Americanized.  The scenery in Burgundy and Provence is as lovely as ever, and the old towns are still extremely picturesque, but one now enters most if not all of them along gasoline alleys lined with hamburger joints dispensing “malbouffe”, car dealerships, and shopping centers with exactly the same retailers you would find in malls on the other side of the Atlantic, plus piped-in music featuring not Edith Piaf but Taylor Swift. I was motivated to find out more about why, when, and how this “coca-colonization” of France had started and, as it happened, I found the answer in a book that had just come off the press; it was written by maverick historian Annie Lacroix-Riz, author of quite a few other remarkable opuses, and its title promises to clarify the origins of the famous Marshall Plan of 1947.

The history of the United States is bursting with myths, such as the notions that the conquest of the Wild West was a heroic undertaking, that the country fought in World War I for democracy, and that Oppenheimer’s Bomb wiped out over 100,000 people in Hiroshima to force Tokyo to surrender, thus presumably saving the lives of countless Japanese civilians and American soldiers. Yet another myth involves American “aid” to Europe in the years following World War II, epitomized by the so-called “European Recovery Program”, better known as the Marshall Plan, because it was George C. Marshall, a former chief of staff of the army and Secretary of State in the Truman administration, who formally launched the project in a speech at Harvard University on June 5, 1947.

The myth that arose virtually instantaneously about the Marshall Plan holds that, after defeating the nasty Nazis, presumably more or less singlehandedly, and preparing to return home to mind his own business, Uncle Sam suddenly realized that the hapless Europeans, exhausted by six years of war, needed his help to get back on their feet. And so, unselfishly and generously, he decided to shower them with huge amounts of money, which Britain, France, and the other countries of Western Europe eagerly accepted and used to return not only to prosperity but also to democracy.

The “aid” dispensed under the auspices of the Marshall Plan, then, supposedly amounted to a free gift of money. However, it has been known for some time that things were not so simple, that the Plan aimed at conquering the European market for US export products and investment capital, and that it also served political purposes, namely preventing nationalizations and countering Soviet influence.[1] Even so, the myth about the Marshall Plan is kept alive by the authorities, academics, and the mainstream media on both sides of the Atlantic, as reflected by the recent suggestion that Ukraine and other countries that are also in economic dire straits need a new Marshall Plan.[2]

On the other hand, critical historical investigations reveal the illusionary nature of the myth woven around the Marshall Plan. Just last year, the French historian Annie Lacroix-Riz has produced such an investigation, focusing on the antecedents of the Plan, and while her book understandably focuses on the case of France, it is also extremely helpful for the purpose of understanding how other European countries, ranging from Britain via Belgium to (West) Germany, became recipients of this type of American “aid”.

Lacroix-Riz’s book has the merit of viewing Marshall’s scheme in the longue durée, that is, of explaining it not as a kind of post-WW II singularity but as part of a long-term historical development, namely the worldwide expansion of US industry and finance, in other words, the emergence and expansion of American imperialism. This development may be said to have started at the very end of the 19th century, namely when Uncle Sam conquered Hawaii in 1893 and then, via a “splendid little war” fought against Spain in 1898, pocketed Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philippines. US finance, industry, and commerce, in other words: American capitalism, thus expanded its profitable activities into the Caribbean, the Pacific, and the Far East. Privileged access to the resources and markets of those far-flung territories, in addition to those of the already gigantic home market, turned the US into one of the world’s greatest industrial powers, capable of challenging even Britain, Germany, and France. But Europe’s great powers also happened to be expanding worldwide, in other words, becoming “imperialist”, primarily by adding new territories to their existing portfolios of colonial possessions. The imperialist powers thus became increasingly competitors, rivals, and either antagonists or allies in a ruthless race for imperialist supremacy, fueled ideologically by the prevailing social-Darwinist ideas of “struggle for survival”.

This situation led to the Great War of 1914-1918. The US intervened in this conflict, but rather late, in 1917, and did so for two important reasons: first, to prevent Britain from being defeated and thus be unable to pay back the huge sums it had loaned from American banks to buy supplies from American industrialists; second, to be among the imperialist victors who would be able to claim a share of the loot, including access to the gigantic market and vast resources of China.[3]

The Great War was a godsend to the US economy, as trade with the allies proved immensely profitable. The war also caused Britain to withdraw most of its investments from Latin America; this made it possible for these countries to be penetrated economically and dominated politically by Uncle Sam, thus achieving a US ambition formulated approximately one century earlier in the Monroe Doctrine of 1823. The US increasingly needed new markets for its products — and for its mushrooming stock of investment capital — because its industry had become super-productive thanks to the introduction of so-called Fordist techniques, that is, the system of mass production pioneered by Henry Ford in his automobile factories, epitomized by the assembly line. American capitalism now enjoyed the huge advantage of “economies of scale”, that is, lower production costs due to their scale of operation,[4] which meant that American industrialists were henceforth able to outperform any competitors in a free market. It is for this reason that the US government, which had systematically relied on protectionist policies in the 19th century, when the country’s industry was still in its fledgling stage, morphed into a most eager apostle of free trade, energetically and systematically seeking “open doors” for its exports all over the world.

However, in the years after World War I industrial productivity was also increasing elsewhere, which led to overproduction and ultimately triggered a worldwide economic crisis, known in the US as the Great Depression. All the great industrial powers sought to protect their own industry by creating barriers on imports duties, thus creating what US businessmen detested, namely “closed economies”, including the economies not only the “mother countries” but also their colonial possessions, whose markets and rich mineral wealth might have been made available to Uncle Sam via free trade. To America’s great chagrin, Britain thus introduced a highly protectionist system in its empire, referred to as “imperial preference”. But with the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act of 1930, the US likewise sought to protect its own industry by means of high import duties.

In the dark night of the Great Depression, Uncle Sam could perceive only one ray of light, and that was Germany. In the 1920s, the unprecedented profits generated by the Great War had allowed numerous US banks and corporations such as Ford to start up major investments in that country.[5] This “investment offensive” is rarely mentioned in history books but is of great historical importance in two ways: it marked the beginning of a transatlantic expansion of US capitalism and it determined that Germany was to serve as the European “bridgehead” of US imperialism. US capitalists were elated to have chosen Germany when it turned out that, even in the context of the Great Depression, excellent business could be done by their subsidiaries in the “Third Reich” thanks to Hitler’s rearmament program and subsequent war of conquest, for which firms such as Ford and Standard Oil supplied much of the equipment — including trucks, tanks, airplane engines, and machine guns – as well as fuel.[6] Under Hitler’s Nazi regime, Germany was and remained a capitalist country, as historians such as Alan S. Milward, a British expert in the economic history of the Third Reich, have emphasized.[7]

The United States had no desire to go to war against Hitler, who proved to be so “good for business”. As late as 1941, the country had no plans for military action against Germany at all, and it would only “back into” into the war against the Third Reich, as an American historian has put it, because of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor.[8]However, the conflict unleashed by Hitler created fabulous opportunities for the US to crack open “closed economies” and create “open doors” instead. At the same time, the war enabled Uncle Sam to subjugate economically, and even politically, some major competitors in the great imperialist powers’ race for supremacy, a race that had triggered the Great War in 1914 but remained undecided when that conflict ended in 1918, so that may be said to have sparked another world war in 1939.

The first country to be turned into a vassal of Uncle Sam was Britain. After the fall of France in the summer of 1940, when left alone to face the terrifying might of Hitler’s Reich, the former Number One of industrial powers had to go cap in hand to the US to loan huge sums of money from American banks and use that money to buy equipment and fuel from America’s great corporations. Washington consented to extend such “aid” to Britain in a scheme that became known as “Lend-Lease”. However, the loans had to be paid back with interest and were subject to conditions such as the promised abolition of “imperial preference”, which ensured that Britain and its empire would cease to be a “closed economy” and instead open their doors to US export products and investment capital. As a result of Lend-Lease, Britain was to morph into a “junior partner”, not only economically but also politically and militarily, of the US. Or, as Annie Lacroix-Riz puts it in her new book, Lend-Lease loans to Britain spelled the beginning of the end of the British Empire.[9]

However, Uncle Sam was determined to use free trade to project his economic as well as political power not only to Britain, but to as many countries as possible.[10] In July 1944, at a conference held in the town of Bretton-Woods, New Hampshire, no less than forty-four nations, including all those that found themselves in an uncomfortable economic position because of the war and were therefore dependent on American assistance, were induced to adopt the principles of a new economic world order based on free trade. The Bretton-Woods Agreement elevated the dollar to the rank of “international reserve currency” and created the institutional mechanisms that were to put the principles of the new economic policy into practice, above all the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, so-called international organizations that have always been dominated by the United States.

In her new book, Lacroix-Riz frequently refers to Uncle Sam’s pursuit of postwar free trade in general but does of course focus on the case of France, which was a different kettle of fish compared to, say, Britain or Belgium. Why? After its defeat in 1940, France and its colonial empire were to remain for a long time under the authority of a government led by Marshal Pétain, ensconced in the town of Vichy, which collaborated closely with Nazi Germany. The Roosevelt administration formally recognized this regime as the legitimate government of France and continued to do so even after the US entered the war against Germany in December 1941; conversely, FDR refused to recognize Charles de Gaulle’s “Free French” government exiled in Britain.

It was only after American and British troops landed in North Africa and occupied the French colonies there in the fall of 1942, that relations between Washington and Vichy were terminated, not by the former but by the latter. Under the auspices of the Americans, now the de facto masters of France’s colonies in North Africa,  a French provisional government, the Committee of National Liberation (Comité français de Libération nationale, CFLN), was established in Algiers in June 1943; it reflected an uneasy fusion of de Gaulle’s Free French and the French civil and military authorities based in Algiers, formerly loyal to Pétain but now siding with the Allies. However, the Americans, arranged for it to be headed not by de Gaulle but by General François Darlan, a former Pétainist.

Darlan was one of the numerous recycled Vichy generals and high-ranking civil servants who – as early as the summer of 1941 or as late as the end of the Battle of Stalingrad, in January 1943 – had realized that Germany was going to lose the war. They hoped that a liberation of France by the Americans would prevent the Resistance, led by the communists, from coming to power and implementing radical and possibly even revolutionary, anticapitalist social-economic as well as political reforms. These Vichyites, representatives of a French bourgeoisie that had fared well under Pétain, feared that “a revolution might break out as soon as the Germans withdrew from French territory”; they counted on the Americans to arrive in time “to prevent communism from taking over the country” and looked forward to see the US replace Nazi Germany as “tutor” of France and protector of their class interests.[11] Conversely, the Americans understood only too well that these former Pétainists would be agreeable partners, ignored or forgave the sins the latter had committed as collaborators, labelled them with the respectable epithet of “conservative” or “liberal”, and arranged for them, rather than Gaullists or other leaders of the Resistance, to be placed in positions of power.

The American “appointment” of Darlan paid off virtually immediately, namely on September 25, 1943, when the French provisional government signed a Lend-Lease deal with the US. The conditions of this arrangement were similar to those attached to Lend-Lease with Britain and those that were to be enshrined one year later at Bretton-Woods, namely, an “open door” for US corporations and banks to the markets and resources of France and its colonial empire. That arrangement was euphemistically described as “reciprocal aid” but was in reality the first step in a series of arrangements that were to culminate in France’s subscription to the Marshall Plan and impose on France what Lacroix-Riz describes as a “dependency of the colonial type”.[12]

The FDR administration would have preferred to continue dealing with France’s former collaborators, but that course of action triggered serious criticism stateside as well as in France itself. In October 1944, after the landings in Normandy and the liberation of Paris, de Gaulle was finally recognized by Washington as the head of the French provisional government, because two things had become clear. First, from the perspective of the French people, he was widely considered fit to govern since his reputation, unlike that of the Pétainists, was not soiled by collaboration; to the contrary, having been one of the great leaders of the Resistance, he enjoyed immense prestige. Second, from the Americans’ own point of view, de Gaulle was acceptable because he was a conservative personality, determined not to proceed with nationalizations of banks and corporations and other radical, potentially revolutionary social-economic reforms planned by the communists. On the other hand, the Americans continued to have issues with the General. They knew very well, for example, that as a French nationalist he would oppose their plans to open the doors of France and her empire to US economic and, inevitably, political penetration. And they also realized that, once the war would be over, he would claim financial and industrial reparations and even territorial concessions from defeated Germany, claims that ran counter to what Uncle Sam perceived to be vital American interests. Let us briefly look into that issue.

 We know that the many branch plants of American corporations in Nazi Germany were not expropriated even after the US went to war against Germany, raked in unseen profits which were mostly reinvested in Germany itself, and suffered relatively little wartime damage, mainly because they were hardly targeted by allied bombers.[13] And so, when the conflict ended, US investment in Germany was intact, greater, and potentially more profitable, than ever before; this also meant that, as a bridgehead of US imperialism in Europe, Germany was more important than ever. Uncle Sam was determined to take full advantage of this situation, which required two things: first, preventing anticapitalist social-economic changes not only in Germany itself but in all other European countries, including France, whose domestic and colonial markets and resources were expected to open up to American goods and investments; and second, ensuring that Germany would not have to pay significant reparations, and preferably none at all, to the countries that had been victimized by the furor teutonicus, since that would have ruined the profit prospects of all German businesses, including those owned by US capital.[14]

To achieve the first of these aims in France, the Americans could count on the collaboration of the government of the conservative de Gaulle, the more so since, as a condition for finally being “anointed” by Washington in the fall of 1944, he had been coerced to recycle countless former Pétainist generals, politicians, high-ranking bureaucrats, and leading bankers and industrialists, and to include many of them in his government. However, after years of German occupation and rule by a very right-wing Vichy regime, the French, not the well-to-bourgeoisie but the mass of ordinary people, were in a more or less anti-capitalist mood. De Gaulle was unable to resist the concomitant widespread demand for reforms, including the nationalization of automobile manufacturer Renault, a notorious collaborator, and the introduction of social services similar to those that were to be introduced in Britain after Labour’s advent to power in the summer of 1945 and became known as the Welfare State. From the perspective of the Americans, the situation became even worse after the elections of October 21, 1945, when the Communist Party won a plurality of votes and de Gaulle had to make room in his cabinet for some communist ministers. Another determinant of the American aversion for de Gaulle was that he was a French nationalist, determined to make France a grande nation again, to keep full control of its colonial possessions, and, last but not least, to seek financial and possibly even territorial reparations from Germany; these aspirations conflicted with the Americans’ expectation of “open doors” even in the colonies of other great powers and, even more so, with their plans with respect to Germany.

Thus we can understand the stepmotherly treatment Washington meted out in 1944-1945 to a France that was economically in dire straits after years of war and occupation. Already in the fall of 1944, Paris was informed that there were to be no reparations from Germany, and it was in vain that de Gaulle responded by briefly flirting with the Soviet Union, even concluding a “pact” with Moscow that would prove to be “stillborn”, as Lacroix-Riz puts it.[15] As for France’s urgent request for American credits as well as urgently needed food and industrial and agricultural supplies, they did not yield “free gifts” of any kind, as is commonly believed, for reasons to be elucidated later, but only deliveries of products of which there was a glut in the US itself and loans, all of it to be paid in dollars and at inflated prices. Lacroix-Riz emphasizes that “free deliveries of merchandise to France by the American army or any civil organization, even of the humanitarian type, never existed”.[16]

The Americans were clearly motivated by the desire to show de Gaulle and the French in general who was the boss in their country, now that the Germans were gone. (De Gaulle certainly understood things that way: he often referred to the landings in Normandy as a second occupation of his country and never attended even one of the annual commemorations of D-Day.) It was not a coincidence that the American diplomat who was appointed envoy to France in the fall of 1944 was Jefferson Caffery, who had plenty of experience in lording it over Latin American “banana republics” from US embassies in their capitals.[17]

De Gaulle headed a coalition government involving three parties, the “Gaullist” Christian-democratic Popular Republican Movement (MRP), the Socialist Party, then still officially known as the French Section of the Workers’ International (SFIO), and the Communist Party (PCF). The general himself resigned as head of the government on January 20, 1946, but “tripartism” continued under a string of cabinets headed by socialists such as Félix Gouin and MRP headmen like Georges Bidault. Yet another socialist, Paul Ramadier, would lead the final tripartite government from January until October 1947; on May 4 of that year, he brought tripartism to an end by expelling the communists from his government.

With the pesky de Gaulle out of the way, the Americans found it much easier to proceed with their plans to “open the door” of France and penetrate the former grande nation economically as well as politically. And they managed to do so by taking full advantage of the country’s postwar economic problems and urgent need for credits to purchase all sorts of agricultural and industrial goods, including food and fuel, and finance reconstruction. The US, which had emerged from the war as the world’s financial and economic superpower and richest country by far, was able and willing to help, but only at the conditions already applied to the Lend-Lease agreements, outlined in enshrined in the Bretton-Woods Agreements, conditions certain to turn the beneficiary, in this case France, into a vassal of Uncle Sam – and an ally in its “cold” war against the Soviet Union.

In early 1946, Léon Blum, a high-profile socialist leader who had headed France’s famous Popular Front government in 1936, was sent to the US to negotiate a deal with Truman’s Secretary of State, James F. Byrnes. Blum was accompanied by a retinue of other high-profile politicians, diplomats, and high-ranking civil servants; it included Jean Monnet, the CFLN’s agent in charge of supplies (ravitaillement), who had been overseeing the purchases of weapons and other equipment in the US, where he had developed a great fondness for the country and for things American in general. These negotiations dragged on for months, but eventually yielded an agreement that was signed on May 28, 1946, and soon ratified by the French government. The Blum-Byrnes Agreement was widely perceived as a wonderful deal for France, involving free gifts of millions of dollars, loans at low-interest rates, deliveries at low cost of all sorts of essential food, industrial equipment, and was proclaimed by Blum himself as “an immense concession” from the Americans.[18]

However, Lacroix-Riz begs to differ. She demonstrates that the meetings between Byrnes and Blum did not involve genuine negotiations but amounted to an American Diktat, reflecting the fact that the French side “capitulated” and meekly accepted all the conditions attached by the Americans to their “aid” package. These conditions, she explains, included a French agreement to purchase, at inflated prices, all sorts of mostly useless “surplus” military equipment the US army still had in Europe when the war had come to an end, disparagingly referred to by Lacroix-Riz as “unsellable bric-à-brac”.[19] Hundreds of poor-quality freighters, euphemistically known as Liberty Ships, were similarly foisted on the French. The supplies to be delivered to France included very little of what the country really needed but virtually exclusively products of which there was a glut in the US itself, due to the decline of demand that resulted from the end of the war and economists, businessmen, and politicians to fear that America might slide back into a depression, bringing unemployment, social problems, and even demand for radical change, as had been the case in the Depression-ridden “red thirties”.[20] Postwar overproduction constituted a major problem for the US and, as Lacroix-Riz, writes, continued to be “extremely worrisome in 1947”, but exports to Europe appeared to offer a solution to the problem; she adds that “the final stage of the frenzied search for [this] solution of the problem of postwar overproduction” would turn out to be the Marshall Plan, but it clear that the Blum-Byrnes Agreements already constituted a major step in that direction.[21]

Moreover, payment for US goods had to be made in dollars, which France was forced to earn by exporting to the US at the lowest possible prices due to the fact that the Americans had no urgent need for French import and therefore enjoyed the advantage of a “buyer’s market”. France also had to open its doors to Hollywood productions, which was most detrimental to her own movie industry, virtually the only concession of the agreement that was to receive public attention and it still remembered today. (The Wikipedia entry about the Blum-Byrnes Agreement deals virtually exclusively with that issue.)[22] Yet another condition was that France would compensate US corporations such as Ford for wartime damages suffered by their subsidiaries in France, damages that were in fact mostly due to bombings by the US Air Force. (Incidentally, during the war, Ford France had produced equipment for Vichy and Nazi Germany and made a lot of money in the process.)[23]

As for money matters, Wikipedia echoes a widely held belief when it suggests that the agreement involved the “eradication” of debts France had incurred earlier, e.g. under the terms of the Lend-Lease deal signed in Algiers. However, upon closer scrutiny, it turns out that Wikipedia merely writes that the agreement “aimed to [italics added] eradicate” those debts but never mentions if that aim was ever achieved.[24] According to Lacroix-Riz, it was not; she calls the “wiping out” (effacement) of France’s debt to the US “imaginary” and emphasizes that the notion that fabulous new credits were being planned amounted to wishful thinking; her categorical conclusion is that other than loans with onerous strings attached, “the ‘negotiations’ produced no credits whatsoever” (Les négotiations ne débouchèrent sur aucun crédit ).[25]

It follows that the economic reconstruction of France in the years following the end of World War I, so rapid in comparison with the country’s industrial comeback after 1918, was not due to the generosity of an outsider, Uncle Sam. Instead, it was mostly the result of the “Stakhanovite” efforts of France’s own workers, aiming to revive the country’s industry in general, in the so-called “Battle of Production” (bataille de la production), particularly successful in the then still crucially important field of production of coal in the nationalized mines. Even though this “battle” was certain to benefit the capitalist owners of factories, it was orchestrated by the Communist Party, a member of the “tripartite” government, because its leaders were keenly aware that “a country’s political independence required its economic independence”, so that reliance on American “aid” would mean subordination of France to the US.[26] (Incidentally, most if not all of the money borrowed from the US was not be invested in France’s reconstruction but in a costly, bloody, and ultimately doomed attempt to hang on to the “jewel in the crown” of her most colonial possessions, Indochina.)

That France’s postwar economic recovery was not due to US “aid” is only logical because, from the American perspective, the aim of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements or, later, the Marshall Plan, was not at all to forgive debts or help France in any other way to recover from the trauma of war, but to open up the country’s markets (as well as those of her colonies) and to integrate it into a postwar Europe — for the time being admittedly only Western Europe — that was to be capitalist, like the US, and controlled by the US from its German bridgehead. With the signing of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements, which also included a French acceptance of the fact that there would be no German reparations, that aim was virtually achieved. The conditions attached to the agreements did indeed include a guarantee by the French negotiators that France would henceforth practice free-trade policy and that there would be no more nationalizations like the ones that, almost immediately after the country’s liberation, befell car manufacturer Renault as well as privately owned coal mines and producers of gas and electricity; the conditions also banned any other measures that Uncle Sam perceived to be anticapitalist, regardless of the wishes and intentions of the French people, known at the time to have an appetite for radical social-economic as well as political reforms.[27]

How did Blum and his team manage to cover up their “capitulation” and present it to the French public as a victory, “a felicitous event” (un évènement heureux), for their country?[28] And why did they lie so blatantly about the results and the conditions? These two questions are also answered by Lacroix-Riz in her new book.

First, the information dispensed about the Blum-Byrnes Agreements by the French side, and eagerly echoed by most of the media, except for communist publications, included all sorts of exaggerations, understatements, omissions, even outright lies, in other words, amounted to what is now commonly known as “spin”. The financial wizards and other “experts” among the high-ranking civil servants on Blum’s team proved to be excellent “spinmeister”, they managed to conjure up all sorts of ways to fool the public with electorate”, including obfuscating crucial details of the agreement.[29] The French women and men were reassured in vague and euphemistic language that their country was to benefit regally from the generosity of Uncle Sam. There were references to many millions of dollars of future credits, with no strings attached, but it was not mentioned that the flow of dollars was not guaranteed at all and could in fact not realistically be expected to be forthcoming; German reparations in the form of deliveries of coal, for example, were similarly hinted at in vague terms, even though the negotiators knew that to reflect nothing but wishful thinking.[30]

About the many rigorous conditions attached to the deal, on the other hand, the French public heard nothing, so it had no idea that their once great and powerful country was being demoted to the status of a vassal of Uncle Sam. The text submitted for ratification — in its entirety, or not at all![31] —  to the National Assembly was long, vague, and convoluted, drawn up in such a way as to befuddle non-experts, and much important information was buried in notes, appendixes, and secret annexes; reading it, nobody would have realized that all of the tough conditions imposed by the Americans had been accepted, conditions going back all the way to the deal concluded with Darlan in November 1942.[32]

Since Blum and his colleagues knew from the start that they would have no choice but to accept an American Diktat in its entirety, their transatlantic sojourn could have been a short one, but it was stretched over many weeks to create the appearance of thorough and tough negotiations. The negotiations also featured plenty of “smoke and mirrors”, including visits (and attendant photo-ops) with Truman; interviews producing articles lionizing Blum as “a figurehead of the French Resistance” and “one of the most powerful personalities of the moment”; and a side trip by Blum to Canada, photogenic but totally useless except in terms of public relations.[33]

Lacroix-Riz’s conclusion is merciless. Blum, she writes, was guilty of “maximum dishonesty”, he was responsible for a “gigantic deception”.[34] However, the charade worked wonderfully, as it benefited from the cooperation by the Americans, who cynically pretended to have been coaxed into making major concessions by experienced and brilliant Gallic interlocutors. They did so because elections were coming up in France and a truthful report of the outcome of the negotiations would certainly have provided grist for the mill of the communists and might have jeopardized ratification of the deal.[35]

Lacroix-Riz also points out that historians in France, the US, and the rest of the Western world, with the exception of America’s own “revisionists” such as Kolko, have similarly distorted the history of the Blum-Byrnes Agreement and glorified it as a wonderfully useful instrument for the postwar reconstruction of France and the modernization of its economy. She describes how this was mainly due to the fact that French historiography itself was “atlanticized”, that is Americanized, with the financial support of the CIA and its supposedly private handmaids, including the Ford Foundation.[36]

The British had not been able to reject the rigorous conditions attached to the Lend-Lease arrangement of 1941, but that was during the war, when they fought for survival and had no choice but to accept. In 1946, France could not invoke that excuse. So, what motivated Blum, Monnet, and their colleagues to “capitulate” and accept all American conditions? Lacroix-Riz provides a persuasive answer: because they shared Uncle Sam’s paramount concern about France, namely, an eagerness to preserve the country’s capitalist social-economic status quo, in a postwar situation when the French population was still very much in a reformist if not revolutionary mood, with the communists extremely popular and influential. “Nothing else she emphasizes, “can explain the systematic acceptance of the draconian [American] conditions”.[37]

The concern to preserve the established social-economic order is understandable in the case of Bloch’s conservative colleagues, representatives of the MRP faction in the tripartite government, the “Gaullist” MRP, which included many recycled Pétainists. It is likewise understandable in the case of the high-ranking diplomats and other civil servants in Blum’s team. These bureaucrats were traditionally defenders of the established order and many if not most of them had been happy to serve Pétain; but after Stalingrad, at the latest, they had switched their allegiance to Uncle Sam and thus become “European heralds of American-style free trade” (hérauts européens du libre commerce américain)” and, more in general, very pro-American “Atlanticists”, a breed of which Jean Monnet emerged as the example par excellence.[38]

The Communist Party was a member of the tripartite government but, writes Lacroix-Riz, “were systematically excluded from its “decision-making structures”[39] and had no representatives on the team of negotiators, but the Left was represented by socialists, including Blum. Why did they not put up any meaningful resistance to the Americans’ demands? In the wake of the Russian Revolution, European socialism had experienced a “great schism”, with the revolutionary socialists, friends of the Soviet Union, soon to become known as communists, on one side, and the reformist or “evolutionary” socialists (or “social democrats”), antagonistic towards Moscow, on the other. The two occasionally worked together, as in the French Popular Front government of the 1930s, but most of the time their relationship was characterized by competition, conflict, and even outright hostility. At the end of World War II, the communists were definitely in the ascendant, not only because of their preponderant role in the Resistance, but also because of the great prestige enjoyed by the Soviet Union, widely viewed as the vanquisher of Nazi Germany. To keep up with, and hopefully eclipse, the French socialists, like the former Pétainists, also opted to play the American card, and proved willing to accept whatever conditions the latter imposed on them, and on France in general, in return for backing the socialists with their huge financial and other resources. Conversely, in France the Americans needed the socialists – and “non-communist leftists” in general– in their efforts to erode popular support for the communists. It was in this context that Blum and many other socialist leaders had frequently met with US Ambassador Caffery after his arrival in Paris in the fall of 1944.[40]

The socialists thus proved to be even more useful for anti-communist (and anti-Soviet) purposes than the Gaullists, and they offered Uncle Sam yet another considerable advantage: unlike the Gaullists, they did not seek territorial or financial “reparations” from a Germany that the Americans wanted to rebuild and turn into their bridgehead for the economic and even political conquest of Europe.

In postwar France, then, the socialists played the American card, while the Americans played the socialist card. But in other European countries, Uncle Sam likewise used the services of anti-communist socialist (or social-democratic) leaders eager to collaborate with them and in due course these men were to be richly rewarded for their services. The Belgian socialist headman Paul-Henri Spaak comes to mind, who was to be appointed by Washington as secretary general of NATO, presumably an alliance of equal partners but in reality a subsidiary of the Pentagon and a pillar of American supremacy in Europe, which he had helped to establish.[41]

The integration of France into a postwar (Western) Europe dominated by Uncle Sam would be completed by the country’s acceptance of Marshall Plan “aid” in 1948 and its adherence to NATO in 1949. However, it is wrong to believe that these two highly publicized events occurred in response to the outbreak of the Cold War, conventionally blamed on the Soviet Union, after the end of World War II. In reality, the Americans had been keen to extend their economic and political reach across the Atlantic and France had been in their crosshairs at least since their troops had landed in North Africa in the fall of 1942. They took advantage of the weakness of postwar France to offer “aid” with conditions that, like those of Lend-Lease to Britain, were certain to turn the recipient country into a junior partner of the US. This became a reality, as Lacroix-Riz demonstrates in her book, not when France subscribed to the Marshall Plan, but when her representatives signed the agreements that resulted from the unheralded Blum-Byrnes Negotiations. It was then, in the spring of 1946, that France, unbeknownst to the majority of its citizens, waved adieu to her status of great power and joined the ranks of the European vassals of Uncle Sam.

SOURCES

Ambrose, Stephen E. Americans at War, New York, 1998.

“Blum–Byrnes agreement”, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blum%E2%80%93Byrnes_agreement.

Cohen, Paul. “Lessons from the Nationalization Nation: State-Owned Enterprises in France”, Dissent, winter 2010, https://www.dissentmagazine.org/article/lessons-from-the-nationalization-nation-state-owned-enterprises-in-france.

“Economies of scale”, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economies_of_scale.

Eisenberg, Carolyn Woods. Drawing the Line: The American Decision to divide Germany, 1944–1949, Cambridge, 1996.

Kierkegaard, Jacob Funk. “Lessons from the past for Ukrainian recovery: A Marshall Plan for Ukraine”, PIIE Peterson Institute for International Economics, April 26, 2023, https://www.piie.com/commentary/testimonies/lessons-past-ukrainian-recovery-marshall-plan-ukraine.

Kolko, Gabriel. Main Currents in Modern American History, New York, 1976.

Kuklick, Bruce. American Policy and the Division of Germany: The Clash with Russia over Reparations, Ithaca and London, 1972.

Pauwels, Jacques. The Myth of the Good War: America in the Second World War, revised edition, Toronto, 2015.

— The Great Class War 1914-1918, Toronto, 2016.

— Big Business and Hitler, Toronto, 2017.

Zinn, Howard. A People’s History of the United States, s.l., 1980.

Notes.

[1] Eisenberg, p. 322.

[2] See e.g. the article by Kierkegaard.

[3] See Pauwels (2016), pp. 447-49.

[4] “Economies of scale”.

[5] See Pauwels (2017), pp. 144-54.

[6] Pauwels (2017), p. 168. The total value of American investments in Nazi Germany, involving no less than 553 corporations, rose to $450 million by the time of Hitler’s declaration of war against the United States in December 1941.

[7] Pauwels (2017), pp. 63-65.

[8] Quotation from Ambrose, p. 66.

[9] Lacroix-Riz, p. 13.

[10] Zinn, p. 404: “Quietly behind the headlines in battles and bombings, American diplomats and businessmen worked hard to make sure that when the war ended, American economic power would be second to none in the world . . . The Open Door policy of equal access would be extended from Asia to Europe”.

[11] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 116-17.

[12] Lacroix-Riz, p. 9.

[13] For details, see Pauwels (2017), pp. 199-217.

[14] Lacroix-Riz refers to Bruce Kuklicks’s pioneering work focusing on this theme. For more on the importance of postwar Germany to the US, see Pauwels (2015), p. 249 ff.

[15] Lacroix-Riz, p. 198.

[16] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 203, 206-208.

[17] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 170-72, 174-83.

[18] Lacroix-Riz, p. 409.

[19] Lacroix-Riz, p. 331.

[20] Kolko, p. 235.

[21] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 413-14.

[22] “Blum–Byrnes agreement”.

[23] Lacroix-Riz, p. 326 ff. Lacroix-Riz has examined the case of Ford France’s wartime collaboration in an earlier book on French industrialists and bankers during the German occupation.

[24] “Blum–Byrnes agreement”.

[25] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 336-37, 342-43.

[26] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 199-202. The “Battle of Production” is a subject Lacroix-Riz focused on in her 1981 doctoral dissertation as well as other writings. On the benefits of historical nationalizations in France, see also the article by Paul Cohen.

[27] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 277, 329-30, 363.

[28] Lacroix-Riz, p. 338.

[29] Lacroix-Riz, p., pp. 416-17.

[30] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 342-43, 345-46

[31] Lacroix-Riz, p. 408: “L’Assemblée nationale devrait donc adopter en bloc tout ce qui figurait dans la plus grosse pièce du millefeuille officiel des accords Blum-Byrnes”.

[32] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 334-37, 354-55.

[33] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 323-26.

[34] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 271, 340.

[35] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 342-43, 345-46

[36] Lacroix-Riz, p. 376 ff.

[37] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 114-15, 122, 386, 415.

[38] Lacroix-Riz, p. 273.

[39] Lacroix-Riz, p. 418.

[40] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 170-72, 174-83.

[41] Lacroix-Riz, p. 57-58, 417.

The post Americanizing France: the Marshall Plan, Reconsidered appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jacques R. Pauwels.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/04/americanizing-france-the-marshall-plan-reconsidered/feed/ 0 461992
Einstein’s Postwar Campaign to Save the World from Nuclear Destruction https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/einsteins-postwar-campaign-to-save-the-world-from-nuclear-destruction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/einsteins-postwar-campaign-to-save-the-world-from-nuclear-destruction/#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 15:27:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=148547 Although the popular new Netflix film, Einstein and the Bomb, purports to tell the story of the great physicist’s relationship to nuclear weapons, it ignores his vital role in rallying the world against nuclear catastrophe. Aghast at the use of nuclear weapons in August 1945 to obliterate the cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Einstein threw […]

The post Einstein’s Postwar Campaign to Save the World from Nuclear Destruction first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Although the popular new Netflix film, Einstein and the Bomb, purports to tell the story of the great physicist’s relationship to nuclear weapons, it ignores his vital role in rallying the world against nuclear catastrophe.

Aghast at the use of nuclear weapons in August 1945 to obliterate the cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Einstein threw himself into efforts to prevent worldwide nuclear annihilation.  In September, responding to a letter from Robert Hutchins, Chancellor of the University of Chicago, about nuclear weapons, Einstein contended that, “as long as nations demand unrestricted sovereignty, we shall undoubtedly be faced with still bigger wars, fought with bigger and technologically more advanced weapons.”  Thus, “the most important task of intellectuals is to make this clear to the general public and to emphasize over and over again the need to establish a well-organized world government.”  Four days later, he made the same point to an interviewer, insisting that “the only salvation for civilization and the human race lies in the creation of a world government, with security of nations founded upon law.”

Determined to prevent nuclear war, Einstein repeatedly hammered away at the need to replace international anarchy with a federation of nations operating under international law.  In October 1945, together with other prominent Americans (among them Senator J. William Fulbright, Supreme Court Justice Owen Roberts, and novelist Thomas Mann), Einstein called for a “Federal Constitution of the World.”  That November, he returned to this theme in an interview published in the Atlantic Monthly.  “The release of atomic energy has not created a new problem,” he said.  “It has merely made more urgent the necessity of solving an existing one….  As long as there are sovereign nations possessing great power, war is inevitable.”  And war, sooner or later, would become nuclear war.

Einstein promoted these ideas through a burgeoning atomic scientists’ movement in which he played a central role.  To bring the full significance of the atomic bomb to the public, the newly-formed Federation of American Scientists put together an inexpensive paperback, One World or None, with individual essays by prominent Americans.  In his contribution to the book, Einstein wrote that he was “convinced there is only one way out” and this necessitated creating “a supranational organization” to “make it impossible for any country to wage war.”  This hard-hitting book, which first appeared in early 1946, sold more than 100,000 copies.

Given Einstein’s fame and his well-publicized efforts to avert a nuclear holocaust, in May 1946 he became chair of the newly-formed Emergency Committee of Atomic Scientists, a fundraising and policymaking arm for the atomic scientists’ movement.  In the Committee’s first fund appeal, Einstein warned that “the unleashed power of the atom has changed everything save our modes of thinking, and thus we drift toward unparalleled catastrophe.”

Even so, despite the fact that Einstein, like most members of the early atomic scientists’ movement, saw world government as the best recipe for survival in the nuclear age, there seemed good reason to consider shorter-range objectives.  After all, the Cold War was emerging and nations were beginning to formulate nuclear policies.  An early Atomic Scientists of Chicago statement, prepared by Eugene Rabinowitch, editor of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, underscored practical considerations.  “Since world government is unlikely to be achieved within the short time available before the atomic armaments race will lead to an acute danger of armed conflict,” it noted, “the establishment of international controls must be considered as a problem of immediate urgency.”  Consequently, the movement increasingly worked in support of specific nuclear arms control and disarmament measures.

In the context of the heightening Cold War, however, taking even limited steps forward proved impossible.  The Russian government sharply rejected the Baruch Plan for international control of atomic energy and, instead, developed its own atomic arsenal.  In turn, U.S. President Harry Truman, in February 1950, announced his decision to develop a hydrogen bomb―a weapon a thousand times as powerful as its predecessor.  Naturally, the atomic scientists were deeply disturbed by this lurch toward disaster.  Appearing on television, Einstein called once more for the creation of a “supra-national” government as the only “way out of the impasse.”  Until then, he declared, “annihilation beckons.”

Despite the dashing of his hopes for postwar action to end the nuclear menace, Einstein lent his support over the following years to peace, nuclear disarmament, and world government projects.

The most important of these ventures occurred in 1955, when Bertrand Russell, like Einstein, a proponent of world federation, conceived the idea of issuing a public statement by a small group of the world’s most eminent scientists about the existential peril nuclear weapons brought to modern war.  Asked by Russell for his support, Einstein was delighted to sign the statement and did so in one of his last actions before his death that April.  In July, Russell presented the statement to a large meeting in London, packed with representatives of the mass communications media.  In the shadow of the Bomb, it read, “we have to learn to think in a new way….  Shall we … choose death because we cannot forget our quarrels?  We appeal as human beings to human beings:  Remember your humanity, and forget the rest.”

This Russell-Einstein Manifesto, as it became known, helped trigger a remarkable worldwide uprising against nuclear weapons in the late 1950s and early 1960s, culminating in the world’s first significant nuclear arms control measures.  Furthermore, in later years, it inspired legions of activists and world leaders.  Among them was the Soviet Union’s Mikhail Gorbachev, whose “new thinking,” modeled on the Manifesto, brought a dramatic end to the Cold War and fostered substantial nuclear disarmament.

The Manifesto thus provided an appropriate conclusion to Einstein’s unremitting campaign to save the world from nuclear destruction.

The post Einstein’s Postwar Campaign to Save the World from Nuclear Destruction first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Lawrence Wittner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/einsteins-postwar-campaign-to-save-the-world-from-nuclear-destruction/feed/ 0 461539
NZ media people react with ‘shock’ over plan to close Newshub in June https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 23:57:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=97469 Pacific Media Watch

Newshub, one of the key media companies in Aotearoa New Zealand, is to close its newsroom on June 30, reports RNZ News.

Staff were told of the closure at an emergency meeting today.

Newshub is owned by US-based global entertainment giant Warner Bros Discovery which also owns Eden, Rush, HGTV and Bravo.

In 2020, it took over the New Zealand channel’s assets which had been then part of Mediaworks.

Staff were called to a meeting at Newshub at 11am, RNZ News reported on its live news feed.

They were told that the US conglomerate Warner Brothers Discovery, owners of Newshub, was commencing consultation on a restructuring of its free-to-air business

This included the closure of all news operations by its Newshub operation

All local programming would be made only through local funding bodies and partners.

James Gibbons, president of Asia Pacific for Warner Bros Discovery, said it was a combination of negative events in NZ and around the world. The economic downturn had been severe and there was no long hope for a bounce back

Staff leave the Newshub office in Auckland today
Staff leave the Newshub office in Auckland today after the meeting about the company’s future. Image: RNZ/Rayssa Almeida

Revenue has ‘disappeared quickly’
“Advertising revenue in New Zealand has disappeared far more quickly than our ability to manage this reduction, and to drive the business to profitability,” he said.

He said the restructuring would focus on it being a digital business

ThreeNow, its digital platform, would be the focus and could run local shows

All news production would stop on June 30.

The consultation process runs until mid-March. A final decision is expected early April.

“Deeply shocked’
Interviewed on RNZ’s Nine to Noon programme, a former head of Newshub, Mark Jennings, said he was deeply shocked by the move.

Other media personalities also reacted with stunned disbelief. Rival TVNZ’s Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver said: “Thinking of my friends and colleagues from Newshub.

“So many super talented wonderful people. Its a terrible day for our industry that Newshub [will] close by June, we will be all the much poorer for it. Much aroha to you all.”

TVNZ Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver reacts
TVNZ Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver reacts to news about the plan to close Newshub’s newsroom. Image: Barbara Dreaver/FB

Newshub has broken some important Pacific stories over the years.

Jennings told RNZ a cut back and trimming of shows would have been expected — but not on this scale.

“I’m really deeply frankly shocked by it,” said Jennings, now co-founder and editor of Newsroom independent digital media group.

He said he expected all shows to go, including AM Show and investigative journalist Patrick Gower’s show.

Company ‘had no strategy’
“I think governments will be pretty upset and annoyed about this, to be honest.”

“Unless they have been kept in the loop because we’re going to see a major drop in diversity.

“Newshub’s newsroom has been, maybe not so much in recent times, but certainly in the past, a very strong and vibrant player in the market and very important one for this country and again as [RNZ Mediawatch presenter] Colin [Peacock] points out, who is going to keep TVNZ’s news honest now?

“I think this is a major blow to media diversity in this country.”

“First of all, Discovery and then Warner Bros Discovery, this has been an absolute shocker of entry to this market by them. They came in with what I could was . . . no, I couldn’t see a strategy in it and in the time they owned this company, there has been no strategy and that’s really disappointing.

“If this had gone to a better owner, they would have taken steps way sooner and maybe we wouldn’t be losing one of the country’s most valued news services.”

Loss of $100m over three years
Jennings said his understanding was the company had lost $100 million in the past three years, which was “really significant”.

“I wonder if it had been a New Zealand owner, whether the government might have taken a different view around this, but I guess because it’s owned by a huge American, multi-national conglomerate, they would’ve been reluctant to intervene in any way.”

He said Broadcasting Minister Melissa Lee, a former journalist who ran the Asia Down Under programme for many years, faced serious questions now.

“It’ll be her first big test really, I guess, in that portfolio.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/feed/ 0 460947
Investigative Journalist Says He Helped Plan Potential Navalny Prisoner Swap https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/investigative-journalist-says-he-helped-plan-potential-navalny-prisoner-swap/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/investigative-journalist-says-he-helped-plan-potential-navalny-prisoner-swap/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 21:18:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2b32efba08a2137dec59fb5aa02c97b4
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/investigative-journalist-says-he-helped-plan-potential-navalny-prisoner-swap/feed/ 0 460913
Netanyahu’s plan for Biden https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/netanyahus-plan-for-biden/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/netanyahus-plan-for-biden/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 20:05:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2f0bb1c54366efebb65cfa97f57d2364
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/netanyahus-plan-for-biden/feed/ 0 460992
Ukraine’s Zelenskiy Discusses Peace Plan, Return Of Captives In Talks With Saudi Crown Prince https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/ukraines-zelenskiy-discusses-peace-plan-return-of-captives-in-talks-with-saudi-crown-prince/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/ukraines-zelenskiy-discusses-peace-plan-return-of-captives-in-talks-with-saudi-crown-prince/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 14:28:42 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/zelenskiy-saudia-arabia-pows/32837425.html

A Russian metals tycoon's assets in a company that produces a key component in making steel have reportedly been nationalized days after President Vladimir Putin criticized his management of his company.

Yury Antipov, 69, the owner of Russia’s largest ferroalloy company, was also questioned by investigators in Chelyabinsk, the Urals industrial city where his company is based, and released on February 26, according to local media.

Earlier in the day, the government seized his shares in Kompaniya Etalon, a holding company for three metals plants that reportedly produce as much as 90 percent of Russia’s ferroalloy, a resource critical for steelmaking.

Russia’s Prosecutor-General Office filed a lawsuit on February 5 to seize Etalon, claiming the underlying Soviet-era metals assets were illegally privatized in the 1990s. It also said the strategic company was partially owned by entities in “unfriendly” countries.

While campaigning for a presidential vote next month, Putin criticized Antipov on February 16 without naming him during a visit to Chelyabinsk, whose working-class residents are typical of the president’s electoral base.

Putin told the regional governor that the Chelyabinsk Electrometallurgical Plant, the largest of Etalon’s five metals factories, had failed to reduce dangerous emissions as agreed in 2019 and the asset would be taken over even though the court had yet to hear the case on privatization.

“I think that all the property should be transferred to state ownership and part of the plant -- [where there is ecologically] harmful production -- should be moved outside the city limits,” Putin told Governor Aleksei Teksler.

In a closed hearing, a Chelyabinsk court approved the transfer of Etalon’s assets to the state, a move potentially worth hundreds of millions of dollars.

Antipov ranked 170 on Forbes 2021 list of richest Russians with a net worth of $700 million.

The nationalization of a domestic company owned by a Russian citizen is the latest in a series of about two dozen by the state since Russia invaded Ukraine in 2022.

Prosecutors have based their cases on illegal privatization, foreign ownership, criminal activity, or a combination of the three. A rare-metals producer whose owner had been critical of the war effort was among the other assets seized. l

The seizures contradict Putin’s repeated promises in the nearly quarter century he has been in power that he would not review the controversial 1990s privatizations. In return, businessmen were expected to be loyal to the Kremlin and stay out of politics, experts say.

That unofficial social contract had more or less functioned up until the war. Now businessmen are also expected to contribute to the war effort and support the national economy amid sweeping Western sanctions, experts say.

The current trend of state seizures has spooked Russian entrepreneurs and raised questions about whether that social contract is still valid.

U.S. Ties

Antipov began his business career in the 1990s selling nails, fertilizer, dried meats, and other goods. In 1996 he and his business partner plowed their profits into the purchase of the Chelyabinsk Electrometallurgical Plant and subsequently purchased four more metals plants in the ensuing years.

The plants sold some of their output in the United States, where the firm had a trading company.

Antipov received full control of the metals holding in 2020 when he split with his business partner. That year he put 25 percent of the company each in the names of his wife and two eldest sons, Sergei and Aleksei Antipov, according to Russian business registration records.

In 2022, the metal assets were transferred to the Etalon holding company, whose ownership was hidden. Ferroalloy prices surged in 2022 as the war triggered a spike in commodity prices.

A hit piece published by The Moscow Post in December -- six weeks before prosecutors launched the privatization case -- claimed Antipov paid himself a dividend of more than $300 million from 2021-2023 using a structure that avoids capital gains taxes. RFE/RL could not confirm that claim. The Moscow Post is a Russian-language online tabloid that regularly publishes compromising and scandalous stories.

According to public records, Antipov’s two sons own homes in the United States and may be U.S. citizens. Sergei Antipov founded the trading company around the year 2000 in the U.S. state of Indiana. If he and his brother together still own 50 percent of the company, prosecutors could potentially have grounds for seizure.

Russia has changed some laws regulating the purchase of large stakes in strategic assets since its invasion of Ukraine.

One is a 2008 law that requires foreign entities to receive state permission to buy large stakes in strategic assets. An exception had been made for foreign entities controlled by Russian citizens.

Under the change, a Russian citizen with dual citizenship or a residence permit in another country may be considered a “foreign” owner and must receive permission to own an asset.

Nationalization is among the punishments for failure to do so. Thus, if Antipov’s two sons are U.S. citizens or if they have U.S. residency permits, their combined 50 percent stake in the company could be seized.

This already happened to a Russian businessman from St. Petersburg. His business was determined to be strategic and seized after he received foreign residency.


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/ukraines-zelenskiy-discusses-peace-plan-return-of-captives-in-talks-with-saudi-crown-prince/feed/ 0 461127
‘Time for talking is over’ – Turkish plan to break Gaza siege as Jordan airlifts supplies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 05:29:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=97412 Kia Ora Gaza

The head of the Turkish Humanitarian Relief Foundation (IHH), Bulent Yildirim, has announced that the organisation will head a naval fleet to Gaza to break Israel’s siege of the bombarded Palestinian enclave.

Speaking at a huge public rally in Istanbul last week, Yildirim said: “The time for talking is over. We will go down to the sea, we will reach Gaza, and we will break the siege.”

Yildirim participated in the Gaza Freedom Flotilla in 2010. The boat he was on was boarded by Israeli troops and nine pro-Palestinian activists were killed at the time.


Turkish NGO plans to send naval fleet toward Gaza to break siege. Video: Middle East Eye

He is hopeful that this new fleet will be successful in breaking the siege as part of Istael’s genocidal war against Palestinians and helping bring some relief to many Gazans who are starving.

Kia Ora Gaza is a member of the Freedom Flotilla Coalition.

“We hope to include Kiwis on the upcoming flotillas to break the siege of Gaza,” said Roger Fowler, a founder and facilitator of Kia Ora Gaza, who was at the planning meeting in Istanbul.

He appealed for donations to this mission through Kia Ora Gaza.

In September 2016, Kia Ora Gaza facilitated Green MP Marama Davidson in joining the Women’s Boat to Gaza peace flotilla, and in 2018 veteran human rights campaigner and union leader Mike Treen represented New Zealand.

The recent Freedom Flotilla meeting in Istanbul to plan the humanitarian voyage to Gaza
The recent Freedom Flotilla Coalition meeting in Istanbul to plan the humanitarian voyage to Gaza. Kia Ora Gaza’s Roger Fowler of Aotearoa New Zealand is on the left. Image: Kia Ora Gaza

Jordan airdrops aid to Gaza
Meanwhile, the Royal Jordanian Air Force has carried out airdrops of aid off the coast of the Gaza Strip — the biggest airdrop operation so far to deliver much-needed aid to millions of Palestinians amid restrictions by Israeli authorities on aid entering the territory by road.

The aid was dropped at 11 sites along the Gaza coast from its northern edge to the south for civilians to collect, and one French Air Force plane was also involved.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/feed/ 0 460773
‘Time for talking is over’ – Turkish plan to break Gaza siege as Jordan airlifts supplies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 05:29:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=97412 Kia Ora Gaza

The head of the Turkish Humanitarian Relief Foundation (IHH), Bulent Yildirim, has announced that the organisation will head a naval fleet to Gaza to break Israel’s siege of the bombarded Palestinian enclave.

Speaking at a huge public rally in Istanbul last week, Yildirim said: “The time for talking is over. We will go down to the sea, we will reach Gaza, and we will break the siege.”

Yildirim participated in the Gaza Freedom Flotilla in 2010. The boat he was on was boarded by Israeli troops and nine pro-Palestinian activists were killed at the time.


Turkish NGO plans to send naval fleet toward Gaza to break siege. Video: Middle East Eye

He is hopeful that this new fleet will be successful in breaking the siege as part of Istael’s genocidal war against Palestinians and helping bring some relief to many Gazans who are starving.

Kia Ora Gaza is a member of the Freedom Flotilla Coalition.

“We hope to include Kiwis on the upcoming flotillas to break the siege of Gaza,” said Roger Fowler, a founder and facilitator of Kia Ora Gaza, who was at the planning meeting in Istanbul.

He appealed for donations to this mission through Kia Ora Gaza.

In September 2016, Kia Ora Gaza facilitated Green MP Marama Davidson in joining the Women’s Boat to Gaza peace flotilla, and in 2018 veteran human rights campaigner and union leader Mike Treen represented New Zealand.

The recent Freedom Flotilla meeting in Istanbul to plan the humanitarian voyage to Gaza
The recent Freedom Flotilla Coalition meeting in Istanbul to plan the humanitarian voyage to Gaza. Kia Ora Gaza’s Roger Fowler of Aotearoa New Zealand is on the left. Image: Kia Ora Gaza

Jordan airdrops aid to Gaza
Meanwhile, the Royal Jordanian Air Force has carried out airdrops of aid off the coast of the Gaza Strip — the biggest airdrop operation so far to deliver much-needed aid to millions of Palestinians amid restrictions by Israeli authorities on aid entering the territory by road.

The aid was dropped at 11 sites along the Gaza coast from its northern edge to the south for civilians to collect, and one French Air Force plane was also involved.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/time-for-talking-is-over-turkish-plan-to-break-gaza-siege-as-jordan-airlifts-supplies/feed/ 0 460774
Supreme Court weighs blocking a federal plan to cut smog pollution https://grist.org/regulation/supreme-court-weighs-blocking-a-federal-plan-to-cut-smog-pollution/ https://grist.org/regulation/supreme-court-weighs-blocking-a-federal-plan-to-cut-smog-pollution/#respond Thu, 22 Feb 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=630925 The trouble with air pollution is that it tends to travel — blowing downwind for hundreds of miles, entering the lungs of people living far from its source. Nitrogen oxides emitted by coal-fired power plants, for example, can waft across state lines and react with other chemicals in the atmosphere to form ozone, a potent pollutant and the main ingredient in smog. Last March, the federal Environmental Protection Agency issued a rule to rein in those downwind ozone pollutants in 23 states. But in the months since, states and fossil fuel industry groups have filed dozens of lawsuits to block the plan. As a result of this ongoing litigation, the agency’s ozone pollution reduction rule, dubbed the “Good Neighbor” plan, has been put on hold in 12 states, including Kentucky, Texas, and Utah. 

Those legal battles have now reached the Supreme Court. On Wednesday, as supporters of the rule demonstrated outside, attorneys representing the state of Ohio, the oil and gas pipeline company Kinder Morgan, the American Forest and Paper Association, and the manufacturing company U.S. Steel, among others, presented oral arguments before the Supreme Court. The groups want the court to grant what’s called an “emergency stay,” which would halt the Good Neighbor plan entirely — even in the 11 states already implementing the rule — while lawsuits in lower courts play out. 

The justices wouldn’t have a final say on the legitimacy of the EPA’s rule — that’s up to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, which is currently wrangling with 18 related lawsuits on that question. But legal experts say that Wednesday’s oral arguments seem to indicate that the Supreme Court could end up wading into the validity of the Good Neighbor plan in its decision anyway, with untold public health consequences for residents of downwind states.

“The applicants are trying to get the Supreme Court to weigh in on the merits through this procedural stay application,” Zachary Fabish, senior attorney at the Sierra Club, told Grist based on what he heard at the court on Wednesday. “And the downwind folks in those states are paying the public health price.”

A few justices commented on the plaintiffs’ unusual choice to argue in front of the Supreme Court before their pending litigation has been decided by the D.C. Circuit. The groups even admitted during oral arguments that they had requested a delayed briefing at the lower court so they could present their case to the Supreme Court first.

“It’s fairly extraordinary, I think, to be asking the court to decide this matter when you haven’t even lost below in terms of what is before the D.C. Circuit,” Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson told the plaintiffs. “So I’m trying to understand what the emergency is that warrants Supreme Court intervention at this point.”

That emergency, the state and industry plaintiffs argue, mostly boils down to the costs of complying with the EPA’s ozone reduction plan. In 2015, the EPA updated the federal air quality standard for ozone, which sets strict limits for that pollutant nationwide. According to federal law, each state was required to submit a plan within three years of the updated standard describing how it would reduce the amount of ozone pollution blowing downwind to other states. If they failed to do so, or submitted inadequate plans, the EPA was obligated under the Clean Air Act to enforce the Good Neighbor rule to reduce downwind pollution in those states. By February 2023, the EPA had rejected 21 states’ plans; another two, Pennsylvania and Virginia, did not submit one. 

In March, the agency issued the Good Neighbor plan for those 23 states, a rule that plaintiffs argued levies an unfair burden on states like Ohio and Indiana; oil and gas companies; and heavy industry. “In order to get into compliance with an unlawful federal rule, we are spending immense sums, both the states as well as our industries,” argued Ohio Deputy Solicitor General Mathura Sridharan. 

But Judith Vale, a deputy solicitor general for New York who argued in favor of the Good Neighbor plan, noted that the EPA’s rule helps address inherent cost imbalances between upwind and downwind states. In many cases, power plants and industrial facilities in upwind states in the South and Midwest would simply need to turn on existing pollution controls to come into compliance. Downwind states like Connecticut and Wisconsin, on the other hand, need to reduce their own pollution while also compensating for pollutants blowing into their jurisdiction. 

Often, those states have “already exhausted a lot of the less expensive strategies,” Vale said. “So they need to turn to more and more expensive strategies to find any further cuts.”

While Jackson and other liberal justices seemed to question challenges against the Good Neighbor plan, conservative justices like Justice Brett Kavanaugh appeared more sympathetic. In response to a point raised by Malcolm Stewart, a deputy solicitor general at the U.S. Department of Justice, that pausing the air pollution plan would disproportionately harm downwind states, Kavanaugh agreed but added that “there’s also the equities of the upwind states and the industry,” concluding that both sides had experienced irreparable harm.

Fabish noted that the court’s decision to even schedule oral arguments for this case is highly unusual. The request for the emergency stay arrived on the Supreme Court’s “shadow docket,” a lineup of cases that, until recently, involved less consequential matters and got decided on without oral arguments, extensive hearings, or even explanations from the judges. But by asking for briefings and an oral argument, the court has created a kind of “process conundrum” for themselves, Fabish said. While the justices have some materials to base a judgment on, he noted they lack most of the evidence used in a typical case, such as extensive briefs, documents, and arguments. The justices also lack detailed opinions from a lower court, since the D.C. Circuit has yet to issue a decision.

All those factors, in addition to dozens of pending lawsuits related to the Good Neighbor rule in courts across the country, create a great deal of uncertainty around how and when the Supreme Court will rule on this application, Fabish said. Richard Lazarus, an environmental law professor at Harvard Law School, told Harvard Law Today that anywhere from four to six justices could agree to halt the rule, pointing to Kavanaugh, Neil Gorsuch, Clarence Thomas, and Samuel Alito as likely votes to do just that. Meanwhile, other justices worried aloud whether this case could encourage future plaintiffs to use the shadow docket as a venue to challenge environmental regulations. 

“I mean, surely, the Supreme Court’s emergency docket is not a viable alternative for every party that believes they have a meritorious claim against the government and doesn’t want to have to comply with a rule while they’re challenging it,” Justice Jackson said. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Supreme Court weighs blocking a federal plan to cut smog pollution on Feb 22, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Akielly Hu.

]]>
https://grist.org/regulation/supreme-court-weighs-blocking-a-federal-plan-to-cut-smog-pollution/feed/ 0 459984
Pacifica Evening News 02-21-24 President Biden announces student debt relief plan for 150 thousand borrowers. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/pacifica-evening-news-02-21-24-president-biden-announces-student-debt-relief-plan-for-150-thousand-borrowers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/pacifica-evening-news-02-21-24-president-biden-announces-student-debt-relief-plan-for-150-thousand-borrowers/#respond Wed, 21 Feb 2024 18:00:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ee20168606eaa7142416d3202040b46b
  • President Biden announces student debt relief plan for 150 thousand borrowers.
  • House Republicans continue impeachment probe of President Biden’s links to his family’s businesses.
  • Wikileaks founder Julian Assange to find out next week whether he can be extradited from UK to US on spy charges.
  • Bay Area peace activists call on Democrats Joe Biden and Senator Alex Padilla to back permanent ceasefire in Gaza.
  • G20 summit kicks off in Brazil, climate change and global strife are on the agenda.
  • The post Pacifica Evening News 02-21-24 President Biden announces student debt relief plan for 150 thousand borrowers. appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/pacifica-evening-news-02-21-24-president-biden-announces-student-debt-relief-plan-for-150-thousand-borrowers/feed/ 0 460728
    Ecuador Backtracks On Plan To Send Weapons To Ukraine After Moscow Goes Bananas https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/ecuador-backtracks-on-plan-to-send-weapons-to-ukraine-after-moscow-goes-bananas/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/ecuador-backtracks-on-plan-to-send-weapons-to-ukraine-after-moscow-goes-bananas/#respond Tue, 20 Feb 2024 06:53:20 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/ecuador-backtracks-plan-to-send-weapons-ukraine/32827009.html

    European Union foreign ministers in Brussels provided strong public backing to the exiled widow of Kremlin critic Aleksei Navalny, vowing additional sanctions against Moscow to hold it responsible for the death of her husband in a remote Arctic prison.

    "The EU will spare no efforts to hold Russia's political leadership and authorities to account, in close coordination with our partners; and impose further costs for their actions, including through sanctions," the EU’s top diplomats said in a joint statement following their meeting with Yulia Navalnaya on February 19.

    Navalnaya, who has become a vocal Kremlin critic in her own right over recent years, vowed to "continue our fight for our country" as she traveled to Brussels to seek backing from the 27-member bloc, whose leaders have expressed outrage over Navalny's death in custody last week and Russian authorities' refusal to allow his mother and lawyers to see his body.

    "Three days ago, Vladimir Putin killed my husband, Aleksei Navalny," Yulia Navalnaya said in a two-minute video post on X, formerly Twitter.

    Navalnaya, who along with their two children lives abroad, was already in Munich for a major international security conference when reports emerged on February 16 that Navalny had died at a harsh Arctic prison known as Polar Wolf, where he was serving a 19-year sentence for alleged extremism that Navalny and Kremlin critics say was heaped atop other convictions to punish him for his anti-corruption and political activities.

    "I will continue the work of Aleksei Navalny," Navalnaya said. "Continue to fight for our country. And I invite you to stand beside me."

    She called for supporters to battle the Kremlin with "more fury than ever before" and said she longed to live in "a free Russia."

    EU foreign affairs chief Josep Borrell emerged from that meeting expressing "the EU's deepest condolences" and confidence that Russian President "Vladimir Putin & his regime will be held accountable for the death of [Aleksei Navalny]."

    "As [Navalnaya] said, Putin is not Russia. Russia is not Putin," Borrell said, adding that the bloc's support is assured "to Russia's civil society & independent media."

    An ally of Navalny, Ivan Zhdanov, said in a post on Telegram that an investigator had stated that tests on Navalny's body will take 14 days to complete.

    Lithuanian Foreign Minister Gabrielius Landsbergis insisted earlier that the EU must "at least" sharpen sanctions against Russia following Navalny's death.

    The EU has already passed 12 rounds of Russian sanctions and is working on a 13th with the two-year anniversary of Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine approaching later this week, with member Germany pressing for more.

    German Foreign Minister Annalena Baerbock had said Berlin would propose new sanctions on Moscow at the meeting with Navalnaya, but the outcome remained unclear.

    The German Foreign Office said it was summoning the Russian ambassador over Navalny's death to "condemn this in the strongest possible terms and expressly call for the release of all those imprisoned in Russia for political reasons."

    Chancellor Olaf Scholz's office called separately for clarification on the circumstances and for Russian authorities to release Navalny's body to the family.

    The Kremlin -- which for years avoided mention of Navalny by name -- broke its official silence on February 19 by saying an investigation was ongoing and would be carried out according to Russian law. It said the question of when his body would be handed over was not for the Kremlin to decide.

    It called Western outcry over the February 16 announcement of Navalny's death "absolutely unacceptable."

    The Latvia-based Novaya Gazeta Europe said on February 18 that police were securing a local morgue in the Siberian city of Salekhard as speculation swirled around the location of the 47-year-old Navalny's body and whether it showed signs of abuse.

    Navalny is the latest on a significant list of Putin foes who have ended up dead under suspicious circumstances abroad or at home, where the Kremlin has clamped down ruthlessly on dissent and free speech since the Ukraine invasion began.

    Political analyst Yekaterina Shulman told Current Time that Navalny "possessed incomparable moral capital" in Russia but also well beyond its borders.

    "He possessed fame -- all Russian and worldwide," Shulman said. "He had moral authority [and] he had a long political biography. These are all things that cannot be handed down to anyone and cannot be acquired quickly."

    She cited Navalny's crucial credibility and "political capital" built up through years of investigations of corruption, campaigning for elections, and organizing politically.

    "Perhaps this apparent political assassination will become a rallying point not for the opposition -- the opposition is people who run for office to acquire mandates [and] we are not in that situation -- but for the anti-war community...inside Russia," Shulman said.

    Navalny's family and close associates have confirmed his death in prison and have demanded his body be handed over, but authorities have refused to release it pending an investigation.

    Mediazona and Novaya.gazeta Europe said Navalny’s body was being held at the district morgue in Salekhard, although officials reportedly told Navalny's mother otherwise after she traveled to the remote prison on February 17 and was denied access.

    A former spokeswoman for Navalny, Kira Yarmysh, claimed Navalny's mother had been turned away again early on February 19.

    Yarmysh tweeted that Russia's federal Investigative Committee had told his mother and lawyers that "the investigation into Navalny’s death had been extended. How much longer she will go is unknown. The cause of death is still 'undetermined.'"

    "They lie, stall for time, and don't even hide it," she added.

    The OVD-Info human rights group website showed more than 57,000 signatories demanding that the Investigative Committee return Navalny's body to his family.

    WATCH: Court documents examined by RFE/RL reveal that medical care was repeatedly denied to inmates at the prison where Aleksei Navalny was held. In one case, this resulted in the death of an inmate. The revelation comes amid questions over how Navalny died and as his body has still not been handed over to his family.

    The group noted that a procedural review process could allow authorities to keep the body for at least 30 days, or longer if a criminal case was opened.

    Since the announcement of his death on February 16, Russian police have cordoned off memorial sites where people were laying flowers and candles to honor Navalny, and dispersed and arrested more than 430 suspected violators in dozens of locations.

    Closely watched by police, mourners on February 19 continued to leave flowers at tributes in Moscow to honor Navalny. Initial reports suggested police in the capital did not intervene in the latest actions.

    The Western response has been to condemn Putin and his administration, with U.S. President Joe Biden saying there is "no doubt" that Putin is to blame for Navalny's death.

    The British and U.S. ambassadors laid tributes over the weekend at the Solovetsky Stone, a monument to repression that has emerged as a site to honor Navalny.

    U.S. Ambassador Lynne Tracy said she was honoring "Navalny and other victims of political repression in Russia," adding, "His strength is an inspiring example. We honor his memory."

    The French ambassador also visited one of the memorials.

    With reporting by Reuters


    This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/ecuador-backtracks-on-plan-to-send-weapons-to-ukraine-after-moscow-goes-bananas/feed/ 0 459661
    Israel’s plan is to "make Gaza uninhabitable" https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/15/israels-plan-is-to-make-gaza-uninhabitable/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/15/israels-plan-is-to-make-gaza-uninhabitable/#respond Thu, 15 Feb 2024 16:59:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a5e45476d16d036bda76c482737909ea
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/15/israels-plan-is-to-make-gaza-uninhabitable/feed/ 0 458852
    Israel’s plan to invade Rafah in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/israels-plan-to-invade-rafah-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/israels-plan-to-invade-rafah-in-gaza/#respond Mon, 12 Feb 2024 19:00:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d62b8caa7e5c916f03ea956f50de158d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/israels-plan-to-invade-rafah-in-gaza/feed/ 0 458300
    The government’s insulting Disability Action Plan won’t deliver any change https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/the-governments-insulting-disability-action-plan-wont-deliver-any-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/the-governments-insulting-disability-action-plan-wont-deliver-any-change/#respond Mon, 12 Feb 2024 12:20:22 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/disability-action-plan-disappointing-no-real-change-government/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Mikey Erhardt.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/12/the-governments-insulting-disability-action-plan-wont-deliver-any-change/feed/ 0 458268
    Israeli military to prepare a plan to evacuate civilians from Gaza city of Rafah ahead of an expected Israeli invasion – February 9, 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/israeli-military-to-prepare-a-plan-to-evacuate-civilians-from-gaza-city-of-rafah-ahead-of-an-expected-israeli-invasion-february-9-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/israeli-military-to-prepare-a-plan-to-evacuate-civilians-from-gaza-city-of-rafah-ahead-of-an-expected-israeli-invasion-february-9-2024/#respond Fri, 09 Feb 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0895fc830d6a38734028b0aabdb83bdc Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    Palestinian children displaced by Israeli air and ground offensive on the Gaza Strip walk through a temporary tent camp near Kerem Shalom crossing in Rafah, Sunday, Jan. 14, 2024. (AP Photo/Hatem Ali)

    Palestinian children displaced by Israeli air and ground offensive on the Gaza Strip walk through a temporary tent camp near Kerem Shalom crossing in Rafah, Sunday, Jan. 14, 2024. (AP Photo/Hatem Ali)

     

    The post Israeli military to prepare a plan to evacuate civilians from Gaza city of Rafah ahead of an expected Israeli invasion – February 9, 2024 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/israeli-military-to-prepare-a-plan-to-evacuate-civilians-from-gaza-city-of-rafah-ahead-of-an-expected-israeli-invasion-february-9-2024/feed/ 0 457942
    Sunrise announces Squad re-elect plan amid right-wing attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/sunrise-announces-squad-re-elect-plan-amid-right-wing-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/sunrise-announces-squad-re-elect-plan-amid-right-wing-attacks/#respond Fri, 09 Feb 2024 13:36:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sunrise-announces-squad-re-elect-plan-amid-right-wing-attacks Yesterday evening, Sunrise announced its endorsement of 7 Squad members, Summer Lee, Jamaal Bowman, Ilhan Omar, Rashida Tliab, Cori Bush, Ayanna Pressley, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. They also announced plans to make millions of phone calls to mobilize young people to vote, kicking off with an online phone bank for Summer Lee on Feb 14th. Sunrise Political Director, Michele Weindling said the following:

    “We’re proud to once again campaign for these amazing progressive leaders. They have stood up to oil billionaires and Wall Street, and delivered billions of dollars of investments to their districts. We’re honored to have worked alongside them to win legislation like the Inflation Reduction Act and force a deeply needed moral voice into DC policy debates.”

    “The amount of money the right-wing billionaires are spending to defeat the Squad is a testament to how effective they have been at transforming American politics and taking on the fascist right. What’s disappointing to me is that many establishment Democrats who have cried foul for years whenever a progressive challenges an incumbent, are aligning themselves with these Trump donors to unseat their fellow party members. You can’t claim to be a proud Democrat in the morning and then make backroom pacts with Trump donors in the evening.”

    “We’re going to go all-out to mobilize thousands of young people and call millions of voters to send a message loud and clear: in 2024, choosing back a genocide and choosing to do fossil fuel billionaires bidding is a non-starter in the Democratic Party.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/sunrise-announces-squad-re-elect-plan-amid-right-wing-attacks/feed/ 0 457780
    Long term plan needed for underlying PNG problems, says academic https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/long-term-plan-needed-for-underlying-png-problems-says-academic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/long-term-plan-needed-for-underlying-png-problems-says-academic/#respond Thu, 25 Jan 2024 08:34:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=96120 By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    Academic Andrew Anton Mako says the Papua New Guinea’s systemic dysfunction was plain to see in the rioting and looting throughout the country’s main cities two weeks ago.

    That rioting was sparked by a protest by police after unannounced deductions from their wages.

    It led to a riot causing the deaths of more than 20 people, widespread looting and hundreds of millions of dollars damage to businesses.

    Andrew Anton Mako of ANU
    Andrew Anton Mako of ANU . . . “the government and the policymakers really need to take a comprehensive approach.” Image: DevPolicy Blog

    The government, which declared a two-week long state of emergency, put the wage deductions down to a glitch in the system.

    Mako, who is a visiting lecturer and project coordinator for the ANU-UPNG Partnership with the Australian National University’s Development Policy Centre, said that the rioting would not have happened if the system was working properly.

    “That information could have been transmitted through the system so that not only the police officers, but other public servants would have been assured that there was a glitch in the system, and then they would return the money in the next pay,” he said.

    Symptom of major problems
    “I think that information could have been made available to the officers quickly and the protests should not have happened.”

    He said it was not an isolated event but a symptom of major problems facing the country.

    “The government and the policymakers really need to take a comprehensive approach in addressing that,” Mako said.

    He said that in the administration there were entire areas where little development or reform had happened in a generation.

    The last attempt to look at the government machinery was more than 20 years, under Sir Mekere Morauta, but since then “there hasn’t been any sort of reforms to improve governance, improve public safety, efficiency, and all that.”

    Mako believes if the work of Sir Mekere had been continued the country would not be facing the problems it is at the moment.

    What reforms are needed
    Mako said the government needs to know it faces major issues that cannot be resolved quickly — they will need to think in terms of years before reforms can be bedded in.

    “It’s not going to be easy, they have to really work on it for a number of years. They will have to come up with a reform agenda work on it for the next four or five years.”

    Up to now, Mako said, politicians have just dealt with the symptoms, rather than addressing the underlying issues, such as unemployment.

    He sees the high crime rate as being closely linked to the lack of work opportunities, along with high inflation and the failure of wages to keep pace.

    “The focus has to be on the sectors that create jobs. So over the last few years, over the last decade or so, a lot of focus has really been on the resources sector, the mineral, petroleum and gas sector.

    “Those sectors are really called enclave sectors and they have really limited linkage with the broader sectors of the economy,” Mako said.

    “So the mineral sectors do not create a lot of jobs. A lot of the jobs [there] are done by either machines or highly skilled workers. So it is the sectors like agriculture, like fisheries, like tourism, forestry, those are the sectors really, really create jobs.”

    Mako added the government should be focussing on investing in, and developing policies, in these traditional sectors, enabling many of the unemployed, especially the young, to find work.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/long-term-plan-needed-for-underlying-png-problems-says-academic/feed/ 0 454717
    At UN Security Council, Russia Rules Out Any Peace Plan Backed By Kyiv, West https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/at-un-security-council-russia-rules-out-any-peace-plan-backed-by-kyiv-west/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/at-un-security-council-russia-rules-out-any-peace-plan-backed-by-kyiv-west/#respond Tue, 23 Jan 2024 06:37:34 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/russia-war-rejects-peace-west-ukraine/32787856.html At least seven people were killed and dozens wounded on January 23 in a fresh wave of missile attacks on Ukrainian cities, including the capital, Kyiv, and Kharkiv as an air-raid alert was declared for the whole territory of Ukraine.

    In Kharkiv, Ukraine's second-largest city, the number of people killed in the Russian attack increased to five, the Prosecutor-General's Office said on Telegram, after initial reports put the number at three.

    "Despite the efforts of the medics, two wounded people died in the hospital," the message reads.

    Another 51 people were wounded, including four children, regional Governor Oleh Synyehubov said on Telegram, adding that Russian Kh-22 missiles struck civilian targets in the Kyiv and Saltivka districts.

    Live Briefing: Russia's Invasion Of Ukraine

    RFE/RL's Live Briefing gives you all of the latest developments on Russia's full-scale invasion, Kyiv's counteroffensive, Western military aid, global reaction, and the plight of civilians. For all of RFE/RL's coverage of the war in Ukraine, click here.

    "Apartment buildings, an educational institution, and other exclusively civilian infrastructure were destroyed," Synyehubov wrote.

    Kharkiv Mayor Ihor Terekhov said 30 residential buildings were damaged, some 1,000 windows were broken, and the heating had to be turned off in 20 houses as the temperatures reached minus seven degrees Celsius.

    In Kyiv, at least 20 people, including four children, were wounded, Mayor Vitali Klitschko and city administration chief Roman Popko said on Telegram.

    One woman was declared clinically dead despite efforts by doctors to resuscitate her, Popko said.

    Three districts -- Pechersk, Svyatoshynsk, and Solomyansk -- were targeted in the attack, Klitschko said.

    "As a result of the Russian missile attack, 20 people were wounded; 13 of them are hospitalized, including three children. One 13-year-old boy and six adult victims were treated by medics on the spot," Klitschko wrote.

    Russian missiles also hit the city of Pavlohrad, in the southern region of Dnipropetrovsk, killing at least one person, regional Governor Serhiy Lysak announced on Telegram.

    In Moscow, the Russian Defense Ministry claimed on January 23 that the missile strikes "successfully" targeted Ukraine's military production facilities, hitting all intended targets, while Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov again denied that Russian forces had struck civilian areas, despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary.

    Russia over the past several weeks has abruptly intensified its missile strikes on Ukrainian civilian targets, causing numerous deaths, injuries, and material damage. The eastern city of Kharkiv, just 30 kilometers from the Russian border, has been particularly targeted by Russian strikes.

    According to Ukrainian officials, only between December 29 and January 2, Russia launched more than 500 Iranian-made drones and cruise missiles at Ukraine's cities.

    The unusually intense wave of strikes has also put pressure on Ukraine's air-defense capabilities and its ammunition stockpiles, prompting President Volodymyr Zelenskiy to call on Kyiv's allies to step up weapons deliveries.

    With reporting by AP


    This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/at-un-security-council-russia-rules-out-any-peace-plan-backed-by-kyiv-west/feed/ 0 454543
    War on Gaza: The US plan to revamp Palestinian Authority is doomed https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/21/war-on-gaza-the-us-plan-to-revamp-palestinian-authority-is-doomed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/21/war-on-gaza-the-us-plan-to-revamp-palestinian-authority-is-doomed/#respond Sun, 21 Jan 2024 09:51:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=95883 ANALYSIS: By Samer Jaber

    For two months now, the United States and other Western countries backing Israel have been talking about “the day after” in Gaza. They have rejected Israeli assertions that the Israeli army will remain in control of the Strip and pointed to the Palestinian Authority (PA) as their preferred political actor to take over governance once the war is over.

    In so doing, the US and its allies have paid little regard to what the Palestinian people want. The current leadership of the PA lost the last democratic elections held in the occupied Palestinian territory in 2006 to Hamas and since then, it has steadily lost popularity.

    In a recent public opinion poll by the Palestinian Center for Policy and Survey Research (PSR), some 90 percent of respondents were in favour of the resignation of PA President Mahmoud Abbas, and 60 percent called for the dismantling of the PA itself.

    Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas . . . low public trust in the PA, but there is a reason why the US insists on supporting its takeover of Gaza. Image: Al Jazeera

    Washington is undoubtedly aware of the low public trust in the PA, but there is a reason why it insists on supporting its takeover of Gaza: its leadership has been a reliable partner for decades in maintaining a status quo in the interests of Israel.

    The US would like that arrangement to continue, so its backing for the PA may be accompanied by an attempt to revamp it in order to solve its legitimacy problem. But even if this effort succeeds, it is unlikely the new iteration of the PA would be sustainable.

    A reliable partner
    Perhaps one of the main factors that has convinced the US that the PA is a “good choice” for post-war governance in Gaza is its anti-Hamas stance and willingness to conduct security coordination with Israel.

    Since the Israel’s war on Gaza began on October 7, the PA and its leadership have not issued an official statement offering explicit political support for the Palestinian resistance. Their rhetoric has predominantly focused on condemning and disapproving of attacks on civilians on both sides, while also rejecting the expulsion of Palestinians from their homeland.

    In a political address on the ninth day of the war, Abbas criticised Hamas, asserting that their actions did not represent the Palestinian people. He emphasised that the Palestine Liberation Organisation (PLO) is the sole legitimate representative of the Palestinian people and underscored the importance of peaceful resistance as the only legitimate means to oppose Israeli occupation.

    This statement was later retracted by his office.

    In December, Hussein al-Sheikh, a PA official and secretary-general of the executive committee of the PLO, also criticised Hamas in an interview with Reuters. He suggested its armed resistance “method and approach” has failed and led to many casualties among the civilian population.

    The stance of the PA is consistent with its own narrow political and economic interests which have come at the expense of the Palestinian national cause. It has systematically and brutally stamped out any opposition and any support for other factions, including Hamas, in order to maintain its rule over West Bank cities while Israel continues with its brutal occupation and dispossession of the Palestinian people.

    In Israel’s war on Gaza in 2008–2009, the PA leadership hoped to regain administrative control of Gaza with assistance from Israel. During that conflict, the PA prohibited any activities in the West Bank in support of Gaza and threatened to arrest participants.

    I, myself, faced harassment and the threat of arrest for attempting to join a demonstration against the war. Similar positions were adopted by the PA, albeit with less aggressive measures, in subsequent Israeli assaults on Gaza, as its leadership came to recognise that Hamas was unlikely to relinquish its control over the Strip.

    Since October 7, the PA has taken a bolder stance, marked by more aggressive actions. Its security forces have suppressed demonstrations and marches held in support of Gaza, resorting to shooting live ammunition at participants. Additionally, the PA has recently detained individuals expressing support for the Palestinian resistance.

    While cracking down on Palestinian protests, the PA has done nothing to protect its people from attacks by Israeli settlers on Palestinian communities, which have resulted in deaths, injuries and the displacement of hundreds of people in the occupied West Bank.

    Additionally, the Israeli army has intensified its raids in the PA-administered areas, leading to the arrest of thousands and the killing of hundreds of Palestinians, with no reaction from the PA.

    The PA’s inability to offer basic protection has added to the deterioration of its legitimacy among Palestinians. Furthermore, by taking a stance against the Palestinian resistance and aligning itself with Israel and the US, the PA is only further undermining its own legitimacy.

    Palestine Authority – PA 1.0
    Washington is aware of the growing unpopularity of the PA and its leadership among Palestinians but it is not giving up on it because it seems to believe that that can be fixed. That is because the US has tried to revamp the authority before as it has always faced problems with legitimacy due to the way it was set up.

    As a governing institution, the PA was established to bring an end to the first Intifada.

    Conceived under the interim peace agreements in Oslo, it was envisioned as an administrative body to oversee civil affairs for Palestinians in the occupied Gaza Strip and certain parts of the West Bank, excluding occupied East Jerusalem.

    It effectively took on a role as an Israeli security contractor in exchange for certain benefits related to administering Palestinian population centres. The PA faithfully fulfilled its mandate, carrying out routine arrests and surveillance of Palestinian individuals, whether they were involved in actions against Israel or were activists opposing its corrupt practices.

    Thus, Israel strategically benefitted from the establishment of the PA, but the same cannot be said for the Palestinian people, as they continued to experience the ravages of a military occupation.

    Expected independent state
    “Despite this, the PA under Yasser Arafat — or what we can call PA 1.0 — leveraged patronage and corruption to maintain some level of support. Notably, Arafat viewed the Oslo process as an interim measure, expecting a fully independent Palestinian state by 2000.

    He pragmatically engaged in security collaboration with Israel, hoping to build trust and ultimately achieve peaceful coexistence. In 1996, responding to ongoing Palestinian resistance, he even declared a “war on terror” and convened a security summit in Sharm el-Sheikh, involving Israel, Egypt and the US.

    In 2000, the civil and security arrangements overseen by the PA became increasingly fragile and eventually collapsed, triggering the eruption of the second Intifada. This uprising was a response to Israel’s policies of settlement expansion, its firm refusal to accept any form of Palestinian sovereignty between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean, and broader social and economic grievances.

    In 2002, the Bush administration conceived the idea of refurbishing the PA as part of the Road map for peace. While Arafat’s leadership was perceived as a hindering factor, he had already collaborated with the US by implementing structural reforms, including the creation of a prime minister’s position.

    Seeking to reshape the Palestinian leadership, the US engaged with potential alternative leaders, including Mahmoud Abbas, who eventually assumed the presidency of the PA in 2005 after the suspicious death of Arafat.

    The PA took its first blow when Hamas won the elections in 2006 and was able to form a government. The US and EU rejected the results, boycotted the government and suspended financial assistance to the PA, while Israel halted the transfer of tax revenues.

    Meanwhile, the PA security apparatus leadership refused to deal with the Hamas government and continued their work as usual, claiming they reported to the PA president’s office.

    For several months, Hamas struggled to maintain its PA government, while Abbas and his supporters made significant efforts to isolate it.

    In 2007, Hamas took over the PA security apparatus in the Gaza Strip and assumed control of all PA institutions. Abbas declared Hamas an unwanted entity in the West Bank and ordered the expulsion of the Hamas government and the imprisonment of many Hamas operatives.

    After splitting the PA into two entities, one in the Gaza Strip and another in the West Bank, Abbas, along with allies Mohammed Dahlan and Salam Fayyad, led efforts to restructure the PA in the West Bank with full support from the US and the EU.

    Restructuring PA 2.0
    Under what we can call PA 2.0, two major restructuring efforts took place. First, it consolidated the Palestinian security apparatus under a united command. Led by US Army General Keith Dayton, the revamping of the Palestinian security forces aimed at deepening their partnership with the Israeli state and army.

    Additionally, it sought to cultivate a vested interest among PA personnel in maintaining the role of the PA. Second, the restructuring of the PA consolidated its budget, placing all its resources under the Ministry of Finance.

    This restructuring did not result in a “better” PA. It remained a dysfunctional entity, which mismanaged resources and service provision, leading to a severe deterioration in living standards for the majority of Palestinians.

    Its leadership enjoyed certain privileges due to its security coordination with Israel and engaged in widespread corruption practices that have raised concerns even among PA supporters.

    Meanwhile, Israel’s settlement enterprises continued expanding without limits and the violence employed by the Israeli army and settlers against ordinary Palestinians only worsened.

    Restructuring PA 3.0?
    The lack of support for the PA leadership and its dysfunction have raised concerns about whether it can play a role in the upcoming post-Gaza war arrangements that the US administration is trying to put together.

    That is why Washington has signalled it will seek to revamp the PA once again — into PA 3.0 — with the aim of addressing the needs of various parties. The US administration and its allies seek an authority that can provide security to Israel and engage in a peace process without altering the status quo.

    Since the start of the war, several US envoys have visited Ramallah carrying the same message: that the PA needs to be revamped. In December US National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan met with Abbas and al-Sheikh (the PLO secretary-general) urging them to “bring new blood” into the government. Al-Sheikh is considered a possible successor to Abbas, who could be part of these efforts to restructure the PA.

    However, after more than 100 days since the start of the Israeli war on Gaza, it looks like Washington does not have a concrete plan and only has some general ideas which the PA has declared a readiness to discuss. More importantly, the US vision does not seem to take into account the will of the Palestinian people.

    The Palestinian public clearly demands a leadership that can head a democratic, national entity capable of fulfilling the Palestinian national aspirations, including creating an independent state and realising the Palestinians’ right of return to their homelands.

    Revamping the PA implies intensifying cooperation with Israel and providing Israeli settlers with more security, which effectively means more insecurity and dispossession for the Palestinians.

    As a result, the Palestinian people will continue to perceive the PA as illegitimate and public anger, upheaval and resistance will continue to grow.

    In this sense, the US vision for revamping the PA would fail because it would not address the core issues of Israeli occupation and apartheid, which successive American administrations have systematically and purposefully ignored.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/21/war-on-gaza-the-us-plan-to-revamp-palestinian-authority-is-doomed/feed/ 0 453714
    Undercover FBI Agents Helped Autistic Teen Plan Trip to Join ISIS https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/undercover-fbi-agents-helped-autistic-teen-plan-trip-to-join-isis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/undercover-fbi-agents-helped-autistic-teen-plan-trip-to-join-isis/#respond Wed, 10 Jan 2024 20:37:48 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=457007

    Humzah Mashkoor had just cleared security at Denver International Airport when the FBI showed up. The agents had come to arrest the 18-year-old, who is diagnosed with a developmental disability, and charge him with terror-related crimes. At the time of the arrest, a relative later said in court, Mashkoor was reading “Diary of a Wimpy Kid,” a book written for elementary school children.

    Mashkoor had gone to the airport on December 18 to fly to Dubai, and from there to either Syria or Afghanistan, as part of his alleged plot to join the Islamic State. The trip had been spurred by over a year of online exchanges starting when Mashkoor was 16 years old with four people he believed were members of ISIS. According to the Justice Department’s criminal complaint, the four were actually undercover FBI agents. As a result of his conversations with the FBI, Mashkoor could face a lengthy sentence for attempting to provide material support to a terrorist organization.

    At an initial court hearing, family members said that Mashkoor, who had turned 18 just a few weeks prior to the arrest, had intellectual difficulties and been diagnosed with autism. Despite acknowledging Mashkoor’s family support and his young age, the judge ordered that he be detained while awaiting trial.

    “It’s not lost on this court that Mr. Mashkoor is a young man with possible mental illness and the diagnosis of high-functioning autism. It is clear he has a sea of familial support,” the judge said. “But based on this evidence, there’s no reasonable assurance here that the court can simply chalk all this up to the defendant simply being a young man.”

    Law enforcement agents first became aware of Mashkoor’s online activities in support of ISIS in November 2021. But instead of alerting his family, Mashkoor’s lawyers told The Intercept, FBI agents posing as ISIS members befriended him a year later and strung him along until he became a legal adult.

    “It is appalling that the government never once reached out to his parents, even while they were sending undercover agents to befriend him online starting when he was 16 years old,” said Joshua Herman, a defense attorney representing Mashkoor. “Almost all of the conduct he is alleged to have committed took place when he was a juvenile.”

    “It is appalling that the government never once reached out to his parents, even while they were sending undercover agents to befriend him online starting when he was 16 years old.”

    More details may emerge on the circumstances of Mashkoor’s ill-fated attempt to join ISIS, but the facts as laid out in the complaint are hallmarks of terrorism prosecutions based on FBI stings: a young man with developmental disabilities, already on the police’s radar due to mental health episodes and conflicts with family, groomed as a minor over a long period by a group of undercover FBI agents. Mashkoor’s case also follows a pattern of FBI sting operations in which a teenager is arrested shortly after their 18th birthday. As in similar cases, the court documents suggest that Mashkoor was limited in his ability to execute a terrorist plot on his own.

    “This case appears consistent with a common fact pattern seen in tens, if not hundreds, of terrorism-related cases in which the FBI has effectively manufactured terrorist prosecutions,” said Sahar Aziz, a national security expert and law professor at Rutgers University. “In this case, it was a 16-year-old kid who otherwise would have just sat in his relatives’ basement posting offensive content in a manner similar to a white supremacist or Proud Boy — people whom the FBI does not spend enormous resources to entrap just so they can get a high-profile press release.”

    Known to Police

    Mashkoor first came onto the authorities’ radar for social media posts around the time of his 16th birthday. According to the complaint, Mashkoor began posting in support of terrorism in November 2021, and a platform he used alerted the FBI of suspicious activity.

    In July 2022, local police were called to Mashkoor’s home after he allegedly assaulted a family member during a dispute. At the time, according to court filings, a relative told police about Mashkoor’s mental illness and autism diagnosis. Two months later, Mashkoor began communicating with an undercover FBI agent posing as a member of ISIS.

    That agent eventually introduced Mashkoor to three other FBI agents impersonating ISIS members. With their encouragement, Mashkoor developed a plan to support the terror group. Along with extensive discussions of what types of services he might provide ISIS, Mashkoor regularly confided in the agents about his boredom, family problems, hopes of getting married, and struggles with his mental health. He constantly referred to being a minor, complaining that being under 18 and subject to the monitoring of family members made it hard for him to travel or send funds, including cryptocurrency transactions that he could not figure out how to conduct.

    Mashkoor’s anxieties come through in the chats included in the indictment — most of which are limited to his sides of the conversations. At one point, he told an agent that he was considering finding a wife who might be willing to join him in Afghanistan, but he worried about the possibility of abandoning her if he was killed.

    Mashkoor went back and forth about whether he even wanted to join ISIS.

    Mashkoor also went back and forth about whether he even wanted to join ISIS. Throughout the chats with the undercover agents, Mashkoor expressed support for ISIS and fantasized about fighting with militants abroad. But he also shared doubts about joining the group as well as concerns that he lacked connections of his own in Afghanistan and Syria. In one message, he worried that “the brothers there might not support me in getting married and may just strap something on me and throw me out into the field.” He may, he suggested at one point, instead get a job and finish high school.

    In early December, Mashkoor failed to show up to a flight he had booked to Dubai. It’s unclear whether his apprehensions played a role; he told the FBI agents that he had come down with Covid.

    “The whole case demonstrates the low level of maturity and social skills often found in people who suffer from autism,” said Thomas Durkin, one of Mashkoor’s lawyers. “He is fantasizing and making up plans to go to Afghanistan that he could not possibly realize on his own.”

    In their conversations, agents warned Mashkoor that “life won’t be easy” after joining ISIS, while continuing to offer to help plan his journey. Despite second thoughts, Mashkoor eventually appeared to take the FBI up on their offer and went to the airport weeks after he turned 18.

    “Staying here even another second is torture and I’ve only been putting up an act to please those around me,” he had told one of the agents. “But what will any of it matter once I’m 18 and gone.”

    Security fencing outside the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) headquarters in Washington, D.C., US, on Monday, Aug. 22, 2022. The FBI has come under intense political criticism for executing a search warrant on Donald Trump's Mar-a-Lago home in Florida and is confronting threats that don't appear to be subsiding, including an armed man who attacked the bureau's Cincinnati field office. Photographer: Al Drago/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Security fencing outside FBI headquarters in Washington, D.C., on Aug. 22, 2022.

    Photo: Al Drago/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    The FBI’s Terror Plan

    Throughout the period that he was under investigation, it’s unclear how much meaningful contact Mashkoor had with actual members of ISIS. When he originally came onto law enforcement’s radar, he was alleged to have been in communication with other supporters of the group, some of whom were later arrested in foreign countries.

    At one point during the investigation, he gave an undercover FBI agent contact information for someone he said he had found in an online ISIS publication. That individual, unnamed in court documents, solicited cryptocurrency from the undercover agents and appeared to offer them assurances that it was possible to travel to ISIS territories. In conversations with an agent, Mashkoor also alluded to an ISIS contact who had suggested he conduct an attack in the U.S., but Mashkoor said he preferred to travel abroad.

    But Mashkoor’s most substantive planning — the actions that landed him under a federal terrorism indictment — took place entirely with the group of undercover FBI agents who were in close contact with him over several months, testing the willingness of a vulnerable young man to commit a crime.

    “It’s clearly a waste of government resources,” said Aziz, the law professor. “If there was a serious terrorist threat in America, the FBI would not be spending its time entrapping a mentally ill minor.”

    The family member who went with Mashkoor to the Denver airport the day he was arrested had been unaware of his plans, according to court documents, and did not know why he was leaving the country. In one of his final conversations with an FBI agent, Mashkoor had worried about his upcoming trip and the toll it would have on his family. He asked the agent whether it would be permissible to leave behind a message for them. As he told another agent, he had tried “to think of something to say” to his father, but whenever he tried to convey that he was leaving for good, his “throat clenches and nothing comes out.”

    “My family know I am leaving but don’t know why and they are very sad and it’s been having a toll on my mental health,” Mashkoor told the agent. “I don’t know how to properly say my final goodbyes to them or how to convey the reasons why I left without compromising myself.”

    Join The Conversation


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Murtaza Hussain.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/undercover-fbi-agents-helped-autistic-teen-plan-trip-to-join-isis/feed/ 0 451002
    EU’s Michel Downplays Criticism Of His Plan To Resign Early, Says Options Remain To ‘Avoid’ Orban https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/eus-michel-downplays-criticism-of-his-plan-to-resign-early-says-options-remain-to-avoid-orban/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/eus-michel-downplays-criticism-of-his-plan-to-resign-early-says-options-remain-to-avoid-orban/#respond Sun, 07 Jan 2024 19:38:34 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/eu-michel-resignation-orban-avoid/32764698.html As Ukrainian leaders continue to express concerns about the fate of lasting aid from Western partners, two allies voiced strong backing on January 7, with Japan saying it was “determined to support” Kyiv while Sweden said its efforts to assist Ukraine will be its No. 1 foreign policy goal in the coming years.

    "Japan is determined to support Ukraine so that peace can return to Ukraine," Japanese Foreign Minister Yoko Kamikawa said during a surprise visit to Kyiv, becoming the first official foreign visitor for 2024.

    "I can feel how tense the situation in Ukraine is now," she told a news conference -- held in a shelter due to an air-raid alert in the capital at the time -- alongside her Ukrainian counterpart Dmytro Kuleba.

    "I once again strongly condemn Russia's missile and drone attacks, particularly on New Year's Day," she added, while also saying Japan would provide an additional $37 million to a NATO trust fund to help purchase drone-detection systems.

    The Japanese diplomat also visited Bucha, the Kyiv suburb where Russian forces are blamed for a civilian massacre in 2022, stating she was "shocked" by what occurred there.

    In a Telegram post, Ukrainian Prime Minister Denys Shmyhal thanked "Japan for its comprehensive support, as well as significant humanitarian and financial assistance."

    In particular, he cited Tokyo's "decision to allocate $1 billion for humanitarian projects and reconstruction with its readiness to increase this amount to $4.5 billion through the mechanisms of international institutions."

    Live Briefing: Russia's Invasion Of Ukraine

    RFE/RL's Live Briefing gives you all of the latest developments on Russia's full-scale invasion, Kyiv's counteroffensive, Western military aid, global reaction, and the plight of civilians. For all of RFE/RL's coverage of the war in Ukraine, click here.

    Meanwhile, Swedish Foreign Minister Tobias Billstrom told a Stockholm defense conference that the main goal of the country’s foreign policy efforts in the coming years will be to support Kyiv.

    “Sweden’s military, political, and economic support for Ukraine remains the Swedish government’s main foreign policy task in the coming years,” he posted on social media during the event.

    Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy, speaking via video link, told the conference that the battlefield in his country was currently stable but that he remained confident Russia could be defeated.

    "Even Russia can be brought back within the framework of international law. Its aggression can be defeated," he said.

    Ukraine’s much-anticipated counteroffensive last summer largely failed to shift the front line, giving confidence to the Kremlin’s forces, especially as further Western aid is in question.

    Ukraine has pleaded with its Western allies to keep supplying it with air defense weapons, along with other weapons necessary to defeat the invasion that began in February 2022.

    U.S. President Joe Biden has proposed a national-security spending bill that includes $61 billion in aid for Ukraine, but it has been blocked by Republican lawmakers who insist Biden and his fellow Democrats in Congress address border security.

    Zelenskiy also urged fellow European nations to join Ukraine in developing joint weapons-production capabilities so that the continent is able to "preserve itself" in the face of any future crises.

    "Two years of this war have proven that Europe needs its own sufficient arsenal for the defense of freedom, its own capabilities to ensure defense," he said.

    Overnight, Ukrainian officials said Russia launched 28 drones and three cruise missiles, and 12 people were wounded by a drone attack in the central city of Dnipro.

    Though smaller in scale than other recent assaults, the January 7 aerial attack was the latest indication that Russia has no intention of stopping its targeting of Ukraine’s civilian infrastructure, often far from the front lines.

    In a post to Telegram, Ukraine’s air force claimed that air defenses destroyed 21 of the 28 drones, which mainly targeted locations in the south and east of Ukraine.

    "The enemy is shifting the focus of attack to the frontline territories: the Kherson and Dnipropetrovsk regions were attacked by drones," air force spokesperson Yuriy Ihnat told Ukrainian TV.

    Russia made no immediate comment on the attack.

    In the southern city of Kherson, meanwhile, Russian shelling from across the Dnieper River left at least two people dead, officials said.

    In the past few months, Ukrainian forces have moved across the Dnieper, setting up a small bridgehead in villages on the river's eastern banks, upriver from Kherson. The effort to establish a larger foothold there, however, has faltered, with Russian troops pinning the Ukrainians down, and keeping them from moving heavier equipment over.

    Over the past two weeks, Russia has fired nearly 300 missiles and more than 200 drones at targets in Ukraine, as part of an effort to terrorize the civilian population and undermine morale. On December 29, more than 120 Russian missiles were launched at cities across Ukraine, killing at least 44 people, including 30 in Kyiv alone.

    Ukraine’s air defenses have improved markedly since the months following Russia’s mass invasion in February 2022. At least five Western-supplied Patriot missile batteries, along with smaller systems like German-made Gepard and the French-manufactured SAMP/T, have also improved Ukraine’s ability to repel Russian drones and missiles.

    Last week, U.S. officials said that Russia had begun using North Korean-supplied ballistic missiles as part of its aerial attacks on Ukrainian sites.

    Inside Russia, authorities in Belgorod said dozens of residents have been evacuated to areas farther from the Ukrainian border.

    “On behalf of regional Governor Vyacheslav Gladkov, we met the first Belgorod residents who decided to move to a safer place. More than 100 people were placed in our temporary accommodation centers,” Andrei Chesnokov, head of the Stary Oskol district, about 115 kilometers from Belgorod, wrote in Telegram post.

    With reporting by RFE/RL’s Ukrainian Service, Reuters, and AP


    This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/eus-michel-downplays-criticism-of-his-plan-to-resign-early-says-options-remain-to-avoid-orban/feed/ 0 450174
    Orwellian Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/orwellian-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/orwellian-plan/#respond Sat, 30 Dec 2023 16:00:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147053 Terms of Service: the control and direction of cell phone technology.

    The post Orwellian Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post Orwellian Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/orwellian-plan/feed/ 0 448702
    Genocide on the Installment Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/genocide-on-the-installment-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/genocide-on-the-installment-plan/#respond Sat, 30 Dec 2023 06:43:14 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=309303 In contrast to other historical atrocities, the crimes against the people of Gaza–mass murder, manufactured famine, dispossession, looting of property, demolition of cultural and religious heritage, and forced expulsion–have all been committed in the open–the genocidal plans have been written about in newspaper columns and freely expounded on talk shows. You won't have to excavate through secret archives, the evidence of these grotesque crimes is there for all to see. What they've said and what they've done is on the record. There can be no hiding from it. And those who've armed, funded, abetted and justified these genocidal measures should be condemned for their complicity.

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here

    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    More

    The post Genocide on the Installment Plan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.
    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here
    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    The post Genocide on the Installment Plan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jeffrey St. Clair.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/30/genocide-on-the-installment-plan/feed/ 0 448627
    “Utterly Illegal”: U.N. Special Rapporteur Slams Netanyahu’s “Voluntary Migration” Plan for Gazans https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans/#respond Fri, 29 Dec 2023 13:36:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dbbec022c3281cb7932ea91448037e89 Seg gaza un

    More United Nations workers have been killed in Israel’s ongoing assault on the Gaza Strip than in any other conflict in the organization’s history. As the death toll for U.N. workers ticks above 136, Israel has announced it will no longer grant automatic visas to U.N. workers, after accusing the organization of being “complicit partners” with Hamas after months of U.N. officials repeatedly calling for a ceasefire and the delivery of humanitarian aid to Gaza. Francesca Albanese, the United Nations special rapporteur on the occupied Palestinian territory, calls Israel’s accusations “baseless” and part of a long pattern of smearing and obstructing the U.N.’s operations in Israel and Palestine.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans/feed/ 0 448439
    “Utterly Illegal”: U.N. Special Rapporteur Slams Netanyahu’s “Voluntary Migration” Plan for Gazans https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans-2/#respond Fri, 29 Dec 2023 13:36:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dbbec022c3281cb7932ea91448037e89 Seg gaza un

    More United Nations workers have been killed in Israel’s ongoing assault on the Gaza Strip than in any other conflict in the organization’s history. As the death toll for U.N. workers ticks above 136, Israel has announced it will no longer grant automatic visas to U.N. workers, after accusing the organization of being “complicit partners” with Hamas after months of U.N. officials repeatedly calling for a ceasefire and the delivery of humanitarian aid to Gaza. Francesca Albanese, the United Nations special rapporteur on the occupied Palestinian territory, calls Israel’s accusations “baseless” and part of a long pattern of smearing and obstructing the U.N.’s operations in Israel and Palestine.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/utterly-illegal-u-n-special-rapporteur-slams-netanyahus-voluntary-migration-plan-for-gazans-2/feed/ 0 448440
    Cambodian PM rejects Vietnam electric taxi plan: local media https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/cambodia-vietnam-evtaxi-12212023232839.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/cambodia-vietnam-evtaxi-12212023232839.html#respond Fri, 22 Dec 2023 04:31:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/cambodia-vietnam-evtaxi-12212023232839.html Cambodian Prime Minister Hun Manet has rejected a plan by Vietnam’s VinGroup to set up an electric taxi business in the kingdom using VinFast EVs, according to the Khmer Times newspaper.

    VinGroup Chairman Pham Nhat Vuong made the proposal following a meeting in Hanoi with Hun Manet on Dec. 12 during his first official visit to Vietnam since becoming prime minister.

    A Cambodian government announcement, carried by the local media two days later, stated:  “On Wednesday, December 13, 2023, some media outlets reported that Vietnam’s Vingroup was planning to launch 2,500 electric taxi companies in Phnom Penh. Sihanoukville and Siem Reap.

    “This information has attracted the attention of some social media players and has been shared, causing some people to misunderstand that the company will open a business in Cambodia in 2024.”

    Vietnamese state-controlled media have not reported on the latest developments.

    VinGroup set up a similar business in Laos in October after debuting its electric taxi service in Vietnam’s Hanoi in April through the Green and Smart Mobility Joint Stock Company.

    VinGroup’s EV arm VinFast was the first Vietnamese company to list on a U.S. stock exchange, debuting on the Nasdaq in August, following a merger with special-purpose acquisition company, or SPAC, Black Spade Acquisition that landed VinFast US$30 million in proceeds.

    VinFast Nasdaq.jpeg
    Executives from Vietnamese automaker VinFast Auto Ltd. celebrate the commencement of the trading of company shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, Aug. 15, 2023. (Business Wire)

    On its trading debut, VinFast stocks soared 250% to trade at US$37 with a market capitalization of US$85 billion, making it the highest valued electric vehicle maker on Wall Street, after Tesla and China’s BYD. Shares lost ground in following days and are currently trading just above the $8 mark.

    Pham Nhat Vuong controls 99% of VinFast and the company’s first day of trading made him one of the top 30 wealthiest people in the world, according to Forbes’ Real-time Billionaires list.

    The company, which was established in 2017, began delivering its all-electric SUV, the VF8, to the U.S. from its factory in Vietnam in March and is taking orders for another SUV, the VF9. Since beginning production in 2021, VinFast has delivered nearly 19,000 vehicles through the end of June, mostly within Vietnam.

    “Vinfast is not an ordinary company, it is ‘the face’ of Vietnam’s business sector. So the rejection of a Vinfast plan won’t come down well in Hanoi,” a Vietnamese political analyst who wishes to stay anonymous because of the sensitivity of the issue told Radio Free Asia.

    RFA contacted VinGroup in Vietnam for comment but had not received a reply at time of publication on Friday.

    Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Mike Firn for RFA and RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/cambodia-vietnam-evtaxi-12212023232839.html/feed/ 0 447362
    Trump’s Escalating Racist Rhetoric & the Far-Right’s Plan for a Slow Civil War https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/#respond Thu, 21 Dec 2023 15:27:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bef2f5b3864f5bdd397f958f8585f6da
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/feed/ 0 447196
    “Fascism Out Loud”: Trump’s Escalating Racist Rhetoric & the Far Right’s Plan for a Slow Civil War https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/fascism-out-loud-trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/fascism-out-loud-trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/#respond Thu, 21 Dec 2023 13:49:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=769350f919b1ea9aad5fa3a58af120e7 Seg4 jeff trump

    As the 2024 presidential election campaign heats up, Republican front-runner Donald Trump is escalating his racist rhetoric, repeatedly saying in recent days that immigrants are “poisoning the blood of our country,” drawing comparisons to Hitler. Journalist Jeff Sharlet says, “Even more important than the substance is the spectacle, the drama, that makes him the exciting and, in fascist terms, the man of action.” Sharlet explains Project 2025, an agency-by-agency plan backed by a coalition of conservative groups for implementing fascism if Trump regains power, and how the former president is giving the far right the national stage they’ve always wanted.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/fascism-out-loud-trumps-escalating-racist-rhetoric-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-slow-civil-war/feed/ 0 447192
    US Military May be Endorsing Harsh Israeli Plan for Gaza Occupation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/us-military-may-be-endorsing-harsh-israeli-plan-for-gaza-occupation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/us-military-may-be-endorsing-harsh-israeli-plan-for-gaza-occupation/#respond Wed, 20 Dec 2023 06:55:53 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=308385 The U.S. government provides support for Israel in its war against Hamas in Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s costly and cruel attack on October 7. Thousands of Gazan civilians, mostly children and women, have died from bombs and gunfire and many more will be dying soon from lack of medical care, food, water, and spread More

    The post US Military May be Endorsing Harsh Israeli Plan for Gaza Occupation appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: IDF Spokesperson’s Unit photographer – CC BY-SA 3.0

    The U.S. government provides support for Israel in its war against Hamas in Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s costly and cruel attack on October 7. Thousands of Gazan civilians, mostly children and women, have died from bombs and gunfire and many more will be dying soon from lack of medical care, food, water, and spread of infectious diseases.  Healthcare and social service facilities, and homes, are reduced to rubble

    Prospects for Gazans who survive the war are grim, or worse. The families of many are gone, and international aid agencies have mostly disappeared. Dire shortages of necessities are on the horizon.  Repairing the physical damage won’t happen soon.

    With humanitarian disaster on full display, Human Rights Watch points out that, “By continuing to provide Israel with weapons and diplomatic cover as it commits atrocities … the US risks complicity in war crimes.” Accusations of shared responsibility for horror will very likely bedevil the United States for as long as Gazan civilians are dying in large numbers or being removed to camps somewhere else and, all the while, Israeli occupiers are using U.S. weapons to do the killing.

    A recently released Israeli military analysis raises the possibility that the U.S. government would be courting very serious condemnation if it provides material support for Israel’s occupation of Gaza.

    Dr. Omer Dostri, the study’s author, is associated with the Jerusalem Institute for Strategy and Security and the Israel Defense and Security Forum. Each is oriented to Israel’s military establishment.  His study appeared November 7 in the Military Review, the self-described“professional Journal of the U.S. Army.”

    As reported by journalist Dan Cohen, Dostri declared on social media that, “I authored [the study] on behalf of the US Department of Defense and the US Army’s Military Review journal.” For the Military Review’s editors to have invited Dostri’s submission suggests they already knew about, and were at least tolerant of, Dostri’s iron-fist approach toward Gaza.

    The author and editors alike presumably expected their respective military superiors to be accepting of some or most of the views expressed in the paper. The two military leaderships very likely are in general agreement in regard to Gaza. Publication of this Israeli analysis is a straw in the wind as to future U.S.-Israel military collaboration on Gaza and, on that score, points to U.S. war crimes in the offing.

    The title of Dostri’s article reads in part, “The End of the Deterrence Strategy in Gaza.” He notes the failure of Israeli military intelligence, Israel’s lack of combat readiness, and Hamas’s “exceptional military and professional approach.” Referring to Israel’s “disregard for the fundamentalist religious dimension of Hamas as an extreme Islamic terrorist organization,” he diagnoses faulty “political perception”

    Dostri reviews options for control of Gaza following the defeat of Hamas. They are: a local Gazan administration, the Palestinian Authority taking charge, a mandate exercised by another government or an international agency, or occupation and governance by Israel’s military.  He favors the latter, “from a security perspective.”

    The main reason for establishing Israeli settlements in Gaza, he states, is that “seizing and securing land constitutes a more substantial blow to radical Islamist terror groups than the elimination of terrorist operatives and high-ranking leaders.”

    Summarizing, Dostri indicates that, “[A] robust ground campaign in the Gaza Strip, encompassing the occupation of territories, the creation of new Israeli settlements, and the voluntary relocation of hundreds of thousands of Palestinians to Egypt with no option for return will greatly fortify Israeli deterrence and project influence throughout the entire Middle East.”

    Dostri examines Israel’s conduct of the ongoing Gaza war. He calls for a military strategy aimed at securing “a swift surrender of the enemy” that would allow “political maneuverability to make decisions.” The goal “is to defeat Hamas and assume control of the Gaza Strip for the benefit of future generations.”

    Israel runs “the risk of a multifront war.” Planners are “in the process of altering … policy and military strategy, not only concerning Gaza but also across other fronts.” The Gaza experience is instructive: “Successive Israeli governments …regarded Hamas in the Gaza Strip as a legitimate governing entity that could be managed and engaged through diplomatic and economic means. Not anymore.”

    Now “Israel should shift from a strategy of deterrence … [to a] strategy of unwavering decisiveness and victory.” In particular, “Israel will have no choice but to invade Lebanon and defeat Hezbollah.” In addition, “Israel cannot afford to allow the Houthis [in Yemen] to significantly bolster their military strength over time.”

    U.S. political leaders for the most part have yet to weigh in on the fate of Gazan civilians in the post-war period. Dostri’s view of Gaza’s future, seemingly acceptable, more or less, to the militaries of the two countries, leaves no room for the niceties of civilians being abused and dying as part of the coming occupation.

    By December 1, the U.S. Congress was considering a proposal for assisting Israeli forces as they clear Gaza of Gazans:  Egypt, Turkey, Yemen, and Iraq would receive U.S. monetary support for taking in Gazans fleeing from Israeli attacks.  The next day, however, Vice President Kamala Harris indicated that, ““Under no circumstances will the United States permit the forced relocation of Palestinians from Gaza or the West Bank.”

    At issue for U.S. policymakers are competing realities: the suffering of Gaza civilians, obligations to U.S. ally Israel, the prospect of region-wide war, and the control of oil, whether Israeli or Palestinian.

    Reporting on counterpunch.org, Charlotte Dennett cites “oil and natural gas, discovered off the coast of Gaza, Israel and Lebanon in 2000 and 2010 and estimated to be worth $500 billion.” The Palestinians in 2000 claimed that the “gas fields …. belonged to them.” Yasser Arafat, President of the Palestinian National Authority, “learned they could provide $1 billion in badly needed revenue. For him, this [was] a Gift of God for our people and a strong foundation for a Palestinian state.”

    Dennett adds that, “In December 2010, prospectors discovered a much larger gas field off the Israeli coast, dubbed Leviathan. In addition, “work has already begun on … the so-called Ben Gurion Canal, from the tip of northern Gaza south into the Gulf of Aqaba, connecting Israel to the Red Sea and providing a competitor to Egypt’s Suez Canal.”  Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu wants to “convince international lenders to support his long-held scheme of turning Israel into an energy corridor”

    The post US Military May be Endorsing Harsh Israeli Plan for Gaza Occupation appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by W. T. Whitney.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/us-military-may-be-endorsing-harsh-israeli-plan-for-gaza-occupation/feed/ 0 446844
    Plan to stash planet-heating carbon dioxide under U.S. national forests alarms critics https://grist.org/accountability/plan-to-stash-planet-heating-carbon-dioxide-under-u-s-national-forests-alarms-critics/ https://grist.org/accountability/plan-to-stash-planet-heating-carbon-dioxide-under-u-s-national-forests-alarms-critics/#respond Sun, 17 Dec 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=625366 This story was originally published Floodlight, a nonprofit newsroom that investigates the powerful interests stalling climate action. 

    A proposal that would allow industries to permanently stash climate-polluting carbon dioxide beneath U.S. Forest Service land puts those habitats and the people in or near them at risk, according to opponents of the measure.

    Chief among opponents’ concerns is that carbon dioxide could leak from storage wells or pipelines and injure or kill people and animals, as well as harm the trees in the forests and their habitat, said Victoria Bogdan Tejeda, attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity. 

    “There are enough broad-ranging concerns with this rule that this isn’t the time to move forward and experiment when the consequences are so high,” said Bogdan Tejeda.

    In 2020, a carbon dioxide pipeline ruptured in Mississippi, sending 49 people to the hospital. 

    The debate about the proposal in the U.S. comes as the capture and storage of carbon to mitigate climate change was one of the talking points at the UN COP28 climate summit in Dubai. 

    Concentrations of the gas, which is odorless and heavier than oxygen, can also prevent combustion engines from operating. Bodan Tejeda, of the Center for Biological Diversity, worries that people even a mile or two from a carbon dioxide leak could start suffocating and have no way to escape.

    Proponents of the proposal, however, say storage can be managed safely, and such regulatory changes are needed to meet the nation’s climate goals. 

    A man in jeans, a tee shirt and hard hat walks through high grass in a pine forest.
    Forest technician Jacob Floyd walks through Palustris Experimental Forest, part of the Kisatchie National Forest in Louisiana in October 2023. Preston Keres/USDA Forest Service

    “The geologic storage of CO2 beneath federal lands offers a significant opportunity to catalyze a domestic carbon management industry that will reduce greenhouse gas emissions while creating and maintaining high-paying jobs,” said Jessie Stolark, executive director of the Carbon Capture Coalition, a non-partisan collaboration of more than 100 companies, unions, conservation and environmental policy organizations.

    Capturing carbon either from industrial processes that burn fossil fuels, or directly from the air, and storing it permanently underground is considered necessary to stave off the worst impacts of climate change under several scenarios. But not all underground spaces can permanently hold the carbon, which is injected hundreds of feet underground. So developers have been in a land grab of sorts in Louisiana, Texas, and elsewhere for suitable underground so-called pore space. 

    Jim Furnish, a retired U.S. Forest Service deputy chief who consults on forestry issues, said he was startled by the proposal. He said it’s a reversal of historic Forest Service policy that only allows temporary use of forest service lands, usually for five to 20 years. 

    More broadly, the measure would “provide a powerful incentive to continue to burn fossil fuels,” Furnish said. “It’s the opposite of a virtuous cycle.” 

    Stolark says unless federal authorities provide clarity for carbon storage on federal lands, which comprise 30 percent of all U.S. surface lands, the nation will not be able to meet 2050 greenhouse gas reduction targets. 

    The Forest Service manages about 193 million acres in the United States. According to the U.S. Geological Survey, about 130 million acres of suitable carbon storage is under federal land, including the Forest Service.

    A closeup of a broken pipe in a hole.
    A ruptured carbon dioxide pipeline near Satartia, Mississippi in 2020. Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration

    The Forest Service said the Nov. 3 proposal would allow it to evaluate such permanent storage requests; it is not currently considering any specific proposals to store carbon under its lands. A spokesman said the agency previously received and denied applications for underground carbon storage on two forests in the South, an epicenter for carbon capture and storage proposals.

    Any such project would have to follow U.S. environmental laws, the service said. The Environmental Protection Agency would regulate the wells under its underground injection well program. 

    If the rule is finalized, disruptions to forests would begin long before any carbon dioxide was piped underground, said June Sekera, an economist and policy researcher at Boston University and The New School who has been studying carbon capture. 

    Drilling rigs and heavy equipment would be brought into forests to evaluate whether the spaces under the forests were suitable for carbon storage. Trees would have to come down to make way for that equipment, and many more trees would likely be felled to make way for the pipelines. Infrastructure for the injection wells would be permanent, she said.

    “All of the other recreation and human uses of these forests are at odds with this type of use because this type of use is dangerous,” said Laura Haight, U.S. policy director at Partnership for Policy Integrity, which focuses on forest issues.

    Almost 200 carbon capture and storage projects have been proposed in the United States in the last five years, many spurred in the past year by increased incentives in the Inflation Reduction Act intended to address global warming. 

    The Forest Service, when contacted, did not respond to a question of how those incentives of up to $180 per ton of carbon stored would be handled if the carbon were injected under federal lands.

    About 140 groups have asked the Forest Service to extend the 60-day public comment period on the proposal, which now ends January 2, for another 60 days. It would be, according to the groups, the first time the United States would permit CO2 to be injected under federal lands. 

    U.S. Rep. Jared Huffman, R-Calif., ranking member of the House Natural Resources Subcommittee on Water, Wildlife and Fisheries, said he also intends to call for an extension of the comment period. Huffman called the measure a “sacrifice of public lands as a life support for fossil fuels.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Plan to stash planet-heating carbon dioxide under U.S. national forests alarms critics on Dec 17, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Pam Radtke, Floodlight.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/accountability/plan-to-stash-planet-heating-carbon-dioxide-under-u-s-national-forests-alarms-critics/feed/ 0 446316
    President Biden’s Five-Year Plan Finalized, Continues Offshore Drilling in Gulf of Mexico https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/president-bidens-five-year-plan-finalized-continues-offshore-drilling-in-gulf-of-mexico/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/president-bidens-five-year-plan-finalized-continues-offshore-drilling-in-gulf-of-mexico/#respond Fri, 15 Dec 2023 22:06:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/president-bidens-five-year-plan-finalized-continues-offshore-drilling-in-gulf-of-mexico The Department of Interior finalized President Biden’s Five-Year Plan for offshore oil and gas leasing today following the conclusion of a Congressional review period. The plan continues leasing in the Gulf of Mexico but does not expand leasing into new waters. The first lease sale in the National Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Leasing Program for 2024-2029 is scheduled to be held in 2025, with two more to follow in 2027 and 2029, respectively. Secretary of the Interior, Deb Haaland, signed off on the plan after the review period.

    Oceana Vice President for the United States, Beth Lowell, called on the Biden administration to permanently protect our coasts from offshore drilling after the announcement:

    “Offshore oil and gas drilling is not only dirty and dangerous, but it also supercharges the existing climate crisis. This Five-Year Plan started with President Trump proposing to open nearly all U.S. waters to offshore oil drilling and ends with President Biden’s final plan that is the smallest to date. The footprint of offshore drilling was not expanded, but the dangerous cycle of drilling and spilling must end.

    While the Atlantic, Pacific, Arctic and Eastern Gulf of Mexico were not included in this program, these areas will be at risk again when it is time for a new plan. President Biden can permanently protect areas in the Atlantic, Pacific, Arctic, and Eastern Gulf of Mexico from the threats of future offshore drilling — expanding upon President Trump’s 10-year withdrawal of federal waters from the coast of North Carolina through the Eastern Gulf of Mexico, and President Biden’s earlier protections in the Beaufort Sea this year. Protecting our coasts from offshore oil and gas drilling will safeguard the communities, people, and businesses that rely on a healthy ocean. Forever shielding these areas from the devastation of oil and gas drilling would be an admirable, tangible, and necessary step forward in our climb toward a clean energy future while protecting our oceans and coasts.”

    The Five-Year Plan process began in 2018 under President Trump, who proposed 47 offshore drilling lease sales. The plan was cut down to 11 proposed sales in 2022 under President Biden, who ultimately trimmed it down to three lease sales in the final program – the lowest number of leases ever offered in a Five-Year Plan.

    A 2021 analysis by Oceana found that protecting all unleased federal waters from offshore drilling in the United States could prevent over 19 billion tons of greenhouse gas emissions. That is the equivalent of taking every car in the nation off the road for 15 years. Ending new leasing could have also prevented more than $720 billion in damage to people, property, and the environment. The three new approved leases would add to the more than 2,000 leases the oil industry already holds, according to a recent Oceana report. That totals more than 11 million acres of ocean, with 75% of those acres currently sitting unused.

    For more information about Oceana’s campaign to stop the expansion of offshore drilling in the United States, please click here.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/president-bidens-five-year-plan-finalized-continues-offshore-drilling-in-gulf-of-mexico/feed/ 0 446093
    Constitution in the Crosshairs: The Far Right’s Plan for a New Confederacy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/constitution-in-the-crosshairs-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-new-confederacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/constitution-in-the-crosshairs-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-new-confederacy/#respond Mon, 11 Dec 2023 21:40:13 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/far-right-plan-for-a-new-confederacy-maclean-pearson-20231211/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nancy MacLean.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/constitution-in-the-crosshairs-the-far-rights-plan-for-a-new-confederacy/feed/ 0 445000
    As UN talks collapse, the world has no plan to adapt to climate change https://grist.org/international/cop28-dubai-climate-adaptation/ https://grist.org/international/cop28-dubai-climate-adaptation/#respond Mon, 11 Dec 2023 17:41:50 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=624883 The United Nations climate summit in Dubai promises no shortage of drama in its final days — in part because negotiations over whether or not to phase out global fossil fuel use appear to have collapsed. One major goal of this year’s conference, known as COP28, is a “global stocktake” documenting the world’s climate progress and next steps on climate action. But as of Monday, any reference to ending oil and gas use had disappeared from the draft text, leading to widespread anger among climate advocates. Former U.S. Vice President Al Gore declared that the conference was “on the verge of complete failure.”

    But the well-publicized debate over fossil fuels threatens to overshadow another major question dogging negotiations as the clock runs out: whether or not world leaders can agree on how to adapt their countries’ infrastructure to withstand global warming. As climate-driven disasters continue to make headlines around the world, the fate of millions in especially vulnerable regions such as Africa and Southeast Asia hinges on this question. 

    Though hundreds of international negotiators have spent the past fortnight tangling over a convoluted document that outlines how countries will adapt to climate change, they haven’t yet reached consensus on who exactly will pay for the phenomenally expensive undertaking — or even how to define successful climate adaptation in the first place. As the end of the conference approaches, stakeholders who spoke to Grist described the most recent draft text of the so-called global goal on adaptation as “watered-down,” “vague,” and “confusing.” 

    Get caught up on COP28

    What is COP28? Every year, climate negotiators from around the world gather under the auspices of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to assess countries’ progress toward reducing carbon emissions and limiting global temperature rise. 

    The 28th Conference of the Parties, or COP28, is taking place in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, between November 30 and December 12 this year.

    Read more: The questions and controversies driving this year’s conference

    What happens at COP? Part trade show, part high-stakes negotiations, COPs are annual convenings where world leaders attempt to move the needle on climate change.

    While activists up the ante with disruptive protests and industry leaders hash out deals on the sidelines, the most consequential outcomes of the conference will largely be negotiated behind closed doors. Over two weeks, delegates will pore over language describing countries’ commitments to reduce carbon emissions, jostling over the precise wording that all 194 countries can agree to.

    What are the key issues at COP28 this year?

    Global stocktake: The 2016 landmark Paris Agreement marked the first time countries united behind a goal to limit global temperature increase. The international treaty consists of 29 articles with numerous targets, including reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing financial flows to developing countries, and setting up a carbon market. For the first time since then, countries will conduct a “global stocktake” to measure how much progress they’ve made toward those goals at COP28 and where they’re lagging.

    Fossil fuel phaseout or phasedown: Countries have agreed to reduce carbon emissions at previous COPs, but have not explicitly acknowledged the role of fossil fuels in causing the climate crisis until recently. This year, negotiators will be haggling over the exact phrasing that signals that the world needs to transition away from fossil fuels. They may decide that countries need to phase down or phase out fossil fuels or come up with entirely new wording that conveys the need to ramp down fossil fuel use. 

    Read more: ‘Phaseout’ or ‘phasedown’? Why UN climate negotiators obsess over language

    Loss and damage: Last year, countries agreed to set up a historic fund to help developing nations deal with the so-called loss and damage that they are currently facing as a result of climate change. At COP28, countries will agree on a number of nitty-gritty details about the fund’s operations, including which country will host the fund, who will pay into it and withdraw from it, as well as the makeup of the fund’s board. 

    Read more: The difficult negotiations over a loss and damage fund

    The latest text is “much weakened,” said Pratishtha Singh, a policy analyst at the Canadian chapter of the Climate Action Network, an international advocacy organization. “It’s far from enough in terms of what’s needed by developing countries.” 

    The “global goal on adaptation” is a sweeping framework that is supposed to guide how the world prepares for floods, fires, droughts, and other climate disasters. It’s also one of the last and biggest puzzle pieces in the implementation of the landmark Paris Agreement. The 2015 accord had three main pillars: mitigating future climate change by reducing carbon emissions, adapting to future climate disasters, and redressing the loss and damage that can’t be prevented. In the years since it was signed, countries have set goals for cutting carbon emissions and, much more recently, committed hundreds of millions of dollars to a loss-and-damage fund, but they haven’t yet agreed on a framework for climate adaptation.

    This year’s COP is the final deadline for putting that framework together, but talks have moved at a snail’s pace in Dubai as negotiators clash over key issues. Despite holding at least eight technical discussions on the adaptation goal earlier this year, negotiators failed to agree on a draft document by the end of the conference’s first week, a sign of dismal progress. A parallel discussion about how vulnerable countries should design their national adaptation plans also broke down, and negotiators have punted that debate to a meeting in Bonn, Germany, next summer.

    The reasons for the logjam are multiple. For one, the geopolitics of adaptation finance are highly contentious. In the past, rich countries in Europe and North America have promised to support adaptation in more vulnerable countries, but they have overwhelmingly failed to meet their previous commitments — and even those commitments were hundreds of billions of dollars short of what experts agree is needed. Negotiators from Africa and Southeast Asia entered the adaptation talks at COP28 seeking an acknowledgment that wealthy nations need to do more, plus a mechanism for monitoring international aid, which they say will help ensure that rich countries don’t renege on their funding commitments. Rich countries, however, sought to restrict the final agreement to a discussion of how to develop and implement adaptation policy.

    “The main issue is the financial part,” said Idy Niang, a Senegalese negotiator who represents a bloc of the world’s least economically developed countries, during the first week of COP28. “We are not satisfied with the proposal coming from developed countries.”

    The most recent draft text includes a lengthy discussion of adaptation finance, including a call for rich countries to pay more and a vague nod to their past failures, but it doesn’t include any clear commitment from wealthy nations. Nor does it outline any mechanism for tracking and monitoring adaptation aid. 

    An earlier version included a provision that called for rich countries to provide at least $400 billion in adaptation finance per year by 2030, which would have represented a more than tenfold increase from recent years. But this line disappeared in later talks, as did any reference to equity principles underscoring developed countries’ responsibility to provide adaptation funding. Emilie Beauchamp, a climate policy expert at the International Institute for Sustainable Development, a Canada-based environmental think tank, said such an agreement was a nonstarter for many nations.

    “It’s not possible,” she told Grist. “This is an absolute red line for the developed countries.” She called the outcome on finance “quite disappointing.”

    A second sticking point in the talks is the question of how to define successful adaptation. Outlining clear targets for adaptation is highly technical and challenging. Unlike goals for mitigating climate change, which can be pegged to the amount of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere or global temperature increase, adaptation responses vary depending on local conditions. There’s no universal yardstick that countries can use to compare their progress. Adaptation efforts on a small island, for instance, look very different compared to a large urban city. 

    “Climate finance is messy, but the global goal on adaptation is even messier,” said Katherine Browne, a researcher at the Stockholm Environmental Institute who studies adaptation. “The problems with finance are political, but the problems with the goal are technical, because they’re trying to find a way to measure something that basically everyone agrees can’t be measured.”

    The final framework needs to lay out a system for gauging progress on disaster resilience, but the term “adaptation” is so broad that negotiators have struggled to reach consensus on what categories of adaptation to include, or about how to measure the value of any given infrastructure project. The most recent text contains seven targets to meet by 2030, including a group of core themes for adaptation projects. These include food and water security, disaster readiness, universal healthcare, and land conservation. 

    But these broad targets lack specificity and include language like “substantially” reducing poverty, “increasing” infrastructure resilience, and “reducing climate impacts on ecosystems.”

    “The language is vague,” said Sandeep Chamling Rai, an adaptation expert with the nonprofit World Wildlife Fund. “Everything is there, but nothing is there.”

    Given the unquantifiability inherent in the language, negotiators at COP28 are struggling to come up with a system allowing them to measure progress toward these goals. The best they’ve been able to do is punt the question to future COPs: Negotiators agreed to create a two-year working group that will sift through hundreds of potential adaptation “indicators” and try to create a global standard. These indicators might include the fatality rate for climate disasters, the percent of a population with access to clean water, or the number of acres of forested land in a country. 

    The fact that adaptation has stalled out even as other issues move forward is a grim sign for vulnerable countries, said Beauchamp of the International Institute for Sustainable Development.

    “If you look at the broader COP … you have the loss-and-damage issue, which is zooming,” she said. “Adaptation, there’s nothing. It’s basically saying that the world does not care about the lives and ecosystems of people who are on the front lines of the climate crisis.”

    Sultan Ahmed Al Jaber, the president of the COP28 climate conference, speaks a plenary session on December 11. The conference has entered its final phase with key issues such as adaptation still unresolved.
    Sultan Ahmed Al Jaber, the president of the COP28 climate conference, speaks a plenary session on December 11. The conference has entered its final phase with key issues such as adaptation still unresolved. Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    This is ironic, because the question of whether or not rich nations should help less fortunate countries with climate adaptation has never been that contentious on its own, compared to the jostling over emissions reductions and funding for loss and damage. Unlike the latter, which amounts to paying what are essentially climate reparations, adaptation finance is often seen as a natural extension of the sustainable development framework that guides many forms of international aid.

    Negotiators have set up several adaptation funds at previous COPs. Some of them, like the “Least Developed Countries Fund” and the “Special Climate Change Fund,” have been around for more than 20 years. A group of developed countries including Canada and Norway agreed to replenish these bank accounts last week with a new contribution of $174 million.

    The problem is that the total amount of money in all these funds isn’t even close to what poorer countries need, and spending has plateaued in recent years. Global adaptation needs are outpacing adaptation finance by as much as $366 billion per year, according to the latest U.N. data, and the need is only growing as the world continues to warm. 

    At the same time, rich countries such as the United States have failed to follow through on their prior pledges to fund adaptation: A recent report from the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or OECD, found that international adaptation finance declined by around 15 percent between 2020 and 2021 — a time when it was supposed to be skyrocketing. Even global institutions like the U.N.’s Green Climate Fund only give out a few million dollars at a time for resilience projects. That’s enough to restore a small mangrove forest in Guinea-Bissau or build a wastewater treatment plant in Barbados, but not to armor a city against sea-level rise or help a country’s farming sector prepare for droughts. 

    Another reason for the lag in funding is that the private sector has little incentive to invest in adaptation projects. Many banks and investors have backed solar farms and carbon capture projects across the developing world, because these initiatives promise future financial returns when people buy electricity or trade carbon credits. The same can’t be said for sea walls, desalination plants, and coastal conservation areas, which is why adaptation makes up only a quarter of all international climate finance.

    While the most recent draft text obliquely nods to the need for scaled-up private finance, climate advocates who spoke to Grist called this a red herring. Singh, of the Climate Action Network, said such language is “wild and unacceptable,” given both private funding’s insufficiency compared to government-scale financing and the potential for private ventures to saddle developing countries with burdensome debt.

    The United States, meanwhile, is championing the private sector as an adaptation savior. U.S. climate envoy John Kerry unveiled a report last week arguing that adaptation is profitable for the private sector, because companies can make money by protecting their supply chains against disasters, for instance, or by investing in government adaptation projects. 

    “I think a ton of the incentives already exist, and I think the private sector is just awakening to those in a really significant way,” said Nathanial Matthews, the CEO of the Global Resilience Partnership, the coalition of governments and nonprofits that produced the report. He pointed to investors who issued loans to help build a flood-proof highway tunnel in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, and made money back through toll revenues.

    But vulnerable countries can’t close the adaptation gap without significant public funding from wealthy nations, and that funding has yet to materialize.The next big test will arrive at next year’s COP29, where countries are hoping to ink a major new international funding agreement that will funnel hundreds of billions of dollars to adaptation. 

    “We’re debating all these things about adaptation, but there’s absolutely no obligation for countries to implement it and to take it on,” said Beauchamp. “This framework would give a clear signal that the world actually cares about adaptation, but at the moment, we’re putting that signal in the bin.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline As UN talks collapse, the world has no plan to adapt to climate change on Dec 11, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/cop28-dubai-climate-adaptation/feed/ 0 444989
    Authorities in Ho Chi Minh City push ahead with controversial development plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hcmc-land-development-12072023204818.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hcmc-land-development-12072023204818.html#respond Fri, 08 Dec 2023 01:50:44 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hcmc-land-development-12072023204818.html Nearly half the householders evicted from land set for redevelopment in Vietnam’s Ho Chi Minh City have not yet received compensation, one of them told Radio Free Asia.

    In spite of the ongoing dispute between the former residents of Loc Hung Vegetable Garden and Tan Binh district authorities, the city government still sent in workers on Thursday to fence off the land ahead of construction.

    Hundreds of builders arrived in the morning to put corrugated iron fences around the site and prevent protesters from occupying the land.

    Cao Ha Truc, one of the former homeowners who has still not received compensation, told RFA Vietnamese around 400 people arrived at dawn on Thursday and surrounded the site.

    “They brought cars and trucks carrying iron frames and corrugated iron sheets to fence off Loc Hung Vegetable Garden to keep everyone out. 

    “Dozens of security guards, called mask security because their faces were covered with masks, approached the door of my house and terrorized my family. Dozens of them are still sitting in front of my house.”

    Truc said 106 households had agreed to receive compensation after Tan Binh district authorities raised the offer from VND7,055,000 to VND11,250,000 per square meter (US$290-$463). He said 90 households had still not agreed to the compensation plan.

    “People still have the same demands: they want the legal basis for [taking possession of] the land confirmed and they must be compensated for their land,” Truc said.

    “People are willing to cooperate with the government on projects or works to serve the people and make the city appear more spacious and prosperous, but it is necessary to consider the history of the city. People must be adequately compensated as prescribed by the law.”

    Truc said discussions had not been carried out according to the policies of the prime minister and the Communist Party Central Office.

    The land was cleared in 2019, when people were evicted from 503 houses.

    The city government plans to start building three schools on the land on Dec. 12, state media reported.

    RFA called the landline and mobile number of Nguyen Ba Thanh, the spokesman and Chairman of Tan Binh District People’s Committee, to discuss the dispute but he did not answer.

    All land in Vietnam is technically owned by the state but recent land grabs have proved controversial with many residents accusing the government of favoring real estate developers and offering too little compensation.

    Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hcmc-land-development-12072023204818.html/feed/ 0 444378
    Indonesia faces criticism over plan to deport Rohingya to Myanmar https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-rohingya-12062023154826.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-rohingya-12062023154826.html#respond Wed, 06 Dec 2023 20:49:34 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-rohingya-12062023154826.html Human rights activists and observers on Wednesday criticized a plan by the Indonesian government to return nearly 1,500 Rohingya to their home country of Myanmar, where they have faced persecution and violence, according to a report from BenarNews, a news outlet affiliated with Radio Free Asia.

    The Indonesian government announced the plan a day earlier without giving a deportation date, saying Aceh province, where boats carrying Rohingya mostly land, was running out of space and money. In addition, residents were rejecting the foreigners’ presence.

    “We’ve been lending a helping hand, and now we’re overwhelmed,” said Mohammad Mahfud MD, the coordinating minister for political, legal and security affairs. “We will discuss how to return them to their country through the U.N. I will lead the meeting.” 

    The ministry reported that 1,487 Rohingya were in Indonesia, according to media reports. President Joko “Jokwoi” Widodo had tasked the minister with leading government efforts to deal with the issue.

    Vice President Ma’ruf Amin, however, proposed a different solution: Relocate the Rohingya to an island near Singapore where the Indonesian government had sheltered Vietnamese refugees who escaped their country in the 1980s and 1990s.

    Nadine Sherani, an activist with KonstraS, a Jakarta-based human rights group, said that by sending the Rohingya to Myanmar they could be exposed to atrocities linked to the junta, which seized power in a military coup in February 2021.

    “That step will transfer them to the hell they have experienced before,” Nadine told BenarNews. 

    “Does the government think about the long-term impact of repatriation? The main actor of violence in Myanmar is the junta. That is the reason they left the country,” she said.

    Oppressed people

    The Rohingya are one of the world’s most oppressed stateless people, according to the United Nations. They have been denied citizenship and basic rights by the Myanmar government, which considers them illegal immigrants from neighboring Bangladesh. 

    Following a military offensive in Myanmar’s Rakhine state in 2017 that the U.N. described as a “textbook example of ethnic cleansing,” about 740,000 Rohingya fled across the border to Bangladesh.

    Seeking to escape difficult living conditions in Bangladesh refugee camps in and around Cox’s Bazar district, thousands of Rohingya have risked their lives on perilous sea journeys to reach Indonesia and other destinations.

    On Wednesday, police in Cox’s Bazar reported that four Rohingya had been killed within 24 hours during gunfights between members of the Arakan Rohingya Salvation Army and the Arakan Solidarity Organization gangs in the Ukhia refugee camp.

    Those killings brought the death toll to 10 in the sprawling Rohingya camps over the last 15 days and a total of 186 fatalities linked to violence in the camps since 2017.

    Meanwhile in Aceh province, the Rohingya presence has caused resentment and hostility from some locals who have accused them of being a burden and a nuisance. 

    On Nov. 16, a boat carrying 256 Rohingya was initially rejected by at least two groups of villagers in Aceh but was finally allowed to land after being stranded for three days. Another boat carrying more than 100 Rohingya landed on Sabang island on Dec. 2 after locals threatened to push it back to sea.

    ‘Urgent appeal’

    Since then, UNHCR, the U.N. Refugee Agency, issued “an urgent appeal to all countries in the region, particularly those in the area surrounding the Andaman Sea, to swiftly deploy their full search and rescue capacities in response to reported vessels in distress with hundreds of Rohingya at risk of perishing.” 

    In its statement issued on Saturday, UNHCR said it was concerned that Rohingya on two boats would run out of food and water. “[T]here is a significant risk of fatalities in the coming days if people are not rescued and disembarked to safety.”

    Mahfud MD said Indonesia had shown compassion by taking in the Rohingya even though it was not a party to the U.N refugee convention, an international treaty that defines rights and obligations of refugees and host countries. 

    “We could have turned them down flat. But we also have a heart. They could die at sea if no one wants them,” he said.

    06 ID-rohingya2.JPG
    Vietnamese children sit aboard an Indonesian Navy ship at Galang island as they wait to be repatriated from the island’s refugee camp, June 26, 1996. [Reuters]

    Ma’ruf, the vice president, suggested the Rohingya be settled temporarily on the island near Singapore.

    “We used Galang island for Vietnamese refugees in the past. We will discuss it again. I think the government must take action,” Ma’ruf said on Tuesday.

    Galang housed about 250,000 Vietnamese refugees, known as “boat people,” from 1979 to 1996. The UNHCR built healthcare facilities, schools, places of worship and cemeteries.

    Ma’ruf said the government could not turn away the Rohingya, but also had to consider local people’s objections and the possibility of more refugees arriving.

    Angga Reynaldi Putra, of Suaka, a Jakarta-based NGO that advocates for the rights of refugees, said Indonesia was bound by the principle of non-refoulement – or the forced return of refugees to their home countries – because it had ratified the anti-torture convention through a law in 1998. 

    “The anti-torture convention ratified by Indonesia also states that there is an obligation to prevent a person from returning to a situation where he or she experiences torture,” Angga told BenarNews.

    He added that Indonesia issued a presidential regulation in 2016, which mandates providing assistance and protection for refugees in coordination with the regional government, the International Organization for Migration and the immigration office.

    Angga warned that putting Rohingya on Galang island could limit their access to basic rights, such as health and education.

    “If we consider human rights, there is a right to freedom of movement. Being placed on a certain island, their movement would be restricted,” he said.

    Women and children

    Mitra Salima Suryono, a UNHCR spokeswoman in Indonesia, said she hoped the issue could be resolved humanely.

    “We are optimistic and hope to see the same strong spirit of solidarity and humanity as before,” Mitra said.

    She said the Rohingya who arrived in Aceh a few days ago had endured difficult conditions after traveling for several days or weeks.

    “Because of their long sea journey, many of them were exhausted and needed help such as food, drinks, clean water, sanitation and medicine when they arrived,” she said, adding that most of the Rohingya were children and women.

    Adriana Elizabeth, a researcher at the National Research and Innovation Agency, a government institution, said sending the Rohingya back to their home country should be a last resort.

    “The Myanmar government does not recognize them. Their citizenship status is also unclear,” Adriana told BenarNews.

    She said the best step for Indonesia was to press Myanmar to acknowledge the refugees’ plight.

    “The presence of the Rohingya in several regions in Indonesia has created new problems in the country,” she said.

    Abdur Rahman in Cox’s Bazar, Bangladesh, contributed to this report.

    BenarNews is an online news outlet affiliated with Radio Free Asia.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Arie Firdaus and Nazarudin Latif for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-rohingya-12062023154826.html/feed/ 0 444065
    US signals plan for intermediate-range missiles in the North Pacific https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html#respond Wed, 06 Dec 2023 09:35:41 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html

    The U.S. military’s purported plan to station intermediate-range missiles in Guam is likely to heighten concerns among some Pacific island countries of a new era of militarization of their region, analysts said. 

    The United States withdrew from a decades-old treaty with Russia in 2019 that prohibited use of ground-launched missiles with a range of 500-5,500 kilometers – a decision that potentially gives the U.S. more flexibility to respond to China’s increased military strength, but also faces practical resistance from its allies in Asia.

    Gen. Charles Flynn, commanding general for U.S. Army Pacific, told an international security forum in mid-November that the U.S. intends to deploy HIMARS, SM-6s, and Tomahawk missiles into the “Indo Pacific” – the U.S. term for an area spanning East Asia and the Indian and Pacific Oceans. 

    “We intend to deploy that system into the region. I’m not going to say where or when,” Flynn said at the Halifax Security Forum, according to an emailed statement Tuesday from the U.S. Army. 

    The plans were highlighted by a Nikkei report on Dec. 3, which citing a U.S. army spokesman, said the deployment would occur in 2024. Reports by Rand Corporation and Carnegie Endowment for International Peace – U.S. think tanks – say the American territory of Guam in the Pacific is the most likely location because of the reluctance of U.S. allies in Asia to host the missile systems. 

    Competition between China and the U.S. has been sharpest in East Asia due to possible flashpoints such as Taiwan – which China regards as a rebel province – and Beijing’s claims to the South China Sea that overlap with the claims of Southeast Asian nations. 

    Because of the intermediate-range forces treaty with Russia, the U.S. had previously faced a “structural constraint” on its military power in Asia, according to a report in October by Carnegie Endowment analyst Ankit Panda, while China did not. 

    2022-09-09T072937Z_344575060_RC2IDW9T9DK7_RTRMADP_3_USA-DEFENCE-JAPAN.JPG
    U.S. Army Pacific Commanding General Charles A. Flynn meets Japan's Foreign Minister Yoshimasa Hayashi (not in the picture) in Tokyo, Japan September 9, 2022. (Reuters]

    The Pacific has also become a focus for the rivalry as the U.S. responds to China’s inroads with island states that were neglected by Washington over recent decades. U.S. )

    in the Pacific was particularly galvanized after the Solomon Islands signed a security agreement with China early last year.

    Tess Newton Cain, a Pacific analyst at Griffith Asia Institute, said the possibility of intermediate-range missiles in Guam is exactly an example of the militarization that some Pacific nations have been concerned about happening in their neighborhood.

    The Pacific Islands Forum, a grouping of 18 nations that includes Australia and New Zealand, has already been concerned about the U.S. not accepting the principles of the 1989 Treaty of Rarotonga, which declared the South Pacific a nuclear-free zone, she said. 

    Australia’s increased closeness to the U.S, particularly via the AUKUS pact to equip Australia with nuclear-powered submarines, also has raised questions about its commitment to a nuclear-free region, Newton Cain said.  

    At their summit in November, leaders of the Pacific Islands Forum nations said they had welcomed a proposal from Fiji’s Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka for the Pacific to be a zone of peace.

    “This moment is an opportunity for us islanders of the Pacific to shape a common destiny built around peace,” Rabuka said, according to the island forum’s statement. 

    Henryk Szadziewski, a researcher at the University of Hawaii’s Center for Pacific Island Studies, said the zone of peace proposal was a “clear statement to redirect energies from a traditional security build up towards the non-traditional security concerns of livelihoods.” 

    “Civil society in Guam has been equally vocal about their land becoming a target due to the extensive U.S. military presence,” he said. 

    However, leaders of North Pacific island nations that have close security and economic ties to the U.S. through compacts of free association have tended to be more concerned about a “China threat,” Szadziewski said.

    Palau’s President Surangel Whipps said in October he wants the U.S. to station Patriot air-defense missiles in his nation so it has the same protection from attack as Guam.

    The U.S. is also building an over-the-horizon radar facility in Palau

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By John Bechtel and Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html/feed/ 0 443956
    US signals plan for intermediate-range missiles in the North Pacific https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html#respond Wed, 06 Dec 2023 09:35:41 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html

    The U.S. military’s purported plan to station intermediate-range missiles in Guam is likely to heighten concerns among some Pacific island countries of a new era of militarization of their region, analysts said. 

    The United States withdrew from a decades-old treaty with Russia in 2019 that prohibited use of ground-launched missiles with a range of 500-5,500 kilometers – a decision that potentially gives the U.S. more flexibility to respond to China’s increased military strength, but also faces practical resistance from its allies in Asia.

    Gen. Charles Flynn, commanding general for U.S. Army Pacific, told an international security forum in mid-November that the U.S. intends to deploy HIMARS, SM-6s, and Tomahawk missiles into the “Indo Pacific” – the U.S. term for an area spanning East Asia and the Indian and Pacific Oceans. 

    “We intend to deploy that system into the region. I’m not going to say where or when,” Flynn said at the Halifax Security Forum, according to an emailed statement Tuesday from the U.S. Army. 

    The plans were highlighted by a Nikkei report on Dec. 3, which citing a U.S. army spokesman, said the deployment would occur in 2024. Reports by Rand Corporation and Carnegie Endowment for International Peace – U.S. think tanks – say the American territory of Guam in the Pacific is the most likely location because of the reluctance of U.S. allies in Asia to host the missile systems. 

    Competition between China and the U.S. has been sharpest in East Asia due to possible flashpoints such as Taiwan – which China regards as a rebel province – and Beijing’s claims to the South China Sea that overlap with the claims of Southeast Asian nations. 

    Because of the intermediate-range forces treaty with Russia, the U.S. had previously faced a “structural constraint” on its military power in Asia, according to a report in October by Carnegie Endowment analyst Ankit Panda, while China did not. 

    2022-09-09T072937Z_344575060_RC2IDW9T9DK7_RTRMADP_3_USA-DEFENCE-JAPAN.JPG
    U.S. Army Pacific Commanding General Charles A. Flynn meets Japan's Foreign Minister Yoshimasa Hayashi (not in the picture) in Tokyo, Japan September 9, 2022. (Reuters]

    The Pacific has also become a focus for the rivalry as the U.S. responds to China’s inroads with island states that were neglected by Washington over recent decades. U.S. )

    in the Pacific was particularly galvanized after the Solomon Islands signed a security agreement with China early last year.

    Tess Newton Cain, a Pacific analyst at Griffith Asia Institute, said the possibility of intermediate-range missiles in Guam is exactly an example of the militarization that some Pacific nations have been concerned about happening in their neighborhood.

    The Pacific Islands Forum, a grouping of 18 nations that includes Australia and New Zealand, has already been concerned about the U.S. not accepting the principles of the 1989 Treaty of Rarotonga, which declared the South Pacific a nuclear-free zone, she said. 

    Australia’s increased closeness to the U.S, particularly via the AUKUS pact to equip Australia with nuclear-powered submarines, also has raised questions about its commitment to a nuclear-free region, Newton Cain said.  

    At their summit in November, leaders of the Pacific Islands Forum nations said they had welcomed a proposal from Fiji’s Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka for the Pacific to be a zone of peace.

    “This moment is an opportunity for us islanders of the Pacific to shape a common destiny built around peace,” Rabuka said, according to the island forum’s statement. 

    Henryk Szadziewski, a researcher at the University of Hawaii’s Center for Pacific Island Studies, said the zone of peace proposal was a “clear statement to redirect energies from a traditional security build up towards the non-traditional security concerns of livelihoods.” 

    “Civil society in Guam has been equally vocal about their land becoming a target due to the extensive U.S. military presence,” he said. 

    However, leaders of North Pacific island nations that have close security and economic ties to the U.S. through compacts of free association have tended to be more concerned about a “China threat,” Szadziewski said.

    Palau’s President Surangel Whipps said in October he wants the U.S. to station Patriot air-defense missiles in his nation so it has the same protection from attack as Guam.

    The U.S. is also building an over-the-horizon radar facility in Palau

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By John Bechtel and Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/us-pacific-missiles-12062023043315.html/feed/ 0 443957
    Inside the Marshall Islands’ life-or-death plan to survive climate change https://grist.org/extreme-weather/marshall-islands-national-adaptation-plan-sea-level-rise-cop28/ https://grist.org/extreme-weather/marshall-islands-national-adaptation-plan-sea-level-rise-cop28/#respond Tue, 05 Dec 2023 10:50:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=624271 The Marshall Islands extend across a wide stretch of the Pacific Ocean, with dozens of coral atolls sitting just a few feet above sea level. The smallest of the islands are just a few hundred feet wide, barely large enough for a road or a row of houses. The country’s total landmass makes up an area smaller than the city of Baltimore, but it occupies an ocean territory almost the size of Mexico.  

    Over the past two years, government officials have fanned out across the country, visiting remote towns and villages as well as urban centers like its capital of Majuro to examine how Marshallese communities are experiencing and coping with climate change. They found that a combination of rapid sea-level rise and drought has already made life untenable for many of the country’s 42,000 residents, especially on outlying atolls where communities rely on rainwater and vanishing land for subsistence. 

    A locator map showing the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The archipelago of atolls appears northeast of Australia in the North Pacific Ocean.
    Grist / Clayton Aldern

    The survey was part of a groundbreaking, five-year effort by the Marshall Islands to craft a sweeping adaptation strategy that charts the country’s response to the threat of climate change. The plan, shared with Grist ahead of its release at COP28 in Dubai, calls for tens of billions of dollars of new spending to fortify low-lying islands and secure water supplies. Representatives from the Marshall Islands say the plan shows that their country can remain livable well into the next century — but only if developed countries are willing to help. Even with aid, the plan concedes many Marshallese will likely need to migrate away from their home islands, or even leave the country altogether for the United States, as climate impacts worsen.

    We call it our national adaptation plan, but it is really our survival plan,” said John Silk, the foreign minister of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, during a closed-doors panel conversation at the Clinton Global Initiative summit in New York in September.

    an aerial photo of a doc and beack with rocks under water
    An aerial photo of Majuro Atoll in the Marshall Islands, showing land that has slipped below the water line. The country faces almost two feet of sea-level rise by the end of the century. Rob Griffith / AP Photo

    Other vulnerable countries have submitted adaptation plans to the United Nations before, and some have even planned large-scale relocations to escape sea-level rise, but the Marshall Islands plan is different, and not only because of the existential nature of climate risk in the country. As they developed the plan, government officials interviewed more than 3 percent of the country’s population — some 1,362 people — during 123 days of site visits on two dozen islands and atolls. The only other national adaptation plan that has involved any community participation was that of the island nation of St. Lucia, in the Caribbean. In that case, officials interviewed only 100 people.

    “We’re about to make a huge change to our islands, and we can’t do that if we just make that decision unilaterally as government representatives,” said Kathy Jetn̄il-Kijiner, a poet and activist who serves as the Marshall Islands’ climate envoy, in an exclusive interview with Grist ahead of the plan’s release. “It has to come from the community themselves too, because they’re the ones getting impacted.”

    Experts who reviewed the plan described it as among the most comprehensive attempts by any country to plan for long-term climate impacts.

    “This is one of the most thoughtful and meticulous long-term adaptation plans I’ve seen,” said Michael Gerrard, a law professor at Columbia University who has studied climate adaptation policy, including the Marshall Islands. “The plan doesn’t just wring hands; it sets forth a systematic decision-making process.”

    Two women walk along a rocky sea shore
    Climate change activist Milan Loeak, left, walks along the shore of Majuro Atoll with poet Kathy Jetn̄il-Kijiner, who serves as the Marshall Islands’ climate envoy. Rob Griffith / AP Photo

    Almost half of the Marshall Island residents interviewed for the plan said they’d witnessed sea-level rise in their communities, and nearly a quarter said they’d experienced a water shortage. More than 1 in 5 said climate change had threatened food security for their households.

    The rural, northern island of Wotho, for example, has long served as a “food basket” for the rest of the Marshall Islands. But officials found that a slew of disasters has jeopardized life there. Houses flood with every high tide, the airstrip goes underwater during big storms, household wells pull up salty water, salt-scourged breadfruit trees produce rotten fruit, and fish have abandoned bleached coral reefs. 

    Science predicts it will only get worse. Even under the most optimistic projections, which assume immediate action to limit global warming, the Marshall Islands will experience almost two feet of sea-level rise before the end of the century. That’s enough to expose thousands more Marshallese citizens to constant flooding and extreme food and water insecurity, rendering some of the country’s islands all but unlivable. Under the worst projections, which predict more than six feet of sea-level rise by 2150, many islands and atolls would disappear underwater entirely.

    Even so, the community engagement process revealed that migrating away from their home islands is anathema to almost all Marshallese. More than 99 percent of interviewed residents rejected the idea of migration — as one respondent put it to an interviewer, “We will die here.”

    A bar chart showing the results of a climate adaptation preferences survey posed to residents of the Marshall Islands. 35 percent of residents support coastal protection, while only 1 percent support migration.
    Grist / Clayton Aldern

    The plan arrives as climate negotiators at COP28 debate major new funding commitments to help developing countries adapt to climate change and deal with climate losses. Leaders from the Marshall Islands say their plan highlights the urgent need for billions of dollars of new adaptation funding from developed nations. In other parts of the world, adaptation means the difference between bad impacts and worse impacts. In the Marshall Islands, successful adaptation means the difference between survival and extinction.

    “My hope for my own home is that it remains here long enough for me to give back to the land,” said Jobod Silk, a youth climate representative from the Marshall Islands who conducted community interviews for the plan. “I hope that we remain on our land, that we remain sovereign, and that we’re never labeled as climate change refugees.”


    Climate change is not the first time residents of the Marshall Islands have dealt with environmental devastation. After the United States defeated Japan in World War II, it took control of the country through a trust backed by the United Nations. Over the course of a decade, the U.S. dropped more than 60 nuclear bombs on Bikini Atoll and other islands as part of a secretive weapons testing program. The fallout from these tests poisoned the water on nearby islands and caused higher rates of cancer and birth defects for many Marshallese. Fish near the U.S. military base on Kwajalein Island have been found to contain dangerous levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs.

    A mushroom cloud rises over Bikini Atoll in the Marshall Islands as part of a nuclear weapons test conducted by the United States in 1946. The U.S. dropped dozens of nuclear bombs on the Marshall Islands over the span of a decade. Pictures from History / Universal Images Group via Getty Images

    Now, a generation later, sea-level rise and drought are again disrupting life for many Marshallese, threatening the homes and health of families that fled nuclear fallout just a few decades ago. Even before the development of the new adaptation plan, many residents of vulnerable villages had already started to alter their behaviors to cope with the new reality of climate change. During site visits to outlying atolls, Marshallese officials witnessed residents of one island constructing makeshift seawalls out of trash. They found that fishermen on another island had started to fish as a collective in waters where reefs have degraded and fish stocks have plummeted, combining their efforts so that they catch enough food for their entire community. 

    In the short term, the new plan proposes to support these community-led adaptation efforts with billions of dollars of new money from other countries. U.N.-backed programs have already helped deliver rainwater-harvesting devices to outlying islands and build vertical vegetable gardens on others. With more money, the Marshallese government says it could expand air and sea shipments to these small islands to ensure a supply of substitute food, or provide canoes to every household as alternate transportation when roads are flooded. The plan defers to residents of outlying atolls by emphasizing what it calls “low-technology community initiatives and nature-based solutions” over engineered interventions like seawalls and dikes.

    An exxcavator sits on a shallow part of the ocean with rocks in the foreground
    An excavator moves rocks and sand to aid in the construction of seawalls around the airport on Majuro Atoll in the Marshall Islands. Rob Griffith / AP Photo

    “This document is a self-determined document,” said Broderick Menke, an official at the Marshall Islands climate change directorate who served as the technical expert on the plan. “It’s not just the government making points, and it’s not just a consultant making decisions and providing answers. The roots of all of this is us coming together as the community and talking.”

    In order to pursue these adaptation measures, the government will need to contemplate changes to the system of land ownership in the Marshall Islands. The country has almost no public land, and families pass down their properties along matrilineal lines, so the government can’t unilaterally build seawalls or set aside coastal areas for conservation, and disrupting this land tenure system would involve difficult conversations with traditional island leaders. The country also needs to update its environmental regulations and building codes in order to implement its short-term adaptation push.

    A man sits in the window of a cinderblock home with flood waters all around
    A man sits on the window sill of his flooded house during a king tide event on Kili Atoll. Towns and cities in the Marshall Islands now experience routine flooding during high tide. Jack Niedenthal / AP Photo

    Marshallese leaders say they can overcome these obstacles, and they stress that a fully funded portfolio of solutions would protect even the country’s most vulnerable islands for decades to come. But the plan also contains a grim warning that these adaptation efforts will not be able to protect the entire country indefinitely against future sea-level rise.

    “The adaptation pathway for sparsely populated neighboring atolls and other islands comes down to buying time until sea level rise and other climate change impacts render the islands uninhabitable,” the plan says.

    In addition to identifying adaptation strategies for droughts and flooding, the authors of the plan also had to create a procedure for deciding when and how to give up on protecting vulnerable areas. To that end, the plan lays out a phased “pathway” for adaptation, with “decision points” arriving over the next century as climate impacts worsen. This framework focuses attention and funding on short-term triage for vulnerable outlying islands like Wotho, and defers big decisions about the country’s future until later decades.

    The first phase of the plan calls for the government to do everything possible over the next 20 years to protect vulnerable islands, leading up to a “decision point” some time between 2040 and 2050. When that point arrives, if it seems like climate change is going to overwhelm these islands despite adaptation efforts, officials must make a “decision regarding which atolls to protect and consolidate social services.” This wouldn’t involve moving any people or even buildings, but it might mean reducing government investment in education and health services. 

    A few decades later, in 2070, the plan calls for an even more difficult decision — officials must “decide which pieces of land are to be protected for the long term” and “build the protection infrastructure … to accommodate relocated populations.” In a sign of the dire outlook for future sea-level rise, the plan suggests choosing as few as four pieces of land for future investment, out of the 24 inhabited islands and atolls in the country right now.

    Ebeye in Kwajalein Atoll, Marshall Islands, is one of the most densely populated islands in the Pacific.
    Brandi Mueller / Getty Images

    Adaptation experts said the Marshall Islands is one of the first countries to develop a long-term plan for relocating whole segments of its population.

    “This is a noteworthy step in adaptation planning,” said Rachel Harrington-Abrams, a researcher at King’s College of London who studies relocation in vulnerable island states. She said the plan is the first from an atoll country like the Marshall Islands that “support[s] in situ adaptation while also enabling long-term planned relocation.” Harrington-Abrams added that island states such as Fiji and Vanuatu have planned to move vulnerable populations to higher ground, but these states have far more solid land than the Marshall Islands does.

    The most likely candidates for long-term protection are Majuro and Ebeye, the country’s two main urban hubs. Together, these cities are already home to more than 70 percent of the Marshall Islands’ population, making them some of the most densely populated places in the Pacific. The plan predicts that further migration from rural islands to these cities is “very likely.” 

    But these urban hubs, too, are extremely vulnerable to sea-level rise: Even two feet would flood around one-third of Ebeye’s atoll and almost half of Majuro’s. If the government decides to stop protecting rural islands and retrench on the urban ones, it must also fortify these cities so that they can withstand future flooding. The country would begin by investing billions of dollars into new seawalls, dikes, drainage systems, and home elevations, as well as desalination machines and water treatment facilities to cope with saltwater intrusion. A new water treatment plant was installed on Ebeye in 2020 with support from the Australian government and the Asian Development Bank, giving residents of the city reliable access to clean running water for the first time.

    People help clean up debris after a 2021 high-tide flood event in Majuro, the capital of the Marshall Islands. The flood event pushed sand and debris over the only road that leads to the Majuro airport. Chewy Lin / AFP via Getty Images

    Full protection against six feet of sea-level rise would require a much more radical adaptation strategy. The plan calls for the government to raise entire segments of land on Majuro and Ebeye by as much as 12½ feet, high enough to escape not only rising tides but also groundwater penetration. In addition to raising the existing cities, the country would also need to construct new reclaimed land by dredging the ocean floor. The plan projects that a new landmass to accommodate 10,000 people would need to be about 1.4 square miles, or a little larger than New York’s Central Park. 

    This type of land construction project has already been undertaken in the Maldives, which built an artificial island called Hulhumalé in the early 2000s to prepare for sea-level rise. That island is now home to more than 50,000 people. But the remoteness of the Marshall Islands, and the “technical feasibility” of land construction there, would likely drive the cost of such a construction project into the billions.

    The last and most painful decision point, Marshallese officials found, will arrive at the year 2100. By that point, without massive investment in adaptation, many parts of the country will likely have become uninhabitable. The plan calls for leaders to make a profound choice about the future existence of the Marshall Islands itself.

    “If by 2100, no decision can be made to protect areas of atolls to the [six-foot] sea level rise level, or if there is no funding for it, then the decision must be to help all population to migrate away from RMI,” or the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the plan says.

    A line chart showing sea-level rise projections for the Marshall Islands under a moderate emissions scenario. By 2100, climate scientists expect local sea levels to rise by 21 inches.
    Grist / Clayton Aldern

    The most likely destination for these departing residents would be the United States: The Marshall Islands declared independence from the U.S. in 1979 but later signed a “compact of free association” with the country, allowing Marshallese residents unrestricted migration to the United States. In exchange, the U.S. exerts significant control over Marshallese waters and airspace, giving it a strategic military foothold in the Pacific.

    The country’s population has already fallen by around 20 percent over the past decade as many citizens leave seeking jobs and education in the U.S. The majority of these migrants have settled in Oregon, Washington, and Arkansas. More than 12,000 have settled in the city of Springdale, Arkansas, alone. The city now holds annual Marshallese festivals and cultural events.

    The creators of the plan emphasize that international migration is an absolute last resort, and one that the overwhelming majority of Marshallese residents oppose. During the government’s hundred-plus community meetings, fewer than 1 percent of interviewed citizens expressed support for migration as a climate adaptation strategy, indicating an almost total rejection of relocation policies. The plan doesn’t go into detail about how to implement such policies, or about how the Marshall Islands’ government could provide support or restitution for residents who have to move.

    The losses that will accompany this migration are impossible to quantify, said John Silk, the foreign minister, at the panel in September. A large-scale relocation would make it impossible for many Marshallese to be buried on their home islands, a key part of Marshallese culture, and it would further erase Indigenous navigation methods that Marshallese sailors have used for millennia. 

    “Loss to us is not just a financial loss or an economic loss; it’s a cultural loss if people have to migrate from their own home island to another place,” Silk said at the panel. “Even if you go to another part of the Marshall Islands, and you build a seawall, and we bring our people there, they will never feel at home, because they’re not.”

    a cemetery with photos of people on the stones and palm trees in the background
    Photos of people decorate gravestones at a cemetery in Majuro, the capital of the Marshall Islands. Education Images / Universal Images Group via Getty Images

    Despite the pain that would accompany such a large migratory movement, the creators of the adaptation plan view the plan as an optimistic document. If the Marshall Islands’ government can raise the money it needs for adaptation, it could also address some other challenges the country is already facing. It could bolster social services and health outcomes on rural outlying islands, reversing the trend of population loss and the rapid growth of Majuro and Ebeye. Such an investment in infrastructure and social resilience might even help stem the tide of out-migration to the United States.

    “I think you can go even a step further, to bringing back the migrants that are going out of the Marshall Islands,” said Menke, the technical expert on the plan. “Marshallese go out there [to the United States] for education and for all these other services, but you know, they just have a … feeling of being away from home.”

    The cost of achieving that future could run to an astonishing $35 billion, according to the plan, equivalent to around $800,000 for every current resident of the Marshall Islands. And the country needs to raise that money sooner rather than later, since the cost of adaptation will only increase as time goes on and climate impacts worsen.

    A large UN seal in a gold room under which a man in a suit speaks at a podium
    Marshall Islands president David Kabua addresses the United Nations General Assembly in September of 2023. The country has become a leading advocate for international climate aid from developed countries. Frank Franklin II / AP Photo

    Much of this money would need to come in the form of direct aid from rich countries like the United States, but the Marshall Islands could pull down some of it through international adaptation funds like the Green Climate Fund, or through multilateral development institutions such as the World Bank. If these aren’t enough, leaders may also need to pursue alternative financing mechanisms like an international tax on maritime shipping emissions, which the Marshall Islands and the Solomon Islands proposed in 2021

    Even so, rich countries aren’t currently providing anywhere near enough adaptation finance to fund the entire plan, said Rebecca Carter, the lead adaptation researcher at the World Resources Institute, an environmental research nonprofit.

    “If it was just the Republic of Marshall Islands, maybe there would be enough, but when we start multiplying their numbers by how many other places are facing similar threats, that’s when it becomes really untenable,” she told Grist.

    Leaders from the Marshall Islands hope their plan helps sway the international negotiations underway in Dubai. Negotiators are currently debating how much money developed countries should send poorer countries for climate adaptation, as well as how to measure the success of adaptation projects. The Marshall Islands’ in-depth adaptation plan shows both the urgent need for new funding, as well as the need to develop adaptation solutions in concert with affected communities, Jetn̄il-Kijiner says.

    “I hope that it sheds light on the importance of adaptation and what communities like ours are being forced to plan for,” she said. “We’re trying to set a standard for how to engage with your own community and how to plan for these types of impacts.”

    As the consequences of climate change in the Pacific grow more severe, the Marshall Islands and other small island states have become a leading force in international climate negotiations. The late Tony de Brum, a long-serving minister for the Republic, was a key architect of the Paris Agreement, and subsequent Marshallese leaders have pushed for even more ambitious mitigation targets, as well as big funding commitments for adaptation and climate reparations. (The country accounts for around .00001 percent of historical greenhouse gas emissions.)

    Now Jetn̄il-Kijiner says the country’s adaptation plan could provide a blueprint for other countries facing down the threat of climate change. Instead of just assessing future risk or selecting infrastructure projects, leaders in the Marshall Islands used the planning process as an opportunity to deepen the bonds between the government and its citizens. They say the plan shows that it’s possible to pursue adaptation from the bottom up, rather than the top down.

    “It’s a lot of responsibility to have to hold the hand of our community and say, ‘I’m sorry to tell you, but this is something that we have to face, but it’s OK, we’re going to face it together,’” Jetn̄il-Kijiner told Grist. “I think that’s something that takes a lot of delicacy.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Inside the Marshall Islands’ life-or-death plan to survive climate change on Dec 5, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/extreme-weather/marshall-islands-national-adaptation-plan-sea-level-rise-cop28/feed/ 0 443721
    Palestinian human rights lawyer forced to flee Gaza amid Israel’s plan for ethnic cleansing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/30/palestinian-human-rights-lawyer-forced-to-flee-gaza-amid-israels-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/30/palestinian-human-rights-lawyer-forced-to-flee-gaza-amid-israels-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing/#respond Thu, 30 Nov 2023 19:30:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=82015a27e9a43270e0b83b9931a68176
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/30/palestinian-human-rights-lawyer-forced-to-flee-gaza-amid-israels-plan-for-ethnic-cleansing/feed/ 0 442803
    Bipartisan Plan to Trade Immigrant Rights for Ukraine Money Is Sinking Fast https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/bipartisan-plan-to-trade-immigrant-rights-for-ukraine-money-is-sinking-fast/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/bipartisan-plan-to-trade-immigrant-rights-for-ukraine-money-is-sinking-fast/#respond Wed, 29 Nov 2023 18:30:35 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=453224

    A bipartisan effort to gain votes for a bill that would trade immigrant rights for military assistance to Ukraine appears to be falling apart, getting traction with neither Democrats nor Republicans. The plan, reported yesterday, would attach a border enforcement component to President Joe Biden’s $106 billion supplemental funding request.

    “I think this is a ridiculous position to put us in,” said Sen. Chris Murphy, a Democrat from Connecticut. “Holding Israel aid and Ukraine aid hostage to solving a complicated domestic issue is really unfortunate.” 

    The current negotiation has been the latest in a series of efforts by Democrats to placate Republican criticisms of Biden’s handling of the southern border, as well as an effort by Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell to win Ukraine funding and placate Republicans skeptical of the war.

    The so-called Gang of Four negotiators includes Murphy, who chairs the appropriations subcommittee that funds immigration operations at the Department of Homeland Security; Sens. Thom Tillis, R-N.C., and Kyrsten Sinema, I-Ariz., who have made themselves fixtures in migration policy negotiations during the current Congress; and Sen. James Lankford, R-Okla., an avowed immigration hawk with close ties to Donald Trump senior adviser Stephen Miller.

    Hispanic Caucus senators, historically included in bipartisan migrant policy talks, were not happy to be excluded from the negotiating room. “There are four Democratic members of the United States Senate who are Latino and it’s important that their ideas, their inclusion, their expertise to be included in this,” said Sen. Ben Ray Luján, D-N.M., when asked if Murphy should be negotiating migrant policy with GOP nativists on behalf of Senate Democrats. 

    Democratic Sen. Catherine Cortez Masto has been a nonfactor in the negotiations, despite having little to fear electorally having just won her reelection last year in Nevada. Sen. Bob Menendez, D-N.J., usually a vocal advocate for migrant rights, has been sidelined by criminal charges.

    Murphy rejected the characterization of nativists versus migrant rights. “We’ve been engaged in serious talks and I’m not really sure they want to get ‘Yes,’” he said of Lankford and Tillis, implying that his GOP counterparts may be negotiating in bad faith. 

    “I know Padilla would like to legalize 14 million people,” said Tillis. 

    “No hay acuerdo,” Sen. Alex Padilla, D-Calif., who chairs the Senate Judiciary subcommittee on immigration, countered on Tuesday when I asked if asylum rights were on the chopping block, a Tillis priority. There’s still no deal. “If we’re going to continue to entertain these negotiations there has to be consideration for legalization,” he continued. 

    On Wednesday, Padilla and Judiciary Committee Chair Dick Durbin issued a joint statement signed by nine other Senate Democrats demanding that any permanent changes to asylum rights include “a clear path to legalization for long-standing undocumented immigrants.”

    Right-wing groups like Heritage Action on Tuesday came out against Ukrainian military funding, an ominous foreshadow for the House prospects of any Senate bill. “A group of senators is undermining Republican unity and effective policy solutions by negotiating with Democrats who support open border policy,” Heritage Action President Kevin Roberts wrote in a statement. “Worse, the proposal coming out of these ‘negotiations’ will likely be used as leverage to advance President Biden’s request for $106 billion in fiscally irresponsible spending, including an additional $60 billion for Ukraine that fails to meet conservative standards and $13.6 billion for fake ‘border security’ that would accelerate Biden’s open border operations.”

    The right in Congress is deeply unhappy about being asked to trade a watered-down version of the party’s aspirational immigration crackdown bill for Ukraine funding. “It’s not about the border, it’s about a fig leaf for funding Ukraine,” as one Senate GOP aide told Emily Jashinsky of “Counter Points.”

    A senior Democratic aide granted anonymity to discuss the bill conceded it “is going to make nobody happy.” 

    At issue is whether Republicans will agree to fund the Ukrainian military in a war with Russia if Democrats agree to further gut migrant rights during Biden’s presidency while militarizing the border at taxpayers’ expense. The proposed change would sacrifice credible fear standards in asylum screening, severely narrowing the definition of who is eligible for safe haven in the U.S. Current standards require that migrants applying for asylum demonstrate to an immigration judge a “significant fear” of death, persecution, or torture if they’re returned to their country of origin. The president’s supplemental request also includes funding for 1,600 asylum officers and 1,300 Border Patrol agents to catch and expedite the processing of asylum-seekers.

    GOP senators have also floated the idea of restricting the use of advance parole to limit migrant detention at the border, although Sen. John Cornyn, a Texas Republican with influence over his party’s immigration outlook in the Senate, tells The Intercept that ending Biden’s special designation of parole for migrants from Cuba, Venezuela, Haiti, and Nicaraguans is a priority for GOP negotiators. 

    This is especially true for migrant communities with no negotiator at the table as Tillis pushes to limit asylum rights and Lankford wants to limit the use of migrant parole. “It’s really about what to do with that 7,000 people that are currently released in the country,” said Tillis. 

    Schumer’s office has taken the lead on writing a bill text with the tacit support of ailing Minority Leader Mitch McConnell who has made funding Ukrainian military operations a top priority. Whether House Speaker Mike Johnson has the votes or the political will to pass a border-plus-Ukraine bill remain open questions. 

    House Republicans have famously failed to pass even the most basic funding measures in the current Congress. A motion to vacate rule leftover from Kevin McCarthy’s doomed speakership remains in place that allows any member of Johnson’s majority party to demand a vote to remove him within 48 hours. 

    Nevertheless, allies close to Schumer insist a bill text is imminent. Migrant rights advocates for Fwd.us and the American Immigration Council tell The Intercept that despite being cut out of negotiations by the Gang of Four, the senator’s office has been adamant about making themselves available for updates on the legislation which is expected to be introduced as early as this week.

    Join The Conversation


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Pablo Manriquez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/bipartisan-plan-to-trade-immigrant-rights-for-ukraine-money-is-sinking-fast/feed/ 0 442675
    Undercover filming Highlights Saudi plan to Artificially Raise Oil Demand | Channel 4 | 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/undercover-filming-highlights-saudi-plan-to-artificially-raise-oil-demand-channel-4-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/undercover-filming-highlights-saudi-plan-to-artificially-raise-oil-demand-channel-4-2023/#respond Mon, 27 Nov 2023 22:27:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a33196b69181a56804f3b8fa7ebc8308
    This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/27/undercover-filming-highlights-saudi-plan-to-artificially-raise-oil-demand-channel-4-2023/feed/ 0 442060
    Thailand backs away from Chinese police patrol plan amid furor https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-thailand-police-patrol-11152023161538.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-thailand-police-patrol-11152023161538.html#respond Wed, 15 Nov 2023 21:23:36 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-thailand-police-patrol-11152023161538.html The Thai government has ruled out a proposal for Chinese police to be stationed at tourist hotspots around the kingdom amid a public backlash. 

    The Tourism Authority of Thailand, TAT, on Sunday said the country was in talks with China about introducing joint police patrols as a way to appease Chinese visitors’ fears about safety.

    But the announcement sparked an outcry and earned pushback from the national police chief, Gen. Torsak Sukvimol, who said having Chinese officers on Thai soil was “a breach of sovereignty," according to a report from BenarNews, an affiliate of Radio Free Asia.

    Thai Prime Minister Srettha Thavisin, who is in San Francisco for the APEC summit, said Monday there was no plan to station Chinese police in the country for joint patrols. 

    Thailand only wanted to exchange information with China on criminal gangs operating in the Southeast Asian nation, Srettha said, according to a report from Bloomberg News.

    In Bangkok, Tourism Minister Sudawan Wangsuphakijkosol echoed the prime minister’s comments, saying there was “no policy to bring Chinese police” to Thailand.

    “The Thai police are already adequate … and are working hard to ensure tourist confidence,” he told reporters on Tuesday.

    TAT Gov. Thapanee Kiatphaibool apologized the same day for the “misunderstanding” and any “negative sentiment” stirred up by her comments.

    Chinese tourists accounted for a quarter of nearly 40 million tourist arrivals in Thailand in 2019, before the COVID-19 pandemic hit. But visitor numbers from the world’s No 2 economy have been slower to bounce back than anticipated after Beijing lifted its hardline pandemic rules in January.

    Thailand expects between 4 million and 4.4 million Chinese visitors this year, the TAT said. 

    On Wednesday, Chinese Ambassador to Thailand Han Zhiqiang paid a courtesy visit to Sudawan to stress the importance of the bilateral relationship. 

    “China’s government supports Chinese tourists visiting Thailand,” he said in a video posted by the tourism ministry. “This helps stimulate the economy, the tourism industry and, moreover, brings the two countries closer together.”

    The country’s image as a safe tourist destination for Chinese has been knocked by a spate of recent kidnap-for-ransom cases and reports of people being tricked into being trafficked as workers at scam call centers in nearby Myanmar.

    A shooting spree that left three people dead, including one Chinese national, at a popular Bangkok shopping mall last month has also raised safety concerns.

    The presence of Chinese police on foreign soil has become a sensitive issue worldwide after it was revealed by Spain-based Safeguard Defenders group in a September 2022 report that China was carrying out transnational policing operations across five continents, without the approval of the jurisdictions they were operating in. 

    The report said the operations “eschew official bilateral police and judicial cooperation and violate the international rule of law, and may violate the territorial integrity of third countries involved in setting up a parallel policing mechanism using illegal methods.”

    BenarNews is an online news outlet affiliated with Radio Free Asia.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by BenarNews staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-thailand-police-patrol-11152023161538.html/feed/ 0 438993
    China moves ahead with ‘mass policing’ plan for local communities https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/police-grid-11142023123319.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/police-grid-11142023123319.html#respond Tue, 14 Nov 2023 17:56:29 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/police-grid-11142023123319.html China is moving ahead with plans to shift local law enforcement from police stations to neighborhood "grids," where local volunteers and teams of vigilantes will enforce the law and residents will be encouraged to inform on each other.

    The shift was heralded by a Public Security Ministry directive in March, calling for active integration of police stations into "grassroots social governance," through partnerships with local "vigilante" groups and local ruling Chinese Communist Party officials.

    Now, authorities across the country are starting to lay off auxiliary police officers and merge local police stations with a view to outsourcing much of their daily work to neighborhood officials and local militias under the "grid management" system, according to several state media reports.

    The grid management system is so named because it carves up neighborhoods into a grid pattern with 15-20 households per square, and gives each grid a dedicated monitor who reports back on residents' affairs to neighborhood committees, the lowest rung in the government hierarchy.

    Several police stations are to shut down in and around the southern province of Guangdong, "to effectively integrate existing police resources" and improve standardization, the Meizhou Daily newspaper reported.

    Workers make armbands reading "security patrol" at a garment factory in Zhangjiakou, Hebei province, China, Dec. 5, 2018.  Credit: Reuters
    Workers make armbands reading "security patrol" at a garment factory in Zhangjiakou, Hebei province, China, Dec. 5, 2018. Credit: Reuters

    A Guangdong resident who gave only the surname Liao for fear of reprisals said there are two reasons for the move – one is to cut costs for cash-strapped local governments, but another is a shift to neighborhood policing and "stability maintenance," a system of coercion and surveillance that seeks to prevent acts of defiance against the ruling Chinese Communist Party before they take place.

    "Stability maintenance measures are getting stricter and stricter," Liao said. "They will never streamline the stability maintenance forces."

    China is no stranger to mass law enforcement, and the authorities have previously mobilized large numbers of local residents known colloquially as “red armbands” or “Chaoyang aunties” to act as their eyes and ears during major events and high-level political meetings.

    But the new policing plan seeks to make such mobilization permanent, now that local officials have been granted law enforcement powers and are recruiting "grid officers" across the country to find out everything about residents in their small square of the "grid."

    Several police stations in the eastern province of Shandong will also be merged, Shandong Toutiou Xinwen reported on Oct. 28.

    ‘Red mass prevention and enforcement’

    A local resident familiar with the situation who gave only the surname Wang said the officers being laid off are most likely to be the auxiliary officers without civil service status.

    "Currently each police station has about six or seven government-employed police officers and maybe 20 or 30 auxiliaries," Wang said. "Once they merge, there will just be the six or seven government police officers in a station, and the auxiliaries will be laid off to cut costs."

    A person familiar with the matter who declined to be named said auxiliary police typically do the kind of community policing work that will now be taken over by grid officers.

    "The auxiliary police can only take orders from the police station and carry out specific tasks like maintaining community order and helping the police with law enforcement duties," the person said. "But grid officers deal with residents all day long, and they are better than the police."

    "They understand the dynamics of local communities on the ground," they said.

    Police officers stand guard outside the Evergrande International Center in Guangzhou, Guangdong province, China, Jan. 4, 2022. Credit: David Kirton/Reuters
    Police officers stand guard outside the Evergrande International Center in Guangzhou, Guangdong province, China, Jan. 4, 2022. Credit: David Kirton/Reuters

    The closures and mergers come after the March "action plan" on policing called for the expansion of "red mass prevention and enforcement" forces similar to those mobilized during the Olympics and parliamentary sessions in Beijing in previous years, as well as local partnerships with "social organizations such as vigilantes."

    The action plan also repeated Communist Party leader Xi Jinping's recent calls for a "Fengqiao experience," a reference to the mass mobilization of citizens in aid of law enforcement and to police people on the basis of “class struggle” during the 1966-1976 Cultural Revolution. 

    "Such social control will both strengthen the internal stability maintenance system and set up a volunteer police force, extending the use of Chaoyang aunties across the country to safeguard the regime," current affairs commentator Ma Ju told Radio Free Asia in an interview when the action plan was released.

    A resident of a Shanghai community who gave only the surname Zhang said grid management is something like the board game Go.

    "They have expanded the scope of their surveillance activities so it's as if they are playing Go, surrounding you piece by piece," Zhang said. "That's what they call grid management."

    "If a problem emerges in the grid, they will surround it immediately – the people are regarded as the enemy – it's not a people's government any more," he said.

    Xi sees ‘enemies everywhere’

    Last week, Xi gave further official blessing to the "grid" system by marking the 60th anniversary of the "Fengqiao experience" under late supreme leader Mao Zedong with a visit to a number of organizations selected to take part in the expansion of "grassroots social governance."

    The Ministry of National Security also called in a WeChat post for "a people's war to safeguard national security," citing the anniversary.

    Veteran current affairs commentator Hu Ping said the idea of constant "struggle" is at the heart of the "Fengqiao experience" concept.

    "In his mind, there are enemies everywhere," Hu said. "There isn't enough room in prison for so many people, so they are expanding [the restrictions of prison] into society at large."

    "These organizations ... are mainly focused on politics [rather than crime]," he said of the organizations singled out for the "Fengqiao experience" under Xi.

    "These are powerful controls, and a way to bring back the class struggles of the Mao era," Hu said.

    A Chinese paramilitary policeman stands guard in front of Mao Zedong's portrait on Tiananmen Gate, Credit: Ng Han Guan/AP
    A Chinese paramilitary policeman stands guard in front of Mao Zedong's portrait on Tiananmen Gate, Credit: Ng Han Guan/AP

    Independent political scholar Chen Daoyin said there is a key difference between Xi and Mao, however. Where Mao sought to stir up the masses and mobilize them in his name, Xi wants to shut them down.

    "Xi Jinping wants to control everything through various means, including digitally, in ways that are already very technologically developed," Chen said, citing the proliferation of government and police tip-off hotlines to encourage people to inform on each other.

    "Xi Jinping doesn't want to mobilize people: he wants to calm them down and control them, as if they were in prison," he said.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting and Chen Zifei for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/police-grid-11142023123319.html/feed/ 0 438223
    This Billion-Dollar Plan to Save Salmon Depends on a Giant Fish Vacuum https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/#respond Tue, 31 Oct 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/willamette-river-salmon-dams-usace by Tony Schick, Oregon Public Broadcasting

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with Oregon Public Broadcasting. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    To free salmon stuck behind dams in Oregon’s Willamette River Valley, here’s what the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has in mind:

    Build a floating vacuum the size of a football field with enough pumps to suck up a small river. Capture tiny young salmon in the vacuum’s mouth and flush them into massive storage tanks. Then load the fish onto trucks, drive them downstream and dump them back into the water. An enormous fish collector like this costs up to $450 million, and nothing of its scale has ever been tested.

    The fish collectors are the biggest element of the Army Corps’ $1.9 billion plan to keep the salmon from going extinct.

    The Corps says its devices will work. A cheaper alternative — halting dam operations so fish can pass — would create widespread harm to hydroelectric customers, boaters and farmers, the agency contends.

    “Bottom line, we think what we have proposed will support sustainable, healthy fish populations over time,” Liza Wells, the deputy engineer for the Corps’ Portland district, said in a statement.

    A rendering of the Corps of Engineers’ proposed floating fish collector as envisioned by a design firm hired by the agency. (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers)

    But reporting by Oregon Public Broadcasting and ProPublica casts doubt on the Corps’ assertions.

    First, some leading scientists have said the project won’t save as many salmon as the agency claims.

    A comprehensive scientific review in 2017 concluded that the use of elaborate fish traps and tanker trucks to haul salmon, as the Corps proposes, will “only prolong their decline to extinction.”

    Moreover, many of the interests the Corps says it’s protecting maintain they don’t need the help — not power companies, not farmers and not businesses reliant on recreational boating.

    The Corps’ effort to keep its dams running full-bore is a story of how the taxpayer-funded federal agency, despite decades of criticism, continues to double down on costly feats of engineering to reverse environmental catastrophes its own engineers created.

    The 276-foot Lookout Point Dam on the Middle Fork of the Willamette River poses a major obstacle for tiny juvenile salmon as they attempt to migrate downstream (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers)

    The only peer-reviewed cost-benefit analysis of the Willamette dams, published in 2021, found that the collective environmental harms, upkeep costs and risks of collapse at the dams outweigh the economic benefits.

    Congress has weighed in, twice calling on the Corps to study shutting down hydropower, which would free up more water for salmon. The agency blew its first deadline last year and now says it will perform an “initial assessment” to help decide whether to do the study required by law.

    Emails obtained by ProPublica and OPB show that as Corps officials hashed out how to handle the mandate from Congress, they proposed actions that could increase public support for preserving hydropower. The Corps is now finalizing a plan that would continue electricity generation for the next 30 years.

    “How can you finalize a long-term plan if you don’t know whether or not you’re going to continue hydro?” said former U.S. Rep. Peter DeFazio, D-Ore., who pushed for legislation ordering the Corps to study ending hydropower.

    “They’re doing that without the study and the information they need,” he added.

    Democrat Val Hoyle and Republican Lori Chavez-DeRemer, who now represent portions of DeFazio’s former district, said in separate written statements that it was urgent for the Corps to finish its study and no decisions on the Willamette should be made until that happens.

    There is a simpler way to protect fish: opening dam gates and letting salmon ride the current as they would a wild river. It costs next to nothing, would keep the Willamette Valley dams available for their original purpose of flood control and has succeeded on the river system before. This approach is supported by Native American tribes and other critics.

    The Corps ruled it out as a long-term solution for most of its 13 Willamette River dams, saying further reservoir drawdowns would conflict with other interests.

    The debate and the consequences of the decision are real for the Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde, who have fished the Willamette for thousands of years. Grand Ronde leaders said they’ve met with the Corps seven times to spell out potential alternatives to building giant fish collectors and maintaining hydropower.

    “They always feel like they can just build themselves out of problems. And this is really something that we don’t need to build,” said Michael Langley, a former tribal council member for the Grand Ronde.

    First image: Grand Ronde tribal member Michael Langley stands in front of the tribe’s plankhouse, used for cultural ceremonies, weddings and funerals. Second image: Langley has an outline of a 53-pound Chinook salmon his father, Leonard Langley, caught in 1975. In Michael Langley’s former role as a tribal council member, he said he met with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers about taking more measures to restore healthy salmon populations, because “the way we’re doing it right now, it’s more likely to lead to extinction.” (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    The tribes have also said generating electricity at the dams doesn’t pencil out for anyone. By the Corps’ own estimates, the cost of hydropower over the next 30 years will outstrip revenues from electricity customers by more than $700 million.

    The tribes filed a letter with the Corps in February that included a pointed summation: “Killing salmon to lose money deserves a deeper analysis.”

    Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde tribal members Sara Thompson, left, and Matt Zimbrick, center, along with the tribe’s fish and wildlife program director Kelly Dirksen, navigate the rocks at Willamette Falls, a waterfall just south of Portland that has long been an important fishing site for the region’s tribes. In recent years, salmon counts at Willamette Falls have reached historic lows. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) “Tooth and Nail”

    Many of Oregon’s most populous and valuable places, like downtown Portland, would spend parts of the year underwater if not for dams.

    Housed at the bottom of Lookout Dam, these three generator turbines contribute 143 megawatts of energy to Oregon communities when fully operational. (Caden Perry/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Congress ordered the Army Corps to build the system during the 1940s, ’50s and ’60s to hold back floodwaters in Oregon’s fertile Willamette Valley. Towns sprouted up in the security of 300-foot walls. Lawmakers approved additional uses for the dams. The rivers they impounded provided places for people to drive power boats as well as deep pools of water to spin hydroelectric turbines. Today, eight of the 13 dams generate power.

    But the monumental structures caused harm, too. Salmon evolved to swim and spawn in cold, free-flowing rivers that the dams choked into warm, stagnant lakes, full of bass and other invasive predators. Salmon need to get to the ocean and back, but the dam walls blocked their path. Whirring turbines bashed fish that attempted to scoot past.

    In 2021, after salmon numbers on the Willamette reached historic lows, a federal judge said the fish’s recovery had been stymied far too long.

    U.S. District Judge Marco A. Hernandez admonished the Corps for having “fought tooth and nail” against better measures for fish ever since it was first sued over the issue in 2000, foot-dragging that the judge said had pushed the fish closer to the edge of extinction.

    Lookout Point Dam blocks nearly 100% of historic spawning habitat for salmon on the Middle Fork Willamette River, which once had one of the most abundant salmon populations in the Willamette Valley. The Corps is currently drawing down the Lookout Point reservoir to aid salmon migration but proposes replacing that measure with a giant floating structure to collect fish. (Caden Perry/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Gates in the dam walls can provide a passage for young salmon to pass downstream, but they’re usually too deep underwater for the little fish to find because they stay near the surface. Those that do dive down to the deep gates can get the bends and die. The judge ordered the Corps to drain several reservoirs to levels lower than any since the dams were built.

    Scientists had observed that whenever reservoir levels dipped seasonally, more fish passed through dams. Knowing this, Corps biologists had been experimenting with draining a reservoir known as Fall Creek until it nearly replicated the original river channel.

    The drawdown worked. It moved salmon quickly and safely past the dam and eliminated many of the invasive predators dwelling in the reservoir. At virtually no cost, the Corps increased the number of adult fish that returned tenfold, surpassing what biologists thought possible.

    A fish ladder at Fall Creek Dam offers adult salmon a swimming route. At many dams, fish ladders offer salmon a way up and over dams blocking their path. At the tall dams on the Willamette, these ladders lead to pens that hold fish until they can be transported by truck. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    The Corps has argued that there are limits to this approach. Fall Creek’s openings are more fish-friendly than those at other dams. And Corps officials worried draining many dams all at once might trade one hazard for another, such as by leaving too little streamflow for fish.

    But Hernandez ruled that the weight of the evidence showed drawing down reservoirs was “the most effective means for providing safe fish passage” and “necessary to avoid irreparable harm” to salmon. He ordered the Corps to try partial drawdowns at three other dams. Then he set a 2024 deadline for the Corps to have a new long-term plan to save salmon, which he expected to go even further than his order.

    Tribes and environmentalists cheered the judge’s ruling as a long-overdue remedy.

    But the Corps had its own ideas.

    Building a Better Fish Trap

    In 2022, the Corps released a draft of the document the judge had ordered: a 5,782-page environmental impact statement for Willamette dam operations.

    At the two dams that threaten salmon the most, the Corps would build complex structures called floating fish collectors.

    Versions built elsewhere resemble industrial buildings atop the water, loaded with fish pens, electrical equipment and water pumps. The idea is for fish to mistake the whooshing current created by the pumps for the river’s flow and get lured into the trap.

    Collectors that Corps envisions for Detroit and Lookout Point dams would cost a combined $622 million. In addition, the Corps would spend $432 million on an enormous water-cooling device at Detroit. Other money would buy smaller fish traps and habitat restoration.

    Hydropower Dams Block Salmon Migration in the Willamette River Valley

    At two of the most crucial dams for salmon restoration in the Willamette Valley, the Army Corps of Engineers has proposed building massive fish collectors that suck in and trap young salmon, which would then be placed in trucks and driven downstream.

    (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

    The Corps first tried a kind of floating fish collector on the Willamette in the 1950s but declared it a failure.

    As salmon populations dwindled into the 21st century, the Corps decided to try again, building a small collector on an offshoot of the Willamette. To track the baby fish they were trying to entice, biologists implanted nearly 1,500 with microchips and released them behind Cougar Dam.

    Eight found their way into the collector.

    The agency ended the experiment ahead of schedule.

    Floating collectors at other dams in the Northwest have shown better results. But at the location biologists consider most comparable to the Corps’ Willamette dams, it’s been a struggle. The fish collector on southwest Washington’s Lewis River captured just 3% of the Chinook salmon it was targeting, a peer-reviewed study found. The dam’s owner reported success rates as high as 33% in later years.

    “You don’t have to be a rocket scientist to go back and look at how these structures performed in other locations to see that there’s been some challenges,” said Greg Taylor, the Corps’ supervisory fish biologist.

    For this reason, the Corps did propose deep and sustained drawdowns at Cougar and Fall Creek dams.

    But the number of fish helped would be relatively small because of these dams’ locations. By contrast, the dams where the Corps wants to try fish collectors wall off about 70% to 100% of the area where fish hatch. The Detroit and Lookout Point dams block rivers that once supported some of the valley’s most abundant fish runs.

    The Corps didn’t consider these dams good candidates for a drawdown because of the way they were built and because Corps officials viewed their operations as too crucial to justify it.

    So agency leaders commissioned a study of previous fish collector builds to devise improvements. They arrived at a plan for collectors five times as wide and five times as powerful as any ever evaluated. The structures at Detroit and Lookout Point would take a decade to complete.

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, which must approve the Corps’ actions before it can proceed, said in a statement its scientists “are confident that collectors can be effectively applied” as the Corps optimizes their design.

    Big uncertainties remain, though.

    Supersizing the collectors for better performance makes sense in theory, according to U.S. Geological Survey biologist Tobias Kock, who led the 2019 study. But because what the Corps is proposing is so much bigger than anything Kock and his colleagues looked at, he told OPB and ProPublica, “we don’t know how well that performance prediction’s going to work.”

    The most successful floating collector in Kock’s study captured roughly 60% of Chinook salmon, on a reservoir with far more favorable conditions than on those the Corps owns. The Corps, meanwhile, estimates its supersized fish collectors will capture between 80% and 95%.

    The Corps’ environmental impact statement acknowledges its numbers are a guess. It says the collectors the agency contemplates “have yet to be successfully implemented and there is considerable risk and uncertainty about the realized effectiveness of these structures.” In a September statement to ProPublica and OPB, Corps officials went further, calling their projected success rates “overestimates.”

    University of California, Davis researchers Robert Lusardi and Peter Moyle published a 2017 study in the journal Fisheries warning that the kind of trap-and-haul programs the Corps has proposed “should proceed with extreme caution.”

    Lusardi said in an interview that their success rates are artificially inflated and that removing young salmon from the river stresses them, increasing their risk of dying before they find their way home to spawn as adults.

    “Transportation of fish, whether it’s juveniles or adults, has a really seismic effect on the fish themselves,” Lusardi said.

    First image: Corps biologists Greg Taylor, left, and Chad Helms move a pair of salmon from a collection area at the base of Cougar Dam. The structure traps adult fish that are migrating upriver and holds them in pens until they can be transported past the dam. Second image: Two male salmon are drained from a holding tank into a tanker truck below. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) A tanker truck hauls the salmon upriver past dams on the Willamette River system. The Corps has been trucking adult fish upriver past dams for many years. It now proposes hauling juvenile fish downstream as well. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Rich Domingue, a former NOAA hydrologist who provided expert testimony for environmental groups that sued the Corps, said these flaws and others biased the Corps’ analysis in favor of preserving hydropower.

    Instead, Domingue said, the Corps should be drawing down more reservoirs and closely monitoring the results, “rather than spending billions over decades in a high-risk gamble.”

    “Human Error Fixing Human Error”

    At the heart of the Corps’ push to find a technological fix for dams is its claim that people throughout the Willamette Valley cannot live without the hydropower, recreational boating and irrigation that the dams make possible. The trouble is, it’s hard to find people in the Willamette Valley who feel the same way.

    Even the hydropower industry opposes the Corps’ plan to continue with hydropower.

    Ending power generation on the Willamette would be “the best for consumers, the best for fish, and the best for taxpayers,” wrote Scott Simms, executive director of the Public Power Council, and Mark Sherwood, head of the Native Fish Society, in a joint 2021 letter published in the Eugene Register-Guard.

    Records newly obtained by OPB and ProPublica via the Freedom of Information Act show the federal government’s hydropower agency for the region, the Bonneville Power Administration, also wants the Corps to do away with hydropower on the Willamette.

    Bonneville, which pays roughly half the costs of operating Willamette dams, urged the Corps last year not to spend hundreds of millions of dollars to keep turbines running when cheaper solutions exist. The streams feeding the Willamette are wildly inefficient at producing electricity compared with dams on larger rivers, costing up to five times as much to light a home.

    Similarly, farmers in the lush Willamette Valley are far less dependent on water stored in reservoirs than their counterparts in the high desert of eastern Washington, Oregon and Idaho, where current farming practices would be impossible without the irrigation that dams and reservoirs supply. The valley gets drenched with 50 inches of rain a year. Draining reservoirs each fall would have a marginal impact on water supplies downstream, according to the Corps’ own analysis.

    The Oregon Water Resources Department said the drawdowns already happening under the court injunction have not undermined anyone’s ability to irrigate with water from the Willamette and its tributaries.

    “It has no negative impact on me,” said Bob Schutte, owner of Northern Lights Christmas Tree Farm just downstream of two reservoirs that are already being drained each fall.

    Lagea Mull runs the chamber of commerce for Sweet Home, a town that sits on a major route to Foster and Green Peter reservoirs. Mull said residents there want salmon to thrive and have adapted to the temporary drawdowns the judge ordered in 2021.

    “When the dams came in, that was a massive change to the area,” said Mull, who knows people whose homes are now at the bottom of the reservoirs. “So now this is just another change.”

    Linn County Commissioner Will Tucker is among the most vocal with concerns about draining reservoirs. But as a lifelong Willamette Valley resident, he also cares about the salmon.

    “If it recovers the salmon,” he said of drawdowns, “it's the right thing to do.”

    Tucker wants the Corps to help offset what he worries would be the biggest impact, to the river’s recreation economy. More than 2.5 million people take their power boats or kayaks or inner tubes out on the Willamette River system annually. Visitors inject enough money into marinas, restaurants and shops to keep some towns afloat all year.

    But the Corps estimates the kind of limited drawdowns it studied and ruled out would leave boat launches high and dry only at the tail end of the boating season, reducing visits by about 7% and spending by $1.3 million.

    One business owner, Dawn O’Donnell, has already adapted her boat rental shop to the shorter season brought by court-ordered drawdowns. She delivers kayak and paddle boards to lakes that haven’t been affected.

    Still, she is skeptical that anything the Corps does can actually help salmon to recover.

    “It’s kind of like human error fixing human error, after human error, after human error,” O’Donnell said. “How can we make it right now that we’ve ruined it?”

    Cougar Dam, on the north fork of Oregon’s McKenzie River, is one of two dams where the Army Corps has proposed draining the reservoir behind the dam down to the original river bed to aid salmon passage. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) A View of the River

    For the past two years, the Corps has been developing a response to the court order, in which Hernandez stated it was “abundantly clear” the agency needed to change its operation of Willamette Valley dams.

    Yet top Corps officials openly acknowledge that they never intended to veer very far from the status quo. Preserving dam uses like hydropower generation and water storage was the goal of its court-ordered environmental impact statement.

    Wells, the deputy district engineer for the Corps in Portland, said in an interview that the work that went into the document “isn’t really a planning process for us to change the way we operate.”

    As long as the law authorizes uses like hydropower and boating, the Corps has to find ways to preserve them, she said, adding that future needs for the water storage that reservoirs offer will only grow as the climate warms.

    “The people that work here are really trying hard to think of what the best ways are to tackle this really tough problem in the space we have,” Wells said.

    One internal email obtained by OPB and ProPublica under the Freedom of Information Act reveals how the Corps hoped to build support for staying the course.

    Kelly Janes, a Corps planner assigned to the congressional request for a study into ending hydropower, suggested to colleagues that the Corps produce a series of videos and perhaps a podcast showing that hydropower has many benefits. These might generate public comments in support for hydropower that the Corps could forward to Congress.

    “The public and Congress are only hearing one side of the story from the Public Power agencies who think hydropower in the Willamette is no longer profitable and Environmental groups who believe that hydropower deauthorization could be a silver bullet for the endangered species issues at our dams,” Janes wrote colleagues in April.

    Asked to explain the Janes email, Corps officials denied they were trying to shape public opinion about hydropower. They said they wanted to make sure the public understood the complexities of hydropower and how integrated it is into their dams.

    As for why the Corps is locking in a 30-year plan that preserves hydropower before studying an end to it as Congress ordered, the agency cited a looming deadline from Hernandez, the federal judge, and said the Corps has done the best it could in the time allotted.

    Former employees and scientists who’ve worked closely with the Corps say its officials are afraid to change because drawing down reservoirs and eliminating hydropower would call into question the agency’s usefulness in the Willamette Valley.

    “They don’t like to be seen as an agency that can’t execute,” said Judith Marshall, who spent six years as an environmental compliance manager for the Corps.

    Marshall, whose work included projects in the Willamette Valley, filed a complaint with the federal Office of Special Counsel in 2017 alleging the Corps ignored obligations under federal environmental laws.

    “They’re some of the smartest people I’ve ever encountered,” Marshall said, but “they’re so wound up in their models and what they’re doing, like they can’t see the forest through the trees.”

    From her office in downtown Portland — with a sweeping view of the Willamette and the mountains beyond it — Wells mused on the possibility the Corps might someday take a broader look at what the region really needs from its dams and whether it should allow the river to run more naturally.

    “Maybe that’s where this is all going in the future,” Wells said.

    For now, the Corps has a $1.9 billion fish plan to finish.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Tony Schick, Oregon Public Broadcasting.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/feed/ 0 437679
    This Billion-Dollar Plan to Save Salmon Depends on a Giant Fish Vacuum https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/#respond Tue, 31 Oct 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/willamette-river-salmon-dams-usace by Tony Schick, Oregon Public Broadcasting

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with Oregon Public Broadcasting. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    To free salmon stuck behind dams in Oregon’s Willamette River Valley, here’s what the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has in mind:

    Build a floating vacuum the size of a football field with enough pumps to suck up a small river. Capture tiny young salmon in the vacuum’s mouth and flush them into massive storage tanks. Then load the fish onto trucks, drive them downstream and dump them back into the water. An enormous fish collector like this costs up to $450 million, and nothing of its scale has ever been tested.

    The fish collectors are the biggest element of the Army Corps’ $1.9 billion plan to keep the salmon from going extinct.

    The Corps says its devices will work. A cheaper alternative — halting dam operations so fish can pass — would create widespread harm to hydroelectric customers, boaters and farmers, the agency contends.

    “Bottom line, we think what we have proposed will support sustainable, healthy fish populations over time,” Liza Wells, the deputy engineer for the Corps’ Portland district, said in a statement.

    A rendering of the Corps of Engineers’ proposed floating fish collector as envisioned by a design firm hired by the agency. (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers)

    But reporting by Oregon Public Broadcasting and ProPublica casts doubt on the Corps’ assertions.

    First, some leading scientists have said the project won’t save as many salmon as the agency claims.

    A comprehensive scientific review in 2017 concluded that the use of elaborate fish traps and tanker trucks to haul salmon, as the Corps proposes, will “only prolong their decline to extinction.”

    Moreover, many of the interests the Corps says it’s protecting maintain they don’t need the help — not power companies, not farmers and not businesses reliant on recreational boating.

    The Corps’ effort to keep its dams running full-bore is a story of how the taxpayer-funded federal agency, despite decades of criticism, continues to double down on costly feats of engineering to reverse environmental catastrophes its own engineers created.

    The 276-foot Lookout Point Dam on the Middle Fork of the Willamette River poses a major obstacle for tiny juvenile salmon as they attempt to migrate downstream (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers)

    The only peer-reviewed cost-benefit analysis of the Willamette dams, published in 2021, found that the collective environmental harms, upkeep costs and risks of collapse at the dams outweigh the economic benefits.

    Congress has weighed in, twice calling on the Corps to study shutting down hydropower, which would free up more water for salmon. The agency blew its first deadline last year and now says it will perform an “initial assessment” to help decide whether to do the study required by law.

    Emails obtained by ProPublica and OPB show that as Corps officials hashed out how to handle the mandate from Congress, they proposed actions that could increase public support for preserving hydropower. The Corps is now finalizing a plan that would continue electricity generation for the next 30 years.

    “How can you finalize a long-term plan if you don’t know whether or not you’re going to continue hydro?” said former U.S. Rep. Peter DeFazio, D-Ore., who pushed for legislation ordering the Corps to study ending hydropower.

    “They’re doing that without the study and the information they need,” he added.

    Democrat Val Hoyle and Republican Lori Chavez-DeRemer, who now represent portions of DeFazio’s former district, said in separate written statements that it was urgent for the Corps to finish its study and no decisions on the Willamette should be made until that happens.

    There is a simpler way to protect fish: opening dam gates and letting salmon ride the current as they would a wild river. It costs next to nothing, would keep the Willamette Valley dams available for their original purpose of flood control and has succeeded on the river system before. This approach is supported by Native American tribes and other critics.

    The Corps ruled it out as a long-term solution for most of its 13 Willamette River dams, saying further reservoir drawdowns would conflict with other interests.

    The debate and the consequences of the decision are real for the Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde, who have fished the Willamette for thousands of years. Grand Ronde leaders said they’ve met with the Corps seven times to spell out potential alternatives to building giant fish collectors and maintaining hydropower.

    “They always feel like they can just build themselves out of problems. And this is really something that we don’t need to build,” said Michael Langley, a former tribal council member for the Grand Ronde.

    First image: Grand Ronde tribal member Michael Langley stands in front of the tribe’s plankhouse, used for cultural ceremonies, weddings and funerals. Second image: Langley has an outline of a 53-pound Chinook salmon his father, Leonard Langley, caught in 1975. In Michael Langley’s former role as a tribal council member, he said he met with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers about taking more measures to restore healthy salmon populations, because “the way we’re doing it right now, it’s more likely to lead to extinction.” (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    The tribes have also said generating electricity at the dams doesn’t pencil out for anyone. By the Corps’ own estimates, the cost of hydropower over the next 30 years will outstrip revenues from electricity customers by more than $700 million.

    The tribes filed a letter with the Corps in February that included a pointed summation: “Killing salmon to lose money deserves a deeper analysis.”

    Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde tribal members Sara Thompson, left, and Matt Zimbrick, center, along with the tribe’s fish and wildlife program director Kelly Dirksen, navigate the rocks at Willamette Falls, a waterfall just south of Portland that has long been an important fishing site for the region’s tribes. In recent years, salmon counts at Willamette Falls have reached historic lows. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) “Tooth and Nail”

    Many of Oregon’s most populous and valuable places, like downtown Portland, would spend parts of the year underwater if not for dams.

    Housed at the bottom of Lookout Dam, these three generator turbines contribute 143 megawatts of energy to Oregon communities when fully operational. (Caden Perry/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Congress ordered the Army Corps to build the system during the 1940s, ’50s and ’60s to hold back floodwaters in Oregon’s fertile Willamette Valley. Towns sprouted up in the security of 300-foot walls. Lawmakers approved additional uses for the dams. The rivers they impounded provided places for people to drive power boats as well as deep pools of water to spin hydroelectric turbines. Today, eight of the 13 dams generate power.

    But the monumental structures caused harm, too. Salmon evolved to swim and spawn in cold, free-flowing rivers that the dams choked into warm, stagnant lakes, full of bass and other invasive predators. Salmon need to get to the ocean and back, but the dam walls blocked their path. Whirring turbines bashed fish that attempted to scoot past.

    In 2021, after salmon numbers on the Willamette reached historic lows, a federal judge said the fish’s recovery had been stymied far too long.

    U.S. District Judge Marco A. Hernandez admonished the Corps for having “fought tooth and nail” against better measures for fish ever since it was first sued over the issue in 2000, foot-dragging that the judge said had pushed the fish closer to the edge of extinction.

    Lookout Point Dam blocks nearly 100% of historic spawning habitat for salmon on the Middle Fork Willamette River, which once had one of the most abundant salmon populations in the Willamette Valley. The Corps is currently drawing down the Lookout Point reservoir to aid salmon migration but proposes replacing that measure with a giant floating structure to collect fish. (Caden Perry/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Gates in the dam walls can provide a passage for young salmon to pass downstream, but they’re usually too deep underwater for the little fish to find because they stay near the surface. Those that do dive down to the deep gates can get the bends and die. The judge ordered the Corps to drain several reservoirs to levels lower than any since the dams were built.

    Scientists had observed that whenever reservoir levels dipped seasonally, more fish passed through dams. Knowing this, Corps biologists had been experimenting with draining a reservoir known as Fall Creek until it nearly replicated the original river channel.

    The drawdown worked. It moved salmon quickly and safely past the dam and eliminated many of the invasive predators dwelling in the reservoir. At virtually no cost, the Corps increased the number of adult fish that returned tenfold, surpassing what biologists thought possible.

    A fish ladder at Fall Creek Dam offers adult salmon a swimming route. At many dams, fish ladders offer salmon a way up and over dams blocking their path. At the tall dams on the Willamette, these ladders lead to pens that hold fish until they can be transported by truck. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    The Corps has argued that there are limits to this approach. Fall Creek’s openings are more fish-friendly than those at other dams. And Corps officials worried draining many dams all at once might trade one hazard for another, such as by leaving too little streamflow for fish.

    But Hernandez ruled that the weight of the evidence showed drawing down reservoirs was “the most effective means for providing safe fish passage” and “necessary to avoid irreparable harm” to salmon. He ordered the Corps to try partial drawdowns at three other dams. Then he set a 2024 deadline for the Corps to have a new long-term plan to save salmon, which he expected to go even further than his order.

    Tribes and environmentalists cheered the judge’s ruling as a long-overdue remedy.

    But the Corps had its own ideas.

    Building a Better Fish Trap

    In 2022, the Corps released a draft of the document the judge had ordered: a 5,782-page environmental impact statement for Willamette dam operations.

    At the two dams that threaten salmon the most, the Corps would build complex structures called floating fish collectors.

    Versions built elsewhere resemble industrial buildings atop the water, loaded with fish pens, electrical equipment and water pumps. The idea is for fish to mistake the whooshing current created by the pumps for the river’s flow and get lured into the trap.

    Collectors that Corps envisions for Detroit and Lookout Point dams would cost a combined $622 million. In addition, the Corps would spend $432 million on an enormous water-cooling device at Detroit. Other money would buy smaller fish traps and habitat restoration.

    Hydropower Dams Block Salmon Migration in the Willamette River Valley

    At two of the most crucial dams for salmon restoration in the Willamette Valley, the Army Corps of Engineers has proposed building massive fish collectors that suck in and trap young salmon, which would then be placed in trucks and driven downstream.

    (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

    The Corps first tried a kind of floating fish collector on the Willamette in the 1950s but declared it a failure.

    As salmon populations dwindled into the 21st century, the Corps decided to try again, building a small collector on an offshoot of the Willamette. To track the baby fish they were trying to entice, biologists implanted nearly 1,500 with microchips and released them behind Cougar Dam.

    Eight found their way into the collector.

    The agency ended the experiment ahead of schedule.

    Floating collectors at other dams in the Northwest have shown better results. But at the location biologists consider most comparable to the Corps’ Willamette dams, it’s been a struggle. The fish collector on southwest Washington’s Lewis River captured just 3% of the Chinook salmon it was targeting, a peer-reviewed study found. The dam’s owner reported success rates as high as 33% in later years.

    “You don’t have to be a rocket scientist to go back and look at how these structures performed in other locations to see that there’s been some challenges,” said Greg Taylor, the Corps’ supervisory fish biologist.

    For this reason, the Corps did propose deep and sustained drawdowns at Cougar and Fall Creek dams.

    But the number of fish helped would be relatively small because of these dams’ locations. By contrast, the dams where the Corps wants to try fish collectors wall off about 70% to 100% of the area where fish hatch. The Detroit and Lookout Point dams block rivers that once supported some of the valley’s most abundant fish runs.

    The Corps didn’t consider these dams good candidates for a drawdown because of the way they were built and because Corps officials viewed their operations as too crucial to justify it.

    So agency leaders commissioned a study of previous fish collector builds to devise improvements. They arrived at a plan for collectors five times as wide and five times as powerful as any ever evaluated. The structures at Detroit and Lookout Point would take a decade to complete.

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, which must approve the Corps’ actions before it can proceed, said in a statement its scientists “are confident that collectors can be effectively applied” as the Corps optimizes their design.

    Big uncertainties remain, though.

    Supersizing the collectors for better performance makes sense in theory, according to U.S. Geological Survey biologist Tobias Kock, who led the 2019 study. But because what the Corps is proposing is so much bigger than anything Kock and his colleagues looked at, he told OPB and ProPublica, “we don’t know how well that performance prediction’s going to work.”

    The most successful floating collector in Kock’s study captured roughly 60% of Chinook salmon, on a reservoir with far more favorable conditions than on those the Corps owns. The Corps, meanwhile, estimates its supersized fish collectors will capture between 80% and 95%.

    The Corps’ environmental impact statement acknowledges its numbers are a guess. It says the collectors the agency contemplates “have yet to be successfully implemented and there is considerable risk and uncertainty about the realized effectiveness of these structures.” In a September statement to ProPublica and OPB, Corps officials went further, calling their projected success rates “overestimates.”

    University of California, Davis researchers Robert Lusardi and Peter Moyle published a 2017 study in the journal Fisheries warning that the kind of trap-and-haul programs the Corps has proposed “should proceed with extreme caution.”

    Lusardi said in an interview that their success rates are artificially inflated and that removing young salmon from the river stresses them, increasing their risk of dying before they find their way home to spawn as adults.

    “Transportation of fish, whether it’s juveniles or adults, has a really seismic effect on the fish themselves,” Lusardi said.

    First image: Corps biologists Greg Taylor, left, and Chad Helms move a pair of salmon from a collection area at the base of Cougar Dam. The structure traps adult fish that are migrating upriver and holds them in pens until they can be transported past the dam. Second image: Two male salmon are drained from a holding tank into a tanker truck below. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) A tanker truck hauls the salmon upriver past dams on the Willamette River system. The Corps has been trucking adult fish upriver past dams for many years. It now proposes hauling juvenile fish downstream as well. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting)

    Rich Domingue, a former NOAA hydrologist who provided expert testimony for environmental groups that sued the Corps, said these flaws and others biased the Corps’ analysis in favor of preserving hydropower.

    Instead, Domingue said, the Corps should be drawing down more reservoirs and closely monitoring the results, “rather than spending billions over decades in a high-risk gamble.”

    “Human Error Fixing Human Error”

    At the heart of the Corps’ push to find a technological fix for dams is its claim that people throughout the Willamette Valley cannot live without the hydropower, recreational boating and irrigation that the dams make possible. The trouble is, it’s hard to find people in the Willamette Valley who feel the same way.

    Even the hydropower industry opposes the Corps’ plan to continue with hydropower.

    Ending power generation on the Willamette would be “the best for consumers, the best for fish, and the best for taxpayers,” wrote Scott Simms, executive director of the Public Power Council, and Mark Sherwood, head of the Native Fish Society, in a joint 2021 letter published in the Eugene Register-Guard.

    Records newly obtained by OPB and ProPublica via the Freedom of Information Act show the federal government’s hydropower agency for the region, the Bonneville Power Administration, also wants the Corps to do away with hydropower on the Willamette.

    Bonneville, which pays roughly half the costs of operating Willamette dams, urged the Corps last year not to spend hundreds of millions of dollars to keep turbines running when cheaper solutions exist. The streams feeding the Willamette are wildly inefficient at producing electricity compared with dams on larger rivers, costing up to five times as much to light a home.

    Similarly, farmers in the lush Willamette Valley are far less dependent on water stored in reservoirs than their counterparts in the high desert of eastern Washington, Oregon and Idaho, where current farming practices would be impossible without the irrigation that dams and reservoirs supply. The valley gets drenched with 50 inches of rain a year. Draining reservoirs each fall would have a marginal impact on water supplies downstream, according to the Corps’ own analysis.

    The Oregon Water Resources Department said the drawdowns already happening under the court injunction have not undermined anyone’s ability to irrigate with water from the Willamette and its tributaries.

    “It has no negative impact on me,” said Bob Schutte, owner of Northern Lights Christmas Tree Farm just downstream of two reservoirs that are already being drained each fall.

    Lagea Mull runs the chamber of commerce for Sweet Home, a town that sits on a major route to Foster and Green Peter reservoirs. Mull said residents there want salmon to thrive and have adapted to the temporary drawdowns the judge ordered in 2021.

    “When the dams came in, that was a massive change to the area,” said Mull, who knows people whose homes are now at the bottom of the reservoirs. “So now this is just another change.”

    Linn County Commissioner Will Tucker is among the most vocal with concerns about draining reservoirs. But as a lifelong Willamette Valley resident, he also cares about the salmon.

    “If it recovers the salmon,” he said of drawdowns, “it's the right thing to do.”

    Tucker wants the Corps to help offset what he worries would be the biggest impact, to the river’s recreation economy. More than 2.5 million people take their power boats or kayaks or inner tubes out on the Willamette River system annually. Visitors inject enough money into marinas, restaurants and shops to keep some towns afloat all year.

    But the Corps estimates the kind of limited drawdowns it studied and ruled out would leave boat launches high and dry only at the tail end of the boating season, reducing visits by about 7% and spending by $1.3 million.

    One business owner, Dawn O’Donnell, has already adapted her boat rental shop to the shorter season brought by court-ordered drawdowns. She delivers kayak and paddle boards to lakes that haven’t been affected.

    Still, she is skeptical that anything the Corps does can actually help salmon to recover.

    “It’s kind of like human error fixing human error, after human error, after human error,” O’Donnell said. “How can we make it right now that we’ve ruined it?”

    Cougar Dam, on the north fork of Oregon’s McKenzie River, is one of two dams where the Army Corps has proposed draining the reservoir behind the dam down to the original river bed to aid salmon passage. (Kristyna Wentz-Graff/Oregon Public Broadcasting) A View of the River

    For the past two years, the Corps has been developing a response to the court order, in which Hernandez stated it was “abundantly clear” the agency needed to change its operation of Willamette Valley dams.

    Yet top Corps officials openly acknowledge that they never intended to veer very far from the status quo. Preserving dam uses like hydropower generation and water storage was the goal of its court-ordered environmental impact statement.

    Wells, the deputy district engineer for the Corps in Portland, said in an interview that the work that went into the document “isn’t really a planning process for us to change the way we operate.”

    As long as the law authorizes uses like hydropower and boating, the Corps has to find ways to preserve them, she said, adding that future needs for the water storage that reservoirs offer will only grow as the climate warms.

    “The people that work here are really trying hard to think of what the best ways are to tackle this really tough problem in the space we have,” Wells said.

    One internal email obtained by OPB and ProPublica under the Freedom of Information Act reveals how the Corps hoped to build support for staying the course.

    Kelly Janes, a Corps planner assigned to the congressional request for a study into ending hydropower, suggested to colleagues that the Corps produce a series of videos and perhaps a podcast showing that hydropower has many benefits. These might generate public comments in support for hydropower that the Corps could forward to Congress.

    “The public and Congress are only hearing one side of the story from the Public Power agencies who think hydropower in the Willamette is no longer profitable and Environmental groups who believe that hydropower deauthorization could be a silver bullet for the endangered species issues at our dams,” Janes wrote colleagues in April.

    Asked to explain the Janes email, Corps officials denied they were trying to shape public opinion about hydropower. They said they wanted to make sure the public understood the complexities of hydropower and how integrated it is into their dams.

    As for why the Corps is locking in a 30-year plan that preserves hydropower before studying an end to it as Congress ordered, the agency cited a looming deadline from Hernandez, the federal judge, and said the Corps has done the best it could in the time allotted.

    Former employees and scientists who’ve worked closely with the Corps say its officials are afraid to change because drawing down reservoirs and eliminating hydropower would call into question the agency’s usefulness in the Willamette Valley.

    “They don’t like to be seen as an agency that can’t execute,” said Judith Marshall, who spent six years as an environmental compliance manager for the Corps.

    Marshall, whose work included projects in the Willamette Valley, filed a complaint with the federal Office of Special Counsel in 2017 alleging the Corps ignored obligations under federal environmental laws.

    “They’re some of the smartest people I’ve ever encountered,” Marshall said, but “they’re so wound up in their models and what they’re doing, like they can’t see the forest through the trees.”

    From her office in downtown Portland — with a sweeping view of the Willamette and the mountains beyond it — Wells mused on the possibility the Corps might someday take a broader look at what the region really needs from its dams and whether it should allow the river to run more naturally.

    “Maybe that’s where this is all going in the future,” Wells said.

    For now, the Corps has a $1.9 billion fish plan to finish.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Tony Schick, Oregon Public Broadcasting.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/this-billion-dollar-plan-to-save-salmon-depends-on-a-giant-fish-vacuum/feed/ 0 437680
    Democrats unveil ‘most comprehensive plan ever’ to address plastics problem https://grist.org/politics/democrats-unveil-most-comprehensive-plan-ever-to-address-plastics-problem/ https://grist.org/politics/democrats-unveil-most-comprehensive-plan-ever-to-address-plastics-problem/#respond Fri, 27 Oct 2023 00:16:23 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=621329 As plastic litter builds up in the environment, polluting landscapes and poisoning ecosystems, U.S. lawmakers have unveiled their “most comprehensive plan ever” to tackle the problem.

    Three Democratic members of Congress on Wednesday introduced the Break Free From Plastic Pollution Act of 2023, a sweeping bill to reduce plastic production and hold companies financially responsible for their pollution. Previous iterations of the legislation were introduced in 2020 and 2021, but this year’s version includes stronger protections for communities that live near petrochemical facilities, more stringent targets for companies to reduce their plastic production, and stricter regulations against toxic chemicals used in plastic products.

    “Our bill tackles the plastic pollution crisis head on, addressing the harmful climate and environmental justice impacts of this growing fossil fuel sector and moving our economy away from its overreliance on single-use plastic,” Representative Jared Huffman of California said in a statement. Huffman co-sponsored the bill with Senator Ed Markey of Massachusetts and Senator Jeff Merkley of Oregon.

    As U.S. demand for fossil fuel-powered heating, electricity, and transportation declines, fossil fuel companies are pivoting to plastic and are on track to triple global plastic production by 2060. Meanwhile, plastic pollution has reached crisis levels as litter clogs the marine environment and microplastics continue to be found on remote mountain peaks, in rainfall, and in people’s hearts, brains, and placentas. Plastic production also releases greenhouse gas emissions and other pollutants that disproportionately affect marginalized communities.

    Like the bill’s earlier versions, Break Free 2023 would establish a nationwide policy of “extended producer responsibility,” or EPR. Under this policy, plastic companies would pay membership fees to a centralized organization that’s responsible for meeting targets around post-consumer recycled content and source reduction — reducing the production of plastic. The bill also retains proposals to ban certain single-use plastic products, implement a national system offering people deposits for recycling their beverage bottles, increase post-consumer recycled content in plastic bottles, and place a moratorium on new or expanded petrochemical facilities, pending a federal review of their health and environmental impacts. 

    The new bill, however, sets more specific targets for source reduction. By 2032, it would require plastic producers to reduce the amount of plastic they make by 25 percent — by weight, as well as the number of plastic items — and then halve it by 2050, in line with nation-leading requirements set in California last year. The bill would also phase out a list of “problematic and unnecessary” types of plastic and plastic additives, including polyvinyl chloride, a kind of plastic whose main ingredient is a human carcinogen, and ingredients added to help plastics break down whose health effects are poorly understood.

    Trash bin overflowing with plastic
    A trash bin in LA overflows with plastic. Mario Tama / Getty Images

    To mitigate some of the harms of plastic production, Break Free 2023 folds in environmental justice requirements from a separate bill introduced in Congress last December, the Protecting Communities From Plastic Act. These include greater communication and community outreach requirements for petrochemical companies that want to open a new factory for plastic production or chemical recycling, in the event that the moratorium on new petrochemical facilities is lifted.

    This is the third time that a version of the plastics bill has been introduced in Congress, and it faces unlikely odds of passage. “Sadly, the makeup of Congress has not changed significantly over the course of Break Free being introduced, and we’re not set up well to move this bill at this time as a comprehensive package,” said Anja Brandon, associate director of U.S. plastics policy for the nonprofit Ocean Conservancy. 

    But there are other ways for the bill to make an impact. Smaller sections could be turned into their own federal bills, or they could influence policies at the state and local level. Merkley has been exploring a separate bottle deposit bill that could draw from the Break Free proposal. Brandon also pointed to proposed bans on specific products like single-use plastic cutlery and plastic foam foodware, which would be easier to pass on their own than as part of the whole Break Free package.

    The Plastics Industry Association, a trade group representing U.S. plastics companies, said in a statement that the new bill was “even worse and less collaborative” than the previous versions, adding that it would “negatively impact the American economy” and lead to more greenhouse gas emissions, since plastics are lighter than some alternative materials and require less fuel to transport. “Instead of one-sided proposals that don’t move us forward, we need to work together to craft sound policy that will actually help our environment,” Matt Seaholm, the organization’s president and CEO, said in a statement, although he didn’t specify which kind of policy the group supports.

    Brandon, with Ocean Conservancy, invited the plastics industry to collaborate with the nearly 100 organizations that are backing the Break Free bill. “It’s time for them to get on board,” she said. “The onus is on those companies and those producers of this waste to join us at the table and be a part of the solution.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Democrats unveil ‘most comprehensive plan ever’ to address plastics problem on Oct 26, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/democrats-unveil-most-comprehensive-plan-ever-to-address-plastics-problem/feed/ 0 436837
    Edwin Montagu, the Only Jew in the UK Cabinet, Opposed the Balfour Declaration and Called Zionism “a mischievous political creed” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/14/edwin-montagu-the-only-jew-in-the-uk-cabinet-opposed-the-balfour-declaration-and-called-zionism-a-mischievous-political-creed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/14/edwin-montagu-the-only-jew-in-the-uk-cabinet-opposed-the-balfour-declaration-and-called-zionism-a-mischievous-political-creed/#respond Sat, 14 Oct 2023 17:22:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144835

    … while Lord Sydenham warned: “What we have done, by concessions not to the Jewish people but to a Zionist extreme section, is to start a running sore in the East, and no-one can tell how far that sore will extend.”

    It extends all the way to this horror-show 106 years later.

    What the latest phase of the Palestine-Israel struggle teaches us is that UK and other Western media are determined to bully anyone with pro-Palestine views into condemning Hamas as terrorists.

    Even the Palestinian ambassador to Britain, Husam Zomlot, was cruelly treated in this way by a BBC interviewer only hours after several of the poor man’s family had been indiscriminately killed in an Israeli revenge attack.

    And political leaders, acting like the Zionist Inquisition, are threatening anyone who voices criticism of Israel with expulsion from their party.

    Even the BBC has been pressured by the Government’s culture secretary, Lucy Frazer, to call Hamas “terrorists” instead of “militants”. The BBC (so far) has resisted her silliness. Ms Frazer is Jewish and served an internship with the Israeli Ministry of Justice.

    And while our Government was projecting an image of the Israeli flag onto the front of 10 Downing Street to emphasise solidarity with the apartheid regime our home secretary, Suella Braverman, was threatening Palestinian flag wavers with prosecution.

    Our monarch King Charles III has graciously favoured us with a royal opinion. “His Majesty is appalled by and condemns the barbaric acts of terrorism in Israel,” a palace spokesperson said. And a spokes for Prince William and his wife, Kate, said they were “profoundly distressed by the devastating events that have unfolded in the past days. The horrors inflicted by Hamas’ terrorist attack upon Israel are appalling; they utterly condemn them. As Israel exercises its right of self-defence, all Israelis and Palestinians will continue to be stalked by grief, fear and anger in the time to come.” No mention of the “barbaric” day-to-day terror tactics by Israel which led up to the present crisis. Or the Palestinians’ right of self-defence.

    A response to these attempts to humiliate and punish could simply be: “and when did you last condemn Israel for its 75 years of atrocities?” Or “if Hamas committed war crimes why is Israel responding with even bigger war crimes?”

    The crisis has brought from the US an unforgettably half-witted speech which conjured up the priceless image of Biden supergluing himself to Netanyahu’s backside in a pathetic show of undying unity.

    And after all the nonsense uttered in high places sincere thanks go to Moeen Ali, the England cricket vice-captain, who posted on social media a quote from Malcolm X: “If you’re not careful the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” Sadly it has already happened.

    So what exactly is driving our Establishment élite to defend and revere a criminal regime whose inhumane policies disgust ordinary folk?

    Who started it all?

    Should we go back 106 years and pin it on Balfour? Or 75 years when Zionist militias rampaged through Palestine massacring, pillaging and driving local residents from their homes as they pursued ‘Plan Dalet’, their ethnic cleansing blueprint for a violent and bloody takeover of the Holy Land? Or 2006 when Israel (backed by US and UK) began the siege of Gaza after Hamas won the 2006 elections fair and square according to international observers.

    It helps to understand a little of the earlier history too. There was a Jewish state in the Holy Land some 3,000 years ago, but the Canaanites and Philistines were there first. The Jews, one of several invading groups, left and returned several times, and were expelled by the Roman occupation in 70AD and again in 135AD. Since the 7th century Palestine has been mainly Arabic, coming under Ottoman rule in 1516.

    During the First World War the country was ‘liberated’ from the Turkish Ottomans after the Allied Powers, in correspondence between Sir Henry McMahon and Sharif Hussein ibn Ali of Mecca in 1915, promised independence to Arab leaders in return for their help in defeating Germany’s ally, Turkey. However, a new Jewish political movement called Zionism was finding favour among the ruling élite in London, and the British Government was persuaded by the Zionists’ chief spokesman, Chaim Weizman, to surrender Palestine for their new Jewish homeland. Hardly a thought, it seems, was given to the earlier pledge to the Arabs, who had occupied and owned the land for 1,500 years – longer than the Jews ever did.

    The Zionists, fuelled by the notion that an ancient Biblical prophecy gave them the title deeds, aimed to push the Arabs out by populating the area with millions of Eastern European Jews. They had already set up farm communities and founded a new city, Tel Aviv, but by 1914 Jews still numbered only 85,000 to the Arabs’ 615,000.

    The infamous Balfour Declaration of 1917 – actually a letter from the British foreign secretary, Lord Balfour, to the most senior Jew in England, Lord Rothschild – pledged assistance for the Zionist cause with no regard for the consequences to the native majority.

    Calling itself a “declaration of sympathy with Jewish Zionist aspirations”, it said:

    His Majesty’s Government view with favour the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use their best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing and non-Jewish communities…

    Balfour, a Zionist convert and arrogant with it, wrote: “In Palestine we do not propose even to go through the form of consulting the wishes of the present inhabitants of the country. The four powers are committed to Zionism and Zionism, be it right or wrong, good or bad, is rooted in age-long tradition, in present needs, in future hopes, of far profounder import than the desires and prejudices of the 700,000 Arabs who now occupy that land.”

    There was opposition, of course. Lord Sydenham warned: “The harm done by dumping down an alien population upon an Arab country may never be remedied. What we have done, by concessions not to the Jewish people but to a Zionist extreme section, is to start a running sore in the East, and no-one can tell how far that sore will extend.”

    And Lord Edwin Montagu, the only Jew in the Cabinet, was strongly opposed to the whole idea and to Zionism itself, which he called “a mischievous political creed”. He wrote to his Cabinet colleagues:

    …I assume that it means that Mahommedans [Muslims] and Christians are to make way for the Jews and that the Jews should be put in all positions of preference and should be peculiarly associated with Palestine in the same way that England is with the English or France with the French, that Turks and other Mahommedans in Palestine will be regarded as foreigners, just in the same way as Jews will hereafter be treated as foreigners in every country but Palestine. Perhaps also citizenship must be granted only as a result of a religious test.

    Nevertheless his Zionist cousin Herbert Samuel was appointed the first High Commissioner of the British Mandate of Palestine, a choice that showed impartiality was never a priority.

    The American King-Crane Commission of 1919 thought it a gross violation of principle. “No British officers consulted by the Commissioners believed that the Zionist programme could be carried out except by force of arms. That, of itself, is evidence of a strong sense of the injustice of the Zionist programme.”

    There were other reasons why the British were courting disaster. A secret deal, called the Sykes-Picot Agreement, had been concluded in 1916 between France and Britain, in consultation with Russia, to re-draw the map of the Middle Eastern territories won from Turkey. Britain was to take Jordan, Iraq and Haifa. The area now referred to as Palestine was declared an international zone.

    The Sykes-Picot Agreement, the Balfour Declaration and the promises made earlier in the McMahon-Hussein letters all cut across each other. It seems to have been a case of the left hand not knowing what the right was doing in the confusion of war.

    After the Russian Revolution of 1917 Lenin released a copy of the confidential Sykes-Picot Agreement into the public domain, sowing seeds of distrust among the Arabs. Thus the unfolding story had all the makings of a major tragedy.

    And now another spanner has been tossed into the works. Law expert Dr Ralph Wilde argues that Article 22 of the 1923 League of Nations ‘Mandate Agreement’ for Palestine required provisional independence to be conferred on Palestine and that this could not be lawfully bypassed. Britain’s failure, as the Mandated power, to comply was a violation of international law then with ongoing consequences now, and is therefore a basis for action today.

    Article 22 says that those colonies and territories which, as a consequence of World War 1, ceased to be under the sovereignty of the States which formerly governed them and are not yet able to stand by themselves should come under the tutelage of “advanced nations who by reason of their resources, their experience or their geographical position can best be exercised by them as Mandatories on behalf of the League…. Certain communities formerly belonging to the Turkish Empire have reached a stage of development where their existence as independent nations can be provisionally recognizedsubject to the rendering of administrative advice and assistance by a Mandatoryuntil such time as they are able to stand alone.”

    So Britain’s underhandedness is exposed again.

    And who started the Palestine-Israel war that inevitably broke out 25 years later? Read the history – it’s all documented. And no, they don’t teach it in schools, it’s far too embarrassing for this ‘great power’.

    The slaughter has been horrific

    Today, propaganda would have us believe that Israelis have continuously suffered at the hands of Palestinian terrorists. But it’s actually the other way around. Don’t take my word for it, just look at the figures supplied by Israeli NGO B’Tselem which was established in 1989 by a group of Israeli lawyers, doctors and academics to document human rights violations in the Israeli-occupied Palestinian territories and combat any denial that such violations happened. The previous year had seen the First Intifada (uprising) in which Israeli forces killed 311 Palestinians, 53 of whom were under the age of 17.

    The figures compiled by B’Tselem run from 29 September 2000 (the start of the Second Intifada) to 27 September 2023.

    • Palestinians killed by Israeli forces 10,555
    • Palestinians killed by Israeli civilians 96
    • Palestinians Killed by unknowns 16
    • Total 10,667
    • Israeli forces killed by Palestinians 449
    • Israeli civilians killed by Palestinians 881
    • Total 1,330

    So Israelis are far more proficient at killing fellow humans and they’ve been killing Palestinians at the rate of 8:1. Worse still is the butchery of children. The figures show 2,270 Palestinian children killed versus 145 Israeli children, a ratio of nearly 16:1. And when it comes to women it’s 656 Palestinians to 261 Israelis, about 2.5:1.

    These statistics are available to everyone. What’s extraordinary is the large number of senior politicians who, with one voice it seems, condemn Hamas and sympathise with Israel. Why would they rush to protect the feelings of an apartheid state that has been brutally oppressing, murdering, dispossessing and generally making life unbearable for Palestinian in their own homeland?

    That said, nobody is approving Hamas’s methods (if they have been reported accurately) which may have alienated a lot of otherwise sympathetic supporters and damaged the Palestinian cause. But the facts show that what they did a few days ago was nothing compared to the Israelis’ 75 years of terror and oppression.

    Israel is notorious for its disinformation, or ‘hasbara’, and Hamas say their fighters have been targeting Israeli military and security posts and bases – all of which are legitimate targets – and seeking to avoid hurting civilians. They call on Western mainstream media “to seek both truth and accuracy in reporting on the ongoing Israeli aggression against the besieged Gaza Strip”.

    But this is an era of false flags, deception and plain bad journalism, as we’ve seen from Ukraine, so mainstream media cannot be trusted. I’ve watched the media eagerly interviewing Israeli families who live close to the Gaza border and commiserating their loss. But, on reflection, what do you think of people who have spent years nextdoor to a security fence on the other side of which their government has cruelly incarcerated another people for 17 years, denying them essential power supplies, water, food, medicines, goods, and freedom of movement, while bombing them regularly in a diabolical policy called “mowing the grass”, and even limiting access to their own coastal waters and blocking access to their marine gasfield…. and don’t seem in the least concerned that such hideous crimes are perpetrated in their name? How innocent are they?

    Self-defence?

    Then there’s the endlessly repeated claim the Israel has a right to defend itself. But Israel is illegally occupying the Palestinians’ homeland and using military force to maintain its grip and to tightly control every aspect of the Palestinians’ increasingly miserable lives. As for Israel’s armed squatters, they have been implanted outside their own territory and are classified as war criminals. Like Israel’s army of ongoing occupation they are the aggressors and have no right of self-defence. The Palestinians on the other hand, being subjected to an illegal military occupation, are the ones with the right under international law to defend themselves.

    What gives them that right is United Nations Resolution 37/43 of 3 December 1982 which is concerned with “the universal realization of the right of peoples to self-determination and of the speedy granting of independence to colonial countries and peoples for the effective guarantee and observance of human rights…. Considering that the denial of the inalienable rights of the Palestinian people to self-determination, sovereignty, independence and return to Palestine and the repeated acts of aggression by Israel against the people of the region constitute a serious threat to international peace and security, [the Resolution]

    1. Calls upon all States to implement fully and faithfully all the resolutions of the United Nations regarding the exercise of the right to self-determination and independence by peoples under colonial and foreign domination;

    2. Reaffirms the legitimacy of the struggle of peoples for their independence, territorial integrity, national unity and liberation from colonial domination, apartheid and foreign occupation by all available means, including armed struggle.”

    It goes on to strongly condemn “the constant and deliberate violations of the fundamental rights of the Palestinian people, as well as the expansionist activities of Israel in the Middle East, which constitute an obstacle to the achievement of self-determination and independence by the Palestinian people and a threat to peace and stability in the region.”

    That we are still waiting after 40+ years for these fine principles to be implemented shows how useless the UN really is and how little the major powers value international law unless it happens to suit their own often questionable purposes.

    Jewish voices

    JVP (Jewish Voice for Peace) has sent me their latest statement:

    We wholeheartedly agree with leading Palestinian rights groups: the massacres committed by Hamas against Israeli civilians are horrific war crimes. There is no justification in international law for the indiscriminate killing of civilians or the holding of civilian hostages.

    And now, horrifyingly, the Israeli and American governments are weaponizing these deaths to fuel a genocidal war against Palestinians in Gaza, pledging to “open the gates of hell.” This war is a continuation of the Nakba, when in 1948, tens of thousands of Palestinians fleeing violence sought refuge in Gaza. It’s a continuation of 75 years of Israeli occupation and apartheid.

    Already this week, over 1,000 Palestinians in Gaza have been killed. The Israeli government has wrought complete and total devastation on Palestinians across Gaza, attacking hospitals, schools, mosques, marketplaces, and apartment buildings.

    As we write, the Israeli government has shut off all electricity to Gaza. Hospitals cannot save lives, the internet will collapse, people will have no phones to communicate with the outside world, and drinking water for two million people will run out. Gaza will be plunged into darkness as Israel turns its neighborhoods to rubble. Still worse, Israel has openly stated an intention to commit mass atrocities and even genocide, with Prime Minister Netanyahu saying the Israeli response will “reverberate for generations.

    And right now, the U.S. government is enabling the Israeli government’s atrocities, sending weapons, moving U.S. warships into proximity and sending U.S.-made munitions, and pledging blanket support and international cover for any actions taken by the Israeli government. Furthermore, the U.S. government officials are spreading racist, hateful, and incendiary rhetoric that will fuel mass atrocities and genocide.

    The loss of Israeli lives is being used by our government to justify the rush to genocide, to provide moral cover for the immoral push for more weapons and more death. Palestinians are being dehumanized by our own government, by the media, by far too many U.S. Jewish institutions. Defense Minister Yoav Gallant said that Israel is “fighting human animals” and should “act accordingly,” As Jews, we know what happens when people are called animals.

    We can and we must stop this. Never again means never again — for anyone. [bold added]

    Thank you JVP. Amen to that.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stuart Littlewood.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/14/edwin-montagu-the-only-jew-in-the-uk-cabinet-opposed-the-balfour-declaration-and-called-zionism-a-mischievous-political-creed/feed/ 0 434416
    Cops cuffed her for failing to signal, but a camera turned their plan upside down https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/cops-cuffed-her-for-failing-to-signal-but-a-camera-turned-their-plan-upside-down/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/cops-cuffed-her-for-failing-to-signal-but-a-camera-turned-their-plan-upside-down/#respond Wed, 11 Oct 2023 21:16:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=825b728dc44e1249c93d213acb55a048
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/cops-cuffed-her-for-failing-to-signal-but-a-camera-turned-their-plan-upside-down/feed/ 0 433863
    Israeli Journalist Gideon Levy: Israel Should Lift Siege & Call Off Plan for Ground Invasion of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/israeli-journalist-gideon-levy-israel-should-lift-siege-call-off-plan-for-ground-invasion-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/israeli-journalist-gideon-levy-israel-should-lift-siege-call-off-plan-for-ground-invasion-of-gaza/#respond Wed, 11 Oct 2023 14:25:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=deb456440e2f72aac08617ba083f2292
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/11/israeli-journalist-gideon-levy-israel-should-lift-siege-call-off-plan-for-ground-invasion-of-gaza/feed/ 0 433517
    Patriot missile plan stirs debate in Palau https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/palau-missile-10042023223611.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/palau-missile-10042023223611.html#respond Thu, 05 Oct 2023 02:38:03 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/palau-missile-10042023223611.html

    Stationing a U.S. missile system in Palau would be for security not aggression as the Pacific island country’s close relationship with the United States means it is already a target of possible attack, President Surangel Whipps has said amidst local criticism of the proposal.

    Whipps, at a press conference on Wednesday, said Palau needs the same protection as Guam, a U.S. territory in the north Pacific that has a Patriot missile system to protect it from attacks. Whipps floated the idea of an air-defense system for Palau in an interview with Japan’s Nikkei Asia that coincided with the U.S.-Pacific islands leaders summit in Washington last week.

    “We are already a target. The targets are the radar sites, the port, the airport and the facilities that the United States can use in times of conflict,” said Whipps. “So we are just saying, if we are already a target, make sure our country is defended and defended with the best defenses possible.”

    Patriot is the U.S. army’s main air and missile defense system and is capable of bringing down ballistic and cruise missiles as well as aircraft. It is used in 18 countries, according to the Center for Strategic and International Studies.

    Palau and its neighbors the Federated States of Micronesia and the Marshall Islands comprise hundreds of islands spread over a vast expanse of ocean in the northwest Pacific. They have among the world’s largest exclusive economic zones and militarily strategic seas near East Asia, a region of potential flashpoints in the intensifying China-U.S. competition.

    All three delegate their defense to the U.S. and over the next two decades could receive more than $7 billion of financial and economic assistance from Washington under so-called compacts of free association, subject to Congressional approval. 

    Whipps (1).jpg
    Palau President Surangel Whipps (center) speaks at a press conference in Koror, Palau on Oct. 4, 2023. Credit: L.N. Reklai/BenarNews

    The U.S. Army has previously carried out live fire tests of a Patriot missile system in Palau, the most recent in July at the country’s international airport and in 2022 during Valiant Shield exercises, according to DVIDS, a U.S. military news service.

    The U.S. is building an over-the-horizon radar in Palau that it hopes to complete in 2026 and recently strengthened maritime security ties with a new agreement that allows the U.S. Coast Guard to enforce regulations in Palau’s exclusive economic zone without a Palauan officer present.

    The possibility of a permanent air defense missile system in Palau has raised concerns among some figures in the country.

    Former President Johnson Toribiong said the Palau traditional leaders and elected leaders should be consulted.

    “It is necessary because, in that process, the people of Palau will be well informed about the nature of the Patriot Defense System, its impacts on our natural and social environments, and whether Palau may become a potential target of the preemptive strike or return fire in time of military conflict,” said Toribiong.

    missile.jpg
    A MIM-104 Patriot missile is pictured on its way to intercepting a drone target at Roman Tmetuchl International Airport, Palau during a live-fire test on July 17, 2023. Credit: ZaBarr Jones/U.S. Army

    Hokkons Baules, president of Palau’s Senate, said U.S. interests rather than Palau’s are served by a military buildup in the country. 

    “This is a U.S. interest matter, the Indo-Pacific,” he said. “We senators believe Palau has no enemies. And we believe the U.S. should only step in when there is conflict. This build-up is U.S. interest, not ours.”

    Whipps said the July test of the missile system was to assess the process of it being deployed from Guam in a time of threat.

    He said a national leadership meeting believed that the three-hour deployment time was too long and senators at the meeting had recommended a permanent installation. Baules said the Senate as a whole has not made that recommendation.

    “Some people say it makes us a target, but I say presence is deterrence,” Whipps said.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By L.N. Reklai for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/palau-missile-10042023223611.html/feed/ 0 432058
    As UAW Strike Heats Up, Allied Groups Plan National Day of Action, Activating Members to Rally Alongside Workers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/as-uaw-strike-heats-up-allied-groups-plan-national-day-of-action-activating-members-to-rally-alongside-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/as-uaw-strike-heats-up-allied-groups-plan-national-day-of-action-activating-members-to-rally-alongside-workers/#respond Mon, 02 Oct 2023 15:33:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/as-uaw-strike-heats-up-allied-groups-plan-national-day-of-action-activating-members-to-rally-alongside-workers

    Environmental, advocacy, consumer, and civil society groups, including Public Citizen, Labor Network for Sustainability, Greenpeace USA, Jobs with Justice, Sunrise Movement, Democratic Socialists of America, 350.org, Working Families Party, Evergreen Action, and Green New Deal Network, today announced plans for a national day of action on October 7, aimed at supporting striking auto workers and urging the Big Three automakers—Ford, General Motors, and Stellantis—to meet the demands of 150,000 members of the United Auto Workers (UAW).

    Participating groups will rally their supporters to advocate alongside UAW members for a fair contract that protects worker rights and prioritizes workers in the United States as the vehicle fleet transitions towards electric vehicles.

    “The transition to EVs must not be a race to the bottom that exacerbates harm to workers and communities,” said Erika Thi Patterson, auto supply chain campaign director for Public Citizen’s Climate Program. “We need a just transition to EVs that protects our planet and people. That’s why 130+ groups representing millions of people are ready to partner with UAW in a national day of action to stand with auto workers. The implications of this strike could drastically raise standards across the auto industry and broader supply chain.”

    The national day of action, planned for October 7, 2023, will mobilize members and grassroots activists to attend active picket lines where UAW members are on strike, and to join the UAW’s nationwide “community canvass,” where advocates will offer the public informational leaflets about why they support the auto workers in front of Big Three auto dealerships.

    “Now is a decisive moment in whether the Green New Deal’s promise of creating millions of good-paying, union jobs will be fulfilled–or not.” said Sydney Ghazarian, a Labor Network for Sustainability organizer who has been coordinating UAW solidarity work. “UAW’s fight for an economically and socially just EV transition is our fight too.”

    “We commend UAW auto workers for bravely confronting the corporate greed of the ‘Big Three’ automakers by demanding that ‘record profits must mean record contracts’ for workers,” said Ben Smith, senior campaigner for Greenpeace USA. “Greenpeace USA is mobilizing — from our ships, to the picket lines and beyond – shoulder to shoulder with UAW members, because we believe the manufacturing of electric vehicles must deliver on the promise of safe, dependable, good paying UNION jobs across the entire supply chain.”

    “The Big 3 automakers have tried to grind workers down and get away with polluting our communities for decades, and we’re proud to stand with striking UAW workers in saying enough is enough,” said Saul Levin, Legislative and Political Director at the Green New Deal Network. “The fight for living wages, benefits, and standards that auto workers and allies have fought for generations is our fight too. Union jobs with excellent working conditions are a cornerstone of the Green New Deal that we need now. We’re jazzed to mobilize alongside friends in the climate movement on October 7th to show automakers and other huge corporations that we have the backs of striking UAW workers until they win a fair contract and beyond. All workers deserve to recoup the profits they create.”

    Over 130 organizations signed an open letter to the CEOs of the Big Three last week, urging them to accept the UAW’s contract demands. The letter, convened by the Labor Network for Sustainability, includes signatories such as Public Citizen, Sierra Club, Center for Biological Diversity, Greenpeace USA, Sunrise Movement, 350.org, and Mighty Earth.

    The letter asserts that the transition cannot be a “race to the bottom” that further exploits workers and that the Big Three meeting UAW’s demands is crucial to ensuring a just transition to EVs. Its demands include:

    • an end to the unjust tier system for workers;
    • just wage and benefit increases that keep in line with the cost of living and provide a good life for workers and their communities;
    • the same pay and safety standards for workers in sustainable battery production as under the National Agreements; and
    • a robust, fair and just transition into the EV economy with no loss of autoworker livelihood.

    Since September 15, more than 20,000 UAW members have taken part in a strike at 41 auto plants across 20 states operated by the Big Three. Negotiations to end the strike are ongoing after the companies dragged their feet during pre-strike negotiations, letting the contract expire. Each successive Friday, the UAW has announced plans to expand the strike to more strategic locations.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/as-uaw-strike-heats-up-allied-groups-plan-national-day-of-action-activating-members-to-rally-alongside-workers/feed/ 0 431369
    Sierra Club: Scaled Back Offshore Drilling Plan Proposes Three Lease Sales in Coming Years https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/sierra-club-scaled-back-offshore-drilling-plan-proposes-three-lease-sales-in-coming-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/sierra-club-scaled-back-offshore-drilling-plan-proposes-three-lease-sales-in-coming-years/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:00:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sierra-club-scaled-back-offshore-drilling-plan-proposes-three-lease-sales-in-coming-years Today, the Department of the Interior released a proposed five-year plan for offshore drilling. The proposal includes three lease sales in 2025, 2027, and 2029. The proposed list of lease sales is the smallest possible the Biden Administration could offer while remaining in compliance with the Inflation Reduction Act’s requirements for mandated lease sales.

    Contrary to the fossil fuel industry’s alarmist claims, new research shows that eliminating new oil and gas leasing would not meaningfully impact energy prices.

    In response, Sierra Club Executive Director Ben Jealous released the following statement:

    “While President Biden correctly only offered the smallest possible proposed leasing program, even one sale is one too many. Communities in the central and western Gulf are on the frontlines of climate change, offshore drilling disasters, and the pollution caused by extractive activities. Further leasing only furthers the threats to their homes, their health, and their future. At a time when we should be rapidly moving away from fossil fuels to meet our climate commitments and avert the worst effects of the climate crisis, issuing more oil and gas leases is the last thing we should be doing. Congress must fix these statutory mistakes and end new offshore drilling once and for all."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/sierra-club-scaled-back-offshore-drilling-plan-proposes-three-lease-sales-in-coming-years/feed/ 0 430821
    Protect All Our Coasts Coalition Responds to the Biden Administration’s Five-Year Plan for Offshore Drilling https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/protect-all-our-coasts-coalition-responds-to-the-biden-administrations-five-year-plan-for-offshore-drilling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/protect-all-our-coasts-coalition-responds-to-the-biden-administrations-five-year-plan-for-offshore-drilling/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 16:50:07 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/protect-all-our-coasts-coalition-responds-to-the-biden-administrations-five-year-plan-for-offshore-drilling Today, the Protect All Our Coasts Coalition – a broad coalition representing over 20 organizations, spanning national, regional, local, and environmental justice organizations who are aligned with the shared goal of preventing new offshore drilling – reacts to the Biden administration’s National Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Oil and Gas Leasing Program for 2024-2029 (“Five-Year Plan”).

    The U.S. Department of the Interior released its final Five-Year Plan today, offering three lease sales in the Gulf of Mexico.The final plan scales back from the eleven sales originally proposed to three and spares Alaska. But the plan is a step backwards from the climate goals the administration has set and for environmental justice communities across the Gulf South, who are already experiencing the disproportionate impact of fossil fuel extraction across the region. This decision comes after over a year of advocacy in which the Protect All Our Coasts coalition has consistently stood together in their call for “No New Leases” in the final Five-Year Plan.

    Under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, the Biden administration could have finalized a Five-Year Plan with no new leases for offshore drilling. Offering three lease sales is incompatible with reaching President Biden’s goal of cutting emissions by 50-52% by 2030, undermines domestic action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and runs counter to commitments to Gulf communities that already bear the brunt of oil, gas, and petrochemical buildout.

    In response to the release of the Department of Interior’s Five-Year Plan, these organizations have released the following statements:

    Local Organizations

    “Given that there are over 9,000 leases, yet to be explored or tapped into, it makes no sense that the Biden administration would open up additional leases, placing the environment and the lives of people in serious jeopardy in the Gulf South. Folks in Port Arthur, TX die daily from cancer, respiratory, heart, and kidney disease from the very pollution that would come from more leases and drilling,” said John Beard, Founder, President, and Executive Director of the Port Arthur Community Action Network. “If Biden is to truly be the environmental president, he should stop any further leasing and all forms of the Petrochemical build out, call for a climate emergency, and jumpstart the transition to clean green, renewable energy, and lift the toxic pollution from overburdened communities. We say enough is enough. We refuse to be sacrificed. We reject the five year plan, and demand that President Biden treat us like living people, not pawns in a Petrochemical power-play for profits at the expense of our lives, health, and futures.”

    “Our community stands with others throughout the Gulf South that condemn the expansion of offshore drilling. The Biden Administration’s decision contradicts promises of environmental stewardship and places profit over the well-being of our communities and plane,” said Armon Alex, Co-Founder of the Gulf of Mexico Youth Climate Summit. “ It’s imperative that we prioritize climate action and the protection of vulnerable frontline communities. Let us unite to end new offshore drilling and pave the way towards a clean, just, and sustainable energy future.”

    “We’re disappointed the Biden Administration did not follow through on a promise of no new leasing, and instead, the residents of the Gulf of Mexico are having their resources sold off for bargain prices once again,” said Christian Wagley, coastal organizer at Healthy Gulf. “These new leases lock us into continued dependence on extractive fossil fuels, instead of moving towards a clean and just energy economy that Americans not only want but is a necessity to stave off climate disaster. Furthermore, Gulf communities are tired of being a sacrifice zone, experiencing the effects of climate change first while other regions remain protected from new leases.”

    “While we would love to celebrate the news of historically few lease sales, the earth does not recognize political ‘victories,’” said Kendall Dix, national policy director at Taproot Earth. “South Louisiana is currently facing a drinking water crisis right now that is a consequence of salt water intrusion and the climate crisis. As the head of the United Nations and has said, continued fossils fuel development is incompatible with human survival. We need to transition to justly sourced renewable energy that’s democratically managed and accountable to frontline communities as quickly as possible.”

    National Organizations

    “The Surfrider Foundation is deeply disappointed that the Biden administration plans to expand offshore oil and gas drilling in U.S. waters,” said Dr. Chad Nelsen, CEO of the Surfrider Foundation. “New leases in the 5-year drilling plan will damage our coastlines and communities, while further exacerbating the climate change crisis. We call on the President and Congress to take decisive action to end new offshore drilling forever. This includes canceling new lease sales in the next 5-year plan and passing legislation to permanently protect U.S. coasts from new oil drilling. It’s high time that our federal leaders stop approving new fossil fuel development that will worsen climate change.”

    “Biden has once again chosen Big Oil profits over what’s right for the climate and Gulf communities,” said Raena Garcia, senior fossil fuels and lands campaigner at Friends of the Earth. “Having squandered this crucial moment to protect our oceans, it’s no wonder he was sidelined at last week’s UN Climate Ambition Summit. No law, not even the Inflation Reduction Act, mandates new drilling, and we are exploring all available strategies in response to BOEM’s deeply disappointing and potentially unlawful move.”

    “I feel disgusted and incredibly let down by Biden’s offshore drilling plan. It piles more harm on already-struggling ecosystems, endangered species and the global climate,” said Brady Bradshaw, senior oceans campaigner at the Center for Biological Diversity. “We need Biden to commit to a fossil fuel phaseout, but actions like this condemn us to oil spills, climate disasters and decades of toxic harm to communities and wildlife.”

    “New fossil fuel development is incompatible with the scale of the climate crisis we face. The Biden Administration’s continued leasing for offshore drilling sacrifices the Gulf South communities that have been subjected to living in the most polluted areas of the nation for decades,” said Zero Hour Policy Director Aaditi Lele. “Decisions like these lock us into decades of oil spills, pollution, and destruction at the hands of Big Oil. The President and Congress must act to phase out all fossil fuels on public lands and waters.”

    “This is the last thing we need – and the last place we need it. Gulf waters have never been hotter. Rising seas are swamping the Gulf coast. Louisiana is suffering some of the worst heat, drought and wildfires in the state’s history,” said Manish Bapna, President and CEO of the NRDC (the Natural Resources Defense Council).“The message from the Gulf is clear. It’s time to break, not deepen, our dependence on the fossil fuels that are driving the climate crisis. It’s time to make federal ocean waters part of the climate fix, not the problem. It’s time to reduce, not increase, offshore drilling that exposes oceans, marine life and coastal communities to catastrophic risk and ongoing harm. It’s time to end the unconscionable health risks that producing, refining and exporting Gulf fuels inflicts on local communities.This plan calls for fewer new offshore leases than previous federal five-year plans. But let’s be clear: oil and gas companies already hold leases to enough of the Gulf of Mexico to cover half the state of Indiana – and to produce oil and gas at current rates for decades. Exposing even more of the Gulf to the risk of a BP-style blowout makes no sense.”

    Oceana Vice President for the United States, Beth Lowell, said:

    “By failing to end new offshore drilling, President Biden missed an easy opportunity to do the right thing and deliver on climate for the American people. This decision is beyond disappointing, as Americans face the impacts of the growing climate crisis through more frequent and intense fires, droughts, hurricanes, and floods. President Biden is unfortunately showing the world that it’s okay to continue to prioritize polluters over real climate solutions. Expanding dirty and dangerous offshore drilling only exacerbates the climate catastrophe that is already at our doorstep. Unfortunately, it’s our coastal communities who will bear the immediate impact of this shortsighted decision.

    Every new drilling lease is a disaster waiting to happen. We know when companies drill, they spill, and offshore disasters impact communities, people, and businesses who rely upon a healthy ocean. Offshore drilling also fuels the climate crisis that will impact every single person living in the United States, but it will be low-income and marginalized groups who are disproportionately impacted. We can’t accept the consequences from President Biden’s failure to act. Congress must immediately reject this proposal during the review period and prevent all new leases on federal waters.”

    “A single new lease sale for offshore oil and gas exploration is one too many,” said Sarah Winter Whelan, Executive Director of the Healthy Ocean Coalition. “Communities around the country are already dealing with exacerbating impacts from climate disruption caused by our reliance on fossil fuels. Any increase in our dependence on fossil fuels just bakes in greater impacts to humanity. In addition, the ocean, which absorbs 90% of the heat from our warming planet and a third of the carbon dioxide released into the air, should be seen and treated as a climate solution, not a source for further climate disaster. We call on the Biden Administration and Congress to stop handing our future to Big Oil and focus solely on the just and equitable transition to renewable energy.”

    “With this Five-Year Plan, President Biden has sent the message that there is a price tag on our oceans, on our and our grandchildren’s livable futures, on breathing clean air, and on public health. The very culprits of this generation-defining catastrophe, oil giants like Chevron, Exxon, and Shell, will now continue to enjoy the privilege of cashing in on the economic boon and environmental death sentence that is drilling into the ocean floor for the next five years – a time frame critical to preventing the most irreversible consequences of a rapidly heating planet,” said Rachel Carson Council President & CEO Bob Musil. “Scientists, the youth, and the general public agree that if we do not implement ‘immediate and deep emissions reductions across all sectors’ we will sacrifice our chance of preventing the passage of the 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold in the next decade, virtually crystallizing a future of chaos.”

    “The ocean offers powerful solutions to fight the climate crisis–drilling for oil and gas is not one of them,” said Jean Flemma, Director of Ocean Defense Initiative. “Ocean, climate, and environmental justice advocates nationwide have been clear that the time has come to stop selling our ocean–and our future–to Big Oil. Any new leasing will perpetuate fossil fuel energy production–at a time when we urgently need to reduce emissions–while unfairly burdening Gulf communities yet again. By scheduling the fewest number of offshore lease sales in history, the Administration has acknowledged the need to transition from dirty, dangerous offshore drilling toward a clean energy future. Now they need to turn that acknowledgment into reality, and end offshore drilling.”

    “While President Biden correctly only offered the smallest possible proposed leasing program, even one sale is one too many,” said Sierra Club Executive Director Ben Jealous. “Communities in the central and western Gulf are on the frontlines of climate change, offshore drilling disasters, and the pollution caused by extractive activities. Further leasing only furthers the threats to their homes, their health, and their future. At a time when we should be rapidly moving away from fossil fuels to meet our climate commitments and avert the worst effects of the climate crisis, issuing more oil and gas leases is the last thing we should be doing. Congress must fix these statutory mistakes and end new offshore drilling once and for all.”

    “Sacrificing millions of acres in the Gulf of Mexico for oil and gas extraction when scientists are clear that we must end fossil fuel expansion immediately is a gross denial of reality by Joe Biden in the face of climate catastrophe,” said Collin Rees, United States Program Manager at Oil Change International. “Doubling down on drilling is a direct violation of President Biden’s prior commitments and continues a concerning trend. Just last week, 75,000 people marched in the streets of New York urging an end to fossil fuels and the United States was blocked from attending the United Nations Climate Ambition Summit due to its dangerous plans to expand oil and gas. The United States is on track to expand fossil fuel production more than any other country by 2050, which is our most crucial window to limit the impacts of warming. Frontline communities, marine ecosystems, and our climate deserve a swift and just end to fossil fuels.”

    Additional Information:

    • Overwhelmingly, voters support preventing new offshore oil and gas leases in the upcoming Five-Year Plan decision, according to recent public opinion research, conducted by Lake Research Partners in March of 2023. The poll found that most voters do not want to expand offshore drilling and instead favor a proposal to not schedule new offshore drilling by a net margin of 16 points. Additionally, two-thirds of voters said they would prefer the administration expand clean energy like wind and solar over offshore drilling for oil and gas. Both national and coastal-states results are available.
    • Nearly 1 million people have urged the Biden administration in a new petition to reject new leasing for offshore drilling in the final Five-Year Plan.

    A broad and diverse group of people and organizations are united in calling for no new leases in the final Five-Year Program, including numerous U.S. Representatives, over 200 environmental and frontline organizations, 50 scientists, 28 youth organizations, and representatives of 60,000 coastal businesses and entrepreneurs.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/protect-all-our-coasts-coalition-responds-to-the-biden-administrations-five-year-plan-for-offshore-drilling/feed/ 0 430823
    Oil Change International: Biden’s offshore drilling plan is a massive giveaway to polluters just days after president skips United Nations summit on ending fossil fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/oil-change-international-bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-is-a-massive-giveaway-to-polluters-just-days-after-president-skips-united-nations-summit-on-ending-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/oil-change-international-bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-is-a-massive-giveaway-to-polluters-just-days-after-president-skips-united-nations-summit-on-ending-fossil-fuels/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 15:29:25 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/oil-change-international-bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-is-a-massive-giveaway-to-polluters-just-days-after-president-skips-united-nations-summit-on-ending-fossil-fuels The Biden Administration released its updated Proposed Final Program for the 2024–2029 National Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Leasing Program. This program would result in three lease sales during the next five years, offering up tens of millions of acres for oil and gas extraction.

    In response, Collin Rees, United States Program Manager at Oil Change International, said:
    “Sacrificing frontline communities and millions of acres in the Gulf of Mexico for oil and gas extraction is a gross denial of reality by Joe Biden in the face of climate catastrophe. A huge expansion of oil and gas production when scientists are clear that we must end fossil fuel expansion immediately is unacceptable.

    “Doubling down on offshore drilling is a direct violation of President Biden’s prior commitments and continues a concerning trend. Just last week, 75,000 people marched in the streets of New York City urging an end to fossil fuels and the United States was blocked from attending the historic United Nations Climate Ambition Summit due to its dangerous plans to expand oil and gas. Has Biden learned nothing from this public humiliation on the global stage?

    “The United States is on track to expand fossil fuel production more than any other country by 2050, which is our most crucial window to limit the impacts of warming. Frontline communities, marine ecosystems, and our climate deserve a swift and just end to fossil fuels.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/oil-change-international-bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-is-a-massive-giveaway-to-polluters-just-days-after-president-skips-united-nations-summit-on-ending-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 430779
    Biden’s Offshore Drilling Plan Would Be a Climate Nightmare https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-would-be-a-climate-nightmare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-would-be-a-climate-nightmare/#respond Thu, 28 Sep 2023 19:41:33 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-would-be-a-climate-nightmare

    The official's comment came hours after the Student Borrower Protection Center (SBPC) issued a statement imploring the Biden administration to halt the planned restart of student loan payments.

    "If House Republicans shut down the federal government, the Biden administration must shut down the student loan system too," said SBPC executive director Mike Pierce. "As it stands, the administration plans to keep paying the student loan companies botching this effort to restart payments while furloughing the federal employees who are supposed to help borrowers when things don't go according to plan."

    "This will result in more borrowers receiving inaccurate and incorrect information with less oversight and fewer resources to fix problems," Pierce added. "Forty million people are being thrown to the wolves. It will be a catastrophe."

    "To throw borrowers back into repayment with bad-faith loan servicers and an understaffed Department of Education is a recipe for disaster."

    Rep. Ayanna Pressley (D-Mass.), a longtime champion of student debt cancellation, also urged the Biden administration to keep the repayment pause in place if the government shuts down this coming Sunday.

    "The student loan payment pause has been a lifeline for borrowers across the nation," said Pressley. "As we stare down an impending Republican government shutdown, it is abundantly clear that student loan payments should not resume October 1."

    Pressley continued:

    To throw borrowers back into repayment with bad-faith loan servicers and an understaffed Department of Education is a recipe for disaster and would deeply undermine the progress we have made to advance economic justice for student loan borrowers. While the administration works diligently to push back on the corrupt Supreme Court's obstruction of President [Joe] Biden's historic cancellation plan, we should take immediate steps to prevent borrowers from entering into repayment at a time when the infrastructure is not there and bad actors will seize on the lack of government capacity caused by Republican dysfunction.

    This Republican government shutdown stands to harm families across the nation, many who were just regaining their financial footing for the first time since the Covid-19 crisis. The administration should absolutely pause student loan payments and interest accrual in light of these stark realities.

    The Education Department said earlier this year that it would lift the student loan repayment pause shortly after the Supreme Court's ruling on Biden's debt cancellation plan. That timeline was cemented by a debt ceiling agreement that the White House negotiated with House Republicans.

    Advocates have been warning for months that a resumption of payments without broad-based relief for borrowers would be both unjust and unwise. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau estimated in June that millions of borrowers "have risk factors that suggest they could struggle when scheduled payments resume," including "pre-pandemic payment assistance on student loans" and "delinquencies on other credit products since the start of the pandemic."

    Additionally, analysts believe resuming student loan payments will yank $70 billion out of the U.S. economy each year.

    In an effort to mitigate some of the looming financial pain, the Education Department has implemented a three-month grace period for missed payments once the pause is lifted in October and launched a new income-driven repayment plan known as SAVE, which is aimed at lowering borrowers' monthly payments.

    But advocates and borrowers have already reported significant chaos in the weeks leading up to the end of the freeze, a signal that the resumption of payments in the coming days is likely to be nightmarish.

    The American Prospect's David Dayen reported in late August that the "transfers of millions of student loan accounts to new private loan servicers, which have slashed staff and need to ramp up quickly, have led to what some borrowers believe are miscalculations and mistakes."

    "One borrower, Melanie Neff, a pediatric palliative care social worker, said her payment under SAVE more than tripled, from $300 to $1,000 a month, even though her income hasn't significantly increased since 2019," Dayen wrote. "Some servicers even sent borrowers statements saying their debts were paid off in full based on the Biden administration's debt cancellation program, only to have to revoke that when the Supreme Court struck it down. Since that program was stopped almost immediately by court injunction, there's no way that servicers should have sent out payoff statements, which just added to the confusion."

    The Debt Collective noted in a social media post on Thursday that "the Biden administration is already attempting to do the administratively impossible—resume a 45 million person portfolio of student debt payments after a three-year pause with broken servicers."

    "Doing it during a government shutdown will only exacerbate problems," the group wrote. "This is bad bad bad."

    The Biden administration is currently pursuing an alternative student debt cancellation plan using the Higher Education Act of 1965, but it has chosen to undergo a time-consuming rulemaking process instead of wiping out debt immediately—which advocates and experts say he has the authority to do.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/28/bidens-offshore-drilling-plan-would-be-a-climate-nightmare/feed/ 0 430565
    NZ election 2023: Green Party pledges to double Best Start payment https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/26/nz-election-2023-green-party-pledges-to-double-best-start-payment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/26/nz-election-2023-green-party-pledges-to-double-best-start-payment/#respond Tue, 26 Sep 2023 03:37:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=93599 RNZ News

    New Zealand’s Green Party says it will double the Best Start payment from $69 a week to $140 — and it will also make it available for all children under three years.

    Greens co-leader Marama Davidson announced the policy today, saying it is part of a “fully costed plan” paid for with a fair tax system.

    “One in 10 children are growing up in poverty. For Māori, it is one in five. How is it possible that in a wealthy country like ours, there are thousands of children without enough to eat, a good bed, warm clothes, and decent shoes?,” she asked.

    “That is why the Green Party would ensure all families have what they need for these early years, by doubling Best Start from $69 a week, to $140, and make it universal for all children under three years.”

    Currently, families can receive the $69 weekly Best Start payment until their baby turns one, no matter the income.

    However, they do not get that payment while they are receiving the paid parental leave payment. After the first year, only families earning under $96,295 are eligible to receive the payment until their child turns three.

    The doubling of the Best Start payment is part of the Green Party’s Income Guarantee plan.

    “This universal payment for the first three years recognises that just like in our older years through superannuation, the very first years of a new baby’s life are a time when every family needs extra support,” Davidson said.

    Fairer Working for Families
    “Under this plan we’ll also reform Working for Families into a simpler, fairer system.

    “This will provide a payment of up to $215 every week for the first child, and $135 a week for every other child, in addition to the Best Start payments.

    “With the Green Party in government, we can take action to guarantee every whānau has enough to get by no matter what.

    “There is no reason for any child in Aotearoa to go hungry or to live in a damp, cold house. Poverty is a political choice.

    “Our plan will provide lasting solutions that will guarantee everyone has what they need to live a good life and cover the essentials — even when times are tough.”

    Since 2021, the Labour government has increased the Best Start payment from $60 to $69 a week.

    • Monday night’s Newshub-Reid Research poll gave the Greens a boost, rising to 14.2 percent, as the Labour Party dipped slightly to 26.5 percent.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/26/nz-election-2023-green-party-pledges-to-double-best-start-payment/feed/ 0 429775
    Alabama’s Plan to Execute Prisoners With Nitrogen Gas Is Immoral https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/alabamas-plan-to-execute-prisoners-with-nitrogen-gas-is-immoral/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/alabamas-plan-to-execute-prisoners-with-nitrogen-gas-is-immoral/#respond Fri, 15 Sep 2023 05:55:36 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=294255  In November of 1985, legendary liberal Supreme Court Justice William J. Brennan Jr. declared, “the fatal constitutional infirmity of capital punishment is that it treats members of the human race as non-humans, as objects to be toyed with and discarded.” With Alabama primed to gas condemned prisoners to death with nitrogen — and with other states, potentially, to follow suit — it is time to reboot Brennan’s courageous words against exterminating flesh-and-blood human beings, irrespective of their crimes — and as the L.A. Times observed at the time, “despite the contrary views of the court majority and the American public.” More

    The post Alabama’s Plan to Execute Prisoners With Nitrogen Gas Is Immoral appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Stephen Cooper.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/alabamas-plan-to-execute-prisoners-with-nitrogen-gas-is-immoral/feed/ 0 427348
    Astra Taylor says Biden’s new SAVE plan is “yet another tweak" to the student debt crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/12/astra-taylor-says-bidens-new-save-plan-is-yet-another-tweak-to-the-student-debt-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/12/astra-taylor-says-bidens-new-save-plan-is-yet-another-tweak-to-the-student-debt-crisis/#respond Tue, 12 Sep 2023 15:51:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4eea34e6db9a991797ab3e18043030a2
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/12/astra-taylor-says-bidens-new-save-plan-is-yet-another-tweak-to-the-student-debt-crisis/feed/ 0 426605
    A look inside the plan to store carbon at the bottom of the Black Sea https://grist.org/article/a-look-inside-the-plan-to-store-carbon-at-the-bottom-of-the-black-sea/ https://grist.org/article/a-look-inside-the-plan-to-store-carbon-at-the-bottom-of-the-black-sea/#respond Tue, 12 Sep 2023 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=618048 Whenever Ram Amar explains his idea for mitigating climate change, people usually look at him strangely and ask if he’s crazy. It’s easy to see why. 

    His startup, Rewind, wants to sequester a gigaton of carbon each year — about 10 percent of what climate scientists deem necessary each year to reach net zero by 2050 — in a remarkably simple way. The elevator pitch goes like this: Gather millions of tons of agricultural waste and send it to the bottom of the Black Sea, where it won’t decay. Wilder still, an ancient Greek ship that sank 2,400 years ago helped inspire the idea.

    At first glance, the proposal might seem counterintuitive. The carbon that plants absorb from the atmosphere through photosynthesis is released when they decompose (or, alas, are compressed over eons to make fossil fuels). This is where the Black Sea comes in. Unlike most other large bodies of water, it is mostly anoxic, meaning there is precious little oxygen — and almost none at all at depths beyond 300 feet or so. It takes a long time for anything to biodegrade down there, which explains why dozens of intact shipwrecks litter its floor.

    After selling his software company to Google in 2019, Amar pondered growing seaweed to sequester carbon, but realized that anything it captured would eventually return to the atmosphere. He put the sequestration idea aside until he met Peter Kroust, a German marine biologist who suggested stashing carbon in the Black Sea — something that occurred to him after cycling along the Danube and seeing tons of agricultural waste headed downriver. “And at that point, it was just like a click,” Amar said with a laugh. After getting initial funding (he wouldn’t say how much), they launched Rewind in Tel Aviv last year. 

    It’s an intriguing idea, and Rewind, which employs 12 people, just wrapped up a year-long experiment in the Black Sea and the Sea of Galilee (portions of which are anoxic) that suggests it could work. The research team left a bit more than 650 pounds of hardwood submerged in a linen bag at a depth of 820 feet. The material retained 97% of its biomass over the 12 months that followed. “We saw that there is some degradation over the first three months, and then from three months on it stayed mostly consistent,” Amar said. “That’s really great.” 

    In their control of pine submerged in normal water, the researchers recorded 10 percent degradation in six months. The reduced rate of decay in anoxic water can be attributed to lignin, a key organic polymer, found in the tissue of most plants, that does not break down without oxygen. Amar’s team plans further experiments at depths of 3,200 feet, followed by two deposits to be made more than a mile down.

    Kobi Kaminitz, the chief technology officer at Rewind, prepares an underwater camera for testing organic matter in the sea. Photo courtesy of Rewind

    Similar tests with wheat stalk, corn stover and grapevines revealed varying levels of decay, but Amar said this small amount of degradation won’t be a problem 7,200 feet beneath the surface. “Whatever does break down will stay in the deep Black Sea and will not mix and float back up into shallower layers where it can come in contact with the air,” he said.

    According to Amar, carbon dating shows that the deepest parts of the Black Sea haven’t had contact with the air in two millennia, making it an excellent carbon (and methane) sink. The company is confident the science stacks up, but because Rewind hopes to fund the project by selling carbon credits, its process must be vetted by independent experts to ensure it works.

    There are several potential pitfalls, the biggest of which is carbon sequestration being difficult to measure. There also is little recourse should something go wrong. “Once you put material in the deep sea, it is almost impossible to get it back again without a huge expense,” said Martin Palmer, a geochemistry professor at the National Oceanography Center in South Hampton, England. “So you need to be 100% confident that the process is safe”

    Palmer also notes that although organic matter is better preserved in anoxic environments, it still undergoes degradation that results in some level of methane production. “You would need to be very sure that you would not exceed the methane solubility in the Black Sea waters, or there could be problems,” particularly in an area that is seismically active, Palmer told Grist.

    And then there are the logistical challenges, including where to source so much biomass. However, the Black Sea is bordered by six agriculturally productive countries that generate a lot of waste. Much of it is usually burned, or shipped down the Danube and dumped into the sea at depths above the anoxic zone, where it degrades and releases carbon. Given the existing infrastructure for moving all that material, Rewind calculates that the carbon needed to transport it far from shore to dump it at an appropriate depth would amount to no more than 3% of the carbon that could be sequestered. With a volume of more than 131,000 cubic miles, there is plenty of space to do the job.

    However, stashing a gigaton of carbon a year will require such large quantities of biomass that it will demand geopolitical coordination. That means convincing politicians, policymakers, and the public. Communicating the idea that his startup isn’t simply dumping waste in the sea — something Amar calls that the “understanding gap” — won’t be easy, especially in such a politically tense region. Rewind remains in the early phases of those discussions with government agencies and officials, but is confident it can sell them on the idea.

    “As humanity, we’re a huge intervention to the planet,” he says. “So we’re trying to fix the biggest intervention we’ve made, with a smaller intervention.”

    His idea, though perhaps counterintuitive, may not be as crazy as it first sounds.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A look inside the plan to store carbon at the bottom of the Black Sea on Sep 12, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by James Jackson.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/article/a-look-inside-the-plan-to-store-carbon-at-the-bottom-of-the-black-sea/feed/ 0 426508
    Alabama’s ‘astonishingly cruel,’ untested plan to kill Kenneth Smith | Rattling the Bars https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/alabamas-astonishingly-cruel-untested-plan-to-kill-kenneth-smith-rattling-the-bars/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/alabamas-astonishingly-cruel-untested-plan-to-kill-kenneth-smith-rattling-the-bars/#respond Mon, 11 Sep 2023 16:00:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e76d5334fccf7c4091a5ac57b398e7b4
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/alabamas-astonishingly-cruel-untested-plan-to-kill-kenneth-smith-rattling-the-bars/feed/ 0 426368
    A U.N. Plan to Stop Corporate Tax Abuse https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/12/a-u-n-plan-to-stop-corporate-tax-abuse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/12/a-u-n-plan-to-stop-corporate-tax-abuse/#respond Sat, 12 Aug 2023 18:22:32 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=441396

    Hey, let’s debate international tax policy! The United Nations has released an advance version of a report from Secretary-General António Guterres titled “Promotion of Inclusive and Effective International Tax Cooperation at the United Nations,” which explicitly criticizes the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s proposed base erosion and profit shifting 2.0 reforms, which in turn obviously means that zzxzxvcaspppmmmdzzzzzzzzzz.

    This is the problem with talking about taxes, especially taxes on international corporations. In a famous essay 100 years ago, H.L. Mencken argued that the subject of taxation should be “eternally lively; it concerns nine-tenths of us more directly than either smallpox or golf, and has just as much drama in it.” After all, with the possible exception of sex, there’s nothing that mesmerizes human beings more than money and who’s getting how much.

    Yet somehow, as Mencken said, taxation and related topics remain “swathed in dullness.” It’s hard not to believe this dreary fog is generated on purpose. As John Oliver has said, “If you want to do something evil, hide it in something boring.”

    The evil goal in this situation is various forms of international tax abuse, an umbrella term that covers both tax evasion and tax avoidance. In theory, these two things are different. Tax evasion is carried out largely by various terrible outlaw oligarchs and is against the law. By contrast, tax avoidance is conducted by the world’s most prestigious corporations and is totally legal, because the tax avoiders write the tax laws.

    In practice, the line between tax evasion and tax avoidance is murky and shifting. The Tax Justice Network, which aims to shut down international tax abuse of all kinds, estimates that between them, the two practices will allow corporations and the superwealthy to underpay their taxes over the next 10 years by $5 trillion. A large majority of this will be thanks to the “legal” corporate tax avoidance.

    That’s a lot of money, and it can purchase a lot of boredom, as illustrated by the fact that only 14 people will ever click on this article. But you happy 14 should know that this issue is fascinating and actually fairly simple — and the fixes are straightforward, even if they’re politically difficult. The significance of the new United Nations report is that it demonstrates real progress is beginning to be made.

    The overall problem is easy to understand. It’s caused by the fact that 1) people and corporations don’t like paying taxes and 2) countries like collecting taxes. This dynamic creates a natural downward pressure on tax rates.

    For their part, multinational corporations will claim that the most profitable subsidiaries of the company are located in countries with low tax rates. This has been an especially popular strategy for tech and pharmaceutical companies. Much of their value lies in their intellectual property, which is much easier than, say, factories to “relocate” to Ireland.

    Meanwhile, nations like Ireland or Bermuda are happy to essentially steal tax revenue from other countries by offering tax rates to businesses that are far lower than in the countries where the companies do much of their production or sell their products. The current official corporate tax rate in Ireland is 12.5 percent. The top official corporate tax rate in the U.S. used to be 35 percent, and the effective rate — i.e., what companies actually paid — was 30 percent as recently as 2000. The official rate was lowered to 21 percent in 2017 by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and the effective rate is now about 15 percent. One of the arguments for the TCJA was that America had to compete with places like Ireland.

    The key solution to this problem is an international agreement to set up a unitary tax system. Right now, the profits that a multinational company earns are attributed by the company to various subsidiaries (with the strong incentive to set up high-profit, largely bogus subsidiaries in low-tax countries). Under a unitary tax, all the company’s profits would be attributed to the company overall. Then the profits would be considered “earned” in different locations based on a straightforward formula, probably based on the number of workers and sales in each country. If half the business activity of, say, Apple, occurred in the U.S., the U.S. would have the right to levy taxes on 50 percent of Apple’s profits.

    The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development has purportedly been working on international tax reform for a decade. And indeed, it has made some forward progress. But the OECD consists of 38 countries that are largely the world’s richest, with the richest and most powerful corporations. It was always unrealistic to expect these governments to get together and crack down on their most important constituents.

    The significance of the new U.N. report is that it was put together in a process that included much of the world, including countries that do genuinely want to limit corporate malfeasance and prevent their wealthiest citizens from spiriting their money across their borders.

    The report from Guterres calls for the General Assembly this fall to consider “a legally binding multilateral instrument [that] would establish an overall system of international tax governance [and] would outline the core tenets of future international tax cooperation.”

    That’s the key: Countries are realizing that rather than competing against each other to raise a small amount of total revenue from big corporations, they should cooperate and raise substantially more. The only losers would be tax havens and shady billionaires. It’s an extremely non-boring battle of Lilliputians versus a huge Gulliver, and the Lilliputians can win if they manage to stay interested.

    Join The Conversation


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Jon Schwarz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/12/a-u-n-plan-to-stop-corporate-tax-abuse/feed/ 0 418880
    Rabuka, PIF ‘undermine credibility’ of Pacific experts over Japan’s nuclear waste dumping plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/rabuka-pif-undermine-credibility-of-pacific-experts-over-japans-nuclear-waste-dumping-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/rabuka-pif-undermine-credibility-of-pacific-experts-over-japans-nuclear-waste-dumping-plan/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 12:39:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91723 By Aralai Vosayaco in Suva

    The Pacific Network on Globalisation (PANG) is disappointed with the Fiji government and Pacific Islands Forum’s endorsement of the Japanese government’s plans to dump 1.3 million tonnes of nuclear waste into the Pacific Ocean at the end of this month.

    Nuclear justice campaigner Epeli Lesuma of PANG said this was a “blatant disregard” of the expert opinion of a panel of scientists commissioned by the Forum.

    “It’s disappointing because Pacific leaders appointed this panel of experts so ideally our trust should be with them and the recommendations they have provided to us,” Lesuma said.

    “These are not just random scientists. These are esteemed and respected professionals engaged to provide us with this advice.”

    Last week, Fiji Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka said he was satisfied with the International Atomic Energy Agency’s (IAEA) report that stated Japan’s plans to release treated wastewater from the Fukushima nuclear plant into the Pacific Ocean had met relevant international standards.

    “I have made it my business as a Pacific Island leader to carefully study the information and data on the matter…I am satisfied that Japan has demonstrated commitment to satisfy the wishes of the Pacific Island states, as conveyed to Japan by the Pacific Island Forum chair,” Rabuka said in a video on the Fiji government’s official Facebook page.

    “I am satisfied that the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) report is reassuring enough to dispel any fears of any untoward degradation of the ocean environment that would adversely affect lives and ecosystems in our precious blue Pacific,” he said.

    ‘Convinced’ of IAEA’s seriousness
    “I am convinced of the seriousness of the IAEA to continuously monitor this process in Japan.”

    The controversial plan by Japan continues to spark anger and concern across many communities, environmental activists, non-government and civil society organisations.


    Fiji Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka’s statement. Video: Fiji govt

    Sharing Rabuka’s sentiments was the PIF chair and Cook Islands Prime Minister, Mark Brown, who said the IAEA was the world’s foremost authority on nuclear safety.

    “We have received the comments, and the report from our scientific panel and the IAEA and [we are] taking a measured response.

    “I’d have to say that as the IAEA is responsible for assessment and for anything to do with the safety of reactors around the world, their findings and credibility need to be upheld.”

    Nuclear justice campaigner Epeli Lesuma
    Nuclear justice campaigner Epeli Lesuma expresses disappointment over Fiji PM Rabuka’s endorsement of Japan’s controversial plan to release 1.3 million tonnes of nuclear waste into the Pacific Ocean at the end of this month. Image: Aralai Vosayaco/Wansolwara

    For Lesuma and other concerned members of Pacific communities, the fight was more than just the Pacific being used as a dumping ground.

    He maintains that the two Pacific Island leaders’ support for the IAEA report discredited the PIF-commissioned panel’s decision and credibility.

    “They are contradicting themselves because they have appointed this group of experts to advise them. Yet they do not believe their recommendations.

    ‘Now we are backtracking’
    “It’s disappointing that this panel was appointed during Fiji’s term as Forum chair. Here we were as head of this regional body but now we are backtracking and saying we don’t believe you.”

    Lesuma said civil society groups would continue to back the opinions and recommendations of PIF’s independent panel of scientific experts.

    “Their opinions were formulated by science and with the Pacific people and the care of the ocean at its centre,” he said.

    PIF’s independent panel of experts remains adamant that there is insufficient data to deem the discharge of nuclear waste safe for release into the Pacific Ocean.

    In a June statement this year, PIF General Secretary Henry Puna said the Forum remained committed to addressing strong concerns for the significance of the potential threat of nuclear contamination to the health and security of the Blue Pacific, its people, and prospects.

    “Even before Japan announced its decision in April 2021, Pacific states, meeting for the first time in December 2020 as States Parties to the South Pacific Nuclear Free Zone Treaty (Treaty of Rarotonga), recalled concerns about the environmental impact of the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Reactor accident in 2011 and urged Japan to take all steps necessary to address any potential harm to the Pacific,” he said.

    “They ‘called on states to take all appropriate measures within their territory, jurisdiction or control to prevent significant transboundary harm to the territory of another state, as required under international law’.

    International legal rules
    “These important statements stem from key international legal rules and principles, including the unique obligation placed by the Rarotonga Treaty on Pacific states to ‘Prevent Dumping’ (Article 7), in view of our nuclear testing legacy and its permanent impacts on our peoples’ health, environment and human rights.”

    Puna said Pacific states therefore had a legal obligation “to prevent the dumping of radioactive wastes and other radioactive matter by anyone” and “not to take any action to assist or encourage the dumping by anyone of radioactive wastes and other radioactive matter at sea anywhere within the South Pacific Nuclear Free Zone”.

    Specific concerns by the Forum on nuclear contamination issues were not new, Puna added, and that for many years, the Forum had to deal with attempts by other states to dump nuclear waste into the Pacific.

    “Leaders have urged Japan and other shipping states to store or dump their nuclear waste in their home countries rather than storing or dumping them in the Pacific.

    “In 1985, the Forum welcomed the Japan PM’s statement that ‘Japan had no intention of dumping radioactive waste in the Pacific Ocean in disregard of the concern expressed by the communities of the region’.”

    Against this regional context, he said the Forum’s engagement on the present unprecedented issue signify that for the Blue Pacific, this was not merely a nuclear safety issue.

    “It is rather a nuclear legacy issue, an ocean, fisheries, environment, biodiversity, climate change, and health issue with the future of our children and future generations at stake.

    Pacific people ‘have nothing to gain’
    “Our people do not have anything to gain from Japan’s plan but have much at risk for generations to come,” Puna had said.

    The Pacific Ocean contains the greatest biomass of organisms of ecological, economic, and cultural value, including 70 percent of the world’s fisheries. It is the largest continuous body of water on the planet.

    The health of all the world’s ocean ecosystems is in documented decline due to a variety of stressors, including climate change, over-exploitation of resources, and pollution, a Pacific Islands News Association (PINA) report highlighted.

    The PINA news report cited a paper by the US National Association of Marine Laboratories (NAML), an organisation of more than 100 member laboratories, that stated the proposed release of the contaminated water was a transboundary and transgenerational issue of concern for the health of marine ecosystems and those whose lives and livelihoods depend on them.

    Japan aims to gradually release 1.3 million tonnes of treated nuclear wastewater from the defunct Fukushima power plant over a period of 30-40 years.

    Aralai Vosayaco is a final-year student journalist at The University of the South Pacific. She is also the 2023 news editor (national) of Wansolwara, USP Journalism’s student training newspaper and online publication. Asia Pacific Report and Wansolwara collaborate.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/rabuka-pif-undermine-credibility-of-pacific-experts-over-japans-nuclear-waste-dumping-plan/feed/ 0 418566
    PNG’s literacy rate ‘lowest in Pacific’, but government plans boost to 70% https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/pngs-literacy-rate-lowest-in-pacific-but-government-plans-boost-to-70/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/pngs-literacy-rate-lowest-in-pacific-but-government-plans-boost-to-70/#respond Tue, 08 Aug 2023 04:00:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91593 By Joy Olali and Max Oraka

    Papua New Guinea’s literacy rate stands at 63.4 percent — the lowest in the Pacific — with the government planning for it to reach 70 percent by 2027, an official says.

    Career Trackers chief executive Ellenor Lutikoe told the National Content Conference in Port Moresby that according to the medium-term development goal, the literacy rate should reach 70 percent by 2027.

    She highlighted three skills lacking in the workforce:

    READ MORE: Illiteracy: A growing concern in PNG

    • Basic English skills;
    • Basic business skills including digital literacy; and
    • Relevant and practical working knowledge related to the role they apply for.

    “Personally, I strongly believe that literacy is the foundation for an individual,” she said.

    In 2000, PNG had a literacy rate of 57.34 percent, in 2010 the rate increased by 4.26 percent to 61.6 percent and today it was 63.4 percent — an increase of 1.8 percent.

    It needs to increase by 6.6 percent to reach the 2027 target of 70 percent.

    On-the-job training
    Lutikoe said one of the ways to address these challenges was through on-the-job training programmes offered by companies, including Career Trackers.

    Adventist Development and Relief Agency (ADRA) chief executive officer Darren Yorio agreed that one way of addressing such challenges faced by employees was through literacy programmes.

    Yorio said many parts of PNG faced many social issues because illiteracy had continued to delay the progress of national development.

    He said the literacy rate was low compared to other Pacific island countries, and the government must work with other players to address the issue.

    “If there is a serious area we need to address, it is the issue of illiteracy. It is important that we maintain that level of rigorous focus on partnership to effectively continue the progress of development,” he said.

    Dr Kilala Devette-Chee, a senior research fellow and programme leader of the Education Research Programme at the National Research Institute, said PNG could reduce its high illiteracy rate by implementing the strategies recommended in her research report “Illiteracy: A growing concern in Papua New Guinea“.

    “The literacy level in different parts of PNG has continued to be a matter of national concern,” she said.

    “Although the government has taken a number of measures to improve literacy in the country, more and more students who are dropping out of school are either semi-literate or illiterate.”

    The strategies included:

    • Reviewing the provision of free education to allow more children to attend school;
    • Developing awareness on the importance of education;
    • Encouraging night classes for working people ;and
    • Re-establishing school libraries to promote a culture of reading.

    According to Dr Devette-Chee’s study, the root causes of the poor literacy outcomes include weak teaching skills and knowledge, diverse languages, frequent teacher and student absenteeism’ and lack of appropriate reading books and teaching support materials.

    The Outcome-Based Education (OBE) which promoted the use of vernacular languages in elementary schools with a transition period to English in Grade 3 failed a lot of students due to improper implementation of the programme.

    Joy Olali and Max Oraka are reporters with The National newspaper. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/pngs-literacy-rate-lowest-in-pacific-but-government-plans-boost-to-70/feed/ 0 417669
    Hong Kong police plan to arrest Danish artist, hold trial in mainland China: report https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-tiananmen-sculptor-08042023140818.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-tiananmen-sculptor-08042023140818.html#respond Fri, 04 Aug 2023 18:25:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-tiananmen-sculptor-08042023140818.html The Danish sculptor whose "Pillar of Shame" statue commemorating the 1989 Tiananmen massacre was seized by Hong Kong authorities said he is saddened by a report that he faces arrest if he tries to return to the city to retrieve his work.

    Hong Kong police have declined to comment on a report in a pro-China newspaper Wednesday that they are taking steps to arrest sculptor Jens Galschiøt under a national security law forbidding criticism of the authorities.

    Asked about the report in the Sing Tao Daily, Galschiøt told Radio Free Asia on Thursday that he hadn't heard of any arrest warrant, but didn't believe such a warrant would be enforceable.

    The "Pillar of Shame" statue is removed from the University of Hong Kong, Dec. 23, 2021. Credit: Lam Chun Tung/The Initium Media via AP
    The "Pillar of Shame" statue is removed from the University of Hong Kong, Dec. 23, 2021. Credit: Lam Chun Tung/The Initium Media via AP

    He said he was "sad" that he wouldn't be able to return to the city he loves, despite wanting to collect his original artwork and bring it back to Europe. 

    “I know Hong Kong has really changed a lot,” he said, adding that almost all of his Hong Kong friends are now in prison amid an ongoing crackdown on dissent.

    He said of the “Pillar of Shame”: “I want it back … it’s my private property.”

    The Sing Tao Daily quoted a source as saying that "the national security department has formulated plans to arrest Jens Galschiøt for intending to use the 'Pillar of Remembrance" to come to Hong Kong to cause a political disturbance."

    Asked to confirm the report, a police spokesperson replied: "We will act based on the situation, and take action according to law."

    'Color revolution'

    The Sing Tao Daily report also said that if Galschiøt did come to Hong Kong to retrieve his artwork, he could be sent to face trial in mainland China under Article 55 of the law.

    "They have decided to activate Article 55 of the Hong Kong National Security Law, meaning that the case will be handed over to [Beijing's] National Security Office in Hong Kong, which can exercise jurisdiction to transfer it to the mainland for trial."

    Article 55 of the law, which was imposed on Hong Kong from July 1, 2020 in a bid to crack down on the 2019 pro-democracy movement, allows for national security cases deemed to be of a "serious" nature to be transferred to mainland China for trial.

    Hong Kong security chief Chris Tang claimed in a video uploaded to Facebook on Thursday that waves of mass protests against the erosion of the city's freedoms dating back to 2003 were the result of "foreign forces" trying to foment a "color revolution" in Hong Kong.

    "The intention of foreign forces to make use of Hong Kong to endanger our national security didn't happen overnight," Tang said in the video. "National security incidents have occurred repeatedly in Hong Kong over the past two decades."

    "External forces were already cultivating certain local opposition groups in Hong Kong as early as 2003, organizing large-scale anti-government demonstrations," he said, over footage of a protest by half a million people against national security legislation, known as Article 23. "The anti-Article 23 protests were a trial run for them."

    Students clean the "Pillar of Shame" statue at the University of Hong Kong, June 4, 2019. Credit: Kin Cheung/AP
    Students clean the "Pillar of Shame" statue at the University of Hong Kong, June 4, 2019. Credit: Kin Cheung/AP

    Tang went on to blame the mass protest campaign in 2012 by students -- some of them still in secondary school -- against patriotic education in Hong Kong's schools, the 2014 Occupy Central movement for fully democratic elections, the 2016 "fishball revolution" in Mong Kok and the 2019 movement against extradition to mainland China on the actions of "foreign forces."

    "Many young people had been radicalized," said Tang, who was chief of police during the 2019 protests. "External forces were up to the same old tricks again."

    His comments were in stark contrast to the reaction of then chief executive Tung Chee-hwa at the time, who said in a statement: "The ... government fully understands that citizens value human rights and freedoms. The government's position is consistent with that of the citizens."

    Massive, ongoing crackdown

    The first public reference to "foreign forces" came from former chief executive Leung Chun-ying in 2014, when he claimed that "foreign forces have always been involved in Hong Kong politics," without giving specific details. 

    But the rhetoric around foreign forces and alleged foreign funding didn't become baked into official statements until after the 2019 protest movement. Even during those protests, police made no claims of foreign involvement or funding during their attempts to quell the mass movement, despite such claims being prominent in the political crackdown that followed.

    The crackdown has seen senior journalists, pro-democracy media magnate Jimmy Lai and 47 former lawmakers and democracy activists charged with offenses from "collusion with a foreign power" to "subversion." 

    The national security law applies to speech and acts committed anywhere in the world, and has been used to issue the leaders of the London-based rights group Hong Kong Watch with a takedown order for its website.

    Copenhagen-based regional council member Thomas Rohden said via his X account: "So China has found yet another Danish citizen whom they want imprisoned."

    "This time it is about the artist Jens Galschiøt. His crime is to draw attention to the Tiananmen Square massacre, through his artistic sculptures. #dkpol," Rohden wrote.

    According to Sing Tao, the arrest warrant for Galschiøt is linked to the prosecution of Zeng Yuxuan, a doctoral student from mainland China found in possession of posters depicting the "Pillar of Shame," under colonial-era sedition laws.

    Zeng stands accused of conspiring with U.S.-based democracy activist Zhou Fengsuo to "commit acts with seditious intent" ahead of the June 4 massacre anniversary.

    Zhou has said he bears full responsibility for creating the materials found in Zeng's possession.


    Translated with additional reporting by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jojo Man, Siyan Cheung and Chingman for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-tiananmen-sculptor-08042023140818.html/feed/ 0 417162
    US again touts importance of Myanmar peace plan despite divisions within ASEAN https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-asean-jakarta-07142023152902.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-asean-jakarta-07142023152902.html#respond Fri, 14 Jul 2023 19:30:32 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-asean-jakarta-07142023152902.html Washington on Friday again urged countries to push Myanmar on a peace plan that has failed so far, although the regional bloc is divided over how to handle the Burmese crisis.

    Countries must persuade the Burmese military to follow through on the five-point plan, U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken said as he met with his counterparts from the Association of Southeast Asian Nations and other countries in Jakarta on Friday.

    “In Myanmar, we must press the military regime to stop the violence, to implement ASEAN’s five-point consensus, to support a return to democratic governance,” Blinken said in a speech during a meeting with ASEAN ministers. 

    The bloc, of which Myanmar is a member, has sought to mediate a resolution to the situation in that country, where the military toppled an elected government in February 2021 and threw civilian leader Aung San Suu Kyi in prison. Nearly 3,800 people have been killed in post-coup violence, mostly by junta security forces.  

    On Thursday, ASEAN issued a joint statement of its foreign ministers, but that was delayed by a day following a meeting of the region’s top diplomats Tuesday and Wednesday. Reports said the delay arose because they could not agree on what their joint statement would say about Myanmar.

    The statement reflected the dissonance. 

    Thailand had last month held another meeting with Myanmar’s junta-appointed foreign minister, representatives of ASEAN members Brunei, Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, and the Philippines, and India and China. The Burmese and Thai militaries are said to be close, and the outgoing Thai PM is a former army chief.

    ASEAN 2023 chair Indonesia did not take kindly to that meeting, which it skipped along with Singapore and Malaysia.

    And yet, the joint statement acknowledged that meeting, noting that “a number of ASEAN member states” viewed it “as a positive development.”

    The statement went on to note, however, that efforts to solve the Myanmar crisis must support the five-point consensus and efforts by ASEAN chair Indonesia.

    Thai Foreign Minister Don Pramudwinai defended the meeting, saying it was in line with an earlier ASEAN document that called for exploring other approaches for resolving the crisis.

    In another shocker for the rest of ASEAN, and indeed, everyone else, the Thai foreign minister announced on Wednesday that he had met secretly over the weekend with Myanmar’s imprisoned civilian leader, Aung San Suu Kyi. The Thai foreign ministry said that she and the junta had approved the meeting with Don.

    And not everyone is on board with the five-point consensus either, although they present a unified front, reports say.

    The previous foreign minister of Malaysia, Saifuddin Abdullah, was an exception. He had said last July that it was time to junk the peace plan and devise a new one on a deadline that included enforcement mechanisms

    ASEAN operates by consensus, which means any action it takes has to be approved by every member state. Divisions within the bloc have meant that not every member has approved of tougher action against Myanmar.

    Therefore, other than shutting out the Burmese junta from all high-level ASEAN meetings for reneging on the consensus, little else has happened since February 2021.

    Hunter Marston, a Southeast Asia researcher at the Australian National University, said the ASEAN top diplomats’ joint statement was largely in line with his expectations.

    He would have liked to see “ASEAN invite the NUG as a way of imposing costs on the junta, but that won’t receive consensus,” Marston told BenarNews, referring to the National Unity Government, which is the shadow civilian administration.

    He would have also liked to see “see a clearer acknowledgement of ASEAN’s frustration with the military junta.”

    And the statement “still left room for Thailand’s rogue … diplomacy,” Marston said. 

    Another analyst, Muhammad Waffaa Kharisma, from the Centre for Strategic and International Studies in Jakarta, said he had expected a little better from the joint statement.

    “[N]ow I only hope that ASEAN does not accept back the junta without accountability,” he told BenarNews.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Tria Dianti for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-asean-jakarta-07142023152902.html/feed/ 0 411948
    Covid inquiry has no plan to sanction Boris Johnson over missing messages https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/covid-inquiry-has-no-plan-to-sanction-boris-johnson-over-missing-messages/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/covid-inquiry-has-no-plan-to-sanction-boris-johnson-over-missing-messages/#respond Thu, 13 Jul 2023 14:23:34 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-boris-johnson-whatsapps-delay-legal-action/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/13/covid-inquiry-has-no-plan-to-sanction-boris-johnson-over-missing-messages/feed/ 0 411429
    The EPA’s plan to eliminate lead in buildings is a ‘gigantic leap forward’ for public health https://grist.org/health/epa-rule-eliminate-lead-paint-buildings-homes/ https://grist.org/health/epa-rule-eliminate-lead-paint-buildings-homes/#respond Wed, 12 Jul 2023 21:19:13 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=613667 The Environmental Protection Agency is proposing strict standards on lead paint that would prompt the removal of lead in millions of buildings, including homes, schools, and daycare centers. The move was set in motion by a lawsuit from environmental groups alleging that the EPA’s lead standards were too lax to protect public health.

    Even after decades of efforts to reduce lead exposure from gasoline, pipes, and paint, half of children in the U.S. have detectable traces of lead in their blood, according to a study in 2021 that tested more than 1 million kids under the age of 6. Those who live in low-income neighborhoods and in older homes are at the highest risk.

    “We know that no level of exposure to lead is good for our children. Zero,” said Janet McCabe, the EPA’s deputy administrator, at an announcement of the proposal in Newark, New Jersey, on Wednesday. The metal has been found to damage children’s brains, slow their growth, and cause developmental and behavioral problems, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

    While the United States banned lead paint nearly half a century ago, the rules didn’t require removing the toxic substance from existing buildings. An estimated 31 million houses built before the 1978 ban still have lead paint, and nearly 4 million of those homes are occupied by families with children younger than 6. The EPA’s new rule would virtually prohibit lead dust, reducing exposure for between 250,000 and 500,000 children under the age of 6.

    Any sign of lead in a home or childcare center would classify it as a lead hazard. That would in turn trigger disclosures — say, to the families of kids attending the daycare or to prospective home buyers — and potentially require that the lead source be removed. The only exception is for contamination that existing cleanup methods can’t get rid of.

    The plan was decades in the making. In 1992, after scientists found lead exposure was widespread among children, Congress passed a law requiring the EPA to establish the first hazard standard for lead in dust. But the agency was slow to create the standard, waiting until 2001 to do so, and it failed to tighten the rules when scientific evidence showed that lead was a health hazard even at the smallest levels of exposure.

    Court battles ended up forcing the agency to revisit its lead standards — twice. The most recent lawsuit, filed 2019 by the Sierra Club, Earthjustice, and other public health and environmental groups, alleged that the EPA’s revised standards were still insufficient. In 2021, the U.S. 9th Circuit Court of Appeals ordered the EPA to set its standards based on health effects, as opposed to factors like feasibility and testing capabilities — a decision that prompted the EPA’s new proposed rule. Before an EPA regulation becomes final, it has to move through a public comment period.

    Environmental groups applauded the EPA’s new, stricter proposal but admonished the agency for decades of delay. “Today’s proposal, which finally acknowledges that any exposure to lead at any level is a hazard, is a gigantic leap forward in this country’s long-delayed efforts to eliminate, or at least significantly reduce, lead exposures,” said Eve Gartner, the director of Earthjustice’s Crosscutting Toxics Strategies program, at the EPA’s announcement on Wednesday.

    Removing lead from buildings won’t necessarily erase the threat entirely. For example, a recent investigation from the Wall Street Journal unearthed a hidden source of lead contamination in the environment: a countrywide network of lead-coated cables laid by telecom giants such as AT&T and Verizon that have gone unnoticed by regulators. It’s another sign that removing lead, with its once-ubiquitous use in the country’s construction, remains a daunting task.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The EPA’s plan to eliminate lead in buildings is a ‘gigantic leap forward’ for public health on Jul 12, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/health/epa-rule-eliminate-lead-paint-buildings-homes/feed/ 0 411308
    "Mission Creep": Katrina vanden Heuvel on Ukraine Joining NATO & U.S. Plan to Send Cluster Bombs https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraine-joining-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraine-joining-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/#respond Tue, 11 Jul 2023 14:59:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5ef647f3bab5b03bdb0500546e585a71
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraine-joining-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/feed/ 0 410946
    “Mission Creep”: Katrina vanden Heuvel on Ukraine’s Push to Join NATO & U.S. Plan to Send Cluster Bombs https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraines-push-to-join-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraines-push-to-join-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/#respond Tue, 11 Jul 2023 12:19:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fcf8c266487383b9483a553cd4a0d8d3 Seg2 katrina ukraine nato

    At today’s NATO summit in Lithuania, member countries are expected to debate Ukraine’s request to join the military alliance, which would provide additional military support for its war with Russia. Opponents to Ukrainian membership, however, warn that such a move would needlessly escalate what Russia sees as a proxy war with the United States against NATO encroachment on its western border. For more, we speak to journalist Katrina vanden Heuvel, whose recent piece for The Guardian, co-authored with James Carden, is headlined “Now is not the time for Ukraine to join NATO.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/mission-creep-katrina-vanden-heuvel-on-ukraines-push-to-join-nato-u-s-plan-to-send-cluster-bombs/feed/ 0 410927
    UN shipping agency endorses 1.5 degrees plan after ‘relentless Pacific lobbying’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/08/un-shipping-agency-endorses-1-5-degrees-plan-after-relentless-pacific-lobbying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/08/un-shipping-agency-endorses-1-5-degrees-plan-after-relentless-pacific-lobbying/#respond Sat, 08 Jul 2023 02:03:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90514 By Kelvin Anthony, RNZ Pacific lead digital and social media journalist

    Pacific island countries’ “relentless” efforts at the UN’s specialist agency on shipping, International Maritime Organisation (IMO), has resulted in the adoption of a new emissions reductions strategy to ensure the Paris Agreement goal remains within reach.

    The IMO’s 80th Marine Environment Protection Committee (MEPC80) was under pressure to deliver an outcome to reduce the global maritime transportation industry’s carbon footprint and to steer the sector towards a viable climate path that is 1.5 degrees-aligned.

    It was a political compromise after two weeks of intense politicking that got member states through to settle on the 2023 IMO Greenhouse Gas Strategy on Friday, just as hopes were fading of any meaningful outcome from the negotiations at the IMO’s climate talks in London.

    The Pacific collective from the Marshall Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, Tuvalu, Tonga and Solomon Islands, who have been at the IMO since 2015 joined by Vanuatu, Nauru, Samoa and Nauru — referred to as the 6PAC Plus — overcame strong resistance to ensure international shipping continues to steam towards full decarbonisation by 2050.

    Vanuatu’s Climate Change Minister Ralph Regevanu, who attended the IMO meeting for the first time, said: “This outcome is far from perfect, but countries across the world came together and got it done — and it gives us a shot at 1.5 degrees.”

    Some of the Pacific negotiators at the International Maritime Organisation. 7 July 2023
    Some of the Pacific negotiators at the International Maritime Organisation. Image: Kelvin Anthony/RNZ

    Pacific nations were advocating for global shipping to reach zero emissions by 2050 consistent with the science-based targets.

    They had proposed absolute emissions cuts from the sector of at least 37 percent by 2030 and 96 percent by 2040 for the industry, to ensure the IMO is not out of step on climate change.

    Countries came up short
    But countries came up short, instead agreeing that to “reach net-zero GHG emissions from international shipping” a reduction of at least 20 percent by 2030, striving for 30 percent, and at least 70 percent by 2040, striving for 80 percent compared to 2008, “by or around 2050”, was sufficient to set them on the right trajectory.

    While there were concerns that targets were not ambitious, they were accepted as better than what nations had decided on in an earlier revised draft text on Thursday, when they agreed for only 20 percent by 2030, with the upper limit of 25 percent, and at least 70 percent by 2040, striving for 75.

    “These higher targets are the result of relentless, unceasing lobbying by ambitious Pacific islands, against the odds,” Marshall Islands special presidential envoy for the decarbonisation of maritime shipping, Albon Ishoda said.

    ​​”If we are to have any hope of saving our beautiful Blue Planet, and building a truly ecological civilisation, the climate vulnerable needs our voices to be heard and we are confident that they have been heard today.”

    Tuvalu's Minister for Transport, Energy and Tourism, Nielu Mesake
    Tuvalu’s Minister for Transport, Energy and Tourism Nielu Mesake . . . disappointed over “a strategy that falls short of what we need – but we are realistic.” Image: Kelvin Anthony/RNZ Pacific

    Tuvalu’s Minister for Transport, Energy and Tourism, Nielu Mesake, said he was “very disappointed” to have “a strategy that falls short of what we need”.

    “But we are also realistic and understand that to reach any chance of setting this critical sector in the right direction we needed to compromise,” Mesake said.

    He said Tuvalu was confident in the shipping industry’s ability to change.

    “We have seen it before. We are confident that our industry will now prioritise each effort and each capital into decarbonizing [and] see shipping stepping up to the plate and fulfil its responsibility to reduce emissions.”

    Ishoda said the IMO’s focus now was to deliver on the targets.

    “We look forward to swift agreement on a just and equitable economic measure to price shipping emissions and bend the emissions curve fast enough to keep 1.5 alive.”

    More work ahead
    IMO chief Kitck Lim said the adoption of the strategy was a “monumental development” but it was only “a starting point for the work that needs to intensify even more over the years and decades ahead of us.”

    “However, with the Revised Strategy that you have now agreed on, we have a clear direction, a common vision, and ambitious targets to guide us to deliver what the world expects from us,” Lim said.

    And Pacific nations are under no illusion of the task ahead for international shipping truly to truly meet the 1.5 degrees limit.

    Fiji’s Minister for Transport Ro Filipe Tuisawau said: “We know that we have much more work to do now to adopt a universal GHG levy and global fuel standards urgently.

    “These are tools which will actually reduce emissions. We also look forward to the utilisation of viable alternative fuels,” Tuisawau said.

    Kiribati Minister for Information, Communication and Transport Tekeeua Tarati said the process of arriving at the final outcome “has been an extremely challenging and distressing negotiation for all parties involved.”

    “We had hoped for a revised strategy that was completely aligned to 1.5 degrees, not a strategy that merely keeps it within reach,” Tarati said.

    “We need to work on the measures that are essential to achieve the emissions reductions we so desperately need.”

    Member States adopt the 2023 IMO Greenhouse Gas Strategy in London. 7 July 2023
    Member states adopt the 2023 IMO Greenhouse Gas Strategy in London on 7 July 2023. Image: IMO/RNZ Pacific

    Carbon levy on the table

    The calls for a GHG levy for pollution from ships also made it through as an option under the basket of candidate mid-term GHG reduction measures, work on which will be ongoing in future IMO forums.

    While the word “levy” is not mentioned, the strategy states an economic measure should be developed “on the basis of maritime GHG emissions pricing mechanism”.

    “A GHG levy, starting at $100/tonne, is the only way to keep it there. Ultimately it’s not the targets but the incentives we put in place to meet them. So we in the Pacific are going to keep up a strong fight for a levy that gets us to zero emissions by 2050.”

    Ishoda said a universal GHG levy “is the most effective, the most efficient, and the most equitable economic measure to accelerate the decarbonisation of international shipping.”

    But he acknowledged more needed to be done.

    “There is much work to do to ensure that 1.5 remains not just within reach, but it’s achieved in reality.”

    ‘Wish and prayer agreement’
    But shipping and climate campaigners say the plan is not good enough.

    According to the Clean Shipping Coalition, the target agreed to in the final strategy was weak and “is far short of what is needed to be sure of keeping global heating below 1.5 degrees.”

    “There is no excuse for this wish and a prayer agreement,” the group’s president, John Maggs, said.

    Maggs said the member states had known halving emissions by the end of the decade “was both possible and affordable”.

    “The most vulnerable put up an admirable fight for high ambition and significantly improved the agreement but we are still a long way from the IMO treating the climate crisis with the urgency that it deserves and that the public demands.”

    University College London’s shipping expert Dr Tristan Smith said outcome of IMO’s climate talks “owes so much to the leadership of a small number of climate vulnerable countries – to their determination and perseverance in convincing much larger economies to act more ambitiously”.

    “That this still does not do enough to ensure the survival of the vulnerable countries, in spite of what they have given to help secure the sustainability of global trade, is why more is needed, and all the more reason to give them the credit for what they have done and to heed their calls for a GHG levy,” Dr Smith added.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/08/un-shipping-agency-endorses-1-5-degrees-plan-after-relentless-pacific-lobbying/feed/ 0 410308
    Indonesia pushes to implement failed Myanmar peace plan ahead of ASEAN meetings https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-peace-07072023155746.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-peace-07072023155746.html#respond Fri, 07 Jul 2023 20:00:14 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-peace-07072023155746.html ASEAN chair Indonesia said Friday it was increasing efforts to implement a five-point consensus to end instability in post-coup Myanmar, while Burmese civil society groups called for junking the “ineffective” plan amid divisions within the regional bloc.

    The crisis in Myanmar is expected to be one of the main topics at a series of ministerial-level meetings that Indonesia will host next week as the 2023 chair of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations. The talks will involve ASEAN members and other countries, including the United States, China and Russia.

    Jakarta has been communicating with all parties in Myanmar to persuade them to support implementing the consensus, Indonesian Foreign Minister Retno Marsudi said. 

    “We have conducted 110 engagements, in the form of in-person meetings, virtual meetings, and phone calls, including my own face-to-face meetings with both the NUG and SAC foreign ministers on several occasions,” Retno told reporters, referring to the National Unity Government, the shadow civilian administration, and the junta, which calls itself the State Administration Council.

    ASEAN leaders agreed on the consensus during an emergency summit in April 2021, but the Southeast Asian bloc has since been heavily criticized for inaction in pressing ahead with the five-point plan. 

    It aims to reduce violence in Myanmar after the Burmese military toppled an elected government in February that year. The plan demands an immediate halt to violence, a constructive dialogue among all parties, the appointment of a special envoy, the delivery of humanitarian assistance and the visit of a delegation to Myanmar. 

    The junta agreed to this consensus but reneged on it, prompting ASEAN to exclude any representative from the Myanmar junta from its meetings, starting in October 2021.

    78769983-d507-40b0-bddc-6cae54d1bb1c.jpeg
    Minister of Foreign Affairs Retno Marsudi speaks during a news conference in Jakarta, July 7, 2023. (Achmad Ibrahim/AP)

    ‘Most ASEAN states have no interest in democracy’

    Meanwhile, a network of Burmese civil society groups, which calls itself Myanmar Spring’s young revolutionaries, said the exclusion was a mirage, because Indonesia, through its office of the special envoy, was engaging with the junta.

    “[T]he Special Envoy’s official engagement with the illegal military junta is inconsistent with ASEAN’s decision and stance to exclude and ban members of the military junta from all high-level ASEAN meetings,” representatives of several civil society groups told Ngurah Swajaya, the head of the special envoy’s office, according to a statement issued Friday.

    The groups’ representatives had met with Ngurah on Monday.

    “[T]he representatives expressed their concern and frustration over the ineffectiveness and failure of ASEAN to stop the terrorist military junta’s violence and atrocities against Myanmar people over the past two years since the adoption of the Five-Point Consensus (5PC) on 24 April 2021,” the statement said.

    They also conveyed to Ngurah that “the ineffective 5PC will only embolden the terrorist junta to commit further crimes and exacerbate the plight of the people of Myanmar.”

    Indonesia’s president, too, acknowledged in May that there had been no progress in implementing the peace plan.

    All along, Myanmar’s junta has cracked down on mass protests, killed more than 3,000 people and arrested thousands more, according to human rights groups. The United Nations said more than 1.8 million people had been forced to flee their homes in Myanmar because of violence since the coup.

    And yet, ASEAN “continues to stick to a plan agreed in April 2021 that has palpably failed,” said CIVICUS Lens, a group that analyzes current events from a civil society perspective.

    “A major challenge is that most ASEAN states have no interest in democracy. Half of them are outright authoritarian regimes, and the other half could be characterized as democracies with flaws – sometimes serious flaws,” the group wrote in an article in late June.

    “Continuing emphasis on the 5PC as the baseline consensus, however, hasn’t masked divisions among ASEAN states. … But the fact that they’re formally sticking with it enables the wider international community to stand back and do little, on the basis of respecting regional leadership and giving the 5PC a chance.”

    Of ASEAN’s 10 members, Brunei, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar and Vietnam are not democracies, and Thailand’s outgoing government first came to power much like the current Myanmar junta, via a military coup.

    CIVICUS Lens also noted Thailand’s decision to break ranks with ASEAN and engage in talks with the Myanmar military.

    Indonesia on Friday again dismissed the Thai meeting in June as not a formal one.

    “Regarding the informal meeting in Thailand, once again it was an informal meeting of ASEAN and only the foreign minister of Laos attended. The 5PC is the main track for resolving the Myanmar issue,” Foreign Minister Retno said.

    However, in addition to Thailand and Myanmar, representatives of ASEAN members Brunei, Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, and the Philippines – as well as India and China – attended the meeting in Pattaya.

    Some experts say that ASEAN’s approach to Myanmar reflects its limitations as a consensus-based organization that prioritizes stability and non-interference in its members’ domestic affairs. 

    Additionally, while Jakarta should be praised for holding so many meetings with different stakeholders, it was impossible to assess the progress of its diplomatic engagements as they were confidential, said Hunter Marston, a researcher at the Australian National University. 

    “It’s also possible that the Indonesian government has underestimated the degree to which the current conflict is entrenched and the unwillingness of the warring sides to consider a peaceful settlement that does not include the complete eradication of the other side,” he told BenarNews.

    He said that the outcome of Indonesia’s efforts remained uncertain. 

    “If nothing materializes by the end of Indonesia’s chairmanship, however, then everyone will point and say, ‘See? There was never a chance of progress to begin with’,” he said. 

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Tria Dianti for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/indonesia-myanmar-peace-07072023155746.html/feed/ 0 410259
    Ukraine: US plan to transfer cluster munitions to Ukraine undermines international efforts to safeguard civilians from indiscriminate weapons https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/ukraine-us-plan-to-transfer-cluster-munitions-to-ukraine-undermines-international-efforts-to-safeguard-civilians-from-indiscriminate-weapons/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/ukraine-us-plan-to-transfer-cluster-munitions-to-ukraine-undermines-international-efforts-to-safeguard-civilians-from-indiscriminate-weapons/#respond Fri, 07 Jul 2023 19:09:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/ukraine-us-plan-to-transfer-cluster-munitions-to-ukraine-undermines-international-efforts-to-safeguard-civilians-from-indiscriminate-weapons "Climate change is out of control," United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres said in response to Monday's and Tuesday's records, as The Associated Press reported. "If we persist in delaying key measures that are needed, I think we are moving into a catastrophic situation."

    Scientists attribute the high temperatures to a combination of global heating caused primarily by the burning of fossil fuels and an El Niño event officially declared by the U.N.'s World Meteorological Organization Tuesday.

    "Such records are the predictable consequence of a short-term El Niño temperature boost coming on top of the long-term global warming trend due to mankind's greenhouse gas emissions."

    Earth's temperature reached 17.01°C, or 62.62°F, Monday and then 17.18°C, or 62.9°F, Tuesday, according to data from the U.S. National Centers for Environmental Prediction (NCEP). While these temperatures are the hottest since record-keeping began in 1979, The Washington Post explained, data from ice cores and tree rings indicate that they haven't been experienced on Earth since the last interglacial period 125,000 years ago, when sea levels were around 18 feet higher. The week ending Wednesday was also 0.08°F, or 0.04°C, warmer than any in the record books, according to AP.

    "Such records are the predictable consequence of a short-term El Niño temperature boost coming on top of the long-term global warming trend due to mankind's greenhouse gas emissions," lead Berkeley Earth scientist Robert Rohde tweeted in response to Thursday's new record.

    The University of Maine's Climate Reanalyzer uses both temperature readings from the surface, air balloons, and satellites, along with NCEP forecast data, to provide daily average two-meter air temperatures, according to The Guardian.

    The records it reports are considered "unofficial" by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) because they rely partly on computer models, AP explained, but the agency did not deny the impact of the climate emergency and El Niño on recent extremes.

    "Although NOAA cannot validate the methodology or conclusion of the University of Maine analysis, we recognize that we are in a warm period due to climate change," NOAA said in a statement reported by AP.

    There are also other indicators speaking to spiking temperatures: The European Union's Copernicus ECMWF ERA5 dataset put Monday's mean temperature at a record 16.88°C and Tuesday's at a new record temperature of 17.03°C.

    June was also the warmest June on record, according to a report from the E.U.'s Copernicus Climate Change Service released Thursday, with temperatures more than 0.5°C above the 1991-2020 average. Sea surface temperatures also broke monthly records for both May and June, and Antarctic sea ice dwindled to 17% below average for a record low for June.

    "We are in uncharted territory and we can expect more records to fall as El Niño develops further and these impacts will extend into 2024," Chris Hewitt, WMO Director of Climate Services, said in a statement responding to the report. "This is worrying news for the planet."

    Scientists predict that the record breaking will continue into July, which is usually the warmest month of the year.

    "Chances are that the month of July will be the warmest ever, and with it the hottest month ever," Karsten Haustein, a research fellow in atmospheric radiation at Leipzig University, told The Guardian, clarifying that "ever" meant in the last 120,000 years.

    "I've never seen anything like it. I've been having heart palpitations because of the heat. I'm starting to think seriously that I'm going to leave Timbuktu."

    The records aren't just numbers. They have been felt in extreme heatwaves around the globe from Texas to China. Cities in China are opening air raid shelters to help people hide from heat that has already turned deadly, APreported Friday, and temperatures in Beijing surpassed 35°C for more than nine days in a row for the first time since 1961.

    Temperatures were also high in Timbuktu, Mali.

    "Usually, at night it's a bit cool even during the hot season. But this year, even at night, it's been hot—I've never seen anything like it," 50-year-old Fatoumata Arby toldAP. "I've been having heart palpitations because of the heat. I'm starting to think seriously that I'm going to leave Timbuktu."

    Beyond high temperatures, the impacts of the climate emergency continue to be felt in other ways. In an update Thursday, Canadian officials said the country's record-breaking wildfire season—which has sent toxic smoke pouring across the border in recent weeks—continues, with nearly 5,000 people forced from their homes and more than 8.8 million hectares of forest burned, CBC News reported. That's nearly 11 times the average hectares burned in the last decade.

    "This number is literally off the charts," Michael Norton, director of the Northern Forestry Centre with the Canadian Forest Service at NRCan, said during a press conference reported by Politico, "with at least three more months left in the active wildfire season."

    Officials say the climate emergency is playing a major role in the unprecedented season.

    "This summer, we are witnessing the effects of climate change first-hand as Canada continues to experience more intense and frequent severe weather events," Chief Public Health Officer Dr. Theresa Tam said in a briefing reported by CBC News.

    In Pakistan, meanwhile, heavy monsoon rains have killed at least 50 people in two weeks, Al Jazeera reported Friday. The deluge comes a year after devastating flooding in Pakistan swallowed a third of the country and claimed more than 1,700 lives. Pakistan contributes less than 1% to global greenhouse gas emissions, but it is one of the most vulnerable countries to climate change, and scientists said that rising temperatures made last year's disaster more likely.

    "Only when we bring carbon emissions to zero does the warming stop."

    In response to news of broken records and weather extremes, University of Pennsylvania climate scientist Michael Mann said people should not be paralyzed with fear.

    "Rather than being 'terrified' by this expected consequence of human-caused warming, we should be motivated to act—in particular, holding politicians accountable at the ballot box," he tweeted. "Only when we bring carbon emissions to zero does the warming stop."

    There's a chance that living through this summer of extremes could help with that motivation.

    "The issue of climate change doesn't often get its 15 minutes of fame. When it does, it's usually tied to something abstract like a scientific report or a meeting of politicians that most people can't relate to," George Mason University climate communications professor Ed Maibach told AP.

    "Feeling the heat—and breathing the wildfire smoke, as so many of us in the Eastern U.S. and Canada have been doing for the past month—is a tangible shared public experience that can be used to focus the public conversation," he said.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/ukraine-us-plan-to-transfer-cluster-munitions-to-ukraine-undermines-international-efforts-to-safeguard-civilians-from-indiscriminate-weapons/feed/ 0 410254
    "Time Is of the Essence": Astra Taylor on Student Debt Relief Setback at SCOTUS, Biden’s Plan B https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-scotus-bidens-plan-b/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-scotus-bidens-plan-b/#respond Wed, 05 Jul 2023 14:39:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dc57132449aefe2d23872f2e3b6fe85b
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-scotus-bidens-plan-b/feed/ 0 409571
    “Time Is of the Essence”: Astra Taylor on Student Debt Relief Setback at Supreme Court, Biden’s Plan B https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-supreme-court-bidens-plan-b/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-supreme-court-bidens-plan-b/#respond Wed, 05 Jul 2023 12:42:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=06b6d021b18a686a71968f2f7c6267a3 Seg3 student debt

    The Supreme Court has blocked President Biden’s student debt relief plan, which sought to cancel up to $20,000 in individual loans, adding up to over $400 billion of federal student debt. The decision comes as a major blow to some 40 million qualified borrowers. Biden has announced his administration will pursue a “new path” for debt relief. “It was a blow to debtors,” says Astra Taylor, organizer with the Debt Collective and advocate for debt abolition. “It was a blow to anyone who cares about democracy.” Taylor says the ruling raises major concerns over the constitutional jurisdiction of the Supreme Court, and explains why groups like the Debt Collective are placing the moral culpability of debt onto creditors.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/time-is-of-the-essence-astra-taylor-on-student-debt-relief-setback-at-supreme-court-bidens-plan-b/feed/ 0 409508
    Japan’s plan to discharge Fukushima radioactive water safe, atomic watchdog says https://www.rfa.org/english/news/environment/iaea-fukushima-07042023060352.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/environment/iaea-fukushima-07042023060352.html#respond Tue, 04 Jul 2023 10:08:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/environment/iaea-fukushima-07042023060352.html Japan’s plans to discharge treated nuclear wastewater stored at the Fukushima Daiichi power station into the Pacific Ocean are consistent with relevant international safety standards, the safety review by the U.N.’s atomic watchdog has concluded. 

    The discharges of the treated water would have a negligible radiological impact on people and the environment, said the report formally presented by International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Director General Rafael Mariano Grossi to Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida in Tokyo on Tuesday.

    “Japan will continue to provide explanations to the Japanese people and to the international community in a sincere manner based on scientific evidence and with a high level of transparency,” Kishida said as he met with Grossi.

    TEPCO, the Tokyo Electric Power Company, which operates the Fukushima nuclear power plant located on Hakura Beach in Japan, is set to initiate the release of approximately 400,000 cubic meters of treated wastewater from the plant into the Pacific this summer.

    Over 1.3 million cubic meters of wastewater - enough to fill more than 500 Olympic-size swimming pools - is currently contained in numerous water storage tanks at the facility. It was used to cool the nuclear reactors damaged in a 2011 earthquake and tsunami. 

    ENG_ENV_FukushimaReport_07042023.2.jpg
    This Sept. 18, 2010 aerial photo shows the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear complex in Okumamachi, northern Japan the year before it was hit by a massive tsunami. Credit: Yomiuri Shimbun, via AP

    TEPCO says that the controlled discharge of the treated wastewater adheres to a meticulous nuclear purification process utilizing a pumping and filtration system called ALPS (Advanced Liquid Processing System), designed according to the safety standards prescribed by the IAEA.

    In the report’s foreword, Grossi said that the “controlled, gradual discharges of the treated water to the sea, as currently planned and assessed by TEPCO, would have a negligible radiological impact on people and the environment.”

    China strongly objects

    The plan, conceived in 2021, has been a source of concern about possible environmental and health risks for nearby countries such as South Korea, China and Pacific Island nations. Local Japanese fishing unions have also opposed it.

    The Chinese Embassy in Japan said Tuesday the IAEA’s report could not be a pass for the nuclear-contaminated water to be released. It called on Japan to immediately suspend the plan, seriously negotiate with the international community, and jointly explore scientific, safe, transparent and acceptable handling methods.

    In a press conference, Ambassador Wu Jianghao claimed that there was no precedent for discharging such water produced by nuclear accidents into the sea. He said it was different from other countries discharging wastewater because “what they are discharging is cooling water, not polluted water that has been in contact with the molten core of the accident.”

    Fukushima’s nuclear-polluted water contains more than 60 types of radionuclides, many of which have no effective treatment technology at this stage, Wu said, claiming the effectiveness and sustainability of the Japanese processing system lacks sufficient authoritative verification.

    However, IAEA and Japanese officials have said that ALPS will reduce 62 of the 63 radioactive substances currently in the wastewater to amounts that will have a negligible environmental impact. 

    Wu said that Japan does not respect science because it announced in 2021 that it would start releasing the wastewater, “long before the IAEA completed its assessment and released its final report.” 

    He also said IAEA is “not an appropriate agency to assess the long-term impact of nuclear-contaminated water on the marine environment and biological health.”

    IAEA will monitor the discharge

    The decision has also divided the scientific community. However, the IAEA’s report aligns with many international independent scientists who say the worries are based on misinformation

    The wastewater release will take between 30 and 40 years to complete. The IAEA said it would continue its safety review during the discharge phase, with a continuous on-site presence and live online monitoring from the facility.

    The agency said the stored water has been treated through ALPS to remove almost all radioactivity, aside from tritium, which will be diluted with the water to bring it below regulatory standards before the release.

    ENG_ENV_FukushimaReport_07042023.3.jpg
    A Buddhist monk protests against the Japanese government's decision to release treated radioactive wastewater from the damaged Fukushima nuclear power plant, near a building which houses the Japanese Embassy in Seoul, July 4, 2023. Credit: AP

    “The IAEA will continue to provide transparency to the international community, making it possible for all stakeholders to rely on verified fact and science to inform their understanding of this matter throughout the process,” Grossi said.

    He plans to arrive at the Fukushima plant on Wednesday. The following day he heads to South Korea to explain the report’s findings. He is also expected to visit some Pacific Island countries to ease their concerns over the plan.

    The report represents the culmination of nearly two years of effort by a specialized task force comprising leading experts from the agency, guided by internationally acclaimed nuclear safety advisors from eleven nations. 

    The experts assessed Japan’s proposals in light of the IAEA Safety Standards, which are recognized as the benchmark for safeguarding individuals and the environment and promoting a consistent and elevated level of safety globally.

    Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Subel Rai Bhandari for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/environment/iaea-fukushima-07042023060352.html/feed/ 0 409292
    My Peace Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/04/my-peace-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/04/my-peace-plan/#respond Tue, 04 Jul 2023 06:05:20 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=287924

    Photo by Christian Wiediger

    Among the international communist and left movements, including their Russian branch, there has been, throughout the entire period of the war in Ukraine, three conflicting assessments of the situation: unconditional support for Ukraine, a cowardly position of “critical” support with “reservations,” and unequivocal condemnation. However, even the generally correct anti-imperialist position of rejection of militarism suffers greatly from “pacifism” in the worst sense of the word. That is, this point of view, by and large, comes down to only one thesis – the immediate cessation of hostilities, without a specific plan, explaining by what methods this will be achieved, by what means, under what conditions, at what borders, etc.

    And the social-chauvinists do not miss the opportunity to use this circumstance as an advantageous argument for themselves as justification for their conciliatory position: “And what do you propose? The war is already going on, this is a given, it is not possible to stop it, we must simply win and everything will end.”

    Moreover, absurd and groundless accusations of “pro-NATO” and “pro-American” rhetoric, and even of support for NATO’s crimes, are also flying at the communist internationalists.

    You think we don’t know about this!? We, whose senior comrades, and we ourselves, have consistently condemned the invasions of Iraq, Syria, Libya, Yugoslavia for so many years, held protests against the bombing and interference in the affairs of sovereign countries and rallies of solidarity with the peoples of these countries. Do you think we would hide and deny the role of the “alliance” in the destruction of the USSR and the socialist bloc, in the catastrophic results of these processes? Let’s leave these accusations against us to the conscience of these moralizers, if anything is left of that at all. Their position is all the more hypocritical because they themselves are well aware of the character of the current Russian government, which has started and continues the hostilities. It pursues a policy in its own interests, which by no means identical to the interests of the people, otherwise all this bloodshed would never have been started. So it was with almost all the conflicts of recent years in which this government participated: Chechnya, Syria, and now Ukraine. They have sold weapons surreptitiously, and they trampled on agreements, all to promote the interests of various oligarchs. It doesn’t happen otherwise.

    It is impossible to be against the government and at the same time support its policies; this is called “schizophrenia” or “split personality.” Let psychiatrists figure it out from there.

    At the same time, unilateral calls to stop deliveries of NATO weapons to Ukraine “here and now,” without preconditions or demands, no matter who they come from, are naïve and have a slight shade of hypocrisy and irresponsibility. After all, no similar requirements have been presented to the opposite side.

    In fact, the authors and heralds of this idea, perhaps unwittingly themselves, are playing along with only one of the parties in the conflict. In other words, if this requirement is implemented, the war will not stop but will continue, but only on terms more favorable to the Russian army. It will be temporarily suspended on the current “lines of contact” until Putin’s oligarchs gather strength for their new campaign, using the truce as a respite. And for the people of Russia, this automatically means the preservation of the political regime, the continuation of police repression, state terror, and the preparation of the authorities for a new, broader general mobilization. In other words, such a truce would be no less – or even greater – of a catastrophe for Russian society than a military defeat.

    Let’s try to imagine a real plan that would actually work to end the confrontation, and not simply to extend the Putin oligarchy. It could consist of four main points:

    1. Stop fighting on both sides;

    2. Cessation of any supply of foreign weapons and ammunition to both Ukraine and Russia;

    3. Abandonment by the Russian Armed Forces of the territory of Ukraine as of February 1, 2014 (“zero option”);

    4. The UN and its peacekeeping forces are temporarily introduced to the territories left by the RF Armed Forces.

    In fact, even some official propagandists are beginning to understand the need to move in this direction. For example, Margarita Simonyan, head of the Russia Today TV channel, proposed to hold referendums again (in other words, from the point of view of the authorities, she calls for a review of the new borders of the Russian Federation). It seems that in the fall of last year, the Zaporozhye and Kherson regions, and the Donetsk and Luhansk people’s republics were entered into the Constitution of Russia. The Criminal Code even has a special article for such a case: “Art. 280.1 of the Criminal Code of the Russian Federation. Public calls for actions aimed at violations of the territorial integrity of the Russian Federation.”

    If you believe the Kremlin propaganda, one of the mouthpieces of which is Simonyan herself, there have already been “referendums” in these regions, but now she is proposing to hold new ones. So then, you will admit that what happened before was a circus, and not a vote?

    But here a fundamental point emerges: it is necessary to stop the bloodshed not only to correct the previous injustices, but also to prevent new ones. It won’t be easy or simple. And in order to stop the escalation of violence and repression from any side, an appropriate policy is needed, which needs to be thought out today.

    In order to avoid clashes and outrages on both sides, it is proposed to create a “humanitarian corridor” in the territories left by the Russian troops for the unhindered exit of residents in both directions, and to temporarily deploy UN peacekeeping forces from among countries that are not directly or indirectly involved in the conflict.

    Failure to comply with at least one point entails the continuation of the war with innumerable victims and suffering for Ukrainian and Russian citizens, a war that claims hundreds and thousands of lives every day. So let’s find out, looking at the reactions to this program, what is actually more important to the elites and governments – is it land and territory, saving face (in fact, saving power and capital), or is it people’s lives? Bring out the hysterics to the slaughterhouse, who themselves are in no hurry to leave for the front, or send their children and relatives there!

    Everything has gone too far, Russian territory is being shelled (it was foolish to believe that this would not happen – usually in wars, in response to constant shelling, the other side also starts shooting back!), and threats of a nuclear apocalypse are heard. Yes, the chances of this scenario occurring are extremely small, but such rhetoric itself speaks of the seriousness of the current situation. Time does not wait!

    The peoples are tired of war, they want peace, and therefore a plan is needed that will stop the bloodshed and create conditions for the mutual laying down of arms, without fear of monstrous consequences for Ukrainians and Russians.

    The left must offer a program of an honest peace without territorial conquest or any further aggressive policy, with remuneration for all destruction, not from the pockets of the working people, but at the expense of those who unleashed this massacre. It cannot be ruled out that such a “peace plan” could bring the revolution in Russia closer, contribute to the awakening of class consciousness among the soldiers, to their desire for self-organization, and to an awareness of themselves as an independent force. The left is fundamentally in favor of finally saying its word to “His Majesty the Working Class,” the same class that is often thrown into a meat grinder against his will and desire. So that there are no “agreements” behind the back of the people, and at their expense, and the working people themselves ought to be the ones to stop the war. However, for the time being we have to be guided not by what we ultimately desire, but by the existing reality. And therefore, we need to take responsibility, take the first step, and begin the process that will lead to an end to the war, and lead the workers to victory in the struggle for their power, so that the defeat of the insane adventurist plans of the government of the Russian Federation does not turn into a defeat for the people and the country.

    Translated by Dan Erdman


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Boris Kagarlitsky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/04/my-peace-plan/feed/ 0 409236
    ACLU Comment on Supreme Court’s Ruling Against Student Debt Relief Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/aclu-comment-on-supreme-courts-ruling-against-student-debt-relief-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/aclu-comment-on-supreme-courts-ruling-against-student-debt-relief-plan/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 17:28:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/aclu-comment-on-supreme-courts-ruling-against-student-debt-relief-plan The Supreme Court today struck down the Biden administration’s student debt relief plan, which would have allowed eligible borrowers to cancel up to $20,000 in debt. An estimated 43 million people were eligible to participate in the debt relief program.

    ReNika Moore, director of the ACLU’s Racial Justice Program, had the following reaction:

    “The Supreme Court ended this term with two major blows to economic and educational opportunity for students of color in America. The court’s decisions on affirmative action and student loan debt effectively deliver a one-two punch to millions of Americans, locking them out of economic opportunity and worsening wealth inequality in this country. Higher education should be accessible to everyone, regardless of economic status or background.

    “This ruling against student debt relief hurts all borrowers, but particularly borrowers of color. The volatile economic effects of COVID-19 forced many families to use existing assets like their home equity or family support as a safety net, but Black and Latino borrowers have far fewer financial resources to fall back on.

    “We urge the Biden administration and the Department of Education to move quickly to explore other pathways to ease the debt load on student loan borrowers once payments resume after a pandemic-related pause, including new executive action under the Higher Education Act, a law that allows for student loan relief for certain groups.”

    The American Civil Liberties Union joined the Lawyers’ Committee for Civil Rights Under Law and 20 other organizations in filing an amicus brief in January 2023 urging the Supreme Court to uphold the student debt relief program as lawfully enacted.

    Rulings:

    https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/22pdf/22-535_i3kn.pdf

    https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/22pdf/22-506_nmip.pdf

    These cases are part of the ACLU’s Joan and Irwin Jacobs Supreme Court Docket.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/aclu-comment-on-supreme-courts-ruling-against-student-debt-relief-plan/feed/ 0 408627
    Supreme Court Case to End Biden’s Student Loan Forgiveness Plan Relied on "Unwilling Participant" https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relied-on-unwilling-participant/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relied-on-unwilling-participant/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 14:58:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=70133e0253e2c7ac16aa2f543059329d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relied-on-unwilling-participant/feed/ 0 408563
    Supreme Court Case to End Biden’s Student Loan Forgiveness Plan Relies on “Unwilling Participant” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relies-on-unwilling-participant/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relies-on-unwilling-participant/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 12:49:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3641857e8542dc49559e4c74a8fdd0aa Seg3 student debt

    As the Supreme Court decides the fate of President Biden’s plan to forgive 40 million student borrowers up to $20,000 in student loan debt, we speak to David Dayen, executive editor of The American Prospect, about how one of the key complainant states, Missouri, hinges its opposition on the argument that its state agency, the Missouri Higher Education Loan Authority, or MOHELA, will be harmed by the debt relief plan. However, Dayen reports, MOHELA is a “complete unwilling participant” in the case.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/supreme-court-case-to-end-bidens-student-loan-forgiveness-plan-relies-on-unwilling-participant/feed/ 0 408523
    Time for Plan B on Student Debt https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/time-for-plan-b-on-student-debt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/time-for-plan-b-on-student-debt/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 05:50:29 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=287763 Today’s 6-3 Supreme Court decision is a devastating blow for tens of millions of low-income and working class Americans who were hoping for relief from the severe financial stress they face due to a mountain of student debt. Thirteen years ago, in the disastrous Citizens United decision, the Supreme Court ruled that billionaires can legally More

    The post Time for Plan B on Student Debt appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/time-for-plan-b-on-student-debt/feed/ 0 408653
    Japan’s Fukushima nuclear waste plan stirs ‘Pacific Chernobyl’ risk protests https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/japans-fukushima-nuclear-waste-plan-stirs-pacific-chernobyl-risk-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/japans-fukushima-nuclear-waste-plan-stirs-pacific-chernobyl-risk-protests/#respond Thu, 29 Jun 2023 09:05:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90268 By Peter Boyle in Sydney

    As Pacific communities protest the Japanese government’s plan to dump more than a million tonnes of radioactive waste water from the Fukushima nuclear plant into the Pacific Ocean, Australian anti-nuclear activists are highlighting the complicity of Australian uranium exporting companies.

    While the Fukushima Daiichi power station operator, Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO), claims that the water will be treated to reduce radioactive content, anti-nuclear activists have no faith in TEPCO’s assurances.

    The Candlelight Alliance, a Korean community group in Sydney, is organising a protest outside the Japanese consulate this Saturday.

    Spokersperson Sihyun Paik told Green Left: “We have a great fear that it may already be too late to stop Japan’s release of radioactively contaminated waste water into our largest ocean, an action by which every Pacific Rim nation will be impacted.

    “There are serious, global ramifications,” he said. “It will directly endanger the marine life with which it comes into contact, as well as devastate the livelihoods of those reliant on such marine life, such as fisherfolk.

    “All living organisms will be implicitly affected, whether it is the unwitting consumer of contaminated produce, or even beachgoers.

    “The danger posed by the plan cannot be contained within just the Northeast Asia region. In two to three years, it will eventually reach and contaminate all ocean waters to certain, yet significant degrees according to scientists.

    Korean fishery victims
    “The local Korean fishery industry is the first commercial victim of the Fukushima nuclear disaster and it raised deep concerns to the Korean government immediately after the explosion of the nuclear reactors.

    “This was in conjunction with Korea’s progressive action groups during the term of the previous Moon Jae-In administration.

    “However, since the current administration (2022), the voice of protest has been extinguished at the government level, invariably raising suspicion of possible under the table dealings between Japan’s Kishida government and current Korean President Yoon [Suk Yeol] during the latter’s recent visit to Japan.”

    Epeli Lesuma, from the Fiji-based Pacific Network on Globalisation, told Green Left that “for Pacific people the Ocean represents more than just a vast blue expanse that Japan can just use as a dumpsite.

    “Our Ocean represents the economic, spiritual and cultural heart of Pacific countries.

    “Pacific people know all too well the cost of nuclear testing and dumping. The Pacific was used as a nuclear test site by the UK, France and the USA who carried out a total of 315 tests on Christmas Island in Kiribati, Australia, Māohi Nui or French Polynesia and the Marshall Islands.

    “These nuclear legacies have cost us countless lives and continue to impact the health and well-being of our people; it has impacted access to our fishing grounds and land to plant crops to support our families; and it has cost us our homes, with Pacific people displaced (on Bikini and Enewetak) due to nuclear contamination.

    Japan, Pacific share trauma
    “Japan and the Pacific share the trauma of nuclear weapons and testing.

    “So it comes as a deep disappointment to us that the Japanese government would consider actions that threaten not only Pacific people and our Ocean but the health and well-being of all the planet’s oceans and the people who depend upon them.

    “The Pacific Ocean also contains the largest tuna fish stocks which are a source of economic revenue for our countries. The Japanese government’s plans to dump its nuclear wastewater into our Ocean pose a direct threat to the economic prosperity of our countries and in turn our developmental aspirations as well as being a fundamental breach of Pacific people’s rights to a clean and healthy sustainable environment.”

    Australian anti-nuclear activist Nat Lowrey delivered a statement of solidarity from the Australian Nuclear Free Alliance when she visited affected local communities in Fukushima in March.

    The statement acknowledged that uranium from the Ranger and Olympic Dam mines was in TEPCO’s Fukushima reactors when the meltdowns, explosions and fires took place in March 2011.

    The ANFA statement said that “Australian governments, and mining companies BHP and Rio Tinto, are partly responsible for the death and destruction resulting from the Fukushima disaster. They knew about the corruption in Japan’s nuclear industry but kept supplying uranium.”

    Lowrey said that since it was Australian uranium that fuelled the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant, “the Australian government has a responsibility to stand with local communities in Fukushima as well as communities in Japan, Korea, China and Pacific Island states in calling on the Japanese government not to dump radioactive wastewater into the Pacific Ocean”.

    ‘Fundamental self-determination right’
    “We must support Pacific peoples’ fundamental right to their sovereignty and self-determination against Japan’s nuclear colonialism.

    “If Japan is to go ahead with the dumping of radioactive waste, Australia should play a lead role in taking a case to the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea against Japan.”

    Paik said no Australian government had taken serious action since the Fukushima disaster.

    “Despite the Japanese government’s decision to release nuclear contaminated water into the ocean, no official statement or comment has been made by the [Anthony] Albanese government.

    “We did not expect any form of government level protest on this issue due to conflicts of interest with Australia’s member status in the Quad partnership which is a key pillar in Australia’s foreign policy, and an influential determinant of our stance on nuclear energy.”

    When the G7 met in Tokyo, the Japanese government urged the summit to approve the planned radioactive water release.

    Tanaka Shigeru, from the Pacific Asia Resource Centre in Japan, said: “Japan did not get the approval by the G7 as it had hoped, but it stopped at saying the G7 will adhere to the conclusion of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

    ‘IAEA approves release’
    “The IAEA is of course approving of the release, so it is a way for them to say they have approved without explicitly saying so.”

    Shigeru said that despite a three-year propaganda campaign over Fukushima, most people polled in Japan in April said that “the government has not done enough to garner the understanding of the public”.

    Only 6.5 percent of those polled believe that the Japanese government has done enough.

    Yet it has “done enough to keep people from the streets”, Shigeru said.

    “While there are, of course, people who are still continuing the struggle, I must say the movement has peaked already after what has been a fervent three-year struggle.”

    Japanese opponents of the radioactive water release, including fisherfolk, have been fighting through every administrative and legal step but now “there are no more domestic hurdles that the Japanese government needs to clear in order to begin the dumping”, Shigeru said.

    “The opposition parties have been so minimised in Japan that there is very little realistic means to challenge the situation except for maybe international pressure. That is really the only thing standing in the way of the dumping.

    Ambassador propaganda
    “So Japan has been taking ambassadors from the Pacific nations on lucrative paid-for trips to Fukushima to spread the propaganda that the dumping will be safe.”

    Lesuma confirmed the impact on swaying some Pacific Island governments, such as Papua New Guinea and the Federated States of Micronesia.

    “Pacific Islands Forum member states have been some of the most vocal opponents at the international level of the Japanese government’s plans to dump their nuclear wastewater into the Pacific Ocean,” he said.

    “The PIF leaders had appointed an Independent Panel of Experts who have engaged with TEPCO scientists and the IAEA to provide advice to Pacific governments on the wastewater disposal plans … the Panel has concluded unanimously that Japan should not release nuclear wastewater into the Pacific Ocean and should explore other alternatives.

    “The Fiji government has been one such Pacific government consistent in coming out strongly in opposing Japan’s plans.

    “The PNG Fisheries Minister, Jelta Wong, has also been vocal and consistent in expressing his disapproval of the same, going as far as saying that the nuclear wastewater discharge would create a ‘Pacific Chernobyl’ with the potential to cause harm to Pacific people for generations to come.”

    Peter Boyle is a Green Left activist and contributing writer. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/japans-fukushima-nuclear-waste-plan-stirs-pacific-chernobyl-risk-protests/feed/ 0 408056
    Is Japan’s plan to release Fukushima wastewater unscientific and unilateral? https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html#respond Tue, 27 Jun 2023 17:54:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html In Brief

    Many nations and environmental groups have questioned Japan’s decision to discharge nuclear wastewater from Fukushima into the Pacific Ocean. The Chinese government is among the plan’s most vocal critics, with China’s foreign ministry recently issuing statements questioning the plan’s safety and declaring that the Japanese government is imposing a “unilateral decision” without considering less harmful disposal methods.

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) found these claims to be unfounded. Japan's planned release of water meets current international safety standards regarding wastewater discharge recommended by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) as well as China’s own domestic safety standards. 

    The Chinese foreign ministry’s accusation that Japan is making a unilateral decision without sufficient evidence is also misleading. In the more than twelve years since the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident, Japan has proposed a variety of disposal methods for consideration, with the IAEA and broader international community engaging in related research and evaluation several times.

    In Depth

    The Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO), operator of the Fukushima nuclear power plant on Japan's Hakura Beach, is scheduled to begin discharging almost 400,000 of treated wastewater from the plant into the sea later this summer. 

    The impending deadline has brought international attention back to the more than 1.3 million cubic meters of wastewater currently stored in thousands of water storage tanks at the plant.

    TEPCO maintains that the controlled discharge of the wastewater follows a rigorous nuclear purification process using a pumping and filtration system known as ALPS (Advanced Liquid Processing System) that is based on and meets the IAEA’s safety standards.

    A final IAEA assessment of the proposal is expected to be published at the end of June, with earlier IAEA reports indicating that the organization will likely support the plan. The reported decision has reopened domestic and international debate on the issue, and many groups have expressed their opposition, including the Japanese fishermen association, the international NGO Greenpeace and many in the marine ecology community.

    What are China’s main criticisms about Japan’s efforts to dispose of the wastewater? 

    China is one of the harshest critics of the plan. Chinese officials alleged that Japan’s plan lacks sufficient scientific evidence, that the ALPS treated water poses a “great harm” to the environment and that Japan has neither offered alternative plans nor consulted extensively with the international community – particularly neighboring countries who will be affected by the discharge. 

    Such allegations have been reiterated by top Chinese officials over the last three months, including by the Chinese Ambassador to Japan Wu Jianghao, China’s permanent representative to the IAEA Li Song and China’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs spokesperson Wang Wenbin.

    Chinese netizens on video sharing platforms such as Douyin and TikTok have widely circulated these officials' comments, with many echoing their government’s rhetoric about the “great harm” posed by the wastewater. 

    “Fukushima’s nuclear wastewater contains more than 60 kinds of radioactive elements,” reads one comment. 

    “The half-life [of the radioactive elements] is up to 5,000 years,” says another netizen.

    Videos on Chinese social media comment on the dangers of Japan's proposed plan to discharge nuclear wastewater from the Fukushima disaster into the Pacific Ocean.  Credit: Screenshots from Douyin user accounts.
    Videos on Chinese social media comment on the dangers of Japan's proposed plan to discharge nuclear wastewater from the Fukushima disaster into the Pacific Ocean. Credit: Screenshots from Douyin user accounts.

    Will the ALPS treated water be a  “great harm” to the environment?

    No. 

    Discharging water into the ocean is a disposal method used by nuclear power plants around the world, including many of the 55 such plants in China. Despite this, Chinese officials have repeatedly claimed without further explanation that wastewater treated by ALPS is different from water discharged at other nuclear plants. 

    China’s assertions are incorrect, according to David Krofcheck, a professor of physics at the University of Auckland in New Zealand. He told AFCL that ALPS purified water is as safe as wastewater discharged from normal nuclear power plants, even going so far as to say he would eat fish caught in the discharged waters around Fukushima. 

    What radioactive elements will ALPS remove from the wastewater?

    ALPS will reduce 62 of the 63 radioactive substances currently in the wastewater to amounts that will have a negligible impact on the environment, according to the IAEA and Japanese officials. 

    The one substance still remaining in significant amounts following purification and dilution is an isotope known as tritium, a radioactive form of hydrogen that exists in trace amounts in nature and which can combine with oxygen to form a radioactive water known as T2O or tritiated water . 

    In light of international concerns and following suggestions by the IAEA, Japan has agreed to dilute the tritiated water one further time following its initial purification by ALPS before discharging it into the sea.

    Official diagram of the wastewater discharge plan and its anticipated impact. Credit: Japanese Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.
    Official diagram of the wastewater discharge plan and its anticipated impact. Credit: Japanese Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.

    How much tritium in water is considered normal? 

    Radioactivity is typically measured by the international unit becquerel. 

    The World Health Organization (WHO) currently recommends that drinking water contain no more than 10,000 becquerels of tritium per liter, Krofcheck says.

    The purified wastewater Japan plans to discharge contains 1,500 becquerels per liter, or about one-seventh of the WHO recommended amount, he says. 

    In comparison, China’s government allows a nuclear power plant in the coastal town of Qinshan to discharge wastewater containing up to 3700 becquerels of radioactive elements per liter. 

    In 2022 alone, the plant itself disclosed that it discharged 201 megabecquerels (201,000,000 becquerels) of liquid tritium, about one-fourth of its government stipulated annual cap of 800 megabecquerels. This figure is over nine times higher than Japan’s estimated 22 megabecquerels of annual tritium which will result from the Fukushima discharge. 

    Has Japan provided alternative plans of disposal for consideration?

    Yes. 

    Japan proposed five different ways to dispose of ALPS treated water in 2016 before finally settling on discharging the water into the ocean as of April 2021.

    Has Japan coordinated the discharge with the IAEA? 

    Yes.

    Since 2011, the Japanese government has regularly submitted progress reports to the IAEA concerning the response to the Fukushima accident. Japan has also asked the IAEA to participate in the creation and oversight of the entire discharge plan, with the UN nuclear agency forming a task force composed of scientists from 11 different countries, including China. 

    The international task force created by the IAEA has spent the past two years surveying the situation in Fukushima, holding dozens of meetings and publishing six reports offering specific recommendations to improve Japan’s final discharge efforts.

    The Task Force made its final trip to Fukushima at the end May 2023 and is currently preparing to publish its final report on the matter. 

    Has Japan communicated with its neighbors and the broader international community in planning the wastewater discharge? 

    Yes. 

    The IAEA task force further worked with independent third-party laboratories in Austria, Switzerland, France, South Korea and the U.S. to confirm that Japan’s ALPS treated water can meet all international safety standards regarding radioactive harm to the environment and humans. 

    In addition to the task force, the Embassy of Japan in China says that Japan sends monthly briefings on the discharge plan to all foreign embassies in Tokyo, including China’s mission. 

    TEPCO has set up websites in Japanese and English to explain the progress of the process while also publishing web pages in Chinese and Korean that explain the ALPS treatment process. In addition, the company regularly publishes monitoring data on the Fukushima nuclear plant every month.

    TEPCO's official explanatory chart. Credit: TEPCO official website.
    TEPCO's official explanatory chart. Credit: TEPCO official website.

    The IAEA has not responded to AFCL's inquiries about the conclusions of the Task Force as of the time this report was published.

    There’s no perfect plan, but experts think discharging the wastewater into the sea is “the least bad option.” According to Krofcheck, many of these criticisms are connected to TEPCO’s slow response to the initial crisis in 2011. 

    Krofcheck notes that to just leave the more than 1,000 tanks of treated water in Fukushima – a region where another earthquake will likely occur within the next 30 to 40 years – potentially sets the stage for an even graver nuclear energy-related crisis down the line. 

    Conclusion

    China's criticism and resistance towards Japanese plans is part of the larger international controversy surrounding how to best deal with the wastewater left over from the Fukushima nuclear accident. However, statements on Chinese social media about the treated water’s “great harm” are misinformed and the assertion by the Chinese foreign ministry that Japan is unilaterally deciding on a plan that lacks ample scientific evidence is simply untrue. 

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) is a new branch of RFA established to counter disinformation in today’s complex media environment. Our journalists publish both daily and special reports that aim to sharpen and deepen our readers’ understanding of public issues.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Rita Cheng.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html/feed/ 0 407564
    Is Japan’s plan to release Fukushima wastewater unscientific and unilateral? https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html#respond Tue, 27 Jun 2023 17:54:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html In Brief

    Many nations and environmental groups have questioned Japan’s decision to discharge nuclear wastewater from Fukushima into the Pacific Ocean. The Chinese government is among the plan’s most vocal critics, with China’s foreign ministry recently issuing statements questioning the plan’s safety and declaring that the Japanese government is imposing a “unilateral decision” without considering less harmful disposal methods.

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) found these claims to be unfounded. Japan's planned release of water meets current international safety standards regarding wastewater discharge recommended by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) as well as China’s own domestic safety standards. 

    The Chinese foreign ministry’s accusation that Japan is making a unilateral decision without sufficient evidence is also misleading. In the more than twelve years since the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident, Japan has proposed a variety of disposal methods for consideration, with the IAEA and broader international community engaging in related research and evaluation several times.

    In Depth

    The Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO), operator of the Fukushima nuclear power plant on Japan's Hakura Beach, is scheduled to begin discharging almost 400,000 of treated wastewater from the plant into the sea later this summer. 

    The impending deadline has brought international attention back to the more than 1.3 million cubic meters of wastewater currently stored in thousands of water storage tanks at the plant.

    TEPCO maintains that the controlled discharge of the wastewater follows a rigorous nuclear purification process using a pumping and filtration system known as ALPS (Advanced Liquid Processing System) that is based on and meets the IAEA’s safety standards.

    A final IAEA assessment of the proposal is expected to be published at the end of June, with earlier IAEA reports indicating that the organization will likely support the plan. The reported decision has reopened domestic and international debate on the issue, and many groups have expressed their opposition, including the Japanese fishermen association, the international NGO Greenpeace and many in the marine ecology community.

    What are China’s main criticisms about Japan’s efforts to dispose of the wastewater? 

    China is one of the harshest critics of the plan. Chinese officials alleged that Japan’s plan lacks sufficient scientific evidence, that the ALPS treated water poses a “great harm” to the environment and that Japan has neither offered alternative plans nor consulted extensively with the international community – particularly neighboring countries who will be affected by the discharge. 

    Such allegations have been reiterated by top Chinese officials over the last three months, including by the Chinese Ambassador to Japan Wu Jianghao, China’s permanent representative to the IAEA Li Song and China’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs spokesperson Wang Wenbin.

    Chinese netizens on video sharing platforms such as Douyin and TikTok have widely circulated these officials' comments, with many echoing their government’s rhetoric about the “great harm” posed by the wastewater. 

    “Fukushima’s nuclear wastewater contains more than 60 kinds of radioactive elements,” reads one comment. 

    “The half-life [of the radioactive elements] is up to 5,000 years,” says another netizen.

    Videos on Chinese social media comment on the dangers of Japan's proposed plan to discharge nuclear wastewater from the Fukushima disaster into the Pacific Ocean.  Credit: Screenshots from Douyin user accounts.
    Videos on Chinese social media comment on the dangers of Japan's proposed plan to discharge nuclear wastewater from the Fukushima disaster into the Pacific Ocean. Credit: Screenshots from Douyin user accounts.

    Will the ALPS treated water be a  “great harm” to the environment?

    No. 

    Discharging water into the ocean is a disposal method used by nuclear power plants around the world, including many of the 55 such plants in China. Despite this, Chinese officials have repeatedly claimed without further explanation that wastewater treated by ALPS is different from water discharged at other nuclear plants. 

    China’s assertions are incorrect, according to David Krofcheck, a professor of physics at the University of Auckland in New Zealand. He told AFCL that ALPS purified water is as safe as wastewater discharged from normal nuclear power plants, even going so far as to say he would eat fish caught in the discharged waters around Fukushima. 

    What radioactive elements will ALPS remove from the wastewater?

    ALPS will reduce 62 of the 63 radioactive substances currently in the wastewater to amounts that will have a negligible impact on the environment, according to the IAEA and Japanese officials. 

    The one substance still remaining in significant amounts following purification and dilution is an isotope known as tritium, a radioactive form of hydrogen that exists in trace amounts in nature and which can combine with oxygen to form a radioactive water known as T2O or tritiated water . 

    In light of international concerns and following suggestions by the IAEA, Japan has agreed to dilute the tritiated water one further time following its initial purification by ALPS before discharging it into the sea.

    Official diagram of the wastewater discharge plan and its anticipated impact. Credit: Japanese Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.
    Official diagram of the wastewater discharge plan and its anticipated impact. Credit: Japanese Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.

    How much tritium in water is considered normal? 

    Radioactivity is typically measured by the international unit becquerel. 

    The World Health Organization (WHO) currently recommends that drinking water contain no more than 10,000 becquerels of tritium per liter, Krofcheck says.

    The purified wastewater Japan plans to discharge contains 1,500 becquerels per liter, or about one-seventh of the WHO recommended amount, he says. 

    In comparison, China’s government allows a nuclear power plant in the coastal town of Qinshan to discharge wastewater containing up to 3700 becquerels of radioactive elements per liter. 

    In 2022 alone, the plant itself disclosed that it discharged 201 megabecquerels (201,000,000 becquerels) of liquid tritium, about one-fourth of its government stipulated annual cap of 800 megabecquerels. This figure is over nine times higher than Japan’s estimated 22 megabecquerels of annual tritium which will result from the Fukushima discharge. 

    Has Japan provided alternative plans of disposal for consideration?

    Yes. 

    Japan proposed five different ways to dispose of ALPS treated water in 2016 before finally settling on discharging the water into the ocean as of April 2021.

    Has Japan coordinated the discharge with the IAEA? 

    Yes.

    Since 2011, the Japanese government has regularly submitted progress reports to the IAEA concerning the response to the Fukushima accident. Japan has also asked the IAEA to participate in the creation and oversight of the entire discharge plan, with the UN nuclear agency forming a task force composed of scientists from 11 different countries, including China. 

    The international task force created by the IAEA has spent the past two years surveying the situation in Fukushima, holding dozens of meetings and publishing six reports offering specific recommendations to improve Japan’s final discharge efforts.

    The Task Force made its final trip to Fukushima at the end May 2023 and is currently preparing to publish its final report on the matter. 

    Has Japan communicated with its neighbors and the broader international community in planning the wastewater discharge? 

    Yes. 

    The IAEA task force further worked with independent third-party laboratories in Austria, Switzerland, France, South Korea and the U.S. to confirm that Japan’s ALPS treated water can meet all international safety standards regarding radioactive harm to the environment and humans. 

    In addition to the task force, the Embassy of Japan in China says that Japan sends monthly briefings on the discharge plan to all foreign embassies in Tokyo, including China’s mission. 

    TEPCO has set up websites in Japanese and English to explain the progress of the process while also publishing web pages in Chinese and Korean that explain the ALPS treatment process. In addition, the company regularly publishes monitoring data on the Fukushima nuclear plant every month.

    TEPCO's official explanatory chart. Credit: TEPCO official website.
    TEPCO's official explanatory chart. Credit: TEPCO official website.

    The IAEA has not responded to AFCL's inquiries about the conclusions of the Task Force as of the time this report was published.

    There’s no perfect plan, but experts think discharging the wastewater into the sea is “the least bad option.” According to Krofcheck, many of these criticisms are connected to TEPCO’s slow response to the initial crisis in 2011. 

    Krofcheck notes that to just leave the more than 1,000 tanks of treated water in Fukushima – a region where another earthquake will likely occur within the next 30 to 40 years – potentially sets the stage for an even graver nuclear energy-related crisis down the line. 

    Conclusion

    China's criticism and resistance towards Japanese plans is part of the larger international controversy surrounding how to best deal with the wastewater left over from the Fukushima nuclear accident. However, statements on Chinese social media about the treated water’s “great harm” are misinformed and the assertion by the Chinese foreign ministry that Japan is unilaterally deciding on a plan that lacks ample scientific evidence is simply untrue. 

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) is a new branch of RFA established to counter disinformation in today’s complex media environment. Our journalists publish both daily and special reports that aim to sharpen and deepen our readers’ understanding of public issues.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Rita Cheng.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-fukushima-wastewater-06272023133816.html/feed/ 0 407565
    Japan’s Fukushima wastewater plan is safe, says expert on Pacific islands panel https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-pacific-fukushima-06222023034036.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-pacific-fukushima-06222023034036.html#respond Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:47:38 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-pacific-fukushima-06222023034036.html

    Fish that swim in treated wastewater from the tsunami-damaged Fukushima nuclear plant would be safe to eat, according to an expert who is part of the Pacific islands scientific panel that criticized Japan’s plan to discharge the water into the ocean.

    The plan to release Fukushima water over four decades into the Pacific has been a source of concern about possible environmental and health risks for nearby countries such as South Korea and China, as well as Pacific island nations. 

    However, some scientists say the worries are based on misinformation. A few Pacific leaders now back Japan’s plan after briefings from Japanese officials on the process for removing radioactivity.

    “We are talking much, much, much less [radioactivity] than is allowed in drinking water around the world. Would I eat the fish? Yes I would,” Tony Hooker, director of the Centre for Radiation Research at the University of Adelaide in Australia, said at a briefing on Wednesday.

    Water used to cool the nuclear reactors damaged in a 2011 earthquake and tsunami is stored in hundreds of large tanks at the coastal Fukushima plant, and its operator Tokyo Electric Power Company has said room is fast running out. Treatment and discharge of the water is part of a decades-long plan to decommission the plant.

    Japan is likely to carry out its first release of the wastewater during its summer, according to Hooker, who spoke at an online panel organized by New Zealand’s government-funded Science Media Centre. Tokyo Electric has been carrying out tests this month, using uncontaminated water, of equipment to dilute and pipe the wastewater out to sea. 

    hooker (1).png
    Tony Hooker, director of the Centre for Radiation Research at the University of Adelaide, is pictured in this video screengrab from a New Zealand Science Media Centre panel on June 21, 2023. Credit: BenarNews/Science Media Centre

    Hooker said he would stop short of drinking the treated water, but not because it’s dangerous. 

    “Would I drink the water? No, because it’s sea water,” he said. 

    Hooker is a member of an expert panel appointed in March by the Pacific Islands Forum, a regional organization of island nations, to review Japan’s plan and provide technical advice. 

    The forum’s chairman, Henry Puna, said in January that release of the water could “damage our livelihoods, our fisheries livelihoods, our livelihood as people who are very much dependent and connected to the ocean.” 

    The panel criticized the quality of data it had received from Tokyo Electric on the water in the tanks and expressed doubts about how well the purification process works. It called for an alternative storage method for the waste water such as making concrete with it. 

    Hooker was not representing the panel at the online briefing. 

    Japan’s decontamination plan for the water involves putting it through a purification process known as the Advanced Liquid Processing System, which it says will reduce radioactive elements except tritium to below regulatory levels. The nuclear waste produced by that process will be stored by Japan. 

    The treated water would then be diluted by more than 100 times to reduce the level of tritium–radioactive hydrogen used to create glow-in-the-dark lighting that’s at the mild end of the radioactive spectrum.

    The International Atomic Energy Agency has said the Fukushima process is technically feasible and in line with international practice. 

    AP23163266575399.jpg
    South Korean fishermen stage a rally against the planned release of treated radioactive water from the wrecked Fukushima nuclear power plant in front of the National Assembly in Seoul, South Korea, Monday, June 12, 2023. Credit: AP Photo

    David Krofcheck, a nuclear physicist at the University of Auckland, said removal of the “nasty” products of nuclear fission such as strontium and cesium is the more crucial issue versus naturally occuring tritium. 

    Even though outside laboratories can verify Japan’s efforts, diplomatically it could benefit from more collaboration with neighboring countries, Krofcheck said. 

    “There is a lot of trust that has been lost from early on [in the Fukushima disaster] that the Japanese scientists are doing this correctly,” he said. 

    “It would be nice if there was some kind of international collaboration from people in the neighborhood like Korea, Taiwan, China perhaps,” Krofcheck said. “I think that would smooth some of the hard feelings.” 

    Chau-Ron Wu, a North Pacific ocean currents expert at Taiwan research institute Academia Sinica, provided modeling for the online briefing that suggested tritium released from Fukushima would take a year to reach Taiwan’s coastal waters and two to three years to reach the west coast of North America.

    Tritium occurs naturally in the environment due to the sun’s energy hitting the earth and is also emitted by the world’s nuclear power plants. Some remains from atmospheric nuclear tests in the 1950s and 1960s. 

    The Pacific Ocean contains about 8.4 kilograms of tritium and Japan’s plan would add less than 0.1 gram a year, according to a statement from Nigel Marks, a nuclear materials scientist at Australia’s Curtin University. 

    He said there is more radiation in a banana than would be absorbed by fish from treated Fukushima water. 

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/japan-pacific-fukushima-06222023034036.html/feed/ 0 405958
    Deputy PM defends pause of pandemic prep to plan for no-deal Brexit https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/deputy-pm-defends-pause-of-pandemic-prep-to-plan-for-no-deal-brexit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/deputy-pm-defends-pause-of-pandemic-prep-to-plan-for-no-deal-brexit/#respond Wed, 21 Jun 2023 12:42:40 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-oliver-dowden-no-deal-brexit-preparation-pandemic/
    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/deputy-pm-defends-pause-of-pandemic-prep-to-plan-for-no-deal-brexit/feed/ 0 405666
    Samoa’s plan for Chinese visitors stumbles on minister’s ties to tour company https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/samoa-chinese-tourists-06212023020311.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/samoa-chinese-tourists-06212023020311.html#respond Wed, 21 Jun 2023 06:09:53 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/samoa-chinese-tourists-06212023020311.html

    Samoa has severed ties with a Hong Kong tour company contracted to market the Pacific island country in China after criticism of a cabinet minister’s links to the business – the latest transparency scandal for the government of Prime Minister Fiame Naomi Mata’afa.

    Fiame acknowledged in Samoa’s parliament on Tuesday that Samoa Royal Tours, which has been operating as the local agent for Travel Focus Hong Kong Ltd. despite lack of experience in the tourism industry, is owned by children of agriculture and fisheries minister Laauli Leuatea Schmidt (also known as Laauli Leuatea Polataivao Fosi).

    “It was evident from a statement released by Travel Focus Hong Kong Limited that Minister Laauli Leuatea Schmidt was involved with this company,” she said, calling for cabinet ministers to abide by principles of good governance and transparency.

    In May, Minister for Communications and Information Technology Toelupe Poumulinuku Onesemo was criticized for attempting to get customs clearance for a relative’s vessel that arrived in Samoa from neighboring American Samoa without the necessary approvals. Samoa’s media association said he had attempted to intimidate a reporter who investigated the issue.

    Separately, Samoa’s government last week released a statement denying any endorsement of a reportedly Hong Kong-based initiative to launch a Samoa stock exchange, a Samoa cryptocurrency exchange and a special economic zone.

    The tourism industry in Samoa, home to some 200,000 people, has mainly relied on visitors from Australia and New Zealand and the country’s tourism authority has been keen to tap the vast China market. 

    Samoa Tourism Authority said in March that it had appointed Travel Focus Hong Kong to market Samoa as a destination in mainland China, Macau and Hong Kong, according to travel industry trade journal TTG Asia. 

    The Hong Kong company organized weekly direct charter flights to Samoa’s capital Apia from Haikou in China’s Hainan province, starting last month, bringing dozens of Chinese tourists to the island country. However the attempt to boost the number of Chinese visitors was beset by problems. 

    Established tour agents in Samoa complained that Royal Samoa Tours, as a new company, lacked the capacity to carry out tours. 

    Fiame told parliament that the venture also appeared ignorant of aviation rules. Charter flights from China were postponed because necessary permits weren’t secured far enough in advance including for a return flight to China, she said.

    A passenger ferry service between Samoa’s two largest islands also was disrupted, Fiame said, with passengers forced to wait four hours until a Chinese tour group arrived. 

    AP23136281638171.jpg
    Samoa’s Prime Minister Fiame Naomi Mata'afa attends the 79th session of the Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific at the U.N. regional office in Bangkok, Thailand on May 15, 2023. Credit: Sakchai Lalit/AP

    Fiame became Samoa’s first female prime minister in 2021 after voters narrowly rejected a ruling party in power for nearly three decades. She is the only woman head of government in the Pacific.

    The statement issued by Fiame’s office last week about Samoa Stock Exchange, a Samoa Digital Asset Exchange and an Oceania Special Economic Zone said the government had received proposals and was reviewing them but “has not given any endorsement or approval” despite speculation on social media to the contrary.

    The Samoa Observer newspaper reported that the three ventures have been registered as private companies with Samoa’s business registry. 

    The government said it welcomed new investments that would improve Samoa’s economy and benefit its people but it must ensure such initiatives are “safe, sound and feasible.”

    “Proposals of this nature require proper frameworks to regulate the exchange platform and protect market users and investors,” the statement said.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Joyetter Feagaimaali’i for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/samoa-chinese-tourists-06212023020311.html/feed/ 0 405553
    Death on the Hospice Plan in Virginia: Regional Hospital Comes to the Rescue https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/death-on-the-hospice-plan-in-virginia-regional-hospital-comes-to-the-rescue/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/death-on-the-hospice-plan-in-virginia-regional-hospital-comes-to-the-rescue/#respond Thu, 15 Jun 2023 05:40:19 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=286000 “Each hospice patient has the right to: • Be treated with respect. • Receive quality end-of-life care. • Receive spoken and written notice of his or her rights and responsibilities in a manner they understand during the assessment meeting with hospice staff. • Receive information on advance directives including a living will and healthcare surrogate. More

    The post Death on the Hospice Plan in Virginia: Regional Hospital Comes to the Rescue appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John Stanton.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/15/death-on-the-hospice-plan-in-virginia-regional-hospital-comes-to-the-rescue/feed/ 0 403894
    MAGA Tax Plan Harms Families to Benefit the Wealthy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/maga-tax-plan-harms-families-to-benefit-the-wealthy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/maga-tax-plan-harms-families-to-benefit-the-wealthy/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 20:36:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/maga-tax-plan-harms-families-to-benefit-the-wealthy

    "We concluded that all duty bearers are engaged in limiting the rights to freedom of expression and peaceful association," U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay said in a statement. "We were particularly alarmed by the situation of Palestinian human rights defenders, who are routinely subject to a range of punitive measures as part of the occupation regime."

    The commission found that "the Israeli authorities' silencing of civil society voices that challenge government policies and narrative is intrinsically linked to the goal of ensuring and enshrining the permanent occupation at the expense of the rights of the Palestinian people."

    "This includes criminalizing Palestinian civil society organizations and their members by labeling them as 'terrorists,' pressuring and threatening institutions that give a platform for civil society discourse, actively lobbying donors, and implementing measures intended to cut sources of funding to civil society," the report states.

    According to the publication:

    The Israeli authorities' use of anti-terror legislation to categorize civil society organizations as terrorist organizations aims to delegitimize and isolate them and undermine their activity, and to harm their international funding and support. The commission concludes on reasonable grounds that the designations by Israeli authorities of six Palestinian NGOs as terrorist organizations and a seventh Palestinian NGO as unlawful were unjustified, undertaken to silence civil society voices, and violate human rights, including freedom of association, freedom of expression and opinion, and the rights to peaceful assembly, to privacy, and to fair trial.

    Israeli officials claim the six humanitarian groups—Addameer, AlHaq, the Bisan Center for Research and Development, Defense for Children International—Palestine, the Union of Agricultural Work Committees, and the Union of Palestinian Women Committees—have ties to the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine (PFLP), a secular political movement with an armed wing that has carried out resistance attacks against Israel. The groups deny the accusation, and a probe by the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency found no evidence supporting Israel's claim.

    The report further states that "Israeli authorities are increasingly using surveillance to monitor the activities of human rights defenders, including through spyware planted on mobile phones," including by planting Pegasus spyware manufactured by the Israeli company NSO Group on the phones of Palestinian human rights workers and Israeli activists participating in 2020 protests against the last Netanyahu government.

    A section of the report on the far-right government of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu notes:

    In late 2022, a new government in Israel was sworn in, with a stated mission of weakening the judiciary and increasing government control of the media and freedom of expression, which would have a significant impact on civil society in Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territory. In February 2023, the government started enacting new legislation to weaken judicial independence amid large-scale countrywide demonstrations. The proposed changes would dismantle fundamental features of the separation of powers and of the checks and balances essential in democratic political systems. Legal experts have warned that they risk weakening human rights protections, especially for the most vulnerable and disfavored communities, including Palestinian citizens of Israel, asylum-seekers, and lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer persons.

    The report states that Israeli authorities are subjecting both Israeli and Palestinian journalists to monitoring and harassment, with Palestinians being "particularly targeted" for intimidation, "attacks, arrests, detention, and accusations of incitement to violence, seemingly as part of an effort to deter them from continuing their work."

    According to the New York-based Committee to Protect Journalists, Israeli forces have killed 20 journalists this century, with none of the killers ever facing prosecution. These include at least one U.S. citizen, Al Jazeera correspondent Shireen Abu Akleh, who was shot dead by an Israeli sniper while covering a May 2022 raid on the Jenin refugee camp in the occupied West Bank. Al Jazeera producer Ali Samodi was shot in the back but survived. An independent international probe subsequently concluded that Abu Akleh's "extrajudicial killing" was "deliberate."

    On Wednesday, 22-year-old Palestinian photojournalist Momen Samreen, who was covering Israeli forces' demolition of a suspected Palestinian militant's family home—an illegal act of collective punishment—was shot in the head with a "less-lethal" projectile and was hospitalized in serious condition.

    The Israeli government—which maintains that the commission of inquiry "has no legitimacy"—rejected the report's findings. Israel's U.N. mission in Switzerland said that "Israel has a robust and independent civil society which is composed of thousands of NGOs, human rights defenders, [and] national and international media outlets, that can operate freely."

    The report also states that the Palestinian Authority and Hamas are targeting human rights defenders "with the aim of silencing dissenting opinions," and that activists, journalists, and others have been harassed, intimidated, and in some cases arbitrarily arrested and jailed.

    "The commission has received information on the use of torture and ill-treatment to punish and intimidate critics and opponents by internal security officials in Gaza and intelligence services, preventive security officials, and law enforcement officials in the West Bank," the report says. "The frequency and severity, and the absence of accountability, suggest that such cases are widespread."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/maga-tax-plan-harms-families-to-benefit-the-wealthy/feed/ 0 402589
    Public hearing in American Samoa underscores opposition to marine sanctuary plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-marine-sanctuary-06022023043752.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-marine-sanctuary-06022023043752.html#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 08:45:21 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-marine-sanctuary-06022023043752.html A public hearing in American Samoa about U.S. plans to expand a Pacific marine sanctuary has failed to assuage fears of tuna cannery job losses and further economic decline in the territory, according to workers, business owners and political leaders.

    After a decade of lobbying by the Hawaii-based Pacific Remote Islands Coalition, the U.S. government earlier this year said it could double the size of the protected area around uninhabited U.S. islands in the Pacific Ocean, making more ocean area off-limits to fishing fleets.

    But the proposal has been greeted with dismay in American Samoa, where residents fear a heavy blow to the economically crucial tuna industry. Dozens of placard-wielding employees of the StarKist cannery in American Samoa protested outside a recent hearing held in Pago Pago by the U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, which oversees protected marine and coastal areas.

    “I have seven children between the ages of two and 17, they are all in school, and I have been supporting my family working for StarKist Samoa,” Tanielu Malae, the sole breadwinner for his family, said at the May 25 hearing. “Do the people in Hawaii that made this proposal know what it is like for people like us that did not have proper education if we lose our jobs.”

    starkist01.jpg
    Employees of the StarKist cannery in American Samoa are fearful about losing their jobs if the marine sanctuary plan goes ahead. Credit: Joyetter Feagaimaali'i/BenarNews

    American Samoa’s Lieutenant Governor, Talauega Eleasalo Ale, who said he was at the hearing as a resident rather than representing the territory’s government, made an emotional appeal to “brothers and sisters” in Hawaii. 

    “What you are doing is unnecessary and it is painful and mean because you are not gaining anything extra by this proposition, but you are hurting us and cannery workers in this room that live off this land and rely on the fish that is coming from those islands,” he said. “If you really believe that we are your brothers and sisters you have to let this go.” 

    American Samoa’s governor and other politicians have voiced their opposition to the sanctuary expansion and criticized lack of consultation with the territory.

    ‘Fight against biodiversity loss’

    The total area of the expanded sanctuary would be 2 million square kilometers (770,000 square miles), larger than the Gulf of Mexico, compared with about 1.3 million square kilometers (495,000 square miles) now. 

    It encompasses waters around several islands, atolls and reefs that the oceanic administration says are “home to some of the most diverse and remarkable tropical marine life on the planet.” 

    The tropical waters are also ideal for skipjack tuna which travel the equator in search of schools of small fish to feed on.

    Tuna fishing provides about 5,000 jobs in American Samoa – where the South Korean-owned StarKist tuna cannery is the territory’s largest business – but the industry has been in decline. The American Samoan islands, located to the south of the marine sanctuary, are home to less than 50,000 people after suffering a shrinking population for at least the past decade. 

    “There are roughly 5,000 indirect and direct jobs that will be impacted,” said Taotasi Archie Soliai, Director of Marine Wildlife Resources in the territory.

    “Think about that number,” he said at last week’s hearing. “These are underserved marginalized stricken disenfranchised minorities and indigenous communities that will continue to suffer because of these types of Federal policies driven by people who do not care.” 

    AP18277080045790.jpg
    This October 2018 photo provided by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service shows birds at Johnston Atoll within the Pacific Remote Islands Marine National Monument. Credit: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service/AP

    Advocates of marine sanctuaries say they are crucial for the survival of endangered species and the health of the oceans. 

    The Pacific Remote Islands Coalition, which includes activists, scientists and nonprofit organizations, said that expanding the Pacific marine sanctuary will “meaningfully protect” the interconnected land, reef, sea and deep ocean environments. 

    The coalition also wants to rename the sanctuary “through a culturally appropriate process that honors the cultural, historic, and ancestral significance of the region.”

    “Nature is declining globally at rates unprecedented in human history. Intact natural ecosystems such as the Pacific remote islands are more resilient to the effects of climate change and can help in the fight against biodiversity loss,” the group said in its 250-page submission to the U.S. government.

    Questionable benefits for tuna stocks

    For tuna, which have large ranges, it’s unclear if protected areas can produce an increase in their numbers. 

    Research published in January in the journal Frontiers in Marine Science predicted “weak to non-existent” benefits for skipjack and bigeye tuna numbers from marine protected areas. The study’s modeling was based on Kiribati’s Phoenix Islands Protected Area and hypothetical sanctuaries making up about one third of the western and central Pacific Ocean.

    Businessman Vince Haleck, who owns three long-line fishing vessels, told the Pago Pago hearing that an expanded marine sanctuary is meaningless without proper policing of American Samoa’s own waters to prevent unregulated fishing by China-flagged vessels.

    “Literally thousands of vessels, my boats, our boats see them all the time, catching our fish and selling it to us,” he said.

    Despite talk of U.S. Coast Guard assistance, “nothing has happened,” he said. “The Chinese will continue to fish in our waters, and we can’t seem to have the political will from Washington to be able to address this issue.” 

    Haleck said a possible consequence of the expanded sanctuary is that purse seiner vessels, which trail vast nets to scoop fish from the ocean, will find it more economic to take their catch to Mexico than American Samoa.

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration also held public hearings last month in Hawaii, Guam and the Northern Mariana Islands.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Joyetter Feagaimaali'i for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-marine-sanctuary-06022023043752.html/feed/ 0 400344
    People First: Cuba’s State Plan to Confront Climate Change https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/people-first-cubas-state-plan-to-confront-climate-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/people-first-cubas-state-plan-to-confront-climate-change/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 05:48:54 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=284628 In 2017, the Cuban government approved the State Plan to Confront Climate Change, known in Cuba as Tarea Vida (Life Task). With a projection up to the year 2100, Tarea Vida is the world’s only truly long-term state plan to address climate change. Despite being responsible for 0.08% of global CO2 emissions, like other Small More

    The post People First: Cuba’s State Plan to Confront Climate Change appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Helen Yaffe.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/people-first-cubas-state-plan-to-confront-climate-change/feed/ 0 400318
    Replace fossil fuels — with more fossil fuels? That’s one major utility’s plan. https://grist.org/article/the-tvas-plan-to-get-off-coal-could-lock-in-30-more-years-of-fossil-fuels/ https://grist.org/article/the-tvas-plan-to-get-off-coal-could-lock-in-30-more-years-of-fossil-fuels/#respond Fri, 19 May 2023 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=610228 Austin Wall was attending an environmental law conference at the University of Tennessee not long ago when, during a discussion of natural gas pipeline projects, a map appeared on the screen and gave him a surprise.

    “I’m like, hold up, that Google Maps looks really familiar to me,” the 25-year-old law student said. “I could find my family’s farm on that map.”

    Wall’s family lives in rural Dickson County, and its ranch lies within a 10-mile “blast zone” of a pipeline planned for north-central Tennessee. That got his attention. A pipeline exploded in that area in 1992, scorching more than five acres of forest, and a similar disaster could decimate the family’s livelihood raising cattle. But what really dismayed him is why the Tennessee Valley Authority wants to build the project: It plans to replace two coal-fired power plants with natural gas facilities.

    The TVA is the nation’s largest public power provider, serving a wide swath of seven southern states, including most of Tennessee. Its fleet of 29 dams, 14 small “solar energy sites,” and 25 power plants generates the electricity that it sells to 153 regional utilities. The agency once boasted 14 coal-fired power plants, including one that was for much of the 1960s the world’s largest. Today just five remain, and the agency wants to replace two in Tennessee, one in Cumberland and the other in Kingston, with gas-powered plants. Doing so all but commits its customers to fossil fuels for the next 25 to 30 years, obliterating the utility’s chance of reaching any national or international, or even its own, climate goals.

    Despite that, the TVA argues that building the capacity for solar and wind energy takes too much money and time to allocate all at once. Its officials insist that methane burns cleaner than coal, and they echo a common argument in claiming that it provides a tidy bridge between coal and truly renewable energy. Some, including the Environmental Protection Agency, oppose the plan for climate reasons, arguing that, in addition to carbon dioxide, the plant will emit methane, an even more powerful greenhouse gas. Others worry about how the pipelines needed to serve the new operations will impact their communities. 

    Wall joined other opponents of the plan who gathered earlier this month in a cavernous middle school gym in Norris, Tennessee, for a TVA board meeting. Together, they told the agency exactly what they thought of the plan. Wall sees the plant slated for Cumberland as part of a history of exploitation throughout the rural South. 

    “It’s rich people coming in and stealing our stuff and then leaving,” he said. “And I think that when you look into it, it’s a cycle that TVA has the opportunity to stop or to break.”

    The TVA bills itself as a proponent of sustainability, and the meeting was thick with branding proclaiming that. A video clip playing on a screen near the podium celebrated a utopian vision of the agency’s past and present: happy workers, hydroelectric dams, nuclear power plants, and glittering solar fields. “We made clean energy long before anyone asked us to,” the narrator intoned over the sound of an acoustic guitar.

    A black-and-white photo shows the main building and nine towering smokestacks of the Kingston Fossil Plant on the banks of the Clinch River near Kingston, Tennessee.
    The Kingston Fossil Plant, shown here in 1963, was completed in 1955 and was for more than a decade after that the largest coal-burning power plant in the world. Bettmann / Contributor / Getty

    Yet just 3 percent of the TVA’s energy portfolio comes from wind and solar alone. If you count hydropower and nuclear as clean energy sources, as the TVA does, that number bumps up to about 50 percent. Gas supplies another 22 percent. “I want the word sustainability to be synonymous with TVA,” Lyash said during the meeting.

    It’s hard to square that position with the agency’s plans for the Cumberland and Kingston power plants. Each is a juggernaut. Cumberland, the largest remaining coal plant in the TVA’s fleet, generates enough power for 1.1 million homes each year, according to the agency, and Kingston, about 700,000. These two plants burned coal for decades, exposing the surrounding low-income, rural communities to carbon, sulfur dioxide, and other pollutants. In Kingston, mismanagement of the plant’s massive coal ash landfill resulted in a notorious billion-gallon spill in 2008. Each is reaching the end of its service lifespan, and, combined with federal pressure to reduce emissions, no longer make economic sense to repair and run. Though bulldozing the units remains an option, the TVA believes a conversion to methane may give these plants a new life and benefit the climate.  

    “Replacing retired coal units with natural gas will reduce carbon emissions from coal chains by nearly 6 percent and accelerate the retirement of that coal,” Lyash said of the plan.

    Of course, replacing those plants with renewables would reduce carbon emissions even further. The TVA is taking a step in that direction by replacing a coal plant in Paradise, Kentucky, with an operation that will combine solar and natural gas. 

    The agency considered a solar buildout for the Cumberland coal plant, but ruled it out on the grounds that it would require too much time and money. It also weighed distributed solar development as an alternative for the Kingston plant, but drafts of the plan indicate gas remains the preferred alternative there, too. This comes after years of slashing solar incentives and disinvesting in energy efficiency programs. 

    The favoritism mirrors a regional trend as Tennessee doubles down on natural gas. State lawmakers are pushing a bill that reclassifies it as clean energy. This follows years of other fossil fuel-friendly legislation, like a bill that explicitly blocks some local governments in the state’s majority-Democratic urban areas from fully decarbonizing. As usual, the argument follows these lines: You can’t see the sun for twelve hours a day, but gas plants can run anytime you need them.

    The Biden Administration disapproves of the TVA’s plan for Cumberland and Kingston, noting that the only way it would achieve net-zero emissions by 2050 would be to institute expensive carbon capture technology, which the TVA did not factor into its math, or bring the plants offline early, leaving them a stranded asset. However, the EPA  did not challenge the decision.

    Some commenters thanked the TVA for keeping the lights on, but others challenged the gas buildout, saying the agency reached a crossroads, took a look each way, then picked the wrong direction. Some called on it to immediately change course and cancel its plans.

    “If you don’t move now, this will not happen,” one commenter told the board. “We are taxpayers who contribute to every TVA salary.” 

    That isn’t actually true, although it’s easy to see why people might think it is. Tax dollars do not support the TVA, though they once did, at its outset under the New Deal. Today the agency is a corporation run by the United States government, with leadership recommended by the President of the United States, and confirmed by the Senate, to serve five-year terms. Its board meetings are open, and decisions subject to public comment. But lately, some believe its decision-making has been less than democratic, and that TVA no longer feels beholden to those it serves. 

    “It’s a corporation clothed with the power of government,” said Amanda Garcia, a lawyer with the Southern Environmental Law Center. The Center, with other regional organizations like Appalachian Voices and the Tennessee Sierra Club chapter, has thrown its energy into pushing TVA away from methane. Part of the difficulty, she said, is the TVA is not regulated by the state Public Service Commission – it’s essentially an unregulated monopoly. That exempts it from the sort of oversight experienced by, say, Dominion Energy, which saw the South Carolina Public Service Commission reject its long-term plan in 2020, citing a need for lower-carbon options in its energy mix. Furthermore, utilities under TVA jurisdiction have negotiated what are called “never-ending contracts,” or perpetual power supply agreements that are difficult to exit. That lack of accountability and flexibility appears to be keeping the TVA on the fossil fuel train, Garcia said. 

    “I think there’s a fair amount of, just, institutional inertia going into planning for the future,” she said. “And a desire to continue to be able to control the electric system in a way that is inconsistent with really where we need to be moving from a climate perspective.”

    Seven people holding protest signs in front of the brick wall of a building during a demonstration against a proposal by the Tennessee Valley Authority to build two natural gas power plants.
    Environmental groups and community members protest TVA’s gas buildout at a public meeting. Katie Myers / Grist

    Garcia and other climate activists believe Lyash, whom the board named CEO in 2019, holds outsized power over decision making. President Trump, who fired two of the board’s nine members over their pay and other issues, threatened to fire him for the same reasons. He relented, and the remaining board members voted in 2022 to hand Lyash the final call on a wide range of matters, including the last word on the gas plant buildout. After President Biden appointed four board members, the panel in May took back that authority, but ditching coal for gas in Cumberland and Kingston remains the official position. The TVA has refused to make board members available for comment, leaving that task to Lyash. TVA did not respond to an additional request for comment by the time of publication. 

    In an interview, Lyash told Grist that he wants the plants to eventually serve as backup energy sources, in the form of blackout-preventing “peaker plants,” that would provide power during high demand as the agency brings more renewables online. “If you wait for the perfect, you’ll be waiting a long time,” he said. 

    He also cited his oft-repeated mistrust in the reliability of wind and solar in defending the plan.

    “If we could build 100 percent solar and operate a reliable, affordable system, we would have no reason not to. But we can’t. But that isn’t to say that doesn’t diminish the role of a solar bill on the portfolio,” he said, referring to the proportion of gas and solar in the energy mix. “The gas bill, you can’t take it in isolation. You have to think of it as part of the overall system.” 

    Tennessee’s larger cities, though, don’t think they have the time to wait on TVA’s creeping energy transition. Memphis Light, Gas and Power recently backed out of its “never-ending” 20-year contract with TVA, citing a desire to integrate more renewables and lower residents’ utility bills. Nashville Mayor John Cooper personally urged the TVA to scrap its Cumberland gas plant idea and start over. 

    “Even if TVA decides to retire the gas plants early and switch to renewables, they will pass the cost of the plant onto Nashville customers, consolidating the cost of a decades-long investment into customer electricity bills over just a few years,” Cooper wrote in a public comment addressed to the TVA. “Leaving Nashvillians on the hook for further pollution is unacceptable, whether the plants operate for years or are retired quickly.”

    Climate activists and community leaders hope the conversions to gas are not a done deal. The Kingston plan was only just offered for public comment, and a lot can change before it is finalized in the spring of 2023. The Cumberland gas plan was wrapped up in January, but environmental advocates hope increased agitation over the planned pipeline could delay or even kill it, since that project requires an EPA-approved plan. A few bureaucratic steps remain before the future of the two power plants is set, and the public can still weigh in on it. 

    Austin Wall doesn’t want a gas plant, but also doesn’t want to see the TVA leave Cumberland. On the contrary. The plant provided 265 well-paying union jobs. But the 35 permanent positions expected from the gas buildout feels like a pittance in comparison, not to mention the public health hazards it will bring. Wall would rather see the agency support his community with renewed investment in energy efficiency and home upgrades, along with the construction of solar and wind infrastructure. That, he says, both help rural ratepayers and provide more opportunity for carpenters, electricians, and others in skilled trades. 

    A recent report by nonprofit organization Appalachian Voices suggested that as many as 739 direct, long-term jobs could be created in Cumberland and the surrounding area with investments in decarbonization, particularly in the energy efficiency sector.  

    “We’ve given up a lot of our land and a lot of our health and well being for this coal plant,” Wall said. “And we’d like to see a little bit of it in return.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Replace fossil fuels — with more fossil fuels? That’s one major utility’s plan. on May 19, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by kmyers.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/article/the-tvas-plan-to-get-off-coal-could-lock-in-30-more-years-of-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 396074
    Budget 2023: NZ’s climate and science sectors react to wins and losses https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/budget-2023-nzs-climate-and-science-sectors-react-to-wins-and-losses/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/budget-2023-nzs-climate-and-science-sectors-react-to-wins-and-losses/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 21:00:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88557

    RNZ News

    Prominent environmental groups in Aotearoa New Zealand are less than impressed with what they describe as underwhelming budget investments in climate, but an expert says the government has taken a multifaceted approach.

    Among the announcements yesterday was $402.6 million to expand the duration and scope of the Warmer Kiwi Homes programme, $120 million to expand EV charging infrastructure, $100 million fund to help councils invest in future flood resilience, $24.7 million to improve data on impacts of climate change and adaptation and mitigation, and $167.4 million in building resilience to future climate events.

    It came on the same day the World Meteorological Organisation said global temperatures were now more likely than not to breach 1.5 degrees Celsius of warming within the next five years.

    Forest and Bird said the budget did little to tackle climate change and turn around biodiversity loss.

    “Keeping New Zealanders safe is clearly a ‘bread and butter’ issue, yet the government’s lack of investment in nature-based solutions is putting us all at risk,” chief executive Nicola Toki said.

    Nicola Toki with a green gecko
    Forest and Bird’s Nicola Toki . . . “Keeping New Zealanders safe is clearly a ‘bread and butter’ issue, yet the government’s lack of investment in nature-based solutions is putting us all at risk.” Image: Paul Donovan/RNZ

    “What we looked for but have not found, is meaningful investment in nature-based solutions to climate impacts. And our biggest source of greenhouse gas emissions, agriculture, has not yet been priced more than 30 years after New Zealand promised the world it would cut emissions.”

    The government’s $6 billion infrastructure-focused National Resilience Plan needed to prioritise investment in areas like river catchments, forests, and wetlands — otherwise it might even affect people’s ability to get insurance in the future, Toki said.

    Insulation and heating retrofits
    Electricity Networks Aotearoa chief executive Richard Le Gros said the association, which represents New Zealand’s 27 electricity distribution businesses (EDBs), supported the focus in the budget on decarbonisation initiatives as well as insulation and heating retrofits.

    “We welcome the government’s greater investment in public EV charging infrastructure throughout the country,” Le Gros said, adding it would help reduce household energy bills and encourage a green transition.

    Charging an electric vehicle. EV. Electric car.
    Electricity Networks Aotearoa welcomes greater investment in public EV charging infrastructure. Image: Andrew Roberts/Unsplash/RNZ

    Greenpeace climate campaigner Christine Rose was critical of the government for missing the chance to implement radical change in farming, climate solutions, transport, and energy.

    “While it’s positive to see that half-price fares remain for some, we needed bolder and more visionary strategies, including significant investment in expanding rail and making public transport fares free for all,” Rose said.

    “We welcome the funding boost for home insulation and heat pumps, but are disappointed not to see significant investment in locally-owned renewable energy.

    “This would end our dependence on oil, gas and coal, and also reduce the power bills of everyday New Zealanders, addressing both the cost of living and climate crisis.”

    Long-term behaviour change
    University of Canterbury professor Bronwyn Hayward said the budget appeared “deceptively simple” but, for example, allowing children to use public transport for free was not just about increasing bus use, it would also ease family budgets and instigate long-term behaviour change.

    “Critics of the government will rightly point out there is now less money available to spend on climate resilience due to the crash in carbon pricing, and yet a sizable new spend of $1.9 billion has been allocated in this budget for climate resilience alongside the $1 billion pledged for cyclone recovery,” Hayward said.

    “This, together with spending on retrofitted housing, new homes, prescription charges and school lunches all contributes to the social infrastructure that communities will badly need when facing ongoing climate risk.

    “We need to join the dots when we talk about climate budgets and see how many of the wellbeing initiatives are also very real investments in climate resilient futures too.”

    Wellbeing Budget 2023.
    “Tackling the cost-of-living and climate change together.” Photo: RNZ // Angus Dreaver

    While making transport more equitable was important, University of Auckland School of Architecture and Planning senior lecturer Timothy Welch said the focus should also be on the infrastructure’s resilience as more intense and frequent weather events could be expected.

    “New funding for maintaining public transport service and workforce development is important, but we need more funding to expand our public transport networks and help drive down transportation emissions.”

    Research, science, and tech
    Universities New Zealand welcomed the announcement of $55 million for research fellowships and an applied doctoral training scheme, as well as the allocation of $451 million for multi-institutional research collaboration hubs in the Wellington region focused on health and wellbeing, oceans, climate and hazards, advanced manufacturing, biotech and energy futures.

    However, it said it was unfortunate to see funding for the Centres for Asia-Pacific Excellence had been discontinued.

    Professor Hayward said integrating science agencies based in Wellington was important, but it omitted “arts and imagination”.

    Canterbury University political scientist Bronwyn Hayward
    University of Canterbury professor Bronwyn Hayward . . . “The climate crisis will bring repeated, cascading and compounding weather events that will test our resolve and tear at the fabric of our society.” Image: University of Canterbury/RNZ

    “The climate crisis will bring repeated, cascading and compounding weather events that will test our resolve and tear at the fabric of our society. These are not challenges which can be fixed by science or investment in infrastructure alone,” Professor Hayward said.

    “We need the arts, alongside sciences to help imagine a low-carbon economy in fair and just ways,” she said.

    “While government could justifiably argue its attention to digital screen industries is a creative investment in ‘a high-wage low emissions and creative economy’ we also need a wider vision for the deeper integration of arts and sciences, one which helps us imagine new ways we might yet flourish in a climate challenged world.”

    Addressing inequities
    Environmental consultant Andrea Byrom said it was heartening to see some of the tertiary investment addressing long-recognised inequities, with dedicated fellowships and awards for Māori and Pacific people and a boost to provision of Mātauranga Māori in the tertiary sector, and applied postdoctoral fellowships.

    Byrom also applauded trialling apprenticeship training in the tech sector and boost to research fellowships and PhDs.

    “The historical gap in funding for these types of fellowships, particularly at postdoctoral level, has resulted in much of Aotearoa New Zealand’s best and brightest talent heading offshore — sometimes never to return.

    “Hopefully these fellowships will stem that flow.”

    Malaghan Institute director Graham Le Gros said the investment in science and innovation recognised the sector’s value to the country’s resilience and prosperity.

    “From building resilience in the face of future pandemics to investing in biotech, innovation and talent to help move New Zealand to a high-wage economy, we can rejoice in some much needed infrastructure so that all New Zealand scientists have a place to really focus their energy and attention,” Le Gros said.

    “The multi-institutional research hubs will increase collaboration and productivity, allowing us to work together to tackle some of New Zealand’s most pressing challenges and opportunities.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/budget-2023-nzs-climate-and-science-sectors-react-to-wins-and-losses/feed/ 0 395872
    NZ’s ‘no frills’ cost-of-living Budget centres on cheaper childcare https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/nzs-no-frills-cost-of-living-budget-centres-on-cheaper-childcare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/nzs-no-frills-cost-of-living-budget-centres-on-cheaper-childcare/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 10:36:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88549 By Craig McCulloch, RNZ’s deputy political editor

    Young families are the clear target of Labour’s election-year Budget, but its flagship promise – cheaper childcare – will not kick in until next year.

    The 2023 Budget — billed as a “no frills” affair — is set against a volatile economic backdrop with the government now forecast to return to surplus a year later than expected.

    In a statement, Prime Minister Chris Hipkins said his first Budget would provide relief from the sharp cost of living without exacerbating inflation “as tax cuts would”.

    “Budget 2023 isn’t fancy, nor should it be . . .  it’s a carefully calibrated package that deals with the here and now pressures, while also laying the foundation for real long-term benefits.”

    ‘Support for today’
    The Budget extends cheaper childcare to parents of two-year-olds, giving them access to 20 hours a week of free early childhood education (ECE). That support currently kicks in for children from the age of three.

    For eligible families, the extension could save them more than $130 a week in childcare costs for an extra year.

    They will have to wait, however, until March next year — critically after the election — for the $1.2 billion package to come into effect.

    Speaking during the lock-up at Parliament, Finance Minister Grant Robertson told RNZ the delay was primarily due to administrative reasons.

    From July this year, public transport will be made free for all children under 13 and will remain half-price for passengers aged 13 to 24. That initiative is costed at about $327 million over four years.

    The existing discount on bus, train and ferry fares will expire for most other people at the end of June, except for Community Service Card holders. As signalled, the accompanying fuel discount will finish at the same time.

    Most prescription medicine will be made completely free from July, with the government scrapping the current $5 charge at a cost of about $619 million over four years.

    ‘Building for tomorrow’
    The government has committed $71 billion of infrastructure spending over the next five years — that is money for building schools, hospitals, public housing, roads, etc. The spend is up about 60 percent from the $45 billion spent over the previous same period.

    On top of that, another $6 billion has been set aside for a National Resilience Plan with an initial focus on future-proofing road, rail and other infrastructure wiped out by extreme weather.

    Three new multi-institution research hubs will be set up in Wellington at a cost of $451 million. Each will focus on a different subject: Climate change, health, and technology.

    A new 20 percent rebate will be made available for game development studios who spend at least $250,000 a year in New Zealand as an incentive to keep them from moving abroad. Individual studios will be eligible for up to $3 million a year in rebates.

    Tax, tax, tax
    As promised, the Budget does not include any major new taxes or tax cuts, but it does increase the trustee tax rate from 33 percent to 39 percent — in line with the top personal tax rate.

    Revenue Minister David Parker said the discrepancy was currently allowing super-wealthy taxpayers to funnel their income through trusts to avoid paying their fair share of tax.

    Both Inland Revenue and Treasury had recommended the change when Labour introduced the new top personal tax rate in 2021.

    The trustee tax hike is estimated to raise about $350 million a year, beginning in April next year.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/nzs-no-frills-cost-of-living-budget-centres-on-cheaper-childcare/feed/ 0 395714
    If Chaos is the Plan, Trump’s Your Man https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/17/if-chaos-is-the-plan-trumps-your-man/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/17/if-chaos-is-the-plan-trumps-your-man/#respond Wed, 17 May 2023 05:30:07 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=282822

    Hard to imagine why anyone would want to watch Donald Trump spew his endless litany of lies, insults, and vitriol after we’ve seen these re-runs for seven long years now. But sure enough, in an apparent attempt to capture some of the Faux News MAGA zombies, CNN stuck Trumpty Dumpty on air for yet one more re-run of his old and increasingly boring show.

    Hey, have you heard the one about how the 2020 election was stolen? Hard to believe you haven’t since it’s one of my best, most famous acts. Well let me tell you!

    Or how about that woman I don’t know who just won a $5 million award claiming a fictitious assault? Being from New York, that unanimous jury that has no credibility whatsoever. I get no respect from the city where Trump Tower is located…they just don’t appreciate all I’ve done for them in that rat-infested pit.

    And did I tell you my secret strategy to end the Ukraine war in 24 hours? Well, no, I can’t tell you, it’s a secret after all, and I can’t reveal it until I’m back in the White House in two years. But don’t worry about who wins, that’s not the important part. The important part is what a genius I am since only I can fix it.

    As for those mild-mannered tourists who strolled peacefully through the nation’s Capitol on Jan. 6 — sheesh, they’re being prosecuted by an evil federal government. But when I’m back in charge blanket pardons are on the way! As everyone knows, it’s nothing but patriotic to disrupt the peaceful transfer of power if you lose an election by storming the halls of Congress —  and trying to lynch the vice-president, Speaker of the House, and any member of the House or Senate who isn’t wearing a genuine “Made in China” MAGA hat.

    But if the endless salacious re-runs are getting old, how about this one? We ought to run government like a business — I’m sure you’ve heard that before. So, why worry about defaulting on the national debt? I sure didn’t when I ran up $7 trillion in debt making America great again!

    If we run the federal government like I run my oh so successful businesses, it’s no big deal. You just don’t pay your contractors and if they give you a hard time or whine about it, sue ‘em! See, no problem whatsoever with all that debt ceiling baloney, just default and get it over with.

    If all this sounds like the ravings of a lunatic, that’s not far off. Then again, this is what happens when you put people who hate government in charge of running government. Sorry to say, Montana is now experiencing similar turmoil because people who hate government are in charge of our government.

    Take the almost unbelievable situation created by the precipitous manner in which the Senate quit while the House was still in session. Now we have what amounts to unfinished bills in a three-way battle between Governor Gianforte, who is vetoing them, the Legislature, who wants a chance to override those vetoes, and the Secretary of State who is stuck in the middle and being asked to step in and poll the long-gone legislators. And they’re all Republicans!

    You can’t make this stuff up. Were the consequences not so tragic, it would make great slap-stick comedy. And if you’re waiting for the Democrats to do something about it, sorry, they’re busy “holding Republicans accountable.” “To whom?” might be a timely question to ask about now as we continue to fall down the rabbit hole of national and state governmental chaos with Trump and the GOP.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by George Ochenski.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/17/if-chaos-is-the-plan-trumps-your-man/feed/ 0 395423
    75 Years After Nakba, Palestinians Hail ‘Historic’ UN Commemoration https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 18:29:22 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/united-nations-nakba

    For the first time ever, the United Nations on Monday officially commemorated the Nakba, or "catastrophe," when more than 750,000 Palestinians fled or were expelled from their homeland during a sweeping Zionist ethnic cleansing campaign in service of the establishment of the modern state of Israel 75 years ago.

    Events scheduled for Monday include a morning conference at U.N. headquarters in New York City held by the U.N. Committee on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People, as well as a special evening commemoration in the General Assembly Hall.

    "This is an occasion to highlight that the noble goals of justice and peace, require recognizing the reality and history of the Palestinian people's plight and ensuring the fulfillment of their inalienable rights," the U.N. Information System on the Question of Palestine (UNISPAL) said in a statement.

    Riyad Mansour, the Palestinian U.N. ambassador, hailed Monday's "historic" commemoration, noting that the General Assembly in 1947 voted—without consulting Palestinians—to partition Palestine, then a British protectorate. Jews, who comprised just over one-third of Palestine's population at the time, got 55% of its land.

    "It's acknowledging the responsibility of the U.N. of not being able to resolve this catastrophe for the Palestinian people for 75 years," he said, adding that "the catastrophe to the Palestinian people is still ongoing."

    Gilan Erdan, Israel's ambassador to the U.N., called the event "shameful."

    "Attending one-sided Palestinian initiatives that falsely brand Israel as the source of all evil does not bring the conflict closer to an end, but only serves to inflame tensions," Erdan said in a letter to other U.N. envoys urging them to boycott the event.

    Edward Ahmed Mitchell, national deputy director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), said in a statement that Monday's U.N. events "mark an important milestone in international acknowledgment of the plight of the Palestinian people under occupation and their ongoing struggle for justice and freedom."

    "Representatives of the United States should participate in these U.N. memorial events to demonstrate a commitment to uphold justice for all people, including Palestinians," he added.

    No diplomats from the United States—Israel's main benefactor and often the only nation to vote against most of the world on U.N. resolutions condemning Israeli crimes or affirming Palestinian rights—attended Monday's commemoration.

    However, demonstrations took place in the United States, including in Washington, D.C., where Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.)—the only Palestinian-American in Congress—held a Nakba commemoration last week and where a growing number of congressional Democrats are condemning Israeli apartheid, occupation, settler colonization, ethnic cleansing, and other crimes against Palestinians.

    Rep. Betty McCollum (D-Minn.), for example, recently re-introduced the Defending the Human Rights of Palestinian Children and Families Living Under Israeli Military Occupation Act, which would place conditions on U.S. aid, while Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and Rep. Jamaal Bowman (D-N.Y.) last month led a letter signed by more than a dozen colleagues urging the Biden administration to rethink financial assistance to Israel.

    Congress currently authorizes $3.8 billion in annual—and mostly unconditional—aid to Israel.

    The Nakba commemorations come as the Israel Defense Forces and the Gaza-based Palestinian Islamic Jihad militant resistance group agreed to an Egyptian-brokered ceasefire on Saturday following five days of fighting in which at least 33 Palestinians, including numerous children, were killed.

    Palestinians point to Israel's continuing violent repression as evidence that the Nakba continues 75 years after the events of 1948.

    That was the year that David Ben-Gurion—who would become Israel's first prime minister—and his inner circle drafted Plan Dalet, a blueprint for the ethnic cleansing of Palestine's Arabs, whose lands Jews coveted as they fought to establish the modern state of Israel amid a British withdrawal from Mandatory Palestine prompted by increasing Zionist terrorism.

    According to official orders, "the principal objective of the operation is the destruction of Arab villages" and their replacement with Jewish ones. Often, the mere threat of violence was enough to coerce Arabs from their homes, but sometimes appalling slaughter was required to induce flight. In the most infamous of what Israeli historian Benny Morris has identified as 24 Zionist massacres during the Nakba, more than 100 Arab men, women, and children were murdered by Jewish militias at Deir Yassin on April 9, 1948.

    Jewish ethnic cleansing of Arabs accelerated after the allied Egyptian, Iraqi, Jordanian, and Syrian armies invaded Palestine in a bid to smother the nascent Israeli state in its cradle. On July 11, 1948, Moshe Dayan—a future Israeli foreign and defense minister—led an assault on Lydda in which over 250 men, women, and children were massacred with automatic weapons, grenades, and cannon. What followed, on future Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin's orders, was the wholesale expulsion of Arabs from Lydda and Ramle—a war crime known today as the Lydda Death March.

    The international community was outraged by these events. In the United States, a group of prominent Jews including Albert Einstein excoriated the "terrorists" who attacked Deir Yassin. Others compared the Jewish militias to their would-be German destroyers, including Aharon Cizling, Israel's first agriculture minister, who lamented that "now Jews have behaved like Nazis."

    When it was all over, more than 400 Palestinian villages were destroyed or abandoned, their denizens—some of whom still hold the keys to their stolen homes—have yet to return. Today, they and their descendants number more than 7 million, all of whom have been denied the right of return guaranteed under U.N. General Assembly Resolution 194.

    Meanwhile, Israeli officials have gone to great lengths to bury evidence that the Nakba happened while presenting a distorted narrative in which Arabs purportedly consider the "catastrophe" the birth of Israel, not the ethnic cleansing of Palestine.

    "The thought that an international organization could mark the establishment of one of its member states as a catastrophe or disaster is both appalling and repulsive," Erdan wrote in his letter to fellow U.N. ambassadors.

    However, as Monday's U.N. commemorations attest, Palestinians remain committed to keeping the memory of the Nakba alive as an integral part of their freedom struggle. As Ben-Gurion presciently said of the Palestinians back in 1938, "A people which fights against the usurpation of its land will not tire so easily."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/feed/ 0 394981
    75 Years After Nakba, Palestinians Hail ‘Historic’ UN Commemoration https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 18:29:22 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/united-nations-nakba

    For the first time ever, the United Nations on Monday officially commemorated the Nakba, or "catastrophe," when more than 750,000 Palestinians fled or were expelled from their homeland during a sweeping Zionist ethnic cleansing campaign in service of the establishment of the modern state of Israel 75 years ago.

    Events scheduled for Monday include a morning conference at U.N. headquarters in New York City held by the U.N. Committee on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People, as well as a special evening commemoration in the General Assembly Hall.

    "This is an occasion to highlight that the noble goals of justice and peace, require recognizing the reality and history of the Palestinian people's plight and ensuring the fulfillment of their inalienable rights," the U.N. Information System on the Question of Palestine (UNISPAL) said in a statement.

    Riyad Mansour, the Palestinian U.N. ambassador, hailed Monday's "historic" commemoration, noting that the General Assembly in 1947 voted—without consulting Palestinians—to partition Palestine, then a British protectorate. Jews, who comprised just over one-third of Palestine's population at the time, got 55% of its land.

    "It's acknowledging the responsibility of the U.N. of not being able to resolve this catastrophe for the Palestinian people for 75 years," he said, adding that "the catastrophe to the Palestinian people is still ongoing."

    Gilan Erdan, Israel's ambassador to the U.N., called the event "shameful."

    "Attending one-sided Palestinian initiatives that falsely brand Israel as the source of all evil does not bring the conflict closer to an end, but only serves to inflame tensions," Erdan said in a letter to other U.N. envoys urging them to boycott the event.

    Edward Ahmed Mitchell, national deputy director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), said in a statement that Monday's U.N. events "mark an important milestone in international acknowledgment of the plight of the Palestinian people under occupation and their ongoing struggle for justice and freedom."

    "Representatives of the United States should participate in these U.N. memorial events to demonstrate a commitment to uphold justice for all people, including Palestinians," he added.

    No diplomats from the United States—Israel's main benefactor and often the only nation to vote against most of the world on U.N. resolutions condemning Israeli crimes or affirming Palestinian rights—attended Monday's commemoration.

    However, demonstrations took place in the United States, including in Washington, D.C., where Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.)—the only Palestinian-American in Congress—held a Nakba commemoration last week and where a growing number of congressional Democrats are condemning Israeli apartheid, occupation, settler colonization, ethnic cleansing, and other crimes against Palestinians.

    Rep. Betty McCollum (D-Minn.), for example, recently re-introduced the Defending the Human Rights of Palestinian Children and Families Living Under Israeli Military Occupation Act, which would place conditions on U.S. aid, while Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and Rep. Jamaal Bowman (D-N.Y.) last month led a letter signed by more than a dozen colleagues urging the Biden administration to rethink financial assistance to Israel.

    Congress currently authorizes $3.8 billion in annual—and mostly unconditional—aid to Israel.

    The Nakba commemorations come as the Israel Defense Forces and the Gaza-based Palestinian Islamic Jihad militant resistance group agreed to an Egyptian-brokered ceasefire on Saturday following five days of fighting in which at least 33 Palestinians, including numerous children, were killed.

    Palestinians point to Israel's continuing violent repression as evidence that the Nakba continues 75 years after the events of 1948.

    That was the year that David Ben-Gurion—who would become Israel's first prime minister—and his inner circle drafted Plan Dalet, a blueprint for the ethnic cleansing of Palestine's Arabs, whose lands Jews coveted as they fought to establish the modern state of Israel amid a British withdrawal from Mandatory Palestine prompted by increasing Zionist terrorism.

    According to official orders, "the principal objective of the operation is the destruction of Arab villages" and their replacement with Jewish ones. Often, the mere threat of violence was enough to coerce Arabs from their homes, but sometimes appalling slaughter was required to induce flight. In the most infamous of what Israeli historian Benny Morris has identified as 24 Zionist massacres during the Nakba, more than 100 Arab men, women, and children were murdered by Jewish militias at Deir Yassin on April 9, 1948.

    Jewish ethnic cleansing of Arabs accelerated after the allied Egyptian, Iraqi, Jordanian, and Syrian armies invaded Palestine in a bid to smother the nascent Israeli state in its cradle. On July 11, 1948, Moshe Dayan—a future Israeli foreign and defense minister—led an assault on Lydda in which over 250 men, women, and children were massacred with automatic weapons, grenades, and cannon. What followed, on future Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin's orders, was the wholesale expulsion of Arabs from Lydda and Ramle—a war crime known today as the Lydda Death March.

    The international community was outraged by these events. In the United States, a group of prominent Jews including Albert Einstein excoriated the "terrorists" who attacked Deir Yassin. Others compared the Jewish militias to their would-be German destroyers, including Aharon Cizling, Israel's first agriculture minister, who lamented that "now Jews have behaved like Nazis."

    When it was all over, more than 400 Palestinian villages were destroyed or abandoned, their denizens—some of whom still hold the keys to their stolen homes—have yet to return. Today, they and their descendants number more than 7 million, all of whom have been denied the right of return guaranteed under U.N. General Assembly Resolution 194.

    Meanwhile, Israeli officials have gone to great lengths to bury evidence that the Nakba happened while presenting a distorted narrative in which Arabs purportedly consider the "catastrophe" the birth of Israel, not the ethnic cleansing of Palestine.

    "The thought that an international organization could mark the establishment of one of its member states as a catastrophe or disaster is both appalling and repulsive," Erdan wrote in his letter to fellow U.N. ambassadors.

    However, as Monday's U.N. commemorations attest, Palestinians remain committed to keeping the memory of the Nakba alive as an integral part of their freedom struggle. As Ben-Gurion presciently said of the Palestinians back in 1938, "A people which fights against the usurpation of its land will not tire so easily."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/75-years-after-nakba-palestinians-hail-historic-un-commemoration/feed/ 0 394982
    Open letter plea for NZ to back West Papua peaceful hostage plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/14/open-letter-plea-for-nz-to-back-west-papua-peaceful-hostage-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/14/open-letter-plea-for-nz-to-back-west-papua-peaceful-hostage-plan/#respond Sun, 14 May 2023 12:23:03 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88300 Asia Pacific Report

    A New Zealand advocacy group has appealed to the government to heed the call of West Papuan church leaders for Indonesia to withdraw security forces and impose a “humanitarian pause” while negotiating for the release of captive pilot Philip Merhtens.

    Mehrtens, a 37-year-old New Zealander working for the Indonesian local airline Susi Air, has been held hostage since February 7 when West Papuan National Liberation Army (TPNPB) rebels captured him and set his aircraft ablaze.

    West Papua Action Aotearoa (WPAA) wrote an open letter at the weekend to Prime Minister Chris Hipkins and Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta asking the government to support the churches’ appeal.

    New Zealand pilot Philip Mehrtens, flying for Susi Air, appears in new video 100323
    New Zealand pilot Philip Mehrtens, flying for Susi Air, has been held hostage by the West Papua National Liberation Army (TPNPB) since February 7. Image: Jubi TV screenshot APR

    The group has also asked the government to call on Jakarta to allow the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights to visit West Papua given the gravity of the current crisis with mounting human rights violations.

    They want an independent third party to be involved in the talks with the TPNPB to “achieve a peaceful solution to the impasse”.

    The open letter, signed by WPAA’s Maire Leadbeater, Reverend Brian Turner and Catherine Delahunty, was endorsed by16 local organisations and community leaders, 10 international organisations and community leaders, and 14 individuals.

    The text of the letter:

    13 May 2023

    Rt Hon Chris Hipkins
    Prime Minister
    c.hipkins@ministers.govt.nz

    Hon Nanaia Mahuta
    Minister of Foreign Affairs
    n.mahuta@ministers.govt.nz

    Parliament Buildings
    Wellington

    Kia Ora Prime Minister Hipkins and Foreign Minister Mahuta,

    We know that you share our deep concern for the safety and wellbeing of pilot Philip Mehrtens who was abducted by the West Papua National Liberation Army (TPNPB) on 7 February 2023. In the succeeding weeks fears for Philip’s safety and that of the local community have escalated as more and more military have poured into the Nduga area. Tragically there have been several killings on both sides. Villagers have been forced to flee their homes and food gardens, risking their health in a desperate effort to escape the conflict.

    We are especially worried currently because the Indonesian authorities have announced proposal to implement a “combat alert operation” in the area. There have been reports, including from Philip Mehrtens himself, of bombing in the area. This military heavy approach will only extend the cycle of violence and instil more fear and resentment toward the government.

    As you know, West Papuan resistance to Indonesian rule dates from 1963 when Indonesia first took administrative control of the region. The armed resistance movement, the Free Papua Movement, or OPM, was formed as early as 1965, and their struggle has been ongoing since that time. In more recent years, peaceful forms of resistance have increased. This is a very welcome development, but unfortunately Indonesia fails to tolerate even the most peaceful forms of dissent such as vigils and prayer meetings. In the last few days peaceful pro-Papuan rights demonstrations have been broken up by police in Bali, Makassar and in Jayapura.

    From what we know New Zealand has approached this difficult situation in the spirit of trying to resolve the situation peacefully and through dialogue and negotiation. We strongly support this approach. We deeply regret that Indonesia’s hard-line approach has come at a time when the TPNPB were signalling a more flexible approach to negotiation.

    We commend to your attention the statement of influential Church leaders in West Papua. Catholic Bishop Yanuarius You, who is himself Papuan, has joined with his fellow Protestant Church leaders to call for a withdrawal of troops and to chart a way forward to peace. Bishop You said on 26 April:

    We do not want civilian casualties, therefore, with utmost respect, we ask the President of the Republic of Indonesia to strongly order the military commander to withdraw troops from Papua. And it is necessary to take a humanitarian approach, namely through negotiations.

    The Church leaders have offered their services as trusted leaders in the Papuan Community and have called on all parties to observe a “humanitarian pause” to enable successful negotiation to proceed.

    As the Church leaders pointed out the withdrawal of security forces should be seen as the application of a “very noble face”, because it would promote the dignity of every human being.

    We believe that there is also a need for the involvement of a neutral international agency, such as the United Nations and/or other skilled and experienced international negotiating body.

    We therefore appeal to you to:

    • take up the call of the Church leaders for the withdrawal of forces and a “humanitarian pause” in your ongoing negotiations with the Government of Indonesia and the TPNPB aimed at the release of New Zealand citizen Philip Mehrtens.
    • Call on Indonesia to allow the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights to visit West Papua urgently because of the gravity of the present situation.
    • Call on Indonesia to allow an external party to be involved in the talks with the West Papua Liberation Army (TPNPB) in order to achieve a peaceful solution to the impasse.

    Ngā mihi,
    Maire Leadbeater
    Rev. Brian Turner
    Catherine Delahunty
    West Papua Action Aotearoa

    Copy to Her Excellency Fientje Maritje Suebu,
    Embassy of Indonesia,
    70 Glen Rd,
    Wellington.

    Endorsed by:
    Mons. Gerard Burns, PP Te Ngākau Tapu parish for Māori, Wellington.
    Dr Heather Came, STIR (Stop Institutional Racism)
    Tigilau Ness, Polynesian Panthers Legacy Trust Representative.
    Barbara Frame, West Papua Support Dunedin
    Professor Steven Ratuva, Director of the MacMillan Brown Centre for Pacific Studies & Professor of Anthropology, University of Canterbury
    Rev Hamish Galloway, Moderator of the Presbyterian Church of Aotearoa NZ
    Rev Peter Taylor, President, Methodist Church of Aotearoa-NZ
    Edwina Hughes, Coordinator, Peace Movement Aotearoa
    Dr Treasa Dunworth, Associate Professor, University of Auckland, Aotearoa New Zealand
    Robert Reid, President, First Union
    Morgan Godfery, First Union, Aotearoa
    Dr Heather Devere, Chair, Asia Pacific Media Network, Auckland
    Dr David Robie, Editor, Asia Pacific Report, Tāmaki Makaurau, and deputy chair of the NGO Asia Pacific Media Network
    Leilani Salesa, Oceania Interrupted
    Aotearoa Section, Women’s International League for Peace & Freedom
    Greenpeace Aotearoa.

    International
    Human Rights Monitor

    Papuan Medical Community Without Border (Komunitas Medis Papua Tampa Batas)
    Merdeka West Papua Support Network (Philippines)
    Joe Collins, Australia West Papua Association (Sydney)
    Papua Partners (United Kingdom)
    Samenwerkende Organisaties voor West Papua (SOWP) (Solidarity Organisations for West Papua), Netherlands.
    International IPMSDL (International Indigenous Peoples Movement for Self Determination and Liberation)
    Dr Cammi Webb-Gannon, Coordinator, West Papua Project, University of Wollongong
    Jim Elmslie, West Papua Project, University of Wollongong
    Ronny Kareni, Individual Scholar, West Papua Project, University of Wollongong

    Individuals
    Dr Heather Devere
    Dr David Robie
    Megan Hutching
    Dr Philip Temple ONZM
    Dr Tony Fala
    Rev Mua Strickson Pua
    Che Strickson-Pua
    Dr Tony Fala, Volunteer, Community Services Connect Trust, South Auckland.
    Keith Locke (former Member New Zealand Parliament)
    Sue Bradford (former Member New Zealand Parliament)
    Leilani Salesa
    TeRito Peyroux-Semu
    Patricia Stickland-Morse
    Mihaela Stickland-Kaiser


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/14/open-letter-plea-for-nz-to-back-west-papua-peaceful-hostage-plan/feed/ 0 394758
    Sanders, Jayapal Plan Town Hall on Healthcare as Human Right to Promote Medicare for All Bill https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 20:41:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/sanders-jayapal-medicare-for-all

    As Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Pramila Jayapal prepare to reintroduce legislation to establish a national health program expanding Medicare to all Americans, the two lawmakers announced on Friday their plans to hold a town hall at the U.S. Capitol on May 16 regarding the need for Medicare for All.

    As many health policy experts have since the coronavirus pandemic began in 2020, Sanders on Friday pointed to the public health crisis as an event that made the need for universal healthcare clearer "than it has ever been before."

    "The American people understand, as I do, that healthcare is a human right, not a privilege," said the Vermont Independent senator, who chairs the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee. "It is not acceptable to me, nor to the American people, that over 85 million people today are either uninsured or underinsured. As we speak, there are millions of people who would like to go to a doctor but cannot afford to do so. This is an outrage. In America, your health and your longevity should not be dependent on your wealth."

    The deaths of at least one-third of the 1.1 million people in the U.S. who died of Covid-19 were linked to a lack of health insurance, said the senator, who has advocated for Medicare for All for decades—and has been dismissed by corporate Democrats and Republicans who have claimed the proposal is unpopular, too expensive, and "unrealistic," despite the fact that other wealthy countries have government-run health programs, lower health costs, and better health outcomes than the United States.

    A poll by Morning Consult in 2021 showed that 55% of Americans support a Medicare for All program, and in January Gallup released a survey showing that 57% of respondents believe the federal government should ensure everyone has healthcare.

    "We live in a country where millions of people ration lifesaving medication or skip necessary trips to the doctor because of cost," said Jayapal (D-Wash.). "Sadly, the number of people struggling to afford care continues to skyrocket as 15 million people lose their current health insurance as pandemic-era programs end. Breaking a bone or getting sick shouldn't be a reason that people in the richest country in the world go broke."

    "There is a solution to this health crisis—a popular one that guarantees healthcare to every person as a human right and finally puts people over profits and care over corporations," she added. "That solution is Medicare for All—everyone in, nobody out. I'm so proud to fight for this legislation to finally ensure that all people can get the care they need and the care they deserve."

    The lawmakers are introducing the legislation as 44% of adults in the U.S. struggle to pay for their medical care and 68,000 people die each year due to the cost of healthcare.

    Amid those devastating health outcomes, Sanders said on Twitter Friday, private health insurers have spent $141 billion on stock buybacks since 2007 while healthcare costs for the average household have skyrocketed.

    "It is long past time to end the international embarrassment of the United States being the only major country on Earth that does not guarantee healthcare to all of its citizens," said Sanders.

    On Tuesday the lawmakers will be joined by doctors, nurses, and patients who will speak about how their lives and work have been affected by the healthcare crisis.

    The event will be livestreamed on Sanders' social media pages.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sanders-jayapal-plan-town-hall-on-healthcare-as-human-right-to-promote-medicare-for-all-bill/feed/ 0 394531
    ASEAN’s Myanmar peace plan has been ineffective, bloc chair Indonesia acknowledges https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/benar-asean-chair-myanmar-05112023152603.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/benar-asean-chair-myanmar-05112023152603.html#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 19:28:26 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/benar-asean-chair-myanmar-05112023152603.html The president of 2023 ASEAN chair Indonesia warned the Burmese military on Thursday that human rights violations “cannot be tolerated,” even as he acknowledged the bloc has made no progress in implementing its Myanmar peace plan.

    Still, as they wrapped up their two-day summit in Indonesia, leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations expressed their “deep concern” about the escalation of violence in member-state Myanmar, but insisted on sticking to a peace plan that critics have panned as ineffective. 

    “Violations of humanitarian values cannot be tolerated,” President Joko “Jokowi” Widodo said at a press conference following the end of the summit in Labuan Bajo, a seaside town on Flores island.

    He stressed the need to engage all parties in Myanmar, saying “ASEAN’s credibility is at stake.”

    Myanmar, which was not represented at the summit after the junta was barred from sending political representatives, has been in turmoil since the military overthrew an elected government in February 2021.

    The Burmese military has ignored a five-point consensus it agreed to with ASEAN in April 2021, one of whose main points was an end to violence. Its forces have also killed more than 3,400 people since the generals seized power.

    “I must speak candidly. On the implementation of the 5PC [Five-Point Consensus], there has not been significant progress. Therefore, ASEAN unity is required to decide on the next steps,” Jokowi told his Southeast Asian counterparts on Thursday, according to a copy of his speech.

    Nevertheless, ASEAN leaders reaffirmed their support for the five-point plan, a statement by the ASEAN chair said at the end of the summit.

    “We discussed the development in Myanmar and reiterated our unified position that the Five-Point Consensus remains our main reference,” the statement said. 

    “We supported the chair’s continued engagement with all stakeholders in Myanmar to find a peaceful and durable solution that is Myanmar-owned and Myanmar-led, to create a conducive environment for facilitating an inclusive national dialogue.”

    Jokowi calls for ASEAN unity

    Meanwhile, Indonesia as ASEAN chair was ready to hold talks with all parties in Myanmar “for humanitarian reasons,” Jokowi said at the press conference.

    “Engagement does not mean recognition,” he said. 

    He also warned against any external interference in ASEAN.

    “Without unity, it will be easy for others to break ASEAN. There should be no party inside or outside ASEAN that benefits from the conflict in Myanmar,” Jokowi said.

    “Violence must be stopped and people must be protected.”

    The Myanmar junta has cracked down on mass protests, killed more than 3,000 people and arrested thousands more, according to human rights groups. The United Nations said more than 1.8 million people had been forced to flee their homes in Myanmar because of violence since the coup.

    The crisis has strained ASEAN’s unity and credibility. The regional bloc has struggled to find a common stance and exert influence over the junta.

    Many regional observers and analysts, as well as the previous foreign minister of Malaysia, had said it was time to junk the consensus and devise a new plan on a deadline that included enforcement mechanisms.

    Some experts say that ASEAN’s approach to Myanmar reflects its limitations as a consensus-based organization that prioritizes stability and non-interference in its members’ domestic affairs. 

    Others argue it still has a role to play but needs to be more assertive and creative in dealing with the junta.

    “It remains relevant to unite ASEAN and prevent ASEAN countries from moving on their own, and taking actions that undermine collective efforts,” said Muhammad Waffaa Kharisma, a researcher at the Centre for Strategic and International Studies in Jakarta.

    “But it is true that it needs to be evaluated for its effectiveness. It gives too much decision-making power to the military junta,” he told BenarNews. “If the military junta does not change its behavior, there is no mechanism to change that.”

    Contested waterway

    During the summit, the leaders also discussed some issues at the heart of territorial disputes in the South China Sea.

    The chair’s statement said some ASEAN members had raised concerns about land reclamations, and damage to marine environment caused by certain activities in the sea, although no countries were named.

    The South China Sea is one of the world’s busiest waterways and has an abundance of natural resources. It is home to several flashpoints involving maritime disputes over oil and gas exploration projects and fishing rights.

    China claims nearly the entire sea, including waters within the exclusive economic zones of Brunei, Malaysia, the Philippines, Vietnam and Taiwan. While Indonesia does not regard itself as a party to the South China Sea dispute, Beijing claims historic rights to parts of the waterway overlapping Indonesia’s exclusive economic zone as well.

    The ASEAN leaders reaffirmed “the need to enhance mutual trust and confidence, exercise self-restraint in conducting activities that would complicate or escalate disputes and affect peace and stability, and avoid actions that may further complicate the situation,” the statement said.

    The statement welcomed the progress in negotiations for a code of conduct, which aims to prevent conflicts and maintain peace and stability in the South China Sea.

    China and ASEAN signed a nonbinding declaration on the conduct of parties in the South China Sea in 2002, but negotiations on the code of conduct have been slow and contentious. 

    The two sides agreed on a single draft text in 2018, with the latest round of negotiations taking place in March in Jakarta.

    On the sidelines of the summit, Jokowi invited the other leaders to sail together on a traditional wooden boat called “phinisi.”

    “ASEAN is one family,” he said.

    “The ties are very strong and the unity is very important to sail towards the same goal.”

    Tria Dianti in Jakarta contributed to this report. BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news service.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Ahmad Syamsudin for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/benar-asean-chair-myanmar-05112023152603.html/feed/ 0 394101
    NZ’s winter health plan fails to stem shortages, burnout, say frontline staff https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/nzs-winter-health-plan-fails-to-stem-shortages-burnout-say-frontline-staff/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/nzs-winter-health-plan-fails-to-stem-shortages-burnout-say-frontline-staff/#respond Sun, 07 May 2023 23:43:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88015 By Stephen Forbes, Local Democracy Reporter

    Te Whatu Ora’s new winter health plan fails to address workforce shortages and staff burnout in Aotearoa New Zealand, frontline healthcare workers say.

    The organisation launched its 24-point plan on Wednesday, saying it would help hospitals and GPs cope with an expected surge in patient demand over the coming months.

    Under the plan, people with minor ailments will be able to be assessed by a pharmacist and given free or subsidised medication in line with if they had visited their GP.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING: Winner 2022 Voyager Awards Best Reporting Local Government (Feliz Desmarais) and Community Journalist of the Year (Justin Latif)

    Family doctors will also be able to refer patients for X-rays and ultrasounds in a bid to reduce hospital admissions.

    Regional and national escalation plans will be in place to help improve hospital capacity by “diverting resources and patients within and across regions to support under-pressure facilities”.

    But a doctor from Middlemore Hospital’s emergency department, who spoke on condition of anonymity, said while diverting patients and resources sounded “good in theory”, there needed to be the staff available to deliver that plan.

    There was so much burnout among doctors and nurses, she said.

    “You can’t flog a dead horse.

    Staff ‘not available’
    “In practice these escalation plans involve going through a checklist of different resources that can be provided to help, but you then find out they aren’t available — due to staffing issues.”

    A nurse from the hospital’s ED agreed chronic workforce shortages would prevent many of the proposals ever working.

    “It all sounds all great, but where is Te Whatu Ora finding all the staff to do these things and how are they going to do it in a healthcare system that is already understaffed and in crisis?”

    Giving pharmacists a greater role to play could also be problematic as they were also busy and were not trained to diagnose patient ailments, the nurse said.

    In February, Te Whatu Ora identified Middlemore Hospital as one of eight national ‘hotspots’ needing extra support before the winter flu season.

    Former chairperson Rob Campbell admitted the workforce shortages plaguing Middlemore’s ED would not be addressed in time for the flu season.

    It followed comments from frontline healthcare workers who said the hospital’s ED was haemorrhaging staff and they were concerned about its ability to function during winter.

    ‘Doing what we can’
    In a statement, Te Whatu Ora (Counties Manukau) interim lead of hospital and specialist services Dr Vanessa Thornton said while there had been growth in staffing numbers nationally, it needed to continue to grow its workforce.

    “We know that pressure from shortages across our workforce is being felt on the frontlines of our health system. We can’t fix those shortages quickly – but are doing what we can to alleviate pressure and get more staff into our hospitals and other services.”

    She said that includes making it easier for internationally qualified staff to work here and assisting qualified nurses to return to practice.

    Local Democracy Reporting is Public Interest Journalism funded through NZ On Air. It is published by Asia Pacific Report in collaboration.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/nzs-winter-health-plan-fails-to-stem-shortages-burnout-say-frontline-staff/feed/ 0 393165
    A historic Black community fights to block Arizona utility’s expansion plan https://grist.org/energy/a-historic-black-community-fights-to-block-arizona-utilitys-expansion-plan/ https://grist.org/energy/a-historic-black-community-fights-to-block-arizona-utilitys-expansion-plan/#respond Sat, 06 May 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=608408 This story was originally published by the Guardian and is reproduced here as part of the Climate Desk collaboration.

    A handful of weary residents gathered at the windowless Randolph church to mull over the latest effort by an electric utility to expand its power station—a polluting gas-fired plant next door to the community that the state regulator has blocked on environmental and health grounds.

    Randolph is a historic Black community in central Arizona flanked by railroads and heavy hazardous industries, a small dusty place where residents are exposed to some of the worst air quality in the state while lacking basic amenities like fire hydrants, trash collection, and healthcare.

    Last year, the community celebrated a historic win when the state regulator rejected a proposal by the public utility Salt River Project (SRP) to more than double the size of its power plant, ruling that it would cause further harm to Randolph residents and was not in the public interest.

    It was major victory for clean energy and environmental justice in Arizona, according to the Sierra Club, the environmental group which condemned the proposed expansion as “textbook environmental racism.”

    But SRP has refused to take no for an answer, and residents fear that the state regulator might reverse its decision.

    “We won, they lost, but they won’t accept it, and keep coming back. This is not democratic,” said Ron Jordan, 77, whose family has lived in Randolph since in the 1930s. “They are dangling goodies in front of us, but the community doesn’t want it, we already have too much pollution. This isn’t right.”

    At a recent community meeting held at the modest church, SRP offered to finance a new community center, air quality monitoring, and $50,000 in landscaping and signage among other projects if residents dropped their opposition to power plant expansion.

    “We’re not giving up no matter what they offer,” said Guadalupe Felix, 45, whose family have lived in Randolph for three generations. “This plant is going to kill us, we’re already suffocating.”

    The community says it won’t back down, but nationwide utilities have a track record of getting what they want, according to David Pomerantz, director of the Energy and Policy Institute (EPI). “Refusing to take no for an answer is incredibly common.”

    Randolph is an unincorporated town in Pinal County first settled in the 1920s and 30s by mostly Black families from Texas, Oklahoma, and Arkansas who came to pick cotton in the Gila River valley. It was one of the only places Black families could buy property, and by the 1960s the close-knit agricultural community, which was also home to Mexicans and Native Americans, boasted thriving stores, bars, churches and gas stations.

    Mechanization of the cotton industry led to the community’s economic and population decline, after which the nearby town of Coolidge began annexing the land around Randolph and converted it into an industrial area.

    Today, only 150 or so residents live in an area the equivalent of seven football fields long by three fields wide, some in houses or plots purchased by their ancestors. There’s no store, no bar, no gas station and no park, just the church with a single lofty palm for shade.

    The agricultural fields and desert plains where children would ride their bikes and chase roadrunners are long gone, and Randolph is now virtually surrounded by polluting infrastructure including gas plants, pipelines, a hazardous waste site and a steel company contracted to manufacture Donald’s Trump’s border wall.

    The community is literally surrounded by cumulative and acute hazards.

    Pinal County has some of the worst air pollution in Arizona, according to the American Lung Association and the Environmental Protection Agency. It is also bearing the brunt of the climate crisis with farmers forced to leave fields fallow or sell them off, many to solar farms, due to ongoing drought and water shortages. In August 2021, a gas pipeline explosion threw Randolph residents out of bed, igniting a huge fireball that killed farm worker Luis Alvarez and his 14-year-old daughter Valeria.

    Part of the problem is the gas-fired power station, which lights up at night, hums like an airport, and spews out toxins and greenhouse gases from a dozen towering stacks. SRP purchased the plant in 2019, and two years later sought environmental approval from the Arizona corporation commission (ACC) for an almost a billion-dollar 820MW expansion.

    The ACC is the state utility regulator responsible for approving SRP’s power plants and transmission lines, as well as rate hikes and new energy projects for private energy, water and telecommunication utilities. Every state has a version of the ACC, most commonly referred to as a public utilities commission (PUC).

    As the community, the Sierra Club and others organized against the plant expansion, SRP announced plans to help finance road paving, landscaping projects, and a scholarships and job training program, as well as an attempt to get Randolph recognized as a national historic place.

    In April 2022, the ACC rejected SRP’s expansion plan after concluding that the power company had failed to consider viable green energy alternatives such as solar and battery storage before pursuing the power plant expansion—which would worsen air quality especially for Randolph residents who live next door. (The commission rejected a recommendation by its power plant and line siting committee to grant the environmental certificate.)

    SRP requested a new hearing, which the ACC denied. The utility then filed—and lost—a lawsuit at the Maricopa county superior court. “The [ACC] determined that the need for the proposed project is outweighed by its environmental impact. SRP has not shown that decision to be unlawful or unreasonable,” the court ruled in January 2023.

     SRP still wouldn’t take no for an answer, and has since petitioned the state supreme court to hear the case, and persuaded the ACC to reopen discussion on the expansion.

    “SRP is used to getting its way, and it’s pushing on all fronts. The ACC has a huge impact in people’s lives, but the process wears communities down, it’s never over,” said Sandy Bahr, director of the Sierra Club’s Grand Canyon chapter. “It’s heartbreaking for the Randolph folks who finally felt that their voices had been heard.”

    ‘We’re not giving up no matter what they offer,’ said Guadalupe Felix, pictured with her husband, Esteban Valencia.
    “We’re not giving up no matter what they offer,” said Guadalupe Felix, pictured with her husband, Esteban Valencia. Photograph: Caitlin O’Hara/The Guardian

    The ACC was established in the state constitution and, unlike PUCs in other states, it is also responsible for railroad and pipeline safety, incorporating businesses and regulating securities. In most states, PUC commissioners are appointed by the governor, but in a quarter of states, including Arizona, the commissioners are elected directly by voters.

    “Utilities typically try to get a new decision from a PUC when they don’t like the original one about a rate hike or a new gas plant. They will wait it out [for new commissioners] or try to circumvent the commission altogether if they think the legislature will be friendlier to their cause,” said Pomerantz of the EPI.

    Last year, Indiana’s PUC, the utility regulatory commission, approved two new gas plants—three years after rejecting the power company’s initial proposal for failing to adequately consider renewables. In Virginia, state lawmakers who have received substantial donations from Dominion Energy, which also spends big in Washington, recently attempted to pass legislation to increase the company’s authorized profit margin despite households struggling to pay their bills.

    Utilities spend big on state politics and in the 2020 election cycle, investor-owned energy utilities contributed almost $12 million to influential political organizations such as the Republican and Democrat governor and attorney general associations, according to an EPI analysis. To get what they want from Congress, electric utilities spent $347 million on lobbying Washington in the past three years, including $3.4 million by SRP affiliates, according to Open Secrets.

    Utilities are known to have directed large sums to influence campaigns in states with elected commissioners including Georgia, Louisiana, and Arizona.

    In Arizona, the ACC is the primary governmental body for tackling the climate crisis. In 2006, it established an energy standard that mandated utilities to generate at least 15 percent of electricity from renewable sources by 2025.

    The ACC is among just a handful of partisan utility regulators, and four of the current five commissioners—including the two new members elected in January—are Republicans. Kevin Thompson, who for 17 years worked for the state’s largest gas utility, and Nick Myers are both outspoken critics of the clean energy mandate.

    Shortly after the superior court judge sided with the ACC’s original decision blocking the plant expansion, the reconstituted commission allowed SRP to remake its case and voted unanimously to restart discussions with the power company.

    Since then, the SRP has provided Randolph residents with a list of possible community investments and concessions should the expansion be approved.

    “This is a classic case of systemic racism, one of many communities across the country where companies with money and power will go to any extreme to get what they want,” said Constance Jackson, the NAACP’s Pinal County branch president. “It’s sad the community has to go through this again because the decision was made. It should not be back on the ACC agenda.”

    JP Martin, an ACC spokesperson, said: “There is a drastic misunderstanding that the SRP extension in Coolidge is on any agenda. The commission’s legal division is engaging with SRP’s legal team—that is all that is currently known.”

    A utility spokesperson said: “SRP continues to believe that the ACC’s line siting committee, which heard all the testimony, toured the plant and toured the Randolph community, was correct when it approved the proposed expansion … The Coolidge expansion project would be required to comply with an air quality permit that restricts the emissions from the plant to levels that are protective of human health and the environment. The project also aligns with our commitment to clean energy and the transformation of the grid.

    “SRP continues to seek a collaborative solution with the Randolph community that would provide a way forward and we are committed to continuing to grow our relationship and partnership with the community.”

    In Randolph, residents are weary but not defeated. “I know it doesn’t look like it now, but Randolph was a great place to grow up. This is our history and we are the voices of our ancestors, so this place is priceless to me,” said Kyle Muldrow, 53, an army veteran and fourth generation resident. “The ACC made its decision, this should be over.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A historic Black community fights to block Arizona utility’s expansion plan on May 6, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Nina Lakhani, The Guardian.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/a-historic-black-community-fights-to-block-arizona-utilitys-expansion-plan/feed/ 0 393000
    As White House Unveils Plan, A Fresh Call to Halt ‘Runaway Corporate AI’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/04/as-white-house-unveils-plan-a-fresh-call-to-halt-runaway-corporate-ai/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/04/as-white-house-unveils-plan-a-fresh-call-to-halt-runaway-corporate-ai/#respond Thu, 04 May 2023 21:07:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/ai-moratorium

    As the White House on Thursday unveiled a plan meant to promote "responsible American innovation in artificial intelligence," a leading U.S. consumer advocate added his voice to the growing number of experts calling for a moratorium on the development and deployment of advanced AI technology.

    "Today's announcement from the White House is a useful step forward, but much more is needed to address the threats of runaway corporate AI," Robert Weissman, president of the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen, said in a statement.

    "But we also need more aggressive measures," Weissman asserted. "President Biden should call for, and Congress should legislate, a moratorium on the deployment of new generative AI technologies, to remain in effect until there is a robust regulatory framework in place to address generative AI's enormous risks."

    The White House says its AI plan builds on steps the Biden administration has taken "to promote responsible innovation."

    "These include the landmark Blueprint for an AI Bill of Rights and related executive actions announced last fall, as well as the AI Risk Management Framework and a roadmap for standing up a National AI Research Resource released earlier this year," the administration said.

    The White House plan includes $140 million in National Science Foundation funding for seven new national AI research institutes—there are already 25 such facilities—that "catalyze collaborative efforts across institutions of higher education, federal agencies, industry, and others to pursue transformative AI advances that are ethical, trustworthy, responsible, and serve the public good."

    The new plan also includes "an independent commitment from leading AI developers, including Anthropic, Google, Hugging Face, Microsoft, NVIDIA, OpenAI, and Stability AI, to participate in a public evaluation of AI systems."

    Representatives of some of those companies including Google, Microsoft, Anthropic, and OpenAI—creator of the popular ChatGPT chatbot—met with Vice President Kamala Harris and other administration officials at the White House on Thursday. According toThe New York Times, President Joe Biden "briefly" dropped in on the meeting.

    "AI is one of today's most powerful technologies, with the potential to improve people's lives and tackle some of society's biggest challenges. At the same time, AI has the potential to dramatically increase threats to safety and security, infringe civil rights and privacy, and erode public trust and faith in democracy," Harris said in a statement.

    "The private sector has an ethical, moral, and legal responsibility to ensure the safety and security of their products," she added.

    Thursday's White House meeting and plan come amid mounting concerns over the potential dangers posed by artificial intelligence on a range of issues, including military applications, life-and-death healthcare decisions, and impacts on the labor force.

    In late March, tech leaders and researchers led an open letter signed by more than 27,000 experts, scholars, and others urging "all AI labs to immediately pause for at least 6 months the training of AI systems more powerful than GPT-4."

    Noting that AI developers are "locked in an out-of-control race to develop and deploy ever more powerful digital minds that no one—not even their creators—can understand, predict, or reliably control," the letter asks:

    Should we let machines flood our information channels with propaganda and untruth? Should we automate away all the jobs, including the fulfilling ones? Should we develop nonhuman minds that might eventually outnumber, outsmart, obsolete, and replace us? Should we risk loss of control of our civilization?

    "Such decisions must not be delegated to unelected tech leaders," the signers asserted. "Powerful AI systems should be developed only once we are confident that their effects will be positive and their risks will be manageable."

    Last month, Public Citizen argued that "until meaningful government safeguards are in place to protect the public from the harms of generative AI, we need a pause."

    "These systems demonstrate capabilities in question answering, and the generation of text, image, and code unimagined a decade ago, and they outperform the state of the art on many benchmarks, old and new," the group said in a report. "However, they are prone to hallucination, routinely biased, and can be tricked into serving nefarious aims, highlighting the complicated ethical challenges associated with their deployment."

    According to the annual AI Index Report published last month by the Stanford Institute for Human-Centered Artificial Intelligence, nearly three-quarters of researchers believe artificial intelligence "could soon lead to revolutionary social change," while 36% worry that AI decisions "could cause nuclear-level catastrophe."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/04/as-white-house-unveils-plan-a-fresh-call-to-halt-runaway-corporate-ai/feed/ 0 392545
    Here’s why the GOP debt ceiling plan will cost you money | The Marc Steiner Show https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/heres-why-the-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-will-cost-you-money-the-marc-steiner-show/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/heres-why-the-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-will-cost-you-money-the-marc-steiner-show/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 16:00:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dcb3cfa2a4bb882668748ef996b09c79
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/heres-why-the-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-will-cost-you-money-the-marc-steiner-show/feed/ 0 392214
    House Dems Unveil Hail Mary Plan to Defuse GOP’s Debt Ceiling ‘Ticking Time Bomb’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/house-dems-unveil-hail-mary-plan-to-defuse-gops-debt-ceiling-ticking-time-bomb/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/house-dems-unveil-hail-mary-plan-to-defuse-gops-debt-ceiling-ticking-time-bomb/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 21:19:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/house-dems-discharge-petition-debt-limit

    House Democrats on Tuesday unveiled their closely held plan to force a vote on a debt ceiling hike "without extreme conditions," a remote bid to prevent the chamber's GOP majority from unleashing an unprecedented and severely damaging U.S. default.

    Less than 24 hours after Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen warned that the federal government may not be able to meet its financial obligations beyond June 1 unless Congress raises or suspends the nation's arbitrary borrowing limit before then, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries (D-N.Y.) announced a so-called "discharge petition" effort to "avert the Republican-manufactured default crisis."

    The rarely used gambit compels floor action on legislation backed by a majority of House lawmakers. Democrats are seeking to force a vote on a fresh bill to increase the debt ceiling over the objections of Speaker Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.), who controls the floor and has demanded trillions of dollars in devastating spending cuts in exchange for the GOP votes needed to avoid a worldwide economic disaster.

    As The Hill reported:

    The discharge petition—an obscure mechanism empowering 218 lawmakers to pass bills the speaker refuses to consider—is almost never successful, because it requires members of the ruling party to defy their own leadership.

    Democrats, with 213 members, would need to find five Republicans willing to sign on. And some Republicans are already warning that it'll never happen, especially after GOP leaders last week were successful in passing a debt ceiling package through the lower chamber.

    "They're not going to get any Republicans," Rep. Scott Perry (R-Pa.), head of the far-right Freedom Caucus, told the outlet. "We already passed our bill."

    The so-called Limit, Save, Grow Act passed last week by House Republicans would raise the debt ceiling, but only in conjunction with measures to slash the nation's already tattered social safety net, weaken efforts to crack down on wealthy tax cheats, repeal clean energy investments, and more.

    Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has said the bill is "dead on arrival" in the upper chamber. President Joe Biden—who was vice president in 2011 when GOP lawmakers weaponized the debt ceiling to impose austerity and hurt the nation's credit score in the process—has also refused to entertain Republicans' plot to treat the global economy as a bargaining chip to advance attacks on programs that benefit working-class households.

    According to The Hill: "Some moderate Republicans have already floated a willingness to join Democrats on a discharge petition if Congress inches too close to a federal default with no resolution in sight. Rep. Brian Fitzpatrick (R-Pa.), a co-chair of the centrist Problem Solvers Caucus, said earlier in the year that he might do so—'if that's necessary.'"

    The challenge before House Democrats, in the words of Steven Harper, is to find "five rational Republicans willing to save the U.S. economy."

    In a "Dear Colleague" letter sent to House Democrats on Tuesday, Jeffries wrote:

    A dangerous default is not an option. Making sure that America pays its bills—and not the extreme ransom note demanded by Republicans—is the only responsible course of action. Since 1960, the debt ceiling has been extended or revised 78 separate times—49 under Republican administrations and 29 under Democratic presidents.

    Most recently, under former President [Donald] Trump, Democrats voted three times to raise the debt ceiling without gamesmanship, brinksmanship, or partisanship. For the good of the country, extreme MAGA Republicans must do the same.

    "House Democrats are working to make sure we have all options at our disposal to avoid a default," Jeffries added.

    The newly revealed strategy was quietly hatched in January when Rep. Mark DeSaulnier (D-Calif.) introduced "The Breaking the Gridlock Act" and kept confidential until now.

    In the wake of Yellen's warning, Rep. Jim McGovern (D-Mass.), the top-ranked Democrat on the House Rules Committee, introduced a "special rule" on Tuesday, during a pro forma session held while the House was in recess.

    "The next step in the process is filing a discharge petition, which will start the signature-gathering process," The Hill explained. "The petition, however, cannot be filed for seven legislative days after the special rule is introduced, meaning the earliest signatures can begin to be collected is on May 16."

    According toThe New York Times, McGovern's "open-ended rule would provide a vehicle to bring Mr. DeSaulnier’s bill to the floor and amend it with a Democratic proposal—which has yet to be written—to resolve the debt limit crisis."

    As the newspaper reported:

    The strategy is no silver bullet, and Democrats concede it is a long shot. Gathering enough signatures to force a bill to the floor would take at least five Republicans willing to cross party lines if all Democrats signed on, a threshold that Democrats concede will be difficult to reach. They have yet to settle on the debt ceiling proposal itself, and for the strategy to succeed, Democrats would likely need to negotiate with a handful of mainstream Republicans to settle on a measure they could accept.

    Still, Democrats argue that the prospect of a successful effort could force House Republicans into a more acceptable deal.

    Rep. Jasmine Crockett (D-Texas) described the discharge petition as "an extraordinary action to address the extraordinarily disastrous position Speaker McCarthy has put our country in."

    "By using the debt ceiling as a ticking time bomb hanging over the heads of the American people," Crockett continued, "Republicans are threatening to send our country into a full recession if they don't get to check off every box on their extreme conservative wishlist."

    "Republicans are treating this debt ceiling negotiation as a hostage situation—with the American people as the hostages," she added. "In response, House Democrats are taking action to bring a clean bill raising the debt ceiling to the floor and end this game of high-stakes political chicken."

    According to the Times:

    House Democratic leaders have for months played down the possibility of initiating a discharge petition as a way out of the stalemate. They are hesitant to budge from the party position, which Mr. Biden has articulated repeatedly, that Republicans should agree to raise the debt limit with no conditions or concessions on spending cuts.

    But behind the scenes, they were simultaneously taking steps to make sure a vehicle was available if needed.

    The discharge petition process can be time-consuming and complicated, so Democrats who devised the strategy started early and carefully crafted their legislative vehicle. Insiders privately refer to the measure as a "Swiss Army knife" bill—one that was intended to be referred to every single House committee in order to keep open as many opportunities as possible for forcing it to the floor.

    The American Prospect's executive editor, David Dayen, warned on social media that "the timing of a discharge petition is such that this needed to start at the beginning of the Congressional session; probably too late now."

    In the absence of congressional action, Yellen—who has supported proposals to permanently eliminate the federal government's borrowing cap as most countries around the world have done—still has the authority to avert an economic calamity by minting a trillion-dollar platinum coin.

    On Monday, former Labor Secretary Robert Reich urged Biden to "play hardball by ignoring" the GOP. As legal experts have argued, the 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution prohibits "fiscal obstructionism," and even the right-wing-controlled U.S. Supreme Court, some observers predict, would likely support the Biden administration.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/house-dems-unveil-hail-mary-plan-to-defuse-gops-debt-ceiling-ticking-time-bomb/feed/ 0 392007
    Maine court recharges plan for embattled transmission line https://grist.org/energy/maine-transmission-line-new-england-hydropower/ https://grist.org/energy/maine-transmission-line-new-england-hydropower/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 10:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=609195 A stalled transmission line project that Maine voters tried to kill in 2021 has been brought back to life by a state court. The ruling gives climate-conscious state governments across New England a fresh chance to significantly decarbonize the region’s electrical grid, which is sustained by oil and natural gas.

    Near the end of last month a jury unanimously ruled that the so-called New England Clean Energy Connect project could move forward after being stalled for more than a year, ending a legal limbo that began when Maine voters rejected the project in a 2021 referendum. 

    The $1 billion project would deliver around 1,200 megawatts of power from hydroelectric dams in Quebec to the New England states, satisfying around 8 percent of typical demand on the region’s grid. The project has been progressing in fits and starts since 2018, when the Massachusetts state government backed it as the best way to reach that state’s ambitious clean-power goals. 

    “At the end of the day, clean energy won,” said Joe Curtatone, president of the Northeast Clean Energy Council, a business association that represents renewable power companies, including those involved in Clean Energy Connect. “This makes [meeting our climate goals] a lot more likely and achievable. These are the kinds of big leaps we need to take after decades of minimal progress.”

    The jury decision is the latest in a string of state and federal regulatory victories for the embattled project. Avangrid, the company building the transmission line, said on an earnings call last week that it will know by midyear when it can resume building the project, citing a need to renew permits. The company had just started clearing a path for the line at the time of the 2021 referendum, and it initially planned to bring the wires online by late 2022. The company hasn’t given a new timeline for finishing them.

    Avangrid will also undertake about $200 million in upgrades to existing infrastructure in the New England grid, while adding customer incentives like rural broadband upgrades and ratepayer rebates, according to Curtatone. These upgrades, in addition to the cheap hydropower from Quebec, should mean widespread cost savings for New England residents.

    “In addition to being reliant on fossil fuels, the grid is a bit of a fossil itself,” he told Grist. (Both Avangrid and Hydro-Quebec, which owns the hydropower dams, are members of the Northeast Clean Energy Council.)

    Even though several New England states have passed ambitious climate laws in recent years, the region still relies on natural gas for about half its power needs. Unlike the rest of the country, the region also burns significant amounts of oil to generate electricity and heat. This tends to happen during periods of high demand, such as the cold snap at the end of December, which saw oil become the grid’s largest single fuel source for a period of a few days. (Fuel oil is around 30 percent more carbon intensive than natural gas.)

    Like a nearby transmission project that runs from Canada through upstate New York, the Maine project has faced criticism on several fronts. Landowners and environmentalists have argued that it would destroy valuable acres of forest, and Indigenous activists have also argued against importing power from Hydro-Quebec, whose dam projects are on unceded First Nations land. The electrical utility NextEra, which owns multiple nuclear power plants in New England, also spent millions of dollars campaigning against the project during the 2021 referendum.

    The trial in Maine’s Consumer and Business Court last month didn’t address any of these concerns. Instead, the jury considered only whether Avangrid had acted in good faith when it started constructing the project in 2021 or whether the company had only been trying to give itself a legal shield against the results of the referendum. The jury deliberated for only three hours before delivering a unanimous verdict in Avangrid’s favor.

    Experts say that building more transmission capacity is one of the most essential steps toward decarbonizing the power sector, but new connection lines face significant obstacles. Among the most significant is a mismatch between benefits and costs. Residents across New England will benefit from a surge of cheap, clean energy, but only Maine residents will deal with the hassle of a new power line on their turf. This dynamic has played out all over the country as private landowners and federal agencies protest the rollout of new wires, citing a range of concerns from the plight of endangered species to aesthetic disgust.

    The Maine project itself was a kind of Plan B for Massachusetts after New Hampshire regulators killed a transmission line from Quebec through the latter state’s White Mountains. And the Bay State only looked to Canada as a source of new imported power after ambitious offshore wind projects collapsed amid blowback from coastal homeowners and concerns about price.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Maine court recharges plan for embattled transmission line on May 2, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/maine-transmission-line-new-england-hydropower/feed/ 0 391841
    Patriotic Millionaires Slam House GOP Debt Ceiling Plan for Protecting Rich Tax Cheats while Hurting Poor Families https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/patriotic-millionaires-slam-house-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-for-protecting-rich-tax-cheats-while-hurting-poor-families/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/patriotic-millionaires-slam-house-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-for-protecting-rich-tax-cheats-while-hurting-poor-families/#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 02:09:41 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/patriotic-millionaires-slam-house-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-for-protecting-rich-tax-cheats-while-hurting-poor-families Earlier this evening, Republicans in the US House of Representatives voted to pass a debt ceiling plan that contains substantial cuts to virtually all areas of discretionary spending for the federal government.

    Morris Pearl, chair of Patriotic Millionaires and former managing director at BlackRock, issued the following statement in response:

    "The new House debt ceiling plan proves that the GOP really only cares about the rich. In a desperate attempt to cut the debt as much as possible, Kevin McCarthy and his allies have passed a bill that would impose draconian cuts on vital programs like veteran care, nutrition assistance for women, infants, and children, and food programs like Meals on Wheels. Even though they're apparently willing to cripple the federal government, there's one thing they won't do - make the rich pay taxes. In a budget all about "saving money," there's one notable change that would actually cost the government $120 billion - repeal of additional IRS enforcement funding. The House GOP just told America that they believe it is more important to make sure rich tax cheats can get away with breaking the law than it is to make sure poor families have access to food and health care. The cost of repealing the IRS funding is nearly exactly equal to the savings from imposing harsh work requirements on programs like SNAP and Medicaid. This isn’t a genuine attempt to balance the federal budget, it’s just another extremist step by the GOP to cut critical social services in order to protect the wealth of tax cheats in the top 1%."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/27/patriotic-millionaires-slam-house-gop-debt-ceiling-plan-for-protecting-rich-tax-cheats-while-hurting-poor-families/feed/ 0 390770
    American Samoa criticizes US plan to expand size of Pacific marine sanctuary https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-sanctuary-04262023215605.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-sanctuary-04262023215605.html#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 02:01:09 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-sanctuary-04262023215605.html President Joe Biden’s plan to expand marine sanctuaries around the United States’ remote Pacific islands has been greeted with dismay in American Samoa, where officials fear a heavy blow to the U.S. territory’s economically crucial tuna industry.

    American Samoa Gov. Lemanu Mauga, in a recent letter to Biden, criticized zero consultation with the territory about the sanctuary expansion and said it was contrary to Biden’s own executive orders aiming to improve the lives of marginalized Americans.

    The lack of consultation also could reflect badly on the U.S. government at a time when it is trying to show a renewed commitment to Pacific island countries in response to China’s burgeoning economic and diplomatic presence in the region.

    “American Samoa is repeatedly left out of the conversation of what is best for our communities,” Mauga said in the letter. “We are disappointed that actions that could cripple the economy of a U.S. territory would be taken without the consultation of its people.” 

    The total area of the expanded sanctuary would be 2 million square kilometers (770,000 square miles), larger than the Gulf of Mexico, compared with about 1.3 million square kilometers (495,000 square miles) now. 

    It encompasses waters around several islands, atolls and reefs that the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration says are “home to some of the most diverse and remarkable tropical marine life on the planet.” 

    The islands and atolls are uninhabited save for visiting researchers and U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service staff. The tropical waters are ideal for skipjack tuna which travel the equator in search of schools of small fish to feed on.

    The oceanic administration is accepting public submissions on the sanctuary expansion until June 23 after Biden last month set the designation process in motion.

    “The region's diverse habitats and pristine reefs provide a haven for a variety of fish, invertebrates, seabirds, sea turtles, and marine mammals – many found nowhere else in the world – and are an ideal laboratory for monitoring the effects of climate change,” it said this month.

    AP18277080045790.jpg
    This October 2018 photo provided by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service shows birds at Johnston Atoll within the Pacific Remote Islands Marine National Monument. Credit: Aaron Ochoa/U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service via AP

    Two-hundred nautical mile zones (370 kilometers) around Wake Atoll, Johnston Atoll and Jarvis Island are already part of the sanctuary. The proposed expansion would increase the extent of the sanctuaries around Howland and Baker Islands and Kingman Reef and Palmyra Atoll.

    Tuna fishing provides about 5,000 jobs in American Samoa – where a South Korean-owned StarKist tuna cannery is the territory’s largest business – but has been in decline. The American Samoan islands, located to the south of the marine sanctuary, are home to less than 50,000 people after suffering a shrinking population for at least the past decade. 

    Handing China ‘a win in the Pacific’

    Biden’s push to expand the sanctuary could give Beijing a victory in the Pacific, American Samoan congresswoman Aumua Amata Coleman Radewagen told a Congressional hearing last month on U.S. strategy in the Indian and Pacific oceans.

    “I think he [Biden] took some bad advice on this ocean conservation proposal that may hand PRC a win in the Pacific,” the Republican congresswoman said, using the acronym for China’s official name, the People’s Republic of China.

    “The president treated our territory less favorably than PRC treats Pacific islands that are aligned with Beijing or that are at risk of surrendering to PRC domination,” she said. 

    America’s allies in the North Pacific such as Federated States of Micronesia “must wonder if the U.S. is prepared to out-compete PRC,” Amata said.

    AP23059794616363.jpg
    Rep. Aumua Amata Coleman Radewagen, R-American Samoa, attends a House Foreign Affairs Committee hearing on China on Feb. 28, 2023, on Capitol Hill in Washington. Credit: Jacquelyn Martin/AP

    The U.S.-flagged tuna purse seine fleet, which supplies the American Samoa tuna cannery, has dwindled to 15 vessels from 38 in 2018, according to the Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council, which oversees the fisheries of American Samoa, Hawaii, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands and the uninhabited Pacific islands.

    The council has opposed enlargement of the sanctuary. In a special issue of its newsletter in August last year, it said the sanctuary expansion would in practice restrict only U.S.-flagged vessels from fishing. 

    Closing the waters of Howland and Baker Islands and Palmyra Atoll and Kingman Reef would force U.S. vessels to fish farther away from American Samoa and deliver their catch to ports in places such as Ecuador, it said.

    AP18276019628871.jpg
    This Oct. 1, 2018 photo provided by the U.S. Coast Guard shows a HC-130 Hercules aircraft approaching Johnston Atoll to evacuate four wildlife refuge workers before Hurricane Walaka arrived at the remote Pacific island. Credit: Michael Griffin/U.S. Coast Guard via AP

    Globally, the deep sea fishing industry has become notorious for exploitative and dangerous working conditions. In 2015, Associated Press reporters exposed slavery in the Southeast Asian fishing industry, which led to the rescue of hundreds of men from a remote Indonesian island. 

    The fishery management council said allowing the regulated U.S. fishing industry to be replaced by foreign fishing vessels could “exacerbate existing conservation issues for protected species and even socioeconomic issues such as food security and human rights.” 

    U.S. vessels are a small component of the Pacific purse seiner and longliner fishing fleets. Most are flagged to Pacific island countries and nations such as China, Taiwan and Japan.

    The marine sanctuary’s planned enlargement is part of U.S. efforts to protect 30% of its lands and waters by 2030.

    The sanctuary, said the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, would also recognize the importance of Pacific indigenous knowledge and languages and the “cultural connections between lands, waters, and peoples.”

    Mauga, the American Samoa governor, said the burden of the conservation effort is falling disproportionately on the Pacific and American Samoa.

    “If the attempt in this designation was to better protect Pacific communities, I ask that you please consult with us before closing access to our waters,” he said in his March 30 letter to Biden.

    “Without access to these traditional fishing grounds, our tuna industry and entire economy will be annihilated,” Mauga said.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/american-samoa-sanctuary-04262023215605.html/feed/ 0 390766
    By the Numbers: McCarthy’s Plan to Kick 10 Million or More People Off Medicaid https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/by-the-numbers-mccarthys-plan-to-kick-10-million-or-more-people-off-medicaid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/by-the-numbers-mccarthys-plan-to-kick-10-million-or-more-people-off-medicaid/#respond Sun, 23 Apr 2023 15:25:42 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/mccarthy-debt-ceiling-plan-10-million-medicaid

    A Republican proposal led by House Speaker Kevin McCarthy would take Medicaid coverage away from people who do not meet new work-reporting requirements. The McCarthy proposal would apply to all states, but in practice it would heavily impact people covered by the Affordable Care Act (ACA) Medicaid expansion. Of this group, more than 10 million people in Medicaid expansion states would be at significant risk of losing coverage under the McCarthy proposal. This group would be subject to the new Medicaid requirement, and they are not part of a group that states could readily identify in existing data sources and exclude from burdensome reporting. The McCarthy proposal could jeopardize coverage for millions more, by prompting some states to drop the ACA Medicaid expansion or dissuading states that have not yet taken the expansion from adopting it.

    Nationwide, we estimate that over 10 million Medicaid expansion enrollees — more than 1 in 5 of all Medicaid enrollees in expansion states — would be at risk of losing Medicaid coverage under the policy in McCarthy’s debt limit bill, using 2019 (pre-pandemic) data. Some 74 percent of all expansion enrollees and 21 percent of all Medicaid beneficiaries in the states that have adopted the expansion would be subject to the new requirements and, thus, at risk of losing coverage.

    People in every expansion state would be affected, with the share of total Medicaid enrollees at risk ranging from 15 to 37 percent. (See Table 1 and Methodology.) Because we use 2019 data, the national estimate does not include the nine states that expanded coverage after that date and therefore very likely understates the number of enrollees at risk. If those states were included, it would likely add upward of 1 million more enrollees at risk of losing coverage.

    While not all of those at risk under McCarthy’s proposal would lose coverage, many would, including people who are working or are eligible for an exemption but would be disenrolled due to administrative burdens and red tape.[2] This was the experience in Arkansas, which is the only state that briefly took people’s Medicaid coverage away for not meeting work-reporting requirements, until a federal court halted the program following massive coverage losses. In just seven months of implementation, some 18,000 people — 1 in 4 subject to the requirements — lost coverage. Moreover, research found that the new requirements had no impact on employment outcomes. The McCarthy Medicaid provision draws heavily from the failed Arkansas experiment but is harsher in some respects, applying to somewhat older adults, for example.

    The more than 10 million estimate (looking just at the states that had expanded Medicaid prior to 2019) does not fully account for the sweeping impact the Medicaid work-reporting requirement could have. For example, while the bill directs states “whenever possible” to use electronic data sources to verify whether people meet the criteria for continued Medicaid coverage, the extent to which this would protect people from losing coverage or from onerous reporting would depend on implementation decisions at both the federal and state level.

    Proponents of the new requirements argue that they give states an option to take Medicaid coverage away from people who don’t comply with the new work-reporting requirement. This is misdirection at best.

    The bill terminates federally funded Medicaid coverage for those who don’t meet the work-reporting requirements. In theory, states could provide fully state-funded coverage to those whose federal Medicaid coverage is taken away, but with the federal government currently covering 90 percent of the cost of coverage for expansion enrollees, states are exceedingly unlikely to continue coverage for large numbers of people who don’t meet the requirement. (It is worth noting that states did not provide state-funded coverage for this group prior to the ACA’s expansion, though they were able to do so.)

    Moreover, administering these new requirements would be complicated for state and local governments, which would have to pick up a significant portion of the costs associated with implementing the complex systems to verify work, determine who meets automatic exemption criteria (such as those with children), and assess applications for exemptions based on criteria, such as an illness, that the state doesn’t know through its eligibility system.

    States also would have to absorb the costs associated with higher caseload churn — that is, people losing coverage and then having to reapply or seek to have their coverage reinstated, all processes that require caseworker staff time. And uncompensated care costs would increase because people have lost coverage, adding further to the costs that states and safety net health care providers would have to pick up.

    Without a doubt, adding work-reporting requirements to Medicaid would cause many low-income adults to lose coverage due to bureaucratic hurdles and would leave people without the health care they need, including life-saving medications, treatment to manage chronic conditions, and care for acute illnesses. People’s access to health care and other basic supports, such as housing, food, or child care, should not hinge on whether they meet a work-reporting requirement or successfully navigate a complicated system to either report work hours or claim an exemption.[3]

    McCarthy Medicaid Provision Builds on Failed Arkansas Experiment

    The Arkansas plan, implemented in 2018, required that Medicaid expansion enrollees aged 19-49 document at least 80 hours of work or other qualifying activities (e.g. job training, volunteering) per month.[4] Exemptions were available for various groups including pregnant people, certain types of caregivers, and people with certain health conditions, but qualifying for these exemptions required that enrollees successfully navigate the reporting system or that the state use available data to determine exemption status. As a result, more than 18,000 people (about one-quarter of those subject to the requirements) lost coverage in just seven months, before a federal court blocked the policy.[5]

    The McCarthy plan is similar to Arkansas’ but applies to a broader set of Medicaid enrollees. First, it applies to enrollees aged 19-55, a wider age range that includes more older adults. Second, it is not explicitly limited to Medicaid expansion enrollees, unlike the Arkansas policy. While all states would have to set up new processes to validate exemptions, we assume that because existing state data sources could readily be used to exempt the bulk of Medicaid enrollees who are not part of the expansion group, the impact would be largely on expansion enrollees.[6] Third, some groups exempt under the Arkansas plan, including postpartum people, people identified as “medically frail,” and people receiving unemployment benefits, are not exempt under the McCarthy plan.

    A KFF study estimated that under a nationwide Medicaid work-reporting requirements policy similar to policies implemented in Arkansas and proposed by other states, most people losing coverage would be complying with or exempt from the requirements but would be disenrolled due to administrative burdens and red tape.[7] Using conservative assumptions about disenrollment based on a survey of the research literature, the study found that 62 to 91 percent of those losing coverage would be people who qualify as eligible under the policy. Coverage losses would be concentrated among those eligible because the overwhelming majority of Medicaid enrollees already meet the requirements or an exemption criterion, yet they would still be at risk due to the bureaucratic complexity of reporting and proving exemption status.

    Overall, between 1.4 and 4 million people would have lost Medicaid coverage if Medicaid work-requirements were imposed in 2016, the KFF study estimated.[8] This estimate is roughly in line with the Congressional Budget Office’s projection that a nationwide policy similar to Arkansas’ would result in a reduction in Medicaid enrollment of 2.2 million adults per year for the 2023-2031 period.[9]

    Our analysis is not a projection of the number of people who will lose coverage, but rather shows that more than 10 million people would be subject to these requirements and, thus, at risk of losing coverage from a policy that would erect burdensome requirements to report work or claim exemptions. A large share of the 10 million people subject to the requirements would have to navigate complex work-reporting and verification systems each month while others would have to navigate the exemption process periodically to retain coverage.

    Research suggests that some populations would be especially harmed by these work-reporting requirements, including people with disabilities, women, people who are experiencing homelessness, and people with mental health conditions or substance use disorders.[10] Even though exemptions would apply to some in these groups, states often lack the capacity to hire sufficient staff to respond to people’s questions or manage work-reporting systems and the exemption process. People who have fewer transportation options or live in rural areas,[11] face language or literacy barriers, are in poor health or have limited mobility, or have limited internet access[12] would face particular barriers to understanding the new requirements and navigating reporting systems, applying for exemptions, and collecting the verification needed to prove that they meet an exemption criterion.

    There is no upside to Medicaid work-reporting requirements. Research has not found any impact of the requirements on employment,[13] and data from Arkansas show that few enrollees engaged in new work-related activities.[14] Instead, work-reporting requirements strip health coverage from people with low incomes — most of whom are already meeting or exempt from the requirements — leading to gaps in care that damage their health and financial security and make it harder for them to find or keep a job.[15]

    In this paper and in Table 1 below, we estimate the number of Medicaid expansion group enrollees at risk of losing coverage using administrative data on Medicaid expansion enrollment for 2019, combined with American Community Survey (ACS) data and state enrollment policies.

    We use 2019 Medicaid expansion group enrollment to avoid including the large increase in Medicaid enrollment that began in 2020 as a result of the requirement that Medicaid provide continuous coverage during the public health emergency. This continuous coverage requirement ended on March 31, 2023, and while estimates of coverage loss during the unwinding of the requirement are highly uncertain, enrollment declines are potentially large.[16] By using 2019 data, we avoid overstating our estimates of expansion enrollees at risk in each state once unwinding is complete.

    TABLE 1

    Estimated Number of Medicaid Expansion Enrollees Whose Coverage Would Be at Risk Under McCarthy Medicaid Work-Reporting Requirements Proposal

    Number of Medicaid expansion enrollees at risk of losing coverageShare of all Medicaid enrollees
    Alaska40,00019%
    Arizona316,00017%
    Arkansas156,00019%
    California2,673,00022%
    Colorado290,00024%
    Connecticut226,00024%
    Delaware46,00022%
    District of Columbia96,00037%
    Hawai’i81,00026%
    Illinois562,00021%
    IdahoData not availableData not available
    Indiana204,00015%
    Iowa132,00022%
    Kentucky269,00021%
    Louisiana287,00018%
    MaineData not availableData not available
    Maryland235,00019%
    Massachusetts288,00017%
    Michigan464,00019%
    Minnesota153,00015%
    MissouriData not availableData not available
    Montana60,00024%
    NebraskaData not availableData not available
    Nevada137,00024%
    New Hampshire36,00020%
    New Jersey411,00026%
    New Mexico174,00021%
    New York1,287,00021%
    North Dakota15,00017%
    Ohio421,00015%
    OklahomaData not availableData not available
    Oregon316,00033%
    Pennsylvania519,00018%
    Rhode Island55,00019%
    UtahData not availableData not available
    Vermont47,00029%
    VirginiaData not availableData not available
    Washington371,00021%
    West Virginia101,00019%
    Total10,470,00021%
    Adopted expansion but not yet implemented:
    North CarolinaData not availableData not available
    South DakotaData not availableData not available

    Methodology

    As stated above, our estimates are based on a combination of administrative data on Medicaid expansion enrollment, ACS data, and state enrollment policies.

    Because our data are based on 2019 (pre-pandemic) Medicaid expansion enrollment, they do not include expansion enrollees at risk in states that expanded in 2019 or later, including Idaho, Maine, Missouri, Nebraska, Oklahoma, Utah, and Virginia. We also cannot produce expansion group estimates for North Carolina and South Dakota, which have enacted but not yet implemented expansion. Our national total estimate is therefore likely to understate the number of enrollees at risk. Finally, by shifting costs to states, the McCarthy proposal could result in some states deciding to drop the ACA Medicaid expansion, jeopardizing coverage for millions more. Similarly, these new requirements could dissuade some states that have not yet adopted the expansion from doing so.

    We consider Medicaid expansion enrollees aged 19-55 and exclude from this group people who live with dependent children aged 0-17. States should be able to exclude this group automatically (without requiring them to apply for an exemption) using existing administrative data, so they are less likely to be at risk.

    We do not estimate other exemptions or work status because these individuals would be more likely than parents to have to report their employment or earnings monthly or to apply for and submit documentation to receive an exemption. Research indicates that most people who would lose coverage under work-reporting requirements would be disenrolled despite working or qualifying for an exemption due to the complexities of proving that they are working or meet an exemption criterion.

    Publicly available administrative data on Medicaid expansion enrollees do not include detailed enrollee characteristics. We therefore use data from the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Community Survey as well as state-level eligibility rules to estimate the share of expansion enrollees who are aged 19-55 and who do not have dependent children in each state.

    Please see original at CBPP for complete endnotes and more detailed breakdown of the data.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Gideon Lukans.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/by-the-numbers-mccarthys-plan-to-kick-10-million-or-more-people-off-medicaid/feed/ 0 389833
    Giving Away the Game, Gaetz Says McCarthy ‘Picked Up’ Far-Right’s Debt Ceiling Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/giving-away-the-game-gaetz-says-mccarthy-picked-up-far-rights-debt-ceiling-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/giving-away-the-game-gaetz-says-mccarthy-picked-up-far-rights-debt-ceiling-plan/#respond Fri, 21 Apr 2023 19:03:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gaetz-mccarthy-debt-ceiling

    Far-right House Republicans are reportedly "thrilled" with the debt ceiling legislation that Speaker Kevin McCarthy unveiled earlier this week.

    That's likely because, according to Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-Fla.), McCarthy (R-Calif.) simply "picked up the House Freedom Caucus plan and helped us convert it into legislative text."

    "And it shows," replied the progressive watchdog group Accountable.US.

    Gaetz, one of a number of far-right Republicans who led a revolt against McCarthy's speakership bid earlier this year, told reporters Thursday that "if you held this plan and the plan that the House Freedom Caucus laid out some weeks ago and held them up to a lamp, you would see a lot of alignment."

    Titled the Limit, Save, Grow Act of 2023, the legislation would revert federal spending back to fiscal year 2022 levels and cap annual spending growth at 1% over the next decade—central demands of the hardline House Freedom Caucus members who threatened to deny McCarthy the speaker's gavel in January.

    Last month, the House Freedom Caucus outlined a more detailed proposal that would claw back unspent coronavirus pandemic funds, repeal clean energy tax credits and other elements of the Inflation Reduction Act, block President Joe Biden's stalled effort to cancel up to $20,000 in student loan debt per borrower, and impose new work requirements on recipients of Medicaid and federal food assistance that could kick millions off the lifesaving programs.

    The Limit, Save, Grow Act would do all of the above and more, a fact that helps explain the bill's largely positive reception among far-right Republicans—though some, such as former House Freedom Caucus chair Rep. Andy Biggs (R-Ariz.), want the bill to attack aid programs more aggressively.

    As Semafor reported, Biggs "expressed openness to voting for the bill" but said he "wanted to see even stricter rules around food stamps."

    "That's who is really in charge of the MAGA majority," the progressive advocacy group Indivisible said of the House Freedom Caucus.

    Citing Gaetz's comment to reporters, Accountable.US argued the GOP's debt ceiling bill is "a MAGA wishlist, not a serious proposal."

    If passed—an unlikely scenario given opposition from congressional Democrats and the Biden White House—the Republican bill would increase the debt limit by $1.5 trillion or suspend the ceiling until next March, setting up another high-stakes standoff in early 2024, a presidential election year.

    Congressional Democrats rejected the legislation as a nonstarter, pointing to the massive impact it would have on federal programs related to housing, education, healthcare, climate, and other critical areas.

    Last month, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development warned that roughly 640,000 families would lose rental assistance if its budget was reverted to fiscal year 2022 levels. The U.S. Department of Agriculture, meanwhile, estimated that 1.2 million people would lose access to the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) under the Republican proposal.

    "These caps are cuts," Rep. Rosa DeLauro (D-Conn.), the top Democrat on the House Appropriations Committee, said in a statement on Wednesday. "They would ensure that resources for critical programs 10 years from now remain below the levels in effect today. That's 10 years of cuts for less than one year of preventing a default."

    Analysts stressed that the cuts to social programs would be even steeper under the GOP plan if it exempts the bloated Pentagon from its austerity spree.

    Republicans have two options to make their math work, according to Bobby Kogan, senior director of federal budget policy at the Center for American Progress.

    Option one, Kogan noted, is "the entire discretionary budget is cut 28% by 2033 due to McCarthy's caps—including a 28% cut to defense and [Veterans Affairs] Medical Care." The second option is shielding the military budget and inflicting "a 58% cut to all else," leaving "most essential services destroyed."

    "This is a ludicrous demand," Kogan argued. "McCarthy's position is that, unless both the president and Congress accede to his very specific and extreme demands, he will force the government to illegally default on its statutory obligations—such as payments to disabled veterans and [Social Security] recipients."

    Ezra Levin, co-executive director of Indivisible, said the House GOP leadership's proposal is "a reflection of just how totally controlled by the fringes of his caucus McCarthy is."

    "It's just as bad as we expected," said Levin. "Literally take food off the table of millions of families just trying to get by? Help the ultra-wealthy and big corporations get away with cheating on their taxes? Strip away healthcare from children, veterans, and seniors? Saddle millions with crushing student debt? Pull the plug on new clean energy jobs? That's your big pitch to the American people?"

    "It'd be funny if it wasn't so serious," Levin added.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/giving-away-the-game-gaetz-says-mccarthy-picked-up-far-rights-debt-ceiling-plan/feed/ 0 389511
    Chilean President Unveils Plan to Slowly Nationalize Lithium Industry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/chilean-president-unveils-plan-to-slowly-nationalize-lithium-industry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/chilean-president-unveils-plan-to-slowly-nationalize-lithium-industry/#respond Fri, 21 Apr 2023 18:06:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/boric-nationalize-chile-lithium

    Leftist Chilean President Gabriel Boric on Thursday announced plans to slowly nationalize the country's lithium industry, aiming to take advantage of massive reserves of the metal, key to electric vehicle batteries and other technology, while protecting the environment.

    "Today we present a national lithium strategy that's technically solid and ambitious," Boric declared during a televised address, outlining his plan—which needs congressional approval—to create "a Chile that distributes wealth we all generate in a more just way."

    "This is the best chance we have at transitioning to a sustainable and developed economy," he argued. "We can't afford to waste it."

    Reutersreported that "Boric said the country would look to protect biodiversity and share mining benefits with Indigenous and surrounding communities."

    About 60% of the world's reserves are located in the South American "lithium triangle," which includes Bolivia (21 million tons), Argentina (19.3 million tons), and Chile (9.6 million tons), according to the U.S. Geological Survey. For now, Chile is leading those nations in terms of production and ranked second globally last year, after Australia.

    Currently, Chile's lithium operations are limited to the Chilean company SQM and the U.S. firm Albemarle. Under Boric's plan, the government would respect existing contracts with those industry giants—set to expire in 2030 and 2043, respectively.

    However, all future contracts for the metal will involve government-controlled public-private partnerships, Boric explained. He ultimately envisions a national company focused on lithium, but because creating one could be delayed by legislative divisions, agreements will initially be led by the state-owned copper mining company, Codelco.

    According toThe Associated Press, "Boric said that in addition to being involved in mining, the government will promote the development of lithium products with added value, with the goal of becoming the world's leading lithium producer."

    As the AP pointed out:

    The minister of mining, Marcela Hernando, recently told Congress that the government cannot advance alone in the exploitation of lithium because "technology and knowledge are in private industry."

    A public-private partnership is needed, Hernando said, though he added that "the state is the owner of lithium," which is an "uncompromisable" position of the government.

    Boric's plan is part of a global trend. Mexican lawmakers voted last year to make lithium reserves federal property. Additionally, as the Financial Timesnoted, "Zimbabwe banned unprocessed lithium exports" and "Indonesia is curbing exports of commodities including nickel ore, which is used in batteries."

    Thea Riofrancos—an Andrew Carnegie fellow, Providence College associate professor of political science, and Climate and Community Project member—tweeted Friday that resource nationalism is "all the rage" in the "Global South (Mexico, Indonesia, Bolivia) and North ('critical minerals' securitization) albeit from very distinct geoeconomic positions. But there's more to this."

    "Boric situates this decision in the long sweep of Chilean history," referencing former President Salvador Allende's nationalization of copper, Riofrancos explained. "But this isn't a classic expropriation," because of the public-private partnership approach.

    "Evidence from Latin America's Pink Tide era shows such partnerships can increase state revenues, which can fund social services and public infrastructure. But whether tech transfer and value chain upgrading occur is an open question," she said. "Boric flags both as crucial to his vision."

    Riofrancos continued:

    Just as importantly, and compared to both mid-century and Pink Tide era nationalizations, Boric cannot ignore the powerful wave of Indigenous and environmental resistance to large-scale mining in Chile and the region, nor the scientific evidence of damage to salt flat ecosystems.

    Boric promises environmentally friendly extraction and conservation of 30% of Chile's salt flats (the location of lithium deposits), and promises a new model of public participation, including the first step [of] direct dialogue with representatives of Indigenous communities.

    But these goals are in tension with his other key goal, which is to vastly expand lithium extraction in Chile's deserts as well as restore Chile to the position of top producer, a status now occupied by Australia (worth noting Argentina may soon overtake Chile for second place).

    "And of course," she added, "all of these plans are subject to congressional approval and what I imagine will be a flurry of lobbying from the incumbent producers, SQM and Albemarle."

    While Albemarle said that the development would have "no material impact on our business," Bloomberghighlighted that "SQM and Albemarle shares were down 7% and 4%, respectively, before the start of regular trading in New York on Friday."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/chilean-president-unveils-plan-to-slowly-nationalize-lithium-industry/feed/ 0 389612
    Fiji’s economic summit addresses ‘daunting’ challenges, says Rabuka https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/fijis-economic-summit-addresses-daunting-challenges-says-rabuka/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/fijis-economic-summit-addresses-daunting-challenges-says-rabuka/#respond Thu, 20 Apr 2023 03:28:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=87287 By Viliame Tawanakoro in Suva

    Fiji’s Coalition government strongly believes that addressing the country’s priorities head-on is the cornerstone to building a progressive and prosperous nation for future generations, says Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka.

    Speaking at the National Economic Summit 2023 in Suva today, Rabuka said the event was an opportunity for Fiji to take stock, make necessary changes, and move forward decisively.

    The last summit was held 15 years ago.

    Rabuka said the meeting would address daunting challenges faced by Fiji, including unsustainable national debt levels, geopolitical and global economic uncertainties, and the impact of the covid-19 pandemic, particularly on small island developing economies like Fiji.

    “As a Small Island Developing State, we are vulnerable to such events which are beyond our control,” he said at the Grand Pacific Hotel.

    “It is critical that we must make timely adjustments so that we can cope and be able to survive in the global trading environment.

    “We have just been through one of the world’s worst pandemics of modern times, with covid-19. It affected the whole world.

    Russian-Ukrainian war
    “The Russian-Ukrainian war in Europe made our efforts to recover from the pandemic more challenging, particularly due to the supply-chain issues. We must address these challenges collectively through this summit, and craft solutions together as a nation.”

    Rabuka, wearing an Adam Smith tie, referenced the renowned economist’s 1776 book The Wealth of Nations, and urged those implementing the summit’s outcomes to be mindful of Smith’s principles of free market and capital formation for economic growth.

    The Prime Minister also noted a need to strengthen laws and institutions, as well as restore investor confidence and improve the business environment while protecting the country’s natural resources.

    “We need to rebuild our infrastructure which has been neglected, and most importantly look at ways to ease the burden of the high cost of living for our people,” he said.

    “We need to strengthen the private sector which we so glibly call the ‘engine of growth’. It is important to promote trade and build the confidence of the private sector.”

    Strengthening multilateral and bilateral relations with Fiji’s trading and development partners was also a key point raised by Rabuka as he shared that the findings and recommendations from the summit would contribute to the formulation of the national budget and “our National Development Plan”.

    “Reshaping our future means more than just promoting economic growth and development.

    Brighter future
    “A brighter future for our nation requires our communities to be united and move away from divisions,” he said.

    Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance Professor Biman Prasad said plenary sessions had been organised to set the scene for more detailed discussions on macroeconomic management, key growth sectors, governance and reforms and human development.

    “We have an intense two days ahead of us. We are putting special focus on critical issues such as water resource management, transport, energy and technology.

    “We are also casting a wider net over rural and outer islands development, land and marine-based economic activities and indigenous participation in business.

    “There are 32 specific subject areas for discussion,” Professor Prasad said.

    It is understood each summit participant has been allocated a thematic working group with a communique expected to be issued at the conclusion of the event tomorrow.

    Viliame Tawanakoro is a final-year journalism student at USP’s Laucala Campus. He is also the 2023 student editor for Wansolwara, USP Journalism’s student training newspaper and online publication. USP Journalism collaborates with Asia Pacific Report.

    Participants of Fiji's National Economic Summit 2023 at the Grand Pacific Hotel in Suva 200423
    Participants of Fiji’s National Economic Summit 2023 at the Grand Pacific Hotel in Suva today. Image: Viliame Tawanakoro/Wansolwara


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/fijis-economic-summit-addresses-daunting-challenges-says-rabuka/feed/ 0 389019
    Plan to Dump Wastewater From Indian Point Into Hudson River Paused After Local Outcry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/plan-to-dump-wastewater-from-indian-point-into-hudson-river-paused-after-local-outcry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/plan-to-dump-wastewater-from-indian-point-into-hudson-river-paused-after-local-outcry/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 19:41:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/indian-point-wastewater-2659859742

    Clean water and public health advocates in New York's Hudson Valley applauded Thursday as the energy technology company Holtec International announced it will not move ahead with plans to dump wastewater next month from the former Indian Point Nuclear Power Plant, following intense pressure from local communities and state lawmakers.

    The company had initially planned to complete its first discharge of wastewater from pools that were used to cool spent nuclear reactor fuel rods late this summer, but recently announced that in May it would discharge 45,000 gallons of the water into the Hudson River, which at least 100,000 people rely on for their drinking water.

    The company ultimately plans to release one million gallons of wastewater into the river.

    Holtec International said it was taking a "voluntary pause" in the plan to better explain the process of decommissioning the plant, which was shut down in 2021, to the local community and elected officials.

    Local clean water group Riverkeeper expressed appreciation that Holtec "heard the concerns of public" and said advocates will continue pushing for an alternative to releasing the wastewater into the Hudson.

    Riverkeeper and Physicians for Social Responsibility (PSR) are among the groups that have raised concerns about the presence in the wastewater of the isotope tritium, which can be carcinogenic and is harmful to pregnant women and developing fetuses. Advocates have called on Holtec to store the water in tanks on the Indian Point site until a safe alternative disposal method can be found.

    "There has been no prior disclosure of what pollutants or radioactive contaminants are in the wastewater or any public education on the environmental safety and public health risks associated with any potential discharges from the site," said local public health experts in a statement in January as PSR held the first of several public forums about the risks associated with Holtec's discharge plan.

    The proposal has sparked outcry from local, state, and federal officials in New York in recent weeks. In March, state Sen. Pete Harckham (D-40) proposed legislation to ban any release of radioactive waste into the Hudson.

    "I welcome Holtec postponing the planned release of radioactive wastewater into the Hudson River," said Harckham on Thursday.

    State Assemblymember Dana Levenberg (D-95) expressed relief that Holtec's plan has been postponed for the time being and said she is as "committed as ever to ensuring that the needs of my constituents are respected throughout this process."

    "My constituents are already overburdened with the negative environmental externalities left behind by industrial infrastructure, and we should not be treated like pawns in this process," said Levenberg earlier this month. "What we need is a partner who will work with us to facilitate a safe and just decommissioning of this plant, in a way that respects the surrounding communities. The people of my district have made it clear that this conversation should not be one-sided; Holtec should not be the only participant driving the schedule. What is efficient for Holtec may not be what is in the best interest of our communities and our natural resources."

    U.S. Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.), who joined Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.) in writing to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission about Holtec's plan on April 6, said he was "relieved that Holtec has heeded our call and will put a stop to its hastily hatched plan to dump radioactive wastewater into the Hudson."

    The state's Indian Point Decommissioning Oversight Board is scheduled to hold an online meeting regarding the wastewater on April 25, where community members and officials will be able to comment on the issue.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/plan-to-dump-wastewater-from-indian-point-into-hudson-river-paused-after-local-outcry/feed/ 0 387863
    Hawaii Quietly Abandoned Its 30×30 Conservation Plan to Prevent Biodiversity Loss https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/hawaii-quietly-abandoned-its-30x30-conservation-plan-to-prevent-biodiversity-loss/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/hawaii-quietly-abandoned-its-30x30-conservation-plan-to-prevent-biodiversity-loss/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 15:48:41 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=28332 Hawaii resource officials abandoned the 30×30 conservation goal in January 2023. Marcel Honore’s February 2023 article, “Hawaii’s Innovative Plan To Manage Marine Resources Is Being Quietly Rolled Back,” reported on…

    The post Hawaii Quietly Abandoned Its 30×30 Conservation Plan to Prevent Biodiversity Loss appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/hawaii-quietly-abandoned-its-30x30-conservation-plan-to-prevent-biodiversity-loss/feed/ 0 390446
    Zombie War: Plan B for Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/zombie-war-plan-b-for-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/zombie-war-plan-b-for-ukraine/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 05:55:42 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=279196 Latest on Russia's war on Ukraine [What Think Tanks are thinking] | Epthinktank | European Parliament

    © xbrchx / Adobe Stock.

    Something’s Gotta Give

    Voices on all sides—U.S., Ukraine, Russia—assure us that a major break in the military situation in Ukraine is imminent. Even as the Russian forces (RF) advance steadily in the area of Bakhmut and Avdivka, the Ukraine army (UA) is said to be poised for a last-ditch major offensive, driving toward Crimea on the southern front, which it must launch and must win.

    It’s impossible to know what’s true and what’s feint about all this, and one can never be certain of the outcome once armies start blowing each other up, but I feel comfortable saying that: 1) There will be a Ukrainian offensive. The Ukrainians will throw everything they have into it and will make immediate territorial advances. 2) It is very unlikely that Ukraine will advance far enough to seriously threaten to re-take Crimea, and impossible that it will drive Russia to capitulate. 3) It is likely that the UA will exhaust itself, that enormous, irreplaceable, quantities of its manpower and materiel will be destroyed, and that the massive Russian force that has been held back until now will begin its own offensive that will be able to advance at will. It will be evident and undeniable that there is no longer any military impediment to the RF moving as far west in Ukraine as it wants.

    I understand that surprises can come from many directions—incompetence of key commanders, political pressure from citizens in various countries, immediate NATO intervention, etc.—but I think it’s important to address the predicament that last outcome—a decisive military defeat of Ukraine—will create. That outcome will be an urgent crisis for the US/NATO/Kiev, requiring immediate decision and action. It’s also the outcome they expect and fear, and for which they are already considering their choices.

    All it takes to understand how much they fear and expect that outcome is to read carefully the many statements and analyses of Western leaders and pundits, as well as of Zelensky and Ukrainian officials, which, even when optimistically glossed, express in detail their anxiety about the depletion of Ukraine’s manpower and of its and the U.S./NATO’s supplies of ammunition and materiel, and their desperation about Ukraine’s chances.

    There are too many such statements to cite, but one of the most striking and cogent is an Asia Times article by the pseudonymous “Spengler,” who attended “a recent private gathering of former top US soldiers, intelligence officials and scholars with resumes reaching from the Reagan to the Trump administrations”—i.e., a cross-section of the permanent Deep State.

    The participants in that meeting expressed what I think is now the dominant attitude about the Ukraine situation in U.S. foreign policy and military circles. They have “a gloomy assessment of Ukraine’s prospects for victory against Russia.” They know that “Ukraine seems less likely to defeat Russia, even if the West makes the maximum effort and risks escalation,” given that “the entire army that NATO trained between 2014 and 2022 in preparation for a Russian attack is dead, and recruits are being thrown into battle lines with three weeks of training.” They also, “overwhelmingly,” “leaned towards escalation in the form of providing additional weapons to Ukraine,” including, possibly, “a ‘foreign legion’ of fighters from other countries.” Indeed—and here’s the impossible-to-overstate danger—despite knowing that Ukraine cannot win, “The great majority of participants favored risking everything for absolute victory over Russia.”

    So, here’s what I foresee and fear:

    Sometime this year, probably before the end of summer, the Ukrainian army will be decisively defeated, Russia will establish full control of the four oblasts (Donetsk, Lugansk, Kherson, Zaporizhzhia) and there will be no Ukrainian force left capable of reversing that or of stopping a Russian advance to Kiev.

    At that point, in order to avoid either accepting a world-changing defeat or entering into direct war with Russia, all the U.S./Western voices who have been adamantly excluding the possibility of a ceasefire, Antony Blinken included, will suddenly start calling for one. They will be joined, they hope, by other global actors (by China, they especially hope) and antiwar voices, who will, without strong objection from the West’s Blinkens, see this as a welcome concession to those antiwar activists’ sincere and long-standing demands to stop the killing. Indeed, the US/NATO ceasefire proposal will be saturated with pacifistic concern and what will be easy to portray—given the radical shift in tone—as reasonable compromises. Actually, it will be their Plan B to continue the war they have lost. “Absolute victory,” postponed.

    It will go something like this:

    Let’s pause the fighting and everyone go to their corners. Both sides will stop all military attacks. We (the US/NATO/Kiev) will indefinitely suspend any Ukrainian request to join NATO. We will not contest your (Russia’s) control of and claim to Crimea and the four oblasts. Nor will we formally recognize it. We’ll leave “final status” issues to be determined in a negotiated “peace process.” You will not move your military forces one inch west of line x and will not interfere in the internal politics of Kiev. To oversee and enforce this cease fire, we will introduce a contingent of international peacekeepers and establish a no-fly zone over Ukraine west of line x. Can’t we all just get along?

    To which Russia will respond something like this:

    Nope. There will be no Minsk 3. We reject any attempt by the parties that are losing, and only because they are losing, to again postpone the resolution of this conflict forever. Our objectives are clear and remain: We require that the Kiev government permanently renounce any objective of joining NATO; that it remove extant NATO military infrastructure, separate from the NATO alliance, and declare itself a neutral country; that it formally recognize Crimea and the four oblasts as part of Russia (could have been two if you hadn’t stopped negotiations last year); and that it reconfigure its political and social policies to eliminate the dominance of murderously Russophobic, fascist, Banderite nationalism. We will require any ceasefire for negotiations and any settlement to be explicit, signed, and overseen by a trustworthy third party—i.e., not the U.S., the EU, the UN, or any party dominated by “the West” or other declared enemy. (China? India?) We will fight on until we achieve those objectives, and we will treat any international ground or air armed forces introduced into or over the territory of Ukraine without our agreement as enemy combatants and legitimate military targets.

    I am convinced this is the situation we are heading into. I think the US/NATO/Kiev side will be forced to make a proposal like this, and the Russian side will not (and would be foolish to) accept it. Russia will fight on until the capitulation of Kiev, and the U.S./NATO or their confected “foreign legions” will have to enter as direct combatants, with likely use of tactical nuclear weapons, or accept an existential defeat.

    China Syndrome

    Please note how Blinken, et. al., are establishing the framework that will work to their benefit when this situation arises. They are adamantly refusing a ceasefire now because they know they will be desperately needing one soon. They are setting themselves up to be in the politically advantageous position of looking like the reasonable, compromising party when they finally demand agree to a ceasefire and the Russians refuse. See, we’re the peacemakers; Putin is the warmonger. We are agreeing to the ceasefire that China and Western peaceniks wanted; Russia is insisting on continuing the war. Who can blame the “international community” now for bringing in “peacekeepers” and instituting a no-fly zone—just to stop the killing? You know, like Libya.

    The point is to get those “foreign legions” and foreign air forces in—preferably as “peacekeepers” rather than overt combatants, but with a similar purpose: to avoid inevitable defeat by establishing a kind of Korean-stalemate-meets-Israel-Palestine-“peace process.” The U.S.’s favorite “peaceful resolution”: A Zombie war, sustained by a constant infusion of arms and money until it can be fully revived.

    One of the main elements in that set-up—one which has been swallowed whole by Western antiwar voices—is the notion that, in that situation, the U.S. will be accepting a ceasefire that China has called for. When antiwar voices today say: “Why doesn’t the U.S./NATO/Kiev go along with China’s ceasefire proposal?” they are naively reciting a script being written by Western politicians and media in preparation for the day when they do want a ceasefire.

    There is no “ceasefire proposal” or “peace plan” from China, in the sense of a concrete plan of immediate action to stop the fighting, and the Blinkens who are ostensibly rejecting it know that. They are suggesting a fictitious “ceasefire” proposal that they can reject as it gathers the support of pacifistic antiwar voices, so they can replace it, when the time comes, with the real “ceasefire” they are planning for, having pre-emptively co-opted that antiwar sentiment. OK, you got what you and China want. Let’s give peace a chance.

    The U.S. has no intention of accepting a putative ceasefire proposed by China; it has a plan for demanding one of its design and to its benefit. But it will want you to think it is doing the former.

    Whatever criticism it deserves, the U.S. is not right now preventing a ceasefire. When Antony Blinken says: “For some, the idea of a ceasefire may be tempting, and I understand this, but if it amounts to …, this will not be a just peace,” he is—with the ellipsis filled in appropriately—articulating the position of Russia, as well as of the U.S/NATO and Kiev. No party to this conflict wants a ceasefire now, and none will until one of them thinks it’s necessary (probably because it’s losing).

    China knows this, and has not made any proposal for everybody to put aside their fundamental interests and objectives and stop fighting now. Here is the entirety of China’s position on “Ceasing Hostilities,” and the only mention of “ceasefire” within its 12-point “Position on the Political Settlement of the Ukraine Crisis”:

    3. Ceasing hostilities. Conflict and war benefit no one. All parties must stay rational and exercise restraint, avoid fanning the flames and aggravating tensions, and prevent the crisis from deteriorating further or even spiraling out of control. All parties should support Russia and Ukraine in working in the same direction and resuming direct dialogue as quickly as possible, so as to gradually deescalate the situation and ultimately reach a comprehensive ceasefire.[my emphasis]

    This, like all of the 12-point position paper, is a general statement of principle, not a plan of action. It is as neutral, diplomatic, and non-committal as language gets. I have no idea how anyone got a “peace plan” out of this. (Unless it suits their purpose to find it.) Like it or not, China is carefully avoiding telling either party specifically when and how to stop fighting. Urging “restraint” so as to “ultimately” reach a ceasefire is not the call for immediate ceasefire that wishful-thinking antiwar activists would like China to be making, and that forward-thinking neocons want you to think they are rejecting.

    There’s recently been talk of China teaming up with Brazil to craft a Ukraine “peace plan”—more speculation and wishful thinking that mean nothing specific in the moment. From other statements and actions, we know that China is developing a valued relationship with Russia. But China is being very careful in its diplomatic language regarding the conflict in Ukraine not to explicitly take a side or push a plan that takes a side. If and when China feels it needs explicitly to propose an actual plan, it will do so, and it’s unlikely to need Lula for that.

    Everyone wants China to be on their side. At this point in their delusion, some neocons may think, when they propose their ceasefire, that China will go along with the idea that it’s China’s own. When China doesn’t (as it almost certainly won’t), the neocons will definitely present that as evidence that China, like Russia, is a dishonest warmonger, abandoning its “own” imputed peace plan. Again, a line that everyone now saying, “Why doesn’t the U.S. go along with China’s ceasefire proposal?” is helping to set up.

    So, again, whatever ceasefire the U.S./NATO/Kiev proposes when faced with the prospect of imminent defeat in Ukraine will not be a Chinese plan, but an American neocon gambit. It’s unlikely that China would help to force such a thing on any of the parties. China would more likely play a significant role in resolving this conflict as the third-party overseer of the negotiated conditions of Ukraine’s surrender, under the Russian position.

    Purgeatory

    Please note another important element of the different proposals that will be put forth in this situation: The most difficult demand from the Russian side, which almost requires them to move on Kiev, is the call for “de-Nazification.” It’s the demand that will be most resisted as “political interference,” since it does, indeed, require “regime change” in the deepest sense. I’ve said before how nearly impossible it will be in western Ukraine, where fascistic, Banderite ideology is entwined in Ukrainian nationalism, has deep historical roots, and has become ascendant since 2014.

    But here’s the thing: No matter how impossible it is, it’s necessary—for the American ceasefire plan as well as for the Russian project.

    Everyone understands that no government in Kiev, even if the U.S. can’t or won’t stop it, will be able to make and keep the capitulatory settlement Russia demands unless the armed fascist forces are purged. But it’s also the case that no government in Kiev will be able to make and keep the kind of ceasefire agreement the U.S. will claim it wants unless the armed fascist forces are purged.

    The American ceasefire will be a hard sell to Ukrainian fascists. They will be in no mood to accept any long-term deferral of fighting. They are at least as eager as Russia to resolve this promptly, and must by now be as doubtful as Russia of America’s long-term reliability. They have seen how the Americans upend a country and then go home. They can also see the growing antiwar pressure on European governments.

    The fascists will kill Zelensky or any leader that accedes to the kind of extended de facto concession of territory in such a plan unless the U.S. assures them it’s another ploy to build up for a future assault before long. If there is no purging of the fascists in Kiev (which will take a battle), the Russians will know that’s exactly what the U.S. has done.

    So, if Russia doesn’t force “de-Nazifying” regime change in Kiev, the U.S. will have to—for either’s plan to succeed. Russia and the U.S. know this. Russia is facing it. The U.S. is not. Which is one major reason why Russia cannot trust a U.S. ceasefire agreement.

    This is what I foresee: A failed attempt to suck Russia into a forever stalemate-peace process that rearms and resuscitates a twice-defeated fascist Ukraine, dressed up as the “compromise” ceasefire that everyone (said China) was calling for. As Emmanuel Todd says: “No more than Russia, [America] cannot withdraw from the conflict, they cannot let go. This is why we are now in…a confrontation whose outcome must be the collapse of one or the other.” The war will go on until one party (Ukraine) accepts defeat. Or the world is incinerated in a nuclear exchange.

    It’s a nasty piece of work, this Ukraine beast. It is killing the world we’re familiar with, and there will be no reviving its corpse.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jim Kavanagh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/zombie-war-plan-b-for-ukraine/feed/ 0 387319
    Jackson’s Plan B for public media may prioritise Māori and Pacific coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 02:10:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=87001 Axing the proposed merger of TVNZ and RNZ saved the New Zealand government a significant amount of money but left it with the problems the merger was supposed to fix. Newsroom co-editor Mark Jennings looks at Labour’s new slimmed down approach to public media.

    ANALYSIS: By Mark Jennings

    Until weeks ago, the future of Aotearoa New Zealand’s public media organisations was looking so grim the government was prepared to spend $370 million over four years to merge TVNZ and RNZ and future proof the new entity it was calling ANZPM.

    Last December, when the merger plan was under intense scrutiny, then Prime Minister, Jacinda Ardern said RNZ “could collapse” if the merger did not go ahead.

    Last week, Labour unveiled a very modest plan to strengthen public media. The old, very expensive one, had been thrown on the policy bonfire back in February.

    The “burn it” decision had been widely anticipated after new PM Chris Hipkins’ started dumping unpopular policies to focus on cost of living issues.

    Broadcasting Minister Willie Jackson stayed on message when he released the new public media plan last week. “We have listened to New Zealanders and now is not the right time to restructure our public media.”

    Under the new plan RNZ will get $25 million more a year, NZ On Air will get a one-off boost of $10m for 2023/24 and TVNZ will get nothing.

    Jackson claims the extra money will “deliver world class public media for all New Zealanders.” This seems improbable given the earlier dire predictions.

    The additional $25 million a year for RNZ represents a 60 percent increase in its funding. It sounds a lot but the broadcaster has been under resourced for the past 15 years.

    Coping with pandemic
    When National came to power in 2008 it froze RNZ funding for 9 years. The state broadcaster did get an increase from the Ardern government but it has had to contend with the additional costs of reporting on and coping with the covid-19 pandemic.

    Lately, the demands of covering the Auckland floods and cyclone Gabrielle have stretched it further. Newsroom understands RNZ is currently running a deficit of close to $5 million.

    The lack of funding is illustrated by the rundown premises RNZ occupies nationwide, its ageing equipment and out-of-date IT systems. Under constant financial pressure it has struggled to attract and keep top journalists.

    Some of its best and brightest have been lured away to TVNZ, Newshub, Newsroom and Stuff.

    Jackson’s media release said $12 million of the extra funding was for current services and $12 million for a new digital platform. $1.7 million is to support AM transmission so people can access information during civil emergencies.

    Stuff, the NZ Herald and RNZ itself all reported (presumably from the media release) on the funding for the new multimedia digital platform. But there is no new platform. This was either clumsy language or a clumsy attempt at spin from Jackson and his comms people.

    RNZ’s chief executive Paul Thompson told Newsroom the money would be used to make improvements to RNZ’s existing web platform and mobile app.

    ‘Fixing things’
    “It is kind of fixing things that should have been fixed a long time ago. Our website and app are serviceable and do a good job but if we are going to be relevant in the future we need to be better than that.”

    Thompson says the increase in the amount of baseline funding was calculated to restore RNZ to its former state, more than anything else.

    “How much would it take us to stabilise our current operations and get them to where they need to be, so that’s well overdue. It is everything from our premises through to our content management systems, to our rostering — just having enough staff to do the job we do. It’s sufficient but we are going to have to spend every penny very wisely.”

    A big part of the government’s reasoning for the merger was that minority audiences are under-served by the media.

    Jackson now seems to expect RNZ to do the heavy lifting in this area. His media release quoted him saying the funding would allow RNZ to expand regional coverage and establish a new initiative to prioritise Māori and Pacific coverage.

    Asked how he planned to do this, Thompson was circumspect. “It has got to be worked out . . . we are going to have to prioritise, we can’t do it all at once.”

    Jackson wants other media to play an (unspecified) role in reaching these audiences. He has restored $42 million of funding to NZ On Air. Under the merger plan this money, which was the amount NZOA spent funding TVNZ programmes (mainly drama, comedy and off-peak minority programmes), was being handed to ANZPM to decide how it should be spent.

    Production community upset
    The local TV production community was upset by this as it far preferred NZ On Air to be the gatekeeper and not TVNZ executives who would likely end up working for the merged organisation.

    Jackson has also given NZOA a one-off boost of $10 million for 2023/2024.

    “The funding will support the creation of high-quality content that better represents and connects with audiences such as Māori, Pasifika, Asian, disabled people and our rangatahi and tamariki. It is vital that all New Zealanders are seeing and hearing themselves in our public media,” he said in his media release.

    One-off funding can be of limited benefit. It usually has to be project-based rather than supporting ongoing programming and the staff that go with it. It is possible Jackson is hoping or expects NZ On Air to use more of its baseline funding to sustain new shows and programmes for minorities.

    On the same day as Jackson’s announcement, but with less fanfare, NZOA released its own revised strategy.

    The document says, above all, funded content must have a “clear cultural or social purpose.”

    Priority will be given to songs and stories that contribute to rautaki (strategy for) Māori, support a range of voices and experiences, including those of people from varying ages, races, ethnicities, abilities, genders, religions, cultures, and sexual orientations.

    Unclear about TVNZ
    It is unclear where Jackson’s plan B leaves TVNZ. Throughout the merger discussions TVNZ executives, while saying they embraced the idea, were critical of the draft legislation, the level of independence the new entity would have and they often emphasised TVNZ’s commercial success.

    Jackson has, on a number of occasions, linked TVNZ to the National Party which opposed the merger and was committed to rolling it back if elected in October.

    When he became frustrated in an interview with TVNZ’s Jack Tame, before the merger was abandoned, Jackson used the line “your mates in National”.

    During question time in Parliament last week, when asked what more he was doing to strengthen public media, Jackson said he was going to “sit down with Simon and the National Party mates over there.”

    He was referring to TVNZ CEO, and former National Party minister, Simon Power.

    Jackson said he wanted TVNZ to play a more active role in public broadcasting and, “we are going to traverse things with Simon in terms of a way forward.”

    Power recently announced his resignation and will leave TVNZ in June. With many of the TVNZ board, including its influential chair Andy Coupe, likely to retire or be replaced in the next month, Jackson will, in reality, be sitting down with a new board and CEO to discuss his public media ambitions for TVNZ.

    If he is interested in the job, RNZ’s Thompson must now be in with a real chance.

    Thompson unequivocally endorsed the merger idea and was almost the only advocate able to clearly articulate its benefits. A new board, eager to take the company in a direction more sympathetic to its owner’s vision, might find that attractive.

    Mark Jennings is co-editor of Newsroom. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/feed/ 0 387281
    New Caledonia, France need a new plan to break sovereignty stalemate https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 09:00:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86947 By Walter Zweifel, RNZ Pacific reporter

    The leader of New Caledonia’s Pacific Awakening party has presented his vision on the territory’s development to the French government.

    Milakulo Tukumuli met the French Interior Minister Gerald Darmanin ahead of talks between French Prime Minister Elisabeth Borne and New Caledonia’s pro- and anti-independence politicians.

    The two rival sides were the signatories to the 1998 Noumea Accord which has been the roadmap of the decolonisation process.

    Pacific Awakening, which represents the interests of the Wallisian and Futunan community, was formed in the lead-up to the last provincial elections and now holds the balance of power in New Caledonia’s Congress.

    Tukumuli said it was important to establish a methodology to move forward after the rejection of full sovereignty in the three referendums under the accord.

    The anti-independence camp hopes Paris will amend the French constitution to reverse the voting restrictions introduced with the Noumea agreement.

    The pro-independence side considers the restrictions as an irreversible accomplishment of the decolonisation process.

    The leader of the Pacific Awakening Party Milakulo Tukumuli
    Pacific Awakening leader Milakulo Tukumuli . . . a “methodology” needed. Image: RNZ Pacific/Facebook

    Its representatives say this week’s talks in Paris are mere discussions and not formal negotiations resulting in any commitment.

    The largest pro-independence party said its aim was to regain independence by 2025, while the anti-independence side seeks reintegration with France.

    New Caledonia has been on the UN decolonisation list since 1986, based on the Kanak people’s internationally recognised right to self-determination.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/feed/ 0 386835
    Progressives Pitch Plan to Combat AIPAC’s Dominance Over Democratic Primaries https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/progressives-pitch-plan-to-combat-aipacs-dominance-over-democratic-primaries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/progressives-pitch-plan-to-combat-aipacs-dominance-over-democratic-primaries/#respond Mon, 10 Apr 2023 21:17:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/aipac-democratic-primaries

    To defeat the anti-Palestinian lobbying network that spends millions of dollars to help corporate Democrats beat left-leaning congressional candidates, progressives in the United States need not temper their criticism of Israel's brutal occupation nor Washington's role in subsidizing it, a pair of organizers wrote Monday in The Nation.

    Alexandra Rojas and Waleed Shahid—respectively the executive director and communications director of Justice Democrats—argued that U.S. Rep. Summer Lee's (D-Pa.) recent victory provides "a road map for how progressive Democrats can unite to build infrastructure to elect candidates whose values will be consistent both at home and abroad."

    Since the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) launched its super PAC, the United Democracy Project (UDP), in December 2021 as a way to legally contribute unlimited amounts of money to directly influence elections and counter mounting opposition to Israeli apartheid within the Democratic Party, the powerful anti-Palestinian lobbying group has not been shy about what journalist David Dayen calls its "perversion of the primary process."

    Last year, for instance, AIPAC boasted that its Republican billionaire-funded attack ads helped topple nearly 10 left-leaning Democrats in primary races, including Jewish Rep. Andy Levin (D-Mich.), former Rep. Donna Edwards (D-Md.), and progressive champions Nida Allam in North Carolina, Nina Turner in Ohio, and Jessica Cisneros in Texas.

    "The AIPAC network is spending millions of dollars precisely because it is losing the generational and partisan battle to progressive Democrats."

    Despite AIPAC's best efforts to beat Lee—UDP dropped more than $2.3 million to support her corporate-friendly opponent in last May's Democratic primary and then invested substantial sums to help her Republican adversary Mike Doyle in November's midterm—the pro-working-class advocate from Pittsburgh won both contests.

    "The importance of Lee's victory cannot be overstated," Rojas and Shahid wrote Monday. "It is a recent and concrete example of how a strong candidate with a well-run, community-driven campaign and large progressive coalition can overcome AIPAC’s multimillion-dollar machine."

    But "as we head into another cycle of competitive Democratic primaries," the pair warned that "some Democratic operatives are suggesting that prospective candidates just get 'AIPAC's target off their back' by conceding to the anti-Palestinian spending network (made up of not just AIPAC but also Democratic Majority for Israel, Pro-Israel America, NORPAC, and others) through vague or overly conciliatory positions regarding the billions in largely unrestricted military aid that American taxpayers provide the Israeli military."

    According to Rojas and Shahid:

    This view was summarized in one conference call last year in which a consultant suggested to a progressive candidate: "Why don't you just tweet something about how you support Israel if you want to avoid $5 million in attack ads?” Missing from these short-term, tactical discussions about appeasing AIPAC are ideological, moral, and strategic questions regarding the Democratic Party's position on a military occupation that leading Israeli and international human rights organizations like B'tselem, Amnesty International, and Human Rights Watch all call apartheid.

    "Instead of capitulating," the pair continued, "progressives should continue building off Lee’s victory by coordinating our own network of anti-occupation donors, operatives, and local community members on the ground—precisely mirroring the ideologically driven electoral infrastructure that the AIPAC network has already built."

    Rojas and Shahid argued that "the AIPAC network is spending millions of dollars precisely because it is losing the generational and partisan battle to progressive Democrats."

    "The AIPAC network's multimillion-dollar spending operation to punish Democrats who stray even one step away from unconditional support for the Israeli occupation makes sense considering how politically untenable such stances would be otherwise," Rojas and Shahid wrote. They pointed to a recent Gallup poll showing that for the first time, a majority of Democratic voters now sympathize with Palestinians more than with Israelis.

    In addition, "as of 2019, 56% of Americans and 71% of Democrats said the United States should not 'give unconditional financial and military assistance to Israel if the Israeli government continues to violate American policy on settlement expansion or West Bank annexation,'" the pair continued.

    In February, far-right Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's administration retroactively authorized nine illegal settlements built without government approval in the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem and announced its plans to erect even more. This elicited a rare rebuke from the United Nations Security Council, which said that "continuing Israeli settlement activities are dangerously imperiling the viability of the two-state solution based on the 1967 lines."

    Roughly 700,000 Israelis live in illegal settlements that have been built in the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem since Israel violently seized those Palestinian territories, along with Gaza, in 1967. Because international law prohibits occupying forces from transferring their civilian population into occupied territories, a top U.N.-appointed expert has characterized Israeli settlements as a "war crime."

    "However, because of the massive political and financial power of the anti-Palestinian lobby, only 14% of Democrats in the House of Representatives have signed legislation to condition aid to Israel on ending the expansion of settlements," Rojas and Shahid lamented. "If the AIPAC network can spend unlimited money to ensure that U.S. politicians don't represent the generational shift in the Democratic Party and the evolving views of the American people, it will have nothing to worry about."

    Since Netanyahu returned to power at the end of last year, his increasingly exterminationist government has killed more than 80 Palestinians and is currently trying to overhaul the judiciary to give itself even more power. Nevertheless, the Biden administration has shown no interest in making Washington's provision of $3.8 billion in annual military aid to Israel contingent on ending the unlawful annexation of Palestinian land as well as assaults on Palestinian residents.

    "We must organize to align the preferences of Democratic legislators with the voters who elected them."

    According to Rojas and Shahid, "AIPAC's aggressive entry into Democratic primaries signals the increasingly partisan track that the anti-Palestinian lobby is taking, mirroring Israel's rightward shift and the Democratic disavowal of groups like the NRA and more recently, Big Oil."

    The pair continued:

    In the last cycle, AIPAC backed over 100 insurrectionist-aligned Republicans, opposed Democrats in general elections and primaries, spent zero dollars against Republican candidates—and were largely funded by pro-Trump Republican donors Robert Kraft, Bernard Marcus, and Paul Singer. Given the generational shift taking place in the Democratic Party—led by Justice Democrats like Rashida Tlaib, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Cori Bush, Jamaal Bowman, Summer Lee, and many others—it is clear that the extreme anti-Palestinian sentiment championed by AIPAC will increasingly fall along party lines, which is exactly what AIPAC's multimillion-dollar spending seeks to avoid.

    Just as with Medicare for All, the Green New Deal, or criminal justice reform, we must organize to align the preferences of Democratic legislators with the voters who elected them. It is through Congress, after all, that we have the power to ensure that American taxpayers are not funding the violation of human rights and subsidizing the endless occupation of the Palestinian people. AIPAC and its largely Republican donors know that Democrats who speak out about the occupation also make the party more progressive on a range of other issues.

    As political observers pointed out at the time, UDP's intervention against Lee in the general election marked the first time the super PAC spent money to boost a Republican candidate over a Democratic one, giving the lie to AIPAC's ostensible concerns about Lee and other progressives' presumed lack of loyalty to the Democratic Party. Notably, AIPAC's single-minded focus on suppressing criticism of Israeli colonialism led the group to endorse dozens of GOP extremists running for Congress last year, including election deniers, proponents of the racist "great replacement theory," and QAnon adherents.

    Rojas and Shahid's argument echoed points made previously by Jewish democratic socialist Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), who has been a vocal critic of AIPAC.

    Last year, Sanders accused the group of bankrolling super PACs such as UDP "to buy elections and control this democracy."

    "Why would an organization go around criticizing someone like Summer Lee for not being a strong enough Democrat when they themselves have endorsed extreme right-wing Republicans?" Sanders asked. "They are doing everything they can to destroy the progressive movement in this country."

    In the words of Rojas and Shahid: "A progressive movement, and a Democratic Party that sells out Palestinians for an easy reelection, is not a movement that can be counted on to fight back for any community when they need us most. Our end goal is not winning for the sake of winning. It's winning to bring about fundamental change."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/progressives-pitch-plan-to-combat-aipacs-dominance-over-democratic-primaries/feed/ 0 386692
    IRS Strategic Plan Vows to Amp Up Audits of the Rich https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/irs-strategic-plan-wealth-tax-dodgers by Jeff Ernsthausen

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Flush with $80 billion in new funding, the IRS is aiming to ramp up audits of wealthy taxpayers and large corporations, according to a strategic operating plan it released Thursday. The 150-page plan also includes a lengthy list of proposed changes intended to improve customer service, upgrade the agency’s notoriously outdated computer systems, boost hiring and even “explore making it easier” to file tax returns directly with the IRS for free.

    Until a spurt of funding during the early pandemic and then the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, the IRS had been hobbled by a decade of budget cuts, causing audit and enforcement rates to plummet. As the report notes: “Taxpayers earning $1 million or more were subject to an audit rate of just 0.7% in 2019 — a sharp decline from 7.2% in 2011. We will increase enforcement for high-income and high-wealth individuals to help ensure they are paying the taxes they owe.” It cites employment taxes, excise taxes, and estate and gift taxes as areas of focus. The plan promises to comply with a Treasury Department directive not to increase audit rates for small businesses and people making $400,000 or less.

    ProPublica has been chronicling the tax agency’s woes for almost five years, first in a series titled “Gutting the IRS,” which examined the slashing of its budget and its consequences in reduced enforcement, as well as in decreased volume and quality of audits of the rich. ProPublica also published articles that showed how a person making $20,000 was more likely to be audited than a person making $400,000 and a map that revealed the geographic overlay of poverty, race and high audit rates.

    ProPublica followed its first IRS series with “The Secret IRS Files,” a second multiyear series that has explored how the U.S. tax system favors the rich, including how its focus on income allows people with massive wealth to sidestep taxes on an epic scale — to the point where some of the wealthiest people, such as Jeff Bezos, had years in which they paid no federal tax.

    In comments to The Washington Post about the new IRS plan, Deputy Treasury Secretary Wally Adeyemo said: “One of the things that people talk about when they say that the tax code is unfair is, if you’re low-income, you’re more likely to be audited than if you’re wealthy. ... That is not consistent with tax fairness.”

    The plan, released by recently confirmed IRS Commissioner Daniel Werfel, aligns with the remarks made by President Joe Biden in his most recent State of the Union address: “I think a lot of you at home agree with me that our present tax system is simply unfair,” Biden said. He reiterated his proposal for what he calls his billionaire minimum tax, which would mandate a 20% minimum levy on income, including unrealized capital gains, for people with a net worth of $100 million or more.

    The IRS plan also includes an initiative to “study the feasibility” of allowing taxpayers to file directly with the agency. That study will likely face opposition from companies such as Intuit, the maker of the widely used TurboTax software. In another series, “The TurboTax Trap,” ProPublica documented in exhaustive detail multiyear efforts taken by tax prep companies to undercut free tax-filing.

    Sen. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., chair of the Senate Finance Committee, applauded the IRS plan. “The bulk of this funding,” he noted in a statement, “will go toward building up the IRS’s capacity to root out cheating by sophisticated, wealthy individuals and companies with highly complex structures.” (The Inflation Reduction Act legislation directed an additional $45.6 billion to IRS enforcement, through September 2031, on top of its previously allotted budget.)

    Republicans were less enthusiastic, calling the plan “big government at its worst,” among other things. In January, House Republicans renewed their attempts to reduce the agency’s funding.

    Help Us Report on Taxes and the Ultrawealthy

    Do you have expertise in tax law, accounting or wealth management? Do you have tips to share? Here’s how to get in touch. We are looking for both specific tips and broader expertise.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Jeff Ernsthausen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich/feed/ 0 386016
    IRS Strategic Plan Vows to Amp Up Audits of the Rich https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich-2/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/irs-strategic-plan-wealth-tax-dodgers by Jeff Ernsthausen

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Flush with $80 billion in new funding, the IRS is aiming to ramp up audits of wealthy taxpayers and large corporations, according to a strategic operating plan it released Thursday. The 150-page plan also includes a lengthy list of proposed changes intended to improve customer service, upgrade the agency’s notoriously outdated computer systems, boost hiring and even “explore making it easier” to file tax returns directly with the IRS for free.

    Until a spurt of funding during the early pandemic and then the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, the IRS had been hobbled by a decade of budget cuts, causing audit and enforcement rates to plummet. As the report notes: “Taxpayers earning $1 million or more were subject to an audit rate of just 0.7% in 2019 — a sharp decline from 7.2% in 2011. We will increase enforcement for high-income and high-wealth individuals to help ensure they are paying the taxes they owe.” It cites employment taxes, excise taxes, and estate and gift taxes as areas of focus. The plan promises to comply with a Treasury Department directive not to increase audit rates for small businesses and people making $400,000 or less.

    ProPublica has been chronicling the tax agency’s woes for almost five years, first in a series titled “Gutting the IRS,” which examined the slashing of its budget and its consequences in reduced enforcement, as well as in decreased volume and quality of audits of the rich. ProPublica also published articles that showed how a person making $20,000 was more likely to be audited than a person making $400,000 and a map that revealed the geographic overlay of poverty, race and high audit rates.

    ProPublica followed its first IRS series with “The Secret IRS Files,” a second multiyear series that has explored how the U.S. tax system favors the rich, including how its focus on income allows people with massive wealth to sidestep taxes on an epic scale — to the point where some of the wealthiest people, such as Jeff Bezos, had years in which they paid no federal tax.

    In comments to The Washington Post about the new IRS plan, Deputy Treasury Secretary Wally Adeyemo said: “One of the things that people talk about when they say that the tax code is unfair is, if you’re low-income, you’re more likely to be audited than if you’re wealthy. ... That is not consistent with tax fairness.”

    The plan, released by recently confirmed IRS Commissioner Daniel Werfel, aligns with the remarks made by President Joe Biden in his most recent State of the Union address: “I think a lot of you at home agree with me that our present tax system is simply unfair,” Biden said. He reiterated his proposal for what he calls his billionaire minimum tax, which would mandate a 20% minimum levy on income, including unrealized capital gains, for people with a net worth of $100 million or more.

    The IRS plan also includes an initiative to “study the feasibility” of allowing taxpayers to file directly with the agency. That study will likely face opposition from companies such as Intuit, the maker of the widely used TurboTax software. In another series, “The TurboTax Trap,” ProPublica documented in exhaustive detail multiyear efforts taken by tax prep companies to undercut free tax-filing.

    Sen. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., chair of the Senate Finance Committee, applauded the IRS plan. “The bulk of this funding,” he noted in a statement, “will go toward building up the IRS’s capacity to root out cheating by sophisticated, wealthy individuals and companies with highly complex structures.” (The Inflation Reduction Act legislation directed an additional $45.6 billion to IRS enforcement, through September 2031, on top of its previously allotted budget.)

    Republicans were less enthusiastic, calling the plan “big government at its worst,” among other things. In January, House Republicans renewed their attempts to reduce the agency’s funding.

    Help Us Report on Taxes and the Ultrawealthy

    Do you have expertise in tax law, accounting or wealth management? Do you have tips to share? Here’s how to get in touch. We are looking for both specific tips and broader expertise.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Jeff Ernsthausen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/irs-strategic-plan-vows-to-amp-up-audits-of-the-rich-2/feed/ 0 386017
    After Backlash, Hochul Walks Back Plan to Gut New York Climate Law https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/after-backlash-hochul-walks-back-plan-to-gut-new-york-climate-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/after-backlash-hochul-walks-back-plan-to-gut-new-york-climate-law/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 23:39:50 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/hochul-new-york-climate-methane

    Climate groups celebrated Wednesday once top officials revealed that after outraging campaigners and fellow Democrats, New York Gov. Kathy Hochul no longer sees rewriting a landmark state law to allow more planet-heating emissions as a top priority for budget negotiations.

    "Make no mistake, this is because of the enormous and immediate public pressure. Huge thank you to everyone who took action to kill this horrible attack on the CLCPA!" Food & Water Watch's Alex Beauchamp tweeted about recent protests against changing the 2019 Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act.

    Under the CLCPA, emissions of methane—which traps over 80 times more heat than carbon dioxide in its first two decades in the atmosphere—are considered over a 20-year period. Moving to the 100-year metric commonly used by other governments would require the state to cut roughly one-third less emissions this decade, according to a New York Focus analysis.

    After the planned overhaul was revealed by Politico last week, it was embraced by New York Republican lawmakers and energy companies that donated to the governor's campaign while intensely criticized by scientists and other advocates of ambitious climate action.

    New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Commissioner Basil Seggos and Doreen Harris, president and CEO of the New York State Energy Research and Development Authority, confirmed Hochul's priority shift to Politico on Wednesday:

    She is still seeking a deal on "cap and invest," which would set up an auction for emissions allowances and drive increased gas and energy prices that would include a rebate to consumers to cushion the cost at the pump, they said.

    They didn't rule out the measure being considered in the future but noted it won't be a top agenda item in the budget for the Democratic governor.

    "The other elements that we've discussed recently may take time to get done. We may get it done during the budget. That may happen during the session; it may take the course of a year," Seggos said Wednesday. "The fundamental takeaway is it's full steam ahead for cap and invest with the climate action rebate and any other elements we'll take up as soon as we can."

    Though, as the officials indicated to reporters, the potential change to the CLCPA remains on the table for New York's legislative session, campaigners who have turned out to protest the plan still welcomed Wednesday's news as a win.

    "Facing the powerful efforts of a united climate movement, the governor has reneged on her attempts to sabotage the CLCPA, which would define New York's progress towards decarbonization," declared the Public Power NY Coalition.

    "Instead of playing with numbers to squeeze in a few more bucks by the fossil fuel lobby," the coalition argued, "Gov. Hochul should advance the full Build Public Renewables Act, material climate legislation which would guarantee that New York would reach the current CLCPA goals as they stand, while guaranteeing affordable rates for those who need it most."

    "If Gov. Hochul is truly concerned about energy affordability, she should not give discounted NYPA energy to billionaire corporations like Amazon, but instead, offer it to New Yorkers who are suffering the most from increasing utility rates," the coalition charged, referring to the New York Power Authority.

    Public Power NY wasn't alone in not only cheering Wednesday's development but also advocating for specific legislation, with multiple organizations pointing to the NY Home Energy Affordable Transition (HEAT) Act.

    Another coalition, NY Renews, said that "when Gov. Hochul tried to sneak in a fossil-fueled methane accounting method that would gut New York state's climate act during the final push of budget negotiations, New York's climate and environmental justice movement responded swiftly and powerfully."

    "NY Renews is proud to stand with a movement that stopped—for now—changes to New York's progressive 20-year methane accounting method as written in law," the group continued. "Our coalition will continue to defend against changes to our state's climate act, including changes to the definition of renewable energy as is being pushed by fossil fuel interests in Albany."

    "We look forward to returning our attention to real ways to keep energy costs low for working New Yorkers by implementing NY's climate act via the Climate, Jobs, and Justice Package (CJJP), and particularly the CJJP bills being negotiated at present: the Climate and Community Protection Fund, the Climate Superfund Act, NY HEAT Act, and the Build Public Renewables Act," said NY Renews. "We will continue fighting to ensure that any 'cap and invest' proposal includes environmental justice safeguards."

    The coalition urged the Legislature "to continue fighting for their constituents during budget negotiations" and Hochul "to follow their lead in securing climate justice, affordable renewable energy, good union jobs, and improved public health for New Yorkers statewide."

    Earthjustice New York policy advocate Liz Moran highlighted several of the groups and lawmakers who opposed the overhaul in a series of tweets, and said in a statement, "Thankfully, the governor has listened to the voices of hundreds of New Yorkers by backing down from a proposal that would gut New York's climate law by changing how we account for greenhouse gas emissions."

    "Right now," Moran noted, "New Yorkers are stuck paying millions every year for the needless expansion of gas infrastructure—we're literally forced to pay for something that exacerbates climate change and impairs our health."

    "With rolling back the climate law off the table, the governor and lawmakers can focus on the real policies that will fight climate change and save New Yorkers money for a final budget—a strong mandate for all-electric new construction starting January 1, 2025, the NY HEAT Act to cap energy bills for low-middle income New Yorkers, and other policies to stop the fossil fuel industry from squeezing every last dollar out of us," she added. "At no time should the Legislature accept any efforts that would undercut our landmark climate law."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/after-backlash-hochul-walks-back-plan-to-gut-new-york-climate-law/feed/ 0 385539
    The GOP’s Big Bold Plan to Bring Back Child Labor https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/the-gops-big-bold-plan-to-bring-back-child-labor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/the-gops-big-bold-plan-to-bring-back-child-labor/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 16:58:48 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/republicans-plan-for-child-labor

    I have to concede one point: Today's far-right Republican party does not discriminate against women. In fact, the GOP is giving its female political buffoons a higher profile than its male bozos.

    Consider Sarah Huckabee Sanders, governor of Arkansas, who became a star in the new Republican crusade to bring back child labor abuse. Pushed by their corporate backers, GOP governors and lawmakers exclaim that the answer to America's so-called "labor shortage" is not to make jobs more attractive, but to fill them with cheap, compliant children.

    Huckabee Sanders rushed to the aid of these corporate powers, eliminating a bothersome Arkansas law that required Tyson, Walmart and other big employers to get a special state permit to put any child under 16 to work. "The meddling hand of big government creeping down from Washington, D.C.," she bellowed, "will be stopped cold... We will get the overregulating, micromanaging, bureaucratic tyrants off your backs."

    So, she is using the meddling hand of big state government to creep into the lives of vulnerable children. She is not alone. Ohio's Republican-controlled state government is moving to extend the number of hours bosses can make children work; Iowa wants to let 14-year-olds work in industrial freezers and laundries; and Republicans in Congress have shrunk the number of investigators and lawyers policing child labor abuse, so abusive corporate managers know there is little chance they'll be caught.

    Most damning, these corporate politicians value children so little that they've set the maximum fine for violating the workplace safety of minors at $15,138 per child. For multimillion-dollar conglomerates, that devaluation makes it much cheaper to endanger children than protect them.

    America should not even be talking about child safety rules in dangerous workplaces — it's shameful to have any children working there.

    ONE IDEA FOR ACTUALLY STOPPING CHILD LABOR ABUSE

    With new outrages erupting every day, I find some comfort in knowing that We the People have at least eliminated certain particularly ugly plutocratic abuses. Child labor, for example — outlawed in 1938, right?

    Well, outlawed, yes; stopped, no. Recent reports reveal that thousands of children, ages 12 to 17, are toiling illegally at dangerous jobs, in manufacturing, construction, food processing, etc. To be clear, there's nothing wrong with teenagers working — they help their families, gain experience or just earn a few bucks. Indeed, I worked part-time throughout my high school and college years, and while I did gripe some, overall, it was positive.

    So, this is not about children working — it's about corporate child abuse, plain and simple. For example, last year Packers Sanitation Services was caught "employing oppressive child labor" in meatpacking plants to clean saws, head splitters and other butchering machines. In a typical incident, one 13-year-old was badly burned by the caustic cleaning chemicals they used during long night shifts — which ran from 11 p.m. to at least 5 a.m.!

    Once caught, top executives of Packers Sanitation tried to sanitize their reputation by proclaiming they have "zero tolerance for any violation" of child labor laws. Oh? Ask that 13-year-old. These executives would be comical, except they're completely disgusting and morally repugnant. Yet, our worker protection laws are so weak that Packers' multiple violations, involving 102 children in this one case, resulted in a fine of... $1.5 million.

    That's not even peanuts for this nationwide giant, which is owned by Blackstone, trillion-dollar Wall Street hucksters run by well-manicured executives who pretend they know nothing about the children they endanger for profit.

    How about we make a few of the teenage children and grandchildren of Blackstone profiteers work some midnight shifts cleaning meat-cutting machinery? I'm guessing they would stop the abuse overnight.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jim Hightower.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/the-gops-big-bold-plan-to-bring-back-child-labor/feed/ 0 385506
    Inside a $110 million plan to turn NYC apartments into virtual power plants https://grist.org/energy/inside-a-110-million-plan-to-turn-nyc-apartments-into-virtual-power-plants/ https://grist.org/energy/inside-a-110-million-plan-to-turn-nyc-apartments-into-virtual-power-plants/#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=606616 This story was originally published by Canary Media and is reproduced here with permission.

    In New York City, the path to decarbonization runs through apartments. The city has more than 2 million rental housing units, most in high-rise or multistory buildings. Buildings at large account for nearly three-quarters of citywide emissions, and many building owners face potential fines if they don’t comply with tough carbon-cutting targets starting next year.

    But even with these fines looming, apartment owners face a ​“classic split incentive” challenge for carbon-cutting and energy-saving investments, said David Klatt, chief operations officer for Logical Buildings. Simply put, building owners bear the costs of efficiency investments, but tenants reap most of the rewards in the form of lower energy bills. ​“Why should the owner of the building invest in making your apartment more energy efficient if all the benefit [goes] to the resident?”

    On March 28, Logical Buildings and financing partner Keyframe Capital announced their plan to help overcome this challenge — a $110 million financing vehicle to install and operate smart thermostats in thousands of rental units at low to no upfront cost for building owners in New York and New Jersey.

    The plan represents one of a growing number of energy infrastructure investments targeting the split-incentive problem in multifamily buildings. Similar structures are putting money into shared solar and backup battery installations and electric vehicle chargers in multifamily building garages and parking lots.

    “The energy transition is going to be a very capital-intensive transition,” said Alex Brown, a partner at Keyframe Capital. ​“Different forms of capital fit different forms of risk.” 

    Logical Buildings’ smart thermostats will link up with the company’s virtual power plant, or VPP, platform that controls their temperature settings in real time to reduce electricity and heating energy demand. Simply going from ​“dumb” to smart, cloud-connected thermostats can reduce overall energy use by up to 10 percent.

    But real-time control also allows Logical Buildings to target times when cutting energy use is most valuable — say by reducing air-conditioning electricity demand during hot summer evenings. Con Edison, the utility serving New York City and its environs, has been asking residents to cut power use during summer heat waves, and it offers generous payments to those willing to commit to shaving power demand at critical times.

    The partners’ first $25 million tranche of investments is aimed at outfitting several multifamily buildings, which Klatt said will enable about 100 megawatts of peak load-reduction capacity. For context, citywide electricity demand topped 12,000 megawatts during last summer’s heat wave.

    Logical Buildings has already been tapping this ​“demand-response” capability over the past two years, starting in single-family homes and moving into some multifamily units last year. Last summer, it paid more than 9,000 participating customers an average of $80 each through the utility rewards program, with some heavy power-cutters earning up to $500.

    This course from single-family to multifamily properties has been dictated by Con Edison’s schedule for deploying about 5.3 million smart electricity and gas meters over the past six years, which started in less dense areas and recently finished up with the city’s largest buildings, Klatt explained. Smart meters are a prerequisite for accurately measuring and rewarding energy-use changes in 15-minute increments, and Con Edison’s investment in them is one of the two ​“multibillion-dollar paradigm shifts” that enable Logical Buildings’ and Keyframe Capital’s new business model, he said.

    The other paradigm shift is the state and city governments’ response to the climate crisis, he said. Specifically, New York City’s Climate Mobilization Act, aka Local Law 97, passed in 2019, calls for buildings over 25,000 square feet to cut carbon emissions by 40 percent by 2030 and by 80 percent by 2050, and assesses financial penalties for those that fail to meet targets starting in 2024.

    Residential buildings make up about 60 percent of those subject to the new law. Many of them are older buildings that use oil or fossil gas heating, systems that can be very expensive to upgrade to lower carbon-emitting options such as electric heat pumps. Fear of high costs is driving some multifamily property owners and managers to seek to defer upgrades or loosen the law’s decarbonization targets.

    Putting smart thermostats in every unit isn’t a complete solution to these challenges. But they’re much less expensive than whole-building efficiency upgrades or heating system retrofits, Klatt said. They also provide a way to track and manage central heating costs — one of the few utility costs that are typically borne by building owners rather than tenants.

    Cooling, by contrast, tends to be a cost that tenants pay through electricity bills for air conditioning, which in New York City apartments is typically delivered via individual window-mounted or packaged terminal systems. Smart thermostats give tenants access to smartphone apps that they can use to adjust temperature settings for everyday savings or get paid to respond to grid emergencies.

    This makes smart thermostats important tools for cutting summer demand for peak electricity that’s driven by air-conditioning loads. In and around New York City, that peak power supply most often comes from fossil-fueled peaker plants, which makes the thermostats potential air-quality improvement tools as well.

    Last summer, Con Edison relied on customers responding to emergency text messages begging them to reduce power use to ride through heat-wave-driven grid strains. Similar emergency texts and consumer responses helped save the California grid from heat-wave emergencies last fall, but such emergency programs have been criticized because they don’t usually compensate residents.

    Large commercial buildings have been providing these peak-reduction services for decades, but apartment buildings have played a much less significant role, largely due to the difficulty of getting tenants involved, Klatt said.

    The energy infrastructure investor play in multifamily buildings

    This isn’t Keyframe’s first foray into electrification investments. It has invested in companies including fleet EV charging developer Terawatt Infrastructure and residential energy-efficiency project developer Sealed, and it also led a $10 million equity investment in Logical Buildings in late 2021.

    But the $110 million it’s putting to work with Logical Buildings today will be invested in the underlying infrastructure — the smart thermostats themselves, plus the communications networks needed to connect them to the cloud if buildings don’t already have them — based on an expectation of steady, ongoing revenue.

    Brown wouldn’t share details on those financial expectations. But ​“these are projects that are very economical,” he said. ​“There’s a lot of money to go around” from utility demand-response payments and reduced energy costs for tenants and building owners, with enough left over to allow Logical Buildings and Keyframe Capital to earn back their upfront installation and long-term operations and maintenance costs.

    Multifamily buildings also offer an avenue for increasing the scope of these kinds of investments in ways that single-family homes — the primary target for smart thermostats, rooftop solar, batteries and other virtual power plant investments to date — does not, he added.

    “What’s always been challenging about these business models is customer acquisition,” he said. Logical Buildings ​“can get five buildings on the platform in one conversation,” representing thousands of individual tenants, he added. ​“That scales in a way that VPPs historically have had trouble scaling.”

    All of these factors help promote private-sector investment in ​“things that we should be doing as a society,” Brown said. Energy efficiency remains the cheapest way to combat climate change, but current spending on it represents just a fraction of the trillions of dollars of investment potential in U.S. buildings, according to Donnel Baird, CEO of BlocPower, another startup tackling multifamily building efficiency and electrification in New York and other cities.

    As New York City and the state as a whole continue to press ahead on policies to improve efficiency and reduce fossil fuel use in buildings, the demand for technology that can both reduce energy use and shift that use in ways that match the ups and downs of clean electricity supplies is expected to grow dramatically.

    New York–based nonprofit group Urban Green Council estimates that Local Law 97 will drive demand for $18.2 billion in efficiency retrofits from 2024–2030, 13 times current spending trends. And a study by consultancy ICF found that electrifying building heating and vehicles to meet New York City’s carbon-neutral-by-2050 target will nearly double current winter peaks in electricity demand.

    “It’s a screaming investment need,” Brown said. ​“The question is, how do we funnel that capital?” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Inside a $110 million plan to turn NYC apartments into virtual power plants on Apr 4, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jeff St. John, Canary Media.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/inside-a-110-million-plan-to-turn-nyc-apartments-into-virtual-power-plants/feed/ 0 384959
    China slams plan for Taiwan president to meet US House Speaker https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tsai-mccarthy-04042023012213.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tsai-mccarthy-04042023012213.html#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 05:25:56 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tsai-mccarthy-04042023012213.html China on Tuesday reacted angrily to an announcement that U.S. House Speaker Kevin McCarthy will meet with Taiwan President Tsai Ing-wen in California, saying the meeting will “further damage” China-U.S. relations.

    On Monday, despite warnings from Beijing, McCarthy’s office announced that the Speaker will “host a bipartisan meeting with the President of Taiwan at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library” in Simi Valley on Wednesday.

    It will be the first ever meeting between a Taiwan president and a U.S. House Speaker in the United States.

    Tsai is currently in Belize on an official visit to Taiwan’s two remaining allies in Central America that also took her to Guatemala. The third ally in the region – Honduras - has just broken ties with Taipei, switching allegiance to Beijing. 

    Tsai Belize.JPG
    Taiwanese President Tsai Ing-wen attends a banquet as she arrives in Belize, in this handout released on April 3, 2023.  Credit: Taiwan Presidential Office/Handout via Reuters

    The Taiwanese president will make a transit in Los Angeles on her way back to Taipei. A similar stopover was made in New York last week.

    The Chinese Consulate in Los Angeles said in a statement that the Tsai-McCarthy meeting will "greatly hurt the national feelings” of the Chinese people and is “not conducive to regional peace, security nor stability,” according to news reports.

    China considers Taiwan one of its provinces and has repeatedly warned against what Beijing sees as a “separatist campaign” by the current Taiwan government, assisted by “external forces.”

    When asked about the meeting that China labeled a “provocation” and whether it would retaliate with military action, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning said Beijing “will take resolute measures to safeguard its sovereignty and territorial integrity.”

    She did not elaborate on the measures.

    ‘Absurd and unreasonable’

    Taiwan’s Defense Ministry on Tuesday morning said that over the previous 24 hours, 20 Chinese aircraft and three warships were detected in areas around the island.

    Nine of the aircraft crossed the median line in the Taiwan Strait which serves as the de facto boundary between Taiwan and China’s mainland.  

    The Taiwanese Foreign Ministry hit back on Tuesday, saying that Taiwan has never been part of nor ruled by China. This is “an objective fact that is clearly recognized internationally,” it said.

    The ministry added that China’s reaction to Tsai Ing-wen’s trip has “become increasingly absurd and unreasonable.”

    Taiwan is a sovereign and independent country, it said, and “has the right to independently choose to communicate and develop relations with other countries in the world.”

    The meeting between Taiwan’s president and the Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives was reportedly relocated from Taiwan to California due to concerns about China’s retaliation.

    When then-House Speaker Nancy Pelosi visited Taiwan in August last year, China staged a week-long military exercise around the island.

    The change of venue is seen by some analysts as a tension-reducing measure.

    Meanwhile, former Taiwan President Ma Ying-jeou is in China on a visit criticized by the island’s ruling Democratic Progressive Party.

    Ma, who is a member of the opposition Kuomintang party, met with Chinese officials and called on both sides “to do everything possible to avoid war,” Chinese media reported.

     





     




    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tsai-mccarthy-04042023012213.html/feed/ 0 384877
    Game-changing plan to fight climate change at Olympics https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/game-changing-plan-to-fight-climate-change-at-olympics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/game-changing-plan-to-fight-climate-change-at-olympics/#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 04:01:02 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/04/1135327 Future Olympic events are poised to drive sustainability in sport and fight climate change, led by a set of game-changing measures adopted by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and supported by the UN.

    Speaking to UN News ahead of the International Day of Sport for Development and Peace, observed on 6 April, IOC’s legacy director, Tania Braga, explains how the 2024 Paris Games will be the first time that new sustainability guidelines will be fully implemented, aligning sport with development and climate action.

    Eileen Travers asked Ms. Braga how compatible the Olympics are with sustainable development.


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Eileen Travers.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/game-changing-plan-to-fight-climate-change-at-olympics/feed/ 0 384842
    Unequal Justice: The Supreme Court Is Poised to Reject Biden’s Student Debt Relief Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/unequal-justice-the-supreme-court-is-poised-to-reject-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/unequal-justice-the-supreme-court-is-poised-to-reject-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan/#respond Fri, 31 Mar 2023 17:42:55 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/unequal-justice-supreme-court-reject-student-debt-plan-blum-310323/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Bill Blum.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/unequal-justice-the-supreme-court-is-poised-to-reject-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan/feed/ 0 383944
    ‘Enough Is Enough’: Democrats Propose Plan to Combat GOP’s Anti-Trans Onslaught https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/enough-is-enough-democrats-propose-plan-to-combat-gops-anti-trans-onslaught/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/enough-is-enough-democrats-propose-plan-to-combat-gops-anti-trans-onslaught/#respond Thu, 30 Mar 2023 21:39:56 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/transgender-bill-of-rights

    Amid a growing wave of Republican attacks on transgender rights—including a recently passed U.S. House bill targeting trans youth—a pair of progressive congressional lawmakers on Thursday prepared to reintroduce a resolution codifying protections for transgender Americans.

    The revived Transgender Bill of Rights—introduced by Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) and Sen. Ed Markey (D-Mass.) and co-sponsored by dozens of congressional Democrats—comes a day ahead of International Transgender Day of Visibility on March 31. According to Jayapal's office, the measure "provides a comprehensive policy framework to provide protections for transgender and nonbinary people, ensuring that everyone has the opportunity to thrive, regardless of their gender identity or expression."

    Jayapal, who co-chairs the Transgender Equality Task Force and whose daughter is trans, said in a statement: "Day after day, we see a constant onslaught of anti-trans rhetoric and legislation coming from elected officials. Today we say enough is enough."

    "Day after day, we see a constant onslaught of anti-trans rhetoric and legislation coming from elected officials."

    Markey asserted that "on this and every International Transgender Day of Visibility, we are reminded of our moral obligation to defend the fundamental rights of trans people against the violence, discrimination, and bigotry that too often mark their lived experience in our country."

    "Lives are at stake. The health, safety, and freedom of trans people are at stake," he added. "Congress must take a stand in the face of dangerous, transphobic attacks waged by far-right state legislatures and once again reaffirm our nation's bedrock commitment to equality and justice for all."

    According to Jayapal's office, "in 2023 alone, there have been more than 450 anti-LGBTQ+ bills proposed in both state and federal legislature, jeopardizing the safety and mental health of LGBTQ+ youth and trans youth in particular."

    "Trans Americans are also four times more likely than cisgender peers to be victims of violent crime and more than 40% have attempted suicide," the congresswoman's office added.

    State laws targeting transgender people include—but are not limited to—bans on lifesaving gender-affirming healthcare for trans youth and on trans students from participating on sports teams or using the bathrooms that match their gender identity; and prohibition of public drag shows.

    Common Dreamsreported Thursday that West Virginia and Kentucky are the latest states to ban gender-affirming care for trans minors.

    Meanwhile, the Kansas House of Representatives on Wednesday approved a bill which would bar transgender individuals from entering single-sex spaces including bathrooms, domestic violence shelters, and prison wards, while labeling intersex people as disabled.

    No state is safe from at least the introduction of transphobic legislation, including California, where a Republican state lawmaker earlier this month proposed a bill that would force schools "out" transgender students to their parents under the pretext of boosting parental rights and helping children.

    Not content with banning gender-affirming healthcare in their own state, a bill passed earlier this month by Idaho's Republican-controlled House of Representatives included a provision that criminalizes parents or guardians who allow their children to travel outside the state to receive such care.

    At the federal level, anti-trans legislation includes the Parents Bill of Rights, passed last week by the Republican-controlled House in a 213-208 vote along party lines.

    Among other things, the Transgender Bill of Rights calls on the federal government to amend the Civil Rights Act of 1964 to explicitly include gender identity and to codify the U.S. Supreme Court's Bostock v. Clayton County ruling, which affirmed that Title VII of the Civil Rights Act protects LGBTQ+ employees from discrimination.

    President Joe Biden on Thursday issued a proclamation ahead of International Transgender Day of Visibility asserting that trans Americans "shape our nation's soul."

    Biden continued:

    As kids, they deserve what every child deserves: the chance to learn in safe and supportive schools, to develop meaningful friendships, and to live openly and honestly. As adults, they deserve the same rights enjoyed by every American, including equal access to healthcare, housing, and jobs and the chance to age with grace as senior citizens. But today, too many transgender Americans are still denied those rights and freedoms. A wave of discriminatory state laws is targeting transgender youth, terrifying families and hurting kids who are not hurting anyone. An epidemic of violence against transgender women and girls, in particular women and girls of color, has taken lives far too soon. Last year's Club Q shooting in Colorado was another painful example of this kind of violence—a stain on the conscience of our nation.

    The president highlighted how his administration "fought to end these injustices from day one":

    On my first day as president, I issued an executive order directing the federal government to root out discrimination against LGBTQI+ people and their families. We have appointed a record number of openly LGBTQI+ leaders, and I was proud to rescind the ban on openly transgender people serving in the military. We are also working to make public spaces and travel more accessible, including with more inclusive gender markers on United States passports. We are improving access to public services and entitlements like Social Security. We are cracking down on discrimination in housing and education. And last December, I signed the Respect for Marriage Act into law, ensuring that every American can marry the person they love and have that marriage accepted, period.

    "There is much more to do," Biden added. "I continue to call on Congress to finally pass the Equality Act and extend long-overdue civil rights protections to all LGBTQI+ Americans to ensure they can live with safety and dignity."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/enough-is-enough-democrats-propose-plan-to-combat-gops-anti-trans-onslaught/feed/ 0 383570
    Baltimore Blocks EPA Plan to Dump Toxic Wastewater From East Palestine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/baltimore-blocks-epa-plan-to-dump-toxic-wastewater-from-east-palestine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/baltimore-blocks-epa-plan-to-dump-toxic-wastewater-from-east-palestine/#respond Tue, 28 Mar 2023 19:26:44 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/baltimore-water-east-palestine

    A local Democratic lawmaker in Baltimore on Tuesday credited community members and clean water advocates for helping to secure an environmental victory, as the City Council unanimously approved a resolution to block shipments of contaminated wastewater from East Palestine, Ohio.

    Days after water treatment company Clean Harbors informed Baltimore and Maryland officials that it intended to receive 675,000 gallons of contaminated wastewater containing vinyl chloride and per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) from the site of a toxic train derailment in February, Councilmember Zeke Cohen introduced a resolution on Monday to stop the shipment.

    The treatment facility where the wastewater would be going, the resolution noted, has been operated by the state since March 2022 "due to catastrophic failures at the facility that led to illegal releases of partially treated sewage."

    "Ongoing sludge management issues" have also been identified as a cause of a recent explosion at the plant, which treats water that ultimately flows into the Chesapeake Bay, and the neighborhoods surrounding the facility "have an air toxics risk in the 80th-100th percentile and wastewater discharges in the 90th-100th percentile, nationally."

    "The decision to send at least 675,000 gallons (that's at least 20 train cars) of contaminated water to an already environmentally overburdened community is reckless," tweeted Cohen on Monday as he introduced the resolution. "We stand in solidarity with the people of East Palestine. We understand all too well the long-term costs of environmental injustice."

    "But now is not the time, and our city is not the place to clean up Norfolk Southern's mess," he added, referring to the rail company responsible for the derailment in East Palestine.

    Environmental justice group Blue Water Baltimore demanded to know last week why U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) officials "believe it is appropriate to send the toxic waste that is too dangerous for East Palestine to the shores of Baltimore."

    "It is entirely inappropriate to further stress-test this facility by adding even more toxic contaminants to the waste-stream from wastewater produced outside of the watershed," said the group.

    The February 3 derailment involved several train cars carrying vinyl chloride and has so far led Norfolk Southern to remove more than eight million gallons of wastewater from the town, shipping it to facilities in states including Michigan and Texas.

    Residents of East Palestine have reported symptoms including headaches and vomiting since leaders told them the town was safe to return to following a brief evacuation. Soil near the crash site has been found to contain levels of dioxin that far exceed the cancer risk threshold recommended by scientists.

    Democratic Baltimore Mayor Brandon Scott said late Monday that following the City Council's unanimous adoption of Cohen's resolution, city lawyers concluded he could legally modify a sewage permit and halt City Harbors' plan, which was overseen by the EPA.

    "Thank you to Mayor Scott for taking bold and decisive action to deny Clean Harbors from discharging toxic water from East Palestine into our wastewater collection system," said Cohen.

    The council member said the victory "was made possible because elected officials listened to voices on the ground."

    Residents of the Houston area spoke out last month about plans to inject toxic wastewater from East Palestine into the ground in a suburban area, and Oklahoma Gov. Kevin Stitt, a Republican, blocked a shipment of contaminated soil earlier this month.

    "Too often cities with high rates of concentrated poverty and environmental degradation are asked to shoulder the burden for corporate malfeasance," said Cohen on Monday. "East Palestine and Baltimore deserve better."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/baltimore-blocks-epa-plan-to-dump-toxic-wastewater-from-east-palestine/feed/ 0 382821
    Why We Must Defend Against the GOP Plan to Destroy Public Education https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/why-we-must-defend-against-the-gop-plan-to-destroy-public-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/why-we-must-defend-against-the-gop-plan-to-destroy-public-education/#respond Tue, 28 Mar 2023 17:12:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/weingarten-defend-public-education

    The following are the prepared remarks by American Federation of Teachers president Randi Weingarten delivered on Tuesday, March 28, 2023 at the National Press Club.

    I. THE PROMISE AND PURPOSE OF PUBLIC EDUCATION

    Today, we once again grieve for families shattered by senseless gun violence. Please join me in a moment of silence for the lives lost at the Covenant School in Nashville, and for all victims of gun violence.

    Today we renew our call for commonsense gun safety legislation including a ban on assault weapons. This is an epidemic that our great nation must solve.

    There's a saying: You don't have to love everything about someone to love them. I'm sure my wife doesn't love everything about me, but she loves me. (I, on the other hand, love everything about her.) Nothing is perfect. Banks aren't. Congress isn't. And neither are our public schools—not even our most well-resourced and highest-performing schools. Those of us involved in public schools work hard to strengthen them to be the best they can be. But only public schools have as their mission providing opportunity for all students. And by virtually any measure—conversations, polls, studies and elections—parents and the public overwhelmingly like public schools, value them, need them, support them—and countless Americans love them.

    Public schools are more than physical structures. They are the manifestation of our civic values and ideals: The ideal that education is so important for individuals and for society that a free education must be available to all. That all young people should have opportunities to prepare for life, college, career and citizenship. That, in a pluralistic society such as the United States, people with different beliefs and backgrounds must learn to bridge differences. And that, as the founders believed, an educated citizenry is essential to protect our democracy from demagogues.

    Thomas Jefferson argued general education was necessary to "enable every man to judge for himself what will secure or endanger his freedom." Franklin D. Roosevelt said: "The real safeguard of democracy … is education." And Martin Luther King Jr., in accepting the United Federation of Teachers' John Dewey Award, made clear, "Education is the road to equality and citizenship."

    When kids go to school together, they become part of a community; their families become part of a community. That community comes together at school concerts, basketball games and science fairs, and for shelter and comfort, when people are displaced by natural disasters or, far too often, at vigils for victims of gun violence. In good times and bad, public schools are cornerstones of community, of our democracy, our economy and our nation.

    But some people want that cornerstone to crumble—and they're wielding the sledgehammers.

    II. ATTACKS ON PUBLIC EDUCATION AND DEMOCRACY

    Attacks on public education are not new. The difference today is that the attacks are intended to destroy it. To make it a battlefield, a political cudgel. After former President Trump lost re-election, Steve Bannon, his key ally, declared that their fight goes through school boards. In a speech last year, culture war operative and Governor Ron DeSantis' appointee Christopher Rufo put it bluntly, "To get to universal school choice, you really need to operate from a premise of universal public school distrust." To this end, he says, his side has "to be ruthless and brutal."

    And, I would add, well-funded, which it is. The DeVos, Bradley, Koch, Uihlein and Walton family foundations and others have poured many millions of dollars into anti-public education, pro-privatization groups like the American Federation for Children and EdChoice.

    The Betsy DeVos wing of the school privatization movement is methodically working its plan: Starve public schools of the funds they need to succeed. Criticize them for their shortcomings. Erode trust in public schools by stoking fear and division, including attempting to pit parents against teachers. Replace them with private, religious, online and home schools. All toward their end goal of destroying public education as we know it, atomizing and balkanizing education in America, bullying the most vulnerable among us and leaving the students with the greatest needs in public schools with the most meager resources.

    It's an extremist scheme by a very vocal minority of Americans. It's hurting our efforts to do the work we need to do, which is educating the nearly 50 million kids who attend America's public schools. And the urgent work of helping kids recover from learning loss, sadness, depression and other effects of the pandemic.

    And it's not what parents or the public want.

    Let's start with defunding: This year alone, 29 state legislatures are considering bills to either create or expand existing voucher programs.[i] This is on top of the 72 voucher and tax credit programs in 33 states already subsidizing private and home schooling, costing billions every year.[ii] Voucher programs are proliferating even though research shows that, on average, vouchers negatively affect achievement—the declines are worse than pandemic learning loss. In fact, vouchers have caused "some of the largest academic drops ever measured in the research record."

    Proponents of vouchers used to argue that they were a way for low-income and minority families to transfer out of low-performing schools. No longer. Today most vouchers go to families who already send their kids to private schools. And private schools are not required to follow most federal civil rights laws protecting students, so they can—and many do—discriminate, especially against LGBTQ students and students with special needs.

    The universal voucher program signed by Florida Gov. DeSantis yesterday will divert $4 billion from the state's public schools. Florida ranks 44th in the nation in per pupil spending, and 48th in average teacher salaries. DeSantis is sending taxpayers' dollars in the wrong direction.

    And then there are the culture wars. What started as fights over pandemic-era safety measures has morphed into fearmongering: False claims that elementary and secondary schools are teaching critical race theory; disgusting, unfounded claims that teachers are grooming and indoctrinating students; and pronouncements that public schools push a "woke" agenda, even though they can't or won't define what they mean. Banning books and bullying vulnerable children. School board meetings descending into screaming matches. This is an organized and dangerous effort to undermine public schools.

    Over the last three years, legislators in 45 states proposed hundreds of laws placing public schools at the center of culture wars: laws seeking to ban books from school libraries—even books about Ruby Bridges and Anne Frank and Roberto Clemente; laws restricting what teachers can teach and students can learn—particularly about about race, gender, LGBTQ issues, current events and American history; and laws attacking kids who are transgender. Students and staff should feel welcome, safe and respected in school—but the culture wars are fueling hostility and fear.

    A torrent of enacted and proposed legislation targeting even the mention of "controversial" topics—sweeping and open-ended restrictions on what can be taught—has teachers teaching on eggshells. In Florida, the Department of Education has threatened teachers and librarians with felony prosecution if they provide students with books that the state later decides are inappropriate.[iii] If Florida lawmakers have their way, colleges will no longer have diversity, equity or inclusion policies; or tenure; or academic freedom. And AP courses and the mere utterance of LGBTQIA+ will be banned in all K-12 schools. And forget about facts. Many laws and pending bills allow any individual to sue schools and teachers for perceived violations. The intent and effect are to create a climate of fear and intimidation.

    This takes a toll on the quality of education teachers can provide our students, and on the trust and connection that are so important. Shouldn't teachers be free to talk with students who are withdrawn or in distress, and to answer students' questions? Don't we want students to learn both our nation's achievements that make us proud and the failings that make us strive to do better? Isn't that our job?

    Teachers should have the freedom to teach. And students should have the freedom to learn.

    These same governors who are pushing vouchers and culture wars are also trying to defund and weaken teachers unions, so educators don't have the wherewithal to fight back against censorship, attacks on their academic freedom, threats to their livelihoods and criminal prosecution.

    These attacks aren't about protecting kids. If they were, they would be working with us to address learning loss and the youth mental health crisis. They would be working with us to take on social media companies for contributing to that crisis.

    If these attacks were about protecting kids, they would be working with us to fight against the leading cause of death for American children—gun violence.

    If this were about protecting kids, instead of putting LGBTQ youth at risk and banning books about Black people and by Black authors, they would give a damn about these kids' safety and well-being, including the youth suicide crisis.

    Forty-five percent of LGBTQ youth seriously considered suicide in the last year. And the suicide rate among Black youth of all sexual orientations has been increasing as well.

    This is literally a matter of life and death. These attacks on public education make it increasingly difficult to create the welcoming, safe environment that our students need and deserve.

    School climate and culture

    It is a fraught time in our country. The effects of COVID-19; the climate of conflict; drug abuse; gun violence; economic insecurity; and the youth mental health crisis have all taken a heavy toll. Hate crimes have surged against many Americans—Asian, Black, Latino, Jewish and Muslim Americans.

    School staff report a rise in bullying, verbal altercations and physical violence among students, as well as this behavior directed at them.

    I recall a teacher saying that when her students are disruptive, it's not because they are bad; it's because they're sad.

    So many students have experienced isolation and trauma. They need help. But there weren't enough mental health specialists before the pandemic, and they are in critically short supply now.

    The persistent demonization and disrespect of teachers—from screaming matches at school board meetings to the former secretary of state saying teachers teach "filth"—have contributed to a culture of disrespect that seeps into our schools.

    I just got a report from Florida. In Flagler County, a 17-year-old student with special needs pushed a paraprofessional so hard she went airborne and was knocked unconscious. A teacher in Osceola County was monitoring students in the hallway when a student sucker-punched him. And there are others. The educators who were hurt all cited lack of staff in the schools and lack of mental health support for students as the main reasons leading to the attacks.

    And this crisis will only get worse as Gov. DeSantis' universal voucher bill kicks in. What will the loss of $4 billion do to safety in Florida's public schools? What will that do to the quality of academics, to the condition of school buildings, to teacher pay, to staffing shortages?

    III. CRISIS IN THE TEACHING PROFESSION

    Even before the pandemic, there were steep declines in teachers' satisfaction. The percent of teachers who were "very satisfied" fell from 62 percent in 2008 to just 12 percent in 2022.

    The stresses of the COVID-19 era—plus the culture wars, attacks on teachers, inadequate pay, poor teaching and learning conditions, and the threat of school shootings—have made recent years the toughest in modern times for educators.

    Despite it all, teachers have thrown themselves into the mission of helping students recover academically, socially and emotionally. You heard Tamara (Simpson). I witness these acts of teaching, of nation-building, every day. Yet, according to our critics, we're responsible for all the woes of society.

    Even before the pandemic, nearly 300,000 teachers were leaving the profession each year. Now, it's closer to 400,000.

    And the teacher pipeline has collapsed as college students and career-changers choose not to go into education. How are we going to recruit and retain the staff schools need in this climate?

    Our teaching profession is in crisis.

    It's in crisis because of the poor teaching and learning conditions created by inadequate funding for public schools. It's teacher pay, which has been falling relative to other college graduates' pay for the last 40 years. It's giving teachers all the blame and little authority. And it's the de-professionalization of teaching that demoralizes an already beleaguered profession.

    I hear it all the time—teachers just want to teach.

    IV. Strategies for Powerful Education

    So where do we go from here?

    The American Rescue Plan, and the programs it spawned, particularly the tutoring programs, have really helped. And we are grateful to President Joe Biden, Education Secretary Miguel Cardona and the last Congress for the much-needed resources. Of course we will continue to fight this defunding of our public schools and this dividing of our communities. But we also must do better to address the learning loss and disconnection we are seeing in our young people. And we can. We can make every public school a school where parents want to send their kids, educators want to work and all students thrive.

    Four strategies can help transform our schools to realize the promise and purpose of public education. Not just to overcome learning loss or get back to normal, but to truly help us prepare all children with the knowledge and skills they need for their lives, for college, for career and for citizenship. These strategies can help us create safe and welcoming environments and bring joy back to learning. And in tandem, they have a catalytic effect. I have seen it work. But we need to do these strategies at scale—for every child and in every school. These four strategies are expanding community schools, scaling experiential learning, addressing staff shortages, and deepening the partnerships between families and educators.

    Community Schools

    First and foremost, we need to make sure our kids are OK. That's why we need community schools, which are hubs for neighborhoods, combining academics with extended learning opportunities, family and community events, and an infusion of medical, mental health and other social services. They are the best system I know to connect students and families to the support they need to learn, live and thrive.

    A recent University of Calgary study found that youth suicide attempts increased 22 percent during the pandemic. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, nearly 1 in 3 teen girls seriously considered suicide in 2021—up nearly 60 percent from a decade ago. More than 42 percent of high school students reported persistent feelings of sadness or hopelessness.

    What helps? The Calgary report found that "school connectedness, defined as feeling close to people at school, has a long-lasting, protective impact for adolescents well into adulthood."

    Our schools must be equipped to support and connect with students, and there is no better model for this than community schools. There is another tragic reality in the United States: Half the students in America's public schools live in poverty. Community schools mitigate the effects of poverty by providing essential services right where students are and where families can be.

    Once kids' physical and emotional needs are met, they are ready to learn, and teachers can focus on their primary role—which is to teach.

    A few weeks ago I went back to Wolfe Street Academy, a community school in Baltimore, to see how they were doing.

    Ninety-six percent of the students there qualify for free- or reduced-price lunch. Since converting to a community school nearly 20 years ago, Wolfe Street has gone from the 77th-most successful elementary school in Baltimore (out of 80) to the second-most successful. And, like other community schools, when COVID-19 hit it was a matter of ramping up services, not having to start from scratch.

    Students have access to medical checkups, clothing and mental health services. Families have food assistance, language support and legal aid.

    And this school is fun! Wolfe Street offers a wide variety of after-school programs, including chess club, robotics club, Mexican folkloric dance, orchestra, a soccer league and more.

    And, by the way, Wolfe Street is a unionized public charter school.

    There are successful community schools in rural and suburban areas, as well.

    The Rome (New York) Teachers Association started a community school with help from the AFT in 2016. Today its Connected Model has spread to 14 school districts and provides everything from access to mental health services and dental care, to food packages for weekends and holidays, and prom dresses!

    A recent Rand Corp. study of community schools in New York City found positive impacts on both attendance and graduation rates. In New Mexico, community schools in operation for five or more years have better-than-average student achievement growth and higher attendance rates, and employed more highly effective teachers. And Robeson High School in Philadelphia went from nearly closing to a 95 percent graduation rate after implementing the community school model.

    AFT members have helped create 700 community schools across the country, and we see how they meet kids' needs. From Kimball Elementary School in Washington, D.C., to the Oyler School in Cincinnati, to Roybal-Allard Elementary in Los Angeles. That's why the AFT is calling for 25,000 community schools by 2025 and our call is gaining steam. California just approved another $45 million to make 1 in every 3 schools in the state a community school. And President Biden's budget doubles federal community school investment. We need to make this happen everywhere.

    Experiential Learning

    Second, we can re-engage students through experiential learning, transforming their educational experiences. Why do kids skip school, or slump in the back of the classroom? They may feel unsafe or unseen. Or just uninterested. We must do better. And we can.

    Of course, fundamental academic subjects are important. But so is how we teach them. Experiential learning engages students through problem-solving, critical-thinking, teamwork, and learning by doing. We need to help kids engage with the world, with ideas and with each other—not just with their devices.

    Experiential learning embeds the things that make kids want to be in school: The excitement of learning that is deeply engaging, and the joy of being together, especially after the isolation of the last few years. The camaraderie and responsibility of working together on a team.

    And in the age of AI and chatGPT, this type of learning is critical to being able to think and write, solve problems, apply knowledge and discern fact from fiction.

    Experiential learning can be applied to any content area from math to computer science to social studies, and often weaves subjects together in powerful interdisciplinary instruction. It can be adapted to any grade level. It can take place in rural, urban and suburban schools. And it nurtures kids' natural curiosity and creativity. That is what robotics and debate teachers do all the time. It's what I did as an AP government teacher at Clara Barton High School. These opportunities need to be the norm not the exception.

    This type of learning makes clear just how outmoded the standardized test-based accountability system is. Of course, the country needs data on how our kids are doing, but if we are talking about student success, research shows classroom grades, not tests, are the best predictor of that. And experiential learning takes the classroom to a new level.

    Experiential learning is assessed by teachers in their classrooms and focuses on mastery of the skill. It can include capstone projects that allow students to research a topic they're passionate about and present it to their teachers and peers. It can include nature-based pre-K, where youngsters learn by exploring natural surroundings while building social skills with other kids. It can include students working together to code and build robotics projects; service-learning projects to support community members; and summer learning on a farm caring for crops or animals; or reporting for and producing a neighborhood newsletter. And it can start with field trips, during and after school.

    Experiential learning has long been embedded in career and technical education programs where students use their minds and their hands to learn everything from auto repair, to nursing, IT, graphic design, welding, culinary skills and hospitality. CTE students learn skills that give them a head start when they go to college or start their careers. Shouldn't every student have that opportunity?

    It's also a proven strategy. Ninety-four percent of young people who concentrate in CTE graduate from high school, and 72 percent of them go on to college.

    Talk to any employer about the skills and knowledge they look for in a successful employee, be it a plumber, a nurse or a lawyer, and you're bound to hear similarities—employees who are creative, self-starters, critical-thinkers, problem-solvers; have empathy; and can build relationships. This type of learning provides every student with more options to develop those skills and to find their passion, their purpose and their pathway to good jobs and fulfilling careers.

    Carpentry students use math when they're figuring out the right cuts to make and how the pieces will all fit together. They're using their hands and their minds to construct something. They're acquiring literacy, technology and writing skills in developing business plans or a website. They're building self-confidence and public speaking skills when they explain plans and work with customers or their peers. They have a sense of pride in the finished product. When a project doesn't turn out as expected, they have to problem-solve what went wrong and try a new approach.

    On Governors Island in New York City, students attending the Harbor School pursue industry certification in specialties like marine science and oceanography. In Louisiana, the Teaching and Reaching initiative is a two-year dual enrollment program that gives high school juniors and seniors the opportunity to earn credits and get a head start on pursuing a degree in education. In Peoria, Ill., CTE programs are preparing students for green energy jobs. And the Rio Rancho, N.M., public schools partner with the local college to provide stackable microcredentials in robotics, coding and automotive technology.

    President Biden's remaking of the economy through the CHIPS and Science Act, the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, and the climate provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act will create millions of new high-paying jobs in renewable energy, broadband, semiconductors, construction, cybersecurity, transportation, small business, entrepreneurship and so much more. Then there's healthcare and education, which have huge staffing crises right now. There are so many incredible opportunities for our young people in the job markets of today and tomorrow. They need to be ready to seize them. This dynamic new economic vision requires a dynamic new workforce vision.

    We are all in, but this requires more than educators. And doing this at scale will require new approaches. We need to start by high school. We need employers to partner with us, giving students internships and apprenticeships, including paid opportunities so students who need to work can afford to participate. That's why the AFT donated stipends for high school kids in Newark, N.J.'s Red Hawks Rising teacher pathway program. Teachers need experiential learning, too, and more externship opportunities in industry.

    The potential for all of this is in our grasp, but we all need to do better on the alignment of people, preparation and professions. And it means all of us making changes. That is why we are working with the AFL-CIO, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo, Education Secretary Miguel Cardona, Acting Labor Secretary Julie Su, and the Bloomberg Philanthropies on this work. We are reaching out to business groups large and small, as experiential learning can take place in the private sector, the public sector and nonprofits. The formula of starting by high school and identifying school-to-career pathways, including community colleges, partnering with employers, and ensuring the opportunities are paid, can be replicated everywhere.

    Revive and Restore the Teaching Profession

    Third, for us to meet the needs of the 50 million children in our public schools, we need to revive and restore the teaching profession. That starts with addressing the teacher and school staff shortage crisis. And taking care of the educators we still have.

    We know how to solve this. At our 2022 convention, AFT members unanimously approved the report our Teacher and School Staff Shortage Task Force had been working on for seven months. That report is a blueprint with scalable solutions that every district and state in the nation can implement. But it boils down to treating educators like the professionals they are, with appropriate pay and time to prepare for classes, the chance to collaborate with colleagues, the opportunity to participate in meaningful professional development, and the authority to make day-to-day classroom decisions. And ensuring they have the conditions that help students learn like buildings in good repair, with safe ventilation and smaller class size.

    The Kansas City Federation of Teachers and School-Related Personnel recently negotiated a new contract, and they used the AFT staffing shortage report as their blueprint. Now, every first- and second-year teacher will be mentored by an exemplary teacher, who will be paid for serving as a mentor. The union secured the highest starting teacher salaries in the region and increases to keep teachers in the profession. They won paid family leave for any parent, making them the first district in the state having this essential family benefit. Where there's a will, there's a way. Thank you, Jason Roberts, the KCFT president, for being with us today.

    I'm really worried about the well-being of teachers and school staff. We are working with groups like Educators Thriving on strategies that address well-being. Their program has helped teachers reduce emotional exhaustion, a leading indicator of burnout. And as a union, we are providing a trauma benefit to all our members and have worked hard to reduce student debt and make the bipartisan Public Service Loan Forgiveness program work. That's been life-changing for those who qualify. But I am asking politicians to do their part as well.

    A word to politicians—rather than using educators as cannon fodder, why not work with us? Like New Mexico Gov. Michelle Lujan Grisham, who enacted a $10,000 raise for teachers in that state. And Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, who signed a bipartisan education budget that will make the highest state investment in Michigan history, investing in school infrastructure, teacher recruitment, school safety and mental health resources. And Sen. Bernie Sanders and Florida Rep. Frederica Wilson, whose bills would raise teacher salaries. And New York Rep. Jamaal Bowman, who has introduced a bill to reduce federally mandated standardized tests.

    Parents and Community as Partners

    Fourth, the pandemic proved what we always knew: In-person learning is essential for kids, and public schools are centers of their communities.

    It's beyond obvious that the school-family connection, the parent-teacher connection, is vital to children's success. But as others are trying to drive a wedge in that connection, we need to deepen it.

    PTAs are remarkable organizations; so are so many parent groups and parent-teacher groups like Red Wine and Blue, Parents Together, MomsRising and the Campaign for Our Shared Future. And we are honored to work with them and others. But we know we need to create this muscle of working together everywhere.

    That's why the AFT created the Powerful Partnerships Institute, which supports family and community engagement. In our inaugural year, the institute has given out 27 grants to AFT locals across the country. Montana is engaging thousands of public education-supporting families and educators across the state. New Haven is working with educators, families and students on fair school funding. And you just heard a little about our partnership in Houston.

    Let's be role models for how we deal with conflicts and disagreement. During the pandemic, we met via Zoom with parent groups that often disagreed with us on COVID-19 safety measures and school closures. We heard each other out and talked things through. We need more of that in America.

    Two years ago, the AFT increased our legal defense fund, so we could help if a member was put in jeopardy for teaching honest history or answering a student's question. But in too many places, there are no unions, or educational associations, or parent groups. People feel alone and isolated. Teachers. Parents. Children.

    That's why, in conjunction with the Campaign for Our Shared Future, we are launching a new Freedom to Teach and Learn hotline for teachers, parents or students to use if they need support. It's a place to call if you've been told to remove a book from the curriculum or from the library, or that there are topics that can't be discussed in your classes, or that you cannot teach honestly and appropriately, or if politicians in your district or state are targeting vulnerable student groups to score political points. The Freedom to Teach and Learn hotline number is 888-873-7227.

    These four strategies are worthy on their own. Together, they are transformative. Community schools will help young people not just recover from these punishing years and the scourge of poverty, but thrive. Experiential learning will prepare our youth with the knowledge and skills to seize the opportunities in our changing economy. To nurture and educate our young people, we need an educator workforce that is supported, respected and compensated befitting their vital role. And we need students' circle of care—family, educators and community members—to be united in their support.

    Conclusion

    This is our agenda. But this can't just be the work of our union or of school staff and schools alone. This is the work of a great nation—to ensure that our children's basic human needs are met so they are ready to learn to their full potential. To exchange outmoded and test-driven ways of teaching and learning for effective and engaging approaches that excite students and prepare them to live their dreams and aspirations.

    Our public schools shouldn't be pawns for politicians' ambitions. Or defunded and destroyed by ideologues.

    We are at a crossroads: Fear and division, or hope and opportunity.

    A great nation does not fear people being educated.

    A great nation does not fear pluralism.

    A great nation chooses freedom, democracy, equality and opportunity.

    All of that starts in our public schools. We are that great nation, and we must act together—to defend, support and strengthen our public schools. And we must do that now.

    Our children deserve no less.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Randi Weingarten.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/why-we-must-defend-against-the-gop-plan-to-destroy-public-education/feed/ 0 382719
    Palestinians to Pay the Price as Netanyahu Pauses Judicial Plan While Further Empowering Far Right https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/palestinians-to-pay-the-price-as-netanyahu-pauses-judicial-plan-while-further-empowering-far-right/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/palestinians-to-pay-the-price-as-netanyahu-pauses-judicial-plan-while-further-empowering-far-right/#respond Tue, 28 Mar 2023 13:51:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=777c86e8fc5fc55ca43e8a42f0b61d9c
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/palestinians-to-pay-the-price-as-netanyahu-pauses-judicial-plan-while-further-empowering-far-right/feed/ 0 382713
    UN Refugee Agency Says Biden Asylum Plan ‘Incompatible’ With International Law https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/un-refugee-agency-says-biden-asylum-plan-incompatible-with-international-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/un-refugee-agency-says-biden-asylum-plan-incompatible-with-international-law/#respond Mon, 27 Mar 2023 20:43:25 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/un-refugee-agency-biden-asylum

    The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees on Monday urged the Biden administration to consider rescinding its proposed anti-asylum rule, which critics have compared to former President Donald Trump's "transit ban" that denied asylum to anyone who had traveled to the United States through a third country.

    The Departments of Justice and Homeland Security last month proposed the new rule, which would subject asylum seekers to prompt deportation if they don't have "documents sufficient for lawful admission."

    Migrants who pass through other countries en route to the U.S. without first claiming asylum there will be labeled ineligible to claim asylum at the U.S.-Mexico border—a violation of the internationally recognized right to seek asylum, said the UNHCR, echoing a number of refugee rights groups.

    "As proposed, the regulation would restrict the fundamental human right to seek asylum for people who passed through another country and arrived in the United States without authorization," said the agency, which is headed by Filippo Grandi. "UNHCR is particularly concerned that, even with the regulation's grounds for rebuttal, this would lead to cases of refoulement—the forced return of people to situations where their lives and safety would be at risk—which is prohibited under international law."

    "Key elements of the proposal are incompatible with principles of international refugee law," said the agency.

    The UNHCR submitted comments on the proposed rule as part of the U.S. government's federal rule-making process. The public comment period for the proposal ends Monday.

    The new rule, titled Circumvention of Legal Pathways, has been proposed to go into effect for two years after the expiration of Title 42, the pandemic-era policy which gave border agents the authority to expel immigrants at the southern U.S. border. Title 42 is currently scheduled to expire in May.

    The UNHCR noted that the United States' mass denial of asylum for people arriving in the country after Title 42 expires would put strain on other countries which are already hosting millions of refugees.

    "In line with the goals of the Los Angeles Declaration on Migration and Protection and other international commitments, it is essential that countries work together to secure collaborative and coordinated responses to increasing movements of refugees and migrants in the Americas," said the agency, referring to the 2022 agreement between Western Hemisphere countries that aimed to "create the conditions for safe, orderly, humane, and regular migration and to strengthen frameworks for international protection and cooperation."

    The agency added that it is committed to supporting "broader reform efforts" regarding the U.S. immigration system aimed at improving "the fairness, quality and efficiency of the asylum system."

    The UNHCR included recommendations for the U.S. system in its public comment, including:

    • Introducing integrated border processing, reception, and registration to ensure asylum-seekers are identified as soon as possible after entering the U.S. and can be directed to the services they need, as well as helping to reduce overcrowding at ports of entry and minimizing delays and inefficiencies;
    • Providing legal information, aid, and representation at the earliest possible stage to contribute to fairness and efficiency;
    • Providing "non-adversarial adjudication," in which authorities could work with asylum applicants to "establish necessary facts and analyze them in accordance with international standards";
    • Introducing "differentiated case processing modalities," in which straightforward cases with fewer legal or factual questions could be "streamed into accelerated and/or simplified procedures," allowing authorities "to enhance protection and build efficiencies by dedicating greater resources to the adjudication of complex claims."

    "UNHCR stands ready to support these efforts throughout the region, including with the United States," said the UNHCR, "with a focus on genuine responsibility sharing, strengthening asylum systems and building safe pathways to protection and solutions."

    The UNHCR has denounced the Biden administration's immigration policies in the past, warning in January that the president's expansion of Title 42—in which up to 30,000 people from specific countries would be sent to Mexico each month unless they met certain requirements—was "not in line with refugee law standards."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/un-refugee-agency-says-biden-asylum-plan-incompatible-with-international-law/feed/ 0 382503
    Peace Advocates Say Putin Plan Reveals Dangers of ‘Nuclear Deterrence’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/#respond Mon, 27 Mar 2023 17:32:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/russia-belarus-putin-threat-nuclear-deterrence

    In addition to denouncing Russian President Vladimir Putin's plan to station so-called "tactical" nuclear weapons in Belarus, anti-war campaigners are calling into question the effectiveness of "nuclear deterrence" and reiterating their demands for global disarmament.

    "As long as Putin has nuclear weapons, Europe cannot be safe," Daniel Högsta, acting executive director of the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons (ICAN), said Monday in a statement.

    But "he has justified this dangerously escalating proposal to move nuclear weapons into Belarus by citing decades of NATO nuclear sharing," said Högsta. "As long as countries continue their complicity in considering nuclear weapons as anything other than a global problem, this helps give Putin cover to get away with this kind of behavior."

    When announcing the Kremlin's plan on Saturday, Putin pointed to the United States' positioning of tactical nuclear weapons in Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, and Turkey.

    "We're basically doing the same thing they've been doing for a decade," said Putin. "They have allies in certain countries and they train their carriers, they train their crews. We are going to do the same thing."

    "We need to urgently stigmatize and delegitimize the use, threat to use, testing, stationing, and possession of nuclear weapons."

    Russia "will not hand over" warheads to Belarus, Putin said. He explained that his country has already provided its ally with a nuclear-capable Iskander missile system and ensured that 10 Belarusian aircraft are equipped to use such weapons. According to Putin, Moscow intends to start training crews next week and aims to finish building a special storage facility for the arms by the beginning of July.

    Putin's announcement came 13 months into Russia's ongoing invasion of Ukraine. Three days after Putin launched the military assault, Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko amended the Belarus Constitution to remove its nuclear-free clause. In late 2021, Lukashenko had offered to host Russian nuclear weapons if NATO moved U.S. atomic bombs from Germany to Eastern Europe.

    Moscow's deployment decision also came just days after the United Kingdom unveiled its plan to send armor-piercing tank rounds containing depleted uranium to Ukraine—a proposal that has elicited concerns about provoking a nuclear war as well as causing public health and environmental harms.

    Putin said the U.K.'s announcement "probably served as a reason" why Lukashenko agreed to Russia's plan, which he argued won't violate the country's obligations under the Treaty on the Nonproliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT).

    As Reutersexplains, the NPT "says that no nuclear power can transfer nuclear weapons or technology to a nonnuclear power, but it does allow for the weapons to be deployed outside its borders but under its control—as with U.S. nuclear weapons in Europe."

    ICAN warned Monday that "the deployment of nuclear weapons in additional countries... complicates decision-making and increases the risk of miscalculation, miscommunication, and potentially catastrophic accidents."

    Belarusian human rights activist and opposition leader Sviatlana Tsikhanouskaya said Saturday that "Russia's deployment of tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus directly violates the Constitution of Belarus and grossly contradicts the will of the Belarusian people."

    "This unacceptable development" makes "Belarus a potential target for preventive or retaliation strikes," she warned, imploring world leaders to demand that Russia "stop this threatening deployment and impose adequate and severe sanctions on the regimes of Lukashenko and Putin as outright threats to international peace and security."

    According toAgence France-Presse, "Kyiv is seeking an emergency meeting of the United Nations Security Council over the move."

    The U.S., for its part, "has reacted cautiously," Reutersreported Sunday. An unnamed senior Biden administration official told the news outlet that "we have not seen any reason to adjust our own strategic nuclear posture nor any indications Russia is preparing to use a nuclear weapon."

    But a European Union official said Monday that the bloc would respond with fresh sanctions if Russia moves ahead with its plan, according toAnadolu Agency, Turkey's state-run news agency.

    "That will be a further escalation and direct threat to European security," said Peter Stano, the European Commission's lead spokesperson on foreign affairs.

    E.U. authorities "haven't seen any confirmation from the Belarusian side about this being on the agenda or happening anytime," Stano stressed. But if it happens, "there will be consequences."

    The Kremlin, meanwhile, said Monday that Russia won't abandon its plan to deploy tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus because of mounting Western criticism.

    In the words of Kremlin spokesperson Dmitry Peskov, "Such a reaction of course cannot influence Russian plans."

    For Beatrice Fihn, the former executive director of ICAN who led the organization when it was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2017, the entire episode underscores the dangerous incoherence of "nuclear deterrence" theory, which asserts that threatening to use atomic bombs dissuades governments from taking certain actions and thus helps avert nuclear war.

    In a Twitter thread, Fihn argued that "the way nuclear deterrence has been talked about this past year has been so bizarre."

    According to Fihn:

    Most proponents of nuclear weapons have spent this past year arguing that we now shouldn't believe in nuclear deterrence. They say, "Don't believe Russia's threats, it doesn't deter us," but also, "Don't worry, Russia will definitely believe and be deterred by our nuclear threats."

    This doesn't make any sense. And I genuinely would like to know from pro-nuclear weapons people in the U.S., U.K., France, and NATO, what could Putin do with his nuclear weapons that would deter you?

    If your answer is "nothing" then you either admit nuclear deterrence doesn't work or you're basically saying nuclear deterrence only is credible when you do it but it's not when your enemies do it.

    "We know Putin is a war criminal who has no problem killing civilians, so how can you be so sure he won't go ahead with this while at the same time [be] so sure that Putin... would be convinced that Biden would?" she asked.

    "Nuclear weapons don't seem to deter any real war and conflict situations," said Fihn. "They only possibly deter hypothetical abstract scenarios in people's minds."

    She continued:

    None of this means that I'm saying Putin won't use nuclear weapons. There is a risk that Putin will use nuclear weapons in this war. We can debate how high it is, but everyone knows that this risk isn't zero and agrees that it has grown this last year.

    But the decision to use nuclear weapons doesn't actually have much to do about believing or not believing in nuclear deterrence, it's just a decision by one man—and will be made based on whatever goes through his head at that point.

    He makes the decision based on whatever he's thinking at that moment. Are you really that confident he will always think the right thing? That he'll always make the decision you think he should be making?

    "We have to stop being so stupid by continuing to say nuclear deterrence works," Fihn added. "We need to urgently stigmatize and delegitimize the use, threat to use, testing, stationing, and possession of nuclear weapons."

    For the first time since the Cold War, the global nuclear stockpile—90% of which is controlled by Moscow and Washington—is projected to grow in the coming years, and the risk of weapons capable of annihilating life on Earth being used is rising.

    "We need to use all available methods and tools of the international community to pressure Russia on this," said Fihn. "And then we need to urgently work to eliminate nuclear weapons and remove this option from all counties. For Ukraine and also for every other country and person on this planet."

    In October, U.S. President Joe Biden warned that the war in Ukraine had brought the world closer to "Armageddon" than at any point since the Cuban Missile Crisis. Just days later, however, his administration released a Nuclear Posture Review that nonproliferation campaigners said increases the likelihood of calamity, in part because it preserves the option of a nuclear first strike. The U.S. remains the only country to have used nuclear weapons in war, destroying the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki with atomic bombs in August 1945.

    "As we're hurtling straight towards climate disaster, where large parts of our Earth will become inhabitable, the incentives for some leaders to use nuclear threats to grab whatever land and resources they feel they need will only increase," Fihn argued. "Nuclear disarmament and stopping climate change are the two central fights for the fate of humanity. You need to get on the right side of these two issues if you want a chance for us all to survive."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/feed/ 0 382529
    Peace Advocates Say Putin Plan Reveals Dangers of ‘Nuclear Deterrence’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/#respond Mon, 27 Mar 2023 17:32:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/russia-belarus-putin-threat-nuclear-deterrence

    In addition to denouncing Russian President Vladimir Putin's plan to station so-called "tactical" nuclear weapons in Belarus, anti-war campaigners are calling into question the effectiveness of "nuclear deterrence" and reiterating their demands for global disarmament.

    "As long as Putin has nuclear weapons, Europe cannot be safe," Daniel Högsta, acting executive director of the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons (ICAN), said Monday in a statement.

    But "he has justified this dangerously escalating proposal to move nuclear weapons into Belarus by citing decades of NATO nuclear sharing," said Högsta. "As long as countries continue their complicity in considering nuclear weapons as anything other than a global problem, this helps give Putin cover to get away with this kind of behavior."

    When announcing the Kremlin's plan on Saturday, Putin pointed to the United States' positioning of tactical nuclear weapons in Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, and Turkey.

    "We're basically doing the same thing they've been doing for a decade," said Putin. "They have allies in certain countries and they train their carriers, they train their crews. We are going to do the same thing."

    "We need to urgently stigmatize and delegitimize the use, threat to use, testing, stationing, and possession of nuclear weapons."

    Russia "will not hand over" warheads to Belarus, Putin said. He explained that his country has already provided its ally with a nuclear-capable Iskander missile system and ensured that 10 Belarusian aircraft are equipped to use such weapons. According to Putin, Moscow intends to start training crews next week and aims to finish building a special storage facility for the arms by the beginning of July.

    Putin's announcement came 13 months into Russia's ongoing invasion of Ukraine. Three days after Putin launched the military assault, Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko amended the Belarus Constitution to remove its nuclear-free clause. In late 2021, Lukashenko had offered to host Russian nuclear weapons if NATO moved U.S. atomic bombs from Germany to Eastern Europe.

    Moscow's deployment decision also came just days after the United Kingdom unveiled its plan to send armor-piercing tank rounds containing depleted uranium to Ukraine—a proposal that has elicited concerns about provoking a nuclear war as well as causing public health and environmental harms.

    Putin said the U.K.'s announcement "probably served as a reason" why Lukashenko agreed to Russia's plan, which he argued won't violate the country's obligations under the Treaty on the Nonproliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT).

    As Reuters explains, the NPT "says that no nuclear power can transfer nuclear weapons or technology to a nonnuclear power, but it does allow for the weapons to be deployed outside its borders but under its control—as with U.S. nuclear weapons in Europe."

    ICAN warned Monday that "the deployment of nuclear weapons in additional countries... complicates decision-making and increases the risk of miscalculation, miscommunication, and potentially catastrophic accidents."

    Belarusian human rights activist and opposition leader Sviatlana Tsikhanouskaya said Saturday that "Russia's deployment of tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus directly violates the Constitution of Belarus and grossly contradicts the will of the Belarusian people."

    "This unacceptable development" makes "Belarus a potential target for preventive or retaliation strikes," she warned, imploring world leaders to demand that Russia "stop this threatening deployment and impose adequate and severe sanctions on the regimes of Lukashenko and Putin as outright threats to international peace and security."

    According to Agence France-Presse, "Kyiv is seeking an emergency meeting of the United Nations Security Council over the move."

    The U.S., for its part, "has reacted cautiously," Reuters reported Sunday. An unnamed senior Biden administration official told the news outlet that "we have not seen any reason to adjust our own strategic nuclear posture nor any indications Russia is preparing to use a nuclear weapon."

    But a European Union official said Monday that the bloc would respond with fresh sanctions if Russia moves ahead with its plan, according to Anadolu Agency, Turkey's state-run news agency.

    "That will be a further escalation and direct threat to European security," said Peter Stano, the European Commission's lead spokesperson on foreign affairs.

    E.U. authorities "haven't seen any confirmation from the Belarusian side about this being on the agenda or happening anytime," Stano stressed. But if it happens, "there will be consequences."

    The Kremlin, meanwhile, said Monday that Russia won't abandon its plan to deploy tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus because of mounting Western criticism.

    In the words of Kremlin spokesperson Dmitry Peskov, "Such a reaction of course cannot influence Russian plans."

    For Beatrice Fihn, the former executive director of ICAN who led the organization when it was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2017, the entire episode underscores the dangerous incoherence of "nuclear deterrence" theory, which asserts that threatening to use atomic bombs dissuades governments from taking certain actions and thus helps avert nuclear war.

    In a Twitter thread, Fihn argued that "the way nuclear deterrence has been talked about this past year has been so bizarre."

    According to Fihn:

    Most proponents of nuclear weapons have spent this past year arguing that we now shouldn't believe in nuclear deterrence. They say, "Don't believe Russia's threats, it doesn't deter us," but also, "Don't worry, Russia will definitely believe and be deterred by our nuclear threats."

    This doesn't make any sense. And I genuinely would like to know from pro-nuclear weapons people in the U.S., U.K., France, and NATO, what could Putin do with his nuclear weapons that would deter you?

    If your answer is "nothing" then you either admit nuclear deterrence doesn't work or you're basically saying nuclear deterrence only is credible when you do it but it's not when your enemies do it.

    "We know Putin is a war criminal who has no problem killing civilians, so how can you be so sure he won't go ahead with this while at the same time [be] so sure that Putin... would be convinced that Biden would?" she asked.

    "Nuclear weapons don't seem to deter any real war and conflict situations," said Fihn. "They only possibly deter hypothetical abstract scenarios in people's minds."

    She continued:

    None of this means that I'm saying Putin won't use nuclear weapons. There is a risk that Putin will use nuclear weapons in this war. We can debate how high it is, but everyone knows that this risk isn't zero and agrees that it has grown this last year.

    But the decision to use nuclear weapons doesn't actually have much to do about believing or not believing in nuclear deterrence, it's just a decision by one man—and will be made based on whatever goes through his head at that point.

    He makes the decision based on whatever he's thinking at that moment. Are you really that confident he will always think the right thing? That he'll always make the decision you think he should be making?

    "We have to stop being so stupid by continuing to say nuclear deterrence works," Fihn added. "We need to urgently stigmatize and delegitimize the use, threat to use, testing, stationing, and possession of nuclear weapons."

    For the first time since the Cold War, the global nuclear stockpile—90% of which is controlled by Moscow and Washington—is projected to grow in the coming years, and the risk of weapons capable of annihilating life on Earth being used is rising.

    "We need to use all available methods and tools of the international community to pressure Russia on this," said Fihn. "And then we need to urgently work to eliminate nuclear weapons and remove this option from all counties. For Ukraine and also for every other country and person on this planet."

    In October, U.S. President Joe Biden warned that the war in Ukraine had brought the world closer to "Armageddon" than at any point since the Cuban Missile Crisis. Just days later, however, his administration released a Nuclear Posture Review that nonproliferation campaigners said increases the likelihood of calamity, in part because it preserves the option of a nuclear first strike. The U.S. remains the only country to have used nuclear weapons in war, destroying the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki with atomic bombs in August 1945.

    "As we're hurtling straight towards climate disaster, where large parts of our Earth will become inhabitable, the incentives for some leaders to use nuclear threats to grab whatever land and resources they feel they need will only increase," Fihn argued. "Nuclear disarmament and stopping climate change are the two central fights for the fate of humanity. You need to get on the right side of these two issues if you want a chance for us all to survive."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/peace-advocates-say-putin-plan-reveals-dangers-of-nuclear-deterrence/feed/ 0 382530
    UK Lawyers Sign ‘Declaration of Conscience’ Not to Prosecute Peaceful Climate Protesters https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/uk-lawyers-sign-declaration-of-conscience-not-to-prosecute-peaceful-climate-protesters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/uk-lawyers-sign-declaration-of-conscience-not-to-prosecute-peaceful-climate-protesters/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 19:07:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/uk-lawyers-climate-declaration

    More than 120 mostly English lawyers on Friday published a "declaration of conscience" pledging to withhold their services from "supporting new fossil fuel projects" and "action against climate protesters exercising their democratic right of peaceful protest."

    The United Kingdom has in recent years faced protests from numerous climate groups, including those with more pronounced direct actions like Just Stop Oil, Insulate Britain, and Extinction Rebellion. As part of those protests, participants have filled the streets, blocked fossil fuel facilities, glued scientific papers and themselves to a government building, called out major law firms for "defending climate criminals," and even, controversially, tossed tomato soup on one of Vincent van Gogh's glass-protected paintings.

    Released on the heels of the latest Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report, the lawyers' statement notes the U.K. Parliament's 2019 climate emergency declaration, the International Energy Agency's warning against future oil and gas development, and United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres' proclamation that "investing in new fossil fuels infrastructure is moral and economic madness."

    The attorneys' declaration also recognizes that the world is on track to breach the 2015 Paris climate agreement's 1.5°C goal and the "dire consequences" of doing so, pointing out that "in the U.K. alone, we are already seeing unprecedented heatwaves, wildfires, flooding, and coastal erosion. In other parts of the globe the effects are already far worse."

    Along with vowing to restrict their services, the lawyers:

    • Called upon the U.K. government and other attorneys to take action;
    • Advocated for law and litigation reform related to mitigating and adapting to global warming;
    • Expressed support for the democratic right to peaceful protest, which is under attack in the United Kingdom; and
    • Committed to donating their time and money to climate causes.

    The attorneys, collectively calling themselves Lawyers Are Responsible, are supported by the groups Good Law Project and Plan B.Earth—whose director, Tim Crosland, highlighted that "the U.N. has said we're on a 'highway to climate hell' and that to get off it, we need to stop new fossil fuel developments now. But behind every new oil and gas deal sits a lawyer getting rich."

    "Meanwhile, it's the ordinary people of this country, taking a stand against this greed and destruction that the British legal system prosecutes and imprisons, jailing them just for talking about the climate crisis and fuel poverty," Crosland said. "The rule of law has been turned on its head. Lawyers are responsible. It's time to take a stand."

    Taking a stand is not without risk. In the United Kingdom, generally, solicitors advise clients on specific issues and barristers argue in court—and the former are able to choose their cases and clients while the latter are subject to the "cab rank rule," obligating them to provide services as long as they are qualified, even if the case or client is objectionable.

    As Lawyers Are Responsible's website details in response to some right-wing outrage over the declaration:

    The classic example of the cab rank rule in action is of a criminal barrister who accepts a brief to represent a person accused of murder, against whom there is strong evidence of guilt. In that situation, there is no conflict between the cab rank rule and the interests of justice. The barrister is agreeing to perform his or her role within a system of justice that produces, on the whole, just outcomes. By representing the accused, the barrister is merely helping to ensure that there is a fair trial and is serving the greater good.

    The signatories to the declaration are convinced that at the present time offering their services in support of new fossil fuel projects or action against peaceful climate protesters would not serve the greater good.

    Good Law Project director and declaration signatory Jolyon Maugham wrote in a Friday opinion piece for The Guardian that "like Big Tobacco, the fossil fuel industry has known for decades what its activities mean. They mean the loss of human life and property, which the civil law should prevent but does not."

    "The scientific evidence is that global heating, the natural and inevitable consequence of its actions, will cause the deaths of huge numbers of people. The criminal law should punish this but it does not," Maugham continued. "Nor does the law recognize a crime of ecocide to deter the destruction of the planet. The law works for the fossil fuel industry—but it does not work for us."

    "Today's history books speak with horror about what the law of yesterday did, of how it permitted racism, rape, and murder," he added. "And tomorrow's history books will say the same about the law as it stands today, of how it enabled the destruction of our planet and the displacement of billions of people."

    The Guardianreported that "18 barristers, including six king's counsel, have signed the declaration" and "will now self-refer to the Bar Standards Board." The newspaper noted that while barristers can face fines for rule-breaking, "the consequences can be more far-reaching for junior members of the profession, who can find themselves blocked from receiving the 'silk' awarded to king's counsel, or from promotion to the judiciary."

    In a statement from Plan B, one junior lawyer who wished to remain anonymous said that "young lawyers are being placed in an impossible position. We're being told by our firms and regulators it's a professional obligation to act for fossil fuel projects, knowing that doing so will poison our own future and all of life on Earth."

    "That's wrong on every level. It's indefensible," the lawyer added. "If the profession doesn't look out for my generation, how does it expect to survive?"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/uk-lawyers-sign-declaration-of-conscience-not-to-prosecute-peaceful-climate-protesters/feed/ 0 382040
    ‘Speechless’: US, Canada Agree on Plan to Turn Away Asylum-Seekers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/speechless-us-canada-agree-on-plan-to-turn-away-asylum-seekers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/speechless-us-canada-agree-on-plan-to-turn-away-asylum-seekers/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 17:57:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/migrant-rights

    In a move that critics say will push people to attempt more dangerous border crossings, the United States and Canada on Friday are expected to announce an agreement allowing both countries to block migrants from seeking asylum at unofficial points of entry.

    Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is hosting U.S. President Joe Biden Friday in Ottawa, where the leaders are expected to announce the deal. The agreement will allow Canada to turn back migrants at Roxham Road, a popular unofficial crossing between Clinton County, New York and Saint-Bernard-de-Lacolle, Quebec. Canada will also establish a new legal refugee program for 15,000 Latin American and Caribbean migrants.

    Trudeau toldCNN Thursday that while Canada is "welcoming people from around the world," the country must "make sure we are doing it in responsible proper ways to continue to have our citizens positive towards immigration as Canadians always are."

    "Everyone has the right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution."

    However, Stéphanie Valois, president of the Quebec Association of Immigration Lawyers (AQAADI), asserted that refugees "should not be returned to a country where they face serious threats to their life or freedom."

    "It seems completely counterproductive to me," she toldCBC.

    The new deal is an amendment to the 2004 Safe Third Country Agreement (STCA), which compels migrants to claim asylum in the first "safe" country they reach, unless they qualify for certain exceptions. The STCA allows U.S. and Canadian authorities to turn away asylum-seekers at official border crossings—but not unofficial ones like Roxham Road.

    François Legault, Quebec's center-right premier, has demanded that Trudeau's Liberal government resettle refugees in other Canadian provinces. Both Legault and Conservative Party Leader Pierre Poilievre have urged the closure of the Roxham Road crossing, which was used by 40,000 asylum-seekers to enter Canada last year.

    "The intention behind the sudden announcement of this deal, which was negotiated in secret, is clear: To limit the ability of some of the world's most vulnerable people to find lifesaving protection in North America," Danilo Zak, associate director for policy and advocacy at Church World Service, an interdenominational Christian humanitarian group based in New York City, said in a statement.

    "Time and time again, the Biden administration has taken steps to block the movement of people fleeing violence and persecution," he continued.

    Zak added:

    We should not stand by while policy after policy tears apart our nation's commitment to welcome. Given the assault on access to legal protection for the most vulnerable migrants arriving at our borders, it's questionable whether the United States still qualifies as a "safe third country." We urge President Biden to strongly reconsider this deal and to work with Congress to restore access to asylum and support policies that recognize the dignity of all those arriving at our borders.

    Frantz André of the Comité d'Action des Sans Statut (Action Committee of the People without Status, or CAPSS) toldCityNews Montreal that "I'm afraid there might be some kind of a stampede before the closure of Roxham Road."

    In a separate CBC interview, André said that "we're simply creating the worst scenario possible" for migrants.

    Robert Weissman, president of the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen, pointed to Article 14 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, to which both Canada and the United States are signatories: "Everyone has the right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution."

    Many Latin American and Caribbean migrants are fleeing poverty and political or criminal violence and repression in their home countries, some of it caused by decades of U.S. imperial policies and actions in the region. Others come from as far afield as Asia and the Middle East, including countries like Afghanistan and Yemen that have suffered from years or even decades of war waged or backed by the United States.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/speechless-us-canada-agree-on-plan-to-turn-away-asylum-seekers/feed/ 0 381950
    Philippines and US plan biggest ever Balikatan joint op with 17,600 troops https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/philippines-and-us-plan-biggest-ever-balikatan-joint-op-with-17600-troops/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/philippines-and-us-plan-biggest-ever-balikatan-joint-op-with-17600-troops/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 09:46:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86348 By Sofia Tomacruz in Manila

    The Philippines and the United States will hold their largest Balikatan exercise this year, with 17,600 troops expected to participate in the annual combined joint exercise next month, says Armed Forces of the Philippines.

    This follows recent an announcement by President Ferdinand Marcos Jr that the Philippines was rolling back history to open four new bases “scattered” around the country to US forces after Subic Bay naval base was closed in 1992.

    Balikatan spokesperson Colonel Michael Logico told reporters that about 12,000 US troops and 111 more from the Australian Defence Force would participate in this year’s exercises, along with 5000 Philippine soldiers.

    The exercises, scheduled to take place from April 11 to 28, will be held in areas in Northern Luzon, Palawan, and Antique.

    “This is officially the largest Balikatan exercise,” Logico said.

    The number of troops participating in this year’s exercises is nearly double the 8900 contingent seen in 2022. At the time, Balikatan 2022 had been the “largest-ever” iteration of the exercise.

    A team from Japan was also expected to observe this year’s joint exercises.

    Colonel Logico said Japan would stay as an observer this year because Manila and Tokyo did not have a status of forces agreement.

    New exercises
    Logico said new exercises to be featured in Balikatan 2023 include cyber defence exercises and live fire exercises at sea. Previous joint exercises, usually held in land-based sites, mostly involved the army and Air Force.
    Rolling back history . . . US military to use four Philippine bases “scattered” around the country for the first time since Subic Bay naval base was closed in 1992.Image: Rappler
    “We are now going to be exercising outside the traditional areas where we’re used to operating on…. We’re exercising in key locations where we are able to utilise all our service components,” Colonel Logico said.

    While the AFP has held live fire exercises at sea on its own, it will be a first for Philippine and US troops jointly.

    The defence assets to be featured include the Philippine Navy’s frigates, the Air Force’s FA-50 jets, and other newly acquired artillery, said Logico. Similar to last year’s exercises, the US is again expected to bring in its High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS) and Patriot missile system.

    Exercises this year are aimed at increasing interoperability among the allies’ forces, and will also focus on “maritime defense, coast defense, and maritime domain awareness.”

    Joint exercises between the Philippines and US, along with Australia, come on the heels of the Marcos government’s efforts to bolster security ties with its treaty ally, as well as regional partners, following concerns over China’s assertiveness in the South China Sea.

    In February, President Marcos approved the expansion of a key military deal that allows the US military greater access to local bases in the country.

    Days later, the Philippine leader also expressed willingness to strengthen defence ties with Japan, adding he was open to a reciprocal access agreement with the neighboring nation if it would help protect Filipino fishermen and the Philippines’ maritime territory.

    On Tuesday, Colonel Logico said upcoming exercises between the Philippines and its partners were not aimed against any country, including China.

    Colonel Logico said, “We are here to practise, we are here to show that we are combat ready.

    “Every country has the absolute and inalienable right to exercise within our territory, we have the absolute, inalienable right to defend our territory,” he added.

    Republished from Rappler with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/philippines-and-us-plan-biggest-ever-balikatan-joint-op-with-17600-troops/feed/ 0 381853
    Mayor candidate Brandon Johnson’s plan to save Chicago https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/mayor-candidate-brandon-johnsons-plan-to-save-chicago/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/mayor-candidate-brandon-johnsons-plan-to-save-chicago/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 16:00:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c65c89b25d5a95c49218298b5aff819f
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/mayor-candidate-brandon-johnsons-plan-to-save-chicago/feed/ 0 381598
    Wagner Group: What is Putin’s Game Plan in Africa? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/wagner-group-what-is-putins-game-plan-in-africa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/wagner-group-what-is-putins-game-plan-in-africa/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 21:19:33 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/wagner-group-in-africa-ikoku-20230316/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Obiora Ikoku.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/wagner-group-what-is-putins-game-plan-in-africa/feed/ 0 379943
    ‘Path of Error and Danger’: China Rebukes US Plan to Sell Nuclear Submarines to Australia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/path-of-error-and-danger-china-rebukes-us-plan-to-sell-nuclear-submarines-to-australia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/path-of-error-and-danger-china-rebukes-us-plan-to-sell-nuclear-submarines-to-australia/#respond Tue, 14 Mar 2023 17:32:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/china-aukus-nuclear-submarine-sale

    China accused Australia, the United Kingdom, and the United States of threatening peace in the Pacific region after leaders of the so-called AUKUS military partnership unveiled further information about their plan to expand the reach of Washington's nuclear-powered submarine technology.

    "The latest joint statement from the U.S., U.K., and Australia demonstrates that the three countries, for the sake of their own geopolitical interests, completely disregard the concerns of the international community and are walking further and further down the path of error and danger," Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Wang Wenbin said at a Tuesday press conference.

    Eighteen months after AUKUS was established, Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese, U.K. Prime Minister Rishi Sunak, and U.S. President Joe Biden met Monday in California, where they announced details about the yearslong collaboration.

    Following roughly a decade of training from the U.S. and U.K. navies, Australia is set to purchase three Virginia-class submarines propelled by enriched uranium by the "early 2030s," pending U.S. congressional approval. After the initial deal, Canberra will have the option to obtain two additional vessels, which are valued at $3 billion each and capable of launching cruise missiles.

    "The sale announced on Monday is part of a long-term, multi-stage plan destined to make Australia a full partner in fielding top-secret U.S. nuclear technology previously shared only with the U.K.," Al Jazeerareported. "Meanwhile, Australia and Britain will start building a new submarine model with U.S. technology and support, with the U.K. expected to deliver its first home-built nuclear submarine by the late 2030s. Australia is set to deliver those new vessels to its navy by the early 2040s."

    As the news outlet noted, the trilateral agreement also "includes a commitment to cooperate on building artificial intelligence capabilities, hypersonic weapons, and other advanced technologies."

    Although China received only a passing reference on Monday, AUKUS is widely seen as a U.S.-led effort to contain Beijing's growing economic, military, and diplomatic power. Chinese officials, global peace activists, and the U.K. Labour Party have denounced the military pact as an escalation of a "new Cold War" against China.

    Speaking Monday from the Naval Base Point Loma in San Diego, Biden described the moment as "an inflection point in history, where the hard work of enhancing deterrence and promoting stability is going to affect the prospect of peace for decades to come."

    Albanese, meanwhile, thanked the U.S. for sharing its nuclear propulsion technology for "the first time in 65 years and only the second time in history."

    For his part, Sunak argued that "Russia's illegal invasion of Ukraine, China's growing assertiveness, and [the] destabilizing behavior of Iran and North Korea" make it "more important than ever that we strengthen the resilience of our own countries," adding: "Ultimately, the defense of our values depends, as it always has, on the quality of our relationships with others."

    Wang's statement came after the Chinese mission to the United Nations condemned the deal on Twitter:

    The nuclear submarine cooperation plan released today by AUKUS is a blatant act that constitutes serious nuclear proliferation risks, undermines [the] international non-proliferation system, fuels arms races, and hurts peace and stability in the region.

    The irony of AUKUS is that two nuclear weapons states who claim to uphold the highest nuclear non-proliferation standard are transferring tons of weapons-grade enriched uranium to a non-nuclear-weapon state, clearly violating the object and purpose of the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty].

    Such a textbook case of double standard will damage the authority and effectiveness of the international non-proliferation system. We urge the trio to honor their obligations as members of the NPT and respond to the [concerns] of the international community.

    According toThe Guardian: "Biden rejected the accusation, saying the submarines would be 'nuclear-powered, not nuclear-armed.' Penny Wong, Australia's foreign minister, said the Chinese criticism was 'not grounded in fact.'"

    Australia has long maintained that it is not looking to acquire nuclear weapons or build its civil nuclear capacity and intends to abide by the NPT.

    But critics of AUKUS worry that it "could still indirectly spur the proliferation of weapons" by setting "a dangerous precedent for countries to exploit a loophole in the NPT," The Guardianexplained when the alliance was created in September 2021. The NPT allows countries without atomic bombs, such as Australia, "to build nuclear-powered submarines, and to remove the fissile material they need for the submarine reactors from the stockpile monitored by the global watchdog, the International Atomic Energy Agency, opening up the possibility it could be diverted to making weapons."

    The joint statement issued by Biden, Sunak, and Albanese on Monday says that the U.S., U.K., and Australia "continue to consult with the International Atomic Energy Agency to develop a non-proliferation approach that sets the strongest precedent for the acquisition of a nuclear-powered submarine capability."

    Wang called this claim "pure deception" and accused the three countries of "coercing" the IAEA into providing its endorsement.

    Mao Ning, another Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson, urged the trio "to abandon the Cold War mentality and zero-sum games, honor international obligations in good faith, and do more things that are conducive to regional peace and stability."

    Biden said Monday that he expects to speak soon with Chinese President Xi Jinping.

    But Wang declared Tuesday that Beijing does not want to "communicate for the sake of communicating." Instead, he said, "the U.S. side should come forward sincerely, with practical actions to promote China-U.S. relations."

    Relations between Washington and Beijing have deteriorated in recent months, hitting their lowest point in decades.

    Last August, visits by then-U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) and other members of Congress to Taiwan (the Republic of China, or ROC) chilled numerous channels of communication. Beijing—along with most of the international community, including Washington since the 1970s—considers the breakaway province to be part of the People's Republic of China (PRC).

    In a departure from more than four decades of "One China" policy—in which the U.S. recognizes the PRC as the sole legal government of China and maintains informal relations with the ROC while adopting a position of "strategic ambiguity" to obscure how far it would go to protect Taiwan—Biden has vowed on multiple occasions to use military force in response to a Chinese invasion of the island.

    In addition to the AUKUS nuclear submarine deal, the U.S. announced last October that it is preparing to deploy up to six nuclear-capable B-52 bombers to northern Australia, where they would be close enough to strike China.

    After Washington shot down a Chinese ballon that entered U.S. air space last month, Beijing refused to take a call from U.S. Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, and U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken canceled his long-awaited trip to China.

    As The Associated Pressreported Tuesday, Xi told Chinese lawmakers last week that "Western countries led by the United States have implemented all-round containment, encirclement and suppression of China, which has brought unprecedented grave challenges to our nation's development."

    "On the Legislature's closing day Monday, Xi said it was necessary to modernize the armed forces and 'build the people's army into a great wall of steel' that protects China's interests and national security," AP reported. "Xi also reiterated China's determination to bring Taiwan under its control by peaceful or military means amid rising concern abroad over a possible attack on the island Beijing claims as its own territory."

    China must "resolutely oppose interference by external forces and Taiwan independence separatist activities, and unswervingly promote the process of reunification of the motherland," said Xi.

    Amid growing concerns that Washington's increasingly hostile approach to Beijing could spiral into a full-blown military conflict, progressive advocacy groups have argued that "nothing less than the future of our planet depends on ending the new Cold War between the United States and China."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/14/path-of-error-and-danger-china-rebukes-us-plan-to-sell-nuclear-submarines-to-australia/feed/ 0 379425
    ‘Save the Books’: Outcry Grows Over Digital Plan for Vermont College Libraries https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/save-the-books-outcry-grows-over-digital-plan-for-vermont-college-libraries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/save-the-books-outcry-grows-over-digital-plan-for-vermont-college-libraries/#respond Mon, 13 Mar 2023 18:18:25 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/vermont-public-university-libaries-digital

    Students, staff, alumni, and bibliophiles remain outraged that libraries at Vermont's public college are set to lose vast portions of their book collections, despite a new "refined plan" to potentially retain volumes that "have been deemed academically valuable."

    Faced with intense backlash to the all-digital plan unveiled last month, the Vermont State Colleges System (VSCS) said Thursday that academic department chairs and the provost may now be allowed to decide which books survive the purge.

    Along with the selection of works that are determined to be academically vital to students, schools may maintain a "collection of popular, casual, reading books, as well as children's books in the library with a 'take-a-book, leave a book' honor system."

    The plan to make the libraries mostly digital for the upcoming fall semester is part of a broader transition underway: With the help and support of the state Legislature, Castleton University, Northern Vermont University, and Vermont Technical College will soon become Vermont State University (VTSU) and share a chancellor and board of trustees with the Community College of Vermont.

    As VTDiggerreported:

    The system plans to keep roughly 30,000 books across five campus libraries, according to Sylvia Plumb, a spokesperson for Vermont State University. That figure is roughly 10% of the approximately 300,000 items in the current collections.

    "The refined plan expands upon the original concepts to address the concerns identified by faculty, staff, and students," Plumb said. "This is a natural and expected part of the input and operational process."

    [...]

    The campuses will also keep a part-time library assistant at Castleton, Johnson, Lyndon, and Randolph, and will hire student workers. The move would still eliminate seven full-time positions, as administrators said earlier, but "several new part-time jobs will be available," Plumb said.

    It's unclear how much the "refined plan" differs from the original plan. Plumb said in an email that the savings from the updated plan would be an estimated $500,000, "consistent with the original plan."

    Speaking to a crowd that gathered at the Vermont Statehouse in Montpelier last month—before the refined plan was announced—Devon Harding declared that as a Castleton student with learning disabilities, "the physical library is not a privilege, it's my right."

    "My disabilities cannot be accommodated digitally. Eye strain, difficulty tracking lines, blue light effects on ocular health, struggles to focus. These are not problems a screen can help with," she said. "Furthermore, I can't afford all my textbooks without the library."

    "How can you defend a higher education institution without books?" Preston Garcia, a Castleton biology professor who serves as the faculty assembly president, toldThe Boston Globe. "It's an embarrassing decision. Once you get rid of materials, they are gone."

    The newspaper noted Monday that on one recent weekday at Castleton, signs at the library entrance read: "Save the books," "Books save lives," and "Books are history." Garcia said that despite the revised plan, "people are as upset as they have been."

    While "the Vermont systemmay be one of the first in the nation to take such a dramatic step, higher education watchers say campus libraries are increasingly being targeted for dramatic changes," the Globe highlighted, pointing to similar moves by decision-makers at the University of California, Berkeley in 2017 and Florida Polytechnic University in 2014.

    Although the changes in Vermont are ostensibly informed by usage and intended to save money, the developments come amid efforts by right-wing politicians and activists to restrict books and lessons available at educational institutions and libraries nationwide.

    Those book-banning campaigns and other censorship efforts are opposed by many students, parents, educators, and librarians as well as groups including the American Library Association, American Federation of Teachers, and PEN America.

    Battles to outlaw certain books and lessons in the U.S. are part of a worldwide trend documented in "not only autocracies but even liberal democracies," according to an annual report published earlier this month by the Varieties of Democracy Institute in Sweden. "The global retreat in academic freedom affects more than 50% of the world's population or 4 billion people."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/save-the-books-outcry-grows-over-digital-plan-for-vermont-college-libraries/feed/ 0 379091
    President Biden announces budget plan that Republicans immediately reject; Norfolk Southern CEO apologizes for train derailment; Abortion providers nervously await Texas judge decision on abortion pill: The Pacifica Evening News March 9 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/president-biden-announces-budget-plan-that-republicans-immediately-reject-norfolk-southern-ceo-apologizes-for-train-derailment-abortion-providers-nervously-await-texas-judge-decision-on-abortion-pil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/president-biden-announces-budget-plan-that-republicans-immediately-reject-norfolk-southern-ceo-apologizes-for-train-derailment-abortion-providers-nervously-await-texas-judge-decision-on-abortion-pil/#respond Thu, 09 Mar 2023 18:00:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=737592f872d6e557ea7b2231c64baec5

     

     

    Image: James St. John, CC BY 2.0 , via Wikimedia Commons

    The post President Biden announces budget plan that Republicans immediately reject; Norfolk Southern CEO apologizes for train derailment; Abortion providers nervously await Texas judge decision on abortion pill: The Pacifica Evening News March 9 2023 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/09/president-biden-announces-budget-plan-that-republicans-immediately-reject-norfolk-southern-ceo-apologizes-for-train-derailment-abortion-providers-nervously-await-texas-judge-decision-on-abortion-pil/feed/ 0 378363
    Norfolk Southern’s ‘Safety Plan’ Includes Automation That Could Further Endanger Workers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/norfolk-southerns-safety-plan-includes-automation-that-could-further-endanger-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/norfolk-southerns-safety-plan-includes-automation-that-could-further-endanger-workers/#respond Wed, 08 Mar 2023 16:14:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/norfolk-southern-safety-automation

    With railroad operator Norfolk Southern involved in numerous significant train derailments and other accidents in recent weeks, the company on Monday unveiled a "six-point safety plan" that officials claimed would "immediately enhance the safety of its operations."

    But critics including rail workers were quick to point out that one aspect of the plan could worsen the growing problem of reduced railroad crews, which they say has contributed to dangerous conditions on railroads.

    The plan calls for a number of improvements to Norfolk Southern's systems to detect overheated wheel bearings, which the National Transportation Safety Board said in a preliminary report appeared to be the cause of the train derailment in East Palestine, Ohio on February 3.

    In addition, Norfolk Southern said it aims to accelerate its "digital train inspection program" by partnering with Georgia Tech Research Institute to develop new safety inspection technology the company claims could "identify defects and needed repairs much more effectively than traditional human inspection."

    The technology would use "machine vision and algorithms powered by artificial intelligence," the plan reads—offering what journalist Sam Sacks said is likely a thinly veiled proposal for "further reductions" in the company's workforce.

    As Common Dreams reported last month, the national inter-union organization Railroad Workers United (RWU) has called for comprehensive legislation and robust action from regulators to keep rail workers and communities safe, warning that rail companies including Norfolk Southern have been lobbying for years for federal approval to reduce train crews and loosen safety protocols.

    Rather than rail companies developing safety plans themselves, federal action is needed to guarantee "proper and adequate maintenance and inspection of rail cars and locomotives, track, signals, and other infrastructure, RWU co-chair Gabe Christenson said in a statement Monday.

    Rail workers have "predicted stuff like" an increased reliance on automation, railroad worker and RWU steering committee member Matt Weaver told Common Dreams on Tuesday, as "the Precision Scheduled Railroading [PSR] business model" used by rail companies "calls for doing more with less."

    Under PSR, rail companies attempt to maximize profits by running trains on strict schedules and cutting back on equipment and staff. Railroad unions have said the system and the resulting lax safety protocols are an underlying cause of recent train accidents including the East Palestine derailment, another derailment that took place in Michigan less than two weeks later, and a collision between a Norfolk Southern train and a dump truck on Tuesday in Ohio, in which conductor Louis Shuster was killed.

    Weaver noted that RWU and his own union, the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes Division (BMWED), aren't opposed to the use of automation in inspections entirely.

    "We used to have 12-man gangs that put all the ties in by hand and everything, and now we have lots of machines which do help us live longer and not have our backs or our hips, knees, shoulders [get injured]," he told Common Dreams. "But you can't just replace the manpower with a machine when it's not always as effective. Eyes on the rails and the tracks can catch some things the machines do not."

    "We've accepted those as additional help," he added. "Not as a replacement."

    Last year, as railroad companies including Norfolk Southern demanded that the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) allow them to continue pilot programs testing automated safety inspections, BMWED noted that according to FRA data, the causes of 48 train accidents that took place between 2016 and 2021 could only be detected through visual inspections while just 14 could be detected through "enhanced track geometry inspection" done by machines.

    "Over 50% of the accidents that happened from 2016 to 2021 do not even have the ability to be found by the technology that they're looking to use," Roy Morrison, director of safety for the union, toldFreight Waves last May.

    In recent days rail unions have denounced an attempt by Norfolk Southern to use workers' demands for paid sick leave against them—offering BMWED members four days of sick leave in exchange for the union's support for its automated inspection program.

    "Norfolk Southern's proposal was ultimately for the union to be complicit in Norfolk Southern's effort to reduce legally required minimum track safety standards through supporting their experimental track inspection program without a sensible fail-safe or safety precautions to help ensure trains would not derail," wrote Jonathon Long, general chairman of the American Rail System Federation of the BMWED, in a letter to Ohio Gov. Mike DeWine. "In other words, Norfolk Southern's proposal was to use your community's safety as their bargaining chip to further pursue their record profits under their cost-cutting business model."

    Weaver argued that strong comprehensive railroad safety legislation is needed to compel railroad companies to keep workers and communities safe. RWU has expressed support for some aspects of the bipartisan Railway Safety Act of 2023, introduced last week, but warned that loopholes will allow companies to "avoid the scope of the law without violating the law" and ultimately use the legislation to reduce staff.

    "That's kind of their ultimate goal," Weaver told Common Dreams. "And you can't trust a capitalist industry, a for-profit industry to self-regulate. We have to have government intervention. So it's time for the regulators to regulate and the public servants to serve the public."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/norfolk-southerns-safety-plan-includes-automation-that-could-further-endanger-workers/feed/ 0 378139
    ‘This Is Not Enough’: Under Pressure, Norfolk Southern Agrees to Limited Relocation Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/this-is-not-enough-under-pressure-norfolk-southern-agrees-to-limited-relocation-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/this-is-not-enough-under-pressure-norfolk-southern-agrees-to-limited-relocation-plan/#respond Mon, 06 Mar 2023 18:44:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/norfolk-southern-relocation-assistance

    Local organizers in East Palestine, Ohio on Monday said their activism has successfully pressured rail company Norfolk Southern to agree to a limited relocation plan for some residents affected by last month's train derailment, but added they have no intention of backing down from their demand for justice for thousands of people in the area who are struggling in the aftermath of the accident.

    The company's plan to offer financial assistance to people who live within a one-mile radius of the crash site "is not enough," said River Valley Organizing (RVO), which last week released a list of five demands for the people of East Palestine and the surrounding area.

    While calling the proposal a "win," RVO noted people will only be able to relocate temporarily and said the disaster "has had a far-reaching impact."

    "We're going to keep pushing until the community gets the help it is owed," said RVO. "We need to stop letting Norfolk Southern put their profits ahead of the people of our community."

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), which late last month ordered Norfolk Southern to take full financial responsibility for cleaning up contamination from vinyl chloride, a carcinogenic chemical the train was carrying, acknowledged Monday that residents have complained of lingering odors in the town as the company continues to remove thousands of tons of contaminated soil.

    "At EPA's request, Norfolk Southern has agreed to provide additional financial assistance to residents of the East Palestine area, including the portions of Pennsylvania within a mile of the derailment site," said the agency. "This assistance may include temporary lodging, travel, food, clothing, and other necessities."

    The EPA told RVO and other locals that the company began to remove soil under the train tracks on Saturday and is beginning to mail out notices to people to whom the relocation plan applies.

    Residents will be able to use a prepaid debit card funded by Norfolk Southern to pay for their relocation, according to local public radio station WESA, and will also be able to request that a company contracted by the rail operator clean the inside and outside of their homes.

    While the company and numerous officials have downplayed the risk the derailment poses to people in the area—saying no alarming discoveries have been made in water and air testing thus far—the Columbiana County Humane Society told the Herald-Star last month that it was compiling reports of animals who became sick after Norfolk Southern began a controlled burn of the vinyl chloride, which can send hydrogen chloride and phosgene into the atmosphere.

    Those reports come from up to seven miles from the crash site, said the group.

    A lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio in mid-February said mass deaths of marine life and other animals have been reported "as far as 20 miles away."

    Another grassroots group, United for East Palestine, joined a researcher at Purdue University in conducting a poll last week and found that out of 100 people, more than two dozen who live more than five miles from the crash site have experienced physical symptoms.

    "Directly affected people live outside of this radius," said RVO. "Do more, do better."

    Hydrogen chloride and phosgene have been known to cause headaches, skin rashes, and vomiting in people who are exposed, and those symptoms have been reported by several people in East Palestine.

    RVO's list of demands included relocation services, independent environmental testing, ongoing medical monitoring, and safe disposal of toxic waste.

    "While we are pleased that the EPA and Norfolk Southern have finally listened to the community and will offer relocation assistance, this help must also be offered to the broader community until independent testing verifies the safety of our homes," RVO organizer Jami Cozza told WESA. "A one-mile radius for relocation doesn't reflect the facts on the ground."

    The first round of testing of drinking water in the region was paid for by Norfolk Southern, as Common Dreams reported last month.

    WESA reported that remediation work is expected to continue for one to two months.

    The relocation plan was announced as Norfolk Southern unveiled a "six-point plan to immediately enhance the safety of its operations," including improving its systems to detect overheated wheel bearings—which the National Transportation Safety Board said in a preliminary report likely contributed to the derailment—and supporting "a strong safety culture."

    The list of changes the rail company plans on making fall short of those demanded by the Biden administration.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/this-is-not-enough-under-pressure-norfolk-southern-agrees-to-limited-relocation-plan/feed/ 0 377507
    Why Biden Snubbed China’s Ukraine Peace Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/why-biden-snubbed-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/why-biden-snubbed-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/#respond Fri, 03 Mar 2023 04:25:47 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138324 Photo credit: GlobelyNews There’s something irrational about President Biden’s knee-jerk dismissal of China’s 12-point peace proposal titled “China’s Position on the Political Settlement of the Ukraine Crisis.” “Not rational” is how Biden described the plan that calls for de-escalation toward a ceasefire, respect for national sovereignty, establishment of humanitarian corridors and resumption of peace talks. […]

    The post Why Biden Snubbed China’s Ukraine Peace Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Photo credit: GlobelyNews

    There’s something irrational about President Biden’s knee-jerk dismissal of China’s 12-point peace proposal titled “China’s Position on the Political Settlement of the Ukraine Crisis.”

    “Not rational” is how Biden described the plan that calls for de-escalation toward a ceasefire, respect for national sovereignty, establishment of humanitarian corridors and resumption of peace talks.

    “Dialogue and negotiation are the only viable solution to the Ukraine crisis,” reads the plan. “All efforts conducive to the peaceful settlement of the crisis must be encouraged and supported.”

    Biden turned thumbs down.

    “I’ve seen nothing in the plan that would indicate that there is something that would be beneficial to anyone other than Russia if the Chinese plan were followed,” Biden told the press.

    In a brutal conflict that has left thousands of dead Ukrainian civilians, hundreds of thousands of dead soldiers, eight million Ukrainians displaced from their homes, contamination of land, air and water, increased greenhouse gasses and disruption of the global food supply, China’s call for de-escalation would surely benefit someone in Ukraine.

    Other points in China’s plan, which is really more a set of principles rather than a detailed proposal, call for protection for prisoners of war, cessation of attacks on civilians, safeguards for nuclear power plants and facilitation of grain exports.

    “The idea that China is going to be negotiating the outcome of a war that’s a totally unjust war for Ukraine is just not rational,” said Biden.

    Instead of engaging China–a country of 1.45 billion people, the world’s largest exporter, the owner of a trillion dollars in US debt and an industrial giant–in negotiating an end to the crisis in Ukraine, the Biden administration prefers to wag its finger and bark at China, warning it not to arm Russia in the conflict.

    Psychologists might call this finger-wagging projection–the old pot calling the kettle black routine. It is the US, not China, that is fueling the conflict with at least $45 billion dollars in ammunition, drones, tanks and rockets in a proxy war that risks–with one miscalculation–turning the world to ash in a nuclear holocaust.

    It is the US, not China, that has provoked this crisis by encouraging Ukraine to join NATO, a hostile military alliance that targets Russia in mock nuclear strikes, and by backing a 2014 coup of Ukraine’s democratically elected Russia-friendly president Viktor Yanukovych, thus triggering a civil war between Ukrainian nationalists and ethnic Russians in eastern Ukraine, regions Russia has more recently annexed.

    Biden’s sour attitude toward the Chinese peace framework hardly comes as a surprise. After all, even former Israeli Prime Minister Naftali Bennett candidly acknowledged in a five-hour interview on YouTube that it was the West that last March blocked a near-peace deal he had mediated between Ukraine and Russia.

    Why did the US block a peace deal? Why won’t President Biden provide a serious response to the Chinese peace plan, let alone engage the Chinese at a negotiating table?

    President Biden and his coterie of neo-conservatives, among them Undersecretary of State Victoria Nuland, have no interest in peace if it means the US concedes hegemonic power to a multi-polar world untethered from the all-mighty dollar.

    What may have gotten Biden unnerved—besides the possibility that China might emerge the hero in this bloody saga—is China’s call for the lifting of unilateral sanctions. The US imposes unilateral sanctions on officials and companies from Russia, China and Iran. It imposes sanctions on whole countries, too, like Cuba, where a cruel 60-year embargo, plus assignment to the State Sponsor of Terrorism list, made it difficult for Cuba to obtain syringes to administer its own vaccines during the COVID pandemic. Oh, and let’s not forget Syria, where after an earthquake killed tens of thousands and left hundreds of thousands homeless, the country struggles to receive medicine and blankets due to US sanctions that discourage humanitarian aid workers from operating inside Syria.

    Despite China’s insistence it is not considering weapons shipments to Russia, Reuters reports the Biden administration is taking the pulse of G-7 countries to see if they would approve new sanctions against China if that country provides Russia with military support.

    The idea that China could play a positive role was also dismissed by NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg, who said, “China doesn’t have much credibility because they have not been able to condemn the illegal invasion of Ukraine.”

    Ditto from US Secretary of State Antony Blinken, who told ABC’s Good Morning America, “China has been trying to have it both ways: It’s on the one hand trying to present itself publicly as neutral and seeking peace, while at the same time it is talking up Russia’s false narrative about the war.”

    False narrative or different perspective?

    In August of 2022, China’s ambassador to Moscow charged that the United States was the “main instigator”of the Ukraine war, provoking Russia with NATO expansion to Russia’s borders.

    This is not an uncommon perspective and is one shared by economist Jeffrey Sachs who, in a February 25, 2023  video directed at thousands of anti-war protesters in Berlin, said the war in Ukraine did not start a year ago, but nine years ago when the US backed the coup that overthrew Yanukovych after he preferred Russia’s loan terms to the European Union’s offer.

    Shortly after China released its peace framework, the Kremlin responded cautiously, lauding the Chinese effort to help but adding that the details “need to be painstakingly analyzed taking into account the interests of all the different sides.” As for Ukraine, President Zelinsky hopes to meet soon with Chinese President Xi Jinping to explore China’s peace proposal and dissuade China from supplying weapons to Russia.

    The peace proposal garnered more positive response from countries neighboring the warring states. Putin’s ally in Belarus, leader Alexander Lukashenko, said his country “fully supports” the Beijing plan. Kazakhstan approved of China’s peace framework in a statement describing it as “worthy of support.” Prime Minister of Hungary Viktor Orbán–who wants his country to stay out of the war– also showed support for the proposal.

    China’s call for a peaceful solution stands in stark contrast to US warmongering this past year, when Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, a former Raytheon board member, said the US aims to weaken Russia, presumably for regime change–a strategy that failed miserably in Afghanistan where a near 20-year US occupation left the country broke and starving.

    China’s support for de-escalation is consistent with its long-standing opposition to US/NATO expansion, now extending into the Pacific with hundreds of US bases encircling China, including a new base in Guam to house 5,000 marines. From China’s perspective, US militarism jeopardizes the peaceful reunification of the People’s Republic of China with its break-away province of Taiwan. For China, Taiwan is unfinished business, left over from the civil war 70 years ago.

    In provocations reminiscent of US meddling in Ukraine, a hawkish Congress last year approved $10 billion in weapons and military training for Taiwan, while House leader Nancy Pelosi flew to Taipei – over protests from her constituents–to whip up tension in a move that brought US-China climate cooperation to a halt.

    A US willingness to work with China on a peace plan for Ukraine might not only help stop the daily loss of lives in Ukraine and prevent a nuclear confrontation, but also pave the way for cooperation with China on all kinds of other issues–from medicine to education to climate–that would benefit the entire globe.

    The post Why Biden Snubbed China’s Ukraine Peace Plan first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Medea Benjamin, Marcy Winograd, and Wei Yu.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/why-biden-snubbed-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/feed/ 0 376708
    Israelis stage a “national disruption day” to protest plan to weaken Supreme Court; Eli Lilly caps insulin at $35 a month; Republicans call for a Parent’s Bill of Rights over what their children learn at school: Pacifica Evening News March 1, 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/israelis-stage-a-national-disruption-day-to-protest-plan-to-weaken-supreme-court-eli-lilly-caps-insulin-at-35-a-month-republicans-call-for-a-parents-bill-of-rights-over-w/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/israelis-stage-a-national-disruption-day-to-protest-plan-to-weaken-supreme-court-eli-lilly-caps-insulin-at-35-a-month-republicans-call-for-a-parents-bill-of-rights-over-w/#respond Wed, 01 Mar 2023 18:00:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a0fbced3f2bd32b01d7fc6569b844905

     

     

    Image of banned books:  carmichaellibrary, CC BY 2.0 , via Wikimedia Commons

    The post Israelis stage a “national disruption day” to protest plan to weaken Supreme Court; Eli Lilly caps insulin at $35 a month; Republicans call for a Parent’s Bill of Rights over what their children learn at school: Pacifica Evening News March 1, 2023 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/israelis-stage-a-national-disruption-day-to-protest-plan-to-weaken-supreme-court-eli-lilly-caps-insulin-at-35-a-month-republicans-call-for-a-parents-bill-of-rights-over-w/feed/ 0 376388
    Student Debt Relief in Jeopardy as Conservative Supreme Court Justices Question Biden’s Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan/#respond Wed, 01 Mar 2023 15:03:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=181741b55f94cc720905c37ebae81af7
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan/feed/ 0 376290
    Student Debt Relief in Jeopardy as Conservative Supreme Court Justices Question Biden’s Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan-2/#respond Wed, 01 Mar 2023 13:30:53 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1ab6b5481546e2d08ec291614daec070 Seg3 student debt

    The Supreme Court heard oral arguments Tuesday in two challenges to the Biden administration’s student debt relief plan, which could give tens of millions of federal borrowers up to $20,000 of relief. During arguments, several conservative justices expressed skepticism over the Biden administration’s student debt relief plan, while liberal Justice Sonia Sotomayor blasted the Republican states who brought one of the lawsuits. We’re joined by Eleni Schirmer, who organizes with the Debt Collective and is a writer and postdoctoral fellow at Concordia University’s Social Justice Centre in Montreal. Her new piece in The New Yorker is headlined “How the Government Cancelled Betty Ann’s Debts.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/student-debt-relief-in-jeopardy-as-conservative-supreme-court-justices-question-bidens-plan-2/feed/ 0 376306
    Pentagon Developed Contingency Plan for War With Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/pentagon-developed-contingency-plan-for-war-with-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/pentagon-developed-contingency-plan-for-war-with-iran/#respond Wed, 01 Mar 2023 11:00:25 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=422184

    The U.S. military allocated spending for secret contingency operations pertaining to an Iran war plan, according to a classified Pentagon budget manual listing emergency and special programs reviewed by The Intercept.

    The contingency plan, code-named “Support Sentry,” was funded in 2018 and 2019, according to the manual, which was produced for the 2019 fiscal year. It classifies Support Sentry as an Iran “CONPLAN,” or concept plan, a broad contingency plan for war which the Pentagon develops in anticipation of a potential crisis.

    The existence of Support Sentry has not been previously reported. It is not clear from the document how much the Pentagon spent on the plan in those years. When asked about the program and whether it is still in place, Maj. John Moore, a spokesperson for U.S. Central Command, or CENTCOM, said, “As a matter of policy, we do not comment on numbered plans. Iran remains the leading source of instability in the region and is a threat to the United States and our partners. We are constantly monitoring threat streams in coordination with our regional partners and will not hesitate to defend U.S. national interests in the region.”

    Support Sentry is one example of the U.S. military’s growing comfort with – and support for — Israel’s aggressive stance toward Iran. As U.S. Ambassador to Israel Tom Nides’ bluntly put it earlier this month, “Israel can and should do whatever they need to deal with [Iran] and we’ve got their back.”

    As major U.S. attempts at diplomacy with Iran collapsed under Trump, the Pentagon quietly moved Israel into its Central Command area of responsibility, officially grouping it with the mainly Arab countries of the Middle East. The reshuffling, which occurred in the final days of the Trump administration and has remained under Presidnt Joe Biden, is the military corollary to the financial and diplomatic alliances laid out by the Abraham Accords, a normalization agreement negotiated by Trump’s son-in-law and Middle East envoy, Jared Kushner, between Arab Gulf states and Israel. The accords were touted as a peace deal, but in fact served to align these countries against a common enemy: Iran.

    The U.S. and Israel have also collaborated on a growing number of military exercises in recent months that Israeli leaders say are designed to test potential attack plans with Iran.

    Contingency plans such as Support Sentry provide “the general outline—the overarching ‘concept’—of a plan to take some major action against an enemy,” Dakota Wood, a senior research fellow for defense programs at the Heritage Foundation and retired U.S. military planner who served as a strategist for the Marine Corps’ Special Operations Command, told The Intercept in an email.

    For instance, in June 1994, the Pentagon requested a CONPLAN for military operations in Haiti; by July, U.S. forces invaded and deposed Haiti’s democratically elected president, Jean-Bertrand Aristide. The manual also notes that Support Sentry is a “COW,” or cost of war item.

    Though conventional wisdom might be that the military has contingency plans for everything, CONPLANs are, in fact, quite limited since preparing them is time consuming, Wood explained. “Since staff, time, and resources are always limited, no military command at any level would develop CONPLANs … for every conceivable contingency.”

    The existence of Support Sentry, then, suggests that the U.S. military takes the possibility seriously enough to prepare a strategic framework for it. CONPLANs also lead to consequences short of war, like military exercises.

    “CONPLANs serve as the intellectual framework or context when developing military exercises because it makes sense for units that are honing their skills to have that work be relevant to likely tasks,” Wood said.

    By 2018, President Donald Trump had vocally withdrawn the U.S. from the Iran deal. In January 2019, he tweeted a picture of a poster displayed at a cabinet meeting and directed at Iran that read “sanctions are coming” — a reference to the “Game of Thrones” TV series.

    Under Biden, U.S. policy toward the region remains much the same.

    On January 16, 2021, just four days before Biden’s inauguration, Trump ordered the military to reassign Israel to CENTCOM, its Middle East combatant command. Historically, the U.S. military has rather counterintuitively kept Israel under its European Command, or EUCOM, in order to avoid tensions with Gulf Arab allies like Saudi Arabia. This was one of a volley of last-minute decisions by Trump designed to force the Biden administration to abandon diplomacy and adopt the framework of his “maximum pressure” campaign on Iran. “For decades, DOD placed Israel in the European Command (EUCOM) AOR due to significant tensions between Israel and its neighbors in the Middle East,” a Congressional Research Service report about the move observed, noting that “improved Israeli ties with some Arab states may allow more open coordination to counter Iran.”

    Trump’s order followed a December 2020 bill introduced by several Republican senators, including Sen. Tom Cotton, R-Ark., to study the transfer of Israel to CENTCOM.

    “Tasking CENTCOM to serve as the primary U.S. defense coordinator with Israel instead of EUCOM would acknowledge the new political reality of the Middle East under the Abraham Accords,” Cotton said in a press release. “Our bill requires a study of the potential transition, which could increase U.S.-Israel military cooperation with regional partners and help better secure the Middle East against threats like Iran.”

    Under Biden, U.S.-Israel military cooperation rapidly expanded to encompass unprecedented joint naval exercises. By March 2021, the U.S. Navy’s 5th Fleet conducted its first-ever fuel replenishment of an Israeli naval ship. In April 2021, the U.S. fired warning shots at Iranian ships in the Persian Gulf — the first time this had happened in nearly four years. Then, in August 2021, the U.S. 5th Fleet and Israeli naval forces conducted an expansive four-day naval exercise.

    Also in August, for the first time ever, the U.S., Iraq, and Kuwait participated in a joint naval patrol of the Persian Gulf.

    “Any one of these steps may feel small, but in the aggregate, it’s a serious escalation,” Trita Parsi, the former president of the National Iranian American Council and now president of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft, told The Intercept in a phone interview.

    Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin also remarked that “those exercises would have been unimaginable, unthinkable, just a few years ago.”

    In January, the U.S. and Israel conducted their largest joint military exercise in history, called Juniper Oak. Six-thousand four hundred American and 1,500 Israeli troops participated in the training exercise, involving more than 140 aircraft, an aircraft carrier, and live fire exercises with over 180,000 pounds of live munitions.

    Pentagon press secretary Brig. Gen. Pat Ryder insisted that “it’s not intended to be focused on any one single adversary or threat; it’s all about working together,” but Israeli officials made clear that the exercise was constructed to simulate a war with Iran.

    “The U.S. very much wants to signal to Iran that even if Washington doesn’t have an appetite for war, we’re willing to support Israel, which does.”

    Notably, Juniper Oak involved exercises in which American aircraft provided mid-air refueling services to Israeli fighter aircraft — a key capability Israel lacks and without which its aircraft cannot reach Iranian targets — and drills involving American B-52 bombers dropping bunker-buster bombs on targets designed to resemble Iranian nuclear sites. Iran responded to these plans with its own military exercise, which Iranian military commander Maj. Gen. Gholam Ali Rashid said the country considers a “half war” and even a “war before war.”

    “The U.S. very much wants to signal to Iran that even if Washington doesn’t have an appetite for war, we’re willing to support Israel, which does,” Parsi said.

    While Americans oppose a nuclear Iran, voters strongly prefer a diplomatic solution over war, as illustrated in recent polling.

    “Many in Washington may not feel alarmed by this because of their own conviction that Biden is loath to start a war over this issue,” said Parsi. “That may very well be true, but a very dangerous scenario is being created whose buffer against escalation is a president that may not be president in two years time.”

    The reluctance by top defense officials to discuss the significance of Israel’s move to CENTCOM gives an idea of how politically fraught the matter is. “I’m not excited about getting into the subject you mentioned,” a retired four-star general who worked with Israel while at EUCOM, speaking on condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of the subject, told The Intercept. “It is now water under the bridge.”

    The Israeli government is more candid than the U.S. about Iran being the focus of these exercises. “In recent months, we have achieved several important goals — the world has joined the fight against Iran,” said then-Israeli Defense Minister Benny Gantz in a Hebrew-language press release from June. “For this reason, over the past year, I have been promoting a broad plan with my colleagues from the Pentagon and the presidential administration to strengthen cooperation between Israel and the countries of the region under the auspices of the United States and CENTCOM.”

    In June, the Israel Defense Forces announced the conclusion of a three-day strategic-operational meeting between CENTCOM and senior IDF officials.

    “During the discussions, it was agreed that we are at a critical point in time that requires the acceleration of operational plans and cooperation against Iran and its terrorist proxies in the region,” IDF chief of general staff Lt. Gen. Aviv Kohavi said.

    As for actual armed conflict between the U.S. and Iran, that has crescendoed as well. “U.S. armed forces have reportedly struck Iran-related targets in Iraq (June 2021) and Syria (February 2021, June 2021, January 2022, and August 2022) in response to attacks by Iran-backed entities on U.S. forces,” a report by the Congressional Research Service states. “U.S. naval forces have interdicted or supported the interdiction of weapons shipments originating from Iran, including in December 2021 and February 2022.”

    The White House, on the other hand, has declined to go into specifics. “Having Israel a part of CENTCOM has just really been, I think, a force multiplier for us, and allowing us to better integrate, organize, share information across the board here in the region has really been — I’ve seen it with my own eyes,” a senior administration official said in a background briefing. “But I won’t speak to any particular CENTCOM assessments or anything like that.”

    The White House also hinted at the military option in its most recent National Security Strategy, the high-level planning document detailing nuclear threats and how to respond to them, which administrations release periodically: “We will pursue diplomacy to ensure that Iran can never acquire a nuclear weapon, while remaining postured and prepared to use other means should diplomacy fail.”

    While the current administration still pays lip service to the Iran deal — which Biden promised to reinstate — it appears to be all but over. During a press briefing last month, State Department spokesperson Ned Price was asked if Juniper Oak meant that diplomacy with Iran was off the table. “No, it means that our security commitment to Israel is ironclad,” Price responded.

    The president appeared to reveal the U.S.’s actual position in November, when asked by an attendee about the Iran deal while on the sidelines of a midterm election rally in Oceanside, California. “It is dead, but we are not gonna announce it,” Biden replied. “Long story.”

    The attendee then told Biden that the Iranian regime doesn’t represent the people. “I know they don’t represent you,” Biden replied, “but they will have a nuclear weapon that they’ll represent.”

    There is no evidence that the Iranian government is pursuing a nuclear weapon. “Iran does not today possess a nuclear weapon and we currently believe it is not pursuing one,” states the 2022 Nuclear Posture Review, the Pentagon’s authoritative report on nuclear policy based on the best intelligence available to the U.S. government.

    Should Iran acquire a nuclear weapon, it would certainly be seen as a provocation in the region, touching off a dangerous arms race. Saudi Arabia engaged in quiet negotiations with the Trump administration to develop what it insisted would be a peaceful civilian nuclear program, before Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman let it slip that the country would “follow suit as soon as possible” with an atomic bomb should Iran acquire one. By 2020, the United Arab Emirates became the first Arab nation to build a nuclear power plant, a key step toward building a weapon should it wish to do so.

    From its brutal repression of protesters to the decision to provide Russia with drones for use in its illegal invasion of Ukraine, Iran’s policies likely played a role in the Biden administration’s political calculus around abandoning the deal. Biden’s Iran envoy, Robert Malley, cited both as reasons that the Iran deal had been dropped. (Israel, too, has a friendly relationship with Moscow and has vexed Washington by rejecting its request to aid Ukraine with anti-tank missiles.)

    Malley, who had previously overseen diplomacy with Iran, last week led a delegation to Riyadh to discuss with Arab Gulf allies counterterrorism, maritime security, and, of course, Iran.

    “Without the Iran deal, we’re back to deterrence; we want to show the Iranians that we have a credible military threat and that we’re willing to use it, thinking that this will deter the Iranians from the program,” Parsi said. “It can have that effect, but it can also have the effect of telling the Iranians that the U.S. wants conflict and make them think they need their own deterrence. The truth is that this type of deterrence absent diplomacy can be extremely unstable. It may actually cause the scenario that this strategy is designed to prevent.”

    Three days after Juniper Oak concluded, on January 29 — just as Secretary of State Antony Blinken arrived for an official visit in Israel — an Israeli drone bombed a military facility in Iran. U.S. officials scrambled to distance the U.S. from the attack, with the New York Times immediately publishing an article citing U.S. intelligence officials blaming the attack on Israel’s intelligence service, the Mossad.

    But with Israel now under CENTCOM, it’s increasingly likely that Iran won’t distinguish between the two parties, as the Jerusalem Post warned might happen when Trump first ordered the move.

    “The plausible deniability for Israel’s alleged strikes … in the past has worked in CENTCOM’s favor,” the report observed.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ken Klippenstein.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/01/pentagon-developed-contingency-plan-for-war-with-iran/feed/ 0 376196
    Supreme Court Justices ‘Cast Doubt’ on Biden’s Student Debt Forgiveness Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/supreme-court-justices-cast-doubt-on-bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/supreme-court-justices-cast-doubt-on-bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 22:20:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/supreme-court-justices-cast-doubt-on-biden-s-student-debt-forgiveness-plan

    President Joe Biden's plan to forgive more than $400 billion in student loan debt to over 40 million borrowers drew criticism from conservative members of the U.S. Supreme Court on Tuesday as the justices heard oral arguments in a pair of cases that will decide the fate of one of the president's signature policies and impact the financial futures of millions of Americans.

    Politicoreports members of the high court's right-wing supermajority "repeatedly questioned whether the Education Department had the legal authority it claimed to discharge federal student loan debt to help borrowers recover economically from the national emergency spurred by Covid-19."

    Chief Justice John Roberts was particularly hostile, telling U.S. Solicitor-General Elizabeth Prelogar—who was defending the administration's plan—that "we're talking about half a trillion dollars and 43 million Americans."

    The Los Angeles Timesreports that most of Roberts' conservative colleagues "sounded ready to rule against the administration."

    Justice Brett Kavanaugh, for example, expressed skepticism about authorizing the president to a "massive new program" based on an interpretation of the HEROES Act of 2003, which allows the Education Department to "modify or waive" student aid "in connection with a war or other military operation or national emergency."

    Conversely, Justice Elana Kagan asserted that Congress "doesn't get much clearer" about the president's authority in the HEROES Act.

    “We deal with congressional statutes every day that are really confusing," she said. "This one is not."

    Lawyers representing Nebraska—one of the Republican-led states challenging Biden's plan—argued that the administration is using the Covid-19 pandemic as "a pretext for the president to fulfill his campaign promise" to forgive student loan debt.

    Proponents of Biden's plan, meanwhile, stressed the importance of student debt relief.

    "Addressing the student loan debt crisis puts money back in the pockets of families and communities who need it most," Taifa Smith Butler, president of the progressive advocacy group Dēmos, said in a statement.

    "Black and Brown borrowers are disproportionately burdened by student debt, further inhibiting their ability to build wealth and economic power," she continued. "This ongoing crisis undermines the promise of higher education, leaving millions of people to put their dreams and lives on hold because of the crushing pain of student loan debt."

    Lamenting that "a handful of ultraconservative officials, backed by special interest groups motivated by greed and dark money, want to bypass the president's authority at the expense of everyday working people," Smith Butler argued that "any action, plan, or agenda not rooted in equity to address the student loan debt crisis undermines America's legitimacy in being a world leader that truly cares about the future of its people."

    Borrowers, activists, and U.S. lawmakers ralliedon the steps of the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington, D.C. on Monday night and Tuesday morning to voice support for Biden's plan. Members of Congress who spoke included Sens. Bernie Sanders(I-Vt.) and Ed Markey (D-Mass.), Congressional Progressive Caucus Chair Pramila Jayapal(D-Wash.), and Reps. Ilhan Omar(D-Minn.), Maxwell Frost (D-Fla.), and Jamaal Bowman(D-N.Y.).

    "This is about justice, this is about freedom, this is about economic security, this is about our future," said Jayapal. "Let's cancel this student debt, let's keep this movement going, and let's bring justice to everyone."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/supreme-court-justices-cast-doubt-on-bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan/feed/ 0 376088
    Be Afraid of Rick Scott’s Reactionary Plan, But Thank Him for Saying It Out Loud https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/be-afraid-of-rick-scotts-reactionary-plan-but-thank-him-for-saying-it-out-loud/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/be-afraid-of-rick-scotts-reactionary-plan-but-thank-him-for-saying-it-out-loud/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 17:44:41 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/rick-scott-s-gop-agenda

    Florida Senator Rick Scott is perhaps the leading policy voice in today's Republican Party. His proposed "Rescue America Plan" outlines detailed policies that would supposedly address our shared national challenges and crises. They do not.

    At best, his approaches ignore the underlying causes of the serious problems facing us. Far worse, most of his proposals would exacerbate them. This is chilling because of Scott's power and influence within his party.

    As I will show, Scott's views are the tenants and intentions of today's GOP. He's articulated their agenda, the policies that they will gleefully impose on us should they win the 2024 elections.

    Rather than build on progress already made, Scott's plans boldly outline a far right wing wish list that would block and even roll back progress on all of the challenges we face, dating back several decades, at the very least.

    Instead of seeking common ground, Scott seeks to impose highly divisive and unpopular social, economic, and fiscal policies that would attack the basic human and constitutional rights along with the well-being of millions of U.S. residents.

    Ignoring the fact that many or most of his proposals have already been tried and have already failed spectacularly—and were therefore repealed and replaced—Scott stubbornly substitutes his own intransigence and ideology for proven effective approaches.

    Examining Rick Scott's world view as well as his character, his veracity (or lack thereof), and his modus operandi is essential to understanding the horrifying implications of his far right wing agenda.

    What you'll discover is that Scott is an inveterate ideologue. He has a visceral distaste for programs in the public interest, especially if they're proven effective, popular, and essential such as Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, and public education.

    It's up to all of us to ensure that every voter understands what every Republican stands for before casting their ballot.

    When I say Rick Scott has announced that he's coming for your Medicare and Social Security, as well as for your constitutional rights, I mean it. And so does he.

    When you examine his record, you'll see that he knows how to pillage the public treasury. He has a nasty habit of violating the public trust. He's doggedly determined to deprive We the Taxpayers of the essential services we need and paid for.

    To reiterate, we know this not only from his explicitly stated intentions as outlined in his "Rescue America" Plan. That's also been his established track record for decades. So, let's get to the details.

    Often reading more like a rant from an extreme right wing radio talk show host (or from your unhinged, bigoted, homophobic relative who listens to right wing radio) than serious policy proposals, Scott's plans are nonetheless very troubling. Even if we only regarded these radical, destructive proposals as a flotilla of trial balloons, we'd be foolish to dismiss them.

    The details of Scott's "Rescue America" plan clearly and incontrovertibly contains provisions that would place at risk every single federal program through sunsetting provisions, and without doubt eliminate every one that fails to be renewed by act of Congress every five years.

    This including Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, and countless other programs upon which we rely to retire with dignity; uplift people from poverty; protect the environment, consumers, working families, and all of us from tainted food, unsafe products, abuses from employers, and on and on.

    All of Scott's protestations to the contrary are prevarication. We know this, because of his explicit statements and from his long career of actions against the public interest.

    Other key provisions of his plans include: blocking and reversing progress on climate. This, by confusing weather with climate ("The weather is always changing"), and dismissing best practices on climate as "nutty policies."

    The plan also attacks equality and basic human rights including voting rights; and misinterprets the Second Amendment to block and overturn common sense, effective, and overwhelmingly popular gun safety policies. Scott also calls for imposing tax hikes on approximately 50% of U.S. residents specifically those least able to afford his new regressive tax hike policies.

    Claiming, "Currently, far too many Americans who can work are living off of the hard work of others, and have no 'skin in the game,'" Scott demands a tax on work, while disingenuously attacking current policies like the Earned Income Tax Credit that actually enable hard-working people to survive despite the long trend of deteriorating earning power for nearly all U.S. residents.

    Scott's plan outlines strict, simplistic, and dangerous radical austerity policies that would risk a costly and disruptive default on the national debt and other fiscal chaos, likely to trigger a world-wide economic catastrophe.

    The plan explicitly would: "shrink the federal government, reduce the government work force by 25% in 5 years, sell government buildings and assets" and "Prohibit debt ceiling increases absent a declaration of war." This would lock the USA into a fiscal strait jacket.

    By eliminating a quarter of all federal workers' jobs, Scott's meat-ax approach would immediately throw 550,000 people out of work. It would also degrade the quality of life—especially health and safety—for all US residents by weakening or terminating federal government operations including:

    • The U.S. Food and Drug Administration that tests new medicines for safety and efficacy.
    • Public water systems that provide safe drinking water based on standards set by the EPA (which Scott also wants to slash).
    • The Transportation Security Administration that monitors the 39 billion tons of cargo that are transported annually by passenger and freight carriers.
    • The Federal Aviation Administration and the United States' air traffic control system that keeps air travel safe.
    • U.S. Department of Agriculture that enforces standards for food safety through inspection of meat, dairy and food to protect against contamination and disease.
    • OSHA that protect America's workforce by limiting exposure to toxic chemicals and other workplace harm.
    • The Department of the Interior that protects our national parks and public lands.
    • Agencies that enforce federal laws and regulations to protect U.S. residents from polluted air, water, and land.
    • The U.S. Postal Service that prevents mail fraud.
    • U.S. Weather Service that provides storm and other warnings.
    • The Federal Housing Authority that helps Americans become homeowners.
    • Consulates and embassies that help U.S. citizens traveling abroad.
    • FEMA that provides support for victims of hurricanes, floods or other disasters.
    • The National Park Service that maintains national parks.
    • The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers that helps to maintain the nation's ports, harbors and navigation channels.
    • The federal agencies that provide 60 percent of all research funding to Universities.
    • The Small Business Administration that helps Americans start, grow, and build businesses.
    • Veterans Affairs' facilities that treat millions of Americans each year.
    • Customs and Border Patrol agents that protect our borders.
    • Scientists at the National Institutes of Health and the Centers for Disease Control who research and develop ways to diagnose and treat diseases including cancer, Parkinson's Disease and Alzheimer's Disease, as well as more specialized agencies like the National Cancer Institute.
    • The "Do Not Call" Registry makes it easier for consumers to stop getting telemarketing calls that they don't want.

    Under Scott's vision, future Republican control of the federal government would resemble a hostile takeover of our entire system, one in which the corporate raiders dismantle it and sell it off for parts. Presumably to further enrich and empower their rich and influential donors.

    Alarmingly, Scott calls for a blitzkrieg against public education including closing the Department of Education and undermining public schools, while censoring and micromanaging curricula, and imposing unconstitutional mandates including loyalty oaths on public schools and children.

    CNN reports that Scott's plan would also dictate that: "Public schools will teach our children to love America because, while not perfect, it is exceptional, it is good, and it is a beacon of freedom in an often-dark world." This, while "repeatedly trying to craft a contrast to what Scott calls 'the woke left' and 'wokeness.'"

    Scott's obsession with trivialities like catch phrases, and his infatuation with failed dysfunctional Dickensian policies over reasonable policy choices are hallmark of his regressive and dangerous vision. So much so that Rick Scott would make an alarmingly cruel Ebenezer Scrooge-like villain.

    Scott's own articulation of his policies reveal they are absolutely reactionary, regressive, and reviled. So much so, that even his fellow Republicans and right-wing media have castigated him for saying the quiet part out loud.

    None of their criticisms should be taken as repudiation of these policies. Rather, they've merely voiced concerns that if voters knew the scope and impact of this anarchical, Ayn Rand-inspired approach of taking a meat axe to the public interest, then millions upon millions would never vote to elect Republicans again.

    Make no mistake: Scott has mapped out the backward course that many if not most Republican elected officials and party leaders seek to impose on the majority of us who disapprove of them—mainly through stealth, misdirection, and propaganda as opposed to the attacks in plain sight Scott has proposed.

    Scott's plans outline and expose the GOP's plans for a one-size-fits all, top down, nationwide imposition of several disastrous and dysfunctional policies from Washington D.C. to all corners of the country.

    Many or most of these onerous policies have already been or may soon be enacted by Republican-dominated state governments. Again, this includes many failed and unsound policies that we've already widely rejected as divisive, hateful, and counterproductive.

    Scott has "revised" his plan under fierce criticism from his Republican Senate colleagues and right wing pundits, including FOX News interviewers.

    As FOX News reported, "Scott released his plan last year as a proposed Republican legislative agenda ahead of the midterm elections. Democrats seized on several of Scott's proposals, including a blanket statement that 'all federal legislation sunsets in five years. If a law is worth keeping, Congress can pass it again.'"

    While many of his Republican colleagues quickly distanced themselves from the bold and often overwrought rhetoric Scott features in his plans, he is not by any means an outlier or a fringe backbencher. On the contrary, Scott is perhaps the most clear and outspoken voice in the GOP about his party's plans.

    By choosing him to serve as chair of the National Republican Senatorial Committee (NRSC), Senate Republicans affirmed their reliance on his leadership in "the fight to restore the GOP Senate majority."

    Despite his shady background in business and in public office, Scott remains one of the most respected and powerful voices in the Republican Party. His statements must be taken seriously as they indicate the intentions of most if not all Republican leaders.

    Rick Scott's Background

    Rick Scott has a concerning record, even according to fellow Republicans. Politifact quoted a spokesperson for Republican then-Florida Attorney General Bill McCollum saying, "Rick Scott oversaw the most massive Medicare fraud scheme in American history." This refers to the historic Medicare fraud case brought against Columbia HCA while Scott was the CEO of that corporation.

    Politifact also reported, "Scott resigned as CEO [of Columbia HCA] in July 1997, less than four months after the inquiry became public and before the depth of the investigation became clear. Company executives said had Scott remained CEO, the entire chain could have been in jeopardy."

    Politifact added, "As part of the 2000 settlement, Columbia/HCA agreed to plead guilty to at least 14 corporate felonies. A corporate felony comes with financial penalties but not jail time, since a corporation can't be sent to prison. Among the 14 felonies, Columbia/HCA pleaded guilty to three counts of conspiracy to defraud the United States."

    An opinion article published by The South Florida Sun Sentinel reports, "When the federal investigation of Rick Scott's former hospital company became public in 1997, the board of Columbia/HCA forced him out. Scott left with $300 million in stock, a $5.1 million severance and a $950,000-per-year consulting contract for five years."

    Adding, "Columbia/HCA gave kickbacks to doctors so they would refer patients. Columbia/HCA made patients look sicker than they were, so Medicare would pay more. Columbia/HCA kept two sets of books."

    Numerous scandals continued to plague Scott when he became Governor of Florida, as a quick online search reveals. Most search engine hits relate to the massive Columbia/HCA Medicare scandal under his watch, but there are too many other allegations of serious wrongdoing to discuss in depth.
    One noteworthy scandal involved Scott's alleged retaliation against Gerald Bailey, "the former head of the Florida Department of Law Enforcement [who] asserted he was pushed out after resisting questionable and unethical requests from the Scott administration and the governor's re-election campaign," according to an Associated Press report.

    The AP quoted Republican then-Attorney General of Florida, Pam Bondi (who served in that office from 2011 to 2019) as saying, "This is ridiculous. We have to have better procedures in place so this type of thing does not happen again." The report added, "Questions are mounting from fellow Republicans in a state where Scott was once a tea party stalwart."

    Conclusions

    All of these scandals provide important insights into Rick Scott's ethical lapses, his plans, and his relentless drive to impose his extreme and ideological will upon the rest of us, by hook or by crook—mainly crook.

    Today, the USA is facing a combination of serious challenges as well as existential crises. These include: the climate emergency; the COVID-19 pandemic; lack of basic economic and human rights and necessitates including housing, nutrition, fair wages, a voice in the workplace, transportation, and especially healthcare for millions of us, our families, and people in our communities.

    Also, long-term declining standards of living for millions of U.S. residents; persistent and deadly hatred against marginalized people: racism, sexism, xenophobia, anti-LGBTQ+ and other pernicious bigotry, as well as other social strife; widespread gun violence, police brutality, corporate misconduct, and more.

    Rick Scott's vision is to blame the victims, ignore root causes, deny science and medicine, and leave us all alone and on our own to struggle against vast and powerful multinational special interests. All of this would make our already dreadful problems much worse for all of us as individuals, families, communities, and as a nation.

    Ironically, Scott has done all us who care about each other and our nation a favor by exposing the GOP agenda, even if at times only briefly and then quickly dissembling about it.

    He's done us another favor by opening a clear window and showing everyone the easily explained set of extreme, unreasoning, unreasonable, and unpopular policies that the Republicans would quickly impose upon us if they were to regain control of our federal government.

    He's let us know that the GOP would start their hostile takeover by dismantling, dismembering, and selling off our democratic republic for parts, and by subverting the essential mission of whatever depleted wreck was left.

    Now that we know without any doubt what the right-wing GOP plans to do, the question remains: what do we plan to do about it? I propose repeating all of the gory details about each and every one of the failed, antagonistic, and dysfunctional GOP policies that Scott outlined.

    Also, warning everyone we know that the Republican Party is intent on turning back the clock to the 18th Century rather than lead us forward into the 21st Century. We must continually point out the already horrendous impact of these Republican policies we're already seen in the states where they've taken effect.

    It's up to all of us to ensure that every voter understands what every Republican stands for before casting their ballot. Failure to loudly dissent against the dangerous path the GOP usually secretly advocates for would be catastrophic.

    Luckily, by focusing on these extreme right-wing Republican views, we can and must inform the voters to oppose these dark designs before it's too late. By exposing them and forcing GOP candidates to run on their previously hidden stealth agenda, we should be able to get out the vote.

    It's up to us to sound the alarm and engage voters about the GOP's stark and heartless agenda. I hope we will never stop putting all of these proposals to a vote in the court of public opinion and eventually at the ballot box in 2024.

    The choices ahead of us couldn't be more clear. Rick Scott has given us all the information we need. If we engage in persistent and successful efforts to inform voters, we should empower a massive electoral victory.

    And finally, you don't have take my word for it. Scott has laid out all the details of his hideous plot to further secure oligarchic control of our country here: rescueamerica.com.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Mike Hersh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/be-afraid-of-rick-scotts-reactionary-plan-but-thank-him-for-saying-it-out-loud/feed/ 0 375986
    The National welcomes government claim of no plan to control media https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/the-national-welcomes-government-claim-of-no-plan-to-control-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/the-national-welcomes-government-claim-of-no-plan-to-control-media/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 02:46:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=85489 The National

    Papua New Guinea’s The National newspaper has welcomed a statement by the Information and Communication Technology Department (DICT) that the government has no wish to control the media to limit freedom of expression.

    Editor-in-chief Christine Pakakota said a free media provided oxygen to any country claiming to be democratic, and effectively promoting transparency and accountability.

    She was responding to a government statement last week, saying that the proposed national media development policy had “no intention of giving powers to the government to control the media or infringe on the freedom of expression”.

    The National submitted its response to the draft policy last Tuesday.

    Pakakota said it was obvious that the government’s intention and concern was “to ensure that the people get important and accurate information”.

    “We are with any government that wishes to improve the standard of living of the people as well as to develop the country,” she said.

    “And when the government says it aims to do so through the promotion of democracy, good governance, human rights and social and economic development, as stated in the covering statement to the draft policy, we will proudly stand beside it.”

    ‘Long journey’
    She regretted that the government had given stakeholders only two weeks “to respond to a matter that would have serious and long-lasting impact on the country’s long journey to becoming a developed nation and take its rightful place in the world”.

    “We also believe that the PNG Media Council must be fully independent and adequately funded by the state and/or donors, and run by highly-respected persons,” she said.

    “It represents the interests of the media industry in PNG.”

    She said the council should also have a complaints committee to judge complaints about press and broadcasting conduct as set out in a Media Code of Ethics and Practice.

    “The council should have a chairman and executive secretary selected from the public,” she said.

    “Members of the complaints committee (at least five) are also to be picked from the public.”

    Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/the-national-welcomes-government-claim-of-no-plan-to-control-media/feed/ 0 375842
    UPNG monument plan for ‘inspired leader’ Sir Michael Somare https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/upng-monument-plan-for-inspired-leader-sir-michael-somare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/upng-monument-plan-for-inspired-leader-sir-michael-somare/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:19:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=85477 By Nathan Woti in Port Moresby

    Prime Minister James Marape has approved the building of a monument of the late Grand Chief Sir Michael Somare at the University of Papua New Guinea.

    During the ground-breaking ceremony on Friday, Marape said the monument would symbolise what the nation’s founding fathers stood for, and the legacy of Sir Michael who was driving the move for independence.

    “It is proper to build the late Grand Chief Sir Michael Somare’s monument here at the very highest learning institution of the country,” he said.

    “He was a simple teacher, but he rose up in the ranks to become the first Prime Minister.

    “I believe this will inspire the next generations of leaders.”

    The project will be overseen by the government and Moresby North-West MP Lohia Boe Samuel.

    Marape said Sir Michael “stood for so many things in his fight for independence”.

    ‘Freedom and liberty’
    “But one I believe was closest to his heart was to see the next generations of Papua New Guineans have the freedom and liberty to decide the fate of their country,” he said.

    “This is the dream we carry today and are heading towards.”

    The momument was suggested by the University Students’ Representative Council which started fundraising last year.

    “The late Sir Michael was at the prime age of 30 to 37 when he led the call for independence,” former council president Matthew Tinol said.

    “That is what we must draw [from] — to be selfless, to be builders of our country, to be visionary and leaders that late Sir Michael needed us to become.”

    UPNG vice–chancellor Professor Frank Griffin thanked the government for supporting the students’ council funding of the project with its fundraising last year.

    The monument is expected to be completed by September 16 — PNG’s Independence Day — next year.

    Nathan Woti is a reporter for The National. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/upng-monument-plan-for-inspired-leader-sir-michael-somare/feed/ 0 375814
    To Prevent More ‘Catastrophic Derailments,’ Rail Workers Outline Plan for Immediate Reforms https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/to-prevent-more-catastrophic-derailments-rail-workers-outline-plan-for-immediate-reforms/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/to-prevent-more-catastrophic-derailments-rail-workers-outline-plan-for-immediate-reforms/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 22:00:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/rail-workers-demand-reforms-to-prevent-derailments

    Three weeks after the lives of East Palestine, Ohio residents were upended by a fiery wreck involving a Norfolk Southern-owned train overloaded with hazardous materials, rail union leaders on Friday implored federal regulators and lawmakers to "focus on the primary reasons for the derailment and take immediate action to prevent future disasters."

    In a statement, Railroad Workers United (RWU) pointed to the National Transportation Safety Board's (NTSB) newly published preliminary report on the February 3 crash and subsequent burnoff of vinyl chloride and other carcinogenic chemicals, which suggests that an overheated wheel bearing likely caused the train to derail. The inter-union alliance of rail workers also cited NTSB Chair Jennifer Homendy, who said Thursday at a press conference: "This was 100% preventable. We call things accidents—there is no accident. Every single event that we investigate is preventable."

    RWU, which has previously highlighted how industry-led deregulation and Wall Street-backed policies such as "precision-scheduled railroading" have made the U.S. rail system more dangerous, said Friday that "Class 1 freight rail carriers, including Norfolk Southern, have prioritized profits over safety, cutting maintenance, equipment inspections, and personnel in all crafts while increasing the average train size to three miles or more."

    In the words of RWU co-chair Gabe Christenson: "Railroad workers experience firsthand every day the dangers inherent in this style of railroading. It has impacted their safety and health, state of mind, and lives on and off the job."

    "Limits on train lengths and weights are necessary to prevent catastrophic derailments."

    Jason Doering, general secretary of RWU, echoed Christenson's message, saying: "Every day we go to work, we have serious concerns about preventing accidents like the one that occurred in Ohio. As locomotive engineers, conductors, signal maintainers, car inspectors, track workers, dispatchers, machinists, and electricians, we experience the reality that our jobs are becoming increasingly dangerous due to insufficient staffing, inadequate maintenance, and a lack of oversight and inspection."

    "We recognize," Doering added, "that limits on train lengths and weights are necessary to prevent catastrophic derailments."

    One week ago, RWU made the case for nationalization, arguing that the U.S. "can no longer afford private ownership of the railroads; the general welfare demands that they be brought under public ownership."

    In the absence of such sweeping transformation, which remains far-off given the current state of the beleaguered U.S. labor movement, the alliance on Friday demanded that federal agencies and Congress move quickly to "rein in" Norfolk Southern and other profit-maximizing rail corporations that have fought regulations, laid off workers, and purchased billions of dollars in stock rather than investing in employees and safety upgrades.

    Specifically, RWU called on regulators and lawmakers to:

    • Ensure sufficient staffing to do the job properly, efficiently, and safely, with all trains operating with a minimum of a two-person crew;
    • Cap train length and weight at a reasonable level to mitigate the increased likelihood of breakdowns, train separations, and derailments;
    • Implement adequate and proper maintenance and inspections of locomotives and rail cars, tracks and signals, wayside detectors, and other infrastructure; and
    • Standardize ample training and time off without the harassment of draconian attendance policies.

    Of these measures, only a proposed rule to require two-person crews—described by RWU as loophole-ridden—was included in the blueprint the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) unveiled Tuesday to hold rail companies accountable and protect the well-being of workers and fenceline communities.

    The DOT also encouraged rail carriers to voluntarily provide sick leave. Norfolk Southern—facing intense scrutiny and backlash amid the ongoing East Palestine disaster—agreed Wednesday to provide up to a week of paid sick leave per year to roughly 3,000 track maintenance workers.

    But because the Biden administration and Congress recently imposed a contract without paid sick leave on rail workers who were threatening to strike, the vast majority still lack this basic lifesaving benefit, as do millions of private sector workers in other industries who are also awaiting legislation to address the issue.

    Characterizing the DOT's plan as inadequate, RWU said Tuesday that "rank-and-file railroad workers can diagnose and fix the problems" and urged U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg to enact "some of our solutions."

    RWU treasurer Hugh Sawyer reiterated that call on Friday.

    "We demand that the railroad be run safely, efficiently, and professionally, and not as some 'cash cow' for Wall Street investors and billionaires," said Sawyer. "Much of what is wrong with the rail industry today can be fixed easily and quickly by acting on what is outlined above. We demand action NOW."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/to-prevent-more-catastrophic-derailments-rail-workers-outline-plan-for-immediate-reforms/feed/ 0 375322
    ‘I Am Disturbed’: Locals Alarmed Over Plan to Inject Toxic Ohio Wastewater Underground in Texas https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/i-am-disturbed-locals-alarmed-over-plan-to-inject-toxic-ohio-wastewater-underground-in-texas/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/i-am-disturbed-locals-alarmed-over-plan-to-inject-toxic-ohio-wastewater-underground-in-texas/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 18:41:07 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/toxic-east-palestine-wastewater-moved-to-texas

    Residents and officials in Harris County, Texas have expressed alarm since learning that contaminated water used to extinguish a fiery train crash in East Palestine, Ohio has been transported more than 1,300 miles to a Houston suburb for disposal.

    Houston's Coalition for Environment, Equity, and Resilience tweeted Thursday: "We are disturbed to learn that toxic wastewater from East Palestine, Ohio will be brought to Harris County for 'disposal.' Our county should not be a dumping ground for industry."

    The Norfolk Southern-owned train that derailed and ignited near the Ohio-Pennsylvania border on February 3 was carrying vinyl chloride and other carcinogenic chemicals. After ordering evacuations, authorities released and burned hazardous materials from several tanker cars to avert a catastrophic explosion. Hundreds of thousands of gallons of water used to put out the flames have been collected and trucked to Texas Molecular, a private company in Deer Park that specializes in injecting hazardous waste underground.

    "There has to be a closer deep well injection," Deer Park resident Tammy Baxter toldABC13 on Wednesday night. "It's foolish to put it on the roadway. We have accidents on a regular basis. Do they really want to have another contamination zone? It is silly to move it that far."

    ABC13 reported that Baxter "first heard that the waste may be transported to the city she lives in from a video circulating on social media." After calling the mayor's office in Deer Park—one of 34 communities in Harris County—"she expected a return phone call dispelling the rumor. Instead, it was confirmed."

    "I am disturbed," said Baxter. "I am shook by the information."

    The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality told ABC13 that Texas Molecular "is authorized to accept and manage a variety of waste streams, including vinyl chloride, as part of their [Resource Conservation and Recovery Act] hazardous waste permit and underground injection control permit."

    George Guillen, a biology and environmental science professor at the University of Houston-Clear Lake, told the local news outlet that deep well injection is a typical practice that poses minimal risks to the health of current Deer Park residents.

    "This injection, in some cases, is usually 4,000 or 5,000 feet down below any kind of drinking water aquifer," said Guillen, who also serves as the executive director of the Environmental Institute of Houston. "Could it come up someday? Yes, maybe, but hundreds of years from now or thousands of years from now."

    But he shared Baxter's concerns about the dangers of transporting toxic wastewater hundreds of miles across the country.

    So too did U.S. Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee (D-Texas), a member of the House Homeland Security Committee who represents Harris County. She toldKHOU11 that the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) contracted a company to move contaminated liquid from the East Palestine derailment site to Deer Park, some 1,350 miles away.

    "I'm not clear on who has the full picture of what is happening here and that is a problem."

    The Ohio EPA said Thursday that more than 1.7 million gallons of toxic wastewater have been removed from the disaster zone, where nearly 44,000 animals, most of them small fish, have died over the past three weeks.

    "Of this, 1,133,933 gallons have been hauled off-site, with most going to Texas Molecular," said the agency. "A smaller amount of waste has been directed to Vickery Environmental in Vickery, Ohio."

    Harris County Judge Lina Hidalgo said at a Thursday night press conference that Texas Molecular had received roughly 500,000 gallons of wastewater since the middle of last week, from up to 30 trucks per day.

    According toThe Houston Chronicle, "Texas Molecular president Frank Marine in a statement Thursday said the company is keeping the city of Deer Park and Harris County updated on water management efforts related to the Ohio derailment fire."

    Hildago, however, said she first learned that hazardous waste from East Palestine is being disposed of in Deer Park from a journalist on Wednesday, "not from a regulatory agency, not from the company," a fact she called "unacceptable."

    She said the amount of toxic wastewater, and the length of time it had been moving through Harris County, was unknown to her and other county officials until Thursday.

    As the Chroniclereported: "Hidalgo said there was no law requiring her office to be informed about wastewater but said she was upset local officials were kept out of the loop by a 'fundamentally broken' system. She said her office had been in contact with the company, the U.S. Department of Transportation, the [U.S.] Environmental Protection Agency, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, and outside industry and environmental experts."

    "This is a wake-up call," Hidalgo said. "It doesn't look like any regulations necessarily were broken by the fact that nobody told us. But it doesn't quite seem right."

    “The government officials have readily provided the information they have, but what we’re learning is that they themselves don't seem to have the full information. I'm still not sure why," Hidalgo continued. "I'm not clear on who has the full picture of what is happening here and that is a problem."

    "There are many things we don’t know that we should know," she added. "That doesn't mean that something is wrong, but it's worth noting."

    Per the Chronicle: "Hidalgo said she wanted more information about the material being injected into the wells and how it could affect other material already injected in the wells or surface water. She also said she wanted clear information about how the water was being moved from Ohio to Texas and what precautions were being taken to protect it. Finally, she also wanted information on why the water was taken to Texas instead of wells closer to Ohio."

    As The Associated Pressreported, Hildago noted that "Harris County has around 10 injection wells capable of receiving hazardous commercial waste, making the area one of the few places where the materials could be disposed. But she said there are similar facilities in Vickery, Ohio, and Romulus, Michigan, that also could handle the wastewater and are located closer to the crash site."

    "There may be logistical reasons for all of this. There may be economic reasons. Perhaps Texas Molecular outbid the Michigan facility," said Hidalgo. "It doesn't mean there's something nefarious going on, but we do need to know the answer to this question."

    Deer Park Mayor Jerry Mouton, for his part, told residents on Thursday that they need not worry about the safety of their drinking water.

    "It goes through a water treatment plant and there's no possible scenario where there's any contamination to do with industry," said Mouton.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/i-am-disturbed-locals-alarmed-over-plan-to-inject-toxic-ohio-wastewater-underground-in-texas/feed/ 0 375350
    The Fed Lays Plan for Additional Interest Rate Hikes at the Expense of Economic Recovery https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-fed-lays-plan-for-additional-interest-rate-hikes-at-the-expense-of-economic-recovery/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-fed-lays-plan-for-additional-interest-rate-hikes-at-the-expense-of-economic-recovery/#respond Wed, 22 Feb 2023 21:20:46 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/the-fed-lays-plan-for-additional-interest-rate-hikes-at-the-expense-of-economic-recovery

    But as critics noted beforehand, the Trump administration's gutting of train safety rules at the behest of railroad industry lobbyists was instrumental in creating the conditions for the derailment and ensuing chemical spill and burnoff, which has provoked fears of groundwater contamination and air pollution.

    "He should be apologizing to that community for his administration rolling back rail regulations," progressive stalwart Nina Turner, a former Ohio state senator, tweeted prior to Trump's address.

    Philadelphia Inquirer columnist Will Bunch made a similar point in an opinion piece published earlier this week.

    "If residents of East Palestine—a modern news desert of downsized or disappeared news sources, which allows misinformation to fester—truly knew the reality, a delegation of townsfolk would likely greet Trump with tiki torches and pitchforks," Bunch wrote, comparing the former president's visit to "the tendency of a criminal to return to the scene of his crime."

    Bunch noted that "Trump acted specifically to sabotage a nascent government effort to protect citizens from the growing threat posed by derailments of outdated, poorly equipped, and undermanned freight trains that were increasingly shipping both highly flammable crude oil from the U.S. fracking boom as well as toxic chemicals like the ones that would derail in East Palestine."

    "Trump had been in office for less than a year when he moved to kill the 2015 rule change initiated by the Obama administration that would have required freight trains to upgrade the current braking technology that was developed in the 19th century for state-of-the-art electronic systems," wrote Bunch, who pointed out that this came after Norfolk Southern and other rail carriers donated more than $6 million to Republican candidates in 2016 and spent millions more on lobbying.

    "With the investigation into the East Palestine wreck still in its early phases, it's not clear if the modern brakes—originally required for installation by 2021—could have prevented the toxic derailment or whether the specific Obama rule would have applied," Bunch continued. "But experts do believe the new brakes could have mitigated the wreckage—and thus the release of so many hazardous chemicals."

    "The rule reversal wasn't the only time that Team Trump sided with Big Rail over the forgotten Americans who live on the wrong side of their tracks," he added. "In 2019, for example, the Trump administration moved to not strengthen but relax regulations on shipping fracked natural gas through communities like East Palestine. The same year, Trump's White House also killed an Obama-era proposal that would have required two crew members in freight-train locomotives."

    "The Trump approach to the rail industry was to let the companies do what they wanted, which was to avoid regulations, slash jobs, and extract profit."

    Ahead of Trump's visit, More Perfect Union also argued on social media that the ex-president's "attempt to portray himself as a friend of the town and as someone who would have stood up to Norfolk Southern... couldn't be further from the truth."

    As the progressive media outlet observed, the Trump administration "withdrew multiple rail safety recommendations and moved toward a 'self-regulatory approach' where rail companies could do as they pleased."

    "It's no surprise that the Trump years were filled with dangerous deregulation," More Perfect Union asserted, describing his decision to nominate top rail industry executives to lead the Federal Railroad Administration and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration as "a prime example of the revolving door between business and government."

    "The Trump approach to the rail industry was to let the companies do what they wanted, which was to avoid regulations, slash jobs, and extract profit," the outlet continued. "This approach, and rail companies' greed, has led to over 1,000 derailments each year. Some are massive catastrophes like East Palestine. But every single one is harmful. And if the industry isn't regulated and forced to change, we'll soon be seeing more disasters."

    When Trump "pretends to care about rail workers, or the people of East Palestine, we can't believe him," More Perfect Union added. "His record tells a very different story, the story of his own role in creating this problem in the first place."

    Even some conservative critics of Trump have questioned the sincerity of his visit.

    "It's clear that it's a political stunt," Ray LaHood, a Republican ex-member of Congress who led the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) during former President Barack Obama's first term, toldPolitico on Wednesday. "If he wants to visit, he's a citizen. But clearly his regulations and the elimination of them, and no emphasis on safety, is going to be pointed out."

    Sen. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) wasted little time in doing exactly that, calling the GOP's indignation "fake" soon after Trump announced his travel plans.

    Bunch acknowledged that "it's beyond hypocritical for Trump to bring his Harold Hill-huckster shtick to East Palestine when residents are still experiencing headaches and breathing foul air from the kind of catastrophe he didn't lift a finger to stop from the Resolute Desk."

    "But also it's a bit baffling why Biden or his Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg—who seems to be channeling his inner McKinsey & Co. these days—haven't gone to Ohio," he argued. "Especially when Trump and any other Republicans hoping to make political hay off of East Palestine's misery are coming to town empty-handed."

    "None of the anti-Biden critics on this issue have offered a solution, because they can't," wrote Bunch. "The only fix for the kind of runaway abuses of modern capitalism that cause these environmental catastrophes is government regulation, aided by empowering worker safety with strong unions—two things that the Trump-led GOP has opposed at every turn."

    Even in the wake of the disaster, Republican lawmakers have refused to demand stronger regulations, as HuffPostreported:

    Rep. Bill Johnson (R-Ohio), a vocal Biden critic who represents East Palestine, on Tuesday dismissed immediate calls for stricter rail regulations, saying actions toward accountability will hinge on the findings of a National Transportation Safety Board [NTSB] investigation into the derailment.

    "That will dictate whether there are laws, regulations that need to be changed, whether there were rules that were violated," he said during a news conference in East Palestine. "We don't know any of that yet, and we won't know that until NTSB releases its report."

    Hours before Trump spoke, Buttigieg announced that he plans to travel to East Palestine on Thursday. His visit is expected to coincide with the publication of the NTSB's preliminary report about its ongoing probe into the crash.

    "Trump and any other Republicans hoping to make political hay off of East Palestine's misery are coming to town empty-handed."

    On Tuesday, Buttigieg unveiled DOT's recommendations for improving the safety of the nation's rail system, though an inter-union alliance of rail workers immediately criticized the plan as inadequate.

    Given the scale of the problems—and in light of the transportation secretary's ongoing refusal to exercise his authority to reinstate previously gutted rules along with his consideration of an industry-backed proposal to further weaken the regulation of train braking systems—union leaders have called for nationalizing the railways and implementing their proposed solutions.

    Turner, for her part, emphasized that she has "been outspoken about the two years the Biden administration had fix these problems."

    "The Trump administration is at fault, as is the Obama administration," Turner contended, referring to the fact that the latter's regulations were also watered down in response to industry pressure.

    "The Ohio GOP is to blame as well," she added, echoing recent reporting on Norfolk Southern's campaign to influence state-level lawmakers and officials. "Failure at every level of government and multiple administrations led to this."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/the-fed-lays-plan-for-additional-interest-rate-hikes-at-the-expense-of-economic-recovery/feed/ 0 374709
    Awaiting China’s Ukraine Peace Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/awaiting-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/awaiting-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/#respond Wed, 22 Feb 2023 06:57:08 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274673 At the recently concluded Munich Security Conference, Wang Yi, China’s top diplomat, proved the skunk at the party, interrupting the Western cheerleading for more and more war “for as as long as it takes” by announcing that on February 24, the first anniversary of the Russian invasion, China will announce a peace plan for Ukraine More

    The post Awaiting China’s Ukraine Peace Plan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John Whitbeck.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/awaiting-chinas-ukraine-peace-plan/feed/ 0 374463
    ‘Too Many Holes’: Rail Workers Say Buttigieg Plan of Action Is Not Enough https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/too-many-holes-rail-workers-say-buttigieg-plan-of-action-is-not-enough/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/too-many-holes-rail-workers-say-buttigieg-plan-of-action-is-not-enough/#respond Tue, 21 Feb 2023 22:45:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/rail-workers-buttigieg-usdot-plan-insufficient

    U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg's newly unveiled plan to improve railroad safety is inadequate, an inter-union alliance of rail workers declared Tuesday.

    The U.S. Department of Transportation's (USDOT) blueprint for holding rail corporations accountable and protecting the well-being of workers and affected communities comes after a Norfolk Southern-owned train overloaded with vinyl chloride and other carcinogenic chemicals crashed in East Palestine, Ohio on February 3, precipitating a toxic spill and fire that has sparked fears of air pollution and groundwater contamination.

    In contrast to the hundreds of U.S. derailments that go largely unnoticed each year, the unfolding environmental and public health disaster on the Ohio-Pennsylvania border has helped expose the dangerous consequences of the Wall Street-driven transformation and deregulation of the freight rail industry—a long-standing process intensified by the Trump administration and so far unchallenged by the Biden administration.

    "Profit and expediency must never outweigh the safety of the American people," Buttigieg—who has yet to exercise his authority to restore previously gutted rules and was mulling an industry-backed proposal to further weaken federal oversight of train braking systems as recently as February 10, according toThe Lever—said Tuesday in a statement.

    "We at USDOT are doing everything in our power to improve rail safety," said Buttigieg, "and we insist that the rail industry do the same—while inviting Congress to work with us to raise the bar."

    USDOT called on Norfolk Southern and other rail carriers to "provide proactive advance notification to state emergency response teams when they are transporting hazardous gas tank cars through their states instead of expecting first responders to look up this information after an incident occurs" and to "provide paid sick leave," among other things.

    The department also urged Congress to increase how much it can penalize companies for safety violations, noting that "the current maximum fine, even for an egregious violation involving hazardous materials and resulting in fatalities, is $225,455." As Buttigieg tweeted, "This is not enough to drive changes at a multibillion-dollar company like Norfolk Southern."

    Finally, USDOT committed to strengthening its regulation of the rail industry by "advancing the train crew staffing rule, which will require a minimum of two crew members for most railroad operations," and by "initiating a focused safety inspection program on routes over which high-hazard flammable trains (HHFTs) and other trains carrying large volumes of hazardous material travel," among other proposals.

    "Each of these steps," the agency said, "will enhance rail safety in the United States."

    But according to Railroad Workers United (RWU), which focused in particular on the issue of train crew staffing, "there are too many holes" in Buttigieg's plan to ensure the safety of the nation's rail system.

    "As currently written, the proposed rule could allow for numerous instances of single-crew operations in the coming years," RWU tweeted. The alliance also shared a letter it sent to USDOT last September accusing the Federal Railroad Administration of "attempting to placate unions, community groups, and the general public on the one hand with a 'two-person train crew rule' while, on the other hand, signaling a green light to the industry to run trains with a single crew member."

    The U.S. endures more than 1,000 train derailments per year and has seen a 36% increase in hazardous materials violations committed by rail giants in the past five years.

    After another Norfolk Southern train carrying hazardous materials derailedlast week near Detroit, Michigan, Sen. Bernie Sanders(I-Vt.) joined RWU in characterizing these daily occurrences as predictable—and preventable—outcomes of cost-cutting and profit-maximizing policies pushed by rail industry bosses and financial investors.

    Given the scale of the problems and the slow pace and limited nature of the rulemaking process, RWU recently implored the U.S. labor movement to support the nationalization of the country's railroad system, arguing that "our nation can no longer afford private ownership of the railroads; the general welfare demands that they be brought under public ownership."

    The alliance reiterated that demand on Tuesday, writing on social media that "we will believe Pete Buttigieg is serious when he starts talking about public ownership of critical railroad infrastructure and enacting some of our solutions."

    As More Perfect Union noted, the six most "urgent changes" outside of nationalization recommended by RWU to "improve safety and stop the railroads' worst excesses and abuses" include:

    • Preserve the standard two-person crews;
    • Restrictions on train length;
    • Adequate time off for rail workers to mitigate fatigue;
    • Proper staffing levels to allow work to be done safely and efficiently;
    • Equip all railcars and trains with electrically controlled pneumatic (ECP) brakes; and
    • Implement safety programs that pinpoint hazards, not worker behaviors.

    Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen (BLET) national president Eddie Hall, meanwhile, said in a statement that Buttigieg "is correct in saying that 'a healthy and well-supported workforce is a safer workforce.'"

    "It's outrageous that 79% of the American public employed in the private sector receive paid sick leave benefits but not locomotive engineers and conductors, the essential workers who keep the supply chain operating," said Hall. "Many of our union's general chairmen are currently in talks with the railroads about correcting this safety lapse and injustice."

    The Biden administration and Congress recently imposed a contract without paid sick leave on rail workers who were threatening to strike, and federal lawmakers have refused to pass legislation extending the lifesaving benefit to the millions of workers who lack it nationwide.

    While Hall praised Buttigieg for saying that "profit and expediency must never outweigh the safety of the American people," the union leader lamented that the transportation secretary "didn't say anything specifically about 'PSR,' the operating model adopted by the nation's largest railroads designed to cut corners and boost profits."

    "I assure you the 'S' in PSR is not about safety," said Hall. "Under PSR or Precision Scheduled Railroading, which in itself is an oxymoron, the railroads have cut the workforce by nearly a third over the past six years. They have reduced the number of thorough inspections of rail cars, along with other service cuts. Under the PSR model the largest railroads have lengthened trains to as long as three miles from end to end and intentionally slowed the supply chain."

    "Railroads largely self-regulate and PSR has led to irresponsible practices at the cost of safety," he added. "It needs to be eliminated or reformed."

    The National Transportation Safety Board is currently investigating the cause of the derailment in East Palestine. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency on Tuesday ordered Norfolk Southern to pay for all associated cleanup work.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/too-many-holes-rail-workers-say-buttigieg-plan-of-action-is-not-enough/feed/ 0 374400
    Student Loan Borrowers to Rally ‘In Full Force’ as Supreme Court Weighs Biden Relief Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/#respond Mon, 20 Feb 2023 19:02:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/student-debt-supreme-court-rally

    Supporters of President Joe Biden's stalled student debt relief proposal are planning to rally outside the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington, D.C. at the end of the month as justices hear a case challenging the administration's long-awaited program.

    After Biden in August announced his plan to cancel up to $20,000 for Pell Grant recipients and up to $10,000 for borrowers with incomes under $125,000 for individuals or $250,000 for households, right-wing politicians and activists took to the courts. The administration has stopped taking applications while awaiting the high court's decision but also extended a pause on loan repayments until June.

    Given that the right-wing court's ruling is expected to "determine the fate of this program and the economic freedom of millions," organizers of the People's Rally for Student Debt Cancellation intend to "bring the voices and stories of impacted borrowers directly to the steps of the court" on February 28 from 8:00 am to noon ET.

    "I wanted to make sure that the justices look into the eyes of borrowers while they're doing the hearing."

    "More than 26 million borrowers remain in limbo, including 16 million who have been officially approved for relief" through BIden's "life-changing" program, because of "blatantly partisan lawsuits were filed by the president's political opponents to block the desperately needed relief," organizers highlight on a webpage for the rally, set to be livestreamed.

    "For too long the student debt crisis has exacerbated racial and economic inequality," organizers argue on the Campaign to Cancel My Student Debt website, managed by the Student Borrower Protection Center. "Working people are looking to SCOTUS to follow the letter of the law and uphold critical relief for millions of student loan borrowers."

    Rise, a youth-led nonprofit that aims to make higher education free, plans to bring around 100 college students from the swing states Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin to the D.C. rally, co-founder Max Lubin toldInsider.

    "I think that when people see who is impacted, if they themselves are not, they start to understand that this is about fairness and this is about opportunity, and not ruining someone's life with decades of unpayable debt just because you're trying to earn an education," he said.

    "In these kinds of D.C. fights, oftentimes real impacted Americans, real people are not considered and not present, and they are ignored by either elected, or in this case, appointed decision-makers," Lubin continued. "So we're showing up in full force."

    Melissa Byrne, executive director of We the 45 Million, a campaign that fights for student debt cancellation, told Insider that in addition to the rally the day of the oral arguments, there will be an event at 6:00 pm ET the night before the hearing.

    "We're going to have fun with it in the evening," Byrne explained. "With a brass band, mariachi, acapella, people telling their stories, pizza, and just to really show and demonstrate that borrowers are just like your neighbors, and that this relief is helping out your communities around the country."

    "I wanted to make sure that the justices look into the eyes of borrowers while they're doing the hearing," she added. "Our actions will show that the people with debt are just regular people from around the country."

    Supporters of debt cancellation continue to call out those who have stood in the way of the president's proposal—which was more modest than many borrowers and other Democratic politicians had advocated.

    "Whether purchasing their first home, starting a business, or growing their family, millions of borrowers will benefit from student debt cancellation," Rep. Ayanna Pressley(D-Mass.) said Sunday, adding that Biden "has the legal authority" and "Republicans must stop obstructing this relief."

    Former Democratic congressional candidate Nina Turner—now a senior fellow at the New School's Institute on Race, Power, and Political Economy—similarly stressed Sunday that the president "has legal authority to cancel student debt and conservative judges are holding it up."

    "Over 40 million borrowers would qualify for this administration's one-time student debt relief," the White House tweeted Monday. "In every single congressional district, at least half of eligible borrowers either applied or were deemed auto-eligible for relief—in the one month the application was available."

    "Millions of these borrowers—and more—could be experiencing relief right now," the White House added, "if it were not for lawsuits brought by opponents of the student debt relief program."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/feed/ 0 374064
    Hawaii quietly rolls back innovative plan to manage marine resources https://grist.org/article/hawaii-quietly-rolls-back-innovative-plan-to-manage-marine-resources/ https://grist.org/article/hawaii-quietly-rolls-back-innovative-plan-to-manage-marine-resources/#respond Mon, 20 Feb 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=601859 This story was originally published by Honolulu Civil Beat.

    Top ocean resource officials under Hawaii Governor Josh Green have quietly scrapped the state’s ambitious yet vaguely defined “30×30” marine conservation goal.

    Hawaii became a national leader in 2016 when then Governor David Ige announced the state’s commitment to effectively manage at least 30 percent of the islands’ nearshore waters by 2030, coinciding with the international target of protecting 30 percent of the planet in the same time frame.

    But Dawn Chang, Green’s controversial pick to lead the Department of Land and Natural Resources, or DLNR, said in a Jan. 30 letter that the Division of Aquatic Resources has listened to the community and is “adjusting accordingly” by ditching the “30×30” slogan as the stated target.

    “We have heard from numerous fishers and experienced first-hand that the ’30×30′ language adds a lot of confusion about the initiative and is counterproductive in terms of having open dialogue about issues and solutions for reaching our desired goals for nearshore waters,” she said.

    The change aims to make the new safeguards being developed for Hawaii’s imperiled marine life more community-driven, Chang said.

    But it remains to be seen what measurable goals would replace 30×30 in the state’s Holomua Marine Initiative now that it’s been removed. It also remains unclear whether the change, which was not widely publicized by DLNR, reflects broader public sentiment across Hawaii beyond the state’s vocal fishing community, which pressed in recent months for the removal.

    Fishers showed up en masse late last year at a trio of lively, DLNR-organized public meetings on Maui, the pilot island for Holomua. Many feared that the initiative would entirely ban fishing across 30 percent of the state’s waters. In reality, it would have kept those waters open to fishing but with new regulations such as gear and bag limits, according to top DAR officials.

    “I don’t think we’re just responding to the loud voices,” Chang said last week. “We’re not abandoning any of the work that has been done to date. All of that scientific information, all of the Indigenous knowledge we’ve collected … those are all part of the toolbox. We’re just using a different approach.”

    A group of people meet in a room with fluorescent lights and a man speaks in the front of the group into a microphone.
    Roughly 100 people attended a DLNR meeting on Maui in November to share their thoughts and learn about the Holomua Marine 30×30 community planning process. Marina Riker/Civil Beat

    The 30×30 conservation concept has been embraced in recent years by scientists, the United Nations and President Joe Biden’s administration as an effective means to help combat climate change, as well as a catchy slogan that the public could rally behind. 

    In Hawaii, its removal was largely due to a mix of legitimate concerns and rampant misinformation spreading online among local fishers, according to Chang and her deputies overseeing Holomua. They deemed the concept too divisive, so she announced the state’s departure from 30×30 in a letter last month she said went out to various parties interested in Holomua.

    A local fishing advocacy group called the Hawaii Fishermen’s Alliance for Conservation and Tradition, or HFACT, held its own, separate meetings on Kauai, Oahu, and Maui to brief fishers on 30×30 and to encourage them to attend the DLNR’s Maui meetings.

    More than 700 fishers attended those HFACT “pre-meetings,” according to association president Phil Fernandez. The large turnout was one “silver lining” to all the misinformation and fear swirling about, but once HFACT had fishers in the room it tried to set the record straight, he added.

    Many fishers at those meetings said the 30 percent target didn’t make sense to them, Fernandez said. “They want 100 percent to be effectively managed. Why ignore the other 70?”

    They also wanted to see a more “holistic” conservation approach that addresses land-based pollution sources, adds artificial reefs in some spots to help generate more fish, and places less of an emphasis on fishing restrictions, he said.

    DAR Administrator Brian Neilson said the HFACT meetings caught his staff off-guard. 

    “We had only planned for these talk-story sessions in Maui,” Neilson said last week. “But when HFACT held these other meetings … and got everyone riled up, we weren’t prepared for that.”

    In December, HFACT Executive Director Edwin Watamura, acting on behalf of the group’s 3,000 or so participants, urged state senators during an informational briefing to scrap 30×30 altogether from the state’s plans. Watamura, a former member of the Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council, called the goals “arbitrary.” 

    Chang said DLNR’s decision to scrap 30×30 was made internally in January. They didn’t consult privately with any outside groups ahead of time on whether to do that, she said. 

    Her bid to get confirmed by the Senate sometime in the near future didn’t factor into the decision either, she added.

    Both Neilson and Luna Kekoa, a DAR planner working on Holomua, said they supported Chang’s decision to remove 30×30. Kekoa said Holomua’s core pillar of “place-based planning” remains in effect and that could still mean 30×30 along some parts of Hawaii’s coastline.

    “We just took it out of the name,” Kekoa said, so that some people don’t reflexively reject their efforts.

    Critics worry the change could weaken the effort to ramp up protection of the islands’ marine life as more coral reefs and fish disappear. 

    “I think we need to leave it in there to make sure we are accountable,” said Ekolu Lindsey, a Lahaina resident involved in various conservation groups on Maui.

    A Hawaiian green turtle lounges on the beach in Hawaii.
    The state-led Holomua initiative aims to better manage Hawaii’s nearshore waters and sustain the marine life there, such as the threatened Hawaiian green sea turtle. Cory Lum/Civil Beat

    DLNR has struggled to explain to the community what the 30×30 management would entail, he said, which helped the misinformation to spread.

    “We’re still struggling with what is ‘effectively managed,’” Lindsey said. “I think this process that they (DLNR) have is transparent, but the misinformation may kill it. A lot of the fishermen just don’t understand it, and they’re getting confused.”

    Hawaii has seen a 60 percent loss of its coral across the islands in the past 40 years, and a 90 percent loss in the catch rates of some fish species, according to Ulalia Woodside, executive director for The Nature Conservancy in Hawaii.

    “We know that climate change is accelerating that,” she said.

    Ige first announced Hawaii’s commitment to “effectively manage” 30 percent of its watersheds and nearshore waters by 2030 at a major environmental conference in Honolulu in 2016.

    “We are a microcosm of our planet earth,” Ige told several thousand attendees of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature’s World Conservation Congress gathered at the Blaisdell Center. ”We cannot afford to mess this up.”

    Since then, the process has moved slowly. Nearly seven years after Ige’s declaration, the state considers 6 percent of its nearshore waters effectively managed, Kekoa said.

    Neilson attributed much of that slow pace to budget cuts and the Covid-19 pandemic. 

    ”It was kind of an unfunded mandate,” he said, noting that staff can only be redirected to do so much.

    He said it was important to proceed carefully so as not to lose community trust.

    Meanwhile, both the U.N. and the U.S. federal government are advancing their own versions of 30×30. The U.S. effort largely relies “marine protected areas” that already exist across the Pacific Ocean, such as the Papahanaumokuakea Marine National Monument, where virtually all fishing is prohibited.

    Green said on the campaign trail in early November that as governor he “would continue to support the Holomua program, which seeks to effectively manage Hawaii’s nearshore waters by 2030 with significant input from interested community members.” 

    Chang, Neilson and Kekoa said the program is still working that way. Chang has stressed that her strengths lie in her ability to conduct a thorough and transparent public process including robust community engagement before making any difficult decisions. 

    Critics were concerned, however, that DLNR stripped 30×30 before it had even finished appointing a “Navigation Team” of key Maui community members to make policy recommendations on the island’s marine management plan.

    Last week, DLNR staff was slated to present on the “Holomua 30×30 Initiative” during the Fifth International Marine Protected Areas Congress meeting in Vancouver. But pulling the 30×30 language was never mentioned, according to Lindsey, who attended the presentation.

    Lindsey said he thinks DLNR is removing it “with the best of intention,” based on hearing that the community doesn’t like the 30 percent part. But he said the solution could have been to just define it better.

    Woodside said that it makes sense for the state to step away from 30×30 to be “less fixated” on a particular number and to keep Hawaii’s local communities more open to the proposals under Holomua. 

    She added, however, that doing so still requires meaningful goals to reach biological, social and cultural targets.

    The need to act urgently to address climate change in Hawaii while maintaining public trust is a challenge but it can be done, Woodside said.

    “Many folks have said progress moves at the speed of trust,” she said. “We have examples where there hasn’t been that trust. And that means that good work – even if it was done quickly – wasn’t able to materialize or move across the finish line.”

    Civil Beat’s coverage of climate change is supported by the Environmental Funders Group of the Hawaii Community Foundation, Marisla Fund of the Hawaii Community Foundation and the Frost Family Foundation. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Hawaii quietly rolls back innovative plan to manage marine resources on Feb 20, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Marcel Honore, Honolulu Civil Beat.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/article/hawaii-quietly-rolls-back-innovative-plan-to-manage-marine-resources/feed/ 0 374007
    APMN calls for ‘urgent rethink’ over PNG draft media regulation plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/19/apmn-calls-for-urgent-rethink-over-png-draft-media-regulation-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/19/apmn-calls-for-urgent-rethink-over-png-draft-media-regulation-plan/#respond Sun, 19 Feb 2023 19:43:45 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84891 Pacific Media Watch

    A New Zealand-based media research and publication group has called for an “urgent rethink” on Papua New Guinea’s draft media development policy, saying its proposed regulation plan for the country’s media council and journalists threatened a free press.

    The Asia Pacific Media Network Inc. (APMN), publishers of the research journal Pacific Journalism Review, said in a statement that it supported the Community Coalition Against Corruption (CCAC) plea for more time to be granted for public consultation.

    The CCAC is a loose coalition of NGOs chaired by Transparency International-PNG and the PNG Media Council and is supported by churches, chambers of commerce, the Ombudsman Commission and the Office of the Public Solicitor.

    While noting that the Ministry of Information and Communications Technology had granted an extra week from today following the original 12 days for submissions on the draft National Media Development Policy 2023, the APMB said this was still “manifestly inadequate and rather contemptuous of the public interest”.

    “In our view, the ministry is misguided in seeking to legislate for a codified PNG Media Council which flies in the face of global norms for self-regulatory media councils and this development would have the potential to dangerously undermine media freedom in Papua New Guinea,” the statement said.

    The statement was signed by the APMN chair Dr Heather Devere; deputy chair Dr David Robie, a retired professor of Pacific journalism and author, and a former head of journalism at the University of Papua New Guinea in the 1990s; and Pacific Journalism Review editor Dr Philip Cass, who was born in PNG and worked on the Times of Papua New Guinea and Wantok newspapers.

    “The draft policy appears to have confused the purpose of a ‘media council’ representing the ‘public interest’ with the objectives of a government department working in the “national interest’,” the statement said.

    Risk to PNG media freedom
    “If the ministry pushes ahead with this policy without changes it risks Papua New Guinea sliding even further down the RSF World Press Freedom Index. Already it is a lowly 62nd out of 180 countries after falling 15 places in 2021.”

    The statement made reference to several principles for media freedom and media councils, including Article 42 of the Papua New Guinea Constitution, the M*A*S systems of media accountability and ethics pioneered by Professor Claude-Jean Bertrand, and the 2019 declaration for press freedom of the Melanesian Media Freedom Forum.

    It said the ministry needed to consult more widely and take more time to do this.

    The APMN called on the ministry to “immediately discard” the proposed policy of legislating the PNG Media Council and regulating journalists and media “which would seriously undermine media freedom in Papua New Guinea”.

    It also asked the ministry to extend the public consultation timeframe with a “realistic deadline to engage Papua New Guinean public interest and stakeholders in a meaningful dialogue”.

    It added that “essentially journalism is not a crime, but a fundamental pillar of democracy as espoused through the notion of a Fourth Estate and media must be free to speak truth to power in the public interest not the politicians’ interest”.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/19/apmn-calls-for-urgent-rethink-over-png-draft-media-regulation-plan/feed/ 0 373903
    Sanders-Warren Plan Would Tax the Rich to Increase Social Security by $2,400 a Year https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year/#respond Mon, 13 Feb 2023 23:18:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/sanders-warren-expand-social-security

    As congressional Republicans threaten to cut Social Security and other key federal programs, progressive Sens. Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren led a group of lawmakers Monday in unveiling legislation that would increase Social Security benefits by at least $200 per month and prolong the program's solvency for decades by finally requiring wealthy Americans to pay their fair share.

    The Social Security Expansion Act, introduced by Sanders (I-Vt.) and Warren (D-Mass.) in the Senate and by Reps. Jan Schakowsky (D-Ill.) and Val Hoyle (D-Ore.) in the House, would put an additional $2,400 in beneficiaries' pockets each year and ensure the program is fully funded through 2096.

    The bill would accomplish this by lifting the cap on the maximum amount of income subject to the Social Security payroll tax—a change that would not raise taxes on the 93% of U.S. households that make $250,000 or less per year, according to an analysis conducted by the Social Security Administration at the request of Sanders.

    Currently, annual earnings above $160,200 are not subject to the Social Security payroll tax, which means that millionaires will stop contributing to the program later this month. The legislation proposes lifting this cap and subjecting all income above $250,000 per year to the Social Security payroll tax. If enacted, the bill would have raised more than $3.4 billion from the nation's top 11 highest-paid CEOs alone in 2021, including $2.9 billion from Tesla and Twitter executive Elon Musk.

    "The legislation that we are introducing today will expand Social Security benefits by $2,400 a year and will extend the solvency of Social Security for the next 75 years."

    "At a time when nearly half of older Americans have no retirement savings and almost 50% of our nation's seniors are trying to survive on an income of less than $25,000 a year, our job is not to cut Social Security," Sanders said in a statement.

    “Our job is to expand Social Security so that every senior in America can retire with the dignity that they deserve and every person with a disability can live with the security they need," the chair of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions continued. "The legislation that we are introducing today will expand Social Security benefits by $2,400 a year and will extend the solvency of Social Security for the next 75 years by making sure that the wealthiest people in our society pay their fair share into the system."

    "Right now, a Wall Street CEO who makes $30 million pays the same amount into Social Security as someone who makes $160,000 a year," the Vermont Independent added. "Our bill puts an end to that absurdity which will allow us to protect Social Security for generations to come while lifting millions of seniors out of poverty."

    As Sanders' office noted:

    Before 1935, when it was signed into law by President Franklin D. Roosevelt, about 50% of the nation's seniors were living in poverty, as well as countless Americans living with disabilities and surviving dependents of deceased workers. Nearly 90 years later, the senior poverty rate is down to 10.3% and in 2021 alone, during the onslaught of the Covid-19 pandemic, Social Security lifted 26.3 million Americans out of poverty, including more than 18 million seniors.

    Despite this long legacy of combatting poverty, more must be done to strengthen the program, not cut it. While the average Social Security benefit is only $1,688 a month, nearly 40% of seniors rely on Social Security for a majority of their income; one in seven rely on it for more than 90% of their income; and nearly half of Americans aged 55 and older have no retirement savings at all.

    Schakowsky warned that "instead of working to protect Social Security, my Republican colleagues are plotting to cut benefits and raise the retirement age."

    Contrary to the claims of GOP lawmakers who are clamoring to slash benefits and postpone eligibility, the latest annual Social Security trustees report showed that the program has a $2.85 trillion surplus in its trust fund, enabling it to pay 100% of promised benefits through 2035, 90% for the next 25 years, and 80% for the next 75 years.

    "While House Republicans are willing to put Social Security on the chopping block, we are fighting hard to protect Americans' hard-earned benefits and expand coverage," said Hoyle. "With the rising cost of living, it's time to modernize and expand the program."

    "While House Republicans are willing to put Social Security on the chopping block, we are fighting hard to protect Americans' hard-earned benefits and expand coverage."

    In addition to lifting the tax cap to boost benefits by $200 each month for all recipients, the Social Security Expansion Act would increase Cost-Of-Living-Adjustments by adopting a more accurate measure of inflation, improve the Special Minimum Benefit to help keep low-income workers out of poverty, and restore student benefits up to age 22 for children of disabled or deceased workers.

    Endorsed by 56 labor unions and progressive advocacy groups, the legislation is overwhelmingly popular among voters, who have consistently expressed opposition to cutting or privatizing Social Security.

    According to polling results published Monday by Data for Progress, 78% of likely voters support the Social Security Expansion Act, including 85% of Democrats, 75% of Independents, and 72% of Republicans. The survey, commissioned by Social Security Works, was conducted online from January 27 to January 30.

    "Social Security Works is proud to endorse the Social Security Expansion Act," the group's executive director, Alex Lawson, said in a statement. "This bill is the answer to any politician or pundit who claims we 'can't afford' Social Security. It protects and expands benefits, and it is fully paid for by finally requiring the wealthy to contribute their fair share."

    "During the State of the Union, nearly every member of Congress stood and clapped for protecting seniors," Lawson noted. "They should prove it by passing this bill into law."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year/feed/ 0 372350
    Sanders-Warren Plan Would Tax the Rich to Increase Social Security by $2,400 a Year https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year-2/#respond Mon, 13 Feb 2023 23:18:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/sanders-warren-expand-social-security

    As congressional Republicans threaten to cut Social Security and other key federal programs, progressive Sens. Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren led a group of lawmakers Monday in unveiling legislation that would increase Social Security benefits by at least $200 per month and prolong the program's solvency for decades by finally requiring wealthy Americans to pay their fair share.

    The Social Security Expansion Act, introduced by Sanders (I-Vt.) and Warren (D-Mass.) in the Senate and by Reps. Jan Schakowsky (D-Ill.) and Val Hoyle (D-Ore.) in the House, would put an additional $2,400 in beneficiaries' pockets each year and ensure the program is fully funded through 2096.

    The bill would accomplish this by lifting the cap on the maximum amount of income subject to the Social Security payroll tax—a change that would not raise taxes on the 93% of U.S. households that make $250,000 or less per year, according to an analysis conducted by the Social Security Administration at the request of Sanders.

    Currently, annual earnings above $160,200 are not subject to the Social Security payroll tax, which means that millionaires will stop contributing to the program later this month. The legislation proposes lifting this cap and subjecting all income above $250,000 per year to the Social Security payroll tax. If enacted, the bill would have raised more than $3.4 billion from the nation's top 11 highest-paid CEOs alone in 2021, including $2.9 billion from Tesla and Twitter executive Elon Musk.

    "The legislation that we are introducing today will expand Social Security benefits by $2,400 a year and will extend the solvency of Social Security for the next 75 years."

    "At a time when nearly half of older Americans have no retirement savings and almost 50% of our nation's seniors are trying to survive on an income of less than $25,000 a year, our job is not to cut Social Security," Sanders said in a statement.

    “Our job is to expand Social Security so that every senior in America can retire with the dignity that they deserve and every person with a disability can live with the security they need," the chair of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions continued. "The legislation that we are introducing today will expand Social Security benefits by $2,400 a year and will extend the solvency of Social Security for the next 75 years by making sure that the wealthiest people in our society pay their fair share into the system."

    "Right now, a Wall Street CEO who makes $30 million pays the same amount into Social Security as someone who makes $160,000 a year," the Vermont Independent added. "Our bill puts an end to that absurdity which will allow us to protect Social Security for generations to come while lifting millions of seniors out of poverty."

    As Sanders' office noted:

    Before 1935, when it was signed into law by President Franklin D. Roosevelt, about 50% of the nation's seniors were living in poverty, as well as countless Americans living with disabilities and surviving dependents of deceased workers. Nearly 90 years later, the senior poverty rate is down to 10.3% and in 2021 alone, during the onslaught of the Covid-19 pandemic, Social Security lifted 26.3 million Americans out of poverty, including more than 18 million seniors.

    Despite this long legacy of combatting poverty, more must be done to strengthen the program, not cut it. While the average Social Security benefit is only $1,688 a month, nearly 40% of seniors rely on Social Security for a majority of their income; one in seven rely on it for more than 90% of their income; and nearly half of Americans aged 55 and older have no retirement savings at all.

    Schakowsky warned that "instead of working to protect Social Security, my Republican colleagues are plotting to cut benefits and raise the retirement age."

    Contrary to the claims of GOP lawmakers who are clamoring to slash benefits and postpone eligibility, the latest annual Social Security trustees report showed that the program has a $2.85 trillion surplus in its trust fund, enabling it to pay 100% of promised benefits through 2035, 90% for the next 25 years, and 80% for the next 75 years.

    "While House Republicans are willing to put Social Security on the chopping block, we are fighting hard to protect Americans' hard-earned benefits and expand coverage," said Hoyle. "With the rising cost of living, it's time to modernize and expand the program."

    "While House Republicans are willing to put Social Security on the chopping block, we are fighting hard to protect Americans' hard-earned benefits and expand coverage."

    In addition to lifting the tax cap to boost benefits by $200 each month for all recipients, the Social Security Expansion Act would increase Cost-Of-Living-Adjustments by adopting a more accurate measure of inflation, improve the Special Minimum Benefit to help keep low-income workers out of poverty, and restore student benefits up to age 22 for children of disabled or deceased workers.

    Endorsed by 56 labor unions and progressive advocacy groups, the legislation is overwhelmingly popular among voters, who have consistently expressed opposition to cutting or privatizing Social Security.

    According to polling results published Monday by Data for Progress, 78% of likely voters support the Social Security Expansion Act, including 85% of Democrats, 75% of Independents, and 72% of Republicans. The survey, commissioned by Social Security Works, was conducted online from January 27 to January 30.

    "Social Security Works is proud to endorse the Social Security Expansion Act," the group's executive director, Alex Lawson, said in a statement. "This bill is the answer to any politician or pundit who claims we 'can't afford' Social Security. It protects and expands benefits, and it is fully paid for by finally requiring the wealthy to contribute their fair share."

    "During the State of the Union, nearly every member of Congress stood and clapped for protecting seniors," Lawson noted. "They should prove it by passing this bill into law."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/sanders-warren-plan-would-tax-the-rich-to-increase-social-security-by-2400-a-year-2/feed/ 0 372351
    Turaga applauds Dialogue Fiji media law report, reaffirms review plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/turaga-applauds-dialogue-fiji-media-law-report-reaffirms-review-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/turaga-applauds-dialogue-fiji-media-law-report-reaffirms-review-plan/#respond Sun, 12 Feb 2023 18:41:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84500 By Geraldine Panapasa in Suva

    While steps are being taken behind the scenes by Fiji’s coalition government to review the country’s existing media legislation, civil society organisation Dialogue Fiji says coming up with a law that protects media freedom and safeguards against reporting that can have negative implications is difficult.

    Speaking at the launch of the Fiji Media Industry Development Act 2010 – An Analysis report in Lami last week, Dialogue Fiji executive director Nilesh Lal said Fiji’s punitive Media Industry Development Act was promulgated in 2010 and remained in place, although the new Fiji government had expressed its intentions to replace it.

    The report was produced by Dialogue Fiji and contained important lessons and insights on the challenging issue of media freedom and regulation in a multiethnic society with conflict dynamics like Fiji.

    “We will need to consider elements such as capacity of the Fijian market to sustain a multiplicity of media players. Media ownership has been a key element of the regulatory regime under previous administration and this will need to be looked at,” Lal said.

    “The challenges to traditional media posed by social media in a small market context will need to be considered to ensure that media organisations remain financially viable and a robust and diverse media sector is maintained.”

    Lal said many lessons had been learnt from the experience of the past 12 years, operating under a highly restrictive and punitive media regulation.

    He said it was important that stakeholders be consulted at every stage of the review process of the media legislation, including pre-drafting.

    Friction possible
    “If the draft does not meet expectations, it is going to unduly create friction between the government, media and other interest groups such as CSOs,” Lal said.

    The launch programme also included a panel discussion on the issue of media regulation and features of the media legislation desirable in Fiji.

    Lal said as an organisation that championed democratic freedoms, dialogue and deliberations, Dialogue Fiji believed it was important to create opportunities for Fijians to deliberate on issues that affected their lives.

    “Media freedom is an important element of freedom of expression. We need the media to be able to exercise this right, which is afforded to them in Fiji’s Constitution,” he said.

    The comprehensive analysis on the Act was authored by USP Journalism Programme coordinator Associate Professor Dr. Shailendra Singh, Nilesh Lal and the chief deputy Attorney-General of Arizona (US) Daniel Barr.

    Report lead author Dr Shalendra Singh
    Report lead author Dr Shalendra Singh . . . “ambiguities” a major complaint against the Act from the media sector. Image: Wansolwara

    Dr Singh said a major complaint against the Act from the media sector and observers was the ambiguities in some of the provisions.

    “Section 22 is a good example of this. Section 22 states no content must include materials against the public interest, order, national interest or anything that might create disharmony in society,” he said.

    National interest ‘subjective’
    “The national interest/order can be subjective matters. The question is, who decides what is national interest or public interest, especially when these terms are so ill-defined in the Act.

    “The reality is that the media, government and the public all have different viewpoints about what constitutes the national interest in any particular time or year. Vagueness in some of the provisions in the Act is another shortfall when it comes to international benchmarks.”

    For issues like hate speech, he said it was important to ensure key terms were first defined.

    “The broader the definition, the more it opens the door for arbitrary application of these laws. Some people might say, in all its years of existence, no one has been charged or prosecuted under the Media Act. Sometimes this is touted as a positive development but the problem is, it can be invoked at any time,” Dr Singh said.

    “Even though no one might have been charged or cited, it is still like an axe hanging over the news media’s heads. This is why Media Act is accused of instilling a chilling effect on journalism in Fiji.”

    Penalties excessive
    Dr Singh noted that penalties in the Act were also in breach of some international benchmarks, adding that excessive sanctions should be reserved for exceptional cases. In Fiji’s Media Act, penalties applied across the board regardless of the seriousness of the offence.

    He noted that there was little evidence of the separation of powers in the Act and that all powers were invested in the Communications Minister and Attorney-General, breaching international benchmarks on independence of regulatory bodies of government.

    “Any national media regulatory body should be independent from the government in a democracy. The A-G and Communications Minister, who have so much power in the Act, are part of government and are expected or required to work in the interest of government first and foremost,” Dr Singh said.

    “So two ministers had so much powers and are expected to work in unison, rather than in the interest of media organization,” Dr Singh said.

    “What we found peculiar is that, with the previous government, the Communications Minister and A-G positions were held by the same person, one person with two different portfolios controlling everything. When we talk about separation of powers, it was almost non-existent in the Media Act.”

    Dr Singh also noted that a core grievance with the Act was the criminalisation of ethics, adding that Fiji was one of the few countries in which journalism ethics had been criminalised.

    Under self-regulation, ethics are considered non-punitive breaches but under the Media Act, a breach of ethics is treated as criminal offences.

    “Ethics are not set in stone; you cannot have the same response for every ethical dilemma out in the field,” he said.

    “Another key analysis in the Act is the lopsided hearing and appeal procedures where the appeal provisions for the media are restricted. It raises some really serious questions, for example, why are complainants against news media given full appeal whereas media can only appeal decisions for penalties more than $50,000?

    “There is non-compliance of universal human rights, all should be equal before the law, provided equal protection of the law.”

    Dr Singh said the Act was well protected legally so that no court of any kind could entertain any challenges by any person or body in relation to the validity or legality of the Act, and any decision of the Tribunal except for appeals.

    “The immunity clause shows how the Act and its entities are bestowed all the powers without being bound by some of the core accountabilities of the justice system,” he said.

    Government’s commitment
    Attorney-General Siromi Turaga, who joined the panel discussion alongside newsroom editors from Fiji’s mainstream news media, said the coalition government recognised the pivotal role that the media played in Fiji, in terms of ensuring the circulation and responsible reporting of information.

    He reaffirmed the government’s support of a free, independent and responsible media and reiterated that the Media Industry Development Act 2010 would be reviewed with the assistance of a committee that would be established for the task.

    While there was no set timeframe on the completion of the review, Turaga said this was a priority for government as it continued to encourage robust journalism, urging journalists to also “practise fair and balanced reporting, and most importantly, allow for the right of reply at all times”.

    Turaga said the analysis by Dialogue Fiji provided an insightful commentary on the Act and was a helpful resource for the review process.

    Republished under the journalism education partnership between Asia Pacific Report and the University of the South Pacific regional journalism programme.

    The editors panel during the launch of an analysis report on the Fiji media law
    The editors panel during the launch of an analysis report on the Fiji Media Industry Development Act 2010 by Dialogue Fiji last week. Image: Fiji govt


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/turaga-applauds-dialogue-fiji-media-law-report-reaffirms-review-plan/feed/ 0 372099
    Nearly 1 Million March Against ‘Unjust and Brutal’ Plan to Raise French Pension Age https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/nearly-1-million-march-against-unjust-and-brutal-plan-to-raise-french-pension-age/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/nearly-1-million-march-against-unjust-and-brutal-plan-to-raise-french-pension-age/#respond Sun, 12 Feb 2023 18:21:41 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/france-protests

    Nearly a million people took to the streets of cities across France on Saturday during the fourth round of nationwide protests against President Emmanuel Macron's plan to raise the country's pension eligibility age from 62 to 64.

    The French Interior Ministry said an estimated 963,000 protesters rallied in Paris, Marseilles, Nantes, Nice, Toulouse, and other cities and towns large and small for the fourth straight day of demonstrations, Agence France-Presse reports.

    Authorities in Paris said nearly 100,000 people turned out to Saturday's demonstrations, which included many young people who could not make it to the previous three days' protests. Union leaders said the number of Paris protesters was five times as high.

    One teen protesting in the capital's Place de la République carried a placard reading, "I don't want my parents to die at work."

    Others held banners declaring, "No to working longer," Not one year more, not one euro less", and other slogans.

    There were reports of police brutality in cities including Rennes, where water cannons and other "less-lethal" weapons were used against protesters, the overwhelming majority of whom marched peacefully.

    The massive demonstrations are a critical test for Macron's government, and for the opposition. Macron's centrist Renaissance party faces an uphill battle to get the pension plan passed in a parliament where it no longer enjoys majority control. Renaissance needs the support of right-wing opposition lawmakers in order to avert a highly controversial constitutional measure that would allow the pension reform to be forced through without a vote.

    Macron steadfastly insists he's delivering upon a campaign promise to reform France's pension system, one of the world's most generous. The president asserts raising the retirement age is an "indispensable" move to guarantee the future survival of the pension system, while pointing to higher retirement ages in other European Union countries.

    An inter-union coalition of 13 labor groups said in a joint statement on Saturday that "since January 19, the population has continued to demonstrate its very strong determination to refuse the government's pension reform project through strikes, demonstrations, and also the online petition, which has reached one million signatures."

    "Over the weeks, the polls also show an increase in this massive rejection since now, more than 7 out of 10 French people and 9 out of 10 workers say they are opposed to the reform project," the coalition continued. "This social movement, unprecedented in its scope, is therefore now anchored in the social landscape. The government, like parliamentarians, cannot remain deaf to it."

    "If, despite everything, the government and the parliamentarians remained deaf to popular protest, the inter-union would call on workers, young people, and retirees to harden the movement by bringing France to a halt in all sectors on March 7."

    The inter-union coalition said it would meet Thursday evening and that "in the meantime, we call on the government to withdraw its bill and on parliamentarians to take their responsibilities in the face of the massive rejection of the population [of this] unjust and brutal project."

    "If, despite everything, the government and the parliamentarians remained deaf to popular protest, the inter-union would call on workers, young people, and retirees to harden the movement by bringing France to a halt in all sectors on March 7," the unions vowed, adding that the coalition "will take advantage of March 8, the international day of struggle for women's rights, to highlight the major social injustice of this reform against women."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/12/nearly-1-million-march-against-unjust-and-brutal-plan-to-raise-french-pension-age/feed/ 0 372089
    DeSantis and the GOP Have a Plan: Replace Public Education With Ahistorical Propaganda https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/desantis-and-the-gop-have-a-plan-replace-public-education-with-ahistorical-propaganda/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/desantis-and-the-gop-have-a-plan-replace-public-education-with-ahistorical-propaganda/#respond Thu, 09 Feb 2023 16:41:06 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/ron-desantis-education-policy

    Curse that First Amendment! What were the Founding Fathers thinking?

    As Ron DeSantis has declared and legislated, the safety of Florida — and, yeah, the safety of the nation — isn’t a matter of gun control (or police control) but speech control, especially in public-school classrooms and libraries, where the innocent minds of our children are developing.

    We shouldn’t be teaching them the howling beast of so-called “real” history, for God’s sake, replete with words like “reparations” or “Dred Scott” or “mass incarceration” — let alone, “queer” — but rather, polite history. The America we believe in is the one where people behave themselves and everyone gets along, right? That’s the real America, and those who don’t acknowledge as much . . . well, we can always burn a cross on their lawn.

    OK, calm down, class. Let me at least acknowledge this much: I can more or less understand the concern — the fear — on the DeSantis right of the teaching of real history: the divisive history of white conquest of a continent; the history of slavery, lynching, Native American genocide. Yeah, that could make some people feel uncomfortable, especially if history is taught primarily as propaganda, simplistic and unquestioned, an adjunct, say, to the Pledge of Allegiance, which is the history I grew up learning in the 1950s.

    In those pre-civil-rights-era days — where white was still, unquestionably, right — history essentially was a matter of “the first white man” to do whatever, e.g.: sail across the Atlantic, “discover America,” conquer the Wild West, teach savages about God. History was a gallery of white male heroes. It was taught from war to war. And it was good.

    The problem that DeSantis and company face today is that the present moment is more racially and intellectually complex than it was seven-plus decades ago. The civil rights movement shattered the “white is right” mentality: Jim Crow is dead and gone, but his legacy must still be examined and atoned for. Citizenship isn’t a “whites only” thing, and American heroes of the good old days, including the Founding Fathers, are suddenly a bit less than their legacy. America — the real America of 2023 — emerged, evolved, not from its exceptionalism but its mistakes and misjudgments, which are still present today, often continuing to create serious harm.

    Indeed, the real history of America is endlessly shocking. Grab one of its heroes — Teddy Roosevelt, let us say — and listen to his words, his values, as they sound in the world of today, e.g.: Should black Americans be allowed to vote?

    As the History Channel points out, he once said to Sen. Henry Cabot Lodge, back in 1916: “(T)he great majority of Negroes in the South are wholly unfit for the suffrage.” Giving them the right to vote could “reduce parts of the South to the level of Haiti.”

    And, oh yeah: “Roosevelt viewed Native Americans as impediments to the white settlement of the United States and believed that white frontiersmen had forged a new race — the American race — by ‘ceaseless strife waged against wild man and wild nature.’”

    Such words start putting American exceptionalism into a discomforting context. Should they . . . uh, not be taught? Washed forever down the American memory hole? Or maybe at the very least, removed from generic, “normal” history and relegated to a separate category, such as Black History.

    Black History also provides the context for teaching such historical horrors as, for example, Florida’s 1923 Rosewood Massacre: one more largely forgotten detail of the Jim Crow days — the destruction of a prosperous, mostly African American town by angry white men, in search of someone who had allegedly attacked a white woman in nearby Sumner. Hundreds of white men ravaged the town, burning it to the ground, killing an unknown number of residents (possibly over a hundred). As the Tampa Bay Times put it:

    “In the course of one week, the bustling town was reduced to ashes. The only thing that stands today is a sign erected to commemorate Rosewood. It is riddled by bullets.”

    Seventy-plus years later, after a team of scholars researched the incident and concluded that the state of Florida failed to protect Rosewood from the racially motivated massacre, the state issued $2 million in reparations for the survivors. While the story of Rosewood is taught in some Florida schools, DeSantis has recently mandated that the word “reparations” cannot be used in the teaching.

    Huh?

    The would-be future president, addressing the Florida Board of Education last summer, explained himself thus: “The ‘woke class’ wants to teach kids to hate each other, rather than teaching them how to read, but we will not let them bring nonsense ideology into Florida’s schools.”

    This is apparently a man who cannot see beyond the concept of propaganda. Words are meant to convey what we must believe, nothing more, nothing less. One plus one equals two. And teaching the wrong propaganda is deeply problematic to national security. Hence, speech control is necessary. Teachers who don’t tread the proper line face criminal charges, including third-degree felony. Books that don’t toe the line must be removed from school libraries. Any questions?

    Just a few quick thoughts, Governor. You’ve unleashed an avalanche of fear and legal absurdity into a struggling, underfunded system of public education, in the process crippling the learning process. What are you so afraid of? The truth?


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Robert C. Koehler.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/desantis-and-the-gop-have-a-plan-replace-public-education-with-ahistorical-propaganda/feed/ 0 371255
    Critics Sound Alarm on GOP Plan to Enact Big Oil ‘Wish List’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/critics-sound-alarm-on-gop-plan-to-enact-big-oil-wish-list/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/critics-sound-alarm-on-gop-plan-to-enact-big-oil-wish-list/#respond Wed, 08 Feb 2023 20:28:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/house-gop-fossil-fuel-agenda

    House Republicans held a hearing Tuesday to consider several pieces of Big Oil-friendly legislation that experts warned would exacerbate the fossil fuel-driven climate emergency and leave U.S. consumers with higher energy bills.

    During a joint legislative hearing titled "Unleashing American Energy, Lowering Energy Costs, and Strengthening Supply Chains," two subcommittees of the GOP-led House Energy and Commerce Committee reviewed more than a dozen bills aimed at rescinding regulations to boost the production of planet-heating and illness-inducing fossil fuels.

    In the words of Marc Boom, director of federal affairs at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), the hearing's "vague and seemingly benign title disguises an oil, gas, and coal industry wish list of 17 bills to turn back the clock towards weaker environmental laws, more unbridled development of the fuels that drive climate change, and endangering communities across the country."

    The Republican lawmakers in charge of the panels acknowledged the need to expand wind, solar, and other clean power technologies but made little effort to hide their essentially pro-fossil fuel and deregulatory agenda, repeatedly contrasting renewable energy and reliable energy in a bid to discredit the former while attacking bedrock safeguards such as the Clean Air Act.

    "Rush-to-green energy policies—both state and federal—have curtailed reliable energy and infrastructure, resulting in everything from blackouts to spiking prices," House Energy and Commerce Committee Chair Cathy Rodgers (R-Wash.) claimed in her opening statement, reviving right-wing myths that renewable energy sources—not Texas' isolated, deregulated, and fossil fuel-dependent grid—were to blame for the state's deadly power outages in February 2021 and that President Joe Biden and congressional Democrats' policies—not oil giants' profiteering from Russia's war on Ukraine—are to blame for skyrocketing gas prices.

    "The committee's priority still appears to be cutting taxes on companies earning tens of billions in windfall profits and to weaken the nation's landmark environmental laws that protect Americans from their pollution."

    Rep. Jeff Duncan (R-S.C.), chair of the Subcommittee on Energy, Climate, and Grid Security, called for "restoring American energy dominance." Once again neglecting to mention Big Oil's ongoing price-gouging and stock buyback binge, Duncan blamed Biden for "making energy unaffordable and less reliable for American consumers" even though the current president has approved drilling permits on public lands and waters at a faster clip than his notoriously pro-fossil fuel predecessor.

    Not to be outdone, Rep. Bill Johnson (R-Ohio), chair of the Subcommittee on Environment, Manufacturing, and Critical Materials, slammed Biden's so-called "war on affordable and reliable energy" and advocated for "removing some of the red tape and delays that can prevent constructing new critical energy projects, keep capital on the sidelines, and kill innovation dead in its tracks."

    Republican lawmakers have made it seem as if "oil, gas, and coal companies are actually the victims of government oppression and overreach," Boom noted. "The committee's priority still appears to be cutting taxes on companies earning tens of billions in windfall profits and to weaken the nation's landmark environmental laws that protect Americans from their pollution."

    The reality, wrote Boom, is that "the United States is currently the number one producer of oil and gas in the world (also still the number one contributor to historical GHG emissions). The companies behind these fuels have enjoyed more than a century of government subsidies, are reaping record profits, and are fighting the transition toward clean energy that we need to strengthen America's economic and national security, create millions of new jobs, and prevent catastrophic climate change."

    In contrast to her Republican colleagues on the House Energy and Commerce Committee, Democratic Rep. Diana DeGette (Colo.) argued Tuesday that "to make America truly energy independent, we must break our addiction to oil by expanding the use of clean energy technologies that can lower emissions and energy costs."

    Among the GOP's proposals is a yet-to-be-unveiled resolution "expressing the sense of Congress that the federal government should not impose any restrictions on the export of crude oil or other petroleum products."

    During his opening remarks, Duncan asserted that such a measure "is necessary because President Biden and Democrats on this committee have advocated for reinstating the crude oil export ban" that was originally enacted in 1975 and repealed by congressional Republicans and then-President Barack Obama in 2015.

    Last year, the Biden administration floated—but never followed through on—reimposing the federal ban on crude exports, a move that progressive advocacy groups urged the White House to make to reduce U.S. fuel prices.

    While Duncan claimed that "lifting the export ban... has lowered prices," research shows that the exact opposite has happened.

    Since 2015, oil and gas production in the Permian Basin has soared while domestic consumption has remained flat, precipitating a massive build-out of pipelines and other infrastructure that culminated in the U.S. becoming the world's top exporter of liquefied natural gas (LNG)—intensifying greenhouse gas emissions, harming vulnerable Gulf Coast communities already overburdened by pollution, and worsening pain at the pump.

    Another GOP proposal discussed Tuesday—H.R. 647, "Unlocking Our Domestic LNG Potential Act of 2023," which has been introduced by Johnson—would "repeal all restrictions on the import and export of natural gas."

    As Tyson Slocum, director of the Energy Program at Public Citizen, explained: "The legislation eliminates the requirement that exports and imports be 'consistent with the public interest'―a standard that has been in place to protect consumers for 85 years. This legislation would remove all routine regulatory review to ensure that exports are not increasing prices for American families."

    "This agenda is not rooted in reality and would start out by undermining public protections from dangerous pollution caused by energy development."

    In addition, the so-called Promoting Cross-Border Energy Infrastructure Act, legislation that has yet to be introduced, would require the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) "to approve any natural gas pipeline designed to import or export natural gas to or from Canada and Mexico within 30 days of receiving the complete application," Slocum warned. "This automatic approval eviscerates the Commission’s current public interest determination, and will encourage the construction of cross-border pipelines to Mexico designed to re-export U.S.-produced natural gas from LNG terminals in Mexico."

    Slocum testified at Tuesday's hearing, telling lawmakers that the GOP's argument that deregulating the shipment of fracked gas would ease household energy spending couldn't be further from the truth because "U.S. LNG exports will chase whatever country is willing to pay the highest price."

    "America's record natural gas exports have come with a tragic cost," Slocum added in a statement. "American households, power producers, and other consumers are now forced to directly compete with their counterparts in Berlin and Beijing, exposing Americans to higher prices and increased volatility."

    "These high prices are creating significant economic hardship for tens of millions of our families," he said. "The bills these subcommittees debate today could increase prices for consumers, incentivize mismanagement of America's energy resources, and promote excessive price-gouging by companies looking to enrich their shareholders. Congress must do better to protect consumers from energy company profiteering."

    In addition to the aforementioned bills aimed at gutting or eradicating regulatory oversight of fossil fuel exports, Republican members of the House Energy and Commerce Committee advocated for legislation that would:

    • Prohibit a moratorium on fracking unless authorized by Congress (H.R. 150, "Protecting American Energy Production Act");
    • Repeal the tax on methane leakage from fossil fuel infrastructure enacted in last year's Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) (H.R. 484, "Natural Gas Tax Repeal Act");
    • Redefine nearly all forms of mining and energy development as "critical minerals" production while weakening labor and environmental standards;
    • Expedite the construction of pipelines by undermining interstate review procedures;
    • Amend the Clean Air Act to prohibit the phase-out of gasoline;
    • Repeal the IRA's newly created Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund, a $27 billion program to finance energy efficiency projects in low-income neighborhoods; and
    • Express disapproval of Biden's decision to revoke the presidential permit for the Keystone XL pipeline.

    "That these bills are at the front of the line of the new majority's energy agenda is extremely concerning," Boom argued. "This agenda is not rooted in reality and would start out by undermining public protections from dangerous pollution caused by energy development, rather than trying to find a path where energy development, environmental protection, and community safety work together."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/critics-sound-alarm-on-gop-plan-to-enact-big-oil-wish-list/feed/ 0 370942
    Biden Exposed Republican Plans to Cut Social Security. Now, He Should Release a Plan to Expand Social Security. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/biden-exposed-republican-plans-to-cut-social-security-now-he-should-release-a-plan-to-expand-social-security/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/biden-exposed-republican-plans-to-cut-social-security-now-he-should-release-a-plan-to-expand-social-security/#respond Wed, 08 Feb 2023 16:19:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/expand-social-security

    Last night, President Joe Biden called out Congressional Republicans for their plans to cut Social Security and Medicare. Several Republicans erupted in outrage, and Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-GA) yelled “liar.” In response, Biden said “I enjoy conversion…as we all apparently agree, Social Security and Medicare is off the books now, right?” and urged the entire room to “stand up for seniors.” Many Republicans in the room, including Speaker Kevin McCarthy, stood up and applauded.

    This was a masterful moment of stagecraft from President Biden. But no one should mistake it for any real commitment from Republicans to back off their deeply held desire to cut Social Security and Medicare. Fortunately, Biden himself doesn’t appear to be making any such mistake.

    After the speech, Biden tweeted “Look: I welcome all converts. But now, let’s see your budget.” Similarly, Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer said yesterday afternoon that McCarthy “says he wants cuts, where? He hasn't named a single place where he wants them. Is it going to be Social Security or Medicare? Don't just say no, prove it. Show us your plan."

    Biden and Schumer are right. Republicans have a long history of trying to cut Social Security and Medicare. Republican leaders keep saying — often to their donors behind closed doors — that they want to do it. Most recently, former Vice President Mike Pence told a closed door conference that he wants to “replace the New Deal with a better deal” by privatizing Social Security, handing our earned benefits over to Wall Street.

    Pence was only the latest in a long line of Republicans with plans to cut Social Security and Medicare. Last year, the Republican Study Committee, which counts about 75 percent of House Republicans as members, released a budget that would raise the retirement age for Social Security and Medicare to 70, decimate middle class Social Security benefits, and voucherize Medicare. These are the very same House Republicans who erupted in outrage last night!

    The story is no different in the Senate, where Senator John Thune (R-SD), the second highest ranking Republican in the Senate, has said that he wants to use the debt limit to force cuts to Social Security and other programs. Thune specifically endorsed raising the retirement age.

    Thune’s colleagues have plans of their own. Last year, Senator Rick Scott (R-FL) released a plan to put Social Security and Medicare on the chopping block every five years. Scott recently compared spending on the programs to “alcoholism.” Not to be outdone, Senator Ron Johnson (R-WI) wants to turn Social Security and Medicare into discretionary spending, putting them in jeopardy every year, and says that Social Security was “set up improperly.”

    Yet despite all these plans, Republicans realize that cutting Social Security and Medicare is incredibly unpopular, even with their own voters. That’s why, when Biden put them on the spot, they had no choice but to stand and applaud for protecting benefits. And it’s why they’re so desperate to go behind closed doors and force Democrats to cut benefits, so that the public can’t see which party’s fingerprints are on the cuts.

    Two bills, the TRUST Act and the Bipartisan Social Security Commission Act, would do just that. Both of these bills would create fast-tracked commissions to cut Social Security and Medicare behind closed doors. They are designed to give politicians cover to enact unpopular benefit cuts and claim they had no choice.

    The Biden Administration has rightfully called these bills “death panels” for Social Security and Medicare. Democrats must stand strong and refuse to go behind closed doors with Republicans. They must continue to make it clear, as Biden did last night, that only a clean increase in the debt limit with no cuts to Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, or any other program is acceptable.

    Additionally, Democrats should follow the lead of Biden and Schumer by continuing to demand Republicans release their specific budget plan. Until Republicans release a budget that doesn’t cut a single penny from current or future Social Security and Medicare benefits, their claims that the programs are “off the table” are empty words. Furthermore, every member of Congress — Republicans and Democrats alike — should take the pledge to never cut Social Security and Medicare under any circumstances.

    Democrats should make it clear to the American people which party supports Social Security by holding a vote on expanding, never cutting, Social Security’s modest benefits. Democratic legislators have already authored several plans to do just that. President Biden ran on a similar plan. Now, he should release an official White House plan that expands Social Security with no cuts and requires the wealthiest to pay their fair share.

    Then, Biden should challenge Republicans to release their own plan for Social Security and hold a vote. Let the American people see, in the light of day, the plan that each party has for the future of our earned benefits.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Nancy J. Altman.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/biden-exposed-republican-plans-to-cut-social-security-now-he-should-release-a-plan-to-expand-social-security/feed/ 0 370874
    Micronesia drops concerns about Japan’s plan to discharge treated nuclear water https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/micronesia-fukushima-02062023223748.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/micronesia-fukushima-02062023223748.html#respond Tue, 07 Feb 2023 03:39:37 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/micronesia-fukushima-02062023223748.html The Federated States of Micronesia, which had denounced Japan’s plan to release water from the tsunami-damaged Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant into the ocean, is no longer concerned following briefings from the Japanese government, its president said.

    Plans to discharge Fukushima water over four decades into the Pacific Ocean have been a source of tension between Japan and Pacific island nations, and a possible complication for the efforts of the United States and its allies to show a renewed commitment to the region as China’s influence grows.

    “Our country is no longer fearful or concerned about this issue and now has deep trust in Japan’s intentions and technological capabilities in not harming our shared oceanic assets and resources,” Micronesia’s President David Panuelo told a Feb. 3 news conference at the Japan National Press Club.

    Panuelo’s comments to the press club went further than a joint statement from a meeting between Panuelo and Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida on Feb. 2 in Tokyo. 

    The statement said briefings from Japan’s ambassador to Micronesia had been “extraordinarily fruitful for the FSM’s understanding of this complex issue.” It said that Micronesia “is no longer as fearful or concerned as previously related at the United Nations General Assembly.”

    The Pacific Islands Forum, an organization that groups Pacific island states, and Australia and New Zealand, said on Monday its secretary general, Henry Puna, and its chairman-designate, Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown, have traveled to Japan for a meeting this week with Kishida and other officials. 

    Puna, a fierce critic of the Fukushima discharge plan, said last month he wanted, at the very least, to delay the release of Fukushima water, which Japan has indicated could begin from April.

    Japanese authorities and the Fukushima plant operator, Tokyo Electric Power Company, have said radiation released into the Pacific Ocean would be a minute fraction of naturally occurring radiation in the environment. 

    Nuclear legacy

    Nuclear issues are particularly sensitive with Pacific island countries because of the nuclear weapons testing that was imposed on the region by the United Kingdom, France and the United States for several decades after the end of World War II.

    Japan’s plan to discharge treated water from the Fukushima plants over a period comes at a time when the United States and allies such as Australia and Japan are trying to counter China’s efforts to win influence with Pacific island nations.

    “Both Canberra and Washington want Tokyo to be more involved in the region,” said Tess Newton Cain, a Pacific analyst at Griffith Asia Institute. “But this issue has the potential to derail things I think. Australia is in a particularly delicate position as a member of the PIF [Pacific Islands Forum],” she said. 

    Micronesia, home to about 100,000 people, last month said it had negotiated increased economic assistance from the United States, which has rights to military control of Micronesia’s territory under a compact of free association.

    Water contaminated by the nuclear reactors damaged in a 2011 tsunami is stored in hundreds of large tanks at the coastal Fukushima plant and Tokyo Electric has said storage capacity at the site is fast running out. 

    Japan’s method involves putting the contaminated water through a purification process known as the Advanced Liquid Processing System, which it says will reduce all radioactive elements except tritium to below regulatory levels. 

    The treated water would then be diluted by more than 100 times to reduce the level of tritium–radioactive hydrogen used to create glow-in-the-dark lighting that’s at the milder end of the radioactive spectrum.

    Treatment and discharge of the water is part of a decades-long plan to decommission the Fukushima plant.

    Panuelo’s visit to Japan also celebrated the 35th anniversary of diplomatic relations between the two countries and the opening of a new Micronesian embassy building in Tokyo. 

    The joint statement reiterated Japan’s plan to give Micronesia four patrol boats to help police the archipelago’s vast ocean territory in the north west Pacific.

    Papua New Guinea’s Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko also appears willing to trust Japan’s assurances.

    “There is no Pacific islands opposition,” he told BenarNews. “All we want is that Japan works closely with IAEA [International Atomic Energy Agency] and other scientific bodies to ensure safety comes first and contamination level is reduced.”

    ‘Data red herrings’

    Five scientists working with the Pacific Islands Forum last month criticized the quality of data they had received from Tokyo Electric on the treated water in the tanks and expressed doubts about how well the purification process works.

    Over more than four years, only a quarter of tanks had been tested for radiation, and testing rarely covered more than nine types of radiation out of 64 types that should be tested for, said the five scientists, who include Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s senior scientist Ken Buesseler.

    They said alternative storage methods such as making concrete with the water should be investigated. 

    Nigel Marks, a materials scientist at Australia’s Curtin University and former nuclear reactor engineer, who is not advising the forum, criticized aspects of the panel’s presentation as containing data red herrings as well as being emotive and a form of “viewer manipulation.” 

    Storage in concrete is not practical because of the large quantities of water, he said. But if the panel believes storage in concrete is safe it should logically come to the same conclusion for discharge into the sea, Marks said.

    “The effect of the treated wastewater release on the environment–humans and nature–will be zero,” he said. “It will not do anything.” 

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/micronesia-fukushima-02062023223748.html/feed/ 0 370352
    Science Integrity Plan Throws Scientists Under the Bus https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/#respond Mon, 06 Feb 2023 14:30:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus

    "The United States is the only large high-income nation that doesn't provide universal healthcare to its citizens," Reinhart continued. "Instead, it maintains a lucrative system of for-profit medicine. For decades, at least tens of thousands of preventable deaths have occurred each year because healthcare here is so expensive."

    The coronavirus pandemic accelerated that trend and spotlighted the fatal dysfunction of the nation's healthcare system, which is dominated by a handful of massive corporations whose primary goal is profit, not the delivery of care.

    According to one peer-reviewed study published last year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a universal single-payer healthcare system could have prevented more than 338,000 Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. from the beginning of the crisis through mid-March 2022.

    "In the wake of this generational catastrophe, many healthcare workers have been left shaken," Reinhart wrote Sunday. "One report estimated that in 2021 alone, about 117,000 physicians left the workforce, while fewer than 40,000 joined it. This has worsened a chronic physician shortage, leaving many hospitals and clinics struggling. And the situation is set to get worse. One in five doctors says he or she plans to leave practice in the coming years."

    "To try to explain this phenomenon, many people have leaned on a term from pop psychology for the consequences of overwork: burnout. Nearly two-thirds of physicians report they are experiencing its symptoms," he added.

    But for Reinhart, the explanation lies more in "our dwindling faith in the systems for which we work" than in the "grueling conditions we practice under."

    He explained:

    What has been identified as occupational burnout is a symptom of a deeper collapse. We are witnessing the slow death of American medical ideology.

    It's revealing to look at the crisis among healthcare workers as at least in part a crisis of ideology—that is, a belief system made up of interlinking political, moral, and cultural narratives upon which we depend to make sense of our social world. Faith in the traditional stories American medicine has told about itself, stories that have long sustained what should have been an unsustainable system, is now dissolving.

    During the pandemic, physicians have witnessed our hospitals nearly fall apart as a result of underinvestment in public health systems and uneven distribution of medical infrastructure. Long-ignored inequalities in the standard of care available to rich and poor Americans became front-page news as bodies were stacked in empty hospital rooms and makeshift morgues. Many healthcare workers have been traumatized by the futility of their attempts to stem recurrent waves of death, with nearly one-fifth of physicians reporting they knew a colleague who had considered, attempted, or died by suicide during the first year of the pandemic alone.

    Although deaths from Covid have slowed, the disillusionment among health workers has only increased. Recent exposés have further laid bare the structural perversity of our institutions. For instance, according to an investigation in The New York Times, ostensibly nonprofit charity hospitals have illegally saddled poor patients with debt for receiving care to which they were entitled without cost and have exploited tax incentives meant to promote care for poor communities to turn large profits. Hospitals are deliberately understaffing themselves and undercutting patient care while sitting on billions of dollars in cash reserves.

    Acknowledging that "little of this is new," Reinhart wrote that "doctors' sense of our complicity in putting profits over people has grown more difficult to ignore."

    "From at least the 1930s through today, doctors have organized efforts to ward off the specter of 'socialized medicine,'" he wrote. "We have repeatedly defended health care as a business venture against the threat that it might become a public institution oriented around rights rather than revenue."

    Confronting and beginning to solve the myriad crises of the U.S. healthcare system will "require uncomfortable reflection and bold action," Reinhart argued, and "any illusion that medicine and politics are, or should be, separate spheres has been crushed under the weight of over 1.1 million Americans killed by a pandemic that was in many ways a preventable disaster."

    "Doctors can no longer be passive witnesses to these harms," he concluded. "We have a responsibility to use our collective power to insist on changes: for universal healthcare and paid sick leave but also investments in community health worker programs and essential housing and social welfare systems... Regardless of whether we act through unions or other means, the fact remains that until doctors join together to call for a fundamental reorganization of our medical system, our work won’t do what we promised it would do, nor will it prioritize the people we claim to prioritize."

    Reinhart's op-ed came as the prospects for legislative action to transform the U.S. healthcare system appear as distant as ever, despite broad public support for a government guarantee of universal coverage.

    With the for-profit status quo deeply entrenched—preserved by armies of industry lobbyists and members of Congress who do their bidding—the consequences are becoming increasingly dire, with tens of millions uninsured or underinsured and one health crisis away from financial ruin.

    In a study released last month, the Commonwealth Fund found that "the U.S. has the lowest life expectancy at birth, the highest death rates for avoidable or treatable conditions, the highest maternal and infant mortality, and among the highest suicide rates" among rich countries, even as it spends far more on healthcare than comparable nations both on a per-person basis and as a share of gross domestic product.

    "Not only is the U.S. the only country we studied that does not have universal health coverage," the study added, "but its health system can seem designed to discourage people from using services."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/feed/ 0 370169
    Science Integrity Plan Throws Scientists Under the Bus https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/#respond Mon, 06 Feb 2023 14:30:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus

    "The United States is the only large high-income nation that doesn't provide universal healthcare to its citizens," Reinhart continued. "Instead, it maintains a lucrative system of for-profit medicine. For decades, at least tens of thousands of preventable deaths have occurred each year because healthcare here is so expensive."

    The coronavirus pandemic accelerated that trend and spotlighted the fatal dysfunction of the nation's healthcare system, which is dominated by a handful of massive corporations whose primary goal is profit, not the delivery of care.

    According to one peer-reviewed study published last year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, a universal single-payer healthcare system could have prevented more than 338,000 Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. from the beginning of the crisis through mid-March 2022.

    "In the wake of this generational catastrophe, many healthcare workers have been left shaken," Reinhart wrote Sunday. "One report estimated that in 2021 alone, about 117,000 physicians left the workforce, while fewer than 40,000 joined it. This has worsened a chronic physician shortage, leaving many hospitals and clinics struggling. And the situation is set to get worse. One in five doctors says he or she plans to leave practice in the coming years."

    "To try to explain this phenomenon, many people have leaned on a term from pop psychology for the consequences of overwork: burnout. Nearly two-thirds of physicians report they are experiencing its symptoms," he added.

    But for Reinhart, the explanation lies more in "our dwindling faith in the systems for which we work" than in the "grueling conditions we practice under."

    He explained:

    What has been identified as occupational burnout is a symptom of a deeper collapse. We are witnessing the slow death of American medical ideology.

    It's revealing to look at the crisis among healthcare workers as at least in part a crisis of ideology—that is, a belief system made up of interlinking political, moral, and cultural narratives upon which we depend to make sense of our social world. Faith in the traditional stories American medicine has told about itself, stories that have long sustained what should have been an unsustainable system, is now dissolving.

    During the pandemic, physicians have witnessed our hospitals nearly fall apart as a result of underinvestment in public health systems and uneven distribution of medical infrastructure. Long-ignored inequalities in the standard of care available to rich and poor Americans became front-page news as bodies were stacked in empty hospital rooms and makeshift morgues. Many healthcare workers have been traumatized by the futility of their attempts to stem recurrent waves of death, with nearly one-fifth of physicians reporting they knew a colleague who had considered, attempted, or died by suicide during the first year of the pandemic alone.

    Although deaths from Covid have slowed, the disillusionment among health workers has only increased. Recent exposés have further laid bare the structural perversity of our institutions. For instance, according to an investigation in The New York Times, ostensibly nonprofit charity hospitals have illegally saddled poor patients with debt for receiving care to which they were entitled without cost and have exploited tax incentives meant to promote care for poor communities to turn large profits. Hospitals are deliberately understaffing themselves and undercutting patient care while sitting on billions of dollars in cash reserves.

    Acknowledging that "little of this is new," Reinhart wrote that "doctors' sense of our complicity in putting profits over people has grown more difficult to ignore."

    "From at least the 1930s through today, doctors have organized efforts to ward off the specter of 'socialized medicine,'" he wrote. "We have repeatedly defended health care as a business venture against the threat that it might become a public institution oriented around rights rather than revenue."

    Confronting and beginning to solve the myriad crises of the U.S. healthcare system will "require uncomfortable reflection and bold action," Reinhart argued, and "any illusion that medicine and politics are, or should be, separate spheres has been crushed under the weight of over 1.1 million Americans killed by a pandemic that was in many ways a preventable disaster."

    "Doctors can no longer be passive witnesses to these harms," he concluded. "We have a responsibility to use our collective power to insist on changes: for universal healthcare and paid sick leave but also investments in community health worker programs and essential housing and social welfare systems... Regardless of whether we act through unions or other means, the fact remains that until doctors join together to call for a fundamental reorganization of our medical system, our work won’t do what we promised it would do, nor will it prioritize the people we claim to prioritize."

    Reinhart's op-ed came as the prospects for legislative action to transform the U.S. healthcare system appear as distant as ever, despite broad public support for a government guarantee of universal coverage.

    With the for-profit status quo deeply entrenched—preserved by armies of industry lobbyists and members of Congress who do their bidding—the consequences are becoming increasingly dire, with tens of millions uninsured or underinsured and one health crisis away from financial ruin.

    In a study released last month, the Commonwealth Fund found that "the U.S. has the lowest life expectancy at birth, the highest death rates for avoidable or treatable conditions, the highest maternal and infant mortality, and among the highest suicide rates" among rich countries, even as it spends far more on healthcare than comparable nations both on a per-person basis and as a share of gross domestic product.

    "Not only is the U.S. the only country we studied that does not have universal health coverage," the study added, "but its health system can seem designed to discourage people from using services."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/06/science-integrity-plan-throws-scientists-under-the-bus/feed/ 0 370170
    Corporate Media Failing to Report Shortcomings of Biden Rental Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/corporate-media-failing-to-report-shortcomings-of-biden-rental-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/corporate-media-failing-to-report-shortcomings-of-biden-rental-plan/#respond Sun, 05 Feb 2023 11:23:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/biden-rental-protection-plan

    Last month, the Biden administration unveiled a slate of new agency-level actions it claimed would “protect renters and promote rental affordability.” The announcement followed nearly a year of public pressure from Congressional Democrats and the tenant-led Homes Guarantee campaign to get President Biden to crack down on rent-gouging and unjust evictions. In late January, the campaign sent the White House a list of 11 essential policy directives to include in its tenant protection plan.

    Unfortunately, the White House’s final action slate was a far cry from what tenants — millions of whom are only one missed paycheck or life emergency away from eviction — had been asking for. In a press statement, Homes Guarantee campaign director Tara Raghuveer said the White House Plan falls short “of using the full power of the administration to regulate rent and address market consolidation by corporate landlords.” The plan consists largely of voluntary, incremental measures that do almost nothing to help tenants today. Almost all of the campaign’s essential demands are missing from the White House plan, including any material rent regulations or efforts to integrate good cause eviction protections into existing federal housing programs.

    In lieu of these measures, the Biden plan includes something called the “Resident-Centered Housing Challenge”, a set of nonbinding voluntary pledges from real estate industry groups to “improve the quality of life for renters.” Among the Challenge’s participants are the National Association of Realtors (NAR), National Multifamily Housing Council (NMHC), and National Apartment Association (NAA), all groups who (as I’ve previously written in this newsletter) represent corporate landlords whose anticompetitive practices have fuelled the rental housing crisis. These groups spent much of the last year lobbying the White House to ignore tenants’ demands for robust rent regulations and tenant protections. Their efforts ultimately succeeded, with the final Biden plan failing to include the bare minimum that tenants had asked for.

    If the White House thought they would be rewarded by the industry for caving to its demands, they were sorely mistaken. NAR and NMHC immediately issued crocodile tear-laden press statements arguing the Biden plan contained “duplicative and onerous regulations” that would “drive housing providers out of the market” (as if private developers are doing a great job solving the crisis on their own currently!). NAA, saying the quiet part out loud, boasted in a press release that their lobbying efforts had “helped avert an executive order advanced by renters advocates and members of Congress, which would have imposed immediate policy changes.” That’s right, they openly bragged about keeping life terrible for tenants through sheer force of Washington muscle.

    Journalism should be about holding the powerful accountable, not reprinting their talking points.

    Taken together, the real estate industry’s public statements and behind-the-scenes lobbying paint a clear picture of what’s really going on here: corporate lobbyists flexed their power, got the White House to fold, and are publicly warning Biden not to test them again.

    Unfortunately, instead of exposing this underlying dynamic or pushing back on the real estate industry’s lies, many media outlets are instead quoting industry press statements without fact-checking their claims or properly reporting on their lobbying work. CNN and Yahoo! News both quoted press statements from NAA President Bob Pinnegar and NAR President Kenny Parcell (not that one) claiming the White House’s plan would increase housing costs for renters and was inferior to supply-focused policy alternatives. Forbes and Marketwatch likewise quoted NMHC’s press release trashing rent control as a “failed policy” and praising the group’s members as “competitive [and] resident centered.”

    None of these outlets compared the industry’s “sky is falling” assertions about Biden’s policies (or federal housing regulations in general) to independent economic analyses to assess whether their claims had any merit.

    Worse, none of the outlets listed above mentioned these groups’ functions as lobbying fronts for rent-gouging private equity landlords. NAR, for example, was described by CNN and Yahoo! News as merely a “real estate industry representative group,” with no mention of the fact that it was 2022’s biggest lobbying spender in the entire country, includingand spent millions to kill the Build Back Better Act’s sorely-needed investments in public housing supply. Marketwatch characterized NMHC as an “industry group” while Forbes referred to it merely as a “private housing actor.” Neither outlet mentioned that NMHC’s “competitive [and] resident-centered” members are among the nation’s biggest corporate landlords and pandemic evictors, or that NMHC has previously lobbied for lucrative corporate tax loopholes and against the CDC’s eviction moratorium.

    Marketwatch likewise referred to NAA as another “industry group,” while CNN and Forbes both described it as a “network of over 95,000 members owning and operating more than 11.6 million apartment homes globally” – a definition taken straight from the group’s own website. Despite quoting NAA’s press statement, it seems none of these outlets read the whole thing: NAA’s open admission in its press statement to killing an executive order on rent-gouging is nowhere to be found in the CNN, Forbes, or Marketwatch coverage.

    The media’s deference to industry is nothing new. Last October, I wrote for this newsletter about how the mainstream press often presents real estate lobbying groups as neutral “experts” when reporting on the housing crisis, and fails to disclose their obvious conflicts of interest. Just a month after I wrote that, NPR’s Jennifer Ludden again proved my point by quoting NMHC spokesman Jim Lapides for a story on rent control — without even once explaining what NMHC is or disclosing who its members are.

    Even reporting about the industry’s own lobbying efforts lacks vital context. In a Politico story about industry lobbying published one week before the White House plan’s release, RealPage chief economist Jay Parsons told reporter Katy O’Donnell that federal regulation was unnecessary, as “the balance of power [in the market] has shifted toward renters -- they’re going to have more options, more competitive pricing and better deals.” Nowhere in O’Donnell’s piece does she mention that RealPage is currently being sued by renters for seemingly helping a cartel of corporate landlords artificially inflate rents in violation of federal law.

    While it’s not inherently a faux pas to quote industry reacting to policies that could affect them, the problem comes when industry’s claims are taken at their word unquestioningly — especially when the same credulity isn’t extended to tenants. It’s fairly common to see groups like the Homes Guarantee campaign referred to as “activist collectives” and the like by the mainstream press, in such a way as to signal to readers that this group has a political perspective and their views should be taken with a grain of salt. That’s fine, but reporters should also apply the same approach when quoting industry groups who have their own political agendas. Too often, if an industry group has an acronymed, dull-sounding name and dresses its lobbyists up in nice suits and clean haircuts, they’re taken as the serious “adults in the room,” even when what they’re saying is utter nonsense.

    For examples of good coverage of Biden’s plan, look to alternative media.“Democracy Now!'s Amy Goodman, for example, spoke to Tara Raghuveer and tenant organizer Davita Gatewood about how Biden’s plan actually measured up to tenants’ material needs and prior asks of the administration (during Goodman’s interview, Raghuveer called out the National Apartment Association by name for its gloating press statement and anti-tenant lobbying work). Similarly, The Intercept’s Ken Klippenstein, doing what many mainstream journalists apparently failed to do, actually read the NAA’s full press statement and highlighted the group’s gloating about killing a tenant-backed executive order. Indiana University Law Professor Fran Quigley, writing for Jacobin, likewise cites Raghuveer’s and the housing industry’s reactions as evidence of the weakness of Biden’s plan.

    Housing reporters in the mainstream press need to learn from these examples and do a better job of accurately covering the rental housing beat. Organizations like the National Association of Realtors aren’t neutral forums where industry professionals chitchat: they’re lobbying groups which exist to make their members richer, often at the expense of renters. They should be considered just as political as tenant’s advocates, if not more so. Journalism should be about holding the powerful accountable, not reprinting their talking points.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Vishal Shankar.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/05/corporate-media-failing-to-report-shortcomings-of-biden-rental-plan/feed/ 0 370001
    Lula Says He Is ‘Certain’ Bolsonaro Actively Helped Plan Coup Attempt https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/lula-says-he-is-certain-bolsonaro-actively-helped-plan-coup-attempt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/lula-says-he-is-certain-bolsonaro-actively-helped-plan-coup-attempt/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 17:12:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/lula-bolsonaro-coup

    New police raids across Brazil on Friday followed comments by Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva about the alleged involvement of his right-wing predecessor, Jair Bolsonaro, in planning an attack on government buildings in Brasília last month.

    The president, who is known as Lula, toldRedeTV! Thursday that he believes Bolsonaro "prepared the coup."

    "Today I am well aware and will say it loud and clear," Lula said. "I am certain that Bolsonaro actively participated in that and is still trying to participate."

    The progressive president's remarks came the same day that Sen. Marcos do Val, a former ally of Bolsonaro's, publicly said that a month before the January 8 attack, Lula's predecessor took part in a meeting where a plan to prevent the transfer of power and "save Brazil" was discussed.

    "I am certain that Bolsonaro actively participated in that and is still trying to participate."

    Do Val said at a press conference that both he and Bolsonaro were present at a private discussion on December 9 with then-Congressman Daniel Silveira.

    According to do Val, Silveira suggested do Val secretly record a meeting with Brazilian Supreme Court Judge Alexandre de Moraes, who is also president of the Superior Electoral Court. The judge dismissed allegations of election fraud before Bolsonaro's runoff election loss in late October, and has been a frequent target of the former president's supporters.

    Do Val presented WhatsApp messages he exchanged with Silveira regarding the plan and the meeting, where he said Silveira told him to prompt de Moraes to make comments that would raise doubts about his neutrality and the legitimacy of the election.

    The senator said Thursday that Bolsonaro did not speak at the meeting, and did not discourage Silveira's proposal.

    "It was very clear that he was in a position to manipulate and have [Bolsonaro] buy into his idea, if a senator accepted the mission,” do Val said.

    Do Val added that he did meet with de Moraes days after his discussion with Silveira and Bolsonaro, but that instead of carrying out the plan he told the judge about it.

    The senator initially told Veja magazine that it was Bolsonaro who presented the plan to him, saying, "I annul the election, Lula isn't sworn in, I stay in the presidency and arrest Alexandre de Moraes because of his comments."

    De Moraes is leading the ongoing probe into the January 8 attack on the government complex in Brasília, in which Bolsonaro's supporters broke into the buildings a week after Lula was sworn in, set fires, ransacked offices, and said they aimed to "overthrow the thieves."

    The new police raids announced Friday took place in five states and were aimed at identifying people who participated in and funded the attempted insurrection.

    De Moraes on Thursday ordered do Val to give a deposition to the Federal Police on Thursday.

    Bolsonaro has been in Florida since December and earlier this week requested a six-month tourist visa as he faces investigations in his home country. Last month, several Democratic U.S. lawmakers called on the Biden administration to rescind Bolsonaro's visa, saying the U.S. should not be providing him with refuge.

    The former president did not respond on Thursday to do Val's claims. His son, Sen. Flavio Bolsonaro, dismissed the allegations that Bolsonaro took part in making plans to prevent the transfer of power, tellingCNN, "The fact is that on December 31, President Bolsonaro left the presidency."

    Bolsonaro did not publicly acknowledge the election results until December 30, two months after he lost the election, and he has not conceded defeat.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/lula-says-he-is-certain-bolsonaro-actively-helped-plan-coup-attempt/feed/ 0 369652
    Big Business’ Plan to Block Biden’s Ban on Noncompete Agreements https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/big-business-plan-to-block-bidens-ban-on-noncompete-agreements/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/big-business-plan-to-block-bidens-ban-on-noncompete-agreements/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 12:00:14 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=420858

    The champions of the “free market” are frantically lobbying to block the Federal Trade Commission’s imminent ban on noncompete agreements, which prevent workers from seeking better-paying jobs or starting new businesses.

    The U.S. Chamber of Commerce, the largest business lobby in the country, touts itself as the voice for “competition in the marketplace,” a principle it says is vital for innovation and dynamism in the economy. Despite its rhetoric, the Chamber is mobilizing against a major reform proposed by the FTC to liberate workers from so-called noncompete clauses. Noncompetes have become rampant at large companies, which force many workers to sign them as a condition of employment. Today, about 1 in 5 American workers — some 30 million people — are bound by a noncompete.

    “This is just another example where support for the ‘free market’ is effectively Calvinball for pro-business groups,” economist Dean Baker of the Center for Economic and Policy Research told The Intercept. “They are perfectly happy to effectively redefine the free market when it suits their interests.”

    Indeed, this phenomenon — of corporations loudly agitating for the “principles” of the “free market” but opposing functioning markets in practice — was recently pointed out by an anonymous commenter on the FTC’s website. The poster, writing in support of the proposed FTC rule, said, “I find it ironic many who support non-compete clauses also claim to support the free market/capitalism, which supposedly thrives off of competition.”

    This should be no surprise, however. In Adam Smith’s “The Wealth of Nations,” published in 1776, he points out that “to widen the market and to narrow the competition, is always the interest” of the biggest “merchants and master manufacturers.” Therefore, the public should listen to the arguments of such interests “with the most suspicious attention” since they “have generally an interest to deceive and even to oppress the publick.”

    Pro-business groups contend that the FTC does not have the legal authority to issue such a ban. “Attempting to ban noncompete clauses in all employment circumstances overturns well-established state laws which have long governed their use and ignores the fact that, when appropriately used, noncompete agreements are an important tool in fostering innovation and preserving competition,” the U.S. Chamber of Commerce Senior Vice President for International Regulatory Affairs and Antitrust Sean Heather said in the statement. (The latter argument ignores the variety of other laws that exist protecting businesses’ proprietary information.)

    On Tuesday, the Chamber and a coalition representing hundreds of employers sent a letter to the FTC, requesting an extension on the comment period to provide industry groups with more time to mount opposition. The FTC announced the rule on January 5. After a 90-day public comment period, the FTC may decide to amend the rule or withdraw it. If the agency moves forward with the noncompete ban, the rule takes effect 180 days after publication of the final regulation.

    The Chamber-led industry coalition includes the American Hospital Association, the American Bankers Association, National Restaurant Association, and dozens of other employer-led groups that represent the very largest corporations in America.

    The Chamber has threatened a lawsuit to block the FTC rule. “There is no need to panic,” Jackson Lewis, one of the most aggressively anti-union law firms in the country which advises businesses, wrote in a special report on January 10: “It is still early in the process […] if the final rule is issued, there will be significant and substantial legal challenges to it.”

    The proliferation of so-called noncompete clauses have flooded into the economy — a phenomenon that has become common even for fast-food workers, clerks, and low-level hospital employees. In 2016, a report from the Treasury Department found that 15 percent of workers without a four-year college degree are subject to noncompete agreements, despite few of such workers possessing trade secrets. The clause generally restricts workers from taking similar employment elsewhere or starting a new business in the future.

    “It is outrageous that these companies want the right to not have to compete with each other in an open market for employees.”

    These restrictions have caused alarm among economists and worker advocates. The Economic Policy Institute has found that noncompete clauses have fueled rising inequality by reducing “labor market fluidity” — that is, the ability for workers to change jobs. One of the primary ways a nonunion worker can bargain for a better wage is to threaten to leave for a better paid position elsewhere, a dynamic that is eliminated by noncompete clauses.

    “It is outrageous that these companies want the right to not have to compete with each other in an open market for employees,” J.W. Mason, an economist at the City University of New York, told The Intercept. “On a competitive market they don’t want to pay what people’s labor would actually be worth.”

    The FTC’s proposal followed a July executive order by President Joe Biden instructing the agency “to exercise the FTC’s statutory rulemaking authority under the Federal Trade Commission Act to curtail the unfair use of non-compete clauses and other clauses or agreements that may unfairly limit worker mobility.”

    FTC Chair Lina Khan’s appointment was heralded by progressives like Sen. Elizabeth Warren, D-Mass., as “tremendous news” and a “huge opportunity to make big, structural change by reviving antitrust enforcement and fighting monopolies.” Selected to shake up an agency long considered by progressives to be too soft on business, Khan has challenged decades of antitrust law by arguing that there’s a monopoly case against Amazon.

    And the rule is popular, enjoying support from two-thirds of people currently employed, according to a January 6 poll by Ipsos. Legislators from both parties have introduced bills that also sharply restrict the use of such clauses.

    “Speak up and file a comment if you have something to say,” Fisher Phillips instructs clients in a frequently asked questions page. “Coordinate with your Fisher Phillips attorney if you would like guidance on this process.” Fisher Philipps has in the past conducted trainings with the Chamber of Commerce instructing employers on noncompetes.

    A recurring theme in the public comments is medical professionals expressing frustration with noncompetes leaving them unable to hire. “Noncompete clauses force doctors to move out of the state if they [are] wanting to switch jobs and cause them to not pursue jobs in the first place,” wrote Dr. Shiraz Rahim, a physician at the Rush University Medical Center in Chicago, whose responsibilities include hiring other doctors. “This has contributed to a shortage of doctors across our system and made it impossible to recruit new doctors to our area.”

    “I previously worked in an underserved area of Ohio where patients had to wait over 6 months to see a medical specialist. My hospital job required a non compete of 20 miles,” writes Florida physician Katherine Lu. “These non completes force physicians to leave the community and their patients if they want to leave their job. I personally had to move with my family to another state to work again after leaving.”

    In another public comment, Dr. Cordelia Ariel Nason, director of anesthesiology at Northridge Surgical Suites in Nashua, New Hampshire, described the dire consequences of noncompetes, which she says “tips the balance in favor of large companies” that own hospitals and other medical facilities.

    “These large corporations then hire doctors, coerce them to sign non compete contracts which effectively limits working at the very facilities where they dedicate their lives to,” Nason writes. “And then if working conditions under the company are poor or the company terminates their own contract with the medical facility or the medical facility terminates the contract with the company, the doctor is then unable to work at that facility for themselves or another company that may have more favorable conditions.”

    To the extent that arguments against noncompetes bother to go beyond the procedural questions about the FTC’s authority, they tend to focus on the idea that noncompetes promote innovation by preventing employees from leaving a job and taking trade secrets with them. Indeed, employers frequently argue that noncompete clauses are necessary to protect confidential information, such as marketing strategies or pricing plans. The fear of losing the competitive edge from inside information has fueled the proliferation of such employment contracts.

    But advocates note that the FTC ban on noncompete clauses, like similar bans enacted in recent years in Maryland and California, do not circumvent existing laws banning the theft of trade secrets and other proprietary information. Employers may still require confidentiality agreements and other restrictive covenants in employment contracts, while allowing former employees to leave and work at competing firms.

    “Many states, most notably California, have long banned noncompetes; they seem to be doing fine,” said Baker, the economist. “The claims on innovation are pretty obvious nonsense, given California’s dominance of tech.”

    Another argument advanced by advocates is that noncompetes incentivize employers to invest in training employees, since there isn’t risk of them leaving for a competitor. “There might be some impact on training, but the benefits in the form of higher wages and more frequent startups almost certainly offsets this,” Baker said.

    Lobbying records show corporate interests are preparing to fight. The HR Policy Association, which represents major employers including McDonald’s Corporation and Johnson & Johnson, has closely tracked the reform effort around noncompete clauses.

    The National Association of Manufacturers, which represents Toyota, Exxon Mobil, BNSF, and other large employers, reported lobbying the FTC and other federal agencies over noncompete issues.

    Opposition even extends to the media. The National Newspaper Association, which represents community newspapers across America, signed onto the Chamber letter sent earlier this week. News outlets, like virtually every other industry, have increasingly adopted noncompete clauses in employment contracts, not only for top editors and executives, but also for low-level journalists and other employees.

    Throughout the history of capitalism, the goal of employers — whatever their rhetoric — has always been to reduce competition in various ways in order to drive down wages. In the 1800s, as the British Empire prepared to eliminate slavery in its possessions, British officials laid plans to prevent their former slaves from having the option of buying their own land to farm — and therefore be in a position to demand better pay. This was, in a sense, the noncompete clause of the day.

    More recently, in Silicon Valley, Adobe, Apple, Google, and Intel privately agreed not to poach workers from each other with offers of higher salaries. As the New York Times put it in 2015, they “conspired against their own employees.” The four companies eventually settled a lawsuit for $415 million. Other companies were also involved in the collusion, including eBay. (eBay was founded by Pierre Omidyar, who also founded First Look Media, whose nonprofit arm The Intercept was originally part of.)

    At least one lobbying group let slip that there’s another way to retain employees. The American Optometric Association, which represents optometrists, sent an update for members around the FTC proposal. The memo quotes Sharon Markowitz, an attorney, who recommended that doctors consider talking to a lawyer and submitting a FTC comment in opposition to the rule.

    If all else fails, Markowitz said, one way to get ahead of the possible elimination of noncompete clauses is to improve employee loyalty by “increasing wages.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ken Klippenstein.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/big-business-plan-to-block-bidens-ban-on-noncompete-agreements/feed/ 0 369577
    Scepticism greets Indonesian plan to send general to persuade Myanmar junta https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmarindonesiatransition-02022023161309.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmarindonesiatransition-02022023161309.html#respond Thu, 02 Feb 2023 21:13:19 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmarindonesiatransition-02022023161309.html Indonesia once helped Myanmar transition to democracy, using its own transformation out of military dictatorship as an example for change.

    But a new plan by the 2023 chair of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) to dispatch a senior general to Myanmar to nudge the Burmese junta back onto a democratic path may come to nothing, analysts say.

    The current crop of military rulers is unlike the ones in 2011 who were open to listening to other nations, initiated the transition and even backed a political party to contest elections, however flawed, according to analysts.

    “In the current situation, sending a general won’t be effective,” Dewi Fortuna Anwar, a political analyst at the National Research and Innovation Agency, an Indonesian agency, told BenarNews. 

    “Now the context is different. They have made the transition but the military took back power. They won’t back down because that’s the only way they can maintain power after repeatedly losing [elections].”

    Back in 2011, “it was the Myanmar military that opened itself up to make a democratic transition,” she said.

    “Myanmar openly welcomed assistance from Indonesia, both the TNI [Indonesian Armed Forces] and civilian political figures,” Dewi added.

    Because of Indonesia’s history, regional observers have called on the country, the largest one in Southeast Asia and one of the founding members of ASEAN, to become a role model and help Myanmar restore democracy after the Burmese military ousted a civilian government two years ago. 

    President Joko “Jokowi” Widodo’s predecessor, Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or SBY as he is known, played a significant role in Myanmar’s democratic transition. 

    SBY, who was Indonesia’s first directly elected president and himself a former general, helped mediate conflicts between the Myanmar government and ethnic minorities, provided input on drafting democratic laws and invited officials to learn about democratic institutions.

    Such interactions, though, diminished after a change in government in Jakarta in 2014 when Jokowi was elected president. Until last year, Jokowi had focused more on domestic affairs and shown little interest in diplomacy. 

    On Wednesday, the president announced plans to send a top general to Myanmar in an effort to resolve the political crisis there, as he approaches the end of his second and last five-year term. 

    In an interview with Reuters, Jokowi stated that the general would talk to Myanmar’s leaders about Indonesia’s democratization after the end of Suharto’s military-backed rule in 1998. 

    “This is a matter of approach. We have the experience, here in Indonesia, the situation was the same,” the president told Reuters. “This experience can be addressed, how Indonesia began its democracy.”

    2f75b7af-4ab1-4590-994b-b2269af8937b.jpeg
    Indonesian President Joko Widodo (center) delivers a statement as members of his cabinet stand behind him after an emergency meeting on Myanmar by leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations at the ASEAN Secretariat in Jakarta, April 24, 2021. [Handout photo/Muchlis Jr./Indonesian Presidential Palace via AP]

    But the situation in Myanmar contrasts starkly to that of Indonesia at any time in the past, including during the autocratic rule of Suharto, said Greg Barton, an Asia scholar at Australia’s Deakin University. 

    Suharto, a former army general, came to power in 1967 when he took over from founding President Sukarno, after mass killings targeting suspected communists. Suharto resigned 31 years later amid political and economic upheaval.

    “Suharto’s New Order regime was backed by the military but he kept the military in a relatively weak and poorly resourced state and relied heavily on technocrats to plan and direct development,” Barton said.

    “The military in post-coup Myanmar is relatively well-resourced, is completely unaccountable, and is ruthlessly repressing its people by waging war against them.”

    Therefore, the prospects for success for Jokowi’s planned initiative seem dim, Barton said.


    “It would be nice to think that Indonesia might be able to initiate a process of change through a series of dialogues but that appears to be a very remote possibility this year,” he said.

    The report about Jokowi’s plan came out on the same day that junta leaders placed Myanmar under six more months of emergency rule on the second anniversary of the coup.

    Close to 3,000 people have been killed and more than 17,000 have been arrested in the two years that followed the Feb. 1, 2021, toppling of an elected government by the military.

    ‘Impossible to persuade them’

    Observers in Myanmar, too, are pessimistic about Jokowi’s plan to send a military person to influence Sr. Gen. Min Aung Hlaing, the Burmese junta chief.

    Nay Phone Latt, a spokesman for the National Unity Government (NUG), made up of democratically elected lawmakers who were ousted in the coup, said he recognized Indonesia’s effort to help but believed it would fail.

    “I can’t think of any ways to reach an agreement with such aggressive military leaders,” he told Radio Free Asia (RFA), a news service affiliated with BenarNews. 

    “I think that Indonesia will learn in the future that they have failed to persuade the Myanmar military leaders.”

    A Myanmar political and military analyst, Than Soe Naing, told RFA that Jokowi was “visionary and tactical.” 

    But Than Soe Naing was also skeptical about the outcome of the Indonesian president’s initiative, saying Myanmar’s ruling generals “have no sympathy for people’s desires or views, no political vision, [and] are ill-educated.”

    “I think that it is impossible to persuade them to change.”

    There is possibly one way to change the situation, according to Hunter S. Martson, a researcher on Asia at the Australian National University.

    “The Indonesian general could be more influential if he delivers a strong message to the Myanmar junta that its ruinous policies are destabilizing the region and the military needs to abandon power or there will be consequences,” Marston told BenarNews.

     

    Indonesia is unlikely to enforce economic sanctions, but it can make Myanmar’s situation difficult with the United Nations or within ASEAN, he said.

    Marston said: “If the junta senses regional counterparts abandoning it, it might feel more pressure to reform.” 

    Pizaro Gozali Idrus in Jakarta and Radio Free Asia’s Burmese Service contributed to this report.






    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Tria Dianti for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmarindonesiatransition-02022023161309.html/feed/ 0 369349
    “Citizens’ Insurrection”: Huge Protests in France Aim to Kill Macron Pension Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/citizens-insurrection-huge-protests-in-france-aim-to-kill-macron-pension-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/citizens-insurrection-huge-protests-in-france-aim-to-kill-macron-pension-plan/#respond Tue, 31 Jan 2023 17:49:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/france-protests-macron-pensions

    Hundreds of thousands of enraged workers across France walked off the job and hit the streets Tuesday to protest President Emmanuel Macron's unpopular plan to raise the nation's official retirement age from 62 to 64.

    It marks the second time this month that French workers have mobilized against Macron's attack on the country's pension system. Nationwide strikes and marches on January 19 brought out between one million and two million people, and labor unions aimed to match or exceed those numbers on Tuesday, with roughly 250 demonstrations planned around the country.

    Longtime leftist leader Jean-Luc Mélenchon predicted Tuesday morning that "a historic day" of protests would help defeat Macron's proposal once and for all, as massive crowds rallied in cities and towns outside Paris—prior to a major march that shut down the French capital on Tuesday afternoon.

    “It's not often that we see such a mass mobilization," Mélenchon said from the southern city of Marseille. "It's a form of citizens' insurrection."

    On the small western island of Ouessant, about 100 people gathered early in the day for a protest outside the office of Mayor Denis Palluel.

    In a phone interview with The Associated Press, Palluel noted that the threat of having to work longer to qualify for a full pension dismayed mariners on the island who have grueling ocean-based jobs.

    "Retiring at a reasonable age is important," he said, "because life expectancy isn't very long."

    "Retiring at a reasonable age is important because life expectancy isn't very long."

    Despite widespread opposition to pushing back France's retirement age—approximately three-fourths of the population is against such a move, according to recent polling—many lawmakers remain determined to fulfill Macron's election pledge to overhaul the nation's pension system.

    On Monday, Macron described his effort to hike the retirement age as "essential." Prime Minister Élisabeth Borne, for her part, asserted this past weekend that raising the retirement age to 64 by 2030 is "no longer negotiable."

    "Strikers and protesters intend to prove otherwise," Agence France-Pressereported Tuesday. "Labor unions and left-wing legislators fighting in parliament against Macron's plans are counting on protesters to turn out massively to strengthen their efforts to kill the bill."

    As they did earlier this month, strikes on Tuesday upended multiple aspects of daily life, including electricity production, transportation, and education.

    "TotalEnegies says between 75% and 100% of workers at its refineries and fuel depots are on strike, while electricity supplier EDF said they're monitoring a drop in power to the national grid equivalent to three nuclear power plants," Euronews reported.

    According to AP: "Rail operator SNCF reported major disruptions, with strikes knocking out most trains in the Paris region, in all other regions, and on France’s flagship high-speed network linking cities and major towns. The Paris Metro was also hard hit by station closures and cancellations."

    France's Education Ministry, meanwhile, reported that around a quarter of the nation's teachers were on strike Tuesday, down from 70% during the first round of protests.

    Macron's proposed pension reform, the text of which Borne presented to the National Assembly earlier this month, faces an uphill battle.

    For one thing, the New Ecological and Social People's Union (NUPES)—a coalition of four left-wing parties recently formed by Mélenchon—won 131 seats in last June's parliamentary elections, helping to prevent the neoliberal alliance Ensemble from securing the absolute majority it needed to ram through Macron's unwanted austerity agenda.

    According to AFP, even the president's own allies from his ruling alliance have expressed concerns about some aspects of the legislation.

    "We can feel a certain nervousness from the majority as we begin our work," Mathilde Panot, head of the left-wing France Unbowed party in the National Assembly, told the news outleton Tuesday. "When we see this opposition growing, I understand why they are wavering."

    However, journalist Marlon Ettinger, citing French Communist Party MP André Chassaigne, warned recently that "the government might try to pass the reform through a social security financing bill (known as PLFRSS), which would allow for a series of constitutional delays that would significantly limit the amount of time deputies can discuss the bill. It would also block the possibility for the opposition to present their own counterproposals."

    In addition, "although Macron has no popular assent, nor a parliamentary majority for his reform, he does have constitutional tools he can use to push the package through," Ettinger explained in Jacobin. "One, known as 49.3 (after the article of the Constitution which grants the president this power), essentially lets him bypass the National Assembly. The constitution of the current Fifth Republic grants the president these authoritarian powers to hedge against any popular sentiment that might make its way into the lower house. The use of 49.3 would suspend the debate in the National Assembly, then send the bill directly to the Senate, which is controlled by Les Républicains."

    Aware that such anti-democratic maneuvers are on the table, Mélenchon and other opponents of the assault on France's pension system have called on Macron to withdraw his proposal for good.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/citizens-insurrection-huge-protests-in-france-aim-to-kill-macron-pension-plan/feed/ 0 368648
    Teaser – Elizabeth Warren’s Plan for DC Corruption https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/teaser-elizabeth-warrens-plan-for-dc-corruption/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/teaser-elizabeth-warrens-plan-for-dc-corruption/#respond Tue, 31 Jan 2023 17:29:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a68ff6068213f524da4c70af0ad0b34a Welcome to the Gaslit Nation Q&A! We answer questions from our listeners subscribed at the Democracy Defender level and higher on Patreon. To access this and all episodes of Gaslit Nation, support the show at the Truth-teller level or higher. You won’t hear every weekly episode unless you subscribe. Join our community here: https://www.patreon.com/gaslit


    This content originally appeared on Gaslit Nation with Andrea Chalupa and Sarah Kendzior and was authored by Andrea Chalupa & Sarah Kendzior.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/teaser-elizabeth-warrens-plan-for-dc-corruption/feed/ 0 368641
    Progressive Democrats in Congress Plan to Play Offense https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/29/progressive-democrats-in-congress-plan-to-play-offense/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/29/progressive-democrats-in-congress-plan-to-play-offense/#respond Sun, 29 Jan 2023 18:15:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/congressional-progressive-caucus-democratic-party

    The nearly 450-member Democratic National Committee will meet in Philadelphia in February for the organization's winter meeting, and the progressive wing of the party won’t be on the sidelines. Media will likely focus on the proposed changes to the 2024 primary calendar and a possible presidential candidacy announcement by incumbent President Joe Biden, who will address attendees along with Vice President Kamala Harris. Less attention, however, will be placed on the quiet yet persistent progressive-led efforts toward party reform.

    While Republicans now control the U.S. House, which stifles prospects for any major Democratic legislation over the next two years, progressives are not slowing their efforts to transform U.S. politics. Both in Congress and through internal Democratic Party decision-making, progressives are building on lessons learned during the first years of the Biden administration to grow their power. This effort includes using their expanding congressional ranks to push progressive policy and when necessary challenge Democratic Party leadership, build progressive majorities in state-level parties, and change internal rules to ban dark money in primaries.

    The most dramatic changes in progressive party reform over the past year can be seen in the growth of the Congressional Progressive Caucus (CPC). After the November 2022 midterms, the caucus now claims an all-time high of 103 members—nearly half of all House Democrats.

    In the past, the CPC has been criticized for failing to deliver on progressive goals and including members not fully committed to achieving them. However, since reforming internal CPC rules in 2020 to create more unity and enforce members voting as a bloc, the caucus has proven to be increasingly influential in the party. Along with such policy wins as including $1,400 stimulus checks and expanded unemployment benefits in 2021's American Rescue Plan, the CPC has helped shape the Democrats' national priorities and economic playbook under the leadership of Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.).

    To be sure, a number of CPC priorities, including expansive social programs in the original Build Back Better legislation, stalled out due to opposition from conservative Democrats in the Senate. Nevertheless, on a number of key issues, the CPC has made a concrete difference over the first two years of the Biden administration.

    Progressives on the move

    Take the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) in summer 2022, which included historic subsidies for renewable energy. Progressives were instrumental in reviving elements of Build Back Better which ultimately made it into the IRA, around climate change mitigation, taxing the wealthy, and lowering prescription drug costs.

    After the IRA moved through the House, a number of prominent national environmental groups, such as the League of Conservation Voters, cheered its passage. But at the time, few of these green groups mentioned the inclusion of a key permitting deal which would have limited the ability of frontline community groups to oppose pipelines and other fossil fuel infrastructure. These provisions were typically attributed to Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and were reportedly included by Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) in exchange for Manchin's vote for the IRA. Progressive groups, including Our Revolution, where I serve as board chair, dubbed it the "dirty deal," and fought against the plan through political organizing and media visibility. But key to defeating the deal was the opposition it faced in the House, led by the CPC.

    In December 2022, when then-House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) agreed to support Manchin's permitting deal in the military budget—or National Defense Authorization Act—Jayapal polled CPC members before announcing that the caucus opposed the measure and would fight its inclusion in any legislation. More significantly, Jayapal told Pelosi that CPC members would vote against any "rule" on the National Defense Authorization Act that included it.

    Rules for debate on the House floor are generally adopted on party-line votes because they often add seemingly extraneous items supported by members of the majority party, such as Manchin's permitting deal. The idea is to provide a quick path for passage of the final legislation—in this case, the National Defense Authorization Act. While Republicans would likely have lined up to pass the record-breaking military budget, they would not vote for the rule putting it on the floor, since those are virtually always taken by a party-line vote. This gave the CPC the leverage it needed to block Manchin's permitting deal.

    Similarly, the CPC was critical in securing the inclusion of the expanded Child Tax Credit in the American Rescue Plan, which helped lead to a striking drop in child poverty. That program was not extended past a year, again due to intransigence by corporate Democrats, including Manchin and Sen. Kyrsten Sinema (I-Ariz.), who switched her affiliation away from the Democrats following the midterms. CPC members have since pledged to push for reinstating the expanded Child Tax Credit.

    Progressives also included a provision in the IRA to allow Medicare to negotiate certain drug prices and, through pressuring the administration alongside movement organizations, also helped persuade Biden to eliminate some student debt for borrowers. More recently, CPC members successfully pushed to add $25 million in funding to the National Labor Relations Board through the omnibus budget bill passed late in 2022, which will allow the labor board to restore half of its staffing cuts and help manage the increase in union representation petitions filed in 2022.

    A successful strategy for progressive party-building in the House requires a dedicated inside-outside strategy—and the CPC is growing its capacity on the inside.

    This year, the caucus is set to defend social programs like Social Security and Medicare from GOP attacks while attempting to limit further increases to military spending. But they also plan to play offense. The CPC's legislative agenda includes antitrust reform, protecting immigrants who fall under the Dream Act, expanding Medicaid, and abolishing the debt ceiling. Members will likely also push for executive action from the Biden administration on issues such as expanding worker overtime rules and declaring a climate emergency. With an extremely narrow Republican majority in the House, CPC members can play a pivotal role in charting the direction of legislation—and helping block any bills which fly in the face of progressive values, even if conservative House Democrats might be willing to partner with Republicans.

    A successful strategy for progressive party-building in the House requires a dedicated inside-outside strategy—and the CPC is growing its capacity on the inside. This involves getting more left-wing, movement-backed members elected by engaging in Democratic primaries, since the vast majority of House members face no significant general election opponent. By running more progressives, including in safe blue districts against incumbents, the CPC can continue to increase its size—and its power in determining the direction of the party.

    Toward a fairer state of play

    Progressives in the Democratic Party are also continuing to make significant progress at the state level. About 20 states now have progressive reformers serving in top elected leadership positions, including as party chair. As a result, the Democratic National Committee (DNC) now boasts its largest progressive faction in decades. Later this month, state party elections will be held in California, Washington, Iowa, and Arizona—and progressives are expected to do well. State parties can adopt their own platforms and rules for nominating candidates. Collectively, they can have a major impact on the orientation of the national party and its rules, including party positions on key issues as well as the presidential nominating process.

    This year, DNC reformers (including myself) have again submitted a resolution banning dark money in Democratic primaries. (We unsuccessfully submitted a similar resolution in 2022.) While Citizens United may allow for unlimited corporate money in general elections, that Supreme Court ruling does not govern Democratic Party rules. In fact, courts have previously decided that party matters are primarily private and that political parties are more like private clubs.

    The DNC and Democratic state parties around the country also have extensive rules relating to the nominating process, which provide many opportunities to block dark and dirty money. Independent expenditures targeting progressive candidates in Democratic primaries skyrocketed in 2022, part of a broader campaign to trounce challengers in the party. For example, millions of dollars were spent to defeat Rep. Andy Levin (D-Mich.) in a paid media blizzard which helped lead to his loss to centrist candidate Haley Stevens.

    Similarly, progressive challengers like Nina Turner in Ohio and Jessica Cisneros in Texas fell short after facing massive expenditures for paid media designed to terrify the public and increase turnout from unaffiliated (and even Republican) voters. Newly elected progressive Reps. Summer Lee (D-Pa.) and Andrea Salinas (D-Ore.) survived the onslaught, but most did not.

    One of the leading culprits behind this dark money effort was Sam Bankman-Fried, CEO of crypto firm FTX, who is now facing a long prison sentence for illegally using billions of dollars of customer deposits. His expenses included nearly $40 million in contributions to national Democratic organizations as well as independent expenditures to elevate centrist candidates in their primaries. Similar contributions came from groups aligned with Israel's right-wing government, such as the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, a lobbying group. Getting this kind of corrupt corporate cash out of primaries is critical if we want to elect grassroots challengers running for office.

    Increasingly, both the DNC and political leadership in the Biden White House appear interested in preventing party discussion and debate. So it is likely that in February, for the second time, the resolutions committee (which determines which proposals move forward) will refuse to report out the dark money ban—despite the significant support it has received from DNC members in about 20 states. Similarly, at the DNC's summer meeting, a resolution opposing the dirty deal on permitting reform was not reported out and discussion was blocked by the resolutions committee.

    The good news is that the number of progressives at the DNC is growing, slowly but surely, and grassroots activists increasingly understand that without change within the Democratic Party, we won't win the advances in healthcare, childcare, workers' rights, and climate change that are desperately needed.

    Mainstream media will attempt to make the 2024 presidential nominating process the focus of next month's DNC meeting. The large number of delegates for Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) at the 2016 Democratic National Convention led to the adoption of party reform rules for 2020, which are set to be continued in next year's election. As a result, the around 700 so-called superdelegates in the party, who previously played an important role in the primary, will again not determine the nominee in 2024.

    This change was a major victory for progressives, making the presidential contest more democratic. But if Biden is the only candidate with delegates in 2024 (a strong possibility if he runs without a credible primary challenge), Biden's White House operatives will be in total control at the 2024 convention, posing a challenge to further efforts toward party reform.

    The work ahead

    What happens inside the Democratic Party and inside party caucuses of elected Democrats is frequently ignored by progressives, who are generally more comfortable protesting and working solely outside the party. Of course, protest is essential, and new party-building is fine. But for those of us who believe we must fight in every possible way to advance progressive issues and win real power, we ignore party reform at our peril, even as we demand broader electoral reforms, such as fusion and ranked-choice voting, proportional representation, and more.

    It's the rules and not just the rulers that determine much of our political success. Visionary candidates like Bernie Sanders and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.) are important. But we also need party-builders with a strategy for change on the inside. Demanding that Senate Democrats eliminate the racist filibuster, or that we abolish the Electoral College, are all part of a long list of rules that must be changed as we build our mass movement.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Larry Cohen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/29/progressive-democrats-in-congress-plan-to-play-offense/feed/ 0 368206
    Japan’s plan to discharge water from Fukushima nuclear plant faces Pacific opposition https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/fukushima-water-01272023015906.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/fukushima-water-01272023015906.html#respond Fri, 27 Jan 2023 07:01:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/fukushima-water-01272023015906.html Officials from Pacific island nations will meet Japan’s prime minister in March in an effort to halt the planned release of water from the tsunami-damaged Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant into the Pacific Ocean, a regional leader said.

    Plans to dispose of Fukushima water over four decades are a source of tension between Japan and Pacific island nations and a possible complication for the efforts of the United States and its allies to show a renewed commitment to the Pacific region as China’s influence grows.

    The planned discharges “are a very serious issue that our leaders have accepted must be stopped at all costs,” Henry Puna, secretary-general of the 18-nation Pacific Islands Forum, said Thursday at a press conference in the Solomon Islands capital Honiara.

    The Japanese government’s timetable for disposal of Fukushima water indicates that releases could begin as soon as April this year – part of an effort to decommission the stricken power station over several decades. Water contaminated by the nuclear reactors damaged in a 2011 tsunami is stored in dozens of large tanks at the coastal Fukushima plant.  

    Japan’s method involves putting the contaminated water through a purification process known as the Advanced Liquid Processing System, which it says will reduce all radioactive elements except tritium to below regulatory levels. The treated water would then be diluted by more than 100 times to reduce the level of tritium – radioactive hydrogen used to create glow-in-the-dark lighting and signs.

    Japanese authorities and the Fukushima plant operator, Tokyo Electric Power Company, have said radiation released into the ocean would be a minute fraction of naturally occurring radiation in the environment. 

    The International Atomic Energy Agency, a U.N. agency which describes itself as promoting safe use of nuclear energy, has said the Fukushima process is technically feasible and in line with international practice.

    Pacific island leaders are unconvinced the discharges will be safe and some scientists have called for the Fukushima plant to continue storing treated water on site rather than releasing it. 

    Japan has said storage space is running out as an Olympic swimming pool’s worth of radioactive water is generated about every two weeks from water used to cool reactor fuel debris and groundwater contamination.

    Data doubts

    Five scientists working with the Pacific Islands Forum last week criticized the quality of data they had received from Tokyo Electric on the treated water in the tanks and expressed doubts about how well the purification process works.

    Over more than four years, only a quarter of tanks had been tested for radiation, and testing rarely covered more than nine types of radiation out of 64 types that should be tested for, said the five scientists, who include Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s senior scientist Ken Buesseler.

    “The accident is not over; this is not normal operations for a reactor. Therefore, extraordinary efforts should be made to prove operations are safe and will not cause harm to the environment,” the scientists’ presentation said.

    The Pacific Islands Forum has described the scientists as independent nuclear experts. The forum’s secretariat didn’t respond to a question about whether the scientists are compensated for their work with the forum. 

    Nigel Marks, a materials scientist at Australia’s Curtin University and former nuclear reactor engineer, who is not advising the forum, said he is sympathetic to concerns that Tokyo Electric’s data could be more complete.

    But at the same time some recognition for Japan’s unique situation must be acknowledged,” he said. “The authorities have done their very best that technology allows. Eventually they reach a point where there is too much water to store.”

    Puna said the Pacific islands delegation would meet with Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida around March 7. They want a delay in water releases, at the very least, while more research is carried out, he said.

    “There are serious gaps in the scientific evidence on the safety or otherwise of the proposed release,” Puna said. “I am pleased that the Japanese prime minister has finally agreed to meet with a high level delegation from our region.” 

    Decades of Fukushima water discharges, Puna said, could “damage our livelihoods, our fisheries livelihoods, our livelihood as people who are dependent very much and connected to the ocean in our culture and identity.” 

    2014-04-25T120000Z_1954072282_GM1EA4Q0KPN01_RTRMADP_3_USA-NUCLEAR-MARSHALLS.JPG
    A mushroom cloud rises during the Operation Crossroads nuclear weapons test on Bikini Atoll, Marshall Islands in 1946. Credit: Reuters/U.S. Library of Congress/Handout via Reuters

    Mihai Sora, a Pacific analyst at Australia’s Lowy Institute, said it’s hard to imagine a more alarming proposition for Pacific island nations given the “toxic legacy” of nuclear weapons testing and waste dumping in the Pacific. 

    “The timing, amidst regional geopolitical competition that has traditional powers falling over themselves to demonstrate who’s a better partner to the Pacific, could scarcely be worse,” Sora said. 

    The United States, United Kingdom and France carried out more than 300 nuclear detonations in the Pacific from 1946 to 1966, according to the International Disarmament Institute at Pace University in New York, which exposed thousands of military personnel and civilians to radiation and made some atolls uninhabitable. 

    “Decades of hard-won regional goodwill towards Japanese Pacific engagement are at risk with this single policy initiative,” Sora said.

    Australia’s Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade said it welcomes Japan’s commitment to a thorough scientific assessment to ensure there are no adverse environmental and health effects. Australia is a member of the Pacific Islands Forum.

    A State Department spokesperson said the United States welcomes Japan’s continued openness as it “prepares to disperse the treated water in a manner that appears to be in line with internationally accepted nuclear safety standards.”

    Japan’s embassy in Suva, Fiji didn’t respond to a request for comment. 

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news service.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/fukushima-water-01272023015906.html/feed/ 0 367627
    GOP Tax Plan Denounced as ‘One of the Most Regressive Proposals in a Generation’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/gop-tax-plan-denounced-as-one-of-the-most-regressive-proposals-in-a-generation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/gop-tax-plan-denounced-as-one-of-the-most-regressive-proposals-in-a-generation/#respond Thu, 26 Jan 2023 16:24:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gop-tax-plan-regressive

    A House GOP proposal to repeal all federal income taxes—including levies on corporations and the rich—and replace them with a whopping 30% national sales tax is drawing increasingly vocal backlash from economists, tax policy experts, and Democratic lawmakers who say the plan is yet another Republican ploy to reward the wealthy at everyone else's expense

    Unveiled earlier this month by Rep. Buddy Carter (R-Ga.), the Fair Tax Act is hardly a novel piece of legislation. As Steve Wamhoff of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy noted in a recent blog post, the bill has its origins in a proposal "initially pitched by an organization created by the Church of Scientology during its dispute with the IRS over whether it constituted a church and was thus tax-exempt."

    "The Church of Scientology's only goal in the matter was to eliminate the agency causing it trouble, and lost interest once the IRS threw in the towel and allowed it to present itself as a church," Wamhoff explained. "But by then several politicians had bought into the idea and introduced it as legislation, which has been reintroduced in each Congress since as the Fair Tax."

    Carter's legislation, which currently has nearly two dozen House GOP co-sponsors, would abolish the IRS—a major gift to wealthy tax cheats—and eliminate the payroll taxes that finance Medicare and Social Security. The bill would also nix the individual income tax, the corporate income tax, the estate tax, and other taxes, establishing in their place a sales tax of 30% for calendar year 2023.

    "The GOP's so-called 'Fair Tax' proposal is one of the most regressive proposals in a generation, imposing a 30% federal sales tax on everything Americans buy from gas to food," said former U.S. Labor Secretary Robert Reich. "There's nothing 'fair' about it. It would punish the poor and middle class while helping the rich."

    "There's nothing 'fair' about it. It would punish the poor and middle class while helping the rich."

    In an attempt to offset the inherent regressivity of the sales tax, Carter's bill would send most U.S. households a monthly "prebate" to help families cover the costs of basic necessities—effectively replacing the Earned Income Tax Credit, the Child Tax Credit, and other existing tax benefits that the measure would eliminate.

    But Wamhoff argued the prebates would not be "nearly enough to offset the financial hit most Americans would face from the new national sales tax."

    "Back in 2004, ITEP estimated that if the Fair Tax was enacted and the national sales tax rate was set at 45%, the poorest 80% of Americans would face net tax hikes from the proposal while most of those among the richest 20% would enjoy net tax cuts," Wamhoff wrote. "ITEP plans to re-estimate the proposal because a great deal has changed since 2004."

    In a detailed video analysis of the "Fair Tax" plan, Matt Bruenig of the People's Policy Project estimated that the poorest 20% of the U.S. public would pay roughly 70% of their income in taxes as a result of the bill's levy on consumption.

    This 30% National Sales Tax Plan Is a Jokeyoutu.be

    Democratic lawmakers and President Joe Biden have wasted no time seizing on the tax proposal as further evidence of the Republican Party's commitment to delivering huge windfalls to the rich.

    "The GOP wants to scrap the income tax and replace it with a 30% sales tax," tweeted Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.), the chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus. "In WA State, where we have no income tax and rely on sales and excise taxes, the poorest families spend 17% of their income on taxes. The wealthiest spend 3%. This effort is a tax cut for the rich, period."

    Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) quipped on Wednesday that "it really must be Opposite Day if Republicans are claiming that a national 30% sales tax is 'fair.'"

    "In what world is it fair to slam working families with huge tax increases, while giving tax breaks to the mega-rich?" Merkley asked.

    On Thursday afternoon, Biden is expected to attack the GOP tax proposal as well as the Republican push to cut Social Security and Medicare in a speech at a steamfitters union hall in Springfield, Virginia.

    "The president will outline the biggest threat to our economic progress: House Republicans' MAGA economic plan," an unnamed White House official toldReuters ahead of the address.

    "When MAGA extremists openly threaten to push the economy off the cliff unless they can further enrich billionaires and big corporations at the expense of everyone else, believe them."

    With Democrats in control of the Senate and the White House, the Fair Tax Act has no chance of becoming law, and Rep. Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.) only agreed to allow hearings on the legislation as part of the speakership deal he struck with far-right GOP holdouts.

    But progressives argued the proposal offers a telling glimpse into the Republican Party's extreme economic priorities at a time of skyrocketing inequality, large-scale corporate tax avoidance, and economic hardship for poor and middle-class households.

    "MAGA extremists are testing the waters to see how far they can go in their backwards economic agenda written by and for wealthy special interests—starting with a staggering 30% tax hike on the middle class with a national sales tax that would immediately make necessities unaffordable while letting greedy corporations off scot-free from any tax responsibility," Liz Zelnick, director of the Economic Security and Corporate Power program at Accountable.US, said in a statement Thursday.

    “That's only the beginning," Zelnick continued. “A growing chorus in the Republican House caucus is scheming to sabotage the economy and the U.S. government's full faith and credit unless they get deep cuts to Social Security and Medicare benefits that keep millions of Americans out of poverty and in better health."

    "When MAGA extremists openly threaten to push the economy off the cliff unless they can further enrich billionaires and big corporations at the expense of everyone else," she added, "believe them."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/gop-tax-plan-denounced-as-one-of-the-most-regressive-proposals-in-a-generation/feed/ 0 367421
    Landlords Celebrate Biden’s Weak “Renter Protection” Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/landlords-celebrate-bidens-weak-renter-protection-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/landlords-celebrate-bidens-weak-renter-protection-plan/#respond Thu, 26 Jan 2023 15:53:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/landlords-celebrate-biden-s-weak-renter-protection-plan

    "Ever-higher military spending is contributing to climate catastrophe, and U.S. lawmakers need a better understanding of alternative economic choices," Stephanie Savell, co-director of Costs of War, said in a statement. "Military industrial production can be redirected to civilian technologies that contribute to societal well-being and provide green jobs. This conversion can both decarbonize the economy and create prosperity in districts across the nation."

    In one of the papers released Thursday, Miriam Pemberton, an associate fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies, described "how the United States developed a war economy," as reflected in its massive $858 billion military budget, which accounts for roughly half of all federal discretionary spending.

    As Pemberton explained:

    When the U.S. military budget decreased after the Cold War, military contractors initiated a strategy to protect their profits by more widely connecting jobs to military spending. They did this by spreading their subcontracting chains across the United States and creating an entrenched war economy. Perhaps the most infamous example: Lockheed Martin's F-35 fighter jet, which is built in 45 states.

    The strategy proved successful. Today, many members of Congress have political incentives to continue to raise the military budget, in order to protect jobs in their districts. Much of the U.S. industrial base is invested in and focused on weapons production, and industry lobbyists won't let Congress forget it.

    Not only is the Pentagon a major contributor to planet-heating pollution—emitting more greenhouse gases than 140 countries—and other forms of environmental destruction, but a 2019 Costs of War study showed that "dollar for dollar, military spending creates far fewer jobs than spending on other sectors like education, healthcare, and mass transit," Pemberton continued.

    Moreover, "military spending creates jobs that bring wealth to some people and businesses, but do not alleviate poverty or result in widely-shared prosperity," Pemberton wrote. "In fact, of the 20 states with economies most dependent on military manufacturing, 14 experience poverty at similar or higher rates than the national average."

    "A different way is possible," she stressed, pointing to a pair of military conversion case studies.

    "The only way to really lower emissions of the military is you've got to make the military smaller."

    As military budgets were shrinking in 1993, Lockheed was eager to expand its reach into non-military production.

    "One of its teams working on fighter jets at a manufacturing facility in Binghamton, New York successfully shifted its specialized skills to produce a system for transit buses that cut fuel consumption, carbon emissions, maintenance costs, and noise, called 'HybriDrive,'" Pemberton explained.

    By 1999, Lockheed "sold the facility producing HybriDrive buses and largely abandoned its efforts to convert away from dependence on military spending," she wrote. "But under the new management of BAE Systems, the hybrid buses and their new zero-emission models are now reducing emissions" in cities around the world.

    According to Pemberton, "This conversion project succeeded where others have failed largely because its engineers took seriously the differences between military and civilian manufacturing and business practices, and adapted their production accordingly."

    In another paper released Thursday, Karen Bell, a senior lecturer in sustainable development at the University of Glasgow, sought to foreground "the views of defense sector workers themselves," noting that they "have been largely absent, despite their importance for understanding the feasibility of conversion."

    Bell surveyed 58 people currently and formerly employed in military-related jobs in the U.S. and the United Kingdom and found that "while some workers said that the defense sector is 'socially useful,' many were frustrated with their field and would welcome working in the green economy."

    "This was a small group so we cannot generalize to defense workers overall," writes Bell. "However, even among this small cohort, some were interested in converting their work to civil production and would be interested in taking up 'green jobs.'"

    One respondent told Bell: "Just greenwashing isn't going to do it. Just putting solar panels up isn't going to do it. So we're trying to stress that the only way to really lower emissions of the military is you've got to make the military smaller."

    "By the way, do we really need to update all our ICBMs [Inter-Continental Ballistic Missiles]?" the survey participant asked. "Don't we have enough to blow up the world three times over, or five times over? Why don't we take those resources and use them someplace else where they really should be?"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/26/landlords-celebrate-bidens-weak-renter-protection-plan/feed/ 0 367570
    Tired of being told to ‘adapt,’ an Indigenous community wrote its own climate action plan https://grist.org/article/montana-flathead-reservation-indigenous-climate-plan/ https://grist.org/article/montana-flathead-reservation-indigenous-climate-plan/#respond Thu, 26 Jan 2023 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=599539 This story is part of the Cities + Solutions series, which chronicles surprising and inspiring climate initiatives in communities across the U.S. through stories of cities leading the way. For early access to the rest of the series, subscribe to the Looking Forward climate solutions newsletter.


    The Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes live among some of the most spectacular landscapes in the country. Their home, the Flathead Reservation, covers 1.2 million acres dotted with soaring mountains, sweeping valleys, and lush forests. Flathead River bisects the land and drains into Flathead Lake, the largest body of fresh water west of the Mississippi River. 

    Long before anyone called this place northwest Montana or considered it a tourist destination, it sustained the tribes and they sustained it. “We have a proven track record of sustainability,” says Shelly Fyant, former chair of the CSKT Tribal Council. “We can trace it back 14,000 years.”

    Climate change looms large here, threatening not just the physical well-being of the reservation’s 5,000 inhabitants, but their spiritual and cultural health, too. Temperatures continue rising, threatening plants and wildlife. Rivers run higher in spring and lower in summer, jeopardizing fish. Wildfires menace communities. Entire species, including whitebark pine and the native bull trout, have diminished, harming ecosystems that rely upon them.

    With these upheavals come requisite changes to traditions that revolve around a sacred connection to the land. To the Salish and Kootenai people, the fight against climate change is not some high-minded pursuit, but a defense of their way of life. “These aren’t resources to be used up,” Fyant says. “They are life sources.”  

    Ecologist leaving a gift of tobacco at what remains of a 2000-year-old white-bark pine tree
    A U.S. Forest Service fire ecologist leaves a gift of tobacco at what remains of a 2000-year-old whitebark pine tree. Climate change has decimated the whitebark pine population on the Flathead Reservation. Chip Somodevilla / Getty Images

    Yet Indigenous communities are often excluded from any discussion of how best to mitigate the impacts of climate change — even as they bear a disproportionate share of them. The CSKT are a notable exception to that dynamic. They have, since 2013, written and twice revised a comprehensive strategy to manage and protect their lands, one that draws heavily from an unwavering belief that the land, its ecosystems, and its people are intrinsically interdependent. 

    The CSKT Climate Change Strategic Plan, and how it came together, provides a model of how community engagement, making it as easy as possible for people to participate, and respect for diverse perspectives and experiences can help any city grapple with the changes wrought by a warming world.

    * * *

    Much of the work that led to the plan fell to Mike Durglo, a CSKT member who has spent three decades in conservation and leads the tribes’ climate action efforts. He decided early on to have tribal residents drive the decision-making process, but he also opened it up to anyone with a stake in the outcome. This was key, because arriving at consensus required thoughtful consideration of, and respect for, the perspectives of the tribes, surrounding communities, the U.S. Forest Service, and others. 

    “I told them, ‘If you want to be on the Climate Change Advisory Committee, you are going to be a member for life.’”

    – Mike Durglo

    The committee that developed the climate plan grew to roughly 100 people, most of whom are members of the tribe and all of whom were expected to commit themselves to a task that would unfold over many years. 

    “I told them, ‘If you want to be on the Climate Change Advisory Committee, you are going to be a member for life,’” Durglo says. Ensuring long-term commitment required giving people the flexibility to participate when and how they could, as long as they stuck to it.

    The committee focused on nine areas of life — including things like water and air, forestry and fish — directly impacted by climate change, then ranked them by their threat to residents’ well-being. That done, it convened subject-matter experts and people with relevant lived experiences to develop mitigation strategies. Grants and other funding supported community listening sessions to hear what people wanted from the plan and gin up enthusiasm to combat doom-and-gloom climate rhetoric. It’s important to remember that “you’re not trying to change the whole world,” Durglo says. “Your world could be the reservation, or it could be the small [Flathead Reservation] community of St. Ignatius.” 

    * * *

    Durglo repeatedly heard from people who were “sick and tired” of being told to adapt to a changing environment when they bore little responsibility for those changes. That’s why the plan focuses on climate mitigation, not adaptation, and embracing Indigenous customs and stewardship. Eight tribal elders were invited to share recollections of how the land has changed, and their insights helped shape mitigation projects. 

    Sun-bleached skeleton of white-bark pine tree at the top of a ridge on Flathead Indian Reservation
    The Flathead Reservation climate plan includes restoration of whitebark pine trees. High elevation tree species are facing an increase in blister rust infections, mountain pine beetle infestations and wildfire. Chip Somodevilla / Getty Images

    Among other things, the plan calls for restoring whitebark pine populations that feed dozens of species and hold spiritual significance; removing invasive fish species so native populations can thrive; developing resilient potable water and community cooling strategies; restoring bison populations; and enlisting more youth in preservation and conservation to ensure these efforts continue. You can already see the fruits of the plan in things like the tribes’ nursery of 30,000 whitebark pines.

    Such tactics may be unique to the Flathead Reservation, but coalition members point out that the collaborative process they followed could be used anywhere to create climate plans that serve everyone. Any community can engage with its own history, learning from, say, those who work the land or have deep insight into how things once were. “No single person, community, or government, Indigenous or otherwise, has all the answers for climate change,” says Lori Byron, a physician who has spent three decades working in Indigenous communities and helped craft the CSKT climate plan. 

    The Salish and Kootenai people have committed to making their response to the crisis an iterative process, and the next update is expected within months. After all, any plan to address something as complex as climate change must adapt to new challenges. “It’s a living document,” Durglo says. “Everything is changing around us as we speak.”


    Explore more Cities + Solutions:

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Tired of being told to ‘adapt,’ an Indigenous community wrote its own climate action plan on Jan 26, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Carly Graf.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/article/montana-flathead-reservation-indigenous-climate-plan/feed/ 0 367367
    Homes Guarantee Campaign on New White House Plan for Tenants https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/homes-guarantee-campaign-on-new-white-house-plan-for-tenants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/homes-guarantee-campaign-on-new-white-house-plan-for-tenants/#respond Wed, 25 Jan 2023 19:43:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/homes-guarantee-campaign-on-new-white-house-plan-for-tenants

    "Are we really okay with Ron DeSantis deciding what's acceptable for America's students across the country about Black history?"

    "We are here to give notice to Gov. DeSantis that if he does not negotiate with the College Board to allow AP African-American studies to be taught in the classrooms across the state of Florida, that these three young people will be the lead plaintiffs in a historic lawsuit," Crump said during a Wednesday press conference at the state Capitol in Tallahassee, referring to students Elijah Edwards, Victoria McQueen, and Juliette Heckman.

    Victoria McQueen, a junior at Leon High School in Tallahassee, said that "there are many gaps in American history regarding the African-American population. The implementation of an AP African-American history class will fill in those gaps."

    "Stealing the right for students to gather knowledge on a history that many want to know about because it's a political agenda goes to show that some don't want... the horrors this country has done to African-Americans to finally come to light," she added.

    In Florida, those "horrors" include the centuries-long experiences of slavery and Jim Crow, including 20th-century atrocities like the Ocoee and Rosewood massacres and lynchings like the Newberry Six —events that shaped the state's modern history.

    Another one of the students, high school sophomore Elijah Edwards, said that "Gov. DeSantis decided to deny the potentially life-changing class and effectively censor the freedom of our education and shield us from the truths of our ancestors."

    "I thought here in this country, we believe in the free exchange of ideas, not the suppression of it," he added.

    Also present at the press conference were Florida House Minority Leader Fentrice Driskell (D-63), Florida Legislative Black Caucus Chairwoman Dianne Hart (D-61), state Sen. Shevrin Jones (D-35), American Federation of Teachers secretary-treasurer Fedrick Ingram, and National Black Justice Coalition executive director David Johns.

    "By rejecting the African-American history pilot program, Ron DeSantis clearly demonstrated he wants to dictate whose story does and doesn't belong," said Driskell.

    She continued:

    He wants to control what our kids can learn based on politics, not on sound policy. He repeatedly attacks the First Amendment rights of Floridians with books being banned from libraries and classrooms and now throwing his weight against this AP African-American history course. He is undermining the rights of parents and students to make the best decisions for themselves. He wants to say that I don't belong. He wants to say you don't belong... But we are here to tell him, we are America. Governor, Black history is American history and you are on the wrong side of history.

    Acknowledging that the course "will be altered and resubmitted and most likely they'll be able to make enough changes for the governor to approve it," Driskell asked, "but at what cost? Are we really okay with Ron DeSantis deciding what's acceptable for America's students across the country about Black history?"

    "Accurately teaching our history is not political until others make it so," Driskell asserted. "How is political to talk about the struggles we've endured? How is political to talk about and to remember our history?"

    "The truth is the truth; you can't change it, it simply is," she added. "But if you try to sugarcoat it, if you refuse to teach it accurately, then the truth can be suppressed, it can be diminished, and if we're not vigilant, it can even be erased."

    DeSantis, a potential 2024 presidential candidate, has backed dozens of right-wing school board candidates while purging education officials who promote or enforce Covid-19 mandates. Last year, he outraged LGBTQ+ advocates by signing into law the so-called "Don't Say Gay or Trans" bill, falsely claiming that schools were promoting "pornographic" material while perpetuating homophobic and transphobic tropes.

    The governor also signed a law requiring "media experts" to ensure that all books in Florida classrooms are "free of pornography," are "appropriate for the age level and group," and contain no "unsolicited theories that may lead to student indoctrination." Violators face felony charges, leading some teachers to cover or remove books from their classroom libraries for fear of running afoul of the law.

    DeSantis stridently touts himself as a champion of "freedom."

    "Together we have made Florida the freest state in these United States," he said during his 2022 State of the State address. "While so many around the country have consigned the people's rights to the graveyard, Florida has stood as freedom's vanguard."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/homes-guarantee-campaign-on-new-white-house-plan-for-tenants/feed/ 0 367250
    Kim Jong Un’s 2023 “master plan” is all about weapons, nothing about food https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nojak-01252023100215.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nojak-01252023100215.html#respond Wed, 25 Jan 2023 15:07:01 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nojak-01252023100215.html North Koreans forced to study supreme leader Kim Jong Un’s newly published “master plan” for 2023 say it is a rehash of old tropes and offers nothing on how to address the most pressing concern on people’s minds: overcoming the country’s chronic food shortage, sources tell Radio Free Asia.

    Instead, it focuses on strengthening the military and the country’s missile and nuclear capabilities, and authorities are forcing citizens to study the highly-touted proposal in educational sessions this month.

    “This year’s party policy … is a repeat of the same old themes that have been repeatedly emphasized for decades,” an official from the northern province of Ryanggang told RFA on condition of anonymity for safety reasons.

    Authorities published the booklet as a nojak, meaning it is among the county’s masterpieces of published materials, and therefore an “immortal classic work.” The only other authors of nojak are Kim Jong Un’s father and predecessor Kim Jong Il, and grandfather, national founder Kim Il Sung.

    k012323je1-1.jpg
    The cover of study materials based on Kim Jong Un's master plan for 2023. Credit: RFA

    The master plan did in fact discuss some current concerns, according to the source, but none dealt directly with providing a steady food supply for the impoverished country that has been isolated by sanctions over its nuclear program.

    “They covered forestry projects, developments in science and technology, and projects to eradicate non-socialist behavior,” he said. “But unless we change our current policy of emphasizing national defense and increasing the military’s capabilities, how will we ever come up with a policy that addresses the problems directly related to how the people are struggling to live?”

    Part of the educational materials discussion of Kim Jong Un’s “heroic accomplishments,” but the people scoff at these, a source in the northeastern province of North Hamgyong told RFA on condition of anonymity to speak freely.

    “The general secretary boasts about the nuclear force policy as a great achievement completed under extremely adverse conditions,” the second source said. “But this policy has been a fatal blow to the lives of the residents.”

    “They say, ‘Why do we need to do these kinds of ideological studies when nothing has changed after decades of studying?’” he said. “This is presented as a 100-year plan to create a rich and strong country, but nobody actually believes that.” 

    Translated by Claire Shinyoung Oh Lee and Leejin J. Chung


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jieun Kim for RFA Korean.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nojak-01252023100215.html/feed/ 0 367089
    Critics Rip ‘MAGA Extremists’ Over Plan to Hike Social Security Retirement Age to 70 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/critics-rip-maga-extremists-over-plan-to-hike-social-security-retirement-age-to-70/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/critics-rip-maga-extremists-over-plan-to-hike-social-security-retirement-age-to-70/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 20:17:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gop-retirement-age-social-security

    Not even a month after assuming the majority in the House, Republicans have begun seriously considering a range of proposals to cut Social Security, Medicare, and other federal programs that millions of people across the U.S. rely on to meet basic needs.

    The Washington Postreported Tuesday that "in recent days, a group of GOP lawmakers has called for the creation of special panels that might recommend changes to Social Security and Medicare" while other Republicans "have resurfaced more detailed plans to cut costs, including by raising the Social Security retirement age to 70"—a change that would impose across-the-board benefit cuts.

    Rep. Kevin Hern (R-Okla.), the leader of the Republican Study Committee (RSC), told the Post that Congress has "no choice but to make hard decisions" even as experts dispute the GOP narrative that Social Security is in crisis.

    Last year, the RSC suggested several possible changes to Social Security, including partial privatization and gradually raising the "full retirement age" from 67 to 70.

    Rep. Rick Allen (R-Ga.), a supporter of raising the retirement age, claimed earlier this month that people "actually want to work longer."

    "MAGA extremists in Congress are eager to use the debt they exacerbated with tax breaks for wealthy corporations as an excuse to threaten the health and retirement security of millions of hard-working Americans," Liz Zelnick, director of the Economic Security and Corporate Power Program at Accountable.US, said in a statement Tuesday. "It says it all about the MAGA majority fringe economic plan: Deep cuts to earned benefits for seniors and working people while protecting or even expanding wasteful tax breaks for billionaires and giant corporations."

    "For nearly nine decades, Social Security has kept generations of seniors and Americans with disabilities out of poverty and allowed seniors to live out their Golden Years with dignity," Zelnick added. "For nearly 60 years, Medicare has provided millions of seniors with access to life-improving health benefits no matter their income or condition. MAGA extremists want to break the promise of guaranteed benefits that has been kept for generations—benefits earned through years of hard work—rather than ask for any contribution from their biggest and wealthiest donors, especially greedy corporations."

    "Today, a billionaire pays the same amount into Social Security as someone making $160,000 a year."

    Due to soaring income inequality, a rising share of rich people's earnings has not been subject to Social Security payroll taxes, which didn't apply to any wage income above $147,000 in 2022. Because of that $147,000 cap, millionaires stopped paying into Social Security on February 24 of last year.

    Over the weekend, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) said he plans to reintroduce his legislation that would "extend Social Security's solvency for the next 75 years and expand benefits by $2,400 a year" by lifting the payroll tax cap.

    "Today, a billionaire pays the same amount into Social Security as someone making $160,000 a year," Sanders wrote on Twitter. "Let's end that absurdity."

    But scrapping the payroll tax cap is not among the changes that House Republicans have floated in recent weeks as they threaten another round of debt ceiling brinkmanship.

    As the Post noted Tuesday, the RSC proposal released last year raised the "possibility that lawmakers could rethink payroll taxes, allowing the money to fund private-sector retirement options."

    Republicans and one Democrat— Sen. Joe Manchin of West Virginia—have also spoken favorably of the TRUST Act, a bill led by Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah) that would establish bipartisan committees to craft "legislation that restores solvency and otherwise improves" the nation's trust funds, including Social Security.

    "The idea could gain some traction in the House, where [Rep. Vern Buchanan (R-Fla.)] pointed to the bill as he stressed the need to 'work together and not make this so political,'" the Post reported Tuesday. "Another top Republican, Rep. Jodey Arrington (R-Texas), led a group of Democratic and GOP lawmakers two years ago in calling for 'special, bipartisan, bicameral rescue committees' to study Social Security, Medicare, and other federal trust funds."

    While many House Republicans gun for cuts and other regressive changes to Social Security, Sens. Bill Cassidy (R-La.) and Angus King (I-Maine) are working on legislation that "would see the federal government create a new fund with borrowed money, which it would invest in stocks to cover future retirement benefits," Semaforreported last week.

    "That maneuver is designed to cash in on the higher returns that equities usually earn compared to the Treasury bonds that Social Security’s current trust fund invests in," the outlet explained.

    The American Prospect's Ryan Cooper welcomed the idea as "splendid and long-overdue" but acknowledged that something like the TRUST Act "probably has a better political chance of success than Cassidy and King’s more fair and technically competent approach."

    "Official Washington prefers elite politicians making 'hard choices' to slash benefits for seniors on fixed incomes," Cooper wrote in a column on Monday. "But a social wealth fund is an idea worth underlining."

    President Joe Biden and congressional Democrats have vowed to oppose any GOP push for Social Security cuts, demanding clean legislation to raise the debt ceiling and avert an economic disaster.

    “Republicans won a majority in the House and they’re allowed to advocate for their priorities, but it is unacceptable to take American families and the economy hostage in this way," Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.), chair of the Senate Finance Committee, said in a statement last week. "Democrats will not entertain these threats from Republicans, particularly to Medicare and Social Security. Republicans must stand down on the debt limit immediately."

    Rep. Mark Pocan (D-Wis.), chair emeritus of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, wrote on Twitter Tuesday that "Medicare and Social Security are non-negotiable."

    "Americans work hard and contribute to these programs with every paycheck," Pocan added. "Republicans raised the debt ceiling three times under Trump. Risking default or robbing seniors of hard-earned benefits are not options."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/critics-rip-maga-extremists-over-plan-to-hike-social-security-retirement-age-to-70/feed/ 0 366910
    ‘Sounds Like a Plan’: Biden Given Roadmap for 100% Clean Energy by 2035 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/sounds-like-a-plan-biden-given-roadmap-for-100-clean-energy-by-2035/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/sounds-like-a-plan-biden-given-roadmap-for-100-clean-energy-by-2035/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:04:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/biden-clean-energy-nrdc-evergreen

    A pair of green groups on Monday released a report detailing how U.S. President Joe Biden can work toward his goal of 100% clean electricity nationwide by 2035.

    The roadmap from Evergreen Action and the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) comes after Biden last year signed into law the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) following a bitter battle in Congress. While elements of the legislation alarmed climate campaigners, they welcomed that it contained about $370 billion in climate and energy investments.

    "This new report not only shows that President Biden's climate goals for the power sector are achievable—but it is among the first to lay out how we can actually get there," said NRDC president and CEO Manish Bapna in a statement.

    "There is no time for half-measures or delay."

    "We don't need magic bullets or new technologies," Bapna stressed. "We already have the tools—and now we have a roadmap. If the Biden administration, Congress, and state leaders follow it, we will build the better future we all deserve. There is no time for half-measures or delay."

    While the Inflation Reduction Act is a positive step, new modeling in the report shows that "the U.S. must take further action to meet its clean energy goals this decade," the publication states. "The IRA's investments are projected to increase carbon-free electricity in the U.S. from approximately 40% in 2022 to 66% clean power by 2030. This falls short of the 80% target that's consistent with the path to 100% clean electricity by 2035."

    The legislation "is also estimated to help cut economy-wide greenhouse gas (GHG) pollution to 40% below 2005 levels by 2030—an important step, but short of America's 50-52% commitment under the Paris agreement," the report adds.

    To deliver on Biden's climate pledges, the report urges U.S. policymakers to:

    • Set ambitious carbon pollution standards for new and existing power plants under the Clean Air Act, through the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and set EPA pollution standards that reduce traditional air and water pollutants and improve public health;
    • Expand transmission capacity, speed up interconnections, and create market parity for clean energy at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC);
    • Implement the Inflation Reduction Act effectively, with timely federal guidance on the IRA's tax credits and grant programs and the distribution of funds in a way that maximizes carbon reductions and equitable economic opportunity; and
    • Advance climate action at the state level, including through accelerated 100% clean electricity and pollution standards that align with 80% clean power by 2030 and heightened oversight of polluting utilities.

    "The IRA was a pivotal moment for climate action in the United States, but it is not mission accomplished for the Biden climate agenda," said Evergreen Action power sector policy lead Charles Harper. "President Biden committed to the most ambitious set of climate goals in American history—including getting us to 100% clean power by 2035 and slashing 2005 climate pollution levels in half by 2030."

    "Important progress has been made, but President Biden must take bold action this year in order to deliver on those commitments," Harper continued. "By ramping up its work to transition the U.S. economy toward 100% clean energy, the Biden administration and state leaders can reduce toxic pollution, cut energy costs, create good jobs, and advance environmental justice. Let's get to work."

    Although further progress could be hampered by Republicans controlling the U.S. House of Representatives, advocates are emphasizing the importance of the president and other supporters of climate action not wasting the remainder of his first term.

    Evergreen co-founder and senior adviser Sam Ricketts, who co-authored the report, toldThe Washington Post that "it's really incumbent upon the administration to use these next two years to make important progress on cleaning up the power sector."

    Ricketts plans to join Bapna, Sen. Tina Smith (D-Minn.), the NRDC's Lissa Lynch, and University of California, Santa Barbara professor Leah Stokes for a Tuesday afternoon presentation of the new report.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/sounds-like-a-plan-biden-given-roadmap-for-100-clean-energy-by-2035/feed/ 0 366641
    EPA Plan for Forever Chemical Discharges ‘Lacks the Urgency’ Needed, Watchdog Says https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/epa-plan-for-forever-chemical-discharges-lacks-the-urgency-needed-watchdog-says/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/epa-plan-for-forever-chemical-discharges-lacks-the-urgency-needed-watchdog-says/#respond Sat, 21 Jan 2023 17:47:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/epa-pfas-forever-chemical-discharges

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's newly released plan for regulating wastewater pollution, including discharges of toxic "forever chemicals," is far too muted and sluggish, a progressive advocacy group warned Friday.

    The Environmental Working Group (EWG) detailed how the EPA's long-awaited Effluent Guidelines Program Plan 15 postpones sorely needed action to rein in widespread contamination from per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS). PFAS are a class of hazardous synthetic compounds widely called forever chemicals because they persist in people's bodies and the environment for years on end.

    "We are deeply concerned that the EPA is punting on restrictions for PFAS polluting industries like electronics manufacturers, leather tanners, paint formulators, and plastics molders," said Melanie Benesh, EWG's vice president of government affairs. "We are also alarmed that the EPA's proposed restrictions on some of the most serious PFAS polluters—chemical manufacturers and metal finishers—are also getting delayed, with no timeline for when those limits will be final, if ever."

    According to EWG, the EPA's new plan "falls short" of its pledge, made in the agency's 2021 PFAS Strategic Roadmap, to "get upstream" of the forever chemicals problem.

    As the watchdog summarized:

    The EPA confirmed that by spring 2024—nine months later than previously scheduled—it will release a draft regulation for manufacturers of PFAS or those that create mixtures of PFAS. The agency will do the same for metal finishers and electroplaters by the end of 2024, a delay of six months. The EPA did not announce when final rules will be available for these industries.

    The agency will also begin regulating PFAS releases from landfills but did not provide a timeline for a final rule.

    For all other industrial categories the EPA considered for PFAS wastewater limitation guidelines, the new plan includes more studies and monitoring, likely delaying restrictions on these sources indefinitely.

    "Polluters have gotten a free pass for far too long to contaminate thousands of communities. Now they need aggressive action from the EPA to stop PFAS at the source," Benesh said. "But the EPA's plan lacks the urgency those communities rightfully expect."

    "Although it's a good thing the EPA is committing to address PFAS discharges from landfills—a source of pollution that disproportionately affects vulnerable communities—it's also frustratingly unclear from EPA's plan when, if ever, those limits will materialize," said Benesh.

    "Given the glacial pace of change in the EPA's plan," she added, "states should not wait for the EPA to act on PFAS."

    "Polluters have gotten a free pass for far too long to contaminate thousands of communities. Now they need aggressive action from the EPA to stop PFAS at the source."

    Scientists have linked long-term PFAS exposure to numerous adverse health outcomes, including cancer, reproductive and developmental harms, immune system damage, and other negative effects.

    A peer-reviewed 2020 study estimated that more than 200 million people in the U.S. could have unsafe levels of PFAS in their drinking water. The deadly substances—used in dozens of everyday household products, including ostensibly "green" and "nontoxic" children's items, as well as firefighting foam—have been detected in the blood of 97% of Americans and in 100% of breast milk samples. Such findings stem from independent analyses because the EPA relies on inadequate testing methods.

    Researchers have identified more than 57,000 sites across the U.S. contaminated by PFAS. Solid waste landfills, wastewater treatment plants, electroplaters and metal finishers, petroleum refiners, current or former military facilities, and airports are the most common sources of forever chemical pollution. Industrial discharges of PFAS are a key reason why 83% of U.S. waterways contain forever chemicals, tainting fish nationwide.

    Some congressional Democrats are "trying to force the EPA to address PFAS more quickly," EWG noted.

    The Clean Water Standards for PFAS Act, introduced in 2022 by Rep. Chris Pappas (D-N.H.) and Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), would require the EPA to establish PFAS wastewater limitation guidelines and water standards for PFAS in nine distinct industry categories by the end of 2026.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/epa-plan-for-forever-chemical-discharges-lacks-the-urgency-needed-watchdog-says/feed/ 0 366247
    ‘Urgency’ lacking from EPA plan to address ‘forever chemicals’ discharges https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/urgency-lacking-from-epa-plan-to-address-forever-chemicals-discharges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/urgency-lacking-from-epa-plan-to-address-forever-chemicals-discharges/#respond Fri, 20 Jan 2023 21:03:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/urgency-lacking-from-epa-plan-to-address-forever-chemicals-discharges

    The groups' joint statement highlights that "thanks in part to its ill-advised embrace of Bitcoin, the Salvadoran government is under enormous pressure to find new revenues" and is reportedly considering reversing the historic mining ban—despite environmental concerns and the Central American country's ongoing water issues due to the climate emergency and pollution.

    "Among El Salvador's greatest heroes of this century are the brave water defenders, including several of those arrested last week."

    "The five are accused by El Salvador's attorney general of an alleged murder over 30 years ago during the brutal civil war in El Salvador that claimed the lives of 75,000," explained the organizations. "The victims of crimes from that war, which saw a U.S.-backed dictatorship and right-wing death squads kill tens of thousands, have, for decades, been calling for justice."

    "The current government, however, has chosen to actively uphold decades of impunity," the groups continued. "Rather than investigate or prosecute those responsible for the dozens of cases of human rights violations and crimes against humanity that members of the Salvadoran military committed against the Santa Marta community (including the murders of the Lempa River massacre in 1980, where 30 people were assassinated and 189 were disappeared), the government is now re-victimizing the community by targeting their leaders, who have been outspoken against the policies of the current government."

    "This further raises questions about whether the attorney general's true motivation is to attempt to silence these water defenders, especially in light of the current administration's crusade to criminalize, persecute, and demobilize its political opponents," adds the statement, spearheaded by the U.S.-based Institute for Policy Studies (IPS)—which in 2009 honored the National Roundtable on Metals Mining, a coalition the arrested men helped build, with its annual Letelier-Moffitt Human Rights Award.

    The collective demand that Bukele's government "drop the charges against the five water defenders and otherwise release them from prison to await their trial" came a day after a Salvadoran judge ruled that the case should proceed and the leaders of the Association of Economic and Social Development (ADES) Santa Marta should remain detained.

    "Among El Salvador's greatest heroes of this century are the brave water defenders, including several of those arrested last week, who led the 13-year fight that culminated in El Salvador's legislature voting unanimously in 2017 to make that country the first in the world to ban all metals mining to save its rivers," IPS senior adviser John Cavanagh told Common Dreams.

    Cavanagh, who co-authored with Robin Broad The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed, stressed that Bukele "is desperate for revenues" because he "has so mismanaged El Salvador's finances."

    "So for Bukele's government, why not arrest key water defenders if you are exploring overturning the mining ban for the revenues that gold mining brings?" he said. "This is the great fear of water defenders in El Salvador. And, this is why there is now a global outcry over these arrests."

    Pedro Cabezas of the Central American Alliance on Mining said in an email to Common Dreams that "different from previous presidents, the government of Nayib Bukele has shown no interest in implementing pending aspects of the mining prohibitions of 2017, like environmental remediation and reparation for the victims of the mining conflicts."

    "On the contrary," he explained, "recent government actions signal an imminent reopening of the mining sector: El Salvador joined the Intergovernmental Forum on Mining in 2021, legislation to create a Directorate of Hydrocarbons, Energy, and Mines was passed at the legislature this year, there are rumors that the current secret negotiations of a Free Trade Agreement with China involve negotiations on mining, and there are testimonies from the communities that representatives of mining companies are visiting their territories to offer social programs and to lease large quantities of land."

    "With that in mind," Cabezas concluded, "the only explanation for the arbitrary detention of five community leaders of Santa Marta, the community that led the anti-mining struggle for more than 12 years in order to protect the fragile water supply in El Salvador, is to demobilize potential grassroots opposition to the government's plans."

    Given Bukele and Attorney General Rodolfo Delgado's track records as well as the state of exception that began in March—under which state security forces have been accused of widespread human rights abuses—advocates in El Salvador and around the world fear for the men's safety.

    As Yesenia Portillo, program director at the Committee in Solidarity with the People of El Salvador (CISPES), told Common Dreams: "Under ordinary circumstances, the arrests of internationally recognized water defenders would be major cause for concern. But in El Salvador today, where torture and deadly prison conditions reign under the current state of exception, this quickly becomes a matter of life and death."

    While allies of the water defenders have pointed out that "the allegations against them have major holes and contradictions, President Bukele's near-total control over both the judiciary and the prosecution casts serious doubt on whether a fair trial is even possible," Portillo said. "Since Attorney General Delgado was illegally appointed last May, virtually all cases he has brought have been sent to trial—whether there is evidence or not—and even the most compelling petitions for alternative measures to avoid a lengthy pretrial detention get denied."

    "We are deeply concerned for the well-being of these men and the dangerous precedent this sets in El Salvador," Portillo added. "With these arrests, the Bukele administration is indicating to the world that their idea of 'justice' is to allow the atrocities carried out by U.S.-backed state forces during the 1980s to remain in impunity, while punishing the leaders of communities, like Santa Marta, who bore the brunt of that very violence."

    This post has been updated with comment from CISPES.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/urgency-lacking-from-epa-plan-to-address-forever-chemicals-discharges/feed/ 0 366098
    Abortion Bans Are Part of GOP Plan to Disempower Working Class: Analysis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/abortion-bans-are-part-of-gop-plan-to-disempower-working-class-analysis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/abortion-bans-are-part-of-gop-plan-to-disempower-working-class-analysis/#respond Wed, 18 Jan 2023 17:36:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/abortion-bans-workers-rights-gop

    What do anti-union "right-to-work" laws, public disinvestment, over-incarceration, and abortion bans have in common?

    According to an Economic Policy Institute (EPI) report published Wednesday, these right-wing policies are all part and parcel of the U.S. ruling elite's deadly war on the working class.

    The assault on reproductive healthcare access—which escalated after the U.S. Supreme Court's reactionary majority overturnedRoe v. Wade last summer—has been strongest in the same states where the decadeslong attack on organized labor and public goods has been most pronounced, EPI notes.

    Although the report doesn't pin the blame for roughly 50 years of wage repression on one party, the data makes clear that Republican-led state legislatures are the vanguard of a multipronged and ongoing effort to intensify the exploitation of workers by weakening unions, social services, and abortion rights. Not all Democrats have fought consistently against union-busting, austerity, and carceral state expansion, but the overwhelming majority are opposed to forced pregnancy, and many support collective bargaining and social programs. GOP lawmakers are alone in enacting so-called "right-to-work" laws in 27 states and life-threatening abortion restrictions in 26 states, though Democratic Louisiana Gov. John Bel Edwards signed his state's abortion ban into law.

    "The loss of abortion rights means the loss of economic security, independence, and mobility for millions of people."

    “Abortion has long been framed as a cultural, religious, or personal issue rather than a material 'bread and butter' economic concern," EPI analyst and report author Asha Banerjee said in a statement. "In reality, abortion rights and economic progress are fundamentally intertwined, and the loss of abortion rights means the loss of economic security, independence, and mobility for millions of people."

    According to the report, "The states banning abortion rights have, over decades, intentionally constructed an economic policy architecture defined by weak labor standards, underfunded and purposefully dysfunctional public services, and high levels of incarceration."

    "Abortion restrictions," the report continues, "constitute an additional piece in a sustained project of economic subjugation and disempowerment."

    Based on her analysis of state-level abortion access and five indicators of economic security—minimum wage, unionization rates, unemployment insurance, Medicaid expansion, and incarceration rates—Banerjee found that "generally, the states enacting abortion bans are the same ones that are economically disempowering workers through other channels."

    According to the report, the 26 states with restrictive abortion laws have on average:

    • lower minimum wages ($8.17 compared with $11.92 in the abortion-protected states);
    • unionization levels half as high as those in the abortion-protected states;
    • only three in 10 unemployed people receiving unemployment insurance (compared with 42% in other states);
    • lower rates of Medicaid expansion; and
    • an incarceration rate 1.5 times that of the abortion-protected states.

    EPI shared visualizations of these key findings on social media:

    Banerjee is not alone in pointing out that there is a "direct" and "critical" connection between reproductive rights and economic well-being.

    "The consistent pattern of state abortion bans and negative economic outcomes shows how abortion fits into an economics and politics of control," she writes. "Abortion restrictions are planks in a policy regime of disempowerment and control over workers' autonomy and livelihoods, just like deliberately low wage standards, underfunded social services, or restricted collective bargaining power."

    Citing a wide range of social science literature, Banerjee notes that there are several "negative economic consequences of abortion denial, from prolonged financial distress to being trapped in lower-paying occupations."

    "While the effect of abortion denial is overwhelmingly negative economically, mentally, and physically, there is also strong evidence for the flip side of this argument: that access to abortion is associated with positive economic outcomes," she adds.

    "It is crucial for policymakers to recognize that abortion is an economic issue with economic consequences and restore abortion access nationwide immediately," Banerjee argues. "Further, policymakers must work to dismantle the package of additional economic policies that have economically hurt workers for generations."

    "States that have banned or restricted abortion access are also those that have designed economic policies to make it increasingly difficult for working people to support themselves," Banerjee concludes. "Alongside supporting protections for abortion access, policymakers at the federal, state, and local levels should prioritize legislation that will improve economic security, including strengthening collective bargaining, boosting wages, funding paid leave, and expanding and improving equitable access to social safety net programs like unemployment insurance and food and nutrition assistance."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/18/abortion-bans-are-part-of-gop-plan-to-disempower-working-class-analysis/feed/ 0 365457
    Myanmar junta tells ASEAN to stay out of its affairs in response to bloc’s envoy plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-01122023175903.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-01122023175903.html#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 22:59:22 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-01122023175903.html Myanmar’s military junta has warned ASEAN not to interfere with its internal matters after the regional bloc said it will establish a special envoy’s office to deal with the post-coup crisis in the country.

    Indonesia’s Foreign Minister Retno Marsudi at a press conference on Wednesday pledged that as ASEAN chair his nation would work according to the five-point consensus, referring to the bloc’s plan for putting Myanmar back on a democratic path, which analysts have termed a failure. 

    In a press release, the junta’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs responded by saying that it would implement the five-point consensus “in line with the fundamental principles of upholding its national interest, sovereignty and non-interferences of the internal affairs of the member states.”

    The junta also warned ASEAN not to “engage with any terrorist groups and unlawful associations [recognized] by the Government of Myanmar,” but did not mention any particular group in the release.

    Myanmar’s military, which toppled an elected government on Feb. 1, 2021, reneged on the consensus that it had “agreed to” in April that year. The agreement was meant to be a roadmap that would restore peace and democracy in Myanmar.

    The consensus called for an end to violence, the provision of humanitarian assistance,  the appointment of an ASEAN special envoy, dialogue between all stakeholders, and mediation by the envoy.

    Since the coup, the Burmese junta has carried out a widespread campaign of torture, arbitrary arrests and attacks targeting civilians, the United Nations and human rights groups have said.

    More than 2,700 people have been killed and more than 17,000 have been arrested in the nearly two years since, according to the Thailand-based Assistance Association for Political Prisoners.

    Many regional observers and analysts, as well as the previous foreign minister of Malaysia, have said it is time to junk the consensus and devise a new plan on a deadline that includes enforcement mechanisms.

    However on Monday, Indonesian President Joko “Jokowi” Widodo and Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim reversed course and said the five-point consensus remains the best route to resolving the crisis in Myanmar.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-01122023175903.html/feed/ 0 364179
    States and Cities Urged to Use $150B in Unspent Covid Relief Funds to Rebuild Public Sector https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 22:39:55 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/american-rescue-plan-unspent-funds

    The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 created a $350 billion fund to help state and local governments mitigate the Covid-19 pandemic and facilitate economic recovery. Nearly two years later, however, more than $150 billion remains unspent even as employment in the public sector and caring professions remains below pre-pandemic levels.

    Dave Kemper, a researcher at the Economic Policy Institute (EPI) and 20-year veteran of the labor movement, argued Wednesday that states and cities should use tens of billions of dollars in untapped relief money to reconstruct the public sector and strengthen the care economy.

    "The ARPA dollars earmarked as part of the State and Local Fiscal Recovery Fund (SLFRF) have fueled transformative investments across the country, but there's more to be done now," Kemper wrote in an EPI blog post.

    "A return to the pre-pandemic status quo is not sufficient."

    "As 2023 begins, state and local governments should prioritize spending relief funds on... rebuilding the public sector; expanding access to paid leave; and bolstering our systems of care through increasing access to quality childcare and eldercare, and supporting the workers who perform that work," Kemper continued. These are "three critical areas that are incredibly important for the welfare of children and families."

    As shown in the map below, the 10 states with the lowest uptake of SLFRF dollars have each spent less than 7.5% of their allotted funds.

    "It's not clear why those states have not yet made significant use of the money," wrote Kemper, though he noted that "all 10 states have Republican governors and Republican-controlled state legislatures."

    Another tab in the map depicts significant public sector job losses nationwide since the emergence of the coronavirus.

    "While private sector employment has exceeded pre-pandemic levels, public sector employment is still far below February 2020 levels," Kemper wrote. "In December, there were 452,000 fewer workers in the public sector than before the pandemic, and state and local governments in particular have 2.3% fewer workers than before than pandemic."

    "Fully half those losses are in K-12 public education," he continued. "Not only are flourishing public schools necessary to the long-term well-being of children and communities, but it's also the case that parents can't easily reenter the workforce if safe and nurturing schools aren't available."

    Noting that "state and local governments never fully recovered from the Great Recession of 2008-09" thanks to an ill-advised bipartisan austerity regime throughout the 2010s, Kemper stressed that "a return to the pre-pandemic status quo is not sufficient."

    According to Kemper, "The shortfall in state and local government jobs is driven in large part by the inadequate wages paid to public sector workers."

    As he explained:

    Fully one-third of state and local government workers are paid less than $20 an hour, and 15% are paid less than $15 an hour. Black and Latinx employees are especially likely to be paid inadequate wages in the public sector, which also employs a disproportionate share of women workers. These workers need a raise, and state and local governments will need assistance in raising pay for their workers. Meanwhile, the teacher pay penalty has hit a new high: Teachers are now paid 23.5% less than comparable college-educated, non-teaching peers.

    Fortunately, a solution is in sight, Kemper pointed out: Rather than continuing to sit on "substantial SLFRF dollars," policymakers "can and should" use these funds "to increase public sector pay and fill vacant jobs."

    Kemper went on the make the case for investing idle SLFRF money to expand paid sick and family leave—a popular and lifesaving policy that is currently denied to most of the country's worst-paid private sector employees—and to boost care worker wages.

    Low wages in the care economy, where "women and Black and Brown workers make up a disproportionate share of the workforce," are a key reason why "only 76% of the childcare service jobs lost during the pandemic have been recovered" and why there were nearly 300,000 fewer employees nursing and residential care facilities in November 2022 than in February 2020, Kemper observed.

    "The needs of today demand action."

    "It is unlikely that federal policymakers will enact significant new paid leave policies in 2023, nor can we expect substantial new federal investments in childcare, domestic healthcare, or long-term residential care" given the current makeup of Congress, Kemper wrote. "State and local governments can and should use SLFRF dollars to fill the gap, providing needed supports to working families and children."

    "State and local governments, which spent so much of the Great Recession dealing with the consequences of austerity policies that ravaged public services, may very well be reluctant to spend down their still-ample SLFRF balances," he acknowledged. "There is, however, no better time than the present."

    "The needs of today demand action," Kemper concluded. "State and local governments have more than $150 billion left to spend, and there is no better use than spending the money on transformative investments that can restore the public sector and provide vital help to low-wage workers and their families."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/states-and-cities-urged-to-use-150b-in-unspent-covid-relief-funds-to-rebuild-public-sector/feed/ 0 363890
    18th death reported in recent series of storms; S.F. plan for safe drug use sites gets a boost from N.Y. site operator; House Republicans approve two anti abortion bills: The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – January 11, 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/18th-death-reported-in-recent-series-of-storms-s-f-plan-for-safe-drug-use-sites-gets-a-boost-from-n-y-site-operator-house-republicans-approve-two-anti-abortion-bills-the-pacifica-evening-news-we/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/18th-death-reported-in-recent-series-of-storms-s-f-plan-for-safe-drug-use-sites-gets-a-boost-from-n-y-site-operator-house-republicans-approve-two-anti-abortion-bills-the-pacifica-evening-news-we/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4df82b20dd8eb47ab6f9d375aa8c5329

    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    Northern California to have brief respite from storms Thursday, before new atmospheric river arrives Friday

    House Republicans advance two abortion related measures, both doomed to failure in Senate

    Bulldog Republican Jim Jordan to head new subcommittee targeting Justice Department probes

    San Francisco Supervisors hearing on safe drug use sites hears from New York operator of two such centers

     

     

     

     

     

    Image of Republican Jim Jordan: Gage Skidmore from Peoria, AZ, United States of America, CC BY-SA 2.0 , via Wikimedia Commons

    The post 18th death reported in recent series of storms; S.F. plan for safe drug use sites gets a boost from N.Y. site operator; House Republicans approve two anti abortion bills: The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – January 11, 2023 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/18th-death-reported-in-recent-series-of-storms-s-f-plan-for-safe-drug-use-sites-gets-a-boost-from-n-y-site-operator-house-republicans-approve-two-anti-abortion-bills-the-pacifica-evening-news-we/feed/ 0 363927
    Atilio Boron “Un Nuevo Plan Condor Para Latino America” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/atilio-boron-un-nuevo-plan-condor-para-latino-america/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/atilio-boron-un-nuevo-plan-condor-para-latino-america/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 06:49:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8cfc2280b5d5230407d95e8a3c20ddf8
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/atilio-boron-un-nuevo-plan-condor-para-latino-america/feed/ 0 363676
    In Letter to CEO, Sanders Calls Moderna Plan to Raise Price of COVID-19 Vaccine “Unacceptable Corporate Greed” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:04:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed

    Following news reports that the pharmaceutical corporation plans to quadruple its price for the COVID-19 vaccine up to $130 per dose, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), the incoming chairman of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, on Tuesday sent a letter to Moderna’s CEO urging the company to reconsider its decision and refrain from any price increase in light of the role the federal government has played in the development of the vaccine.

    Sanders wrote: “The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.”

    While the price hike planned by the company would make the lifesaving vaccine unaffordable for millions of Americans, estimates show that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna plans to charge. Meanwhile, over the last two years, Moderna made over $19 billion in profits off of the COVID-19 vaccine which they developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine research and development, and guaranteed the company billions more in sales.

    While nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 in the last three years and over 100 million more have become ill, Moderna has used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to top officials at the company. In addition to CEO Bancel becoming a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine, with Forbes currently estimating his wealth at $6.1 billion, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder, is currently worth $2.1 billion; Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion; and Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion.

    “The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires,” Sanders wrote to CEO Bancel. “As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.”

    Read the full letter, here.
    The text of the full letter is below.

    Dear Mr. Bancel:

    Yesterday, the Wall Street Journal reported that Moderna is considering more than quadrupling the price of its COVID vaccine after the supply that the U.S. government purchased, and distributed to Americans at no cost, is depleted. Instead of charging $26.36 per dose, the price that the government paid, Moderna has indicated that the commercial price will go up to as much as $130 per dose.

    I have very deep concerns about that decision and the impact that it will have on the federal budget, the cost of private insurance and the unnecessary deaths that may occur because millions of Americans may not be able to afford the vaccine at the new cost.
    I am writing to ask you to reconsider your decision and refrain from any price increases.
    The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.
    I find your decision particularly offensive given the fact that the vaccine was jointly developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to your company for research and development, and guaranteed your company billions more in sales. In other words, you propose to make the vaccine unaffordable for the residents of this country who made the production of the vaccine possible. That is not acceptable.
    Mr. Bancel: In the last two years, Moderna made over $19billion in profits and used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to you and other top officials at your company. It is reported that you, yourself, became a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID vaccine with Forbes currently estimating your wealth at $6.1 billion.
    Moreover, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder is currently worth $2.1 billion. Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion. Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion. Further, my understanding is that Moderna approved a $926 million golden parachute for you once you leave the company along with $160 million for Stephen Hoge (Moderna’s president) and $53 million for Juan Andres (Moderna’s chief technical officer).
    I should point out that all of this corporate welfare and profiteering has taken place in the midst of the worst public health crisis in America in 100 years. In the last three years, nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 and over 100 million more have become ill. It has also been estimated that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna has suggested charging to the public.
    Let’s be clear: The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires.
    As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.
    As the incoming Chairman of the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions in the United States Senate, I look forward to hearing your response in the very near future.
    Sincerely,
    Bernard Sanders
    United States Senator


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed/feed/ 0 363490
    In Letter to CEO, Sanders Calls Moderna Plan to Raise Price of COVID-19 Vaccine “Unacceptable Corporate Greed” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:04:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed

    Following news reports that the pharmaceutical corporation plans to quadruple its price for the COVID-19 vaccine up to $130 per dose, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), the incoming chairman of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, on Tuesday sent a letter to Moderna’s CEO urging the company to reconsider its decision and refrain from any price increase in light of the role the federal government has played in the development of the vaccine.

    Sanders wrote: “The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.”

    While the price hike planned by the company would make the lifesaving vaccine unaffordable for millions of Americans, estimates show that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna plans to charge. Meanwhile, over the last two years, Moderna made over $19 billion in profits off of the COVID-19 vaccine which they developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine research and development, and guaranteed the company billions more in sales.

    While nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 in the last three years and over 100 million more have become ill, Moderna has used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to top officials at the company. In addition to CEO Bancel becoming a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine, with Forbes currently estimating his wealth at $6.1 billion, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder, is currently worth $2.1 billion; Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion; and Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion.

    “The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires,” Sanders wrote to CEO Bancel. “As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.”

    Read the full letter, here.
    The text of the full letter is below.

    Dear Mr. Bancel:

    Yesterday, the Wall Street Journal reported that Moderna is considering more than quadrupling the price of its COVID vaccine after the supply that the U.S. government purchased, and distributed to Americans at no cost, is depleted. Instead of charging $26.36 per dose, the price that the government paid, Moderna has indicated that the commercial price will go up to as much as $130 per dose.

    I have very deep concerns about that decision and the impact that it will have on the federal budget, the cost of private insurance and the unnecessary deaths that may occur because millions of Americans may not be able to afford the vaccine at the new cost.
    I am writing to ask you to reconsider your decision and refrain from any price increases.
    The huge increase in price that you have proposed will have a significantly negative impact on the budgets of Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs that will continue covering the vaccine without cost-sharing for patients. Your decision will cost taxpayers billions of dollars. Your outrageous price boost will also increase private health insurance premiums. Perhaps most significantly, the quadrupling of prices will make the vaccine unavailable for many millions of uninsured and underinsured Americans who will not be able to afford it. How many of these Americans will die from COVID-19 as a result of limited access to these lifesaving vaccines? While nobody can predict the exact figure, the number could well be in the thousands. In the midst of a deadly pandemic, restricting access to this much needed vaccine is unconscionable.
    I find your decision particularly offensive given the fact that the vaccine was jointly developed in partnership with scientists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a U.S. government agency that is funded by U.S. taxpayers. The federal government directly provided $1.7 billion to your company for research and development, and guaranteed your company billions more in sales. In other words, you propose to make the vaccine unaffordable for the residents of this country who made the production of the vaccine possible. That is not acceptable.
    Mr. Bancel: In the last two years, Moderna made over $19billion in profits and used those profits to provide incredibly extravagant compensation packages to you and other top officials at your company. It is reported that you, yourself, became a multi-billionaire as a direct result of Moderna’s COVID vaccine with Forbes currently estimating your wealth at $6.1 billion.
    Moreover, Noubar Afeyan, Moderna’s chairman and co-founder is currently worth $2.1 billion. Robert Langer, another co-founder of Moderna, is now worth $2.2 billion. Timothy Springer, a founding investor in Moderna is now worth $2.6 billion. Further, my understanding is that Moderna approved a $926 million golden parachute for you once you leave the company along with $160 million for Stephen Hoge (Moderna’s president) and $53 million for Juan Andres (Moderna’s chief technical officer).
    I should point out that all of this corporate welfare and profiteering has taken place in the midst of the worst public health crisis in America in 100 years. In the last three years, nearly 1.1 million Americans died from COVID-19 and over 100 million more have become ill. It has also been estimated that the cost of producing the vaccine is now as low as $2.85 per dose – 2.2% of what Moderna has suggested charging to the public.
    Let’s be clear: The purpose of the recent taxpayer investment in Moderna was to protect the health and lives of the American people, not to turn a handful of corporate executives and investors into multi-billionaires.
    As you know, the federal government, over the years, has supported Moderna every step of the way going back to 2013 when your company reportedly only had three employees. Now, in the midst of a continuing public health crisis and a growing federal deficit, is not the time for Moderna to be quadrupling the price of this vaccine. Now is not the time for unacceptable corporate greed.
    As the incoming Chairman of the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions in the United States Senate, I look forward to hearing your response in the very near future.
    Sincerely,
    Bernard Sanders
    United States Senator


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/in-letter-to-ceo-sanders-calls-moderna-plan-to-raise-price-of-covid-19-vaccine-unacceptable-corporate-greed-2/feed/ 0 363492
    Biden’s Border Plan Drapes Trump Policies in Liberal Rhetoric https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/bidens-border-plan-drapes-trump-policies-in-liberal-rhetoric/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/bidens-border-plan-drapes-trump-policies-in-liberal-rhetoric/#respond Fri, 06 Jan 2023 17:21:32 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=418481
    Migrants congregate on the banks of the Rio Grande at the U.S. border with Mexico on Tuesday, Dec. 20, 2022, where members of the Texas National Guard cordoned off a gap in the U.S. border wall. Restrictions that prevented many from seeking asylum in the U.S. remained in place beyond their anticipated end. (AP Photo/Morgan Lee)

    As the Texas National Guard cordons off a gap in the U.S. border wall, migrants wait on the banks of the Rio Grande on Dec. 20, 2022.

    Photo: Morgan Lee/AP

    “Cruelty is the point” — a phrase coined by The Atlantic’s Adam Serwer — became a popular liberal refrain to describe the motivations behind what, at the time, Democrats called intolerable Trump-era policies. President Donald Trump’s moves to detain and deport immigrants at the southern border, including tearing families apart as policy, were highlighted as key justifications for the catchphrase.

    There’s no doubt that a gleeful viciousness attended the Trump administration’s decisions to round up, cage, and expel desperate, nonwhite migrants.

    Cruelty is, however, more than an affect.

    The United States border regime is cruel whether or not its maintenance is enforced by a president spewing racist slurs or a president appealing to the need for “safe and orderly processing” while he announces a plan to turn away thousands of migrants en masse — as President Joe Biden did on Thursday.

    The Biden administration unveiled a blanket policy to immediately eject asylum-seekers from Cuba, Haiti, and Nicaragua who cross the border from Mexico without having previously applied for asylum in a third country — which means obtaining a financial sponsor in the U.S. and going through a background check.

    The same “transit ban” policy is already in place for migrants from Venezuela, an extension of the Title 42 measure deployed by the Trump administration in the first year of the pandemic as a way to turn away migrants under the guise of public health. In some nine months under Trump, nearly half a million people were removed under the law; keeping the law around for two years, the Biden administration has already used it to deport over 2 million.

    It should be obvious that no amount of anti-immigrant policy will be enough for the white supremacist right.

    Biden’s border regime would be no more acceptable if it were a political ploy aimed at insulating Democrats from “law and order” attacks by the right, but it isn’t even that: Republicans have made clear that they will paint Biden as an “open border” president, regardless of how harshly Trumpian his border policies remain. It should be obvious that no amount of anti-immigrant policy will be enough for the white supremacist right.

    Yet it would be misplaced to understand anti-immigrant moves made by the Biden White House as simply failed efforts to appease the right. Democratic presidents, particularly so-called deporter-in-chief Barack Obama, have long opted for hard-line border rule.

    Democrats couch their border logics in the neoliberal language of management and order, rather than explicitly racist “America First” slogans. The maintenance of the border as a racist, spatial fix for capital, though, has the same disastrous, deadly effects no matter the rhetoric with which it’s justified.

    On Thursday, Biden pitched his border plan as a way to bring order to chaos, with between 7,500 to 8,000 refugees crossing the U.S.-Mexico border every day in December. The wealthiest country in the world could respond to this mass movement by working with direct service providers on the ground and providing sufficient resources to swiftly resettle those fleeing political turmoil — turmoil for which the U.S. carries significant historic responsibility.

    Instead, the burden of this order is being placed on those fleeing for their own survival, with the alleged right to claim asylum at port of entry reserved only for those with the ability to apply and secure a U.S. sponsor before they reach the border.

    “The right to asylum should not hinge on your manner of flight from danger or your financial means,” said Mary Miller Flowers, the senior policy analyst at the Young Center for Immigrant Children’s Rights, in a statement. “Yet, for far too long, seeking safety is treated as a privilege for a select few, and the Biden administration’s cherry-picking of who can and cannot access protection proves this.”

    The White House’s latest policy does include some carrot alongside the stick of mass, immediate expulsions. The U.S. will offer humanitarian parole for up to 30,000 asylum-seekers per month from Nicaragua, Haiti, Cuba, and Venezuela who have already applied for asylum while crossing Mexico, before reaching the border; gone through a background check; and secured a U.S. fiscal sponsor.

    As Jonathan Blazer, the American Civil Liberties Union’s director of border strategies, put it in a statement on Thursday: “There is simply no reason why the benefits of a new parole program for Cubans, Nicaraguans, and Haitians must be conditioned on the expansion of dangerous expulsions.”

    The Biden administration continues to claim to stand against Title 42. Within minutes of announcing his latest Title 42-based expulsion plan, Biden told reporters on Thursday, “I don’t like Title 42.” The government has also fought to end the measure in court — an effort that was most recently rejected by the Supreme Court at the end of December.

    The danger in the administration’s border policy lies in what it serves: an ideological commitment to immigration deterrence.

    At the same time, however, the administration has deployed and continued to expand Title 42’s use to expedite migrant expulsion.

    “The Supreme Court’s decision on Title 42 last week did not direct the Biden administration to apply the Title 42 expulsions to more people,” noted immigrant rights group Freedom for Immigrants, calling out the administration’s “Title 42 hypocrisy.”

    Such hypocrisy has been the modus operandi when it comes to Biden and his Democratic predecessors’ approach to the border, and hypocrisy in and of itself is not the problem here.

    The danger in the administration’s border policy lies in what it serves: an ideological commitment to immigration deterrence — not a prevarication over legal process, but a choice to condemn millions of predominantly Black and brown people to suffering and proximity to death. Cruelty is the constant.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Natasha Lennard.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/bidens-border-plan-drapes-trump-policies-in-liberal-rhetoric/feed/ 0 362583
    ‘This Must Be Stopped’: House Republicans Plan to Gut Ethics Office https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/this-must-be-stopped-house-republicans-plan-to-gut-ethics-office/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/this-must-be-stopped-house-republicans-plan-to-gut-ethics-office/#respond Mon, 02 Jan 2023 23:03:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/house-republicans

    Government watchdog groups on Monday blasted plans by U.S. House Republicans to gut an independent, nonpartisan ethics office that was established 15 years ago to review allegations of misconduct against members of the chamber and their staffers.

    The GOP is set to have a narrow House majority once new members are sworn in on Tuesday. The party's proposed changes to the Office of Congressional Ethics (OCE) were among various controversial policies included in the rules package for the 118th Congress that was unveiled late Sunday.

    As Politico's Nicholas Wu summarized on Twitter, the Republican proposals "would effectively sack most of the Democratic-appointed board members by instituting term limits and make it much harder to hire staff."

    Wu was among the political observers and ethics experts who pointed out that the changes would likely make it harder to investigate U.S. Rep.-elect George Santos (R-N.Y.), who was caught lying about his education, employment history, and religious background.

    Although Democrats have called for Santos to step aside over his campaign trail lies and the Republican Nassau County district attorney has launched an investigation into him, the incoming congressman is still expected to take office on Tuesday.

    Kyle Herrig, president of the group Accountable.US, noted in a statement that the move could help not only Santos but also members such as Republican Congressman Jim Jordan (Ohio), who—along with GOP Rep. Andy Biggs (Ariz.), Kevin McCarthy (Calif.), and Scott Perry (Texas)—was referred to the House Committee on Ethics for ignoring a subpoena from the select committee investigating the January 6, 2021 attack on the U.S. Capitol.

    "It's telling that one of the very first actions of the incoming MAGA Republican-led House will be to kneecap a bipartisan office that oversees congressional ethics," said Herrig. "This is about protecting their ethically challenged members like fraudster George Santos or January 6 subpoena-defying Jim Jordan from accountability—or perhaps in anticipation of a new wave of corruption allegations and ethics violations from other MAGA extremists."

    "There is certainly no good reason to make it easier for members to get away with ethics violations, which only invites bad behavior," he added. "It sends a clear message that the MAGA House is more interested in sweeping any corruption amongst their ranks under the rug and performing political stunts against the Biden administration than they are doing anything constructive on behalf of the American people."

    Public Citizen government affairs lobbyist Craig Holman highlighted in a statement that "OCE is a bipartisan ethics office that helps monitor and report on ethics issues involving members of Congress, and frequently makes its recommendations to the House Ethics Committee on a unanimous vote. It has a proven track record of enhancing transparency and enforcement of ethics rules and has gained widespread support among the American public."

    "These are measures that will render the ethics office ineffectual and which no member, from either party, should support," Holman said of the GOP's proposed changes. "Today's Republican Party is rife with ethical transgressions. And it is now trying to make it much harder to hold members of Congress accountable to the standards of decency we expect."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/02/this-must-be-stopped-house-republicans-plan-to-gut-ethics-office/feed/ 0 361559
    Women ministers spell out their plan to ‘rebuild Fiji as it should be’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/women-ministers-spell-out-their-plan-to-rebuild-fiji-as-it-should-be/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/women-ministers-spell-out-their-plan-to-rebuild-fiji-as-it-should-be/#respond Wed, 28 Dec 2022 21:14:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82324 By Talebula Kate in Suva

    Fiji’s new Minister for Women, Children and Poverty Alleviation, Lynda Tabuya, plans to use surveys and online platforms as an integral part of her ministry

    During her official welcome yesterday along with her assistant minister, Sashi Kiran, Tabuya said that over the years she had made it her life goal to help those less fortunate.

    She was happy that she could continue what she loved to do on a national stage in helping all Fijians.

    “As an integral part of my ministry, I plan on asking you — the citizens of Fiji — about the best way forward utilising surveys and online platforms,” Tabuya said.

    “One of the foundations for building a better Fiji is providing equal opportunities to all Fijians irrespective of age, gender, physical ability or income level.”

    To promote inclusivity and development, her ministry would continue to serve all Fijians through:

    • The care and protection of children
    • Greater policy intervention for older persons and persons with disability
    • More innovative and targeted income support to families living or caught in the cycle of poverty; and
    • Promoting gender equality and empowering women to reach their full potential.

    Tabuya looked forward to strengthening and building on good partnerships with organisations whose activities and outputs support the ministries strategic objectives and those who provide services in the area of child protection and safeguarding, older people, people with disability, gender equality, women’s empowerment and ending violence against women and girls.

    “During the turmoil of the last couple of months, the hymn ‘We Shall Overcome’ was often used as a source of inspiration,” she said.

    “At this juncture, Fiji faces daunting poverty levels and incidences of domestic violence, but despite all these challenges I believe with God’s help and everyone working together, we shall overcome.

    “I’m looking forward to working for the most disadvantaged in our society and together rebuilding Fiji into the way the world should be.”

    Talebula Kate is a Fiji Times journalist. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/women-ministers-spell-out-their-plan-to-rebuild-fiji-as-it-should-be/feed/ 0 360727
    No time to waste – Fiji’s Rabuka starts work on 100-day plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/no-time-to-waste-fijis-rabuka-starts-work-on-100-day-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/no-time-to-waste-fijis-rabuka-starts-work-on-100-day-plan/#respond Wed, 28 Dec 2022 00:09:49 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82301 By Shayal Devi in Suva

    Fiji Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka has already started work to achieve the People’s Alliance-led coalition 100-day plan outlined in its manifesto.

    He recognises that things such as cost of living, water and electricity outages are existing issues that can be solved after a thorough review and consultative process.

    In its manifesto, the party had stated it would consult on price control on basic and zero-rated VAT food items.

    During an interview with The Fiji Times, he also voiced plans to grow the economy to a level whereby the revenue and expenditure could “harmonise continuously”.

    “We cannot immediately effect reductions because the revenue forecast has been done in the last budget,” he said.

    “At the moment, we do not see any signs of any sudden increase in our revenue so we do not want to suddenly increase some of the expenditures and we’ll probably run out this budget according to the forecast, and then bring in those measures that we would like to achieve [with] the budget target for the full budget year.

    “But that’ll be after the 100 days. Those that can be done within the 100 days, we’ll have to do.”

    Rabuka said he had already met with the permanent secretary of the Prime Minister’s Office and expected an informal Cabinet sitting on Thursday where they would be briefed on the country’s economic situation.

    Shayal Devi is a Fiji Times journalist. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/28/no-time-to-waste-fijis-rabuka-starts-work-on-100-day-plan/feed/ 0 360524
    Texas Lawmakers Plan to Further Decimate Abortion Rights in Upcoming Legislative Session https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/#respond Mon, 26 Dec 2022 11:00:23 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=417579

    Months before the U.S. Supreme Court eviscerated nearly 50 years of abortion rights by overturning Roe v. Wade, Texans were already living in a grim post-Roe world. Senate Bill 8 — in effect since September 2021 due to the Supreme Court’s refusal to block the measure — barred abortion care once embryonic cardiac activity is detected, typically at six weeks of pregnancy. Then considered the most restrictive abortion law in the country, SB 8 halted the overwhelming majority of care in the nation’s second most populous state. The draconian law carried no exception for rape, incest, or severe fetal abnormality.

    Next came the high court’s ruling in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, which struck the final blow to abortion rights in Texas by allowing a full “trigger” ban to take effect. Performing an abortion in Texas is now a felony punishable by up to life in prison. Adding to the reproductive health crisis, state officials sought to push criminal enforcement of a 1925 pre-Roe ban. Today, all 23 abortion clinics in Texas have stopped providing abortion care at any stage, the most of any state in the nation.

    It may come as a surprise then that after decades of aggressive lobbying, the state’s largest and most influential anti-abortion organization, Texas Right to Life, isn’t content to sit back and celebrate. Even though they helped shut down abortion care for the state’s 7 million women of reproductive age, the group doesn’t want the public to conclude that its mission is complete.

    “After Roe and after the midterms, we have even more space … to build a truly pro-life culture in this state.”

    “We were concerned that people would assume the movement has accomplished everything, that our work here is done,” John Seago, president of Texas Right to Life, told The Intercept. “But we have spent the last six months articulating that even with Roe overturned, there is still a lot we need to do in Texas. Thankfully, that’s been completely well received by the Republican Party of Texas.”

    Seago’s brazen sentiment underscores the insatiable appetite of the anti-abortion movement — and by extension, Republican lawmakers — to further dismantle the marginal rights that remain in a state that gutted abortion care well before Roe’s demise. As Texas lawmakers convene on January 10 for their legislative session, held once every two years, they will have an opportunity to make those efforts come to fruition. While abortion rights saw victories in red states like Kansas, Kentucky, and Montana, the November midterms in Texas only solidified the power of the Republican-dominated Legislature and emboldened conservative activists.

    “After Roe and after the midterms, we have even more space in the room and more focus to build a truly pro-life culture in this state,” Seago said. “This is the first session after Roe has been overturned, so it’s really important that we take decisive action now to address all the lingering and significant challenges that remain for the movement.”

    While lawmakers have until March to file bills for the 140-day session, early plans discussed among Republicans include efforts to expand the power of local district attorneys to prosecute abortion providers in counties across the state; penalize online groups that help Texans receive abortion medication; criminally punish companies that financially support out-of-state abortion travel; and other measures that would prevent patients from crossing state lines for care. Often at the forefront of modeling extreme anti-abortion measures, Texas may offer a glimpse of what other states can expect.

    Restricting Travel

    Before any formal lawsuit was filed over Senate Bill 8, the punitive measure sent a ripple of fear through Texas abortion clinics and the medical community. Rather than state officials enforcing the law, as is typical, SB 8 carries a novel private enforcement mechanism, empowering any individual to file a civil suit against an abortion provider or anyone who “aids or abets” care. Those who bring forth lawsuits can be awarded judgments of at least $10,000. The threat of a flood of frivolous lawsuits and legal fees forced most clinics in Texas to immediately cease abortion care last fall.

    Seeing the success of the bounty-style strategy, some GOP lawmakers are hoping to employ that private enforcement scheme to prevent Texans from accessing care out of state — as outlined in a letter drafted in July — by allowing any citizen to sue someone who assists an abortion patient pay for travel. That could also apply to anyone who reimburses the costs associated with out-of-state abortions, even in states where the procedure remains legal.

    While a state judge recently ruled that those who sue under SB 8 must show proof of injury, the decision did not strike down the law, preclude future suits from being filed, or halt legal action from those directly affected by the procedure. The plaintiff — a Chicago-based lawyer with no connection to the abortion patient in the case — plans to appeal, leaving the fate of the private enforcement scheme unclear and anti-abortion lawmakers likely undeterred.

    “It’s no surprise that lawmakers want to use the SB 8-style private enforcement mechanism to do things like restrict patient travel,” said David Cohen, professor of law at Drexel University and author of “Obstacle Course: The Everyday Struggle to Get an Abortion in America.” “This is the danger — and the predictable outcome — of SCOTUS not stepping up early on to recognize the law is a threat to people’s rights.”

    Whether a state can regulate a resident’s actions outside its borders might seem to be a clear-cut matter, but legal experts say it’s actually a gray area that could ultimately be swayed by the anti-abortion Supreme Court. And while Justice Brett Kavanaugh noted in a concurring opinion in Dobbs that patients could not be prosecuted for out-of-state abortions under the constitutional right to interstate travel, he failed to address the civil enforcement strategy or what it might mean for providers or financial supporters of abortion patients. Kavanaugh’s opinion should not “provide comfort” in addressing this “underdeveloped” legal issue, Cohen said.

    “In most people’s minds, as long as you follow the law in the state you are in, you don’t have to worry too much about the laws back in your home state, like gambling in Vegas without facing any punishment,” Cohen said. “But what we think is common sense is actually not rooted in clear doctrine by the courts. Some courts around the country have allowed extraterritorial application of their laws in certain circumstances. Those loopholes could be taken advantage of here and applied to abortion.”

    The potential policy could raise complicated constitutional questions including the application of extraterritorial state law, due process, and the full faith and credit clause, as well as the dormant commerce clause, which bars states from passing legislation that discriminates against or excessively burdens interstate commerce, according to Mary Ziegler, a law professor at the University of California, Davis who specializes in reproductive health. However, damage could be done before it even sees legal pushback.

    “We saw the threat of litigation alone from SB 8 freeze abortion care in Texas,” Ziegler told The Intercept. “If the same strategy is applied to out-of-state travel, it could prevent patients from leaving the state and could cause doctors in other states to feel exposed and liable to lawsuits.”

    Limitations on travel would devastate Texans seeking abortions, who are completely dependent on out-of-state care. After SB 8 went into effect, nearly 1,400 residents were fleeing Texas for the procedure each month, according to the Texas Policy Evaluation Project. That figure has likely increased since the state’s trigger law came into play. Research from the Guttmacher Institute shows that Texans are not just traveling to neighboring states, but also making long treks to the coasts, as surrounding clinics experience wait times due to an influx of patients. This is, of course, only if Texas residents are able to secure the resources — including travel and lodging, child care, and days off work or school — to make the often costly and time-consuming trip. Many have not been able to obtain care.

    “We need to remember during any conversation about restricting interstate travel that so many Texans already do not have the ability to go to another state for care today, especially undocumented immigrants, young people, low-income residents, and Black and brown Texans, who take the biggest hit when it comes to abortion bans,” stressed Yaneth Flores, public policy director with the reproductive rights organization Avow Texas. “Further limitations on travel will be unbelievably harmful and end up costing lives.”

    Abortion rights demonstrators listen to speakers during a Women's March in Austin, Texas, US, on Saturday, Oct. 8, 2022. On October 8th, exactly one month before Election Day, women and their allies marched across the country for a massive nationwide Womens Wave day of action meant to rally supporters of reproductive rights ahead of the 2022 midterms. Photographer: Montinique Monroe/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Abortion rights demonstrators listen to speakers during a march in Austin, Texas, on Oct. 8, 2022.

    Photo: Montinique Monroe/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Corporate Penalties

    A group of Texas Republicans, many of whom are part of the ultraconservative Freedom Caucus, have already set their sights on companies that have expressed support for patient travel. In May, the contingent of Republicans threatened Lyft CEO Logan Green with “swift and decisive action” if the ridesharing company failed to rescind its policy to pay for the travel expenses of Texas abortion patients. They similarly threatened local law firm Sidley Austin with criminal prosecution and the disbarment of its partners for its pledge to reimburse employees for “abortion-related travel and, if necessary, related legal-defense expenses.”

    The letters were a preview of potential legislative plans: Fourteen GOP lawmakers have vowed to introduce bills in the coming session that would ban corporations from conducting business in Texas if they offer to pay for abortions in states where the procedure is legal. Lawmakers have promised to “impose additional civil and felony criminal sanctions” on executives whose companies provide employees with abortion-related financial support. Republicans also hope to allow Texas shareholders of publicly traded companies to sue executives for paying for abortion care. While these aggressive measures remain to be filed, a bill that would eliminate tax breaks for companies that assist with abortion travel costs and another that would prohibit governmental entities from helping with logistical support have already been introduced.

    “The intimidation has chilled helping professionals from providing counseling, financial, logistical, and even informational assistance.”

    Texas abortion funds that assist low-income Texans with out-of-state care have battled intense intimidation by the same lawmakers. Fearing prosecution, they were forced to halt all operations following the state’s trigger law as well as threats to enforce the 1920s-era statute, which punishes anyone who “furnishes the means” for abortion. (The state Supreme Court ruled that Texas can enforce the century-old law, albeit through civil, not criminal, action, contributing to a confusing patchwork of abortion laws and punishments.) Hoping to gain legal protection, groups including the Lilith Fund and Jane’s Due Process filed a lawsuit against the state in August. After fleeing his home to avoid a subpoena to testify in federal court, Attorney General Ken Paxton is now being allowed to dodge questioning thanks to a ruling from the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. “The threats have been repeated and far-ranging,” the suit reads, “and the intimidation has chilled helping professionals from providing counseling, financial, logistical, and even informational assistance to pregnant Texans who may need to access abortion care outside of the state.”

    Seago’s organization isn’t interested in restricting travel so much as extending SB 8’s “sue thy neighbor” provision to abortion prior to six weeks, as well as telehealth providers on websites that help connect Texans with abortion medication, like the Europe-based nonprofit Aid Access. Requests to the abortion mail delivery service from Texans skyrocketed nearly 1,200 percent after SB 8 went into effect, according to a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association. Under state law, providers are criminally barred from sending medication abortion through the mail, but that has been difficult to enforce. “We are going to ask, ‘What tools does the state legislature have to block access to or shut down these illegal websites?’” Seago said.

    Freedom Caucus member state Rep. Matt Shaheen has already filed a string of bills seeking to stymie access to medication abortion by requiring, among other things, that out-of-state physicians who provide telehealth services to Texans register with state agencies and comply with all Texas laws.

    Empowering District Attorneys

    Amid the unraveling of abortion rights, five Texas-based district attorneys — among nearly 90 DAs and attorneys general across the country — have vowed to not prosecute abortion-related crimes, calling the criminalization of abortion care “a mockery of justice.” Bolstering the show of resistance, city councils in Texas, including in Austin and Dallas, have passed local resolutions directing their police departments to “deprioritize” investigations into criminal offenses related to abortion and refrain from surveillance of abortion care.

    While Texas Right to Life and the Freedom Caucus differ on some anti-abortion priorities, they both plan to push back on those measures by seeking to empower district attorneys throughout the state to prosecute abortion-related crimes in other jurisdictions when the local district attorney fails or refuses to do so. The plan finds a strong ally in Paxton, who has expressed his eager support for prosecuting abortion providers.

    Democrats and abortion advocates are hopeful that such legislation wouldn’t survive, pointing out that the Texas Constitution and rulings by the Court of Criminal Appeals, the highest court in the state for criminal cases, make clear that the only entity with prosecution authority in a given county is the office of the district attorney. This hasn’t deterred anti-abortion activists like Seago, who say that circumventing the problem will simply take some strategic bill-crafting.

    “There is some creative thinking going on right now to work around DA enforcement,” Seago said. “That includes possibly granting the state attorney general more power, like allowing him to bring criminal charges at the county level and making it easier to recall local DAs.”

    An Uphill Battle

    Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers are working to mitigate some of the damage by introducing measures that would add exceptions to the state’s abortion ban for survivors of rape; repeal the 1925 abortion statute and ensure that patients are not prosecuted; and put a constitutional amendment protecting abortion directly on the ballot. The proposed ballot measure requires approval from the GOP-controlled Legislature, likely dooming it from the start despite the fact that polls show the majority of Texas voters support abortion in “all or most cases.”

    Democrats say they feel like they are flying blind entering the next legislative session. A letter they sent to Paxton in October requesting clarification on civil and criminal laws around abortion, including assistance with travel expenses, was met with no response. The AG’s office claims this is due to pending litigation; the lawmakers’ questions, however, were not associated with any current suit. Democrats believe the AG’s intent is to leave things purposefully murky.

    “There is a strong sense of disillusionment from pro-choice activists here that the system has failed.”

    “As Texans are faced with potential increased liability and criminalization when it comes to abortion, our attorney general — as he has done time and time again due to ideology — is obstructing our ability to get much needed clarity and guidance on what is legal today and what is not,” state Rep. Donna Howard, chair of the Texas Women’s Health Caucus, told The Intercept. “It’s incredibly frustrating as we gear up to pass laws next year.”

    Howard and others hope both parties use this legislative session to focus on preventing unplanned pregnancies, alleviating the ongoing maternal mortality crisis, and expanding health care for mothers forced to give birth in the post-Roe landscape, rather than further decimating reproductive rights. But outnumbered by Republicans and up against the notoriously conservative 5th Circuit — which often rubber-stamps Texas abortion laws — and a staunchly anti-choice Supreme Court, the lawmakers are facing an uphill battle.

    “There is this continued thread of despair and disbelief in Texas as we see anti-abortion politicians want to further destroy reproductive health care. And there is a strong sense of disillusionment from pro-choice activists here that the system has failed, and frankly I don’t blame them,” Howard said.

    “While Democrats at the Capitol may not be able to reverse these laws, we are still very much committed to doing everything we can to ensure that there will still be pathways to abortion access. There is no other option — we have to keep fighting.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Mary Tuma.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/feed/ 0 360299
    Texas Lawmakers Plan to Further Decimate Abortion Rights in Upcoming Legislative Session https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/#respond Mon, 26 Dec 2022 11:00:23 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=417579

    Months before the U.S. Supreme Court eviscerated nearly 50 years of abortion rights by overturning Roe v. Wade, Texans were already living in a grim post-Roe world. Senate Bill 8 — in effect since September 2021 due to the Supreme Court’s refusal to block the measure — barred abortion care once embryonic cardiac activity is detected, typically at six weeks of pregnancy. Then considered the most restrictive abortion law in the country, SB 8 halted the overwhelming majority of care in the nation’s second most populous state. The draconian law carried no exception for rape, incest, or severe fetal abnormality.

    Next came the high court’s ruling in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, which struck the final blow to abortion rights in Texas by allowing a full “trigger” ban to take effect. Performing an abortion in Texas is now a felony punishable by up to life in prison. Adding to the reproductive health crisis, state officials sought to push criminal enforcement of a 1925 pre-Roe ban. Today, all 23 abortion clinics in Texas have stopped providing abortion care at any stage, the most of any state in the nation.

    It may come as a surprise then that after decades of aggressive lobbying, the state’s largest and most influential anti-abortion organization, Texas Right to Life, isn’t content to sit back and celebrate. Even though they helped shut down abortion care for the state’s 7 million women of reproductive age, the group doesn’t want the public to conclude that its mission is complete.

    “After Roe and after the midterms, we have even more space … to build a truly pro-life culture in this state.”

    “We were concerned that people would assume the movement has accomplished everything, that our work here is done,” John Seago, president of Texas Right to Life, told The Intercept. “But we have spent the last six months articulating that even with Roe overturned, there is still a lot we need to do in Texas. Thankfully, that’s been completely well received by the Republican Party of Texas.”

    Seago’s brazen sentiment underscores the insatiable appetite of the anti-abortion movement — and by extension, Republican lawmakers — to further dismantle the marginal rights that remain in a state that gutted abortion care well before Roe’s demise. As Texas lawmakers convene on January 10 for their legislative session, held once every two years, they will have an opportunity to make those efforts come to fruition. While abortion rights saw victories in red states like Kansas, Kentucky, and Montana, the November midterms in Texas only solidified the power of the Republican-dominated Legislature and emboldened conservative activists.

    “After Roe and after the midterms, we have even more space in the room and more focus to build a truly pro-life culture in this state,” Seago said. “This is the first session after Roe has been overturned, so it’s really important that we take decisive action now to address all the lingering and significant challenges that remain for the movement.”

    While lawmakers have until March to file bills for the 140-day session, early plans discussed among Republicans include efforts to expand the power of local district attorneys to prosecute abortion providers in counties across the state; penalize online groups that help Texans receive abortion medication; criminally punish companies that financially support out-of-state abortion travel; and other measures that would prevent patients from crossing state lines for care. Often at the forefront of modeling extreme anti-abortion measures, Texas may offer a glimpse of what other states can expect.

    Restricting Travel

    Before any formal lawsuit was filed over Senate Bill 8, the punitive measure sent a ripple of fear through Texas abortion clinics and the medical community. Rather than state officials enforcing the law, as is typical, SB 8 carries a novel private enforcement mechanism, empowering any individual to file a civil suit against an abortion provider or anyone who “aids or abets” care. Those who bring forth lawsuits can be awarded judgments of at least $10,000. The threat of a flood of frivolous lawsuits and legal fees forced most clinics in Texas to immediately cease abortion care last fall.

    Seeing the success of the bounty-style strategy, some GOP lawmakers are hoping to employ that private enforcement scheme to prevent Texans from accessing care out of state — as outlined in a letter drafted in July — by allowing any citizen to sue someone who assists an abortion patient pay for travel. That could also apply to anyone who reimburses the costs associated with out-of-state abortions, even in states where the procedure remains legal.

    While a state judge recently ruled that those who sue under SB 8 must show proof of injury, the decision did not strike down the law, preclude future suits from being filed, or halt legal action from those directly affected by the procedure. The plaintiff — a Chicago-based lawyer with no connection to the abortion patient in the case — plans to appeal, leaving the fate of the private enforcement scheme unclear and anti-abortion lawmakers likely undeterred.

    “It’s no surprise that lawmakers want to use the SB 8-style private enforcement mechanism to do things like restrict patient travel,” said David Cohen, professor of law at Drexel University and author of “Obstacle Course: The Everyday Struggle to Get an Abortion in America.” “This is the danger — and the predictable outcome — of SCOTUS not stepping up early on to recognize the law is a threat to people’s rights.”

    Whether a state can regulate a resident’s actions outside its borders might seem to be a clear-cut matter, but legal experts say it’s actually a gray area that could ultimately be swayed by the anti-abortion Supreme Court. And while Justice Brett Kavanaugh noted in a concurring opinion in Dobbs that patients could not be prosecuted for out-of-state abortions under the constitutional right to interstate travel, he failed to address the civil enforcement strategy or what it might mean for providers or financial supporters of abortion patients. Kavanaugh’s opinion should not “provide comfort” in addressing this “underdeveloped” legal issue, Cohen said.

    “In most people’s minds, as long as you follow the law in the state you are in, you don’t have to worry too much about the laws back in your home state, like gambling in Vegas without facing any punishment,” Cohen said. “But what we think is common sense is actually not rooted in clear doctrine by the courts. Some courts around the country have allowed extraterritorial application of their laws in certain circumstances. Those loopholes could be taken advantage of here and applied to abortion.”

    The potential policy could raise complicated constitutional questions including the application of extraterritorial state law, due process, and the full faith and credit clause, as well as the dormant commerce clause, which bars states from passing legislation that discriminates against or excessively burdens interstate commerce, according to Mary Ziegler, a law professor at the University of California, Davis who specializes in reproductive health. However, damage could be done before it even sees legal pushback.

    “We saw the threat of litigation alone from SB 8 freeze abortion care in Texas,” Ziegler told The Intercept. “If the same strategy is applied to out-of-state travel, it could prevent patients from leaving the state and could cause doctors in other states to feel exposed and liable to lawsuits.”

    Limitations on travel would devastate Texans seeking abortions, who are completely dependent on out-of-state care. After SB 8 went into effect, nearly 1,400 residents were fleeing Texas for the procedure each month, according to the Texas Policy Evaluation Project. That figure has likely increased since the state’s trigger law came into play. Research from the Guttmacher Institute shows that Texans are not just traveling to neighboring states, but also making long treks to the coasts, as surrounding clinics experience wait times due to an influx of patients. This is, of course, only if Texas residents are able to secure the resources — including travel and lodging, child care, and days off work or school — to make the often costly and time-consuming trip. Many have not been able to obtain care.

    “We need to remember during any conversation about restricting interstate travel that so many Texans already do not have the ability to go to another state for care today, especially undocumented immigrants, young people, low-income residents, and Black and brown Texans, who take the biggest hit when it comes to abortion bans,” stressed Yaneth Flores, public policy director with the reproductive rights organization Avow Texas. “Further limitations on travel will be unbelievably harmful and end up costing lives.”

    Abortion rights demonstrators listen to speakers during a Women's March in Austin, Texas, US, on Saturday, Oct. 8, 2022. On October 8th, exactly one month before Election Day, women and their allies marched across the country for a massive nationwide Womens Wave day of action meant to rally supporters of reproductive rights ahead of the 2022 midterms. Photographer: Montinique Monroe/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Abortion rights demonstrators listen to speakers during a march in Austin, Texas, on Oct. 8, 2022.

    Photo: Montinique Monroe/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Corporate Penalties

    A group of Texas Republicans, many of whom are part of the ultraconservative Freedom Caucus, have already set their sights on companies that have expressed support for patient travel. In May, the contingent of Republicans threatened Lyft CEO Logan Green with “swift and decisive action” if the ridesharing company failed to rescind its policy to pay for the travel expenses of Texas abortion patients. They similarly threatened local law firm Sidley Austin with criminal prosecution and the disbarment of its partners for its pledge to reimburse employees for “abortion-related travel and, if necessary, related legal-defense expenses.”

    The letters were a preview of potential legislative plans: Fourteen GOP lawmakers have vowed to introduce bills in the coming session that would ban corporations from conducting business in Texas if they offer to pay for abortions in states where the procedure is legal. Lawmakers have promised to “impose additional civil and felony criminal sanctions” on executives whose companies provide employees with abortion-related financial support. Republicans also hope to allow Texas shareholders of publicly traded companies to sue executives for paying for abortion care. While these aggressive measures remain to be filed, a bill that would eliminate tax breaks for companies that assist with abortion travel costs and another that would prohibit governmental entities from helping with logistical support have already been introduced.

    “The intimidation has chilled helping professionals from providing counseling, financial, logistical, and even informational assistance.”

    Texas abortion funds that assist low-income Texans with out-of-state care have battled intense intimidation by the same lawmakers. Fearing prosecution, they were forced to halt all operations following the state’s trigger law as well as threats to enforce the 1920s-era statute, which punishes anyone who “furnishes the means” for abortion. (The state Supreme Court ruled that Texas can enforce the century-old law, albeit through civil, not criminal, action, contributing to a confusing patchwork of abortion laws and punishments.) Hoping to gain legal protection, groups including the Lilith Fund and Jane’s Due Process filed a lawsuit against the state in August. After fleeing his home to avoid a subpoena to testify in federal court, Attorney General Ken Paxton is now being allowed to dodge questioning thanks to a ruling from the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. “The threats have been repeated and far-ranging,” the suit reads, “and the intimidation has chilled helping professionals from providing counseling, financial, logistical, and even informational assistance to pregnant Texans who may need to access abortion care outside of the state.”

    Seago’s organization isn’t interested in restricting travel so much as extending SB 8’s “sue thy neighbor” provision to abortion prior to six weeks, as well as telehealth providers on websites that help connect Texans with abortion medication, like the Europe-based nonprofit Aid Access. Requests to the abortion mail delivery service from Texans skyrocketed nearly 1,200 percent after SB 8 went into effect, according to a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association. Under state law, providers are criminally barred from sending medication abortion through the mail, but that has been difficult to enforce. “We are going to ask, ‘What tools does the state legislature have to block access to or shut down these illegal websites?’” Seago said.

    Freedom Caucus member state Rep. Matt Shaheen has already filed a string of bills seeking to stymie access to medication abortion by requiring, among other things, that out-of-state physicians who provide telehealth services to Texans register with state agencies and comply with all Texas laws.

    Empowering District Attorneys

    Amid the unraveling of abortion rights, five Texas-based district attorneys — among nearly 90 DAs and attorneys general across the country — have vowed to not prosecute abortion-related crimes, calling the criminalization of abortion care “a mockery of justice.” Bolstering the show of resistance, city councils in Texas, including in Austin and Dallas, have passed local resolutions directing their police departments to “deprioritize” investigations into criminal offenses related to abortion and refrain from surveillance of abortion care.

    While Texas Right to Life and the Freedom Caucus differ on some anti-abortion priorities, they both plan to push back on those measures by seeking to empower district attorneys throughout the state to prosecute abortion-related crimes in other jurisdictions when the local district attorney fails or refuses to do so. The plan finds a strong ally in Paxton, who has expressed his eager support for prosecuting abortion providers.

    Democrats and abortion advocates are hopeful that such legislation wouldn’t survive, pointing out that the Texas Constitution and rulings by the Court of Criminal Appeals, the highest court in the state for criminal cases, make clear that the only entity with prosecution authority in a given county is the office of the district attorney. This hasn’t deterred anti-abortion activists like Seago, who say that circumventing the problem will simply take some strategic bill-crafting.

    “There is some creative thinking going on right now to work around DA enforcement,” Seago said. “That includes possibly granting the state attorney general more power, like allowing him to bring criminal charges at the county level and making it easier to recall local DAs.”

    An Uphill Battle

    Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers are working to mitigate some of the damage by introducing measures that would add exceptions to the state’s abortion ban for survivors of rape; repeal the 1925 abortion statute and ensure that patients are not prosecuted; and put a constitutional amendment protecting abortion directly on the ballot. The proposed ballot measure requires approval from the GOP-controlled Legislature, likely dooming it from the start despite the fact that polls show the majority of Texas voters support abortion in “all or most cases.”

    Democrats say they feel like they are flying blind entering the next legislative session. A letter they sent to Paxton in October requesting clarification on civil and criminal laws around abortion, including assistance with travel expenses, was met with no response. The AG’s office claims this is due to pending litigation; the lawmakers’ questions, however, were not associated with any current suit. Democrats believe the AG’s intent is to leave things purposefully murky.

    “There is a strong sense of disillusionment from pro-choice activists here that the system has failed.”

    “As Texans are faced with potential increased liability and criminalization when it comes to abortion, our attorney general — as he has done time and time again due to ideology — is obstructing our ability to get much needed clarity and guidance on what is legal today and what is not,” state Rep. Donna Howard, chair of the Texas Women’s Health Caucus, told The Intercept. “It’s incredibly frustrating as we gear up to pass laws next year.”

    Howard and others hope both parties use this legislative session to focus on preventing unplanned pregnancies, alleviating the ongoing maternal mortality crisis, and expanding health care for mothers forced to give birth in the post-Roe landscape, rather than further decimating reproductive rights. But outnumbered by Republicans and up against the notoriously conservative 5th Circuit — which often rubber-stamps Texas abortion laws — and a staunchly anti-choice Supreme Court, the lawmakers are facing an uphill battle.

    “There is this continued thread of despair and disbelief in Texas as we see anti-abortion politicians want to further destroy reproductive health care. And there is a strong sense of disillusionment from pro-choice activists here that the system has failed, and frankly I don’t blame them,” Howard said.

    “While Democrats at the Capitol may not be able to reverse these laws, we are still very much committed to doing everything we can to ensure that there will still be pathways to abortion access. There is no other option — we have to keep fighting.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Mary Tuma.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/texas-lawmakers-plan-to-further-decimate-abortion-rights-in-upcoming-legislative-session/feed/ 0 360300
    Will Britain’s Migrant Deportation Plan Get Off the Ground? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/25/will-britains-migrant-deportation-plan-get-off-the-ground/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/25/will-britains-migrant-deportation-plan-get-off-the-ground/#respond Sun, 25 Dec 2022 17:57:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/uk-deport-rwanda

    The UK's plan to deport migrants to Rwanda is lawful, the High Court ruled on Monday.

    The policy, which involves Britain forcibly sending tens of thousands of migrants to Rwanda in an alleged effort to tackle the record number of refugees and asylum seekers arriving in the UK on small boats, has been mired by controversy.

    Many asylum seekers have had a lack of access to legal representation and advice and no access to translated documents from the Home Office.

    "People who have suffered the horrors of war, torture, and human rights abuses should not be faced with the immense trauma of deportation to a future where we cannot guarantee their safety. We believe that sending refugees to Rwanda will breach our country's obligations under International Treaties and we continue to believe this policy is unlawful," Care4Calais said after the court ruling.

    The ruling came as a relief for newly appointed Prime Minister Rishi Sunak who has made a high-stakes political promise to tackle the 'migration problem' in Britain.

    However, the plan has attracted criticism from opposition parties and human rights organizations in the UK, as well as across the international community, including the UN. "UNHCR remains firmly opposed to arrangements that seek to transfer refugees and asylum seekers to third countries in the absence of sufficient safeguards and standards. Such arrangements simply shift asylum responsibilities, evade international obligations, and are contrary to the letter and spirit of the Refugee Convention," the UNHCR's Assistant High Commissioner for Protection, Gillian Triggs, announced back in April.

    A report published by Medical Justice condemns the UK government's deportation plan, claiming that Rwanda deportees include victims of torture and human trafficking. It adds that many asylum seekers have had a lack of access to legal representation and advice and no access to translated documents from the Home Office relating to their imminent removal and deportation to Rwanda.

    For many, the deal represents a crisis of responsibility, rather than a "migration crisis". It ignores the UK's international commitments and sets a dangerous precedent for other countries looking to leverage migration for political ends. Denmark is one of the countries considering a similar deal with Rwanda.

    However, for the Democratic Green Party of Rwanda, the deal adds unnecessary pressure on the small African state. "Rwanda is a small country. We are also not economically a rich country, like the UK. So we still have many economic challenges, issues of water, distribution, scarcity, issues with electricity, and issues of gas. So we are not anywhere [near] ready to receive people coming from the UK," Frank Habineza, a politician from the Democratic Green Party of Rwanda, told MEMO.

    In spite of the court's green-lighting of the plan, there is currently no airline willing to carry asylum seekers to Rwanda, with the last company pulling out following pressure from activists. Having already spent £120 million on the deportation scheme, the coming year will see the British government wrangle new ways to make the plan – and its effort to reduce migrant numbers – a success. With only two years before the next general election, a lot is at stake. So far, in spite of the risk of being deported, more asylum seekers have crossed the Channel to the UK in 2022 than in previous years, this has brought into question the effectiveness of the plan and whether or not the "unlawful" policy can really get off the ground.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Sanja Skov Vedel.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/25/will-britains-migrant-deportation-plan-get-off-the-ground/feed/ 0 360240
    Senate passes massive $1.7 trillion spending bill, now headed to the House; Jan 6 Committee releases dozens of transcripts ahead of final report; Oakland signs on to plan to establish a public bank https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/senate-passes-massive-1-7-trillion-spending-bill-now-headed-to-the-house-jan-6-committee-releases-dozens-of-transcripts-ahead-of-final-report-oakland-signs-on-to-plan-to-establish-a-public-bank/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/senate-passes-massive-1-7-trillion-spending-bill-now-headed-to-the-house-jan-6-committee-releases-dozens-of-transcripts-ahead-of-final-report-oakland-signs-on-to-plan-to-establish-a-public-bank/#respond Thu, 22 Dec 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=889c80a19b88bebd3de3c7f2a90aa164

    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    Image: US Capitol Building by Wally Gobetz via Flickr

    The post Senate passes massive $1.7 trillion spending bill, now headed to the House; Jan 6 Committee releases dozens of transcripts ahead of final report; Oakland signs on to plan to establish a public bank appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/senate-passes-massive-1-7-trillion-spending-bill-now-headed-to-the-house-jan-6-committee-releases-dozens-of-transcripts-ahead-of-final-report-oakland-signs-on-to-plan-to-establish-a-public-bank/feed/ 0 359712
    Markey Asks Biden to Draft Plan for Ending Public Funding of Overseas Fossil Fuel Projects https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 23:15:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341834

    U.S. Sen Ed Markey on Wednesday led a group of upper chamber lawmakers who urged the Biden administration "to fulfill its commitment in the Glasgow Statement by publicly releasing a plan for ending public financing of unabated international fossil fuel projects by the end of 2022."

    "To date, the United States has not made public its plan for meeting these pledges by the end of the year."

    Last year, dozens of countries and institutions including the United States pledged at COP26 in Glasgow, Scotland to end public financing of the overseas unabated fossil fuel sector by the end of this year and fully prioritize a shift to clean energy investment.

    "To date, the United States has not made public its plan for meeting these pledges by the end of the year," wrote Markey (D-Mass.)—who chairs the Senate Environment and Public Works Subcommittee on Clean Air, Climate, and Nuclear Safety—along with Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.).

    "In order to assess whether the United States will succeed in meeting them, we must understand the steps the country is planning to take to achieve them," the senators explained. "That is why we are asking you to release your plan for how the United States will fulfill its Glasgow Statement commitments."

    "To strengthen our position as a global leader on climate change, enable effective oversight of U.S. public finance, and catalyze similar efforts from multilateral banks and other countries, the United States must demonstrate in transparent and concrete terms how it intends to fulfill this crucial climate pledge," the lawmakers asserted.

    The letter continues:

    The public release of our plan to implement the Glasgow Statement commitments will help the United States encourage other governments and their institutions, as well as public finance institutions, to hold themselves accountable to their pledge. A clear indication of our move away from public finance for international fossil fuel projects can also spur more climate-friendly financing decisions in other international bodies such as multilateral development banks.

    A transparent, open plan will also enable the United States to apply pressure to fossil fuel-financing countries such as China and Russia, which are glaringly absent from the list of Glasgow Statement signatories.

    Markey's request—which is not his first such ask of Biden—came weeks after a report published by Oil Change International and Friends of the Earth U.S. revealing that Group of 20 member governments and multilateral development banks spent nearly twice as much financing international fossil fuel projects as they did on clean energy alternatives during a recent two-year period.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects/feed/ 0 359426
    Markey Asks Biden to Draft Plan for Ending Public Funding of Overseas Fossil Fuel Projects https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects-2/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 22:15:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-draft-plan-ending-public-funding-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects

    U.S. Sen Ed Markey on Wednesday led a group of upper chamber lawmakers who urged the Biden administration "to fulfill its commitment in the Glasgow Statement by publicly releasing a plan for ending public financing of unabated international fossil fuel projects by the end of 2022."

    "To date, the United States has not made public its plan for meeting these pledges by the end of the year."

    Last year, dozens of countries and institutions including the United States pledged at COP26 in Glasgow, Scotland to end public financing of the overseas unabated fossil fuel sector by the end of this year and fully prioritize a shift to clean energy investment.

    "To date, the United States has not made public its plan for meeting these pledges by the end of the year," wrote Markey (D-Mass.)--who chairs the Senate Environment and Public Works Subcommittee on Clean Air, Climate, and Nuclear Safety--along with Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.).

    "In order to assess whether the United States will succeed in meeting them, we must understand the steps the country is planning to take to achieve them," the senators explained. "That is why we are asking you to release your plan for how the United States will fulfill its Glasgow Statement commitments."

    "To strengthen our position as a global leader on climate change, enable effective oversight of U.S. public finance, and catalyze similar efforts from multilateral banks and other countries, the United States must demonstrate in transparent and concrete terms how it intends to fulfill this crucial climate pledge," the lawmakers asserted.

    The letter continues:

    The public release of our plan to implement the Glasgow Statement commitments will help the United States encourage other governments and their institutions, as well as public finance institutions, to hold themselves accountable to their pledge. A clear indication of our move away from public finance for international fossil fuel projects can also spur more climate-friendly financing decisions in other international bodies such as multilateral development banks.

    A transparent, open plan will also enable the United States to apply pressure to fossil fuel-financing countries such as China and Russia, which are glaringly absent from the list of Glasgow Statement signatories.

    Markey's request--which is not his first such ask of Biden--came weeks after a report published by Oil Change International and Friends of the Earth U.S. revealing that Group of 20 member governments and multilateral development banks spent nearly twice as much financing international fossil fuel projects as they did on clean energy alternatives during a recent two-year period.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/markey-asks-biden-to-draft-plan-for-ending-public-funding-of-overseas-fossil-fuel-projects-2/feed/ 0 359753
    EU Approves Germany’s $30 Billion Green Energy Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/eu-approves-germanys-30-billion-green-energy-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/eu-approves-germanys-30-billion-green-energy-plan/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 14:28:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341818

    The European Commission on Wednesday approved the German government's €28 billion ($29.69 billion) plan to rapidly expand clean energy production.

    According to Reuters: "The scheme pays a premium to renewable energy producers, on top of the market price they receive for selling their power. Small generators can receive a feed-in-tariff providing a guaranteed price for their electricity."

    The German Renewable Energy Act 2023, which replaces an existing support measure for green energy, runs until 2026 and is aimed at meeting Germany's goal of generating 80% of its electricity from wind, solar, and other renewable sources by 2030.

    The European Commission called the policy "necessary and appropriate" to boost the supply of clean energy and slash planet-heating pollution. Officials said that the plan's environmental benefits outweigh its potential negative impacts on competition.

    "The German Renewable Energy Act 2023 scheme will contribute to further decarbonize electricity production," Margrethe Vestager, the European Union's competition policy chief, said in a statement.

    Swiftly increasing clean energy production is essential to achieving Germany's objective of reaching net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2045. It is also key to ameliorating potential energy shortages stemming from Russia's decision to cut off most of the gas it sends to Europe amid the war in Ukraine and the E.U.'s recent ban on seaborne crude oil from Russia.

    As Reuters reported:

    Berlin's response to Europe's energy crunch has attracted criticism from some E.U. countries. Concerns focussed on Germany's broader plan to spend up to €200 billion [$212.36 billion] in subsidies to shield consumers and businesses from soaring energy costs—a sum that many other states cannot afford, and which some said would distort competition in the European Union's single market.

    The Commission said Berlin's renewable state support was limited to the "minimum necessary" and included safeguards to minimize competition distortions. Companies must bid for the aid in government tenders.

    To avoid compensating companies twice, Germany will also phase out existing support for renewable producers in times of negative power prices by 2027.

    The European Commission's approval of Germany's new renewable support plan—and a nearly 50% surge in solar installations across the E.U. this year—highlights green progress on the continent.

    However, it comes after E.U. policymakers—in an attempt to reduce reliance on dirty energy from Russia—moved to expand fossil fuel infrastructure across Europe, with a focus on building capacity to accept higher volumes of fracked gas from the United States and other countries.

    Soon after Russia invaded Ukraine in late February, progressives urged governments around the globe to treat the war as a catalyst for accelerating clean energy efforts. As researchers warned earlier this year, scaling up non-Russian fossil fuels will lock in decades of heat-trapping emissions at a time when the window to slash greenhouse gas pollution and avert the most catastrophic effects of the climate crisis is rapidly closing.

    While greater quantities of wind and solar power are welcome, a simultaneous increase in dirty energy consumption runs counter to the goal of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5°C above preindustrial levels—beyond which impacts will grow progressively worse for hundreds of millions of people, particularly those living in impoverished nations who have done the least to cause the crisis.

    A desperately needed worldwide clean energy transition remains far behind schedule. Despite overwhelming evidence that extracting and burning more coal, oil, and gas will exacerbate deadly climate chaos, the fossil fuel industry—supported by trillions of dollars in public subsidies each year—has no plans to slow down this decade.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/eu-approves-germanys-30-billion-green-energy-plan/feed/ 0 359432
    Just in Time for Holidays, Dems May Embrace GOP Plan to Boot Millions Off Medicaid https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/just-in-time-for-holidays-dems-may-embrace-gop-plan-to-boot-millions-off-medicaid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/just-in-time-for-holidays-dems-may-embrace-gop-plan-to-boot-millions-off-medicaid/#respond Mon, 19 Dec 2022 22:53:55 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341776

    With congressional leadership expected to imminently release the text of omnibus government funding legislation, Politico revealed Monday that Democrats are preparing to join with Republicans who have demanded an end to Medicaid policies enacted because of the Covid-19 pandemic.

    As part of pandemic relief legislation passed in 2020, Congress boosted Medicaid funding to states but imposed a "continuous coverage" requirement, barring them from cutting off most enrollees from the government healthcare program until after the public health emergency (PHE) officially ends.

    Citing four unnamed sources familiar with talks, Politico reported that while the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office expects the PHE to expire next July, "lawmakers have struck an agreement to move the end of its Medicaid rules up to April 1, which would allow states to begin removing people from the rolls who no longer qualify, usually because their income has increased."

    As Common Dreams has reported amid mounting calls from Republicans for President Joe Biden to end the PHE, rolling back the pandemic-era healthcare policies could cause millions of people to lose coverage—despite fears of high cases of Covid-19 and other viruses going into the winter holidays.

    "We are decoupling the Medicaid continuous eligibility policy from the public health emergency. We are not ending the PHE," a Capitol Hill source close to the negotiations told Politico. "We're providing certainty to states and giving them a gradual stream of funding and guardrail requirements that protect people. This is something both Democratic and Republican states asked for so that the 90 million people enrolled in Medicaid can be given certainty and protected during this massive undertaking."

    According to the news outlet:

    Under the tentative deal, much of the money saved would go to two Medicaid policies Democrats have long sought: a year of postpartum coverage for low-income moms in states that don't already offer it and a year of continuous coverage provisions for children at risk of losing health insurance.

    [...]

    With Republicans set to take control of [the] House in January, Democrats see the move as the best and possibly last chance to fund some of their top health priorities, including policies that address the country's worsening rates of maternal mortality that were left out of other packages passed this year.

    Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) did not address the potential provision while speaking about the package on the chamber's floor Monday.

    "Appropriators are racing around the clock to finish the last major item on our to-do list for 2022: an omnibus package that will keep the government funded into next fall," he said in part. "We all know the omnibus will be the best way to ensure that our kids, our veterans, our small businesses, and our military continue to have full access to vital services and programs they depend on. It's not going to be everything anybody wants, that's for sure, but it's far preferable to a [continuing resolution], which will leave the country high and dry, and it's certainly preferable to a government shutdown."

    The pending deal on Medicaid drew criticism from some policy experts and progressives.

    "Umm. Why would we do that?" organizer Melissa Byrne tweeted in response to the reporting. "Keep the Medicaid rules until we get Medicare for All."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/just-in-time-for-holidays-dems-may-embrace-gop-plan-to-boot-millions-off-medicaid/feed/ 0 358854
    Biden Unveils Plan to Reduce Homelessness 25% by 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/biden-unveils-plan-to-reduce-homelessness-25-by-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/biden-unveils-plan-to-reduce-homelessness-25-by-2025/#respond Mon, 19 Dec 2022 16:34:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341768

    The Biden administration on Monday released a plan that seeks to eventually eradicate homelessness in the United States, starting with a 25% reduction in the number of people suffering from a lack of reliable access to safe housing over the next two years.

    "My plan offers a roadmap for not only getting people into housing but also ensuring that they have access to the support, services, and income that allow them to thrive," President Joe Biden said in a statement. "It is a plan that is grounded in the best evidence and aims to improve equity and strengthen collaboration at all levels."

    "Housing should be treated as a human right."

    All In: The Federal Strategic Plan to Prevent and End Homelessness is based on input from thousands of service providers, elected officials, housing advocates, and others—including more than 500 people who have been unhoused—across nearly 650 communities, tribes, and territories.

    According to the U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness (USICH), which held dozens of listening sessions to gather feedback while developing its 104-page blueprint, the new multiyear plan "will do more than any previous federal effort to systemically prevent homelessness and combat the systemic racism that has created racial and ethnic disparities in homelessness."

    After steadily declining from 2010 to 2016, homelessness around the U.S. has been climbing in recent years. More than one million people experienced "sheltered homelessness" at some point in 2022. Meanwhile, more than 582,000 people experienced homelessness on a single night in January 2022, when the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development conducted its annual "point-in-time count"—a method some advocates say underrepresents the severity of the crisis.

    Unhoused individuals have been wrongfully blamed for their predicament, says the White House, which attributes the deadly public health crisis to structural failures, including decades of worsening economic inequality and skyrocketing housing costs. The convergence of stagnating pay and a shortage of affordable housing has led to a situation where "in no state can a person working full-time at the federal minimum wage afford a two-bedroom apartment at the fair market rent," the plan points out.

    Mass incarceration; long-standing patterns of discrimination against people of color, LGBTQ+ people, people with disabilities, and elderly people; the Covid-19 pandemic; and fossil fuel-driven extreme weather disasters have exacerbated housing injustices.

    While housing advocates credit the federal eviction moratorium and financial assistance for preempting a dramatic surge in homelessness during the pandemic, the problem remains acute in many cities, such as Los Angeles, where Democratic Mayor Karen Bass declared a state of emergency over the issue last week. Experts warn that the termination of federal aid increases the risk of a major spike in homelessness going forward.

    Although a majority (60%) of the nation's unhoused population lives in shelters or other temporary accommodations, a growing share (40%) are struggling in unsheltered settings, including cars, streets, or encampments, according to Biden's roadmap.

    "Homelessness is largely the result of failed policies," says the plan. "Severely underfunded programs and inequitable access to quality education, healthcare (including treatment for mental health conditions and/or substance use disorders), and economic opportunity have led to an inadequate safety net."

    "The fundamental solution to homelessness is housing," the plan continues. "When a person is housed, they have a platform to address all their needs, no matter how complex."

    The plan is critical of the "criminalization" of homelessness, which has led to the arrests of unhoused people or the destruction of encampments. Last month, for instance, Democratic New York City Mayor Eric Adams instructed local law enforcement and emergency medical workers to respond to unhoused mentally ill people with involuntary hospitalizations.

    "Some have resorted to clearing encampments without providing alternative housing options for the people living in them," Biden's plan notes. "Unless encampment closures are conducted in a coordinated, humane, and solutions-oriented way that makes housing and supports adequately available, these 'out of sight, out of mind' policies can... set people back in their pathway to housing."

    Preventing people from becoming unhoused in the first place is key. As NPR reported Monday: "More people than ever are being moved out of homelessness in the U.S., just over 900,000 a year on average since 2017. The problem is that about the same number or more have lost housing in the past few years."

    USICH executive director Jeff Olivet told The Washington Post that "if we don't implement strategies that stem that inflow, we can't bail out the bathtub fast enough."

    As NPR noted: "The new plan includes a range of ways to boost the supply of affordable housing, as well as increase the number of emergency shelters and support programs. But its biggest change is a call for the 'systematic prevention of homelessness,' focusing on those who are struggling to keep them from losing their housing."

    The outlet continued:

    Paul Downey has worked as an advocate fighting homelessness for three decades, and says the focus has always been how to help those on the streets get into a shelter, get services, and get back into permanent housing. What there hasn't been, he says, is "a lot of discussion about how we stop it from occurring in the first place," even though "it is the obvious thing."

    [...]

    Downey had an "aha moment" about prevention when he surveyed hundreds of seniors last year. The vast majority said just a few hundred dollars a month could keep them off the streets. He took that to local officials. Now both the city of San Diego and San Diego County have a pilot program to subsidize rent for at-risk seniors and others by up to $500 a month.

    Downey says this is a bargain compared with the estimated $35,000 a year it costs for one person experiencing homelessness in San Diego, factoring in the actions of police and other first responders, the criminal justice system, and hospital emergency rooms. He plans to study the impact of the rent subsidy pilot and hopes it's a model that can expand.

    Sean Read, chief community solutions officer at the Friendship Place, a Washington, D.C.-based nonprofit, told NPR that preventing homelessness in the long term requires "more housing, more housing, more housing."

    "The United States can end homelessness by fixing systems—not by blaming the people being failed by them."

    Meanwhile, Steve Berg, chief policy officer for the National Alliance to End Homelessness, told the Post that "there's a lot of specificity that's missing" in Biden's roadmap.

    "Who is exactly going to do what to make this happen?" he asked. "That is not the role of this particular document."

    According to Olivet, "Housing should be treated as a human right."

    "Many Americans ask, 'Is it possible to end homelessness?' The answer is, yes, the United States can end homelessness by fixing systems—not by blaming the people being failed by them," he said.

    "With All In, the Biden-Harris administration outlined a set of strategies and actions for doing just that," Olivet added. "Now we must scale what works and develop new and creative solutions to build a future where no one experiences the tragedy and indignity of homelessness—and everyone has a safe, stable, accessible, and affordable home."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/biden-unveils-plan-to-reduce-homelessness-25-by-2025/feed/ 0 358808
    UK Court Upholds ‘Inhumane’ Plan to Send Asylum-Seekers to Rwanda https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/uk-court-upholds-inhumane-plan-to-send-asylum-seekers-to-rwanda/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/uk-court-upholds-inhumane-plan-to-send-asylum-seekers-to-rwanda/#respond Mon, 19 Dec 2022 14:44:55 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341757

    Human rights advocates on Monday vowed to continue fighting the United Kingdom's plan to deport asylum-seekers to Rwanda if they arrive in the U.K. after crossing the English Channel by boat, after the country's High Court ruled that the Conservative Party's plan is lawful.

    "If the government moves ahead with these harmful plans, it would damage the U.K.'s reputation as a country that values human rights."

    Asylum Aid, which challenged the plan after it was introduced earlier this year, said it is determining whether "there are any grounds for appeal," while the Joint Council for the Welfare of Immigrants (JCWI) vowed to continue leading opponents of former Prime Minister Boris Johnson's policy in obstructing the Conservatives' plans.

    "We know that people coming together to oppose these flights is powerful," said the group, noting that a charter airline contracted to fly refugees to Rwanda pulled out of the deal under pressure. "People will not stand by and watch this government treat refugees like human cargo."

    The High Court did rule that eight specific cases of refugees should be reconsidered and directed Home Secretary Suella Braverman to "decide if there is anything about each person's particular circumstances which means that his asylum claim should be determined in the United Kingdom or whether there are other reasons why he should not be relocated to Rwanda," rather than issuing a blanket policy for the thousands of people who arrive in the U.K. by small boat each year.

    But it also said the policy does not run afoul of the country's Human Rights Act of 1998 and its obligations to refugees.

    Enver Solomon, CEO of Refugee Council, argued the ruling violates international law.

    "If the government moves ahead with these harmful plans, it would damage the U.K.'s reputation as a country that values human rights and undermine our commitment to provide safety to those fleeing conflict and oppression, as enshrined in the 1951 Refugee Convention," said Solomon, adding that the "hugely expensive" policy does not deter people from entering the U.K. by small boat, as the Conservatives intend to do.

    Under the plan, Britain is paying more than £120 million ($147 million) to finance education and job skills training for people it sends to Rwanda, under the stipulation that they cannot return to the United Kingdom. No one has been sent to Rwanda yet, as an order to send several people to the East African country was halted in June following a legal challenge.

    Rwandan officials have said they can process 1,000 people during an initial trial period.

    Advocates have decried the U.K. for entering into a deal with a country with what Human Rights Watch Central Africa director Lewis Mudge called an "abysmal human rights record" on Monday.

    "The choice to enter into an asylum partnership with a government that takes pride in the assassinations and renditions of political opponents abroad, some of whom had refugee status at the time, shows just how far the U.K. is willing to go to shirk its own responsibilities to asylum-seekers," Mudge told The New York Times.

    Related Content

    Rwanda has entered into agreements to resettle asylum-seekers in the past. In 2018, 12 refugees were killed by Rwandan police after a demonstration, and thousands of people who were deported from Israel between 2014 and 2017 left the country shortly after arriving. According to The Guardian, one person who remained "described being destitute and living on the streets of Rwanda's capital, Kigali."

    Yasmine Ahmed, the U.K. director for Human Rights Watch, accused the country of "racing to the bottom to dismantle" refugee protections that were agreed to internationally after World War II.

    "No matter how people arrive, they have the right under international law to claim asylum," said Ahmed. "People only come via unsafe routes, risking their and their children's lives, because the government has not provided sufficient safe ones."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/uk-court-upholds-inhumane-plan-to-send-asylum-seekers-to-rwanda/feed/ 0 358743
    As Afghans Suffer, U.S. Stalls on Plan to Return Central Bank Funds https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/as-afghans-suffer-u-s-stalls-on-plan-to-return-central-bank-funds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/as-afghans-suffer-u-s-stalls-on-plan-to-return-central-bank-funds/#respond Mon, 19 Dec 2022 14:44:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/as-afghans-suffer-u-s-stalls-on-plan-to-return-central-bank-funds
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Sarah Lazare.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/19/as-afghans-suffer-u-s-stalls-on-plan-to-return-central-bank-funds/feed/ 0 359717
    Chicago Claims Its 22-Year “Transformation” Plan Revitalized 25,000 Homes. The Math Doesn’t Add Up. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/chicago-claims-its-22-year-transformation-plan-revitalized-25000-homes-the-math-doesnt-add-up/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/chicago-claims-its-22-year-transformation-plan-revitalized-25000-homes-the-math-doesnt-add-up/#respond Fri, 16 Dec 2022 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/chicago-housing-authority-hud-transformation-plan by Mick Dumke

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    It was called the Plan for Transformation, the most ambitious public housing makeover in U.S. history.

    Under the plan, launched in 2000, the Chicago Housing Authority would demolish most of the city’s public housing developments, displacing thousands of families. Then, over the next 10 years, the agency would replace or repair 25,000 units of housing while bringing new investment to low-income communities.

    More than two decades later, the CHA used just a few sentences in an obscure report to declare that the “revitalization” of 25,000 housing units — the plan’s central promise — was complete.

    “CHA has achieved the goal of this activity,” the agency informed the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in March.

    But the agency’s claim hides a fundamental failure to meet its original commitments.

    The agency padded its unit count by including types of housing and assistance that weren’t in the original plan, an analysis by ProPublica found. The questionable units add up to more than a fifth of the 25,000 total.

    At the same time, the CHA has fallen short of providing the family housing it promised, leaving it with less than half the family units it once had.

    In claiming to meet its overall unit goal, the CHA also sidesteps the fact that it is nowhere close to fulfilling its obligations to build homes and redevelop communities where its high-rises once stood. Agency officials told ProPublica they remain committed to those goals but can’t provide a timetable on when they’ll achieve them.

    Community leaders, local politicians and families seeking homes have been frustrated by the CHA’s delays and unfulfilled promises. The criticism grew in recent months after ProPublica reported on the agency’s plans to turn over prime vacant land to a soccer team owned by a billionaire supporter of Chicago Mayor Lori Lightfoot. ProPublica also revealed how HUD has allowed CHA to sell, lease and give away parcels of land it says it no longer needs, even though its redevelopment work is far from done.

    David Moore, a former agency official who is now alderman of the 17th Ward on the South Side, said HUD needs to pressure the CHA to finish redeveloping its former public housing communities. He said the growing number of homeless encampments around the city is tied to the agency’s slow pace of housing construction.

    “We should be building more public housing units so people have options,” Moore said.

    In a written statement, a CHA spokesperson said the agency remains committed to its mission of providing housing and “building strong communities.” The statement did not mention the Plan for Transformation.

    “CHA’s investments today go beyond replacing the failed public housing model of the past,” the statement said. By partnering with developers, nonprofits and other government entities, “CHA will continue to leverage all available tools to accelerate the pace of new mixed-use, mixed-income development projects to ensure that more subsidized and affordable homes are available to people in need.”

    The CHA’s claim to have revitalized 25,000 units is misleading in several ways, ProPublica’s analysis found.

    For starters, the math doesn’t add up, the analysis found. The agency boosted the numbers by including apartments that aren’t finished yet or had no direct connection to the public housing communities the CHA promised to redevelop.

    For example, the CHA has counted more than 5,000 privately owned units that it subsidizes through what are called project-based vouchers. But unlike public housing, these vouchers aren’t necessarily permanent: They keep the units affordable for a set amount of time, usually five to 30 years. The Plan for Transformation made no mention of replacing permanent public housing with project-based vouchers.

    And more than a third of these same voucher units were designated as affordable housing years before the plan was launched or before the CHA subsidized them.

    That’s true of the Major Jenkins Apartments, a privately owned, 156-unit building in the Uptown neighborhood on the North Side. Built in the 1920s, the building was fixed up to provide apartments for homeless and other low-income people in 1995, five years before the Plan for Transformation. That’s also when the CHA began subsidizing half the units with project-based vouchers.

    The Major Jenkins Apartments in Chicago’s Uptown neighborhood were fixed up to provide housing for homeless and other low-income people in 1995. (Carlos Javier Ortiz, special to ProPublica)

    Yet in 2010, the agency began counting those apartments toward its 25,000-unit goal. That happened after the CHA argued to HUD that it should be allowed to count project-based vouchers toward its Plan for Transformation total. The vouchers offered “more opportunity to provide affordable units” and options in neighborhoods long resistant to affordable housing, the CHA told HUD. Agreeing that the vouchers would be “beneficial,” a HUD official signed off.

    None of the project-based vouchers should be included in the Plan for Transformation tally, Moore said.

    “It’s a skirt around,” he said. “If they’re claiming those, they need to build more units. And HUD should be holding them accountable.”

    The CHA’s claim also ignores the sites where the city’s major public housing complexes once stood. Most of the locations still have stretches of empty land.

    Two decades ago, while displacing thousands of residents and razing most of its large developments, the agency promised to rebuild the sites with new homes for people with a range of incomes. At least a third of these would be sold at market value. But the agency also agreed in court to reserve thousands of units as public housing, and former residents were guaranteed a right to return.

    Since then, the CHA has been slow to build the new homes. It’s now sitting on blocks of vacant, undeveloped land on every side of the city.

    The CHA’s largest development, the Robert Taylor Homes, once stretched along 2 miles of South State Street. Under the Plan for Transformation, all 28 Taylor high-rises were razed — a loss of more than 4,400 apartments altogether.

    The Robert Taylor Homes in 1988 (Archival photo by Camilo Vergara)

    Eventually the CHA proposed replacing them with a new development, Legends South, that included about 2,400 total units, a quarter of them reserved for CHA residents. So far the agency has finished 335 of the public housing units, while more than 25 acres at the Taylor site remain vacant and “not prioritized” for redevelopment, according to a city planning document.

    The CHA is also required to build hundreds of additional public housing units at the Lathrop Homes, on the North Side; the Ickes Homes, now renamed Southbridge, on the South Side; and the ABLA Homes, now known as Roosevelt Square, on the West Side. The CHA has offered to lease 23 acres at the ABLA site to the Chicago Fire soccer team, which is owned by billionaire Joe Mansueto, an ally of the mayor’s.

    “You have not done your work at bringing back all of the units under the Plan for Transformation,” said Etta Davis, a housing activist and vice president of the residents’ group at the Dearborn Homes on the South Side.

    She noted that more than 44,000 people are on the CHA’s public housing waiting list: “So you’re way behind in the market in what’s needed.”

    CHA officials said they remain committed to redeveloping Lathrop, Ickes, ABLA and other sites. More than 500 new homes are under construction, including 83 public housing units and 238 supported by project-based vouchers, and others are on the way, they said.

    There’s another way the CHA’s 25,000-unit count fails to deliver what the Plan for Transformation promised: It includes far less housing designated for families.

    The Past 20 Years Have Seen a Drop in CHA Units, Especially Apartments for Families (Sources: Plan for Transformation, CHA records. Note: “Supportive” includes housing for people who are disabled or homeless, veterans, and others.)

    At the time the plan was launched, the CHA had about 29,000 units for families. The plan pledged to replace or rehab 15,000 of them.

    But even if project-based voucher units are included, the CHA now has about 13,000 units for families — 2,000 fewer than the plan envisioned. That means the CHA lost 16,000 homes for families over the last 22 years.

    Adella Bass, a mother of three who’s been on the agency’s waiting list for 13 years, sees the CHA falling short.

    “Everybody deserves a place to live — a clean place to live, a suitable place to live,” Bass said. But apartments have grown so expensive that many families are concluding “there’s just no hope for housing in Chicago.”

    Bass serves as a home-aide caretaker for her mother while working on her college degree. Several years ago, after struggling to pay bills, she moved into a North Side homeless shelter with her kids and her boyfriend, now her husband.

    Eventually they were able to find a subsidized apartment on the South Side, which she’s grateful for. But she said it’s infested with mice and mold, and she would like something better. Bass is still hoping the CHA will call, and her long-term goal is to get into a program that leads to homeownership.

    Adella Bass said she’s been on a waiting list for housing for 13 years. (Carlos Javier Ortiz, special to ProPublica)

    Bass noted that the CHA is sitting on empty land and unoccupied apartments — more than 1,200 as of earlier this year, records show. “All of their steps, protocols, procedures, just their way of doing things needs a complete and total transformation,” she said.

    The Plan for Transformation was not intended to replace all of the city’s public housing.

    At its peak, the CHA had more than 42,000 units. But in 1995, citing mismanagement, HUD took direct control over the CHA. The agency then began emptying and tearing down thousands of its apartments, leaving it with just under 39,000 citywide. About a third of those units were vacant or occupied by people without a lease, which would have a significant impact on the Plan for Transformation.

    In the mid-1990s, for instance, the Robert Taylor Homes included more than 4,400 units stretching over 2 miles on the South Side. By 1999, the development was down to 3,800 units, only 1,600 of them occupied by leaseholders.

    Theresa Boler lived at the Taylor Homes in the late 1990s and recalled the CHA picking up the pace of evictions. “They were putting people out for any little reason,” she said.

    When the word spread that the CHA planned to tear the high-rises down, many residents were scared and angry. “They’d never lived outside the projects,” she said. “They really had no place to go.”

    Theresa Boler, a former resident of the Robert Taylor Homes, now lives in a Chicago Housing Authority senior building. (Carlos Javier Ortiz, special to ProPublica)

    In 1999, HUD agreed to return control of the CHA to a board and leaders selected by Chicago’s mayor, Richard M. Daley. As part of the deal, federal and local officials worked together on a new set of goals for the agency. Decades of inadequate funding and poor maintenance had left many of the CHA’s buildings so rundown that they would cost billions of dollars to fix up. The Plan for Transformation mapped out how the CHA would dismantle most of its aging developments and replace them with mixed-income communities.

    The plan’s goal of 25,000 units was based on the number that were leased to tenants at the end of 1999, after the agency had already emptied thousands of apartments.

    The plan acknowledged that thousands of family units would be lost in the transition. “There is no alternative,” the plan stated.

    The CHA can claim some successes over the last two decades. The agency has used project-based vouchers and other partnerships to help provide almost 1,800 apartments to disabled people, veterans and others struggling with homelessness or mental illness. Many of these residents live in the units with their families, the agency says. The CHA has also expanded its options for seniors.

    Over the last 20 years, the Chicago Housing Authority has subsidized apartments around the city for veterans, disabled people and low-income families, including 30 units in this building on the Northwest Side. (Carlos Javier Ortiz, special to ProPublica)

    The CHA said it serves more total households than it did 20 years ago, largely through the expanded use of vouchers to subsidize rent in privately owned apartments. But rents continue to climb, and the city is struggling with a shortage of affordable housing. In addition to the list for public housing units, 35,000 people are waiting for a voucher. The number would be even higher if the CHA hadn’t closed the list.

    Boler now lives in the Lincoln Perry Annex, a CHA senior building. She’s also a member of the Kenwood-Oakland Community Organization, a neighborhood group that has pressed the CHA to build more replacement housing. She said the need is greater than ever.

    “We’re not stopping,” she said. “You can’t just take things from us.”

    Do You Have a Tip for ProPublica? Help Us Do Journalism.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Mick Dumke.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/chicago-claims-its-22-year-transformation-plan-revitalized-25000-homes-the-math-doesnt-add-up/feed/ 0 358185
    Biden Moves Ahead on Trump Plan to Build Israel Embassy on Stolen Palestinian Land https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/15/biden-moves-ahead-on-trump-plan-to-build-israel-embassy-on-stolen-palestinian-land/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/15/biden-moves-ahead-on-trump-plan-to-build-israel-embassy-on-stolen-palestinian-land/#respond Thu, 15 Dec 2022 16:46:11 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=417081

    Nearly five years after President Donald Trump broke with decades of U.S. policy and international consensus to recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and move the U.S. Embassy there, the Biden administration is moving ahead with plans to build a permanent embassy compound in the city. Israel’s government has its headquarters in Jerusalem, but, because Palestinians also claim the city as their capital and because the city’s status remains disputed under international law, the U.S. Embassy, like those of most other countries, was previously based in Tel Aviv.

    The plans for a new embassy, which the administration has quietly advanced in recent weeks, would consolidate Trump’s abrupt policy reversal and violate U.S. precedent both on the status of Jerusalem and on Israel’s ongoing illegal appropriation of Palestinian land. The new embassy would also make the U.S. government an active participant in that appropriation: The planned compound is to be built on land illegally expropriated from Palestinians, whose descendants, including several U.S. citizens, still have a claim to.

    “The descendants of the landowners are all entitled to these properties under international law,” Suhad Bishara, legal director of the Israel-based human rights group Adalah, told The Intercept. “By moving forward with the plan to build the embassy at the Allenby site, the U.S. are taking an active part in the illegal confiscation of these properties, including infringing on their own citizens’ rights.”

    “Ordinary Americans should have a chance to decide: Do we want our government to take property stolen from U.S. citizens for a U.S. Embassy?”

    According to plans submitted by the U.S. State Department to Israeli authorities, the diplomatic compound would be built on a grassy plot known as the “Allenby Barracks,” after a former British military camp that the British leased from Palestinian families. The land is now registered to the state of Israel and leased to the U.S. after it was confiscated from Palestinian refugees under Israel’s 1950 Absentees’ Property Law — widely condemned legislation that has enabled Israel to claim ownership over the land of countless Palestinians it displaced.

    “This land was illegally confiscated,” Bishara said, adding that absentees’ property laws were “racially designed to confiscate Palestinian property for the benefit of Israel and its Judaization processes in the area.”

    us-embassy-jerusalem

    Plans submitted by the U.S. State Department for a new U.S. embassy compound in Jerusalem.

    Source: Israeli planning authorities


    Last month, Israel’s planning authorities made public a detailed proposal presented by the U.S. State Department in 2021, including 3-D renderings of the future embassy’s multi-building compound. The disclosure gives the public and the families of the original landowners until early January to formally file objections.

    Descendants of those landowners have been raising their well-documented claim to that land at least since U.S. plans for the plot were first floated, and then abandoned, in the 1990s. The U.S. government has been aware of the claims to the land at least since then. Earlier this year, researchers at Adalah uncovered additional archival documentation, including deeds that remove any doubt about the land’s rightful owners.

    One of the Americans with claims to the land where the U.S. Embassy is to be built is Rashid Khalidi, a respected historian and Columbia University professor whose family is one of several that has called on the U.S. government to cancel the plans. The families have also asked for a meeting with U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and U.S. Ambassador to Israel Tom Nides, but have received no response. (The State Department and a spokesperson for the embassy did not respond to a request for comment.)

    “This is a country which supposedly considers private property sacred,” Khalidi told The Intercept. “Why is the private property of Palestinian Americans — Americans who happen to be Palestinian — something that the U.S. government feels it can allow a foreign government to take and then lease that land from that foreign government?”

    “They have done this quietly. They’ve not trumpeted it,” he added. “But ordinary Americans should have a chance to decide: Do we want our government to take property stolen from U.S. citizens for a U.S. Embassy?”

    Ivanka Trump, Israel Prime Minister's wife Sara Netanyahu, Jared Kushner and Israel's Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu attend the opening of the US embassy in Jerusalem on May 14, 2018.

    Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, left, his wife Sara Netanyahu, Ivanka Trump, and Jared Kushner take a selfie at the opening of the U.S. Embassy in Jerusalem on May 14, 2018.

    Photo: Israel Press Office /Getty Images

    An American Plan

    So far, U.S. officials have not privately or publicly acknowledged claims to the Allenby Barracks land by the original owners’ descendants, including the ones who are U.S. citizens.

    In public statements, U.S. State Department officials have indicated that they are still deliberating over plans for the new diplomatic compound and doing “due diligence” on prospective sites. In addition to the Allenby Barracks plot, they are also considering a second site in the affluent Jerusalem neighborhood of Arnona, near the site of the current temporary U.S. Embassy.

    According to official Israeli transcripts, however, U.S. officials have told Israeli planning authorities that they intend to develop both plots. “One complex will be for the Embassy’s office building and the other complex will be used for other uses, and will be developed after the Embassy is built,” State Department representatives told Israeli officials, according to one Hebrew-language transcript, suggesting that the second site might be used to house diplomats and embassy staff.

    The U.S. government has invested significantly in the plans for the disputed site. Last year, during a Zoom presentation before Israeli officials, including the mayor of Jerusalem, four State Department representatives pitched their plan for the new embassy — making no reference to the land’s disputed status but describing the boost to commerce that the compound would bring to the area. The proposal included a slideshow with 3-D renderings of the multi-building plan, detailed enough to include references to traffic and parking impact as well as plans for “tree preservation.”

    Official planning documents for the compound were filed with Israeli authorities by James Kania, a U.S. foreign service officer who listed on his LinkedIn page overseeing “real estate and construction projects including a $17 million Ambassador’s Residence and a $1 million retrofit of a residence for the U.S. Marine Detachment in Jerusalem” as well as having “served as the main logistics manager for the physical transition of the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem.” (Kania declined to comment, referring questions to the embassy.)

    The architects for both the Allenby and Arnona projects are Chicago-based Krueck Sexton Partners, in collaboration with an Israel-based firm. Krueck Sexton Partners did not respond to a request for comment.

    Despite U.S. officials’ vague statements on the matter, the plans and transcripts recently made public by Israeli authorities leave no doubt that the State Department is not only moving forward with the new embassy, but that it is also actively lobbying for Israel’s sign-off despite repeated objections by the land’s rightful owners.

    “They’re trying to do this on the down-low,” said Khalidi. “They pretend that they’re not involved. In fact, the planning documents are prepared by the U.S. government. One of them has the U.S. Embassy in Israel logo on it. It’s a fiction. This is a U.S. government effort — together with the Israeli planning authorities, of course.”

    This picture taken near Moshav of Merom Golan shows a view of the border fence between the Israel-annexed Golan Heights and Syria, September 19, 2022 .

    A view of the border fence between the Israel-annexed Golan Heights and Syria, on Sept. 19, 2022 .

    Photo: Jalaa Marey/AFP via Getty Images

    Stolen Land

    Some 750,000 Palestinians were expelled or forced to flee, becoming refugees, when Israel was established in 1948. For decades, Israel has refused their return and confiscated their lands, even as it continues to illegally expand and build settlements in Palestinian territories it has occupied more recently.

    The international community, including the U.S., has long condemned Israel’s expropriation of Palestinian land as a violation of refugee and property rights. The U.S. voted in favor of a United Nations resolution asserting Palestinian refugees’ right of return to their homes and compensation for those choosing not to return.

    “The question is, is this going to be made permanent by this administration’s policy?”

    The U.S. has effectively done nothing, however, to stop the expropriation of Palestinian land — including the ongoing construction of settlements in the Israeli-occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem. To build a U.S. Embassy on stolen Palestinian land, critics say, would deal yet another blow to already lagging U.S. legitimacy in the region.

    Until Trump, the U.S. has also maintained, along with much of the rest of the world, that the status of Jerusalem should be decided in line with U.N. resolutions and through negotiations — rejecting Israel’s unilateral declarations of sovereignty over the city. Trump shocked the world when he broke with decades of U.S. precedent by recognizing Israel’s annexation of Jerusalem and of the Golan Heights, a Syrian region abutting Israel’s border that has been under Israeli occupation since 1967. The Biden administration has remained largely quiet on Trump’s moves.

    “They have not said, ‘The United States continues to fully recognize the annexation of the Golan Heights, the United States continues to fully recognize the annexation of Jerusalem,’ as announced by the Trump administration, but in practice, they haven’t dissented from those policies,” said Khalidi. “The question is, is this going to be made permanent by this administration’s policy?”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Alice Speri.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/15/biden-moves-ahead-on-trump-plan-to-build-israel-embassy-on-stolen-palestinian-land/feed/ 0 357971
    The Republican Party’s Plan to Fight Inflation Is a Sham https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-republican-partys-plan-to-fight-inflation-is-a-sham/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-republican-partys-plan-to-fight-inflation-is-a-sham/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 16:44:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/republicans-gop-inflation-mccarthy-economy
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Max B. Sawicky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-republican-partys-plan-to-fight-inflation-is-a-sham/feed/ 0 358532
    ‘The time has come’, says Zelensky in fresh appeal to NZ government https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-time-has-come-says-zelensky-in-fresh-appeal-to-nz-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-time-has-come-says-zelensky-in-fresh-appeal-to-nz-government/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 01:49:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81581 RNZ News

    Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky delivered an address to New Zealand’s Parliament today and the government has pledged an additional $3 million of humanitarian aid to Ukraine.

    Zelensky began with a friendly “kia ora” before saying he would offer New Zealand the opportunity to take the lead in pushing for peace.

    “Today, this anti-war coalition has more than 100 countries, those who support the fundamental principle of international law and the UN Charter,” he said.

    “Those who do everything possible to hold Russia’s war criminals accountable.”

    He said New Zealand was one of the first countries to support Ukraine against Russia’s aggressive invasion and he recognised New Zealand imposed sanctions.

    “Let me offer you one more thing, various dictators and aggressors — they always fail to realise that the strength of the free world is not about someone becoming large or becoming full of missiles but in the fact that everyone knows how to unite and act decisively and make a unique contribution to the common cause.

    “Perhaps the time has come for your country to make such a unique contribution.”


    President Zelensky’s address to the NZ Parliament today. Video: NZ Parliament TV

    Peace plan 10 points
    He said this could be one of the 10 points in the plan he laid out at the G19 Summit in Indonesia:

    • Radiation and nuclear safety
    • Food security
    • Energy security
    • Release of prisoners and deportees
    • Implementation of the UN Charter
    • Withdrawal of Russian troops and cessation of hostilities
    • Justice
    • Ecocide and the protection of the environment
    • Prevention of escalation
    • Confirmation of the end of the war

    “Each of these points can remove one or another of Russia’s aggression … I propose to convene a special summit in the coming months.”

    He called upon New Zealand to support this formula and to start consolidating the world around the eighth point, environmental security, saying many people did not consider the impact of war on the environment and it was one aspect New Zealand society approached wisely.

    “You can’t rebuild destroyed nature, just as you can’t rebuild destroyed lives.”

    “There’s no true peace where the consequences of war could be there in the form of poisoned groundwater that may destroy normal lives in several countries. There’s no true peace where ecocide has taken place and its consequences have not been neutralised.”

    He said to this day, the world had no strong experience in overcoming the destructive impact of war on the environment.

    ‘We will win’
    “We will liberate our land. We will win this war. I am confident that we will return freedom and security to all Ukrainians wherever they live.”

    “Ngā mihi, Slava Ukraini (glory to Ukraine).”

    New Zealand MPs applaud Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky after his address to the Parliament.
    New Zealand MPs applaud Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky after his address to the Parliament today. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    Zelensky is just the second head of a foreign government to address Parliament after Australia’s Julia Gillard in 2011.

    The Ukrainian leader’s message to New Zealand comes as the government announced new sanctions on Iranian individuals and an entity involved in the manufacture and supply of drones to Russia.

    Those sanctioned today include two Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps commanders, the Armed Forces General Staff chair Mohammad Hossein Bagheri and drone manufacturer Shahed Aviation Industries.

    He has previously spoken to other parliaments, including in the UK, US, European Union, and Australia, appealing for assistance and support in defending Ukraine against Russia’s invasion.

    In September, Zelensky addressed world leaders at the United Nations, demanding a special UN tribunal impose “just punishment” on Russia for its invasion of Ukraine, including financial penalties and stripping Moscow of its veto power in the Security Council.

    Ardern announces further humanitarian aid
    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern in response thanked him on behalf of New Zealand and said taking the time to speak today was a sacrifice when he was leading his people through a crisis “and one we do not take lightly”.

    She hoped he heard loudly and clearly from New Zealand that Ukraine’s was not a forgotten war, and the Parliament on the other side of the world had come together to condemn Russia’s war.

    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern as President Zelensky delivers an address to NZ's Parliament
    Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern . . . “our judgment was a simple one: we asked ourselves the question ‘what if it was us’.” Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    “Our support for Ukraine was not determined by geography, it was not determined by history or by diplomatic ties or relationships — our judgment was a simple one: we asked ourselves the question ‘what if it was us’.”

    She also referred to the breach of the international rules-based order and “the misuse of multilateral institutions”.

    Running through New Zealand’s commitments to the Ukrainian war effort, she made a further announcement of $3 million of humanitarian aid to Ukraine, through the International Committee of the Red Cross, as the population faces severe hardships over winter.

    This would cover items like medical supplies and equipment, power transformers and generators to cope with blackouts, and essential winter items for vulnerable families in Ukraine, like food, water and sanitation and hygiene items.

    Ardern acknowledged the plan laid out by Zelensky today, and said the war “must not become a gateway to a more polarised and dangerous world for generations to come”.

    Long-term impacts
    She acknowledged Zelensky’s urging to counter the long-term impacts of war including with the environment, saying New Zealand had a long history of reconstruction post-conflict.

    “That includes remediation such as dealing with unexploded ordinances. We will be with you as you seek peace but we will also be with you as you rebuild.”

    She paid a special tribute to Zelensky himself, saying he had been unrelenting in his support of his people and coordinated an international response in support of the rules-based order.

    “Kia kaha, kia māia, kia manawanui – slava Ukraini.”

    In a statement, Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta said the new contribution “comes as the Russian military has stepped up its deliberate targeting of critical national infrastructure, further deepening the severe humanitarian crisis caused by the illegal invasion.”

    “Russia’s targeting of energy and other civilian infrastructure is deplorable. As Ukraine faces a harsh winter, Putin’s actions have further disrupted electricity supply, and are harming the health, safety and well-being of already vulnerable communities,” the statement said.

    The aid is in addition to almost $8m in humanitarian help already provided, and $48m of military spending including on training deployments, donation of surplus equipment, and procurement of weapons and ammunition.

    Other party leaders speak
    Opposition National Party leader Christopher Luxon said it was a great honour and tremendous privilege for the Parliament to hear Zelensky’s address, “and we all appreciate the opportunity to say to you ‘kia kaha’, which in our indigenous Māori language means ‘stay strong’.”

    He said for those nations that valued democracy, national sovereignty and borders, and uphold the international rule of law the choice was simple.

    “New Zealand is one of those countries. Confronted with brutality or diplomacy, autocracy or democracy, darkness or light, there was nothing to discuss except how to individually and collectively to support Ukraine.”

    He said the war was a moral battle that posed an existential threat to Ukraine and it could not lose.

    “You have been our generation’s Winston Churchill, and since those Russian tanks crossed Ukraine’s border, you have been unwavering in your determination that Ukraine will win this war that it did not want and it did not start.

    “Of all the miscalculations Vladimir Putin has made — and there are many — underestimating your resolve and the impact of the strength of your leadership and the words — your words — would have in rallying Ukraine and the world has perhaps been the biggest.”

    He said the death of every single Ukrainian was a tragedy, and the greatest regret of the war would be terrible loss of life that left tens of thousands of families bereft.

    Luxon also spoke of the need for a reconstruction programme, because “the loss of homes and communities and critical infrastructure is also incalculable”. He said he could not imagine circumstances where New Zealand was not a part of that effort.

    Green Party co-leader James Shaw said Russia’s invasion was “as barbaric as it is illegal”.

    “It is apparent that there have been and continues to be a multitude of war crimes perpetuated on the Ukrainian people by the Russian forces.

    “Were President Putin to be successful, the temporary violence of war would morph into the permanent violence of subjugation — perhaps even genocide.”

    He said he applauded the Ukrainians’ efforts to minimise harm to civilians, however he urged that any future calls for military support come before the Parliament — not just the government.

    “As a member of the Green Party I have a fundamental commitment to non-violence … the situation in Ukraine remains impossibly difficult in ways that we in Aotearoa New Zealand cannot possibly imagine.”

    He said there were people on every continent still suffering from violence and subjugation, and emphasised the importance of universal human rights.

    ACT leader David Seymour said he wanted Zelensky and the Ukrainian people “to know that on the other side of the world people care deeply about your struggle against evil”.

    “We understand that a dictator attacking our democracy matters to New Zealand, your people are not just fighting for their lives but for all our freedom and democracy and I want you to know that your leadership and courage inspires us.”

    He spoke of the New Zealanders who had gone to fight in Ukraine on their own initiative, and the funds raised for the defenders.

    “Our donors were particularly pleased to buy luggage tags made from bits of aluminium from downed Russian jets – what great initiative under fire.”

    But his comments also took a more political turn, saying the opposition had pushed for the government to do more.

    “More sanctions, more refugee places, more lethal aid, and we’ll keep pushing them from this side of our Parliament and if our government changes before you win the New Zealand government will do a lot more than the $3 million you saw today.

    “For now, please let me say that you are right and you are fighting against evil for all our freedom, and we back you not only in word but in deed. Slava Ukraini.”

    Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer said they supported the kōrero of the Green Party.

    “We have little to say today, all the teachings have been learnt of former occasions of war,” she said, quoting Te Whiti-o-Rongomai and Tohu Kākahi, the prophets from Taranaki.

    “We have been living together quietly, there will be nothing but mate — but death — for generations to come. We are small in numbers but we are strong. We are fighting not for part of peace but for the whole of peace.

    “We today have one role, one role only, and that is to fight for peace.”

    She said that as at Parihaka, Te Pāti Māori would continue to fight to uphold peace and make sure there was no suffering the young and coming generations could be ashamed of.

    She and fellow co-leader Rawiri Waititi, along with other MPs around the House, concluded with a waiata written in World War II.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 

    Rawiri Waititi leads a waiata in Parliament for Volodymyr Zelensky.
    Māori Pati co-leader Rawiri Waititi leads a waiata in Parliament for Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ News


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/the-time-has-come-says-zelensky-in-fresh-appeal-to-nz-government/feed/ 0 357486
    Manhattan jury finds the Trump Organization guilty of tax fraud; S.F. Supervisors put the brakes on a plan to authorize police use of “killer robots”; Vote counting underway in Georgia Senate race: The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 6, 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/manhattan-jury-finds-the-trump-organization-guilty-of-tax-fraud-s-f-supervisors-put-the-brakes-on-a-plan-to-authorize-police-use-of-killer-robots-vote-counting-underway-in-georgia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/manhattan-jury-finds-the-trump-organization-guilty-of-tax-fraud-s-f-supervisors-put-the-brakes-on-a-plan-to-authorize-police-use-of-killer-robots-vote-counting-underway-in-georgia/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a66d16523897a8e288756159ea161688 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

     

     

     

    Image: Ajay Suresh from New York, NY, USA, CC BY 2.0 , via Wikimedia Commons

    The post Manhattan jury finds the Trump Organization guilty of tax fraud; S.F. Supervisors put the brakes on a plan to authorize police use of “killer robots”; Vote counting underway in Georgia Senate race: The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 6, 2022 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/manhattan-jury-finds-the-trump-organization-guilty-of-tax-fraud-s-f-supervisors-put-the-brakes-on-a-plan-to-authorize-police-use-of-killer-robots-vote-counting-underway-in-georgia/feed/ 0 355822
    Rejection of plan for super-embassy a ‘setback’ for China’s overseas operations https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/rejection-12052022132654.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/rejection-12052022132654.html#respond Mon, 05 Dec 2022 20:14:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/rejection-12052022132654.html A decision by local officials not to allow China to build a "super-embassy" on the site of a historic building in east London is a major setback for the Chinese Communist Party's overseas influence operations, analysts told RFA.

    Development officials at London's Tower Hamlets borough council voted unanimously on Dec. 1 to reject an application for planning permission for the new Chinese embassy on the former Royal Mint site, citing security fears, as well as the potential impact on tourism, policing and heritage.

    The Strategic Development Committee said the plan, which included dormitories accommodating hundreds of employees and a landmark "cultural exchange" building, had attracted dozens of objections from residents of the surrounding area, which is home to a large Muslim community.

    The plan was also opposed to by groups representing Hong Kongers in the U.K., who have been attacked both by pro-China thugs and by consular officials on British soils, and Uyghurs, who face security risks from Beijing's overseas policing and infiltration, which include unofficial renditions of government critics, often by using loved ones back home as leverage. 

    The decision came as Canada became the latest country to investigate unofficial Chinese police "service stations" on its soil.

    Senior Canadian foreign ministry official Weldon Epp told a parliamentary committee last week that Global Affairs had summoned the Chinese ambassador "multiple times" over the service centers, which have been reported by the Spanish-based rights group Safeguard Defenders in dozens of countries.

    British Uyghur rights activist Rahima Mahmut, who heads the group Stop Uyghur Genocide, said Muslims in Tower Hamlets were angry at the plan to relocate the Chinese embassy to their backyard, while other residents were fearful of the impact of frequent demonstrations against China's rights abuses.

    "Just because you have a lot of money, doesn't mean you can do anything," Mahmut told RFA. "Particularly in the U.K., which is a country where human rights are respected, and where the voice of the people, their wishes and requirements are taken extremely seriously."

    The decision came after Prime Minister Rishi Sunak said in his first foreign policy speech that the "golden age" of U.K.-China relations was now over, and as Chinese Ambassador Zheng Zeguang was summoned following the detention and beating of a BBC journalist who was covering recent anti-lockdown protests in Shanghai.

    China's Consul General in the northern British city of Manchester admitted in October to assaulting a Hong Kong pro-democracy protester inside the grounds of the diplomatic mission following a peaceful protest on the street outside. 

    Zheng Xiyuan told Sky News that he was the grey-haired man in a hat seen on social media footage pulling the hair of protester Bob Chan, adding: "I think it's my duty."

    The British government is also planning a slew of measures aimed at curbing infiltration and influence operations by foreign governments, including probing the attacks at the Chinese consulate in Manchester and the possible closure of the Beijing-funded Confucius Institutes in universities. 

    ENG_CHN_OverseasInfluence_12052022 102.JPG
    In this June 1, 2020 photo, policemen stand guard in front of the main gate of the Chinese embassy in Seoul as South Korean protesters demonstrate against a controversial new security law in Hong Kong close to the embassy. Credit: AFP Photo/Jung Yeon-je

    'Elaborate plan to dominate and monitor'

    Hongkongers in Britain founder Simon Cheng, who has himself been the target of doxxing threats by pro-China agitators online for highlighting the risks of pro-China violence targeting Hong Kongers in the U.K., said the Tower Hamlets decision was a victory for freedom and for security.

    He said the move would likely prevent another incident like the Manchester attack.

    "This planning application gave rise to serious security concerns," Cheng told RFA. "It [would have] intruded into the daily lives of residents around the Royal Mint building, and also affected anyone passing by this super-embassy."

    "The plan to move the Chinese embassy to the Royal Mint was part of an elaborate plan to dominate and monitor Hong Kongers, Uyghurs, Tibetans and Chinese nationals in the British capital, and was a danger to British sovereignty," said Cheng, who was detained and tortured by China’s state security police while working for the British consulate in Hong Kong during the 2019 protest movement.

    Chinese buyers acquired the 200-year-old Royal Mint site in 2018. The planning application involved some restoration and some demolition of Grade II listed buildings, and an investment of £200,000 (U.S. $245,000) in site-wide surveillance systems.

    The super-embassy would have been 10 times the size of the current site in Portland Place, making it China's biggest diplomatic facility anywhere, and the largest embassy in the U.K.

    Former Hong Kong lawmaker Nathan Law welcomed the decision via his Twitter account.

    "No new mega embassy for [China] in the UK. Great work fellows," he wrote, retweeting a Royal Mint residents' association campaign announcing the decision.

    The English-language Global Times, a nationalistic tabloid with ties to Communist Party mouthpiece the People's Daily, said the U.K.'s tougher line on China was a mistake.

    "Sunak's remarks are not that surprising since the China discourse in Britain, and more broadly the West, has been poisoned," the paper said in a commentary published on Dec. 2. "Politicians are competing to be the toughest, rather than the wisest, on China."

    "Overstretching the concept of national security and using interdependence as an excuse to target China would be unwise," it warned.

    In a separate article in Chinese, the paper said the Western media was using the embassy plans to "hype" China as a security threat, adding that residents' concerns were "unnecessary."

    "The current Chinese embassy in the UK is located at 49 Portland Street, London, with a history of 145 years," the paper said. "However, multiple offices including visa, education, technology, etc. are located in other places in London, which is often inconvenient for their operations."

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Amelia Loi and Liu Fei for RFA Mandarin and Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/rejection-12052022132654.html/feed/ 0 355515
    Cambodian plan to allow hunting in protected areas worries conservationists https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/conservation-12052022130416.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/conservation-12052022130416.html#respond Mon, 05 Dec 2022 18:05:13 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/conservation-12052022130416.html Hunting in Cambodia’s protected areas and forests would be legal in some cases under a proposal from the country’s Ministry of Environment that conservation groups fear could lead to abuses that threaten wildlife populations, according to drafts of rule changes seen by RFA. 

    The ministry is currently floating amended versions of the Law on Forestry and the Law on Protected Areas, which govern the Kingdom’s forest reserves and wildlife sanctuaries, respectively.

    Proposed updates to the Law on Forestry would allow “game hunting on forest reservations owned by the State and other areas with appropriate permission,” the draft proposal states. The amendments stipulate that any hunting “must not greatly affect wildlife populations” and would only be allowed with letters of permission issued by the Ministry of Agriculture specifying quotas for how many of each species can be hunted, when and where.

    If amended, the Law on Protected Areas would also allow game hunting as part of “projects that manage conservation and natural resources in protected areas,” provided it was conducted with Environment Ministry approval and in consultation with “all key relevant stakeholders.”

    Potential for abuse

    The existing legislation allows for some seasonal hunting within the country’s forests but prohibits all killing of animals within protected areas.

    Amos Courage, director of overseas projects at British conservation charity the Aspinall Foundation, said the proposed changes are unwarranted.

    “The whole point of a national park is that it excludes that sort of activity,” Courage told RFA. “I can’t think of any species in Cambodia that you would have a valid reason for hunting. The only reason that might be given would be revenue generation. 

    “It never ends up with the right people, every time there’s monetization of wildlife the possibilities for corruption are so large,” Courage added.

    The Environment Ministry’s proposals have surfaced at an awkward moment. Just weeks ago, the head of Cambodia’s Forestry Administration and one of his deputies were charged by U.S. prosecutors with facilitating the smuggling of endangered long-tailed macaques. 

    The agency would be responsible for policing licensed hunters under the proposed amendments to Cambodia’s Forestry Law.

    ENG_KHM_Hunting_12032022.gfx.png

    Path to approval

    The proposed changes would have to get approval from both the country’s Council of Ministers and its National Assembly, which is controlled by Prime Minister Hun Sen’s Cambodian People’s Party, to become law.

    Nick Marx, a conservationist who has worked in Cambodia for 20 years, said he does not support licensing hunters, for the time being at least.

    “It seems unwise from a conservation perspective for the Cambodian government to implement a law legalizing hunting,” Marx said.

    “All of the large charismatic megafauna are either extinct in Cambodia or IUCN-listed as endangered or vulnerable,” Marx added, referring to the International Union for Conservation of Nature. “With this in mind it would seem more sensible over the short to medium term to prohibit hunting and conserve our remaining wildlife.”

    Endangered species

    Tigers were declared extinct in Cambodia in 2016. Cambodia’s national animal, the kouprey, a species of wild cattle, is widely believed to be extinct. Most of the country’s endangered species, which include elephants, Indochinese leopards, wild water buffalo and Eld’s deers, have been hunted to the point of extinction.

    Environment Ministry spokesman Neth Pheaktra told RFA that he could not comment on the proposed amendments until they were adopted. He said that he could not give a timeframe for when or if that adoption might take place.

    For Carl Traeholt, Southeast Asia program director for Copenhagen Zoo, the situation is not black and white.

    “In many countries where you have local communities that are frontliners in their own environment, they have been hunting for survival for generations,” Traeholt said. “I don’t think it’s my right to tell them they can’t do that, so long as it doesn’t undermine the survival of that particular species.”

    Hunting happens

    Subsistence hunting is already taking place within Cambodia’s protected areas. 

    A 2020 study of Keo Seima Wildlife Sanctuary in Cambodia’s east found that, regardless of licensing, hunting is already taking place in Cambodia’s protected areas. 

    Researchers carried out interviews with 705 families living within Keo Seima and found that while only 9% admitted to hunting, 85% reported consuming wild-caught meat and 70% said they preferred it. The study’s authors noted that more than half of the respondents were unaware that hunting was illegal.

    Cambodia’s wealthy and powerful have been known to stalk the country’s wildlife for sport. In 2017, photos emerged online of Prime Minister Hun Sen’s son-in-law Sok Puthyvuth posing with an assault rifle and an assortment of animal carcasses. 

    Strict quotas

    There is potential for licensing and regulation of hunting to play a role in conservation in Cambodia, Traeholt told RFA, but several criteria would have to be in place in order to do so.

    “When it comes to hunting in Cambodia, I don’t blame them for putting it on the list of things that could be allowed as a tool in the box, it’s another thing to do it,” he said. “I think they need to do a lot more homework.” 

    According to Craeholt, before regulated hunting could be beneficial, Cambodian authorities would have to enforce strict quotas and monitor wildlife populations and they should direct most of the fees and meat from the hunting to local communities.

    “My main concern is I don’t really know what kind of species they can hunt without having population issues. Everything is almost hunted out as it is in Cambodia, so it’s not the first thing I’d think of for conservation,” Traeholt said.

    “Many of us are a little bit skeptical about the motives behind this kind of thing. Knowing Cambodia, you always get a little bit suspicious about the motives behind it,” he said. “Unfortunately Cambodia is not a place where the governance is of the right quality.”


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jack Adamović Davies.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/conservation-12052022130416.html/feed/ 0 355479
    Congressional Democrats have a new plan to combat plastic pollution https://grist.org/politics/congressional-democrats-have-a-new-plan-to-combat-plastic-pollution/ https://grist.org/politics/congressional-democrats-have-a-new-plan-to-combat-plastic-pollution/#respond Mon, 05 Dec 2022 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=595874 As international negotiators began hammering out the details of a global plastics treaty last week, legislators in the United States were busy unveiling a domestic policy to address the plastic pollution crisis.

    A new bill introduced by four congressional Democrats on Thursday takes aim at plastic manufacturers in an attempt to reduce the country’s reliance on single-use plastics. If passed, the Protecting Communities from Plastics Act would set national targets for reducing plastic production, strengthen protections for communities most affected by plastic-related pollution, and place restrictions on a controversial process known as “chemical recycling.”

    “With plastic particles ending up on the snowcaps of the Arctic and inside our own blood streams, it’s clear we need strong legislation to get this plastics crisis under control,” Senator Jeff Merkley, a Democrat from Oregon and one of the bill’s co-sponsors, said in a statement.

    While much public attention has focused on cleaning up plastic pollution that’s already built up in the environment, the bill seeks to address human health and environmental damages from plastics across their life cycle, including soaring greenhouse gas emissions from the production stage. One study published last year estimated that the plastics industry, which uses fossil fuels as its primary feedstock, will cause more climate pollution than U.S. coal plants by 2030.

    The problem is set to compound in the coming years as fossil fuel and petrochemical companies churn out more and more plastic. According to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, plastic waste is on track to nearly triple by 2060, while the International Energy Agency predicts that petrochemicals will become the single largest driver of oil and fracked gas demand by mid-century.

    “The science is clear as can be: We are quite simply making too many plastics,” said Anja Brandon, U.S. plastics policy analyst for the nonprofit Ocean Conservancy, which helped write the legislation.

    By 2027, the new bill says federal regulators should set a nationwide target to reduce the amount of single-use plastic packaging and foodware that can be made and sold in the U.S. This target would aim for at least a 25 percent reduction below 2024 values by 2032. A separate target would require 30 percent of the country’s single-use plastic packaging and foodware to be replaced with reusable alternatives, also by 2032. To make these options more cost effective, the bill proposes a new grant program to pay for things like water stations, new dishwashing facilities, and consumer education initiatives.

    Sen. Jeff Merkley speaks at a podium with plastic trash in the background
    Senator Jeff Merkley, a co-sponsor of the new bill, speaks at a news conference for the Break Free From Plastic Pollution Act of 2020 Sarah Silbiger / Getty Images

    Authors of the bill stressed that it would also address environmental inequities from petrochemical facilities, which tend to be sited near low-income communities and communities of color. One predominantly Black region of Louisiana has become so saturated with petrochemical plants and their toxic pollution that it’s been dubbed “Cancer Alley.” Building on a previously introduced bill called the Break Free From Plastic Pollution Act, the new legislation would implement a temporary “pause” on new plastic production facilities pending a comprehensive assessment of the industry’s environmental justice impacts. After that, the new bill would restrict new or expanded facilities from going up within five miles of people’s homes, schools, health care facilities, and a number of other community spaces.

    The bill would additionally require tighter pollution standards at certain petrochemical facilities and instruct federal regulators to restrict the use of more plastic materials and chemical additives under an existing law called the Toxic Substances Control Act. One section specifically calls for stronger regulations for styrene and vinyl chloride — both linked to cancer — no later than two years after the bill would go into effect.

    The legislation also seeks to exclude so-called “chemical recycling” — a process that most often involves melting discarded plastic into fuel and incinerating it — from the Environmental Protection Agency’s national recycling strategy. Environmental advocates say chemical recycling is an “industry shell game” meant to keep single-use plastics in production.

    Trade groups for the plastics industry were quick to condemn the legislation as a “one-two punch against American workers and the environment,” arguing that alternatives to plastic would increase greenhouse gas emissions — in part because they are heavier and therefore take more fuel to transport. Joshua Baca, vice president of plastics for the American Chemistry Council, said in a statement that plastic products are “essential to a lower carbon and more sustainable future” because they are used in wind turbines, solar panels, electric vehicles, and other products.

    Brandon, however, applauded the legislation for its broad scope and ambition. “We’re really excited that there’s a federal bill out there that’s addressing these three issues — plastic pollution, the climate crisis, and environmental justice — in tandem,” she told Grist. “It takes aim at all those issues head on, doing what we know we need to do, which is to make less plastics in the first place.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Congressional Democrats have a new plan to combat plastic pollution on Dec 5, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/congressional-democrats-have-a-new-plan-to-combat-plastic-pollution/feed/ 0 355393
    Regional Leaders Raise Doubts Over US-Backed Plan to Send Foreign Military to Haiti https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/01/regional-leaders-raise-doubts-over-us-backed-plan-to-send-foreign-military-to-haiti/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/01/regional-leaders-raise-doubts-over-us-backed-plan-to-send-foreign-military-to-haiti/#respond Thu, 01 Dec 2022 06:35:54 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=266956 Six weeks after Haiti’s de facto government requested a foreign military intervention amid unprecedented levels of insecurity and the United States began work on a UN Security Council resolution authorizing a “rapid action force,” regional leaders are speaking out in opposition to the plan. Over the past few weeks, multiple countries, including Canada, which the More

    The post Regional Leaders Raise Doubts Over US-Backed Plan to Send Foreign Military to Haiti appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jake Johnston.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/01/regional-leaders-raise-doubts-over-us-backed-plan-to-send-foreign-military-to-haiti/feed/ 0 354456
    INTERVIEW: ‘They plan to rule with fear, but the people are no longer afraid’ https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/nug-11302022125713.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/nug-11302022125713.html#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:58:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/nug-11302022125713.html Duwa Lashi La is the acting president of Myanmar’s shadow National Unity Government, or NUG, made up of democratically elected lawmakers who were ousted when the military staged a coup in February 2021.

    Though the junta claims to be the legitimate government of the people of Myanmar, the NUG claims that more than half of the country is not under military control. Instead, it is held by a combination of armed ethnic groups and people’s defense forces, militias formed by citizens opposed to the junta.

    In an interview with Radio Free Asia’s Khin Maung Soe, Duwa Lashi La said the key to removing the junta from power will be a stronger unity between these groups, and the NUG is working toward that goal.

    After the military junta’s rule ends, the NUG advocates the formation of a transitional government that would prepare Myanmar to become a democratic nation.

    The interview has been edited for length and clarity.

    RFA: The National Unity Government has been waging a resistance war against the military junta for more than a year. How do you assess the current situation of the revolution?

    Duwa Lashi La: Our revolution has been going on just a little over a year but we have done a lot. We have been very successful because of the people’s will to cooperate with, and take part in, this resistance. For example, with the people’s help, our people’s defense forces have retained 60 percent of the territory in the country. That’s a success for us all. 

    Next, we have had a lot of success in cooperating with our allies. Our allied EROs [ethnic revolutionary organizations, another term for ethnic armed organizations, or EAOs] helped us organize and train all our PDF forces. That’s why we thank them a lot. 

    Many other actions are really encouraging. The people of Myanmar have been supporting us financially, a big help, indeed. 

    Our success is mainly due to the willingness and participation of the people of Myanmar both in the country as well as in various countries around the world. Though we have had much success, there are still many challenging tasks. We are still unable to ensure the flow of orders to all our troops and there should be one chain of command that everyone follows. We must continue to strive for such unity. We must also train and teach morality for our soldiers to ensure a high level of military discipline. I hope that only after fulfilling such needs, we will have a real military that protects our people. 

    Another issue is that the NUG has not been able to equip the growing number of People’s Defense Forces with adequate supplies of weapons and ammunition. I would like to appeal to the people of Myanmar to continue to support us and to the international community to continue to sympathize with the situation in  our country, as we alone cannot fulfill our needs of food, shelter, medicine, healthcare and other necessities.

    RFA: We are now in the second year of this resistance. What does the NUG have planned to advance the cause?

    Duwa Lashi La: Learning from the experience we gained in the first year, we have laid down some more goals for this year. Some of them are to forcefully urge the international community to recognize us and strengthen the unity of our people even more. 

    In addition to these crucial tasks, we have also planned some other strategic goals. We are working on total transparency to let the people and the international community clearly understand what we are fighting for. We are working really hard to present a transitional constitution which we are calling the "TC.” Once we present that, our roadmap is going to be clearly understood by the people and the international community and we will gain more momentum. 

    Another important thing to know is that the military junta is already wavering. They have nothing more up their sleeve but to hold a sham election and they have already announced one. It is very important for our people and the international community to oppose and disapprove their sham election in 2023, knowing that it is merely a set up.  We are also working on a project to address this issue. 

    One more thing is that the NUG is trying to work together in a more united and strategic way with the resistance forces. 

    If these efforts are successful, I have hope that the NUG will achieve these goals over the next year.

    RFA: What is the NUG’s situation in cooperating with the ethnic armed organizations?

    Duwa Lashi La: The cooperation between the NUG and the ethnic armed organizations is of prime importance. We have codified this fact in our charter. Political parties, Civil Society Organizations and ethnic armed organizations are the backbone of our nation. That’s why, to work in conformity with the EAOs [ethnic armed organizations] and to network with them is a major strength of our revolution. So, we will always engage with them and work together. 

    I would like to let everyone know that there are strong armed groups that have been active since the start of the revolution and some followed not long after and a large percentage of them are working in connection with the NUG in fighting against the military junta. 

    However, there are some EROs [ethnic revolutionary organizations] that are not working with us yet but we are trying to connect with them. Our beliefs are based on all-inclusiveness and that is why we are always trying to connect with all the EAOs in this revolution. In doing so, we publicly connect with some of them and privately others for discussion. 

    Thanks to the EAOs, we were able to form the people’s defense forces and receive military training. On behalf of the NUG, I would like to express my gratitude to the EROs for their great help. There are still many challenges ahead. I would like to say that we need to engage and work with the EROs that have not yet been strongly involved, to continue rebuilding our country.

    RFA: We have seen the NUG working with some of the ethnic armed organizations but not with others. Is the NUG working covertly with some, and if not, will the NUG pursue relationships with those other organizations?

    Duwa Lashi La: As I said earlier, we are working for the inclusion of all people in Myanmar. It’s also in accordance with our charter. So when we are connecting and cooperating to make sure that everyone is included, we publicly connect with some and privately network with some other groups. What I can earnestly say is that the NUG is engaged with all the EAOs. We believe that they will decisively participate in our cause and work together with us. In doing so, the NUG has since the beginning formed a committee to network with our allies, as we believe that all will come together and we are working on that. That is why, I would like to say that we are now in a position to be able to form military regions and carry out our projects successfully.

    ENG_BUR_NUGInterview_11292022.2.jpg
    Smoke and flames rise from Thantlang, in Chin state, where more than 160 buildings were destroyed by Myanmar junta, according to local media. “It is well known that the military junta has always terrorized the people for maintaining its power throughout its history,” Duwa Lashi La says. Credit: AFP

    RFA: The military junta is torturing people and burning down villages. How do you assess these issues?

    Duwa Lashi La: It is well known that the military junta [and previous juntas] have always terrorized the people to maintain their power throughout history. They tortured people in 1962 and 1988 in similar fashion. They still use the same methods now in the era since the 2021 coup. Although the people of Myanmar protested peacefully in the streets to demonstrate that the coup was not in accordance with their will, and that they wanted to live in a democratic way, the junta did not care and has continued to persecute–and even kill them–to this very day. 

    More than 2,500 innocent people have been killed so far, as we all know. More than 13,000 people have been detained and imprisoned. The junta even killed some of them by giving them death sentences. What is even worse is that the junta bombed, torched and destroyed more than 30,000 homes across in the whole country especially in the Sagaing and Magway regions. 

    This is their method. They plan to rule with fear, but the people are no longer afraid. The people know that they will die under military rule with or without fear, especially the young generation, the ones we call Generation Z. They are leading our revolution with the mindset that what should not be feared should not be feared and that is particularly why our revolution is very forceful and strong. 

    We are doing our best to encourage all of the people of Myanmar to participate in the revolution. This is a revolution for the entire country and we will definitely win. That’s why we have announced that it is a revolution that includes all people from all walks of life, from every corner of the country.

    RFA: What do you think is the most important factor in the success of this revolution?

    Duwa Lashi La: What is essential is the role of leadership to unite the whole country. To work toward that end, it will take a strong leadership to unite the NUG, the Committee Representing Pyidaungsu Hluttaw, the National Unity Consultative Council and all the EAOs to come together and work together with a mutual understanding towards a common goal. 

    People are participating in unity now. They even risk their lives for the cause. But like I said earlier, since it is a revolution, we need to arm ourselves, something we haven’t been able to do sufficiently. 

    Again, I have to say that our resistance soldiers in large numbers do not have enough food, shelter, medicine and healthcare and technologies. Therefore, I would like to urge the people of Myanmar and the countries with humanitarian sense to help us fulfill our needs. 

    We now know that, according to the United Nations, 1.4 million Myanmar people have fled their homes due to the brutality of the military junta. To help that many people with food, we need assistance. Our revolution would see faster success, if we get that kind of help.

    RFA: Once the last battle is fought and the junta is removed from power, what then? How will the country be governed immediately after? How will Myanmar be returned to democratic rule?

    Duwa Lashi La: After removing the military junta from the position of power, a transitional authority will be established. During that transitional period, a constitution in accordance with the charter will have to be drafted together in order to form a new democratic nation. 

    A public conference involving all ethnic groups will be convened to  discuss the new constitution and create a roadmap for the future of Myanmar. In the transition period, we will have to make sure that each state and region draft their own constitution and agree on what they want, which way they want to go and what is important for them. 

    In the transitional period, we will have to discuss and agree on the issue of responsible authority as our ethnic people have been subject to injustice and unlawful treatments for many years. We will have to make sure that we have a responsible authority in the future where we will all be in a position to self-govern our regions with our own suitable laws. Only then can we build a new peaceful and prosperous nation that we aim to achieve. I do believe that it is possible. We can really do that.

    RFA: What do you want to say to the people of Myanmar?

    Duwa Lashi La: The mindset that we will no longer let the military dictatorship continue needs to be very strong. It is very important for us to fight against the junta together in unity, regardless of our differences such as ethnicity, religion, gender and financial status. The people’s financial support and the use of technology play a crucial role in our revolution. There is some possibility that these supporters become unmotivated  

    But a revolution cannot be unmotivated. I would like to say to the people of Myanmar that we have to work together, with a strong sense of resistance and in total unity. Only then can we successfully remove the military junta. 

    Translated by Myo Min Aung. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Khin Maung Soe for RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/nug-11302022125713.html/feed/ 0 354393
    France’s Solar Plan for Parking Lots Could Start an Urban Renewable Revolution https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/frances-solar-plan-for-parking-lots-could-start-an-urban-renewable-revolution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/frances-solar-plan-for-parking-lots-could-start-an-urban-renewable-revolution/#respond Sat, 19 Nov 2022 13:18:44 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341178

    France has approved legislation that will require all car parks with more than 80 spaces to be covered over by solar panels. This is part of a wider program that will see solar panels occupy derelict lots, vacant land alongside roads and railways, as well as some farmland.

    This is expected to add 11 gigawatts to the French electricity grid equal to ten nuclear reactors.

    Do the numbers add up? And should other countries do the same?

    Several countries, most notably Germany, have already mandated developers of new buildings to incorporate renewables into their designs, like roof-mounted solar panels, biomass boilers, heat pumps, and wind turbines. The French policy would apply to new and existing car parks.

    Several countries, most notably Germany, have already mandated developers of new buildings to incorporate renewables into their designs, like roof-mounted solar panels, biomass boilers, heat pumps, and wind turbines.

    The average car parking space is about 4.8m by 2.4m, or 11.52m². Assuming an output of 120 watts per m² that works out at roughly 1.4 kilowatts of power per bay. There would be further space over walkways and traffic lanes within the car park, but the solar panels would need to be kept far enough apart to stop them shading each other.

    For an output of 11 gigawatts, you’d need to cover about 7.7 million car parking spaces. Are there that many in France that would qualify? The UK has between 3 and 4 million spaces and 40 million vehicles. France has a similar sized fleet of 38 million. So, 7.7 million spaces seems unlikely.

    But the legislation covers a lot of urban land, not just car parks. In theory, 92km² of French urban land (defined as any built-up area with more then 5,000 people) could provide 11 gigawatts of solar power.

    That might sound like a lot, but it’s only 0.106% of France’s total urban land area of 86,500 km². Accounting for the difference in capacity factors (how much energy each source generates a year compared with its maximum theoretical output) between French nuclear (70%) and French solar (15%), 430 km² of solar would supply the same amount of power each year in gigawatt-hours as those ten nuclear plants.

    These panels need only cover 0.5% of French urban land, or about 0.07% of France’s total area. So it’s possible, though car parks will make up a tiny portion of the overall program.

    Coming to a car park near you

    The UK and countries further north receive less sunlight per m² and the sun sits lower on their horizon, which makes the issue of shading on panels bigger, although the longer days in summer do compensate for this to some extent.

    Also, while a lot of car parks in southern Europe already have sun shades over them (which allow solar panels to be mounted onto existing structures), this is rare in cooler countries. As a result, it would probably be a lot easier to mount panels on the roofs of buildings than over the surrounding car park in some countries. Where solar panels aren’t practical, other options, like wind turbines, might well be viable alternatives.

    Likewise, some car parks, especially those in city centers, are shaded for most of the day by tall buildings nearby. But there is no reason not to put panels on top of them instead.

    France is likely to be pursuing this policy to ease its dependence on nuclear power, which supplies 70% of the country’s electricity. This arrangement works when demand is stable. It becomes a problem when, for example, a drought forces multiple plants to reduce their power output or shut down. France is also adding several million electric cars and heat pumps to its grid, which will need to draw from a variety of energy sources and storage options.

    The U.K. is similarly dependent on gas for both electricity and heating. Creating a more diverse energy supply, much of which is directly connected to the very cars or homes consuming that power, makes a lot of sense. But a strategy to unleash the green energy potential of vacant space in towns and cities should begin—and not end—with car parks.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Dylan Ryan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/frances-solar-plan-for-parking-lots-could-start-an-urban-renewable-revolution/feed/ 0 352155
    Cambodian students are skeptical of Chinese instruction plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/students-11182022143311.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/students-11182022143311.html#respond Fri, 18 Nov 2022 19:34:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/students-11182022143311.html Meng Sophay, an 11th grader at Hun Sen Chamkar Dong High School in Cambodia’s coastal province of Kep, doesn’t think much of a plan announced last week to require students like him to learn Chinese.

    "To me, it is not very satisfying because we already have our Khmer language and other languages,” Meng Sophay told Radio Free Asia. “I think it's a lot.” 

    Earlier this month, Chinese and Cambodian officials signed an agreement to include Chinese instruction in grades 7 to 12, a reflection of the close economic and geopolitical ties that have developed between the two countries. 

    Sok Ey San, a spokesman for the ruling Cambodian People's Party, noted in an interview with an influx of Chinese nationals working in Cambodia. Chinese-language instruction will help Cambodian students compete for jobs after they leave school. He dismissed any criticism of the plan as coming from CPP opponents. 

    “It is very necessary that we strive to strengthen and expand trade between Cambodia and China, which is a huge market,” he said.

    But Ol Sophin is another student who isn’t quite sure. The 10th grader at Sre Po High School in the central Cambodian province of Stung Treng province said that the inclusion of Chinese characters in public schools could make it easier for poor children who could not afford to study Chinese in private schools. 

    She is concerned, however, that the additional requirement could mean young students have less time to learn the Khmer language.

    "I'm worried that when foreign languages are introduced, such as Vietnamese and Chinese, it can overwhelm the next generation of young Cambodians, it makes them forget their own language, and some of them will speak foreign languages,” Ol Sophin said. 

    “When it comes time to speak a foreign language, you will forget your own language, [you] do not speak your own language,” she said. 

    Ros Sovacha, spokesman for the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports spokesman, told local reporters that the inclusion of high school Chinese language education programs will be rolled out in stages. 

    To start, the Chinese language curriculum will be limited to 20 high schools in two or three provinces. RFA could not reach Ros Sovacha for further comment.

    French and English are already part of Cambodia’s general education curriculum.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Khmer Service.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/students-11182022143311.html/feed/ 0 352012
    An entire Pacific country will upload itself to the metaverse. It’s a desperate plan – with a hidden message https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/an-entire-pacific-country-will-upload-itself-to-the-metaverse-its-a-desperate-plan-with-a-hidden-message/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/an-entire-pacific-country-will-upload-itself-to-the-metaverse-its-a-desperate-plan-with-a-hidden-message/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 05:45:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80856 ANALYSIS: By Nick Kelly, Queensland University of Technology and Marcus Foth, Queensland University of Technology

    The Pacific nation of Tuvalu is planning to create a version of itself in the metaverse, as a response to the existential threat of rising sea levels.

    Tuvalu’s Minister for Justice, Communication and Foreign Affairs, Simon Kofe, made the announcement via a chilling digital address to leaders at COP27.

    He said the plan, which accounts for the “worst case scenario”, involves creating a digital twin of Tuvalu in the metaverse in order to replicate its beautiful islands and preserve its rich culture:

    The tragedy of this outcome cannot be overstated […] Tuvalu could be the first country in the world to exist solely in cyberspace – but if global warming continues unchecked, it won’t be the last.


    Tuvalu’s “digital twin” message. Video: Reuters

    The idea is that the metaverse might allow Tuvalu to “fully function as a sovereign state” as its people are forced to live somewhere else.

    There are two stories here. One is of a small island nation in the Pacific facing an existential threat and looking to preserve its nationhood through technology.

    The other is that by far the preferred future for Tuvalu would be to avoid the worst effects of climate change and preserve itself as a terrestrial nation. In which case, this may be its way of getting the world’s attention.

    Tuvalu will be one of the first nations to go under as sea levels rise
    Tuvalu will be one of the first nations to go under as sea levels rise. It faces an existential threat. Image: Mick Tsikas/AAP/The Conversation

    What is a metaverse nation?
    The metaverse represents a burgeoning future in which augmented and virtual reality become part of everyday living. There are many visions of what the metaverse might look like, with the most well-known coming from Meta (previously Facebook) CEO Mark Zuckerberg.

    What most of these visions have in common is the idea that the metaverse is about interoperable and immersive 3D worlds. A persistent avatar moves from one virtual world to another, as easily as moving from one room to another in the physical world.

    The aim is to obscure the human ability to distinguish between the real and the virtual, for better or for worse.

    Kofe implies three aspects of Tuvalu’s nationhood could be recreated in the metaverse:

    • territory — the recreation of the natural beauty of Tuvalu, which could be interacted with in different ways
    • culture — the ability for Tuvaluan people to interact with one another in ways that preserve their shared language, norms and customs, wherever they may be
    • sovereignty — if there were to be a loss of terrestrial land over which the government of Tuvalu has sovereignty (a tragedy beyond imagining, but which they have begun to imagine) then could they have sovereignty over virtual land instead?

    Could it be done?
    In the case that Tuvalu’s proposal is, in fact, a literal one and not just symbolic of the dangers of climate change, what might it look like?

    Technologically, it’s already easy enough to create beautiful, immersive and richly rendered recreations of Tuvalu’s territory. Moreover, thousands of different online communities and 3D worlds (such as Second Life) demonstrate it’s possible to have entirely virtual interactive spaces that can maintain their own culture.

    The idea of combining these technological capabilities with features of governance for a “digital twin” of Tuvalu is feasible.

    There have been prior experiments of governments taking location-based functions and creating virtual analogues of them.

    For example, Estonia’s e-residency is an online-only form of residency non-Estonians can obtain to access services such as company registration. Another example is countries setting up virtual embassies on the online platform Second Life.

    Yet there are significant technological and social challenges in bringing together and digitising the elements that define an entire nation.

    Tuvalu has only about 12,000 citizens, but having even this many people interact in real time in an immersive virtual world is a technical challenge. There are issues of bandwidth, computing power, and the fact that many users have an aversion to headsets or suffer nausea.

    Nobody has yet demonstrated that nation-states can be successfully translated to the virtual world. Even if they could be, others argue the digital world makes nation-states redundant.

    Tuvalu’s proposal to create its digital twin in the metaverse is a message in a bottle — a desperate response to a tragic situation. Yet there is a coded message here too, for others who might consider retreat to the virtual as a response to loss from climate change.

    The metaverse is no refuge
    The metaverse is built on the physical infrastructure of servers, data centres, network routers, devices and head-mounted displays. All of this tech has a hidden carbon footprint and requires physical maintenance and energy. Research published in Nature predicts the internet will consume about 20 percent of the world’s electricity by 2025.

    The idea of the metaverse nation as a response to climate change is exactly the kind of thinking that got us here. The language that gets adopted around new technologies — such as “cloud computing”, “virtual reality” and “metaverse” — comes across as both clean and green.

    Such terms are laden with “technological solutionism” and “greenwashing”. They hide the fact that technological responses to climate change often exacerbate the problem due to how energy and resource intensive they are.

    So where does that leave Tuvalu?
    Kofe is well aware the metaverse is not an answer to Tuvalu’s problems. He explicitly states we need to focus on reducing the impacts of climate change through initiatives such as a fossil-fuel non-proliferation treaty.

    His video about Tuvalu moving to the metaverse is hugely successful as a provocation. It got worldwide press — just like his moving plea during COP26 while standing knee-deep in rising water.

    Yet Kofe suggests:

    Without a global conscience and a global commitment to our shared wellbeing we may find the rest of the world joining us online as their lands disappear.

    It is dangerous to believe, even implicitly, that moving to the metaverse is a viable response to climate change. The metaverse can certainly assist in keeping heritage and culture alive as a virtual museum and digital community. But it seems unlikely to work as an ersatz nation-state.

    And, either way, it certainly won’t work without all of the land, infrastructure and energy that keeps the internet functioning.

    It would be far better for us to direct international attention towards Tuvalu’s other initiatives described in the same report:

    The project’s first initiative promotes diplomacy based on Tuvaluan values of olaga fakafenua (communal living systems), kaitasi (shared responsibility) and fale-pili (being a good neighbour), in the hope that these values will motivate other nations to understand their shared responsibility to address climate change and sea level rise to achieve global wellbeing.

    The message in a bottle being sent out by Tuvalu is not really about the possibilities of metaverse nations at all. The message is clear: to support communal living systems, to take shared responsibility and to be a good neighbour.

    The first of these can’t translate into the virtual world. The second requires us to consume less, and the third requires us to care.The Conversation

    Dr Nick Kelly, senior lecturer in interaction design, Queensland University of Technology and Dr Marcus Foth, professor of urban informatics, Queensland University of Technology. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/an-entire-pacific-country-will-upload-itself-to-the-metaverse-its-a-desperate-plan-with-a-hidden-message/feed/ 0 351484
    Plan to build 50,000 new homes in North Korean capital is running out of money https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/10000_homes-11152022160131.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/10000_homes-11152022160131.html#respond Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:01:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/10000_homes-11152022160131.html North Korean leader Kim Jong Un’s ambitious plan to build 50,000 new homes in the capital of Pyongyang has ground to a halt due to a lack of funding, sources in the city told Radio Free Asia.

    Pyongyang, with a population of about 3 million, suffers from a severe housing shortage. Kim promised at the ruling Korean Workers’ Party Congress in January 2021 to build 50,000 houses by the end of 2025, with a target of 10,000 new homes by the end of each year.

    Husks of apartment buildings 50 floors or higher now dot the skyline in the city's Hwasong area, but none of their interiors are anywhere near completion, a source from the capital told RFA’s Korean Service on condition of anonymity for security reasons.

    “They completed the [exterior] frames in September. Construction started in February but the interior finishing work has stopped due to financial difficulties,” said the source. “We need to import electric cables, lighting, tiles, and aluminum window frames to proceed, and we need foreign currency to import these materials.”

    RFA reported in February that North Korea celebrated the start of Phase Two of the project – a second batch of 10,000 homes in the Hwasong area–despite having not yet completed the first batch of 10,000 in the Songsin and Songhwa areas. Delays stemmed from a lack of Chinese construction materials, which were hard to come by while the border remained closed during the first two years of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Rail freight between the two countries resumed earlier this year, and Phase One was finally completed in April, but the problem now is that funds are running low. 

    The 10,000-home construction project is a major priority for the North Korean government. RFA reported in June 2021 that authorities routed electricity away from other regions of the country to keep Pyongyang fully powered so construction workers could work through the night.

    But working on the project has been grueling and dangerous for the workers, mostly soldiers who are forced to work for free. Pyongyang residents complained in May 2021 that the underfed workers were mugging civilians to get money for food. Additionally, a fire in a workers’ dormitory killed 20 workers in April of that year, RFA reported.

    ENG_KOR_10000Homes_11152022.2.JPG
    North Korean leader Kim Jong Un inspects the construction site for households in the Songsin and Songhwa areas of Pyongyang, in this undated photo released March 16, 2022, by North Korea's Korean Central News Agency (KCNA). Credit: KCNA via Reuters

    ‘Extremely important’

    Despite all the problems, the underfed and overworked soldiers are expected to complete the interiors of the Hwasong buildings by the end of December, the source said.

    “This is a construction project promoted by the Highest Dignity, so it is extremely important,” he said, using an honorific term to refer to Kim Jong Un.

    The central government is aware that there is a lack of supplies, but they have ordered that the organizations in charge of construction must resolve their supply issues, according to the source.

    “The Capital Construction Commission directed each organization to sell some of the apartments from the earlier phases of construction to raise funds for the interior construction,” he said.

    Hwasong lies on the outskirts of Pyongyang, and a newly completed apartment could sell for about U.S. $50,000. A unit with an incomplete interior can maybe get $10,000, according to the source.

    There are around 25 high-rise apartments, each with 50 to 70 floors that are still incomplete inside the Hwasong area, in the Taesong and Ryongsong districts, a second Pyongyang resident explained.

    “The internal construction on these 10,000 homes is a project under the absolute control of the Highest Dignity, so it must be completed by the end of the year,” he said. “Each ministry in charge of the construction is busy trying to secure funds by selling some bare apartment units to rich individuals. These are homes with only exterior frames.”

    Sources said that because the government is forcing construction companies to come up with money for materials, and the companies are state-run and therefore funded by taxes, the tax burden on residents will likely increase.

    This is leading to criticism of the project, as people who will never even see the apartments have to sacrifice for them so that Kim Jong Un can count it on a list of his achievements for propaganda purposes, the sources said. 

    Translated by Claire Shinyoung Oh Lee and Leejin J. Chung. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Hyemin Son for RFA Korean.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/10000_homes-11152022160131.html/feed/ 0 351097
    ‘Welcome’ But ‘Must Be Improved’: Groups React as Biden Unveils Plan to Cut Methane https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/welcome-but-must-be-improved-groups-react-as-biden-unveils-plan-to-cut-methane/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/welcome-but-must-be-improved-groups-react-as-biden-unveils-plan-to-cut-methane/#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 14:33:58 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340995
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/welcome-but-must-be-improved-groups-react-as-biden-unveils-plan-to-cut-methane/feed/ 0 350061
    ASEAN leaders call for measurable progress on Myanmar peace plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-summit-myanmar-11112022055149.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-summit-myanmar-11112022055149.html#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 10:56:53 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-summit-myanmar-11112022055149.html ASEAN leaders called Friday for measurable progress in their peace plan for Myanmar, amid growing criticism over the Southeast Asian bloc’s failure to stem the deepening conflict in one of its 10 member states.

    Meeting at an Association of Southeast Asian Nations summit in Cambodia, the group reaffirmed their commitment to the Five Point Consensus which was agreed in April 2021 and aims to bring peace and restore democracy to Myanmar following a military coup against an elected government that has spawned a deepening civil conflict.

    A statement emerging from the summit in Phnom Penh called on ASEAN Foreign Ministers to establish a specific timeline for implementation of a plan which includes “concrete, practical and measurable indicators” of progress. ASEAN reserved the right to review Myanmar’s representation at its meetings. 

    The call for tangible progress comes as human rights groups assail ASEAN’s failure to pressure the Myanmar junta which has largely ignored the Five Point Consensus and resisted dialogue with representatives of the civilian administration it ousted. Instead, the military has dubbed many of its key political opponents as terrorists or outlaws, and waged a scorched earth campaign in the Burmese heartland.

    jokowi.jpg
    Indonesia's President Joko Widodo speaks to the media during ASEAN summit in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, Friday, Nov. 11, 2022.
    CREDIT: AP/Apunam Nath

    Earlier Friday, Indonesia’s president Joko Widodo expressed “deep disappointment” about the worsening situation in Myanmar. Indonesia is set to take over the rotating chairmanship of ASEAN from Cambodia, which is nearing the end of its 12-month stint.

    Myanmar’s coup leader Senior Gen. Min Aung Hlaing was excluded from the summit, and Widodo told reporters he wanted to extend a ban on Myanmar junta representatives, who are barred from meetings of ASEAN leaders and foreign ministers, The Associated Press reported. 

    Friday’s statement, however, stopped short of barring the junta from attending other ASEAN meetings.

    “Indonesia is deeply disappointed the situation in Myanmar is worsening,” Widodo said. “We must not allow the situation in Myanmar to define ASEAN.”

    Philippines President Ferdinand Marcos Jr. also called on Myanmar to abide by and implement the Five Point Consensus.

    Analysts say there are clear fault lines among ASEAN’s 10 members on how to deal with the Myanmar crisis – with Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore reportedly taking a tougher line than nations such as Thailand, Cambodia and Laos.

    Nevertheless, as Cambodian Prime Minister Hun Sen kicked off Friday’s proceedings, he asserted: “Our Motto ‘ASEAN: One Vision, One Identity, One Community’ still holds true to its values today.”  

    He was speaking at the opening ceremony of what were actually two summits in one day. ASEAN is required to hold two leaders’ meetings a year but countries that don’t have the cash to pay for separate meetings are allowed to hold them back-to-back.

    Also on the agenda were security issues, regional growth and geopolitics.

    Marcos seemed to urge caution over global powers gaining further influence in the region. Leaders of strategic rivals the U.S. and China – President Joe Biden and Prime Minister Li Keqiang – are joining summit meetings in Phnom Penh this week.

    "It is imperative that we reassert ASEAN Centrality. This in the face of geopolitical dynamics and tensions in the region and the proliferation of Indo-Pacific engagements, including the requests of our dialogue partners for closer partnerships,” he said.

    Marcos’ comments came a day after top U.S. diplomat for East Asia, Daniel Kritenbrink, said Saturday’s ASEAN-U.S. Summit would try to promote the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework, whose signatories include the Philippines. That framework is widely seen as Washington’s effort to counter China’s investment in infrastructure and industry in Southeast Asia and beyond.

    “ASEAN is clearly at the center of the region’s architecture, and the U.S.’s strategic partnership with ASEAN is at the heart of our Indo-Pacific strategy,” Kritenbrink said.

    The 10 ASEAN members will still need international trade and investment partners as the world recovers from the impact of COVID-19. Hun Sen was cautious about expectations of a strong post-pandemic recovery.

    “While we are now enjoying the fruits of our efforts and moving towards sustainable growth we should always be vigilant as the current socio-economic situation in ASEAN as well as in the whole world remains fragile and divided,” he said.

    But he cited forecasts that economic growth in ASEAN would reach 5.3% this year and 4.2% in 2023, which he called “impressive compared to the rest of the world.”

    ASEAN leaders also held talks Friday with China, South Korea and the United Nations. On Saturday they meet with India, Australia, Japan, Canada and the U.S. Next week, there will be further summits of leaders of the G-20 in Indonesia, and APEC in Thailand.

    Indonesia is next to take the ASEAN chair and it may be hosting an 11th member. Leaders issued a statement Friday saying they agreed in principle to East Timor joining the bloc.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-summit-myanmar-11112022055149.html/feed/ 0 349882
    Haitians, Peace Activists Denounce Plan for Another US-Backed Intervention https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/haitians-peace-activists-denounce-plan-for-another-us-backed-intervention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/haitians-peace-activists-denounce-plan-for-another-us-backed-intervention/#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:51:04 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340669

    As U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau met Thursday in Ottawa to discuss a possible multilateral invasion of Haiti in the name of restoring "stability," Haitian and anti-war voices denounced the prospect of yet another U.S.-backed intervention—which they say will bring the opposite of stability to the crisis-ridden nation.

    "U.S.-style 'humanitarian' intervention is like a massive blow to the spine."

    The Biden administration is seeking a nation to lead a rapid-deployment international military force, an intervention backed by the United Nations Security Council and requested by de facto Haitian prime minister Ariel Henry to quell the gang violence that has spiked since last year's presidential assassination, a 7.2-magnitude earthquake, and a hurricane that devastated much of the deeply impoverished nation.

    While some Haitians—especially elites—and the U.S. corporate media push for armed intervention, other Haitians and peace activists have taken to the streets and to social media to condemn any new invasion.

    "The U.S. wants another country to invade Haiti on its behalf to put down protests against the U.S.-installed government. They're also ready to make it happen with or without U.N. approval," tweeted the women-led peace group CodePink on Thursday. "The entire world must demand #HandsOffHaiti right now."

    In a recent interview with Democracy Now!, Guerline Jozef, executive director of the Haitian Bridge Alliance, said that Haitians "are saying no to an invasion, no to armed invasion from the international community, because every time there is the so-called 'help' invasion, that people go to Haiti, it results in chaos."

    Madame Boukman, a prominent Haitian political commentator, recently tweeted that "U.S.-style 'humanitarian' intervention is like a massive blow to the spine."

    "It has completely paralyzed Haiti's development," she added. "Haitians call for a localized, Haitian solution based on the principles of self-determination."

    Jemima Pierre, a sociocultural anthropologist, UCLA professor, and co-coordinator of the Black Alliance for Peace team on Haiti, said in a Wednesday interview on the progressive radio show "Between the Lines" that "the Haitian people... absolutely do not want foreign armed soldiers on the ground."

    "Haiti has been invaded many times by the U.S. government," Pierre continued. "And every single time it's been complete brutality, rape... And so the last thing people want is to have these soldiers going around with guns and tanks pointing at them, right?"

    Each time the United States has invaded or backed intervention in Haiti—the only nation born from a successful slave revolt—it has cited the restoration of order and stability as its pretext.

    The U.S., which had coveted Haitian territory since the 19th century, used civil unrest sparked by a gruesome presidential assassination to justify a 1915 invasion and subsequent 19-year occupation.

    U.S. Marines, wrote Time at the end of the occupation, "landed at Port-au-Prince and began forcibly soothing everybody." Thousands of Haitians who resisted were killed. Rape of Haitian women and children by U.S. troops ran rampant and went unpunished. Occupation forces implemented forced labor, Jim Crow segregation, and oversaw the looting of the country's finances and resources for the benefit of Wall Street banks and investors. All the while, U.S. politicians and press hailed what they called America's "civilizing mission."

    The U.S. would occupy Haiti until 1934. In the decades that followed, successive administrations in Washington supported Haitian dictators including the brutal Duvalier dynasty. Democracy was finally restored with the 1990 election of then-priest and progressive populist Jean Bertrand Aristide, but a year later he was ousted in a military coup whose plotters included CIA operatives.

    Amid calls for an international intervention to restore stability, President Joe Biden, then the junior U.S. senator from Delaware, in 1994 opined that "if Haiti just quietly sunk into the Caribbean or rose up 300 feet, it wouldn't matter a whole lot to our interests."

    Then-President Bill Clinton did not agree, and that year his administration secured United Nations Security Council authorization to stage a U.S.-led invasion to "restore democracy" to Haiti. Clinton sent 25,000 troops on a "nation-building" mission, and Aristide was returned to the Palais National. Ten years later, he was ousted in another U.S.-backed coup.

    When U.N. troops deployed to Haiti following a devastating 2010 earthquake, they brought more than the stability they were tasked with maintaining. A cholera epidemic traced back to Nepalese U.N. peacekeepers infected more than 800,000 people in four regional countries, killing over 10,000 of them.

    A fresh cholera outbreak has been cited by some people seeking renewed intervention in Haiti, but Jozef said that "that itself is a result of the U.N. being in Haiti after the earthquake."

    In related Haiti news, U.S. Sen. Ed Markey (D-Mass.) and 15 colleagues—including progressives Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.)—this week urged the Biden administration to "immediately extend and redesignate Temporary Protected Status (TPS) for Haiti," a move that would allow Haitians currently in the United States to remain in the country until conditions improve in their homeland.

    Related Content

    Haiti's current TPS status is set to expire in February 2023. The Biden administration has deported tens of thousands of Haitian asylum-seekers—many of whom report human rights abuses by U.S. immigration authorities—despite the grave humanitarian situation in the country.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/haitians-peace-activists-denounce-plan-for-another-us-backed-intervention/feed/ 0 346213
    ASEAN sticks to failed peace plan despite ongoing bloodshed in Myanmar https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-meeting-10272022161541.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-meeting-10272022161541.html#respond Thu, 27 Oct 2022 20:16:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-meeting-10272022161541.html Southeast Asian foreign ministers decided Thursday to persist with a failed peace plan on Myanmar, a move that a top human rights group called “a huge disappointment,” days after the bloodiest single airstrike in the country since last year’s military coup.

    The ministers emphasized the need to ensure the time-bound implementation of a five-point consensus agreed to with the Burmese junta in April 2021, ASEAN chair Cambodia said after a special meeting in Jakarta of top diplomats from the regional bloc’s member-states.

    The ministers “reaffirmed the importance and relevance” of the consensus, “and underscored the need to further strengthen its implementation through concrete, practical and time-bound actions,” Cambodian Foreign Minister Prak Sokhonn said in a statement after the meeting.

    The consensus calls for an immediate end to violence; a dialogue among all concerned parties; mediation of the dialogue process by an ASEAN special envoy; provision of humanitarian aid through ASEAN channels; and a visit to Myanmar by the bloc’s special envoy to meet all concerned parties.

    Retno Marsudi, Indonesia’s top diplomat, acknowledged that the foreign ministers from member-states of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations were disappointed with the lack of significant progress in implementing the five-point consensus, with some expressing their frustration.

    “Instead of progressing, the situation was even described as worsening,” Retno said.

    “The approach of sweeping problems under the rug should no longer be an option.”

    But, as chair Cambodia’s statement said, the foreign ministers, “agreed that ASEAN should not be discouraged, but even more determined to help Myanmar to bring about a peaceful solution the soonest possible.”

    Myanmar’s expulsion from ASEAN was never on the table, according to Sidharto Suryodipuro, director general of ASEAN cooperation at the Indonesian Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

    “Discussions on the situation in Myanmar have always been based on the assumption that Myanmar remains part of ASEAN,” Sidharto told reporters.

    The special meeting in Jakarta was held to prepare recommendations to be submitted to ASEAN leaders at the summit of the 10-nation bloc in Cambodia next month.

    Discontent has been growing among some ASEAN members about the junta reneging on the consensus it had agreed to, and amid the relentless violence, especially the execution of four political prisoners in July.

    The violence has only increased since.

    At least 63 people were killed after Myanmar military jets Sunday dropped munitions on a crowd attending a concert celebrating the 62nd anniversary of the Kachin Independence Organization (KIO)’s founding. It was believed to be the deadliest single airstrike since the military seized power in a February 2021 coup.

    Saifuddin Abdullah, Malaysia’s outspoken top diplomat, in July had raised the prospect of junking the five-point consensus. Last month in New York, he had questioned its validity, because the junta had been blithely ignoring it.

    But Saifuddin, who has consistently taken the lead on post-coup Myanmar issues at ASEAN, was absent from the special meeting in Jakarta, because his government is now a caretaker administration after the announcement of a general election next month in Malaysia.  

    Seven ASEAN foreign ministers attended the talks in Jakarta in person.

    As in several previous meetings, Myanmar was not represented, Prak said.

    Vietnam’s foreign minister was busy preparing for a visit by the head of the Vietnamese communist party to China next week, according to an ASEAN diplomatic source.

    The Myanmar representative desk is seen empty during the Special ASEAN Foreign Ministers' Meeting at the ASEAN secretariat building in Jakarta, Oct. 27, 2022. Credit: Handout ASEAN via AFP


    ‘Junta has shown its contempt for ASEAN’

    Phil Robertson, deputy Asia director for Human Rights Watch, minced no words in expressing his dismay about the outcome of Thursday’s meeting in Jakarta.

    “ASEAN has reached a make or break point on Myanmar, but the Special Foreign Ministers meeting statement reflected just more business as usual, and that’s a huge disappointment. It’s hard to see how the Five Point Consensus can be saved when the SAC military junta has failed to implement one word of what Sr. Gen. Min Aung Hlaing promised in Jakarta last year,” he said in a statement, referring to the Burmese military chief.

    “Instead of the kind of wishy-washy language contained in the [ASEAN] chairperson’s statement today, ASEAN needs to get tough by establishing clear, time bound human rights benchmarks on Myanmar that include the release of political prisoners, a cessation of attacks on civilians, and steps towards dissolving the junta to allow for the establishment of civilian democratic rule,” Robertson added.

    “Those benchmarks should be accompanied by clear penalties should Myanmar fail to meet them,” he added.

    ASEAN will have to do more than repeat calls for an end to violence and the need for dialogue and negotiation, said Hunter S. Marston, a researcher on Asia at the Australian National University.

    “Those conditions are unrealistic at this point, and the junta has shown its contempt for ASEAN and its diplomatic efforts,” he told BenarNews, an RFA-affiliated online news service.

    ASEAN will never expel Myanmar, but it should include representatives from the opposition National Unity Government (NUG) to promote dialogue, he said.

    For its part, the NUG said the benefit of ASEAN holding on to the five-point consensus was questionable.

    “ASEAN leaders know all too well what Myanmar people want and need. We have just heard Ms. Noeleen Heyzer, the United Nations envoy to Myanmar, say the other day that Myanmar’s people can never accept the military junta,” Kyaw Zaw, spokesman for the NUG’s president office told the Burmese Service of Radio Free Asia (RFA), an online news service affiliated with BenarNews.

    “If ASEAN believes the same, I think they should have direct dialogue with the NUG, the real government that represents the wish of Myanmar people and the national ethnic groups to put an end to all these crises,” Kyaw Zaw added.

    Based on the outcome of Thursday’s meeting and because ASEAN makes its decisions consensually, one Burmese analyst, Sai Kyi Zin Soe, did not foresee much progress being made at the ASEAN summit in Phnom Penh next month.

    “ASEAN member countries seem to be split into two: the west leaning and the pro-China, and they are not sure of their stand between the two either. Some member countries favor the idea that the NUG should be invited as the west suggested whereas the others still hold the belief that the Myanmar military junta can be further reasoned with for the progress,” Sai Kyi Zin Soe told RFA.

    “Because of these different views among ASEAN countries, the summit, in my opinion, might not be able to make a common decision that Myanmar people desire, or a common decision that leads to effective changes for Myanmar people.”

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated News Service.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Ismira Lutfia Tisnadibrata for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/asean-meeting-10272022161541.html/feed/ 0 345708
    US-Taiwan joint weapons production plan likely to meet opposition https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/us-taiwan-joint-weapons-10212022005552.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/us-taiwan-joint-weapons-10212022005552.html#respond Fri, 21 Oct 2022 05:06:35 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/us-taiwan-joint-weapons-10212022005552.html The United States’ alleged plan to produce weapons jointly with Taiwan to boost its deterrence capabilities against China was met with mixed views by observers and analysts in Taipei.

    Nikkei Asia was the first media outlet to report on Wednesday that the Biden administration is considering such a plan, quoting three unnamed people familiar with it.

    Senior U.S. officials have warned this week that China may speed up plans to invade Taiwan, which Beijing considers one of its provinces. President Xi Jinping, in his opening speech at the 20th Communist Party Congress, said Chinese leaders “will not renounce the use of force” in national reunification.

    Nikkei, quoted a person with direct knowledge of the matter as saying:

    “initial discussions on joint U.S.-Taiwan [weapons] production had begun” and that U.S. defense companies may “provide technology to manufacture weapons in Taiwan, or to produce them in the U.S. using Taiwan-made parts.”

    It is understood that the process is still in the initial stage and discussions will continue throughout next year.

    Reuters quoted a business lobbyist as saying that “there could be resistance within the U.S. government to issuing co-production licenses” for manufacturing in a foreign country.

    Taiwan-based analysts told RFA that “the risk of military secrets being leaked and the interests of arms dealers are the main factors” to be considered during the process.

     ‘No comment’

    Both the Taiwanese Ministry of National Defense and Ministry of Foreign Affairs declined to comment on the reports.

    Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Joanne Ou told reporters that the U.S. government, across party lines, maintains close cooperation with Taiwan to bolster Taiwan's self-defense and asymmetrical warfare capabilities through arms sales.

    "The two sides continue to have regular, intensive discussions on that matter, but we have no information to share, and we are not willing to comment on the reports," she said.

    Defense Ministry spokesman Sun Li-fang told RFA: “We have no comment at this time.”

    Before that a U.S. State Department spokesperson said the United States “is looking at all options to ensure the rapid transfer of defensive capabilities to Taiwan."

    Next month, the U.S. Senate is expected to vote on the 2023 National Defense Authorization Act. It proposes a new amendment to more than double military aid to Taiwan to over U.S. $10 billion, from the U.S. $4.5 billion in the initial bill.

    However due to the war in Ukraine and the COVID pandemic, there is still a backlog of U.S. $14.2 billion in military equipment that Taiwan bought from the U.S. in 2019 but has yet to receive.

    Taiwan President Tsai Ing-wen, in an address earlier this month, said “Taiwan will not rely on others for its defense and is committed to protecting its security and democratic way of life.”

    Black Hawk helicopter.JPG
    A UH-60 Black Hawk helicopter prepares for landing during a military exercise at the Hengchun airport in Pingtung, southern Taiwan, Aug. 9, 2022. CREDIT: Ann Wang/Reuters

    Technology leaks

    Some analysts say the first priority should be given to speed up the arms transfer as all of Taiwan's arms imports in 2016-2020 came from the U.S.

    Chieh Chung, an associate research fellow with think-tank National Policy Foundation, told the official Central News Agency that a much easier option would be to move Taiwan to the top of Washington's transfer priority list.”

    Some others welcome the idea of joint production, saying it would lower the costs and at the same time help develop Taiwan’s defense industry.

    Taipei-based security expert Qi Leyi told RFA the two sides could first aim at producing “small, maneuverable and high-survivability weapons such as surveillance and reconnaissance communication equipment; reconnaissance and attack integrated drones; general-purpose anti-ship, air-defense and anti-tank missiles; as well as ‘intelligent’ mines.”

     

    Patriot missile launcher.JPG
    MIM-104 Patriot surface-to-air missile (SAM) system launchers take part in the Han Kuang military drill in Taichung, Taiwan June 7, 2018. CREDIT: Taiwan Defense Ministry

    Another expert, Su Tzu-yun, director of the military-sanctioned Institute for National Defense and Security Research (INDSR), told RFA’s Mandarin Service that Taiwan had already cooperated in the weapons production field with the U.S. in the past.

    A Taiwanese producer has successfully manufactured CM-11 Brave Tiger tanks, developed by the U.S.' General Dynamics, since the 1990s. Taiwan’s indigenous Hsiung Feng II and III missiles were also developed with some U.S. technology.

    “Many Taiwanese private companies are already part of the U.S. defense industry supply chain,” Su said, adding that it is “entirely possible” for them to cooperate further once “mutual trust is ensured.”

    Guo Chong-lun, a well-known commentator on military issues, noted the “biggest difficulties in Taiwan-U.S. cooperation in the production of weapons is that the U.S. government must overcome the arms industry's opposition to moving production lines to Taiwan, thinning profits, and leakage of secret military technology.”

    "If the weapons are produced in Taiwan, the interest margins for arms dealers will not be as high as in the past. That factor should be taken into consideration," Guo told RFA.

    (Xia Xiaohua in Taipei contributed to this story)


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/us-taiwan-joint-weapons-10212022005552.html/feed/ 0 343492
    No Matter How Long the Ukraine War Lasts, Weapons Makers Plan to Cash In https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/no-matter-how-long-the-ukraine-war-lasts-weapons-makers-plan-to-cash-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/no-matter-how-long-the-ukraine-war-lasts-weapons-makers-plan-to-cash-in/#respond Thu, 20 Oct 2022 11:17:52 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340480

    As Russia's attack on Ukraine drags on, the world is dealing with a lot of uncertainty. At every stage, predictions about the war have done poorly when met with the cold, hard reality of modern conflict. But one thing has been certain from the start: the U.S. defense industry is going to cash in.

    The proposal would give the Department of Defense wartime powers that would free it to buy huge amounts of artillery and other munitions using multi-year contracts.

    A recent example of this came last week when Sens. Jack Reed (D-R.I.) and Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.) proposed a new amendment to this year's National Defense Authorization Act. The proposal would give the Department of Defense wartime powers that would free it to buy huge amounts of artillery and other munitions using multi-year contracts, according to Defense News.

    Here's the important part: the amendment would also authorize the Pentagon to skip competitive contracting for Ukraine-related deals (including billions of dollars worth of contracts to refill U.S. stockpiles), and it would waive other provisions aimed at stopping weapons makers from overcharging taxpayers.

    As an unnamed congressional aide told Defense News, the move would allow contractors to produce far more than Ukraine needs. Instead, we're buying for a two-front war. "It's hard to think of something as high on everybody's list as buying a ton of munitions for the next few years, for our operational plans against China and continuing to supply Ukraine," the source said.

    In other words, lawmakers and defense contractors are taking advantage of Ukraine to get their weapons wish list, according to Bill Hartung of the Quincy Institute.

    "It's part of the larger push to exploit the war in Ukraine to jack up Pentagon spending for things that have nothing to do with defending Ukraine, or any likely future scenario," Hartung said.

    As Defense News notes, the "proposed legislation also authorizes contracts for 20,000 AIM-120 Advanced Medium-Range Air-to-Air missiles, which Ukraine has not fired extensively – if at all." The package also includes purchases of several other missiles that seem to go far beyond Kyiv's wish list.

    Notably, it's unclear whether these weapons would actually be useful in the case of a U.S.-China war. 

    "It's building stockpiles for a major ground war in the future," Mark Cancian of the Center for Strategic and International Studies told Defense News. "This is not the list you would use for China. For China we'd have a very different list."

    In related news, Lockheed Martin announced Tuesday that it plans to expand its production of the High Mobility Artillery Rocket System—better known as HIMARS—by more than 50 percent. The decision follows months of positive publicity for the weapons system, which seems to have sparked increased interest from governments in Eastern Europe.

    The announcement comes just a month after the Army said it wanted to double HIMARS production and triple production of certain types of artillery in response to the war in Ukraine. This type of boost would require new or at least dramatically expanded production facilities, raising concerns that it will be difficult to scale back down in the future.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Connor Echols.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/no-matter-how-long-the-ukraine-war-lasts-weapons-makers-plan-to-cash-in/feed/ 0 343317
    Biden’s Former Haitian Envoy Slams White House Plan for Armed Intervention https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/bidens-former-haitian-envoy-slams-white-house-plan-for-armed-intervention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/bidens-former-haitian-envoy-slams-white-house-plan-for-armed-intervention/#respond Wed, 19 Oct 2022 17:55:39 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=411229

    If the U.S. moves forward with a U.N.-proposed plan to send armed forces into Haiti, the Biden administration’s former envoy to Haiti warned, the result will be a predictable catastrophe.

    Ambassador Dan Foote resigned last fall in protest of U.S. deportation policy, which continues to return planeloads of Haitian migrants to dangerous conditions without giving them a serious opportunity to apply for asylum. In his resignation letter, he also condemned the U.S. for its support of the extralegal, de facto Prime Minister Ariel Henry, who has been credibly linked to the assassination of President Jovenel Moïse in July 2021, and has fired multiple prosecutors probing the crime.

    In recent weeks, Haiti has erupted in protests against deteriorating economic conditions. In September, Henry cut fuel subsidies, sending costs flying and people into the streets. Gangs responded by blockading a key fuel terminal, and in early October, Henry called for international intervention. An outbreak of cholera, originally brought to the island by a U.N. “peacekeeping” operation in the 2000s, is worsening as the fuel shortage limits clean water supplies.

    U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres responded to Henry’s call for intervention by encouraging an international armed force to deploy to Haiti. On Monday, Linda Thomas-Greenfield, U.S. representative to the United Nations, told the Security Council that the U.S. and Mexico would be proposing a resolution for a “carefully scoped non-U.N. mission led by a partner country with the deep and necessary experience required for such an effort to be effective.”

    “Trying the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result is insanity.”

    Foote said Biden’s increasingly interventionist posture toward Haiti, which was evident even last year, was behind his decision to resign. “The deportations were the straw that broke the camel’s back,” Foote said. “But the major reason I resigned is because I saw U.S policy moving in exactly this direction, toward intervention, which is, as Einstein said — and I’ll paraphrase — trying the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result is insanity. And in Haiti, each time the international community has intervened without Haitian and popular support, the situation is stabilized temporarily, and then it becomes much worse over time.”

    An armed intervention would likely produce a short period of calm, he said, but would fall apart sooner or later. “It’s almost unfathomable that all Haitians are calling for a different solution, yet the U.S and the U.N and international [institutions] are blindly stumbling through with Ariel Henry,” he said.

    Foote said that the Biden administration continues to support Henry in power because he has been amenable to accepting the deportations of migrants. “It’s gotta be because he has promised to be compliant,” he said, “but we’re going to have a civil uprising in Haiti similar to 1915, when we sent the Marines in for the first time and administered Haiti for almost 20 years. In 1915, Haiti was in a similar position, and they went up to the French Embassy at the time, or the legation, and they dragged the president — President [Jean Vilbrun Guillaume] Sam — out, and they tore him limb from limb on the streets. And I fear that you’re gonna see something similar with Ariel Henry or with a foreign force that’s sent in there to propagate his government and keep him in power.”

    But the policy is circular and self-defeating, Foote argued. In exchange for the short-term political gain of alleviating the Haitian migration crisis at the U.S. border — a crisis driven by instability and deepening poverty — the deportations are only increasing instability, thereby exacerbating the migration crisis. Mexico, but also Brazil and other South and Central American nations, have seen the number of refugees from Haiti soar amid surging prices and a deteriorating security situation.

    “It’s self-perpetuating,” he said. “We’re looking at the immigration consequences daily. Haitians want to leave Haiti. If we were there, we’d do the same thing. It is unlivable there. So you’re going to see continued increased immigration demand, including in unsafe boats and crossing very dangerous places like the Darién [Gap] in Panama, etc.”

    “If Ariel Henry is involved in any government that holds elections, you might as well not even hold them because the people won’t accept them.”

    At the root of the bias toward intervention is blatant racism, Foote said. “If they support U.N intervention, and we move forward with that, I’m heartbroken, frankly, because it’s not going to work,” he said. “It can restore stability temporarily, but it will not be sustainable. There’s no state in Haiti on which the people can hang their hat, and if the current illegitimate government holds elections, they won’t be acceptable by the Haitian people. If Ariel Henry is involved in any government that holds elections, you might as well not even hold them because the people won’t accept them, and we’ll continue to be in a place where they are governed by foreigners, basically. It goes back to our policy — unspoken U.S policy that’s been going on for 200-plus years, and I’ve heard this in hushed tones in the back quarters of the State Department: ‘What drives our Haiti policy is this unspoken belief that these dumb Black people can’t govern themselves.’”

    Haitian civil society should have the opportunity to come up with their own solution, he said. “Let’s give the Haitians a chance to mess their own country up for once. I’ve seen us do it a number of times,” said Foote, adding that he was involved in the disastrous post-earthquake reconstruction effort. “I know how not to fix Haiti. We’ve done it numerous times. Give them a chance to fix themselves. What’s the worst they can do?”

    “They can’t do any worse than the United States and the international community has done, and I guarantee you they’re going to do better because they know their country, and they’re gonna be bought into their own solutions — as opposed to being told what to do by white foreigners.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Grim.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/19/bidens-former-haitian-envoy-slams-white-house-plan-for-armed-intervention/feed/ 0 343106
    Britain and Australia plan steps to stop China hiring their pilots https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-uk-pilots-10192022041930.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-uk-pilots-10192022041930.html#respond Wed, 19 Oct 2022 08:24:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-uk-pilots-10192022041930.html The British defense ministry is “taking immediate steps to deter and penalize” the recruitment of former U.K. military pilots by China for training, which experts say could pose serious security risks in the Asia-Pacific region and the South China Sea.

    The Australian Defence Force meanwhile is also investigating claims that the People's Liberation Army (PLA) is attempting to recruit Australian aviators to train its pilots. 

    British media, including the BBC, reported that up to 30 former British military pilots are believed to have gone to train PLA members, allegedly for large sums of money.

    Defense intelligence officers “are engaging with the individuals already involved to ensure they are fully aware of the risk of prosecution under the Officials Secrets Act,” said the ministry in a statement.

    “We are conducting a review of the use of confidentiality agreements across Defence with the aim of providing additional contractual levers to prevent individuals breaching security,” it said.

    The current legislation would be amended to “capture a range of relevant activity and provide additional possible routes to prosecution.”

    A rare intelligence alert has been issued to warn former Royal Air Force (RAF) pilots against collaborating with the PLA.

    ‘Staggering news’

    The news on China’s recruitment of U.K. former pilots left some regional security and defense analysts dumbfounded.

    “It’s totally astonishing that some elite pilots within NATO would be training Chinese pilots,” said Alexander Neill, an independent military analyst based in Singapore.

    Recently, the British Royal Navy’s aircraft carrier HMS Queen Elizabeth and its strike group took part in joint exercises in the South China Sea with the U.S. Navy and other allies.

    Ten US F-35 fighter jets were deployed aboard the British aircraft carrier as part of an agreement to integrate the operations of two nations’ carrier fleets.

    “Imagine what the U.S. Navy must have been thinking after receiving the news? They’re supposed to be on the same side,” said Neill.

    “There must be a lot of frustration and anger,” he added.

    US-NAVY-SCS.jpg
    U.S. Marine Corps F-35B fighter jets operate off the U.K. aircraft carrier HMS Queen Elizabeth in the South China Sea on July 27, 2021. CREDIT: U.S. Navy

    “Recruiting former members of the armed forces is a common practice of intelligence gathering,” said Matthew Brazil, Fellow at the Jamestown Foundation and co-author of the book ‘Chinese Communist Espionage’.

    “Depending on how current a pilot is, they would at least know a lot of secret-level information on air combat tactics and capabilities. A pilot could know more too about advanced avionics and Allied Air Force weaknesses,” he said.  

    Pilots under contract to the PLA Air Force (PLAAF) or the PLA Navy (PLAN) “would therefore be targets for recruitment by Chinese military intelligence to reveal more than just flying skills.” 

    The latest developments show that the U.K. has a “serious counter intelligence problem,” according to Singapore-based Neill.

    “It seems peculiar that the British intelligence didn’t have much idea about the recruitment [of former military pilots],” the security analyst said.

    Combat experience

    According to British media reports, the U.K. authorities first became aware of the recruitment of former military pilots in 2019. The number was small at that time but has recently increased “significantly”.

    The recruited pilots have experience on fast jets and other aircraft, including Typhoons, Jaguars, Harriers and Tornados. 

    Typhoon jets.JPG
    British Royal Air Force's Typhoon Eurofighter jets demonstrate the interception of a Belgian air force transport plane as they fly over Britain, Jan. 14, 2020. Credit: Johanna Geron/Reuters

    Neill pointed out that while growing fast, the PLAAF doesn’t have much operational experience compared to the RAF, which took part in the wars in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria and Libya. 

    “The former military pilots hold valuable knowledge and experience, of which the PLAAF seems determined to get as much as they can,” said Neill.

    “It’s clear that the PLA has now moved on from training to rehearsing combat scenarios,” he said, adding that not only the U.S. and its allies but other countries in the region should be watching closely.

    “This is the most dangerous development,” said Shen Ming-Shih, acting deputy chief executive officer at Taiwan’s Institute for National Defense and Security Research (IDSR), a state think-tank.

    “China wants British ex-officers not only for flight training, but to understand the West’s air combat doctrine and to find operational weaknesses of the U.S. and NATO air forces, then to develop their own countermeasures,” Shen said.

    “Knowing Western air operation strategy and tactics, China can also counter the Taiwanese Air Force, because our Air Force operates with similar tactical thinking,” the Taiwanese military expert said.

    British officials told media that the former pilots were recruited through intermediary headhunters, including a particular flying academy based in South Africa. They were offered lucrative packages, some thought to be as much as U.S. $270,000.

    Conservative MP Tobias Ellwood, Chair of the House of Commons Defence Select Committee, himself a former soldier, wrote on Twitter: “We should not be surprised by China’s audacity in luring UK pilots to learn about our tactics. But we should be surprised there’s nothing akin to the ‘Official Secrets Act’ preventing this - and the absence of patriotism of those involved.” 

    Australia investigating claims

    Australia’s defense ministry has followed the U.K. in investigating claims that Australian former military pilots had been recruited by China via a South African flight school.

    The defense minister, Richard Marles, said in a statement quoted in Australian media: “I would be deeply shocked and disturbed to hear that there were personnel who were being lured by a pay cheque from a foreign state above serving their own country.”

    “I’ve requested the division to examine these claims and are available again to my workplace with clear recommendations on this matter,” the minister said.

    In Alexander Neill’s opinion, the PLA is keen to get first-hand knowledge of Western air forces tactics and is not picky about which countries to learn from, given they have similar platforms. 

    “Israel, Australia, the Netherlands or any other country could serve the purpose,” he said. 

    Some analysts also think that “recruiting ex-NATO pilots is actually a double-edged sword for China.” 

    “These Western instructors could reveal how much the PLAAF knows, how they fly and train their pilots, how they cooperate with other units, branches etc.,” said Andreas Rupprecht, a well-known expert on China's military aviation.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-uk-pilots-10192022041930.html/feed/ 0 342979
    ‘Believe Him,’ Say Critics, as McCarthy Signals GOP Plan to Attack Social Security, Medicare https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/believe-him-say-critics-as-mccarthy-signals-gop-plan-to-attack-social-security-medicare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/believe-him-say-critics-as-mccarthy-signals-gop-plan-to-attack-social-security-medicare/#respond Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:53:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340443

    Progressives on Tuesday warned that U.S. voters should take House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy and other Republicans at their word when they threaten to enact cuts to Social Security and Medicare despite the cost-of-living crisis that already has Americans struggling to afford healthcare and other essentials.

    In an interview with Punchbowl News Tuesday, the California Republican outlined plans to use the expected fight over the raising of the debt ceiling next year as leverage to pass several austerity policies and block additional aid for Ukraine, as well as blocking pandemic-related spending.

    "If people want to make a debt ceiling [for a longer period of time], just like anything else, there comes a point in time where, okay, we'll provide you more money, but you got to change your current behavior," McCarthy told the outlet. "And we should seriously sit together and [figure out] where can we eliminate some waste?"

    "The Republican 'solution' to inflation is to hold the full faith and credit of the U.S. government hostage unless they are able to enact huge cuts to Social Security and Medicare."

    The "behavior" and supposed "waste" McCarthy has in mind likely includes the New Deal-era Social Security program, which helps keep 22.1 million Americans out of poverty, and Medicare. Working Americans' taxes keep both programs running and allow millions to benefit from them, but Republicans including Sens. Ron Johnson (Wis.) and Rick Scott (Fla.) have said this year that they should not be considered mandatory programs and should instead be brought up for a vote every five years or even annually.

    McCarthy told Punchbowl that he wouldn't "predetermine" the "structural changes" his party plans to make to Medicare and Social Security, but he did suggest the Republicans will exploit the raising of the debt limit, which is expected by the second half of 2023, to force changes.

    The debt limit is the amount of money the federal government is permitted to borrow to meet its existing legal obligations, including Medicare, Social Security, tax refunds, and other payments. Failing to raise the debt ceiling and defaulting on those obligations could cause a global financial crisis.

    Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) accused the Republicans of planning to "hold the full faith and credit of the U.S. government hostage unless they are able to enact huge cuts" to the programs.

    Social Security Works, which advocates for the strengthening and expansion of the Social Security program, urged voters to make their decisions with McCarthy's words in mind.

    "Kevin McCarthy says he will cut Social Security and Medicare if he becomes Speaker," the group said. "Believe him!"

    The Republican leader's comments represent just the latest time the party has publicized "their #1 priority if they gain control of Congress: Cut, privatize, and ultimately destroy the American people's earned Social Security and Medicare benefits," said Alex Lawson, executive director of the group.

    "The future of Social Security and Medicare is on the ballot this November. Democrats are united in support of protecting and expanding benefits," he added. "Republicans, led by Kevin McCarthy, are united in a plot to reach into our pockets and steal our money."

    The GOP has long repeated false claims that Social Security and Medicare are unaffordable for the U.S. As progressives including Sanders have said in recent months, based on the latest report from the Board of Trustees of the Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance and Federal Disability Insurance Trust Funds, the program is fully funded until 2035 and would be able to pay fro 90% of benefits for the next 25 years, even without Congress passing legislation that Democrats have proposed to expand it. 

    With the New York Times' latest polling showing that Republicans have gained a significant advantage in the upcoming midterm elections, Jim Roberts of The 74 warned, "to put it bluntly, the future of Medicare and Social Security hangs in the balance this November."

    Journalist Judd Legum noted Tuesday that while Republicans have been clear with the political press about their intentions, they aren't running ads promising Social Security and Medicare cuts.

    That is likely because "recent polling shows that 77% of Americans, including 76% of Republicans, support increasing Social Security benefits," he said.

    As Common Dreams reported Monday, progressive strategists are calling on the party to spend the final three weeks before the election focusing intently on Republicans' plans to cut programs millions of Americans count on—Democrats' proposals to strengthen those programs, hold corporate price-gougers accountable, and bring relief to working families.

    Matthew Gertz of Media Matters for America also called on the corporate media to make Republicans' proposals abundantly clear to readers.

    "The media should inform voters about the stakes of this election, not carry water for Republicans by hiding their plans!" tweeted Social Security Works.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/believe-him-say-critics-as-mccarthy-signals-gop-plan-to-attack-social-security-medicare/feed/ 0 342869
    If They Retake Congress, GOP Plan to Make Trump Tax Cuts for Rich Permanent https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/17/if-they-retake-congress-gop-plan-to-make-trump-tax-cuts-for-rich-permanent/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/17/if-they-retake-congress-gop-plan-to-make-trump-tax-cuts-for-rich-permanent/#respond Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:24:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340422

    Republican Party leaders have designs to push for the extension of corporate tax cuts and permanently reduce the rate for the wealthiest Americans if they regain control of Congress in the upcoming midterm elections, according to new reporting out Monday.

    "Never, ever, ever allow any Republican to claim they can't support legislation because 'it's not paid for' or there are no 'offsets.'"

    Derisively referred to as the "GOP tax scam" of 2017, the legislation signed by Trump was disingenuously touted by the former president as "a bill for the middle class," but in reality resulted in a massive windfall for large corporations and the wealthy.

    While Trump said that "corporations are literally going wild" over the measure that saw most of the $1.5 trillion in tax cuts go to the wealthiest 1% of Americans and corporations, the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office estimated the legislation would add $1.7 trillion to the national debt by 2027.

    New reporting by The Washington Post on Monday details how Republicans believe, if they do retake the House and Senate, they can force through an extension of the Trump tax cuts for the rich by putting President Joe Biden in a political box ahead of the 2024 presidential campaign.

    According to the Post:

    Many economists say the GOP's plans to expand the tax cuts flies against their promises to fight inflation and reduce the federal deficit, which have emerged as central themes of their 2022 midterm campaign rhetoric. Tax cuts boost inflation just like new spending, because they increase economic demand and throw it out of balance with supply. But Republicans say they believe these efforts would put Biden in a political bind, requiring him to choose between vetoing the tax cuts—giving the GOP an attack line in the 2024 presidential election—or allowing Republicans to win on one of their central legislative agenda items.

    In response to the Post's reporting, Democrats running for Congress underscored what's at stake in next month's midterms.

    "The extreme MAGA Republicans' top priorities? Destroying Social Security and Medicare and criminalizing reproductive freedom," U.S. Rep. Bobby Scott (D-Va.) tweeted in response to the Post report. "Now they also want tax cuts for corporations and the super-wealthy which adds to the deficit and worsens inflation."

    Pennsylvania Lt. Gov. John Fetterman, a Democrat running to represent the state in the U.S. Senate, said in a statement that his Republican opponent, TV doctor Mehmet Oz, "would be an automatic vote for this disastrous GOP agenda to cut taxes for the wealthy and corporations while making inflation worse."

    Former House Speaker Newt Gingrich (D-Ga.) told the Post that Republicans successfully used a similar strategy to force former Democratic presidents Bill Clinton and Barack Obama to sign tax cuts they did not initially support.

    "The trick is to put the president in a position of either getting defeated in 2024 or signing your stuff into law," Gingrich explained. "Republicans will make it a priority to continue the Trump tax cuts because it puts the Democrats in a position of being for tax increases and against economic growth."

    However, White House Deputy Press Secretary Andrew Bates said that "the House GOP's top priority is to worsen inflation and raise energy and healthcare costs by repealing the Inflation Reduction Act. Then they want to further sell middle-class families out to the rich with another tax giveaway to rich special interests."

    Social Security and Medicare defenders are also warning that those popular social programs, which each serve tens of millions of older Americans, face "grave danger" if Republicans retake Congress.

    Related Content

    "Never, ever, ever allow any Republican to claim they can't support legislation because 'it's not paid for' or there are no 'offsets,'" said David Badash, founder and editor of The New Civil Rights Movement. "Not when they plan to expand the massive tax cuts for the rich and corporations if they win next month."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/17/if-they-retake-congress-gop-plan-to-make-trump-tax-cuts-for-rich-permanent/feed/ 0 342592
    Biden’s Marijuana Plan Is Good, But More Must Be Done https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/bidens-marijuana-plan-is-good-but-more-must-be-done/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/bidens-marijuana-plan-is-good-but-more-must-be-done/#respond Sun, 16 Oct 2022 14:10:07 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340394

    Last week, President Joe Biden—a driving force behind the 1994 crime bill which accelerated mass incarceration in America—announced a three-step plan for marijuana reform which began with a pardon for "all current United States citizens and lawful permanent residents who committed the offense of simple possession of marijuana." The pardon is a welcome development for those invested in dismantling the carceral state. But a closer look at the limits of the plan's impact reveals that much more still must be done to achieve justice around the issue of marijuana laws.

    According to the White House there isn't currently anyone in federal prison for simple marijuana possession, so the plan will primarily involve expunging records rather than releasing those serving sentences. And while the pardon will reportedly benefit an estimated 6,500 people, nearly 400,000 people are currently locked up for drug offenses, and hundreds of thousands of others have been released with damaging criminal records impacting their day-to-day lives. The pardon does not apply to those convicted of selling marijuana, for example—a much larger group—even though marijuana is now a legal, multibillion-dollar business operating in 19 states with five more on the ballot in 2022. The pardon also explicitly states that it "does not apply to individuals who were noncitizens not lawfully present in the United States at the time of their offense."

    Yet despite the limits of the plan's reach, advocacy groups still largely cheered the news.

    Sarah Gersten, executive eirector and general counsel for the Last Prisoner, was "thrilled" by Biden's announcement. So too was Kassandra Frederique, executive director of the Drug Policy Alliance. Erik Altieri, NORML's executive director, was a bit less linguistically enthused, but still "pleased." Decades of advocacy work has preceded this moment, which helps explain why it's being treated as a victory for marijuana reform. But to determine whether or not this announcement will lead to deeply impactful change we have to look beyond the pardon and into the uncertain future. As the statements of all three aforementioned advocates point out, for President Biden to make a real impact on marijuana incarceration, this has to be the first step of many more.

    Gersten continued, "We will continue to call on his administration to release those still incarcerated in federal prison for cannabis offenses other than simple possession." Meanwhile, Frederique offered some more specifics: "We… hope that the Biden administration will go further and fully deschedule marijuana from the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), rather than initiate a process that could lead to rescheduling." And Alteri added a pointed note, writing, "Moving forward, the administration must work collaboratively with congressional leadership to repeal America's failed marijuana criminalization laws."

    One of the most startling elements of Biden's announcement was the language he used, as well as the additional steps he laid out.

    "As I often said during my campaign for president, no one should be in jail just for using or possessing marijuana," Biden said. "Sending people to prison for possessing marijuana has upended too many lives and incarcerated people for conduct that many states no longer prohibit. Criminal records for marijuana possession have also imposed needless barriers to employment, housing, and educational opportunities. And while white and Black and brown people use marijuana at similar rates, Black and brown people have been arrested, prosecuted, and convicted at disproportionate rates."

    The language is somewhat incongruous—if "no one should be in jail for using or possessing marijuana" then why should the person who sold it to them remain locked up? But the message is clear and unwavering, and it goes much further than statements made by prior presidents. Regardless of the limits of the action itself—and the damaging past of the man saying it—it is still encouraging to hear a president flatly state that no one should be in jail for using marijuana and acknowledge the systemic racial inequities that have defined the war on drugs.

    Following the pardon, President Biden said he will urge governors to offer identical pardons on the state level. This could deepen the impact and lead to thousands of more people being pardoned, but it depends on what "urging" will mean exactly. Will there be consequences for not offering the pardon? Will any federal funds be offered or withheld? There will be some Democratic governors who follow suit—Gov. Jared Polis of Colorado, for example, recently issued a similar pardon. But further incentives (and disincentives) would likely help push things along on the state level.

    The third step is the most intriguing—and potentially the most impactful. "I am asking the secretary of Health and Human Services and the attorney general to initiate the administrative process to review expeditiously how marijuana is scheduled under federal law," Biden continued. "Federal law currently classifies marijuana in Schedule I of the Controlled Substances Act, the classification meant for the most dangerous substances. This is the same schedule as for heroin and LSD, and even higher than the classification of fentanyl and methamphetamine—the drugs that are driving our overdose epidemic."

    Schedule I is comprised of substances "with no accepted medical use and are prone to abuse." Cocaine isn't even considered Schedule I, because cocaine hydrochloric solution is used as a topical anesthetic. Meanwhile, studies have shown marijuana to be effective in pain management, as an antiemetic for chemotherapy patients, and for reducing spasticity symptoms in MS patients. It's worth noting that studies on medicinal marijuana have been rather limited due to its Schedule I status, so its usage may be far more robust than its current applications.

    Rescheduling and descheduling marijuana would open up the substance to far more direct medicinal applications, as well as present an array of research opportunities. But the difference between rescheduling and descheduling is a big one. Moving marijuana to a Schedule II or below would remove some hurdles, but removing marijuana from the schedule entirely (desheduling) is what advocates have been pushing for. Descheduling would, in many ways, mean an end to marijuana prohibition, the enforcement of which costs about $3.6 billion per year. It would open up marijuana to research and medical applications on a much grander scale, and enable it to be treated—and taxed—more like alcohol on a state level.

    Right now, marijuana is federally illegal, and rescheduling it wouldn't change that. It would lighten restrictions, but it is not legalization and it will not solve banking issues and jurisdictional confusion. Plus, this approach makes it prone to a quick reversal from future administrations.

    This is a reason why some advocates want action through Congress. The MORE (Marijuana Opportunity Reinvestment and Expungement) Act, which doesn't grant full legalization, but decriminalizes marijuana on a federal level rather than rescheduling it, was passed by the House in 2020, and again this past April, but has since stalled out in the Senate, due largely to opposition from Republicans as well as some moderate Democrats.

    Whether or not Biden's action will be the first step in transformative change or simply a political maneuver ahead of the midterm elections remains to be seen. Though Biden has requested the scheduling review be expeditious, the administration has already tempered expectations of an impending re- or descheduling announcement, saying it will "take some time because it must be based on a careful consideration of all of the available evidence, including scientific and medical information that's available."

    Gallup has been tracking support for marijuana legalization since 1969—when it sat at a dismal 12%. Since 2013, a majority of Americans have supported legalization, with an all-time high of 68% backing the idea last year. The tide has swayed, significantly. Whether or not this is the beginning of the end for punitive marijuana laws remains to be seen.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jesse Mechanic.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/bidens-marijuana-plan-is-good-but-more-must-be-done/feed/ 0 342341
    Biden’s Marijuana Reform Plan Is a Good Start. He Can’t Stop There. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/bidens-marijuana-reform-plan-is-a-good-start-he-cant-stop-there/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/bidens-marijuana-reform-plan-is-a-good-start-he-cant-stop-there/#respond Thu, 13 Oct 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/biden-marijuana-reform-legalization-pardon-midterms
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Jesse Mechanic.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/bidens-marijuana-reform-plan-is-a-good-start-he-cant-stop-there/feed/ 0 341585
    Musk’s Taiwan plan draws scorn from the island’s politicians https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/musks-taiwan-plan-10112022050614.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/musks-taiwan-plan-10112022050614.html#respond Tue, 11 Oct 2022 09:08:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/musks-taiwan-plan-10112022050614.html The suggestion by the world’s richest person, billionaire Elon Musk, that China should “figure out a special administrative zone for Taiwan,” was met with angry responses from Taiwan but a nod of approval from Beijing. 

    During an interview with Britain’s Financial Times on Friday the Tesla and SpaceX founder, who was described as “an admirer of as well as an investor in China” said that he believed a “conflict over Taiwan is inevitable.”

    “My recommendation… would be to figure out a special administrative zone for Taiwan that is reasonably palatable,” Musk was quoted as saying.

    He also suggested that “they could have an arrangement that’s more lenient than Hong Kong.”

    The billionaire’s recommendation immediately sparked an outcry in Taiwan, with all the major political parties voicing condemnation.

    A legislator from the ruling Democratic Progressive Party, Chao Tien-lin, called for a boycott of Tesla's products “indefinitely” unless the businessman changed his tone about Taiwan. 

    Chen Chi-mai, mayor of Kaohsiung, southern Taiwan’s economic hub, suggested that Musk could “try it himself, let his company become part of the Chinese economy and see if it works.”

    “Then he will understand why his recommendation won't work with Taiwan,” Chen said.

    The island’s Mainland Affairs Council (MAC) said “neither Taiwan nor any other country would accept Musk’s proposal, which is based solely on corporate investment interests.”

    “Taiwan occupies a key position in regional democratic politics and the global technology economy,” it said.

    “It is not the product of any commercial transaction or acquisition, and it has long rejected any institutional arrangements of the Communist Party of China,” the Council said.

    The MAC also pointed out that Taiwan has an important role in the supply chain of high-tech industries such as semiconductors and has been working with Tesla for a long time.

    ‘High degree of autonomy’

    When asked about Elon Musk’s Taiwan recommendation, China’s Foreign Ministry reiterated that “the Taiwan question is China’s internal affair.”

    “We remain committed to the basic principle of peaceful reunification and One Country, Two Systems,” spokeswoman Mao Ning told a press briefing on Saturday.

    On Sunday, Mao elaborated that if “sovereignty, security and development interests are ensured, Taiwan can adopt a high degree of autonomy as a special administrative region.”

    “Taiwan’s social system and its way of life will be fully respected and the lawful rights and interests of our Taiwan compatriots will be fully protected,” the spokeswoman said.

    “China’s reunification will not undermine any country’s legitimate interests,” Mao Ning said.

    In his interview with the FT, Musk said Tesla would be caught up in a conflict over Taiwan, but his company wouldn’t be alone.

    “Apple would be in very deep trouble,” he said, adding that the global economy would “take a 30 percent hit.”

    Tesla’s Chinese factory in Shanghai reportedly produces 30% to 50% of the company’s total electric car production.

    Huang Chun-mei in Taipei contributed to this story.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/musks-taiwan-plan-10112022050614.html/feed/ 0 340548
    El plan de la Casa Blanca para detener la migración protege las ganancias empresariales—no a las personas https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/el-plan-de-la-casa-blanca-para-detener-la-migracion-protege-las-ganancias-empresariales-no-a-las-personas/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/el-plan-de-la-casa-blanca-para-detener-la-migracion-protege-las-ganancias-empresariales-no-a-las-personas/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/kamala-harris-joe-biden-migracion-centroamerica-ganancias-empresariales
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Brigitte Gynther and Azadeh Shahshahani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/el-plan-de-la-casa-blanca-para-detener-la-migracion-protege-las-ganancias-empresariales-no-a-las-personas/feed/ 0 341697
    Democracy Defenders Plan 70+ Actions to Protect ‘Our Freedoms and Our Vote’ From GOP Assault https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/democracy-defenders-plan-70-actions-to-protect-our-freedoms-and-our-vote-from-gop-assault/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/democracy-defenders-plan-70-actions-to-protect-our-freedoms-and-our-vote-from-gop-assault/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 13:52:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340210

    In response to former President Donald Trump and the Republican Party's full-fledged assault on free and fair elections, voting rights advocates have planned more than 70 pro-democracy rallies around the United States, where people will demand accountability for the GOP's attacks along with federal protections to ensure ballot access and respect for electoral outcomes.

    "Trump and MAGA Republicans... have shown they will break the law and engage in violence in order to gain and stay in power."

    A full list of events—held between October 13-23 in major metropolises including Houston and Phoenix as well as smaller cities such as Kenosha, Wisconsin and Allentown, Pennsylvania—can be found at ourfreedomsourvote.com.

    Organized by local volunteers in collaboration with Common Defense, Public Citizen, Indivisible, Our Revolution, Service Employees International Union, and the Not Above the Law Coalition, the events will feature stark warnings about the growing threat of right-wing authoritarianism and calls to action from civil rights and union leaders, election officials and poll workers, and state lawmakers and members of Congress.

    "Bipartisan investigations by the U.S. House January 6 Select Committee have shown that former President Donald Trump and his allies engaged in a criminal conspiracy, knowingly made false claims, and incited a violent attack on the Capitol in order to overturn the 2020 election and stop the peaceful transfer of power," organizers said Thursday.

    "The same individuals are continuing work to sabotage our elections: They are changing state laws, threatening state officials, and packing election administration offices so that they can have the final say over election results," organizers continued. "They are continuing to undermine our freedoms and our democracy on every level. They must be held accountable."

    The purpose of the rallies, they added, is "to highlight the local impacts of the hearing revelations, and fight ongoing threats to our freedoms and our vote, including efforts to pass anti–democracy legislation in state houses, run election denier candidates for office, and intimidate election officials."

    Since Trump launched a coup attempt following his loss in the 2020 presidential contest, GOP-controlled states have enacted dozens of voter suppression laws and redrawn congressional and state legislative maps in ways that disenfranchise Democratic-leaning communities of color and give Republicans outsized representation, which could help them secure minority rule for years to come.

    As of September 13, over half the country—55% of the population, living in 27 states—had an election denier running to oversee their elections, according to States United Democracy Center. Election deniers are on the ballot for the November 8 midterms in 50% of gubernatorial races, 44% of races for secretary of state, and 33% of races for attorney general. In a trio of states— Alabama, Arizona, and Michigan—candidates who believe Trump's "big lie" that the election was stolen are running for all three top statewide positions.

    Related Content

    Meanwhile, Republican lawmakers in 33 states have introduced at least 244 bills that would interfere with election administration by usurping control over results; requiring partisan or unprofessional election "audits"; seizing power over election responsibilities; establishing onerous burdens for administrators; or imposing draconian criminal or other penalties. Twenty-four of those bills have been signed into law in 17 states.

    In addition, right-wingers are increasingly targeting election officials in a bid to undermine future elections. According to a survey conducted by the Brennan Center for Justice, one in six election officials have experienced threats related to their job, and 77% say that they feel such threats have increased in recent years. Twenty percent of election officials intend to step down before the 2024 election, with many citing ongoing threats and intimidation.

    Voting rights advocates have implored Senate Democrats to eliminate the 60-vote filibuster rule and pass federal legislation safeguarding the franchise over objections from the GOP minority, but a handful of corporate-backed members of the majority party, including Sens. Kyrsten Sinema (Ariz.) and Joe Manchin (W.Va.), have refused.

    Warning that "our very democracy" is at stake, those who planned the upcoming rallies said: "We want accountability for January 6 and the ongoing attacks on our freedoms. We must protect our elections—the voters, the election officials, and a free and fair process."

    "Trump and MAGA Republicans," they continued, "have shown they will break the law and engage in violence in order to gain and stay in power."

    "Those who continue to support Trump's behavior are using their power to take away our freedoms and fundamental rights," they added, "including reproductive rights, marriage equality, separation of church and state, gun safety, and more."

    In its current term, the right-wing-dominated U.S. Supreme Court is considering two cases—Merrill v. Milligan and Moore v. Harper—that threaten, respectively, to exacerbate map-rigging and give state lawmakers virtually unchecked power to oversee and potentially skew federal elections.

    "This is wrong," said the pro-democracy coalition behind the events that begin next week. "In America, voters decide elections."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/democracy-defenders-plan-70-actions-to-protect-our-freedoms-and-our-vote-from-gop-assault/feed/ 0 339888
    “There’s Going to Be a Fight”: Oath Keepers Trial Reveals Plan to Use Violence to Keep Trump in Office https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/05/theres-going-to-be-a-fight-oath-keepers-trial-reveals-plan-to-use-violence-to-keep-trump-in-office/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/05/theres-going-to-be-a-fight-oath-keepers-trial-reveals-plan-to-use-violence-to-keep-trump-in-office/#respond Wed, 05 Oct 2022 12:43:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6089f1edbcbb5d65604ac67ad5398fb5 Seg3 oathkeepers trial

    The Oath Keepers trial, in which senior leaders of the right-wing extremist group are accused of plotting violence at the January 6 insurrection, began Monday in federal court in Washington, D.C. Prosecutors played a secret audio recording Tuesday of a meeting held by the Oath Keepers after the 2020 election in which founder Stewart Rhodes discussed plans to bring weapons to the capital to help then-President Trump stay in office. We speak to Arie Perliger, author of “American Zealots,” who says the Trump administration lended extremist groups legitimacy and access to a more mainstream audience. “For them, that was a disastrous situation, losing this kind of access,” says Perliger.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/05/theres-going-to-be-a-fight-oath-keepers-trial-reveals-plan-to-use-violence-to-keep-trump-in-office/feed/ 0 338901
    Truss’ Tories Plan to Slash Public Spending While Clinging to Chaos-Causing Tax Cuts https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/truss-tories-plan-to-slash-public-spending-while-clinging-to-chaos-causing-tax-cuts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/truss-tories-plan-to-slash-public-spending-while-clinging-to-chaos-causing-tax-cuts/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2022 00:18:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340014

    "So now the Tories are going to slash your already shredded local services because they crashed the economy because they want to cut the taxes of the top 1%."

    "What was intended as mere bribery has turned out to be a gigantic financial bomb."

    That's how socialist Guardian columnist Owen Jones on Wednesday summarized the recent revelations about U.K. Prime Minister Liz Truss and other Conservative leaders' fiscal policies.

    Following reports that U.K. Chief Secretary to the Treasury Chris Philp will send letters asking government departments to identify potential "savings," the Tory confirmed on television Wednesday that they are being asked to "look for efficiencies wherever they can find them."

    The push to cut public spending came as The Guardian revealed Wednesday the National Health Service (NHS)—the U.K.'s publicly funded healthcare system—has admitted that "dangerous roofs that could collapse at any time at hospitals across England will not be fixed until 2035."

    That admission came in response to a request from Liberal Democrats, whose health spokesperson and deputy leader, Daisy Cooper, took aim at Chancellor of the Exchequer Kwasi Kwarteng's "mini-budget," which was unveiled last Friday and includes major tax cuts for the rich, funded by extra borrowing.

    "Kwasi Kwarteng's first budget prioritized slashing taxes on the big banks over fixing crumbling hospitals. There was a deafening silence from government on how it intends to deal with dangerous ambulance wait times or lack of local NHS dentists, let alone buildings at risk of collapse," Cooper told the newspaper. "This is a disaster waiting to happen and Conservative ministers just don't seem to care."

    The tax plan—which caused the pound to fall to its lowest level against the U.S. dollar in nearly four decades and ultimately led to emergency action by the Bank of England to calm the markets—has been criticized across the British political spectrum and around the world, including by the credit agency Moody's.

    Even Tory members of Parliament are voicing concerns. BBC reports:

    Few Conservative MPs are commenting publicly about Chancellor Kwasi Kwarteng's handling of the economic turmoil sparked by his mini-budget—but they are not mincing their words in off-the-record conversations.

    Inept, humiliating, naive, and reckless are just some of the words that have cropped up.

    Perhaps most notably, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), known worldwide as "a bastion of free market economics and fiscal austerity," on Tuesday delivered a rare critique of the policy—which Guardian economics editor Larry Elliott called "a global embarrassment for Truss and Kwarteng."

    The mini-budget "will likely increase inequality," the IMF warned, adding that the next full budget announcement—which Kwarteng is expected to outline in November—gives the U.K. government "an early opportunity… to consider ways to provide support that is more targeted and re-evaluate the tax measures, especially those that benefit high-income earners."

    Nick Dearden, director of the U.K.-based group Global Justice Now, tweeted Tuesday, "When the IMF tells you, 'hang on guys, this is going to be so bad for inequality it needs a rethink,' you've got a serious problem."

    Economist and former Greek Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis said the IMF and the U.S. Federal Reserve are concerned the United Kingdom "may trigger a financial crisis" by doing to the United States and other wealthy nations what "Greece did to the Eurozone."

    "The particular focus of the concern... is the impact that the destabilization of the markets in Britain will have on the U.S. treasuries, in other words on the public debt of the United States," he said. "Because that kind of domino effect would have quite severe repercussions for the whole world."

    Keir Starmer, the Labour leader, said during a BBC radio interview Wednesday that Truss must urgently review the budget following "very serious" criticism from the IMF, noting concerns that November would be too late.

    According to Starmer, Truss needs to explain: "How are you going to fix the problems that you caused …on Friday? The government caused this on the theory, the ideology that the way we fix our country is to make the rich richer."

    Other critics also delivered broader rebukes of Truss-aligned ideology, with some going as far back as former Conservative U.K. Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher.

    "September 2022 will forever be remembered as the month in which the febrile fantasies of neoliberalism ran full-tilt into reality," said Guardian columnist and author George Monbiot.

    Referencing a London road that's home to various think tanks, one Twitter user dubbed this September "the month of the Tufton Street Massacre." Monbiot concurred.

    "This catastrophe isn't all on Truss and Kwarteng," Jones stressed Wednesday.

    "This is the logical end point of a 43-year-long Thatcherite experiment—brought to us by Tory MPs, right-wing newspapers, and think tanks—which has brought nothing but stagnation, economic turmoil, and mass insecurity," he continued.

    Summarizing the chaos since last week, Guardian columnist and and senior economics commentator Aditya Chakrabortty wrote Wednesday:

    What was intended as mere bribery has turned out to be a gigantic financial bomb. The pound dived so far that it won a new name: shitcoin. (One wag mused on Reddit: "Apparently britbongs use it to purchase crumpets and tea, but other than that doesn't have any usage.") Lending rates in the markets soared, so Halifax and other big mortgage firms had to pull some of their products. The Bank of England essentially lost control over interest rates, while pension funds and other investors began scrabbling around for cash. Finally, today, the bank started buying government bonds in a bid to quell panic.

    A week is a long time in financial wreckage. Thanks to Kwarteng and Truss, you have just got a lot poorer. If you're a homeowner on a standard variable mortgage or looking to renew, your bills have spiraled. If you have a money-purchase pension or a nest-egg ISA, you probably don't want to check your balance. Prices for pretty much anything from overseas—from food to T-shirts to cars—have just gone up.

    Institutionally, the Treasury's credibility has been ruined and the Bank of England's monetary policy destroyed.

    "This is their crisis, not ours," Chakrabortty concluded of the Conservatives. "You didn't benefit from these big tax cuts, the Tory donors did. Truss can reverse her stupid, cynical budget, resign, and force a general election—and Labour should demand she does so."

    Meanwhile, Tory leadership is showing no sign of reconsidering its path, with Financial Secretary to the Treasury Andrew Griffith claiming Wednesday that the proposals were the "right plans" for the U.K.'s economy—despite the mounting evidence to the contrary.

    As U.K. Conservatives doubled down on their controversial policies, a coalition of civil society groups launched the End Austerity campaign and warned that next year, 85% of the global population is set to live under "deadly" measures, from cuts to social programs to privatization of public services.

    "This austerity recipe has been tried and failed many times," the campaign's website says, "and only inflicted hardship and pain on populations all over the world, supercharging the inequality crisis."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/truss-tories-plan-to-slash-public-spending-while-clinging-to-chaos-causing-tax-cuts/feed/ 0 337044
    Marshall Islands calls off talks after no US response on nuclear legacy plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/marshall-islands-calls-off-talks-after-no-us-response-on-nuclear-legacy-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/marshall-islands-calls-off-talks-after-no-us-response-on-nuclear-legacy-plan/#respond Sat, 24 Sep 2022 23:52:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79548 By Giff Johnson, editor of the Marshall Islands Journal and RNZ Pacific correspondent

    On the eve of the US Pacific Islands Summit in Washington, a key ally in the region called off a scheduled negotiating session for a treaty Washington views as an essential hedge against China in the region.

    The Marshall Islands and the United States negotiators were scheduled for the third round of talks this weekend to renew some expiring provisions of a Compact of Free Association when leaders in Majuro called it off, saying the lack of response from Washington on the country’s US nuclear weapons testing legacy meant there was no reason to meet.

    Marshall Islands leaders have repeatedly said the continuing legacy of health, environmental and economic problems from 67 US nuclear tests from 1946-1958 must be satisfactorily addressed before they will agree to a new economic package with the US.

    Washington sees the Compact treaties with the Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, and Palau, which stretch across an ocean area larger than the continental US, as key to countering the expansion of China in the region.

    “The unique security relationships established by the Compacts of Free Association have magnified the US power projection in the Indo-Pacific region, structured US defense planning and force posture, and contributed to essential defense capabilities,” said a new study released September 20 in Washington, DC by the United States Institute of Peace, “China’s Influence on the Freely Associated States of the Northern Pacific.”

    China’s naval expansion is increasing the value of the US relationship with the freely associated states (FAS).

    The freely associated states stretch across an ocean area in the north Pacific that is larger than the continental United States and are seen by Washington as a key strategic asset.
    The freely associated states stretch across an ocean area in the north Pacific that is larger than the continental United States and are seen by Washington as a key strategic asset. Image: United States Institute of Peace/RNZ

    China’s blue water ambitions
    China’s naval expansion is increasing the value of the US relationship with the freely associated states (FAS).

    “The value of the buffer created by US strategic denial over FAS territorial seas is poised to increase as China seeks to make good on its blue water navy ambitions and to deepen its security relationships with Pacific nations,” said the report whose primary authors were Admiral (Ret.) Philip Davidson, Brigadier-General (Ret.) and David Stilwell, former US Congressman from Guam Dr Robert Underwood.

    The Runit Dome was constructed on Marshall Islands Enewetak Atoll in 1979 to temporarily store radioactive waste produced from nuclear testing by the US military during the 1950s and 1960s.
    The Runit Dome was constructed on Marshall Islands Enewetak Atoll in 1979 to temporarily store radioactive waste produced from nuclear testing by the US military during the 1950s and 1960s. Image: RNZ

    “As Washington seeks to limit the scope of Beijing’s influence in the Indo-Pacific in concert with regional partners, the US-FAS relationship functions as a key vehicle for reinforcing regional norms and democratic values.”

    US and Marshall Islands negotiators have both said they hope for a speedy conclusion to the talks as the existing 20-year funding package expires on September 30, 2023. But the nuclear test legacy is the line in the sand for the Marshall Islands.

    “The entire Compact Negotiation Committee agreed — don’t go,” said Parliament Speaker Kenneth Kedi, who represents Rongelap Atoll, which was contaminated with nuclear test fallout by the 1954 Bravo hydrogen bomb test at Bikini Atoll and other weapons tests.

    “It is not prudent to spend over $100,000 for our delegation to travel to Washington with no written response to our proposal. We are negotiating in good faith. We submitted our proposal in writing.” But he said on Friday, “there has been no answer or counter proposal from the US.”

    US and Marshall Islands officials had been aiming to sign a “memorandum of understanding” at the summit as an indication of progress in the discussions, but that now appears off the table.

    US Pacific summit
    Marshall Islands President David Kabua, who is currently in the US following a speech to the United Nations General Assembly Tuesday last week, is scheduled to participate in the White House-sponsored US Pacific Islands Summit on September 28-29.

    Kabua, while affirming in his speech at the UN that the Marshall Islands has a “strong partnership” with the US, added: “It is vital that the legacy and contemporary challenges of nuclear testing be better addressed” (during negotiations on the Compact of Free Association). “The exposure of our people and land has created impacts that have lasted – and will last – for generations.”

    The Marshall Islands submitted a proposed nuclear settlement agreement to US negotiators during the second round of talks in July. The US has not responded, Kedi and other negotiating committee members said Friday in Majuro.

    In response to questions about the postponement of the planned negotiating session, the State Department released a brief statement through its embassy in Majuro.

    “With respect to the Compact Negotiations, which are ongoing, both sides continue to work diligently towards an agreement,” the statement said. “Special Presidential Envoy for Compact Negotiations, Ambassador Joe Yun, is expected to meet with President Kabua while he is in Washington to continue to advance the discussions.”

    While the Marshall Islands decision to cancel its negotiating group’s attendance at a scheduled session in Washington is a blow to the Biden administration’s efforts to fast-track approval of the security and economic agreement for this strategic North Pacific area, island leaders continue to describe themselves as part of the “US family.”

    “The cancellation of the talks indicates the seriousness of this issue for the Marshall Islands,” said National Nuclear Commission Chairman Alson Kelen. “This is the best time for us to stand up for our rights.”

    ‘Fair and just’ nuclear settlement
    For decades, the Pacific Island Forum countries that will be represented at this week’s leader’s summit in Washington have stood behind the Marshall Islands in its quest for a fair and just nuclear settlement, said Kelen, who helped negotiators develop their plan submitted recently to the US government for addressing lingering problems of the 67 nuclear tests.

    “We live with the problem (from the nuclear tests),” said Kelen, a displaced Bikini Islander. “We know the big picture: bombs tested, people relocated from their islands, people exposed to nuclear fallout, and people studied. We can’t change that. What we can do now is work on the details for this today for the funding needed to mitigate the problems from the nuclear legacy.”

    Kedi said he was tired of US attempts to argue over legal issues from the original Compact of Free Association’s nuclear test settlement that was approved 40 years ago before the Marshall Islands was an independent nation.

    That agreement, which provided a now-exhausted $150 million nuclear compensation fund, was called “manifestly inadequate” by the country’s Nuclear Claims Tribunal, which over a two-decade period determined the value of claims to be over $3 billion.

    “Bottom line, the nuclear issue needs to be addressed,” Kedi said.

    “We need to come up with a dignified solution as family members. I’ve made it clear, once these key issues are addressed, we are ready to sign the Compact tomorrow.”

    President Kabua is scheduled to participate in the White House-sponsored US Pacific Islands Summit on September 28-29.

    Meanwhile, the members of his Compact negotiating team are in Majuro waiting for a response from the US government to their proposal to address the nuclear legacy.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/marshall-islands-calls-off-talks-after-no-us-response-on-nuclear-legacy-plan/feed/ 0 336106
    Federal Judge Allows ‘Untenable’ Plan to Send Juvenile Inmates to Angola Prison https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/federal-judge-allows-untenable-plan-to-send-juvenile-inmates-to-angola-prison/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/federal-judge-allows-untenable-plan-to-send-juvenile-inmates-to-angola-prison/#respond Sat, 24 Sep 2022 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339925
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/federal-judge-allows-untenable-plan-to-send-juvenile-inmates-to-angola-prison/feed/ 0 336086
    Slaughter goes on in Porgera mining town as PNG police plan new task force https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/slaughter-goes-on-in-porgera-mining-town-as-png-police-plan-new-task-force/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/slaughter-goes-on-in-porgera-mining-town-as-png-police-plan-new-task-force/#respond Wed, 21 Sep 2022 10:30:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79426 By Miriam Zarriga in Port Moresby

    While Papua New Guinean policing continues to be an issue in Porgera, Enga Province, the killings continue in the mining township.

    And the latest killing of a village court magistrate has added to the 70 deaths within a period of six months.

    Police Commissioner David Manning has recently announced the establishment of a specific unit to “have the sole task and responsibility of securing our major resource projects around the country”.

    “We will be taking steps to establish the unit by this week,” he said.

    In the latest killing, a village court magistrate from the Lukal area who had been actively involved in facilitating peace efforts for the ongoing tribal disputes was killed on September 17 while he was out in the garden gathering food with his wife and a female in-law.

    Unconfirmed reports state that the two women had been taken hostage and were yet to be located.

    Nine days earlier, the now deceased Lopan Wake had led the Paiam community in a staged protest calling on the government to declare a state of emergency after a man from the same Lukal village was killed.

    Haus krai blocked highway
    Frustrated family members, relatives and the Paiam community expressed their frustrations by blocking the highway and staged a haus krai for the deceased on the open road.

    They urged the government and relevant authorities to intervene and put an end to the spillover of killings of innocent people in the valley.

    Immediate family and relatives of the late magistrate Wake said they want the law and government to deal with the matter.

    Family spokesperson Kelly Yambi said there have been many spillover conflicts in Porgera that there was confusion over how to establish what tribal groups were responsible for the Lukal killings.

    “I am not sure who is really responsible for the initial tribal conflicts but all I know is that the spillover of the conflict is affecting my people and we are falling victims.

    “We signed a covenant with God and we do not want to take revenge.

    “We have buried two men already and now I will bury my brother,” Yambi said.

    Change to ‘how we do things’
    Commissioner Manning said: “As part of our restructure we now see that we need to restructure how we do things and how the police force and other agency partners secure major resource areas.

    “While the bulk of our resources are taken up in securing the projects its often for the detriment of the livelihoods of the communities that have been subjected to violent criminal activities.

    “So by setting up this new unit, it will elevate demands on the resources so that we not only adequately secure projects but continue to progress our efforts in securing our community.”

    “As soon as we establish the unit, our focus will be on reopening Porgera.

    “Without a safe and secure environment to do so the reopening of Porgera can be challenging.

    “And we are up to the task of providing the necessary support in securing not only the project but the surrounding communities before the project recommences.”

    Miriam Zarriga is a PNG Post-Courier reporter. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/slaughter-goes-on-in-porgera-mining-town-as-png-police-plan-new-task-force/feed/ 0 334969
    Does Manchin’s ‘Permitting Reform’ Plan Help Clean Energy? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/does-manchins-permitting-reform-plan-help-clean-energy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/does-manchins-permitting-reform-plan-help-clean-energy/#respond Mon, 19 Sep 2022 19:24:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339797

    'Reform' boosters make dubious arguments about reaping benefits of fossil fuel side deal

    The so-called "side deal" struck by Sens. Charles Schumer (D-N.Y.) and Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) as part of the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act is undoubtedly designed to benefit fossil fuel interests. This is hardly surprising, given that Manchin's political career and personal wealth depend on boosting fossil fuels.

    Though the text of any actual plan has still not been released, some backers of the deal are trying to make a very different argument: The 'permitting reform' at the heart of the Manchin deal will benefit clean energy projects, in particular the new high voltage transmission projects that are essential to getting renewables on the grid.

    Deliberately or not, the argument appears to be conflating the 'reform' laid out in the deal—limiting environmental reviews and prioritizing fossil fuel infrastructure—with changes that would speed up the development of renewables.

    This is a dangerous misdirection. There is no logical reason to think that the Manchin deal would be a win for clean energy just because there are some clean energy projects that have faced permitting delays.

    Why Would a Fossil Fuel Bill Boost Renewables?

    Overall, renewable projects appear to fare well under the existing regulations. Side deal supporters point to a handful of high-profile examples of projects that have faced lengthy delays, but much of that has been attributed to state and local opposition, or even problems with private financing. It is unclear how they think the Manchin deal would fix this problem.

    It is worth mentioning that there is an existing federal government program, Title 41 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (Fast-41), which is intended to expedite review and approval of key infrastructure, many of which are renewable energy or transmission projects. And the Inflation Reduction Act itself also includes funding to speed up the permitting process.

    When it comes to transmission projects—which are essential to getting more clean energy on the grid—evaluations of project delays point to a variety of obstacles, most of which appear linked to state decisions on permitting and siting. And it is important to note that one report found that successful projects often relied on more robust forms of public outreach, not curtailing public participation:

    Developers that engage early with stakeholders and the general public and respond meaningfully to address concerns they raise can preempt or at least mitigate the impacts of some forms of organized opposition to transmission projects.

    There is little evidence that the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and the Clean Water Act account for project delays, so supporting a bill that seeks to weaken both is not a sensible approach to encouraging clean energy.

    Do NEPA Delays Really Make It Too Hard to Build Anything?

    The notion that lengthy NEPA reviews are a widespread phenomenon drives the familiar "we can't build anything anymore'' narrative. But this trope relies heavily on isolated anecdotes. A major survey of the Forest Service's 40,000 NEPA decisions between 2004 and 2020 found the vast majority are categorical exclusions—meaning they are expedited due to the minimal impact they are likely to have on the environment.

    Just as importantly, the study also found that a less rigorous environmental analysis does not appear to speed up approvals:

    Contrary to widely held assumptions, we found that a less rigorous level of analysis often fails to deliver faster decisions. Delays, we found, are often caused by factors only tangentially related to the act, like inadequate agency budgets, staff turnover, delays receiving information from permit applicants, and compliance with other laws. Improving NEPA efficacy, we argue, should therefore focus on improving agency capacity.

    A more meaningful 'reform' of this process would be to fully fund the regulatory agencies tasked with evaluating the impacts of new proposals. Suffice it to say, this is not something the fossil fuel industry would support.

    Bottom Line: Permitting Status Quo Benefits Fossil Fuels—And They Still Want More

    The notion that bureaucratic delays make it difficult to build infrastructure is hard to square with reality: Over the past decade or so, the United States has built major oil pipelines and tens of thousands of miles of gas pipelines. Just a few years ago, there was basically no liquefied natural gas (LNG) gas export infrastructure; now we are the world's leading exporter of fracked gas. The same is true for oil export terminals. If anything, the fossil fuel industry has massively overbuilt over the past dozen years, which is why Wall Street investors have been demanding that oil and gas companies produce less. The debt-ridden fracking industry is paying off what it owes.

    But corporate interests don't always get everything they want—and that's what is driving this 'reform' mantra. Frontline communities and climate activists have successfully forced state regulators and political leaders to block some high-profile dirty energy projects that would have posed real threats to our air, water, and climate. These victories were possible in large part because of laws like NEPA and the Clean Water Act, which require public comment and input. Reducing the public's ability to weigh in on such projects is not 'reform'—it's what the pipeline companies and polluters want.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Mitch Jones.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/does-manchins-permitting-reform-plan-help-clean-energy/feed/ 0 334466
    House Republicans Plan to Investigate Chamber of Commerce if They Take the Majority https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/house-republicans-plan-to-investigate-chamber-of-commerce-if-they-take-the-majority/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/house-republicans-plan-to-investigate-chamber-of-commerce-if-they-take-the-majority/#respond Mon, 19 Sep 2022 18:05:19 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=408045

    Republicans plan to launch a variety of investigations into the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and many of its largest member corporations if they retake the majority in the House of Representatives this November. The probes, said a GOP member of Congress and multiple Republican operatives who requested anonymity to discuss plans that have yet to be made public, will marry Republicans’ newly formed hostility to the Chamber with the party’s mission to undermine the growth of the ESG investment sector.

    The power of ESG — which stands for environmental, social, and governance — criteria to shape company valuations and behavior has become a major source of consternation among conservatives, who argue that companies that follow it are breaking with their fiduciary duty to maximize profits for investors.

    The Chamber has infuriated Republicans by endorsing ESG criteria. “Today, for many companies, climate change and carbon emissions impact long-term value, thereby becoming a factor that retirement fund managers should take into consideration,” wrote a Chamber vice president in a typical statement in July 2020.

    The congressman highlighted what he saw as the downfalls of that approach. Republicans accuse ESG advocates of using ESG criteria to punish American energy companies, only to then give an advantage to large, foreign energy companies over which the U.S. has little oversight anyways.

    “How is it again that you can discourage investment in American energy when you own, or when you’re controlling board seats, of an American energy company, but you’re pushing it offshore to a Chinese energy company? Tell me you didn’t violate your fiduciary duty somehow,” said the congressman. “Then you throw that over into Judiciary [Committee hearings] and say, how do you reconcile this from an antitrust perspective? How can somebody actually be duty-of-care to the shareholders of one entity when you’re duty-of-care to the Chinese Communist Party’s-controlled energy company?”

    “There is not going to be much to investigate,” said a Chamber spokesperson. “The Chamber is at the forefront of fighting the SEC climate, human capital and similar disclosures and believes fiduciaries must focus on maximizing return.” House Republicans, though, think the Chamber is having it both ways, criticizing the Securities and Exchange Commission rule but supporting the principle. “The U.S. Chamber of Commerce supports climate policy that includes the disclosure of material information for investors to use,” reads the Chamber’s comment on the SEC’s proposed rule changes that would increase disclosure requirements for ESG funds.

    The growth of the ESG industry has led to some counterintuitive results, as companies have learned to game the metrics: Some private prison companies, for instance, score well on the criteria.

    On Thursday, 14 state treasurers issued a joint statement condemning Republican efforts to combat investor advocacy, which has led multiple states, including West Virginia, Idaho, Oklahoma, Texas, and Florida, to restrict state treasurers from doing business with funds that deploy ESG screens.

    “Disclosure, transparency, and accountability make companies more resilient by sharpening how they manage, ensuring that they are appropriately planning for the future. Our work, alongside those of other investors, employees, and customers have caused many companies to evolve their business models and their internal processes, better addressing the long term material risks that threaten their performance,” the statement reads. “The evolving divide suggests that there will be two kinds of states moving forward: states focused on short term gains and states focused on long term beneficial outcomes for all stakeholders.”

    The Chamber announced recently it would devote $3 million toward the election of Mehmet Oz — who goes by Dr. Oz — in Pennsylvania, and funneled it through the Senate Leadership Fund. The move was generally seen as an olive branch to Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky., who is linked to the super PAC. They have so far made no similar contribution to the House Republican super PAC.

    Today’s GOP war on the Chamber of Commerce represents a stunning turnaround from just a few years ago, when House Republicans and the Chamber were aligned on just about everything. And it comes in the wake of the collapse of the National Rifle Association, leaving two of the GOP’s most powerful outside armies largely disarmed. But as the Republican Party and the Chamber have polarized to opposite sides of the conservative movement, a deeper disagreement between the two — dating back to the movement that formed around Barry Goldwater in the 1950s and ’60s — has been reawakened.

    At the height of the New Deal era after World War II, Democrats and liberal Republicans were united in the belief that cooperation between big business, big labor, and government was the secret to the era’s economic boom. John Kenneth Galbraith, the nation’s most famous economist and later President John F. Kennedy’s adviser, dubbed it “The Affluent Society” in a 1958 book that was both a cultural and a political sensation.

    Arrayed against this coalition was an aggrieved and increasingly well-organized network of small and medium-sized businesses that felt they were getting squeezed by the big guys. What was good for General Motors, they said, was not necessarily good for them.

    Big Labor and the New Deal coalition thought that they were living in a time of peace between capital and labor, but capital always knew that they were engaged in a strategic ceasefire, having been crushed by the Depression and unable to compete against the rising strength of the modern government.

    But there was no real peace, and big business launched its counterattack on both labor and government in the 1970s, ushering in the neoliberal era. The Chamber, this time allied with small and medium-sized businesses, played a major role in the counterattack, with the heir to the Goldwater movement, Ronald Reagan, enacting a wish list of big business policies, deregulation, and tax cuts.

    Jamie Galbraith, who followed his father into the economics profession, served as an aide to the Joint Tax Committee in Congress and recalled the Chamber at the time as an “ultra supply-side, ultra Reagan revolution organization with essentially no compromisers. … The Chamber was just down-the-line for the lowest possible taxes and most complete deregulation and privatization.”

    But the Chamber started drifting back to the center in the early part of the Clinton years, endorsing the administration’s health care proposal known as “Hillarycare,” for the first lady. “All of a sudden, the Chamber just became something wholly different than whatever I perceived them to be. And I know we were very upset about it,” said former Texas Rep. Dick Armey, the No. 3 Republican at the time.

    In the wake of the endorsement, recalled one Republican operative, a member of House Republican leadership asked to meet with the Chamber’s board. Instead of delivering a standard political speech, he began by asking all the staff to leave the room. “He just ripped them a new asshole,” said the operative. “How could you possibly go down this anti-free enterprise, left-wing trail,” the GOP leader demanded. (The operative recalled it was Armey, but Armey said it may have been Tom DeLay. I couldn’t track down DeLay in time for this story.)

    The dressing down worked. Richard Lesher had run the organization since 1975, but after Republicans took power in 1995 after the Gingrich Revolution in 1995, Lesher was eased out. “When we took the majority, of course, they came over, reminding us that we were the best friends we ever had — yakety yak,” Armey said. “When you come into the majority, you have no shortage of newfound friends.” The Chamber was a reliable Republican ally for the next roughly 20 years, up until just the last few.

    (DeLay later launched what he dubbed the K Street Project, which was an effort to bring all of Washington’s lobbying industry under Republican authority, dictating that firms fire Democratic lobbyists or lose access to the GOP. “That was a boneheaded idea, and you can quote me if you like. I mean, who in the hell did he think he was, telling people who they can hire and who they can’t?” said Armey. “I objected to it in a leadership meeting. And my objections were not well received.”)

    The tensions between big and little businesses never fully subsided, and the same network of smaller businesses that aligned themselves with Goldwater, forming the more conservative wing of the GOP, organizing behind Donald Trump in 2016 and beyond. The small and medium-sized businesses, particularly manufacturers, have also long been opposed to free-trade policies, as they lack the capacity to offshore their own production and can’t compete with cheaper products from overseas.

    The conservative Republican member of Congress said that he didn’t begin as an active opponent of the Chamber, but didn’t see them as a natural ally either. “Frankly, as a business guy, I couldn’t join some of the efforts nationally, because they were at odds with small companies,” he said. “They were really pushing for a long time this pro-China trade policy, which was great for General Motors, but it was bad for everyone in the supply chain. And it was really gutting domestic manufacturing. And it was the same with NAM” — the National Association of Manufacturers — “a lot of their members had had an organization that was working against their interests. And the biggest, biggest members have certainly benefited from a lot of this stuff. And I think that’s a big part of why Trump was so well received by the small and medium business community.”

    The Chamber is among the biggest spenders on lobbying activities in the country, but House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy, R-Calif., and leading Senate Republicans like John Cornyn of Texas regularly take public shots at them. The Chamber’s top lobbying job, typically one of Washington’s plummest K Street assignments, sat open for several months until it was filled by two-term, back-bench former Rep. Evan Jenkins, who, like many Republicans from West Virginia, began his career as a Democrat. He was most recently a judge in West Virginia, having left the House to pursue an unsuccessful run for Senate in 2018.

    In 2020, the Chamber endorsed 23 House Democrats in swing districts, a sharp break from the past practice of endorsing a nearly exclusive slate of Republicans, with one or two Democrats thrown on the list for a patina of bipartisan perception. The pivot came after the Chamber had been unsuccessful in stopping Trump from getting the 2016 GOP nomination — with a top Chamber lobbyist even endorsing Hillary Clinton and speaking at the Democratic National Convention. The business group delighted in Trump’s tax cut, largely written by Chamber ally Speaker Paul Ryan, but once Democrats took control in 2018, the Chamber began hedging its political bets by backing moderate Democrats.

    “There isn’t a group that has less influence over Republican members of Congress at this point than the Chamber of Commerce.”

    “The Chamber of Commerce, after what they did in 2020, they basically became persona non grata in the conservative movement,” said one well-connected Republican operative. “There was already a split in the conservative movement, who were never fans of the Chamber, but you had more moderate members and even those Republicans, particularly the ones in the House, have had enough of the Chamber.”

    “There isn’t a group that has less influence over Republican members of Congress at this point than the Chamber of Commerce,” the operative, who asked for anonymity due to their work on political campaigns in which the Chamber gets involved, added. “That certainly wasn’t the case a few years ago.”

    That the Chamber feels at home in the Democratic Party ought to be cause for concern for the party’s progressive wing, Galbraith said. “The extirpation of any old line liberalism in the Democratic Party may have opened up space for them,” he said.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Grim.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/house-republicans-plan-to-investigate-chamber-of-commerce-if-they-take-the-majority/feed/ 0 334412
    ‘Chickensh*t’: Watchdogs Criticize Biden DOJ’s New Corporate Crime Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/chickensht-watchdogs-criticize-biden-dojs-new-corporate-crime-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/chickensht-watchdogs-criticize-biden-dojs-new-corporate-crime-plan/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 13:33:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339752

    Watchdogs with a prominent consumer advocacy organization on Thursday sharply criticized the Justice Department's newly announced policy approach to combating corporate crime, calling it inadequate to reverse the decades-long trend of plummeting enforcement that has continued under the Biden administration.

    In a speech in New York Thursday attended by prosecutors as well as corporate lawyers, Deputy U.S. Attorney General Lisa Monaco outlined a number of changes the DOJ is moving to implement in an effort to crack down on and deter corporate crime, including incentives for companies to quickly self-report misconduct, stiffer enforcement of existing laws, and a shift away from "multiple, successive non-prosecution or deferred prosecution agreements with the same company."

    "We cannot ignore the data showing overall decline in corporate criminal prosecutions over the last decade. We need to do more and move faster," Monaco acknowledged. "So, starting today, we will take steps to empower our prosecutors, to clear impediments in their way, and to expedite our investigations of individuals."

    "We need much bolder corporate crime enforcement policy changes than DOJ is proposing."

    Watchdogs, however, warned that the changes Monaco announced aren't nearly enough in the face of rising and often glaring corporate crime.

    "I call chickenshit," tweeted Public Citizen researcher Rick Claypool, invoking a term that James Comey—before he became FBI director—used to describe prosecutors who aggressively pursue slam-dunk cases while avoiding more difficult ones involving powerful actors.

    "We need much bolder corporate crime enforcement policy changes than DOJ is proposing," Claypool added, pointing to recent research showing that federal corporate prosecutions have fallen dramatically over the past two decades, cratering under the Trump administration and hitting a record low of just 90 during President Joe Biden's first year in office.

    Monaco defended the Biden DOJ's record during her remarks Thursday, citing "convictions of the founder and chief operating officer of Theranos; convictions of JPMorgan traders for commodities manipulation; the conviction of a managing director at Goldman Sachs for bribery; and the first-ever conviction of a pharmaceutical CEO for unlawful distribution of controlled substances."

    But watchdogs argue a handful of prominent convictions, while welcome, do little to reverse the overall trend of plunging corporate crime enforcement.

    "Today's corporate crime policy announcement is a modest step forward when a great leap is required," Public Citizen president Robert Weissman said in a statement Thursday. "Corporate crime—in the form of illegal pollution, fraud, reckless endangerment of consumers and workers, cartels, systematic rip-offs, and more—remains rampant, but corporate criminal prosecutions are at historically low levels. Public Citizen has demonstrated that federal corporate criminal prosecutions now stand at less than half the average rate of the past quarter century."

    "At the same time, the DOJ continues to enter into corporate leniency agreements (deferred and non-prosecution agreements), declining to prosecute corporations in exchange for promises not to break the law in the future," said Weissman. "Virtually unknown 25 years ago, these leniency agreements now resolve roughly a quarter of corporate crime cases."

    While Weissman reacted positively to Monaco's vow to "disfavor" such agreements, he argued "that doesn't go nearly far enough" and called for a complete end to "leniency deals for corporate wrongdoers."

    "Corporations are the ultimate rational actors: If they know the costs of breaking the law are worth it for expected monetary gain, then they will break the law—irrespective of the societal damage," he said. "We are disappointed to see the department maintain a willingness to enter leniency deals, especially in light of their demonstrated failure to deter future wrongdoing."

    “At the end of the day," Weissman added, "prosecutorial commitment is as important as any particular policy. Monaco talked tough about corporate crime today and there's no doubting her sincerity. Now it's up to the department to back it up."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/chickensht-watchdogs-criticize-biden-dojs-new-corporate-crime-plan/feed/ 0 333954
    Truss’s plan to hike defence funding and ignore the climate is a disaster https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trusss-plan-to-hike-defence-funding-and-ignore-the-climate-is-a-disaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trusss-plan-to-hike-defence-funding-and-ignore-the-climate-is-a-disaster/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/liz-truss-defence-spending-climate-crisis/ OPINION: The UK’s new prime minister is a market fundamentalist. The resulting crises could define her premiership


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Paul Rogers.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/trusss-plan-to-hike-defence-funding-and-ignore-the-climate-is-a-disaster/feed/ 0 333719
    Vietnamese reject Russia’s explanation of ‘tactical withdrawal plan’ in Ukraine https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/tactical-withdrawal-09122022180055.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/tactical-withdrawal-09122022180055.html#respond Mon, 12 Sep 2022 22:23:41 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/tactical-withdrawal-09122022180055.html Many Vietnamese welcomed the news that Russian troops withdrew from northeastern Ukraine during the weekend after a hasty advance by Ukrainian forces in the six-month conflict.

    Russian forces retreated from Izium in Kharkiv province on Saturday, abandoning their main bastion along with tanks and other military equipment as they fled northeastern Ukraine ahead of a quick advance by Ukrainian soldiers. Russian troops have used Izium as a logistics base for their attacks on the cities of Donetsk and Luhansk in the Donbas region. 

    Russia’s Defense Ministry acknowledged the troop pullback from Izium and nearby Balakleya in what was called a “tactical withdrawal plan,” though Vietnamese netizens and other commentators dismissed the explanation and suggested that Russian troops were running away.

    “Russian troops ran [away] so fast that Ukraine could not catch up with them,” said Facebooker Bac Si Hieu. “It’s regrettable that Russian soldiers could not bring home all the washing machines and fridges that they had ‘exploited.’”

    Though Vietnam considers Russia an ally, the government of the one-party communist state has supported neither Russia nor Ukraine and has refrained from calling the conflict an “invasion” by troops at the order of Russian President Vladimir Putin. The Vietnamese government also abstained from a United Nations resolution condemning Russia’s military assault on the Eastern European nation, issued a formal call for restraint from both sides, and voted against removing Russia from the U.N. Human Rights Council.

    Another Facebooker, Nguyen Trieu Vy, wrote: “Grand Uncle Tin [Putin]’s soldiers have run away from Kherson and Donbas successfully, strictly following the plan of the Special Military Operation.”

    And Facebooker Oanh Vy Ly said: “Russian troops are running and are out of breath. Many netizens offered to give them the championship title at the open tournament of ‘Marathon of Withdrawal’ covering over 8,000 km. The Russian army really deserves it."

    On his Facebook profile with over 27,000 followers, writer Nguyen Thong posted the following: “The Russian fascists don’t easily accept defeat (or failure in other words), but the reality is that the battlefield is the deciding factor. And the reality is they are losing and may lose [the war] faster than many people think. Decent people are hoping Ukraine will win [the war] faster so that they can liberate their country from the brutal invaders.”

    Nguyen Thong also noted that Maj. General Le Van Cuong from Vietnam’s Ministry of Public Security and Col. Le The Mau from the Ministry of National Defense felt bitter and upset about Russia’s defeat. “However, history is a waterfall which flushes away all rubbish,” he said. 

    Commenting on the latest developments in the Ukraine-Russia war, former People’s Army of Vietnam intelligence officer Vu Minh Tri told RFA: “Ukraine having won many battles in recent days is easily understandable as they possess two key factors which are: Strong fighting spirit, clever mind, and creativity; as well as state-of-the-art weapons.”

    “On the contrary, the Russians have increasingly been showing that they are motley troops and politically tired. They are also equipped with less advanced or even backward weapons.”

    According to the former military officer, Ukraine’s excellent intelligence work has also contributed to its victory. 

    He said that Ukraine had been successful in using its technical capacity to collect intelligence information about their invader, resulting in successfully attacking Russia’s key military targets, including its command posts, arsenals, docks, bridges, and equipment. 

    Armored fighting vehicles abandoned by Russian soldiers are seen during a counteroffensive operation of the Ukrainian Armed Forces amid Russia's attack on Ukraine in Kharkiv region, Ukraine, in this handout picture released Sept. 11, 2022. Credit: Press service of the Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of Ukraine via Reuters
    Armored fighting vehicles abandoned by Russian soldiers are seen during a counteroffensive operation of the Ukrainian Armed Forces amid Russia's attack on Ukraine in Kharkiv region, Ukraine, in this handout picture released Sept. 11, 2022. Credit: Press service of the Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of Ukraine via Reuters

    'Flight was quite surprising'

    Facebooker Duong Quoc Chinh, who has more than 59,000 followers, told RFA that he had anticipated Russia’s defeat but was surprised by the quick developments in the battlefield and Russian troops pulling out of northeastern Ukraine. 

    “In general, Russia's flight was quite surprising, quite similar to that of the Republic of Vietnam [the former South Vietnam during the Vietnam War], therefore leaving many questions,” he said. “Of course, I have anticipated this failure as Russia would lose [the war] sooner or later. However, I could not imagine they could withdraw that quickly."

    Chinh attributed the Russian army’s failure to poor morale and the mandatory conscription of some soldiers, pointing to these factors as reasons the military could not be strong, even though it is equipped with modern weapons.

    He also asked whether Moscow would use its nuclear weapons against the Ukrainians: "Does Ukraine dare to attack Crimea? And if Crimea is attacked by Ukraine, will Russia use its nuclear weapons, because for the Russians, attacking Crimea is attacking Russia?"

    Do The Dang, a social activist from Hanoi, also pondered whether Russia’s army would undertake action arbitrarily without anticipating any consequences. 

    “In general, Russia is losing,” he said. “The evidence goes beyond its withdrawal from or failing to advance on the battlefield – Russia has used guided missiles to attack civilian facilities. Their fire at civilian facilities was likely to have been caused by the confusing of intelligence information during this tense period, leading to arbitrary actions without considering consequences.”

    Recalling the “bamboo diplomacy” policy of Vietnam, blogger Nguyen Thong wrote: “Those who only can express their concerns with bamboo [diplomatic] policy are so pitiable. I wonder whether they are composing letters to congratulate Ukraine on its victory or they will keep requesting that both sides exercise their constraints and sit down together for negotiation.”  

    The term “bamboo diplomacy” was used during the Ho Chi Minh era (1945-1969) to describe Vietnam’s policy of proactively working with foreign partners while maintaining a friendly stance and adapting to geopolitical challenges. 

    Thong said that on the day Ukraine claimed victory, the whole world would point to Vietnam as one of a few countries that had not dared to speak up against Russia’s invasion of its neighbor. 

    Ukrainian State Emergency Service firefighters put out a fire after a Russian rocket attack hit an electric  power station in Kharkiv, Ukraine, Sept. 11, 2022. Credit: Associated Press
    Ukrainian State Emergency Service firefighters put out a fire after a Russian rocket attack hit an electric power station in Kharkiv, Ukraine, Sept. 11, 2022. Credit: Associated Press

    'Their morale is plummeting'

    From the coastal resort city of Nha Trang, journalist Vo Van Tao told RFA that he was pleased to hear about Ukraine’s gains, but noted that the invasion isn’t over. 

    "If the invading army fails, all peace-lovers will be very happy. Many online comments by Vietnamese people seem to be very optimistic, saying that the war will end in early October; i.e., before winter comes. However, I think this assessment is too optimistic."

    “Russian forces should not be underestimated, even though their morale is plummeting, and we should not forget that Ukraine was receiving a lot of financial and military support from the U.S. and other Western countries,” Trang said.

    But support could be reduced if Western countries fail to deal with Moscow’s threat to cut off natural gas deliveries ahead of the coming winter, he added. 

    Political commentator Duong Quoc Chinh said the best ending for both Ukraine and Russia would be the overthrow of Putin by the Russian people and a bilateral peace treaty. 

    Others took to social media to reject assertions that Russia is losing the war. 

    “The news about Ukraine’s successful counterattack is 100% fake news,” Colonel Le The Mau, a military strategist and former head of the Science and Technology Information Department at Vietnam’s Defense Strategy Institute, wrote on his Facebook account in response to a reader’s question about Ukraine’s gains on the Kherson, Khakiv and Izium fronts. 

    Translated by Anna Vu for RFA Vietnamese. Written in English by Roseanne Gerin.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/tactical-withdrawal-09122022180055.html/feed/ 0 332270
    Appalachians Protest Manchin’s Mountain Valley Pipeline Plan; Sanders Decries "Disastrous Side Deal" https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal-2/#respond Fri, 09 Sep 2022 13:57:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c9c59550c5742d0bdc5e9561a84430cf
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal-2/feed/ 0 331461
    Appalachians Protest Manchin’s Mountain Valley Pipeline Plan; Sanders Decries “Disastrous Side Deal” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal/#respond Fri, 09 Sep 2022 12:47:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a349e784cac0062c258126adf89eaa79 Seg2 stage mvp protest

    Climate activists from as far away as Alaska, Indigenous peoples and Appalachians rallied in Washington, D.C., Thursday against the construction of the Mountain Valley Pipeline. The protest — No Sacrifice Zones! — spoke out against concessions to West Virginia Senator Joe Manchin included in the Inflation Reduction Act that would expedite the pipeline slated to cut through Appalachia, as Senator Bernie Sanders gave an address on the Senate floor calling it a “disastrous side deal” to the Inflation Reduction Act that undermines climate activism. We speak with two environmental activists in D.C. who helped organize the protest, Crystal Cavalier-Keck and Russell Chisholm. “We do not want this dirty deal that Senator Joe Manchin is pushing forward,” says Cavalier-Keck. “This project must be stopped, and these extractive industries that create sacrifice zones must also be stopped,” says Chisholm.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/appalachians-protest-manchins-mountain-valley-pipeline-plan-sanders-decries-disastrous-side-deal/feed/ 0 331445
    Belarusian Women Train As Soldiers In Poland, Amid Plan To ‘Liberate’ Their Country https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/08/belarusian-women-train-as-soldiers-in-poland-amid-plan-to-liberate-their-country/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/08/belarusian-women-train-as-soldiers-in-poland-amid-plan-to-liberate-their-country/#respond Thu, 08 Sep 2022 11:43:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=54f153b715bc20379415abf4846b9818
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/08/belarusian-women-train-as-soldiers-in-poland-amid-plan-to-liberate-their-country/feed/ 0 330986
    Against federal guidance, states plan to expand highways https://grist.org/transportation/against-federal-guidance-states-plan-to-expand-highways/ https://grist.org/transportation/against-federal-guidance-states-plan-to-expand-highways/#respond Thu, 08 Sep 2022 10:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=587698 When President Biden signed the $1.2 trillion Bipartisan Infrastructure Package into law last November, many saw it as an opportunity to combat climate change.

    The bill could slash emissions from transportation, which is responsible for 27 percent of all U.S. climate pollution. With some $600 billion in new funding for the sector, the Biden administration encouraged state leaders to build out public transit systems and expand “non-motorized” transportation infrastructure, like bike lanes. One analysis from the Georgetown Climate Center estimated that these actions could reduce transportation emissions by 14 million tons per year by 2032 — about as much as the annual emissions from 4.5 million passenger vehicles.

    However, some policymakers are flouting that advice.

    According to a new report from the nonprofit U.S. Public Interest Research Group, or PIRG, state and local governments are at risk of squandering federal funds to build or expand major highway systems. These “boondoggles,” as the report calls them, would harm local communities and exacerbate climate change, all while failing to solve the traffic and safety problems they claim to address.

    “Highway expansion harms our health and the environment, doesn’t solve congestion, and creates a lasting financial burden,” the report says. Although nearly every state has one or more highway expansion projects in the works, the authors highlight seven that would lock in polluting infrastructure and divert a whopping $22 billion away from other transportation needs.

    One project is the M-83 expansion, a $1.3 billion project proposed in Montgomery County, Maryland, just northwest of Washington, D.C. According to county officials, the four- to six-lane highway expansion is needed to “relieve projected congestion” and “enhance the efficiency of the roadway network.” Although the project has been paused since November 2017 as city leaders debate its future, it remains part of Montgomery County’s Master Plan of Highways — meaning it could still be built at any time.

    Traffic from Washington D.C. feeding into Maryland. Chip Somodevilla / Getty Images

    Diane Cameron, director of the advocacy group Transit Alternatives to Mid-County Highway Extended Coalition — better known as TAME — said the M-83 expansion is unlikely to alleviate Montgomery County’s traffic problems and should be removed from the Master Plan. “Building and expanding more highways is not the solution to congestion, it actually encourages even more vehicles to be out there,” she said. “The more you build, the more they come — and the more congestion there is in a never-ending cycle.”

    That cycle is a well-documented phenomenon known as “induced demand,” in which bigger highways catalyze a series of societal decisions that bring congestion back to pre-expansion levels — or worse. For example, more homes and businesses may crop up along a bigger travel corridor, creating new destinations that are only accessible by car. Bigger highways can influence people to use their vehicles instead of public transit, leave later for work, or move farther away from the city center.

    Nationwide, induced demand has already canceled out the congestion benefits of highway expansion over the past few decades. Although the U.S. has added nearly 870,000 lane-miles of highway since 1980, a Texas A&M Transportation Institute report published last year estimated that pre-pandemic congestion on American roadways is worse than it was in the early 1980s.

    Expanded highways “might make your commute a little bit shorter for a little while, but eventually that traffic’s probably coming back,” said Matt Casale, PIRG’s director of environment campaigns and one of the report’s lead authors.

    Highway expansion can cause a constellation of other problems. In Maryland, Cameron worries that the M-83 expansion would damage local waterways and put schools and homes within a 500-foot “pollution zone” where they’re exposed to increased transportation-related air pollution — which already kills tens of thousands of people every year. Elsewhere, critics argue that a $745 million, 8-mile bypass in southwestern Virginia would damage or destroy nearly 600 acres of forest and farmland. And in Duluth, Minnesota, the $510 million reconstruction of a downtown interchange has been criticized for sapping money away from bus, walking, and biking infrastructure, as well as much-needed repairs for existing roads.

    Bicycle commuters in San Francisco. Paul Chinn / The San Francisco Chronicle via Getty Images

    Because highways and other polluting infrastructure are disproportionately cited near low-income communities and communities of color, highway expansion can also pose equity concerns. In Pennsylvania, for instance, a proposed redesign of the Erie Bayfront Parkway — which could cost up to $100 million — has been criticized for potentially exposing Black and brown neighborhoods to more air pollution and separating them from greenways.

    “This is a civil rights issue. This is an environmental justice issue,” Gary Horton, president of the Erie NAACP, told a local newspaper.

    Instead of doubling down on highway expansion, Casale called for a “fix-it-first policy” that focuses on repairing existing infrastructure. According to a 2021 report card from the nonprofit American Society of Civil Engineers, the U.S. already has a $435 billion backlog of necessary road repairs, with an additional $230 billion needed for bridge repairs and system-wide safety, operational, and environmental improvements.

    “To the extent that we are spending on our roads and bridges, we shouldn’t be building new ones,” Casale said. “We should be making sure that the ones we have are safe and up to a state of good repair.”

    The report also urges government officials to prioritize investments in public transportation, biking, and pedestrian infrastructure — all of which can effectively address congestion while minimizing damages to public health and the environment. Cameron added that strategically located affordable housing can also be a transportation solution, if built near existing transit stations that give people easy and car-free access to cities’ urban centers.

    These measures will take significant public investment, but data suggests they’re broadly popular among the U.S. electorate. According to polling published last month by Data for Progress, three-quarters of all likely voters — across party lines — want the government to spend more money on public transit, and vast majorities think that improved transit would benefit the U.S. and their communities. 

    To Casale, Biden’s infrastructure package could represent “a turning point” for American transit. “We can take this injection of money and look at it as an opportunity to invest in 21st-century transportation,” he said. “Options that don’t pollute our air, that don’t worsen the climate crisis, and that make our lives better.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Against federal guidance, states plan to expand highways on Sep 8, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/transportation/against-federal-guidance-states-plan-to-expand-highways/feed/ 0 330974
    ‘Miserable Little Weasel’: Omar Blasts Cruz Over GOP Plan to Kill Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/miserable-little-weasel-omar-blasts-cruz-over-gop-plan-to-kill-student-debt-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/miserable-little-weasel-omar-blasts-cruz-over-gop-plan-to-kill-student-debt-relief/#respond Wed, 07 Sep 2022 12:24:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339538
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/miserable-little-weasel-omar-blasts-cruz-over-gop-plan-to-kill-student-debt-relief/feed/ 0 330650
    Maria Ressa and Muratov’s 10-point plan over global information crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/maria-ressa-and-muratovs-10-point-plan-over-global-information-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/maria-ressa-and-muratovs-10-point-plan-over-global-information-crisis/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 03:27:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78835 ANALYSIS: By Maria Ressa and Dmitry Muratov in Oslo

    We call for a world in which technology is built in service of humanity and where our global public square protects human rights above profits.

    Right now, the huge potential of technology to advance our societies has been undermined by the business model and design of the dominant online platforms.

    But we remind all those in power that true human progress comes from harnessing technology to advance rights and freedoms for all, not sacrificing them for the wealth and power of a few.

    We urge rights-respecting democracies to wake up to the existential threat of information ecosystems being distorted by a Big Tech business model fixated on harvesting people’s data and attention, even as it undermines serious journalism and polarises debate in society and political life.

    When facts become optional and trust disappears, we will no longer be able to hold power to account. We need a public sphere where fostering trust with a healthy exchange of ideas is valued more highly than corporate profits and where rigorous journalism can cut through the noise.

    Many governments around the world have exploited these platforms’ greed to grab and consolidate power. That is why they also attack and muzzle the free press.

    Clearly, these governments cannot be trusted to address this crisis. But nor should we put our rights in the hands of technology companies’ intent on sustaining a broken business model that actively promotes disinformation, hate speech and abuse.

    The resulting toxic information ecosystem is not inevitable. Those in power must do their part to build a world that puts human rights, dignity, and security first, including by safeguarding scientific and journalistic methods and tested knowledge. To build that world, we must:

    Bring an end to the surveillance-for-profit business model

    The invisible “editors” of today’s information ecosystem are the opaque algorithms and recommender systems built by tech companies that track and target us. They amplify misogyny, racism, hate, junk science and disinformation — weaponising every societal fault line with relentless surveillance to maximise “engagement”.

    This surveillance-for-profit business model is built on the con of our supposed consent. But forcing us to choose between allowing platforms and data brokers to feast on our personal data or being shut out from the benefits of the modern world is simply no choice at all.

    The vast machinery of corporate surveillance not only abuses our right to privacy, but allows our data to be used against us, undermining our freedoms and enabling discrimination.

    This unethical business model must be reined in globally, including by bringing an end to surveillance advertising that people never asked for and of which they are often unaware.

    Europe has made a start, with the Digital Services and Digital Markets Acts. Now these must be enforced in ways that compel platforms to de-risk their design, detox their algorithms and give users real control.

    Privacy and data rights, to date largely notional, must also be properly enforced. And advertisers must use their money and influence to protect their customers against a tech industry that is actively harming people.

    End tech discrimination and treat people everywhere equally
    Global tech companies afford people unequal rights and protection depending on their status, power, nationality, and language. We have seen the painful and destructive consequences of tech companies’ failure to prioritise the safety of all people everywhere equally.

    Companies must be legally required to rigorously assess human rights risks in every country they seek to expand in, ensuring proportionate language and cultural competency. They must also be forced to bring their closed-door decisions on content moderation and algorithm changes into the light and end all special exemptions for those with the most power and reach.

    These safety, design, and product choices that affect billions of people cannot be left to corporations to decide. Transparency and accountability rules are an essential first step to reclaiming the internet for the public good.

    Rebuild independent journalism as the antidote to tyranny
    Big tech platforms have unleashed forces that are devastating independent media by swallowing up online advertising while simultaneously enabling a tech-fueled tsunami of lies and hate that drown out facts.

    For facts to stand a chance, we must end the amplification of disinformation by tech platforms. But this alone is not enough. Just 13 percent of the world’s population can currently access a free press.

    If we are to hold power to account and protect journalists, we need unparalleled investment in a truly independent media persevering in situ or working in exile that ensures its sustainability while incentivising compliance with ethical norms in journalism.

    21st century newsrooms must also forge a new, distinct path, recognising that to advance justice and rights, they must represent the diversity of the communities they serve. Governments must ensure the safety and independence of journalists who are increasingly being attacked, imprisoned, or killed on the frontlines of this war on facts.

    We, as Nobel Laureates, from across the world, send a united message: together we can end this corporate and technological assault on our lives and liberties, but we must act now.

    It is time to implement the solutions we already have to rebuild journalism and reclaim the technological architecture of global conversation for all humanity.

    We call on all rights-respecting democratic governments to:

    1. Require tech companies to carry out independent human rights impact assessments that must be made public as well as demand transparency on all aspects of their business — from content moderation to algorithm impacts to data processing to integrity policies.

    2. Protect citizens’ right to privacy with robust data protection laws.

    3. Publicly condemn abuses against the free press and journalists globally and commit funding and assistance to independent media and journalists under attack.

    We call on the EU to:

    4. Be ambitious in enforcing the Digital Services and Digital Markets Acts so these laws amount to more than just “new paperwork” for the companies and instead force them to make changes to their business model, such as ending algorithmic amplification that threatens fundamental rights and spreads disinformation and hate, including in cases where the risks originate outside EU borders.

    5. Urgently propose legislation to ban surveillance advertising, recognizing this practice is fundamentally incompatible with human rights.

    6. Properly enforce the EU General Data Protection Regulation so that people’s data rights are finally made reality.

    7. Include strong safeguards for journalists’ safety, media sustainability and democratic guarantees in the digital space in the forthcoming European Media Freedom Act.

    8. Protect media freedom by cutting off disinformation upstream. This means there should be no special exemptions or carve-outs for any organisation or individual in any new technology or media legislation. With globalised information flows, this would give a blank check to those governments and non-state actors who produce industrial scale disinformation to harm democracies and polarize societies everywhere.

    9. Challenge the extraordinary lobbying machinery, the astroturfing campaigns and recruitment revolving door between big tech companies and European government institutions.

    We call on the UN to:

    10. Create a special Envoy of the UN Secretary-General focused on the Safety of Journalists (SESJ) who would challenge the current status quo and finally raise the cost of crimes against journalists.

    Presented by 2021 Nobel Peace Prize laureates Maria Ressa and Dmitry Muratov at the Freedom of Expression Conference, Nobel Peace Center, Oslo, Norway, on September 2, 2022. Republished from Rappler with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/maria-ressa-and-muratovs-10-point-plan-over-global-information-crisis/feed/ 0 330151
    Biden’s “Safer America Plan” Should Follow the Science of Public Safety https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/05/bidens-safer-america-plan-should-follow-the-science-of-public-safety/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/05/bidens-safer-america-plan-should-follow-the-science-of-public-safety/#respond Mon, 05 Sep 2022 14:46:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339501

    Last week, President Biden addressed a crowd in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, pitching his plan to combat crime and gun violence, dubbed the "Safer America Plan". The plan includes a number of important measures in line with what advocates of criminal justice reform have been fighting for, with these specific measures receiving praise from organizations like the ACLU.

    Namely, the plan calls for establishing a $15 billion grant program, to be dispersed over a period of 10 years, to help states and localities invest in crime prevention initiatives—for example, local mental health and substance use disorder services, or jobs programs for teenagers and young adults. Furthermore, the plan calls for $5 billion to be invested in expanding and building capacity for community violence intervention programs.

    However, one key feature of the plan is drawing near-universal ire from advocates, including the ACLU and NAACP Legal Defense Fund: the proposed hiring of 100,000 new police officers. Part of the backlash comes from the eye-popping price tag of the measure: a total cost of $12.8 billion, per White House estimates.

    This proposed multi-billion dollar expansion of the police force comes at a time when aging water plants and pipes, further deteriorated by extreme weather events, have left the 150,000 residents of Jackson, Mississippi without clean drinking water. At the same time, the Colorado River, which 40 million people rely on for drinking water, crop irrigation, and power generation, is seeing its worst drought in well over one-thousand years, 15–17 with the federal government failing to intervene, even at states' behest.

    The federal government can address violent crime, infrastructure, and climate resiliency simultaneously; one need not come at the expense of the other, given the vast resources at the federal government's disposal. However, even if the federal government is to focus on violent crime reduction while ignoring these other issues, research suggests an expanded police force may not be the best solution.

    Proponents of an expanded police force may point to one 2020 working paper published by the National Bureau of Economic Research, which estimates that "Each additional police officer abates approximately 0.1 homicides," based on its study of 242 large American cities. Applying this result to the national level would suggest that a police force expansion of 100,000 officers would abate roughly 10,000 homicides.

    This 0.1 homicides averted figure, however, represents the upper end of the paper's primary model estimates, which range from 0.058 to 0.102.  Further, the paper's primary model relies on the instrumental variable (IV) approach, which, as one review of 255 papers using the IV approach found, often produces "implausibly large" estimates.

    The paper's supplementary model, which uses the more standard Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) regression, predicts a much more modest effect: 0.051 homicides averted per additional officer, suggesting the hiring of 100,000 additional officers would avert 5,100 homicides.

    But even this result is out of step with the academic consensus. A 2016 systematic review of 62 studies and 229 related to U.S. police force size and crime, published in the Journal of Experimental Criminology, found that "the overall effect size for police force size on crime is negative, small, and not statistically significant."

    These results were echoed by a 2017 study published in the Journal of Quantitative Criminology, which concluded that "there is little reason to believe that increasing the number of police officers will have a large effect on violent crime."21 Similarly, a 2019 study published in Criminology & Public Policy found no evidence that less proactive law enforcement and fewer arrests leads to increased rates of homicide.

    Not only are the effects of increased police force size on violent crime dubious at best, but they are also associated with significant negative consequences. Returning to the 2020 NBER working paper, we see that even these models predict as many as 0.0029 civilians killed per officer hired; with 100,000 new officers hired, this could mean as many as 290 more civilians shot to death by police.

    Furthermore, the NBER models predict 7.32-21.88 "quality of life" arrests—arrests for low-level crimes such as drug possession or loitering—per marginal officer, with these arrests bearing no reduction in rates of serious crime. Scaled up to 100,000 officers, this could mean 732,000 to 2.2 million arrests for petty crimes. Notably, Black civilians would be expected to make up over half of these arrests, being arrested at 3-4x the rate of their White counterparts.

    As previous research has shown, low-level arrests of this nature—even those that do not result in formal charges or a conviction—can have significant negative effects on physical and mental health and future hiring prospects / employability.

    Given all of this, one may ask if there is a better alternative—an investment that is more likely to result in reduced incidence of violent crime (i.e., homicides averted), with less chance for serious downsides (i.e., civilian deaths, unnecessary arrests)—as opposed to increasing the size of the police force.

    The answer lies certainly not in increased police militarization, which has consistently been shown to have no meaningful impact on public safety, only serving to further erode community support of police. Rather, the overwhelming weight of evidence suggests investment in social programs is key to violent crime reduction.

    For example, one 2019 study published in PLOS Medicine found increased levels of per-capita welfare and education spending were associated with 14% and 22% reductions in homicide rates, respectively. Similarly, a 2017 study published in the BMJ found that every $10,000 increase in spending on social programs per person living in poverty was associated with a 16% decline in homicide rates.

    Another BMJ study found that addressing income inequality in the U.S. between rich and poor could be a fruitful means of averting homicide, with greater levels of income inequality associated with greater rates of homicide.

    Yet another study, published earlier this year in Preventive Medicine, found that affordable housing programs specifically reduced statewide levels of intimate partner homicide by 10-20%.

    We can see this phenomenon holds true beyond the U.S. and across our economic peer nations, with one 2017 study published in Justice Quarterly finding that increased spending on social programs, as a percentage of GDP, was associated with decreased rates of homicide and interpersonal violence.

    This echoes the conclusions of a 2014 longitudinal analysis of European nations published in Social Science Research, which found that "even incremental, short-term changes in welfare support spending are associated with short-term reductions in homicide."

    Given this wealth of evidence, we can be reasonably sure that investing $12.8 billion in social programs will have a more pronounced effect on reducing violent crime rates (and fewer serious negative consequences) than investing that same total in the expansion of a police force already constituting nearly 700,000 officers.

    In either case, working to pass meaningful gun legislation should remain a top priority for government action to reduce violent crime. At the state level, universal background checks and violent misdemeanor have been associated with decreases in homicide rates of 15% and 18%, respectively, as found by a 2019 study published in the Journal of General Internal Medicine.

    Given 24,576 homicides nationwide in 2020, applying these decreases at the national level would mean roughly 3,700-4,400 homicides averted. We again see this play out at an international level, with a 2020 study in Regulation and Governance finding that stricter gun control measures were associated with decreased rates of homicide and interpersonal violence across European nations.

    To President Biden's credit, the Safer America Plan does call for closing numerous loopholes in our existing gun background check system, and calls on Congress to pass universal background checks and bans on the sale of assault weapons and high-capacity magazines. Without concrete action, however, these calls remain just that.

    If President Biden truly wants to keep the American people safe, his administration must follow the science as it pertains to public safety. Instead of investing nearly $13 billion in hiring 100,000 new police officers, the science suggests these same funds should be invested in social welfare, which are far more likely to result in significant violent crime reductions, without thousands more civilians killed by police, or millions more harmful, unnecessary arrests for petty crime.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenneth Antonio Colón.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/05/bidens-safer-america-plan-should-follow-the-science-of-public-safety/feed/ 0 330063
    Social Security Enemy Ron Johnson Endorses Plan to ‘Coax’ Retirees Back to Work https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/social-security-enemy-ron-johnson-endorses-plan-to-coax-retirees-back-to-work/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/social-security-enemy-ron-johnson-endorses-plan-to-coax-retirees-back-to-work/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 13:31:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339452

    Republican Sen. Ron Johnson this week endorsed a proposal to "coax" seniors out of retirement to address so-called worker shortages, drawing backlash from his Democratic opponent and other critics who noted the GOP lawmaker's long history of attacking Social Security.

    "There are a number of innovative ideas I would support," Johnson (R-Wis.) said during a tele-town hall with constituents on Wednesday as he's locked in a close reelection race with Democratic challenger Mandela Barnes in the key battleground state of Wisconsin.

    "Former Senator Phil Gramm came to the Senate, we were talking about our labor shortage, and one of his suggestions was to coax seniors that could reenter the workforce—don't charge them payroll tax," Johnson said in remarks first reported by the Heartland Signal. "They're not paying it anyway so if they want to get back and earn a few extra bucks, let them start working."

    The Republican senator's comments came weeks after he sparked outrage by suggesting that funding for Social Security and Medicare should be discretionary rather than mandatory, a change that would pave the way for cuts or the complete demise of the popular programs.

    Barnes, Wisconsin's lieutenant governor, was quick to respond to Johnson's latest remarks, slamming his opponent for "waging a war on our seniors and the benefits they've worked towards their entire lives."

    "Ron Johnson's solution to the labor shortage: send seniors back to work," Barnes said in a statement Thursday, noting that Johnson has voted to raise the retirement age from 65 to 70.

    Social Security Works, a progressive advocacy group, also denounced Johnson's comments on social media.

    "This is the same senator who wants to turn Social Security into 'discretionary spending,'" the group tweeted Thursday. "Ron Johnson thinks that working-class Americans don't deserve to retire. That's why he's trying to steal our earned benefits."

    Related Content

    Survey data released in recent days shows that Barnes is out to a narrow lead over Johnson in Wisconsin's U.S. Senate contest, which could play a pivotal role in determining control of the upper chamber.

    "On Sunday, the Trafalgar Group released the results of a survey of Wisconsin voters conducted between August 22 and August 25. Barnes led Johnson 49.4% to 47.1%," Wisconsin Public Radio reported earlier this week. "Just more than 3% of those surveyed were undecided. Barnes' lead was within the poll's 2.9% margin of error."

    "A Fox News poll released August 18 had Barnes with 50% of the support of likely voters and Johnson trailing with 46%," the outlet added. "The Democrat's lead was just outside the survey's 3% margin of error."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/social-security-enemy-ron-johnson-endorses-plan-to-coax-retirees-back-to-work/feed/ 0 329033
    Why Biden’s Student Debt Relief Plan is a Big Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/why-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-big-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/why-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-big-deal/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 05:49:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=254155 President Biden’s student loan debt forgiveness plan is like a dirty band-aid on a festering wound. It is better than nothing but it fails to fix the real problem of the failed business plans of corporate universities as well as the shifting way we view higher education in America. Student loan debt is approximately $1.75 trillion. More

    The post Why Biden’s Student Debt Relief Plan is a Big Deal appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Olivia Alperstein.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/why-bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-big-deal/feed/ 0 328961
    Bailing Out Corporate Higher Education: What is Really Wrong with the Biden Student Debt Relief Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/bailing-out-corporate-higher-education-what-is-really-wrong-with-the-biden-student-debt-relief-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/bailing-out-corporate-higher-education-what-is-really-wrong-with-the-biden-student-debt-relief-plan/#respond Thu, 01 Sep 2022 06:00:24 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253738

    Photo by Ehud Neuhaus

    President Biden’s student loan debt forgiveness plan is like a dirty band-aid on a festering wound. It is better than nothing but it fails to fix the real problem of the failed business plans of corporate universities as well as the shifting way we view higher education in America.

    Student loan debt is approximately $1.75 trillion.   It exceeds all other forms of personal debt, including credit cards.  More than forty-eight million individuals owe on student loans, with the average debt exceeding $28,000 for the class of 2020.  This does not even include the money parents often incur for their children’s college education.  But by many measures,  the cost of college education today is significantly greater today than forty or even twenty years ago.

    For many students and parents, paying off student debt is a life-time experience, forcing them into long term debt that precludes them from  being able to buy a home, start a family, or take public service jobs that may not pay a lot but which may be personally satisfying or socially useful.  College education may be critical to the American dream for many, but pursuing it may also be a nightmare.

    Biden’s debt relief will help many individuals but there are problems with the plan.  Republicans and moderate Democrats whim about the costs, even though they never seemed to fret about all the tax breaks and subsidies for corporations and the rich.  For some like Bernie Sanders  the problem is go big or go home.  If you’re going to forgive the debt forgive it all and not part of it.  For others the problem is the elitism with the plan—it helps those who  have gone to college but it does little for those who have not.  Given that the new class divide in America is between those who have attended college versus those who have not, the plan  benefits the former and will do little to slow the acceleration of the working class away from the Democratic Party.  These are all reasonable critiques—but there is a far bigger problem with the plan.  It does little to address the root of the problem which is the corporatization of higher education in America and its failed business plan.

    Prior to World War II higher education was elitist, only the rich and generally Whites and males could attend.  Post-World War II until the 1980s was the period of the democratization of higher education.  The rapid expansion of  public universities, the GI Bill, and generous public funding including grants made quality higher education affordable to the poor and middle class.  Higher education was viewed as a public good, not a private investment, and it along with a robust  K-12 school system were seen  as egalitarian institutions for advancement.  Supporting higher education was also in the interest of corporate America and capitalism—it socialized the cost of training the next generation of workers.

    Yet the 1980s and Reaganism changed that.  The corporate profit squeeze of the 1970s transformed the link between higher education and capitalism.   It resulted in government deregulation and cuts in business taxes.  Among the places where cuts came to pay for tax breaks for corporations and the rich was higher education, especially to public universities.  Justifying these cuts was a change  in educational philosophy.  No longer would higher education be seen as a public good  necessitating a socializing of costs. It was now a private good or investment where students and families were expected to borrow money to pay for their education.  Student debt was a great disciplining tool for capitalism.  It narrowed the range of acceptable or affordable  majors to what businesses wanted, and it limited the options or career paths for students to  jobs that could generate enough income to pay back college debts.

    Higher education responded by corporatizing.  It adopted business models heavy in upper-level administrators to manage enrollment and expand services.  It invested in expensive technologies and often in bloated sports programs as marketing  gimmicks with little evidence that either did much to improve educational quality.  Along with raising undergraduate tuition and expanding business programs it rolled out pricey MBA and professional programs to lure  degree conscious  students to school fearful that without these degrees that would not be competitive. It also realized that  for many, high tuition was equated with quality, and simply raised tuition as a way to attract  more applications and therefore reject more students, thereby raising its profile in ranking in places such as US News & World Report.

    In short, higher  education’s new business plan turned into a Ponzi scheme.  Trumpeting these gimmicks was the Chronicle of Higher Education, which became the house organ for corporate  higher education, offering  repeated ideas to sustain the business of higher education that one school after another  adopted to stay profitable.

    As I argued two years ago in Counterpunch,  that plan crashed with the recession of 2008.  Students were tapped out in 2008 with college and other personal debt.  Students simply could not afford college.  The government cut funding for higher education even more, and higher education responded by  raising tuition even more.  Since 2002, average tuition and fees at private national universities have jumped 144%. Out-of-state tuition and fees at public national universities have risen 171%. In-state tuition and fees at public national universities have grown the most, increasing 211%.

    Higher education is back to where it was before WW II—a place for the affluent, white, and elite.  Enrollment in higher education has largely stagnated in America, with those from lower income households and persons of color less likely to attend or complete college.  Moreover, since 2008 birthrates and college attendance has dropped, forcing colleges to compete for a declining pool of applicants. Since then the pandemic enrollments have continued to slide. Higher education is now stratified  from top down, with the elite Ivy Leagues at the top in terms of money and resources.  For the rest of the schools, they were less sustainable and the Covid pandemic only hastened their problems.  Were it not for pandemic relief, many colleges would have closed by now.  In the next few years more will close or be taken over by the corporate survivors.

    Biden’s debt relief will help those with student loans.  Contrary to neo-liberals such as Larry Summers, this is good.  But it does nothing to change the corporatization of higher education.  It does nothing to address the cost of higher education, or make it more accessible and more affordable to a greater range of individuals.  In fact, I suspect that colleges now have even more of an incentive to raise tuition, telling students that up to $20,000 will be forgiven.  Nor does the plan address the issue of helping those who simply do not want to go to college and want to find a good job doing something else.  Yes the plan helps many burdened with student loan debt, but it really bails out higher education again


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David Schultz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/bailing-out-corporate-higher-education-what-is-really-wrong-with-the-biden-student-debt-relief-plan/feed/ 0 328346
    French envoys to visit New Caledonia in September with unknown plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/30/french-envoys-to-visit-new-caledonia-in-september-with-unknown-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/30/french-envoys-to-visit-new-caledonia-in-september-with-unknown-plan/#respond Tue, 30 Aug 2022 09:39:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78598 RNZ Pacific

    The newly re-elected President of the New Caledonian Congress, Roch Wamytan, says a visit by French representatives will take place on September 12.

    The new Minister for France’s Overseas Territories, Jean-Francois Carenco, will meet New Caledonia’s government representatives then for the first time.

    In an interview with La Première television Wamytan said he still did not know what would be discussed during the visit.

    “We are waiting to to be told because we had talked over the phone but without any additional information. He will come on September 12,” Wamytan said.

    “However, I, who is a key signatory and President of the Congress, have no official information on the reason for his arrival in New Caledonia.”

    A spokesperson for the pro-independence Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS), Charles Wea, said they would not be speaking with the delegation as it would only meet members of the government.

    “The FLNKS no but institutions yes, such as the Congress or the government, they are talking institutionally but there is still no contact between the FLNKS and the French government on the institutional question.

    ‘Wait and hear’
    “Now is the time to wait and hear what the French government is about to propose on the future of New Caledonia.”

    Pro-independence indigenous Kanaks have not engaged with France since they boycotted the third and final independence referendum under the Noumea Accord last December resulting in an overwhelming majority voting in favour to remain with France.

    Pro-independence Caledonian Union's Roch Wamytan
    Pro-independence Caledonian Union’s Roch Wamytan … re-elected today as Congress President with 29 votes. Image: RNZ/AFP

    They were unhappy with France for ignoring their pleas to postpone polling because of the effects of the covid pandemic.

    According to Wea, the FLNKS will hold a congress after Carenco’s visit followed by another one in January to work out what strategy to propose to France in a bilateral talk.

    “It is a congress that will work out the institutional question concerning the future of New Caledonia and questions on how the FLNKS fits into all that. It is a general meeting about everything.

    “They will be assembling on September 17.”

    The pro-independence FLNKS movement, which has the Caledonian Union as a key component, refuses to recognise the result of the third and final referendum as a legitimate outcome of the decolonisation process.

    Palika Party member and FLNKS International Relations official, Charles Wea.
    Palika Party member and FLNKS International Relations official Charles Wea … indigenous Kanak strategy meeting planned for September 17. Image: RNZ

    Decolonisation still key
    Speaking at a recent Caledonian Union congress meeting, Daniel Goa, reaffirmed they will only meet with France bilaterally and that decolonisation was still very much on their agenda.

    “For the bilateral, the talks will include two subjects. One on the irreversible constitutions and one of liberation.

    “All talks with an electoral body as big as France would show that it wants to continue its colonial power over the people. The decolonisation process will end when the independence of New Caledonia Kanaky occurs.”

    Despite the Kanak boycott of the final independence referendum, Paris insists the vote was carried out legally and stands by its outcome.

    It now plans to submit a new statute for New Caledonia to vote on in June.

    Wamytan’s fourth term
    Meanwhile, Roch Wamytan was today re-elected Congress President for his fourth successive term.

    He won with 29 votes and told La Première it was thanks to the Wallisian and Futunan party Pacific Awakening’s support.

    “First of all, I would like to thank the party Pacific Awakening who have supported us for the fourth time. It is a mark of confidence in the process of reform in which we have placed ourselves, with the president of the government, and for years to come,” Wamytan said.

    The three Congress members from the Pacific Awakening party formally joined the pro-independence Caledonian Union members to form a new group in the legislature. This was registered on Sunday.

    The Pacific Awakening party, which holds the balance of power since the 2019 election, had already said it would vote for Wamytan for the sake of stability to progress urgently needed reforms.

    The party, which emerged from civil society, has over the years given support to both main political camps to sustain a balance.

    The opposition anti-independence representative Gil Brial gained 25 votes.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/30/french-envoys-to-visit-new-caledonia-in-september-with-unknown-plan/feed/ 0 327602
    Biden’s Student Debt Forgiveness Plan: Good Enough for Government Work? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan-good-enough-for-government-work/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan-good-enough-for-government-work/#respond Mon, 29 Aug 2022 04:55:19 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253575 President Biden’s plan for relieving student loan debt came in right on the mark. It gives substantial relief to people who really need it without being a big giveaway to those who ran up big debts on expensive and valuable degrees. Ten thousand dollars of loan forgiveness will greatly help a struggling recent college graduate More

    The post Biden’s Student Debt Forgiveness Plan: Good Enough for Government Work? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/bidens-student-debt-forgiveness-plan-good-enough-for-government-work/feed/ 0 327250
    Biden’s Student Debt Relief Plan Is Very Good Economic Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/28/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-very-good-economic-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/28/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-very-good-economic-policy/#respond Sun, 28 Aug 2022 11:00:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339339

    On August 24, the Biden White House announced its plan to provide relief for Americans carrying student debt. The amount of debt cancellation may be as much as $20,000 for Pell Grant recipients, and otherwise $10,000, in either case for individuals with annual incomes under $125,000 and married couples earning less than $250,000.

    There are other features of the plan that will help alleviate the debt burden — such as a 5 percent cap on payments of loans in relation to monthly incomes — but those are the headline numbers.

    Let’s roll through the arguments for and against relief. This is an intra-Democratic Party debate as much as a partisan one. You can guess where the Republican Party is on this — wholeheartedly opposed to the idea of debt cancellation. No ambiguity there. But in the case of Democrats, we have serious people on both sides. The criticisms don’t hold water, and the policy should be welcome.

    "The inflation impact of greater amounts of relief is typically exaggerated. A lot more would not be bad."

    Nothing substantial is likely happening in Congress for the remainder of this year, meaning that further major policy change depends on executive action by the White House. The legal boundaries for President Biden’s scope of action have been in dispute, so the new debt relief plan could get tangled up in legal challenges.

    During his election campaign, Biden committed to at least $10,000 of relief, disappointing those who wanted more. Calls for higher levels are daunting for an administration that is spooked by the ongoing inflation spike. The threat of inflation is contested, but there is no question that the price increases of the past year have yet to settle down. This seems to be the favorite whipping boy for the Republicans, though its power in the face of other worries by voters, such as the potential of an authoritarian turn of the federal government, may be doubted. 

    The cost of debt relief is easily misunderstood. We get topline numbers of the total cost, maybe $300 billion, but the entire amount would not have an immediate impact on consumer spending, and therefore no immediate effect on the price level. Rather, as every borrower knows, their debt payments are spread out over years, if not decades. The inflation impact depends on the extent to which savings in monthly payments are channeled into consumer spending.

    The Biden administration has maintained a moratorium on student debt repayments since it took office. Its plan calls for restarting payments in January 2023. Since those payments, even when reduced by the new relief, reduce the current spending power of debt holders, the impact of the debt cancellation policy is not inflationary, but precisely the opposite, whenever the pause in payments due to the pandemic ends, as economists Paul Krugman and Dean Baker have pointed out. In the context of the current economy and current policy (including the pandemic ​pause” in payments), the debt relief policy is deflationary in the longer term. Since the administration is also extending the pause until the end of 2022, over the next four months, there could actually be a positive effect on price levels. How much?

    Suppose the plan leads to $300 billion in relief, as many outlets are projecting. If required payments resume next year, the positive inflation impact is limited to the next four months. What is the inflationary impact of an extra $10 billion ($300 billion spread over ten years prorated to four months) in extra spending, compared to total personal consumption spending of $4.25 trillion in the second quarter of this year? Not much. Here the inflation fear belongs in laugh test territory.

    Using economic modeling rather than just a calculator, economists at the Levy Economics Institute of Bard College found evidence for a similarly limited impact on inflation if the government was to cancel the entirety of student debt (now at $1.6 trillion), and their analysis from 2018 includes no account of any payment pause. In the models, debt relief provides a Keynesian boost to employment and includes a variety of added social benefits, but that study was done four years ago. The likelihood of a bump in GDP in the wake of this year’s spectacular job growth is diminished, compared to 2018.

    Perhaps envy is the feeling that comes up most often in the debt relief debate, with opponents claiming some version of ​I paid my debt, it’s not fair for somebody else to get a break.” This is very personal for both sides — those who paid and those trying to pay — and hence it’s politically important. But it’s foolish from a policy standpoint. Any reform could help somebody while failing to help somebody else for whom the remedy no longer applies. Is it fair to provide a benefit to a person that somebody in the past failed to receive, because there was no program to provide that benefit? By that line of thinking, no reforms would ever be tenable. 

    Another common complaint is that Joe Sixpack will pay the student debt of some Ivy League, big-shot attorney. It doesn’t work that way. Nobody is paying off anybody else’s loans. Nobody’s tax dollars are earmarked to some mythical ​loan pay-off” account. Taxes next year depend on total federal spending, the state of the economy, and more frivolous factors. It is true that ​other things equal,” the cost of the Biden plan is reflected in total spending, paid for by borrowing or taxes. But other things are never equal, so the impact of the plan on your taxes is utterly unknowable. 

    The bigger dilemma, envy aside, is that relief for existing borrowers does nothing to resolve the problem of costs for future students. Schools might be tempted to increase tuition, knowing that some of their current students’ ability to borrow is increased after the windfall from debt relief. ​You got $10,000 in relief, so you can borrow another $10,000.” A pressure in the other direction is that higher tuition discourages new students from entering higher education with no certain prospect of relief in the future.

    The politics of envy are complicated somewhat by confusion over debt relief for the rich. The value of ​means-testing” is said to be budget savings, but essentially every analysis indicates that the budget savings from excluding very wealthy families from any benefit are minimal. The big dollar savings are with the broad upper-middle class.

    The relief forthcoming will be limited to individuals with incomes up to $125,000, and families below $250,000. These amounts are well above median levels, but they still expose many higher-income families to continued liabilities. Not surprisingly, in dollar terms, most debt is held by those with higher incomes, since one’s ability to borrow in the first place hinges on income. So these income limits should indeed reduce the cost of the program significantly.

    Opposition to means-testing is often justified by reference to the administrative costs of distinguishing among those eligible and ineligible. Administrative cost, however, is a function of investment in administration. The increase in funding for the Internal Revenue Service passed through the Inflation Reduction Act will help. In general, the long-term shrinkage of the federal civil service outside of defense and homeland security makes it more difficult to run every sort of program. This problem is bigger than student debt.

    There are frequent claims from some entranced by Modern Monetary Theory that budget costs are meaningless because spending power, for all practical purposes, is able to shoulder very broad debt relief. I would agree that, in economic terms, there is room for much greater relief — but the political constraint remains. Short of the general public being converted to an MMT point of view, there remains a political limit to the extent of debt relief, albeit disguised as an aversion to providing relief to ​the rich.”

    Analysis of the distributional impact of debt relief—the impact on income inequality — is tricky. It depends on what you’re comparing to what. A simple take is that the $10,000 cap on relief will still help many middle- and working-class Americans in percentage terms (the increase in spendable cash compared to their incomes). For the rich, if they were eligible, it would be a drop in the bucket. There is also an impact of reducing the racial wealth gap.

    We are bound to see criticism of any policy in the form of ​The money we are wasting on debt relief for the rich could buy millions of hamburgers for the homeless.” Of course, these same critical parties would likely object to the latter option for one reason or another. The truth is that such an alternative is not currently on the table, nor will the debt relief policy, once it’s in the can, constitute any constraint on fiscal policy under the next Congress. The comparison is meaningless.

    Even after debt relief is carried out, the overarching appeal of Bernie Sanders’ plan for free college will remain, so long as tuition costs remain exorbitantly high. The inflation impact of greater amounts of relief is typically exaggerated. A lot more would not be bad. 


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Max B. Saw­icky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/28/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-very-good-economic-policy/feed/ 0 327164
    Biden’s Student Debt Relief Plan Is a Very Good Economic Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-very-good-economic-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-very-good-economic-policy/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 16:13:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/biden-student-debt-relief-cancellation-inflation-economy
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Max B. Sawicky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-student-debt-relief-plan-is-a-very-good-economic-policy/feed/ 0 327741
    Neilson fell out with journalism directors over ‘audacious’ $50m awards plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/neilson-fell-out-with-journalism-directors-over-audacious-50m-awards-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/neilson-fell-out-with-journalism-directors-over-audacious-50m-awards-plan/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 07:47:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78437 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

    Billionaire Australian philanthropist Judith Neilson who established a major journalism institute more than four years ago to boost independent media has revealed that she fell out with her management over an “audacious plan” costing $50 million that had “nothing to do with journalism”.

    In her first media interview since four directors of the Judith Neilson Institute resigned suddenly in June, Neilson has told the Australian Financial Review that she “fell out” with the institute’s executive director Mark Ryan and director Jonathan Teperson over a plan for an annual Nobel-style “Judith Neilson Prize” that she knew nothing about.

    The Sydney-based institute funds an important Pacific Project at The Guardian with independent reporting from indigenous islands journalists among other programmes in Australia assisting media.

    “I was told I had to give $50 million for this project that’s got nothing to do with journalism,” Neilson told the newspaper.

    “And if I didn’t give it, my credibility around town would be lost.”

    She said she had once thought it “would be interesting to do something like a Nobel Prize”.

    After “look[ing] at the Nobel Prize”, and the cost, she decided not do anything more.

    ‘Freedom for restless minds’
    The Financial Review said a detailed scoping study was developed by the institute for the proposed “Judith Neilson Prize” aimed to give “restless minds the freedom to pursue creative ideas” through prize money that aimed to “free a great thinker from financial or administrative constraints”.

    The proposal claims the development work was undertaken at “the request of the patron”, a claim that Neilson strongly denies.

    The Judith Neilson Institute in Sydney
    The Judith Neilson Institute in Sydney … awards proposal “wasn’t a practical idea”. Image: JNI

    According to the newspaper, citing the scoping document, the cost of project development work “to date” had been $600,000.

    “It appears that no time was spent deciding if this project was of value, could be done differently or should be stopped,” Neilson told the Financial Review.

    Neilson said that the directors of the institute presented the proposal to her in February, but when they asked her to approve $10 million in initial funding, she declined to back the proposal as it “wasn’t a practical idea”.

    According to the Financial Review, the Judith Neilson Institute was to be “to journalism what the Lowy Institute is to foreign affairs; hosting workshops and major events”.

    Collaboration with journalism schools
    The institute pledged to collaborate with university journalism schools and news organisations to improve reporting on the region, as well as debating key policy issues facing Australia.

    “The institute has handed grants to major media organisations for journalism projects, including giving money to the Australian Financial Review to reopen a bureau in Asia,” the newspaper said.

    “I had no idea what [the institute] did. Other than having parties,” Neilson told the newspaper. “They don’t have a journalist, but they have three people for events.

    The dispute over the prize led to the abrupt resignation of four independent directors. Executive director Mark Ryan and director Jonathan Teperson have also since left.

    However, Neilson has pledged that the Journalism Institute will continue with a change of direction – “and it’s going to succeed.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/neilson-fell-out-with-journalism-directors-over-audacious-50m-awards-plan/feed/ 0 326640
    Biden’s Bifurcated Student Debt Cancelation Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-bifurcated-student-debt-cancelation-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-bifurcated-student-debt-cancelation-plan/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 05:57:59 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253438

    Photo by Alice Pasqual

    This week President Biden announced his long-awaited plan to alleviate in part the burden of nearly $2 trillion carried by 45 million American students and former students. The official figure for student loan debt is $1.7 trillion. But when private bank loans and parent loans are considered, the total is around & 1.9 trillion, with an average student debt of $37,000.

    In recent decades the cost of college education has tripled while the support for it from US states has declined sharply.  Moreover, what started out as grants in aid for students steadily migrated to banks and private financial institutions loan debt. About 90% of the $1.9T debt is held by the US government; the remaining by private sources.

    One of the most unpleasant arrangements in the current structure of student debt in the US is the government charges interest rates for it that are much higher than corresponding rates charged by banks holding their share of the total debt.  Government rates range from 4.99% to 7.4% while bank rates are around 3.2% (fixed) to 1.3% (variable).  The differential in rates is clearly designed to push students to ‘consolidate’ their annual education loans with the US Dept. of Education to private banks. Thus, the private banking sector is given a significant cut of the student debt pie. Loans for both go up annually and are will rise in 2022-23 and after as general interest rates rise by Federal Reserve actions.

    Another onerous characteristic of the current system is that as many as one-third of the 45 million with debt were never able to complete a college degree. They bear the cost without any benefit whatsoever. Their fate is due to allowing for years parasitical so-called education institutions to lend to students with the false promise of a guaranteed job. While some of the worst abuses of this parasite educational institution fringe, preying on the poorest students, have been corrected in recent years, the problem continues to a significant degree.

    Another element of the system’s crises is the institutions of higher education in general in the USA. They’ve used the availability of easily obtained student loans from the government to steadily jack up their tuitions and add all manner of questionable ‘fees’ as shadow tuition increases. They’ve then taken this student loan largesse and used it to fatten the ranks of college administrators, to raise the pay of senior administrators of colleges to levels comparable to corporate CEOs, and embark upon in many cases needless expansion of campus building projects that have little to do with providing education. The consequence is professional football stadiums and basketball auditoriums and the obscenity of football coaches being paid millions of dollars in compensation a year, sometimes even more than the college or university presidents themselves. In short, the system is broken and students have been carrying an ever-rising bill in the form of out of control student debt.

    During his election campaign in 2020 Biden promised to resolve the problem and reform the broken system. Has his just announced plan achieved that?  How so? And if not, how not?

    Biden’s Proposals

    The best description of Biden’s recent proposals is that it’s created a bifurcated higher education student debt system. Here’s the major proposals:

    First, the proposals apply only to undergraduate students. It appears all graduate students, who bear an average loan debt of over $100,000 are not covered.  But undergrads are also divided among the ‘haves’ and ‘have nots’.

    A main feature is that $10,000 in undergrad student debt is forgiven, provided they are earning less than $125,000 a year in income as individuals or $250,000 as a couple.  That’s of course not insignificant. But with average student debt of $37,000, and with tuition costs rising 5-10% a year and interest rates soon to well exceed 5%, even the $10k does not go very far.  The average cost to attend a state university campus in California, for example, is over $15k-$17k a year and rising. The $10k reduction in principal will almost certainly be offset with rising out of pocket payments due to increasing tuition, fees, lodging, etc. as well as current rapid rise in interest rates on top of it.

    As a second major element, Biden proposals attempt to address this ‘offset’ problem by reducing the amount of monthly payment on student loans from the prior 10% of discretionary income to now 5%.   But if rates on student loans rise above 5% (where they are at now)—which will almost certainly occur within the next year and possibly beyond—then the 5% reduction in monthly payment will be more than offset by rising interest rates.  For example, If the interest costs are more than 5% and students pay only the 5% monthly minimum, then they will have left over residual interest being added to their principal debt on a monthly basis.  Consequently, their total debt will continue to rise year to year—in effect ‘adding back’ over time annually some of the $10k forgiven this year. Their total debt might be right back where it was in just 3-5 years.

    The piling on to principal of unpaid interest has long been another onerous feature of the student debt system.  Former students who have found themselves disabled or unemployed, for example, were able to forego monthly payments but during that period of joblessness their principal kept accruing interest that steadily raised their total debt.  Something similar might be the consequence, in other words, of lowering the monthly out of pocket payment to 5%, while allowing tuition costs and interest rates to rise.

    Biden’s third major proposal is to reduce student debt from Pell grant loans by another $10K, so the lower income former students, who typically receive Pell grant loans, will have a $20k total debt forgiveness.  But if one listened to Biden’s announcement address, he quickly noted that Pell grant loan recipients would not necessarily automatically get the second $10K forgiven—even if they earned less than $125k income per year now.  They would have to ‘qualify’ for it, according to Biden. Just what constituted qualification he of course did not say, as he quickly went on describing other features of his proposals.

    About 14 million of the 45 million with student debt are Pell grant debt holders. How many of them will actually get the extra $10k forgiven is unclear. It will be left to the bureaucrats to define what ‘qualifies’ for expunging Pell grant loan debt. One should not expect generosity from the bureaucracy when it comes to ‘means’ testing.

    The fourth main feature of Biden’s announcement addressed the time frame over which all of a student’s remaining debt might be expunged. Currently, if one enters public service then what remains of total debt after 10 years will be forgiven. But what defines public service? So far that’s been narrowly defined and those eligible limited. Biden suggested that definition might be expanded, even perhaps to considering military service or national guard duty as qualifying public service. He also let it slip that maybe 2 year community college debt might be forgiven after a 10 year period. There was also a reference to maybe a 20 year limit for everyone with student debt. Again, the bureaucrats will decide.

    A big question related to year limits to debt forgiveness is when does the time clock start? Is it today, when the program was announced? Or does it go back to the year of the origination of the loan? And what about loans that are consolidated with private banks after the government originated them? What’s the start date in the 10 or 20 year clock?

    A final major feature of Biden’s program is that these partial debt forgiveness measures take effect only when the last two and a half years of student debt forbearance comes to an end. That’s next January 1, 2023 for both debt cancelation and end of debt forbearance and resumption of monthly student debt payments. All students will resume paying student debt on that date. All graduates as well as all undergrads with still remaining student debt after the $10k or $20K forgiven. 20 million may have their relatively low levels of debt canceled, while 25 million, with much higher average levels of debt, will have to start paying again.

    The boss giveth with one hand and taketh away more with the other, which is a definition of spending programs under the Biden administration since February 2020, one might argue.

    Biden estimated that the commencing of student debt payments to the government will raise government revenues by $50 billion a year. That’s approximately $500B over a decade.

    Independent sources prior to today’s announcement had estimated the cost of the $10k forgiven will amount to $321B over a decade, or around $32B/yr. on average.  So the US government will stay make an $18B a year net surplus off student debt.

    The Problem of Bifurcated Student Debt Reform

    There are some serious problems with Biden’s proposals. First, as many have pointed out, the proposals resolve the debt problem for about 20 million of the 45 million, if one is to believe the claim of the administration that 20 million students will have their full debt canceled. That leaves 25 million still sinking deeper under the unsustainable mountain of debt.

    As previously noted, the 5% minimum payment means for many that their residual interest will keep adding to principal should interest rates rise. For new student debtors, rate rises and the escalating further of student college costs means total debt will rise as they pay the 5% minimum.  Also previously noted, it’s not clear how much government bureaucrats will allow Pell grant debt holders qualify for the extra $10K cancelation.

    Unless student debt reform includes a ceiling on debt interest rates and there’s a cap on how much colleges are allowed to raise tuition and fees, total student debt principal for millions will continue to rise. Both rates and tuition & fees should not be allowed to rise more than the cost of living (for the urban district in which the college resides).

    And the time is long overdue for the government to step in and limit colleges shuffling millions to administrators, spending on infrastructure turning colleges into youth resorts and on construction projects that have nothing to do with education—not least of which is allowing football coaches to have million dollar annual salaries and golden retirement parachutes.

    If private banks can charge current rates, fixed or variable, 2-3% below that charged by the US government, why can’t the government charge similar lower rates? Why does the US government insist on gouging US students even worse than the banks?

    Student loan rates should be pegged to the 10 year US Treasury bond. And if that 10 yr T-bond declines in price, so should the interest rate on student debt decline by a like amount. It wouldn’t be difficult to create a formula for student loan rates based on a combination of the T-bond rate plus an inflation adjustment (after first lowering current rates charged by the government to the lower levels currently charged by banks as a start point).

    Then there’s the problem of grad students debt. If grad students earn less than $125k a year why shouldn’t they be included in the $10K cancelation?

    Not allowing the debt cancelation provisions to apply to grad students creates a form of bifurcation. So does introducing a means test for who qualifies for the Pell loan extra $10k cancelation. Any student with a Pell grant loan should be eligible for the second $10k, period.

    Biden admitted that the 10 year public service rule for eliminating remaining debt after ten years isn’t working well. In his TV address he toyed with the idea of expanding eligibility for public service exemptions to occupations not currently covered but offered nothing specific. In other words, he made it sound like it was part of the proposals when it was just Biden’s own wishful thinking out loud.

    A simple and firm schedule for eventual complete debt cancelation for all is necessary. Millions of students face a kind of permanent indentureship: They can’t keep up with even the interest payments. Missed or partial interest payments just keep adding to a rising level of unpaid principal. They have no hope of ever exiting the indentureship.

    A simply rule might be established by the US government: for every year in which payment of the debt was made, a year of cancelation of debt occurs. That would apply immediately to all current student loans regardless of the remaining duration of the term of their debt. New student debt might be issued for a 20 yr. term period in order to keep monthly payments low. The 10 year cancelation rule above would mean no one pays for more than 10 years.

    In short, there are several very big holes in the Biden proposals. There are no inflation adjustments for rising college costs or interest rates. There are no caps on interest rates. Students still with debt must keep paying more interest to the government than they do to the banks if they consolidate loans. It should be the opposite for government loans: rates should be lower than the banks’ rates.  There was loose talk by Biden about a better rule for canceling remaining debt for public service. But a cancelation rule should apply to all in order to avoid tens of millions mired in permanent economic debt indentureship.

    And there’s another big problem. Biden’s proposals are authorized only by presidential Executive Order. It can be overturned by Congress, and likely will be, especially if and when Republicans take over Congress again.

    And there’s the question why didn’t Democrats pass legislation to cancel student debt?  They seemed to be able to get the required 50 +1 votes in the Senate in the past 10 months to pass $600 billion for infrastructure, $280 billion for semiconductors & manufacturing R&D, and $740 billion for the mis-named Inflation Reduction Act.

    The Ideology of Student Debt

    While the Biden administration’s student debt proposals do provide benefits for some, they clearly leave behind a majority (25m) of student debtors who now face further, even accelerating student debt levels.

    Republicans and business sources have adamantly opposed even Biden’s proposals. They argue the debt forgiveness raises the government’s deficit and is also inflationary. But simple economics 101 refutes that ideological claim.

    Independent sources have estimated that the Biden proposals will reduce student debt payments to the government by $321 billion over next ten years. If evenly distributed over the period, that’s about $32 billion a year.  In his address Biden indicated that resumption of student debt payments for those still owing will occur on January 1, 2023 and will bring about $50 billion a year in resumed revenue to the government. That’s $500 billion a year. The difference is roughly $180 billion net revenue over 10 years.  How then is it that a net gain of $180 billion represents a deficit, is the point?

    Those that argue it is deficit busting to cancel student debt are typically silent when it comes to the infrastructure, chips and R&D, and recent Inflation Reduction Acts that together amount to more than $1.6 trillion spending, the vast majority of which ends up in corporate coffers.  Nor do the same opponents mention the $64 billion passed in Ukraine military and economic aid this past six months as deficit causing. The Ukraine aid alone in six months is double that amount for a full year of Biden’s student debt cancelation proposals.

    As for inflationary effect of the debt cancelation, if the $32B of debt canceled contributes to inflation then requiring resumption of $50 billion in debt payments will almost certainly result in less consumer demand for other products and services as students divert what might have been spending on other goods and services in order to resume their debt payments. That’s a reduction of Demand and therefore inflation. The combined result is a net reduction of Demand.

    Ideology always obfuscates the truth. It inverts cause and effect. It replaces causation with correlation. And performs a dozen other ‘language games’ to confuse what’s real. That’s its fundamental nature. And ideology runs rampant in the halls of US government whenever policy is implemented, whether via executive order, Congressional legislation, of bureaucratic rule making.  The arguments that canceling student debt is deficit busting or inflationary belongs in the category of ideological argument. It’s right up there with similar nonsense like business tax cuts always create jobs, free trade benefits all, or income inequality is caused by workers’ lack of productivity—to name but the few most notorious such propositions.

    Some Ways to Resolve the Student Debt Crisis

    There is no good economic reason why all student debt should not be canceled. Doing so would have no appreciable negative effect on the general economy. In fact, it would release badly needed income for consumption and savings by households that would boost the real economy, in the process redirecting what is now being diverted to both banks and government balance sheets.  The fundamental reason why there’s no general student debt cancelation is that bankers and investors (and their politicians) do not want to create the precedent of debt forgiveness for households. (They don’t mind forgiving, of course, the nearly $1 trillion in loans to small business in the 2020-21 Payroll Protection Program). And they want the government to keep funneling government student debt origination to them, the banks, via the student debt consolidation process that exists.

    Short of just declaring a general debt cancelation, there is another path that might do essentially the same. That is just eliminate the onerous consumer bankruptcy law changes that were introduced under George W. Bush and allow individuals to get out from under their crushing levels of student debt burden by simply declaring bankruptcy.  Prior to Bush this was an option. But Congress changed the law during Bush and made it virtually impossible to declare bankruptcy due to student debt—while at the same time it further liberalized business bankruptcy laws to let businesses dump and restructure their debt.  Giving individuals and former students the same bankruptcy rights as businesses would thus represent another alternative path to student debt cancelation.

    Of course, that would make the lawyers richer in the process. A more equitable solution is to just cancel all debt over a course of a 10 or an even 5 year phase-ins as discussed above.

    But one shouldn’t expect that to happen under the rule of either wing of the Corporate Party of America, aka Republicans or Democrats.  The Republicans will continue to say student debtors have no seat at the economic table; while the Democrats will say students can gather the debt cancelation crumbs that may fall under it.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jack Rasmus.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bidens-bifurcated-student-debt-cancelation-plan/feed/ 0 326675
    ‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ – CounterSpin interview with Azadeh Shahshahani on Central American plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 22:03:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030046 "The US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration."

    The post ‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    Janine Jackson interviewed Project South’s Azadeh Shahshahani about the Biden administration’s Central American plan for the August 19, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

     

          CounterSpin220819Shashahani.mp3

     

    Janine Jackson: Listeners may remember Vice President Kamala Harris last summer, on her first official international trip, telling Guatemalans who might consider migrating to the United States, “Do not come.”

    While that language was criticized by some as tone deaf, the administration’s message that they would be, as the New York Times put it, “breaking a cycle of migration from Central America by investing in a region plagued by corruption, violence and poverty” was well and ingenuously received.

    NYT: In Guatemala, Harris Tells Undocumented to Stay Away From U.S. Border

    New York Times (6/7/21)

    The White House has since announced some $2 billion in private sector “commitments” to Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador, part of what they’ve dubbed a “call to action” to engage the root causes of migration from the region by driving what officials repeatedly describe as an “ecosystem of opportunity” that will allow people of the region to build healthy lives at home.

    US corporate news media never met a public/private partnership they didn’t like, and they aren’t so big on using critical history to shape foreign policy coverage. So if you want to hear challenging questions about this White House plan to bring peace and prosperity to northern Central America, they won’t be the place to look.

    Our guest raises some of those questions in a recent piece co-authored for In These Times, titled “The White House’s Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People.”

    Azadeh Shahshahani is legal and advocacy director at Project South. She’s also a past president of the National Lawyers Guild. She joins us now by phone from Atlanta. Welcome to CounterSpin, Azadeh Shahshahani.

    Azadeh Shahshahani: Thank you very much for having me.

    JJ: US government involvement in northern Central America is a long history, violent on many levels, and I don’t want to pretend we’re addressing all of that right now. But if you don’t put the Biden administration’s “call to action” in Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador in a historical context, it seems like you just can’t see it clearly. So please talk us through a bit about what you and others see as primary points of concern about this plan and about the approach that it reflects.

    AS: One of the primary concerns is the administration’s lack of acknowledgement about the long history of US intervention, and facilitating coups against leftist presidents and democratically elected governments in support of US corporate and business interests in the region, from Guatemala to El Salvador to Honduras.

     

    Azadeh Shahshahani

    Azadeh Shahshahani: “The US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration.”

    And in Honduras, as recently as 2009, of course, we had a coup supported by the Obama administration toppling the democratically elected President Manuel Zelaya.

    And so the US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration. So, for example, the number of Honduran children crossing the border increased by more than 1,000% in 2014, so within five years of the coup.

    And as another example, immigration from Mexico has doubled since the US signed the North American Free Trade Agreement in 1994, which has had the impact of undercutting small business and crushing low-income workers, and has made migration, really forced migration, a matter of survival.

    And so the question that we really need to be asking is: “What is driving this call to action? Is it actually supporting people, including Indigenous communities?” Obviously not. What lies at the heart of this call to action, like previous US government plans toward Central America, and I should say Latin America generally, is to preserve and promote corporate interests.

    JJ: Concretely, for one thing, the US, we’re told, has a commitment from this company SanMar, that we’re told is going to create 4,000 jobs. I think US listeners understand that media are very interested in promises of job creation, and much less interested in following up on how it plays out. But just using that as an example, what is there to think about there?

    AS: Right, so SanMar is a US-based apparel company. And supposedly it’s going to purchase more from Elcatex, which is a Honduras-based garment manufacturer that SanMar partially owns.

    The Collective of Honduran Women, which is an organization of women who work in Honduras’ garment sweatshops, has long denounced the low wages, long hours and serious repetitive motion injuries that they suffer in Honduras’ textile industry.

    And they actually submitted a petition to the Inter-American Commission, which has been admitted, on behalf of 26 women who have suffered some serious injuries as a result of working in the garment factories, including three Elcatex workers with alleged permanent partial disabilities.

    And so these are issues of serious concern. And the issue is also lack of living wages and labor rights for the workers in the garment industry. And so the true beneficiary of SanMar’s increased purchasing from Elcatex is going to be SanMar itself, because SanMar is a partial owner of Elcatex, and also one of the corporate elite, which is a pattern we see repeatedly, that these business bills actually support the oligarchy in northern Central America.

    JJ: This is obviously connected, because anti-corruption, and the idea that corruption is going to be rooted out, is key to the call to action’s promises here. There’s an Engel list about, you know, you’re going to get on this list if you’ve been involved in any sort of corruption. How do you see that playing out in practice, in terms of these deals that are being made?

    Tweet from Ambassador Laura Dogu

    Twitter (5/3/22)

    AS: Right, well, we’re not truly seeing actual accountability, with the one exception being Honduras. So you know, the 2009 coup was followed by 12 years of plundering and corruption. And so now the Honduran President Xiomara Castro and the new Congress have pledged to combat corruption and restore state institutions.

    As a part of this, Honduras recently passed a new energy law, which, among other elements, is basically going to enable the government to renegotiate the contracts by which it purchases energy from private energy producers and set more reasonable rates, because right after the 2009 coup, the government had started negotiating this contract with the private sector that basically gave them huge profits.

    So it was estimated that the Honduras energy company, about 70% of its revenue was going to these private companies, whereas if it could produce the energy itself, it would be a lot less money.

    You would think that this is something that the US would be supporting, based on the anti-corruption rhetoric at the root of the call to action and all the rest. But then we see the US ambassador to Honduras criticizing the law on Twitter when it was introduced in the Honduran congress, expressing worry about this effect on foreign investment, which again shows us that the US’s true motives are corporate profit.

    JJ: Right, here you have an example of a state saying they want to use their state resources to benefit their own people, and you have the US saying, “Well, you know, maybe that’s not a good idea.” It certainly should raise some questions.

    How we think that migrants should be treated when they arrive in the US is a separate if deeply related question to foreign policy, that is affecting and has affected conditions in those home countries.

    FAIR.org: Bum Rap: The U.S. Role in Guatemalan Genocide

    FAIR.org (5/20/13)

    If the goal were to stem migration, and I’m not saying anything, frankly, about that as a goal in itself, but if the goal were to stem migration from northern Central America by making or helping to make lives safer and more livable there, what would that policy look like, including what would the US stop doing if those were the real sincere goals?

    AS: I think as a first step, the White House would honestly contend with the bloody US history of intervention in the region, including coups and the financing and backing of military regimes as they carried out widespread atrocities, including in Guatemala and El Salvador.

    And the US basically must break free of the banana republic mentality that sees the region as a source of natural resources and cheap labor, and begin to respect the autonomy and self-determination of the people in the region.

    And so at the very least, the call to action should include a demand for US corporations that operate in the region to pay living wages and respect labor rights, and to also respect the land and territorial rights of Indigenous peoples, and to obey rather than to weaken relevant national laws. And so those would be some steps in the right direction.

    JJ: Do you have any thoughts for journalists who are covering this set of issues, in terms of things that they might be digging deeper into, or maybe patterns that they might avoid?

    AS: Sure. Well, stop taking things at face value, especially these calls to action and statements coming from the White House, you know. Let’s try to dig deeper, to see what lies at the root of this call to action.

    What corporations does this benefit, what oligarchy or set of actors, including people with enormous influence on politicians in Latin America? And look at the connections, also, between US imperialism, corporate interests and forces such as the School of the Americas that is also based in Georgia, that for a long time has trained military forces and paramilitary forces in Latin America in tactics of torture and repression, and is open and running to this day.

    ITT: The White House's Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People

    In These Times (8/2/22)

    So let’s make the connections, and hold the White House accountable for the hypocrisy when they’re calling for democracy and human rights and the rule of law and anti-corruption initiatives. What does that actually mean when we see the actual opposite?

    JJ: Absolutely. We’ve been speaking with Azadeh Shahshahani. She’s legal and advocacy director at Project South. They’re online at ProjectSouth.org. And you can find her recent co-authored piece on the White House call to action on InTheseTimes.com.

    Thank you so much, Azadeh Shahshahani, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

    AS: Thank you so much for having me.

     

    The post ‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/feed/ 0 326543
    Two Decades Into Forever Wars, the Pentagon Finally Unveils Plan to Reduce Civilian Casualties https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/two-decades-into-forever-wars-the-pentagon-finally-unveils-plan-to-reduce-civilian-casualties/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/two-decades-into-forever-wars-the-pentagon-finally-unveils-plan-to-reduce-civilian-casualties/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 21:41:26 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=406143

    After more than two decades of wars and interventions that have killed an estimated 387,000 noncombatants, the Department of Defense has finally unveiled a comprehensive plan for preventing, mitigating, and responding to civilian casualties.

    The 36-page Civilian Harm Mitigation and Response Action Plan, or CHMR-AP — written at the direction of Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin — provides a blueprint for improving how the Pentagon addresses civilian harm. The plan requires military personnel to consider potential harm to civilians in any airstrike, ground raid, or other type of combat. It also signals a more nuanced understanding that civilian harm extends beyond the deaths of innocents and may be far more connected with two decades of U.S. military defeats and stalemates than the Pentagon has previously admitted.

    “Protecting civilians from harm in connection with military operations is not only a moral imperative, it is also critical to achieving long-term success on the battlefield,” reads the CHMR-AP. “Hard-earned tactical and operational successes may ultimately end in strategic failure if care is not taken to protect the civilian environment as much as the situation allows including the civilian population and the personnel, organizations, resources, infrastructure, essential services, and systems on which civilian life depends.”

    Experts have offered cautious praise of the new plan, which is scheduled to be phased in over the next several years and fully operative in 2025, stressing that how the CHMR-AP is ultimately implemented will be the key to its success — or failure.

    “After almost 20 years of pushing the Pentagon to address civilian harm properly and being disappointed, I’m wholly impressed with how robust this plan appears to be. The team working on it clearly sees the problem and rolled up their sleeves to find fixes,” said Sarah Holewinski Yager, a former senior adviser on human rights to the chair of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and now the Washington director at Human Rights Watch. “It’s fairly bureaucratic — lots of boring process and staffing details — but that’s exactly what has always needed to happen. I won’t celebrate until the plan is implemented, because that’s where we’ll see if this is about real change.”

    According to Marc Garlasco, once the chief of high-value targeting at the Pentagon and now the military adviser for PAX, a Dutch civilian protection organization, “This is the first time in the history of the U.S. military that it will have a DOD-wide standard for civilian harm. This is incredibly significant. It puts the military on notice that they must implement these mandates because now they are going to be part of military doctrine.”

    The CHMR-AP consists of 11 key objectives, including the incorporation of guidance for addressing civilian casualties into strategy, doctrine, plans, military education, and training; improving knowledge of the civilian environment throughout the targeting process; integrating measures to mitigate risks of target misidentification; developing standardized processes for collecting and learning from data related to civilian harm; reviewing Defense Department guidance on civilian casualties, including condolence payments and public acknowledgment; establishing civilian harm mitigation into programs to train and equip foreign allies and in multinational operations; and establishing a Civilian Protection Center of Excellence to advance the study of civilian harm prevention, mitigation, and response.

    “We will integrate CHMR considerations throughout our decision making in a manner that informs how we plan and conduct operations,” Austin wrote in a memorandum accompanying the plan, using military jargon for nation-states like Russia and China, which not only conduct air, land, and sea combat but also space and cyber operations. “Importantly this plan is scalable and relevant to both counterterrorism operations and large-scale conflicts against peer adversaries.”

    The release of the CHMR-AP comes as the Biden administration has recently ramped up its undeclared wars in Somalia and Syria. Today, for example, the U.S. announced that airstrikes by attack helicopters and fixed-wing gunships, as well as artillery fire, killed four “Iran-affiliated militants” in northeast Syria. Last Sunday, the U.S. conducted an airstrike that reportedly killed “13 al-Shabaab terrorists” near Teedaan, Somalia. U.S. Africa Command announced that “no civilians were injured or killed,” stressing that it takes “great measures to prevent civilian casualties.”

    Such statements are standard operating procedure, but from Libya to SomaliaSyria to Yemen, the U.S. military regularly undercounts civilian casualties, according to victims’ family membersinvestigative journalists, members of Congress, and watchdog groups that independently investigate claims.

    Trusting Civilian Reports

    The CHMR-AP mentions the creation of “guidance for applying the ‘more likely than not’ standard when assessing civilian harm.” If implemented, this would represent a sea change from a long-standing U.S. military mistrust of reports by survivors, witnesses, journalists, and humanitarian organizations.

    The U.S. has conducted more than 91,000 airstrikes across seven major conflict zones and killed as many as 48,308 civilians, according to a 2021 analysis by Airwars, a U.K.-based airstrike monitoring group. For years, exposés by journalists and NGOs have been necessary to push the Defense Department to reinvestigate attacks and, in extremely limited instances, acknowledge killing civilians.

    Last year, for example, a New York Times investigation forced the Pentagon to admit that a “righteous strike” against a terrorist target in Kabul, Afghanistan, actually killed 10 civilians, seven of them children. Times reporting also exposed a 2019 airstrike in Baghuz, Syria, that killed up to 64 noncombatants and was obscured through a multilayered cover-up. And a blockbuster investigation of U.S.-led airstrikes, combining shoe-leather journalism and U.S. military documents, revealed that the air war in Iraq and Syria was marked by flawed intelligence and inaccurate targeting, resulting in the deaths of thousands of innocents.

    In the wake of the Times reporting, which won a Pulitzer Prize, Austin called mitigating and responding to allegations of civilian harm a “strategic and moral imperative” and directed subordinates to present him the CHMR-AP within 90 days. The Pentagon did not respond to The Intercept’s questions as to why the plan was released four months after that deadline.

    Executing the new plan will reportedly cost tens of millions of dollars per year, some of which the Pentagon intends to request as new funding from Congress, and lead to 150 new positions within the department, including about 30 in the Civilian Protection Center of Excellence. “The CP CoE will regularly review whether past recommendations and lessons learned are still in effect and whether they are still having their intended effects,” reads the action plan.

    The CHMR-AP is, experts said, light on the question of accountability. This is in keeping with Austin’s reluctance to examine past U.S. failures to safeguard the lives of civilians. Earlier this year, Rep. Sara Jacobs, D-Calif., asked whether the Defense Department was planning to revisit civilian harm allegations for cases in which new evidence has come to light. “At this point,” Austin replied, “we don’t have an intent to relitigate cases.”

    “There doesn’t appear to be a backward-looking function to see where and when and how civilian harm got overlooked in the past.”

    A Pentagon investigation of the Baghuz attack, released in May, found that the military’s initial review was botched at multiple levels of command but that military officials did not violate the laws of war, deliberately conceal civilian casualties, or warrant any disciplinary action. While the CHMR-AP states that it “will enhance DoD’s ability to identify instances where institutional or individual accountability may be appropriate for violations of DoD CHMR policies and applicable law,” it’s not clear that the plan will make a material difference.

    “There are also a few gaps from my initial reading of the plan,” said Holewinski Yager, “including that there doesn’t appear to be a backward-looking function to see where and when and how civilian harm got overlooked in the past.”

    Garlasco keyed in on the same issue, noting that accountability “covers a spectrum of issues that don’t rise to the level of war crimes, including making improvements to tactics, techniques, and procedures.” NGOs, he stressed, “aren’t looking to throw people to The Hague but want to have open, honest discussions of what the various accountability mechanisms should be when civilian harm does occur.”

    Garlasco was cautiously optimistic about the CHMR-AP. If properly funded and implemented, it will have a major impact, he believes. “It will make the protection of civilians a component of U.S. military operations,” he said. “It will save lives.” He stressed that it did not mean that civilians won’t die in America’s wars, nor that it’s a panacea in terms of civilian harm.

    “The DOD treats civilian casualties as a ‘process problem,’ and this plan does a very good job addressing a number of problems within the process of targeting and the civilian casualties that result from that application of force,” Garlasco said. “But as long as the U.S. continues to solve its problems with the application of military force — particularly high explosives — civilians will still die. That’s the root problem — that we continue to solve problems by dropping bombs on people.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Nick Turse.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/two-decades-into-forever-wars-the-pentagon-finally-unveils-plan-to-reduce-civilian-casualties/feed/ 0 326559
    Groups Cautiously Welcome Pentagon’s New Civilian Casualty Action Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/groups-cautiously-welcome-pentagons-new-civilian-casualty-action-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/groups-cautiously-welcome-pentagons-new-civilian-casualty-action-plan/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 21:37:54 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339299
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/groups-cautiously-welcome-pentagons-new-civilian-casualty-action-plan/feed/ 0 326564
    Biden’s Student Debt Plan Is an Important Step Towards Narrowing the Racial Wealth Divide https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/bidens-student-debt-plan-is-an-important-step-towards-narrowing-the-racial-wealth-divide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/bidens-student-debt-plan-is-an-important-step-towards-narrowing-the-racial-wealth-divide/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 16:41:50 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339286

    President Biden’s student debt plan will provide relief to some 43 million borrowers of all races—and it is a particularly important step towards narrowing the racial wealth divide.

    Black graduates also face greater challenges in paying off their student debt because of the systemic racism in education, employment, housing, and other areas that creates economic disadvantages.

    The student debt crisis has disproportionately affected Black families, exacerbating racial inequalities. On average, Black students have to take out larger loans to get through college than their White peers. A National Center for Education Statistics study reveals that Black Bachelor’s degree graduates have 13 percent more student debt and Black Associate’s degree graduates have 26 percent more than White graduates with those degrees.

    Black women have the largest student debt burdens of all. Those who received bachelor’s degrees in 2015-2016 have average student debts of $37,558, compared to $31,346 for White women, according to a 2020 analysis by the American Association of University Women analysis of a 2017 U.S. Department of Education survey.

    Black graduates also face greater challenges in paying off their student debt because of the systemic racism in education, employment, housing, and other areas that creates economic disadvantages. Black Bachelor’s degree and Associate’s degree holders earn 27 percent and 14 percent lower incomes, respectively, than Whites with the same degree.

    Institute for Policy Studies analysis of Federal Reserve data shows that while the racial wealth gap has improved slightly, an estimated 28 percent of Black households and 26 percent of Latino households had zero or “negative” wealth in 2019 — twice the level of Whites. Families that have zero or negative wealth (meaning the value of their debts exceeds the value of their assets) live on the edge, just one minor economic setback away from crisis.

    As a result of these economic disparities, Brandeis University researchers have found dramatic racial differences in long-term debt burdens. Black and White students who enrolled in college in 1995 took out relatively similar amounts of student loans: $19,500 for Black people, and $16,300 for White people. Twenty years later, the Black graduates had on average only been able to pay down 5 percent of their total amount owed, while Whites had on average been able to pay off 94 percent of the amounts they owed.

    Debt cancellation will be a boost not only for borrowers, but the economy as a whole. Research by the Federal Reserve and the Levy Economics Institute shows that once former debt holders are freed up from these financial burdens, they will have more buying power to help spur economic recovery.

    President Biden’s plan will provide up to $20,000 in debt cancellation to Pell Grant recipients with loans held by the Department of Education and up to $10,000 in debt cancellation to non-Pell Grant recipients. Pell Grants are needs-based financial assistance. According to the White House, about 94 percent of Pell Grant recipients came from a family that made less than $60,000 a year and 66 percent made less than $30,000.

    Borrowers are eligible for relief if their individual income is less than $125,000 ($250,000 for married couples). No one who ranks in the top 5 percent of U.S. incomes will receive benefits under the plan. The plan also includes several other provisions to make student loans more manageable, such as capping monthly payments for undergraduate loans at 5 percent of a borrower’s discretionary income — half the rate that most borrowers now pay.

    Much more needs to be done to reduce remaining debt burdens and prevent future students from accumulating new unpayable debt loads. In a statement, the White House admitted as much, vowing to continue working to lower tuition costs by increasing the size of Pell grants and making community college free. But Biden’s action is a welcome step to help millions of people meet their basic needs and build the generational wealth that has been elusive for so many Americans, particularly Black families.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Sarah Anderson, Brian Wakamo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/bidens-student-debt-plan-is-an-important-step-towards-narrowing-the-racial-wealth-divide/feed/ 0 326458
    Cancel It All: Debt Collective’s Astra Taylor on Biden Plan & Need for Full Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 14:02:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5c23ffe26a1146bd58ca9b9e921afd56
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/feed/ 0 326396
    Cancel It All: Debt Collective’s Astra Taylor on Biden Plan & Need for Full Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 12:12:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8422c2538f388639a708b74a8501aa51 Seg1 guest split

    In a much-anticipated move, President Biden has signed an executive order Wednesday for student debt relief that could help more than 40 million borrowers by canceling up to $20,000 of their federal loans. Many advocates for canceling student debt say Biden’s plan doesn’t go far enough, while Republicans decry the plan as “student debt socialism.” We speak to Astra Taylor, writer, filmmaker and co-director of the Debt Collective, a union for debtors and one of the original advocates for a debt jubilee that would cancel all student debt. Despite the mixed reaction, “this is incredibly significant when you think about where we began as a movement not that long ago,” says Taylor, who also notes that debt strikes and the fight for full cancellation will continue.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/feed/ 0 326412
    The Stealth Plan for Medicare for All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-for-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-for-medicare-for-all/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:15:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132786 Those who say Congress is too corrupt to create a publicly funded system of universal health care are likely to be in for a surprise. Recent developments suggest that Americans may see Medicare for all within the next decade. However, since our system of privately funded elections inevitably leads to Congress putting profits over people, […]

    The post The Stealth Plan for Medicare for All first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Those who say Congress is too corrupt to create a publicly funded system of universal health care are likely to be in for a surprise. Recent developments suggest that Americans may see Medicare for all within the next decade. However, since our system of privately funded elections inevitably leads to Congress putting profits over people, this is not likely to be a good thing.

    The death spiral of insurance costs

    Some advocates of a publicly funded universal health care system have predicted that its creation is inevitable because of the “death spiral” of insurance costs. This term refers to the fact that as costs of insurance rise, fewer people can afford it, leading to a new round of rising premiums and out-of-pocket costs. If this cycle were allowed to continue indefinitely, it would be only a matter of time before the medical insurance industry priced its product out of existence.

    In a rational world, this simple fact would lead Congress to do what every other industrialized nation has done; create a publicly funded system of universal health care either through a government-run system such as Medicare for All, or through a tightly regulated system of non-profit insurers that offer a defined benefit package specified by the government, as in Germany. Of course, politics in the US is rational only in the sense that it follows the logic of profits over people. The desires of the donor class come first, and the corporations of the Medical-Industrial Complex have lots of money to give.

    But if the insurance industry seems destined to price itself out of existence, how is Congress going to save its deep-pocketed friends?

    The Affordable Care Act is a bailout for a failing insurance industry

    Obamacare increased coverage primarily through 1) subsidizing private insurance purchased through the Exchange and 2) covering most of the costs of a huge expansion of Medicaid. Because most of the money didn’t come from employer profits or wages of average workers, this massive taxpayer subsidy of a private industry served to partially mask the fact that insurance costs are still exploding. Of course, as anyone with private insurance knows, it didn’t eliminate medical cost inflation. It just alleviated it enough to make people who have insurance complacent enough to not protest.

    Since the Affordable Care Act went into effect, many of its inadequacies have become obvious to even its most ardent supporters. As a result, progressives have built substantial support for a publicly financed system of universal health care in the last decade. Unfortunately, Wall Street has made enormous progress toward privatizing Medicare at the same time. If they succeed, we may end up with a tremendously expensive form of Medicare for All that has all the defects of private insurance. These include reduced provider choice, inflated billing, and inappropriate denials of care and payments that lead to delays in treatment that have been associated with increased morbidity and mortality.

    Privatized Medicare is a blatant giveaway to the medical insurance industry

    During the Trump Administration, the insurance industry-controlled Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation developed the Medicare Direct Contracting program.  This was a plan to give exorbitant sums to corporations to pay bills from doctors and hospitals, which traditional (government-run) Medicare does now with a 2% overhead. These contractors, the majority of which are investor-owned, are given a lump sum of money to cover medical bills and allowed to keep up to 40% as profit and overhead.  That’s why private equity funds are salivating to get at those profits by acquiring contracts and subbing out the work. It’s a straight-up wholesale transfer of tax money to the pockets of the wealthy, with the same perverse incentives as Medicare Advantage to maximize profits by denying care.

    But it gets worse. The pool of money contractors are given to pay providers is inflated by a method that essentially constitutes fraud. Called up-billing, it’s a trick developed by Medicare Advantage insurers to artificially elevate the acuity of their covered members. Under Medicare guidelines, this allows them to pay medical providers more for the same services. Since total payments determine the size of the pool of money from which they can extract their 40%, the more they pay out, the more they make.

    According to a recent report, this scam cost US taxpayers over $12 billion in 2020 alone in excess payments to insurers offering Medicare Advantage. Since MA covers only about 40% of the Medicare population and is limited to taking 15% in overhead and profits, the amount that taxpayers would be forced to fork over to Wall Street if all Medicare beneficiaries are transferred to the direct contracting program is staggering. The plan is for this to happen by 2030. That’s what makes addressing this problem so urgent.

    Loss of choice under the direct contracting plan

    One of the most outrageous provisions of the direct contracting scheme is that seniors and the disabled who have chosen to enroll in traditional Medicare are being forced into direct contracting entity without their informed consent. If they have seen any primary care provider in the previous two years who currently works for a direct contracting entity, they are automatically transferred.

    Most never realize this because the notifications are so difficult to understand. Even if you realize that your Medicare claims will now be handled by a for-profit corporation, your only way out is to switch doctors. Since a rapidly increasing majority of doctors now work for hospitals or corporations, it is going to become increasingly difficult to do so. In addition, independent medical providers receive financial incentives to participate. This is how CMS plans to meet its goal of forcing every beneficiary into one of these plans by 2030.

    Only Biden can prevent this scheme from completely privatizing Medicare

    The bottom line is this: Compared to Medicare Advantage insurers, these new contractors are able to increase the amount they skim off what taxpayers give them from 15% to 40% of an inflated pool of funds for doing a job that traditional Medicare does with 2% of payments based solely on services provided. No wonder almost all major insurers currently offering Medicare Advantage have applied to become contractors. Since the goal is 100% enrollment of Medicare patients, it’s clear that the rest will soon follow.

    Any program so profitable for Wall Street is sure to achieve bipartisan support, especially since this is the only way for the medical insurance industry to avoid the death spiral of insurance costs. That’s why Biden has embraced it with all the enthusiasm of any other politician in the pockets of Wall Street investors. His response to a campaign led by Physicians for a National Health Program was to change the name of the program from Medicare Direct Contracting to ACO-REACH, while keeping all the essential provisions of the original version intact.

    Biden will ultimately be responsible for the privatization of Medicare if we can’t get him to kill ACO-REACH, because the bill that created Obamacare barred Congress from challenging programs created by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation. (While the Supreme Court could rule that the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation lacks the power to create such a sweeping program without congressional approval, as it stripped the EPA of the power to regulate carbon emissions, the corporatist-dominated Court is, of course, unlikely to challenge a program that serves Wall Street interests).

    Since this scheme has been promoted by both Republican and Democratic administrations, the only way to stop it is to put pressure on members of Congress to speak out publicly against the program. We have to kill this thing by dragging it out into the sunlight, where taxpayers can see it and become appropriately outraged. If Congress can’t stop the program by direct action, they can certainly bring pressure to bear on Biden to do so.

    This may be one issue where public outrage will make a difference

    It may seem that trying to whip up outrage over government corruption is a quaint idea, but recent events have made this a prime time to make this a major issue. Biden, who has a long history of favoring Social Security privatization, recently received a great deal of negative attention for nominating a long-time champion of privatization to a position on the Social Security Advisory Board. Public awareness of the fact that he is promoting privatization of both programs may be more effective at stoking public anger than would either issue by itself. If you doubt it, consider the huge hit in popularity that George Bush took when he tried to privatize Social Security in 2005.

    It’s time to go out on the street and raise some hell. Call, write, and visit your members of Congress. Question them at appearances during the August recess. Write to your local paper. We have to apply maximum pressure on them to lean on Biden if we want to stop this travesty and save any chance of creating a publicly funded system of universal health care that will put people over profit.

    • First published at OpEd News

    The post The Stealth Plan for Medicare for All first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Rick Staggenborg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-for-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 326164
    Biden Student Debt Relief Plan a ‘Big Deal,’ Says Sanders, ‘But We Have Got to Do More’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/biden-student-debt-relief-plan-a-big-deal-says-sanders-but-we-have-got-to-do-more/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/biden-student-debt-relief-plan-a-big-deal-says-sanders-but-we-have-got-to-do-more/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:13:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339267
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jon Queally.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/biden-student-debt-relief-plan-a-big-deal-says-sanders-but-we-have-got-to-do-more/feed/ 0 326172
    Benefits of Biden’s Student Debt Plan Don’t Stop at $10K Cancellation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/benefits-of-bidens-student-debt-plan-dont-stop-at-10k-cancellation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/benefits-of-bidens-student-debt-plan-dont-stop-at-10k-cancellation/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 17:57:55 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339268
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/benefits-of-bidens-student-debt-plan-dont-stop-at-10k-cancellation/feed/ 0 326178
    The Stealth Plan to Privatize Medicare for All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-to-privatize-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-to-privatize-medicare-for-all/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 05:54:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253200

    Image by Julia Zyablova.

    Those who say Congress is too corrupt to create a publicly funded system of universal health care are likely to be in for a surprise. Recent developments suggest that Americans may see Medicare for all within the next decade. However, since our system of privately funded elections inevitably leads to Congress putting profits over people, this is not likely to be a good thing.

    The death spiral of insurance costs

    Some advocates of a publicly funded universal health care system have predicted that its creation is inevitable because of the “death spiral” of insurance costs. This term refers to the fact that as costs of insurance rise, fewer people can afford it, leading to a new round of rising premiums and out-of-pocket costs. If this cycle were allowed to continue indefinitely, it would be only a matter of time before the medical insurance industry priced its product out of existence.

    In a rational world, this simple fact would lead Congress to do what every other industrialized nation has done; create a publicly funded system of universal health care either through a government-run system such as Medicare for All, or through a tightly regulated system of non-profit insurers that offer a defined benefit package specified by the government, as in Germany. Of course, politics in the US is rational only in the sense that it follows the logic of profits over people. The desires of the donor class come first, and the corporations of the Medical-Industrial Complex have lots of money to give.

    But if the insurance industry seems destined to price itself out of existence, how is Congress going to save its deep-pocketed friends?

    The Affordable Care Act is a bailout for a failing insurance industry.

    Obamacare increased coverage primarily through 1) subsidizing private insurance purchased through the Exchange and 2) covering most of the costs of a huge expansion of Medicaid. Because most of the money didn’t come from employer profits or wages of average workers, this massive taxpayer subsidy of a private industry served to partially mask the fact that insurance costs are still exploding. Of course, as anyone with private insurance knows, it didn’t eliminate medical cost inflation. It just alleviated it enough to make people who have insurance complacent enough to not protest.

    Since the Affordable Care Act went into effect, many of its inadequacies have become obvious to even its most ardent supporters. As a result, progressives have built substantial support for a publicly financed system of universal health care in the last decade. Unfortunately, Wall Street has made enormous progress toward privatizing Medicare at the same time. If they succeed, we may end up with a tremendously expensive form of Medicare for All that has all the defects of private insurance. These include reduced provider choice, inflated billing, and inappropriate denials of care and payments that lead to delays in treatment that have been associated with increased morbidity and mortality.

    Privatized Medicare is a blatant giveaway to the medical insurance industry

    During the Trump Administration, the insurance industry-controlled Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation developed the Medicare Direct Contracting program. This was a plan to give exorbitant sums to corporations to pay bills from doctors and hospitals, which traditional (government-run) Medicare does now with a 2% overhead. These contractors, the majority of which are investor-owned, are given a lump sum of money to cover medical bills and allowed to keep up to 40% as profit and overhead. That’s why private equity funds are salivating to get at those profits by acquiring contracts and subbing out the work. It’s a straight-up wholesale transfer of tax money to the pockets of the wealthy, with the same perverse incentives as Medicare Advantage to maximize profits by denying care.

    But it gets worse. The pool of money contractors are given to pay providers is inflated by a method that essentially constitutes fraud. Called up-billing, it’s a trick developed by Medicare Advantage insurers to artificially elevate the acuity of their covered members. Under Medicare guidelines, this allows them to pay medical providers more for the same services. Since total payments determine the size of the pool of money from which they can extract their 40%, the more they pay out, the more they make.

    According to a recent report, this scam cost US taxpayers over $12 billion in 2020 alone in excess payments to insurers offering Medicare Advantage. Since MA covers only about 40% of the Medicare population and is limited to taking 15% in overhead and profits, the amount that taxpayers would be forced to fork over to Wall Street if all Medicare beneficiaries are transferred to the direct contracting program is staggering. The plan is for this to happen by 2030. That’s what makes addressing this problem so urgent.

    Loss of choice under the direct contracting plan

    One of the most outrageous provisions of the direct contracting scheme is that seniors and the disabled who have chosen to enroll in traditional Medicare are being forced into direct contracting entity without their informed consent. If they have seen any primary care provider in the previous two years who currently works for a direct contracting entity, they are automatically transferred.

    Most never realize this because the notifications are so difficult to understand. Even if you realize that your Medicare claims will now be handled by a for-profit corporation, your only way out is to switch doctors. Since a rapidly increasing majority of doctors now work for hospitals or corporations, it is going to become increasingly difficult to do so. In addition, independent medical providers receive financial incentives to participate. This is how CMS plans to meet its goal of forcing every beneficiary into one of these plans by 2030.

    Only Biden can prevent this scheme from completely privatizing Medicare

    The bottom line is this: Compared to Medicare Advantage insurers, these new contractors are able to increase the amount they skim off what taxpayers give them from 15% to 40% of an inflated pool of funds for doing a job that traditional Medicare does with 2% of payments based solely on services provided. No wonder almost all major insurers currently offering Medicare Advantage have applied to become contractors. Since the goal is 100% enrollment of Medicare patients, it’s clear that the rest will soon follow.

    Any program so profitable for Wall Street is sure to achieve bipartisan support, especially since this is the only way for the medical insurance industry to avoid the death spiral of insurance costs. That’s why Biden has embraced it with all the enthusiasm of any other politician in the pockets of Wall Street investors. His response to a campaign led by Physicians for a National Health Program was to change the name of the program from Medicare Direct Contracting to ACO-REACH, while keeping all the essential provisions of the original version intact.

    Biden will ultimately be responsible for the privatization of Medicare if we can’t get him to kill ACO-REACH, because the bill that created Obamacare barred Congress from challenging programs created by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation. (While the Supreme Court could rule that the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation lacks the power to create such a sweeping program without congressional approval, as it stripped the EPA of the power to regulate carbon emissions, the corporatist-dominated Court is of course unlikely to challenge a program that serves Wall Street interests).

    Since this scheme has been promoted by both Republican and Democratic administrations, the only way to stop it is to put pressure on members of Congress to speak out publicly against the program. We have to kill this thing by dragging it out into the sunlight, where taxpayers can see it and become appropriately outraged. If Congress can’t stop the program by direct action, they can certainly bring pressure to bear on Biden to do so.

    This may be one issue where public outrage will make a difference

    It may seem that trying to whip up outrage over government corruption is a quaint idea, but recent events have made this a prime time to make this a major issue. Biden, who has a long history of favoring Social Security privatization, recently received a great deal of negative attention for nominating a long-time champion of privatization to a position on the Social Security Advisory Board. Public awareness of the fact that he is promoting privatization of both programs may be more effective at stoking public anger than would either issue by itself. If you doubt it, consider the huge hit in popularity that George Bush took when he tried to privatize Social Security in 2005.

    It’s time to go out on the street and raise some hell. Call, write, and visit your members of Congress. Question them during at appearances during the August recess. Write to your local paper. We have to apply maximum pressure on them to lean on Biden if we want to stop this travesty and save any chance of creating a publicly funded system of universal health care that will put people over profit.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Rick Staggenborg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/24/the-stealth-plan-to-privatize-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 325965
    Anger Mounts Over Biden’s Reported Plan to Means-Test Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/anger-mounts-over-bidens-reported-plan-to-means-test-student-debt-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/anger-mounts-over-bidens-reported-plan-to-means-test-student-debt-relief/#respond Tue, 23 Aug 2022 16:48:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339230

    President Joe Biden is reportedly on the verge of announcing his plan to cancel $10,000 in federal student loan debt after months of delays, but not every borrower will be eligible for relief—and progressives are warning that the administration's commitment to mean-testing could leave millions of vulnerable people behind.

    As soon as Wednesday, Biden is expected to make public his intention to unilaterally wipe $10,000 off the balances of undergraduate student loan borrowers with annual incomes of less than $125,000. The president is also poised to extend the student loan repayment freeze for "several more months," according to NBC News.

    "If the history of means-testing in America is any guide, bureaucratic snarls will prevent vulnerable populations from receiving relief."

    Groups representing borrowers cast the emerging details of Biden's plan as a betrayal. Melissa Bryne, executive director of We The 45 Million, said in a statement Tuesday that "the rumor of $125,000 means tests is an outrageous violation of President Biden's March 2020 campaign promise of a minimum of $10,000 cancellation for all borrowers."

    "President Biden must refuse all pressure from unserious, generationally wealthy economists who have never lifted one finger to fight for free higher education and instead see themselves as allies of the banks," Bryne said in a thinly veiled reference to former U.S. Treasury Secretary Larry Summers, a multimillionaire who has vocally attacked the idea of student debt forgiveness.

    "Every borrower was already means-tested—they didn't have the means to pay for college," Byrne continued. "Borrowers trust President Biden to do the right thing and tell the pro-means testers to take their concerns far away from him."

    The predominant concern among opponents of means-testing isn't that people with high incomes will be denied student debt relief; it's that people eligible and desperate for relief will get lost in the bureaucratic maze that income-based restrictions inevitably create.

    As The American Prospect's David Dayen put it recently, all borrowers seeking debt relief under a means-tested cancellation program "will have to navigate the often punishing bureaucracy of confirming their earnings level."

    "It means a massive headache for millions to cut out a minuscule proportion of borrowers," Dayen wrote. "And if the history of means-testing in America is any guide, bureaucratic snarls will prevent vulnerable populations from receiving relief to which they are entitled."

    Byrne voiced a similar concern Tuesday, saying, "The hoops of means-testing means that millions and millions of borrowers won't get help."

    A new analysis released Tuesday by the Penn Wharton Budget Model shows that the majority of the benefits of canceling $10,000 in student debt for borrowers who earn less than $125,000 a year would go to the bottom 60% of earners.

    Mark Huelsman, policy and advocacy director at the Hope Center for College, Community, and Justice, stressed the analysis makes clear that "the majority of relief would go toward the bottom 60% of earners even if there was no income cap."

    "That's a lot of potential administrative burden for a very similar result," Huelsman added.

    The plan Biden is expected to announce Wednesday is a far cry from the ambitious student debt cancellation that prominent Democratic lawmakers and advocacy organizations have been demanding from the president for more than a year.

    Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.), among many other lawmakers, have called for at least $50,000 in student debt forgiveness per borrower, a proposal that would completely clear the student debt balances of 80% of federal borrowers.

    By contrast, canceling $10,000 in student loan debt per person would amount to full forgiveness for just around a third of borrowers.

    "President Biden should cancel student debt to: help narrow the racial wealth gap among borrowers, provide relief to the 40% of borrowers who never got to finish their degree, and give working families the chance to buy their first home or save for retirement," Warren tweeted Tuesday. "It's the right thing."

    For months, Biden and White House officials have been deliberating over the right course of action to address a crisis affecting tens of millions of people across the U.S. The average federal student loan balance is nearly $38,000, according to the Education Data Initiative, and Americans collectively hold close to $2 trillion in student debt.

    The Washington Post reported Tuesday that administration officials have weighed whether canceling student debt "could alienate voters who had already paid theirs off, and polling results have been mixed."

    "Centrist Democrats have begun pushing back strongly," the Post added. "Summers and Jason Furman—two prominent Democratic economists who served in prior administrations—have stepped up their case against broad loan forgiveness, arguing it would exacerbate inflation by increasing overall spending."

    "These claims have been strongly contested. The Roosevelt Institute, a left-leaning think tank, argued that canceling student debt would 'increase wealth, not inflation,'" the Post noted. "The Roosevelt Institute paper found that inflation resulting from debt cancellation would be negligible and that ending the payment moratorium would more than outweigh that effect. Requiring borrowers to resume payments would reduce inflation by slowing consumer spending."

    On top of the potential economic benefits of broad-based student debt cancellation and the relief it would provide to countless hurting households, proponents and observers have also pointed to the political upside for Biden and the Democratic Party heading into the pivotal November midterms.

    "At this point people want something, and they need something big like a big policy that they can look at and say, 'OK, he is trying to do something for us,' and debt relief would definitely be that," Robert Reece, a sociology professor at the University of Texas at Austin, told Inside Higher Ed.

    Inaction, meanwhile, could be politically disastrous for Democrats. A survey released last year found that 40% of registered Black voters "are willing to stay home unless student loan debt is canceled."

    Student debt relief is also massively popular with young voters, another key component of the Democratic base.

    But Derrick Johnson, president of the NAACP, warned the president Tuesday that "$10,000 alone is meager, to say the least."

    "It won't address the magnitude of the problem," he told the Post.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/anger-mounts-over-bidens-reported-plan-to-means-test-student-debt-relief/feed/ 0 325874
    Ensuring Safe In-Person Education Remains an Afterthought in US Covid Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/ensuring-safe-in-person-education-remains-an-afterthought-in-us-covid-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/ensuring-safe-in-person-education-remains-an-afterthought-in-us-covid-plan/#respond Fri, 19 Aug 2022 15:49:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339163

    As the fourth pandemic school year approaches, the US has converged on a single goal: schools must return to normal. Secretary of Education Miguel Cardona hailed the arrival of new CDC guidance for "minimizing the impact of COVID-19" which, he wrote, "should give students, parents and educators the confidence they need to head back to school with a sense of joy & optimism."

    We've unmasked American children, but in doing so we may also unmask our political failures.

    Yet the new guidance, like the US's approach to schools from the onset of the pandemic, is designed not to minimize impacts on schools but rather around the perennial goal of reducing strains on health systems. Once again, ensuring safe and stable in-person education remains an afterthought, rather than a primary goal of the US COVID response.

    Since the no-longer-novel coronavirus shuttered schools in March 2020, the choices of political leaders across the country consistently put the goal of in-person education and child care behind other goals.  As surge after surge set the country further from the goal of reopening schools in late 2020, few leaders took measures to impose other restrictions, including closing restaurants and bars and limiting other non-essential activities. School sports prevailed over school academics, even as sports drove outbreaks that sidelined students from the classroom. Many states did not prioritize K-12 educators for vaccination in early 2021, amidst a protracted battle on the minimum conditions for reopening schools.

    As schools finally reopened for full in-person education in Fall 2021 amid a Delta-driven surge, only 16 states adopted school mask mandates and several banned them outright. Lack of leadership on school COVID policies from US and state leaders created a political vacuum that has been filled by groups spreading misinformation, seeding discord, and unleashing angry parents on educators, school boards and leaders. 

    The result was significant and sustained disruption that left educators and families grasping for resolve. Families endured relentless quarantines and days of work without paid leave. Children faced a revolving door of substitute teachers and caregivers that highly-publicized substitute teaching gigs by governors could not fix.  The effects may reach beyond the pandemic. Some schools are suffering an exodus of educators, and protracted battles over school mitigation have frayed relationships between schools and communities.

    Perhaps most tellingly, as part of its effort to put the pandemic behind us, the CDC abandoned school-specific guidance in Spring 2022 for community levels designed to limit strains on hospitals–and not schools. The new CDC guidance set a threshold for masking that is far higher than what outside experts estimated is necessary to lift masking in schools  with limited disruption even before the arrival of Omicron.

    However, policies designed to keep ICU beds empty are not policies that keep classrooms full, let alone productive. The Los Angeles Union School District was long held up as a model for its cautious approach to reopening schools. Yet, it reported growing outbreaks when its schools went mask optional, even as the CDC reported low community levels of spread. Schools across heavily vaccinated Vermont and New Hampshire reported growing disruption, with some closing for several days due to staffing shortages.  Brookline, one of the most vaccinated communities in the US, saw an uptick in cases that forced it to reinstate masks.

    As schools prepare to open, the BA5 subvariant is once again driving cases upward as political will to act falls ever lower. Already BA5 has closed summer camps, and England reported a six-month high of COVID-19 absences in July even after stripping isolation requirements. Hospital admissions in children–now largely vaccine-preventable– surpassed the peak seen during the summer Delta wave. 

    Yet, US leaders have done little to set the stage for a normal school year.  Policymakers have dispensed with masks and testing, but we haven't invested in real off-ramps for these school mitigation strategies. Newton, MA boasts a ventilation action plan informed by the nation's top experts and a ventilation dashboard that shows improvement in indoor air quality; however, the US has yet to establish national standards for ventilation and efforts to improve ventilation in schools elsewhere have lagged far behind. The Omicron surge hospitalized children at record rates and one in five child deaths occurred during the surge. However, the US never mounted an all hands on deck vaccination campaign even as it has rolled back mitigation strategies in schools or childcares. To date, less than one in three children ages 5-11 are fully vaccinated, and available data shows disparities by race and income.

    We've unmasked American children, but in doing so we may also unmask our political failures. Political leaders could hide their unwillingness to invest in the conditions for safe and stable education, including better ventilation, behind face coverings. Now lifted, we may see that neither masks nor the embattled educators or exhausted families held hostage by a virus and the willingness of our political leaders to act to control it are the problem. The problem is the failure of US leaders across the political spectrum to put our nation's children and families first.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Anne N. Sosin, Rebecca Holcombe.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/ensuring-safe-in-person-education-remains-an-afterthought-in-us-covid-plan/feed/ 0 324994
    Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/#respond Fri, 19 Aug 2022 14:18:52 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029952 We have some questions about the US government's claim that this time, they're really bringing stability and security to Central America.

    The post Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    ITT: The White House's Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People

    In These Times (8/2/22)

    This week on CounterSpin: The Biden administration says it’s making progress toward its goal to slow migration from Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador by addressing the causes of that migration. The White House “Call to Action” foregrounds private sector “investments” as key to creating economic opportunity and to rooting out corruption in the region. And companies like Microsoft and PepsiCo have stepped up to do…well, what exactly? And how does this differ from the support for transnational corporations and their extractive, profit-driven policies that has misled US involvement for decades? Azadeh Shahshahani is legal and advocacy director at Project South. She joins us to raise some questions about the US government’s claim that this time, they’re really bringing stability and security to northern Central America.

          CounterSpin220819Shashahani.mp3

     

    Global Witness depiction of Bolsonaro campaign in Brazil

    Global Witness (8/15/22)

    Also on the show: Facebook would appear to be 0 for 4 in tests of its ability to detect and reject ads containing blatant election-related misinformation—in this case, ahead of important elections in Brazil. The group Global Witness found what they’re calling a “pattern” of the social media platform allowing ads on the site that violate the most basic of standards—including, for example, telling folks the wrong date to vote. At what point does “Oops! But please believe we take all of this very seriously!” stop being a plausible excuse? We talk with Jon Lloyd, senior advisor at Global Witness.

          CounterSpin220819Lloyd.mp3

     

    Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at how NPR misremembers the Afghan invasion.

          CounterSpin220819Banter.mp3

     

    The post Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/feed/ 0 324931
    The U.S. Needs a National Plan for Racial Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/the-u-s-needs-a-national-plan-for-racial-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/the-u-s-needs-a-national-plan-for-racial-justice/#respond Fri, 12 Aug 2022 17:11:48 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/us-needs-national-plan-racial-justice-dike-220812/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Ejim Dike.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/the-u-s-needs-a-national-plan-for-racial-justice/feed/ 0 323252
    Justice Department asks judge to unseal search warrant for Mar-a-Lago; Governor Newsom lays out plan to boost dwindling water supplies; Election workers testify on threats and harassment they’ve received: The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – August 11, 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/justice-department-asks-judge-to-unseal-search-warrant-for-mar-a-lago-governor-newsom-lays-out-plan-to-boost-dwindling-water-supplies-election-workers-testify-on-threats-and-harassment-they/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/justice-department-asks-judge-to-unseal-search-warrant-for-mar-a-lago-governor-newsom-lays-out-plan-to-boost-dwindling-water-supplies-election-workers-testify-on-threats-and-harassment-they/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=87b40bca023bc96c1c0ffa5810d7fe6c
    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/justice-department-asks-judge-to-unseal-search-warrant-for-mar-a-lago-governor-newsom-lays-out-plan-to-boost-dwindling-water-supplies-election-workers-testify-on-threats-and-harassment-they/feed/ 0 322897
    The EU’s plan for Ukraine hydrogen exports is colonialist greenwash https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 10:28:58 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/eu-ukraine-hydrogen-export-european-commission/ Plan to pipe huge amounts of resource-intensive “green” hydrogen to Europe would undermine Ukraine’s recovery


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Simon Pirani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/feed/ 0 322517
    The EU’s plan for Ukraine hydrogen exports is colonialist greenwash https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 10:28:58 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/eu-ukraine-hydrogen-export-european-commission/ Plan to pipe huge amounts of resource-intensive “green” hydrogen to Europe would undermine Ukraine’s recovery


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Simon Pirani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/the-eus-plan-for-ukraine-hydrogen-exports-is-colonialist-greenwash/feed/ 0 322518
    Gov. Newsom’s Drought Plan Doesn’t Hold Water https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/gov-newsoms-drought-plan-doesnt-hold-water/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/gov-newsoms-drought-plan-doesnt-hold-water/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 04:01:02 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=252088 Today, Governor Newsom is expected to release a plan purporting to prepare California for a hotter, drier future fueled by climate change. Yet the steps outlined rely heavily on desalination and controversial tunnel and dam projects. The plan makes no mention of curbing the most intensive water users of the state — Big Ag and Big Oil. More

    The post Gov. Newsom’s Drought Plan Doesn’t Hold Water appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by CounterPunch News Service.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/gov-newsoms-drought-plan-doesnt-hold-water/feed/ 0 322706
    Chinese secret police warned exiled Hong Kong businessman over parliament plan https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-exiles-08082022100305.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-exiles-08082022100305.html#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 14:09:49 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-exiles-08082022100305.html China's state security police threatened an overseas Hong Kong businessman who recently announced plans to set up a parliament-in-exile with repercussions for his family members who remain in the city, RFA has learned.

    Hong Kong's national security police said last week they are investigating former pro-democracy lawmaker-elect Baggio Leung, overseas businessman Elmer Yuen and journalist Victor Ho for "subversion of state power" under a draconian national security law after they announced plans to set up the overseas parliament.

    "They warned me in advance [not to go ahead with the plan], but I ignored them," Yuen told RFA in a recent interview, saying he had been contacted by state security police in Beijing, not the national security unit of Hong Kong's police force.

    "They gave me a number of warnings, [including] saying I still have family members in Hong Kong," he said, adding that there "no point" in worrying about it.

    Yuen's comments came as his daughter-in-law Eunice Yeung, a New People's Party member of the current Legislative Council (LegCo) whose members were all pre-approved by Beijing ahead of the last election, took out an advertisement in Hong Kong's Oriental Daily News, publicly severing ties with her father-in-law.

    "I Eunice Yung, a Chinese person with the blood of our mighty motherland running in my veins ... hereby declare that I am cutting off Elmer Yuen as my father-in-law, following his investigation under the national security law for suspected incitement to subvert state power," the ad, signed by Yung and dated Aug. 5, said.

    Yuen said he still plans to go ahead with the Hong Kong Parliament, which will offer a fully democratic vote to all Hongkongers, regardless of location.

    "This definitely is a touchy subject for [the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP)] right now because nobody who lives in Hong Kong or mainland China is legitimately represented in government," he said, drawing parallels with Yung's actions and the political divisions sown within families during the public denunciations, 'struggle sessions' and kangaroo courts of the Cultural Revolution (1966-1976).

    "Stuff like this never used to happen in Hong Kong, but now that the CCP has enacted the national security law, they have forced [Yung] to draw a clear line between her and me," he said.

    "This used to happen in mainland China during the Cultural Revolution, when they would get family members of somebody they planned to denounce to cut them off," he said. "Personally, I don't think it's a big deal, but you have to understand that this is the CCP, something that we Hongkongers have never experienced before, so we think it's a big thing."

    "First of all, [Yung] wants to keep her seat in LegCo ... she wants to protect her family; she has a husband and two kids," he said.

    Former Beijing adviser Lew Mon-hung said Yung's move likely didn't go far enough.

    "I think she should draw an ideological and political line, not just talk in terms of ... family ethics and relationships, which isn't very specific, and is cultural [rather than political]," Lew told RFA. "She is just trying to politically correct, but lacks political wisdom."

    Lew said Yung should give media interviews illustrating the political reasons for her split with Yeung, or write an article backing up her position in terms of the national security law and Hong Kong's Basic Law.

    Chinese political commentator Lin Feng said the comparisons being drawn with the Cultural Revolution are apt.

    "During the Cultural Revolution ... those being cut off were generally intellectuals or officials who had just lost their social status, and reduced from being intellectuals or officials to the status of ordinary people," Lin told RFA. "But for Hong Kong people, what is really unbearable is the freezing and confiscation of their assets under the national security law."

    "It's hard for them to cope with the slightest change in social status, which makes the middle class very vulnerable."

    Forty-seven former opposition lawmakers and democracy activists are currently behind bars awaiting trial on the same "incitement to subversion" charge for their involvement in a 2020 democratic primary election aimed at maximizing the number of opposition seats in LegCo.

    Soon after the primary, the government postponed the LegCo elections and rewrote the rules to force candidates to undergo vetting by a committee overseen by the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and national security police, effectively barring any pro-democracy candidates from running.

    "The Security Bureau appeals to the public to dissociate themselves from individuals contravening the Hong Kong National Security Law, and the illegal activities those individuals organized, so as to avoid bearing any unnecessary legal risks," a spokesman said in a statement.

    Yuan, Ho and Leung are part of a group that announced the parliament-in-exile plan in Canada on July 27, along with plans to hold the first election under universal suffrage in late 2023.

    Leung, who is also known by the English names Baggio and Sixtus, was expelled along with five other newly elected Legislative Council (LegCo) members after China's National People's Congress ruled their oaths of allegiance invalid in 2016.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Cheryl Tung, Hoi Man Wu and Jojo Man for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-exiles-08082022100305.html/feed/ 0 321626
    Applause as Court Rejects Trump-Era Coal Plan Defended by Biden Administration https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/applause-as-court-rejects-trump-era-coal-plan-defended-by-biden-administration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/applause-as-court-rejects-trump-era-coal-plan-defended-by-biden-administration/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 15:49:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338795

    Environmentalists celebrated Thursday after a federal court rejected a pair of U.S. Bureau of Land Management coal mining plans that were drawn up during the Trump presidency and defended in legal proceedings by the Biden administration.

    "This ruling is a shameful confirmation that the Biden administration has no real interest in defending public lands or the climate," said Jeremy Nichols, Climate and Energy Program director for WildEarth Guardians. "Thankfully the courts are upholding law and science, but it's sad that President Biden is allowing his administration to undermine his promises to protect our health and our climate."

    "It's horrifying that federal lawsuits are required to force the Biden administration to even consider ending fossil fuel leasing."

    The 21-page decision by Judge Brian Morris of the U.S. District Court for the District of Montana faults the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) for failing to adequately consider the public health and climate impacts of its so-called resource management plans (RMPs) for Buffalo, Wyoming and Miles City, Montana.

    The RMPs are designed to dictate the amount of publicly owned coal that can be legally burned within the designated areas of Wyoming and Montana. In those two states rests the Powder River Basin, the source of nearly 90% of all federal coal production in the U.S.

    The new ruling, which orders BLM to swiftly conduct a new environmental and health review, states that the agency also failed to consider "a reasonable range of alternatives" to burning coal, including the option of not leasing any coal at all.

    "This ruling is a forceful, welcome recognition of the dangers of fossil fuel extraction to people and the planet," said Taylor McKinnon of the Center for Biological Diversity. "It's horrifying that federal lawsuits are required to force the Biden administration to even consider ending fossil fuel leasing or accounting for its massive climate damage."

    "Climate pollution from federal fossil fuels is torching forests, drying the Colorado River, and pushing endangered species closer to extinction," McKinnon added. "It has to end."

    The RMPs in question have been the subject of legal fights for years. In 2018, a federal court instructed the Trump administration to revise its plans in order to sufficiently analyze the potential environmental damage they could cause and weigh alternatives. Two years later, the Trump administration issued revised analyses that still fell short of what's required under federal law, drawing legal action from environmental groups.

    The Biden administration nevertheless defended the Trump-era plans in court, a move that climate advocates denounced as a violation of President Joe Biden's vow to move the U.S. away from dirty energy sources.

    "Biden promised to hold polluters accountable and accelerate the transition to clean and renewable energy," a coalition of conservation groups said earlier this year after the administration submitted a legal filing in defense of the Trump RMPs.

    "While the president calls climate change 'code red for humanity,' the administration's BLM is doubling down on Trump-era policies that prop up a dying coal industry at the expense of American taxpayers," the coalition added. "Why does the Biden administration want to hide the devastating public health impacts of burning federal coal? And if it cares about fighting climate change, why would it refuse to even consider ways to reduce the mining of publicly owned coal?"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/applause-as-court-rejects-trump-era-coal-plan-defended-by-biden-administration/feed/ 0 320770
    NZ’s new climate crisis plan: ‘Blueprint for more resilient communities’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/nzs-new-climate-crisis-plan-blueprint-for-more-resilient-communities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/nzs-new-climate-crisis-plan-blueprint-for-more-resilient-communities/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 05:08:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77361 By Hamish Cardwell, RNZ News climate reporter

    For the first time Aotearoa New Zealand has a long-term strategy to deal with the effects of climate change, but the government plan released yesterday contains few answers to some of the toughest questions, including who pays for what.

    The 200-page National Adaptation Plan shows the priorities for the next six years and pulls together into one place all government efforts to adapt to the warming globe.

    A priority is to embed climate resilience in all government strategies and policies, the plan says.

    Despite the draft version asking for public input on the toughest questions of all — for example, who will pay for damage and the cost to adapt to climate change; and how to fairly require people to leave their homes — this final version includes no definitive answers.

    Instead, it says the massive Resource Management Act reform under way, and expected sometime next year, will be the primary driver in a number of areas, including managed retreat.

    On managed retreat — getting some communities out of harm’s way in places where it is no longer viable to live — the plan says legislation will also be needed.

    It reiterates costs will be shared between homeowners, local and central government, insurance companies and banks.

    Building away from harm
    It also wants to make sure homes and infrastructure are built away from harm.

    The plan will see Treasury and Waka Kotahi integrate adapting to climate change into decision making.

    Watch Climate Change Minister James Shaw introduce the National Adaptation Plan


    Release of NZ’s National Adaptation Plan.                  Video: RNZ

     

    It also pledges to:

    • work with Māori on climate actions;
    • establish an online one-stop-shop for information on adaptation; provide a rolling programme of targeted guidance; and
    • start a “programme of work to unlock investment in climate resilience”.
    NZ Herald "The Heat Is On" 040822
    Today’s New Zealand Herald front page featuring “The Heat Is On” climate plan. Image: NZ Herald screenshot APR

    The plan says no two communities will experience climate change in the same way, and the government has pledged that equity will be at its core.

    The first three years of the plan are key for both collecting the data and information and starting long-term programmes.

    Other major works to address the impact of climate change already under way include reforming the emergency management system and three waters services, and reviewing the future of local government.

    What does the government say?
    Climate Change Minister James Shaw said the plan was a joined up approach that would support community-based adaptation with national policies and legislation.

    The idea was to have tools to prepare for events before they happen rather than after.

    He said the National Adaptation Plan brought together more than 120 actions that provided a blueprint for more resilient communities.

    “Climate change is a global challenge, but its impacts are felt in our local communities and in our homes,” Shaw said.

    “We have already seen what can unfold. Severe weather events that had previously seemed unthinkable, even only a few years ago, are now happening at a pace and intensity we have never experienced before.

    “And when they happen, everything from the roads we rely on, to our drains and water supplies, to getting the kids’ to school can be severely disrupted.

    “Taking action to prepare for these impacts will make our communities safer, protect our environment, and ensure our towns and cities can continue to support people’s jobs and livelihoods.”

    Green Party co-leader James Shaw
    Climate Change Minister James Shaw … “We have to work to support those communities that are going to be really struggling to adapt.” Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    Launching the report, Shaw said that managed retreat was only one of the possibilities for communities.

    Accommodating the changes such as by raising houses, or using flood defences like sea walls, were options and the government wanted to ensure communities had “really good information available to them” to make those decisions.

    The emphasis was on empowering local communities to determine the risks and map out the options, he said.

    Up till now there had been “haphazard approach” with councils doing different things, and the aim was to enable local authorities to do the right thing and make information available to property owners.

    “We’ve said that we will not cover every loss and we cannot cover every loss in the country”, he said. “We have to work to support those communities that are going to be really struggling to adapt.”

    Managed retreat
    Managed retreat is the process of abandoning places where the risk from hazards like flooding or erosion make it no longer viable to live.

    It includes RMA reform, which will play a major role. It will require local and central government, hapū, iwi and Māori, and communities to plan together how their areas will adapt

    Planning tools will be provided to stop developments in high-risk areas and facilitate retreat where risks are intolerable.

    Methods and requirements will be set for councils when planning for natural hazards and considering future climate risks through the National Planning Framework.

    Integration between land-use planning and investment decisions will be increased. This means decisions on zoning or other planning mechanisms can occur at the same time as investment and infrastructure planning.

    It also includes passing legislation to support managed retreat (this means after a decision has been made that managed retreat is the way to go). The Climate Adaptation Bill sets out the managed retreat framework and will be done by the end of 2023.

    Building in the right place
    Many communities are in places that face increased likelihood of damage from impacts of climate change. Regulatory frameworks and institutions do not always account for changing risks.

    Some plans include:

    • RMA reform — This will be a major driver of what gets built where. In 2023, the Natural and Built Environments Act and the Spatial Planning Act are expected to be passed.
    • Integrating adaptation into Treasury and Waka Kotahi decisions (both by 2024)
    • Set national direction on natural hazard risk management and climate adaptation through the National Planning Framework. It will be released for consultation after the Natural and Built Environments Act is passed.
    • Establish an initiative for resilient public housing

    What else is in the plan?
    The plan is essentially a guide for local authorities, business and individuals to what the government sees as the priorities.

    It identifies 43 priority risks that Aotearoa faces from climate change as well as the risk to the telecommunications network.

    Some plans include:

    • Look at setting a resilience standard for infrastructure
    • Finish work on case study exploring “co-investment” of flood resilience
    • Flood insurance — Continue work on potential government-run home flood insurance (By the end of 2022, the government will have received advice on flood insurance options and agreed to next steps).
    • Prioritising nature-based solutions
    • Improving natural hazard information on Land Information Memoranda – Changes to legal requirements for LIMs to help people make better-informed decisions about natural hazard risk when buying a property.
    • Designing and developing risk and resilience and climate adaptation information portals — This will give the public natural hazard risk information, and provide access to climate data and information.
    • Implementing the National Disaster Resilience Strategy
    • Establishing a platform for Māori climate action
    • Working with community housing providers to enable effective climate hazard response
    Waves crash against a sea wall near the end of Wellington Airport
    Waves crash against a sea wall near the end of Wellington Airport. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    On the roles of central and local government
    The plan says the government’s role is to set regulation, provide information, invest in infrastructure and the environment.

    Local government is at the centre of the response because most hazards happen on a local scale, it says. Local government will maintain its central role in helping communities to understand and respond together.

    “Councils have statutory responsibilities to avoid or mitigate natural hazards and to have regard to the effects of climate change when making certain decisions.

    “They are also responsible for civil defence and emergency management, and improving community resilience through public education and local planning. ”

    Councils also own many assets and infrastructure which are vulnerable to climate change.

    The plan gives interim advice to councils advice on making decisions about risks to coastal and other vulnerable areas and under specific warming scenarios of warming using just  released guidance.

    This comprehensive guidance will become mandatory by the end of November.

    Business and the environment
    The plan notes climate change will have a significant impact on native species, ecosystems and the environment.

    It will prioritise nature-based solutions, give advice to landowners about how to restore indigenous forests, and help farmers support biodiversity.

    The public sector, businesses, property owners and civil society need to take action to reduce the scale of the long-term economic costs, and seize the opportunities of a changing climate, the plan says.

    For example, less than 10 percent of firms have assessed risks to their business from a changing climate, and less than 20 percent intend to take action to reduce their risks over the next five years.

    What next for the plan?
    It is the first in a series of national adaptation plans that will be prepared every six years.

    Each will respond to a new national climate change risk assessment. All New Zealanders will be able to have their say on each plan.

    Every two years, He Pou a Rangi — Climate Change Commission will report to the Minister of Climate Change on the implementation and effectiveness of the national adaptation plan.

    A government climate change board of executives is being established to oversee the emissions reduction plan and national adaptation plan.

    It will monitor and report on progress each year, while a group of government ministers will oversee the plan and drive progress.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/nzs-new-climate-crisis-plan-blueprint-for-more-resilient-communities/feed/ 0 320628
    Sunak’s plan to criminalise ‘hating Britain’ is a throwback to empire https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/sunaks-plan-to-criminalise-hating-britain-is-a-throwback-to-empire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/sunaks-plan-to-criminalise-hating-britain-is-a-throwback-to-empire/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 17:21:44 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/rishi-sunak-prevent-extreme-hatred-britain/ The former chancellor wants to refer Britain’s critics to Prevent. He’s obviously terrified of the truth


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Sita Balani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/sunaks-plan-to-criminalise-hating-britain-is-a-throwback-to-empire/feed/ 0 320448
    The plan to turn blighted houses into a new source of green power for the grid https://grist.org/energy/the-plan-to-turn-blighted-houses-into-a-new-source-of-green-power-for-the-grid/ https://grist.org/energy/the-plan-to-turn-blighted-houses-into-a-new-source-of-green-power-for-the-grid/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=582309 Standing outside the sagging house on 2nd Street in North Richmond, California, it was hard to imagine it as the future site of a pioneering clean energy project. The building’s rotting white siding seemed to sink into the dirt yard with no real foundation. Chunks of it were crumbling to the ground. As we walked around to the back, Jim Becker, my tour guide, pointed to a plastic pipe sticking out of the wall.

    “Here, the sewage was just flushing out onto the dirt,” he said. “It was just shooting all the poop into the garden.”

    But Becker was excited. He was showing me this house as a sort of “before” picture. Soon, workers will take the building down to its studs and reconstruct the walls and roof. Then it will get a full menu of clean energy offerings: energy-efficient lighting, an electric vehicle charger, an electric stove, electric heat pumps for heating and air conditioning, an internet-connected “smart thermostat.” Solar panels will line the roof, and a backup battery will allow future residents to keep the lights on and the refrigerator running during a power outage.

    When the retrofit is done, the house will not be listed publicly on the cutthroat Bay Area real estate market. Instead, it will be shown to a select group of Richmond locals, mostly from low and middle-income backgrounds, who are looking to buy their first home. 

    The house on 2nd Street in North Richmond that will be renovated by RCF. Emily Pontecorvo

    Becker is the CEO of a nonprofit called RCF Connects, formerly known as the Richmond Community Foundation. The renovations are the extension of a successful program Becker has been running for years to revitalize communities in and around Richmond by restoring abandoned homes and facilitating first-time home ownership among the city’s Black and brown residents. But now, working with new partners and a grant from the California Energy Commission, RCF is trying something a little different. 

    When a buyer moves into the house on 2nd Street, they’ll not only enjoy low energy bills and access to electricity during an outage — they’ll also be helping to relieve California’s congested power grid, and even be able to make money doing it. That’s because the house will be part of a new “virtual power plant”.

    Virtual power plants, or VPPs, are an innovative way to bring more flexibility and stability to the electric grid as it becomes increasingly jeopardized by fires, heatwaves, and growing demand. 

    Traditional power plants, like a natural gas plant, burn fuel to generate electricity. A single facility can generate a set amount of power — say, 10 megawatts — whenever it’s needed by consumers. 

    A VPP, on the other hand, might be made up of hundreds of devices spread across any number of locations that, when taken together, can provide that same 10 megawatts. But the VPP might provide that resource not just by generating electricity, but also by dispatching power that was stored in a battery, or by reducing demand. 

    For example, a VPP might include rooftop solar panels on a bunch of residential and commercial buildings that send electricity to the grid. It might also include the ability to lower the thermostat by a couple of degrees in those buildings for a few hours, or to manage what time of day the occupants charge their electric vehicles or heat up water. 

    A house in Richmond that RCF is almost finished renovating that will be a part of the VPP. Emily Pontecorvo

    Today, many customers already get credits on their electric utility bills for energy generated by their solar panels or for participating in so-called “demand response” programs that reward behavioral changes. A VPP bundles those services together and sells them as a package.

    “It’s not a power plant in the way that we’ve historically looked at them,” said Andy Bennett, the CEO of mPrest, the company that’s building the software to manage Richmond’s virtual power plant. “But you’ve created that same virtual capacity on the grid.”

    That capacity can be sold on the power market like any other source of electricity. 

    And in exchange for tolerating temperature adjustments, or allowing the VPP operator to draw power from their home battery systems, residents stand to see a more stable grid, lower bills, and a share of the proceeds from the sale. 

    With all-electric homes, they’ll also be helping to cut greenhouse gas emissions and local air pollution. Neighborhoods in North Richmond rank in the 80th to 89th percentile in the state for pollution burden — largely because they abut a sprawling Chevron oil refinery, the largest on the West Coast. One-fifth of the population in North Richmond, a small unincorporated area surrounded by the city of Richmond, falls below the federal poverty line, according to 2019 census data, compared with one-seventh in Richmond proper.

    RCF has completed 20 renovations since it first started its program to address blight in Richmond in 2015. In some cases, the previous owners of these homes died without making plans to transfer the property to an heir. Others fell victim to the subprime mortgage crisis. The vacant properties that pervade the city become targets for illegal dumping and habitation and cost the city thousands of dollars a year per home to manage. The sites also bring down neighboring property values and eat away at the social fabric of the city’s communities. 

    “We had to come up with a strategy to try to deal with that,” said Becker, “and also try to prevent gentrification.”

    Another abandoned home on 2nd Street in North Richmond that RCF is trying to acquire. Emily Pontecorvo

    The strategy involves leveraging a financial tool called a social impact bond to purchase the properties and fund the renovation work. RCF worked with the city to convince a local bank to invest in a set number of projects over a set number of years.

    To prevent gentrification, RCF gives priority access to the homes to participants in a financial counseling service and first-time home buyer program that it also runs. The nonprofit also has a down payment assistance program for Black first-time home buyers that offers up to $20,000, and it helps participants secure other grants that are available through the California Housing Finance Agency and other outside organizations. 

    Mitzi Perez was one of the beneficiaries of RCF’s programs in 2018 and now serves on the nonprofit’s board of directors. Perez was born and raised in Richmond. Her parents immigrated from Mexico when they were young, and she was the first in her family to go to college. She’s not the first in her family to buy a home — her parents, a dental assistant and construction worker, owned the house she grew up in. But after college, she became a teacher and imagined she’d probably be renting for years based on her salary. RCF enabled Perez and her husband to secure their future in Richmond much sooner, around the corner from where she grew up, no less.

    “Richmond was always home to me, and I couldn’t see myself leaving it,” she told Grist. “I really want to see people who are homegrown like I am get their own home here and feel like they can continue their legacy in their community.”

    Perez’ house has some of the bells and whistles that the 2nd Street house will get, like energy-efficient appliances, electric heat pumps, and even solar panels. But in 2018, RCF didn’t have the money to do much more. Only now, with a $3 million grant from the California Energy Commission for the VPP, can it install the full suite of features going in on 2nd Street. 

    Mitzi Perez outside her house in Richmond. It was outfitted with energy-efficient walls and appliances, electric heat pumps, and solar panels. Emily Pontecorvo

    Not all of that money will go toward RCF’s renovation projects — Becker said the group plans to do about 10 retrofits of “zombie properties” in Richmond for the VPP. It will also work with several other local partners, including MCE, a nonprofit that provides electricity to residents in Richmond, to enroll about 100 other homes and 20 commercial buildings in the VPP over the next two to three years. Some of the additional homes might also get battery systems, while others will get smart thermostats or wifi-connected sensors on other appliances that will enable MCE to manage their energy demand. 

    Once all of the components of the virtual power plant are in place, the software that mPrest is developing will be able to estimate what those components will be able to contribute back to the grid in a given 24 hour period. Then MCE can sell that capacity on the electricity market.

    When it comes to what participants will be asked to do, Vicken Kasarjian, the chief operating officer of MCE, stressed that it would be voluntary. The new homeowners will be able to negotiate agreements with MCE that determine how much control over their various appliances and choices they want to relinquish, and even then, they will have the ability to override the system. 

    “The intent is not to control our customers,” said Kasarjian. “The intent is to have behavior change that makes sense for the environment and in the pocketbook.”

    But the hope is that customers will want to participate because they will be compensated for doing so, and because the revenue from the VPP could help offset mortgage payments and other homeownership costs. At times, they’ll also be helping MCE avoid paying a premium for electricity when demand is high, lowering energy bills for their neighbors, too. 

    Perez said she’s excited about the VPP project but hasn’t yet been approached about personally participating in it. While the extra money sounds great, she said she’s more interested in how it could help build awareness around energy use. 

    Exactly how much participants will be compensated, and whether they will be paid in energy bill credits or direct checks, is still being worked out. RCF is planning to engage with Richmond residents on the design of the program and gauge interest at an upcoming community event, Perez said. Kasarjian stressed that this project involves many more moving parts than any other VPP to date. 

    Standing in front of the house on 2nd Street, Becker could point in pretty much every direction to another boarded up, run-down home. RCF was in the process of trying to acquire all of them. 

    “There’s some cost savings by doing it that way, but there’s also an opportunity to really have a marked change in the neighborhood, right?” he said. “If we don’t do it, the neighborhood conditions aren’t ever going to change.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The plan to turn blighted houses into a new source of green power for the grid on Aug 3, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Emily Pontecorvo.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/the-plan-to-turn-blighted-houses-into-a-new-source-of-green-power-for-the-grid/feed/ 0 320314
    The White House’s Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/02/the-white-houses-plan-to-stem-migration-protects-corporate-profits-not-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/02/the-white-houses-plan-to-stem-migration-protects-corporate-profits-not-people/#respond Tue, 02 Aug 2022 20:16:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/kamala-harris-joe-biden-migration-root-causes-central-america-corporate-profit
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Brigitte Gynther and Azadeh Shahshahani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/02/the-white-houses-plan-to-stem-migration-protects-corporate-profits-not-people/feed/ 0 320172
    Indigenous leaders say Africa’s conservation plan puts lives at risk https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-leaders-say-africas-conservation-plan-puts-lives-at-risk/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-leaders-say-africas-conservation-plan-puts-lives-at-risk/#respond Wed, 27 Jul 2022 10:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=580348 Last week, leaders from more than fifty African countries convened for the first Africa Protected Areas Congress (APAC) to discuss solutions to escalating climate and biodiversity crises. Held in Kigali, Rwanda, APAC representatives discussed sustainable development, cultural heritage, wildlife conservation, and ecosystem protection; according to APAC, Africa has close to ten thousand protected areas, most of which lack adequate and consistent funding. To deal with the funding problem, APAC has launched an independent, Africa-led initiative to ensure sustained, independent funding for protected areas and conservation projects called A Pan-African Conservation Trust (A-PACT).

    “It will be a defining moment because what we are launching is meant to secure the future of conservation by providing a lasting solution to the funding crisis that has bedeviled protected and conserved areas across Africa for decades,” said H.E. Hailemariam Desalegn, Former Prime Minister of Ethiopia and A-PACT Steering Committee Chair, in a press release

    Indigenous leaders, however, say they were left out of A-PACT decision-making processes and are concerned the initiative will not lead to meaningful change. “To me it was more of a talk than creating a clear roadmap on how Indigenous peoples will participate in conservation without violating their rights,” said Daniel Kobei, Executive Director of the Ogiek Peoples Development Program. “The rights of Indigenous peoples were not really brought in.”

    For many Indigenous people, protected areas are not a solution to climate and biodiversity crises, but a threat to their lives, rights, and land. “Protected area, to us, means loss of life. It means children being orphaned. It means some people will be widowed,” said Teresa Chemosopt, Ogiek of Mount Elgon, Kenya. “It means a lot of human injustices from the government to its own people.”

    Many of the protected areas that A-PACT might fund are currently the site of ongoing human rights abuses against Indigenous peoples. From the Maasai people in the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, Tanzania, to the Endorois people in Kenya’s Lake Bogoria National Reserve, to the Batwa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo’s Kahuzi-Biega National Park, conservation projects continue to kill Indigenous people and evict them from their lands in the name of protecting the environment. APAC was convened in part to try to reverse this violent pattern. “Protected and conserved areas in Africa have a complicated legacy, with conservation success too often coming at the expense of local communities,” said Dr. Bruno Oberle, International Union for Conservation of Nature Director General, at the start of APAC. “One key focus of the first-ever IUCN Africa Protected Areas Congress is to give a voice to these marginalised communities.”

    APAC also adopted a non-binding call to action to protect nature while respecting Indigenous rights. The Kigali Call to Action for People and Nature, which, along with A-PACT, was one of the main outcomes of APAC with several specific references to Indigenous peoples, including acknowledging past conservation harms, a call to better deal with grievances, and to support Indigenous communities and initiatives. Despite the lofty aims, Kobei and Chemosopt are not convinced. “Personally I am not really satisfied,” said Teresa Chemosopt, Ogiek of Mount Elgon, Kenya. “I don’t think most of the people’s voices were captured.” 

    Instead of finding ways to fund protected areas, Chemosopt says that Africa’s leaders should focus on returning the land to Indigenous peoples. During APAC, she said, discussion focused on ‘community-led’ management and co-management of land. Those ideas, she says, ignore the benefits of Indigenous stewardship and historical wrongs committed. “We cannot co-manage what is under the custody of people who have been destroying it,” Chemosopt said. “We want to have full custody of our land before we start speaking of co-management.”

    Representatives with APAC did not immediately respond to a request for comment. 

    Kobei is calling for the full and effective participation of Indigenous peoples in all conservation plans. “From my own experience, over 20 years working with Indigenous peoples, it won’t be very easy, but maybe with time, maybe something might happen,” he said. “Let’s hope what they are saying in Kigali might have meaning.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Indigenous leaders say Africa’s conservation plan puts lives at risk on Jul 27, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Lee.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-leaders-say-africas-conservation-plan-puts-lives-at-risk/feed/ 0 318561
    Plan to bring back public loudspeakers annoys residents of Vietnam’s noisy capital https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hanoi_loudspeaker-07262022192826.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hanoi_loudspeaker-07262022192826.html#respond Tue, 26 Jul 2022 23:28:31 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hanoi_loudspeaker-07262022192826.html Residents of the Vietnamese capital Hanoi are opposing a controversial plan by the city to resume using public loudspeakers to make pronouncements, which many see as an archaic remnant of the Vietnam War era, sources told RFA.

    At the height of the war in the 1960s and 1970s, the loudspeakers played an important role in North Vietnamese wards and communes to supply people with information about battles, including warnings about approaching U.S. bombers.

    The loudspeakers were used on a daily basis as late as 2017, when then-Hanoi Mayor Nguyen Duc Chung declared that the speakers “completed their historical missions.”  The city then designated them for use only in emergency situations.

    The Hanoi People’s Committee recently approved a communication plan for 2022-2025 that would again employ the speakers for everyday announcements. The city plans to expand their use where necessary so that all residential units are within earshot of a loudspeaker by 2025.

    But many residents say they don’t want to hear it.

    “I was astonished by this news, as it took a lot of effort and time to get rid of the loudspeakers here in Hanoi,” Nguyen Son, a resident of Hanoi, told RFA. “I don’t know why they want them back.”

    Opponents point out that the city already has a noise pollution problem that daily loudspeaker announcements would only make worse.

    “The ward-operated public loudhailers have been a nightmare to many people and one source of noise pollution in urban areas. Many residents strongly oppose this form of propaganda,” Bui Quang Thang, another Hanoi resident,  told RFA.

    “Nowadays, people living in urban areas have many tools to get information in a variety of ways, such as through television, internet, social media and smartphones,” he said. 

    Reintroducing loudspeakers would be a waste of money, he said.

    “Many other areas such as health care, education and environmental protection need more investment and should be prioritized,” Thang said.

    RFA sent emails to the Hanoi People’s Committee for comment, but received no response.

    Translated by Anna Vu. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Nguyen Son for RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/hanoi_loudspeaker-07262022192826.html/feed/ 0 318445
    ‘Is It Better Than Nothing? I Suppose’: Sanders Disappointed by Dems’ Drug Pricing Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/is-it-better-than-nothing-i-suppose-sanders-disappointed-by-dems-drug-pricing-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/is-it-better-than-nothing-i-suppose-sanders-disappointed-by-dems-drug-pricing-plan/#respond Tue, 26 Jul 2022 21:58:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338587

    Senate Budget Committee Chair Bernie Sanders on Tuesday blasted Democrats' watered-down drug pricing plan and suggested pharmaceutical industry lobbying weakened the proposal.

    "It goes nowhere near as far as it should."

    "It's a very weak proposal. It goes nowhere near as far as it should," Sanders (I-Vt.) told NBC News' Sahil Kapur.

    The deal unveiled earlier this month would enable Medicare to negotiate the prices of a limited number of prescription drugs. Other provisions include creating a $2,000 out-of-pocket cap for Medicare Part D beneficiaries, stopping brand-name manufacturers from blocking generic options, and penalizing companies that raise prices faster than inflation.

    The plan is notably backed by Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.)—who last year blocked a House-approved budget reconciliation package and said this month that he wouldn't support new climate spending or tax hikes on the rich and large corporations.

    Sanders, who pushed for a sweeping package last year and has long been a leading Medicare for All advocate, pointed to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) as a model for drug price negotiation.

    "The American people want Medicare to negotiate prescription drug prices like the VA does," the senator said Tuesday, according to The Hill.

    "The VA has been doing that for decades. The prices they pay are about half as much as Medicare. This thing will only apply to a certain number of drugs," Sanders continued, noting that parts of the proposal would not take effect until 2026.

    "So it's a weak proposal. Is it better than nothing? I suppose," he added of Democrats' plan.

    Sanders also took aim at industry lobbying, specifically calling out the trade group Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA). As he put it: "We're dealing with the power of PhRMA over the Congress. They don't lose very often."

    As Common Dreams reported last week, Big Pharma is mobilizing an army of lobbyists to tank Democrats' drug reform plan while hiking the price of prescription medications.

    "Pharma is spending millions to defeat a very modest drug pricing bill," Sanders tweeted Friday. "Joe Manchin, who is blocking climate action, is the major recipient of fossil fuel campaign contributions. This is how a corrupt political system works."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/26/is-it-better-than-nothing-i-suppose-sanders-disappointed-by-dems-drug-pricing-plan/feed/ 0 318439
    Forest Service announces emergency plan to save giant sequoias https://grist.org/wildfires/forest-service-fast-tracks-giant-sequoias-rescue/ https://grist.org/wildfires/forest-service-fast-tracks-giant-sequoias-rescue/#respond Tue, 26 Jul 2022 10:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=580210 The U.S. Forest Service will fast-track efforts to protect giant sequoias from wildfires, the agency announced on Friday.

    The move allows the Forest Service to immediately thin the forest in and around giant sequoia groves by removing brush and smaller trees and conducting prescribed burns using the agency’s emergency authority.

    Over the past two years, massive conflagrations have killed nearly 20 percent of the ancient trees. “Without urgent action, wildfires could eliminate countless more iconic giant sequoias,” Randy Moore, the Forest Service’s chief, said in a news release.

    The Forest Service plans to begin clearing brush and smaller trees from 13,000 acres of national forest to protect 12 giant sequoia groves this summer. Using its emergency authority under the National Environmental Policy Act, the agency can start the work without a full environmental review, which can take over a year to complete.

    Giant sequoias, a close relative of redwoods, are the largest tree in the world by volume. They can live for more than 3,000 years and are found only on the western slopes of California’s Sierra Nevada mountains.

    The trees are adapted to fire — they have thick, spongy bark that protects them from the flames and the heat actually releases the seeds from their cones, allowing young trees to take root in areas cleared by fires.

    But today’s fires are much different from wildfires of the past. Climate change has led to hotter temperatures, severe drought, a year-round fire season, and the proliferation of bark beetles, which have killed millions of drought-weakened trees and allowed them to pile up on the forest floor.

    On top of these changes, for more than a century, the policy has been to put out wildfires as quickly as possible, creating unnaturally dense forests and allowing brush and dead wood to accumulate. These factors have combined to enable out-of-control blazes to explode across California in recent years. The bigger, hotter fires are more likely to reach giant sequoias’ crowns, killing them.

    Proper management can help. Earlier this month the Washburn Fire menaced Yosemite National Park’s Mariposa Grove, but regular prescribed burns to clear hazardous fuels slowed the inferno enough that firefighters were able to protect the giant sequoias. Ecologists expect all to survive.

    The Oak Fire, which started on Friday afternoon, is currently burning southwest of the park in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Forest Service announces emergency plan to save giant sequoias on Jul 26, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Julia Kane.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/wildfires/forest-service-fast-tracks-giant-sequoias-rescue/feed/ 0 318252
    ‘Bad News’: Biden Administration Delays Relief Plan for Low-Income Borrowers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/bad-news-biden-administration-delays-relief-plan-for-low-income-borrowers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/bad-news-biden-administration-delays-relief-plan-for-low-income-borrowers/#respond Fri, 22 Jul 2022 14:37:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338496
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/bad-news-biden-administration-delays-relief-plan-for-low-income-borrowers/feed/ 0 317462
    China angry at reported Pelosi Taiwan visit as plan questioned in US https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pelosi-taiwan-07212022092227.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pelosi-taiwan-07212022092227.html#respond Thu, 21 Jul 2022 13:26:56 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pelosi-taiwan-07212022092227.html China has once again lashed out at the reported plans by the U.S. Speaker of the House of Representatives Nancy Pelosi to visit Taiwan, warning Thursday of countermeasures even after President Joe Biden said the U.S. military thinks such visit is “not a good idea.”

    Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Wang Wenbin said at a news conference in Beijing that China holds a “stern position on firmly opposing” the visit.

    “If Speaker Pelosi visits Taiwan, it would seriously violate the one-China principle and harm China’s sovereignty and territorial integrity and the political foundation of China-US relations,” Wang said.

    “If the U.S. insists on going its own way, China will take strong measures to firmly respond and take countermeasures. We will walk the talk," the spokesperson stressed.

    On Wednesday, when asked about Pelosi’s prospective trip, President Biden said “I think that the military thinks it’s not a good idea right now.”

    “But I don’t know what the status of it is,” he added.

    Pelosi’s office meanwhile declined to comment on Pelosi’s international travel in advance due to longstanding security protocols, according to the Associated Press.

    Britain’s Financial Times newspaper reported earlier this week that Pelosi is to make a trip to Taipei in August after failing to visit the island in April because she had COVID.

    If Pelosi makes the trip it would be the first time since 1997 that a U.S. House speaker visited the island, which is democratically ruled but claimed by China as its own territory.

    One-China policy

    Taipei has been quiet on talk about Pelosi’s visit with the island’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs spokeswoman Joanne Ou insisting that her ministry has not received any information about a planned visit.

    Taiwan, however, “always welcomes visits by American congresspersons to the country,” she told reporters on Thursday.

    Meanwhile, the former U.S. Defense Secretary Mark Esper, who has been visiting Taiwan since Monday said that China should not be allowed “to dictate the travel schedules of American officials.”

    Esper, who held office from 2019 to 2020 under former U.S. President Donald Trump, said that he believes that Washington’s one-China policy has “run its course” and should be "updated and modernized."

    It is important that the U.S. government develops a fresh perspective regarding its cross-Taiwan Strait policy, Esper said at a press conference in Taipei.

    Beijing has long reacted strongly to any sign of support given to Taiwan but the U.S should not allow China to arbitrarily expand “the scope of activities translated as supporting Taiwan independence, and by that defining the scope of the U.S. one-China policy,” said Norah Huang, associate research fellow at the Prospect Foundation, a Taiwanese think-tank.

    “If applying over-generous self-restrictions as it has been the case, it also would encourage the Chinese government to play the nationalist card. This is not helpful for nurturing an understanding civil society which may grow as China develops,” she added.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/pelosi-taiwan-07212022092227.html/feed/ 0 316978
    Pharma Mobilizes Army of Lobbyists to Tank Democrats’ Medicare Drug Pricing Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/pharma-mobilizes-army-of-lobbyists-to-tank-democrats-medicare-drug-pricing-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/pharma-mobilizes-army-of-lobbyists-to-tank-democrats-medicare-drug-pricing-plan/#respond Thu, 21 Jul 2022 09:38:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338466

    The pharmaceutical industry is mobilizing its army of Capitol Hill lobbyists in a last-ditch bid to tank Senate Democrats' effort to cut prescription drug costs with legislation that would, for the first time, require Medicare to directly negotiate the prices of a small number of medications.

    While Democrats' latest drug pricing plan is highly modest and limited in scope, applying to far fewer medicines than progressives wanted, advocates say it's an important first step toward curbing the pharmaceutical industry's unchecked ability to set prices as it pleases, a dynamic that has resulted in exorbitant costs for patients and the federal government.

    "Drug companies will keep inflicting their predatory pricing power on Americans until we pass legislation to stop them."

    This year alone, drug companies in the U.S. have hiked prices on their products more than 1,180 times. The federal government is the largest purchaser of prescription drugs in the U.S., and spending by Medicare Part D—the prescription medicine benefit provided through private plans—has surged in recent years.

    The pharmaceutical industry has long fervently opposed any attempt to regulate its pricing power, a trend that's continuing with Senate Democrats' new proposal, which was principally negotiated by Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) and Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.)—a necessary swing vote in the upper chamber.

    The Washington Post reported Wednesday that "when Democrats started drafting the multitrillion-dollar social spending bill known as the Build Back Better Act last year, much of corporate America—the oil-and-gas industry, private equity, the farm lobby—fought against policies that would harm their interests."

    "Now that Democrats have decided to try to pass a bill that includes only the two provisions Manchin has agreed to advance—prescription drug pricing and extending Affordable Care Act subsidies—the powerful pharmaceutical industry is fighting a lonely battle to stop it," the newspaper noted. "The pharmaceutical lobby's strategy is built on making the case to Senate Democrats that the bill won't do as much as the leaders claim to reduce prices for consumers, according to three Democratic lobbyists and a person familiar with the effort."

    But as David Mitchell, the founder of Patients for Affordable Drugs, notes, the pharma and biotech industries are sending contradictory messages, in some cases claiming the bill would control costs so aggressively that it would dampen innovation—a common talking point.

    Dr. Michelle McMurry, CEO of the Biotechnology Innovation Organization—the world's largest biotech trade group—declared that the proposal unveiled by Senate Democrats earlier this month "could propel us light years back into the dark ages of biomedical research."

    "BIO will continue to work alongside lawmakers and the current Administration to find real solutions that help patients and achieve our vision for a healthier, more equitable America," McMurry added.

    Shadowy industry groups are also running new ads against the proposed legislation, falsely claiming it would harm Medicare and the program's beneficiaries:

    To patient advocates, the industry's alarmist protests against Democrats' compromise proposal are nothing more than a desperate attempt to preserve its outsized profit margins at the expense of people's health.

    "Big Pharma is fighting hard to keep their price-setting monopoly intact," said Lower Drug Prices Now, a national coalition of progressive advocacy groups and labor unions. "They're too late. We're steps away from seeing Medicare able to negotiate for lower drug prices."

    "Congress: get it done," the coalition added.

    Letting Medicare negotiate drug prices directly with pharmaceutical companies—something it is currently barred from doing under federal law—is a hugely popular idea with the public, but past efforts to give the program that authority have been thwarted by the pharma lobby and its allies in Congress.

    At present, the pharmaceutical industry boasts more than 1,400 registered lobbyists, far outnumbering members of Congress. According to recent research by the watchdog group Accountable.US, the five biggest drug companies in the U.S. have spent nearly $150 million combined during the pandemic to kill drug pricing reform.

    As Bloomberg's Robert Langreth wrote earlier this week, "When prescription-drug benefits were added to Medicare under a 2003 law, the pharmaceutical industry successfully lobbied to prohibit the federal government from using its huge purchasing power to negotiate drug prices."

    "In the U.S.," Langreth observed, "patients directly pay about 13% of prescription medicine costs out of their own pockets. In one survey, one in five adults in the U.S. said they failed to complete a prescribed course of medicine because of cost. The figure was one in 10 in Germany, Canada, and Australia."

    Mitchell of Patients for Affordable Drugs warned Wednesday that "drug companies will keep inflicting their predatory pricing power on Americans until we pass legislation to stop them."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/21/pharma-mobilizes-army-of-lobbyists-to-tank-democrats-medicare-drug-pricing-plan/feed/ 0 316954
    Plan to ease transfer of power from Prime Minister Hun Sen to son advances https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/constitution-07142022182122.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/constitution-07142022182122.html#respond Thu, 14 Jul 2022 22:21:49 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/constitution-07142022182122.html
    The body designated with reviewing changes to the Cambodian Constitution gave its OK on Thursday to a proposal critics say will make it easier for Prime Minister Hun Sen to transfer power to his son Hun Manet.

    The process for choosing Cambodia’s leader under Article 119 of the constitution as now written states that the National Assembly must approve a prime minister who has been designated for the role by the country’s king.  

    The proposed changes to 119, approved by the Constitutional Council of Cambodia (CCC), would give the king the power to appoint the prime minister with only the approval of the president of the assembly.

    Additionally the prime minister could appoint an acting prime minister in times of temporary absence, under a proposed change to Article 125 of the constitution that was also approved by the CCC. Hun Sen’s Cabinet has previously approved the changes. The changes must still be approved by the assembly, which is now made up entirely of representatives from Hun Sen’s ruling Cambodian People’s Party (CPP).

    "The amendment makes the National Assembly lose power," Yang Saign Koma, founder of the small opposition Grassroots Democratic Party, told RFA’s Khmer Service. “This isn’t needed. We need transparency. The amendments are not necessary, especially on 125 and 119.”

    Cambodians should get a chance through a national referendum to vote on the proposed changes, he said. Consideration of the amendments is being rushed to ensure Hun Manet succeeds his father, who has ruled the country since 1985 and is now 69, Yang Saign Koma said.

     “This is aimed at transferring power after the 2023 general election,” he said.

    In 2023, Cambodian voters will go to the polls to elect members of the assembly. If the main opposition Candlelight Party were to win a significant number of seats, the transition of power from father and son could be more complicated under the current constitution. The party won about 20 percent of seats in this year’s commune council elections, making it Cambodia’s leading opposition to the CPP.

    The amendments show that the CPP does not want to relinquish its power, Candlelight Party Vice President Thach Setha told RFA.

    Candidates for the CPP won every seat in the assembly in the 2018 election after the Supreme Court dissolved the Cambodia National Rescue Party, which had been the leading opposition party, the previous year. That sparked a five-year crackdown on political opposition by Hun Sen and his cronies.

    "The government should wait until there are multiple parties in the assembly after the 2023 election,” Thach Setha said. “Maybe [the CPP] thinks it would be difficult to do under a new National Assembly. [The amendment] is not necessary. The CPP treats the country as if it has an emergency. This creates a lot of suspicion.”

    Exiled political analyst Kim Sok told RFA that the amendment makes it unlikely that anyone outside Hun Sen’s family becomes prime minister after him.

    “The amendment is to serve Hun Sen’s power transfer plan for the Hun Dynasty,” he said.

    Cambodia’s minister of justice, Koeut Rith, on Thursday defended the proposed amendment, saying that it would close loopholes surrounding high-level government offices in the event of vacancies. 

    “Due to the current situation, it is risky to have the prime minister’s position vacant so amending Article 125 will fill the gaps in the constitution,” he said. 

    “There are four major points, to appoint an acting prime minister, [clarify] reasons for the vacant prime minister position, as either death and resignation, in order to maintain the legislation continuation through speedy new cabinet appointments," he said.

    The proposed amendment would change a total of eight articles. Thursday's approval sends the amendment to the National Assembly for debate.

    Translated by Samean Yun. Written in English by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Khmer.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/constitution-07142022182122.html/feed/ 0 315403
    John Bolton Admits on Live TV He ‘Has Helped Plan Coups D’État’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/john-bolton-admits-on-live-tv-he-has-helped-plan-coups-detat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/john-bolton-admits-on-live-tv-he-has-helped-plan-coups-detat/#respond Tue, 12 Jul 2022 22:01:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338255

    Longtime Republican official John Bolton admitted during a televised interview Tuesday that he has helped plan coups outside of the United States.

    Bolton, who served as former President Donald Trump's national security adviser, appeared on CNN to discuss the congressional committee investigating the January 6, 2021 attack on the U.S. Capitol.

    After Bolton claimed that Trump's lies about the 2020 presidential election that provoked last year's Capitol attack were not part of "a carefully planned coup d'état aimed at the Constitution," host Jake Tapper said that "I don't know that I agree with you, to be fair, with all due respect. One doesn't have to be brilliant to attempt a coup."

    Bolton responded that "I disagree with that. As somebody who has helped plan coups d'état, not here, but, you know, other places, it takes a lot of work. And that's not what he did."

    Tapper followed up on coup comments, and Bolton—who also held roles in the administrations of former Presidents Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush—initially said that "I'm not gonna get into the specifics."

    Bolton then pointed out that in his recently released book, he wrote about the failed effort to overthrow Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro in 2019. The Trump administration notably backed opposition leader Juan Guaidó.

    However, as reporters and others—such as Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.)—were quick to highlight, Bolton has a long history of supporting such efforts.

    As HuffPost detailed Tuesday:

    In 2004, while Bolton was serving in the State Department, the U.S. faced allegations of backing the overthrow of Haiti's president. A former French ambassador told The New York Times this year that the U.S. and France had "effectively orchestrated" the coup.

    Bolton has a long history of advocating for coups and supporting regime change plots. He advocated for regime change in Iraq ahead of a war he helped orchestrate and said in 2018 that the United States should overthrow the government of Iran.

    Critics of Bolton shared a range of reactions on social media.

    Philadelphia Inquirer columnist Will Bunch tweeted that "I've been investigating U.S. imperialism for decades, and...he...just...blurted...it...out."

    "America in one clip," More Perfect Union's Jordan Zakarin said of the interview, describing Bolton as "a bloodthirsty right-wing war hawk" who was given a platform to "brazenly admit to secret war crimes without worrying about any consequences whatsoever."

    "It's just a little oopsies, a meme for a few days," Zakarin added, declaring that "this is even more embarrassing for CNN."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Common Dreams staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/12/john-bolton-admits-on-live-tv-he-has-helped-plan-coups-detat/feed/ 0 314780
    ‘This Will Save Lives’: California Answers Insulin Crisis With Plan to Make Its Own https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/this-will-save-lives-california-answers-insulin-crisis-with-plan-to-make-its-own/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/this-will-save-lives-california-answers-insulin-crisis-with-plan-to-make-its-own/#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 22:42:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338163

    Healthcare advocates on Thursday cheered an announcement that California will take on Big Pharma greed and the insulin affordability crisis by manufacturing its own low-cost version.

    "Nothing epitomizes market failure more than the cost of insulin."

    "In California we know that people should not go into debt to receive lifesaving medication," California Gov. Gavin Newsom declared during an afternoon address.

    "On my first day in office, I signed an executive order to put California on the path toward creating our own prescription drugs," the Democrat said. "And now it's happening. California is going to make its own insulin."

    "Nothing epitomizes market failure more than the cost of insulin. Many Americans experience out-of-pocket costs anywhere from $300 to $500 per month for this lifesaving drug," the governor continued. "California is now taking matters into our own hands. The budget I just signed sets aside $100 million so we can contract and make our own insulin at a cheaper price, close to at-cost, and make it available to all."

    Advocates hailed Newsom's announcement.

    "There's no doubt that this will save lives," Healdsburg Vice-Mayor Ariel Kelly tweeted.

    Long Beach Mayor Robert Garcia called the plan "a model for other states."

    Indeed, news of California's plan reverberated across the nation, with progressive Minnesota congressional candidate Amane Badhasso tweeting: "This is great news for Californians. Americans pay more than [eight times] what people in most countries pay for insulin. It's how 4 out of 5 insulin users fall into debt! California is standing up for its people. It's time Washington stood up for all of us."

    According to Newsom, $50 million will be allocated for the development of low-cost insulin, while another $50 million will be spent on a manufacturing facility in the state. Funding won't be a problem, as California boasts a record budget surplus of nearly $100 billion.

    Three pharmaceutical corporations control the lucrative U.S. market for insulin, which often costs as much as $300 to $400 per vial without insurance. Rampant price gouging and the lack of prescription drug coverage have left 1 in 4 Californians who need insulin to treat their diabetes unable to afford it—sometimes with deadly consequences.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/this-will-save-lives-california-answers-insulin-crisis-with-plan-to-make-its-own/feed/ 0 313522
    Rubio’s ‘Cruel’ Paid Leave Plan Forces Families to Pay Back Benefits After Parent’s Premature Death https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/rubios-cruel-paid-leave-plan-forces-families-to-pay-back-benefits-after-parents-premature-death/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/rubios-cruel-paid-leave-plan-forces-families-to-pay-back-benefits-after-parents-premature-death/#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 19:08:58 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338158

    Progressive policy analyst Matt Bruenig on Thursday pointed to a little-noticed detail in Sen. Marco Rubio's so-called "pro-family framework," which the Florida Republican released late last month to expand on the GOP's vision for the country as millions of people are forced to continue unwanted pregnancies following the overturning of Roe v. Wade.

    A key element of the plan is Rubio's proposal for "paid" family leave, which he developed in 2018 with former presidential adviser Ivanka Trump.

    "Cassidy and Rubio are really just proposing parental leave loans."

    As Common Dreams reported at the time, Rubio's plan would offer employees eight to 12 weeks off of work to take care of their families, but those weeks would be paid for by the workers themselves by dipping into their Social Security accounts.

    The proposal was panned when it was released in 2018, with the Urban Institute noting it would cut retirement benefits by 3% to 10% over the course of Americans' later years.

    Bruenig, founder of the progressive think tank People's Policy Project, noted an even more "cruel" provision in the plan which would affect parents who die after using the benefit and before they reach old age.

    "In order for Rubio's proposal to truly be budget-neutral, he needs the Social Security Administration (SSA) to be able to recover all of the parental leave benefits it pays out," Bruenig explained. "For people who live long enough to claim Social Security, this is easy enough: The SSA recovers the leave benefits by docking their Social Security checks."

    For people who die before they are able to collect Social Security benefits, however, "all of the parental benefits they received during their life are deemed overpayments and the SSA makes their estate pay them back."

    "So when mom or dad tragically dies a few years after having their third kid, the surviving spouse will have to send a big fat check to the SSA," Bruenig wrote.

    Ryan Cooper of The American Prospect marveled at "the level of casual malevolence you need" to concoct such a funding mechanism, while political scientist Kevin Elliott wrote that for the Republican Party, "literally anything is thinkable except raising taxes on rich people."

    Patrick T. Brown of the Ethics and Public Policy Center suggested that future versions of Rubio's proposal, like one proposed by Sen. Bill Cassidy (R-La.) and Kyrsten Sinema (D-Ariz.), might amend the provision regarding premature death, but Bruenig wrote that their plan "would have the same problem assuming they actually tried to stick to the cost-neutral commitment."

    "Cassidy and Rubio are really just proposing parental leave loans," said Bruenig. "It's all unworkable in various ways."

    The Republicans' insistence on requiring parents to pay for their leave through their Social Security "is bizarre for a lot of reasons," Bruenig added, noting that an actual paid leave program "would cost very little and could almost certainly be funded by increasing the payroll tax by 0.1 to 0.2 percentage points."

    Bruenig also took aim at Rubio's plan for the Child Tax Credit (CTC), the expansion of which helped millions of families afford groceries and other essentials last year before the monthly payments were cut due to right-wing opposition.

    Under Rubio's plan, the full CTC benefit would only be offered to parents who earn more than $29,412 per year, and parents with no earnings—those who are likely to be most in need of financial support—would be eligible for no benefits.

    "It is hard to understand how creating a child benefit that excludes the most desperate families is meant to be a 'pro-life benefit' aimed at helping people who, post-Dobbs, are unable to receive abortion services," wrote Bruenig. "Abortion is most prevalent among young women with very low or no earnings, including many young women who are still in education."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/rubios-cruel-paid-leave-plan-forces-families-to-pay-back-benefits-after-parents-premature-death/feed/ 0 313494
    Groups Challenge Trump-Approved Plan to Kill 72 Grizzlies Near Yellowstone https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/groups-challenge-trump-approved-plan-to-kill-72-grizzlies-near-yellowstone/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/groups-challenge-trump-approved-plan-to-kill-72-grizzlies-near-yellowstone/#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 18:26:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338159

    A pair of environmental groups on Thursday filed a notice of appeal to challenge a Trump administration-approved plan that would allow up to 72 grizzly bears to be killed to accommodate private livestock grazing near Yellowstone National Park.

    "A wide range of effective, nonlethal measures are available to livestock producers."

    Thursday's filing by the Center for Biological Diversity and the Sierra Club appeals a May decision by the U.S. District Court of Wyoming, which ruled that the federal government may authorize the extermination of as many as six dozen grizzly bears in the Upper Green River area of Wyoming's Bridger-Teton National Forest.

    "We're determined to stop this terrible plan, which could be a death sentence for dozens of Yellowstone grizzly bears," Andrea Zaccardi, carnivore conservation legal director at the Center for Biological Diversity, said in a statement. "The federal government shouldn't be killing native species so the livestock industry can graze cattle on public lands for next to nothing. We believe the court's decision was flawed, and we'll continue to fight for the lives of these magnificent bears."

    According to the groups:

    The court's opinion contained several legal flaws. For example, the court erred when it determined that the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's [FWS] analysis discussing the project's impacts to bears was legally sufficient, even after acknowledging that the agency's analysis lacked a discussion of how many females could be killed under the project.

    The Center for Biological Diversity and the Sierra Club are not alone in fighting the federal court's decision to uphold the Trump-era plan for lethal removals.

    Last month, the Western Watersheds Project, Alliance for the Wild Rockies, and Yellowstone to Uintas Connection asked the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit to reverse the lower court's ruling, which dismissed plaintiffs' argument that FWS failed to adequately account for how killing up to 72 grizzly bears—out of an estimated 727 in the Greater Yellowstone region—would affect a species categorized as "threatened" under the Endangered Species Act.

    As that trio of groups explained:

    Grizzly bears reproduce slowly, with lengthy periods between litters of cubs. For that reason, maximizing the survival of female grizzlies is key to the recovery of the species. Yet despite previous limits in the Upper Green on killing female grizzly bears—essential for population maintenance—the Service abandoned such protections in 2019 without explanation, and greenlit the lethal removal of dozens of bears over the next 10 years.

    Last month's appeal also accuses FWS of violating the Bridger-Teton Forest Plan.

    "The plan requires that grazing retain adequate forage and cover for wildlife," the groups noted. "Yet according to the agency's own scientists, the authorized level of use by domestic cattle will result in inadequate cover for sensitive amphibian and migratory bird species on these public lands."

    Bonnie Rice, a senior representative for the Sierra Club, said Thursday that "the intentional killing of dozens of grizzly bears is a slap in the face to decades of recovery efforts in the Greater Yellowstone region."

    "We cannot allow these bears to be killed when a wide range of effective, nonlethal measures are available to livestock producers," Rice added. "The priority should be requiring and enforcing conflict prevention measures and promoting coexistence and safety for bears and people."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/groups-challenge-trump-approved-plan-to-kill-72-grizzlies-near-yellowstone/feed/ 0 313496
    Unions sound warning about UK-backed plan to rebuild Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/unions-sound-warning-about-uk-backed-plan-to-rebuild-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/unions-sound-warning-about-uk-backed-plan-to-rebuild-ukraine/#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 14:00:15 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/ukraine-just-reconstruction-lugano-labour/ Lugano Declaration pushes for modernisation and investment, but critics say a just reconstruction is needed


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Thomas Rowley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/unions-sound-warning-about-uk-backed-plan-to-rebuild-ukraine/feed/ 0 313414
    With Manchin’s Backing, Senate Dems Unveil Plan to Let Medicare Negotiate Drug Prices https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/with-manchins-backing-senate-dems-unveil-plan-to-let-medicare-negotiate-drug-prices/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/with-manchins-backing-senate-dems-unveil-plan-to-let-medicare-negotiate-drug-prices/#respond Wed, 06 Jul 2022 13:35:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338120

    Senate Democrats, including serial obstructionist Joe Manchin of West Virginia, have reportedly reached a deal on a plan that would allow Medicare to negotiate the prices of a small subset of prescription drugs directly with pharmaceutical companies, a change that is massively popular with voters across party lines.

    "Already this year, drug corporations have raised the price of over 800 prescription medicines by more than 5%."

    On Wednesday, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) submitted 190 pages of legislative text to the chamber's parliamentarian, an unelected official tasked with opining on whether bill provisions comply with the arcane rules of budget reconciliation—the process Democrats are using to evade GOP opposition and the 60-vote filibuster rule.

    The new text largely resembles the drug pricing plan that the House of Representatives passed in November as part of the broader Build Back Better package, which Manchin tanked just a month later.

    Over the past several weeks, Schumer and Manchin have been engaged in talks to revive certain elements of the package, a centerpiece of President Joe Biden's domestic agenda. Any new bill, which would include the prescription drug proposal, is expected to be far smaller than the $1.75 trillion package that House Democrats approved last year.

    In its current form, Senate Democrats' drug pricing plan would cap Medicare recipients' out-of-pocket prescription medicine costs at $2,000 a year, penalize drug companies that raise prices at a faster rate than inflation, and allow Medicare to "negotiate and, if applicable, renegotiate maximum fair prices" for a limited number of costly drugs beginning in 2023.

    The pharmaceutical industry, whose Capitol Hill lobbyists outnumber members of Congress, has aggressively fought such changes as it continues to push up prices for lifesaving medicines. A study published last month in the medical journal JAMA estimated that nearly half of all new brand-name prescription medicines launched in the U.S. in 2020 and 2021 came with an original annual price tag of $150,000 or more.

    In late May, Manchin tweeted that he supports "allowing Medicare to negotiate drug prices," prompting Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) to respond:

    Following reports last week that Senate Democrats had reached a tentative deal on a proposal to rein in prescription drug prices—which are significantly higher in the U.S. than in other wealthy countries—Margarida Jorge of Lower Drug Prices Now said in a statement that "this is a once-in-a-generation chance for Democrats to finally deliver on their promises to lower drug prices."

    "At a time when the price of everything is going up, this bill, if enacted, would finally rein in Big Pharma's price gouging and make medicines more affordable for millions of Americans," said Jorge. "Already this year, drug corporations have raised the price of over 800 prescription medicines by more than 5%. And more increases are expected. Under our current broken system, Americans pay more than twice as much for the same drugs as people in most other countries."

    "This compromise will lower prices, cut costs, and stop the drug corporations from raising their prices faster than the rate of inflation," Jorge added. "We applaud Senate Democrats for advancing this vital piece of legislation one more step and encourage them to get it over the finish line without delay. The American people can not afford to wait any longer for affordable medicines to take care of themselves and their families."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/06/with-manchins-backing-senate-dems-unveil-plan-to-let-medicare-negotiate-drug-prices/feed/ 0 313077
    Sarwar confirms that Labour has no plan to reform the UK https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/04/sarwar-confirms-that-labour-has-no-plan-to-reform-the-uk/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/04/sarwar-confirms-that-labour-has-no-plan-to-reform-the-uk/#respond Mon, 04 Jul 2022 17:16:03 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/anas-sarwar-scottish-labour-parliament-constitution-reform/ Scottish Labour leader reveals that the party’s ideas to solve the UK’s constitutional crisis are meaningless


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Ramsay.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/04/sarwar-confirms-that-labour-has-no-plan-to-reform-the-uk/feed/ 0 312550
    Democrats Don’t Have a Plan, but Abortion Rights Activists Do: “We Will Primary Everybody” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/democrats-dont-have-a-plan-but-abortion-rights-activists-do-we-will-primary-everybody/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/democrats-dont-have-a-plan-but-abortion-rights-activists-do-we-will-primary-everybody/#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 22:16:44 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=401206

    Hundreds of protesters marched toward the Supreme Court in Washington on Thursday morning to send a message to President Joe Biden: He is not doing enough.

    Demonstrators minced no words when it came to the five justices who had voted to overturn Roe v. Wade and issued sharp criticisms of a Republican Party that spent years securing a majority on the court extreme enough to reverse 50 years of precedent. Yet the anger that got many of the activists out on the street was aimed at the Democratic Party that many of the marchers hold partially responsible.

    “The Democrats act as if the worst will never happen. And the worst keeps happening.”

    “The Democrats act as if the worst will never happen. And the worst keeps happening,” said Ana María Archila, a former candidate for lieutenant governor of New York, in an interview with The Intercept before the march. “They” — Republicans — “are rolling back decades of progress. They are taking away the most basic rights from people. Democrats have to have the courage to match the moment.”

    Within a few hours, nearly 200 abortion activists had been arrested and forcibly removed from the crossing at First Street and Constitution Avenue in Washington, D.C. — a busy intersection near the court’s sprawling front steps. While sit-ins are a relatively common occurrence in Washington, organizers hope the size of the demonstration, and the broad coalition of organizations that supported the protest, inaugurates a renewed push for nonviolent civil disobedience in the wake of the Supreme Court’s gutting of abortion rights last week.

    The demonstration, which was spearheaded by Center for Popular Democracy, saw a range of organizers, Democratic candidates, elected officials, and movement leaders from across the country assemble at the Lutheran Church of the Reformation on Capitol Street. The expected culmination of the day’s events — arrest at the hands of U.S. Capitol Police — was clear from the start.

    The attendance of one organization in particular, Planned Parenthood Action, raised eyebrows. Unlike fellow supporting organizations like the Working Families Party, Planned Parenthood had never engaged in as urgent a form of direct action before Thursday.

    The tactics represent a departure from what has defined many left-wing activist groups for most of Biden’s tenure. Despite the president’s sagging approval, many progressive leaders and legislators have chosen to stand by his administration — or at least mute their criticisms — in exchange for increased access and a louder voice in the policy-making process. The administration’s failure to prepare a road map for a post-Roe America, however, appears to have soured that relationship.

    Reports early Thursday morning that Biden had reversed course and now supports a filibuster carve out for abortion rights did little to convince attendees.

    “They’ve had that draft opinion for how long?” said one protester, who asked that his name not be used, referring to a leaked draft from the court made public in May. “And it still took them a week to say they support a filibuster carveout?”

    Reverend William Barber II, center, is detained by US Capitol Police for blocking an intersection with abortion rights demonstrators during a protest near the US Supreme Court in Washington, D.C., US, on Thursday, June 30, 2022. President Biden today said he would support changing the Senate's filibuster rules to pass legislation ensuring privacy rights and access to abortion, calling the Supreme Court "destabilizing" for controversial decisions, including overturning Roe v. Wade. Photographer: Al Drago/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Reverend William Barber II is detained by Capitol Police for blocking an intersection with abortion rights demonstrators in Washington, D.C., on June 30, 2022.

    Photo: Al Drago/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    A number of Democratic candidates who attended the event and faced arrest by Capitol Police shared that sentiment, including Melanie D’Arrigo, a candidate for Congress in New York’s 3rd Congressional District. A spokesperson for the D’Arrigo campaign, David Guirgis, told The Intercept that D’Arrigo’s arrest serves as proof that she was unafraid to push the party to take a firm stand on abortion rights. “We are here because Republicans have attacked Roe for 50 years and Democrats have done nothing,” he said. “[Melanie] is not afraid to stand up to Republicans or Democrats to ensure that basic human rights are protected.”

    “We are here because Republicans have attacked Roe for 50 years and Democrats have done nothing.”

    D’Arrigo was discharged from police custody within a few hours of being detained. Upon release, she issued a statement with a similarly defiant tone. “I was let go after a couple of hours—but for millions of people in states where abortion, a critical healthcare procedure, is now criminalized, their arrests will be far longer and far more severe,” she said. “What the Supreme Court did with their radical, partisan decision in Dobbs v. Jackson … underscores the need to elect better Democrats, not the status quo that got us here.”

    One of the last activists to face arrest, legendary movement leader Rev. William J. Barber II of the Poor People’s Campaign put the message activists are hoping to send to elected Democrats in even starker terms. Arrested while addressing the crowd, Barber was being escorted away from the intersection by Capitol Police when he declared: “We will primary everybody.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Austin Ahlman.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/democrats-dont-have-a-plan-but-abortion-rights-activists-do-we-will-primary-everybody/feed/ 0 311582
    China’s plan to turn Xinjiang into industrial hub is threat to Uyghurs, report says https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/supply-chains-06302022101245.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/supply-chains-06302022101245.html#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/supply-chains-06302022101245.html China’s efforts to turn its far-western Xinjiang into a manufacturing powerhouse could force more Uyghurs to work against their will and make it harder to track whether the country’s exports are made with forced labor, according to a new report from a Washington, DC-based research group.  

    The Center for Advanced Defense Studies (C4ADS), which studies global conflict and transnational security issues, said China is establishing industrial parks, providing more financial assistance from state-owned enterprises, and connecting manufacturers within its borders as part of a long-term objective to bolster supply chains.

    “The Chinese government is undertaking a concerted drive to industrialize the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (XUAR), which has led an increasing number of corporations to establish manufacturing operations there,” the report says. “This centrally-controlled industrial policy is a key tool in the government’s efforts to forcibly assimilate Uyghurs and other Turkic peoples through the institution of a coerced labor regime.”

    The 25-page report, titled “Shifting Gears: The Rise of Industrial Transfer into the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region,” analyzes publicly available data and case studies to detail the political nature of China’s industrial transfer in the Xinjiang, the patterns through which it takes place, and the scale at which abuses in the region are embedded within Chinese and global supply chains.

    “Forced labor is a major component of these human rights abuses,” the report says.

    “It occurs not only within extrajudicial detention centers and through the placement of detainees in factories but also through the threat of detention to pressure Uyghurs into jobs across XUAR and throughout China.

    “Both state-owned and private corporations are significant perpetrators of human rights abuses, implementing coercive working conditions, indoctrination and mass surveillance.”

    The main mechanism for the central government’s industrialization drive in the XUAR is a program to pair Xinjiang counties and municipalities with wealthier provinces and municipalities on the east coast. The effort began 25 years ago and was expanded in 2010, the report says.

    Government bureaus in the coastal provinces design and implement programs in their respective partner localities in the XUAR and help train Uyghur workers to build loyalty and obedience to the Chinese Communist Party, the report says.

    “The central government wants economically dynamic east coast cities to reproduce their successful export-led growth model in the region by attracting manufacturers through low labor costs and subsidized land, electricity and freight fees,” the report says.

    For example, the Yining Textile Industry Zone, containing two industrial parks — the Yining County Home Textiles and Garment Industrial Park and the Yining County Weaving Industrial Park, in Ghulja (in Chinese, Yining) prefecture — was constructed under the pairing program of Nantong, Jiangsu province, a major textile production hub in eastern China.

    The Yining zone is linked with the Jiangsu Nantong International Home Textile Industrial Park, the largest home textile distribution center in the world. As of March, about 20 Nantong-based textile companies had set up operations in the Yining Textile Industry Zone, the report says.  

    At least 1,000 people work in the Yining industrial park, including those sent via organized labor transfers from the surrounding county, according to the report. Several ethnic Kazakhs have testified that they were forced to work in a factory in the park after being released from a detention camp.

    A guard tower and barbed wire fences are seen around a facility at the Kunshan Industrial Park in Artush in northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Dec. 3, 2018. Credit: Associated Press
    A guard tower and barbed wire fences are seen around a facility at the Kunshan Industrial Park in Artush in northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Dec. 3, 2018. Credit: Associated Press

    ‘Modern industrial workers’

    The industrial transfer policies have increasingly focused on four prefectures in the southern half of the XUAR with concentrated Uyghur populations and relative economic isolation that the Chinese government sees as problematic to its assimilation goals, says the report.

    “The government sees the mass detention campaign and the establishment of a police state as prerequisites that allow Chinese manufacturing companies to feel secure enough to move into XUAR,” it says. “In turn, these manufacturers move Uyghurs from their farms and villages to factories and industrial parks where they can be monitored, indoctrinated and transformed into ‘modern’ industrial workers.”

    Since 2017, Chinese authorities have ramped up their repression of Uyghurs and other Turkic minorities throughout the XUAR, detaining up to 1.8 million members of these groups in internment camps. The maltreatment also includes severe human rights abuses, torture and forced labor as well as the eradication of linguistic, cultural and religious traditions.

    Credible reports by rights groups and the media documenting the widespread abuse and repression in the XUAR have led the United States and some parliaments in Western countries to declare that the Chinese government’s action amount to a genocide and crimes against humanity.

    The Center for Advanced Defense Studies analyzed Chinese corporate data of tens of thousands of companies based in the XUAR, publicly available trade data, and government and media reporting to show how manufacturers there are linked to local governments and companies in eastern China.

    The group said that subsidiaries and partner companies in China make it hard to track whether goods originated from Xinjiang and were produced by forced labor.

    The U.S. enacted the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act in December 2021 to strengthen an existing ban on the importation of goods made wholly or in part with forced labor into the country and to end the use of forced labor in the XUAR.

    The act, which took effect on June 21, creates what is referred to as a “rebuttable presumption” that assumes goods made in Xinjiang are produced with forced labor and thus banned under the U.S. 1930 Tariff Act. The law requires U.S. companies that import goods from the region to prove that they have not been manufactured at any stage with Uyghur forced labor.

    But the report said the structure of Chinese industrial policy, where goods are shipped and reshipped within its borders, will make enforcing forced labor laws difficult.

    “[A]s long as the flow of goods produced in the region to exporters elsewhere in China is left unaddressed, tainted goods will continue to enter global supply chains,” the report warns. “Global stakeholders must improve due diligence and enforcement efforts to ensure they are not enabling forced labor and oppression in the Uyghur region.”

    Workers walk next to a tractor during the planting of a cotton field, as seen during a government organized trip for foreign journalists, near Urumqi in northwestern China's Xinjiang region, April 21, 2021. Credit: Associated Press
    Workers walk next to a tractor during the planting of a cotton field, as seen during a government organized trip for foreign journalists, near Urumqi in northwestern China's Xinjiang region, April 21, 2021. Credit: Associated Press

    Economically beneficial to Uyghurs?

    The report also disputed claims by Chinese leaders that their industrialization policies are good for the people of Xinjiang.

    “[W]hile the Chinese government frames moving industry into the region as economically beneficial to the Uyghurs, you can see from the statistics of the leadership in these companies that it’s really a pattern of Han Chinese corporate officers and owners,” Nicole Morgert, a human right analyst who wrote the report, told RFA. “And then what you have is the Uyghurs working in the factories, so this is not really serving to empower Uyghurs.”

    “[I]n many cases, we have evidence that they’re being forced to work in these factories,” she said. “When you look at the statistics on the corporate leadership, you see that it’s that people with Turkic names are highly underrepresented, particularly in companies that are above a certain level of value.”

    Companies that import products from China must step up efforts to trace their supply chains to ensure they are not sourcing products from the XUAR or working with firms that support the repression of Uyghurs, says the report.

    “Doing so will require a more comprehensive understanding of the ways state and private corporations are complicit in China’s ongoing campaign of human rights abuse against Uyghurs,” it says, adding that stakeholders can easily trace the ties by understanding the three pathways through which industry in the XUAR is connected to eastern China.

    Written in English by Roseanne Gerin.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jewlan for RFA Uyghur.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/supply-chains-06302022101245.html/feed/ 0 311452